7 
} 


riiin-ini.  Kiiur.vii.u  ,v  IViiiliiiu. 


I 


.^ 


.  ■  '  *  ■  1  ■ 


!"  \  '••   ' 


;•? 


MASMiV    V.    HA  1,1, 


" :    ':Kri  ^  -Nil  ;    \i\i'  wn.LiV*'  -  '   ^ 


'■•;  i:  s  ,'   (^:-   1  ,  ■.  V 


;i''.<if>'.^:«  1-.  \y>)\.,  riiK- ^.Y^i^'o.-.  ;>rui.N'.    r'^i'  "■  ■ 


f  •/:  ^K 


.. 


NARRATIVE 


OF  THK 


SECOND  ARCTIC  EXPEDITION 


MADE  BY 


CHARLES  F.  HALL: 

HIS  VOYAGE  TO  REPULSE  BAY,  SLEDGE  JOURNEYS  TO  THE  STRAITS  OF  FURY 
AND  HECLA  AND  TO  KING  WILLIAM'S  LAND, 

\ 

AND 

RESIDENCE  AMONG  THE  ESKIMOS  DURING   THE  YEARS  1804-'C<J. 


EDITED  UNDER  THE  ORDERS  OF  THE  HON.  SECRETARY  OF  THE  NAVY, 

BY 

Prop.  J.  E.  NOURSE,  U.  S.  N. 


U.   S.   Naval   Observatory, 

1879. 


WASHINGTON: 

GOVERNMENT     PRINTING     OPFIOE. 
1879. 


^  ... 


1  S  6  7  5  8 


I 


t 


V  i-H  L     C  V- 


ti 


I 


f 


LETTER  FROM  THE  SECRETARY  OF  THE  NAVY,  COMMUNICATINCl, 
IN  ANSWER  TO  A  SENATE  RESOLUTION  OF  FEnilUARY  «}, 
1877,  THE  NARRATIVE  OF  THE  SECOND  EXPEDITION  TO  THIO 
ARCTIC  REGIONS,  MADE  RY  THE  LATE  (^AFT.  C.  F.  HALL, 
DURING  THE  YEARS  18G4  TO  1800. 


Januaky  14,  1870.— Oiilrrcd  to  lie  on  tlio  tiildc  ninl  bo  x)riuto(I. 


I 


Navy  Department, 
WasJiinf/tott,  Jan  nan/  14,  1879. 
Sir:  On  tlie  Gth  of  February,  1877,  the  f(>ll()wiiig'  resohition  was 
adopted  by  the  Senate,  on  motion  of  Mr.  Sargent : 

He^olved,  That  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy  furnish,  through  the  Siiperiiitendent  of  the 
Naval  Observatory,  a  narrative  of  the  second  expt^ditiou  to  the  Arctic  Regions,  uiude  by  the  late 
Capt.  C.  F.  Hall,  during  the  years  1804  to  1869,  said  narrative  to  be  compiled  from  the  manuscriptu 
purchased  from  the  widow  of  said  Hall  by  act  of  Congress  ajiprovcd  January  'ill,  1^74. 

The  Narrative  has  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  the  resoki- 

tion,  and  I  have  the  lionor  to  transmit  tlie  same  lierewith,  accompanied 

by  a  letter  from  Rear-Admiral  John  Kodj^ers,  Superintendent  of  the 

Naval  Observatory,  dated  the  11th  instant,  and  a  communication  from 

Prof.  J.  E.  Nourse,  who  was  directed  to  prepare  the  Narrative. 

I  am,  very  respectfully, 

R.  W.  THOMPSON, 

Secretary  of  the  Navy. 
Hon.  William  A.  Wheeler, 

Vice-President  of  the  United  States. 


1. 


lU 


i. 


I . 


United  States  Naval  Observatory, 

Washington,  January  11,  1879. 
Sir:  I  have  the  honor  to  submit,  herewith,  the  Narrative  of  the 
journeys  made  by  tlie  late  Capt.  C.  F.  Hall,  and  of  his  residence  among 
the  Eskimos,  during  the  years  1864-'69 ;  which  Narrative,  by  the 
resolution  of  the  Senate  of  February  6,  1877,  was  ordered  to  be  fur- 
nished through  the  Superintendent  of  the  Observatory. 

I  also  forward  the  letter  of  Prof.  J.  E.  Nourse,  who  was  ordered 
by  the  Department  to  prepare  this  work. 

The  Observatory  is  indebted  to  a  number  of  scientific  persons, 
Arctic  explorers,  and  friends  and  helpers  of  the  late  Captain  Hall,  for 
essential  aid  in  the  collating  of  Arctic  information.  As  its  exclmnge 
list  calls  for  the  transmission  of  a  number  of  volumes  of  each  of  its 
publications,  I  beg  leave  to  ask  that,  if  Congress  shall  order  the  publi- 
cation of  this  Narrative,  as  I  trust  they  will,  provision  be  made  for 
placing  two  hundred  and  fifty  copies  at  the  disposal  of  the  Observatory 
for  distribution. 

Very  respectfully,  your  obedient  servant, 

JOHN  RODGERS, 

Bear-Admiral,  Superintendent. 
Hon.  R.  W.  Thompson, 

Secretary  of  the  Navy,  Washington,  D.  C. 


li 


T 


I 


"  j  U.  S.  Naval  Obsebvatoky, 

January  10,  1^79. 
Admiral:  I  Imvo  the  honor  to  submit  herewith  tlie  Narmtivo  of 
the  residence  of  the  hite  Capt.  C.  F.  Hall  among  th.  Eskimos,  which 
has  been  prepared  for  the  Senate,  by  the  orders  of  the  Department, 
under  your  superintendence  and  advice. 

The  Manuscripts  of  Captain  Hall's  explorations,  i)urchased  by 
Congress,  have  been  found  to  present  a  mass  of  writing  in  the  form  of 
journals,  note-books,  and  even  scattered  leaves,  exhibiting  a  large 
amount  of  close  observation,  the  results  of  which  the  lamented  ex- 
plorer more  than  once  expressed  his  desire  to  arrange  with  his  own 
hand  and  publish. 

In  preparing  the  Narrative  the  aim  has  been  to  exercise  a  close 
discrimination  in  the  selection  of  the  material  which  seemed  the  most 
valuable  chiefly  in  its  geographical  and  ethnological  bearings.     The 
astronomical  and  meteorological   observations,  leduced   from   Hall's 
journal   entries,  are  given  in  Appendixes  I  and  II.     Mr.  E.  W.  D. 
Bryan,  late  of  the  Polaris  Expedition,  assisting  in  the  preparation  of 
the  Narrative,  under  the  orders  of  the  Department,  has  rendered  very 
valuable  services  in  arranging  and  condensing  the  material  found  in 
the  journals  and  in  superintending  the  astronomical  and  meteorolog- 
ical   reductions.      Prof.   C.    Abbe   will    kmdly  re-examine   the    last 


Letter. 


■■•^^.  -     ■/  ' 


named.  Through  the  courtesy  of  Professor  Baird,  Secretary  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution,  and  of  Professor  White,  United  States  Geolo- 
gist, a  valuable  paper  on  the  geological  collections  brought  by  Hall 
to  the  United  States  has  been  furnished  from  the  pen  of  Prof.  B.  K. 
Emerson,  of  Amherst  College. 

The  two  years  preceding  this  expedition  being  years  of  severe 
labor  spent  by  Captain  Hall  in  preparing  for  the  renewal  of  his  earlier 
work  which  had  the  same  objects  in  view,  the  Narrative  commences 
with  this  period  of  preparation,  and  is  thus  legitimately  linked  to  the 
objects  of  Sir  John  Franklin's  Expedition  of  1845  and  to  the  expedi- 
tions sent  out  for  his  relief.  In  a  Preliminary  Chapter  the  results  of 
these  are  given  in  tabulated  form,  with  maps  illustrative  of  the  general 
progress  of  geographical  exploration  secured  by  these  expeditions. 

I  have  to  acknowledge  the  courtesy  shown  by  Sir  Leopold 
McClintock  and  by  Admiral  R.  Collinson,  R.  N.,  in  the  communica- 
tions received  from  them ;  the  kindness  of  Miss  Sophia  Cracroft  in 
returning  two  of  Hall's  journals  which  had  been  sent  by  him  to  Lady 
Franklin,  and  in  the  loan  of  a  portrait  of  Sir  John  which  has  been  repro- 
duced by  the  Bureau  of  Engraving  and  Printing ;  and  the  receipt 
through  the  State  Department  of  valued  statistical  information  col- 
lated by  United  States  Consul  McDougal,  of  Dundee.  The  assistance 
rendered  to  Hall  by  his  numerous  friends  is  named  within  the  text, 
from  his  own  acknowledgments. 

I  am,  sir,  very  respectfully,  your  obedient  servant, 

J.  E.  NOURSE, 

Prof.,  V.  S.  N. 

Rear-Admiral  John  Rodqers, 

Superintendent. 


I 


-I  > 


^r™,.  ,,,^^.^-:.  -      F-«;^.---^».-.j-^ 


»Kg>>.. 


CONTEJ^TS. 


. 


TABLE    OF   CONTENTS. 


OFFICIAL  LETTERS 


Letter  of  Hou.  R.  W.  Thon.ps<,n,  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  to  the  Vice-PresWent  U  S 
lury  oi  tiio  JNavy,  lorwartling  the  Narrative. 

PRELIMINARY  CHAPTER 

«.«ta..of  thoz;a ::;::;  x^^^^^^^^  -^^^^ 

Fran.Hn-Han.  .-appeal"  ana  lecture  LTsT^-^J^^^^^^^^^^^^^ 
c.noxp,o.tions.rtheN„rth.e^^  Parage  aM  .;  IZ  t^::^;:!^^. 

deaths-Arctic  authorities,  18lil860 ......."..:.  .7  .!."       '"""*''"  "' 

CHAPTER  L 

PREPARATORY  WORK  FOR  THE  EXPEDITION. 

Skptember  to  December,  1862 

de«.riug  to  prenent  the  Frobisher  relics  to  the  Fn„ii  i  ,      „     ^'""""**'' 

of  U,.  .l„„„„c,  read  W„„  „„  B„,„,  Coosrapl,™.  S«ci,.,y,  L.L.,,-T  ,XZ 


Pago. 


XI-L 


»-19 


J 


u 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER   11. 

PREPARATIONS  FOR  THE  VOYAGE— HALL  SAILS  FROM  NEW  LONDON. 

Dkckmbeu,  1862,  TO  July,  1864. 

Hiill  lectures  for  hfs  ]»cr8onal  support  and  that  of  tlic  two  EHkiinns — His  caro  of  these 
people — Deatli  of  Tiik-ee-li-kee-ta — Friends  gained  for  the  Second  Expedition — 
Plan  of  an  expedition  snbmitted  by  Hall,  March  17,  1863,  to  Mr.  Grinncll  and  R.  11. 
Chapell,  of  New  Loudon,  Conn. — Hall's  preference  for  a  plan  which  would  not 
include  whaling — Financial  difficulties — Embarrassments  in  forming  new  friend- 
8hi)>8 — Determination  to  go  out  a  second  time,  oven  for  an  absence  of  ten  years — 
Ex[iectatiou  of  linding  new  whaling-grounds— Correspondence  on  this  subject  with 
Mr.  R.  H.  Chapell  and  Professor  Bache,  Superintendent  United  States  Coast  Sur- 
vey— Disap]>ointuient  as  to  assistance  from  the  Legislature  and  from  the  New  York 
Chamber  of  Commerce — Failure  to  obtain  a  loan  of  instmments  from  the  Gov- 
erument^ — Card  to  the  public,  postponing  the  expedition  to  another  year — Hall 
resumes  work  on  the  "Arctic  Researches" — Lectures  before  the  Long  Island  His- 
torical Society — May,  1864,  renews  his  appeal,  indorsed  by  le.iding  citiz.ens — Loans 
of  instruments — Free  pass''.ge  tendered  by  Mr.  Chapell — Hospitable  reeeirtion  at 
New  London — Sails  for  f  t.  John's 23-44 


■  I 


CHAPTER   in. 

FROM  ST.  JOHN'S,  NEWFOUNDLAND,  TO  WINTER  QUARTERS  ON  THE  WELCOME. 

July  18  to  October  1,  1864. 

Arrival  at  St.  John's,  Newfoundland — Departure  lor  Hudson's  Bay — Passage  through  the 
Straits — Exciting  capture  of  two  Polar  bears — The  Monticello  lands  Hall  at  Depot 
Island  and  cruises  for  whales — A  white  man  hired  from  the  whalers — The  Helen  F. 
takes  Hall's  party  toward  the  Wager  River — Mistakes  the  latitude,  landing  them 
forty  miles  south — Tents  set  up  and  cache  made — First  meeting  with  the  Inuuits 
from  Repidso  Bay — Inquiries  made  of  them  as  to  Franklin's  Expedition — Change  of 
the  season — Removal  of  tupiks — The  Innuits  collect  their  fur  dresses — Their  fre- 
quent visits  to  Hall's  tupiks— Snow-drifts— Wolf-tracks — Snow-partridges — Con- 
struction of  au  igloo — Winter  quartei-s 47-76 

CHAPTER  IV. 

INTERCOURSE  WITH  THE  INNUITS— THEIR  FEASTS  AND  HUNTS. 

October  to  December  31,  1864. 

Hall's  ministrations  to  the   siiflfering — Their  gratitude — Feasts    described — Ebierbing 

aukooted — An  aurora — Magnetic  observatory  erected— Sledge  journey  down   the 

Welcome — Musk-ox  hunt — A   fox  caught  in  his  own  trap — Customs  in  making 

reindeer  deposits — A  bear  slain — Preparation  of  skins— Hall's  seal  hunt — Playing 


CONTENTS. 


•  •• 

111 


the  key-low-tik — Removnl  to  the  walnis-gvouiKls — Oii-c-la's  Innnit  stories — Visit 
by  !■■  natives  to  the  wliiilc-sliips  at  Depot  Isliiiid — Alleged  reasons  for  advice 
given  by  the  lunuits  to  Dr.  Kao  in  1854— Discovery  that  a  day  liad  been  lost  in 
the  reckouiug — Presents  received  from  the  whalers — Successful  walrus-hunt 79-123 

CHAPTER  V. 

WINTER  LIFE  AND  JOIIKNEY  TO  THE  WAGER. 

Janl'auy  to  May,  18C5. 

New  Year's  Day— Hall's  speech — Feasting — Brilliant  auroras — He  visits,  with  the  Innnits, 
the  whalers  at  Depot  Island—  Hospitalities  and  anuiwtnients  on  board — Return  to 
Noo-wook — Shoo-she-ark-nook  ]iersuadcs  some  of  the  Inniiits  to  abandon  Hall — 
Supposed  earthqtiake — Now  orders  of  the  An-ge-ko — Meteorological  observations 
— Want  of  confidence  in  the  iustrumeuts— Experiments  as  to  the  freezing-point  of 
mercury — Severity  of  the  cold — Difficulty  in  making  records — Hall's  brass  tablets — 
Supplies  nearly  exhausted — Ebierbing  comes  to  the  rescue — Flocks  of  eider-ducks 
in  the  Welcome — ^Native  customs  in  sealing — Nu-ker-zhoo's  and  Ebierbing's  ill- 
success — Supplies  of  ])rovision,  fuel,  and  light  nearly  gone — Plenty  restored — The 
season  moderating — Plan  for  sin-vey  of  the  Welcome — Hall's  broken  health — The 
tides  in  the  river — Removal  to  the  Wager 127-1(54 

CHAPTER  VI. 


FROM  THE  WAGER  TO  FORT  HOPE. 

May  to  Septemder,  186r>. 

The  thirteenth  encampment  made  upon  the  Wager  River — A  successful  sealing  season — 
Hall's  own  prize — Rejoicings  at  the  first  success  of  a  young  Innuit — Customs  at  the 
birth  of  an  infant — Mo\  ing  from  kom-mtmgs  into  tnpiks — Appearance  of  the 
deserted  village — Aurora — Journey  to  Repulse  Bay — Refraction — Encampment  on 
Oog-la-ri-your  Island— Ou-e-la's  dexterity  in  hunting — Game  secured — The  making 
of  ook-gook  lines — Clearing  out  of  the  ice — Ai)pearance  of  the  whalers  in  the 
Welcome — Refraction — Storm — Treatment  of  the  dogs — The  tides — Death  of  Shoo- 
she-ark-nook — Mourning  customs— Renewed  appearance  of  whalers  in  Repulse 
P.ty — Captures  of  a  whale  by  the  crews  of  Hall's  boats — Encampment  near  Fort 
Hope  of  Dr.  Rae — Hall's  uottw  of  the  rocks,  stones,  and  sand  found  on  the  ice,  com- 
pared with  Parry's  observations Ifi7-193 


vril 


IV 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  VII. 

A  8ECCND  WINTER  LIFE— PREPARATIONS  FOR  THE  l^RST  SLEDGE  JOURNEY  TO 

KING  WILLIAM'S  LAND. 

Septembeh,  1860,  TO  Apkil,  1866. 

PhiiiB  for  a  sleilgo  journey  in  tbo  spring — Scparatlou  from  the  Innuita — Ebicrbiug,  Too- 
koo-li-too,  and  Ar-mon'a  family  rcmaiu  with  Hall — Hig  interest  in  the  deer-hunts — 
Danger  to  life  experienced — An  aurora  described  by  Hall  as  scon  from  bis  bed  ou 
tbo  rocks — Largo  number  of  deer  slain — Hall's  reindeer  deposits — Severe  gab; — 
Too-koo-li-too's  remembrance  of  the  Brooklyn  ladies  wishing  her  to  dress  like 
civilized  people — Exposures  on  visiting  the  deposits — Failure  to  catch  salmon — 
Hall's  daily  subsistence — He  prcioares  skiu  garments — Removal  toNow-yam — News 
of  the  drowning  of  Ar-too-a — Feasts  and  amusements  at  Now-yarn — Visit  to  Oog-la- 
ri-your  Island — Troubles  with  the  natives— Reconciliation  and  encouragements — 
Temperature  of  tbo  winter  months — Frequent  auroras — Readiness  for  a  forward 
move  to  King  William's  Land 201-23.T 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

FIRST  ADVANCE  TOWARD  KING  WILLIAM'S  LAND-SLEDGE  JOURNEY  TO  COLVILE 

BAY  AND  RETURN. 

March  31  to  May  25,  1866. 

Start  for  King  William's  Land  March  31 — Hall's  companions — His  exposure— Walks 
behind  the  sledges — Gale-bound — Innuit  legends  of  the  wolf  aud  the  bear — An-koo- 
ting  for  Too-koo-li-too's  sick  infant — Uncertainty  of  the  guides — Dr.  Rae's  chart 
folio  >vod — Letters  sent  back  to  the  whalers — Tardiness  of  the  natives — Renewed 
an-koo-ting  for  the  child — Further  delays — Icing  of  the  sleds  renewed — The  Sea  of 
Ak-koo-lee  reached  on  the  twenty-eighth  day  of  a  journey  once  made  by  Rae  in 
five  days — Meeting  with  natives  from  Pelly  Bay — Their  accounts  of  Franklin's 
ships — Relics  obtained  from  them — Intimidation  of  Hall's  men  by  these  natives — 
Hall  compelled  to  return  from  Colvile  Bay — Leaves  a  deposit  at  Capo  Weynton  for 
his  no;,  t  journey — Buries  Too-koo-li-too's  child,  "  Little  King  William" — Arrives  at 
Beacon  Tlill  May  23 — The  Innuits  agree  to  go  back  the  next  year 237-269 

CHAPTER  IX. 

JOURNEYS  AROUND  REPULSE  BAY,  SUMMER  LIFE,  AND  THIRD  WINTER. 

June,  1866,  to  February,  1867. 

Conditions  necessary  for  a  new  journey — Experience  with  the  natives  of  Pelly  Bay — 
Arrival  of  the  tribe  at  E-nook-shoo-lik — Hall  goes  out  to  meet  them — Reception  of 
their  an-ge-ko — Their  story  of  the  white  man's  monument  at  Shar-too — The  tin  cup 
with  paper  in  it  which  was  thrown  away — The  skeletons  by  the  monument — The 


CONTENTS.  V 

superstitions  of  these  people — Hall  accused  of  briiigiiiK  sickness  ainoiif:;  tlieni — 
The  hanging  of,thc  old  chief  and  his  wife  by  their  son  "  to  take  them  to  the 
happy  laud" — Hall  keeps  the  peace  between  the  I'elly  Hay  and  the  Repnlso  Bay 
natives — Settles  some  old  feuds  in  his  tupik — His  sledge  journeys  for  survey  of 
the  bay — Embarrassments  in  his  work — Death  of  Ou-o-la's  wife — Ill-treatment 
of  women — Arrival  of  the  whalers — Hall  requests  them  to  spare  men  from  their 
crews  for  his  next  iourney — His  assistance  to  the  captains — The  ships  decide  to 
winter  in  the  bay — Hall  encamps  near  them  in  November — Intercourse  through 
the  winter — ^The  captains  will  not  let  the  Innnits  furnish  him  with  dogs 273-290 

CHAPTER  X. 

SLEDGE  JOURNEY  TO  IG-LOO-LIK  FOR  DOGS. 

FEBnuARY  7  T<i  April  1,  1807. 

Connter-claims  on  the  Innnits  for  their  dogs — Hall  determines  to  make  a  sledge  journey 
to  Ig-loo-lik  to  purchase  his  own  team — Leaves  Ships'  Harbor  Islands  February  7 — 
First  delays — On-o-la  loses  his  way — Provisions  become  scarce — The  months  of  the 
dogs  tied  up  to  prevent  their  eating  the  harness — Am-i-toko  reached,  but  no  natives 
found — Ou-e-la  accuses  Hall  of  bringing  him  to  starvation — Ig-loo-lik  reached  on 
the  27th — Purchase  of  dogs — Visit  to  Tern  Island,  to  Parry's  flag-staff— Ou-e-la  puts 
a  widow  and  her  household  goods  ou  the  return  sled — Hall  puts  her  oif  on  the  ice — 
Starts  back  with  another  native  as  driver — Ou-e-la's  bad  conduct  on  the  return — 
Hall  again  sights  the  ships  on  the  30th  of  March — The  captains  now  refuse  to  let 
him  have  the  men  for  his  journey 293-310 


CHAPTER  XL 

JOURNEY  TO  CAPE  WEYNTON. 

SUMMKR  OF  18C7  AND  WINTER  OF  1868. 

Anxiety  for  the  safety  of  the  cache  made  in  1866 — Hall's  party  sets  out  to  vist  it  May 
1 — Route  by  Gibson's  Cove,  Walrus  Island,  and  Iwillik  to  Christie  Lake — Sails 
raised  on  the  sleds — Snow-blindness — Miles  Lake  reached — Strange  Innnits  seen — 
The  Sea  of  Ak-koo-loe  and  Point  Hargrave  reached — Expedients  to  hnrry  up  the 
dogs— Capo  Weyntoii  reached — ^The  cache  changed — Return  to  Beacon  Hill — A 
week's  musk-ox  hunt — Survey  of  Ships'  Harbor  Islands — Native  superstition — Hall's 
purchase  of  supplies — Capture  of  a  walrus — The  hiring  of  five  white  men — Winter 
quarters 313-327 


vi 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER    XII. 

JOURNEY  TO  THE  STRAI'l    OF  FURY  AND  HECLA  AND  TO  LYON'S  INLET,  AND 

FOURTH  WINTER. 

TKunuAUY,  1868,  TO  March,  1869. 

Hall  purposes  to  visit  tho  northern  part  of  Mcllville  Peninsula — Reasons  for  this  journey 
in  place  of  ouo  to  King  William's  Land — The  iufonnation  from  the  natives  of 
monument  and  places  of  white  men  seen  there  since  1863 — Pnrchases  the  few 
dogs  still  alive  among  tho  natives — His  provision-list  for  tho  journey  au<l  articles 
of  barter — Loses  some  of  his  notes  by  the  gale — Encamps  on  tho  ice  uoor  the  Ooglit 
Islands — Converses  with  tho  natives — Visits  Parry  Bay  with  Koo-loo-a — Finds  a 
monument — Digs  in  vain  for  the  cache — Finds  the  remains  of  a  tenting-place  onco 
occupied  by  white  men — Discovers  Grinnell  Lake  and  Brevoort  River — Visits 
Amherst  Island — Returns  to  Tern  Island — Holds  further  conversations  with  the 
natives — Receives  several  maps  drawn  by  the  Eskimos — Visits  GiflFord  River  to 
f  nd  another  tenting-place — Returns  to  Repulse  Bay — Salmon-tishing  and  deer- 
hnuts — Mutiny  of  one  of  the  five  white  men — Loss  of  life — Capture  of  a  second 
whale — Journey  to  Lyon's  Inlet — Survej' — Discharge  of  the  four  wliite  men — Hall 
dries  venison  and  i>repares  pemmican  in  his  own  igloo — Plans  for  a  new  sledgo 
journey  to  King  William's  Land ;Wl-374 


CHAPTER    XIII. 

FINAL  JOURNEY  TO  KING  WILLIAM'S  LAND  AND  RETURN  TO  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

March  23,  18C9,  to  Septembkh  26,  1869. 

Hall  begins  his  final  journey  to  King  William's  Land — Route  toward  Pelly  Bay  the  same 
with  that  followed  in  1866  and  1867 — The  cache  made  in  1867  reached — Safety  of  the 
stores — Deposit  made  for  the  return  joumev — Encamps  on  Lake  Tep-suk-ju-a 
April  8 — On  Augusta  Island,  Aiiril  11  —Meets  Pelly  Bay  natives — Peculiarities  of 
the  ice  formation — Flying  sledge  trip  to  the  igloos — Franklin  relics — Hall's  natives 
alarmed — Their  fe.trs  quieted — Musk-ox  hunt  near  Simpson's  Lake — Neitchille  na- 
tives met— Conversations  with  In-nook-poo-zhe-jook — More  Franklin  relics — En- 
camps on  Todd's  Island — Graves  of  Franklin's  men  visited  near  Petfer  River — 
Graves  on  Todd's  island — Deep  snow  iirevents  further  search — Unwillingness  of 
tho  natives  to  remain — Return  to  Repulse  Bay — Information  from  In-nook-poo-zhc- 
jook  on  tho  route — Abundance  of  game  from  King  William's  Land  to  Repulse 
Bay — Musk-ox  hunts — Hall's  letter  giving  the  results  of  this  journey — Arrives  at 
Repulse  Bay — Plans  of  return  to  the  United  States — Occupations  during  June 
and  July — Places  the  bone  of  his  third  whale  and  his  musk-ox  skins  on  the  Au- 
sell  Gibbs — Sails  for  the  United  States — Hunts  the  bear  and  the  deer  at  Whale 
Point — Arrives  at  New  Bedford,  September  26,  1869 — Tributes  of  respect — Visit  to 
his  grave  by  the  English  Ai-ctic  Expedition  of  1875 377-438 


r^^VM     ■•'  .piL-"^  HV^Ji  "."ir"  t 


CONTENTS. 


VI 1 


CHAPTER  XTV. 

ADDITIONAL  NOTES— HALL'S  TWO  ESKIMO  FRIENDS. 

Hall's  two  Eskimo  fiiends-Ebierbing  (Joo)  and  Too-koo-li-too  (Hannah)— Their  chil- 
dren—Joe's cousiu8—Tlio  inscriptions  in  the  cenietory  at  Groton,  Connecticut 441-448 

APPENDIXES 

I.  Hall's  Astronomical  Observations 451-47.'> 

11.  Hall's  Meteorological  Observations 47S)-.5''.n 

III.  Hall's  Geological  Collections  discussed  hy  Prof.  Benj.  K.  Emerson,  of  Amherst  Col- 

lege, Massachusetts  £)53-r)83 

IV.  Conversations  with  the  Innuits,  1864, 1868,  and  1869 587-611 

V.  Statistics  furnished  hy  U.  S.  Consul  McDougall  m  to  the  whale  fishery,  and  the 

manufacture  of  jute  at  Dundee,  by  the  use  of  whale  and  seal  oil 61&-C33 


ERRATA. 


Page  35,  for  (Appendix)  VIII  read  V. 
Page  37,  for  (Messrs.)  Poillou  read  Poillon. 
Page  42,  for  whaling  brig  read  harque. 
Page  176,  for  Eggors  read  Eggert'a. 
Pago  2irr,  for  80°  below  zero  read  50. 


I 


ILLUSTRATIONS. 


1 


STEEL  ENGRAVINGS. 
(Executed  at  the  U,  S.  Treasury  Departinent. ) 

Portrait  of  Hall  (1870) Frontispiece 

Page. 
Portrait  of  Sir  John  Franklin  (from  an  engraving  loaned  by  Miss  Cracvoft,  of  London).. ..  xxviii 

WOOD  ENGRAVINGS,  PHOTO-ENGRAVINGS,  AND   HELIOTYPE8. 

Spoon  belonging  to  Sir  John  Franklin xxiii 

Miniature  of  Franklin xxiv 

Sir  Martiu  Frobisher 7 

Mr.  Henry  Grinnell,  with  autograph  26 

Mr.  J.  C.  Breevotn-t,  with  autograph 41 

Harbor  of  New  London 4ii 

Harbor  of  St.  John's 48 

Polar  Bear  of  Hudson's  Strait 55J 

Moving  the  Tujuks 68 

Snow-partridges 71 

Snow-knife 73 

Hall's  First  Igloo  and  Ground-plan 74 

Innuit  Lamp 75 

Eskimo  Sled. «> 

Sek-koons  (fur-scrapers) 91 

Eskimo  Games  (ball  and  cup) 95 

Playing  the  Key-low-tik 96 

Key-low-tik  and  Kentoon 97 

Dog-skin  Mittens 107 

Innuit  Lance  and  Parts  of  the  Same 119 

A  Walrus-Hunt I'il 

Walrus  Head 122 

Ground-plan  of  Village  Igloo 128 

Ground-plan  of  Igloo  of  Sledge  Journey I'M 

Arrowtar 135 

viii 


ILLUSTRATIONS. 


IX 


Seal-skin  Hoots  and  Bear-okin  Mittens 1:HI 

Ebicrbing  going  out  Sealing l.M 

Innnit  Harpoon-heads 16a 

Ivory  and  Bono  Combs 177 

Eskimo  Dog IKi 

Too-koo>1i-t(ii>  going  out  into  the  Storm '^i 

Deer-skin  Gloves 2l'^ 

Repulse  Bay  K'a,  and  Kia  Ornament 21H 

Ar-too-a  Drowned  from  his  Kia 217 

Innuit  Tight-ropes 218 

Seal-tooth  Omameut  for  the  Head 219 

Ground  plan  of  Feasting-igloo 220 

Eskimo  Sled 221 

Hall's  Sketch  of  Now-yam  Harbor  222 

The  Rent  Cliflf 223 

Aurora  Sketched  by  Hall 230 

Frauklin  Relics 258 

Franklin  Roiics — Spoons  and  Forks 259 

Bear-tooth  Toggle 295 

Hall's  Lamp 297 

luuuit  Arrows  302 

Bono  Charm,  Needle-case,  Knife,  Saw,  and  Bone  Fork 304 

Hall's  Boat-log 324 

Snow-goggles 343 

Monument  Built  by  White  Men 344 

Sketch  of  Monumental  Inlet 345 

Sketch  of  Tenting-place  of  White  Men 352 

Scraper  to  Deceive  the  Seal 352 

Hall's  Capture  of  a  Whale :{C3 

Snow  Village 368 

Setting  out  for  King  William's  Land 378 

Seal  and  Deer  Skin  Foot-gear 380 

Sabres 390 

Snow-shovel 392 

Innuit  Ivory  Knives,  Fork,  and  Spoon 397 

Desk  from  Franklin's  Ship,  Needle-case  from  King  William's  Land 399 

Innuit  Stone  Pot 408 

Leaf  from  Hall's  Note-book 409 

Tablet  for  Covers 410 

Musk-ox  Horns  and  Ladle  made  from  them 412 

Horns  of  a  Deer  shot  by  Hall 413 

Musk-ox  Hunt 414 

Hall's  Grave  438 


ILLUBTllATIONS. 


Pkge.  . 

EmUjiuo  Joe 443 

Urotou,  Coiiuu(ttiuut 440 

Oii-Hc-^oiiK  (Jcniniio)  uiid  Kud-lup-pa-nii-no  (oounius  of  Jou)  410,447 

flamittU 448 

MAPS. 

Clroumpolnr  Mnp,  with  explorers'  names in  the  poclfct  of  tho  volume, 

I'art  of  the  Cliiirt  furniHlied  to  Frunklin xxvil 

Supposed  Track  of  Franklin xxxii 

Tlio  Record  found  by  McClintock  in  the  Cairn xxxiii 

CircnnijNilar  Map  No.  II — Geographical  Discoveries  since  1818 xxxviii 

Frol)iHlicr'H  Map 15 

Hull's  Voyages  to  Repulse  Bay  oud  return 65 

UM'h  Boat  Journey,  18C5 179 

Hall's  Boat  Journey,  laOG 279 

Hall's  Survey  of  Ships'  Harbor  Islands 321 

Hall's  Jouniey  to  Straits  of  Fury  and  Hccla,  18ti8 340 

Hall's  Journey  to  Lyon's  Inlet,  1868 307 

Hall's  Journey  to  King  William's  Land,  1809 380 

SKETCHES  OF  COAST-LINE,  DRAWN  BY  INNUITS. 

Armou's  Sketch  of  Coast  from  Fort  Churchi  11  to  Lancaster  Sound 225 

Ou-c-la's  Sketch  of  Repulse  Bay 278 

Nood-loo's  Sketch  of  Murray  Maxwell  Inlet 351 

Oon-ger-luk's  Sketch  of  Fox  Channel 354 

Oon-ger-luk's  Sketch  of  Admiralty  Inlet 350 

Pa-pa- tew-a's  Sketch  of  Lyon's  Inlet 304 

Papa-tew-a's  Sketch  of  Pond's  Bay 370 

lu-uook-poo-zhce-jook's  Sketch  of  King  William's  Land 398 


PRELIMINARY  CHAPTER. 


■"I 


PRELIMINARY    CHAPTER. 


Hall's  three  Expeditions— Purchase  of  his  Manuscripts  by  Congress— Re^  olution  of 
THE  Senate  of  February  (5,  1877 — The  three  Expeditions  compared — Connection 
OF  THE  First  and  of  the  Second  with  the  Franklin  Expedition— C'oKirspoNDENCE 
WITH  Lady  Franklin— Hall's  "Appeal'"  and  Lecture  in  IWiO— Tables  of  English 
AND  OF  American  explorations  for  the  Northwest  Passage  and  kok  the  relief 
OF  Franklin— Beneficial  Results  and  estimated  costs  of  these  Expeditions, 
public  and  private,  stated  in  a  letter  from  Admiral  Sir  Leopold  M<jClintock, 
R.  N. — The  small  percentage  of  deaths— Arctic  Ai'thoimties,  1818-1860. 

The  late  Capt.  Charles  Francis  Hall,  commander  of  tho  North 
Polar  Expedition  of  187 J,  United  States  steamshi})  Polaris,  had  pre- 
viously made  two  voyages,  or,  as  he  has  called  them,  "  Expeditions," 
to  the  northern  shores  of  America. 

The  first  of  these  embraced  a  period  of  two  years  and  three 
months,  from  May  29,  1860,  to  September  13,  1862,  furnishing  the 
material  for  his  "Arctic  Researches,"  which  he  published  in  1864 

The  second  voyage  and  residence  among  the  Eskimos  occupied 
the  longer  period  of  five  years  and  three  months,  from  June  30,  1864, 
to  September  26,  1869 ;  but  of  this  he  left  no  narrative,  becoming 
absorbed  immediately  on  his  return  in  preparing  for  his  third  voyage, 
that  of  the  Polaris.  On  board  of  this  vessel  his  sudden  death  occuired 
November  8,  1871. 

Under  the  act  of  Congress  approved  June  23,  1874,  the  Navy 

zi 


xu 


Preliminary  Chapter. 


Department  purchased  from  his  family,  for  the  sum  of  $15,000,  the 
manuscripts  of  his  several  explorations,  some  of  which  were  made  use 
of  by  the  late  Admiral  Davis  in  preparing  for  the  Department  the 
widely-appreciated  "  Narrative  of  the  North  Polar  Expedition."*  The 
larger  number  of  the  manuscripts,  however,  have  been  found  to  belong 

to  the  Second  Expedition,  and  form  the  basis  of  the  Narrative  now 
prepared  by  the  orders  of  the  Department,  to  meet  the  call  of  the 
Senate  in  the  resolution  adopted,  on  the  motion  of  Hon.  A.  A.  Sargent, 
February  6,  1877. 


Hall's  journals  and  notes  of  the  years  1864  to  1869,  kept  gen- 
erally with  much  care,  present  a  few  blanks;  chiefly  because  an  un- 
broken diary  was  made  impossible  by  the  privations  of  an  ill-furnished 
Arctic  life  His  private  correspondence,  courteously  loaned  by  his 
steadfast  friend,  Mr.  J.  C.  Brevoort,  and  by  the  family  of  the  late 
Mr.  Henry  Grinnell,  supplements  in  part  these  deficiencies.  It  dis- 
closes also  repulses  experienced  while  seeking  assistance  for  this  sec- 
ond voyage  which  must  have  severely  schooled  his  energies. 

His  three  enterprises  had  a  common  object  in  geographical  dis- 
covery. The  Polaris  voyage,  however,  finds  its  distinctive  separation 
from  his  earlier  objects  in  its  aiming  at  solving  the  problem  of  the 
Pole.  In  this  point,  and  in  its  being  in  the  fullest  sense  an  expedition, 
and  not  the  itinerary  of  a  traveler  with  a  few  native  attendants,  it 
claims  a  much  higher  place  than  the  Narrative  now  presented. 

But  the  journals  of  the  years  1864-'6y  exhibit  a  longer  experience 
by  Mr.  Hall  in  Arctic  life,  and  consequently  with  the  customs,  traditions, 
and  superstitions  of  the  Innuits  than  has  fallen  to  the  lot  of  other  Arctic 

"  Tlio  third  edition  of  this  Narrative  was  ordered  by  Coiii^ress  Juuo  7,  1878,  to  bo  on  sale 
uudcr  the  provisions  of  the  act  of  that  date.     This  edition  is  exhausted. 


Preliminary  Chapter. 


•  •• 

Xlll 


travelers.  His  Second  Expedition,  as  disting-uished  from  the  Third,  will 
also  be  found  to  be  closely  connected  with  the  First  and  with  the 
course  of  American  and  English  Arctic  exploration  during  the  pre- 
ceding twenty  years;  for  the  two  voyages  of  1 860-62  and  of  1864-69 
were  alike  "  Franklin  Relief  "  Expeditions,  in  which  Hall  endeav- 
ored to  complete  the  work  begun  by  Lieutenant  De  Haven,  Dr.  E.  K. 
Kane,  of  the  United  States  Navy,  and  their  associates,  and  by  more 
than  thirty  English  relief  parties  which  had  preceded  them. 

Sympathy  for  the  mysterious  fate  of  Franklin's  Expedition  was 
universal.  In  Hall  it  kindled  a  spirit  of  enthusiasm  which  failed  him 
only  with  his  life  It  early  became  his  controling  idea.  Through  the 
nine  years  from  May,  1850  when  Secretary  Preston's  Instructions  for 
the  First  Grinnell  Expedition  issued  to  Lieutenant  De  Haven,  to  the 
return  of  the  English  steamer  Fox,  he  was  steadily  increasing  his 
Arctic  library,  and  devoting  every  spare  hour  to  Arctic  study ;  and  his 
notes  and  comments  show  his  interest  in  all  such  returns  from  the 
searched  region  as  Dr.  Eae,  in  1854,  brought  from  Boothia,  De  Haven 
rnd  Kane  from  Beechy  Island,  or  McClintock  from  King  William's 
Land. 

On  the  return  of  the  officer  last  named.  Hall  urged  that  the  explo- 
rations made  by  him  and  his  junior  officers,  Hobson  and  Young, 
though  eminently  successful,  still  left  nmch  of  value  to  be  secured ; 
that  they  had  been  made,  by  necessity,  in  the  month  of  May  when 
the  land  was  still  covered  with  snow,  and  that  interviews  with  the 
Eskimos  had  been  found  practicable  with  detached  parties  only. 
Hoping  for  further  success  in  a  more  favorable  season  of  the  year,  and 
believing  that  "  as  England  had  left  the  field  of  search,  the  Stars  and 
Stripes  should  enter,"  he  sailed  from  New  London,  Conn.,  in  May, 


;i 


XIV 


Preliminary  Chapter. 


1860,  for  the  most  favorable  northwestern  point  he  could  reach  in  a 
whaler,  from  which  point  he  would  make  his  way  westward  with  such 
Eskimo  companions  as  he  could  secure.  To  the  American  Geograph- 
ical Society  he  had  avowed  his  chief  object  to  be  "  to  determine  more 
satisfactorily  the  fate  of  the  one  hundred  and  five  companions  of 
Frankliii  known  to  be  alive  at  the  date  of  the  *  Record '  brought  back 
by  McClintock." 

Nothing  seems  to  prove  more  fully  the  sincerity  and  depth  of  con- 
victions— at  times  insecurely  based — than  this  expectation  of  finding  offi- 
cers or  men  of  that  party  still  alive.  The  paper  found  at  Point  Victory 
in  1 859  showed  that  Captain  Crozier  had  left  the  ships  on  their  aban- 
donment, with  a  weakened  party  and  with  the  remnant  of  perhaps  origi- 
nally ill-supplied*  provisions,  to  find  his  way  toward  the  desolate  region 
of  Back's  or  Great  Fish  River.  The  presumption  in  the  minds  of  most 
men  was  entirely  against  the  probability  of  extended  life  in  any  one  of 
the  survivors  named  in  that  Record. 

But  all  difficulties  in  the  case  were  overcome  or  lost  sight  of  in 
Hall's  reasonings,  and  in  his  impulse  to  bear  relief  From  inquiries 
of  the  whalers  who  visited  Cumberland  Sound,  Repulse  Bay,  and  other 
northern  localities,  he  learned  that  the  experience  of  some  who  had 
lived  for  months  as  Eskimos  with  the  Eskimos,  had  not  been  severe; 
and  from  one  of  Dr.  Kane's  party,  Mr.  William  Hickey,  he  received 
assurance  that  when  he  and  others  of  that  party  had  so  lived,  they  had 
recovered  from  all  sicknesses  and  maintained  their  health.  Hall  con- 
cluded that  some  of  Franklin's  survivors  might  be  still  enjoying  a  lease 

"See  Sir  John  Richardaou's  "Polar  Kegions,"  p.  162;  Admiral  Sherard  Osbom'u  "Career  of 
Franklin,"  pp.  76,  105,  108 ;  and  D.  Murray  Smith's  "Arctic  Explorations,"  1877,  especially  for  the 
quality  of  Goldner's  provisions.  The  want  of  pemmican  itself,  of  which  Osbom  speaks,  would 
make  the  support  of  Crozier's  party  almost  hopeless,  compelling  them  to  drag  loads  too  heavy 
for  their  strength. 


4. 


Preliminarij  Chapter. 


XV 


of  life  among  that  not  inhospitable  people,  and  he  hoped  that  by  his 
going  out  and  living  patiently  among  them,  he  could  draw  out  through 
faithful  interpreters,  the  final  clue  to  the  fate  of  the  ships,  the  men,  and 
the  records  of  the  expedition  Other  reasonings  leading  him  to  believe 
that  some  of  Franklin's  party  still  survived  were  substantially  these: 
that  no  Arctic  explorer  had  ever  understood  better  the  necessities  of  a 
good  supply  of  fresh  provisions  for  his  men  than  did  Sir  John  Franklin, 
and  that  he  made  provision  for  such  necessities.  In  proof  of  this,  Hall 
had  found  in  the  official  papers  that  a  full  complement  of  fresh  provis- 
ions, preserved  meats,  soups,  and  vegetables,  and  ten  live  oxen  were  on 
board  the  Erebus  and  the  Terror.  Further,  that  Franklin  had  told  Cap- 
tain Martin,  of  the  whaler  Enterprise,  when  off  the  coast  of  Greenland, 
July  22,  1845,  that  he  had  provisions  for  five  years,  and,  if  necessary, 
could  make  them  spin  out  seven ;  and  he  would  lose  no  opportunity  of 
killing  game,  having  already  organized  shooting  parties.  There  was 
every  reason  to  believe,  too,  that  animal  life  was  found  in  abundance 
by  his  men  on  the  shores  of  Wellington  Channel,  especially  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Baillie  Hamilton  Island,  and  that  Franklin  had  sent 
hunting  parties  to  great  distances  with  sledges;  for  the  tracks  of  these 
sledges  were  seen  six  years  after  by  Kane,  De  Haven,  and  Ommaney 
and  Osborn.  Hall  could  say  with  truth  that  his  expectations  of  ren- 
dering relief  were  based  on  years  of  careful  study  and  examination  of 
what  had  been  written  on  this  subject  j  and  his  appeal  was  plain  and 
strong,  "  Why  should  not  attempts  be  renewed  again  and  again  until 
all  the  facts  are  known!" 


These  and  other  references  to  the  First  Voyage  are  here  made  the 
more  full,  because,  as  has  been  already  intimated,  the  same  idea  of 


i! 


I  ! 


XVI 


Preliminary  Chapter. 


II  '1 


11, 


"  rescue"  is  the  key  to  the  Second  also,  geographical  discovery  being 
but  a  subordinate  motive.  Hall's  first  voyage  had  been  rewarded  by 
discovery,  and  he  was  thus  stimulated  to  return  to  the  North.  But  up 
to  the  time  of  his  preparations  for  the  North  Polar  Expedition  in  1870, 
there  was  probably  no  day  in  which  his  thoughts  were  not  upon 
Franklin's  men  and  King  William's  Land ;  and  even  then  his  expecta- 
tion was  to  resume  the  search  on  his  return  from  the  Pole.  For  this 
problem  only  he  declined  Lady  Franklin's  proposal  that  he  should  go 
out  a  third  time  for  the  Records  of  the  Expedition. 

The  following  Letter  on  this  subject,  written  on  her  receiving  in 
1869  a  newspaper  account  of  some  of  Hall's  Arctic  work,  shows  her 
impartial  judgment  and  her  confidence  also  in  his  character  and  plans. 
In  this  connection  it  will  be  remembered  that  Lady  Franklin,  after 
being  compelled  on  McClintock's  return  to  abandon  the  lingering  hope 
of  her  husband's  safety,  still  held  her  thoughts  on  the  recovery  of  the 
Records  as  the  clue  to  the  history  of  his  last  years  and  as  establishing 
the  claim  that  he  was  the  discoverer  of  the  Northwest  Passage.  The 
inquiries  which  she  here  makes  of  Hall  were  answered  by  his  letter 
of  a  later  date,  and  are  met  in  full  by  the  statements  in  Chapter  XIII 
of  this  Narrative. 


■1, 


[LETTER  FROM  LADY  JANE  FRANKLIN.] 


Upper  Gove  Lodge 

Keimmjton  Gove, 

Oct:  30'*  09. 
My  dear  Mb.  Grinnell, 

I  had  not  received  M'  Hall's  report  when  I  wrote  to  you  last 
by  Denis,  or  I  should  have  had  much  more  to  say  to  you.  This 
I  have  delayed,  however,  because  I  felt  it  was  a  moment  when 
your  mind  must  be  fully  occupied  not  only  with  Mr  Hall,  but  with 
the  still  nearer  and  more  heartfelt  business  of  overlooking  all  your 
dear  son's  relics  and  papers. — I  wished  also  to  hear  the  opinions  of  my 
Arctic  friends  on  Mr  Hall's  report ;  but  in  this  I  have  had  but  partial 
success,  as  at  this  season  friends  are  dispersed,  and  very  few  at  hand 
with  whom  details  can  be  discussed. — My  own  impresssiou  is  that  Mr 
Hall  has  done  his  best  with  the  means  he  had  at  his  command ;  but 
his  statement  is  full  of  omissions  and  so  devoid  of  order  and  dates  as 
to  leave  much  confusion  and  perplexity  in  the  mind.  He  makes  no 
distinction  between  the  places  he  visited  himself,  and  what  he  saw  him- 
self—and what  he  only  heard  of.  What  are  the  places  he  really  set  foot 
on  in  K.  W.  Land  and  the  dates  on  which  he  did  so  ?  Did  he  merely 
touch  the  Eastern  shore,  or  did  he  go  along  the  Southern  coast  by  Cape 
Herschel,  and  Aisit  the  other  places,  where  he  says  they  finally  perished  ? 
I  presume  he  did  not  visit  Montreal  Island,  but  his  assertion  (derived 
no  doubt  from  certain  Esquimaux)  is  at  variance  with  what  other 
Esquimaux  told  D'  Eae  and  afterwards  McClintock,  and  with  the  con- 


S.  Ex.  27- 


-TI 


XVII 


11: 


•  •  • 

XV  111 


Preliminary  Chapter. 


;(,f 


\> 


elusions  formed  by  Anderson,  the  Hudson  Bayofflcer,  previous  to  that 
period. 

1  am  now  sui)po8ing  that  two  sets  of  Esquimaux  gave  contradic- 
tory evidence  on  this  point,  but  I  perceive  it  was  the  same  man  whose 
name  was  given  by  IMr  Hall,  who  gave  the  contradictory  information 
to  the  two  parties. — Is  tliis  the  case,  or  has  D'.  Eae  misunderstood  him 
or  Hall? 

Who  was  his  authority  for  saying  that  the  records  are  buried  in  a 
vault  (that  is,  I  suppose,  a  hole  dug  for  the  purpose)  near  Point  Vic- 
tory ?  Could  the  Esquimaux  point  out  the  exact  spot,  and,  if  so,  can 
we  believe  they  have  not  opened  or  rifled  it?  Was  this  question  put 
to  theni  ■ — and  is  there  reason  to  suppose  that  these  documents  may 
exist  in  part  in  their  possession  ? — Most  people  are  of  opinion  that  they 
took  tlieir  journals  with  them  on  their  march,  and  that  even  at  the  last 
extremity,  they  did  not  throw  them  away,  but  tried  to  hide  them  ;  and 
this  may  have  taken  i)lace  all  along  the  march.  It  seems  strange,  if  they 
were  buried  near  Pt.  Victory,  that  the  Record  found  there  and  brought 
home  by  McOlintock,  did  not  notice  this; — especially  as  it  was  well  un- 
derstood, I  believe,  among  the  oflBcers,  although  not  openly  talked  about 
(lest  the  information  should  be  betrayed  to  the  natives)  that  these  doc- 
uments were  to  be  buried  so  many  yards  magnetic  north  of  the  cairns 
erected. — ^Again  it  is  supposed,  and  I  believe  McClintock  is  of  that 
opinion,  that  these  vaults  may  be  conjectural  things,  by  which  the 
Esquimaux  explained  some  leveled  or  paved  spot  which  had  been  the 
site  of  a  magnetic  Observatory  or  shooting  station.  Have  the  Esqui- 
maux ever  been  asked  if  they  found  tin  cylinders,  or  any  other  con- 
trivance for  holding  nothing  but  a  sheet  of  i>aper,  under  the  cairns,  and 
what  they  did  with  them,  and  whether  they  could  procure  any,  if  hand- 
somely rewarded  ?  If  another  search  were  instituted,  it  should  be  held 
out  to  them  that  the  production  of  paper  or  books  would  be  more  hand- 
somely rewarded  than  anything  else. 

Does  not  W.  Hall  believe  that,  if  the  natives  had  found  what  he 
calls  "the  vault,"  they  would  have  removed  everything  out  of  it5  would 
he  have  given  up  the  search  had  he  felt  convinced  that  anything  was  to 


■•ii-. 


Preliminarj/  Chapter. 


XIX 


be  {^iiined  by  pmNuiii}^  it? — This  is  a  question  tbjit  lias  been  put  to  me ; 
but  I  think  Mr  Ilall  hud  not  the  means  of  supporting  himself  in  the 
barren  island,  and  could  get  no  one  to  accompany  him,  or  not  enough 
of  men ;  and  then  the  new  idea  of  the  North  I'olo  tool*  possession 
of  him  and  seemed  to  him  a  more  worthy  object  of  ambition. — Yet, 
though  ho  abandoned,  whether  from  necessity  or  choice,  the  object  he 
had  held  out  to  himself  from  the  beginning,  he  is  too  conscientious  to 
say  that  nothing  more  cau  be  done,  or  that  ho  did  all  that  man  can 
even  do ;  and  his  declaration  is,  iu  my  view  of  things,  creditable  to  his 
candor  and  truthfulness;  ho  ahnost  invites  others  to  do  that  iu  which 
ho  has  failed  himself, — and  this  leads  mo  to  ask  (and  many  are  asking 
the  same  question)  wliether  anything  would  induce  him  to  go  again  ? 
and,  if  so,  whether  ho  would  consent  to  accompany  one  of  the  bravest 
and  ablest  of  our  Arctic  officers,  as  his  Second. — 

I  would  ask  you  to  ascertain  from  him  whether  ho  would  postpone 
his  efforts  to  reach  the  Pole,  for  one  season  (he  uuiy  be  quite  sure  there 
is  no  danger  of  any  body  getting  there  before  hini)  and  devote  a  whole 
summer  to  the  recovery  of  the  precious  documents  on  King  William 
Island,  and  the  several  adjoining  places  on  the  main-land,  where  ho 
believes  the  last  of  our  poor  people  perished. 

The  emoluments  or  remuneration  must  be  such  as  to  make  it  worth 
his  while  to  undertake  another  voyage,  and  should  be  suggested  by 
himself,  so  that  ho  might  start  with  a  willing  niind  and  be  able  to  see 
that  his  further  movements  northward  would  be  facilitated  rather  than 
checked,  by  joining  in  this  final  Arctic  search. — In  fact,  he  and  his 
two  Esquimaux,  if  ho  ttikes  them  with  him  towards  the  Pole,  would  be 
so  far  forwarded  on  their  way  when  the  King  W"'  search  was  over. 
I  do  not  enter  at  present  into  more  detail,  except  that  such  an  Expe- 
dition would  be  on  a  manageable  but  sufficient  scale,  composed  of  well- 
tried,  trustworthy  men,  whether  English,  American,  or  Canadian,  i.  e. 
Hudson  Bay  people  j  and,  that  the  funds  arc  provided  and  are  ample 
for  the  purpose.  To  apiily  again  for  Government  aid  seems  totally  out 
of  the  question.  Such  an  appeal  would  not  be  listened  to  for  a  moment, 
and  it  is  quit©  certain  that  whatever  has  been  hitherto  effected  has  been 


I, 
iHIJ 


I.I  I'l 


XX 


Prdiminory  Chapter. 


i|;':i 


ii:: 


'  m 


i  'Hi; 


by  private  nieana;  viz,  by  your  Expeditious  on  the  oue  liaiul,  and  my 
humble  etforts  on  the  other. 

What  I  have  now  said  about  engagiug  Mr.  Hall  in  a  last  effort  will 
show  him  that  I  judge  of  him  as  you  do  yourself;  viz,  that  he  is  an  able, 
fearless,  trustworthy  and  conscientious  man ;  Dear  Cornelius  always 
maintained  that  he  was  so.  It  remains  to  be  seen  whether  in  so  holy 
and  noble  a  cause  as  the  rescue  of  those  precious  documents  from  eternal 
sepulture  in  oblivion,  W.  Hall  would  be  willing  to  forego  the  chief  com- 
mand, in  order  to  act  as  a  coadjutor  with  all  that  natural  influence  which 
his  experience  and  zeal  must  give  him ;  sharing  the  dangers  of  his  com- 
panion and  sharing  his  glory  also. 

Having  said  this  much,  I  must  add  my  request  that  the  suggestions 
I  now  make  through  you  to  Mr  Hall  he  not  made  public,  nor  find  their 
way  into  the  newspapers^  as  it  is  a  part  of  the  plan  here  in  England  to 
keep  the  contemplated  Expedition  a  secret  until  fully  determined  on  and 
organized,  in  order  to  avoid  all  obstruction,  discussions  and  difficulty 
making. 

I  am  most  anxious  to  see  Mr.  Hall  at  this  moment ;  how  many  diffi- 
culties could  be  (jleared,  how  much  increased  confidence  Inspired,  if  one 
could  but  see  and  talk  to  him! — but  how  is  this  to  be  effected,  for  I  sup- 
pose he  is  too  busy  with  his  book  to  come  to  England  till  the  publisher's 
work  is  done ; — otherwise  I  would  gladly  pay  all  his  expenses  to  and 
from  and  during  his  stay  here. 

I  am  sorry  to  hear  rumors  of  his  having  got  into  some  trouble  about 
the  man  whom  he  sacrificed.  I  presume  he  deemed  it  necessary,  how- 
ever, for  the  safety  of  himself  and  others.  It  is  an  awful  thing  to  take 
a  man's  life,  but  it  has  been  found  justifiable  upon  occasions  when  the 
lives  of  others  were  endangered.  Witness  that  act  of  Sir  John  Richard- 
son's, which  is  always  quoted  to  his  honor,  when,  without  a  moment's 
warning,  he  shot  down  the  half-breed  hunter,  who  was  advancing  quickly 
in  his  strength  toward  himself  and  Hepburn,  both  enfeebled  by  starva- 
tion, in  order  to  sacrifice  and  feed  upon  them. 

Sir  Leopold  McClintock  is  home  preparing  a  third  edition,  (which 
has  been  called  for  by  his  publishers)  of  the  Fox  Voyage.    He  thinks 


I 


'     i 


Preliminary  Chapter. 


XXI 


liiinscli'  moat  fortunate  in  iinticipatin<j;  the  discovery  by  the  Esciniiiiaiix 
of  the  traces,  as  he  succeeded  in  doiu};  in  seven  distinct  localities  in  Kin}*' 
William  Land. — McClintock  thinks  the  leadinfj  article  in  the  Tribune 
gives  a  fair  estimate  of  what  he  has  done ;  in  general,  Hall's  researches 
quite  contirni  those  made  by  himself.  1  have  come  to  the  end  of  my 
second  sheet,  and  dare  not  take  a  third. 

Your  faithful  &  affectionate  friend 

JANE  FUANKLIN 


[(.'oiijldential,  with  the  exception  ihal  Lady  Frmikliu  I'liii   l>e  int'oniitMl  of  the  HiibHtance  of  the 

letter.— (\  F.  H.] 

Cincinnati,  Dec  W"  1801). 

Mr.  GlilNNELL 

Deau  Sir  : 

Time  and  again  have  I  taken  in  hand  the  subject  matter  of  Lady  Franklin's 
Letter,  for  the  object  of  giving  full  answer  to  it;  but  in  vain.  I  can  say  in  truth 
that  ever  since  my  an-ival  in  the  country  from  my  return  from  my  late  five  years 
voyage  and  travels  in  the  Arctic  Eegious,  1  have  not  had  two  hours  to  myself  in 
which  I  could  sit  down  and  not  be  interrupted  many  times.  I  despair,  at  present, 
of  getting  the  time  to  answer  (as  I  would  like)  tlie  letter  referred  to;  for  I  am 
buiiily  flying  here  and  there  on  Lecture  tou.\s.  Lecturing  is  a  curse  to  my  soul, 
for  I  am  far  from  being  that  way  inclined,  and  yet  I  have  had  to  pursue  it  and 
am  still  head  and  ears  engaged  in  it.  Just  as  soon  as  I  can  get  out  of  the  uncon- 
genial business,  I  shall  do  so ;  and  then  1  do  hope  I  can  get  at  least  sufiBcient 
time  to  apologize  to  you  and  other  friends  for  the  apparent  long  neglect. 

Tliis  much  I  must  say,  that,  for  years,  I  have  determined  to  undertake  an  Ex- 
pedition to  the  North  Pole  so  soon  as  I  should  become  satisfied  that  there  coidd 
be  no  survivor  of  Sir  John  Franklin's  Expedition.  I  expect  soon  to  apply  to  Con- 
gress for  aid  in  my  purposed  North  Pole  Expedition.  In  case  of  not  securing  the 
necessary  aid  from  Congress  or  otherwise  for  that  Expedition  (to  commence  next 
spring,)  I  should  then  feel  to  do  whatever  I  could  to  favor  personally  the  noble 
aspirations  of  Lady  Franklin:  parenthetically  let  it  be  said,  that  no  one,  should 
ask  of  me  to  accept  a  subordinate  position  in  an  Arctic  Expedition.  If  McClin- 
tock and  myself  be  Lady  Franklin's  chosen  ones,  we  could  be  Co-Commanders  and 
nothing  less. 


xxu 


Preliminary  Chapter. 


Ah  lor  pay  I  Hlionld  nsk  iiotliiiig.     My  iiiitlii'iil  Trunk  Liiilor,  I  know,  wonld 

bo  filiul  to  iicf'oiniuiny  us.     JIc  will  no  vhorcvor  I  (Icsiic,  and  corliiinly  I  will  feel 

glad  to  have  liiiu  with  nic  wliciu-vor  J  may  go  to  Ww,  A.ctic,  L'cgionH.    .loo  and 

Ilannali,  my  Esquimaux  Inteiprt'ti'is,  1  tlu'ak,  would  accomimny  us  also.    TLey 

80ud  love  to  you  &  family. 

Yourt-  over 

C.  F.  HALL. 

P.  S.  Whether  I  go  or  uot  on  the  proposed  English  Exi)edition  to  King  W'"'h 
I;and,  I  feel  to  do  all  I  can  in  faeilitating  its  purposes;  and  will,  therefore,  communi- 
cate such  important  nujtter  as  I  have  acquired  in  the  North,  so  soon  as  1  can  be 
rc^lieved  from  the  ])rcssure  upon  my  time. 

Tho  promise  involved  in  the  last  of  the  pveceding-  lines  was  ful- 
filled at  as  early  a  date  as  was  found  practicable.  On  the  10th  of 
Janiuuy,  1871,  he  forw.arded  to  Lady  Franklin  two  MSS.,  titled  "Sir 
John  Franklin,  with  notes  of  my  voyage  of  1864  to  'G9."  The  extracts 
which  follow  from  letters  accompanying-  this  packet,  will  confirm  what 
has  been  said  as  to  his  desire  to  go  out  even  a  third  time  for  the 
Records: 

•  *  *  My  special  respects  to  Miss  Cracroft.  I  trust  I  shall  be  able  to  send 
you  other  matter  relating  to  my  King  William's  Land  Sledge  Journey,  and  such 
information  as  will  bo  of  use  to  any  one  who  may  make  a  Journey  to  King  W. 
Laud.  •  *  *  Why  is  it  that  I  am  not  still  following  \\p  that  subject?  Is  it 
tinished  ?  Can  more  be  done  in  gaining  intelligence  of  that  most  important  of  all 
Arctic  Expeditions"?  To  the  first  question  the  answer  cannot  be  satisfactory,  for 
I  hardly  know,  myself,  why  I  was  led  ofl'  from  that  almost  holy  mission  to  which  I 
have  devoted  about  twelve  years  of  my  life,  and  well  on  to  eight  of  these  in  tho 
icy  regions  of  the  I^orth.  What  burned  within  my  soul  like  a  living  fire  all  tho 
time,  was  the  full  faith  that  I  should  find  some  survivors  of  Sir  John's  memorable 
Expedition  living  among  tho  natives,  and  that  I  would  bo  the  instrument  in  the 
hand  of  heaven,  of  their  salvation.  But  when  I  heard  tho  sad  talo  from  living  wit- 
nessef  a  the  spring  of  18G9,  how  wickedly  many  survivors  in  the  fall  of  1848  had 
been  abandoned  and  sutfered  to  die,  my  faith,  till  thou  so  strong,  was  shaken,  and 
ultimately  was  extinguished.  As  to  the  Eecords,  I  believed  they  had  been  care- 
fully buried  on  King  William's  Land  beftn'o  tho  Erebus  and  Terror  wore  aban- 
doned; and,  that  if  no  survivor  was  found,  at  least  those  Eecords  might  bo  recov- 
ered. 

*    *    *    God  willing,  I  will  make  two  more  voyages  to  tho  North, — one  for 


Preliminary  Chapter. 


XXI II 


tlio  discovery  of  the  roi^ioiis  to  ami  iiboiit  tlic  Poh?,  uimI  the  other  to  obtain  the 
reconh  of  Sir  JohiCn  Expedition,  and  to  obtain  other  iiiforiiiatioii  than  whut  I 
already  possess  relating  to  it.  Had  I  failed  in  (?ettin^r  niy  Conntry  interested  in 
Itttinj;  out  an  Expedition  for  making  I'olar  discoveries,  as  1  told  yon  /  would  have 
most  certainly  {!).  V.)  been  ready  for  the  King  Wvi's  Land  Voyage,  As  the  matter 
now  stands,  I  have  nuich  reason  to  hope  that  the  North  Polar  Ex|)edition  I  havo 
the  honor  to  command,  will  accomplish  its  object  and  be  back  to  the  States  in  30 
months  from  the  time  of  leaviui;  say  from  Ist  of  .lune  next.* 


"TIio  Hcarcli  for  tho  Rcconls  lias  not  been  wholly  abandoned  ov<!n  at  thiH  lato  dati>.  Tim 
cruises  of  tho  Pandora  (now  tho  Jcanottc,  of  tho  I'olar  Kxpcditiou  of  1879,  under  eonuuaud  of 
liieutonant  Do  Long,  IT.  8.  N.)  niado  by  Capt.  Alton  Young  in  1875  and  187C  had  this  search  for 
one  of  their  objects. 

Jnno  19,  1878,  au  oxpodition  under  Lieutenant  Scliwatka,  U.  8.  A.,  was  scut  out  from  Now 
York  by  Mc.rison  &  Brown  for  tho  same  object.  This  expedition  proposed  to  remain  on  the  (leld 
of  searuh  later  in  the  summer  following  than  Hall  fotuid  himself  able  to  do  in  1809.  Taking  with 
thorn  Eskimo  Joo  as  guide  and  interpreter,  and  a  foreo  of  armed  white  men,  tliey  may  i)ossibly 
Bccuro  something  of  value  of  those  Kecords,  tho  recovery  of  which  has  been  so  long  desired  l)y 
England  and  by  tho  world.  Captain  Barry,  who  took  out  Lieutenant  Sehwatica  in  the  ICothen, 
had  received  on  a  previous  voyage  information  from  the  Neitchille  natives  which  prouiptcd  tho 
present  oxpodition.  Ho  had  brought  homo  with  him  also  a  Kranklin  relic,  tho  history  of  which  is 
marked  under  the  annexed  drawing.  Messrs.  Morison  &  Brown  presented  it  to  Miss  Cracroft, 
through  the  U.  8.  Naval  Observivtory. 


8POON  BELONGING  TO  SIU  JOHN  FIIANKLIN  BROUGHT  FROM  REPULSE  BAY  BY  CAPT.  BARRY,  OP 
THE  WHALER  A.  HOUGHTON,  IN  1877,  FORWARDED  TO  M188  SOPHIA  CRACROFT,  LONDON. 
THE  MENDING  DONE   BY  THE  ESQUIMAUX. 


XXIV 


Preliminary  Chapter. 


Full  evidence  is  thus  found  in  Hall's  papers,  especially  in  that 
private  correspondence  which  best  discloses  impulses  and  purposes, 
that  his  "Rescue  and  Research"  was  the  impulse  not  of  a  humane 
feeling  only,  but  of  such  feeling  exercised  towards  those  whom  he  con- 
sidered heroes  in  their  objects  as  well  as  in  their  sufferings.  It  grew 
out  of  his  thoughts  of  men  who  had  been  fighting  nature  for  objects 
which  had  enlisted  very  noble  minds; — enticing  fiom  his  home  a 
Franklin  for  the  fourth  time,  and  even  in  his  sixtieth  year.  Hall's  own 
desire  for  participation  in  the  work  of  searcl.'  was  quickened  by  the 
fact  that  every  Relief  Expedition  except  McClintock's  had  erred  in  its 
line  of  search,  until  *'  the  pursuit  was  now  ended,"  as  John  Barrow 
and  others  wrote  him,  "  where  it  should  have  been  begun."  It  does 
not  seem  so  strange,  then,  that  he  should  at  times  have  spoken  of  him- 
self as  "  called  "  to  do  something  in  the  work  of  relief  on  which  no  one 
else  was  entering. 

To  go  back  to  his  first  appeal,  issued  for  him  to  the  citizens  of 
Cincinnati  in  1860,  is  to  cite  what  in  one  form  or  another  disclosed  his 
feelings  throughout  the  whole  remainder  of  his  life. 

The  appeal  read  as  follows : 

This  is  to  memorialize  all  lovers  of  Man  and  of  Geogra- 
raphy,  History,  and  ScieTice  to  co-operate  by  all  methods  and 
means  in  their  power,  to  facilitate  and  assist  our  fellow  country- 
man, Charles  Francis  Hall  of  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  in  the  formation 
of,  and  fitting  out  an  American  Expedition,  in  search  of  survivors 
of  Sir  John  Franklin's  Exploring  party,  consisting  of  138  per- 
sons, only  27  of  Avhom  are  known  to  be  dead.  Secondly,  for 
satisfactorily  settling  and  completing  the  history  of  the  last 
Franklin  Expedition ;  and  thirdly,  to  promote  and  benefit  the  cause  of  Geogra- 
phy, Navigation,  Natural  History  and  Science. 


Preliminary  Chapter. 


XXV 


Such  an  Expedition  with  proper  vessels,  w  itli  competent  and  experienced 
Commander,  Oflicers  and  Crew,  with  a  comi)lete  outfit  and  provision  for  from  two 
to  three  years  craise,  to  embark  from  an  Eastern  port  of  the  United  States  of 
America,  and  proceed  via.  Davis  Straits,  Bafliu's  Bay,  Lancaster  Sound,  and  Bar- 
rows Strait;  thence  from  the  North  coast  of  Boothia  to  commence  the  Search,  ex- 
tending it  to  King  William's  Land,  and  the  adjacent  regions,  until  a  thorough  antl 
satisfactory  investigation  shall  have  been  made  of  all  that  portion  of  the  Arctic 
World ;  and  the  humanitarian  object  attained  of  discovering  some  survivor  of  the 
lost  companions  of  Sir  John  Franklin,  or  of  ascertaining  the  ultimate  fate  of  the 
Members  of  that  Exjjedition,  who,  up  to  this  day  remain  unaccounted  for;  being 
no  less  than  one  hundred  and  eleven  souls,  whose  historj',  the  loud  voice  of 
mankind,  from  all  generous  natures,  demands  shall  not  remain  forever  shrouded 
in  oblivion,  while  energetic  intelligence  and  American  enterprise  can  hope  to 
rescue  a  single  survivor,  or  furnish  the  solution  of  their  ultiuiiite  history. 

This  appeal  was  indorsed  by  a  number  of  the  public  men  of  Ohio, 
among  whom  were  Hon.  R.  B.  Hayes,  the  present  Executive  of  the 
United  States ;  the  Governor  of  the  State,  Hon.  William  Dennison ; 
Hon.  S.  P.  Chase;  and  the  Mayor  of  Cincinnati,  noAv  Gov.  R.  M. 
Bishop.  At  the  meeting  which  it  secured,  Hall  exhibited  maps  and 
charts  of  the  Arctic  discoveries  made  by  Sir  John  Franklin,  Dr.  Kane, 
De  Haven,  and  McClintock ;  with  those  of  Ross,  Pany,  Back,  Dease 
and  Simpson,  Richardson,  Rae,  McClure,  Kellet,  Collinson,  Belcher, 
and  others — nar^es  which  cany  us  back  to  the  revival,  under  Sir  John 
Ban-ow,  of  English  exploration  for  the  Northwest  Passage  to  Asia. 
The  study  of  such  explorations  from  even  a  much  earlier  date  had  made 
Hall  intelligent  in  this  field  ;  it  now  maintained  his  enthusiasm. 


As  introductory,  therefore,  to  the  history  of  his  purposes,  and  of 
his  work  in  this  Second  Expedition,  some  Tabular  Statements  and 
historical  Maps  have  been  prepared,  in  order  to  present,  in  con- 
nection with  the  now  renewed  public  interest  in  Arctic  Exploration, 


xxvi 


■ii 


Preliminary  Chapter. 


The  Record  in  brief;— 

I.  Of  English  and  American*  explorations  for  the  Northwest 
Passage  from  the  year  1818  to  1845,  when  Sir  John  Franklin's  Expedi- 
tion left  England. 

II.  Of  the  Franklin  Relief  Expeditions,  English  and  American, 
from  1848  to  1860,  the  year  of  Hall's  First  Expedition. 

TABLE  No.  I. 
1-  ^'aml  expeditions  for  discovering  the  Northwest  Passage,  1818  to  1845. 


CommaDders. 


Vessels. 


Positions  reached  north  and  west. 


I.  Capt.  D.  Buchan 

Lieut.  John  Franklin 


IL  Conimandor  John  Ross. 
Lieut.  W.  y..  Parry 


Year. 


Dorothea . . 
Trent 


III.  Lieut.  W.  E.  Parry 
Lieut.  M.  Liddon  . . . 


IV.  Capt.  W.  E.  Parry. 
Capt.  G.  F.  Lyon  . . 


Isabella . . . 
Alexander. 

Hecla 

Griper  .. 


>Long.  now.; 


lat.  80°  37'  N. 


Lancaster  Sound;  long.  84  W 
lat.  76°  54'  N. 


•1 


V.  Capt.  W.  E.  Parry 

Commander  H.  P.  Hoppner. . 

VL  Capt.  G.  F.Lyon 

VIL  Capt.  F.  W.  Beechy 


Fury . 
Hecla  , 

Hecla . 
Fury . . 


1 


VIII.  Capt.  John  Ross 

Lieut.  James  C.  Ross. 


IX.  Capt.  George  Back. 


Griper 

Blossom . . . 

Victory . .  . 
Terror. .. 


West  coast  of  Melville  Island;') 
long.  113°  48'  22"  'W.;  lat.  i 

74°  47'  19"  N.  J 

f  Whyte  Inlet,  Fury  and  Hecla -) 
<     Strait;  long.  84°  52'  W.;  lat.  \ 

I     70°  12'  N.  J 

Prince  Regent's  Inlet 
18'  W. ;  lat.  74°  28 


Rowe's  Welcome 
44"  W. ;  lat.  65° 


>t;  long.  92' > 
V  13"  N.        C 

;  long.  89°  1'  > 

°  20'  N.  C 


^  Bering's  Straits  to  Point  Bar- 
\     row,126mile8ea8tofIcyCap& 

West  coast  of  Prince  Regent's" 
Inlet  and  of  Boothia  and  north 
coast  of  King  Willi.im's  Land ; 
long.    99°    W.;   lat.   70°   5' 

17"  N. 


1818 


1818-'19 


1819-'30 


183l-'23 


1824-'25 


1824 


Frozen  Strait;  long.  83° 40 
lat.  65°  47'  N. 


»'W.;> 


1825-'28 


1829-'a3 


1836-'37 


-  ^^t:.^^^^^^^''^'^^^'-^^^^^^^'^^'^^ 


];^i/i^\j^:r- 


....... — ,,- — ^.y. 


LT.-.J.J         _....l-' 


i  .  1.  .  '  "I  I  .  I  .  . 


Preliminary  Chapter. 


(2.)  EXPLORATIONS  BY  LAND. 


XX  vu 


l^ 


o 
to 


O 

n 


'/I 


! 


1819-1822.— Capt.  John  Franklin,  with  Dr.  J.  Eichardson,  Lieutenants  Back  ai<d 
Hood;  hand  journey  from  York  Factory,  west  side  of  lliiilson's  Bay,  to  tlic 
Coppermine  Elver,  and  from  its  moutli  east  to  Point  Turnagaiu,  lat.  «8°  19' 
N.,  long.  109°  25',  a  distance  of  550  miles.  Whole  journey  5,500  miles  (see 
for  this  route  Circumpolar  Pocket  Map). 

1825-1827. — Sir  J.  Franklin  explored  the  coast  from  the  mouth  of  Mackenzie's 
Eiver  westward  to  Eeturn  Eeef,  long.  148°  52',  lat.  70°  26'  N. ;  Dr.  Eich- 
ardson, of  the  same  expedition,  coasting  from  the  moutti  of  the  Mackenzie 
east  to  the  mouth  of  the  Coppermine.    (Pocket  Map.) 

1833. — Capt.  George  Back,  in  search  of  Sir  John  Boss,  discovered  the  Great  Fish 
Eiver,  descended  it,  and  explored  the  coast  eastwardly  as  far  as  long.  94° 
58'  W.,  lat.  08°  13'  N. 

1837-1839. — Messrs.  Dease  and  Simpson,  in  the  service  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Com- 
pany, explored  the  coast  from  Mackenzie  River  westward  to  Point  Barrow, 
and  eastward  trora  the  Coppermine  to  Castor  and  Pollux  Eiver,  long.  93°  7' 
W.  This  exploration  supplemented  Beechey's,  Franklin's,  and  Eichardson's 
coastings,  and  thus  completed  the  examination  of  the  coast  lino  from 
Berinj^'s  Strait  to  long.  93°  7'  W. 

What  remained,  therefore,  in  the  problem  of  the  Northwest  Pas- 
sage was  to  connect  Parry's  furthest  Westing  of  113°  48'  22",  made 
in  181  n,  either  with  Bering's  Strait  or  southward  with  Simpson's 
Strait.  To  seelc  the  passage  westward  to  Bering's  Strait  from  Mel- 
ville Island  seemed  to  the  Admiralty  at  that  day  a  loss  of  time  in  con- 
sequence of  the  unusual  magnitude  and  apparently  fixed  state  of  the 
ice  which  had  been  observed  by  Parry  off  Cape  Dundas. 

But  of  the  western  entrance  to  Simpson's  Strait,  Sir  John  Franklin 
was  accustomed  to  say,  "If  I  could  only  get  down  there  my  work  is 
done ;  it  is  all  plain  sailing  to  the  westward."  In  this  buoyant  hope 
he  loft  England  May  ID,  1845,  commanding  the  last  expedition  which 


xxviii 


Preliminary  Chapter. 


has  bad  the  discovery  of  the  Northwest  Passage  as  its  direct  object 
His  latest  dispatch  was  dated,   "Whale  Fish  Islands,  west  Coast  of 
Greenland,  July  12,  1845."      His  ships  were  last  seen  July  26,  of 
that  year,  by  the  whaler  Prince  of  Wales — moored  to  an  iceberg,  lat. 
74°  48'  N.,  long.  66°  13'  W. 

THE  EXPEDITION. 


Officers. 

Vessels. 

Positions  reached  North  and  West. 

Year. 

Civpt.  Sir  J.  Franklin,  Com- 
mander .T.  FitijjamcB,  Lioiit. 

Erebns,    370 
ton8,scro«'. 

I.  Up  Wellington  Channel,  150  miles, " 

to  lat.  77"  N.,  long.  99°  W. 
11.  Wintered  at  Beochey  Island,  lat. 
740  43'  28"  N.,  long.  91o  39'  W. 

1845 

G.  Goro. 
Capt.  F.  K.  M.  Crozier,  Lieut. 
E.  Little, 

Terror,     340 
tons,  screw. 

III.  Thenco  west,  and  probably  through 
Peel  Sound,  to  lat.  70°  05'  N. ,  long. 
98°  23'  W.,  where  the  ships  were 

to 

1848 

abandoned  April  22,  1848 ;  one  of 
them  drifting  south. 

No  tidings  having  been  received  from  Franklin  at  the  close  of 
nearly  three  years,  Relief  expeditions  began  to  be  sent  out  from 
England.  The  chief  of  these  are  stated  in  the  following  tables.  The 
lines  of  search  and  the  chief  localities  examined  in  the  hope  of  find- 
ing the  lost  expedition  may  be  traced  on  Circumpolar  Map  No.  I. 
(Pocket.)  The  tables  have  been  arranged  to  show  that  the  search  for 
Franklin  was  carried  on  by  expeditions  which,  within  about  the  same 
periods,  visited  the  Northern  coasts,  some  from  Bering  Straits  and 
others  from  Baffin's  Bay; — supplemented  by  land  explorations  chiefly 
along  the  middle  section  of  the  Continent.  The  Private  Expeditions 
closed  the  search  (Table  4)  by  McClintock's  voyage  of  the  Fox. 


I 


■■.%-«f^ 


■".}„,  ■■■  :.  'f-Y  v;.' 


■!sj:  i-:- 


■iitvi-. 


:::-;::ii^^:."?  ■■::>■ 


«'; 


'    -    ' .       ■'■■  *■     ■  -        '   ■■■'.      ■'''.■  ,..i/', 


1:'     v''  '■'■ 


■■       ,,  *'^'- "•■  f>.i»'-WV  : 


■»"  '■  ^aiss'^'^^;?*?;':^'^'-"-''^'^'^ 


J 

I 


XX    il! 


/  .  (  '■  -i  ■•■■>!;•//    ■   '■■i,4('r. 


Ir:).-    '•:>..      h,-    t'-.v.   .      ,-/    t*f    ']■■       iN'-li..    ■      •    l^.l        ■     '•    air.     W-     (i'.ri'ct    (miJ!.'c) 

If'i    ,',;U  .U    (il  ,  ..irii    ■..■(.-    .lati-il.    '■  W'ir  '      '."Mi  !     ■  i.is,  v%r-..r   < 'outjt    ot' 


<  -r  'eiaaii'' 


■r>l,")."       ill.-'  ^lu^:^:    >'/<:!,•  1 1.-.- 


■u  ,ti'^-   'J(\,  of 


IKK  j:Aii:i»ri!o.N 


m-i 


I  Mil.-.'  i-.M 


Vi"-.i  Is. 


l'(*.-i:ii.>iin  r*-ii' hv.i  N. "itli  mill  VV.:tii. 


I      I.  (■(■)  \VV;!iiiat<»ri  1  0  1  ,,,  ■■    .Tmi  ii.il. .., '^  i            ' 

I                            '  i  l.Viiit..  77-N.,  1..I.U.  OT-  v.-               '  ! 

Cwi.i.  ;>,!■  .i    ri;.jklin,  t\nn-  •  Kt^O.m^,    ICO  ^J    ,,  uiniero.l  ;.t    Hew  ;■.->    l»i..i;,.'     vc. 

'i-,;ii!..   r',  l'it/)am*,'S,  LU'Ut.   j    toiis.firn.v.   |  l  '4-'   4;)' "H"  V,  long,  ''i'    t"   W        !      '■'* 

''■''•'"■                                                               j     lU.  'ih»;iKi' wjst,  aiiiH>rol>,.ili)-.  fiiou)..;*-  ;  ■     '■>     i 

V>r-    K   iv.  .M.<  n.ZMr,  I.Mif      T.nn.r,     "Ju  M  P.-W8o>.m(l,toIiU.7i.-05-N.. '..ng.  i  i  1M8  ' 


■  \'.:     'LViK:      -m'ioni^    !:^*'^i     ^'iv-    f'M.- 


m^iii-ly  tlirec.  y">tr«.  I\'ti«;r  <-\pt.i-!i<.iPi*-  bf-'^jan  to  bo  Kri\i  out  iVuiii 
\-.'\(:  '■■:'.  :.  !•*.;  "i  *;i'  :  zluM'  ;.ax  r*Uii<u  in  tho  tbHowinp-  ta!!l(  s  ')'.ii<_: 
liii(-.s  .  :  'W^uTii  ::.u\  the  fhiei"  kx'al!tif!«!  ('.xuniiiiod  in  the  ]i;'n<.'  <ji'  fi,u!- 
!ij;.t  ;ii'.:'  'o;:;t  (.'Xjict'irn.Mi  may  1k'  iraceu  on  V\r  i/!i|H»lar  Ma])  .Nu.  1 
'■[''•(•k'-t. )  rill'  ii'iile.s  lUP''  i.)«.'t.:P.  .nn'.in^i.'.'.I  u^  -Ik^v,-  [Iku  i!;t.'  .-('iir'-ii  l.i.'' 
:  i'inl<iiii   wa.s  >\'ii'i'i.'Ml  i.-u  \,\  r  ipu'litinn.-;  Avliii/li,  •.viliur.    tir  ■■•.;    rlif-.  .>i;:i;- 


,!, 


trt  ::;^    ;V:*-H;>  S    ti,l 


aiony  ' i!v  .   I'ii.i;-,. 

■'Iu>5'.:il  '.':-■ 


m)    'T. 


.       -     ■    ,.    :.;■■•  .f--.'  •■ii     !,V"    '^ilii   t::."i;     i"iU' i'l>.    :'lnCir. 

•  ..:    Ill    ilii;  ' '•.ntinr-ut.       !'!)'■  r<'i'..-r:  lv\p(.JUuiii.-> 


B 


/'/.,         .      ^       -y       <■       ^ 


lliin-iin,  l!iiuni\iiiu  iV  IViiiliiiti. 


li 


t 


Preliminary  Chapter. 


XXIX 


TABLE  No.  II. 

Englkh  and  AmMoan  Expeditiont  for  the  Beli^  of  Sir  John  Franklin,  1848-1859. 

1.  FROM  THE  WEST  THROUGH  BERING'S  STRAITS. 


Years. 

Vessels. 

Commanders. 

Line  of  search  and  coasts 
examined. 

1848-'52 

Plover 

(  Commander  Afoore 

Caotain  Maatuire 

Through  Bering's  Strait,  be- 
yond Point  Barrow,  to  lat. 
73"  51' N.,  long.  163°  48' W., 
with  a  boat  expedition  from 
the  Plover  up  the  Mackenzie 
River  and  east  to  Cape  Ba- 
thurst;  Mr.  R.  Sheddon,  in 
his  yacht  "  Nancy  Dawson," 
rendering  assistance. 

ie48-'49 

Herald 

Captain  Kellett ..  

'  Discovered  Herald  Island,  and 
visited  and  named  a  part  of 
the  land  reported  by  Wran- 

l     gell. 

1850-'55 

1851-'58 

1853 

1853 

1853 

1854 

{  Enterprise 

1  Investigator 

Supply-ships : 
Dcedalus 

Captain  Collinson 

Coast  of  North  America  from 
Bering's  Strait  to  Dease 
Strait  and  coast  of  Banks 
Land.  Investigator  aban- 
doned Juno  3,  1853,  in  the 
bay  of  Mercy  on  the  north 
coast  of  Banks  Land.  Com- 
mander McCluro  crossed  on 
the  ice  to  Dealy  Island  to  the 
Resolute  and  Intrepid,  and 
returned  across  the  Atlan- 
tic to  England.  Parliament 
gave  £10,000  to  him  and  his 

.    officers. 

Commander  McClure 

Cantain  Welleslev  .. .. . . 

Amphitrite 

Rattlesnake 

Diligence 

Trincomalee 

Captain  Frederick 

Commander  TroUope 

Lieutenant  Elliott ............. 

Captain  Houston 

XXX 


Vrclimmury  ('hnptor. 


3.  FROM  TIIK  KABT  THROUOH  UAl'FIN'8  HAY. 


1 


Years. 

Vpiwnld. 

Commanders. 

Lino  of  searrli  and  coast* 
examined. 

North  and  west  coasts  of  North 

184H-'49 

\  Kntcrprist! 

J  Tnvestlgiitor 

8ir.I.  C.  Ross 

C!«ptiiiM  Hird    

Somerset.     North  shores  of 
1      Barrow  St  rait  and  the  shores 

of  Prince  Regent's  Inlet. 

1849-'50 

S  North  Star 

(    (Supply  shii).) 

Master  Saunders 

)  Landed  provisions  on  one  of 
^      theWoUaston  Islands. 

r  Coasts  of  Cornwallis   Island 
I     and   shores   of  Wellington 
L     Channel. 

1850-'51 , 

i  SoDliin      .   

Cantuin  Stewart     ...       

'  Resoluto 

Captain  Aimtiii 

f  South  coasts  of  the  Parry  Isl- 
ands and  the  passages  be- 

1 
18.')0-'51 

Assistance 

Cmituin  OiiiiiwiiKiv                 

tween  thorn,  northwest  and 

Pioneer 

Lieutenant  Oslxu'u 

east  coasts  of  Prince  of  Wales 

, Intrepid 

Lieutenant  Cal  or 

Island  to  long.  103°  W.,  lat. 

.     72°  N. 

IftfiO-'Sl 

\  Advance 

Lieutenant  De  Haven,  U.  S.  X . . . 

First    Grinnell     Expedition ; 
shores  of  Wellington  Chan- 

J Rescue 

Master  Grifflu,  II.  8.  N 

nel  ;     discovered     Grinnell 
Land. 

'  Shores  of  Wellington  Channel 

1 

and  the  coasts  of  Melville 

and  Frinco  Patrick  Islands; 

the    Assistance,     Resolute, 

Pioneer,  and  Intrepid  aban- 

doned Augnst  2(i,  1854 ;  the 

Resolute  picked  up  at  sea, 

Assistance 

Sir  K.  Belcher 

lat.  04°  40',  long.  01°  r.O',  Sep- 

Captain Kellett 

tember  11,  1855,  by  Capt. 
James  Buddington,  of  Now 
London,  Conn.;  brought  to 

185a-'54 

<  Pioneer 

Lieutenant  Osboru 

Lieutenant  McClintock .. 

Intrepid 

North  Star 

Captain  PuUen   

the  United  States,  and  pre- 

sented to  England  by  joint 
resolution  of  United  States 
Congress  of  August  28, 1850 ; 
delivered  to  Queen  Victoria 
by  Commander   Hartstene, 
U.  S.  N. ,  December  IC  of  same 

I    year. 

Preliminary  dhaptcr. 


xxxi 


Years. 

VoHSCls. 

ComniondJTH. 

Line  of  Hcareli  and  coastn 
examined. 

ShoreHof  Wellington  CImnnel ; 
Ir.nded  HlorcH  atCapeHiley ; 
Returned  with  part  of  Me- 

185:i 

{  Phwiiix 

ConimaiKler  Ingloflehl 

Clure^H  command  i  Lieuten- 

i  Brt'mlnlbniiP.... 

Lieutenant  Fawcltner 

ant  Bollot,  of  Tranco,  per- 
ished in  the  ico  Angtist  17, 

1 

1 

185:<;  the  ship  lost  at  Cape 

[     Riley  August  21,  1853. 

1853-'55 

Advance 

Dr.  Kane,U.  8.  N 

)  Second  Grinnell    Expedition, 
[     Smith's  Sound.  Lnt.88027'N. 

Returned    to    England    from 

1854 

^  Phffinix 

Commander  InKlellcld 

Docchey  Island  with  part  of 

^Tftlbot 

Commander  JenkiuH 

Belcher's  and  McClure's  com- 
mands. 

1855 

1  Release 

Lieutenant  Hartstene,  U.  8.  N.. 
Lieutenant  Simran,  U.  8.  N 

Ships  sent  out  lor  the  relief  of 
Dr.  Kane;  found  iiiiu  on  his 
return  at  Lievely  or  God- 

f  Arctic 

havn,  Greenland. 

(3)  LAND  EXPEDITIONS. 


1848-M9. — Sir  John  Richardson  and  Dr.  Rae  searched  the  coasts  of  North  America  between  the 

Mackenzie  and  the  Coppermine  Ri  vers. 
(Dr.  Rao,  under  the  Hudson  Bay  Company  in  1846-'47,  made  a  voyage  of  discovery  from  Fort 

Churchill  to  the  Gulf  of  Bootiiia,  surveying  the  Gulf  to  Fury  and  Hecla  S  ;rait  on  the  east 

and  Lord  Mayor's  Bay  of  Sir  James  Ross  on  the  west,  determining  there  ai  isthmus.) 
1849. — Dr.  Rao  reached  Capo  Kruseustern. 

1849-'51.— Lieut.  W.  J.  8.  Pullcu,  from  the  Plover.     (See  table  No.  II  for  Boat  E  cpedition.) 
1851. — Dr.  Rae:  coasts  of  Wollastou  Island  and  east  coast  of  Victoria  Lnn.i  to  lat.  70°  N.,  long. 

101°  W. 
1853-'o4. — Dr.  Rae:  roasts  of  Boothia  Isthmus;  obtained  relics  of  Franklin's  Expedition  ("rewarded 

by  vote  of  Parliament). 
1855. — J.  Anderson  and  J.  G.  Stewart:  west  coast  of  Adelaide  Peninsula. 


xxxu 


Preliminary  Chapter. 


(J.)  PRIVATE  EXPEDITIONS  ORGANTZED  UNDER  SUBSCRIPTIONS  BY  SOCIETIES,  BY  LADY  FRANK- 
LIN, CAPTAIN  ROSS,  LIEUTENANTS  McCLINTOCK,  YOUNG,  ^ND  OTHERS. 


Years. 


1850-'5l 


1850 


1851-'52 


Commanders. 


1852  Isabel 


1857-'59 


Fox, 


Captain  McCIintock 


Lino  of  search  and  cooste 
examined. 


'  A  portion  of  Cornwallis  Island. 
[Dr.  R.  A.  Goodsir,  brother  of 
the  surgeon  of  the  Erebus, 
in  the  whaler  Advice,  in  1849, 
also  searched  Baffin's  Bay 
and  Lancaster  Sound.] 


Found  Barrow  Strait  and 
Prince  Regent's  Inlet  blocked 
with  ice  ;  coasts  of  Prince  of 
Wales  Island  and  North 
Somerset. 

Shores  of  Prince  Regent's  Inlet 
and  Bellot  Straits.  Lieuten- 
ant Bollot,  of  France,  waa 
second  in  command. 

Wosteuholme,  Whale,  Smith's, 
Jones,  and  Lancaster 
Sounds,  and  Baffin's  Bay. 
[Captain  Kennedy,  in  1853, 
sailed  in  the  Isabel  for  Be- 
rings  Straits ;  voyage  aban- 
doned at  Valparaiso,  ] 

Completed  survey  of  North 
Somerset,  Prince  of  Wales 
Island,  Boothia-Felix  Pen- 
insula, aud  King  William's 

<  Land,  finding  many  relics  of 
Franklin's  Expedition,  and 
obtaining  at  Point  Victory 
the  only  Record  as  yet  recov- 

,     ered. 


This  last  expedition,  under  McCIintock,  brought  from  the  cairn  at 
Point  Victory,  on  King  William's  Land,  a  tin  cylinder  containing  the 


LA 

m 


3» 
O 

> 

O 
2 

3D 
> 


m 
O 


z 

H 
O 
o 

CO- 


o 
■n 

-n 
> 


g 


1      ^ 


-^ 


f  ^<' '' 


I  I 


^  M 
y  s 


3   It's 


N  O  68  »• 


^' 


t 


5? 

i 


!Bp^jj(^!^PIWf;iS9?j?jjj5^|^^^^  >;!rJ*7.TrT'^..-;7'^^'^--'' 


4 


9 

a 


3" 


f 


P   g 

s   a 

cr  2 

CD     S 


S  §  3 

00   g   a, 


pr 


CD 

P 

P      ^    0<    BE] 


?l§ 


•Dp  3  ^ 

p   o 

—  g 

2   p    » 

»   p-* 

o 

^   '='    P 
«    IS 

Si  3   2^ 

«♦  2    PJ 

p.§cg: 

g  B  ^ 

Cb  S"  org 

»  3' 

^    R    °° 
*   5"  p 

tfj    00 

P    P     °o 

S     P      «D 

p.  p  p 

e-h    P-    CD 


CD 


>/fcr 


X 


^ru-^i 


M- 


-z^: 


^y^x! 


jVjVVk' 


l8 


T 


Ill 


\ 


J 


Preliminary  Chapter.  xxxiii 

Record,  of  which  a  fac  simile  is  here  given.     It  is  the  only  official  paper 
as  yet  found  recording  the  fate  of  the  Franklin  Expedition  * 

CHIEF   BENEFICIAL  BESULTS. 

The  explorations  for  the  discovery  of  the  Northwest  Passage,  and  those  sent 
out  for  the  relief  of  Sir  John  Franklin  or  other  absent  explorers,  resulted  in  the 
discovery  of  that  great  region  lying  within  the  Arctic  Circle  between  00°  and  130° 
west  longitutle  up  to  Cape  Parry,  71°  23'  west  longitude  and  77°  0'  nortli  latitude ; 
or  from  Davis  Strait  to  Cape  Bathurst;  embracing  Banks,  Prince  Albert,  and 
Prince  Patrick's  Lands,  Melville  Island  and  Sound,  McClintock's  Channel,  Ba- 
thurst Island,  Victoria,  Prince  of  Wales  and  King  William's  Land,  Boothia  and 
Culf  of  Boothia,  North  Somerset,  North  Devon,  Melville  Peninsula,  Cockburn 
Island,  Grinnell,  EUesmere,  and  Washington  Lands,  Lancaster,  Eclipse,  and  Jones 

*  In  1859  McCliintock  learned  that  the  ships  luado  the  passage  to  the  waters  loading  into 
Simpson's  Strait.  Franklin's  expedition,  therefore,  discovered  what  he  songht.  lie  had  died  on 
board  the  Erebus  June  11,  1847. 

The  Royal  Geographical  Society,  in  awarding  in  1860  the  Founder's  gold  medal  to  Lady 
Franklin,  affirmed  that  in  placing  the  Erebus  and  the  Terror  in  the  position  of  lat.  70°  05',  long  OS"-" 
23',  "the  Franklin  Expedition  had  firmly  established  the  existence  of  a  Nortliwest  Passage." 
Lieutenant  Gore's  party,  sent  out  by  Franklin  from  his  ship  May  24, 1847,  had,  in  fact,  in  all  proba- 
bility, r<(i)ortod  to  liim  before  his  death  that  the  waters  of  the  North  and  the  South  were  united 
by  a  passage  between  his  ships  and  Dease  and  Simpson's  Strait.  The  discovery  was  unknown 
until  the  return  of  the  Fox,  six  years  after  the  award  to  Sir  R.  McClure  and  his  officers,  as  tho 
first  to  cross  from  the  Pacific  to  the  Atlantic. 

A  Monument  costing  £2,000,  erected  in  1860  in  Waterloo  Place,  bears  the  inscriptiou : 

FRANKLIN. 

TO  THE  GREAT  NAVIGATOR 

AND    HIS    BRAVE    COMPANIONS 

WHO     SACRIFICED     THEIR     LIVES 

COMPLETING  THE  DISCOVERY  OF 

THE  NORTH-WEST  I'ASSAGE. 

A.  D.  1847-48. 

ERECTED  BY  THE   UNANIMOUS  VOTE 

OF  PARLIAMENT. 

This  statue,  voted  by  the  nation,  was  unveiled  in  tho  presence  of  tho  First  Lord  of  the 

Admiralty,  Sir  J.  Pakington,  and  of  the  distinguished  Arctic  explorers  and  geographers,  Colliu- 

sin,  Ommaney,  S.abiue,  Murchison,  Osborn,  and  Rawlinsou,  Mr,  John  Barrow,  Mr.  Arrowsmith, 

and  of  others,  with  Lady  Franklin.    She  declared  tho  likeness  of  her  husband  excellent  and 

S.  Ex.  27 in 


xxxiv  Preliminary  Chapter. 

Sounds,  Wellington  Channel,  Kellett,  Barrow  Straits,  Franklin  Straits,  Peel,  Sir 
James  Eoss,  and  the  Fury  and  Hecia  Straits,  Regent's  Inlet,  and  the  discovery  in 
1833,  by  Sir  James  Ross,  of  the  north  magnetic  pole.  (Judge  Daly,  pres.  of  Am. 
Geog.  Soc,  in  Johnston's  Cyclopedia,  187G.)    See  Circumpolar  Pocket  Map  and 

Map  No.  II. 

In  a  very  courteous  letter  received  since  the  preparation  of  this 
Narrative  was  begiin.  Admiral  Sir  F.  L  McClintock,  R.  N,,  estimates 
the  aggregate  amount  of  moneys  expended  by  England  in  these  North- 
west Passage  explorations  at  £272,000,  and  of  those  expended  in  the  re- 
lief expeditions,  at  £  i  75, 000;  with  the  additions  made  by  private  parties 
of  £35,000.  Of  this  last  sum  a  large  proportion  was  from  Lady  Frank- 
lin's purse. 

The  aggregate  of  moneys  expended  by  American  exploring  and 
relief  expeditions,  chiefly  from  private  subscriptions,  exceeds  the  sum 
of  $25.0,000.  The  amount  appropriated  by  the  United  States  Con- 
gress for  Dr.  Kane's  Expedition  was  $150,000. 

Admiral   McClintock  further  writes  that  the  number  of  miles 

traversed  by  sledge  expeditions  only,  over  ice  or  land,  is  about  43,000. 

In  answer  to  the  request  that  he  would  express  his  views  in  regard 

characteristic.  He  is  represented  as  informing  bis  officers  and  crew  that  the  Northwest  Passage 
has  been  discovered.    A  panel  represents  Crozier  reading  the  funeral  service  over  Franklin  in  1847. 

In  1875  a  beautiful  Mouunient,  ordered  by  Lady  Franklin,  was  inspected  before  her 
death,  and  placed  in  the  same  year  in  Westminster  Abbey.  It  is  of  CaiTara  marble,  having  in 
has  relief  an  ice-bound  ship,  and  the  inscription : 

"O  ye  frost,  and  cold !  O  ye  ice  and  snow, 
Bless  ye  the  Lord ! 

Followed  by  Tennyson's  linos: 

Kot  here :  the  white  North  has  thy  bones,  nnd  then 

Heroic  Sailor  Soul ! 
Art  passing  on  thy  happier  voyage  now 

Toward  no  Earthly  Pole. 

Erected  by  his  widow,  who,  after  long  waiting,  and  sending  many  in  search  of  him,  herself  de- 
parted to  find  him  in  the  realms  of  life." 


Preliminary  Chapter. 


XXXV 


to  the  gain  to  commerce,  to  science,  or  to  navul  impulse  by  England's 
work  for  the  Northwest  Passage  and  the  Relief  expeditions,  he  says  :• 

This  doubtless  Las  been  very  great ;  to  whaling  commerce  it  has  opened  up 
all  to  the  north  and  west  of  Davis  Strait  and  Uudson  Strait ;  also  to  the  north 
of  Behi-ing's  Strait.  The  value  of  these  fisheries  alone  amounts  to  ver;^'  many 
millions  steiiiug  into  the  pockets  of  English  and  American  traders.  The  scien- 
tific results  are  very  varied  and  ample  in  almost  every  department,  and  peculiarly 
so  in  magnetism,  meteorology,  the  tides,  geographical  discoveries,  geology,  botany, 
and  zoology,  as  shown  by  the  general  advance  in  each  branch.  Upon  naval  im- 
pulse the  influence  has  been  truly  great ;  we  could  man  an  exi)edition  with  En- 
glish naval  officers ;  and  abroad  we  have  seen  Germans,  Austrians,  Swedes,  Nor- 
wegians, and  this  year  Dutchmen,  induced  to  take  part  in  the  work  of  Arctic 
ex])loration. 


The  problem  of  the  Northwest  Passage  is  no  longer  one  of  prac- 
tical utility.  Science  has  ceased  to  expect  from  its  discovery  the  ad- 
vantages for  commerce  and  navigation  the  hope  of  which  stimulated 
the  explorers  The  nbrtheast  passage  around  Asia,  successfully  prose- 
cuted in  the  years  1878-79,  by  Pi'ofessor  Nordenskiold,  promises  large 
rewards  in  the  interests  of  science  and  of  commerce.  The  cereals,  the 
graphite,  ivory,  and  other  products  of  the  Asiatic  Arctic  seaboard  are 
already  coming  into  the  European  markets.  Lieutenant  Payer,  of  the 
German  North  Polar  Expedition  of  1869,  has  justly  said  of  the  whole 
Polar  question  that  "as  a  problem  of  science  it  aims  at  determining 
limits  of  land  and  water,  at  perfecting  that  network  of  lines  with  which 
comparative  science  seeks  to  surround  our  planet  even  to  the  Pole,  the 
discovery  of  the  physical  laws  which  regulate  climates,  the  currents  of 
the  atmosphere  and  the  sea,  and  the  analogies  of  geology  with  the  earth 
as  we  see  it." 


» 


xxxvi  Preliminary  Chapter. 

The  langiingo  of  Sir  John  BaiTow,  Secretary  of  the  Admiralty, 
whose  labors  wore  the  means  of  reviving  the  explorations  towards  tho 
north  and  west,  is  worth  recalling : 

But  it  may  be  asked,  cui  bono  arc  these  northern  voyages  nndertaken  ?  If 
thoy  were  merely  to  bo  proseeuted  for  tho  sake  of  making  a  passage  from  En- 
gland to  China,  and  for  no  other  purpose,  their  utility  might  fairly  be  questioned. 
But  when  the  aequisition  of  knowledge  is  the  groundwork  of  all  the  instructions 
under  which  they  are  sent  forth ;  when  the  commanding  officer  is  directed  to 
cause  constant  observations  to  be  nuide  for  the  advancement  of  every  branch  of 
science — astronomj',  navigation,  hydrography,  meteorology,  including  electricity 
and  magnetism,  and  to  make  collections  of  subjects  of  natural  history — in  short, 
to  lose  no  opportunity  of  acquiring  new  and  important  information  and  discovery ; 
and  when  it  is  considered  that  these  vc^  iges  give  employment  to  officers  and  men 
in  time  of  peace,  and  produce  officers  and  men  not  to  be  surpassed,  perhaps  not 
equaled,  in  any  other  branch  of  the  service ;  the  question  cui  bono  is  readily  an- 
swered in  the  words  of  Queen  Elizabeth's  minister,  "  Knowledge  is  power." 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society,  in  1865,  Capt. 
Sherard  Osborn  said : 

In  the  year  1818  Baflin's  discoveries  upon  the  one  hand,  and  those  of  Be- 
ring upon  the  other,  with  dots  for  the  mouths  of  the  Mackenzie  and  Ilearne  Rivers, 
were  all  we  knew  of  the  strange  labyrinth  of  lands  and  waters  now  accurately 
delineated  upon  our  charts  of  tlie  Arctic  zone.  Sailors  and  travelers,  in  thirty- 
six  years,  have  accontplished  all  this ;  not  always,  be  it  remembered,  in  well-stored 
ships,  sailing  rapidly  from  point  to  point,  but  for  the  most  part  by  i)atiently  toil- 
ing on  foot,  or  coasting  in  open  boats  round  every  bay  and  fiord.  Sir  Leoi)old 
McClintock  tells  the  lioyal  Dublin  Society  that  he  estimates  the  foot  explorations 
accomplished  in  the  search  for  Franklin  alone  at  about  forty  thousand  miles.  Yet 
during  those  thirty-six  years  of  glorious  enterprise  by  ship,  by  boat,  and  by  sledge, 
England  only  fairly  lost  one  expedition  and  128  souls  out  of  forty-two  successive 
expeditions,  and  has  never  lost  a  sledge  party  out  of  about  one  hundred  that 
have  toiled  within  the  Arctic  Circle.  Show  mo  upon  the  globe's  surface  an  equal 
amount  of  geographical  discovery,  or  in  history  as  arduous  an  achievement,  with 
a  smaller  amount  of  human  sacrifice,  and  then  I  will  concede  that  Arctic  explora- 
nitiou  has  entailed  more  than  its  due  proportion  of  suffering. 


\ 


PrcViminanj  Chapter. 


XXX  Vll 


Thosii  who  assort  that  our  hibors  and  rosoarchos  havo  merely  added  so  many 
mih's  of  unprolltabU*  eoast-lino  to  our  (^liarts  had  better  compare  our  kno\vh'd;jo 
of  Arctie  phenomena  to-diiy  with  the  theories  enunciated  by  men  of  h«arnin^  and 
rei)ut(^  a  century  affo.  They  shouhl  confront  our  knowhulge  of  1801  with  that 
of  1800  upon  the  natural  history,  meteorology,  climate,  and  winds  of  the  Arctic 
Regions.  They  must  remend)(^r  that  it  was  there  wc  obtained  the  clue,  still  un- 
raveled, of  the  laws  of  those  mysterious  currents  which  flow  through  the  wastes 
of  the  ocean  like  two  mighty  rivers— the  Gulf  Stream  and  the  Ice  Stream ;  nuist 
remember  that  it  was  there — in  Boothia — that  the  two  Rosses  first  reached  the 
Magnetic  Pole,  that  mysterious  point  round  which  revolves  the  mariner's  c()m])ass 
over  one-half  of  the  Northern  hemisphere;  and  let  the  worhl  say  whether  the  nmss 
of  observations  collected  by  our  explorers  on  all  sides  of  that  ^lagnetic  Polo  havo 
added  nothing  to  the  knowledge  of  the  laws  of  magnetic  declination  and  dip.  They 
should  remember  how  a  few  years  ago  it  was  gravely  debated  whether  nmn  could 
exist  through  the  rigors  and  darkness  of  a  Polar  winter,  ami  how  wo  havo  only  re- 
cently discovered  that  Providence  has  peopled  that  region  to  the  extreme  latitude 
yet  reached,  and  that  the  animals  upon  which  they  subsist  arc  there  likewise,  in 
winter  as  well  as  in  summer.  All  this,  and  much  more,  should  bo  borne  in  mind  by 
those  cynics  who  would  have  you  believe  wo  havo  toiled  in  vain ;  and  I  hold,  with 
the  late  Admiral  Beechey,  "  that  every  voyage  to  the  North  has  tended  to  remove 
that  veil  of  obscurity  which  previously  hung  over  the  geography  and  all  the  phe- 
nomena of  the  Arctic  Kegions.  Before  those  voyages  all  was  darkness  and  terror, 
all  beyond  the  North  Cape  a  blank ;  but,  since  then,  each  successive  voyage  has 
swept  away  some  gloomy  superstition,  has  brought  to  light  some  new  phenome- 
non, and  tended  to  tlie  advancement  of  human  knowledge. 

At  one  of  the  meetings  of  the  American  Geographical  Society,  of 
New  York,  Mr.  Henry  Grinnell  replied  to  questions  of  like  character 
by  stating  some  of  the  results  in  the  extension  of  commerce  and  trade 
which  have  flowed  from  Arctic  researches  : 


9 


1.  Sir  II.  Gilbert's  discovery  of  tho  cod-flsheries  of  Newfoundland. 

2.  From  Davis'  discoveries,  the  great  whalo-fisherios  of  West  Greenland. 

;{.  From  the  discoveries  of  Hudson  (who  also  discovered  and  sailed  into  our 
North  River,  which  now  bears  his  name,  while  on  an  Arctic  voyage),  Hudson's 
Bay,  and  the  operations  of  the  great  fur  companies. 


w-n-^^F'TT^."  '^~W  ' 


xxxviii 


J'reliminary  Chapter. 

4.  Sir  John  Ross  :  tlio  whalo-flHhery  of  lao  North,  and  northwoHt  of  BiiflHii'a 
Bay.* 

5.  Captain  Parry  :  whalo-flsliory  of  Lancinster  Sound,  Barrow  Strait,  and 
Princo  Regent's  Inlet. 

0.  Admiral  Beechey:  whaleflsbery  of  Bering's  Straits,  in  whieh  in  tlio 
space  of  two  years  the  whalers  of  Nantucket  and  New  Bedford  obtained  cargoes 
from  which  it  is  said  they  have  realized  eight  millions  of  dollars. 

To  these  statements  of  results  may  be  added  with  interest  the  tact 
that  the  loss  of  life  has  been  remarkably  small.  The  number  of  deaths 
occurring  on  board  of  all  the  ships  of  all  the  public  and  private  expedi- 
tions sent  for  the  relief  of  Franklin  and  on  those  engaged  in  later  Arctic 
explorations  up  to  the  year  1873  has  not  exceeded  one  and  seven-tenths 
per  cent,  of  the  officers  and  men  employed.  At  the  meeting  of  the 
Royal  Geographical  Society  in  1865,  Lieutenant  Maury  remarked  that 
the  wreck-charts  of  the  British  Isles  for  the  previous  year  showed  greater 
loss  than  did  the  forty  years  of  Arctic  exploration,  1819-'59. 

The  accompanying  map,  No.  II,  shows  the  unexplored  regions  at 
the  date  of  1818,  geographical  discoveries  subsequent  to  tliat  date 
being  inclosed  within  the  red  lines.  Circumpolar  Map  No.  I  (to  be 
found  in  the  pocket  of  the  volume)  has  been  prepared  to  show  the  chief 
localities  visited  by  the  officers  named  in  the  preceding  tables.     A  few 

*0n  the  map  accompanyiug  Hon.  Daines  Barrington's  "Possibility  of  Approaching  the 
North  Pole,"  published  in  Loudon  in  1818,  "  BaflSn's  Bay"  will  bo  found  to  have  upon  it  the  words 
"according  to  the  relation  of  W.  BaiBu  in  1016,  but  not  now  believed."  The  facts  of  this  case  ai-o 
that  Purchas  unpanlonably  omitted  publishing  the  map  brought  back  by  the  truthful  old  nav- 
igator, saying  that  "  the  Tables  of  his  Journal  and  sayliug  were  too  costly  to  insert."  As  the  con- 
sequence of  thus  discrediting  Baffin,  no  whalerever  visited  the  "North  Water"of  his  bay  for  two 
hundred  years.  The  Dutch  opened  a  whale-flshery  in  Davis  Strait  in  1719,  making  net  proiits 
during  the  period  of  1719-1778  of  nearly  £900,000. 

In  1818  Capt.  .John  Ross  found  Baffin's  relations  to  be  accurate  and  his  skeleton  chart  the 
safe  guide  of  a  worthy  and  able  navigator.  Ross  found  the  whales  large,  numerous,  and  easily 
approached.  He  reported  that  the  fisheries  might  be  pursued  with  great  success.  This  was  the 
fruit  of  the  first  expedition  for  the  Northwest  Passage. 


i 

0 

I 


( 


^v 


,^ 


,j"r....'^>"- 


'^.v 


Tv"-""" 


t"''/)  :'<J  I'l") 


V  7~ 


..**\'^ 


0%  >^^'>f"' 


s4^  '^^ 


..  I 


1/ 


\ 


\,    \ 


^ 


/ 


;• 


p 


t 


'^Jl 


% 


I. 


f^iiciirnpoliii'  Mh|)   Ni).   II   iCJoo\)in|ilii.    li   Disuovei'ies  i)inil<'  siiU'o   1818  in   Ri. 


Uwl^''" 


i.) 


f! 


L 


Preliminary  Chapter. 


XXXIX 


other  localities  and  names  have  also  been  marked  on  the  Eastern  and 
the  Western  hemispheres,  and  the  Northern  Asiatic  coast-line  is  noted 
as  con-ected  by  Nordenskiold,  1878-'79. 


EARLY   AMERICAN   VOYAGES   FOR   THE    NORTHWEST   PASSAGE. 

It  is  of  interest  to  note  at  what  early  dates  in  our  colonial  history 
citizens  of  Pennsylvania,  New  York,  and  Virginia  shared  in  these 
explorations.  The  following  letter  from  Dr.  Franklin  is  in  proof  The 
original  was  presented  by  Hon.  George  Bancroft  to  Mr.  Grinnell.  Mr. 
Bancroft  refers  to  it  in  his  History  of  the  United  States,  vol.  iv,  p.  141. 
The  extracts  which  follow  the  letter  have  been  taken  from  the  files  of 
"  The  Pennsylvania  Gazette,  found  in  the  Mercantile  Library,  Phila- 
delphia.    The  letter  of  William  Allen  is  from  the  Penn  Papers  of  the 

Pennsylvania  Historical  Society. 

Philadelphia  Feb"  28'*,  1753. 
*  *  *  I  believe  I  have  not  before  told  you,  that  I  have  provided  a 
subscription  here  of  £1.500  to  fit  out  a  vessel  in  search  of  a  North  West  passage. 
She  sails  in  a  few  days,  and  is  called  the  Argo,  commanded  by  M'.  Swaine,  who 
was  in  the  last  Expedition  in  the  California  and  author  of  a  Journal  of  that  voy- 
age in  2  Volumes.  Wo  think  the  attempt  laudable,  whatever  may  be  the  success. 
If  she  fails,  "magnis  tamen  excidit  ausis." 
With  great  esteem, 

BENJ.  FEANKLIN. 

Mr.  Cadwaladeu  Colden,  N.  Y. 

Of  this  voyage  the  Pennsylvania  Gazette,  "  printed  for  Benjamin 
Franklin,  postmaster,  and  D.  Hall,"  November  15,  1753,  says: 

Sunday  last,  arrived  here  the  Schooner  Argo,  Captain  Charles  Swaine,  who 
sailed  from  this  Port  last  Spring  on  the  Discovery  of  a  North  West  Passage.  She 
fell  in  with  the  Ice  of  Cape  Farewell ;  left  the  Eastern  Ice,  and  fell  in  with  the 
Western  Ice,  in  Lat.  58^,  and  cruised  to  the  Northward  to  Lat.  63°,  to  clear  it,  but 


1 


V 


xl  I'reliminary  Chapter. 

could  not ;  it  then  extending  to  the  Eastward.  On  her  return  to  the  Southward, 
she  met  with  two  Danish  Sliips  bound  to  I>all  Eiver  and  Disco,  up  Davis'  Straits, 
who  had  been  in  the  Ice  fourteen  Days  olt'  Farewell,  and  had  then  stood  to  West- 
ward, and  assured  the  Commander  that  the  Ice  was  fast  to  the  Shore,  all  above 
Hudson's  Straits  to  the  distance  of  forty  Degrees  out;  and  that  there  had  not  been 
such  a  severe  Winter  as  the  last  these  24  Years  that  they  had  used  that  Trade ; 
they  had  been  nine  Weeks  from  Copenhagen.  The  Argo,  finding  she  could  not 
get  round  the  Ice,  pressed  through  it  and  got  into  the  Strait's  Mouth  the  2()th  of 
June,  and  made  the  Island  Eesolution,  but  was  forced  out  by  vast  quantities  of 
driving  Ice,  and  got  into  a  clear  Sea  the  1st  of  July.  On  the  14th,  cruising  the 
Ice  for  an  opening  to  get  in  again,  she  met  4. Sail  of  Hudson's  Bay  Ships,  endeav- 
oring to  get  in,  and  continued  with  them  till  the  lOth,  when  they  parted  in  tliick 
Weather,  in  Lat.  62  and  a  half,  which  thick  Weather  continued  to  the  7th  of  August. 
The  Hudson's  Bay  Men  supposed  themselves  40  Leagues  from  the  Western  Land. 
The  Argo  ran  down  the  Ice  from  03°  to  57°  30',  and,  after  repeated  attempts  to 
enter  the  Straits  in  vain,  as  the  Season  for  discovery  on  the  Western  Side  of  the 
Bay  was  over,  she  went  on  the  Labrador  Coast,  and  discovered  it  perfe(!tly  from 
56°  to  55°,  finding  no  less  than  six  Iidets,  to  the  Heads  of  all  of  which  they  went, 
and  of  which  we  hear  they  have  made  a  very  good  Chart,  and  have  a  better 
Account  of  the  Country,  its  Soil,  Produce,  &c.,  than  has  hitherto  been  published. 
The  Captain  says  'tis  much  like  Iforway,  and  that  there  is  no  communication 
with  Hudson's  Bay  through  Labrador  Avhere  one  has  been  heretofore  imagined,  a 
high  Ridge  of  Mountains  running  ;Xorth  and  South  about  50  Leagues  within  the 
Coast.  In  one  of  the  Harbors  they  found  a  deserted  wooden  House  with  a  brick 
Chimney  which  had  been  built  by  some  English,  as  appeared  by  Sundry  Things 
they  left  behind :  and  afterwards  in  another  Harbor  they  met  with  Captain  Goif 
in  a  Snow*  from  London,  who  informed  them  that  the  same  Snow  had  been  there 
last  Year,  and  lauded  some  of  the  Moravian  Brethren  who  had  built  that  House ; 
but  the  Natives  havin  g  decoyed  the  then  Captain  of  the  Snow,  and  five  or  six  of 
his  Hands,  in  their  Boat  round  a  Point  of  Land  at  a  Distance  from  the  Snow, 
under  pretence  of  Trade,  and  carried  them  all  oft'  (thej'  liaving  gone  imprudently 
without  Arms),  the  Snow  after  waiting  sixteen  Days,  without  hearing  of  them, 
went  Home  and  was  obliged  to  take  away  the  IMoravians  to  help  to  work  tie 
Vessel.  Part  of  the  Business  this  Year  Avas  to  Enquire  after  those  Men.  Cap- 
tain Swaine  discovered  a  fine  fishing  Bank,  which  lies  but  six  Leagues  off  the 


f 


I 


I 


I 


*A  three-masted  vessel,  tho  third  miist,  abaft  the  niainmast,  carrj-iiig  a  trysail. 


i 


i 


Preliminary  Chapter.  xH 

Coast,  iuul  extends  from  Lat.  57°  to  54°,  supposed  to  be  the  same  hinted  at  in 
Captain  Davis's  Second  Voyage.  No  bad  Accident  happened  to  the  Vessel,  and 
the  men  kept  in  perfect  health  during  the  whole  Voyage  and  returned  all  well. 

II.  Not  satisfied  with  the  results  of  this  attempt.  Captain  Swaine 
again  sailed  in  the  Argo,  the  following-  spring,  and  the  Pennsylvania 
Journal  and  Weekly  Advertiser  of  Thursday,  October  24,  1754,  pub- 
lished in  Philadelphia,  says : 

On  Sunday  last  arrived  here  the  Schooner  Argo,  Capt.  Swaine,  wlio  was 
fitted  out  in  the  Spring,  on  the  discovery  of  a  N".  W.  Passage,  but  having  three  of 
his  Men  killed  on  the  Labrador  Coast,  returned  without  success. 

The  Gazette  also  says  : 

On  Sunday  last  arrived  here  the  schooner  Argo  from  a  second  ^Vttempt  of 
a  Discovery  of  the  Northwest  Passage,  but  without  success. 

A  full  "Extract  from  a  Journal  of  this  voyage  of  1753"  will  be 
foimd  in  the  quarto  volume  on  "The  Great  Probability  of  the  North- 
west Passage,"  edited  by  Thomas  Jefferys,  Geographer  to  the  King, 
London,  1768.  It  embraces  22  pages  of  Jefferys'  Quarto  Treatise. 
In  the  extract  will  be  found  also  the  statement  that  a  Captain  Taylor, 
in  a  sloop  of  about  thirty-five  tons,  was  met  with  July  9,  1 75.1,  hi 
the  same  waters  somewhere  in  about  lat.  56°  and  long.  56°  42',  which 
sloop  had  been  fitted  out  from  Rhode  Island  to  go  in  pursuit  of  a  North- 
west Passage,  and  if  not  successful  to  come  down  on  the  coast  of 
Labrador. 

In  Jefferys'  volume,  p.  xi,  will  also  be  found  the  following : 
The  voyage  of  1752  was  made  from  Philadelphia  in  a  schooner  of  about  sixty 
tons,  and  fifteen  persons  aboard,  fitted  out  on  a  subscription  of  the  merchants  of 
Maryland,  Pennsylvania,  New  York,  and  Boston,  on  a  generous  plan,  agreeable  to 
proposals  made  them,  with  no  view  of  any  monopoly  which  they  opposed,  not  to  inter- 
fere with  the  Hudson's  Bay  trade,  or  to  carry  on  a  clandestine  trade  witli  the  natives 
of  Greenland,  but  to  discovi^r  a  Northwest  I'assage  and  explore  the  Labrador 
coast,  at  that  time  supposed  to  be  locked  up  under  a  pretended  right,  and  not 


xHi  Preliminary  Chapter. 

frequented  by  the  subjects  of  England,  but  a  successful  trade  carried  on  by  the 
French ;  to  open  a  trade  there,  to  improve  the  fishery  and  the  whaling  on  these 
coasts,  cultivate  a  friendship  with  the  natives,  and  make  them  serviceable  in  a 
political  way,  which  design  of  theirs  of  a  publick  nature,  oi)on  and  generous,  was 
in  a  great  measure  defeated  by  pri\  iite  persons  interfering,  whose  views  were 
more  contracted. 

They  did  not  succeed  the  first  year  as  to  their  attempt  in  discovering  a 
Northwest  Passage,  as  it  was  a  great  year  for  ice ;  that  it  would  be  latc  in  the 
year  before  the  western  part  of  Hudson's  Bay  could  be  attained  to,  and  then  im- 
possible to  exi)lore  the  Labrador  that  year,  tlierefore  the  first  part  of  the  design 
was  dropped,  and  the  Labrador  was  explored.  The  next  year  a  second  attemi)t 
was  made  as  to  a  passage  ;  but  three  of  the  people  who  went  beyond  the  place 
appointed  by  their  orders,  and  inadvertently  to  look  for  a  mine,  [samples  of  which 
had  been  carried  home  the  year  before,  and  this  at  the  instigation  of  a  private 
person  before  they  set  out  from  home,  without  the  privitj'  of  the  commander,] 
were  killed  by  Eskiraaux,  and  the  boat  taken  from  them.  After  which  accident, 
with  some  disagreeable  circumstances  consequent  thereon  amongst  the  schooner's 
company,  and  after  an  experiment  made  of  their  disinclination  to  proceed  on  any 
further  discovery,  it  was  thought  most  prudent  to  return.  This  short  account 
is  given  by  the  person  who  commanded  in  this  affair  to  prevent  any  misrei)re- 
sentation  hereafter  of  what  was  done  on  these  voyages. 

The  last  three  lines  of  this  paragraph  point  probably  to  an  item 
in  the  following  curious  letter  from  the  chief  merchant  of  Philadelphia 
of  that  day,  and  the  chief  "undertaker  "  of  the  voyage  of  1752. 

Letter  from  Will.  Allen,  mercJiant,a)id,  at  a  later  date,  Chief  Justice  of  the  Province 
of  Penmylvania,  to  the  proprietary  Thomas  Penn. 

Philadelphia,  Xov.  18th,  1753. 
Sir  :  As  I  am  quite  assured  that  everything  that  regards  the  interest  and 
reputation  of  the  Province  of  Pennsylvania  will  ever  be  i-egarded  by  you,  I  there- 
fore beg  leave  to  solicite  your  favor  in  behalf  of  myself  and  many  other  merchants 
of  this  place.  Notwithstanding  the  repeated  attempts  of  Gentleujcn  in  England 
to  discover  the  Northwest  Passage  without  success,  yet  there  has  appeared 
among  us  a  spirit  to  undertake  that  noble  design,  which  if  effected  will  redound 
to  the  honour  of  your  province  and  to  the  advantage  of  us  the  undertakers. 


I'reliminnri/  Chapter. 


xliii 


By  tho  inclosed  papers,  over  whicli  you  -will  bo  pleased  to  cast  your  eye, 
you  will  perceive  that  last  year  we  Lad  intended  to  put  our  desijjn  in  execution, 
but  by  the  extremity  of  the  winter  and  other  accidents  it  was  postponed  to  tho 
next  3'ear,  at  which  time,  as  we  have  bought  a  vessel  and  all  other  material,  and 
engaged  a  navigator  and  mariners  here,  we  shall  proceed  in  the  affair,  and  des- 
patch the  vessel  from  here  the  latter  end  of  March,  and  are  in  great  hopes,  by 
avoiding  mistakes  of  former  attempts,  and  pursuing,  as  we  think,  more  proi)er 
measures,  to  bo  able  to  effect  the  discovery  of  the  passage,  or,  at  least,  put  it  out 
of  doubt  whether  there  is  one  or  no.    We  have  been  the  more  encouraged  in  this 
attempt  by  tho  consideration  that,  in  case  our  search  for  the  passage  should  bo 
fruitless,  we  might  strike  out  a  lucrative  trade  with  the  coast  of  Labrador ;  but 
we,  to  our  great  siu-prise,  are  informed  wo  are  like  to  be  deprived  of  the  proposed 
trade  by  means  of  a  scoundrel  of  a  parson,  one  James  Sterling,  who  last  sum- 
mer took  his  passage  to  London,  and  there  represented  the  advantage  of  the 
trade  to  the  Labrador  coast  in  such  a  light  to  Messrs.  Hanbury,  Buchanan,  and 
others,  that  it  is  said  they  have  applied  to  the  Crown  for  an  exclusive  patent. 
This  same  Sterling,  who  is  a  Church  of  England  minister  at  l!fewtown,  Md,, 
was  concerned  with  us  in  tho  original  undertaking,  and  subscribed  to  bear  pai-fc 
of  the  expense ;  but  after  he  had  by  frequent  conversations  extracted  from  the 
person  we  chiefly  depend  upon  for  executing  the  design,  all  or  chief  part  of  the 
intelligence  that  he  could  give,  he  has  been  base  enough  to  endeavour  to  circum- 
vent us.    As  a  proof  of  that  I  assert,  I  here  enclose  his  original  letter,  wrote  with 
his  own  hand,  to  Mr.  Benjamin  Franklin.    We  have  also  here  our  paper  of  sub- 
scrii)tion  for  the  carrying  on  of  tho  undertaking,  signed  by  the  said  Sterling; 
notwithstanding  which,  as  I  said  before,  he  made  a  voyage  to  London,  and  for 
his  discovery  and  the  proposals  he  laid  before  the  above  Gentlemen,  he  has, 
though  a  parson,  been  rewarded  with  a  collectorship  of  tho  customs  at  the  head  of 
the  bay.    We  conceive  ourselves  very  ill  used  by  this  false  brother ;  have  there- 
fore i)resented  a  petition  to  His  Majesty,  which  comes  herewith,  i)raying  that 
no  patent  for  an  exclusive  trade  be  granted,  which  is  humblj"  submitted  to  your 
consideration,  and  I  am  desired  to  request  that  you  will  please  to  get  it  presented 
if  you  judge  it  will  answer  any  good  end.    The  expense  attending  the  sollicitation, 
&c.,  I  will  take  care  of,  with  thanks  to  discharge.    Your  kind  intei'position  in  our 
behalf  will  confer  a  favor  on  many  of  the  most  considerable  merchants  of  this 
place,  and  particularly  on 

Your  most  obedient  humble  servant, 

WILL.  ALLEN. 


II 


xliv 


Prelhninartj  Chapter. 


A   VOYAGE   FROM   VIRGINIA — 1772. 

Tlio  Gentlemeii'H  Magazine,  published    in   London,  November, 

1772,  says: 

By  a  letter  iroiii  James  Wilder,  captain  of  the  Diligence,  fitted  out  by  sub- 
scription in  Virginia  with  a  view  to  iLo  discovery  of  the  long  sought  for  Nortli- 
west  Passage,  it  appears  by  the  course  of  the  tides  there  is  a  passage,  but  that 
it  is  seldom  or  never  open,  and  he  believes  impassable.  He  sailed  as  high  as  09° 
11'  and  discovered  a  large  bay  before  unknown. 

Tlie  American  Quarterly  Review  of  1828  refers  to  this  voyage; 

also,  Scoresby,  in  his  Account  of  the  Arctic  Regions,  and  Macpherson, 

in  his  Annals  of  Commerce,  vol.  iii.     Contributions  in  sums    of  £5 

and  upward  were  made  for  it  in  New  York. 


A  VOYAGE  REPORTED  TO  HAVE  BEEN  MADE  IN  1639  FROM  BOSTON. 

Hall  had  notes  of  a  strangely-reported  expedition  from  Boston 

in  1G39,  against  which  the  Viceroys  of  New  Spain  and  Peru  were  said 

to  have  dispatched  Admiral  de  Fonte.     These  notes  will  be  found  in 

Jefferys'  work  already  referred  to.     Snow's  History  of  Boston  treats 

the  story  of  the  Admiral  as  a  myth,  made  up  by  the  Magnalia.     But 

Ellis,  in  his  Voyage  of  the  Dobbs  and  California,  says : 

It  is  not  at  all  impossible  that  either  to  this,  or  some  other  Expedition  un- 
dertaken from  Boston,  the  present  Hudson's  Bay  Company  owe,  that  Discovery 
which  produced  their  Charter,  and  put  them  in  Possession  of  those  Places  in  that 
Bay,  in  which  they  have  Settlements  at  i)resent.  W.  Jeremie,  who  was  Governor 
at  Port  Nelson  while  it  was  in  the  llands  of  the  French,  and  who  without  doid)t, 
had  better  Opi)ortunities  of  knowing  the  Matters  of  which  he  writes  than  most 
other  I  Vople,  gives  us  this  account  of  the  IVFatter.  He  says,  that  one  W.  de  Groise- 
leiz,  an  iiiliabitant  of  Canada,  a  bold  and  enterpiising  man  and  one  who  had  trav- 
elled much  ill  those  parts,  pushed  hi«  Discoveries  at  length  so  far,  that  ho  reached 
the  Coasts  of  Hudson's  Bay,  from  the  French  Settlements  by  Land.  Upon  his 
Keturn,  he  prevailed  upon  some  of  his  Countrymen  at  Quebeck  to  fit  out  a  Bark 
for  perfecting  this  Discovery  by  Sea ;  which  being  done,  and  he  landing  upon 


Prv.Uminarfi  Chapter. 


xlv 


tho  Coast  where  ho  apprehended  no  Enropean  liiul  been  before,  was  ania/.ed  in 
the  very  Dei)th  of  Wintei,  lo  hear  that  some  of  liis  Company  had  tUseovered  an 
English  settlement,  as  they  were  pleased  to  call  it  near  Port  Nelson,  lie  went 
thither  with  a  Design  to  attack  it;  but  at  his  Arrival  fonnd  it  a  i)oor  miserable 
Cottage  covered  with  Turf,  in  which  were  half  a  Dozen  half  starved  Wretches, 
without  Arms,  and  without  Strength  to  use  them  if  they  had  had  any.  Tliese, 
People  told  him  thatthey  werePartof  a  Ship's  Crew  from  Boston,  tliat  they  were 
set  on  Shore  to  look  for  a  Place,  where  the  Ship  to  which  they  belonged  might 
Winter;  and  that  the  next  Morning  the  Ice  drove  the  Ship  outof  tlio  Port,  which 
they  never  saw  more.  As  we  have  no  Date  to  this  Pelation,  it  is  impossible  to 
say  whether  it  was  that  Ship  from  Loston  mentioned  in  de  Fonte's  Acctount  or 
not;  but  if  it  was,  and  the  Crew  perished  as  very  i)robably  they  might  in  this 
iidiospitable  Country,  it  aflbrds  a  clear  and  easy  Solutiou  of  that,  otherwise  un- 
answerable Difficulty,  as  to  Captain  Shapley's  nuiking  such  a  Voyage,  and  so 
considerable  a  Discovery,  without  its  coming  to  be  known  either  in  N.  England, 
or  in  Old.  But  if  we  should  be  wrong  in  this  Conjecture,  it  would  still  remain  an 
uicontestible  Proof  that  some  Attemjjts  were  made  from  Boston,  when  they  were 
laid  aside  and  forgot  at  London  &  Bristol. 

[The  voyage  was  probably  for  trading  purposes  only.] 


PRINCIPAL     ENGLISH     ARCTIC    PUBLICATIONS    BETWEEN    THE     YEARS     1818 

AND    1860. 

Hall's  journals  and  correspondence  show  that  he  had  access  to 
the  larger  number  of  the  following-named  authorities.  It  ajipears 
also,  in  his  notes  and  by  a  letter  from  Mrs.  Hall,  that  his  librar}- — a 
total  loss  on  his  Polaris  voyage — included  many  of  them ;  some  pre- 
sented and  others  loaned  to  him  by  his  New  Yoi-k  fiiends.  He  had 
specially  noted  the  "  Record  of  Auroral  Phenomena"  observed  by  Arc- 
tic voyagers  fi'om  174G  to  185G,  comi)iled  by  the  late  Peter  Force,  of 
Washington.     [Smithsonian  Contributions,  vol.  viii,  I80G.] 

The  list  of  authorities  which  follows  includes  Hall's  volumes  and 
others  consulted  in  preparing  this  cliapter. 


f 


xlvi  Preliminary  Chapter. 

I.  Chief  Arctic  AuthoriiicH  from  the  revival  of  Arctic  exploration,  1818  to  1845. 

Barrow,  Sir  John.  "A  Chronological  history  of  voyages  undortaken  chioUy  for 
the  iHirpose  of  discoveriiifj  a  N.  E.,  N.  W.,  or  Polar  I'assagc  between  the 
Atlantic  and  the  Tacific.  8"^.  London,  1818."  [This  vohune  contains  a 
synojjsis  of  tlie  voyages  made  from  the  early  periods  of  Scandinavian  navi- 
gation to  the  revival  of  the  search  for  the  passage  under  Itiichan  and  Koss, 
1818.  The  chief  voyages  of  modern  dates  summarized  are  those  of  (!olum- 
bus  (14'J2),  the  Cabots  (1497),  the  Cortereals  (lOOli),  Cartier  (1M4),  Wil- 
loughby  (1553),  Burroughs  (155(5),  Frobisher  (157(!-'78),  Pet  and  Jaekman 
(1580),  Gilbert  (1583),  Davis  (1585),  Barents  (15n4-".)7),  Jas.  Hall  (Kill), 
Hudson  (1(J07-'10),  Bylot  and  Baffin  (1010),  Luke  Fox  (1031),  James  (1031), 
Middleton  (1741),lleanie  (1709-'7l'),  rhipi)s  (1773),  Cook  (1770),  Mackenzie 
(1789),  Kotzebue  (1815-'18),  John  Boss  (1818),  Buchan  (1818).] 

Barrington,  Hon.  D.  The  possibility  of  approaching  the  North  Pole  asserted ; 
with  an  Ai)i)endix  by  Col.  Beaufoy.     8°.    London,  1818. 

Buchan,  Capt.  D.  Voyage  of  discovery  towards  the  N.  Pole  performed  in  H.  IVL 
Ships  Dorothea  and  Trent  in  1818;  edited  in  1843  by  Captain  Beechey, 
E.  N.  (Lieut,  on  the  Trent  in  1818). 

Boss,  Capt.  John,  E.  N.  A  voyage  of  discovery  made  under  orders  of  the  Ad- 
miralty in  her  ]\Iajesty's  Ships  Isabella  and  Alexander  for  the  purpose  of 
exploring  Baffhi's  Bay  and  enquiring  into  the  ])robability  of  a  N.  W.  passage, 
1818.    4°.    London,  1819. 

Fisher,  A.  Journal  of  a  voyage  to  the  Arctic  Eegions  in  1818,  in  H.  M.  S.  Alex- 
ander.   8°.    London,  1819. 

Scoresby,  W.,  jun.  An  account  of  the  Arctic  Eegions,  with  a  history  and  descrip- 
tion of  the  Northern  Whahj  Fishery.    2  vols.     8°.    London,  1820. 

Parry,  Capt.  W.  E.  Journal  of  a  voyage  for  the  discovery  of  a  N.  W.  Passage 
from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific,  1819-'21,  in  her  Majesty's  Ships  Heda  and 
Griper.    4°.    London,  1821. 

Von  Wiangell,  Baron  F.  Nan-ative  of  an  Expedition  to  the  Polar  Sea  in  1820. 
Translated  by  Col.  Sabine. 

Fisher,  A.  Journal  of  a  voyage  of  discovery  to  the  Arctic  Eegions  in  H.  M.  S. 
Hecla  and  Griper  in  the  years  1819-'20.    8°.    London,  1821. 

Journal  of  a  second  voyage  for  the  discovery  of  a  North  West  ])assage 

from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific  in  his  Majesty's  Ships  Fury  and  Hecla, 
1821-'23.    40.    London,  1824. 


I.. 

n 


Prelim  hi  a  rif  ( ^h  aptv  r. 


xl 


VII 


Lyon,  0.  F.     The  privato  .Joiinial  of  ('ai)t.  ti.  F.  Lyon  of  IL  M.  8.  Ili'cia  duriii;,' 

the  rcopnt  voyage  of  discovery  under  Cajtt.  Parry,  lSLM-'23.    12°.     Lon- 
don, ISlii.     [f!()ntains  nnieli  of  etlinolo/iical  interest.] 
Franklin,  Sir  .loliii.    Narrative  of  a  .lourn(\v  to  tlie  siiore  of  llie  Polar  Hea  in  the 

years  1S11I-'2L'.     lo.     London,  lSL';i. 
I'urry,  Capt.  W.  E.    Journal  of  a  third  voyaj^e  for  the  discovery  of  a  N.  \V.  i>as- 

saj-e,  l«21-'lir» :  H.  ]\r.  Ships  ne<-la  and  Fury.    40.     London,  1820. 
Lyon,  Capt.  (J.  F.     A  hrief  Narrative  of  an  unsu(!eessful  attempt  t«)  reach  l{ei)ulse 

Bay  through  Sir  Thomas  Hoe's  Welcome  in  II.  M.  S.  Gri])er  in  1824.    8°. 

London,  1825. 
Franklin,  ('apt.  John.    Narrative  of  a  2d  Expedition  to  the  shores   of  the  Pohir 

Sea,  including  an  account  of  a  dc^tachinent  to  the  Eastward  by  John  Kieh- 

ardson,  1825-'27.    4°.    London,  1828. 
Beechey,  Capt.  W.  F.,  R.  N.    Narrative  of  a  voyage  to  the  Pacific  and  Bering's 

Strait  to  coo2)erate  with  the  Polar  expedition  (Franklin's  2d  land  journey) 

in  II.  M.  Shii>  Blossom,  1825-'28.     8°.     London,  1831. 
Koss,  Capt.  John.    Narrative  of  a  second  voyage  in  search  of  a  N.  W.  Passage, 

and  of  a  residence  in  the  Arctic  regions  during  the  years  1829-33,  includ- 
ing the  Reports  of  James  C.  Ross  and  the  discovery  of  the  N.  IMagnetic  Pole. 

4°.    London,  1835. 
Parry,  W.  B.    Narrative  of  an  attempt  to  reach  the  N.  Pole  in  boats  fitted  for  the 

purpose  and  attached  to  U.  M.  S.  Ilecla  in  the  year  1827.    4°.    London, 

1828.    Lat.  reached,  82°  43'.    (The  Spitzbergen  route.) 
Back,  Capt.  Geo.    Narrative  of  the  Arctic  Land  Expedition  to  the  IMouth  of  the 

Great  Fish  River  and  along  the  shores  of  the  Arctic  Ocean  in  the  years 

1833-'35.    4°.     London,  183G. 
King,  R.,  M.  D.     Narrative  of  a  journey  to  the  shores  of  the  Arctic  Ocean  under 

Capt.  Back  in  1833-'35. 
Back,  G.    Narrative  of  an  Expedition  in  H.  M.  S.  Terror;  undertaken  with 

a  view  to  Geographical  discoveries  on  the  Arctic  shores,  183G-'37.     8°. 

London,  1838. 
Simpson,  Thomas.     Narrative  of  the  Discoveries  on  the  N.  Coast  of  America 

effected  by  the  Ofdcers  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  during  the  years 

183G-'3().    8°.     London,  1843. 
[An  account  of  these,  communicated  to  R.  Geog  Soc'y  by  Governor  Pelly,  of  the 

Hudson  Bay  Co.,  in  R.  Geog.  Soc'y  Journal,  vol.  ^dii,  1838.] 


xlviii  PrcHniinarif  Chapter. 


II.  Chief  EngliHh  and  French  Arctic  piiltlicationH  insucd  between  the  yearn  1845 

ami  lH(iO. 

Ilnnow,  Sir  John.    V«>yiij(»'s  of  Discovery  and  research  within  the  An'Uc  regions 

IVoni  the  year  181S  to  IStfi.     8°.     Lon<lon,  184(5. 
IJae,  Dr.  .John.    Narrative  of  an  Expedition  to  the  Shores  of  tho  Arctic  Sea  in  1840 

and  1847.    8o.     London,  1850. 
Itichardson  and  l{ae.    .lonrnal  of  a  Duat  Voyago  ia  search  of  Sir  J.  Franklin  in 

1848.    li  V.    8°.    London,  1851. 
Goodsir,  1{.  A.    An  Anitic  Voyaye  to  IJatlln's  Bay  and  Lancaster  Sonnd  in  search 

of  friends  with  Sir  .T.  Fraiddin,  in  1840.     8°.     London,  1850. 
The  Franklin  Expedition.     Considerations  on  ^leasnres  for  the  discovery  and 

IJelief  of  onr  absent  adventnrers  in  the  Anftic  regions.     London,  1850. 
Snow,  W.  r.    Voyage  of  the  Trinco  Albert  iu  search  of  Sir  J.  Franklin  in  1850. 

so.     London,  1851. 
Kennedy,  Wni.    A  short  Narrative  of  tho  second  Voyago  of  tho  Prince  Albert, 

1851.     8C. 
Sutherland,  1'.  C,  M.  D.    Journal  of  a  Voyage  in  Baffin's  Bay  and  Barrow  Straits 

l)erformed  in  the  years  1850-51  by  II.  ]VI.  S.  Lady  Franklin  and  Sophia  luider 

Capt.  W.  Fenny  in  search  of  tho  Missing  Shijjs  Erebus  and  Terror.    2  vols. 

8°.     London,  1851,'. 
Bellot,  J.  11.    Journal  d'un  Voyage  aux  mors  polaires  execute  par  Lieut,  do  Vais- 

seau  do  la  Marine  Fran(,'aise,  J.  K.  Bellot,  a  la  recheixjho  do  Sir  J.  Franklin 

cu  1851-"52.    8°.     I'aris,  par  ]\I.  Julien  Leuier. 
IMeiuoirs  of,  with  Journal,    li  v.    8°.    London,  1855.    Eevised  by  M.  do  i   ^ 

laltoquotte:  Soc.  do  Geographic  do  Paris.  ■■5 

Belcher,  Capt.,  Sir  E.    The  last  of  the  Arctic  Voyages :  the  Expedition  in  II.  M.  '^ 

S.  Assistance,  1852~'54.    2  v.    S^.    London,  1855.  '% 

Seenian,  Berthold.    Narrative  of  the  Voyage  of  II.  il.  S.  Herald,  1815-'51,  under 

Capt.  II.  Kellett.    8°.     London,  1853. 
Ingletield,  Conimandor  E.  A.    A  Summer  Search  for  Sir  John  Franklin.    8°.  !' 

London,  1853. 
Kane,  Elislia  Kent,  U.  S,  N.    Access  to  an  Open  Polar  Sea.    8°.    New  York,  1853. 
U.  S.  Grinnell  Expedition  in  search  of  Sir  John  Franklin.     8°.     Now 

York,  1853.  [ 
Arctic  Explorations.    Tho  Second  Grinnell  Expedition  in  search  of  Sir 


John  Franklin,  1855.    2  v.    8°.    Philadelphia,  1850. 


Preliminarif  Chapter. 


xlix 


Kano,  EliHlia  Kent,  U.  S.  N.    UeiM)rt  to  FIou.  Seci'y  Navy  of  the  Voyage  of  the 

Advanci!;  Si'«r'y  Dobbin's  IN'port  to  CoiifjrcHH,  1853. 
AHtroiioniiciil  Obst' nations  in  the  Arctic  Ue{fions.     4°.     1860.     Sniitli- 

soiiian  Conti'ibntions,  vol.  V2. 
Alct('oro1o};ical  Observations  in  the  Arcti<'  Kofjious.     4°.     1800.    Smith- 
sonian (_'ontribntions,  vols.  11  and  lli. 
De  Haven,  Lieut.  I'^dwin  .1.    Instrui^tions  to,  from  lion.  W.  li.  Preston,  See'y  Navy, 

for  his  eomniaixl  of  the  Advance  and  llescue,  in  Report  of  Sec'y  Navy  for 

18.">(»-'r.l. 

His  report  to  Tlon.  VV.  A.  Ciraluim  in  Sei;.  Navy's  Report,  for  1851-'52. 

Hartsteue,  Lieut.  IL  J.,  IT.  S.  N.     Report  of  tlu>  cruise  of  the  Release  and  the 

Arctic  in  search  of  Dr.  Kane;  in  Report  of  Hon.  Sec'y  Navy  for  185r)-'50. 
Markhain,  C.  R.,  Sec.  R.  G.  Socy.    Franklin's  footsteps;  a  sketch  of  (Jreenland 

along- the  shores  of  which  his  Exi)edition  passed  and  of  the  Parry  Islands. 

185;j. 
McDoufjall,  F.    The  Eventful  Voyage  of  U.  IVL  S.  Resolute  ui  the  Arctic  regions 

in  search  of  Sir  J.  Franklin,  1852-'o4.    8°.    London,  1854. 
Osb(»ru,  Capt.  S.,  R.  N.    Discovery  of  the  N.  W.  passage  by  Capt.  McClure  iu  H. 

M.  S.  Investigator,  1850-'54.    8°.    London,  1857. 
Stray  leaves  from  an  Arctic  Journal,  or  18  mos.  Service  in  the  Arctic 

regions. 
Armstrong,  A.  (M.  I).).    Personal  Narrative  of  the  discovery  of  the  N.  W.  pas- 
sage while  iu  search  of  the  Expedition  under  Sir  John  Frankliu,  1850-'54. 

8o.    London,  1857. 
Malte  Brun,  V.  A.,  Vice  Pres.  Geog.  Society  of  Paris.    Coup  d'oeil  d'eusemble  sur 

les  diflferentes  expeditions  entreprises  h  la  recherche  de  Sir  J.  Franklin  et 

sur  ses  decouvertes  g^ographiques.    8°.     Paris,  1855. 
Roquette,  M.  de  la.    Des  dernieres  Expeditions  faites  A  la  recherche  de  Sir  John 

Franklin  et  de  la  D6couverte  d'un  passage  par  uier  de  I'Oceau  Atlantique 

ii  I'Ocean  Pacifique.    Paris,  185G. 

Notice  biographiquo  sur  I'Admiral  Sir  J.  Franklin.    4°.    1856. 

Richardson,  Sir  John.    The  Polar  Regions  (from  the  Encyclopcedia  Britannica). 

1856. 
Life  of  Sir  John  Franklin  in  the  Britannica. 


McClintock,  Capt.  F.  Leopold,  R.  N.    The  discovery  of  the  fate  of  Franklin  and 

his  Companions,  1859.     8o. 
Yoiing,  Capt.  Allen.    The  Search  for  Franklin.    In  Comhill  Magazine  for  1860. 
S.  Ex.  27 IV 


■i'i- 


:-ii^ 


I 


1 


PreJiminarff  Chapter. 


Ilnycs,  I.  I.    The  Oi)on  Polar  S(mi.     Narrative  of  a  Voyage  of  disoovory  in  tlin 

Sclioonor  United  States.    80.    New  York,  18G0. 
()sl)orn,  Admiral  Hlierard,  If.  N.    Tlie  Career,  last  voyage,  and  fate  of  Franklin. 

8^.     London,  1800. 
Malte  lirnn,  V.  A.     La  destinee  de  Franklin  devoilee.    8°.     Paris,  1860. 
Brown,  J.    The  N.  W.  Passage  and  tlie  ])lans  for  the  Search  for  Sir  J.  Franklin. 

8°.     London,  1SC0.    This  work  contains  a  satisfactory  review  of  both  snh- 

jects,  inclnding  the  results  of  MeClintock's  voyage. 

OfBcial  reports  of  the  English  expeditions,  including  such  as  those  made  l»y 
Dr.  Rae  and  by  Anderson  who  brought  the  first  news  of  Franklin's  exi)edition,  and 
other  returns  which  have  not  appeared  in  the  form  of  narratives,  will  be  found  in 
the  Parli  inientary  Paper3,beginning  with  the  Instructions  to  Franklin,  in  the  IJlue 
Books,  and  in  the  i)apers  issued  by  the  Admiralty  Uydrograi)hic  Oftlce.  The  re- 
jtorts  and  discussions  of  most  value  outside  of  these,  will  be  found  in  the  Journals 
and  Bulletins  of  the  European  and  American  geographical  societies;  especially  in 
those  of  the  Royal  Geogra])hical  Society,  London;  the  Bulletins  de  la  Society  de 
Geographic,  Paris;  the  Annales  de  Voyage  edited  by  Malte  Brun,  and  the  Jour- 
nal of  the  American  Geographical  Society,  New  Yorlc ;  and  in  I'etermann's  Geo- 
graphische  Mittheilungen.  Copious  references  to  all  of  these  are  given  in  "  Die 
Literatur  iiber  der  Polar  Uegionen,"  edited  for  the  K.  K.  (ieographische  Gesell- 
schaft,  of  Vienna,  by  Chavanne,  Karj)!!",  and  Le  Monnier.     80.     Vienna,  1878. 


P 


i  m 


V 

M. 


p 


HAPTER 


J- 


PREPARATORY  WORK  FOR  THE  SECOND  EXPEDITION. 


SEPTEMBER,  1862,  TO  DECKMBlill,  |}ltJ2. 


8.  Kx.  27 1 


r 


5 


r 


OHAl'TER   I. 


II 


f»  r 


PREPARATORY  WORK. 

Hall  nirrruNs  ki;().m  iils  Kihst  Exri;i>rrioN — Tklegraphs  krom  St.  John's,  NkwI'OI'ndland, 

KXPRESSING  ins  PUUPOSIO  OF  A  SkCOND  VoYAOF. — WRITES  TO  MR.  GRINNEI.L  FROM  C'lN- 
riNNATI,  DESIRING  TO  PRESENT  THE  FROWSHER  ReLICS  TO  THE  ENGLISH  PEOPLE— IIlS 
ABSTRACT  OF  DiLLON'S  DISCOVERY  OF  THE  RELICS  OF  La  PeROUSE's  EXPEDITION— StIDIES 
HaKLUYT,   PuRCHAS,   iVND  OTHER  AUTHORITIES,    AND  FINDS   PROOF  OF  THE  GENtriNENESS 

OF  HIS  DISCOVERIES— Reads  a  paper  before  the  American  Geographical  Society, 

AVOWING  his  purpose  OF  RETURNING  NORTH  THE  FOLLOWING  SPRINC — ACKNOWLEDG- 
MENT iiv  THE  Royal  Geographical  Society  of  the  receipt  of  the  Relics — Cor- 
respondence WITH  Mr.  John  Barrow  and  with  Captain  IJecher,  R.  N..  resultinc( 
IN  the  preparation  of  a  new  Arctic  volume  nv  Admiral  Colt.insox,  R.  N.,  for 
THE  Hakluyt  Society— Hall's  account  of  his  discoveries  read  hefore  the  Royal 
Geographical  Society,  London— Their  genuineness  confirmed  iiv  Rae.  Harrow, 
Markiiam,  and  Young— His  abstract  of  the  three  Expeditions  of  Sir  Martin 
rRoiiLSHER — Addenda. 

Hall's  prepamtioiis  for  his  Second  P^xpeditiori,  which  this  Narra- 
tive is  now  to  record,  occupied  a  period  of  nearly  two  years.  The 
labors  of  those  years,  by  demonstrating  the  successful  results  of  his 
first  voyage,  and  by  the  interest  created  through  the  publication  of  his 
"Arctic  Researches",  secured  his  second  outfit. 

Tlie  purpose  of  the  first  voyage — to  find  the  records  of  the  Frank- 
lin Expedition,  and,  if  possible,  some  of  the  survivors — was  entirely 
defeated  by  the  loss  of  his  solo  dependence — his  boat.     The  purpose 


4  The  Franklin  Boat-Crcivs. 

was  but  strengthened  by  defeat.  He  gave  proof  of  this  before  liis 
arrival  in  the  United  States  by  a  telegram  from  St.  John's,  Newfound- 
land, to  his  friends,  Mr.  Griimell  and  Mr.  Field,  of  New  York,  and  Mr. 
Greenwood  and  Mr.  Bishop,  of  Cincinnati;  a  dispatch  which  began 
with  the  words,  "I  am  bound  for  the  States  to  renew  voijage^\  and  wliich 
reads  throughout  more  like  news  from  an  excursionist  than  from  one 
who  had  been  fighting  his  way  through  two  Arctic  winters.  The  forti- 
tude into  which  those  severe  experiences  had  disciplined  him,  seems  to 
have  shown  itself  steadily  throughout  the  succeeding  two  years  of 
working  and  waiting  which  are  now  to  be  traced. 


Arriving  in  New  London  September  13,  1862,  and  placing  under 
the  care  of  Capt.  S.  O.  Budington  the  Eskimos,  Ebierbing  {Joe)  and  Too- 
koo-li-too  (Hannah),  who  had  joined  their  fortunes  with  his  own,  two 
years  before.  Hall  made  a  short  visit  to  his  family  and  to  his  earliest 
Arctic  friends  in  Cincinnati.  While  there,  his  letters  evinced  nuich 
concern  as  to  the  opinions  which  the  English  people  might  form  from 
the  reports  by  the  press  of  his  late  voyage,  a  hasty  impression  having 
been  received  from  him  that  he  had  probably  determined  the  fate  of 
two  boat^'  crews  of  Franklin's  Expedition.  He  had  been  led  into  this 
error  by  a  party  of  Sekoselar  Innuits,  but  promptly  corrected  it  in  the 
columns  of  the  New  York  press,  and,  afterward,  more  fully  in  a  paper 
read  before  the  American  Geograjihical  Society  and  in  the  "Arctic  Re- 
searches." His  apprehensions  were  that  before  the  first  correction  could 
reach  England  the  error  would  prejudice  the  English  against  the  gen- 
uineness of  the  discoveries  he  had  been  making  in  the  region  visited 
by  Sir  Martin  Frobisher  three  centuries  before. 

The  apprehension  proved  to  have  been  groundless.     It  had,  how- 


MS: 


The  ProjJosed  Visit  to  England. 


5 


M 


ever  induced  Hall  to  decline  lecturing-  in  Cincinnati,  and  to  entertain 
a  new  idea  in  regard  to  his  discoveries  and  to  the  proper  disposition  of 
the  valuable  relics  of  Frobisher's  Expedition,  which  he  had  found  on  this 
first  voyage.  Writing  to  Mr.  Grinnell,  he  expressed  his  belief  that  he 
ought  to  go  over  immediately  to  England  and  present  these  to  the 
English  sovereign  and  people,  as  Captain  Dillon  in  1829  had  presented 
the  remains  of  La  Perouse's  Expedition  to  Charles  X  and  to  the  French 
nation.* 

He  naturally  set  a  value  on  his  late  explorations,  and  had  reason 
to  suppose  they  would  interest  the  English  people.  He  believed  that 
the  account  given  by  Frobisher  himself  of  the  country  he  had  visited, 
was  so  indefinite  that  for  nearly  three  hundred  years  the  civilized  world 
had  been  in  doubt  of  the  precise  localities.  Beste's  Narrative  to  bo 
found  at  that  time  only  in  Hakluyt's  collection,  and  Barrow's  history 
which  Hall  had  in  hand  while  traveling  over  the  land,  were  proof 
enough  of  the  indefiniteness  of  the  geographical  positions  named  by 
Frobisher.  Up  to  the  time  of  Hall's  visit  in  180 1,  no  opportunity  had 
been  embraced  for  identifying  these  localities,  orforconfirming  the  record 
of  what  Frobishei''s  three  expeditions  had  reported  as  accomplished  on 

*  This  he  had  found  fully  noted  in  the  "Narrative  and  Successful  Kestilt  of  a  Voyage  in  the 
South,  performed  by  order  of  the  Government  of  British  India  to  ascertain  the  actnal  fato  of  La 
Perousc'a  Expedition  of  1785 ;  made  by  Chevalier  Capt.  P.  Dillon  in  18'^8,"  His  attention  hav- 
inj;  been  closely  drawn  to  this  history,  ho  had  made  the  following  abstract,  the  italicized  parts  of 
which  are  those  underscored  in  his  manuscript,  as  arguments  for  liis  yet  finding  survivors  of 
Franklin's  party. 

■'  Louia  XVI  and  the  French  nation  '  ing  determined  to  contribute  their  share  in  enlarging 
our  acquaintance  with  the  globe  and  '  diabitants,  ordered  an  expedition  to  Ije  fitted  out  in 
17H5,  consisting  of  two  of  the  tinent  T  ,.,  frigates,  La  Boussole  and  L'Astrolabo.  Neither  labor 
nor  expense  was  spared  in  completing  the  expedition,  to  which  were  attaclied  some  of  the  ablest 
and  most  scientific  men  of  Europe. 

"To  secure  tlu;  success  of  this  enterprise  the  ships'  coniiianies  of  wliicli  numbered  240  souls, 
it  was  deemed  necessary  to  select  a  man  of  the  highest  professional  tali'iit  to  command  the  expe- 
dition. La  Perouse  was  chosen;  his  distinguished  naval  exploits,  scientilic  acquirements,  .and 
enterprising  character  having  pointed  him  out  as  the  fittest  person  to  b^  thus  honored. 

"The  expedition  sailed  from  Hrest,  August,  1785,  and,  after  making  discoveries  in  various 


f 


6 


The  Survival  of  La  Feroi(se\s  Men. 


i 


those  shores.  The  Admiralty  chart  of  1853  and  that  furnished  for  the 
volume  of  Do  Haven's  Ex])edition,  still  had  upon  them  the  so-called 
"Strait"  as  reported  by  Frobisher,  which  was  supposed  to  be  a  passage 
westward  to  the  further  part  of  Hudson's  Bay;  but  navigators  have 
always  chosen  Hudson's  Straits  in  passing  to  and  fi-om  that  bay.  Had 
any  one  attempt<'d  the  passage  through  what  was  laid  down  on  their 
charts  as  Frobisher's  Strait,  they  might  have  anticipated  Hall's  dis- 
covery, correcting  Frobisher  and  proving  this  to  be  a  Bay.  But  the 
language  of  nearly  all  of  the  geographical  wi'iters  on  Frobisher's  vo}'- 
ages  was  obscure,  and  the  charts  of  the  first  half  of  the  century,  inaccu- 
rate. Hall  had  reason  for  desiring  to  prove  the  genuineness  of  his  dis- 
coveries, and  he  expressed  a  wish  to  place  his  proofs  before  a  committee 
that  might  be  appointed  in  London  to  examine  his  notes,  his  relics,  and 
himself 

Sir  Martin's  name  was  that  of  one  of  the  first  of  Englishmen 


(luarters,  anchored  iu  Botany  Bay  Jiiniiavy  '<20,  Vtff'.  Hero  La  IVrouse  met  witli  the  British 
squadron  under  Governor  Pliillijjs,  and  conunitted  to  him  what  i)roved  to  bo  his  last  dispatches 
for  France.  At  the  close  of  February  the  French  set  sail  for  further  discovery,  but  nothing  more 
was  heard  of  La  Perouso  for  thirtij-cifiht  nears,  when  Captain  Dillon,  eonnua.nding  a  vessel  sent  in 
search  of  the  remains  of  the  lost  expeditiou,  ascertained  the  fate  of  the  lony  lost  navigator.  On 
the  island  of  Tucopia  (Barnwell  Island),  lat.  12<-^  l.V  S.,  long.  1(51)°  W.,  Dillon,  in  182()-'d7,  obtained 
information  that,  many  years  before,  two  vessels  liad  been  wrecked  near  the  island  of  JIanicolo, 
within  less  than  one  day's  sail  of  Tucopia.  Through  Martin  Burhart,  a  Prussian  who  liad  resided 
there  fourteen  years,  Captain  Dillon  learned  that  many  from  the  shipwrecked  crews  had  escaped 
to  the  islands.  He  hastened  to  Manicolo  and  there  procured  many  lelics  from  the  natives ;  and, 
from  the  depths  of  the  seas  in  which  the  vessel  had  been  wrecked,  incontrovertible  lu'oofs  of  their 
destruction  forty  years  before;  and  at  length  he  learned  that  many  of  the  white  men  were  saved, 
but  that  the  last  renuiant  of  ihcm  had  died  oiilii  three  i/ciirs  before,  after  surviving  thirtii-sereii  years 
from  the  time  of  the  wreck.  On  the  island  of  Manicolo  liatl  lived  some  of  these  survivors  of  the 
ill-fated  expedition  long  after  the  world  had  given  them  n\>  as  dead.  The  expedition  .sent  out  by 
Franco,  under  Admiral  Eulreeasteau,in  1701,  had  visited  La  Croix,  a  few  leagues  only  from  Mani- 
colo, where  survivors  of  the  lost  exi)edition  were  then  living,  and  the  inhabitants  of  botli  islands 
had  kept  up  constant  ictercourse  with  each  other.  Vel  this  expedition,  which  was  out  six  yeans, 
gained  no  intelligence  whatever  of  La  Perouse,  while  by  that  fearful  scourge  scurvy,  it  lost  one 
hundred  and  twenty  oflicers  and  num.  though  its  voyage  was  im)stly  in  the  warm  zone. 

"Dillon's  men  numbered  87  souls,  and,  at  one  time,  lu'arly  every  one  was  prostrated  liy  tho 
illseases  of  the  tropical  regi(m.  Still,  in  that  clime — more  inhospitable  than  thai,  mireli/,  of  Kiiitj 
fVilUam'K  Land — did  some  of  La  Pentose's  eompauious  survive  for  iiiiirlii  forty  years/' 


I 


.* 
"* 


I 


Sir  Martin  Frohinhvr.  7 

to  sail  in  quest  of  the  Nortlnvest  ]\assap^o,  and  it  was  one  of  no  less 
fame  under  Drake  and  Howard,  for  in  1588  he  was  knijjhted  for  service 
under   the    High    Admiral   against  the  Armada.      Hall's  enthusiasm 


1 


Mahtinus  FROBisiiEni  s,  Eques  Al'HATLS. 
(From  "The  Three  Voyages  of  Martiu  FrobiBher,"'  edited  by  Aduiiml  CoUiusou,  K.  N.) 

prompted  hhn  to  say  that  the  age  of  his  Frobisher  relics  and  the 
remarkable  circumstances  attending  them  stamped  them  as  worthy 
gifts  for  Queen  Victoria.     Barrow  liad  shown  him  that  the  expeditions 


8  Hall  before  the  American  Geographical  Society. 

of  Sir  Martin  were  among  tlie  favorite  objects  of  Elizabeth.  She  had 
shown  her  favor  by  her  throwing  around  Sir  Martin's  neck  a  cliain  of 
gold,  and  by  her  letters  of  praise  written  to  him. 

Conferring,  however,  with  Mr.  Grinnell  after  returning  from 
Cincinnati,  he  decided  to  send  the  relics  out  to  England,  to  the  care  of 
Mr.  Cornelius  Grinnell,  in  place  of  exhausting  his  own  means  and  de- 
laying his  plans  by  a  visit  to  London.  In  the  mean  time,  a^jplying 
himself  closely  at  the  rooms  of  the  American  Geographical  Society 
and  of  the  Astor  Library  to  the  old  authorities  Hakluyt,  Purchas,  and 
others,  he  had  the  satisfaction  of  further  confirming  his  discoveries. 
After  a  study  of  some  weeks  previously  to  meeting  the  Geographical 
Society,  ho  wrote  to  Budington: 

I  find  much  that  is  valuable  in  proving  that  the  relics  are,  beyond  all  ques- 
tion, Frobisher's.  It  will  perhaps  startle  you  to  hear  that  one  of  his  vessels  went 
into  the  bay  I  call  Ward's  bay,  through  Bearo  Sound.  It  may  be  the  English 
will  dispute  my  discoveries,  but  I  covet  the  opportunity  to  show  the  facts. 

Opportunity  for  this  was  early  afforded.  At  the  meeting  of  the 
American  Geographical  Society,  held,  as  at  that  time  was  usual,  in  the 
hall  of  the  Historical  Society,  of  New  York,  he  was  introduced  by  Mr. 
Grinnell  and  made  a  report  which  will  be  found  noted  in  "the  Pro- 
ceedings", under  the  title  of  "An  abstract  of  a  Paper  on  some  Arctic 
Discoveries." 

In  this  paper,  after  referring  to  his  statements  before  the  society 
made  two  years  previously.  Hall  re-stated  in  full  that  the  original  pur- 
pose of  his  late  voyage  was  to  visit  King  William's  Land  and  Boothia, 
and  there  spend  two  years,  if  needed,  in  gathering  materials  for  con- 
cluding in  a  more  satisfactory  way  the  history  of  Franklin's  Expedi- 
tion ;  to  recover  the  logs  of  the  ships  Erebus  and  Terror,  with  all  other 
manuscripts  belonging  to  that  expedition;  and,  especially,  to  rescue 


The  Frohisher  Colony. 


9 


f  5a 
t 


some  lone  survivor  or  survivors  that  peradventure  mifi^ht  l)e  found  living 
with  the  Eskimos.  He  then  gave  an  account  of  Messrs.  Williams  and 
Haven's  generously  free  conveyance  to  Northumherland  Irdet  of  him- 
self and  his  Eskimo  companion,  Kud-lar-go,  with  his  boat,  provisions, 
and  stores ;  of  his  boat  being  wrecked  the  September  following;  and 
of  his  long  residence  with  the  natives,  during  which  ho  had  ingratiated 
himself  with  them,  adopting  their  style  of  dress,  living  in  their  snow 
huts,  and  feeding  on  their  raw  whale-skin,  walrus  and  seal  meat. 

With  some  exultation,  he  said  that  in  September,  1861,  he  had 
landed  on  an  island  Avhich  the  Iimuits  and  their  ancestors  from  time 
immemorial  had  called  Kodlunarn,  or  White  Man's  Island,  from  the 
tradition  that  strangers  had  lived  there  and  tried  to  escape  from  it; — on 
which  island  he  had  found  remains  of  stone  houses,  coal^  iron,  and 
glass,  all  covered  with  the  moss  of  ages;  and  that  he  had  visited  every 
accessible  place  named  by  the  Eskimos  as  connected  with  the  fate  of 
the  strangers  living  there,  as  they  said,  "many,  many  years  ago."  lie 
added  his  convictions  that  he  had  thus  been  the  first  to  revisit  the  ])re- 
cise  localities  of  Frobisher's  three  expeditions  of  157(),  '77,  and  '7H, 
and  quoted  from  Hakluyt  and  other  works  in  which  the  materials 
taken  out  by  Frobisher  for  the  erection  of  stone  houses  and  everything 
necessary  for  the  colony  of  one  hundred  men  are  detailed;  and  he 
exhibited  the  specimens  which  he  had  brought  from  the  ruins,  asking 
the  Geographical  Society  to  inspect  them  rigidly  in  evidence  for  or 
against  his  statements. 

He  then  showed  that  during  his  two  years'  northern  residence,  he 
had  explored  over  one  thousand  miles  of  coast,  making  as  careful  a 
survey  as  his  means  and  instruments  permitted,  and  proving  that  the 
water  which  had  for  three  centuries  been  called  Frobisher's  Strait  was 


10 


The  Relics  Indorsed  as  Genuine. 


a  wide  l).'iy.  ITe  added, ''  Inaamucli  as  J  have  failed  in  the  great  object 
for  which  ]  wont  ont,  it  is  my  intention  to  try  again  in  the  following 
spring." 

The  lOskimo  family,  Ebierbing,  Too-koo-li-too,  and  their  child, 
Tu-ker-U-Jce-ta  (the  Butterfly),  who  had  come  down  from  Grotoii  in 
their  full  arctic  dresses  of  deer  and  seal  skin,  were  introduced  to  the 
audience.  They  exhibited  a  variety  of  costumes  and  implements,  and 
with  their  yomig  child  were  the  objects  of  much  interest,  and  were 
called  on  for  many  replies  to  questions  interpreted  to  them  by  Hall. 
Valiuible  donations  of  relics  were  sent  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 
A  ]iart  of  the  geological  collections  was  presented  to  the  New  York 
Lyceum  of  Natural  History,  and  was  the  subject  of  brief  reports  to 
the  lyceum  by  Mr.  II.  P  Stevens  and  Mr.  Tnomas  Egleston.  [An 
account  of  this,  and  a  discussion  of  another  part  of  his  collections, 
afterward  presented  to  Amherst  College  by  J.  J.  Copp,  Esq.,  of  Groton, 
Conn.,  will  be  found  in  Appendix  III,  illustrated  by  drawings  of  some 
of  the  fossils.  This  discussion,  by  Prof.  B.  K.  Emerson,  of  Amherst 
College,  is  indorsed  by  Prof  C  A.  White,  of  the  United  States  Geolog- 
ical Survey  of  the  Territories,  as  a  desirable  addition  to  our  knowledge 
of  the  mineralogical  and  geological  character  of  the  Arctic  Regions.] 

A  number  of  other  relics  were  exhibited  at  the  residence  of  ]\Ir. 
Henry  Grinnell  for  some  time  before  their  transmission  to  England.  At 
the  close  of  the  year  they  were  presented  to  the  English  people,  through 
the  Royal  Geographical  Society,  London,  whose  acknowledgment  of 
their  receipt  names:  3  cases  and  1  cask  of  relics;  and  I  piece  of  iron 
weighing  20  pounds.  Hall  sent  with  them  a  carefully  prepared  out- 
line sketch  of  Frobisher's  Bay,  and  three  diagram  maps,  one  being  that 
of  the  Countess  of  Warwicke    Sound  of  Frobisher.      In  connection 


CorrcspoMilfiKr  with   Banniv  and  ofhrrs. 


11 


Avitli  this  (loiiiition,  lie  ciiterod  into  a  coiTcspoiKlciioe  nitli  Mv.  .Joliii 
liiUTOw,  son  of  8ir  John  liarrow  who  hiis  hccn  s<»  jnstK  st\  K'd  tho 
FatluT  of  ]\ro(k'rn  Arctic  Phitoi-prise,  with  ('oninian(h'r  A.  IV  Hcchcr, 
It  N.,  of  th(i  AchniraUy,  and  with  }t\r.  (!.  li.  Markhani,  then,  as  now, 
one  of  tho  Seorctarios  of  the  Hoyal  (ieooraphicid  Society,  niakinfj;- 
close  inqniries  in  regard  to  such  j)oint8  in  Frobisher's  Iiistory  as  wei-e 
inaccessible  to  him,  the  manuscripts  to  be  consulted  being  found  only 
in  the  British  MusiMun. 

His  letters  are  in  evidence  of  his  earnest  desire  to  ])ossess  him- 
self of  every  fact  in  the  history.  The  correspondence  contains  geo- 
graphical notes  of  intrinsic  value,  and  shows  that  his  cliunis  its  a 
discoverer  were  ])romj)tly  admitted  on  the  transparent  consistency  of 
the  details  given  in  his  letter  before  the  reception  of  his  charts  and 
relics. 

Commander  Becher  had  published  the  results  of  his  own  investi- 
gations of  Frobisher's  voyages  in  an  elaborate  paper  in  the  Journal  of 
the  Royal  Geographical  Society  (vol.  12,  18t2).  On  receiving  Hall's 
letter  to  Barrow,  he  wrote  to  Hall :  "  I  have  no  douht  of  your  relics 
being  those  left  by  Frobisher's  party.  Warwicke  Island  and  Sound 
wore  the  jjrincipal  resort  of  the  voyagers.  I  perceive  that  your  lati- 
tude and  mine  of  (^ueen  lOlizaboth's  Foreland  are  ])rotty  near  each 
other " 

This  correspondence  jn'oduced  an  incidental  result  which  has 
proved  valuable  to  geography  and  to  the  libraries  of  our  day.  Cap- 
tain Becher's  purpose  expressed  in  his  letter  to  Hall,  to  urge  upon  the 
Hakluyt  Society  the  issuing  of  a  worthy  reprint  of  Fr<d)isher's  jour- 
nals, accorded  Avith  the  general  sentiment,  expressed  by  the  editor  of  the 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


.^/k 


%^f^ 


i^J^' 


^ 

^ 


1.0 


1.1 


1^128     |2^ 

ISO  ^^^     R^^B 

^  Ui2    |2.2 


us 


1^ 


1.25 

lll'-^  ill'-* 

4 4"     

» 

7] 


/a 


V 


/^ 


Photographic 

Sdences 

Corporation 


i\ 


^ 


.ss 


\\ 


^\  Wk\ 


33  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


.^.  -^^  J-,  f»  J««p>"|'4  'W-iWW 


I? 


1^ 


o 


y 


12 


CoUinsovl's  Volume  Published. 


;!i! 


Geographical  Society's  Journal,  wlien  publishing-,  in  1842,  the  paper  to 
which  reference  has  been  made :  "Tiuit  it  was  not  creditable  to  England 
to  have  done  so  little  for  preserving  and  rendering  available  the  records 
of  the  navigation  of  Frobikher's  age."  The  explorations  of  Hall  and 
the  coiTespondence  now  referred  to  resulted  in  the  preparation  by 
Admiral  Collinson,  R.  N.,  for  the  Hakluyt  Society,  of  a  new  and  valu- 
able volume  of  Frobisher's  voyages.  Admiral  Collinson,  C.  B. — now 
Elder  Brother  of  Trinity  House,  London — well  known  as  himself  an 
eminent  Arctic  explorer,  has  given  in  this  volume  a  reprint  from  the 
first  rare  edition  of  Hakluyt's  voyages,  with  selections  from  manu- 
scripts and  documents  in  the  British  Museum  and  in  the  State  Paper 
Office,  accompanied  by  two  rare  old  maps  and  a  picture  of  Sir  Martin. 
The  work,  issued  in  1867,  was  cordially  dedicated  "to  Henry  Grin- 
nell,  of  New  York,  as  a  tribute  of  respect  and  admiration  not  only 
for  his  conduct  and  generous  co-operation  in  the  search  for  Sir  John 
Franklin  and  his  companions,  but  for  the  interest  he  had  shown  in,  and 
the  aid  he  had  afforded  to.  Polar  exploration  in  the  present  day." 
In  the  introduction  to  this  work,  Admiral  Collinson  said  : 

lu  the  appendix  will  be  found  a  list  of  the  relics  of  the  Frobisher  Expedi- 
tion brought  home  by  Mr.  C.  F.  Hall  in  18G3,  which  are  now  deposited  at  the 
Eoyal  Geographical  Society ;  and  I  am  one  of  those  that  believe  that  his  exer- 
tions in  exploring  King  William's  Land  for  the  journals  and  records  of  the  Frank- 
lin Expedition  will  be  attended  with  success.  When  this  island  was  visited  by 
Sir  L.  McOlintock  and  Cai>tain  Hobson  the  ground  was  covered  with  snow.  ]\Ir. 
Hall  intends  passing  the  summer  upon  it,  and  the  knowledge  he  has  obtained  of 
the  Eskimo  language  and  character  dui-ing  his  two  years'  residence  in  Frobisher 
Bay  will  enable  him  to  gain  their  confidence. 

The  catalogue  of  relics  referred  to  by  Admiral  Collinson  occupies, 
with  its  brief  accompanying  note,  eight  pages  of  this  new  Frobisher 
volume.     It  is  signed  by  C.  F.  Hall,  and  dated  from  New  York,  Febru- 


■I  i 


HalTs  Paper  Head  before  the  Royal  Geographical  Society,  London.     13 


aiy  7,  1863.  At  the  tenth  meeting  of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society 
for  that  year,  held  April  l'<,  a  paper  prepared  by  liim  to  be  read  on 
the  receipt  of  the  relics  was  presented  from  Mr.  H.  Grinnell,  and  read 
by  the  Secretary  of  the  society,  Dr.  Norton  Shaw.  This  paper  and 
the  discoveries  reported  in  it  elicited  the  commendations  of  Sir  R. 
Murchison,  President  of  tiie  society,  and  of  the  Arctic  explorers,  Sir 
George  Back,  Capt.  Sherard  Osborn,  and  Dr.  Rae,  and  occasioned 
the  following  letter  from  Mr.  John  Barrow  : 

17   IlANOVEU   TkUKAOE, 

RegenVn  Pari;  Ajml  liith,  18G3. 
To  0.  F.  Hall: 

Sir  :  I  tshould  soouer  have  answered  your  letter  of  25th  of  February,  but 
there  has  beeu  a  longer  delay  than  I  expected  in  the  reading  of  your  i)ai)er 
owing  to  the  Easter  holidays.  It  was  read  on  Monday  evening  at  the  lioyal 
Geographical  Society  in  a  very  crowded  meeting,  many  being  unable  to  get 
seats. 

In  consequence  of  a  weakness  in  my  throat  I  was  compelled  to  give  up  all 
idea  of  reading  it  myself,  as  the  room  is  ill  adapted  for  hearing,  being  long  and 
narrow,  and  the  speaker  fronting  his  audience  in  the  centre ;  consequently  at  the 
ends  of  the  room  it  is  not  easy  to  command  attention.  However,  our  secretary, 
Dr.  Norton  Shaw,  read  it  right  well.  He  took  great  pains,  and  I  assure  you  you 
might  have  heard  a  i^in  drop  during  the  whole  time.  The  pajier  was  very  well 
received,  but  as  it  was  rather  long  and  another  pai)er  to  come  on,  the  discussion 
was  limited. 

Dr.  Itae  fully  corroborated  your  statement  of  reliance  to  be  ]»laced  on 
Eskimo  statements  and  traditions,  I  have  sent  you  a  report  of  the  jiroceedings 
given  in  the  Times.*  Of  course,  it  is  very  abridged.  Cornelius  Grinnell  was 
present,  and  will  doubtless  write  to  you  fully. 

*  [Extract  from  a  lutttr  to  Mr.  Henry  GrinDcU.] 

•  *  *  I  send  you  the  Tiinos  of  the  15th  instant,  which  gives  a  longer  account  tlian 
is  usual  for  them  to  publish  of  the  meeting  of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society.  I  wish  you  had 
been  there  to  hear  the  eulogy  pronounced  upon  you  by  Sir  Roderick  Murchisou  and  Captain 
Osborn,  and  the  manner  in  which  it  was  received  by  the  audionoo. 

The  report  in  the  Times  gives  but  a  faint  idea  of  what  was  said.  It  was  enough  to  make 
any  of  your  family  feel  proud.     It  Heeuied  as  if  Osborn  could  not  say  too  much  of  the  obligalitm 


14 


Encouragement. 


h  ' 


As  regards  the  final  disposal  of  the  Trobisber  relics,  I  think  they  should 
either  be  phiced  in  Greenwich  Hall  or  in  the  Boyal  United  Service  Institution 
with  the  Franklin  relics.  Although  youi  letter  has  been  unanswered  it  has  not 
been  neglected. 

Mr.  Major,  of  the  British  Museum,  whom  1  met  at  the  Geograi)hical  Society, 
is  getting  all  the  extracts  you  require  made  for  you,  and  they  will  shortly  be 
ready. 

Believe  me,  my  dear  sir,  with  best  wishes  for  your  success  in  your  next 
enteri)rise,  yours  very  truly  and  with  great  respect, 

JOHN  BARROW. 


!i 


!'" 


The  action  of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society  and  the  courteous 
and  encouraging  letters  received  from  such  officers  as  have  been  named, 
proved  further  incentives  to  Hall  to  prepare  for  a  return  Ij  the  fields  of 
exploration.  His  disappointment  in  not  receiving  a  single  volume  of 
the  Hakluyt  series,  for  v^^hich  he  asked  in  the  correspondence  with  the 
secretar}'^  of  the  Hakluyt  Society,  was  compensated  for  by  a  loan  of 
the  whole,  at  a  later  date,  from  the  library  of  Mr.  J  Carson  Brevoo/t, 
of  Brooklyn,  L.  I.  The  charts  which  he  needed  were  courteously 
forwarded  by  Captain  Becher,  of  the  Admiralty,  during  the  ensuing 
season,  through  the  British  consul  at  New  York. 

and  iuclcbtcdnrBs  of  ovory  Kiif^lishtnau  to  yoii  nnd  of  the  adniinition  of  your  liberaltyand  philan- 
thropy. The  whole  alfair  ])asscd  off  most  satisfactorily.  Sir  George  Back  spoke  in  high  terms  of 
Mr.  Hall's  perseverance  and  energy,  and  had  no  doubt  that  the  relics  were  those  of  Frobisher. 
Rae,  BaiTow,  Young,  Markham,  and  several  others  also  expressed  the  same  opinion.  It  was 
lihonght  best  to  strike  out  that  portion  of  the  paper  relating  to  the  supposed  remains  of  Sir  John 
Franklin's  expedition,  as  it  would  be  painful  to  the  feelings  of  their  relations.  Rao  strongly 
corroborated  the  remarks  of  Mr.  Hall  regarding  the  truthfulness  of  the  traditions  of  the  natives. 

The  relics  will  bo  for  the  present  exhibited  in  the  society's  rooms,  for  inspection  of  sciuntiiic 
mou,  until  their  final  disposition,  which  is  in  the  hands  of  Sir  R.  Murchison  and  Mr.  Brown. 

It  was  delightful  to  witness  the  respect  and  kind  feeling  exhibited  by  the  oininent  discov- 
erers present  for  the  labors  of  a  brother  explorer. 

If  Mr.  Hall  could  only  reach  King  William's  Land  and  find  the  Records  of  Franklin  what  a 
nauiu  ho  could  make  for  himself!  I  am  afraid  it  can  only  be  accomplished  by  a  vessel  to  Prince 
Regent's  Inlet  or  overland  by  Rae's  or  Anderson's  route  through  the  Hudson  Bay  Company's 
Territory 


I 


\i 


3        K    ?     jTi-       toi 


SVPPCSEU  FOtMEIANII  OK  ^VIERICA 


a. 

< 


HalVa  Historic  Notes. 


15 


hall's  ABSTUACT   of   TlIK  FEOBISIIKR  EXPEDITIONS. 


If 

O  u 

X  - 

hiin 

DO  3 

d-" 
o< 

CD  u 

oc 
<o 

>z 

.03  O 

£E 

(OU 
o'z 

ll-U) 

<? 

wo 


u 

X 

I- 

X 
o 
a: 

b. 

a. 

< 


In  Sir  John  Barrow's  history  Hall  had  before  him  the  following  account  of 
Frobishcr's  three  ex[)eclition8 :        •        *        * 

"Whether  Frobisher  had  collected  the  reports  of  the  Northwest  Passage  to 
Cathaia  having  been  actually  performed,  or  whether  alone  from  his  knowledge  of 
tho  sphere  and  all  other  skilles  ai)i)ertaii;ing  to  the  arte  of  navigation,  his  hopes 
were  grounded,  it  is  quite  certain  that  he  had  persuaded  himself  the  voyage  was 
not  only  feasible  but  of  easy  executi<»n.  His  friends,  however,  were  not  so  easily 
persuaded  to  enter  into  his  scheme ;  but  as  it  was  the  only  thing  of  the  world  left 
yet  undone  whereby  a  notable  mind  might  be  made  famous  and  fortunate,  he  per- 
severed for  fifteen  years  without  being  able  to  acquire  the  means  of  setting  forth 
an  expedition  on  which  his  mind  had  been  so  long  and  so  resolutely  bent. 

"At  length,  in  the  year  157G,  by  the  countenance  and  assistance  of  Dudley, 
Earl  of  Warwick,  and  a  few  friends,  he  was  enabled  to  fit  out  two  small  barks, 
the  Gabriel  of  35  and  the  Michael  of  30  tons,  tog<'ther  with  a  pinnace  of  10  tons. 
With  this  little  squadron  he  prepared  to  set  out  en  his  important  expedition,  and 
on  the  8th  of  June  passed  Greenwich,  where  the  court  then  was,  and  Queen  Eliz- 
abeth bade  them  farewell  by  shaking  her  hand  at  them  out  of  the  window. 

"On  the  11th  July,  1570,  they  came  in  sight  of  Friesland,  rising  like  i)iii- 
nacles  of  steeples,  and  all  covered  with  snow  I  This  island,  tcliose  position  has  so 
greatly  puzzled  geographers,  could  not  be  the  Friesland  of  Zeno,  but,  being  in  01° 
of  latitude,  was  evidently  the  southern  part  of  Greenland.  The  floating  ice 
obliged  Frobisher  to  stand  to  the  southwest,  till  he  got  sight  of  Labrador,  along 
the  coast  of  which  he  then  stood  to  the  westward,  but  could  neither  reach  tho 
land  nor  get  soundings  on  account  of  the  ice.  SaiUng  to  the  northward  he  met 
with  a  great  island  of  ice  which  fell  in  pieces,  making  a  noise  as  if  a  great  clifl'e 
had  fallen  into  the  sea.  After  this  he  entered,  a  strait  in  lat.  03°  8'.  This  strait, 
to  which  his  name  was  given  from  his  being  its  tirst  discoverer,  is  the  same  which 
was  afterwards  named  Lumley's  Inlet,  but  Frobisher's  Strait  was  for  a  long  time 
supposed  by  geographers  to  have  cut  off  a  portion  from  Old  Qrcenland,  till  Mr. 
Daliymple  and  others  showed  the  fallacy  of  such  a  supposition.       #        #        • 

"Frobisher  set  sail  for  England  and  arrived  at  Harwich  on  the  2d  of  Octo- 
ber, 'highly  commended  ot  all  men  for  his  greato  and  notable  attempt,  but  specially 
famous  for  the  great  hope  ho  brought  of  the  passage  to  Cathaia.'  That  hope,  how- 
ever, would  probably  have  died  away  but  for  an  accidental  circumstance  which 
had  been  disregarded  during  the  voyage.  Some  of  the  men  had  brought  homo 
flowers,  some  grass,  and  one  a  piece  of  stone  '  much  Uke  to  a  sea  cole  iu  color,' 


16 


Hall's  Historic  Notes. 


lii: 


11 


■I  : 
I  ii  li  ■ 

I  i'   !      ■ 

■11 


mcrt'ly  for  the  sake  of  the  phiei^  from  whence  thoy  cauie.  A  piece  of  this  hlack 
stone  beinj;  jfiven  to  one  of  the  udventiirei-'s  wives,  by  chance  she  threw  it  into  tho 
lire,  and,  wliether  from  accident  or  curiosity,  having  (|uenched  it  while  hot  witii 
vinegar,  'it  glistered  with  a  bright  niarqnesset  of  golde.'  The  noise  of  this  inci- 
dent was  soon  spread  abroad,  and  the  stone  was  assayed  by  the  'gold  liners  of 
London,'  who  reported  that  it  contained  a  considerable  ipuintity  of  gold.  A  new 
voyage  was  immediately  set  on  foot  for  the  following  year,  in  which  we  arc  told 
by  Master  George  Beste,  Frobisher's  Lieutenant,  that  'the  Captaine  was  specially 
directed  by  commission  for  the  sean^hing  more  of  this  golde  ore  than  for  the 
searching  any  further  <liscoveiy  of  the  Northwest  Passage.'" 

SECOND  VOYAOK,   1577. 

Frobisher  was  now  openly  connteimnced  by  Queen  Elizal)eth,  and  on  taking 
leave  for  his  second  voyage  had  the  honor  of  kissing  Uer  Majesty's  hand,  who  dis- 
missed him  "  with  gracious  countenance  and  comfortable  words."  lie  was  besides, 
furnished  with  one  tall  ship  of  her  Majesty's  named  "y»  Ayde^^  of  two  hundred 
tunno  or  thereabouts;  and  two  other  little  barkes  likewise;  the  one  called  the 
Gabriell,  whereof  Master  Fenton  was  Captaine:  and  the  other,  the  Michael, 
whereof  Master  Yorke,  a  gentleman  of  My  Lord  Admirall's  was  Cai)taine:" 
these  two  vessels  were  about  30  tons  each.  On  thi'  iiTth  May  (1577)  having 
received  the  Sacrament  and  prepared  themselves  "as  good  Christians  toward 
God,  and  resolute  men  for  all  fortunes,"  they  left  Gravesend,  and  after  a  long 
passage  fell  in  with  Friesland,  in  Lat.  COp,  on  tho  4th  of  July,  the  mountains 
covered  with  snow,  and  the  coast  almost  inaccessible  from  the  great  quantity  of 
drift  ice.        *        *        * 

Four  days  were  here  spent  in  vain  endeavor  to  land,  after  which  they  stood 
for  the  strait,  discovered  by  them  the  preceding  year.  They  arrived  oft"  the  North 
foreland,  otherwise  Hall's  island,  so  called  after  the  mini  who  had  picked  up  tho 
golden  ore  and  who  was  now  Master  of  the  Gabriell.  They  proceeded  some  dis- 
tance up  tho  Strait,  when,  on  tho  18th  of  July,  the  general  taking  the  gold-liners 
with  him,  lauded  near  the  spot  where  the  ore  had  been  picked  up,  but  could  not 
find  in  the  whole  island  "a  peeco  as  bigge  as  a  walnut:"  But  all  the  neighboring 
islands  are  stated  to  have  good  store  of  the  ore.  On  the  top  of  a  high  hill  about 
two  miles  from  the  shore  they  made  a  columne  or  crosse  of  stones,  heaped  up  of 
a  good  heightli  togither  in  good  sort,  and  solemnly  sounded  a  trumpet  &  saido 
certaine  prayers,  kneeling  about  tiie  ensigue,  and  honoured  the  place  by  the  name 
of  Mount  Warwivkc.        *        ♦        » 


Addenda  to  ITidVs  Notes. 


17 


Tlioy  now  stood  ov«'r  to  t\w  Soutlioru  shore  of  I'^robislior's  Struil,  and  landed 
on  a  Hinall  island  with  the  g,o\y\  iincrs  to  search  tor  ore:  and  here  all  the  sands 
and  clifles  did  so  glister,  and  had  so  bright  a  niarquesite,  that  it  seemed  all  to  he 
golde,  bnt  ajton  tryall  made,  it  proved  no  better  than  bhu^k  lead  and  verilied  the 
pi-overbe; — "all  is  not  golde  tliat  glistereth."        •        *        • 

As  the  se.ison  Wiis  far  advanced  and  the  general  < 'Onuiiission  diret^ted  liiin 
to  search  for  gold  ore,  and  to  defer  the  farther  discovery  of  the  ])assag(^  till 
another  time,  thoy  set  abont  the  lading  of  the  ships,  and  in  the  space  of  twenty 
days,  with  th(^  help  of  a  few  gentlemen  and  soldiers  got  on  board  almost  two 
hinidred  t<m8  of  ore.  On  the  22d  of  Angnst,  after  making  bonfn-es  on  tin'  highest 
mount  on  this  island,  and  tiring  a  volley  for  a  fan^well  "in  honor  of  the  liight 
Hon.  Lady  Anm>,  Ckmntess  of  Warwicke,  whose  name  it  bearcth"  th«\v  set  sail 
homewards,  and  after  a  stormy  passage,  they  all  arrived  safe  in  dilferent  jKUts  of 
Great  Britain,  with  the  loss  only  of  one  man  by  sickness,  and  another  who  was 
wiushed  overboard.        #        •        • 

THIRD  VOYAGE   (irOT). 

The  Qneen  and  her  court  were  so  highly  delighted  "in  finding  that  the 
matter  of  the  gold  ore  had  appearance  and  made  show  of  great  riches  and  prolil, 
and  the  hope  of  the  passage  to  Cathaia  by  this  last  vojage  greatly  increased"; 
that,  after  a  minute  examinati<Hi  by  Commissioners  specially  appointed,  tlu^  voyage 
was  determined  to  be  highly  worthy  of  being  followed  up.  The  Queen  gave  the 
name  of  Meta  Incognita  to  the  newly  discovered  country,  on  which  it  was  resolved 
to  establish  a  colony.  *  #  *  The  lleet  sailed  from  Harwich  the  31st  of 
May,  1578,  and,  on  the  2()th  of  Jun«^,  discovered  West  Friesland,  which  they  now 
named  West  England,  #  #  »  They  found  The  Strait  choked  up  with 
ice,  and  the  bark  Dennis  received  such  a  blow  with  a  rock  of  ice  that  she  innne- 
diately  sank,  but  the  people  were  all  saved.  "A  violent  storm  now  came  on  and 
the  whole  fleet  was  dispersed.  *  #  ♦  They  all  however  arrived  at 
various  ports  of  England  about  the  1st  of  October,  with  the  loss  by  (Usath  of  about 
40  persons." 


ADDENDA  TO  HALL'S  ABSTRACT. 

L  There  will  be  found  in  "Geo.  Beste's  True  Discourse  of  the  late  voyage 

of  Discoverie  for  the  finding  of  a  Passage  to  Cathaya  by  the  North  Weast  under 

the  conduct  of  Martin  Frobisher  Generall,"  the  statements  that  Frobisher,  on  his 

first  voyage,  saile«l  50  miles  up  the  waters  which  he  took  for  a  strait,  and  believed 

S.  Ex.  27 2 


18 


Addenda  to  Hall's  Notes. 


1' 


I, 


■  II I  j 


ii 
I  i 


that  it  ext4Mide(l  acrosH  the  continent  thnmjj^h  which  Hhips  might  reacli  China. 
With  Christopher  llall,  he  climbed  a  high  mountain,  from  which  they  saw  to  the 
8outlieiust  th(>.  two  hea<11an(l8  which  marked  tlie  entrance  to  their ''  Stniits."  Look- 
ing to  the  northwest,  they  saw  the  sea  still  extending  to  the  horizon.  The  tides 
and  currents,  too,  set  in  from  that  direction ;  and  thus  everything  went  to  con - 
lirm  Frobisher's  belief  that  he  hi;d  found  another  Magellan's  Straits.  On  his  Sec- 
ond Exi)edition  his  lustnictions  were  not  to  push  through  the  Strait  into  China 
for  the  preneHt,  gold  l)eing  the  first  consideration. 

II.  On  his  third  voyage  he  found  "such  plenty  of  bhiok  ore,  that  if  the  good- 
nenn  might  answer  the  gi-eat  plenty  thereof  it  might  reasonably  sutfice  all  the  gold 
gluttons  in  the  World."  It  is  a  well  known  matter  of  history  that  Frobisher  loaded 
his  ships  with  this  ore,  which,  on  bis  return  to  England,  proved  to  be  but  a  black 
stone  tilled  probably  with  iron  pyrites.  It  was  used  only  for  filling  up  the  London 
Docks,  and  for  ballasting  ships.  The  Merchant,  Michael  Lok,  who  had  pledged 
his  means  and  credit  for  the  outfits  of  the  first  and  the  third  expedition,  was 
shut  up  in  Fleet-street  Prison  and  with  his  fifteen  children  hopelessly  ruined. 

Hall  brought  home  some  of  the  like  stone,  a  small  cpiantity  of  which,  loaned 
with  other  relics  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  was  included  in  the  Arctic  exhibit 
placed  for  the  Naval  Observatory  in  the  Government  building  at  the  late  United 
States  Centennial.    The  ore  is  sometimes  called  Fool's  Gold. 

III.  The  author  of  the  latest  account  of  Frobisher's  voyages  says 
of  Hall : 

Nearly  three  centuries  elapsed  before  the  Countess's  Sound  and  Island  were 
again  visited  by  an  Anglo-Saxon,  and  he  was  an  American.  In  18(51-'2  Captain 
C.  F.  Hall  spent  two  years  among  the  Eskimos.  The  Countess's  Island  he  found 
to  be  called  Kodlunarn,  or  the  Island  of  the  white  man.  The  account  he  received 
from  the  natives  of  Frobisher's  visits  is  a  curious  confirmation  of  the  value  of 
tradition  among  savage  peoples.  Captain  Hall  had  not  then  read  any  naiTative 
of  the  Admiral's  three  voyages,  and  heard  the  tnulitions  as  a  new  and  strange 
tale,  which  he  was  not  then  in  a  position  to  test  or  correct. 

He  was  told  that  the  white  men's  ships  had  come,  first  two,  then  three,  then 
many.  The  white  men  had  taken  away  two  of  their  women,  who  had  never  come 
back.  Many  fragments  of  brick,  tiles,  iron,  et  cetera,  were  shown  him.  Beste's 
Bulwark  was  traced.    The  small  house  of  lime  and  stone  had  been  well  built,  for 


Addenda  fo  TTalFs  Notes. 


19 


CaptAin  riall  fonml  it  after  tlio  three  eonturie8,  in  a  jjood  Ntato  of  preservation. 
Tlioy  told  liini  also  how  that  their  ])eop!<i  had  captured  five  of  tlio  white  men ; 
that  they  litul  wintered  among  them.  Then  th<^y  showed  him  an  excavation  on 
Kodlnnarn  eighty-eight  fe*t  U>ng  and  six  feet  deep,  whicli  the  white  men  hiul  dng, 
whihi  on  tlio  shore  was  an  int^lined  trench  or  slip.  Ilere  the  live  captive  English- 
men, liaving  dug  up  the  buried  timbers  of  the  Fort,  built  a  large  boat,  which  had 
a  msuit  in  her,  with  sails.  Their  boat  had  proved  to  be  a  tloDting  cotlin;  for, 
according  to  the  natives,  the  Englishmen  having  finished  their  craft,  set  sail  too 
early  in  the  sesuson  ;  some  froze  their  hands  in  the  attempt ;  yet  they  had  finally 
set  out,  and  had  never  been  seen  afterwanls. 

Such  was  the  sequel  of  the  story  of  the  five  Englishnieu  who  ha<l  fallen  vic- 
tims to  their  love  of  i)eUry  during  the  first  voyage  of  the  'Gabriel';  and  thus  were 
identified  the  island  and  long  sought  port  of  the  third  voyage,  where  the  first 
English  Colony  was  attempted  on  the  American  Continent.  (Life  of  Martin  Fro- 
bisher,  with  a  narrative  of  the  Armada:  llov.  F.  Jones.    Loudon,  1878.) 

IV.  In  the  excellent  "Collection  of  Ilistorical  Tracts,"  made  by  the  late  Col. 
Peter  Force,  of  Washington,  to  be  found  in  the  library  of  the  State  Department, 
may  be  seen  the  "Neues  of  Walter  Kaleigh";  in  which  tract  is  a  very  curious 
notice  of  Frobisher's  voyages  and  of  their  influence  on  Thomas  Cavendish,  or 
"Candish,"  of  London,  in  determining  him,  A.  D.  158G,  to  set  out  on  his  voyage 
around  the  world.  Cavendish  was  the  second  Englishman  who  made  such  si 
voyage.  Drake,  in  1578,  had  attempted  to  solve  the  problem  of  the  Northwest 
Passage,  reaching  lat.  48°  N.  only  on  the  western  coast  of  America. 


I 


,; 


J^HAPTER    JT. 

PREPARATIONS  FOR  TUB  VOYAGE  COMPLFTFn     n.r, 
SAILS  FROM  NEW  LONDON  FOR  ST  JOHNS. 

DECEMBER,  I|J62,  TO  JULY.  ISU. 


:| 


1'! 


CHAPTER  II. 


Half,  lectures  for  his  peusonai,  suppoiit  axi>  that  op  the  two  Eskimos— His  care 
OF  these  people  ;  death  of  Tuk-ee-li-kee  ta — Friends  gained  for  the  Second  Expe- 
dition—Plan of  an  Expedition  submitted  by  Hall,  March  17,  1863,  to  Mr.  Grin- 
nell  and  U.  H.  Chapell,  of  New  London,  Conn. — Hall's  preference  for  a  plan 

WHICH  would    not    INCLUDE   WHALING — FINANCIAL  DIFFICULTIES — EMBARUABSMENTS   IN 

forming  new  friendships— Determination  to  go  out  a  second  time,  even  for  an 

ABSENCE  of  TEN  YEARS — EXPECTATION  OF  FINDING  NEW  WHALING  GROUNDS— CORRE- 
SPONDENCE ON  THIS  SUBJECT  WITH  MR.  R.  H.  CHAPELL  AND  PROFESSOR  BaCHE,  SUPERIN- 
TENDENT United  States  Coast  Survey— Disappointment  as  to  assistance  from  the 

LEGISLATURE  AND  FROM  THE  NeW  YORK  CHAMBER  OP  COMMERCE— FAILURE  TO  OBTAIN 
A    LOAN    OF    INSTRUMENTS   FROM    THE    GOVERNMENT— CARD    TO   THE    PUBLIC,    POSTPONIN(i 

THE  Expedition  to  another  year— Hall  resumes  work  on  the  "Arctic  Re- 
searches"—Lectures  BEFORE  THE  I^ONG  ISLAND  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY — MaY,  lH(i4. 
RENEWS  HIS  APPEAL,  INDORSED  BY  LEADING  CITIZENS— LOANS  OF  INSTRUMENTS— FUEE 
PASSAGE  TENDERED  BY  MR.   ChaPELL— HOSPITABLE    RECEPITON  AT    NEW  LONDON— SAILS 

FOR  St.  John's. 

His  first  expedition  having  secured  an  honorable  place  in  history, 
Hall  now  entered  upon  a  course  of  lectures,  chiefly  with  the  design  of 
convincing  the  public  of  his  probable  success  on  renewing  exploration; 
but  with  the  additional  I'easons  found  in  the  necessity  for  securing 
support  for  himself  and  for  his  two  Eskimo  friends.  He  seems  to  have 
been  carefully  mindful  of  their  welfare.  "Everything,"  he  wrote  to 
Captain  Budington,  "must  be  done  to  protect  the  health  of  these  peo- 
ple ;  the  assistance  which  I  hope  to  receive  from  them  on  my  sledge 
trip  is  too  important  for  us  to  relax  our  exertions  to  have  them  com- 
fortable."    For  their  benefit  he  accepted  ofiiirs  of  compensation  for 

33 


24 


HalTs  Lectures. 


theii*  temporary  attendunce  at  museums  in  New  York  and  Boston ; 
but,  on  learning  their  personal  discomfort,  incident  to  a  close  and  heated 
atmosphere,  he  followed  the  advice  of  friends  in  refusing  his  consent 
for  their  presence  at  any  other  lectures  than  his  own  ;  and  this  as  more 
consistent  with  the  character  of  his  work. 

During  the  months  of  December,  1862,  and  January,  1863,  lec- 
tures in  Providence,  Norwich,  Hartford,  New  Haven,  Hudson,  Elmira, 
and  other  cities  secured  the  attendance  of  large  audiences.  Among 
the  prominent  citizens  of  Providence  who  invited  him  to  that  city 
were  Hon.  H.  B.  Anthony,  President  Sears  of  Brown  University,  Hon. 
J.  R.  Bartlett,  Prof.  J.  \\  Angell,  Gov.  J.  Y.  Smith,  Ex-Go  v.  E.  Dyer, 
and  Maj  W.  M.  Rodman. 

After  the  Arctic  lecture  in  Hartford,  Professor  Silliman  indorsed 

Hall's  work  and  his  proposals  for  a  new  expedition  by  saying,  in  the 

Hartford  Courant : 

Mr.  Hall  possesses  much  knowledge  not  found  in  books,  the  fruits  of  his 
own  experience ;  tlie  discoveries  he  has  made  in  the  Polar  Regions  are  regarded 
l)y  geographei's  as  of  decided  importance.  Indeed,  he  did  not  himself  realize 
that  importance  until  since  his  return  after  more  than  two  years'  exile.  No  civ- 
ilized man  has,  heretofore,  been  able  to  identify  himself  so  completely  with  the 
Eskimos.  Speaking  their  language  and  adopting  their  modes  of  life  and  of 
voyaging,  lie  is  enabled  to  reach  with  safety,  and  even  with  comfort,  regions 
hitl'erto  deemed  inaccessible.  Old  Martin  Frobisher  lias  become  rcdivivtia  under 
the  very  unexpected  revelations  now  made. 

At  these  conversational  lectures  Hall  traced  on  his  maps  of  the 
localities  he  had  visited,  the  tracks  of  the  old  voyagers  Frobisher, 
Davis,  Baffin,  and  others,  as  well  as  his  own  late  explorations.  The 
United  States  flag,  loaned  by  Mr.  Grinnell  to  the  expediton  of  Dr. 
Kane,  and  borne  by  him  so  near  to  the  Pole,  was  always  saluted  by 
the  audience ;  and  the  Eskimo  family  were  objects  of  much  interest  as 


i: 


'=^;i 


Hairs  Lectures. 


25 


among  tlie  first  of  their  race  who  luid  domiciled  in  the  United  States. 
Too-koo-li-too  showed  an  unexpected  knowledge  of  the  geography  of 
her  country,  reminding  Arctic  students  of  the  native  woman  Iligl'mk, 
and  of  her  chart  drawn  for  Parry.  The  lecturer  himself  could  not 
claim  the  polish  or  the  ease  of  oratory,  but  as  he  handled  his  subject 
with  tact  as  well  as  enthusiasm,  ho  succeeded  in  secunng  close  atten- 
tion on  the  part  of  the  audience,  and  was  ready  to  answer  numerous 
inquiries.  His  friends  regretted  that,  under  a  general  rule  against  all 
pay  lectures,  the  Smithsonian  Institution  could  not  give  him  the  use  of 
the  audience  room  in  which  Kane  and  Hayes  had  lectured,  for  he  had 
hoped  to  interest  the  officers  of  the  Government  at  Washington,  and 
obtain  an  appropriation,  and  had  been  encouraged  towards  this  by 
prominent  men.  Ho  seems  to  have  been  wholly  unable  to  realize  how 
small  is  the  circle  of  the  liberal  for  scientific  purposes  and  how  nar- 
rowed that  circle  was  at  the  time  by  the  war.  He  solicited  the  aid  of 
the  Hon.  Henry  Wilson,  of  the  United  States  Senate,  to  obtain  an  ap- 
propriation by  Congress  of  $25,000. 

The  proceeds  of  the  lectures  were  by  no  means  encouraging.  He 
had  ])roof  of  their  having  secured  many  friends  in  eminent  positions, 
but  as  to  the  pecuniary  gain  "he  was  even  worse  off  than  when  he 
started  out."  The  necessary  expenses  generally  devoured  the  pro- 
ceeds of  admission  fees,  made  low  to  suit  the  war  times.  Contrary  to 
the  general  supposition,  nothing  at  all  adequate  to  the  support  of  his 
Eskimos  was  ever  realized  from  this  source ;  the  contributions  for  them 
from  Mr.  Grinnell,  however,  exceeded  six  hundred  dollars,  and  other 
generous  friends  not  unfrequently  volunteered  their  aid. 

In  despite  of  discouragements,  Hall  still  pushed  forward  his  plans, 
publishing  his  first  outlines  of  them  in  the  columns  of  the  Now  York 


.  li' 


26 


' 


Sarif/uine  Hopes. 


Journal  of  Commerce,  December  3,  1862  Very  probably  a  sanguine 
temperament,  excited  sometimes  by  even  a  few  strong  words  of  sym- 
l)athy  from  friends,  prompted  him  to  give  unwarranted  weight  to  such 
words.  As  a  picture  of  his  feelings  and  of  his  way  of  recording  his 
experiences,  a  single  extract  is  given  from  a  letter  written  at  this  date : 

"My  heart  is  too  full  to  record  the  happiness  of  a  meeting  to-night. 
]\[r.  Grinnell's  whole  family  are  so  deeply  devoted  to  my  renewed 
expedition,  that  Mr.  G.  and  his  wife  offer  their  son,  now  in  the  United 
States  Navy,  to  go  with  me  to  King  William's  Land,  and,  if  need  be, 
he  will  contribute  $10,000  to  insure  a  research.  'There  mtist  be  some- 
thing more  done,'  he  said,  '  in  search  of  Franklin's  Expedition.' "  "When 
England  hears  of  this,"  Hall  wrote  to  Budington,  "I  would  not 
wonder  if  other  expeditions  should  follow."  This  last  expression 
was  made  at  a  time  when  the  English  Government  were  adhering 
to  their  final  refusal  for  all  further  search.  The  subject  was  not, 
indeed,  revived  in  any  official  form  until  the  unsuccessful  proposi- 
tions of  1865  were  discussed  by  the  Royal  Geographical  Society,  after 
Hall  had  again  sailed.  Had  he  not  been  sincere  in  his  statements  that 
his  object  was  primarily  the  relief  of  Franklin's  party,  he  would  hardly 
have  laid  this  stress  upon  the  hope  that  other  expeditions  would  come 
out  from  England  for  the  same  object. 

His  private  note-books  and  diaries  are  trustworthy  witnesses  of 
the  influences  under  which  he  brought  his  thoughts  during  this  penod 
of  study  and  personal  preparation.  The  following  selections  are  taken 
from  one  of  these  books,  which  contain  chiefly  extracts  and  careful  ref- 
erences to  scientific  authorities : 

Our  greatest  glory  consists  not  in  never  fulling,  but  in  rising  every  time  we 
fall.  #  *  »  The  (luestion  is  not  the  luimber  of  facts  a  man  knows,  but 
how  much  of  u  tact  he  is  himself.        *        *        *        Great  personal  activity  at 


"^mB 


■;«,--"-St..:  . 


2^1 


^•■'*r^>^fe 


*»■■;-    ■  ■;'■  jw-     ..pi;.     .J.:.,,.    .,    ■••• 


-#3 


^&; 


.■:,,;•{.-■ 


|*;%^^j:SSii-.;, 


7-'   X-"'"^ 


.-;    it"' 


»  ■••  -  M  -  ■»  -r 


■'I-.  N.- 


^. 


.         ■'.!  I  I  ''J- 


r> 


i'kji 


' ;  .■   ii    I    ul!     i .        ■>.<'<■..     ■:  a.iv-1  !'  I  •  .-     i    •■     •    .'  i  ■   ...  .    "'Itj    >'i   i'i!:-i   .  ■!     ^\  ■■ .  ■ 

;    i.-'V  ;':    ■•,       '•      :iU  •■..,.      '    ';r!>     ":   ..;'  ■      ■'   :    --M-i  ..'.••         •     .    .j;;      ,        ;      ;. 

,  i{.         '.  •    I  ,.1       •!    i.ii'-    '.ill.':''     .1  ill  i. 

('•-■•;!(  1/      ■•       .        '■'.:■     '■'■.'•"■>''    ..•   _"i^      I:     il"'i!ii     I    h-;;:,!      . 

■  ■   '  :  \      li     .1  .  !      .     ' '  1.  >    ;  t|  I  .'   ',  1  ,  !   .'■;  ■■     :     ,'l  i:      I  >;  1  i  !'  .  I  •  ■   ■  ■  ■    <  I  (    .  I    ' .  1 1 


i.t    '  ■•.:;i!''  ,1.1.;  ;'i 


'('•;. 


,  1    \ 


)    ' 


'     ■  "•        .i;.)'    '  il';i        -  •1:.    T:,,',>      lil      ,  ;||- 

I'vi'i  .   ^'■  i)i..i''   <-    J ..-..td,  ;i     !     ■    ii.  • 


l- 


■■:'•'•■>■    ■      r.  '     ;'.ll  f    I: 


i.fi-'f 


!.        li'i.. 


!i.    li'   ■     ■  <  ii/'iLi.";i!'i;',   'i  >>(■■  !«-ii     -ni. 


•'■Mill  ..n;'  •,. 

.:         i    '  ;.!i'lfi 


I  .     !    . ' 


l!' 


.1'.   ■[t>\  '.i<r<  ■:   ^:i.i' 
» 


■;-itr'. 


■M-,  i      U    ; 


M  ■  ■  •. ,  I ' 


I    ■!  il 


T  :!;  -  ■  '•Vti 


'  ■  ■    '       r       ■ 


U.k"-! 


ri-  •. i.    !i  !     .11.:         n 


cy^'^/e^i^ 


-^■7^ 


From  a  photograph  in  the  possession  of  Charles  H.  Grundy,  Esq.,  New  York. 


Bolititypg  Printing  Cu.,  Boaton. 


^i  ii 


liJL 


I. 


Fnvate  Notes. 


27 


times  uiid  closely  se<leiitar,v  and  Hcvcre'y  thoughtful  liabitH  at  other  tinier,  arc  the 
forces  by  which  men  accompliHli  notable  enterprises.  They  mature  jHans,  after 
which,  with  energies  braced  to  their  work,  they  move  to  the  easy  conquest  of 
difflculties  accounted  formidable. 

Some  of  these  upothej»'m8  copied  from  a  rare  volume  loaned  to 
him  by  his  friend  Mr.  J.  D.  Caldwell,  of  Cincinnati,  are  found  em- 
phasized for  his  own  impress  by  being  underscored  almost  word  by 
word ;  nor  did  he  fail  to  note  at  length  in  his  diary  the  sentiments  of 
Professor  Henry  expressed  in  his  communication  to  the  Board  of  Re- 
gents of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  in  1857  in  regard  to  his  discoveries 
in  electro-magnetism,  that  "he  had  freely  given  the  results  of  his 
labors  to  the  world,  expecting  only  in  return  to  enjoy  the  consciotis- 
ness  of  having  added  to  the  sum  of  himian  happiness."  He  noted 
down  also  the  sentiment  expressed  by  Smithson  himself,  that  every 
man  is  a  valuable  member  of  society,  who  by  his  observations,  re- 
searches, and  experiments  procures  knowledge  for  men. 

To  the  encouragements  offered  by  more  able  and  influential  friends 
were  added  those  from  Captain  Budington  and  his  wife,  whose  kindly 
messages  from  their  humble  home  in  Groton,  Conn.,  were  frequent, 
and  were  plainly  effective  on  his  spirits  and  on  his  labors.  These  at 
this  time  were  very  arduous.  On  the  27th  January,  1863,  he  wrote 
to  Budington  from  his  quarters  on  Fourth  street.  New  York,  where  he 
was  "near  the  libraries  and  Mr.  Grinnell:" 

There  is  such  a  vast  amount  of  work  on  my  hands  that  it  becomes  my  duty 
to  ask  if  it  is  i^ossible  for  me  to  make  arrangements  by  which  you  can  again  take 
the  Eskimos  into  your  family.  Were  it  not  that  I  iiavo  a  book  on  hand,  and  also 
preparation  for  another  voyage  in  four  mouths  from  now,  I  would  not  ask  this. 

At  Elmira  they  had  taken  severe  colds,  and  Hall  found  he  could 
do  nothing  but  nurse  the  sick,  while  in  addition  to  his  cares  was  the 


28 


Coftfcraice  for  the  Second   Voyafjr. 


(loath  of  their  infant  Ttik-ie-li-ke-tn,  born  to  this  lOskiino  coiiplo  in 
Rescue  lJay,Sopteniber  (5,  1861.  lie  records  in  his  journal  liia  sym- 
pathy with  the  mother,  who  was  herself  thought  to  bo  near  death,  but 
who  rallied  and  attended  her  child's  funeral  at  Groton.  Tho  health 
of  these  people  was  excellent  for  some  time  after  their  arrival  in  tho 
United  States,  but  tho  change  of  food  and  of  climate  began  sensibly 
to  affect  the  "  icy  children  of  the  North." 


H 


i 

:  I !    '  ? 


On  the  17  th  March,  1863,  an  anxiously-awaited  conference  was 
hold  with  iMr.  Gnnnoll  and  Mr.  R.  11.  Chapell,  of  the  house  of  Will- 
iams &  Haven,  at  which  Hall  presented  the  following  first  notes  for 
his  second  expedition: 

Proposed  cxj)edition  to  Boothia  and  King  WiUiain's  Land  for  the  final  dctermiiuition 
of  all  the  mysterious  matters  relative  to  Sir  John  Frankliii's  Expedition. 

I.  A.  vessel  of  about  UOO  tons,  to  be  fiiruisbed  and  provisioned  for  two  years 
and  six  months,  the  same  to  be  nnder  my  command. 

II.  This  vessel  to  be  fitted  ont  for  whaling,  the  object  being  to  have  tho 
wliole  expense  of  the  expedition  paid  by  the  proceeds  of  wliale  bone  and  oil. 

III.  This  vessel  to  go  on  or  before  the  1st  of  June  of  the  present  year,  to 
make  direct  for  the  north  side  (near  tho  entrance  of  Frobisher's  Kay),  there  to 
take  aboard  three  or  four  Eskimos,  with  their  wives,  also  sledges  and  dogs;  then 
to  make  ibr  Hudson's  Str.ait ;  thence  to  Iludson's  Bay,  west  side,  south  of  South- 
ampton Island ;  thence  up  the  channel  of  Sir  Thomas  Howe's  Welcome  to  Itepulse 
Day. 

IV.  If  whales  arc  found  on  the  way,  to  secure  as  many  as  possible,  yet  no 
further  delay  to  be  allowed  rhan  will  admit  of  getting  into  Repulse  Bay  by  or  on 
the  1st  of  September  of  the  same  year  as  starting. 

V.  If  it  is  judged  advisable  under  certain  contingencies  for  the  vessel  to  pro- 
ceed at  once  to  other  whale  grounds  than  that  of  Repulse  Bay,  she  must  do  so 
after  having  landed  me  and  my  special  party  and  outfit  for  land  service,  to  wit, 
for  my  expedition  from  Repulse  Bay  to  King  William's  Land. 

VI.  Three  men  from  the  States  to  be  my  special  party,  to  wit:  Walter  Grin- 
nell,  of  Now  York;  Frank  Rogers,  of  New  London,  Conn.,  and  William  Sterry, 


Platis  Submit  ted 


29 


of  fJrotoii,  of  tlio  same  State;  also,  to  be  of  tlio  same  special  party,  tlie  Kskiiiios 
Kbiorbiiij,'  and  Tookoo-li-too,  whom  1  l>r(ni(;:lit  to  ihi-  Htates,  tin-  latter  to  be  my 
interpreter. 

VII.  Sterry  and  a  i)art  of  the  natives  I  take  from  Frobi.slier's  Bay,  to  be  left 
at  the  head  of  He])nlse  Hay,  in  eharfje  of  a  depot  of  provisions  to  be  established 
there.  Furthermore,  the  duty  of  Sterry  and  the  natives  to  iiunt  and  capture 
seals  and  walrus,  and  barter  with  the  natives  around  I!e])ulse  Hay  for  walrus 
ivory,  Polar  bear,  fox,  wolf,  and  other  skins,  for  the  benelit  «tf  all  eoncierniul. 

VIIT.  A  cheap  frame  house,  to  be  constructed  (portable)  here  in  the  States, 
the  same  to  b(^  landed  at  Keimlse  l>ay,  and  to  be  used  there  for  storinjf  provisions 
therein,  and  also  as  a  residence  and  for  head(piarters.  (Sucih  houses  are  now 
used  by  whalers  in  Northund)erland  Inlet. 

IX.  Providiiuf  such  an  eino'ficvcij  drive  that  I  sliuuhl  he  oMujeit  to  retreat  from 
iJoothia  and  Kinj;-  William's  Land  and  seek  provisions,  and  also  for  a  )>lace  to 
recruit,  I  should  be  certain  of  tinding'  the  same  at  all  times  at  Itepulse  l>aydei)ot. 

X.  Occasionally  to  send  an  Eskimo  friend,  with  sledj^-e  drawn  l)y  doj^s,  from 
Loothia  and  Kiuj;  William's  Land  t(»  headquarters  at  l{epu!se  Uay  for  anything 
that  1  might  require.  Without  doubt  1  shall  have  occasion  to  send  to  lJe])ulse 
Bay  many  i)ackages  of  relics  I  may  lind  of  Sir  John  l-'ranklin's  Expedition.  If  I 
have  the  great  good  fortune  U)  discover  the  Shii)s  Erebus  and  Terror's  i)apers,  it 
will  be  my  duty  to  accompany  the  same  in  their  transport  to  liejadse  Bay.  After 
securiiui  these  as  treasures  ofvntold  value  to  the  civilized  world,  1  am  then  to  return 
to  King  William's  Land  and  Boothia  and  ])rosecute  the  search.  Should  I  be  still 
more  fortxniate,  and  should  I  tiud  living  anu)Ug  the  Eskimos  one  or  several  of 
Sir  John  Franklin's  men,  my  heart,  overwhelming  with  unsjieakable  Joy,  will 
direct  me  then  and  there  what  is  best  to  be  done. 

XI.  Provisions  of  the  most  condensed  character,  such  as  pemmican,  Bor- 
den meat,  biscuit,  desiccated  meat,  and  vegetables,  to  be  provided  for  the  Ilepulse 
Bay  depot ;  also,  a  jtroper  quality  of  Hour,  sea-bread,  amnnniition,  guns,  astronom- 
ical and  other  instruments,  medicines,  clothing,  a  Ilaklet  boat,  &c.,  &(%,  including 
proper  articles  for  bartming  with  the  natives  and  for  (iompeiisating  the  services  I 
may  require  of  them ;  pei'hai)s  it  may  be  well  to  add  wood  and  coal  to  these 
articles,  the  same  to  be  used  as  fuel  at  Ilepulse  Bay  headquarters. 

XII.  By  establishing  headquarters  at  liepulse  Bay  as  indicated  above,  hav- 
ing there  a  whale-boat  strongly  coustracted,  and  having  there  also  Frobisher  Bay 
Eskimos,  there  need  to  he  no  hinderance  to  the  force  employed  on  the  vessel  from  prose- 
cuting to  the  fullest  extent  that  branch  of  the  expedition,  to  wit,  whaling. 


30 


Plans  Suhmitird. 


W 


XIII.  Rliould  such  sucroHH  bo  met  with  that  tlio  v(>hh«'1  bocoiiion  filled  with 
whahtoil  iiiul  lion»  boforu  I  have.  <>(>iii|>l(^t(>(l  iii,v  icHoarcli  for  th(^  obJ('(;t  aiul  at  tho 
jmiiit  dcHiyiu'd,  tho  saiiu)  to  bo  rosliippod  by  HOino  other  vomhoI  to  tho  StatoH,  or 
tho  voHHol  to  bo  Hont  liomo,  taking;  \i\o\\\i  my  dlspatchj's  and  such  n^lics  a.s  \  may 
have  rocovored ;  said  vossol  to  sail  from  tho  StatCH  the  folh)wiiiK  Hpriny  for 
Jtepnlso  Bay. 

XIV.  The  wliohi  expenses  of  tho  expedition  to  bo  ])aid  from  tlie  proceeds 
of  the  whaliii;;  braneli,  providing  tho  amount  warrants  it. 

XV.  Tho  expenses  of  the  research  department  to  bo  inchidcd  in  tho  first 
cost  of  the  vessel,  outfit,  &<;. 

XVI.  This  expedition  to  bo  known  as  "The  Franklin  Research  Expedition"; 
the  minor  details  of  it  only  to  l)o  understood  by  tho  ])artio8  moat  deeply  interested. 

XVII.  By  havin;^  a  boat's  crow  at  llopulse  Bay  head(|uartors  shore-whal- 
ing could  be  prosecuted.  One  boat's  crow  might  bo  made  up  of  tho  natives.  Tho 
policy  of  adopthig  this  scheme  could  be  determined  on  ac(piiiing  information  of 
the  natives  at  Repulse  Bay  whether  or  not  it  is  a  goo<l  whaling  ground. 

Mr.  Grinnell  and  Mr.  Chapell  approved  the  general  ideas  pre- 
sented in  this  plan.  It  will  be  observed,  however,  that  the  returns  for 
the  proposed  outlay  were  to  be  looked  for  from  successful  adventure 
in  whaling,  in  which  feature  Hall  was  encouraged  to  place  confidence 
by  conversations  held  a  short  time  previously  with  his  friends  in  New 
London.  The  outlay  would  involve  the  sum  of  $20,000,  and  the  first 
ideas  entertained  at  the  meeting  just  named,  limited  the  contributions 
for  this  object  chiefly  to  the  generous  co-operation  of  Mr.  Grinnell, 
Messrs.  Williams  &  Haven,  and  Mr.  Chapell.  Notwithstanding  their 
unquestionable  sincerity  and  their  mutual  confidence  in  Hall,  of  whom 
Mr.  Grinnell,  at  this  meeting,  said,  "  He  is  the  man  of  all  the  world  to 
be  sent  forth  on  the  mission  to  solve  the  mysteries  enshrouding  the 
fate  of  Franklin's  men,"  it  could  hardly  be  expected  that  these  enthu- 
siastic hopes  of  immediate  equipment  could  be  realized.  Mr.  Grinnell 
had  spent  between  £20,000  and  £30,000  on  the  Franklin  Relief  Expe- 
ditions, and  had  already  met  with  commercial  reverses  during  the  war, 


Hall  will  ffo  Alnnv  if  he  Must. 


.*n 


anioimtinfj^,  Jit  tluit  diitc,  it  i«  l)oliovc(l,  to  nearly  iisrjOO.MOO  It  was  no 
time  for  eitlier  of  tho  commercial  houses  t«)  take  risks. 

Ton  (lays  later,  Hall  drew  up  in  detail  six  now  plans,  differing  in 
their  estimates  and  in  the  question  whether  tho  vessel  of  tho  expedi- 
tion should  bo  employed  in  whalinj^  or  in  exjdoration  only.  On  tho 
first  of  these,  which  contemplated  exclusively  tho  search  for  Franklin's 
party  and  the  object  of  ^ideographical  discovery,  ho  indorsed,  "  If 
there  were  a  possibility  of  raisinj^  tho  amount  of  !iS20,000  involved  in 
this  plan,  it  should  bo  accepted  and  carried  out";  on  the  second,  which 
he  called  "The  Combination  Kesearch  and  Whaling- lOxpedition",  he 
indorsed,  "Taking  into  consideration  all  the  circumstances  of  tho 
times,  I  believe  this  the  most  feasible.'''  He  strongly  expressed  him- 
self, however,  as  unwillingly  converted  to  tho  idea  of  the  second  plan, 
considering  it  distasteful  to  unite  the  object  of  whaling  with  ih.^  search 
for  Sir  John  Franklin's  party. 

Submitting  the  first  plan  to  Mr.  Grinnell  as  one  to  be  exclusively 
in  his  name  and  at  his  cost.  Hall  received  the  unavoidable  reply  that 
he  did  not  feel  that  his  means  would  justify  his  investing  the  amount 
indicated. 

The  four  last  propositions  dispensed  with  tho  idea  of  providing  a 
special  vessel,  and  differed  within  themselves  chiefly  in  regard  to  the 
immbers  of  the  party  who  might  go  out  in  a  whaler.  Among  many 
oflt'ors  from  those  who  proposed  to  share  his  voyage,  was  one  from  Mr. 
Washington  Peale,  an  artist  of  New  York,  whom  Hall  would  gladly 
have  had  to  accompany  him.  The  sixth  memorandum,  which  he 
called  his  "Last  Alternative",  provided  for  his  going  out  alone  m  a 
whaler  and  being  landed  wherever  the  natives  should  bo  met  with,  to 


32 


HaWs  Ability  and  Industry. 


-'  '■  w< 


U^ 


jil  I 


make  his  waj'  as  best  ho  could  to  Re})ulse  May  and  thence  to  Boothia 
and  King  WilHam's  Land. 

His  journal  entiy  about  this  date,  made  after  a  series  of  disaj)- 
pointments  during  the  day,  has  the  significant  paragraph:  "Again! 
may  say  the  want  of  luster  on  my  habiliments  precludes  me  from  in- 
terviews with  those  from  whom  I  would  gain  knowledge ;  not  so  of 
Mr.  Grinnell ;  he  knows  I  am  poor,  and  yet  he  always  treats  me  as  if  I 
were  rich."  It  may  here  be  noted  that  while  Hall  made  like  honorable 
exceptions  in  connection  with  the  names  of  other  generous  friends, 
there  is  o'.'idence  that  his  scanty  means  at  times  produced  the  errone- 
ous impression  on  the  minds  of  some  that  he  was  an  ignorant  person. 
He  felt  the  lack  of  what,  he  says,  makes  men  worthy  of  respect  in  the 
eyes  of  many. 

But  although  lacking  in  the  culture  that  a  collegiate  course  for 
which  ho  had  been  prepared  would  have  conferred,  Hall  had  the 
advantages  of  a  New  England  academic  education,  built  upon  the 
(pialities  of  strong  common  sense,  industry,  and  perseverance,  and 
these  had  fitted  him  to  grasp  the  subject  he  was  pursuing.  It  ought 
further  to  be  said  that  the  ship  ca))tain  with  whom  he  sailed  on  his  first 
voyage,  unhesitatingly  declared  that  ho  had  made  himself  a  fair  navi- 
gator on  the  outward  course,  having  availed  himself  of  what  opportu- 
nities he  could  command  for  receiving  practical  instruction  in  New 
York  before  sailing.  On  his  return  he  had  presented  to  Mr.  J.  Inger- 
soll  Bowditch  the  corrections  of  a  number  of  typographical  and  other 
errors  in  "The  Navigator,"  which  were  adopted  in  the  subsequent  edi- 
tions, in  regard  to  which  corrections  he  had  replied  to  an  inquiry  from 
Mr.  G.  W.  Blunt  by  saying  that  "  he  had  made  them  while  working 
through   13o\vditch  during  a  winter  in  the  igloos."     For  reposing  con- 


Inquiries  as  to  Whaling. 


3li 


fidence  in  his  plans,  liis  friends,  therefore,  had  reasons  at  this  time 
seemingly  as  solid  as  those  which,  at  a  later  date,  prompted  the 
learned  members  of  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences  to  say  in  their 
instructions  for  the  Polaris  Expedition — 

>Vo  have,  however,  full  conlideuce  not  ouly  in  the  ability  of  Captain  Ilall 
and  his  Naval  associates  to  make  important  additions  to  the  geography  of  the 
rolai-  ] legions,  but  also  in  his  interest  in  science  and  his  determination  to  do  all 
in  his  power  to  assist  in  determining  the  scientific  operations. 

If  he  was   enthusiastic  in  the  extreme,  there  was  some  method 

in  his  enthusiasm.     It  marks  a  strongly  determined  purpose  that  he 

should  write  in  his  private  journal,  in  connection  with  his  feelings  as 

quoted  above — 

I  may  record  my  opinion  that  I  cannot  succeed  in  getting  tlie  necessaiy  co- 
operation of  my  countrymen  to  carry  out  my  i)roposed  expedition.  Ood  only 
knows  my  struggles.  But,  single  handed  and  alone,  I  will  yet  accomplish  my 
purpose — for  I  know  it  is  a  just  and  noble  one — or  die  in  attemi)ting  it.  I  will, 
if  possible,  get  pa..oage  for  myself,  Ebierbing,  and  Too-koo-li-too  in  June  next  to 
Frobisher  I5aj'.  By  degrees  I  will  push  northward  and  westward  till  I  reach 
Ig-loolik,  and  thence  to  llepulse  Bay,  and  in  time  to  Boothia  and  King  William's 
Land,  the  Meta  of  my  aspirations.  By  this  route  it  will  take  me  three  years  to 
to  reach  Jving  William's  Land,  three  years  to  return — in  all  I  shall  expect  to  be 
absent  ten  years. 

His  two  cherished  objects  were  to  be  as  steadily  pursued  if  he  went 
alone  as  they  could  be  were  he  fully  equipped;  and  he  was  encouraged 
in  the  idea  of  securing  substantial  benefits  to  American  whaling  inter- 
ests by  the  replies  received  from  New  London,  then  vigorously  pursu- 
*ng  that  branch  of  industiy.  His  inquiries  of  the  whaling  firms  of  that 
city  had  been  in  relation  to  the  value  of  the  whale  oil  and  bone 
brought  home  in  American  ships  from  Davis  Straits,  Northumberland 

Inlet,  and  Hudson's  Bay. 
S.  Ex.  27 3 


■f:    S| 


't        ^11 


34  Correspondence  as  to  Wlmlinfj. 

Writing  to  Mr.  R.  II.  ChapcU,  he  said : 

You  know  the  valne  of  exploring  expeditions,  how  they  opened  up  the 
Spitzbergcn  whale-fishery,  and  those  of  Davis  Strait,  BafTin's  Bay,  and  Hudson's 
Bay.  I  am  gi-eatly  in  hopes  of  demonstrating  to  yon  on  my  proposed  expedition 
that  a  channel  exists  north  of  Hudson's  Strait  and  running  eastwardly  from  Fox 
Channel,  which  will  be  found  to  abound  in  whales,  and  through  this  channel  an 
American  passage  to  Hudson's  Bay  will  be  ibund,  the  right  to  which  England 
can  never  question.  The  great  area  of  our  commerce  should  not  be  allowed  to 
go  down. 

He  received  the  following  reply : 

You  ask  of  me  some  information  relative  to  the  important  and  growing 
branch  of  the  whale-fishery  now  prosecuted  by  American  vessels  in  the  waters 
west  of  Greenland  and  Baffin's  Bay.  Within  the  last  six  years  this  new  ground 
has  opened  up  a  new  and  fruitful  field  for  the  enteri)rise  of  our  hardy  seamen. 
From  1840  to  1852  but  one  American  vessel  fished  in  these  waters.  She  made 
six  voyages,  taking  in  all  about  3,500  barrels  of  oil  and  51,000  poiuids  of  bone ; 
and  from  1853  to  1858  five  different  vessels  returned  from  these  waters  bringing 
75,000  barrels  of  oil  and  115,000  poumls  of  bone,  worth  $130,000. 

Owing  to  the  dangers  of  ice  navigation  and  want  of  knowledge  of  the  coun- 
try, the  business  on  the  whole  had  not  to  this  time  been  profitable  to  those  who 
prosecuted  it.  Since  1859  more  energy  has  been  displayed  and  greater  risks 
incurred  in  following  this  trade.  In  1860,  two  fine  ships  were  fitted  out  from 
Fair  Haven,  Mass.,  at  a  large  cost,  for  the  exi^ress  puri)Ose  of  pushing  still  far- 
ther west  toward  Fox's  Channel  or  Hudson's  Bay,  where  no  American  vessel  had 
ever  been,  in  search  of  a  new  and  better  whaling  ground. 

Without  accurate  charts,  in  waters  totally  unknown,  among  much  ice  and 
strong  currents,  in  short  days  and  long  nights,  in  fogs  and  gales  of  wind,  with 
large  compass  variations,  these  jwlventurous  navigators  pushed  their  way  and 
reached  the  longitude  of  90°  west,  spent  a  winter  there,  when  the  thermom- 
eter fell  to  00°  below  zero,  obtained  cargoes  worth  some  $00,000,  and  returned 
to  the  United  States  in  1801. 

At  the  present  time  there  are  fourteen  American  vessels  engaged  in  whaling 
in  these  waters.  Seven  of  these  have  passed  the  last  winter  there,  and  will  bo 
expected  home  the  coming  fall  with  cargoes  worth  nearly  $400,000. 

In  the  prosecution  of  tins  business  we  need,  very  nuich,  good  charts.    The 


i      I 


I 


Correspondence  with  Professor  BacJie. 


35 


best  I  have  ever  seen  were  drawn  by  some  of  the  intelligent  Eskimos,*  to 
whom  the  ships  are  often  indebted  for  acts  of  humanity  and  kindness.  The  latest 
English  charts  and  the  reports  of  the  Eskimos  say  that  a  new  channel  can  be 
found  leading  from  Baffin's  Bay  to  "Fox's  Furthest";  could  this  be  proved  by  act- 
ual ])as8ago  it  would  be  of  great  use  to  oui'  ships.  I  wish  you  every  success  in 
your  i)roposed  voyage,  and  liave  no  doubt  that  it  will  redound  to  the  advance- 
njent  of  business  interest  of  our  merchants  and  the  enterprise  of  our  people. 
Verj^  truly,  yours, 

R.  n.  CHAPELL. 


Contemplating  a  lengthened  residence  in  the  localities  visited  by 
the  whalers.  Hall  expressed  his  purpose  to  reach  all  such  as  would 
appear  to  be  promising  for  the  extension  of  the  whaling  interests. 

How  near  at  this  date  he  sanguinely  supposed  himself  to  have 

arrived  towards  the  maturity  of  his  arrangements  for  setting  out,  may 

be  learned  from  the  letter  which  follows.     It  was  addressed  to  one 

who  had  more  than  once  expressed  much  interest  in  his  plans,  Prof. 

A.  D.  Bache,  the  distinguished  Superintendent  of  the  United  States 

Coast  Survey : 

June  5, 1863. 

Dear  Sir;  Your  favor  of  May  22d  was  duly  received.  I  have  tran- 
scribed a  few  lines  from  it :  "  If  you  will  give  a  brief  outline  of  your  plan  and 
state  what  observations  you  intend  to  nuike,  and  what  instruments  you  have  not, 
I  will  try  as  an  individual  to  aid  you,  and  I  think  that  Professor  Henry  will  do 
so  too." 

In  reply  to  this  I  will  say :  It  is  now  arrsinged  that  I  leave  the  port  of  New 
York  on  or  about  the  1st  of  July  next,  in  a  vessel  of  one  hundred  tons,  the  vessel 
specially  selected  and  strengthened  for  ice  navigation.  On  reaching  the  north 
side  of  Bay  of  Frobisher,  lat.  62°  33'  N.,  long.  05°  00'  W.,  I  take  aboard  four  (4) 
atlditional  Eskimos  (I  have  now  two  (2)  with  me).    These  Eskimos  are  to  be  my 

*For  some  sketches  of  coast  lino  drawn  l)y  Eskimos  for  Hall,  sec  chapters  xii  to  xiv, 
ISOCPCa.  For  statistics  of  the  whale-lishery  of  the  region  referred  to,  see  Report  of  Prof.  S.  P. 
Baird,  IT.  S.  Fish  Conmiissioner,  for  187.5-76,  and  U.  8.  Consul  McDongall's  tabular  statements, 
Appendix  No.  VIII  of  this  Narrative. 


36 


Correspondence  with  Professor  Baclie. 


auxiliaries  in  connection  with  the  few  whites  that  go  to  make  up  my  ship's 
com])any. 

From  Frobisher's  Bay  I  drop  down  to  Hudson's  Strait,  and  sail  westerly 
and  northerly  to  the  meridian  of  72°  west  of  Greenland,  north  side  of  said  strait, 
and  here  commence  explorations,  getting  data  for  filling  up  the  now  blank  on  the 
English  and  American  charts  between  the  meridian  named  and  75°  west  longitude. 
Between  these  meridians  I  shall  find  an  extensive  inlet  trending  north.  This 
discovery  will  prove  of  great  value  to  our  commerce,  as  this  inlet  abounds  with 
whales  of  the  Mysticetus  kind.  I  gained  the  information  relative  to  this  bay  and 
its  inhabitants  from  the  Eskimos  I  met  when  exploring  the  so-called  Frobisher 
Straits,  which,  you  know,  I  determined  to  be  a  bay. 

This  part  of  the  coast  completed,  I  pass  to  Fox  Channel.  On  arriving  to 
"Fox's  Furthest,"  lat.  00°  50'  N.,  commence  exploration  and  continue  it  to  the 
Strait  of  Fury  and  Hecla.  From  Eskimo  reports,  I  shall  find  a  strait  of  great 
importance,  for  it  is  wide  and  abounding  with  some  species  of  whales  referred  to. 
This  strait  connects  Fox's  Channel  with  Davis'  Strait. 

If  I  find  the  Strait  of  Fury  and  Hecla  navigable  (that  is,  clear  of  ice)  shall 
push  through  it  for  Gulf  of  Boothia,  and  then  turn  to  the  north,  exploring  the 
west  coast  of  Cockburn  Island  to  the  parallel  of  Bellot  Strait.  Having  made 
the  passage  to  and  through  the  latter-named  strait,  shall  turn  to  the  south,  coast- 
ing along  the  west  side  of  Boothia  Peninsula  till  I  arrive  to  the  latitude  of  King 
William's  Land,  the  latter  being  the  point  of  my  destination. 

On  completing  my  investigations  here  and  on  the  Isthmus  of  Boothia  Felix, 

relative  to  Sir  John  Franklin's  Expedition,  I  shall  make  my  way  for  Behring's 

Strait  by  way  of  the  Straits  of  James  0.  Koss,  Dease  and  Simpson,  Dolphin  and 

Union.    If  I  am  not  able  to  penetrate  through  the  Strait  of  Fury  &  Hecla,  shall 

turn  to  the  south  to  Repulse  Bay,  drop  anchor,  and  establish  headquarters ;  then 

from  this  point,  by  means  of  dogs  and  sledges,  and  the  aid  of  Eskimos,  shall 

make  joui-neys  to  Boothia  Isthmus  and  King  William's  Land.    The  voyage  I  pro- 

l)ose  to  make  mil  extend  over  three  years. 

Respectfully, 

C.  F.  HALL. 

The  sanguine  hopes  expressed  in  this  letter  were,  however,  again  to 
bo  disappointed.  It  is  unnecessary  to  detail  the  continued  embarrass- 
ments and  rebuffs  which  brought  this  result;  they  had  nearly  culmi- 
nated when  Hall  made  the  journal  entries  which  have  been  quoted. 


JJiaappointments 


37 


ill 
Yen 


Ito 


is- 


His  insurmountable  difficulties  at  the  time  may  be  referred  to  in  brief 
as  these : 

Although,  at  the  instance  of  Judge  Daly  and  of  Mr.  Waddell,  the 
secretary  of  the  American  Geographical  Society,  its  council  had  made 
two  efforts  to  hold  a  conference  with  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  of 
New  York  to  indorse  the  plans  referred  to,  and  secure  pecuniary  assist- 
ance for  them,  it  was  found  impossible  to  get  together  a  quorum  of 
the  Chamber  for  a  hearing.  A  second  disappointment  was  met  with 
in  the  failure  to  secure,  either  from  the  Navy  Department  or  from  the 
Smithsonian  Institution,  the  loan  of  instruments  for  the  expedition. 
The  Navy  Department  did  not  feel  authorized  to  loan  the  public 
property  for  use  by  a  private  expedition.  The  Smithsonian  regretted 
that  the  magnetic  apparatus  furnished  to  Dr.  Kane  had  been  after- 
ward lost  in  Mexico;  and  in  communicating  this  information  added 
that  "scarcely  any  results  could  be  obtained,  unless  some  one  properly 
educated  for  the  business  of  observation  should  devote  his  whole  time 
to  the  instruments."  The  Institution  inquired  at  considerable  length 
whether  Hall  would  not  find  it  in  his  power  to  make  extensive  col- 
lections in  natural  history,  as  it  possessed  but  little  on  that  subject  from 
Nortlujastern  America. 

Hoping  for  assistance  by  a  grant  from  the  Chamber  of  Conmierce 
or  by  the  City  Council  of  New  York,  and  encouraged  by  some  dona- 
tions. Hall  had  anchored  at  the  wharves  of  the  city,  on  the  same  day. 
The  Active,  a  schooner  offered  at  a  low  price  by  his  New  London 
friends,  and  a  yacht,  presented  by  Capt  IT.  Robinson,  of  Newburg, 
N.  Y.,  for  the  strengthening  of  which  latter  vessel  lumber  had  been 
also  contributed  in  Newburg,  and  a  further  most  generous  offer  had 
been  made  for  its  e(iui|)uuMit  by  Messrs    I'oillou,  (»f  New  York,      lie 


38 


Card  Issued. 


had  also  made  an  arrangement  with  Messrs.  Ilaiper,  the  generous  piib- 
lisherss  jf  his  forthcoming  "Researches,"  by  which  he  had  leave  to  post- 
pone further  work  upon  the  volume  until  his  return  from  his  proposed 
voyage 

Biit  the  local  embarrassments  and  the  excitement  growing  out  of 
the  opposition  to  the  enforcement  of  the  Registration  act,  passed  to 
secure  the  necessary  enlistments  of  soldiery  for  the  existing  war,  appear 
to  have  entirely  withdrawn  attention  from  all  subjects  of  less  moment 
than  the  engrossing  war-topics,  and  to  have  closed  off  the  increase  of 
private  contributions.  Hall  had  met  more  than  one  citizen  able  and 
willing  to  put  good  wishes  into  the  form  of  that  practical  aid  for  which 
New  York  is  well  noted;  but  they  were  restrained  by  such  feelings  as 
Horace  Greeley  expressed  in  strong  terms  when  he  said  to  him,  "No 
other  idea  should  now  be  entertained  by  any  man  who  loves  his  coun- 
try except  crushing  the  rebellion;  when  that  is  accomplished  one  might 
take  hold  of  an  Arctic  exj)edition."  The  New  London  schooner  was, 
therefore,  returned  to  her  owners,  and  the  yacht  Victoria,  with  the 
lumber  contributed  by  Mr.  John  Biglow,  was  sold,  that  its  proceeds 
might  be  invested  for  use  during  the  next  available  season.  The 
time  necessary  for  preparing  an  expedition  for  the  year  18G3  having 
now  passed  away.  Hall,  thus  hopelessly  hemmed  in  by  obstacles 
as  insurmountable  as  the  ice-masses  he  had  left  two  years  before, 
devoted  himself  laboriously  to  the  completion  of  his  book,  and  issued 

the  following  card : 

New  York,  July  10, 18G3. 
To  my  Countrymen : 

Wliilo  on  my  Arctic,  voyjige  of  18G()-'()l-'02, 1  ]>Ianne<l  auother  expedition  for 

1S63.    On  returning-  to  the  States  last  September  (1SG2)  I  stopped  at  St.  John's, 

Newfoundland,  and  there  first  learned  that  my  country  was  engaged  in  war.    At 


m 

m 


'I 


The  Expedition  Postponed  to  18^4. 


39 


once  I  felt  there  could  be  but  slight  hope  of  rosuiiiiiiy  luy  Arctic  explorations  at 
the  time  proposed.  Arriving  in  the  States,  and  spending  a  few  weeks  among 
friends  devoted  to  Arctic  explorations,  I  carac  to  the  conclusion  to  spare  no  exer- 
tions in  preparing  for  my  second  expedition  to  the  Arctic  Seas.  In  my  struggle 
to  make  the  proper  preparations  I  have  labored  long  and  perseveringly,  the 
results  ofttimes  appearing  hopeful  of  my  ultimate  success.  1  need  only  to  refer 
to  the  stupendous  obstacle  (the  American  war)  that  has  been  constantly  before  me 
during  all  my  labors;  for  the  subject  is  absorbing  the  attention  of  the  whole  civil- 
ized world.  I  deeply  regret  to  say  that,  owing  to  the  want  of  sufficient  means  and 
the  lateness  of  the  season,  I  am  now  compelled  to  postpone  my  expedition  till 
next  year.  In  the  mean  time  I  shall  proceed  to  prepare  my  narrative  of  my  late 
voyage  (18G()-'(il-'Gli)  for  publication,  and  at  the  same  time  take  such  steps  as  will 
insure  the  necessary  aid  for  my  expedition  to  the  Arctic  Kegious,  now  postponed 
to  the  spring  of  1864. 

Hall's  feelings  in  regard  to  the  labor  called  for  upon  his  book  will 
be  learned  from  a  single  expression  in  a  letter  of  October  20,  1863: 
"I  have  been  deeply  engaged  for  weeks  and  months  upon  my  chart, 
and  yet  am  not  done  with  it.  I  had  rather  make  a  dozen  voj^ages  to 
the  regions  of  ice  and  snow  than  prepare  one  book  for  publication.  I 
fear  that  months  will  be  used  up  before  I  get  tlu'ough  with  my 
book"; — words  which  may  recall  a  like  saying  accredited  to  Dr. 
Livingston,  that  he  would  rather  again  cross  Africa  than  write  his 
Expedition  to  the  Zambesi.  Kane,  too,  had  said  that  the  writing  of 
his  book  was  his  coffin.  Close  application  was,  however,  given  to  the 
"  Researches."     It  was  all  that  Hall  could  accomplish  during  the  year. 

In  the  early  part  of  the  spring  of  1 864  direct  efforts  were  renewed, 
but  an  application  made  to  the  legislature  of  the  State  of  New  York 
for  an  appropriation  of  $25,000  and  an  appeal  to  the  Council  of  the 
city  were  alike  unsuccessful.  On  the  5th  of  Ma}',  by  invitation  of  Rev. 
Dr.  R.  Storrs,  President  of  the  Long  Island  Historical   Society,  Hall 


'Tf 


40 


Aijpeal  Renewed  hy  Friends. 


gave  a  conversationul  lecture  on  his  Arctic  experiences  and  his  pro})08i- 
tion  for  a  now  expedition.  The  Eskimo  family  were  present  in  their 
Arctic  costume.  The  repetition  of  the  invitation  to  lecture  shows  that 
the  vote  of  thanks  passed  by  the  Society  was  designed  to  be  more  than 
a  mere  conformity  to  usage. 

Subscriptions  soon  after  this  began  to  be  offered,  and  the  follow- 
ing card  appeared  in  the  leading  newspapers  of  the  city : 

TO   THE    PUBLIC. 

Ciipt.  C.  F.  Ilall,  wlio  twenty  iiioiitlis  «[•')  returned  from  a  two  years  luid 
four  months'  exploration  of  the  Arctic  llegit-n,  intends  to  set  sail  on  the  15th  of 
June  for  another  and  more  thoroufih  voyage  of  discovery.  During  his  former 
voyage  lie  lived  among  the  Eskimos,  jic(iuired  their  language,  and  satisfled  hiai- 
self  that  he  can  live  with  these  i)eoi)lc  in  safety  and  health.  He  is  prepared  as  no 
other  explorer  has  been  before  him  for  making  a  thorough  investigation  of  the 
important  portion  of  Arctic  land  and  water  to  which  he  proposes  to  devote 
himself. 

This  region  still  holds  an  important  portion  of  the  secret  of  the  ill-fated 
Franklin  Expedition,  which  our  countryman  confidently  expects  to  lay  bare.  It 
is,  moreover,  of  value  to  our  whaling  and  sealing  interests,  and  the  reports  on  its 
natural  history  will  possess  scientific  value.  These  considerations,  which  have  led 
him  to  devote  the  best  years  of  his  life  to  Arctic  research,  induce  also  those  whose 
names  are  appended  to  this  notice  to  ask  their  fellow-citizens  to  join  them  in  pro- 
curing ff»r  the  brave  explorer  such  an  outfit  as  shall  set  him  fairly  on  his  way,  and 
enable  him  to  perlbrm  thoroughly  the  task  which  he  has  set  for  himself.  Our 
countrymen  have  won  an  honorable  fame  by  their  courage  and  endurance  in  Arc- 
tic research.  It  is,  therefore,  not  fit  that  one  who  has  already  shown  such  perse- 
verance, fortitude,  and  ingenuity  in  his  previous  voyage  as  Captaiu  Hall  has  done, 
shall  be  permitted  to  leave  our  shores  lacking  anything  which  can  further  his 
laudable  object.  The  proposed  exploration  has  enlisted  the  sympathies  of  our 
most  prominent  scientific  men,  especially  geographers,  as  well  as  entei'prising 
whaling  linns.  It  should  be  understood  that  Ca])tain  Hall  takes  with  him  no 
sailing-vessel,  but  on  arriving  at  the  scone  of  his  labors  will  leave  the  ship  which 
bears  him  there,  and  trust  to  the  hospitality  of  the  Eskimos. 


!ii 


i  .1 


I 


■o*>!'S'''«<.;v*' 


jfh:..^'- 


^<-^U^         C^.fi.f^fr^^      /^fi. 


fr»t^    /Ve-c-t^^ 


•'. 


'.<p<?. 


Frum  a  photograph. 


Ucliulfpt  Frinllng  Oi.,  i'o«(„„. 


tl 


/    I  :  Inn  tl'i'UililS 


.1 


. I  I,  ,!(■>' ' '1111  .'i    till     (i.;.,  '"Ii  ,'1.  .1..1I    •  1  K'lii  ;li.'    i'i»-iiin'''i';i 

.   iii:i,   iv  I  u  ii  .      li.'i  •  ..  'i'  (iinl.  ■.•  .'''    I"    III    '.';i'''i   iiMc  ■■•,1"   .   , 

'    '    (  \'.  'isi  ■  1-  M  ;  II      lif  iil),-t  !  \  .il ''I'li  •  ii,i    Ir.  ; '■  ■;  1  ill    iii.l  : '.!  '    •  1:1 

!■  !•>.'  ir''''   iiM    111 -'r  ;  1     '  111   .■  :''i.Mit<i;ii    !   ■  ii!"        hw     -       )  '••  !■  ^  j  ■  ••!  ■. 

.'  ;■<  •    ,<  .\\> 

••.|i-,j.;'     I     i't;-     'iiiilil     ;■•  vi/\  1    '  .1'.  i.("?  X-', *•'•!>  i;    \<-l     !''<|llll«    '.    ';;! 

■  ■   t  l;i':"<    1  ■.!  Liii  ..  •>(     ..li   ,il     ,ii,v    r-ilc.  -.*  !!.•:',.■■     'li-n-i'  ,;!.,  >    ',\U  >\ 

:      '  '.'w.i  .  »':    •'■■l''n    •■jii'-irW    •    ;)/,..,•   ^^  i\\    i..r    |;< '-ail    I'l^'    Jiiit  j.;ii 

■  .Ml   ''1  i-"i  I'lir  I'ii  '    ,,!•'.  i;-  ;.»("•'  ii  ir.    ;  (1 1    i,  1.1 11  !<■''■    '  ■  ji.  •■•!  ;  v  r'  !i  ;. 

ii'i  1 1 1  ■  •'  ( ;•  I  I  !  1 .  '•'  j  !i  ;  1  ^  1 11       , ,:  t  tif  :'     M,     ' ;  ,1  /r  1 .  u'l  11;  >  I '.  •.*  !i !■  ' I 

]  M'l'    <  ..     •!.'    .,   .  »i    .I'llill  .ii"  ■    111    i>:i''!     k'        '1  ji[>lii--..  ..r    ••11. .1;       III-     ''ii' 

1}    .  •••  '  ..    <!'  il  f(>  ,1  Ii',   11!   1  'if  miin'i    •  ^'1     • ,      !i  ■  \>    i    •••  I-  1  ;.,ii  i  1:-  ,   ii :  I 
!i-    1   'm        ;  '■!  litis  |iT- ,;.■  i'\   ,i';i\    i-;i;i'.-i.ri--(  . 

A.   '  •  \)-'i'  s    1. !:!•'■;  .'  '!•  !. 

.j.v.M ::>J  ^^ .  I';. I  '.  \i  \ > 

A.   \v.   l.D.'t;. 

:!i:'.!'N'  <,L"\\i  11,. 


iOl'N     vl   -^1  l\    SI  i;\  i.NS. 


•  •  1  ■  ■\    It; 


\'.       "I'Ul.       :ll       ^tI^!!■•.'•      i:l),«;il,-l'j'"         illili'i-i- 


••■••''■        ;   •.•'■:i    ■.'    ''..•^••■M!  t..  .-Ik-,-.'.    ii>i-ii',  iU'.rc  .  .'I'llLtlh 

!'   •.'.  r    i!:.i   ni'i.n  lii'i     '»•     (I,.;   ii;viu(-,^  i;i^    1,   ii;!i|     ■;     l!;.)-' 

1/.    •'•.     Oi       i,(/!l     r-!:M!il|I   ^■,      ;-lli-ll      ;»:•      i     >.1l-       V't  ti-'l         l^'IC/ 

^  (-^il-";!:--     \Vr:!i.     I'li-i      W.   o.    Ni'^\;.:i       tii.i     ^I'-i'     '!      i'iii'l'f-. 
■.'■.'V.\\    i.-MiC'i  !'>if^    I,')    '.11,1111  ,  ••    v.'i'     -J"';!!'!-!!,   M'fl.i.;'.'iit    to   .'{'Mi 

•      :      .U'/'IUV   •■  'Mit. 
..     ■•      ■■•    ■   .'.1-i   .-'lll■^•^;^    '  »,r.i\    I  I'lilril'.ii''!'    :ii''    l-,)-;"   "i    ;i    .■';:'.l  ii.i 
.1  circir.       '!"];■■    ii:unit  ill     liiit    i     1:  l|cm;.:!;Ti!   i;i.';'-riirUv'Hl  !!!;ik(:|:>, 

t-    Ni;.'-!!.-^^  .■■■.i;irk ji.ii'.'  i\.    !*v.>;iiii    l>li-.-.  (.C"   '.'«>..  Tn^i-li, I hiu',  l"..L'_«  :•; 


,in.,l  ]''.■:     v  Sm;v  V(.'rv  I  ■>r(l.iul!\  ^u.:, 'f'ii.rli^t.'!!  tits.'  'i.si   i)\- .'i>i! 


1  - 


Vi  h.lt'    ■;  i->    iih'rc'i;<lils  ;i  -  ,  .•.uliiv  ^  •  ^j''  ■''  '*''t,  .trt  ■  i|)),  jimx  ill^'  fii'M! 


■ 

1     : 

; 

i 

•     i 

^ 

i 

.^- 


4^. 


\. 


it-    ., 


W^''^0. 


,.-,.. 


'^>. 


(       '■■y   y  f  ■  jHi,-     '■\'i<.-L. 


Enco  n  raff  cm  en  t.s. 


41 


IIo  iH^liovcs  Hint  tlio  iU!<|uiMitinii  of  the  loj,',  clmrt,  and  scicntifU!  tlocunu'tits 
of  tlm  Frimkliii  Kxiwditioii,  \vlii<'li  lie  hopi's  to  fliul,  will  he  of  fji'^'iit  itniMtrtiiiice; 
Hint  i>rol»iil»l,v  tlu'  iiioMt  t'xti'iisive  sciioH  of  ol>H(>rviitioiis  on  t«'iT«'.Htrial  iiiiiy;ii»'tism 
liatl  Im'cii  iiiiult'  Ity  tin'  t'.\|M'(litioii  hrforo  tlu\y  iibiuidoiu'd  their  .sliips.  Ihi  expects 
to  return  in  id»oul  three  years. 

In  orih'r  to  eonijih'te  tiie  out  lit,  a  .sum  of  about  lit.'M'OO  is  yet  re<iuiied,  an»l 
while  it  is  Captain  Hall's  intention  to  sail  at  any  rate,  whether  thoroughly  fitted 
««•  not,  it  is  hoped  that  our  i»ul)lic-spirited  citizens  will  not  i)eriiut  this  intrettid 
explorer  to  de])art  from  our  city  lackinj;'  anything'  which  can  help  to  pn'serve  his 
life  or  enable  him  to  perfect  his  ex])I(>rations  in  the  inhospitable  rej;ions  to  which 
ho  is  bound. 

8ubscri))tions  in  money,  or  donations  in  kind  of  supplies,  or  ^^oods  for  the 
expedition,  may  bo  handed  to  any  «)f  the  nndersij^ned,  who  will  see  that  thi-y  aro 
pr»»pcrly  applied  in  aid  of  this  praiseworthy  enterprise. 

J.  CAKSON  BKEVOOKT. 

JAMES  w.  ]u:ekman. 

A.  W.  lUTKU. 
IIENItY  GKINNELL. 

B.  &  G.  W.  1]li;nt. 
JOHN  AUSTIN  STKVENS. 


The  press  of  the  city  of  New  York  in  strong  language  indorsed 
this  appeal,  and  public  sentiment  began  to  show  itself,  more  cordially 
and  favorably.  Under  the  influence  of  the  names  cited,  and  of  those 
of  other  citizens  of  high  standing,  such  as  Cyrus  W.  Field,  Peter 
Cooper,  Angustus  Ward,  Prof  R.  S.  Newton,  and  j\[arshall  Lefferts, 
some  liberal  collections  of  moneys  were  secured,  sufficient  to  com- 
plete a  moderate  outfit. 

The  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  Office  contributed  the  loan  of  a  sextant 
and  a  dip  circle.  The  nautical  and  mathematical  instrument  makers, 
Messrs.  Negus,  Stackpole  &  Brother,  Bliss  &  Co.,  Tagliabue,  Eggert 
&  Son,  and  Pike  &  Son,  very  cordially  supplemented  the  list  by  dona- 
tions; while  other  merchants  as  readily  resjionded,  accompanying  their 


'■  4 


ii 


42 


A  Free  Passage  Offered. 


contributions  with  pleasant  words,  and  tendering  to  Hall  the  oppor- 
tunity of  his  own  selection  from  their  stock. 

Mr.  R.  H.  Chapell,  of  New  London,  already  quoted  as  Hall's  firm 
friend,  now  cordially  offered  to  him  a  free  passage  in  his  whaling  brig 
Monticello,  which  expected  to  sail  for  Hudson's  Bay  about  the  15th  of 
June.  In  18*>0,  Mr.  Chapell  was  in  the  employ  of  Messrs.  Williams  & 
Haven,  when  that  firm  so  generously  assisted  Hall  by  their  gift  of  a 
free  passage  in  the  George  Henry.  He  was  now  a  shipping  merchant 
on  his  own  account.  In  forwarding  his  offer  to  Hall,  he  wrote,  "I  shall 
make  no  charge  or  receive  any  compensation  from  you  for  the  passage 
of  yourself  and  Eskimo  friends  in  the  Monticello,  appreciating  your 
zeal  in  a  good  cause,  and  being  much  interested  personally  in  all  that 
pertains  to  the  icy  regions."  In  this  connection  it  is  proper  to  state 
also,  from  personal  testimony  of  the  masters  of  the  whalers  belonging 
to  these  New  London  firms,  that  their  contributions  were  by  no  means 
limited  to  the  matter  of  free  passage.  Throughout  both  of  Hall's  expe- 
ditions these  vessels,  which  had  their  fishing  stations  and  also  win- 
tered near  him,  frequently  supplied  hip  iH  cessities,  in  accordance  with 
the  expressed  or  well-known  wishes  oi  t  leir  employers.  They  also 
took  out,  gratuitously,  supplies  sent  by  Mr.  Grinnell  and  others. 


'*! 


Hall  was  now  ready  to  sail.  On  the  30th  of  June,  accompanied 
by  Ebierbing  and  Too-koo-li-too,  he  an'ived  at  New  London,  and  was 
cordially  received  by  its  citizens,  the  proprietor  of  its  chief  hotel,  with 
others,  extending  him  full  hospitalities.  Embarking  on  the  Monticello 
on  the  following  day,  the  party  were  watched  by  hundreds  of  people 
as  the  ship  went  down  the  harbor,  and  were  cheered  by  the  United 
States  gunboats,  lasco  and  Marblehead,  wliose  riggings  were  manned 


M 


i%#:^ 

«'';•»->.;.. 


-"%..  7...', 


U3 


'■§-m 


W^^'-^  -^rM 


''M 


.  ■  ■■'-  -     Tl-,.-    -         -   -  "^ 


*■  .Jt:f     5k» 

f  I'l  i; 


,  vii 


^l.i,i 


t^:t^^^ 


.i*B;: 


iilip'^ 


■1  feljii  rf^^:f 


'■■":^.-Jn-      i^; 


ii, 


f    ^'^l:^ 


ii^^-'¥F 


,« 


^r-- 

..^  ...  J*  .   . 

1' 

•hi--' 

.-4  ■ 

I'M         ■.     f 


':•     'i;,'! 


I'f    .) 


.•  !'■ 


1  i !    ■    ■  I.   ; 


I  ■ 


■<\\  ■>;■    J  ,  , 


1.     ;'' 


''.■:!>..  ■  t ' 


IV. 


i  i  '  I  •• 


::  .     -t 


'!'.)■'■       I  ■:  •  i-^:  II  ■  ;.  ■       .  ,     ,-7  i:  lU 


;  11 1,  11  i;  1      1 ' 


i;l>-  •! 


■   1    •' 


'  '  <• 


I 


•M       ■..'' 


.tl'    I: 


..   >ii. 


■.:   H-Mi,-.  .:: 


Mr    -MSiV 


III;     ■■■    -1 


t  V 


•     M. 


!•' ;>■■!' 


i  \  •;:'■/!:  •■    ;-|t ;  .•       :■•        1.:     i 

^  ■■;      !.   1    :;     (!!.-    !'.)'i_ii  •'■    ■<:■. 

:-.      ;.   -,  ,.    ■.'■.!      \,.u  ■;!■   i-   ■. 


!  .  J 1.  •  >r'       ■■■:•,:"'■■..:(•.; 

V'.'-      '•.     ■^"■■•^       :  ..  ■■    •        ■..■■'     X:-:  ■ 

•        ■    -  i         l'.:''   ''    il. ■!•;;.     .»  'ill 

■:  'u  i'    ■  1      '      .  '        11-^    ».t    .  ■.    ■;»!! 


•     ■!■,■  -H  .;    !'\    h  «.:  ''  '-"tfi* 


III'--    -V!-!-       li...- 


X 


o 
o 

o 

S! 

K 


en 


n 

c 

K 

n 
►j 

ri 

c 


vu 


The  Farewell  at  New  London.  43 

and  flags  clipped.  The  Monticello,  under  the  command  of  Capt.  E. 
A.  Chapel,  of  Hudson,  N.  Y.,  was  a  staunch  whaler  of  35G  tons  regis- 
ter, engaged  in  the  whaling  business  from  the  date  of  her  beiuL' 
launched,  1842 ;  she  carried  four  large  boats,  besides  her  spare-boats 
and  Hall's  Expedition  whale-boat.  She  was  accompanied  by  the 
Tender,  Helen  F.,  a  craft  of  about  100  tons,  carrying  two  boats. 

Those  who  bade  Hall  farewell  at  this  hour  of  his  second  departure 
from  home  for  the  execution  of  his  long-cherished  purposes,  when  they 
left  him  on  their  return  to  the  harbor,  made  this  record,  "He  is  full 
of  hope,  never  desponding ;  has  firm  trust  in  Him  who  doeth  all  things 
well,  and  is  marked  for  his  steady  perseverance  and  integrity ;  prompt, 
truthful,  and  of  undoubted  reliability,  he  readily  makes  friends  by  his 
whole-souledness,  and  those  who  meet  him  once  are  happy  to  renew 
the  acquaintance." 

Hall's  own  feelings  are  tersely  expressed  in  a  letter  written  on 
board  the  Monticello,  July  13,  when  nearing  the  port  of  St.  John's. 
He  wrote : 

I  have  now  a  work  before  me  that  might  make  some  shudder  to  undertake. 
It  is  a  great  undertaking  for  one  man,  I  will  confess ;  but,  having  once  put  myself 
in  the  course,  I  must  and  will  persevere.  I  hope  by  the  aid  of  neavcn  to  succeed, 
and  at  the  end  of  three  years  I  shall  return  to  my  friends,  who  may  rejoice  that 
they  withheld  not  in  the  time  of  my  great  need.  During  the  passage  to  this  port 
I  have  felt  little  like  work,  for  I  may  say  it  has  been  the  first  resting  spell  T  have 
had  for  years. 

His  correspondence  was  closed  by  the  corrections  of  the  last 
proof-sheets  of  his  volume  on  the  researches  of  1 860-'62,  the  preface 
to  which  was  dated  on  board  the  Monticello.  His  acknowledgments 
were  again  gratefully  tendered  to  Messrs.  Harper,  who  at  the  time 
when    he  had  supposed  li   aself  ready  to  return  to   the  Noith,  had 


44 


Donations  Acknowledged. 


consented  to  the  suspension  of  the  work,  although  advance  payments 
had  been  made*  Under  the  advice  of  a  firm  friend,  Mr.  C.  NordhoflP, 
then  one  of  the  editors  of  the  New  York  Evening  Post,  Rev.  O.  H. 
Button  had  assisted  in  its  completion. 

*  A  list  of  the  douatiuim  received  in  New  York  and  New  Loudon  was  also  sent  from  tlio 
Monticello  to  tbo  New  York  press,  as  follows : 

Donaiiong  from  A'ew  York. — Peter  Cooper,  condensed  provisions ;  G.  C.  Baker,  nautical  in- 
struiucuts ;  H.  S.  Kackot  &  Son,  transportation  of  powder  free  to  New  London  on  board  tlio 
schooner  Dr.  Franklin,  8.  J.  Geer,  master;  H.  Dalley,  pain  extractors;  R.  Keith  &  Co.,  concen- 
trated medicines;  Miles  &  Holnian,  hominy,  samp,  split  pease,  farina,  &c. ;  Knox,  hats;  D.  C. 
Morehead,  M.  D,,  magnetic  plasters;  W.  8.  Moldrum,  sugar;  G.  F.  Nesbit,  binding  journal  and 
books  for  the  Arctic  Expedition;  Reynolds,  Pratt  &  Co.,  chamois  skins,  &c. ;  T.  F.  Brett,  seine, 
twine,  &c. ;  Letoumeur  &  Co.,  pure  licjuors;  Philip  Dator  &  Co.,  groceries;  Colgate  &  Co., 
soap;  B.  8.  Osbom,  sundries;  G.  P.  Philes  &  Co.,  "Coat's  Geography  of  Hudson's  Bay,"  a  rare 
and  valuable  work ;  Adams  Express  Company,  kindness  of  John  Hoey,  who  sent  everything 
free  from  New  York  to  New  Loudon;  Guiseppo  Tagliabue,  barometer  aii<l  thermometer  maker; 
The  Hazard  Powder  Company;  M.  P.  Brown,  importer  of  beads;  W.  C.  Marshall,  condensed 
meats;  Prof.  R.  8.  Newton,  M.  D.,  medical  stores  and  surgical  instruments;  H.  W.  Hunter,  night 
compasses,  «fcc. ;  Thomas H.  Bate  &  Co.,  fish-hooks;  The  New  York  Lead  Company,  Thomas  Otis 
Lo  Roy  Lead  Company,  and  McCullough  Lead  Company,  shot  and  balls ;  American  Desiccating 
Compauy ;  D.  Eggert  &  8on,  chronometer  manufacturers ;  Benjamin  Pike  &  Son,  astronomical 
instrument  nuikers ;  The  American  Bank  Note  Company,  journal  books  of  bank-note  pai)er  and 
anti-freezing  iuk ;  Samuel  L.  Mitchell,  desiccated  vegetables;  George  C.  Hubbell  &  Co.,  golden 
bitters;  F.  L.  Kneeland,  Dupont's  gunpowder;  Lamson  &  Goodnow,  cutlerj-;  J,  H.  Brower, 
Borden  meat-biscuit;  Stackpole  &  Brother,  nautical  instruments;  Barton,  Alexander  &  Waller, 
percussion  caps,  &c. ;  Auniu  &  Co.,  flags;  McKesson  &  Robbins,  drugs  and  medicines;  Tomes  & 
Sons  &  Melvain,  importers  of  guns;  Theodore  Polhemus,  jr.,  &  Co.,  dealers  in  cotton  sail  duck; 
John  Bliss  &  Co.,  manufacturers  and  dealers  in  nautical  instruments;  J,  &  J,  C.  Conroy,  dealers 
iu  nets ;  A.  A.  Low  &  Brothers,  importers  of  tea;  James  M.  Dietz,  lamp  nuinufacturers ;  Thomas 
L.  Negus  &  Co,,  chronometer  and  nautical  instruments;  Goodyear's  India  Rubber  Company, 
India-rubber  goods;  O.  B.  Gray,  India-rnbber  goods;  E.  &  G.  W.  Blunt,  nautical  instruments, 
charts,  &c. ;  Conolly  &  Co.,  wholesale  tobacco  dealers;  Augustus  H.  Ward,  an  order  on  Tiffany 
&  Co.  for  a  first-class  pocket  chronometer;  telegraph,  express,  steamboat,  and  railroad  comx)anioH 
for  the  freedom  of  their  liucs. 

Donations  from  Kcic  London. — F.  L.  AUeu,  drugs,  &c. ;  D.  B.  Hempstead,  fancy  articles  and 
jewelry;  Sheppard  Sc  Harris,  clothing;  Harris,  Williams  &  Co.,  hardware;  Smith  &  Grace,  tin- 
ware ;  Anson  Chace,  gun-materials ;  N.  D.  Smith,  stationery ;  H.  P.  Freeman,  proprietor  of  tho 
Metropolitan  Hotel,  hospitalitios. 


\\    \ 


p 


HAPTER 


JJJ- 


FROM  ST.  JOHN'S,  NEWFOUNDLAND,  TO  WINTER  QUAR- 
TERS ON  THE  WELCOME. 

JULY  18  TO  OCTOBER  1,  1864. 


4ri 


a. 


H 


CHAPTER   Til. 


ARRIVAL  AT  ST.  JOHK'S,  NEWFOUNDLAND-DKPAnT.nK  FOR  HUDSON'S  HaY-PaSSAOK  TnROUGH 
THF^STUAITS-ExciTmo  CAPTURE  OF  TWO  POLAR  BEAR8-T,„0  MONTICEM.O  LANDS  IIaLI, 

tL  Tl"'"  r'  '""^  r'""-"  ^''^  ^"^"=«-A  WmrE  MAN  „.RTOD  FROM  THE  WHALERS- 
Thk  HkLEN  1.  TAKES  HaLL's  PARTY  TOWARD  THE  WaGER  EiveR  ;  MISTAKES  THE  LATI- 
TUDE, LANDING  THEM  FORTY  MILES  SOUTII-TeNTS  SET  UP  AND  CACHE  MADE-FlRST 
MEETING  WITH  THE  InnUITS  FROM  RePULSE  BaT-InQUIRIES  MADE  OF  THEM  AS  TO 
BRANKUN'S  EXPEDITION-CHANGE  OF  THE  SEASON-ReMOVAL  OF  TUPIKS-T„E  InvuITS 
COLLkcT  their  fur  DRESSES-TheiR  frequent  visits  TO  HALL'S  TUPIK-8NOW-DRIFTS- 
WOL»-TRACKS-SNOW-PARTR,DGES-CON8TRUCTION  OF  AN  IGLOO-WlNTER  QUARTERS. 

Captain   Chapel   expected  to  reach  St.  John's  on  the  13th,  but 
heavy  fogs  and  a  strong  north  by  east  wind,  with  rain  following,  com- 
pelled the  ship  to  lie  off  the  mouth  of  the  harbor  for  several  days ; 
further  delay  being  occasioned  by  the  difficulty  experienced  in  shippinc^ 
the  complement  of  the  crew.     When  the  captain  went  ashore  for  this 
purpose,  Hall  accompanied  him,  and  during  his  stay  until  the  18th  was 
the  recipient  of  many  tokens  of  kindness  from  the  citizens,  amono- 
whom  were  friends  of  his  first  expedition.     His  letters  to  Mr.  Brevoort^ 
Mr.  Grinnell,  and  others  speak  with  thankfulness  of  these  attentions' 
and  especially  of  those  shown  by  U.  S.  Consul  Leach,  in  securing  for 
him  further  necessary  additions   to  his  outfit.     They  exhibit  some 

47 


48 


Departure  from  St.  John'sy  Newfoundland. 


(Jaly,  IN04. 


naturul  restlessness  under  the  unexpected  delay  of  sailing.  With  the 
expectation  of  dating  hia  next  letters  from  Hudson's  Bay,  he  succeeded 
in  leaving  St.  John's  on  the  18th  of  the  month. 


Icebergs  were  first  met  in  lat.  50°  48'.  On  the  28th,  at  9  a.  m., 
Cape  Chidley  and  Button  Islands  were  in  sight,  and  later  in  the  day 
Hudson's  Straits  were  entered.     The  Monticello  shaped  her  course  for 


Augum,  180'!. I 


I'assage  through  Hudson^ s  IStraits. 


49 


Resolution  iMliind,  known  by  tho  Eskimos  us  ^^Todjon."  Much  lloat- 
ing  ico  was  passed  through.  Hall  improved  tho  delay  in  tho  ship'H 
course  by  takinj^  the  bearings  of  tho  prominent  headlands  along  tho 
shores  of  the  old  '' Mcta  Incognita^'  of  Queen  Elizabeth.  Across  tho 
strait  through  which  they  were  sailing  lay  to  tho  north  his  discov- 
eries of  the  Frobisher  i-elics  in  1862. 

From  the  first  of  August  to  the  20th,  the  ship  and  her  tender  passed 
through  the  changing  experiences  of  Arctic  navigation.  Her  course 
was  ke])t  within  fifteen  to  twenty  miles  of  tho  land.  Tho  first  days  of 
the  month  were  calm,  offering  opportunities  for  securing  game  on  tho 
ice-floes  which  studded  the  strait  Hall  and  Eskimo  Joe  shot  a  num- 
ber of  olj)as,  the  white  wob-footed  sea-fowl  so  often  found  clustering 
on  Arctic  cliffs.  Tho  peiuJarks,  dove-kies,  proved  too  shy.  Seals  were 
seen  at  a  distance. 

Grinnell  Glacier — first  seen  and  named  on  Hall's  visit  of  August 
21,  18f)0 — mirrored  itself  in  the  spaces  of  open  water.  It  faded  from 
sight  on  the  bright  morning  of  the  7th.  The  long  and  uniform  range 
of  white  mountains  on  the  north,  the  Terra  Nievia  of  the  old  naviga- 
tors, arrested  tho  attention  of  all  on  board  the  Monticello. 

Tho  ship's  log  of  each  day,  as  would  be  expected,  showed  much 
the  same  record.  For  a  few  hours  she  worked  onward  under  some- 
thing of  a  favorable  breeze ;  or  else  it  was  tack,  tack,  one  hour  on 
one  course  and  the  next  upon  the  other,  the  wind  dead  ahead.  At 
times  she  bored  her  way  through  the  pack  ice,  or  she  met  an  impassa- 
ble barrier  athwart  her  course,  and  then  made  fast  to  an  iceberg  or 
floe,  tying  up  thus  usually  at  night.     While  very  slowly  nearing  an 

ice  island  on  the  evening  of  the  1st,  her  iron-plated  bows  had  struck 
S.  Ex.  27 4 


50 


Chase  of  two  Polar s. 


(Aaniial,  IM64. 


•I 


so  heavily  on  a  hummock  that  hor  crew  wore  in  waitinff  to  jump  from 
her.  On  the  Kith,  a  {^alo  sprinjj^in^  up  from  the  nortli  and  veering  to 
tlie  northwest,  forced  the  Afonticello  under  close  reef,  splitting  the 
topsail,  the  sea  sweeping  the  decks. 

During  the  intervals  of  fair  weather  the  American  whalers  had 
the  pleasure  of  exchanging  courteous  visits  with  three  of  the  ships  be- 
longing to  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company — the  Prince  of  Wales,  with 
seventy-five  passengers  on  board,  the  Prince  Arthur,  and  the  Ocean 
Nymph.  These  vessels  bad  left  Stromness,  in  the  Orkneys,  on  the  2(1 
of  July,  One  of  them  liad  been  within  the  straits  six  days.  They 
had  all  been  sighted  at  a  short  distance  to  the  westwai'd  the  evening 
before  the  visits,  the  opportunity  for  which  was  occasioned  by  the 
dead  calm  which  had  detained  them. 

Hall's  voyage  was  not  long  without  the  excitement  incident  to  the 
sight  and  chase  of  the  bear  and  the  walrus.  Walruses  were  seen  at 
some  distance  basking,  as  is  their  custom,  on  the  ice.  As  the  Monti- 
cello  passed  near,  they  raised  their  ferocious  heads  to  gaze  a  little  while 
at  the  ship,  and  then  rolled  over  into  the  sea. 

The  chase  of  several  Polars  was  of  more  interest.  One  seen  by 
the  crew  of  the  Helen  F.,  though  at  first  close  by,  made  a  most  respect- 
ful distance  before  the  guns  could  be  loaded ;  and,  although  swift 
cliase  was  given  by  the  dingy,  bruin  gained  a  long  piece  of  ice  and 
bounded  off  upon  it  beyond  all  possibility  of  capture,  leaving  on  the 
ice,  parts  of  tlie  seal  on  which  he  had  been  breakfasting.  The  Mon- 
ticello  was  more  fortunate,  securing  two  large  Polars  on  the  same  day. 
Hall's  journal  of  August  3  says  that  at  5  a.  m.  he  was  aroused  from 
sweet  slumbers  by  the  voice  of  Chester,  who  had  come  down  from  his 


If 


AuiMiii,  IHM'l.l 


A  Bear  Captured. 


51 


niornin;';'  watch  '*  thundcrinj^  in  tlu;  coinpaiiion  way,  'Wliito  liear! 
Wliito  Jk'ar!'"  In  a  few  moments  tho  j^lass  showed  from  the  deck  a 
hnj^e  Pohir;  and  tlio  mate,  with  Hall  and  Ebierhinj?,  ntartod  with  a 
stalwart  crew,  who  wore  quickly  over  tho  ship's  side.  Chester  steered, 
Hall  and  Kbierbing,  with  loaded  rifles  (the  gifts  of  Mr.  Chapell,  of  Ncnv 
London),  were  in  tho  boat,  and  five  pairs  of  oars  "  pulled  lustily  as  for 
dear  life."  Bruin  was  nearly  a  mile  off,  but  though  every  effort  was 
made  to  keep  to  tho  leeward,  ho  showed  that  he  scented  his  pursuers 
when  they  had  passed  over  but  a  fourth  of  that  distance,  by  his  shuf- 
fling to  and  fro  on  tho  ice  and  by  throwing  up  his  head,  shaking  it  at 
them,  roaring  furiously,  and  showing  his  tusks;  with  intervals  of  quiet 
gaze  at  tho  boat.  At  the  outset,  Eberbing  pronounced  the  animal  to 
be  one  of  the  largest  of  its  kind,  and  a  male;  calling  it  an  Atijujua 
Conunonting  in  his  journal  on  the  acuteness  of  the  Innuits  in  discrim- 
inating tho  signs  and  habits  of  the  animals  of  their  country.  Hall 
notes  Ebierbing's  quickness  in  deciding  the  sex  and  character  of  this 
bear  from  its  size  and  its  yellowish-white  color.  He  showed  further 
tact  by  frequent  lusty  shoutings,  in  order  to  arrest  the  progress  of 
Ninoo  after  he  had  dropped  himself  stern  foremost  into  the  water,  and 
had  commenced  swimming  at  tho  rate  of  full  six  knots  an  hour.  Ninoo 
by  his  delay  in  turning  around  nearly  his  whole  huge  body  gave  his 
pursuers  much  advantage.  At  the  distance  of  50  yards,  on  Ebier- 
bing's making  the  first  shot  at  his  head,  which  alone  was  above  water, 
Polar  instantly  dropped,  and  his  huge  carcass  floated  lifeless.  Tho 
crew,  making  it  fast,  towed  it  back  to  tho  Monticello  within  thirty 
minutes  from  the  time  they  had  set  out  on  the  chase,  and  in  a  few 
moments  more,  with  pulleys  and  hemp,  landed  him  safe  on   deck. 


52 


Volar  ^0.  \. 


(Angnat,  1804. 


I:; 


111 

POLAR  NO.  1. 

Hall  proceeded  to  sketch  the  animal  and  to  note  his  measure- 
ments, the  chief  of  which  were  : 

Weight,  estimated  by  Chapel,  Chester,  and  Ilall 1,100  lbs. 

Leiifjth  ^roiii  suoiit  to  tail 8  ft. 

Length  from  snout  to  shoulder  joint 3  ft. 

Length  from  heel  of  hind  leg  to  top  of  rump 3  ft.  5  in. 

Circuiiiference  of  the  head  before  the  eyes 3  ft. 

Circumference  of  the  neck 3  ft.  8  in. 

Circumference  of  the  middle 7  ft.  4  in. 

Circumference  of  the  fore  leg  below  the  knee  and  of  the  fore  paw,  each .  2  ft.  3  in. 

Ijength  of  the  tail tth  in. 

Length  of  front  teeth 7  in. 

Length  of  molars 4  in. 

[Barentz,  in  1596,  killed  two  bears  on  Cherie  or  Beare  Island,  near 


m 


^t 


AuKual,  1804.J 


A  Second  Bear  Captured. 


53 


Si)itzberj?eii,  the  skin  of  one  of  which  measured  12  feet,  and  of  the 
other  13  feet.] 

Ebierbing  scarcely  gave  liimself  time  to  finish  with  the  assistance 
of  two  of  the  crew,  the  work  of  skinning  and  cutting  up  this  animal, 
before  he  was  at  the  ship's  side,  glass  in  hand,  on  the  sharp  lookout  for 
a  second.  At  2.30  p.  m.  he  espied  one  fast  asleep  about  two  miles  dis- 
tant, and  Captain  Chapel  consented  to  the  delay  of  luffing  and  again 
sending  out  a  crew,  as  he  found  the  ice  closely  and  heavily  packed  in 
the  ship's  way.  After  a  pull  of  two  miles  the  same  party  approached 
their  new  game — this  time  within  thirty  yards — and  Ebierbing  was 
figain  the  first  to  fire.  Ninoo  No.  2,  however,  took  to  his  heels  and 
was  soon  out  of  sight  beyond  the  hummocks,  and,  as  the  floe  was  quite 
large,  it  was  scarcely  to  be  expected  he  would  be  again  seen.  But  the 
crew,  by  shai  p  pulling,  i-eached  an  open- water  space  on  the  opposite  side, 
and,  on  inspecting  closely  every  piece  of  ice,  at  last  espied  Ninoo  stand- 
ing erect  facing  them,  pawing  the  snow,  and  fiercely  roaring.  Ebierbing 
again  fired  and  again  the  animal  bounded  into  the  water.  Heading  him 
off,  and  following  closely  through  the  floes,  the  marksman  fired  ten  more 
shots,  but  still  without  fatal  effect.  At  times  springing  upon  the  loose 
pieces  of  ice,  and  again  spurning  these  with  his  feet  as  he  ])lunged  into 
the  deep,  the  animal  at  last  rested  on  his  haunches  on  a  hunnnock,  his 
whole  frame  quivering  from  the  effects  of  the  shots.  He  struggled  hai"d 
with  death,  at  one  moment  sitting  up,  with  head  erect  and  quiet,  and  the 
next  stiiking  it  in  the  most  terrific  manner  first  with  one  paw  and  then 
with  the  other:  and  roaring  till,  as  Hall  says,  "  the  very  ice  mountains 
seemed  to  quake."  But  Ebierbing,  by  a  well-directed  shot  at  the  brain, 
ended  this  second  piteous  scene,  and,  advancing  cautiously  and  touch- 
ing the  carcass  with  his  ramrod,  pronounced  the  bear  dead,  though 


,  ->,T '  ^"."r^^*^  ~  XT-f  -I 


?ltl 


I'l 


64  Bear-Meat  and  Bear-Oil.  [AogBm,  i864. 

i  I'l  no  sooner  had  he  said  it  than  Ninoo  gave  one  more  convulsive  leap. 

He  then  fell  lifeless. 

The  number  of  shots  fired  is  -not  beyond  what  is  usually  found 
necessaiy.  Hall,  recalling  the  experiences  of  his  first  voyage,  says  he 
had  sometimes  thought  that  the  bear  exemplifies  the  old  saying  of  the 
cat's  nine  lives,  for  ball  after  ball  is  often  put  through  the  head,  and  the 
bear  drops  down  as  often  seemingly  lifeless,  yet  in  a  few  moments  off 
again  he  trots. 

Polar  No.  1  was  found  to  be  immenscxy  loaded  with  fat,  "  covered 
with  a  complete  blanket  of  it,  five  inches  thick  on  the  rump ;  the  en- 
trails entirely  encased  with  fat."  The  paunch  was  empty.  This  Ebier- 
bing  explained  by  saying,  "When  Ninoo  get  fat  he  no  eat  any  more  for 
two  or  three  months ;  "  an  empty  paunch  is,  therefore,  no  sign  that  he 
is  hungry.  The  skin,  the  fat,  and  the  meat  were  saved.  The  whole  of 
the  inwards,  except  the  fat  covering,  was  thrown  into  the  sea  The 
Innuits  never  eat  anything  from  the  inside  of  the  bear.  Steaks  of 
juicy,  red  meat  were  welcomed  by  the  crew,  and  Hall  says  better  beef 
could  not  be  had  in  the  States.  These  last  remarks  accord  with  what 
Scoresby,  in  his  Account  of  the  Arctic  Regions,  says,  viz,  that  he  once 
treated  his  surgeon  to  a  dinner  of  bear's  ham,  and  he  knew  not  for  a 
month  afterward  but  that  it  was  beefsteak.  The  liver  is  hurtful,  while 
the  liver  and  flesh  of  the  seal,  on  which  the  bear  chiefly  feeds,  are 
nourishing  and  palatable.  Sailors  who  have  inadvertently  eaten  the 
liver  of  the  bear  have  sickened  ;  some  have  actually  died.  These  ill 
effects  have  not,  however,  been  always  the  experience  of  Arctic  sailors. 

The  amount  of  oil  obtained  from  the  two  bears  was  over  seventy 
gallons  ;  all  the  blubber  was  cut  up  to  make  it.  Usually  the  Eskimo 
women  do  this  part  of  the  work,  but  Too-koo-li-too  had  never  practiced 


i:i 


m 


■ '  ,■■■  T'u-'r':''.''^  ■''■''  ',,.T  ■  '    V™™'^   ■ 


I  iH 


1' » 


95° 

ii  1 1"     f r 


90° 


^b' 


80° 


89*30 


--  miruir        imni 


C 
JJa^ecuhar  Gap     V*^^ 


was  first  strua  I 


Oap  ofMysuwy^^ 


89^00 


/   SqiTTHAlnx-'V     N  „„A 


oT*  SealiorBeP^ 


CPemhti 


y'^""^%f^. 


Soulhaunpton-    .■ 


'Au//.  24 


Tnn:!/ 


--OiSJBl'iii 


Sm|it.l:il<ai,;'i] 

i 


H    U   1)    S    O    N        n    A    ^ 


HALL'S   VOYAGE 


Bi'Others' 


TO 


REPULSE    BAY 


ratnani 


AND 

HETITRN 


limy  tirmn    ■     -ftTpi|i  Iiiiiiiti  tiitiiiii  Jiiiiiitt--        Iitiiiim  tn|ni(. 

9o°  85° 


iiift--    Lnimi        Wt^nn         I  "" 


so" 


OUTWARD   VOYAGE  FROM     ST.  JOHNS,  N^V 
HOMEWARD  VOYAGE  FROM  BE'lj 


80" 


Ih' 


10' 


65° 


60° 


•Tiuii[g~T.  imuiii  Ti'tuiijiii  "T.  tiLnmr. 


[11111111  |iiin|i|  |wniiiLJ     -r 


V 

V, 


^  \ 


A 


RIL    27*^^    TO     JUNE   S^^  1865 


N.    i 


lerU  iff- 


tao-oo-lit/  I. 


rJEoS. 


IZJZnc'Ar:. 

PUuxnihert ,. 

»>«  first  strut 

Gap  ofM\see^:'i 
89''o"o 


BO-OO- 


X[ 


"^•Ji  15Z>Mf-A^SB>i,^0 


/ 

C  ap  e  Monta-gaj,!^ 


C'iJAh-'''''J^^O^-^ 26ZwcfJp.neS 


V 


4>Jo*  ThtSoats  \(re  le.i 
aaloo       ^v.    T      ailjx 


ire  i«iT!  Ticr-e 


■** 


IM     ST.  JOHNS,  N?B"OUNDLAND    TO    WHALE    POINT.    I8B4. 
IdyAGE  from  RE^SE  bay  TO  ST.  JOHNS    1860. 


1 

.( 

I 
i 

i 

)l 


j  1 

i 

a 


^S 


Angaal,  18«4.]  CoUTSe    of  t1l€    Skip.  55 

it.  The  oil  was  sweet  and  pellucid.  By  the  light  from  some  of  it, 
Hall  wrote  his  next  journal  entries.  In  the  paunch  of  the  second  bear 
about  six  gallons  of  seal-oil  had  been  found. 

From  the  entrance  of  the  straits  the  course  of  the  Monticello  had 
been  run  between  60°  59'  N.  and  63°  47'  N.  The  last-named  latitude, 
made  August  10,  was  found  to  be  considerably  north  of  where  the  ship's 
dead-reckoning  placed  her ;  she  had  been  swept  out  by  the  current. 
From  the  7th  to  the  20th  the  log  gives  the  longitude  reckonings,  G9°, 
70°  40',  72°  33',  75°  08',  84°  27',  85°  30',  88°  40',  90°  20',  89°  40' ; 
on  the  20th,  89°  56'  W.     Compass  variation,  41°  W. 

On  the  12th,  under  favor  of  a  south-southeast  wind  and  a  strong 
current,  the  ship  had  made  the  most  rapid  advance  of  any  part  of  her 
course ;  Nottingham  and  Salisbury  Islands,  which  had  been  on  her 
starboard  all  day,  being  suddenly  swept  by  and  left  far  in  the  distance. 
It  was  now  learned  that  the  passage  of  the  straits  had  been  much  more 
successfully  accomplished  by  one  of  the  ships  of  the  Hudson's  Bay 
Company,  the  Prince  of  Wales,  which,  according  to  her  log,  had  made 
it  in  less  than  six  days. 

Eight  days  after,  the  Monticello,  having  complete-^  her  run  across 
the  bay,  anchored  at  Depot  Island,  in  lat.  63°  47'  N.,  long.  89°  51'  W. 
The  Eskimo  name  of  this  island  is  Pik-e-u-lar ;  its  English  name  had 
been  given  to  it  by  Captain  E.  A.  Chapel  on  a  former  voyage. 

Hall  was  much  disappointed  that  the  vessel  did  not  proceed 
directly  to  Marble  Island,  her  original  destination.  He  had  hopes  of 
doing  some  good  work  there  by  carefully  determining  the  geograph- 
ical position  of  the  island,  and  had  a  second  object  in  view.  Remem- 
bering the  fate  of  the  expedition  under  I^night  and  Barlow,  sent  out 


66 


Expedition  of  Knight  and  Barlow. 


[AuRnat,  1S64. 


!l^ 


in  1719,  some  of  the  wrecks  of  whose  vessels  were  found  fifty  yeai's 
afterwards  upon  this  island,  he  wished  to  explore  it  for  relics  of  that 
expedition*  which  might  yet  possibly  be  found.  In  Hearne's  Travels 
he  had  seen  the  statement  that  the  remains  of  the  houses  built  by  this 
party,  as  also  the  hulls  of  the  ship  and  sloop  were  visible  for  many 
years  below  the  waters. 

He  was  at  first  landed  with  Ebierbing  and  To-koo-li-too  on  Depot 
Island.  Mate  Chester,  who  accompanied  them,  estimated  the  whole 
weight  of  his  boat  and  outfit  at  only  1,400  pounds.  The  boat,  built 
by  Rodgers  of  New  London,  was  but  28  feet  in  length,  with  5  feet  10 
inches  beam,  and  26  inches  depth.  The  mate  and  crew  returned  on 
board  the  Monticello,  and  when,  soon  afterward,  she  left  the  harbor  on 
her  first  cruise  for  whales,  the  party  on  the  island  began  their  five 
years'  Arctic  residence.  A  tent  was  erected  on  the  western  side,  and 
some  observations  were  made  for  determining  the  position  and  for 
marking  out  the  adjacent  coast  line.  On  the  22d,  the  first  game 
secured,  footed  up  for  the  day  nine  petularks  and  one  goose. 

During  the  week  which  followed,  several  vessels,  and  among  them 
the  Tender,  Helen  F.,  were  sighted,  apparently  working  their  way  up 
to  Rowe's  Welcome  ;  and  although  the  fog  at  one  time  hid  them  from 
view.  Hall  was  only  the  more  delighted  to  find  on  the  23d  the  brig 

*  Sickness  aiul  famine  occasioned  such  havoc  among  the  English  that  by  the  setting  in  of 
the  second  winter  their  number  was  reduced  to  twenty ;  and  on  the  Eslcinios  visiting  Marble 
Island  again,  in  the  summer  of  1721,  they  found  five  of  the  English  only  alive,  and  those  in  such 
distress  for  provisions  that  they  eagerly  eat  the  seal's  flesh  and  whale's  blubber  qnitc  raw  as  they 
purchased  it  from  the  natives.  This  disordered  them  so  much  that  three  of  them  died  in  a  few 
days;  and  the  other  two,  though  very  weak,  made  a  shift  to  bury  them.  These  two  survived 
many  days  after  the  rest,  and  frequently  went  to  tlio  top  of  an  adjacent  rock  and  earnestly  looked 
to  the  south  and  east  as  if  in  expectation  of  some  vessels  comiug  to  their  relief.  After  continuing 
there  a  considerable  time,  and  nothing  appearing  in  sight,  they  sat  down  close  together  and 
wept  bitterly.  At  length  one  of  the  two  died,  and  the  other's  strength  was  so  far  exhausted  that 
he  fell  down  and  died  also  ivhile  attempting  to  dig  a  grave  for  his  companion. — (Journey  from  Prince 
of  Wales'  Fort,  in  Hudson's  Bay,  to  the  Northern  Ocean,  1767-1772,  by  Samuel  Ilearnc.  lutrod., 
p.  xxxi.) 


Aacaat,  1864. 


A   White  Man  Hired. 


67 


Isabel  and  the  bark  Concordia,  and  on  the  25th  the  Helen  F.,  snugly 
anchored  west  of  the  island.  The  captains  of  these  vessels  went 
ashore  and  expressed  their  kindly  interest  in  Hall's  purposes,  offering- 
him  also  comfortable  accommodations  on  their  ships  if  he  should  com- 
plete his  work  before  the  expiration  of  their  cruises.  Capt.  H.  Y. 
Chapel, of  the  Tender,  spent  much  of  the  day  on  Hall's  "flag-staff  hill," 
from  which  he  had  sighted  the  ships  while  making  his  observations. 

He  now  secured  his  first  assistant.  Chax'les  Rudolph,  a  German, 
one  of  the  crew  of  the  Isabel,  having  learned  Hall's  wish  to  employ 
a  white  man  as  a  companion  on  the  expedition,  volunteered  to  go 
with  him  and  went  ashore  for  an  interview,  bearing  high  recommenda- 
tions from  his  officers.  He  had  spent  one  previous  winter  among  the 
Innuits.  He  was  very  closely  questioned  in  regard  to  what  he  knew 
of  Innuit  life  and  what  trials  he  supposed  he  would  have  if  he  went  on 
this  intended  journey  of  from  two  and  a  half  to  three  years,  and  his 
replies  were  so  satisfactory  that,  taking  them  in  connection  with  the 
recommendation  of  his  officers  (Mr.  Gardner,  the  second  mate,  being 
an  old  acquaintance),  Hall  had  no  hesitation  in  accepting  the  proposal. 
The  experience  of  his  First  Expedition  had  taught  him  that  "the  man 
from  the  land  of  civilization  who  should  accompany  him,  must  be  one 
whom  he  well  knew,  and  one  that  would  face  disappointments,  depriva- 
tions of  food  without  a  murmur,  endure  with  stout  heart  storms,  cold, 
and  hard  labor  without  flinching,  and  be  truthfully  obedient  and  trust- 
worthy every  way."  Before  setting  out,  he  had  refused  many  appli- 
cations from  persons  in  the  United  States  and  Canada,  under  the  feel- 
ing that  unless  he  knew  them  intimately  he  might  regret  having  taken 
a  companion  when  it  would  be  too  late  for  a  remedy.  It  may  be 
remarked  in  passing  that  the  letters  containing  such  applications  found 


68 


Wlialers  at  the  Island. 


lAagnut,  1864. 


\m 


U 


i 


.1 


m^ 


among  Hall's  papers  and  dating  within  the  years  1860-62,  as  well  as 
the  future  history  of  other  like  cases,  justify  the  precaution  he  took. 

Before  taking  Rudolph  into  his  service  he  told  him,  in  Mr.  Gardner's 
presence,  the  very  darkest  and  hardest  side  of  the  story  as  to  the  life 
he  must  lead  if  he  went  to  King  William's  Land,  asking  him  also  if  he 
were  aware  that  perhaps  they  would  starve,  or  be  killed  by  the 
Innuits.  But  Rudolj)!!  answered  th.at  he  could  endure  what  any  one 
else  could,  and  could  stand  it  as  well  as  Hall ;  and  if  they  should  find 
no  chance  of  escape,  a  man  would  have  to  die  but  once,  and,  therefore, 
he  was  not  afraid  to  go.  A  contract  was  then  made  for  the  term  of 
three  years,  at  a  compensation  of  $25  per  month,  with  the  promise  of 
a  much  larger  sum  if  the  objects  of  the  expedition  should  be  secured; 
and  to  complete  the  papers  properly  required  in  the  case.  Captain 
Parsons  of  the  Isabel,  received  from  Hall  a  copy  of  the  contract,  to  be 
shown,  if  necessary,  at  the  custom-house  in  New  London  on  the 
retui-n  of  the  brig. 


,1 


On  the  26th,  Mr.  Gardner  recorded  for  Hall  his  observations  for 
the  day,  which  included  some  lunar  distances. 

On  the  27th,  no  fewer  than  eight  whalers,  the  Cornelia,  George  and 
Mary,  Concordia,  Morning  Star,  Isabel  (bx'ig),  and  Isabel  (schooner), 
with  the  Monticello,  and  her  Tender,  were  all  at  anchor.  The  officers 
and  men  of  these  vessels  very  kindly  added  some  useful  things  to 
Hall's  small  outfit,  and  promised  their  assistance  whenever  it  should  be 
in  their  power.  The  Morning  Star,  leaving  her  anchorage  for  Cyrus 
W.  Field's  Bay,  received  a  copy  of  Hall's  chart  of  Frobisher  Bay. 
The  next  day  the  crews  of  the  Monticello  and  Helen  F.  were  engaged 
in  towing  the  former  vessel  to  the  place  selected  for  her  winter  quarters. 


:   ii:i 


Angaat,  1864.) 


Ilall  Landed  at  Whale  Point. 


no 


At  11.30  a.  m.  of  the  2{)tli  the  anchor  of  the  ^J^onder  waw  catted,  and 
Capt.  li.  Y.  Chapel  sailed  with  Ilall,  his  two  Eskimos,  and  his  new 
em})loye,  Rudolph,  under  instructions  from  the  captain  of  the  Mt>nti- 
cello,  to  convey  them  to  Wager  River.  From  this  point  they  were  to 
proceed  in  the  boat  to  Repulse  Bay,  where  Ilall  expected  to  winter 
and  prepare  for  his  sledge  journey  to  King  William's  Land  in  the 
si)ring.  Three  of  the  whalers  accompanied  the  Helen  F.  out  of  tiio 
harbor,  one  of  which,  the  Isabel,  bound  homeward,  took  letters  to  the 
United  States,  including  some  from  Too-koo-li-too  to  Miss  Sylvia 
Grinnell,(now  Mrs.  Captain  Buxton,  R.  N.),  and  to  Mrs.  Budington. 

The  Tender  left  her  anchorage  with  a  light  breeze  from  the  north- 
east; but  the  wind  soon  veering  to  the  south  and  freshening,  she  made 
from  four  to  six  knots  per  hour  toward  Cape  Fullerton.  While  cross- 
ing an  inlet  which  Hall  named  after  Captain  Chapel,  he  wrote  his  first 
Arctic  letter  to  Mr.  Grinnell,  dating  it  August  29,  lat.  63°  47  N.,  long. 
89°  58'  W. 

On  the  30th,  he  left  the  vessel  in  Mr.  Chester's  boat  and  landed 
at  Whale  Point,  returning  to  the  schooner  at  about  4.30  p.  m.  The 
next  day  they  had  the  first  sight  of  whales. 

The  captain  of  the  Tender  now  informed  Hall  that  he  had  reached 
Wager  River,  and  would,  therefore,  land  him  in  order  that  the  schooner 
might  return  to  Marble  Island  to  make  her  winter  quarters.  Both  Hall 
and  Chester  dissented  from  the  captain's  judgment  that  he  had  reached 
the  river.  The  first  officer,  however,  insisted  that  they  were  opposite  its 
southern  entrance.  Early  in  the  morning  of  the  3 1  st,  therefore,  Chester 
again  took  charge  of  the  Sylvia,  with  her  Arctic  outfit,  and  landed 
Hall  with  his  party  at  a  point  which  seemed  to  be,  in  Chester's  judg- 
ment, 35  miles,  but  was  afterward  determined  by  Hall  from  a  meridian 


60 


An  Unfortunate  Mistake. 


[■cplembcr,  186'!. 


'Mi 


altitiido  to  bo  40  miles,  south  of  tlio  point  wliich  Captnin  Chapol  Hup- 
j)08e(l  ho  had  readied.  Mate  Newman,  with  Ji  boat'w  cnnv  from  tho 
Tender,  assisted  in  convoying  the  stores  on  shore.  Hall  gives  tho 
position  of  this  iirst  landing  place  as  lat.  G4°  35'  N.,  long.  87°  33'  W., 
**  Encampment  No.  1." 

This  mistake  of  tho  land  was  a  grievous  disappointment.  The 
remaining  distance  was  clearly  within  the  instructions  received  from 
the  captain  of  the  Monticello,  and  it  could  have  been  readily  and  safely 
made.  It  Avas  more  than  a  disappointment  to  Hall,  for  it  j)roved  to  be  the 
loss  of  a  ivliole  year  to  the  expedition.  Had  the  landing  been  secured 
at  the  point  proposed  on  Wager  River,  he  might  have  gone  directly  to 
Repulse  Bay,  securing  there  his  winter  quarters,  and  preparing,  as  he 
expected,  for  his  spring  journey.  It  will  be  seen  that  he  was  com- 
pelled to  pass  his  first  winter  near  this  first  landing,  and  that  it  required 
the  larger  part  of  the  opening  season  to  push  on  his  boat  and  stores  to 
Repulse  Bay.  Whatever,  however,  may  have  been  the  error,  and  how- 
ever sore  the  disappointment,  no  complaints  are  found  in  his  journal. 

The  crews  using  both  sail  and  oars  found  a  fair  harbor  a  little 
before  meridian,  but  landed  with  difficulty  because  of  the  falling 
tide.  Ilall  and  Rudolph  were  in  the  water  waist  deep  to  haul  the 
Sylvia  ashore. 


l\ 


A  single  white  man  in  a  desolate  region,  and  at  the  beginning  of 
an  Arctic  winter,  but  a  man  of  a  brave  heart  and  of  Arctic  experience ! 

The  whole  of  the  first  day  after  landing  he  occupied  in  making 
a  cache  and  depositing  stores,  in  order  to  reduce  the  weight  of 
the  Sylvia's  cargo.  Such  articles  as  were  not  needed  for  immediate 
use  were  carefully  packed  in  three  deposits  under  a  ponderous  pile  of 


HrpU'Mikpr,  1864.1 


CoastitHf  Along  the  Welcome. 


(>! 


rocks.  Tlio  chiet'  objects  thus  cared  for,  besides  his  books  and  the 
other  personal  effects  of  the  l)arty,  were  the  cans  of  peniniican  and 
of  desiccated  vegetables,  sugar,  coffee,  tea,  and  tobacco,  a  small  sup- 
ply of  spirits,  powder,  shot,  and  percussion  caps.  Several  groups  of 
deer  were  seen  during  the  day,  and  Ebierbing  killed  five  of  their  num- 
ber, bringing  to  the  encampment,  with  Rudolph's  help,  the  skins  of 
three  with  part  of  the  meat,  and  leaving  the  remainder  in  a  cache 
three  miles  off.  The  party  had  thus  fresh  meat  almost  immediately 
on  landing. 

On  the  3d,  Hall  resumed  his  voyage  to  Repulse  Bay  by  coasting 
along  to  the  northward.  Having  made  about  five  miles,  ho  found 
himself  completely  headed  by  land  which  shot  directly  athwart  his 
course,  though  ho  had  supposed  he  should  find  a  channel.  It  was 
simply  a  bay  filled  with  numerous  islands.  The  tide  was  running 
furiously  before  he  got  out  of  it,  and  it  was  only  by  skillful  manage- 
ment that  the  Sylvia  was  free  fr.om  the  eddies,  currents,  and  oveifalls 
that  abounded  there,  and  was  again  in  smooth  water. 

In  writing  of  this  to  Captain  Chapel,  he  said : 

How  shallow  tbo  Welcome!  Over  much  of  the  distance  iiiadc  from  the 
place  of  my  lirst  encampment  to  second,  in  hit.  04°  50'  30" — 15  miles— K)ur  Sylvia, 
drawing  only  18  inches,  often  touched  bottom  a  half  mile  to  two  miles  from  the 
coast.  The  land  on  the  west  side  of  the  Welcome,  at  no  point  between  the  two 
encampments  named,  can  exceed  30  to  40  feet  in  height.  I  have  no  hesitation  in 
saying  that  the  American  whalers  who  have  so  successfully  been  navigating  in 
Hudson's  Bay,  especially  in  that  part  of  it  called  Sir  Thomas  Rowe's  Welcome, 
since  you  and  your  brother  Christopher  first  opened  up  the  whale-fishery  in  said 
bay,  in  1800,  must  be  as  good  navigators  as  the  wor'-'  nows  of.  This  is  said 
with  the  full  knowledge  that  little  or  no  dependence  cm  ^e  placed  on  any  com- 
passes on  board  of  your  ships.  Although  my  azimuth  compasses  are  of  the  most 
delicate  construction,  they  are  virtually  of  no  use  except  to  show  how  perfectly 
fickle  and  unreliable  compasses  are  in  this  portion  of  the  North. 


1^ 


It 


62 


First  Mci'thiff  ivith  Innnit.s 


IMrplrmbrr,  IN({4. 


I 


■u 

I!!, 


11^ 

I 


l<]skiiiio  .Too  now  sighted  witli  tlio  teloscopo  a  plnco  oii  the  liuid  wIhm'O  the 
limuits*  had  had  a  hito  oncaiupinoiit,  the  marks  bcinp  sovoral  ti'nt-i>oli>s  staiid- 
iiiji'  (>iT('t.  A  I'lnv  iniiiiitoK  lator  he  si}jht(>d  a  boat  whidi  was  turned  over  and 
lyiufi'  above  hijjh  water  on  tlie  hind  ahead.  I'Voni  this  wo  concluded  tliat  tlio 
natives  could  not  be  far  oil",  and  toward  this  boat  the  Sylvia  was  now  directed. 
When  within  one  mile  of  it  we  were  delighted  at  the  sight  of  a  native  near  this 
boat  ;  and  yet  the  joy  was  mingled  with  something  that  was  akin  to  fear,  for  he 
appeared  advancing  cautiously  toward  us  with  gun  in  hand,  and  at  the.  same 
time,  as  ,loe  thought,  loading  it.  However,  I  caused  my  small  crew'  of  three  to 
])tdl  ahea<l,  and  soon  leaped  from  the  bow  of  the  Sylvia  into  the  muddy  shallow 
water  and  wa<led  ashore.  The  next  moment  my  hand  was  in  that  of  noble 
Oii-v-Ui'k  (Albert's),  as  line  a  specimen  of  an  Eskimo  as  ever  1  met.  I  told  iiiin 
that  but  a  few  days  before  1  had  seen  you,  and  that  Captain  Chai)el  had  brought 
mo  and  the  two  lutuiits  then  in  the  boat  in  his  vessel  from  my  country,  America. 
(>i/-<-/«'.v  jt>y  on  hearing  from  i/ou  seemed  e(|Ual  to  mine  on  meeting  him.  Ho  told 
us  that  his  ttipik,  skin  tent,  and  those  of  several  others  of  his  peoi)le,  were  just 
over  a  i)oint  of  land  from  wlu^re  we  then  were,  and  that  if  we  wouhl  stoj)  and 
make  our  encampment  there,  he  and  his  peoi)le  wouhl  the  next  day  move  over 
beside  us  and  then  we  all  would  have  a  long  talk. 


•  Tlio  iippollations  Intiititu  ami  I'^skimoii  will  1h>  nsnd  in  tliis  Niirrativo  synonynionsly,  as  Hall 
usi's  tluMii.  It  in:iy  lie  as  well,  liowcvoi'.  to  };ivo  llio  i)rol)al>lc  orijiin  of  tlic  iiunios  ami  their  Icjjit- 
iinatc  a)i])1i('atioii.  The  word  Ki«|iiiiiiaux — bettor  written  Eskimo — is  derived  from  a  root  indi- 
eatin;;,  in  the  laiifjiiajie  of  the  Northern  trilies,  a  soreerer.  The  Innnit  name  h'ag-iinkirnic  means 
the  honse  where  (he  d/KriiidHx.  soreerers,  eondnet  their  dnnees  and  incantations.  The  word  Innnit 
mean'  pcopli',  and  is  in  nse  from  (Jreenland  to  Bering  Strait.  II  shonid  take  the  place  of  Ks- 
kimos.  the  etymolo>;y  of  which  is  not  clear.  Mr.  \V.  \.  Dall,  in  a  ])apcr  read  before  the  American 
Association  in  MliO,  and  in  a  number  of  "The  C'(nitribnti(nis  to  N<n'tli  American  Kthnolofjy"  by 
Jlajor  .T.  1).  I'owell,  makes  the  foUowinjj  additional  valued  statements: 

"The  Orariansarc  distiuftnished  (I)  by  their  lan<;nage.  of  which  the  dialect.s,  in  constrn(v 
tion  and  etynu)loi;y,  bear  a  strong  resemblance  to  one  another  Ihroughout  the  group,  and  dill'erin 
their  honiogcneonsness(as  well  as  the  foregoing  characters)  as  strongly  IVom  their  Indian  dialects 
adjacent  to  them:  (II)  by  their  dislribntion,  always  conlined  to  the  sca-coasis  or  islands,  some- 
times entering  the  mouths  of  large  rivers,  as  the  Yukon,  but  only  ascending  them  ftn-  a  short  dis- 
tan.'c.  and  as  a  rule  avoiding  the  wooded  country;  (III)  by  their  habits,  more  maritime  and  .id 
venturous  than  the  Indians,  following  hunting,  andkillingnot  only  the  snniUseal,  but  alsothesea- 
lion  and  walrus.  Kven  the  great  Arctic  bow-head  whali-  (and  anciently  tlie  sperm-whale)  falls  a 
victim  to  their  j)erscvcring  etVorts  ;  and  the  patent  harpoon,  almost  u  liversally  used  by  Anu'ri<'iin 
whalers  in  lieu  of  the  old-fashioned  article,  is  a  eoi)y.  in  steel,  of  the  bone  and  slate  wcajion  which 
the  Innuits  have  used  for  centuries;  lastly,  they  are  distinguished  by  tlu-ir  physical  charactcris- 
t'es,  a  light,  fresh,  yellow  comjjlexion,  fine  color,  broad  build,  scaphoccphalic  head,  great  craunil 
capacity,  and  oblitpiity  of  the  arch  of  the  zygoma.  The  ])attern8  of  their  implenu'iit.s  and 
weapons,  and  their  myths,  are  similar  in  a  general  way  throughout  the  group,  and  e(iually  ditl'er- 
ciit  from  the  Indian  types. 

"The  Orarians  arc  divided  into  two  well  marked  groups,  namely,  the  Innnit,  comi>rising 
all  the  so-calliMl  Kskimo  and  Tuskis,  and  the  Aleuts. " 


Neplember,  1804. J 


Hall  Encamps  at  Noo-ivook. 


63 


To  this  proposition  lljill  readily  {iccedod,  juid  niudo  with  this 
chief'  r.nd  his  people  fit  Noo-wook  his  second  encampment,  the  jjosition 
of  which  has  heen  already  given.  It  is  to  he  remarked,  however,  that 
this  ])OHition  and  the  succeeding-  ones  which  may  be  named  are  approx- 
imate only.  His  astronomical  observations,  reduced  from  his  rough 
notes  under  the  superintendence  of  Mr.  R.  W.  D.  Bryan,  will  be  found 
in  Appendix  I. 

The  tribe  was  one  whose  usual  residence  was  at  the  head  of  Re- 
pulse Bay.  They  had  often  held  intercourse  there  and  at  Depot 
Island  with  the  American  whalers ;  had  their  l*]nglish  names  from 
them,  and  had  in  their  possession  the  boats  and  hunting  implements  of 
civilized  life. 

Hall  and  his  two  Eskimos  were  soon  at  home  among  them,  Ebier- 
bing  and  Too-koo-li-too  acting  from  the  first  as  his  intei*preters,  and 
finding  but  little  difficulty  in  this,  as  the  difference  between  the  new 
dialect  and  that  of  the  Cumberland  Gulf  i)eoplo  was  readily  over- 
come. Hall's  first  notes  speak  of  Oudd's  people  as  one  would  speak  of 
old  acquaintances. 

On  the  7th  [ho  says],  first  came  into  my  tnpik  Artooa^  Frank,  with  his  wife 
and  family,  witli  their  dogs  and  their  panniers;  in  tlie  evening,  Oucla  th(!  (^hief, 
and  Armou,  Armoii  slept  with  me,  and  all  the  natives  shared  my  breakfast 
Frank  made  me  a  present  of  six  leindeertongnes  and  some  salmon. 

Going  off  in  the  morning  on  a  hunt  with  Artooa,  Nu-licr-zhoo,  and 
Rudolph,  Hall  met  with  both  white  and  black  Tulc-too — reindeer — and 
Ebierbing  again  succeeded  in  killing  two.  Returning  in  the  evening 
he  joined  heartily  with  his  Eskimo  brothers  in  their  first  Ankootiug 
service,  a  superstitious  ceremony  more  than  once  to  be  noted  in  these 
pages,  and  which  occasioned  many  of  Hall's  subsequent  troubles.     His 


1 

^ 

.  1 » 

1  .1  |i 

1    1  !i 

1  1  1 

;     '.    f 

1  >        I 

!( 

■  li 

j 

1 

■i 
;  t 

i 


I 


; 


I    ! 


64 


First  Talk  about  Franklin. 


[8<-plcnib«r,  1864. 


first  inconvenience  was  the  An-ge-kd's  decree,  this  day,  that  no  iron 
should  be  filed  by  either  kob-lu-nas  or  Innuits  till  the  ice  formed, 

Armou  the  next  morning,  on  taking  leave,  received  presents  of 
amnuinition,  tobacco,  and  deer-skin  mittens ;  and  before  the  party  sep- 
arated on  this  day  Hall  had  begun  his  inquiries  as  to  what  these  na- 
tives might  have  heard  of  Franklin's  men  and  what  they  knew  of  the 
geography  of  the  country  further  north.     He  says  : 

I  was  not  iong  in  arriving  at  the  subject  whitih  led  me  North.  When  I  told 
these  natives  where  I  wanted  to  go,  to  wit,  to  I-wil  lik  (Repulse  Bay),  and  thenco 
to  Uoothia,  Felix  Peninsula  (which  they  call  Neitchil-le),  to  find  out  all  about 
some  Jcob-ln-nas,  whites,  that  went  there  many  years  ago,  they  at  once  told  ni« 
that  there  iccre  two  ships  lost  near  Neitchil-le  many  years  ago,  and  that  a  great 
many  loh-lu-nas,  whites,  died — some  starved  and  some  were  frozen  to  death — but 
that  there  were  four  that  did  not  die!  How  astounded  I  was  as  Too-koo-li-too  (the 
best  interpreter  of  Innuit  language  into  our  vernacular  that  ever  accompanied 
an  Arctic  expedition)  told  me  this !  Little  did  I  expect  so  soon  to  find  natives 
that  seemed  to  know  a  volume  of  interesting  and  important  facts  bearing  on  the 
Franklin  Expedition.  I  had  before  us  a  large  English  Admiralty  chart  of  the 
Arctic  Kegious  from  the  meridian  of  Smith's  Sound  westward  to  that  of  Macken- 
zie Kiver.  They  at  once  pointed  out  where  Eepulse  Bay  was,  which  they  called 
1-wil-lik,  and  thence  followed  the  track  of  Dr.  Itae,  whom  they  saw  in  1847  and 
1854.  They  showed  the  locality  of  where  the  two  ships  were  lost,  and  where  Neit- 
chil-le  is.  They  pointed  out  the  bay  where  they  themselves  were  when  they  heard 
about  the  two  ships  being  fast  in  the  ice,  and  how  the  Ivb-lu-nas  left  them,  and 
finally  nearly  all  starved  or  froze  to  death.  This  bay  Dr.  Hae  luimed  Pelly  Bay. 
These  natives  all  told  me  that  I  ought  not  to  think  of  wintering  at  I-wil-lik  (Re- 
l)ulse  Bay) ;  that  1  was  too  late  for  killing  any  tool-too  there,  and  that  no  seals  or 
walrus  could  be  killed  there  wi  winter.  Besides  all  these  objections  to  my  win- 
tering at  Repulse  Bay,  all  the  natives  stated  that  I  could  not  pass  the  entrance 
to  Wager  Bay  and  thence  to  Repulse  Bay  at  this  late  season  of  the  year  with  my 
heavily  laden  boat  without  gi"eat  risk  of  losing  the  boat  and  our  lives.  Indeed,  I 
could  not  induce  any  one  of  the  natives  to  go  with  me  on  account  of  the  reasons 
now  stated.  Besides,  they  said  I  would  not  find  any  Innuits  at  Repulse  Bay,  for 
they  uniformly  left  that  part  of  the  country  in  the  iall  of  the  year  to  spend  the  win- 
ter wlu'ie  they  could  kill  seals  and  walrus.     They  stated  that  it  was  their  own  pur- 


(k-plembcr,  1804.1 


Lonely  Feelings. 


65 


pose  to  go  to  Kepulse  Bay  next  season,  starting  early  in  the  spring,  and  then  to 
])roceed  thence  to  Neitchille,  just  where  I  wanted  to  go;  and  proposed  that  if  1 
would  spend  the  winter  here  at  Noo-wook  with  them,  they  woiUd  furnish  nie  and 
my  small  company  with  all  the  took-too,  walrus,  seal,  bear,  and  uuisk-ox  meat  we 
wanted ;  and,  furthermore,  they  would  give  us  plenty  of  reindeer  furs  for  our  win- 
ter dresses  and  bedding,  besides  helping  mo  in  doing  anything  I  desu-ed.  Where 
else  in  the  world  could  a  more  free-hearted,  generous  people  be  found  ? 

After  spending  several  days  with  them  and  conversing  seriously 
on  the  whole  subject.  Hall  decided,  and  indeed  of  necessity,  to  remain 
at  Noo-wook  for  the  winter.  He  communicated  the  information 
quoted  above  to  Captain  Kilmer,  of  the  Ansel  Gibbs;  that  this  lirst 
news  might  be  safely  conveyed  to  Mr  Grinnell,  if  he  himself  should 
never  return  home. 

On  the  two  following  days  whales  were  seen  close  to  shore,  their 
backs  being  above  water  for  nearly  a  half  hour.  On  the  10th,  Hall 
sent  his  two  Eskimos  with  Rudolph  and  some  of  the  natives  to  his  last 
encampment  to  bring  away  his  stores.  While  awaiting  their  return 
the  feelings  awakened  by  his  now  isolated  situation  were  thus  recorded 
in  his  note-book :  '*  I  have  felt  lonely  all  day,  although  within  a  stone's 
throw  are  three  tupiks  filled  with  these  kind-hearted  children  of  the 
No"*li.  They  have  been  very  kind,  some  going  to  the  lakelet  for 
water,  some  getting  the  dwarf  shrub  used  in  these  regions  for  fuel,  and 
some  preparing  my  food." 

The  experience  of  his  former  Expedition  having  early  taught  him 
the  helplessness  of  these  poor  beings  when  suffering  with  sickness  or 
bodily  injuries,  he  was  not  unprepared  to  render  assistance,  and  he 
had  early  calls  upon  him  from  Ar-too-a  and  Ou-e-la.  The  case 
of  one  of  his  patients  is  illustrative.  Ook-har-loo,  an  old  woman,  suf- 
fering with  inflamed  eyes,  was  constantly  rubbing  them  with  her 
S.  Ex.  21 5" 


66 


Dr.  Kae's  Oii-lig-huck. 


(Mcpleiubcr,  I  NO  I. 


i  ! 

I 


11 


'!  I 


I 


uncleanly  iists.  Ilavinj;^  first  sponged  off  with  soap  and  water  "the 
thick  coat  of  primitive  soil "  which  covered  Oolc-bar-loo's  whole  face, 
and  then  i)resented  her  with  a  piece  of  cotton  cloth  for  her  owi;  xiso 
in  cleansing  her  eyes,  he  received  her  ])rofound  thanks  for  this  appli- 
cation of  nature's  remedy,  with  the  declaration  that  he  was  the  best 
of  An-gc-kos.  This  woman  remembered  that  when  very  young  she 
had  staid  aboard  Parry's  ship,  and  showed  tattooing  done  upon  one 
of  her  legs  at  that  time  by  (7rozier's  men. 

The  acquaintance  made  with  the  Eskimos  was  now  daily  im- 
proved by  inquiries  in  regard  to  the  expeditions  of  Parry,  Ross,  Rae, 
and  Franklin,  in  order  that,  by  comparing  with  the  official  narratives 
of  those  officers  what  could  now  be  heard  from  these  people,  Hall  could 
learn  what  confidence  to  place  in  their  accounts  of  Franklin.  He  was 
much  encouraged  by  the  seeming  correctness  of  their  replies.  Among 
these,  Ar-too-a,  whose  age  was  about  thirty,  gave  him  a  long  account 
of  the  very  serious  wounds  received  by  Ou-Ug-buck,  one  of  Dr.  Rae's 
interpreters.  Ar-too-a! s  story,  as  found  in  Hall's  journal  of  the  day, 
corresponds  closely  with  the  record  given  by  Rae  himself  of  the  acci- 
dental wound  and  the  healing  of  Ou-lig-hyck  to  be  found  on  pages 
95  and  9G  of  the  Narrative  of  Rae's  Expedition  to  the  Arctic  Seas  in 
184b'-'47.  Ar-too-a  further  said  that  he  and  his  brothers  Ou-e-Ia  and 
Shu-she-ark-nook  had  seen  Rao  on  each  of  his  expeditions  of  184G  and 
1854,  and  that  "although  Ou-lig-huck,  fjither  and  son,  and  most  of 
the  white  men  smoked,  Dr.  Rae  never  did."  They  all  knew  Rae's 
*'  merry  Ivitchuk."  Hall  was  much  gratified  on  receiving  such  details 
of  incidents  which  occurred  nearly  eighteen  years  previous. 

The  15th  was  a  day  of  gale  from  the  north.  The  Welcome  Avas 
lashed  into  a  fury,  and  the  cold  winds  drove  far  inland  everything 


i     i  iit 


Mrplembcr,  INH4. 


Chan</e  of  the  Season. 


67 


like  game,  the  liuntiii}^  j)arties  of  the  day  failiiijjf  to  see  n  sinj^le  living 
tiling — not  even  a  partridge.  The  moon  was  full  at  !)''  0"'  Greenwich 
time.  Oil  the  going  down  of  the  sea,  Hall,  with  his  new  man  Friday, 
Ar-too-a,  and  Ebierbing,  went  out  in  swift  pursuit  of  an  ook-gook  {Phoca 
harhata)  which  they  had  seen  drifting  down  with  the  tide,  and  seem- 
ingly asleep.  The  Sylvia  had  '  een  gotten  off  the  rocks  by  the  help 
of  the  women.  But  although  the  party  approached  the  seal  cautiously, 
the  noise  of  the  oars  awakened  him,  and  he  disappeared.  The  chief 
Ou-e-la,  with  one  of  his  wives  and  a  daughter,  had  early  gone  off  to 
hunt;  the  man,  gun  in  hand,  carrying  on  his  back  a  roll  of  reindeer- 
furs,  his  dogs  being  heavily  laden  with  the  provisions  and  cooking 
utensils  placed  on  their  backs  saddle-bag  fashion,  as  is  the  Innuit 
custom. 

Hall  now  experienced  the  beginning  of  a  suffering  like  one  on 
his  first  Expedition — the  breaking  out  of  boils — brought  about  by  the 
change  of  food  from  the  salt  meats  of  ship-life  to  the  raw  or  partially 
boiled  meats  of  the  Eskimos.  The  rapid  change  of  the  season  was  also 
sensibly  felt.  The  nights  began  to  be  cold*,  ice  formed  on  the  fresh- 
water lakes,  and  there  were  signs  of  an  approaching  snow-storm. 
He  determined  to  secure  a  less  exposed  place  for  the  tupiks. 

On  the  18th,  in  company  with  Ar-too-a,  Shoo-she -ark-nook,  and 

Ebierbing,  he  selected  a  location  for  himself  and  his  friends  on  the  east 

side  of  a  low  ridge  of  rocks,  which  would  serve  to  shield  them  from 

the  cold  west  and  northwest  winds  that  would  probably  prevail  for 

many  months  to  come.     His  journal  says : 

It  has  been  moving-day  with  us,  and  an  interesting  i)icture  might  have  been 
seen ;  the  Innuits  and  the  two  Kod-hi-nas,  with  packs  on  our  backs,  tramping 
along  toward  our  destined  new  home.  Old  Mother  Ookbar-loo  had  for  her  pack  a 
iiionstroiiB  roll  of  reindeer  skins,  which  was  topped  with  kettles  and  pans  and 


68 


On  the  Move. 


IMrptcnibcr,  INM'I. 


r.    ■ 


t\ 


\\ 


hm 


i  1. 


II 


■'I  I      ' 


III' 


various  little  iiistrumeuts  used  by  Inuuits  in  their  domestic  affairs,  while  in  her 
hand  she  carried  spears  and  poles  and  other  things  that  need  not  be  mentioned 


2 

I 

O 

o 


here.  Ar-too-a  had  for  his  pack  his  tent  and  pole,  his  gun  and  et  ceteras  in  his 
hands.  Ills  wife  had  for  her  pack  a  huge  roll  of  reindeei'-sldns  and  other  things 
much  of  the  character  of  Ook-bar-loo's.     The  dogs  had  sadtUe-bags,  and  top[)ing 


'    iiihi! 


if-. 

'hi! 
:i  M 
\i  ,i 

iii. , 


Spplember,  1SH4.1 


lieindeer  Deposits  Visited. 


69 


them  were  pannikins  and  ancb  varied  things  as  are  always  to  bo  fonnd  in  Innuit 
use.  Ebierbing  had  for  his  pack  our  tent  and  some  five  or  six  tent-poles,  while 
in  his  hands  he  carried  liis  gun.  Charley  Itudolph  had  a  large  roll  of  reindeer- 
skins,  in  his  liands  carrying  numerous  tent-poles.  Too-koo-li-too  had  also  <leer- 
skins,  and  in  her  hands  various  things.  1  earned  on  my  shoulder  two  ritles  and 
one  ^un,  each  in  covers;  under  one  arm  my  compass  tripod,  and  in  one  hand  my 
little  basket,  which  held  my  pet  Ward  chronometer,  and  in  the  other  my  trunk  of 
instniments. 

A  snow-drift  set  in  on  the  20th,  but  during  its  continuance  about 
twenty  bags  of  fire-shrub  were  gathered.  It  was  not  the  usual  Andro- 
meda Tetragona,  but  something  of  hke  character,  and  was  collected 
for  fuel  and  for  a  covering  on  the  tupiks. 

During  the  rest  of  the  month  a  continuance  of  stormy  weather 
prevented  astronomical  observations  The  land  began  to  look  winter- 
like. The  tracks  of  a  wolf  were  now  first  seen ;  it  had  been  busy 
with  the  bear-skins  which  had  been  left  to  dry  near  the  third  encamp- 
ment. The  ground  was  already  covered  with  snow  to  the  depth  of  a 
half  inch ;  the  ice  on  the  lakes  bore  the  weight  of  a  man,  and  the 
heavy  weather  on  the  coast  drove  inland  more  of  the  game. 

The  Innuits,  warned  of  the  necessity  for  procuring  winter  clothing, 
made  a  journey  of  five  miles  down  the  coast  to  their  deposit  of  rein- 
deer-skins. On  their  return,  it  was  a  matter  of  surprise  to  Hall  to  see 
what  heavy  loads  they  were  bearing  on  their  backs,  one  of  the 
youngest  of  the  men  carrjnng  no  less  than  125  pounds,  and  Too-loo- 
ar-a,  one  of  Ou-e-Ms  wives,  100.  In  binding  their  packs  they  passed 
thongs  around  them,  and  these  across  their  foreheads  and  breasts. 
When  appropriating  these  furs,  on  the  following  day,  a  gay  and  novel 
scene  presented  itself.  The  best  skins  being  arranged  in  an  outside 
circle,  the  women  were  gallantly  allowed  each  to  make  her  selection 
from  these ;  the  remainder  of  the  one  hundred  and  fifty  skins  being 


70 


Too  Frequent  Visits. 


|H«pt«inb«r,  1H64. 


,' 1 

i 
'     1 

i!      1 

;       1 

'.:l  .   It 

U    ill 


I   i 


I   :!' 


r^^: 


r 


I 


then  chosen  by  the  men  from  the  inner  circles.  Several  women 
had  younj^  children  at  their  backs.  "The  gilt  bands  on  their  heads, 
the  spiral  tails  hanging  on  each  side  of  their  broad  faces,  the  boys  and 
girls  at  play,  made  altogether  a  fire  subject  for  a  picture."  Ou-e-la, 
speaking  for  his  companions,  had  requested  Hall  to  take  out  his 
choice  of  furs,  first  of  all. 

The  reindeer  by  this  date  had  nearly  all  gone  south,  not  to  come 
again  till  spring.  Returning  from  a  lonesome  tramp,  on  -which  Hall 
had  made  a  discovery  of  wolf-tracks,  he  was  visited  by  almost  all  of 
the  Innuits  of  the  village,  with  their  congratulations  on  his  escape 
from  a  seeming  danger.  Their  visits  were,  however,  fnst  becoming 
so  frequent  and  protracted  as  to  give  him  much  concern.  Fully  dis- 
posed to  do  nothing  but  rest  in  the  enjoyment  of  the  fruits  of  their 
summer  labors,  they  did  little  else  than  visit  and  eat;  "laying  oft' 
and  eating,  eating,  eating."  Lounging  in  Hall's  tent  the  day  long  and 
talking  with  Ebierbing  and  Too-koo-li-too,  they  became  "quite  a 
bore ";  particularly  as  these  talks  were  already  bending  Too-koo-li- 
too's  mind  to  an  inconveniently  slavish  obedience  to  their  customs 
She  gave  the  first  proof  of  this  by  going  off  among  the  rocks  to  mend 
her  took-too  stockings  for  fear  of  offending  these  natives  by  working  at 
all  on  took-too  within  a  tent.  It  was  only  when  all  these  Innuits  had 
retired  to  their  several  tupiks  that  Hall's  company  could  have  a  full 
meal.  They  must  always  share  it  with  the  unsophisticated  children 
of  the  North ;  "  such  voracious  eaters  that  th^y  always  get  the  lion's 
share."  The  evening  meal,  however,  usually  consisted  of  but  cold 
rock-pemmican,  tallow-candles,  and  degenerated  meat,  and  even  of  this 
Ebierbing  and  Too-koo-li-too  were  fortunate  if  they  got  half  a  dozen 
mouthfuls  before  all  was  gone.     In  very  pleasant  contrast  with  this 


f  i 


.  t, 


I  .!   ili; 


.±. 


Nc'ptcmbcr,  IHH4« 


Winter  (iame. 


71 


is  found  an  occciaional  note  of  the  bring-inj^  in  by  Rudolph  of  a  fat 
rabbit,  in  its  winter  garb,  all  white  exce})t  the  tips  of  its  ears,  "jet 
black ;"  or  of  as  many  as  eight  or  ten  snow-i)artridges.  Flocks  of 
these  birds,  in  their  winter  dress,  snow  white,  except  their  tail-feath- 
ers, were  found  in  numbers  on  the  sea-shore,  after  each  fall  of  snow. 
In  the  depth  of  the  winter  they  are  scarcely  distinguishable  from  the 
snow  at  a  distance  of  10  feet. 


\-        -^\^;^s,~^-»%. 


fen 

d 

is 
n 

lis 


PTARMIGAN  ( Tvimo  Lagopus). 


72 


An  Aurora. 


|M<>plrmb«r,  1^04. 


U  l\ 


m : 


ill!  11 


I'. 


r  i 


|M1 


Hall's  journal  closes  the  month  of  September  with  an  imagina- 
tive comparison  between  the  early  snow-storms  and  Arctic  aurora : 

While  out  on  a  walk  amid  the  snow-storm  this  \).  m.,  1  was  struck  with  the 
similitude,  in  some  respects,  of  the  appearance  of  the  snow,  as  it  was  swept  aloiijjf 
by  the  winds  over  the  glassy  surface  of  the  new-nmde  ice  of  the  lakelets,  to  that 
of  the  aurora  in  these  regions  when  in  its  full  play.  I  refer  to  certain  peciuliar 
movements  of  the  one  corresponding  to  the  other.  If  I  wished  a  friend  at  home 
to  get  a  fair  idea  of  the  movements  of  the  aurora  here  in  its  general  exhibitions, 
I  shoxdd  say  go  out  during  the  Urst  severe  snow-storm  and  get  within  sight  of 
some  smooth  ice  covering  some  river,  pond,  or  lake,  and  watch  the  snow  as  it  is 
driven  along.  Now  and  then  puff's  of  wind  come  sweeping  along,  so  to  si)eak, 
rays  or  beams  of  snow  that  seem  to  play  fantastically.  Innumerable  numbers 
of  these  go  to  make  up  a  most  interesting  scene.  While  the  aurora,  in  rays  or 
beams,  shoots  up  vertically,  and  is  of  golden  hue,  and  often  of  prisniatic  colors, 
the  snow  is  swept  along  horizontally,  and  is  white,  the  same  as  the  aurora  in 
the  sunlight. — White. 

On  the  5th  of  October,  Joe  brought  to  Hall  some  muk-tuk,  the 
black  skin  of  the  whale,  which  was  much  relished ;  but  Hall  was  still 
suffering  from  boils  on  his  eyelids.  His  whole  party  were  sick,  and 
were  confined  to  their  tents  for  several  days  by  a  storm.  On  their 
recovery,  Ebierbing,  assisted  by  Ou-e-la  and  Armou  built  for  him  a 
large  igloo  near  those  which  the  Innuits  had  already  erected  for  them- 
selves. Hall's  was  built  with  much  care,  although  it  cost  but  two 
hours'  labor;  he  found  it  quite  strong  and  commodious.  Its  diam- 
eter was  10  feet. 

The  construction  of  one  of  these  snow-houses,  built  by  the  Innuits 
of  this  region,  is  described  by  him  substantially  as  follows : 

After  making  trial  of  several  banks  of  snow,  by  plunging  in  their 
long  knives,  on  finding  the  proper  compactness,  they  cut  blocks  2  to 
2^  feet  in  length  and  about  18  inches  in  thickness.  One  set  is  cut 
from  the  spot  on  which  the  igloo  is  to  be  built,  its  floor  being  thus 


Oc««b«r,  1864. 


Iglon-Buildinp. 


73 


sunken  18  inches  below  tlie  general  surface.  In  placing  the  blocks 
around  this  excavation,  of  about  10  feet  diameter,  the  first  tier  is 
made  up  of  those  which,  by  increasing  regularly  in  width,  form  a 


SNOW-KNIFE  MADE  OF  BONE;    DEPOSITED  BY  HALL  IN  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITITION. 

spiral  from  right  to  left.  They  are  laid  from  within,  each  being 
secured  by  a  bevel  on  the  one  last  laid  and  another  bevel  on  the  next 
one  below.  The  joints  are  well  broken.  The  blocks  incline  inwardly, 
thus  regularly  diminishing  the  diameter  of  the  igloo  and  fitting  it  for 
the  dome  or  keystone.  Thirty-eight  blocks  were  here  used.  For 
ventilation,  a  small  hole  is  usually  made  by  the  spear.  The  crevices 
are  well  filled  with  snow  within  and  without,  making  it  nearly  an 
air-tight  structure.  For  a  window,  a  small  opening  cut  in  the  dome 
is  filled  in  usually  with  a  block  of  clear  ice ;  in  some  cases  with  the 
scraped  inner  linings  of  the  seal ;  this  last  makes  a  light  on  which 
the  frost  does  not  settle  as  upon  the  ice-blocks.  The  passage-way  to 
the  igloo  is  always  long  and  points  toward  the  south.  The  Repulse 
Bay  natives  shovel  up  much  more  snow  upon  the  hut  than  the  Green- 
landers  do.  The  igloo  lamp  is  sometimes  nothing  more  than  a  flat 
stone,  about  6  inches  in  length,  placed  in  a  niche  cut  out  of  the  wall, 
and  having  on  it  a  little  dry  moss  for  a  wick,  which  is  supplied  with 
oil  by  a  slice  of  blubber  from  the  bear  or  the  seal.  A  stone  lamp  of 
better  form,  although  poor  enpugh,  will  give  something  of  a  fair  light 
and  warmth. 


!f^ 


I 


if 

li  ! 


74 


JlalFs  Igloo. 


|«N)Mb«r,  INtt't. 


Tlio  comforts  within  sucli  buildings  are  of  necessity  very  limited. 
It  is  a  matter  of  Hurprise  that  durin«f  the  very  many  tedious  Arctic 


IIAM.'S  101.00  AT  NOO-WOOK. 


GllOUND  PLAN  OF  TIIK  IGLOO. 


hours  spent  within  them  by  Hall  he  could  bear  with  fortitude  their 
worst  evils ;  and  could,  at  the  same  time,  write  his  notes  with  such 


! 


I  i 


.'ill 


HI. 


(k-telM-r,  IfsMI. 


Whdtr  Quurfrrs. 


75 


3(1. 

tic 


fiillneHS,  study  and  correct  typographical  errors  iu  his  liowditch,  and 
work  up  his  ohsorvations.  IIo  often  "wondered  at  the  simplicity  to 
which  the   necessities  of  life  may  ho   reduced.     J  lis   house  was  a 


INNL'IT  I.AMI'. 


(Dt'poHiteil  by  lljill  in  tho  Sinitlisoniun  Iimtitiitioii ;  tlin  i'liictiiro  iiieiidt'd  by  tb"  iiativcH,  with 
sinew.  DiniunHionH:  Lcn^tb,  20  incbuu;  dcptli,  llj  iuchcH  to  Imnn  of  llanjut-;  liiin>;<',  i.'jt 
iuchcH  tliiitlv,  '2  incLi!8  high.) 

building  without  a  corner,  without  props  or  braces;  the  wall,  roof, 
and  door  a  unity,  yet  so  strong  as  to  defy  the  power  of  tho  fiercest 
Arctic  gales." 

Hall  was  now  fairly  established  in  his  winter  quarters.  His 
instruments  for  making  his  observations  were  as  yet  unhurt.  He  had 
no  apprehensions  as  to  a  want  of  provision.  The  Sylvia  and  other 
boats  were  safely  housed.  And  it  may  not  be  a  matter  too  trivial  in 
this  case  to  be  noticed  that  P^bierbing,  by  the  use  of  scissors,  })lied  the 
vocation  of  barber  to  Hall's  beard,  over  which  a  razor  had  not  passed 
for  six  years.  "Its  length  had  been  a  special  protection  in  the  sunnner 
months  against  those  tremendous  blood-suckers  called  in  the  English 
tongue  mosquitoes,  which  abound  in  swarms  here."  I'his  last  state- 
ment may  be  remembered  in  contrast  with  the  experience  of  Parry's 
men  in  the  higher  latitude  of  Winter  Harbor  in  June.  Parry  says : 
"The  mosquito,"  Culex  pipiens,  "was  never  of  the  least  annoyance 
to  us,  as  is  the  case  on  the  shores  of  Hudson's  Bay  and  other  cold 
countries." 


76 


Letter  to  Chapel. 


[October,  1864. 


(.ill; 


Some  weeks  after  this,  Hall  wrote  to  his  friend,  the  captain  of  the 
Monticello,  at  Depot  Island : 

I  excbaugod  tent  for  snow-hoiisc,  and  have  now  been  in  the  igloo  sixty  days, 
and  all  the  time  as  comfortable  as  I  ever  was  in  winter  in  my  life.  Yon  A»'onld  l)o 
quite  interested  in  taking  a  walk  through  my  winter  quarters;  one  main  igloo  for 
myself  and  Eskimo  children  (Ebierbing  and  Too-koo-li-too),  and  three  igloos,  all 
Joined  to  the  main,  for  store-houses.  A  low,  croolced  passage-way  of  some  .W  feet 
in  length,  made  of  snow,  leads  into  our  residence,  which,  as  you  will  know  from 
the  word  igloo,  means  a  snow-house  ;  its  shape  is  hemispherical.  1  never  before 
knew  any  Eskimos  so  provident  as  this  tribe  or  clan  I  am  wintering  with.  I  doubt 
not  they  have  four  hundred  or  more  of  reindeer,  killed  last  summer,  on  deposit 
within  the  distance  of  a  circle  of  20  miles  in  diameter.  We  are  now  living  on 
polar-bear  and  walrus  meat.  Five  polar  bears,  some  musk-oxen,  a  great  many 
partridges,  and  four  walruses  have  been  killed  since  arriving  among  the  natives, 
besides  a  large  number  of  reindeer. 


f    \ 


n^l 

:, 

■i    1: 

i  ;'  ■ 

III  ::1i 


.«*«!.•»«  .iiiw^*. 


F 


HAPTER 


w- 


INTERCOUUSE     WITH    THK    INNUirS-THEIR     KKASTS 

AND   HUNTS. 


OCTOBER  TO  DECEMBJiR  31,  18G4. 


m 


II  f 


'II 


liii 


; 


■If    •;■ 

:>'    li: 


■    !' 

i 
I     I  j 


C  ri  A  P  T  E  R    1  V . 


Hall's  ministrations  to  the  sufferinc — Their  gratitude— Feasts  described — EBiERnixtj 

ANKOOTED— An    AURORA — MAGNETIC    OBSERVATORY    ERECTED — SlEDGE    JOURNEY     DOWN 

THE  Welcome— Musk-ox  hunt — A  fox  caught  in  his  own  trap— Customs  in  making 

REINDEER  I>KPOSITS — A  BEAR  SLAIN — PREPARATION  OF  SKINS — HaLL'S  SEAL  HUNT — PLAY- 
ING THE  KEY-LOW-TIK — REMOVAL  TO  TOE  WALIiUS-GROlTNDS— OU-E-LA'S  InNUIT  STORIES — 

Visit  iiv  the  natives  to  the  whale-ships  at  Depot  Island— Alleged  reasons  for 

ADVICE  given  by  THE  INNUITS  TO  DR.  RaE  IN  1854 — DISCOVERY  THAT  A  DAY  HAD  BEEN 
LOST  IN  THE  RECKONING— I'RESENTS  RECEIVED  FROM  THE  WHALERS— SUCCESSFUL  WALRUS 
HUNT. 

A  gale  from  the  northwest,  which  had  prevailed  for  three  days, 
was  followed  on  the  8th  by  a  day  with  scarcely  a  cloud  in  the  sky. 
The  temperature  was  quite  low  ;  the  thermometer  inside  the  tent  had 
read  10°.  Hall  with  difficulty  wrote  out  his  notes,  and  began  to  fear 
he  might  lose  his  ink.  Digging  out  from  a  wide  snow-drift  a  box 
which  contained  two  standard  thermometers,  he  was  glad  to  find  them 
nnbroken.  They  showed  a  temperature  of  20°,  the  air  outside  the 
drift  being  10°. 

Although  still  suffering  much  from  an  abscess  close  to  the  ball 
of  his  right  eye,  and  fearing  that  the  left  eye  was  also  endangered,  he 
had  occasion  to  renew  his  visits  of  assistance  to  the  natives,  to  supply 

79 


80 


Relief  Given  to  the  Sid;. 


[October,  IS04. 


u 


'    r! 
I    '1 

I  : 
i  i 


their  necessities  both  of  food  and  medicine.  He  found  them  entirely 
out  of  provision.  Coming  quickly  at  his  call,  they  made  a  meal  with 
him  on  a  quarter  of  a  pound  of  pemmican  each,  and  took  back  a 
supply  for  the  breakfast  of  the  women  and  children.  Shc-nook-shoo, 
Ook-har-Ioo's  son,  was  quite  sick  in  his  snow-house.  His  fever  was 
arrested,  and  he  was  restored,  partly  by  medicines  and  partly  by 
nutritious  food,  the  supply  of  which  was  controlled.  The  cooking, 
Ook-har-loo  I'efused  to  have  done  in  a  kob-lu-na's  igloo. 

The  poor  people  were  not  lacking  in  a  free  showing  of  thankful- 
ness by  words  and  acts.  They  had  abundance  of  deer-meat  within  a 
radius  of  25  miles;  probably  three  hundred  reindeer  scattered  over 
the  country  in  the  different  deposits  which  in  their  late  hunting 
season  they  had  made,  and  which  they  now  frequented  to  bring  in 
these  supplies.  Intercourse  between  them  and  Hall  became  still  more 
familiar.  He  often  dined  out ;  and  as  often  invited  them  to  pemmican 
and  coffee. 

A  cordial  invitation  and  a  full  feast  are  thus  described  :  Return- 
ing from  a  walk  to  his  third  encampment,  when  coming  near  the 
igloos,  a  band  of  boys  and  girls  came  running  to  meet  him,  crying 
out,  "/fi-efc,  kal-la,  ea-tu,  ea-tu;  took-too  tood-noo,  am-a-suit!^^  "Come 
quick,  for  reindeer-meat  and  tallow  are  jdenty."  Following  the  youth- 
ful company  to  the  igloos,  he  found  a  heavy  load  of  deer  skins  and 
meat  just  brought  in  on  a  sledge  from  one  of  the  deposits.  A  whole 
deer  was  part  of  the  load.  All  the  women  of  the  village  were  present, 
as  this  was  to  be  an  unusual  feast.  The  meat  was  placed  in  one  of 
two  igloos  which  were  connected  by  a  passage  10  feet  in  length,  and  of 
sufficient  height  for  a  man  to  stand  up  in  it  erect.  In  one  igloo  were 
the  women  ;  in  the  other,  the  whole  reindeer  was  on  the  table-cloth — 


I]  I  ;i  ^ 


iif> 


A 


m 


Oclobrr.  1864. 


An  Innuit  Feast. 


81 


n- 
le 

le 
i- 
d 
e 

t, 
)f 
)f 


a  took-too  skin — before  which  stood  Ou-e-la,  naked  from  his  waist 
n\),  with  hand-saw  and  hatchet  to  carve.  Hall  presented  each  of  the 
men  with  a  long  knife,  with  his  own  name  marked  on  the  blade. 
He  enjoyed  the  meat,  which  was  good,  as  well  as  the  reindeer-fat, 
which  was  2  inches  thick  and  abundant.  On  visiting  the  women's 
if/Joo,  he  found  Mother  Ooh-bar-ho  with  an  old  one-eyed  lady  and  all 
the  younger  ones  seated  around  a  pile  of  meat,  having  a  happy  time ; 
three  others,  with  their  naked  infants  at  their  backs,  sitting  near,  on 
the  bed-])lace,  Turk-fashion. 

At  another  dinner,  which  consisted  of  boiled  deer-meat  and  soup 
made  of  the  blood,  Hall  thought  the  cooking  was  l^etter  than  that 
from  iron  pans  and  pots ;  and  he  says  that  the  stronger  the  venison, 
even  if  putrid,  the  better  he  and  the  Innuits  relished  it.  "  It  has  a 
rich  flavor,  while  fresh  venison  is  almost  tasteless."  On  the  14th,  he 
dined  at  Nu-ker-zhoo's,  "Jack's,"  on  the  usual  fare  of  frozen  deer-meat, 
having  lunched  on  black-whale  tail  with  relish.  At  supper  his  own 
invited  guests  feasted  on  a  soup  made  by  cooking  pemmican,  Borden 
meat,  and  biscuit  in  a  liberal  quantity  of  water.  Hot  coffee  with 
raw  frozen  venison  was  found  to  be  distasteful.  "Thi  two  do  not  go 
well  together,  for  after  a  drink  of  hot  liquid  the  icy  venison  makes 
the  teeth  ache.  The  change  is  entirely  too  great.  The  Innuits  take 
all  their  warm  drink  first;  they  have  sound  teeth." 

He  now  began  to  discuss  his  plans  with  them  more  fully  in  order 
to  ascertain  what  assistance  they  would  render  him  ;  proposing  to  pro- 
ceed to  Iwille,  or  IioiUik  (Repulse  Bay),  with  the  whole  company,  and 
there  make  his  headquarters,  and  thence  move  on  by  sledges  to  Neit- 
chille,  Boothia  Felix.     He  would  there  determine  upon  the  best  way  of 

reaching  King  AVilliam's  Land.     The  Innuits  agreed  to  assist  him,  but 
S.  Ex.  27 (5 


82 


The  An-fje-lo  Orders  Hall  to  Burn  His  Clothes,      lociobcr,  iso-i. 


I!      ! 


'4  ^ 


■r  t; 


f  ; 


!;j 


advised  that  the  whole  company  go  well  armed  to  Neitchille,  as  there 
existed  a  strong  war-like  feeling  between  the  natives  of  that  region 
and  those  of  Iwillik. 

Hoping  to  remove  every  obstacle  in  the  way  of  accomplishing 
the  object  of  his  expedition,  he  accepted  their  advice  and  snbjected 
himself  to  the  unreasonable  demands  of  the  customs,  prejudices,  and 
even  of  the  superstitions  of  the  natives.  As  an  instance  of  the  last  of 
these,  he  now  submitted  to  the  loss  of  even  his  most  valuable  garments, 
since  an  an-fje-ko  (conjurer  or  medicine  man)  required  them  to  be 
burned  after  he  had  professedly  cured  Ebierbing  from  sickness,  llnll 
consented  to  believe  that  Ebierbing  seemed  much  better  after  the 
operation,  but  was  unprepared  for  the  an-ge-Ms  decree,  that  his  own 
reindeer-skins,  and  those  of  his  two  Eskimo  companions,  should  be 
destroyed.  The  favor  of  the  Innuits  was,  however,  thus  kept  up; 
they  had  already  given  him  many  skins,  and  he  felt  sure  they  would 
give  morOj  if  needed.  He  began  to  hope  that  these  people,  about  forty 
in  number,  were  becoming  bound  to  him  by  strong  ties,  and  would 
co-operate  with  him  on  his  journey.  He  thought  them  the  best  of  the 
Eskimos  with  whom  he  had  met ;  and,  willing  to  adapt  himself  to  their 
habits  in  every  respect,  he  discarded  his  outer  clothing  at  this  early 
stage  of  the  season,  and  dressed  himself  in  a  full  Innuit  suit. 

The  varying  temperature  of  this  part  of  the  month  kept  the  whole 
party  watchful  of  the  state  of  their  snow-houses,  which  were  further 
endangered  by  their  heated  atmosphere,  when  crowded  by  visitors  day 
and  night.  On  the  15th  the  thermometer  read  34°  all  day  inside,  and 
27°,  80°,  and  28°  outside.  The  domes  of  all  the  igloos  of  the  village 
were  riddled  with  holes  and  threatened  to  cave  in.  Hall's  had  one 
prop  to  keep  up  the  dome  during  the  day,  and  at  night  he  added  two 


PI  ii 


October,  1H64.! 


An  Aurora. 


S3 


Ho 


more,  and  watched  his  chronometers  close  at  his  side,  that  lie  might 
shelter  them  if  the  roof  should  fall.  Awaking  next  morning  he  found 
a  dozen  large  windows  which  had  been  made  by  the  melting  snow. 
The  ])remises  were  then  vacated,  and  his  friends  took  down  the  old 
walls  and  rebuilt  him  a  house,  handling  the  snow-blocks  with  great 
care,  as  they  lacked  their  usual  compactness.  Again  anxiously  watch- 
ing the  thermometer,  at  8  p.  m.  he  found  it  read  31°,  the  wind  being 
from  the  southeast  with  snow,  which,  if  it  changed  to  rain,  would  bring 
down  every  igloo  in  the  village;  but,  at  1  a.  m.  of  the  Kith,  the  wind 
shifting  to  the  northeast  brought  the  thermometer  down  to  0°.  The 
weather  cleared  up. 

An  aurora,  seen  on  the  night  of  the  18th,  is  thus  described  in  the 
journals : 

At  10  p.  ni.  I  went  out,  and  the  aurora  was  spanning  the  azure  vault.  A 
smart  breeze  from  the  north  was  Wowing  nearly  the  whole  night.  This  seemed 
to  add  to  the  briskness  of  the  merry  dancers  as  they  crossed  the  heavens  to  anil 
fro.  An  hour  before,  the  sky  was  clear,  not  a  cloud  or  an  aurora  ray  to  be  seen; 
now,  a  belt  extended  across  the  heavens,  arch-like,  some  25°  above  tlie  horizon,  its 
direction  being  from  southeast  to  northwest.  I  watched  the  rising  arch.  Every 
few  moments  gave  varied  and  magnificent  changes.  At  length  pat<;hes  of  aurora 
burst  forth  here  Jiud  there.  Gradually  the  main  arch  reached  the  zenith,  and  then 
was  the  grand  jiart  of  the  scene.  Much  of  what  was  before  in  perpendicular  rays 
shot  athwart  and  across  the  heavens  swiftly  like  a  river  of  molten  gold,  here  and 
there  forming  vast  whirlpools,  here  and  there  an  eddy,  here  and  there  a  cataract 
of  stupendous  fall.  When  above  my  head,  it  seemed  less  than  a  ])istol-shot  dis- 
tant. Indeed,  it  was  near  by.  When  I  moved  quickly,  running  up  to  the  fop  of 
the  hill  by  the  igloo,  making  a  distance  of  less  than  50  fathoms,  the  arch  of  the 
aurora,  that  seemed  stationary  while  1  was  by  the  iyloo  and  in  transitu,  was  now 
several  degrees  to  the  southicest  of  me.  I  returned  as  quickly  to  the  ifiJoo,  and 
the  auroral  belt  was  directly  overhead.  So  small  a  base,  with  so  palpable  a 
change  in  the  bearing  of  the  auroia,  ju'oved  that  it  must  have  been  quite  close  to 
the  earth.  A  ball  of  fire  fell  during  the  display,  and  burst  Just  before  it  reached 
the  earth,  throwing  out  prismatic  sciutiUations  in  every  direction. 


84 


Noise  from  the  Aurora  (f). 


[Orlobrr,  I  NO  I. 


-r 


i'i   \l 


l> 


Hall  found  himself  unable  to  decide  whether  any  noise  actually 
proceeded  from  the  aurora.  On  questioning  the  Innuits  as  to  whether 
they  were  accustomed  to  hear  noises  during  its  dis[)lay,  they  answered 
**Yes;"oneof  them  endeavoring  to  imitate  the  sound  by  a  puffing 
noise  from  his  mouth,  which  noise,  Hall  says,  did  remarkably  accord 
with  what  he  thought  he  had  heard  himself  during  the  time  of  the 
most  active  displays.*  Auroral  action  of  equal  interest  occurred 
repeatedly  during  the  month. 

On  the  21st,  Hall  endeavored  to  erect  a  magnetic  observatory. 
Armou  cut  out  the  snow-blocks  and  sledged  them  to  the  center  of  a 
fresh-water  pond  about  fifty  yards  from  the  iyloo  and  covered  with  ice 
several  feet  in  thickness.  Hall  assisted  in  the  building,  passing  the  blocks 
of  snow,  which  on  the  back  and  on  the  north  side  of  the  building  were 
placed  in  two  tiers   half  way  up,  making  a  double  wall  to  shield  from 


*  Lieutenant  Hooper,  K.  N.,  second  in  eunuuiind  of  Lieutenant  PuUen's  Uoat-Expedition 
from  Icy  Cape  to  Mackenzie  Hiver,  spent  the  winter  of  1849-50  near  Fort  Franklin,  on  ]{ear 
Lake.  He  wrote  in  his  Journal ;  "  I  have  heard  the  aurora,  not  once,  but  many  times ;  not  faintly 
and  indistinctly,  hut  loudly  iind  unmistakably;  now  from  this  quarter,  now  from  that,  now  from 
one  point  on  high,  and  at  another  time  from  one  low  down.  At  first  it  seemed  to  resemble  the 
sound  of  iield-ice,  then  it  was  like  tlie  sound  of  a  water-mill,  and,  at  last,  like  the  whirring  of  a 
cauuon-shot  heard  from  a  Hlu)rt  distance." 

But  at  a  later  date  in  his  Arctic  life  Hooper  says  :  "  I  fancied  that  I  heard  this  aurora,  but 
the  noise  was  indubitably  produced  by  the  cracking  of  the  ice  on  the  lake." 

"There  is  no  satisfactory  evidence,"  says  Professor  Loomis,  "  that  the  aurora  ever  emits  an 
aiuliblo  sound.  The  sound  8up])osed  to  have  been  heard  has  been  described  as  ix  rustling,  hiss- 
ing, crackling  noise.  But  the  most  comp(^tent  <ibservers,  who  have  spent  several  winters  in  the 
Arctic  Regions,  where  auroras  are  seen  in  their  greatest  l)rilliancy,  have  been  convinced  that  this 
sui>posed  rustling  is  a  mere  illusion.  It  is,  therefore,  inferred  that  the  sounds  which  have  been 
ascribed  to  the  aurora  must  have  been  due  to  other  causes,  such  as  the  motion  of  the  wind,  or  the 
crackling  of  the  snow  and  ice  in  consequence  of  their  low  temperature.  If  the  aurora  emitted 
any  audible  sound,  this  soniul  ought  to  follow  the  auroral  movement  after  a  considerable  inter- 
val. Sound  requires  four  nunutes  to  travel  a  disiatice  of  50  miles.  But  the  observers  who  report 
noises  succeeding  auroral  movements  make  no  mention  of  any  interval.  It  is,  therefore,  inferred 
tli.it  the  sounds  which  have  been  heard  during  auroral  exhibitions  are  to  be  ascril>ed  to  other 
causes  than  the  aurora."     (Treatise  on  Meteorology,  p.  IfiC.) 

Ilearno  says  that  the  Northern  Indians  call  the  aurora  ed-thin,  i.  v.,  deer,  from  their  hav- 
ing seen  hairy  deer-skin,  when  briskly  stroked,  emit  electric  sparks.  The  Son  .icrn  Indians 
believe  it  to  be  the  spirits  of  departed  friends  dani'ing.  When  the  aurora  varies  in  color  and 
form,  they  say  their  deeea.sed  friemls  are  row/  mrrnj. 


f 


Oi'l«h<!r,  IMH'i. 


First  S/c(l(/c  Trl]). 


85 


lis 


the  coldest  gules.  A  hirge  snow-block  fashioned  Into  a  cohunn  .'5 
feet  in  height  was  set  upright  in  the  center  of  the  observatory,  and 
its  top  rounded  off  by  another  block.  The  whole  was  made  into  solid 
ice  by  i)ouring  water  on  it.  The  house  was  now  ready  for  the  dip 
circle  which  had  been  loaned  by  the  United  States  Coast  Survey. 
The  circle  was  luifortunately  broken  before  it  could  be  used  with 
success.* 

Discovering  that  his  ink  was  frozen  solid,  he  tried  the  succassful 
experiment  of  boiling  down  about  a  pint  to  a  thick  paste,  obtaining,  by 
diluting  this,  a  supply  for  his  present  use,  and  })reserving  his  ink- 
})owder  and  anti-freezing  ink,  the  gift  of  the  American  Bank  Note 
Company  of  New  York. 


KSKIMO  SLED. 


On  the  22d  a  sledge  journey  of  10  miles  was  made  down  the 
Welcome,  to  give  the  hungry  dogs  of  the  Innuits  a  full  meal  from  a 
whale's  carcass.  The  runners  of  this  sled,  made  of  2-incli  plank,  were 
16  feet  long,  each  being  shod  with  bone  from  the  jaw  of  a  whale.  Its 
15  cross-bars  made  of  staves,  each  3  feet  4  inches  long  and  5  inches 

'Ijcforc  Hall  left  New  York  Mr.  .Ijiiiich  Green,  iustruiiieiit-inaker,  net  up  lliis  cirele  on 
■.noimd  adjoiiiin};  Mr.  KuUieri'urd'H  observatory  and  wcut  through  a  set  of  oliservatious  and  oi 
e.\|)laua(tMy  iustruetiou  with  Hall.. 


'ii'" 


I 


86 


T/^c  l^irs^  Musk-ox  Hunt. 


lOrlobrr,  INUI. 


wide,  were  lashed  to  the  top  of  the  ninnors  by  strong  strips  of  walrus- 
hide.  This  i)lay  of  the  runners  makes  the  Eskimo  sled  superior  to  all 
others  in  its  flexibility  over  hummocky  ice.  Their  depth  was  9  inches, 
and  the  width  of  the  sled  outside  of  them,  3  feet. 

The  four  Innuits,  Ou-e-la,  Ar-too-a,  Nit-kcr-shoo,  and  Oong-oo-too, 
accompanied  Hall,  the  dog  team  being  made  up  of  fifteen  dogs.  Un- 
able to  find  the  whale  by  reason  of  the  quantity  of  pack-ice  which  had 
been  forced  on  shore,  the  party  crossed  a  bight  and  succeeded  in  satis- 
fying the  dogs  from  the  carcasses  of  two  bears,  which  were  with  diffi- 
culty uncovered  from  a  frozen  mass  of  stones.  Making  upon  the  rocks 
a  scanty  meal  from  what  they  had  brought  with  them  without  touch- 
ing the  bear-meat,  they  lighted  their  pipes  and  took  a  good  smoke. 
Then  placing  some  provision  within  two  deer  skins  which  were  made 
up  by  thongs  into  rolls  to  be  drawn  by  the  dogs,  they  started  on  a 
westerly  course  inland  to  visit  some  of  the  reindeer  deposits.  The 
sled  was  left  behind. 

A  more  exciting  scene  now  offered  itself.  Ou-e-la  soon  discov- 
ered the  tracks  of  musk-oxen,  and  brought  up  the  whole  party  by  his 
cries  of  ^^  Oo-ming-mung,  Oo-ming-mungJ^  Quickly  deciding  that  the 
tracks  were  not  very  old,  and  that  the  animals  might  be  sighted,  they 
entered  on  what  the  natives  regard  as  their  great  hunt.  The  tracks 
freshened.  The  animals  were  not,  however,  sighted  during  the  day. 
The  party  had  to  get  up  an  igloo  and  retire  to  rest  with  but  a  scanty 
meal  of  about  3^  ounces  for  each  man,  part  of  which  consisted  of 


**  casino." 


Outside  of  the  igloo,  the  thermometer  showed  16°  and  inside,  25°; 
a  temperature  pronounced  uncomfortable  by  the  four  warm-blooded 
Innuits  and  the  one  pale-face,  all  of  whom  slept  closely  sandwiched. 


A-  I 


OrtolM-r,  INHI.I 


The  First  Musk-Ox  Jliiiif. 


S7 


Hairs  liead  {lud  shoulders  were  Jietween  two  of  his  friends,  while  his 
feet  and  lej^s  were  mixed  up  with  those  of  the  other  two.  Early 
in  the  morniu}^,  after  smoking  in  bed,  his  companions  g'avo  him 
the  oidy  breakfast  which  could  be  had — the  marrow  melted  during- 
the  night  from  a  few  reindeer-bones  kept  close  by  their  flat  stone 
lamp.  They  then  slaked  their  thirst  from  a  lakelet,  cutting-  the  ice 
to  the  depth  of  18  inches,  and  resumed  their  hunt.  Following  the 
tracks  which  led  in  different  directions,  at  one  time  southwardly  toward 
the  "Great  Sea"  (Hudson's  Bay),  and  at  others  for  long  distances 
over  hill  and  valley,  at  length  they  descried  two  animals  on  the  top 
of  a  hill  at  the  opposite  end  of  a  lake.  The  dogs  were  immediately 
loosed,  but  very  soon  some  could  not  be  jn-evented  from  turning  aside 
to  the  tracks  of  reindeer.  After  considerable  delay,  however,  they 
were  again  brought  together  by  the  cries  of  the  Innuits,  whose  sharp, 
experienced  eyes  readily  discriminated  between  the  tracks  of  the 
reindeer  and  those  of  the  musk-ox.  The  hoofs  of  both  are  as  large 
as  those  of  the  common  ox,  and  much  the  same  in  appearance;  but 
the  little  knobs — fetlocks  (?) — behind  the  hoofs  are  the  tell-tale  be- 
tween the  tracks,  those  of  the  reindeer  being  more  prominent  and 
longer.  The  stand-droppings  of  the  deer  are  like  those  of  the  sheep; 
of  the  musk-cattle,  ''much  like  those  from  our  cattle  when  dry- 
fed." 

The  party  at  this  time  had  much  difficulty  in  the  pursuit,  the 
snow  being  too  soft  to  sui)port  their  weight.  As  much  as  possible  of 
the  route  was  selected  over  the  bare  rocks,  in  passing  over  which  they 
came  frequently  to  places  where  the  musk  bull  or  cow  had  pawed 
through  the  snow  and  fed  upon  the  grass  and  mosses  of  the  soil; 
uimiistakable  signs  also  appeared  of  their  having  lain  down  and  rested 


^. 


*^:*^^. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


/. 


<.^.4^ 


J 


1.0 


I.I 


^121   125 

go    " 

S6 


2.2 


m 


*f  |j4    i 


M 


1.25  III  1.4 


^ 


% 


^;. 


V 


'/ 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  873-4503 


^ 


88 


A  Fox  Cauffht  in  His  Own  Trap. 


[Oclchcr,  I8«4. 


'li'  ' 


ii; 


,1.: 


'      H     W: 


I 


ill'!  Ii 


!        ■   ■ 


I      ',^1, 


through  the  night.  Two  of  the  Innuits  went  forward  to  follow  up  the 
tracks  to  which  some  of  the  dogs  had  continued  to  keep  close. 

Hall,  with  Ou-c-la  and  Ar-too-a,  turned  aside  to  visit  a  reindeer 
deposit.  Noticing  the  tracks  of  a  fox,  on  close  examination  they  found 
a  hole  through  a  snow-bank  which  covered  a  cache,  and  on  loosening 
some  of  the  stones  discovered  a  fox  alongside  of  the  meat  within.  He 
was  dead  and  frozen  hard  as  a  rock.  The  hungry  fellow  had  buiTowed 
through  the  drift  and  forced  his  gaunt  body  in  through  a  very  small 
hole  between  the  stones.  But  he  had  so  gorged  himself  that  it  was 
impossible  for  him  to  get  back  through  the  hole  by  which  he  had 
entered.  The  meat  was  left  untouched,  for  the  Innuits  cannot  eat 
what  a  fox  has  meddled  with.  Ou-e-Ia  led  the  way  to  another  cache, 
which  he  opened,  but  only  by  a  very  severe  hammering  of  one  stone 
upon  another  to  unloose  the  mass,  locked  up  as  it  was  by  the  ice  A 
bountiful  repast  was  made  by  the  hungry  travelers  from  the  best  parts 
of  the  meat,  while  the  legs  and  head  were  re-cached  for  future  use. 

Hall  notes  that  the  custom  of  the  Innuits  when  making  these 
deposits  is  to  throw  down  the  carcass  of  the  slain  deer,  and  then  to  place 
upon  and  around  it  the  head,  legs,  shoulders,  and  saddle ;  covering  the 
whole  with  a  heavy  pile  of  stones.  The  frozen  mass  soon  becomes  so 
solid  that  any  one  but  an  Innuit  would  expect  to  separate  it  only  by 
blasting,  or  by  the  use  of  the  pick  and  the  crow-bar.  The  Innuit  perse- 
veringly  divides  it  by  using  a  wedge-shaped  stone,  on  which  he  strikes 
his  blows  with  another  often  weighing  100  pounds. 

After  visiting  this  deposit,  Ou-e-la  catching  up  the  distant  sound 
of  the  dogs,  by  the  use  of  Hall's  glass  descried  his  companions  about 
four  miles  distant,  standing  by  the  side  of  a  slain  ox.  The  party  again 
slaking  their  thirst  at  a  lakelet,  the  water  of  which,  as  usual,  was 


October,  J8tt4. 


A  Bear-Hunt. 


89 


filled  with  small  vermin,  soon  joined  their  companions.  The  slain 
animal  was  immediately  cut  up  and  hauled  to  the  igloo,  within  which 
all  rested  more  comfortably  on  the  night  following-,  reposing  on  a 
part  of  their  prize,  the  soft  woolly  skm,  which  felt  like  a  feather-bed. 
Having  no  blubber  for  oil,  they  could  h.ive  no  light.  In  the  morning, 
after  making  more  than  one  meal  on  their  fresh  meat,  they  succeeded 
in  getting  their  spoils  to  the  place  where  they  had  left  their  sledge, 
which  they  now  heavily  loaded.  An  addition  of  reindeer  and  bear 
meat  made  up  a  weight  in  all  of  neai-ly  3,000  pounds,  a  heavy  burden 
of  200  pounds  for  each  of  the  dogs.  They  arrived  at  home  early  in 
the  afternoon,  the  state  of  the  weather  having  dissuaded  them  from 
pursuing  the  second  musk-ox. 

The  day  following,  after  a  long  pursuit  by  eight  of  the  Innuits 
and  their  boys  with  guns,  spears,  and  dogs,  the  party  at  times  travel- 
ing over  very  rough  ice  and  then  on  the  new  sea-ice  which  in  some 
places  treacherously  opened  under  them,  a  bear  was  slain  by  a  third 
ball,  after  his  taking  to  the  open  water  A  line  passed  through  his 
jaws  brought  the  carcass  on  the  floe,  where,  the  weight  of  the  animal 
being  reduced  by  removing  his  entrails,  the  prize  was  at  last  secured 
by  being  drawn  by  ropes  fastened  through  his  nose  and  to  each  of  his 
fore  paws  over  the  thin  ice  and  across  the  fissures  to  the  firm  land 
While  Hall  was  assisting  in  dragging  this  bear,  he  repeatedly  broke 
tlirough  the  ice  into  the  sea. 

His  next  trip  was  with  two  parties  of  the  Innuits  coasting  on 
two  sleds — one  10  feet  in  length,  the  other  6 — over  ice  so  rough 
that  "as  they  went  along  banging  and  thumping  over  it  the  very 
life  seemed  to  be  shaken  out,  and  with  difficulty  they  clung  to  the 
sleds."     Arriving  at  a  place  where  they,  some  time  before,  had  made 


90 


.1  Dainty  Feast 


lOclsbvr,  ]H«4. 


ill 


V.  <\' 


I'l., , 


I    ' 


' 


■•  ',1 


a  deposit  under  a  boat,  and  turning  it  up  by  the  use  of  the  mast 
as  a  lever,  tlie  Innuits  selected  some  needed  things;  among  them  a 
keg  of  blubber,  which  they  presented  to  him.  Their  meal  on  this 
trip  was  again  made  on  the  skin  from  the  tail  of  the  black  whale. 
Seals  were  seen,  but,  following  their  custom,  the  Innuits  would  not 
now  hunt  them,  not  having  finished  their  work  on  the  reindeer-skins. 
Until  tlie  walrus  season  begins,  when  they  may  have  killed  the  bear  or 
seal  they  only  make  a  deposit  of  the  animal. 

The  8up})ly  of  venison  being  still  abundant,  feasting  in  the  village 
was  an  every-day  affair.  When  the  invitations  were  general,  as  on  the 
29th,  the  feast  was  held  in  two  connected  igloos,  in  one  of  which  all  the 
women  sat,  as  usual,  Turk  fashion,  on  their  snow-bench  bed,  while  in  the 
center  lay  a  huge  pile  of  raw  frozen  venison  and  tood-noo,  reindeer-fat. 
In  the  other  igloo  the  men  crowded  close  together;  the  walls  of  both 
resounding  with  peals  of  laughter,  above  the  confusion  of  tongues.  When 
they  began  the  feast,  a  large  piece  of  venison  was  picked  up  by  one  and 
the  edge  of  it  taken  between  the  teeth  which  answered  admirably  as  a 
vice  to  hold  it  fast,  while  the  knife  in  the  right  hand  was  plied  with  saw 
movements  near  the  nose,  cutting  the  meat  downward,  but  with  danger 
to  nose  and  lips.  In  this  way  as  large  a  piece  of  meat  was  cut  off  as 
(rould  be  gotten  into  a  widely-distended  mouth.  The  main  piece  was 
then  passed  to  the  next  guest,  who  followed  suit.  The  tood-noo,  in  its 
turn,  was  served  in  the  same  way.  The  eyes  of  the  reindeer  were  a 
delicate  morsel.  A  dish  of  reindeer  heads  and  necks,  boiled  with 
water  and  a  large  quantity  of  reindeer-blood  making  rich  soup,  some- 
times closes  the  feast.  Each  guest  takes  a  sup  of  this  in  turn  until 
it  is  gone.  The  woman  of  the  house  then  licks  the  ook-sook  (pot),  clean 
and  prepares  her  own  mess.     The  children  are  stuffed  almost  to  suffo- 


Is 


October,  kM04.i 


Preparation  of  Iteimkvr-nkins. 


91 


cation.     The  meals  beiiifj:  finished,  each  one  scrapes  the  grease  from 
liis  face  into  his  mouth  and  licks  his  fingers. 

The  Innuits  husily  employed  themselves  during  the  remainder  of 
the  ojjcn  season  in  the  preparation  of  reindeer-skins  for  dresses  and 
bed-coverings ;  their  custom  in  this  differing  from  that  of  the  natives  of 
Cumberland  Sound,  in  the  help  given  to  the  women  by  the  men.  The 
processes  for  this,  Hall  says,  are ;  first,  to  scrape  the  skin  by  an 
instrument  called  sek-koon  (by  the  Frobisher  Bay  Innuits,  tcg-se- 
koon).    This  instrument  is  about  6  inches  long,  including  the  handle, 


Bono  edge.  Iron  edge. 

SKK-KOON8  OU  SKIN-SCKAl'EKS,  HALF  SIZE. 

(Deposited  by  Hall  at  the  Sniitbsoniaii  Institution,  Washington.) 

and  is  made  of  a  peculiar  kind  of  whet  or  oil  stone,  or  else  of  musk-ox 
or  reindeer  bone,  or  of  sheet-iron.  The  second  step  is  to  dry  the  skins 
thoroughly;   the  third,  to  scrape  again  with  the  sek-koon,  taking  off 


I 


92 


An-koo-ting. 


[Oclsbcr.  1864. 


I    '^- 


every  bit  of  the  flesh  ;  the  fourth,  to  wet  the  flesh  side  and  wrap  it  up 
for  thirty  minutes,  and  then  again  scrape  with  the  seh-koon-,  which  last 
operation  is  followed  by  cliewing-  the  skin  all  over,  and  again  scraj)ing 
and  cross-scraping  with  the  instrument.  These  laborious  processes 
Hall  describes  as  resulting  "  in  the  breaking  of  the  skin,  making  the 
stiff  hide  soft-finished  like  the  chamois-skin."  The  whole  work  is 
often  completed  within  an  hour. 

Within  the  week  which  followed,  an-koo-tiny  was  again  practiced 
in  the  igloos.  On  two  occasions  Ebierbing  earnestly  pleaded  that  the 
(ui-ge-ko  would  relieve  him  from  rheumatism  with  which  he  had 
severely  suffered.  With  Hall's  consent  he  propitiated  the  an-ge-ko 
by  the  present  of  one  of  his  two-quart  tin  coffee-buckets.  When 
the  hour  came,  a  large  deer-skin  was  suspended  in  the  back  part 
of  the  igho.  The  an-gcko,  who  on  this  occasion  proved  to  be 
Ar-too-a,  entered  with  three  men  and  the  old  woman  Ook-bar-loo,  and 
iuunediately  asked  that  the  light  on  the  table,  where  Hall  had  seated 
himself  to  take  notes,  should  be  put;  out.  The  wide-extended  wick  of 
the  Eskimo  lamp  also  was  thumbed  down,  except  a  bit  at  one  end, 
which  gave  just  light  enough  to  make  the  scene  gloomy  and  cold. 
The  an-gc'-ko  then  took  off  his  boots,  and,  standing  on  the  bed-place, 
made  a  speech  of  about  ten  minutes,  during  which  Mother  Ook-bar- 
loo's  nuisical  voice  in  the  v,  oil-known  song,  "Am-na-yu-ya,"  contrasted 
strangely  with  the  hoarse  tones  of  the  an-gc-ko,  who  sometimes  made 
the  dome  of  the  snow-house  shake.  Ebierbing  cried  out  from  time  to 
time,  ^^At-tee!  At-tee!"  (Good!  Good!  goon).  ^w-^e-Ao  then  slipped 
([uietly  behind  the  curtain  and  made  a  sort  of  fluttering  with  his  mit- 
tened  hands,  occasionally  uttering  a  few  words  which  seemed  to  be  in 
the  tone  of  petition  to  the  Great  Unknown.     When  Ebierbing  was 


I 


Orlobrr,  IM6'I.| 


Hall  Aims  at  a  Seal. 


93 


operated  on  a  second  time,  tlie  ceremony  was  essentially  the  same. 
The  company  patiently  awaited  the  an-ge-ko's  Jipi)earance  for  half  an 
hour,  when  he  entered  hununing  an  Eskimo  song,  and  then  retiring, 
re-entered  with  the  same  song  in  the  low  door-way,  Ook-har-loo  again 
striking  up  her  monotony.  Among  his  antics  at  this  lime  he  grappled 
with  and,  with  a  seeming  supernatural  strength,  readily  threw  down 
two  of  the  strongest  Innuits. 

Ot  this  an-lioo-ting  the  chant  is  the  most  striking  feature;  it  is  low 
and  monotonous,  and  often  broken  by  the  suppressed  sobs  and  moaning 
of  the  sick.  The  grim,  swarthy  faces  of  the  men  and  women  spectrally 
illuminated  by  the  fitful  gleams  of  the  stone  lamp,  and  their  dark  bodies 
swaying  awkwardly  to  and  fro  and  keeping  time  to  the  rude  intona- 
tions of  their  barbarous  songs,  make  up  a  wild  and  unearthly  scene. 

The  last  day  of  October  was  comparatively  warm ;  the  wind 
was  southerly.  From  the  top  of  a  neighboring  hill.  Hall  saw  with 
his  marine  glass  a  number  of  seals,  from  two  to  three  miles  to  the 
northeast,  basking  on  a  floe.  One  of  them  especially  tempted  him, 
as  it  was  seen  very  near  hummocky  ice,  which  might  servo  as  a  mask 
until  he  could  get  within  rifle-shot.  Crossing  the  shallow  bay,  and 
trudging  weai'ily  over  the  very  rough  ice  in  some  places  so  massive 
as  to  hide  the  animal  entirely  from  view,  he  at  length  again  caught 
sight  of  it  by  peering  from  the  height  of  a  pile  of  ice  that  had  been 
thrown  up  by  pressure.  But  before  he  could  come  within  rifle-shot,  he 
was  compelled  to  wind  his  way  through  a  labyrinth  of  high  masses 
of  old  ice  from  the  far  north  which  had  grounded  here,  and  were 
keeping  the  new  ice  between  them  in  a  dangerous  state  for  traveling. 
The  ice  over  which  he  walked  was  covered,  too,  with  crystals  which 


I    :K 


•  r' 


i 


I. . 

r  i' 

III 


3!     f 


94 


Meteorological  Observations. 


[Norrmbrr,  1864. 


crisped  so  loudly  under  the  foot  that  he  could  make  his  advance 
only  while  the  seal  was  taking  its  cat-naps,  which  he  found  to  vary 
from  half  a  minute  to  a  minute  each  only;  he  watched  for  these 
very  closely.  To  secure  a  good  position  and  a  support  for  his  rifle,  he 
was  obliged  at  last  to  throw  himself  flat  on  the  ice,  and  hitch  himself 
along,  Eskimo  fashion.  In  this  way  he  got  within  fair  range,  and,  peer- 
ing through  a  crevice  in  the  hummock,  saw  the  seal  shake  its  flippei*s, 
roll  from  side  to  side,  and  then  drop  its  head  for  what  he  hoped  would 
be  its  last  nap.  After  taking  careful  aim,  he  thought  for  a  few  seconds 
that  he  surely  had  his  prize ;  but  on  firing,  the  seal  with  one  bound 
plunged  handsomely  through  its  hole  into  the  sea,  leaving  him  only  the 
grim  satisfaction  of  finding  enough  oil  at  the  hole  to  show  that  his  shot 
had  taken  effect.  He  knew  that  unless  a  seal  is  killed  at  the  instant,  it 
is  lost ;  for  it  lies  close  to  its  hole,  and  generally  with  its  head  hanging 
over  the  edge,  ready  for  a  plunge.  A  deep  fissure  in  the  ice  before  him 
prevented  any  further  efibrts  in  this  direction. 

The  Ist  of  November  was  a  day  of  storm,  the  wind  blowing  a 
gale  and  the  snow  flying  furiously.  Hall  commenced  making  his  me- 
teorological observations  seven  times  a  day.  He  had  previously 
to  this  registered  three  times  only ; — morning,  noon,  and  night.  He 
now  added  the  hours  3  a.  m.,  9  a.  m.,  3  p.  m.,  and  9  p.  m.  Nine  of  the 
thermometers  presented  to  him  by  Tagliabue,  of  New  York,  were  still 
at  liis  command.  They  agreed  well  at  the  higher  temperatures,  but 
below  zero  their  differences  showed  as  much  as  ten  degrees.  He  suc- 
ceeded in  neatly  repairing  his  sextant,  using  the  tube  of  a  broken  ther- 
mometer as  a  blow-pipe  and  some  "magic  salve"  as  a  flux. 

On  renewing  his  plans  for  the  coming  season,  the  Innuits  pro- 
posed  to  make  their  way  early  to   Iwillik   for  their  own  purposes. 


§ 


NsTcmbcr,  IN«4.| 


The  Innuits  will  go  to  Iti pulse  Baij  in  the  Sprhif/.         !)r) 


Tlie  first  stopping-place  on  their  route  would  be  Oo-koo-ish-e-lik, 
Wager  Bay,  where  they  would  build  hjloos  and  hunt  the  nuisk,  the 
bear,  and  the  seal.  Quite  early  in  the  season  a  passage  could  bo  made 
by  boats  along  the  land-ice  to  Repulse  Bay.  Hall  thought  tliat  he 
could  go  on  with  them  to  X fitch ille,  and  there  learn  the  best  way  of 
advancing  his  original  ])lans,  which,  however,  he  already  saw  W()ul( I 
require  length  of  time,  particularly  to  gain  the  sufficiently  strong  con- 
fidence of  the  Innuits  to  induce  them  to  accompany  him  to  King 
William's  Land.  His  record  says  :  "  I  must  not  say  I  will  do  so  and 
so,  but  rather  say  I  will  do  the  work  I  came  to  perform  (God  helping 
me),  take  whatever  time  it  will."  Up  to  the  10th  of  the  month  his 
party  had  opened  but  a  small  part  of  the  provision  brought  from  the 
Monticello,  and  he  had  given  the  larger  share  of  this,  including  90 
pounds  of  pemmican,  to  his  Innuit  friends.  But  in  turn  he  had  been 
so  generously  feasted  on  reindeer,  that  he  thought  if  he  could  live 
**  one-fifth  as  well "  during  the  remainder  of  his  stay,  he  would  have 
nothing  to  complain  of. 


CUP  AND  ItALL. 

(Deposited  at  the  SiuitbHOuian  Institution.) 


The   tribe  was  far  from  lacking  a  natural  love  of  amusement. 
They  had  learned  the  games  of  checkers  and  dominos,  doubtless  from 


il 


m 


m 


MM 


H^i 


iMNi 


96 


The  Key-low-tik. 


INavealMtr,  IMttl. 


the  whalers,  and  it  seemed  possible  to  teach  them  chess.     A  favorite 
game  was  that  of  the  cup  and  ball. 

They  gave  him  an  amusing  exhibition  of  one  of  their  serio-comic 
diversions.  This  was  a  performance  on  the  kcy-Iow-tlk,  their  bass- 
drum;  the  only  nmsical  instrument  which  he  found  among  them.  The 
instrument  itself,  and  the  changing  characters  from  the  comic  and  gro- 
tesque to  the  serious  and  superstitious,  earned  through  the  perform- 
ances by  both  men  and  women,  are  described  at  some  length. 


"■>'^^ 

^K^ 

%. 

i 

JP  '  % 

<tr 

^*s0^  .%» 

.r,    ^'«*--j;'^'*M!Mte  1 

Wi«iirJll 

*      .    ""^""".'v 

»m^       111,  ^'1 

HHMtiii 

IB 

*ii|| 

luH^V 

iPPf 

1' 

If       ^Sfe     ! 

P"f""  ■    • 

T^.=|g='^-„         ^iff-  '\^a^y  ^9''  -' " 

---^?=3fe.      ,=»= 

~^-  -^^^s-^-  ■'':.' jj'-WjjT-  ',  -i^  v-- 

PLAYING  THE  KEY-LOW-TIK. 


The  drum  is  made  from  the  skin  of  the  deer,  which  is  stretched 
over  a  hoop  made  of  wood,  or  of  bone  from  the  fin  of  a  whale,  b}'  the 


J    V 


II 


N«Temb«r,  1864.] 


Vreparation  of  the  Kci/-low-tik. 


97 


use  of  a  Htrong  braided  cord  of  sinew  passed  around  a  ^oove  on  the 
outside.  The  Jioop  is  about  2^  inches  wide,  1^  inches  thick,  and  3 
feet  in  diameter,  the  whole  instrument  weighing  about  4  jjounds.  The 
wooden  drumstick,  10  inches  in  length  and  3  inches  in  diameter,  is 
called  a  ken-toon. 


I 


KEY-LOW-TIK. 


Hall  gives,  in  substance,  this  account  of  the  process  of  prepar- 
ing the  key-low-tik :  The  deer-skin  which  is  to  be  the  head  of 
the  instrument  is  kept  frozen  when  not  in  use.  It  is  then  thor- 
oughly saturated  with  water,  drawn  over  the  hoop,  and  temporarily 
fastened  in  its  place  by  a  piece  of  sinew.  A  line  of  heavy,  twisted, 
sinew,  about  50  feet  long,  is  now  wound  tightly  on  the  groove  on  the 
outside  of  the  hoop,  binding  down  the  skin.  This  cord  is  fastened  to 
the  handle  of  the  key-low-tik,  which  is  made  to  turn  by  the  force  of 
several  men  (while  its  other  end  is  held  firmly),  and  the  line  eased  out 
as  required.  To  do  this  a  man  sits  on  the  bed-platform,  "having  one 
or  two  turns  of  the  line  about  his  body  which  is  incased  in  furred 
deer-skins,  and  empaled  by  four  upright  pieces  of  wood."  Tension  is 
secured  by  using  a  round  stick  of  wood  as  a  lever  on  the  edge  of  the 

skin,  drawing  it  from  beneath  the  cord.     When  any  whirring  sound  is 
S.  Ex.  27 7 


98 


raying  the  Keif-low-tik. 


tN«r«inlM<r,  1864. 


,1 


heard,  little  wliisps  of  reindeer-hair  are  tucked  in  between  the  skin  and 
the  hoop,  until  the  head  is  as  tight  as  a  drum. 

When  the  kcij-lotv-tik  is  played,  the  drum-handle  is  held  in  the  left 
hand  of  the  performer,  who  strikes  the  edge  of  the  rim  opposite  that 
over  which  the  skin  is  stretched.  lie  holds  the  drum'in  different  posi- 
tions, but  keeps  it  in  a  constant  fan-like  motion  by  his  hand  and  by 
the  blows  of  the  ken-toon  struck  alternately  on  the  opposite  sides  of 
the  edge.  Skillfully  keeping  the  drum  vibrating  on  the  handle,  ho 
accompanies  this  with  grotesque  motions  of  the  body,  and  at  intervals 
with  a  song,  while  the  women  keep  up  their  own  Innuit  songs,  one 
after  another,  through  the  whole  j)erformance. 

At  this  first  exhibition  which  Hall  witnessed  some  twenty-five 
men,  women,  and  children — every  one  who  could  leave  home — assem- 
bled to  see  the  skill  of  the  performers,  who  would  try  the  newly-fin- 
ished instiniment.  As  usual,  the  women  sat  on  the  platform,  Turk 
fashion ;  the  men,  behind  them  with  extended  legs.  The  women  were 
gaily  di'essed.  They  wore  on  each  side  of  the  face  an  enormous  pig- 
tail, made  by  wrapping  their  hair  on  a  small  wooden  roller  a  foot  in 
length;  strips  of  reindeer-fur  being  wrapped  with  the  hair.  These 
were  black  and  white  for  those  who  had  sons,  and  black  only  for  those 
who  had  none.  Shining  ornaments  were  worn  on  the  head,  and  on 
the  breast  they  had  masonic-like  aprons,  the  groundwork  of  which  was 
of  a  flaming  red  color,  ornamented  with  glass  beads  of  many  colors. 
The  women  thus  presented  a  pleasing  contrast  with  the  dark  visages 
of  the  men  in  the  background ;  while  their  naked  infants  were  playing 
here  and  there  in  a  mother's  lap,  or  peering  out  from  their  nestling 
place  in  a  hood. 

Ook-har-loo  was  the  first  performer.     This  young  man  was  a  son 


J'  i 


A.  :  ..,--J-. 


IVsrrniker,  tHfH, 


PJayhifi  the  Kcy-hw-tik. 


99 


o£.  Ever-at,  whose  picture  is  jj-ivon  in  Parry's  Narrative  of  his  second 
voyage,  and  wlio  is  named  by  him  as  helping  to  draw  one  of  the 
charts.  Whjen  Ook-har-ho  was  tired  out,  Oon-goo-too  took  up  the  Ar/y- 
loiv  tik,  the  women  striking  up  for  him  their  second  song.  Ou-c-la  now 
gave  Hall  a  puncli  in  the  side,  which  was  understood  to  mean,  "Just 
see  what  my  people  can  do";  when  the  performers,  stripping  oflF  their 
jackets  to  be  naked  from  their  loins  up,  alternately  dealt  each  other's 
arms  such  fearful  blows  that  Hall  thought  their  very  bones  must  bo 
broken,  and  seemed  to  feel  his  own  shoulders  ache.  The  one  who  had 
played  the  key-low-tik  the  longer  now  struck  his  blows  without  mit- 
tens, and  Ook-har-loo  ere  long  gave  signs  of  surrender.  The  times 
varied  from  10  to  13  minutes  each. 

Ar-too-a,  Ar-moii,  and  Ou-e-la  followed  as  performers  at  short  in- 
tervals, one  of  them  making  as  high  as  a  hundred  and  sixty  strokes  in 
a  minute  with  the  ken-toon.  Then  Nu-ker-zhoo,  getting  his  hand  under 
the  key-low-tik,  and  dealing  rapid  blows  first  on  one  edge  and  then  o" 
the  other,  by  this  jugglery  kept  it  vibrating  in  the  air  and  brought  out 
from  it  the  same  sounds  as  when  played  in  the  usual  way.  Hall,  being 
then  called  out  by  the  house,  tried  his  hand,  but  for  less  than  three 
minutes,  when  the  key-low-tik  was  on  the  floor,  his  ai*m  and  wrist  ach- 
ing from  the  weight,  and  the  whole  igloo  convulsed  with  laughter. 
Ebierbing  was  called  for,  but  was  too  weak  from  recent  sickness  to 
perform.  Before  this  part  of  the  exhibition  closed,  the  performers 
showed  up  the  differences  in  playing  as  practiced  by  the  neighboring 
tribes. 

The  meeting  now  suddenly  changed  to  one  of  a  serious  character. 
Ook-har-loo,  when  he  resumed  playing,  instantly  extinguished  the  lights, 
leaving  only  the  dim  moon  to  creep  in  through  the  fresh-water-ice 


¥i> 


100 


A  Move  to  the  Walrus-Grounds. 


[Ncrember,  1864. 


ii 


hi  1, 


m 


•8i; 


15 


window  of  the  igliw.  He  then  commenced  his  talk  with  the  spirits, 
cacconipanied  by  clapping  of  hands,  jumping  up  and  down,  sideways 
and  forwards,  and  then  backing  out  from  the  igloo  and  returning. 
During  all  this  an-koo-ting  one  and  another  of  the  audience  kept 
repeating  "words  which  seemed  not  unlike  those  of  a  penitent  giving 
in  his  experience  at  a  revival  meeting." 

By  the  middle  of  this  month  the  Innuits  had  finished  their  work 
on  the  reindeer-skins.  Too-ko-li-too  had  labored  for  thirty  days,  fifteen 
hours  out  of  the  twenty-four,  during  which  time,  with  but  little  assist- 
ance from  Ebierbing  even  in  cleaning  the  skins,  she  had  made  up, 
besides  bedding,  seven  complete  fur  suits ;  two  for  Hall,  two  for  her 
husband,  two  for  herself,  and  one  for  Rudolph.  Preparation  was  now 
busily  made  for  moving  off  to  th  ^  walrus-grounds,  the  first  step  toward 
which  was  to  cover  the  sledge-runners  with  muck,  a  kind  of  peat 
obtained  from  a  marsh  after  digging  four  feet  through  the  snow  and 
about  a  foot  into  the  frozen  ground.  The  muck  is  saturated  with 
water,  and  a  handful  at  a  time  placed  on  the  runners  at  the  very 
coldest  hour,  to  ice  them.  Several  families  moved  off  on  tbo  15th. 
Ebierbing,  who  went  forward  with  them  to  assist  in  erecting  igloos, 
saw  flocks  of  ducks  moving  south.  The  first  huts  which  were  built 
were  four  connected  ones  having  a  common  central  place.  In  Hall's, 
Too-koo-li-too  first  covered  the  snow-bed  place  with  boards,  and  put 
over  these  a  quantity  of  dry  shrubs  and  the  reindeer- furs.  Before 
Hall  had  left  his  old  hut,  on  learning  that  the  Innuit  customs  forbade 
the  burning  of  shrubs  in  a  new  home,  he  had  roasted  enough  coffee 
for  a  supply  of  two  months.  And  before  leaving  the  first  igloo  he  had 
made  the  honest  record  in  his  journal,  that  on  a  visit  from  Ou-e-la 


'  "^JP^T'TSFTl^rTr'"^ 


Narembrr,  t864.| 


Superstition. 


101 


and  Ar-moii,  they,  with  Ebierbing  and  himself,  indulged  with  great 
freedom  in  the  use  of  Hubbell's  Golden  Bitters,  the  indoreement  on 
which  is,  "Good  for  dyspepsia."  "Although  the  bitters  were  as  thick 
as  molasses,  it  was  difficult  to  get  it  from  the  bottles  quick  enough  to 
supply  the  demand."  The  next  morning  was  one  of  headache  and 
repentance  to  some ;  yet  the  natives  declared  they  had  never  been  so 
happy  as  on  the  night  before.  Long  before  this,  however,  the}'  had 
leanied  from  the  whalers  to  drink,  smoke,  and  sweai*. 

On  entering  their  new  igloos  the  Innuits  renewed  their  perform- 
ances of  the  Tcey-low-tik  and  of  an-koo-ting.  In  the  latter  of  these 
perfornances  the  an-ge-ho  (Ar-too-a)  now  made  use  of  three  walrus 
spears.  One  of  these  he  thrust  into  the  wall  of  the  snow-house, 
and,  after  the  usual  accompaniments  which  have  been  already 
depcribed,  ran  with  it  outside  of  the  igloo,  where  his  ejaculations 
wore  responded  to  by  the  party  inside  with  the  cries  of  ^^At-teef 
At-tee!^^  Returning  with  his  spear  to  the  door,  he  had  a  severe 
wrestling  match  with  four  of  the  men,  who  overcame  him.  But 
coming  again  into  the  central  igloo,  and  having  the  lights  which  had 
been  at  the  first  patted  down,  relit,  he  showed  the  points  of  two  spears 
apparently  covered  with  fresh  blood,  which  he  held  up  in  the  pres- 
ence of  all.  Muttering  something  in  a  low  tone  at  them,  he  gave  a 
puff  and  then  wiped  them  clean  with  the  Innuits'  universal  dish-cloth — 
the  tongue.  The  an-ge-ho  then  recommenced  his  incantations,  address- 
ing for  a  minute  or  so,  with  his  head  erect,  the  Great  Power  above, 
and  then,  with  head  on  the  floor,  the  Spirit  below.  Kneeling  on  Too- 
koo-li-too's  fur  jacket  in  the  center  of  the  hut,  he  kept  this  up  for  a  full 
half  hour.  After  his  exhibition  had  closed.  Hall  learned  that  the  Spirits 
had  revealed  to  the  an-ge-ko  that  he  and  libierbing  must  exchange 


^Ij 


102 


Hall  An-koo-ted. 


INoTeinber,  1804. 


•f 
III   ■.^- 


wives  for  the  night*  This,  Hall  effectually  intervened  to  forbid.  He 
records,  also,  the  clear  testimony  of  the  wife  of  one  of  the  Innuits  in 
behalf  of  Too-koo-li-too  herself  that  she  had  repelled  the  previously 
attempted  efforts  on  the  part  of  the  other  women  to  persuade  her  to 
accept  the  decree. 

In  a  time  of  sickness  during  the  month  Hall  himself  had  been 
prevailed  on  to  be  an-kooted,  and  the  an-ge-ko  had  told  him  that  his 
sickness  had  been  owing  to  his  having  eaten  on  his  first  expedition 
tood-noo  prepared  in  a  wrong  way,  and  to  the  fact  that  he  had  left  in 
his  own  country  an  enemy  who  had  tried  to  do  him  harm.  When  he 
acknowledged  that  these  two  things  were  true,  the  Innuits  were  much 
pleased  with  the  evidence  of  power  in  their  an-ge-ko,  and  Hall  con- 
sented to  obey  the  decree  given  him,  that  he  should  never  again  wear 
certain  garments  which  had  been  presented  to  him  by  some  of  his 
Innuit  friends. 

During  the  last  days  of  the  month  several  walrus  hunts  were 
entered  upon,  the  first  sviccess  in  which  was  prevented  by  the  poorness 
of  the  seal-skin  lines  which  had  been  made  to  supply  the  loss  of  the 
stronger  oiics  missed  some  time  before  from  their  place  of  deposit. 
From  unmistakable  signs  noticed  when  they  had  gone  down  the  coast 
for  these  lines,  the  natives  were  satisfied  that  they  had  been  stolen  by 
some  party  from  one  of  the  whale-ships.     Hall  accompanied  them  on 

*  Heanio  says  of  tbo  Indian  tribes  on  the  Sea  of  tlio  North :  "It  is  a  very  common  custom 
in  this  country  to  cxelianjj;o  a  night's  lotlRinR  with  each  other's  ■wives ;  but  this  is  so  far  from 
bciuj»  considered  criminal  that  it  is  esteemed  one  of  the  strongest  ties  of  friendship  between  the 
two  families ;  in  case  of  the  death  of  either  man  the  other  considers  himself  bound  to  support  th(i 
children  of  the  deceased.  This  duty  is  never  neglected,  (Hearne,  p.  125'.)  Father  Veniamfnoff, 
a  Russian  priest,  who  labored  anu)ng  the  Aleutian  tribes,  is  quoted  by  Mr.  Dall  as  saying  that 
formerly  they  practiced  frequent  secret  orgies,  and  that  "a  gucxt  shared  aU  marital  righh  with  his 
host."  These  customs,  however,  as  is  avcU  known,  arc  not  exclusively  those  of  the  North  Ameri- 
can triboa. 


ll    i':, 


December,  1864.] 


Following  up  the  Walrus. 


103 


their  hunts,  although  he  had  been  several  times  confined  to  his  hjloo 
by  a  sore  throat  and  by  bruises  received  on  his  rough  sledge-journeys. 
He  endeavored  to  supply  the  loss  of  the  walrus-lines  by  loaning  the 
sheets  of  his  boat  Sylvia.  A  bear  and  a  number  of  walruses  were 
secured ;  others  which  were  only  struck  on  the  ice  were  lost  during  the 
nights,  when  they  escaped  by  the  tide  setting  the  floe  back  to  the  land. 
But  the  condition  of  the  ice  was  fine  for  hunting,  and  the  promise  for 
the  season  was  good.  Hall  notices  that  on  each  morning,  after  the 
men  had  gone  off  to  hunt,  their  women  took  each  a  cup  down  to  tho 
shore  and  left  it  there  ;  probably  under  the  idea  that  this  would  bring 
success. 

On  the  Cth  of  the  month  following,  Ou-e-la  and  Ebierbing  found 
a  walrus  of  a  large  size  butting  his  head  through  the  ice,  which  was 
4  inches  thick,  with  a  force  sufficient  to  throw  masses  of  it  several 
feet  into  the  air.  On  a  signal  to  the  other  hunters  they  scattered 
themselves,  watching  for  another  appearance.  The  animal  burst 
through  the  ice  six  times  before  he  was  hrxpooned  Generally,  when 
pursued,  he  moves  in  a  direct  line,  and  the  natives  are  accustomed 
to  calculate  where  he  will  jwobably  make  his  second  or  third  rise. 
The  holes  which  he  works  up  through  the  ice  are  sometimes  as  far 
apart  as  100  rods,  but  the  distances  decrease  in  proportion  to  the 
lengtli  of  the  pursuit,  during  which  the  animal  is  often  drowned.  Tho 
Innuits  sometimes  follow  nearly  the  same  plan  in  drowning  ducks, 
though  this  is  done  when  there  is  no  ice  to  cover  them.  A  flock 
which  is  swimming  is  approached  by  the  hunter  in  a  ky-ak,  when  most 
of  them  take  alarm  and  fly  away,  but  some  dive  down.  The  hunter 
rapidly  follows  in  the  probable  direction  in  which  the  now  submarine 
ducks  are  swimming,  and  the  instant  that  one  appears  above  water,  it 


e 


)  i 

l\  .■ 

'-    : 

ft* 


H 
i 


IP 


104 


Ou-c-la's  Stories. 


[Dc    mbcr,  1864. 


k  frightened  down  by  shouts  and  antic  tricks  in  the  way  of  motions. 
This  one  is  selected  as  the  victim  or  prize,  and,  as  the  hunter  gets  near 
it,  he  sees  and  follows  it  through  the  clear  water.  As  often  as  it 
comes  up  to  breathe,  his  shouts  and  motions  follow,  and  thus  the  pur- 
suit is  made  till  finally  the  poor  duck  is  dead.  Hall  remembered  that  in 
1861,  when  making  a  passage  through  the  Beare  Sound  of  Frobisher, 
some  of  his  Innuit  friends  could  not  be  restrained  from  pursuing  this 
sport  till  they  had  deceived  the  ducks  in  the  way  described.  "  It 
certainly  is  an  economical  way  to  secure  provision  v/ithout  the  use  of 
spears  or  guns." 

On  the  same  day  on  which  the  walrus  was  secured,  several  of  the 
natives  had  a  desperate  encounter  with  a  huge  Polar,  killing  it  while 
three  of  their  dogs  kept  the  animal  at  bay.  One  of  the  lances  which 
had  entered  the  animal,  he  drew  out  with  his  teeth,  and  gave  their 
best  dog  a  terrible  wound,  cutting  through  the  skin  and  flesh  of  his 
neck  as  clean  as  with  a  sharp  knife. 

Ou-e-la,  on  returning  from  these  hunts,  entertained  Hall  with 
some  huge  bear-stories.  With  much  emphasis  he  told  of  a  woman  who, 
a  few  years  before,  had  heard  a  strange  noise  outside  her  igloo,  and  on 
leaving  it,  was  seized  by  a  large  bear,  who  completely  scalped  her  and 
disemboweled  her  child.  An  old  man  in  the  igloo,  although  a  cripple 
in  both  legs,  fastening  a  long  knife  to  the  end  of  a  pole  and  crawling 
through  the  narrow  passage-way  of  the  hut  at  the  doorway,  braced 
his  lance  against  the  icy  floor,  when  the  bear,  while  springing  toward 
his  new  victim,  became  his  own  executioner  by  receiving  the  knife 
directly  through  his  heart.  Ou-e-la  further  said  that  he  had  once, 
single-handed,  killed  a  large  bear  with  a  lance  only;  at  another  time 
he  had  killed  a  bear  of  equal  size  with  bow  and  arrow,  without  the 


DeceiMbcr,  1864.] 


''The  Arc-Ur 


105 


assistance  even  of  dogs.  lie  had  seen  a  bear  kill  a  walrus  by  using  a 
piece  of  ice  weighing  more  than  any  one  man  could  lift.  The  bear 
rounds  the  ice  into  a  'all,  and  stealthily  runs  on  his  hind  legs  toward 
his  sleeping  victim ;  if  the  first  blow  on  the  head  of  the  walrus  fails 
to  kill,  he  finishes  his  work  by  repeated  blows  on  the  thick  skull.  He 
contents  himself  with  the  blubber  only,  leaving  the  mass  of  meat  for 
the  fox,  or  for  other  animals  which  may  follow  his  tracks. 

A  peculiar  animal  was  described  to  Hall,  an  account  of  which  is 
scarcely  to  be  found  in  Arctic  books.  The  natives  speak  of  it  as 
being  larger  than  the  bear,  and  as  very  ferocious  and  much  more  diffi- 
cult to  be  killed.  It  has  grayish  hair,  a  long  tail,  and  short,  thick 
legs,  its  fore  feet  being  divided  into  three  parts  like  the  partridge's; 
its  hind  feet  are  like  a  man's  heels.  When  resting,  it  sits  upright  like 
a  man.  A  Neitchille  Innuit,  crawling  into  a  hole  for  shelter  in  the 
night,  had  found  one  sound  asleep  and  quickly  dispatched  it  with  his 
knife.  It  may  be  added  here  that  Ebierbing,  now  residing  in  the 
United  States,  confirms  such  accounts  of  the  "Arc-la"  and  says  that 
the  animal  once  inhabited  his  native  country  on  Cumberland  Sound. 

On  the  morning  of  the  10th,  Ebierbing,  Ou-e-la,  Ar-too-a,  Ar- 
mou,  Oon-goo-too,  and  Nu-ker-zJioo,  accompanied  by  Rudolph,  started 
on  two  sledges  with  full  dog-teams  to  visit  the  whaling-vessels  winter- 
ing in  Depot  Island — a  contemplated  trip  which  had  been  deferred 
only  till  the  walrus  season  should  commence.  Rudolph  was  the  hap- 
piest of  the  party.  He  had  proved  of  little  service  to  Hall,  having 
early  become  dissatisfied  with  the  strange  mode  of  life  to  which  his 
employer  had  habituated  himself  Yet  he  was  ai  times  a  voracious 
eater,  consuming  as  much  as  8  pounds  of  solid  food  at  a  meal,  and  then 
complaining  of  a  feeling  of  "  gone-ness,"  and  fearing  he  would  stJirve 


i 


!    ''I 

i 


106 


Rudolph  Dismissed. 


IDecviuber,  186'1. 


to  death.  A  part  of  tho  time  lie  had  btjen  separately  put  in  charge  of 
one  of  the  natives.  He  now  looked  forward  with  great  satisfaction  to 
resuming  his  life  on  shipboard  and  to  ship-diet  The  parting  was 
friendly.  Hall  gave  him  a  letter  to  the  captain  of  the  Monticello,  ask- 
ing that  he  would  get  a  place  for  him  on  one  of  the  whalers.  Rudolph 
was  also  cautioned  to  have  care  of  himself  on  the  sledge  journey,  and 
the  natives  were  requested  to  see  that  he  should  not  be  frost-bitten. 
At  the  same  time  a  confidential  history  of  Rudolph's  conduct  was  sent 
to  the  ship,  lest  the  man  should  gain  credit  if  he  attempted  to  spread 
misrepresentations  among  the  whalers.  His  dissatisfaction  and  his 
uselessness  to  Hall  had  been  largely  owing  to  his  disease  of  homesick- 
ness and,  during  the  latter  part  of  his  time,  to  an  attack  of  scurvy. 

A  second  letter  to  Captain  Chapel  requested  that  he  would  grant, 
at  Hall's  cost  whatever  reasonable  requests  the  natives  might  make,  if 
the  value  of  the  articles  asked  for  by  them  should  exceed  that  of  the 
skins  and  clothing  t  ilcen  down  by  them  for  barter.  Among  the  articles 
for  which  Hall  himself  a&ked  were  a  gun,  a  spy-glass,  some  walrus-lines, 
and  tobacco,  with  a  loaf  of  bread  and  a  piece  of  butter  for  Too-koo-li- 
too.  He  wanted  50  pounds  of  tobacco,  for  it  went  further  than  any- 
thing else  in  gaining  the  good-will  and  lielp  of  the  natives.  Ou-e-la 
waited  for  the  dispatches,  which  were  made  up  by  9  a.  m.,  and  then 
overtook  the  sleds  a  mile  in  advance  out  on  tlie  rough  ice,  where  the 
dogs  were  howling  and  springing  with  all  their  might  to  be  off.  Hall 
went  with  him  that  far,  and  on  parting  gave  Ou-e-la  a  kiss  (koo-nik) 
on  his  iron  though  warm  cheek.     The  journal  says : 

The  sun  was  just  lifting  its  glorious  face  from  the  ice  horizon  of  Eowe's  Wel- 
come. The  air  was  calm  and  the  temperature  02°  below  freezing-point  by  my  large 
thermometer;  therefore  it  was  dry  and  exhilarating.  The  heavens,  opposite  the 
suu,  were  glowing  iu  warm  crimson  clouds,  their  upper  edges  tinted  with  i)urple 


December,  1864. 


The  Natives  Visit  the  Whalers. 


107 


and  silverj'  hues.  Tbe  day  throughout  was  the  coldest  of  the  season,  as  the  ther- 
mometer showed,  but  not  the  coldest  as  far  as  its  eifect  ui)on  the  luiman  system 
is  concerned.  The  average  of  three  sets  of  observations  on  eight  thermometers 
gave  05°  below  freezing-point  as  the  aA^erage  of  the  day.  I  have  tried  some 
experiments,  perhaps  too  simple  to  require  record.  I  put  one  of  my  fingers  in 
contact  with  the  brass  plate  of  one  of  the  thermometers;  instantly  I  felt  a  sharp 
running  sensation;  in  a  few  seconds  that  part  of  my  flesh  exposed  to  the  brass 
plate  was  white  as  snow  and  frozen  solid.  A.  smart  rubbing  with  my  other  hand 
soon  took  the  frost  out,  and  the  finger  was  as  well  as  ever.  I  placed  another 
finger  for  thirty  seconds  in  exposed  mercury;  the  smarting  at  first  was  severe,  in 
fact,  felt  as  though  the  finger  was  in  a  fire,  but  before  the  thirty  seconds  expired 
the  smarting  ceased,  and  I  felt  noways  disagreeable.  On  taking  my  finger  out 
of  the  mercury,  it  was  frozen  solid  as  a  rock ;  a  smart 
persevering  rubbing  again  took  the  frost  out.  I  tried 
several  times  during  the  day  the  exi)eriment  of  keeping 
my  hands  unmittened,  walking  around  thus  for  half  an 
hour  without  their  feeling  very  cold,  and  could  have  con- 
tinued with  my  hands  thus  exjjosed  for  a  longer  time 
had  I  been  on  a  smart  walk,  as  when  traveling  on  a  jour- 
ney. When  there  is  no  moisture  in  the  air,  as  to-day,  no  dog-skin  mittens. 
one  would  sujipose  the  temperature  as  cold  as  the  thermometers  indicate.  I  have 
felt  colder  in  the  States  with  the  thermometer  32°  than  here  in  my  walks  to-day 
with  hands  and  face  exposed  and  ha\iug  no  other  coat  on  but  my  civilization 
(Brevoort)  one. 

The  letter  of  the  most  interest  sent  by  the  natives  to  the  whalers 

reads  as  follows : 

Winter  Quarters,  in  Igloo, 

Noo-WooK,  West  end  Eowe's  Welcome, 
Lat.  04°  -lO'  N.,  Long.  87°  20'  W.,  Friday,  December  10,  1864. 
Dkar  Friend  Chapel:  In  this  letter  I  have  some  deeply  interesting  intelli- 
gence to  communicate  to  you.  Since  falling  in  with  the  natives  I  have  not  been 
idle.  Nothing  in  Parry's  nan'ative  of  second  voyage  for  the  discovery  of  the  North- 
west Passage  relating  to  the  Eskimos  of  Winter  Island  and  Igloolik  but  tlieso 
natives  are  perfectly  posted  up  in.  Indeed,  I  find  through  my  superior  interi)re- 
ter,  Too-koo-litoo,  that  many  deeply  interesting  incidents  occurred  at  both-named 
places  that  never  found  their  place  in  Parry's  or  Lyon's  works.  But  the  great  work 
ah'eady  done  by  me  is  the  gaining  little  by  little  from  these  natives,  through  Too- 
koo-li-too  and  Ebierbing,  news  relating  to  Sir  John  Franklin's  Expedition.    This, 


1, 


1'^ 


108 


Further  Reported  News  of  FrankUrHs  Men.      iMwjember,  i8«4. 


you  know,  was  tho  great  object  of  my  mission  to  tlie  North.  1  cannot  stop  to  tell 
you  now  all  1  have  gained  of  this  people — no,  not  the  one  hundredtli  part. 
[Tho  natives  are  now  loading  sledge;  it  is  7  o'clock  30  minutes  a.  m.] 
I  will  give  you  very  briefly  what  tho  people  of  England  and  America  will  be 
most  interested  to  learn.  When  I  come  down  I  shall  bring  my  dispatches  and 
journals  up  to  tho  time  of  writing  you,  and  these  will  be  committed  to  your  caro 
for  transmitting  to  tho  States.  The  most  important  matter  that  I  have  acquired 
relates  to  the  fact  that  there  may  yet  bo  three  survivors  of  Sir  John  Franklin's 
Expedition,  and  one  of  these,  Crozier,  the  one  who  succeeded  Sir  John  Franklin 
on  his  death.  The  details  are  deeply  interesting,  but  this  must  suffice  till  I  come 
down:  Crozier  and  three  men  with  him  were  found  by  a  cousin  of  Ou-ela  (Albert), 
Shoo-sheark-nook  (John),  and  Ar-too-a  (Frank),  while  mo\ing  on  the  ico  from  one 
igloo  to  another;  this  cousin  having  with  him  his  family  and  engaged  in  sealing. 
This  occurred  near  Neitchille  (Boothia  Felix  Peninsula).  Crozier  was  nothing 
but  "skin  and  bones,"  was  nearly  starved  to  death,  while  the  three  men  with  him 
were  fat.  The  cousin  soon  learned  that  the  three  fat  men  had  been  living  on 
human  flesh,  on  the  flesh  of  their  companions  who  all  deserted  the  two  ships  that 
were  fast  in  mountains  of  ice;  while  Crozier  was  the  only  man  that  would  not  eat 
human  flesh,  and  for  this  reason  ho  was  almost  dead  from  starvation.  This  cousin, 
who  has  two  names  (but  I  cannot  stop  to  get  them  now),  took  Crozier  and  the 
three  men  at  once  in  charge.  He  soon  caught  a  seal,  and  gave  Crozier  quickly  a 
little — a  very  little  piece,  which  was  raw — only  one  mouthful  the  first  day.  Tho 
cousin  did  not  give  the  three  fat  men  anything,  for  they  could  well  get  along,  till 
Crozier's  life  was  safe.  The  next  day  the  cousin  gave  Crozier  a  little  larger  piece 
of  same  seal.  By  the  judicious  care  of  this  cousin  for  Crozier,  his  life  was  saved. 
Indeed,  Crozier's  own  judgment  stxick  to  him  in  this  terrible  situation,  for  he  agreed 
with  the  cousin  that  one  little  bit  was  all  he  should  have  tho  first  day.  When 
the  cousin  first  saw  Crozier's  face,  it  looked  so  bad — ^liis  eyes  all  sunk  in,  tho 
face  so  skeleton-like  and  haggard,  that  he  did  not  dare  to  look  xipon  Crozier's 
face  for  several  days  after;  it  made  him  feel  so  bad!  This  noble  man,  whom 
the  whole  civilized  world  will  ever  remember  for  humanity,  took  care  of 
Croziei-  and  his  three  men,  save  one  who  died,  through  the  whole  winter.  One 
man,  however,  died  a  short  time  after  tho  cousin  found  them,  not  because  he 
starved,  but  because  he  was  sick.  In  the  spring,  Crozier  and  the  remaining  two 
men  accompanied  this  cousin  on  the  Boothia  Felix  Peninsula  to  Neitchille,  where 
there  were  many  Innuits.  Crozier  and  each  of  his  men  had  guns  and  a  plenty  of 
ammunition,  and  many  pretty  things.  They  killc^d  a  great  many  ducks,  nowyers, 
&c.,  with  their  guns.    Here  they  lived  with  the  Innuits  at  Neitchille,  and  Crozier 


December,  1864.] 


HaWs  Letter  to  Chapel. 


109 


becamo  fat  and  of  good  health.  Crozier  (old  this  cousin  that  he  was  once  at 
IicillUc  (ItepiUse  Bay),  at  Winter  Island  and  Igloolik,  many  years  before,  and 
that  at  the  ivio  last-named  places  he  saw  many  Innuits,  and  got  acquainted  Avith 
them.  This  cousin  had  heard  of  Parry,  Lyon,  and  Crozier,  from  his  Innuit  friends 
at  Repulse  Bay,  some  years  previous^  and  therefore  when  Crozier  gave  him  his 
name  ho  recollected  it.  The  cousin  saw  Crozier  one  year  before  he  found  him  and 
the  three  men,  where  the  two  ships  were  in  the  ice.  It  was  there  that  he  found 
out  that  Crozier  had  been  to  Igloolik. 

Crozier  and  the  two  men  lived  with  the  Neitchille  Innuits  some  time.  The 
Iimuits  liked  him  (C.)  very  much,  and  treated  him  alw.ays  very  kindly.  At  length 
Crozier,  with  his  two  men  and  one  lunuit,  who  took  along  a  Male  (?)  [an  India- 
rubber  boat,  as  Ebierbing  thinks  it  was,  for  all  along  the  ribs  there  was  some- 
thing that  could  be  filled  with  air],  left  Neitchille  to  try  to  go  to  the  Icohlunah 
country,  taking  a  south  course. 

When  Ou-ela  (Albert)  and  his  brothers,  in  1854,  saw  this  cousin  that  had 

been  so  good  to  Crozier  and  his  men,  at  Pelly  Bay  which  is  not  far  from  Neitch- 

ille,  the  cousin  had  not  heard  whether  Crozier  and  the  two  men  and  Neitchille 

Innuit  had  ever  come  back  or  not.    The  Innuits  never  think  they  are  dead — do 

not  believe  they  are.    Crozier  offered  to  give  his  gun  to  the  cousin  for  saving  his 

life,  but  he  would  not  accept  it,  for  he  was  afraid  it  would  kill  him,  it  made  such 

a  great  noise,  and  killed  everything  with  nothing.    Then  Crozier  gave  him  a 

long,  curious  knife  (sword,  as  Ebierbing  and  Too-koo-li-too  say  it  was),  and  many 

pretty  things  besides.    [The  dogs  are  all  in  harness,  and  sledges  loaded,  and 

Innuits  waiting  for  my  letters.    I  promise  to  be  ready  in  30  minutes.]    Crozier 

told  the  cousin  of  a  fight  with  a  band  of  Indians — not  Innuits,  but  Indians.    Tliis 

must  have  occurred  near  the  entrance  of  Great  Fish  or  Back's  River.    More  of 

this  when  I  see  you.        #        ♦        * 

God  bless  you. 

C.  F.  HALL. 

Tliis  unusually  ill-written  letter  is  quoted  almost  literally  in  order 

to  show  Hall's  excited  state  of  mind  on  receiving  some  of  the  earliest 

of  what  he  then  believed  to  be  news  of  Franklin's  party.     It  will 

appear  in  the  latter  part  of  the  Narrative  that  the  "cousin,"  so  much 

spoken  of,  was  found  by  Hall  to  have  been  far  less  useful  or  humane 

to  Crozier  than  is  here  noted.     Hall's  readiness  to  believe  everything- 

heard  from  the  natives  on  his  first  acquaintance  with  them  was  largely 


110 


Superstitions. 


t December,  tHtii. 


i     ' 


I    t 


t 


corrected  by  his  further  experience.  At  first  lie  seems  to  have  beHeved 
what  he  wished  to  beheve.  But  his  hiter  journals  record  a  number 
of  connected  judgments,  always  frankly  entered,  and  even  against 
himself. 

Nearly  all  the  men  were  now  absent  from  the  settlement.  After  one 
unsuccessful  attempt  made  by  some  of  the  natives  who  remained,  to 
secure  a  walrus  where  the  ice  was  found  too  thick  for  the  animal  to  break 
through,  a  second  effort  was  rewarded  by  their  capturing  the  larger 
part  of  one,  the  remainder  being  lost  by  the  ice-floes  coming  together 
and  massing  upon  it.  They  had  resumed  their  hunt  in  consequence  of 
having  seen,  the  night  before,  **  a  walrus  springing  right  up  through 
the  ice-floor  of  their  igloo^\- — to  them  a  sure  sign  of  success. 

Another  instance  of  their  low  superstitious  customs  was  thus 
shown  :  The  jiale-face,  having  expressed  a  desire  for  a  change  of  food, 
Avas  presented  with  the  head  and  neck  of  a  reindeer,  for  fear  that  there 
would  be  great  trouble  in  catching  a  walrus ;  but  this  provision  could 
be  placed  neither  on  the  floor  nor  behind  the  lamps  on  the  platfonn, 
nor  could  it  be  either  cooked  or  eaten  with  walrus-oil  or  on  the  same 
day  with  walrus-meat.  Pieces  of  the  frozen  mass  were,  therefore, 
chipped  off"  on  the  bed-platform  with  carefulness  that  not  one  should 
fall  upon  the  floor,  and  they  were  dipped  in  old  rancid  seal-oil  before 
being  eaten.  Four  quarts  of  walrus-oil  were  at  the  same  time  pre- 
sented to  Hall  for  his  lamp. 

A  leaf  from  Hall's  journal  of  the  18th,  written  on  receiving  this 

present,  will  further  show  the  care  which  he  exercised  in  subjecting 

himself  to  the  low  superstitions  of  the  tribe : 

ErJi-iu-a  came  in  bringins  in  Ler  anns  the  head  .and  neck  (raw,  solid,  and 
frozen)  of  a  reindeer  for  me,  as  she  heard  that  I  wanted  a  change  from  walrus- 


r,  J 864. 


Superstitions. 


Ill 


meat.  Tliis  vcniMon  had  to  bo  completely  enveloped  before  it  eould  be  brought 
into  the  iffloo,  and,  when  in,  could  only  be  placed  on  the  bed-phittbrni.  To  have 
placed  it  on  the  floor  or  on  the  idatforui  behind  the  flre-lami),  among  the  walrus, 
musk-ox,  and  judar-bear  meat  which  occupy  a  goodly  portion  of  both  of  these 
places,  would  have  horrilled  tlie  whole  town,  as,  according  to  the  actual  belief  of 
the  Innuits,  not  anotiier  wah'us  could  l)e  secured  this  year,  and  there  would  ever 
be  trouble  in  capturing  any  more. 

Old  Mother  Ook-bar-loo  and  the  son  of  ErTi-tu-a  were  both  in  my  igloo  at 
the  time  this  present  was  made.  Both  these  parties  are,  of  course,  greatly 
devoted  to  having  everything  according  to  the  way  of  old — in  other  words, 
according  to  the  custom  of  their  fathers  and  nmny  i)receding  generations.  They 
watched  my  every  movement;  but  I  was  no  small  adept  in  this  matter,  so  I  pro- 
ceeded to  gratify  the  calls  of  a  hungry  stomach  in  the  following  manner :  I  first 
unveiled  IJrhtua's  gift  on  the  very  spot  where  she  had  placed  it,  and  called  for  a 
hatchet.  Frozen  chips  of  meat  now  flew  to  the  right  and  left,  wcntward;  not  one 
toward  the  floor.  I  had  to  be  very,  very  cautious  about  that.  These  chips  of  raw 
frozen  venison,  when  gathered  up,  made  quite  a  i)ile  for  my  breakfast.  A  cup  of 
oil  in  which  to  sop  these  chips  was  soon  near  me.  Then  I  i)roceeded,  just  as  any 
Innuit  would,  to  eat  a  hearty  meal!  The  oil  which  I  used  as  the  sop  was  seal-oil, 
rancid  and  stinking.  According  to  Innuit  custom,  walrus-blubber,  or  oil  from 
it,  cannot  be  used  on  any  account  with  tood-noo  meat.  Notwithstanding  the  oil 
I  used  was  of  the  condition  I  describe,  yet  I  must  state  the  truth  that  1  have 
really  got  so  far  along  in  Innuits  taste  to  like  it  thus,  and  to  like  it  very  much. 

Particles  of  meat  that  were  scattered  around  on  the  bed-platfonn  during  my 
carving  o])erations  with  the  hatchet  could  not  be  brushed  on  the  floor,  as  this 
would  have  brought  down  the  indigiuition  of  my  houseful  of  visitors.  The  tool- 
too  skins  on  which  these  fine  dust  pieces  were  had  to  be  taken  up  and  shaken  at 
the  farther  end  or  back  side  of  the  bed-'^dace,  next  to  the  wall  of  the  igloo.  In 
this  way,  and  in  this  wo.y  only,  could  the  meat  particles,  including  even  such  snow 
an<l  ice  as  had  been  jauuued  oflf  the  neck  and  head,  be  disposed  of  to  the  satisfac- 
tion of  an  honest,  kind-hearted,  but  superstitious  people. 

The  head  of  this  gift,  I  regret  to  learn,  cannot  be  cooked  now,  though  from 
it  I  could  have  a  delicious  souj).  The  whys  and  wherefores  are  that  it  would 
make  trouble  among  the  walrus.  It  can  be  done  after  the  walrusing  season  is 
over,  and  any  time  before  it  begins  again. 

This  Erk-tu-a  was  one  of  the  visitors  to  the  ships  of  Parry  and 
Lyon  on  their  Second  Expedition,  1821  to  1823.     She  gave  Uall  the 


112 


Co-OG-took  on  Parry's  Ship,  1824. 


I  Dftrf  nik«>r,  1N6I. 


iU 

i  i  A 

1  wn 

^      '  i 

Inniiit  tradition  of  a  punishment  mentioned  in  Pairy's  Narrative  as 
administered  for  theft,  which  story  is  an  illustration  of  the  j)ovver  of 
superstitious  helief  held  I)}'  this  people  in  their  an-ffe-ka  ;^-or,  as  this 
word  was  pronounced  at  Ig-loo-lik,  where  Parry  was,  an-nat-ko.  Oo- 
oo-tooky  a  superior  an-nat-ko,  was  charged  by  Parry  when  at  Ig-loo-lik 
with  the  crime  of  theft  for  taking  a  shovel,  or  a  part  of  one,  from  along- 
side of  the  ship.  PaiTy  had  him  taken  to  a  place  between  decks,  and 
his  hands  firmly  lashed  up  to  tlie  mast.  Then  two  guns  were  loaded 
and  fired  at  him.  The  balls  did  not  hit  him,  but  one  passed  close  to 
his  head  and  lodged  in  the  mast.  The  other  ball  went  close  to  his 
loins,  but  did  not  injure  him.  The  guns  were  so  near  his  body  that 
the  powder  felt  hot.  Parry  fired  one  of  the  gvins,  and  came  very  near 
killing  himself,  the  ball  glancing  and  rebounding  in  such  a  way  that  it 
passed  close  to  his  head.  Another  gun  was  about  to  be  used  in  firing 
at  Oo-oo-took,  but  it  was  found  to  be  cracked  (both  barrel  and  stock), 
and,  therefore,  it  was  laid  aside.  Then  Parry  caused  him  to  be 
whipped  with  something  that  was  made  of  ropes  with  knots  in  them — 
cat-o'-nine-tails.  The  Innuits  standing  around  and  witnessing  all  this 
wanted  to  help  Oo-oo-took  defend  himself,  but  he  said :  "  Let  the  Koh- 
lu-nas  try  to  kill  me ;  they  cannot,  for  I  am  an  an-nat-ko.^'  Then  Oo- 
oo-tooUs  hands  were  untied,  after  which  the  koh-lu-nas  tried  to  cut  his 
head  and  hands  off  with  long  knives — probably  swords.  Every  time 
a  blow  was  struck,  the  extreme  end  of  the  knife  came  close  to  Oo-oo- 
took^  s  throat ;  occasionally  the  blade  came  just  cibove  the  crown  of  his 
head,  and  when  the  attempt  was  made  to  cut  off  his  hands  the  long 
knife  came  down  very  near  his  wrists ;  but,  after  all,  he  was  uninjured 
because  he  was  a  very  good  An-nat-ko.  Some  of  the  blows,  however,  did 
execution,  cutting   deep   gashes  in  throat,  head,  and  wrists ;    but  at 


Dcccmbvri  180'1> 


Ou-00-took  on  Varrijs  Ship,  1824. 


113 


t'ucli  stroke,  m  the  knife  wuh  Hftotl,  the  wouikIh  instantly  hmled  iq),  the 
an-nat-ko  \)Q>m\f  nuule  whole  by  the  Good  Spirit  who  protected  him. 

.  When  Oo-oo-took  was  permitted  to  go  on  deck,  he  attempted  to  go 
a.shore.  He  was  passing  out  of  the  gangway  when  four  men  seized 
him  ;  but  during  the  struggle  to  free  himself  from  further  punishment, 
he  kicked  one  koh-lu-na  down  the  snow-steps,  which  fall  nearly  kille<l 
liim,  and  the  koh-lu-na  suffered  with  a  lame  back  for  a  long  time. 
Fimilly,  the  koh-lu-na  conquered  him  and  put  him  down  between 
decks,  in  a  cold,  dark  place,  where  he  kept  him  two  days  and  two 
nights,  but  while  so  conhned,  one  good  koh-lu-na,  in  a  very  sly  way, 
gave  him  something  to  eat ;  otherwise  he  had  nothing  to  oat  or 
drirdt. 

After  Oo-oo-took  had  been  one  day  and  one  night  in  the  dark  hole, 
he  thought  he  would  use  his  i)ower  as  an  an-nal-ko,  and  destroy  the 
vessel  by  splitting  it  through  the  middle  from  stem  to  ste"  i.  So  he 
commenced  calling  to  his  aid  the  Good  Spirit,  when  a  great  cracking 
noise  was  made,  now  and  then,  under  the  ship,  and  at  the  end  of  the 
two  days  and  two  nights'  confinement,  the  koh-lunas,  fearing  from 
such  great  and  terrific  noises  that  the  ship  would  bo  destroyed,  let 
Oo-oo-took  go. 

This  tradition,  which  Hall  says  was  believed  by  all  the  other  In- 
nuits  around  him,  is  in  rather  curious  contrast  with  the  account  given 
by  Parry  himself,  which  is  as  follows  :     [Official  Narrative,  p.  412.] 

Tlie  deliiKiuent  was,  therefore,  put  dowu  into  the  Fury's  store-room  passage 
und  closely  confined  there  for  several  hours ;  when,  liaving  collected  several  of 
the  natives  on  boanl  the  Fury,  I  ordered  him  to  be  strip])ed  and  seized  up  in 
their  presence,  and  to  receive  a  dozen  lashes  on  the  back  with  a  cat-o'  nine-tails. 
The  instant  this  was  over,  his  countrymen  called  out,  "  limun,  /t  wt«w  «<("— 
S.  B.V.  27 8 


I 


114 


Hall  Corrects  his  Dates. 


[Drceinbvri  IH04> 


!,:  '-l 


t 


^       » 


i     I 


that's  right,  tliiit's  right ;  and  seoiucd  iiiiich  relieved  from  the  Iright  (hey  had  bei'oro 
been  in  wliile  the  fate  of  the  thief  seemed  doubtful;  but  in  three  miinites  after, 
not  one  of  them  was  to  be  found  near  the  ships,  for  they  hurried  off  to  tlie  huts 
as  fast  as  their  legs  and  sledges  could  carry  them.  The  example  proved  just 
what  we  desired ;  in  less  than  eight  and  forty  hours,  men,  women,  and  (ihildreu 
came  to  the  ships  with  the  same  conlidence  as  before,  always  abusing  Oo-oo-tool; 
pronouncing  themselves  and  us  uncommonly  good  people,  but  evidently  nmrc 
cautious  than  before  of  really  incurring  our  displeasure  The  occurrence  just 
related,  instead  of  being  placed  to  the  account  of  these  people's  bad  i)ropensi- 
ties,  rather  served  to  remind  us  of  the  rareness  of  such  occurrences,  and,  there- 
fore, to  furnish  fresh  proof  of  their  general  honesty. 

From  a  conversation  held  about  this  time,  through  Too-koo-H- 
too  as  interpreter,  Hall  believed  that  he  had  gained  the  key  to  the 
fact  mentioned  by  Dr.  Rae  in  his  report  to  the  Hudson  Bay  Com- 
pany in  1854,  that  the  natives  at  Felly  Bay  had  great  objections 
to  his  party  traveling  across  the  country  in  a  westerly  direction, 
and  had  attempted  to  puzzle  and  mislead  the  interpreter.  Hall  was 
told  that  "  some  of  the  Innuits  with  whom  he  was  Avintering,  had  tried, 
together  with  others  from  Pelly  Bay,  to  persuade  Dr.  Rae  to  go  to 
Shartoo,  an  island  in  Akkoolee  Bay  (the  island  called  Prince  of  Wales 
Island,  and  the  bay.  Committee  Bay,  in  Dr.  Rae's  chart),  where  he 
woidd  find  spars,  rigging,  casks,  and  boxes,  and  perhaps  the  hulk  of  a 
vessel.  They  understood  from  him  that  these  were  the  very  things 
he  was  looking  for."  The  Innuits,  therefore,  professed  that  tlie  objec- 
tions referred  to  had  been  made  in  good  faith,  and  in  order  to  lead 
Rae's  party  to  the  best  locality. 

On  the  23d,  Hall  discovered  that  he  had  lost  a  day  in  his  reckon- 
ing. He  had  not  confided  in  his  dates  for  some  time  back,  but  now 
found  the  mejms  for  a  correction.  Going  to  the  toj)  of  a  hill  to 
see  the  sun  rise  at  10  a    m.,   he  saw  it   about   a   diameter   and   a 


m 

I 


Orct'inlN^r,  18«<1.] 


Gifts  lieceived  from  the  Whalers. 


115 


lijilt"  from  the  horizon,  above  ii  low,  thick  bank  of  frost-snjoko  which 
hung  over  the  sea-ice.  Through  the  u})per  margin  of  the  frost-smoke 
the  true  sun  was  clearly  seen  without  any  dazzling  rays;  but,  above, 
two  mock-suns  showed  themselves  with  a  brilliancy  overpowering  the 
eye.  With  his  pocket  sextant  he  measured  the  angular  distance 
between  the  nearest  limbs  of  the  sun  and  the  moon,  and  found  it  to  be 
approximately  62°  30';  which  he  verified  by  the  use  of  his  larger 
sextant.  His  table  of  lunar  distances  in  the  Nautical  Almanac 
showed  this  as  the  true  distance  for  December  23d  in  jdace  of  the  22d, 
as  he  had  at  first  supposed  the  day  to  be.  Looking  over  his  journal, 
he  discovered  that  the  lost  day  could  be  accounted  for  by  the  want 
of  all  notes  on  one  of  his  sick  days,  November  25. 

The  sledge  party  now  returned,  and  were  heartily  welcomed  as 
soon  as  their  very  quiet  entrance  was  noticed.  One  of  the  sleds  hav- 
ing become  unmanageable  by  the  breaking  off  of  the  muck-shoeing, 
the  dog3  had  found  it  hard  work  to  draw  the  heavy  return  load  of 
natives  and  goods  piled  up  on  the  other  one;  their  fatigue  had  pre- 
vented the  howling  usual  on  their  approaching  home 

Two  chests  and  a  box,  directed  to  Hall,  were  soon  slid  along 
through  the  snow  passage-way  into  his  igloo.  They  contained  a 
variety  of  donations  from  Captains  Chapel,  of  the  Monticello ;  Rogers, 
of  the  Concordia;  White,  of  the  Black  P]agle;  Tyson,  of  the  Ante- 
lope, and  Jeffries,  of  the  George  and  Mary.  Besides  the  very  wel- 
come provision  which  made  up  the  mass  of  these  gifts,  a  quantity  of 
different-colored  beads  and  brass  ornaments  for  the  head  had  been 
sent  as  presents  to  the  women,  together  with  some  articles  to  be 
exchanged  for  furs.  In  his  record  of  the  day,  which  not  unfre(piently 
is  found  written  as  though  it  were  a  letter  to  his  two  never  (orgotfcii 


it 

'' 

116 


The  Innuits  Fond  of  Ardent  Spirits.       (December,  1804. 


friends,  the  following  expressions  show  his  iippreciation  of  the  change 

in  diet  now  experienced : 

O,  iny  dear  Mr.  Griiincll  and  Mr.  lirevoort,  what  Ji  glorious  supper  wc  havo 
had  to-night;  a  change  now  and  then  in  his  food  is  what  a  wliito  man  likes.  In- 
deed, the  Innuits  themselves  like  a  change  from  their  food  to  that  of  civilization 
after  getting  a  little  accustomed  to  it.  • 

The  journal  of  the  24th  contains  the  record  of  a  second  indul- 
gence to  the  natives  in  his  serving  out  to  all  who  had  assisted  in  build- 
ing his  new  ifjloo  a  quantity  of  Bourbon  whisky,  diluted  with  hot  water 
and  sweetened  with  sugar.  This  was  dealt  out  contrary  to  his  previous 
resolutions,  but  under  the  idea  that,  as  they  had  acquired  a  taste  for  it 
from  the  whalers,  it  would  be  of  service  to  him  to  indulge  them  occa- 
sionally. He  adds:  "I  have  found  that  I  can  do  without  liquor,  and  I 
do  not  touch  a  drop  of  anything  stronger  than  tea  or  coffee.  I  will  not 
say  the  Innuits  shall  not  have  a  few  drops  once  in  two  or  three  weeks, 
but  the  quantity  to  each  shall  be  very  small." 

The  sledge  journey  to  the  ships,  135  miles  distant,  had  been  made 
in  ninety-nine  hours,  and  the  return  journey  in  seventy-eight;  allow- 
ing, as  did  Ebierbing,  one  of  the  party,  one-half  of  the  time  on  their 
return  as  spent  in  stoppages,  the  average  distance  traveled  had  been 
about  three  and  a  half  miles  an  hour.  Captain  Chapel  sent  back  to 
Hall  a  letter  of  cordial  good  feeling,  offering  him  further  assistance. 
It  has  been  already  noticed  as  a  fact,  well  known  in  Now  London, 
that  the  whalers  wintering  in  this  region  understood  the  instructions 
of  their  employers  as  authorizing  them  to  assist  him  very  freely. 

Chapel's  letter,  in  speaking  of  the  temperature  where  he  was  win- 
tering, said: 

The  mercury  has  been  from  30°  to  56"^  below  zero  for  the  last  fifteen  days. 
The  gla«s  has  not  been  above  —32°  for  twenty  days,  and  the  large  si»irit  ther- 


1 


■Pi 


^iL 


December,  1864.] 


Decree  of  the  An-ge-ko. 


117 


iiionietcr  you  gave  mo,  and  in  wiiicli  I  put  so  much  confidence,  lias  l)een  frozen 
for  three  Aveekts.  It  froze  with  the  mercury  at  —  30°,  and  wlien  the  mercury  stood 
at  34°  below,  the  spirit  was  100°  below.  This  would  surprise  our  New  York 
friends  if  we  should  tell  them.* 

An  invitation  having  been  given  to  the  men  while  visiting  the  ships 
that  they  should  return  and  bring  their  wives  with  them,  Hall  was 
glad  to  find  that,  at  the  next  mi-koot-ing,  the  an-ge-ko  announced  an 
order  from  the  Good  Spirit  that  these  visits  should  not  be  made,  lest 
death  after  death  should  occur  in  the  tribe.  In  addition  to  other  plain 
reasons  for  his  being  gratified  at  this  decree,  there  was  now  a  better 
hope  that  the  whole  party  would  move  early  in  the  spring  to  Kepulse 
Bay.  He  felt  sure  that  his  further  plans,  which  depended  on  this, 
would  bo  defeated  if  these  visits  were  made. 

On  the  2.'3th,*  he  took  a  meridian  altitude  of  the  sun,  and  found 
the  true  altitude  to  be  1°  51';  the  observed  lowest  limb  to  sea-ice 
horizon,  2°.  The  observation  was  made  from  an  elevation  30  feet 
above  the  sea-level.  Although  the  sun  was  quite  too  low  for  reliable 
work,  yet  the  latitude  found  by  working  up  the  observation  was  G4° 
4iJ'  45",  an  approximation  he  little  expected,  as  the  true  latitude  is  G4° 
40'  20". 

On  the  26th,  he  went  out  with  the  natives  on  a  walrus-hunt,  to 
observe  the  movements  of  the  ice  in  the  Welconu,  as  well  as  to  see  the 
walrus  and  the  hunters  The  following  account  of  the  hunt  is  largely 
condensed  from  his  own  notes  : 

At  8  a.  m.  he  left  his  igloo,  leading  by  a  long  trace-line  one  of 

"III  conuoction  with  iintps  of  like  extremo  toiiippiaturos  and  tlic!  inindiiiliility  "f  l><)t1i  iiici- 
ciirial  and  spirit,  tliornionieters,  sec  "  Tho  LiHt  of  tlio  Arctic  Voyages,"  by  Sir  Kdward  liclclur, 
18.')"),  pp.  20.'')-208;  also,  notes  of  a  like  eharacter  in  otlier  Arc(i(^  Narratives,  ineliidinjj;  Sir  Oeorgo 
Niires'  "  Voyage  to  tlic  Polar  Sea."  ITall's  own  jonrnal  liaa  a  number  of  sneh  records;  also  of  bis 
repeated  regrets  that  he  h.id  other  tlmii  standard  iustrunients  with  liini. 


118 


The  Walnis-IImt. 


IDcccmber.  1864. 


I: 

1 


the  large  dogs  wliich  were  to  bo  employed  in  dragging-  the  walrus 
homo ;  several  other  dogs  were  led  by  the  Innuits,  but  by  far  the 
larger  number  were  allowed  to  run  loose,  preceding  or  following  the 
hunters.  The  distance  to  the  walrus-grounds  had  been  for  some  time 
constantly  increasing  as  the  land-floe  widened,  and  the  animals,  accord- 
ingly, shifted  their  feeding-gi'ounds  to  the  new  ice  or  to  the  fissures 
near  its  edge.  Having  crossed  the  half-mile  belt  of  very  rough  ico 
near  the  coast,  and  advanced  about  six  miles,  Hall  came  to  this  edge. 
A  breeze  from  the  north  was  driving  the  floe  to  the  southward  at  the 
speed  of  a  quick  walk,  and  as  it  pressed  heavily  on  the  edge  of  the 
fixed  ico,  the  noise  was  so  terrible  that  he  was  at  times  forced  to  draw 
himself  back  several  paces  from  the  point  to  which  he  had  ventured. 
For  scores  of  miles  to  the  north  and  south,  the  drifting  floe  was  grind- 
ing its  uneven  face  against  the  firm  but  jagged  front  on  which  he 
stood.  Mounting  a  high  ridge  of  ice,  he  saw,  as  far  as  the  eye  could 
reach  seaward  and  up  and  down  the  Welcome,  a  boundless  field  slowly 
moving  onward  toward  the  south,  but  crushing  to  atoms  miles  and 
miles  of  massive  ice  ;  now  rearing  up  mountains  on  mountains,  now 
plowing  up  acres  into  high  ridges. 

Ou-e-la,  who  had  joined  him,  was  unable  to  reach  a  large  walrus 
which  rose  in  a  small  water-space  five  fathoms  off",  for  the  "  squeezed, 
rolling,  craunching  mass"  was  working  between  the  floes.  He  g{i\e 
a  quick  signal  to  those  on  the  drifting  floe,  and  Ar-mou  and  Ar-too-a 
ran  rapidly  toward  the  walrus ;  but  just  as  Ar-tnou  had  his  harpoon 
raised,  the  animal  disappeared  in  the  water.  Hall  and  Ou-e-la  then 
directed  their  steps  toward  the  loose  pack  which  the  others  had  already 
gained,  to  reach  which  the  sharp  eye  of  the  Innuit  quickly  discovered 
the  only  possible  crossing.     A  quick  run,  a  few  steps  over  sludge  and 


i: 


December,  1864.J 


The  Walrus-Hunt. 


119 


5 


f 

ti 
o 


powdered  ice,  a  leap  from  this  tumbling-  block  to  that  one,  and 
a  final  leap  to  the  driving  floe,  brought  the  two  safely  over. 

Walruses  could  now  be  seen  in  every  direction;  some  but- 
ting up  ice-fragments  from  the  solid  main  ;  some  with  their 
heads  through  the  butted  holes ;  some  with  a  large  part  of  the 
body  above  the  ice.  The  hunters  were  busily  at  work.  In  one 
direction  two  Innuits  were  under  full  run  for 
the  same  blowing  walrus,  the  dogs  running 
around  them.  All  at  once  these  hunters 
stopped,  for  the  animal  had  taken  the  alarm 
and  gone  down.  In  another  direction  an  ex- 
cited group  were  seen,  one  throwing  the  lance, 
another  holding  on  a  line,  one  jumping  this  way 
and  another  that,  for  a  walrus  appeared  to  be 


I 


i 

m 


H. — Joint  witli  tbongB 
Ioosi'iukI,  wIr'u  not 
in  iKsi',  to   preserve 


(J. —Knob  on  tlio  li.au- 
(llo  to  .secure  ii  iiriu 
hoM. 


their  elasticity. 

a  secured  prize.     With  some  difficulty  Hall  gained  this  si)ot,  but  found 


120 


A  Dcath-Strvf/ffle. 


[Dccrmbrr,  1804. 


!     ' 

,1: 
I'; 

i           ■■ 

i 

1  ■ 

i 

i 
i 
1 

i 

only  ono  Tnnuit  reniiiining,  wliilo  the  reddened  ice  and  the  hole 
showed  a  severe  conflict.  Shoo-she-ark-nook  luid  harpooned  a  very 
larj^e  wah'us,  and  ho  and  Ebierbing  had  hinced  it  until  it  was  almost 
dead.  The  harpoon,  however,  slipped  out  and  the  animal  escaped, 
I'^bierbing  losing  his  lance-head. 

An  extensive  floe  of  the  "  walrusing-ice"  was  now  seen  shooting 
over  the  ice  on  which  they  stood,  and  advancing  from  the  north  at  the 
speed  of  a  moderate  walk  ;  its  thickness  was  two  inches,  the  same  as 
that  on  which  they  stood.  They  were  two  miles  from  the  land-floe, 
upon  ice  which  bent  like  leather  at  every  step,  often  yielding  two  or 
three  inches  without  a  fracture,  and  it  would  not  do  to  remain  at  rest 
on  such  ice.  '^Hiey  were  compelled  to  be  constantly  in  motion,  as  the 
situation  demanded. 

Hall  hastened  to  a  second  group  of  Innuits  who  were  as  busily 
occupied  as  the  first,  and  in  a  few  moments  found  himself  pulling 
away  with  others  on  a  line  which  was  fast  to  a  largo  walrus.  After  a 
few  j)ulls,  the  half-killed  animal  came  up  in  a  flouncing,  tumbling  way. 
He  was  furiously  mad.  He  had  not  only  been  harpooned,  but  lanced 
and  lanced  again  and  again,  so  that  at  every  blow,  quarts  of  thick, 
dark  blood  wore  thrown  uj),  scattering  itself  about,  painting  the  i(!o, 
the  dogs,  and  the  party  with  a  crimson  hue. 

Wliat  a  horrific  lookiiifj  creature  a  walrus  is,  especially  in  tlie  face! 
It  looks  wicked,  detestably  bad.  Indeed,  a  devil  incarnate  couM  not  have  a 
more  repulsive  look  to  Turk  or  Christian.  A  hard  death  did  this  one  die.  lie 
fought  desperately,  but  steel  and  sinewy  arms,  mulcr  the  control  of  cool,  conrnge- 
ous  hearts,  finally  conquered.  As  often  as  he  came  up  to  blow,  he  was  met  by  the 
hince  of  the  hari)ooner,  who  thrust  it  (piick  and  deep  into  the  heart  and  chunicd 
away  until  the  walrus  withdrew  by  diving  under  the  ice  and  llippering  away  (o 
the  length  of  the  line.  Then,  at  each  new  appearance,  he  woidd  fasten  his  long- 
ivory  tusk  (one  had  been  broken  ofl",  probably  in  some  light)  upon  the  edg(>  of 


Drcraibcr,  I864> 


Sccurinff  the  Prize. 


121 


the  ice,  and  tnrnins  liis  oyo.s  around  would  spend  his  fury  on  tlie  first  of  liis  ene- 
mies wlio  approaclied.  He  tlien  ajjain  tlipjjered  baclt,  and,  as  the  nplilted  lance 
was  poised,  moved  violently  forward  and  ui)ward,  throwing  forward  his  head 
with  a  circlinj^  sweep,  as  if  to  drive  liis  tusk  to  the  very  heart  of  his  assailant. 


I 


What  a  terrible  blow  a  walius  can  deal  with  his  head  and  tusks !  Wlien  he 
came  up  to  breathe,  which  he  did  several  tiuies  throufjh  ditiereut  holes,  restinj;-- 
with  his  tusk  hooked  onto  the  edge  of  the  ice,  at  every  breathing  he  e.\pelle<l 


I  : 


I 


I  i, 


!f '. . ; 

W- 

1  -.  i  \ 

1 

122 


Disposal  of  the   Walrtis. 


(December,  1864. 


tbroufjh  liis  white-wallod  inoutli  a  frightful  stream  of  hot  life-blood,  and  as  tlio 
liiiii<i;iy  do<(s  rushed  up  fearlesslj'^  to  the  very  Ibuntain  whence  the  luscious,  sa- 
vory f>»)r('  issued,  the  dying  walrus  qui(!kly  raised  liis  head  and  stnuik  it  forward 
with  tremendous  force,  tlumgh  to  little  purpose,  as  the  dogs  were  too  quick  dodg- 
ing the  blows.  Shoo-she-arlc-Hook  at  last  cut  a  gash  in  the  neck  with  his  2)cloud 
(long  knife)  and  thrust  the  point  into  the  very  marrow  of  the  spine. 

A  fresh  opening  was  now  made  in  the  ice,  and  to  this  the  carcass 
was  towed.  Then  tlie  hne,  made  fast  to  the  tough  skin  on  the  nose, 
was  taken  to  the  point  of  a  small  hummock  five  fathoms  distant,  and 
back  again  through  a  hole  in  the  same  tough  skin.  With  this  pur- 
chase, five  of  the  party  pulled  aw  y  on  the  line,  giadually  sliding  the 
carcass  upon  the  ice.     It  weighed  about  2,200  pounds. 

This  done,  each  In- 
nuit  sprang  to  the  task  of 
cutting  open  the  carcass  from 
head  to  tail,  that  it  might 
cover  over  as  large  an  area 
as  possible  on  the  ice.  Yet 
the  moment  they  commenced 
to  haul  up,  the  ice  began  to 
HEAD  OF  A  WALKU8.  bcud,  aud  by  the  time  the 

walrus  was  disemboweled,  the  water  covered  it  6  inches  deep.  He 
was  now  cut  up,  longitudinally,  into  three  parts,  without  being 
skinned,  and  while  this  cutting  was  going  on,  the  dogs  acted  like  so 
many  devils,  and  it  was  impossible,  even  with  a  spear,  to  keep  them 
away  from  the  blood  and  flesh.  The  backbone,  the  lights,  and  a  small 
poi'tion  of  the  entrails  only  were  thrown  away.  The  edges  of  the 
longitudinal  parts  were  then  placed  together  by  lines,  to  give  each 
mass  a  rounded  shape.     The  paunch  accidentally  fell  in  the  water, 


%\ 


Drcembcr,  1864.J 


The  JIunt  Itcneived. 


123 


disappointing  TTiill,  wlio  was  tliinkinj^  of  a  clani-feast.  TTo  liad  ex- 
pected to  find  the  paunch  well  filled,  as  iisnal,  with  dams  dean  <»f 
their  shells.  lie  says  that  rarely  is  any  part  of  a  shell  larger  than 
a  dime  found  within  the  animal.  Having  often  picked  up  a  shigle 
shell  close  by  a  walrus-hole,  he  believed  that  the  habit  of  the  animal 
is  to  dig  but  one  clam  at  a  time,  and  then  come  up  to  blow  and  expel 
the  shell.  He  wonders  how  it  opens  the  clam  so  skillfully  as  not  to 
fracture  the  shell. 

The  homeward  journey  was  attended  with  the  usual  troubles  in 
crossing  fissures  and  regaining  the  land-floe,  but  at  4.30  p.  ni.  the 
party  reached  their  igloos.  The  dogs,  divided  into  three  teams,  drew 
the  walrus-rolls,  which  slid  along  over  the  rough  ice  more  readily  than 
a  sled  Ou-e-la,  Ar-too-a,  and  Nii-Iier-zhoo,  who  had  been  furtlier  to 
the  southeast,  joined  Hall  and  his  party  on  the  way  homo,  Ou-c-la 
having  lost  his  harpoon  in  an  unsuccessful  attempt  to  secure  another 
walrus. 

One  animal  only  having  been  taken  at  this  time,  the  hunt  was 
resumed  in  the  closing  days  of  the  month,  when  a  very  long  journey 
was  made  to  determine  whether  the  animals  were  deserting  their  feed- 
ing-grounds. Many  holes  were  seen,  but  no  indications  of  a  recent 
visit,  and  there  seemed  no  prospect  of  further  success  until  a  gale 
should  carry  out  the  heavy  drift,  and  young  ice  should  again  form. 
For  some  who  were  out  at  this  time  on  the  floe,  Too-koo-li-too  koj)t. 
a  beacon-light  burning  on  the  hill-top.  The  men  endured  much 
exposure ;  when  it  was  dark,  they  lay  down  on  the  ice  with  the  dogs 
and  slept  until  they  became  cold,  then  aroused  themselves  and  walked 
again  till  they  got  warm ;  alternately  sleeping  and  walking  through 
the  whole  night. 


. , 

1   '^'   ' 

1 1'  i 

:li 

11'  Ma 

i  5- 


I 


Chaptei^^  y. 


WINTER   LIFE  AND  JOURNEY  TO  THE   WAGER. 


JANUARY  TO  MAY,  1065. 


s 


126 


'Pi 


?  '/'h 


HA 


1    .■,1,' 


t     l^' 


iiiL:^ 


CHAPTER    V. 


Ni;w  Ykak's  Day— Mam.'h  spkiuii— Fi.',astin(i— IIkim.iaxt  AnioitAs— Hi;  visits  with  tiik  I\. 

M'lT.S  Tin:  WIlAI.iatS    at    DkI-OT  IhI-AN'D— IIoHPITAMITIOIS   and  AMINlOMlOMrt    ()\     IIOAUD— 

KirririiN  to  Noo-wook— .Siioo-siie-aiik-nook  I'eu8i:a1)Es  .so.mk  kf  tiik  I.nmtis  to  ahan- 

I)().\   IFAM.— Sll'l-OSKI.   KAinTKil'AKK— Nl'.W  OltOKHH  OK  TIIK  A\-(lK-KO— Mk  TKOUOI.OOICAI. 

oiisKuvATioNw— Want  ok  coxkiuknck  in  tiik  in.stui-.mknts— Exi-eiii.mknt.s  a.s  to  tiik 

KKKKZING-POINT   OK    MKIICLUY— .SKVKHITY   OK    TIIK    COI.D— DlFKICL'LTY    IN    SIAKIXCi    UKC- 
OKDS— HaI.I.'s  IlltANS  TAIII.KT.S— SlI'I'I.IKS   NKAIil.Y  KXIIAt'STKI>— EltlKUIUNO  CO.MKH  TO  THE 

HKscuK— Flocks  ok  kidku-ducks  in  tiik  Wkixome— Nativk  cistoms  in  seamncs— 

NU-KKU-ZIIOO'h  AND  KlIIKUllINo's  IM.-SrcCESS— SlI'I'I.IKS  OF  I'ltOVISION,  IIKI,,  AND   I.IC.IIT 
NKAKLY    flONE— Pl-KNTY    llESTOUKU— TlIK    SKASON    MODERATING— PLAN    FOlt    SL'UVEY    OK 

TIIK  Wklcomk— Hall's  iiuoken  health- The  tides  in  the  iuveu— Hemoval  to  thi: 
Wageii. 

The  first  day  of  the  year  1865,  Sunday,  was  one  of  galo  and  drift, 
confining  all  witliin  their  huts.  To  make  the  Tnnuits  acquainted  with 
some  of  the  pleasant  customs  of  civilization,  and,  by  so  doing,  further 
gain  their  respect  and  good-will,  Hall  kept  the  second  day  of  the  month 
as  "  Now  Year's  Day."  The  mean  of  six  thermometers  showed  a  tem- 
perature of  62°  below  freezing-point,  and  no  cloud  was  seen  on  the 
sky.  Yet  Hall  says,  "We  have  all  been  as  comfortable  as  though 
within  houses  of  brick  in  New  York." 

Too-koo-li-too  having  informed  all  the  Innuits  that  calls  were 
expected  at  the  yjloo  from  the  crest  of  which  the  American   lia< 


g  would 

l-'7 


128 


New  Year's  Day. 


(January,  1H03. 


bo  flying,  visits  wore  rocoivcd  fit  n  very  early  hour,  the  visitors  luiviii}^ 
but  a  short  distance  to  come  through  the  snow-covered  passage-ways 
which  connected  ahnost  all  the  igloos.  Each  one  was  greeted  with 
"Happy  Now  Year!  IIai)py  New  Year!"  A  breakfast  of  frozen  veni- 
son, well  relished,  was  followed  by  another  on  tood-noo,  to  which  young 
Oolc-har-loo,  son  of  l£rk-tu-a,  treated  all  hfinds.  Hall  then  set  a  table 
made  of  sea-chests  resting  on  snow-pedestals.     It  was  25  feet  in  length, 


OKOUNU  I'LAN  OF   VILLACiE  lULOt). 

I,  cutraiicc ;  II,  ceiitral  igloo ;  13,  bed-plutforui ;  F,  Uoor ;  L,  liiiup. 

extending  into  the  huts  of  Ou-e-la,  Ar-mou,  and  Nu-ker-slioo,  and  hav- 
ing for  seats  around  it  snow-blocks  cushioned  with  deer-skins.  Flags 
were  draped,  and  lamps  were  lit  all  along  the  table,  and  at  2  p.  m. 
twenty-one  grown  persons  sat  down  to  the  feast.  Mammark,  a  wife, 
for  special  reasons,  and  Ook-hur-loo,  because  still  an  invalid,  being  ruled 
out  l>y  custom,  ate  by  themselves. 


Jannurr.  ISM.J 


The  Feast  and  the  Key-loiv-tih. 


129 


Vegetable  and  pemmican  soup  and  sea-bread  were  furnished,  with 
coffee  and  isinglass-jelly,  and  raisins  were  freely  distributed  for  dessert. 
Too-koo-li-too  waited  on  the  guests.  On  their  rising  from  the  table, 
many  of  them  placed  their  hands  in  front,  close  by  where  they  had 
abundantly  stowed  away  the  good  things,  and  cried  out,  "Good!  very 
good ! " 

At  the  second  table,  eighteen  children  were  gathered,  while  the 
men  retired  to  Ou-e-la^s  hut  to  smoke.  At  5  p.  m.,  the  men  were 
treated  to  brandy  punch,  of  which  a  few  sips  also  were  offered  to  the 
women,  as  they  had  asked  Too-koo-li-too  to  let  them  taste  what  their 
husbands  had  told  them  of  as  a  heart-warming  and  happy-making 
drink.  Erk-tu-a  said  she  had  drink  of  the  same  kind  many  times  on 
board  PaiTy's  ships,  years  before. 

The  snow-domes  were  soon  after  made  to  ring  with  the  songs  of 
eleven  of  the  women,  mingled  with  the  noise  of  repeated  performances 
by  the  men  on  the  key-loiv-tik,  and  followed  by  the  Jhunderings  of  a 
dance.  Each  woman  had  on  her  forehead  a  bright  brass  band,  while 
down  one  side  of  her  face  hung  the  usual  long  pig-tail  adornment;  on 
her  breast  was  a  10-inch  square  cloth,  the  ground- work  of  which  was 
scarlet,  and  the  fringe,  scores  of  long  stnngs  of  beads  a.  <^  glass  buttons; 
the  body  of  the  breastplate  being  covered  with  the  same.  Ebierbing 
was  called  out,  and  responded  with  a  song,  which,  according  to  In- 
nuit  custom,  was  his  own  property — not  transferable.  He  had  pro- 
foundly attentive  listeners,  and  Too-koo-li-too  said  she  never  had 
thought  her  husband  could  do  so  well. 

Hall  then  gave  notice  through  Ebierbing  that  he  had  a  speech  to 
make,  and  Ebierbing  made  quite  a  speech  in  givin^the  notice.  Dress- 
ing  as  a  civilized  man  and  taking  a  central  position  under  a  snow-arch, 
S.  Lx.  27 9 


I  '  ' 


'M   ! 


180 


HaWs  /Speech. 


[Jaanarr,  186S. 


hi 


i  :rf 


Hall  then  "began  with  his  best  bow"  by  expressing  his  satisfaction  at 
having  lived  with  them  four  moons  as  a  brother,  without  either  having 
spoken  one  bad  word  to  them,  or  having  heard  one  from  them  to  him- 
self He  tried  to  impress  them  with  the  greatness  of  his  native  coun- 
try, and  the  protection  always  shown  to  its  citizens  by  its  one  great 
E-she-mut-ta  (Chief),  enforcing  this  idea  by  pointing  to  the  flags 
arouna  him.  Giving  them  some  idea  of  the  Queen  of  England  also, 
whom  he  called  ''the  Great  Mother  that  owned  all  the  big  water  and 
the  land  on  which  they  were,  as  well  as  the  country  of  Ebierbing  and 
Too-koo-li-too,"  he  turned  to  these  two,  and  told  of  their  visit  to  Eng- 
land and  to  the  palace  of  the  Queen.  After  offering  a  good  deal  of 
wholesome  advice  to  persuade  his  hearers  to  have  more  care  as  to  their 
intercourse  with  white  men,  some  of  whom,  he  reminded  them,  had 
robbed  them  of  their  hunting  lines,  while  others  had  taught  them  to 
be  profane,  and  had  introduced  disease  among  them,  he  repeated  in 
full  his  reasons  for  leaving  home.  "I  have  come,"  he  said,  "to  your 
country  to  find  out  all  about  some  white  brothers  who  came  to 
your  land  many  years  ago,  but  who  never  came  back.  Many  of 
these  brothers  had  wives  and  children.  Their  wives  want  the  Innuits 
to  tell  me  all  about  what  they  know  of  their  husbands.  Their  children 
want  you  to  tell  me  all  about  what  you  know  of  their  fathers. 
*  *  *  I  shall  want  you  to  help  me  a  good  deal ;  you  have 
told  me  that  you  would  go  with  me  to  Neitchille,  and  help  me  to  find 
out  all  about  the  ship  or  two  ships,  as  some  of  you  have  told  me,  that 
were  two  years,  as  you  all  say,  in  the  ice  near  that  place.  I  have  pow- 
der, balls,  shot,  and  caps  enough  for  us  all  for  three  years.  All  these 
things  I  will  share  with  you.  So  long  as  I  am  in  your  country,  let  us 
be  as  we  have  been  for  the  four  moons  just  passed — a  band  of  brothers 


Jnnnarr,  180S<] 


An  Aurora. 


131 


jiud  sisters.  I  thank  you  all  vory  much.  Good  nig-lit."  On  liis  con- 
cluding" a  very  long-  talk,  of  which  the  precedinj^  is  the  substance, 
Too-koo-li-too  told  Hall  that  ho  had  much  pleased  his  hearers,  who 
wished  him  to  talk  again  He  had  throughout  the  speech  made  fre- 
quent pauses,  so  that  his  interpreters  could  make  him  perfectly  under- 
stood. 

The  three  days  which  followed  the  feast  had  been  again  days  of 
gale  and  drift.  The  meteorological  notes  of  the  fourth  day  of  the 
month  read:  "This  morning  the  mean  of  five  thermometers " is  70° 
below  freezing-point.  The  registers  of  three  others  are  rejected.  One 
of  them,  the  longest,  indicates  over  100°  below  freezing-point;  No.  2 
registers  110°,  and  No.  7  will  not  register  more  than  77°  below  the 
freezing-point.  A  long  and  heavy  cloud  overhung  the  open  water  in 
the  Welcome,  its  vapor  looking  like  steam  from  a  monstrous  boiling 
cauldron." 

On  the  evening  of  the  7th,  at  8.45,  a  band  of  children  came  run- 
ning into  Hall's  iffloo,  crying  out  ^^  Oh-shum-nmng !  Ok-shum-mung!^^ — 
(Lights  very  fine.)  He  thus  describes  this  aurora:  When  he  registered 
the  thermometer  at  7  p.  m.,  the  sky  was  clear  and  cloudless,  and  there 
were  no  evidences  of  auroral  action.  At  8.45  there  were  three  belts 
of  aurora  extending  nearly  in  straight  lines  from  near  the  horizon  in 
the  southeast  up  to  the  zenith,  and  thence  within  40°  of  the  horizon 
to  the  northwest.  To  the  southwest  there  were  belts  of  aurora,  com- 
passing a  large  portion  of  the  heavens  from  15°  to  40°  above  the  hori- 
zon, these  belts  having  contortions  or  folds  like  those  in  the  Con- 
stellation, Draco.  A  fresh  breeze  was  blowing  from  the  north-north- 
west.    Thermometer,    72°    below  freezing-point;    barometer,    30.04. 


* 


132 


!ii,i 


The  Natives  Wish  to  Visit  the  Ships  Afjain 


[Jnnnnrr,  I869> 


i 


The  rays  of  the  aurora  were  vertical;  it  appeared  all  alive,  as  if  in 
high  glee,  dancing  to  and  fro  with  almost  the  rapidity  of  lightning. 
The  three  belts  extending  from  southeast  to  northwest  were  the  most 
interesting,  as  they  often  flashed  into  the  brilliant  colors  of  the  rain- 
bow. Each  belt  occasionally  resolved  itself  into  two  lines  or  tiers  of 
rays;  as  one  line  would  dance  rapidly  to  windward,  the  other  would 
dance  as  quickly  in  the  opposite  direction.  This  extraordinary  display 
lasted  five  minutes — an  unusual  time.  Hall  was  so  impressed  with  it 
that  he  wrote,  "  If  at  home  it  could  be  witnessed  for  one  moment,  one 
would  say,  *  I  never  saw  northern  lights  before.'" 

The  natives  were  now  looking  forward  to  hunt  again  for  walrus 
when  the  ice  should  form.  After  securing  one  animal  they  would 
renew  their  visit  to  the  whale-ships.  They  pleaded  for  this  visit  their 
promise  to  assist  the  captains  in  getting  fresh  meat  for  the  crews,  and 
their  having  received  from  them  many  presents  without  making  any 
in  return.     Hall's  journal  says  : 

Iniiuits  are  a  strange  people  to  deal  with;  a  white  man,  to  get  along  with 
them,  must  liave  the  patience  of  Job.  They  are  the  children  of  nature,  and  like 
to  do  just  as  a  notion  leads  them.  I  learned  this  evening  that  half  the  people  of 
the  village,  including  several  of  the  women,  are  making  arrangements  to  accom- 
pany me  down  to  Depot  Island.  I  must  try  to  check  this,  for  if  the  Innuits  can 
be  induced  to  be  here  in  the  middle  of  February,  I  can  make  my  desired  journey 
next  spring.  If  I  had  a  small  vessel  at  Eepulse  Bay,  I  could  learn  all  the  particu- 
lars of  the  Franklin  Expedition  in  two  years;  with  Innuits  alone  it  may  take  five 
or  more.  If  I  have,  however,  a  team  of  ten  dogs,  mj^self  Ebierbiug  and  Too- 
koo-li-too  can  reach  Boothia  Felix  in  the  spring.  I  regret  that  I  have  not  a  few 
white  men  with  me. 

But  a  second  visit  to  the  ship  at  Depot  Island  was  arranged. 
The  party  was  made  up  of  Hall,  six  Innuit  men,  Too-koo-li-too,  and 
six  other  females,  a  boy  (Oot-pik),  and  two  babes;  all  of  whom  were 


Juunaryi  1863>| 


IlaWs  Visit  to  the  Whalers. 


133 


seated  on  three  sledges  drawn  by  twenty-two  dogs.  Tlie  boy,  Oot-pik, 
liad  awakened  in  Hall  much  interest  by  his  brightness  and  his  hand- 
some figure.  When  an  infant,  he  was  near  perishing  by  being  cast  off 
by  his  parents,  who  thought  that  he  was  near  death  and  would  never 
be  other  than  a  burden  to  them,  and  his  fate  was  just  decided,  on  their 
taking  fright  when  his  hair  began  to  fall  off  But  Ar-goo-moo-too-lik 
and  his  wife,  who  had  but  one  child  of  their  own,  by  the  consent  of 
the  boy's  parents,  promptly  interposed  to  adopt  him,  and  he  very  soon 
recovered  his  full  health.  Quick  to  learn,  he  was  now  fast  becoming 
ready  in  speaking  English. 

The  sledge  party  were  well  supplied  with  venison,  walrus-meat, 
and  blubber,  and  reindeer-furs  for  traffic;  besides  their  own  provision 
and  the  articles  necessary  for  use  on  their  journey.  The  thermometer, 
when  they  bade  good-bye  to  the  twenty-six  Innuits  left  behind,  was 
72°  below  freezing-point.  Running  for  a  short  distance  directly  south 
over  the  land,  they  struck  out  for  the  sea-ice  soon  found  to  be  smooth, 
and  then  followed  the  coast,  with  the  open  water  on  their  left  hand  at 
the  distance  of  less  than  a  mile.  Large  flocks  of  ducks  were  seen, 
and  fast- streaming  columns  of  vapor  rose  vertically  into  a  heavy 
fog-bank  extending  north  and  south  as  far  as  the  eye  could  reach. 
At  3  p.  m.,  leaving  the  coast  and  striking  the  tracks  of  the  party  who 
had  gone  down  in  December,  they  halted  for  the  night  at  the  old 
igloo,  which  had  been  occupied  by  that  company,  about  17  nautical 
miles  south-southwest  from  their  winter  quarters  at  Noo-wook.  A 
load  of  venison  and  tood-noo  was  soon  secured  from  one  of  the  many  de- 
posits which  had  been  made  in  the  last  season.  Two  small  storehouses 
were  next  quickly  built  near  enough  to  the  igloo  for  them  to  hear  any 
attempt  the  dogs  might  make  to  break  into  these  for  the  meat ;  and 


'W 


•V!  ,. 


134 


The  Igloo  Made  on  the  Journey. 


[Jnnunrr,  1865. 


■\ 


i'iij 


i'   ;'    i- 


m 


while  one  of  Ou-e-Ms  wives  shoveled  out  the  snow-drift  from  the  main 
hut,  the  other  increased  the  thickness  of  its  walls  by  banking  up  more 
snow  on  the  outside.  Hall's  offered  assistance  to  the  women  in  this 
wox'k  of  using  the  por-kin,  (snow-shovel,)  was  refused  by  the  husband. 
The  drift  being  thrown  out  of  the  way,  Ou-e-la  then  entered  and  made 
a  bed-platform  on  each  side  of  the  igloo,  dividing  the  two  by  a  trench 
a  foot  in  depth. 


GROUND-PLAN  OP  IGLOO. 

January  9,  1865.    Scale,  i"-12". 


The  women  and  children  having  then  crowded  in,  made  up  the 
beds  by  spreading  over  the  platforms  their  furred  deer-skins,  and  lit 
the  three  fire-lamps  to  melt  snow  for  the  thirsty.  The  men  on  enter- 
ing carefully  beat  their  jackets  and  kodlin,  (outside  breeches,)  with  their 
ar-row-tars,  to  prevent  the  warmth  of  the  igloo  during  the  night  from 


!■ 


T,  1869. 


The  Sleep  in  the  Snow-Hut 


135 


melting  the  snow  upon  them ;  for  if  it  again  froze  upon  them  it  would 
make  the  garments  heavy  as  well  as  cold.     This  thorough  beating  re- 


AU-ROW-TAR,  SNOW-BEATER. 

The  wood  of  this  from  one  of  Franklin's  ships. 

quired  a  full  half  hour.  The  temperature  within  the  hut,  under  the 
influence  of  the  lamps  and  of  the  crowd,  quickly  rose  from  41°,  but 
was  again  lowered  by  the  venison  in  the  trench,  which,  when  first 
brought  in,  smoked  as  if  on  fire.  To  prevent  the  tongue  and  lips  from 
being  frozen  at  the  first  taste  of  the  meat,  it  was  held,  for  a  few 
moments,  in  mittened  hands  and  breathed  upon,  the  children's  share 
being  kept  awhile  in  their  parents'  mouths.  Oii-e-Ms  half-breed  in- 
fant, slipping  entirely  naked  from  its  mother's  hood,  played  on  the 
bed,  and  on  Ou-e-Ms  raising  the  child  to  his  shoulders,  it  stood  erect, 
balancing  itself,  swinging  its  arms  and  crowing  at  the  feat. 

At  9  p.  m.,  the  whole  party  huddled  together  for  the  night,  some 
being  compelled  to  sit  upright  through  the  long  hours  of  sleep.  Sev- 
enteen breathers  were  sealed  up,  with  a  large  snow-block,  in  a  hut  but 
10  feet  in  diameter!  On  opposite  sides  of  the  trench,  nine  were  on 
one  platform  and  eight  on  the  other ;  every  one  (Innuit  fashion) 
having  the  head  toward  the  trench. 

In  the  morning,  between  the  hours  of  3  and  4,  the  men  waked, 
ate  a  quantity  of  deer-meat,  smoked,  and  again  went  to  sleep.  At  5, 
the  whole  party  were  amused  to  find  that  the  lamp-smoke  during  the 
night  had  covered  them  with  soot.  Hall  waked  with  a  severe  head- 
ache from  the  "  excess  of  carbonic-acid  gas  generated  by  three  fire- 
lights and  seventeen  persons." 


i 


1 


136 


Uall  Frcquent/i/  FtoU- Bitten. 


IJanHarr,  IHflS. 


Having-  re-shod  their  runners  with  ice,  they  now  repeated  their 
experiences  of  the  preceding  day  and  made  a  journey  of  2G  miles  in  a 
south-southwest  direction,  the  children  riding  all  the  Avay,  but  the 
grown  persons  about  half  the  time  walking  or  running  beside  the 
sleds. 


SEAL-SKl.N   HOOTS. 


UKAH-SKIN  Ml!  lEXS. 


Watching  Hall,  the  natives  on  this  day,  and  on  the  days  follow- 
ing, thirty  times  restored  his  frost-bitten  nose  and  cheeks  by  their 
vigorous  rubbing.  He  accounts  for  this  frosting  by  the  fact  that  for 
the  preceding  month  he  had  eaten  but  little,  having  lost  all  appetite 
for  walrus-meat,  and  by  his  leaving  his  "phiz"  unprotected,  as  he 
wished  it  to  become  hardened  to  cold.  His  cheek  at  one  time  re- 
mained frozen  fifteen  minutes. 

In  the  igloo  occupied  the  second  night,  slabs  of  frozen  kow  (walrus- 
hide)  were  hung  on  spears  running  crosswise  near  the  top  of  the  hut. 
They  were  thus  partially  thawed  by  morning,  when  the  dogs  were 
called  in  one  at  a  time  and  fed  on  short  strips  of  the  meat. 

On  the  third  day  a  furious  gale  was  encountered,  which  increased 
below  Cape  Fullerton,  compelling  a  halt  at  2.15  p.  m.,  at  the  end  of  a 
journey  of  26  miles,  during  which  it  had  been  necessary  to  encase  the 
children  in  reindeer-skins,  and  lash  them  on  Ou-e-la!s  sled. 

The  iirst  stroke  of  the  spear  in  testing  at  this  place  the  snow  and 


I 


'!  4. 


i  ill,  I  ill 


Jnnuaryi  iS03<l 


A  Seal-Afjloo. 


137 


ice  for  a  now  hut  noAV  struck  the  dorao  of  a  seal  agloo,  the  inclosure 
in  which  the  young  seal  is  born  and  reared.  It  was  oval,  its  diameters 
being  4^  and  5^  feet,  and  its  height  from  the  floor  of  sea-ice  to  its  dome, 
2  feet.  Those  which  Hall  had  before  seen  were  circular.  The  open- 
ing for  the  seal  to  come  up  into  this  snow-dome  made  by  her  through 
the  sea-ice,  was  near  the  end  of  the  longer  diameter. 

The  party  found  their  resting-place  for  this  night  warmer 
than  that  in  their  first  igloo,  which  they  said  was  because  this 
hut  was  entirely  new.  They  were,  however,  several  miles  from  land, 
and  in  danger  of  being  driven  by  the  storm  into  the  broad  Hudson 
Bay. 

On  the  two  following  days  the  wind  was  fair,  and  the  thermome- 
ter ranged  from  3G°  to  34°.  On  the  12th,  their  fourth  igloo  was  made 
on  a  small  island  28  miles  due  west  of  their  third.  The  land  on  their 
right  was  too  low  to  be  seen,  but,  according  to  the  Eskimos,  it  was 
marked  by  deep  inlets  and  bays,  one  of  which  extended  to  the  north 
from  50  to  75  miles.  On  the  left  a  ridge  of  hummocks  intervened 
between  them  and  the  open  water,  a  distance  of  from  one  to  three 
miles.  Hall  expresses  a  desire  to  make  an  accurate  survey  of  this 
whole  coast-line,  even  from  York  Factory  to  Eepulse  Bay ;  as,  from 
what  he  had  seen,  he  judged  that  no  chart  gave  anything  like  an 
accurate  delineation  of  it — certainly  none  showed  the  coast  from 
Cape  Fullerton  to  Depot  Island.  On  account  of  the  shore  being 
very  low  and  nearly  uniform,  a  survey  would  have  required  much 
time  and  care. 

At  a  late  hour  of  the  next  day,  Oii-e-la,  mounting  a  hummock, 
pointed  out  the  masts  of  the  whale-ships,  which  his  quick  eye  discov- 
ered when  Hall  could  not  see  them ;  they  appeared  only  as  sharp 


J 


>• 


m 


138 


Arrival  at  Depot  Island. 


IJaaiiurri  INOS. 


1  ! 


.;! 


needle-lines  in  the  distance.  The  dogs  were  now  urged  to  their 
utmost  speed,  but  the  storm-clouds  shut  in  upon  them  before  Hall 
could  take  a  compass-bearing  which  might  have  saved  some  hours  of 
wandering.  Traveling  then  became  exceedingly  difficult,  until,  accord- 
ing to  Eskimo  usage  in  such  cases,  a  woman  was  selected  as  the  guide. 
One  of  On-e-lah  wives  well  executed  this  task,  although  for  a  time  mis- 
led by  a  light  on  Ar-goo-moo-too-lWs  sled  which  was  seeking  to  regain 
its  track.  This  light  was  from  a  piece  of  moss  at  the  bottom  of  a  dish 
containing  a  little  oil ;  at  first  she  believed  it  to  be  on  the  ships.  Re- 
gaining their  course,  the  party  soon  saw  a  signal  swinging  high  on  the 
mast  of  the  Monticello,  its  crew  having  heard  ihe  cries  of  the  dog- 
drivers  and  dogs  for  half  a  mile  back. 

Hall  had  closely  shaved  his  hair  and  beard  for  this  journey, 
yet  devoutly  wishing  when  he  cut  them  that  the  ice  could  have  been 
kept  off,  that  they  might  have  been  saved  to  warm  him.  He  was 
distinguishable  from  the  rest  of  the  snow-covered  party  by  his  voice 
only ;  but  was  soon  recognized  by  Captain  Chapel,  and  welcomed  to 
his  old  quarters  on  the  ship.  After  partaking  of  the  first  hospitalities 
of  the  Monticello,  and  seeing  that  his  party  were  properly  cared  for, 
he  turned  into  his  bunk,  expecting  a  full  season  of  rest.  But  the 
change  from  the  igloo  was  too  sudden  ;  he  slept  none  during  the  night. 
After  his  next  meal  he  could  not  help  entering  in  his  journal  that  he 
"liked  civilization  food"  as  well  as  any  man,  and  it  was  only  through 
his  determination  to  fathom  the  mystery  relative  to  the  lost  expedition 
that  he  could  possibly  submit  to  live  the  life  of  the  Eskimos  as  he  had 
done  and  as  he  must  still  do.  He  congratulated  himself  that  he  had 
not  forgotten  how  to  use  his  plate,  knife,  and  fork  after  135  days'  disuse 
of  said  articles. 


JnnHarjTi  I86S> 


Amusements  on  Board  the  Whalers. 


139 


In  this  liarbor,  a  little  more  than  a  mile  west  of  Depot  Island,  four 
whalers  besides  the  Monticello  were  anchored  within  rifle-shot  of  each 
other ;  these  were  the  George  and  Mary  of  New  London ;  the  Black 
J]agle  and  the  Antelope  of  New  Bedford ;  and  the  Concordia  of  Fair- 
haven,  Mass.  Each  was  banked  up  with  snow  six  or  eight  feet  thick 
and  nearly  up  to  the  gunwale,  the  upper  deck  being  well  housed.  On 
board  the  Monticello,  altliough  but  little  coal  was  used,  the  tempera- 
ture was  kept  above  32°  throughout  the  vessel.  Five  other  whalers, 
including  the  Ansell  Gibbs  and  the  Tender,  Helen  F.,  were  anchored 
in  a  commodious  harbor  completely  land-locked  on  the  northwest  side 
of  Marble  Island ,  an  islet  about  15  miles  in  length,  lying  12  miles 
off  the  coast. 

On  board  all  of  these  vessels  the  musements  usually  gotten  up  by 
Arctic  voyagers  for  maintaining  the  cheerfulness  and  health  of  their  crews 
were  at  this  time  in  full  play,  and  were  generally  of  a  theatrical  charac- 
ter, varied  by  masked  balls  and  by  several  forms  of  the  dance.  Among 
the  exercises  of  speaking  and  singing,  the  memory  of  Franklin  and  the 
fate  of  his  expedition  were  not  forgotten.  The  new-comers  were  par- 
ticularly pleased  with  the  farces,  while  Tdb-koo-li-too,  in  her  turn, 
gave  the  ships'  companies  great  satisfaction  by  her  skill  in  a  Green- 
land dance. 

Hall  experienced  a  full  share  of  the  hospitalities  frequently  recip- 
rocated between  the  vessels  at  the  two  islands.  The  meat  which  his 
party  had  brought  down  with  the  design  of  dividing  it  among  the  five 
ships  at  Depot  Island  had  been  pounced  upon  by  one  crew.  But  the 
supply  of  fresh  meats-  was  plentiful  on  all  the  ships,  and  the  condition 
of  the  musk-ox  meat  previously  obtained,  and  of  the  hogs  brought  out 
from  home,  was  a  good  indication  of  the  care  taken  by  the  whalers 


140 


Ilo.'tpUalUi/  on  lioanl. 


IJnnunrr,  INM3. 


against  Hcurvy,  cases  of  which  wore  very  few  and  of  the  lightest  forai. 
His  first  (lisai)|)ointniont  was  the  news  that  botli  the  Anteh)i)o  and 
tljo  lihick  Eagle  had  been  in  Kepulso  Bay  in  August  previous ;  that 
the  land  was  then  covered  with  reindeer,  and  that  these  ships  had 
looked  for  him,  and  would  probably  have  remained  there  all  the  win- 
ter had  they  found  him.  These  vessels  had  seen  many  whales,  and 
each  ship  had  secured  ten;  all  which  had  been  seen,  were  small.  Hall's 
disappointment  was  followed  by  his  entire  failure  to  obtain  now  a 
promise  from  Oii-c-la  of  a  dog-team  for  his  spring  sledge  journey,  or 
the  loan  of  a  team  from  the  ships ;  they  would  need  all  their  dogs  for 
the  early  spring  floe-whaling. 

During  his  stay  on  the  whalers,  unwillingly  protracted  to  the 
10th  of  the  following  month,  he  spent  much  time  on  the  volumes  of 
his  Arctic  library,  left  on  the  Monticello  in  August;  especially  on 
those  works  which  would  best  aid  him  on  this  voyage  and  on  his 
proposed  future  voyage  to  the  North  Pole  He  did  not  fail  to  record 
some  strange  reading  of  the  thermometers,  together  with  interest- 
ing auroral  and  other  atmospheric  phenomena.  On  the  15th,  the 
mercurial  thermometer  oi^  the  Monticello's  mainmast  read,  at  7  a.  m., 
—  44° ;  at  noon,  —  43° ;  at  7  p.  m.,  —  45° ;  while  his  own  ethereal  ther- 
mometer read,  at  the  same  hours,  —  37°,  —  36°,  —  38°. 
the  last  three  records  too  high.     He  says  : 


He  believed 


I  am  convinced  of  this  by  the  test  I  lately  made  at  my  winter  quarters  by 
exposing,  one  night,  a  dish  of  pure  mercury  to  the  outdoor  air.  My  thermometers 
are  numbered  0,  I,  II,  III,  IV,  V,  VI,  and  VII.  In  the  morning,  wlien  my  No.  0 
thermometer  stood  at  400.5,  the  mercury  was  frozen  so  hard  that  oidy  the  sliarp 
nails  of  the  finger  could  be  made  to  penetrate  it.  Undoubtedly  5°  or  0°  higher 
temperature  would  have  left  it  in  a  frozen,  unfluid  state.  Some  mercury  will 
freeze  at  —  38° ;  pure  may  not  at  even  —  H)°. 


'tl!-, 


ii  ii 

ilil!      ' 


Vfbruarri  INttS.I 


How  to  Determine  Time  at  the  Pole. 


141 


111  ('liapt'l's  tlicriiiometer  tlio  mercury  would  not  nui  down  tlio  tiibc  whilo 
Invortt'd  until  ii  lew  dogreos  of  wimntli  wore  I'oniniuniciitetl  to  it,  but  tln>  tln'r- 
iiionu'tcr  continut'd  to  act.  I  am  satisllcd  that  a  good  mcn'uriid  instnimcnt  will 
indicati'  the  true  state  of  the  atmosidiere  several  doffiees  below  the  temperature 
of  the  mercury  with  which  it  is  tilled. 

In  ono  of  his  leisure  hours,  revolving  in  mind  the  problem  of 
dotermininj^  time  at  the  North  Polo,  ho  eanio  to  the  conclusion  that 
Avith  the  liel})  of  an  English  nsiiitical  almanac,  Greenwich  time  could  bo 
found  there  by  star  occultations  or  by  the  eclipses  of  Ju})iter's  satel- 
lites, but  perhaps  oftener  by  lunar  distances.  He  had  at  first  reasoned 
Jhat  at  a  place  where  there  could  be  no  such  thing  as  a  day,  and  no 
cardinal  point  but  one ;  where  all  the  heavenly  bodies  revolve  paral- 
lel to  the  horizon,  with  the  exception  of  the  change  caused  by  the 
variation  of  declination ;  where  there  is  no  meridian,  or  rather  whero 
every  meridian  is :— it  would  seem  impossible  to  determine  time. 

*Tliero  is  one  great  difliculty  thiit  will  be  experienced  liywlioinsoeverHli.iU  reach  tlio  Pole; 
that  is,  iherexiUlhv  )io  means  for  diivtiniiiing  time  hy  aatronomical  ohmrvations  How  can  there  be 
when  all  the  heavenly  bodies  in  view  of  the  observer  while  at  the  Pole  are  continually  ntvolving 
about  liini  jiarallel  with  his  horizon.  The  only  exception  to  this  is  simply  the  variation  of  decli- 
nation. At  the  Xorth  I'olv  there  can  bo  no  vjijier  or  lower  culminations  of  the  sun,  nionn,  planets, 
and  stars,  for  it  is  a  point  whero  there  is  no  meridian;  then  it  follows  that  there  is  no  day  thert! — 
no  solar  day,  no  sidcrial  day,  no  Ivnar  day.  Why  no  day  f  "Because  a  day  is  the  interval  time 
between  the  departure  of  a  heavenly  body  from  any  meridian  and  its  succeeding  return  to  it ;" 
and  there  being  no  meridian  fit  the  North  Pole,  there  can  bo  no  departure  from  or  niturn  to  oiiti  by 
a  heavenly  body.  At  the  North  Polo  there  is  no  meridian  ;  it  is  a  point  nevertheless  where  tlio 
meridians  of  every  spot  on  the  face  of  the  globe  meet,  or,  in  other  words,  where  they  teriniuato 
to  0  (zero  or  nothing).  But  a  iieie  idea  had  just  struck  me.  Time  can  bo  determined  at  the  North 
Pole  by  litnarg.  Having  a  Nautical  Almanac  and  the  usual  instruments,  it  can  bo  (.'asily  done. 
Take  one  observation  of  the  sun's  iiltitudo,  or  of  either  of  ttlo  planets  or  stars  used  in  lunar  obser- 
vations; one  altitude  of  tho  moon,  without  any  particular  caro  in  noting  the  exact  time  when 
these  two  observations  are  made ;  then  carefully  observe  tho  angular  distance  of  sun  and  moon, 
or  moon  and  ono  of  tho  planets  or  stars  used  in  lunar  observations,  and  note  the  time. 

[I  did  not  mean  by  my  references  to  determining  time  at  tho  P(do  that  this  will  be  North 
Polar  time  or  mean  time.  Certainly  not,  for  this,  as  I  understand  the  matter,  would  be  absurd. 
To  siiy  that  such  an  event  occurred  at  such  an  hour  North  Polo  time  or  mean  time  would  be  out  of 
all  reason]. 

Having  made  tho  usual  observations  in  taking  a  lunar,  work  these  up.  The  true  distance 
of  tho  moon  from  sun,  or  planet,  or  star  being  found,  proceed  with  tho  use  of  the  lunar  tables  as 
in  lunar  Avork.  The  result  will  be  Greenwich  time  if  tho  British  or  American  Nautical  Almanac 
bo  the  ono  used.    I  do  not  consider  it  uccessary  that  one  at  tho  Polo  should  have  a  chronometer 


142 


Hall  Returns  to  Noo-wook. 


i  I 


[February,  1863. 


!'? 


!  ! 


On  the  10th  of  February  he  began  his  return  journey  to  Noo- 
wooJc,  leaving  behind  him,  as  he  had  unwillingly  anticipated,  the  larger 
number  of  the  natives.  They  had  made  themselves  very  useful  in 
hunting  for  the  crews  the  seal,  the  fox,  and  the  bear,  with  the  usual 
varied  success  and  excitement  of  the  chase.  Ar-mou  at  one  time  going 
alone  in  pursuit  of  a  large  polar,  harpooned  him,  but,  in  his  determi- 
nation to  secure  the  animal,  he  was  himself  fairly  dragged  over  the 
thin  ice  to  the  sea  and  nearly  drowned.  Oii^e-la  and  Ar-mou,  before 
going  down  in  December,  hav^  c.^*eed  that  they  would  early  return. 
But  now,  with  their  wives  and  friends,  they  were  not  unwillingly 
detained  by  the  captains.  On  bidding  the  whalers  good-bye.  Hall 
was  furnished  with  some  substantial  and  even  delicacies ;  for  he  was 
unable  to  conceal  the  fact  that  he  considered  some  "civilization  food" 
as  almost  a  necessity.  After  the  play  of  Damon  and  Pythias,  given  in 
his  honor  on  the  previous  evening,  he  made  a  speech  to  140  seamen 
gathered  on  one  of  the  ships,  complimenting  the  courage  and  hardi- 
hood of  the  American  whalers  who  succeeded  in  finding  harbors  in  a 

tliat  hail  boeu  adjusted  to  Greenwich  or  to  any  other  time  in  making  his  lunar  observations. 
Indeed,  it  may  be  supposed  that  he  knows  nothing  of  time  save  the  year.  By  the  observed  alti- 
tude and  variation  of  declination  of  the  sun  or  one  of  the  planets,  he  can  determine  the  month  of 
the  year,  and  by  the  lunar  distance  the  day  of  the  month,  and  by  repeated  workings  of  the  lunar 
observations  can  determine  Greenwich  mean  time  as  approximately  as  lunars  will  admit. 
H.aving  Greenwich  mean  time  by  it,  one  easily  gets  Greenwich  apparent  time.  The  party  now  at 
the  Pole,  Ave  will  say,  is  desirous  to  proceed  toward  Greenwich.  He  consults  his  watch,  which  is 
now  at  band  and  in  running  order.  A  good  time-pieee  should,  however,  be  in  hand  at  the  time 
the  angular  distance  of  the  moon  from  the  sun,  or  the  moon  from  such  other  heavenly  body  as 
may  be  used  in  the  lunar  observations  is  observed,  and  the  exact  moment  noted.  !No  matter  what 
hour  this  instrument  is  set  to  before  commencing  the  observation,  the  result  of  the  lunar  obser- 
vations will  show  how  much  too  fast  or  slow  the  chronometer  is  on  Greenwich  time ;  and  thus 
one  has  in  hand  the  instrument  to  tell  him  at  any  moment,  therefore,  the  Greenwich  mean  time. 

When  the  time-piece  indicates  the  apparent  time  of  Greenwich  of  Oh.  Om.  Os.,  the  sun  (we 
■will  suppose  it  to  be  summer  in  north  latitude)  is,  on  the  meridian  of  Greenwich,  exactly  in  the 
direction  of  Greenwich. 

The  observer  at  this  moment  directs  his  coinpass-sigli\<  and  takes  a  bearing.  He  proceeds, 
as  he  leaves  the  Polo,  not  only  south  (there  is  only  one  cardinal  point  at  the  North  Pole,  which 
is  south),  but  on  the  vieridian  of  Greenwich.  ' 

Greenwich  mean  time  may  be  determ'ned  by  an  occultation  of  a  stai  or  of  a  planet;  also, 
hy  the  eclipses  of  Jupiter's  satellites.  Jupiter,  however,  is  alternately  in  sight  and  out  of  sight 
for  six  years  at  a  time  at  the  Poles  of  the  earth.    (Journal  on  board  the  whaler  at  Depot  Island.) 


Vebrnarr.  1863.] 


Arrival  at  Noo-wook. 


143 


locality  in  the  bay  where  a  like  success  had  not  been  met  with  by  H. 
M.  S.  Griper  in  1824.* 

Beginning  his  jouniey  at  8.30  in  the  morning,  he  was  accompanied 
by  Shoo-she-ark-nooJc,  Ook-bar-ho,  Too-koo-li-too,  and  a  girl  named 
Notv-yer.  Their  dogs  numbered  ten.  After  traveling  27  miles  in  an 
easterly  direction,  they  again  quartered  for  the  night  in  an  igloo  on  the 
sea-ice.  The  distance  made  on  the  second  day  was  about  the  same 
as  that  on  the  first,  but  on  the  third  they  lost  their  way,  Hall's  com- 
passes proving  totally  unreliable.  He  was  glad  again  to  trust  himself 
to  the  skillful  guidance  of  the  Innuits.  Turning  next  to  the  north 
they  were  met  by  a  furious  gale  from  the  northeast,  with  thick  snow, 
shutting  them  up  a  second  time  on  the  ice  of  the  Welcome,  but  the 
next  morning  all  was  calm  and  "clear  as  a  bell." 

They  reached  Noo-wook  on  the  14th. 

Hall  had  suffered  on  the  journey  by  the  strange  conduct  of  Shoo- 
she-ark-nook,  who  had  allowed  each  of  the  party  but  a  few  ounces  from 
the  abundance  of  walrus-meat  packed  on  the  sled,  although  he  ate 
pounds  of  it  himself  and  fed  it  to  the  dogs,  and  although  Hall  had 
freely  shared  with  him  all  his  own  bread  and  coffee.  To  keep  up  his 
strength  and  warmth,  for  the  supply  of  winch  to  an  Arctic  traveler 
bread  and  coffee  are  not  enough,  he  had  submitted  to  eat  the 
unpalatable  and  tough  kow  (hide  of  the  walrus). 

In  accordance  with  the  expectations  he  had  held  out  to  the  natives 
on  New  Year's  Day,  he  now  distributed  to  them  the  presents  which  he 
had  obtained  from  the  ships.  The  bread  which  Ar-mou  had  sent  back 
to  his  family  had  unfortunately  been  stolen  by  the  dogs  on  the  jour- 

*  Lyon's  journal  (p.  110)  says:  Marble  Island,  according  to  Middleton,  is  tlio  only  spot  along 
the  whole  American  coast  from  Churchill  upward  which  affords  tolerably  good  anchorage. 
There  is  an  excellent  harbor  in  the  island,  but  its  entrance  is  dangerous.  At  spring  tides  there 
arc  only  13  feet  on  the  bar.    The  Griper  drev/  Ifi  feet. 


Nil 


if 


11^  ■■ 


■1!  ' 


III, 


144 


-4  Beported  Earthquake. 


[Frbrunry,  1863. 


ney.  The  natives  were  living  on  short  commons,  because  of  their  recent 
ill  success  in  hunting.  Ebierbing,  on  the  day  following,  while  on  an 
unsuccessful  walrus  hunt,  killed  one  of  a  large  flock  of  eider-ducks 
(Mei-tuks),  of  the  weight  of  which  Hall  satisfied  himself  by  first  bal- 
ancing it  with  the  two  books  "The  Fate  of  Franklin"  and  "Burritt's 
Geography  of  the  Heavens"  in  a  tin  kettle,  and  then  balancing  these 
volumes  with  a  bag  of  rifle-balls.  He  found  the  weight  of  the  duck 
to  be  that  of  312  rifle-balls,  =  6  pounds.  The  bird  had  in  its  gizzard 
snail-shells  in  perfect  condition,  wiiich  were  preserved  for  examination 
as  to  their  species. 

On  the  17th,  at  50  minutes  past  noon,  a  low  rumbling  noise  was 
heard,  resembling  that  of  a  train  of  cars  slowly  crossing  a  bridge  and 
dying  gradually  away.  The  Innuits  said  that  a  like  noise  had  been 
heard  twice  during  Hall's  absence,  coming  from  the  southeast,  and 
continuing  for  a  long  time,  and  spoke  of  it  as  Toon-gwa,  the  bad  Spirit, 
shaking  the  earth.  During  a  new  performance  by  the  an-ge-ko,  to 
which  he  summoned  all  hands  at  midnight,  he  issued  the  order  that 
the  kook-higs  must  not  be  emptied,  nor  the  frost  scraped  from  the  ice- 
windows  of  the  igloos  till  sunrise.  This  order,  however,  was  accom- 
panied by  another  decree  for  an  exchange  of  wives;  and  on  his  own 
wife's  refusal  to  go  to  Ebierbing's  hut  for  this  purpose,  the  An-ge-ko, 
(Ar-too-a,)  beat  her  most  unmercifully. 

A  few  days  after,  fourteen  of  the  Innuits  moved  a  few  miles 
southward,  ostensibly  to  be  nearer  the  seal  and  walrus  grounds  and 
their  depositaries  of  reindeer-meat.  About  an  equal  number,  includ- 
ing his  two  fast  friends,  remained  with  Hall.  Shoo-she-ark-nook, 
through  some  ill  feeling,  had  endeavored  to  persuade  every  one  to 
desert  him.  During  this  native's  sickness  and  that  of  his  son.  Hall 
had  closely  watched  both,  and  saved  them  when  at  death's  door.     For 


Febrnnry,  1N6S. 


A  Seal  Secured  hy  Ingenuity. 


145 


a  few  days,  now,  he  was  placed  under  serious  apprehension  that  Shoo- 
she-ark-nook  would  induce  all  to  leave  him  with  Ebierbing  and  Too- 
koo-li-too,  to  jret  along  the  best  way  they  could  alone.  The  fel- 
low was,  not  long  after,  brought  to  terms  when  his  own  necessities 
returned  upon  him. 

Ebierbing,  on  the  19th,  shot  a  seal  weighing  125  pounds.  It  was 
too  fat  to  sink,  and  its  blubber  made  more  than  four  gallons  of  oil. 
The  meat  was  divided  equally  among  all  the  families.  Having  no 
other  means  of  securing  a  second  seal  which  he  had  killed  at  too  great 
a  distance  from  the  land-ice  to  be  reached  by  his  harpoon,  he  had 
endeavored  to  lodge  in  its  body  a  line  shot  out  from  a  rifle-grooved 
ball ;  but,  each  time,  his  line  broke.  His  companions,  talking  over  the 
matter,  returned  to  the  spot  with  Hall,  and  found  the  water  now  cov- 
ered with  a  thin  coat  of  ice.  Lashing  together  a  number  of  poles  and 
flats,  and  making  of  them  an  oonar  (seal-spear)  a  hundred  feet  in  length, 
they  fastened  to  its  end  a  harpoon  carrying  a  seal -line,  and  then 
pushed  this  long  pole  through  a  hole  in  the  ice  toward  the  seal.  It  re- 
quired skill  to  direct  it,  as  the  sea-ice  is  not  transparent,  but  on  the  second 
attempt,  after  sunset,  the  sejil  was  reached,  and  the  harpoon  withdrawn 
an  arm's  length  and  struck  into  the  animal  by  a  skillful  blow.  Snow 
was  next  kicked  upon  the  body,  and  then  thoroughly  rubbed  off  with 
the  feet,  to  prevent  its  hairy  coat  from  being  loaded  with  ice.  A  hole 
was  cut  in  its  nose  and  a  line  passed  through  it,  by  a  loop  of  which, 
thrown  over  Hall's  shoulders,  he  dragged  it  to  his  igloo,  sharing  it 
equally  with  all. 

On  the  24th  and  25th  a  severe  gale  prevailed  from  the  north- 
northwest,  the  thermometer  ranging  from  —23°  to  —34°,  and  the  snow 
drifting  thickly.     Over  the  Welcome,  the  fog-bank  showed  that  the  ice 


S.  Ex.  27- 


-10 


19'!      1(K- 


''  '■  Ir 


'i  ill 


'I  :iii 


1  ir!i 


iili  llf!. 


«;)' 


Iv'i 


fl; 


,1 


i'i 

'  •i 

■    11 

! 

? 

, 

146 


Low  but  Unreliable  Thermometer  Headings.    [Pebraary,  isfla. 


had  been  driven  off  shore.  The  mean  of  the  five  thermometers  at  7  p. 
m.,  when  tlie  gale  had  entirely  subsided,  was  —  39°;  but  Hall  had  now 
further  reason  to  place  no  confidence  in  two  out  of  seven  instruments, 
one  of  which  stood  at  —  100°  and  the  other  at  —  75°.  Shortly  after 
this  he  wrote :  "  It  is  annoying  to  have  but  one  of  nine  thermom- 
eters, right.  But  by  taking  even  one  to  the  United  States,  and  having 
it  compared  with  a  standard,  with  my  data,  all  the  observations  can  be 
worked  up  to  said  standard." 

During  the  niglit  of  the  26th  his  five  self-registering  thermometers 
read,  -48°,  -46°,  —48°,  —48°,  — /)2°.  At  8  a.  n.  he  -peri- 
mented  with  the  mercury  given  to  him  by  Mr.  Green,  one  Oi  the  in- 
strument-makers of  New  York,  for  his  artificial  horizon  Pouring  some 
of  this  into  a  dish  near  his  thermometer,  he  found  the  mass  quickly 
frozen,  small  spherical  drops  remaining  fluid  until  the  pressure  of  a 
pencil  changed  their  form.  When  the  mass  of  the  mercury  again 
became  fluid,  or  nearly  so,  with  the  rising  temperature,  these  globules 
remained  solid. 

The  following  table  gives  the  results  of  his  observations ;  the 
thermometers  numbered  I,  II,  and  VII,  at»first  being  below  the  marks, 
were  not  read : 


is 

Thcrmomctora 

nuinbi'iec 

— 

Stprruiial  test — stntc  of  ex- 
poHCd  mercury. 

^1 

0. 

I. 

ir.     1 

III. 

IV. 

V. 

VI. 

VII. 

h,  m. 

-38° 

i 
1 

-37°.  5 

-38°.  5 

-38°.  5 

-44° 

fe    =6 

Hai-d  frozen. 

8 

-37°.  5 

"    ^ 

1^ 

-.IfiO 

-38°.  5 

-38°.  5 

-44° 

o  .g 

Hard  frozen. 

a  30 

-360 

^  -t 

-83°.  5 

-.'14°.  5 

-38° 

-37°.  5 

-42° 

Hard  frozen. 

0   ou 

-3.-.0 

-80° 

-33°.  7 

-36° 

-35°.  5 

-40° 

-41° 

Hard  frozen. 

10    10 

-33°.  5 

n 

-77° 

-32° 

-34°.  25 

-34° 

-38° 

-39° 

Yieldhij;  ,i  Uttlo. 

10    25 

-32° 

-90° 

-73°.  5  ' 

-30° 

-33° 

-33° 

-30° 

-37° 

Scnii-tiiiid,  half  of  it. 

10    45 

-30° 

-880 

-72° 

-29° 

-31°.  75 

-31° 

-35° 

-36° 

Nearlv  fluid;  some  still  solid. 

11 

1 

February,  INAS.J 


The  Freezing- Point  of  Mercury. 


147 


These  experiiTients  still  further  confirmed  his  uncertainty  as  to  the 
true  freezing-point  of  mercury,  and  he  was  at  a  loss  to  know  how  to 
correct  his  thennometer-reg-ister.  On  the  following  day  he  continued 
his  experiments  with  frozen  mercury,  the  lowest  temperature  during 
the  night  having  been  —  39'^ ;  and  at  7  a  m.-his  themiometers  standing 
thus:  -  36°,  -  90°,  -  72°,  -  34°,  -  36°,  -  36°,  -  40°,  —  42°.  An 
attempt  to  mold  mercury  into  a  bullet  did  not  meet  with  success.  The 
temperature  of  the  freezing  mass  now  differed  from  what  had  appeared 
on  the  previous  day,  and  he  began  to  question  whether  its  repeated 
freezing  does  not  affect  the  case,  or  whether  the  discrepancies  noted 
had  not  arisen  from  some  lack  of  watchfulness  needed  to  prevent  the 
communicating  of  heat  to  the  thermometers  from  his  own  person.* 
He  says :  "  Why  should  I  not  be  in  doubt  about  the  freezing-point  of 
mercury  when  masses  freeze  and  little  rain-drops  of  the  same  metal 
from  the  same  jar  remain  fl'  id?    Admitting  that  mercury  freezes,  by  a 

*  Those  notes  of  Hall's  oxperiments  may  be  compared  with  the  following,  to  be  found  in  the 
"  Results  derived  from  the  Arctic  Expedition,  ISTH-'TC"  (Parlianu'utary  Paper  C,  217C).  Captain 
Nares  says,  on  p.  107  : 

"  Tlie  spirit  and  mercury  thermometers  were  fixed  alongside  one  another  in  the  same 
screen,  and,  being  read  off  every  hour  during  the  winter,  were  found  to  agree  very  well  together 
mitil  the  temperature  fell  to  .about  —  44°,  when,  on  the  temperature  reaching  a  certain  point  be- 
tween —  45°  and  —  4(i°.r),  the  mercury  fell  suddenly  to  a  point  in  the  tube  which  would  bo  about 
equal  to  —  (iO°  had  the  tube  been  graduated. 

"  While  in  this  state,  the  mercury  could  be  easily  tapped  down  to  a  lower  point  in  the  scale. 
It  appeared  to  bo  very  brittle — that  is,  as  the  end  of  it  reached  the  narrow  ])assage  leading  to  the 
bull),  small  pardeles  broke  off  and  found  their  way  through.     The  stream  was  not  continuous. 

"When  the  thermouu'ter  was  left  quite  si  ill,  no  nuitter  how  cold  the  atmosphere  was,  the 
mercury  never  sank  lower  in  the  tube  than  about  —  W\ 

"  When  a  thaw  set  in,  the  first  efl'ect  was  to  melt  the  mercury  remaining  in  the  tiibe,  which 
fell  into  the  bulb  out  of  sight,  the  mercury  in  the  bulb  always  taking  a  longer  time  and  a  higher 
temperature  before  it  became  fluid.  By  the  observations  made,  this  temperature  is  about  —  1^5°, 
but  l(!ugth  of  time  may  affect  the  actual  degree  at  which  the  mercury  would  becouK!  fluid. 

"  Occasionally,  when  the  mercury  assumed  the  fluid  state,  the  expansion  was  apparently  a 
sudden  action,  as  the  mercury  in  the  tube  of  the  maximum  thermometer,  lying  in  nearly  a  hori- 
zontal position,  was  projected  along  the  tube,  and  registered  a  much  higher  temper.iture  than 
that  of  the  atmosphere ;  thus,  on  February  SJ2  the  maximum  thermometer  registered  a  tempera- 
ture of  -\-  5P..5,  and  on  March  30,  -f  :!°.0,  both  readings  being  higher  than  the  actual  temperature 
experienced."  During  the  24  houi-s  j)receding  the  first  of  these  observations,  the  weather  was 
stormy,  and  the  thermometer  may  have  been  shaken. 


''  { 


I;, 

Mr 


Uii'l 


148 


Extreme  Difficulty  in  Writm/. 


[Fcbruurjr,  IflM. 


Htandard  thermometer,  at  —  40°,  then  my  thermometer  No.  0  does  not 
register  when  at  —  35°  low  enough  by  at  least  5°,  for  at  lO''"  10'"-  a.  m. 
frozen  mercury  remained  solid  and  fluid  mercury  froze." 

He  now  made  his  own  records  with  great  difficulty ;  his  inkstand 
occasionally  was  warmed  beneath  the  fur  clothing  of  one  of  the 
Innuits,  the  pen  was  constantly  warmed  by  breathing  on  it,  and  the 
ink  in  his  pen  breathed  upon  as  frequently.  His  fingers  and  thumb 
he  Avanned  by  a  small  lamp,  which  also  heated  two  metal  plates* 
alternately  placed  underneath  the  leaf  on  which  he  wrote.  The  ink 
was  obtained  from  a  deposit  of  icy  ink-blocks  outside  of  the  igloo  ; 
slices  from  these  were  chipped  off,  crushed,  and  thawed  inside.  In 
detailing  this,  and  speaking  of  his  frequent  exercise  necessary  to  keep 
his  blood  in  motion,  he  says,  that  "  although  apparently  warmly 
dressed  in  skins  from  head  to  foot,  (his)  vigilance  in  dancing  on  the 
snow  floor  of  the  igloo  to  keep  his  blood  in  circulation  was  the  price 
not  only  of  liberty,  but  of  life  itself" 

The  supply  both  of  meat  and  blubber  for  oil  had  now  become 
very  low,  suggesting  grave  apprehensions  of  want.  The  seal-meat 
was  all  gone  and  the  walrus-meat  nearly  devoured.  The  blubber,  so 
necessary  for  the  lamp-light  and  for  molting  snow  for  their  drink,  was 
consumed.  The  only  supplies  left  were  in  the  reindeer  deposits, 
which,  in  the  severity  of  the  cold,  could  scarcely  be  opened ;  and  their 
tood-noo,  without  which  the  meat  was  poor  food,  was  also  gone.    "Oil 

"Hia  account  of  these  iiietul  plates  is  of  interest:  "I  have  before  ine  a  lamp  with  two  Avieks 
kept  constantly  burning.  The  brass  sheets  are  10  inches  each  by  5 ;  and  while  one  ia  heated  the 
other,  which  has  been  made  hot,  is  under  the  h.'af  on  which  1  write,  warming  it ;  this,  in  tuni, 
keeps  my  lingers  warm  and  the  ink  from  freezing  in  the  i)en,  and  dries  the  writing.  Changing  the 
plates  after  writing  on  each  half  a  dozen  lines,  I  am  able  to  make  up  my  journals,  the  thermom- 
eter at  my  side  showing  42°  below  the  freezing-point.    It  is  a  plan  of  my  own." 

[The  plates,  with  the  pen,  inkstand,  and  other  relics,  were  at  the  Arctic  exhibit  put  up  for 
the  United  States  Naval  Observatory  at  the  Centennial,  1876.  ] 


march,  1H0S.\ 


Starvation  Driven  Off". 


149 


was  what,  they  most  needed,  not  only  for  their  fire-lamps,  but  for 
the  human  stoves^  Ebierbing,  however,  was  now  again  successful 
in  the  capture  of  a  full-grown  seal  weighing  250  pounds.  Hall  went 
down  the  coast  a  half  mile,  and  attaching  a  dog-team  to  the  seal,  in 
fifteen  minutes  had  it  in  his  igloo,  and  shared  it  all  around  with  his 
friends,  including  Shoo-she-ark-nook.  Nuk-cr-zhoo  brought  in  a  load  of 
venison  from  a  distant  deposit.  Plenty  came  again.  February,  there- 
fore, closed  with  widely-extended  moss-wicks  on  all  their  fire-lamps, 
once  more  aglow ; — with  the  stomachs,  which  had  nearly  collapsed, 
again  filled  to  repletion.  Sorrowful  faces  and  silence  then  gave  way 
to  smiles  and  to  merry  voices. 

Within  the  first  few  days  of  March,  Shoo-she-ark-nook  and  his 
family  made  their  long-talked-of  move  to  a  new  point  north,  half  way 
to  the  Wager  River,  expecting  to  catch  salmon  through  the  ice  and 
to  gather  supplies  of  reindeer  from  some  of  their  own  deposits.  The 
conduct  of  this  Innuit  had,  for  some  time  past,  given  uneasiness, 
small  tools  and  other  articles  which  had  disappeared  from  the  passage- 
ways usually  considered  safe,  having  been  found  in  his  igloo;  besides 
which,  serious  apprehensions  were  renewed  that  he  was  again  persuad- 
ing the  rest  of  the  natives  to  desert  Hall.  On  parting,  however,  he 
promised  to  give  his  assistance  on  Hall's  proposed  journey  to  Repulse 
Bay ;  and,  not  long  after,  he  sent  back  to  him  a  very  acceptable 
j)resent  of  frozen  salmon,  asking  for  tobacco,  and  receiving  it  cor- 
dially, together  with  blubber,  medicine,  and  some  food. 

Plall,  with  Ebierbing  and  Too-koo-li-too,  now  entered  a  new  igloo, 
called  the  "seventh  encampment,"  distant  120  fathoms  further  south. 
Tliis  was  to  gratify  the  superstitious  notion  that  since  so  few  of  the 
people  now  remained  in  the  village  they  must  abandon  all  their  old 


i 


\'J 


150 


Intense  Cold. 


[Mnrrh,  186.1. 


if  llfi^  -ir 


'T 


H'  « 


huts,  or  failure  in  the  seal  and  walrus  hunt  might  ensue.  The  new 
iffloo,  made  of  coarse-grained  blocks,  with  but  little  depth  of  snow  for 
its  floor,  was  particularly  cold  and  uncomfortable,  until  embankments 
were  thrown  up  outside  and  inside.  Too-koo-li-too  had  lined  it  with 
the  sail  and  jib  of  the  Sylvia  and  with  ripped-up  canvas  bags,  et 
cetera — the  et  cetera  being  chiefly  the  petticoat  which  she  had  worn 
when  in  the  United  States. 

The  5th  day  of  the  month  was  again  one  of  storm,  the  gale  be- 
coming almost  a  hurricane.  The  storm-wind  was  cuttingly  keen. 
Hall  wrote  in  his  journal,  "  King  Cold,  even  when  severest,  is  harm- 
less in  a  calm;  but  when  he  gets  the  winds  of  old  Boreas  and  charges 
them  with  his  mighty  power,  man  turns  his  face  for  shelter."  Taking 
the  mean  of  the  readings  of  his  "0"  thermometer  for  the  previous 
evening  with  the  three  of  the  day,  and  applying  the  correction  of 
adding  —  7°,  which  his  experiments  with  the  mercury  had  prompted 
him  to  do,  he  found  the  temperature  in  the  gale  to  be  H7°  below  freez- 
ing-point. The  drift  filled  the  air  so  that  one  could  see  nothing  a  few 
fathoms  ofl",  and  yet  the  sun  peered  dimly  through  it  the  whole 
day,  so  that  the  terrific  gale  was  hugging  the  earth.  Probably  a  few 
hundred  feet  above,  all  was  sunshine.  At  night  the  feeble  rays  of  the 
moon  pierced  through  the  swiftly-moving  white  pall  which  enshrouded 
the  land. 

When  writing  his  journals  now  the  greatest  difiiculty  was,  not  to 
get  the  ink  but  his  thoughts  to  flow.  "When  mechanical  contrivances 
are  to  be  attended  to  every  few  moments,  and  when  King  Cold  is  con- 
tinually thrusting  his  stinging  needles  into  the  toes  and  fingers,  and 
finally  chills  one  through  and  through,  it  is  utterly  impossible  to  think 
with  freedom.     While  writing,  one  becomes  lost  in  a  labyrinth  of  stiff- 


march,  l«0S.l 


Native  Mode  of  Sealing. 


151 


frozen  ideas,  from  which  he   can  escape  only  by  the  most  violent 
physical  exercise." 

On  the  Oth,  after  a  protracted  and  severe  struggle  with  a  walrus 
found  sleeping  on  the  drifting-  ice,  seven  miles  out,  Ebierbing  and  Nu-ker- 
zhoo,  after  freely  using  their  harpoons  and  lances,  at  last  pierced  his  neck 
with  a  well-directed  bullet.  Night  coming  on,  the  two  left  their  rifles 
on  the  ice  and  returned  to  their  huts.  The  next  day,  Hall  with  three 
of  his  friends  made  their  way  over  the  rough  sea-ice — a  temper-trying 
field  of  chaos  made  up  of  piled  blocks  of  every  conceivable  shape, 
size,  and  position,  fractured  and  raised  by  the  pressure  of  the  floes 
upon  such  ice  as  had  become  fixed.  They  found  the  creature  still  fast 
to  the  line  by  which  Ebierbing  had  tied  him  to  a  hummock  ;  but  the 
current,  at  the  last,  swept  this  line  under  the  land-ice,  broke  it,  and 
took  from  them  their  prize.  Four  flocks  of  the  eider-duck  (Anas  mollis- 
sima)  were  seen,  which  they  estimated  contained  1 ,000  each,  the  males 
predominating.  Hall  notes  as  of  interest  to  naturalists,  their  winter- 
ing in  very  large  numbers  in  waters  of  such  high  latitude  as  the 
Welcome. 

The  customs  of  the  natives  in  sealing  during  the  winter  are  detailed 
as  follows : 

When  the  hunt  is  prosecuted  over  seal-holes,  no  seal  is  seen  by  the  sealer 
until  he  has  made  fast  to  it.  The  locality  of  the  hole  is  found  by  a  seal-dop  only, 
and  the  sealer  then  proceeds  to  prospect  with  the  long  sphidle  shank  of  his 
oonar,  i)iercing  the  snow  until  it  penetrates  the  exact  spot  of  the  hole  which 
leads  up  through  the  sea-ice.  Then,  with  one  eye,  a  sight  is  taken  through  this 
spindle-shank  hole,  to  determine  whether  it  is  about  the  center  of  the  seal-hoUs, 
as  this  is  the  point  where  the  spindle-shank  hole  must  be  located. 

When  the  seal  comes  to  this  hole  to  blow,  the  listener  prepares  himself 
for  striking  his  harpoon  vertically  through  it ;  and  on  the  second  or  third  puff 


152 


Nu-ker-zhoo's  Seal-  Watch. 


[march,  IN«S. 


m 


■ill 


(ir  blow  of  the  aiiiiiial,  down  }j;ot'H  a  ^troiij;  iniiMciilar  arm,  carryiii};  a  haq)ooti  into 
its  head,  neck,  or  back.  When  i  he  seal  divos  cair^yng  out  tlu'!  U>nfjtli  of  the  lino 
attached  to  the  harpoon,  the  sealer  retaininj;  firm  hold  of  the  other  end,  removes 
all  the  snow  from  over  the  hole,  draws  the  seal  into  it,  and  drags  him  out. 

Two  such  seal  hunts  now  followed.  On  the  8tl»,  Nu-ker-zJioo  took 
Hall  with  him  three  miles  out  from  the  shore  to  a  seal-hole  which  he 
had  discovered,  and  about  which  he  had  built  a  snow-wall  5  feet  in 
diameter  and  5  feet  in  height  on  the  north  side,  but  18  inches  only  on 
the  south.     This  was  for  his  protection  from  the  wind  while  watching. 

Into  this  hole,  at  the  spot  marked  on  his  previous  visit,  Nu-ker- 
ehoo  I'an  a  whalebone  rod,  which,  by  striking  ice,  showed  that  some 
time  had  passed  since  the  seal  had  been  there ;  drawing  out  th  rod 
and  smelling  it,  he  whispered  ^^tepid^^  (stink — huU-seo]).  Returning  the 
rod  to  the  same  little  holv3,  he  carefully  scraped  away  the  snow  from 
around  the  rod,  so  as  to  leave  only  about  6  inches  over  the  seal-hole. 
He  then  drew  out  the  rod  and  placed  the  end  of  the  wood-part  of  his 
oo-nar  directly  over  the  rod-hole.  Holding  this  perpendicular  with 
one  hand,  he  used  the  other  in  packing  snow  around  it  till  he  had 
returned  the  10  inches  of  snow  over  the  seal-hole  which  he  had 
scraped  away.  Then  the  spear-handle  was  lifted  up  gently,  which 
left  an  inch-square  hole ;  this  was  to  be  his  mark  and  guide  for  his 
harpoon  in  striking  the  seal  as  soon  as  he  should  hear  it.  He  then 
ran  the  little  rod  down  through  the  dome  of  the  seal's  house  (or  as  it 
may  be  called  agloo,  for  it  is  really  a  small  snow-hut)  to  determine  the 
depth  of  the  snow  over  it ;  for  it  was  on  this  his  feet  were  to  rest 
while  watching. 

The  next  thing  was  to  prepare  himself  for  spending  the  whole 
night  in  perfect  silence.     He  threw  down  a  piece  of  furred  deer-skin 


;    ■ 


mnrcb,  IMM.J 


Ebwrlm<Js  Night-  Watch. 


153 


to  answer  for  a  cushion  and  to  keep  t!.o  least  noise  made  by  his 
moves  from  being  communicated  to  the  snow.  Then,  to  keep  liis  feet 
warm  and  close  together,  he  drew  over  them  a  short  bag  of  reindeer- 
skin  with  the  fur  inside,  and,  to  prevent  still  further  his  making  the 
least  noise  while  sitting,  or  when  he  should  rise  to  strike,  he  tied  his 
legs  together  just  below  the  knees  and  his  frock-tail  close  around  his 
body.  The  last  act  was  to  place  his  oo-nar  with  harpoon  and  line,  on 
two  pegs  carefully  stuck  into  the  snow,  on  his  right  hand  and  on  the 
left,  just  HO  far  in  advance  of  him  that  when  bending  forward  he  could 
touch  the  spear.  All  Avas  now  ready  for  unbroken  silence.  Whisper- 
ing back  and  forward  the  word  "  Ter-hou-ee-tifi,^^  (Good-night,)  Hall  took 
his  leave ;  for  Nii-ker-zhoo  had  invited  him  to  be  his  companion  to  this 
point  only,  since  by  his  now  leaving  the  agloo  the  seal  would  suppose 
that  no  one  was  left  behind. 

The  native,  however,  failed  to  secure  a  captive,  and  returned  at 
the  end  of  a  twenty-four  hours'  watch  only  to  say  "  no  visit  had  been 
made  by  the  seal  to  his  hole  during  all  that  time."  This  had  been  his 
second  disappointment,  for  on  his  last  hunt,  when  he  heard  the  blow 
and  was  throwing  his  harpoon,  a  mitten  fell  from  his  belt  on  the  roof 
of  the  agloo,  frightening  off  the  wary  seal. 

Hall  next  accompanied  Ebierbing  to  a  seal-hole  which  he  had 
found  about  three  miles  off,  and  over  which  he  now  expected  to  watch 
during  the  night.  With  his  knife,  Ebierbing  cut  down  into  the  snow- 
covering,  repeatedly  smelling  the  snow  until  he  satisfied  himself  that 
the  seal  had  been  there  within  a  short  time.  He  then  scraped  away 
the  outside  snow  which  was  about  5  inches  thick,  down  to  the  thin, 
icy  crust  forming  the  coating  to  the  seal's  breathing-hole.  Into  this 
he  made  a  very  small  cut,  but  on  looking  through,  he  discovered  that 


154 


llbkrbbiys  yiyht-  IVakh. 


[inarch,  J  MIS. 


i^n 


■M 


CI  I  I 


,SI!  i. 


TfWJfpWP" 


it  wasjibout  4  int'hos  on  one  Hide  of  the  center.  Fillinfj;'  tliia  up  cjire- 
fully  with  }i  Huuill  jiicco  of  snow,  lie  mmlo  another  cut,  which  lie  found 
to  he  centnil.  A  Hiiiiill  hair  from  his  koo-U-tatu)  (outer  reindeer-frock) 
having  fallen  very  near  the  hole  he  had  made,  he  at  once  stoppcKl, 
and  witli  the  jj^reatest  care  removed  it,  remarking  to  Hall  that  the  Heal 

.■;»^^-iC:^-*i  would  "  smell  um  quick,  and  away 
it  go."  Then  cutting  a  block  of 
snow  an  inch  square  and  8  inches 
long,  he  set  it  up  over  the  last  hole, 
and  filled  in  about  it  with  loose 
snow,  leaving  3  inches  of  it  above 
the  surface  for  a  mark  by  which  to 
direct  his  harpoon  when  the  time 
came  to  strike.  Seated  on  a  single 
snow-block,  with  his  back  to  the 
southwest  wind,  he  tied  his  clothes 
about  him,  as  already  noted  in 
Nu-ker-zhoo's  case,  and  commenced 
his  weary  watch.  He  did  not, 
however,  build  a  wall  around  the 
EBiEnmNG  GOING  OUT  ON  1.18  HUNT.  ^^ole,  telliug  Hall  that  his  own  coun- 
trymen at  Cumberland  Gulf  did  not  do  this  for  fear  of  frightening  the 
animal  by  the  noise  made  in  putting  it  up.  Hall  left  him  to  his  lonely 
watch,  the  temperature  of  the  air  being  —  34°.  Joe  was  as  unfor- 
tunate as  Nu-ker-zJioo  in  having  no  visit  from  the  seal  to  his  hole  ;  but 
he  shot  one  in  the  open  water,  yet  found  it  impossible  to  secure  it. 

The  Anei'oid  indicated,  on  the  10th,  a  fall  of  4^  tenths  of  an  inch. 
The  wind  again  blew  with  almost  the  force  of  a  hurricane,  and  one 


ife^^fe-^- 


aiTi"'' »"""«"'"■ 


m 


march,  INH.1. 


Uvnewfil  Apprehensions  of  Want. 


155 


could  Kciirccly  see  an  object  at  arniH-lenj^t'i  tlirojifrh  tho  drift.  The 
Innults  made  no  attempts  to  leave  their  ImtH,  and  Hall,  thoufrh  siic- 
ceedinjj  in  i^etting  his  thermometers  from  the  outside  of  his  own, 
could  read  them  only  under  its  lee.  It  cost  him  three  severe  expos- 
ures to  find  them,  but  seizing  one  after  another  ho  worked  himself 
back  with  them  on  his  hands  and  knees. 

The  unsuccessful  hunts  were  tryinj^  to  all.  Even  a  fox  escaped 
them,  cominj^  unhanned  throujifh  a  pack  of  the  dogs  which  did  no 
more  than  stare  at  it.  "  Had  it  been  a  polar  bear  or  a  musk-ox,  they 
would  have  been  all  life,  vigoi*,  and  teeth."  In  the  absence  of  the  men, 
Too-koo-li-too  gave  chase,  but  her  spear  failed  to  reach  the  prey. 

The  want  of  blubber  for  light  and  heat  gave  great  tineasiness, 
and  provisions  were  again  nearly  exhausted,  when,  on  the  14th,  Nu-ker- 
zhods  sister,  Tuk-too,  brought  in  on  a  sled  from  an  abandoned  igloo 
a  few  old  reindeer  heads  and  legs,  which  had  been  cast  aside  out  of 
the  reach  of  the  dogs  for  just  such  a  time  of  want.  These  were  soon 
made  to  give  up  every  particle  of  their  life-sustaining  substance, 
whether  of  putrid  brains,  the  now  bitter  maiTow,  the  hard  fibers, 
tougher  sinews,  or  the  few  remaining  patches  of  skin  around  the  noses 
and  hoofs.  To  crack  the  reindeer-bones  by  an  iron  tool  during  the 
walrus  season  was  against  Innuit  law,  yet  Ebierbing  ingeniously 
escaped  censure  by  holding  the  hatchet  only,  while  Hall  struck  the 
bones  across  its  face. 

The  times  were  dark  enough.     The  journal  says. 

How  cheerless  is  our  igloo!  The  moss  ■wicO-  of  our  lamp,  which,  when  we 
have  our  full  supply  of  blubber,  gives  a  contir  of  flame  of  2  feet  G  inches,  is 
narrowed  down  to  a  simple  wick  point,  and  makes  the  gloom  more  dismal  than 
total  darkness.    Long  and  cast  down  faces  are  now  faintly  seen  that  otherwise 


■   .' 


in 


156 


Food  and  Fuel  Benewed. 


[lUarch,  IHdS. 


m 


\^  m 


would  be  veiled  from  us.  Our  buta  are  sa«l,  our  voices  almost  busbed !  But 
away,  away,  tbou  fiend  of  Despair !  Tbis  is  no  borne  for  yon.  We  are  tlie  cbildren 
of  Hope,  Prayer,  and  Work.    God  is  our  fatber,  and  better  times  will  come. 

Hall  had  been  busily  writing  letters  to  the  Journal  of  Commerce, 
and  the  New  York  Herald,  and  to  fiiends  at  home;  but  he  had  to  drop 
the  pen  for  the  rifle,  to  get  food. 

On  the  16th  he  hopefully  led  out  his  company  to  the  walrus- 
grounds,  with  dogs  and  sledge,  across  the  rugged  ice  of  the  Welcome. 
Too-koo-li-too,  as  usual,  had  been  up,  the  first  of  the  party,  giving 
notice  there  was  little  wind,  and  that,  from  the  northeast;  and  Hall, 
feeling,  he  says  he  knew  not  why,  that  before  night  they  would 
have  success  in  the  hunt,  took  out  with  him  all  hands,  including  Ar- 
too-a,  who,  through  his  own  necessities,  had  returned  to  the  village. 
They  secured  one  great  seal  and  a  large  walrus,  and  made  a  deposit  of 
them  until  the  following  day. 

At  6.45  a.  m.  of  the  17th,  in  the  midst  of  a  furious  snow-storm, 
they  started  to  retrace  the  path  of  this  hunt  over  a  seemingly  end- 
less extent  of  hummocks,  and  by  3.30  p  m.  were  back  safe  in  Hall's 
igloo.  Their  sled  was  demolished,  their  shins  badly  scarred,  and  their 
temper  "nearly  about  broken  into  cursing  an  icy  world  in  general"; 
but,  having  now  a  good  supply  of  food  and  fuel,  Hall  wrote  '^Heaven 
he  praised!^'  He  was  able,  chiefly  through  Ebierbing's  industry  and 
skill,  not  only  to  help  some  of  those  who  had  lately  left  him  and  were 
now  in  want,  but  to  send  to  Captain  Chapel  a  large  piece  of  the  ook- 
gook,  to  be  divided  among  the  five  captains.  The  temperature  was 
beginning  to  be  less  severe,  the  thermometer  rising  at  midday  to 
10°.  Some  snow  was  taken  off"  from  the  embankments  outside  of  the 
igloos.     Food,  light,  and  warmth  were  again  within. 


m 


narch,  1SU3.I 


Trackivg  the  Bear. 


1.57 


On  the  20tli,  Nu-her-shoo  left  the  villag-e  for  a  third  visit  to  the 
whalers,  bearing  letters  to  Captains  Chapel  and  Tyson,  with  others  to 
be  forwarded  to  Mr.  Grinnell  and  ]\Ir.  Brevoort.  Two  days  afterward, 
a  couple  of  Nu-ker-^hoo's  dogs  ran  back  to  the  village  in  full  harness, 
their  trace-lines  appearing  to  have  been  cut,  as  is  usual  on  sighting  a 
ni-noo.  At  such  a  time  the  dogs  are  put  in  full  chase,  and  when  within 
a  hundred  fathoms  or  so  of  this  game,  the  driver  cuts  the  trace-line  of 
the  leader,  and  then  in  a  few  moments  the  trace  of  the  next  dog,  and 
so  on,  until  all  are  free  from  the  sledge.  The  dogs,  as  their  lines  are 
cut,  bound  away  for  ni-noo,  and  soon  bring  him  to  bay,  when  the 
hunter  prepares  himself  as  best  he  can  for  his  encounter  with  the 
ferocious  beast. 

In  company  with  Ebierbing,  a  few  days  afterward.  Hall  himself 
came  upon  the  tracks  of  a  mother  bear  and  cub  about  half  a  mile  from 
the  coast,  and  followed  them  until  they  were  lost  in  a  belt  of  freshly- 
broken  ice.  He  notes  that  the  custom  of  the  Innuits  on  first  sighting 
the  tracks  of  the  bear,  the  musk-ox,  or  the  reindeer,  is  to  feel  them, 
closely  placing  the  fingers  here  and  there  on  the  raised,  or,  rather,  less 
impressed  parts  of  the  snow.  In  this  way  the  hunter  determines  how 
long  they  have  been  made,  and  if  they  are  fresh,  he  goes  in  for  a 
vigorous  chase.  Hall  and  Ebierbing  on  their  chase  could  readily 
discriminate  between  the  leisurely-made  steps  of  the  mother  and  her 
young,  the  halt  which  she  made  to  nurse  her  cub,  and  her  irregular 
shuffling  gallop  when,  on  scenting  a  seal,  she  must  have  changed  her 
sluggish  gait  to  the  quick  trot  of  a  polar  under  full  headway. 

During  the  rest  of  the  month  the  temperature  continued  to  mod- 
erate. On  the  27th,  with  a  reading  of  32°. 5,  fur-dresses  became 
uncomfortable;  the  fall  of  snow  did  not  exceed  five  inches,  and  the 
walrus  and  seal  were  found  to  be  more  plentiful  in  open  water.     While 


i 


158 


A  Proposed  Sitrrey 


IMarrh,  1805> 


rl- 


.1 


i  .*^l 


ifji 


watching  for  them,  Hall  himself  was  at  one  time  exposed  to  the  most 
imminent  danger  of  his  life  by  the  opening,  of  the  floes.  He  records 
in  his  notes  his  thanks  for  preservation  and  his  purpose  to  exercise 
greater  caution. 

For  a  number  of  reasons  now  forced  upon  him,  he  unwillingly  came 
to  the  conclusion  that  his  anticipations  of  disappointment  in  obtaining 
dogs  and  provisions  for  a  spring  journey  toward  King  William's  Land, 
would  be  more  than  contirmed.  The  season  advancing  while  he  was 
still  so  far  from  Repulse  Bay,  it  would  be  as  much  as  he  could  accom- 
plish while  making  his  voyage  there,  to  stand  by  his  boat  and  stores, 
his  personal  protection  of  which  had  become  clearly  an  absolute  ne- 
cessity. The  dispersion  of  the  Innui(,s  seenied  to  prove  that  perhaps 
little  reliance  could  be  placed  on  their  help.  He  therefore  began  to 
lay  his  plans  for  an  early  move  with  his  boat  to  the  bay;  yet,  under 
the  delays  even  for  this,  which  were  plainly  before  him,  he  contem- 
plated a  useful  work  of  which  he  thus  speaks : 

I  have  been  thinking  that  perhaps  I  can  do  no  better  than  to  survey  and 
chart  the  west  coast  line  of  the  Welcome,  commencing  a  few  miles  to  the  south- 
ward of  this  point,  and  thence  up  to  Wager  Bay ;  and  then  do  the  same  with  the 
Bay.  I  regret  I  have  not  a  light  theodolite,  a  very  essential  instrument  for  such 
work  as  surveying  in  these  parts,  when  the  compass  is  of  no  use  whatc  ^r.  At 
])resent  I  see  no  other  way  than  to  do  it  all  with  sextant,  determining  latitudes  of 
the  more  important  points  astronomically,  and  taking  solar  bearings  from  one 
point  to  another;  the  intermediate  indentations  of  coast  being  examined  and 
charted  as  best  I  cti.  Although  this  work  and  very  much  more  around  Hudson's 
Bay  needs  to  be  done,  and  done  well,  if  at  all,  yet  I  have  not  the  heart  to  do  it, 
for  it  is  old  ground,  an  ancient  discover}'  without  survey.  Give  me  the  means 
and  I  will  not  only  discover  the  North  Pole,  but  survey  all  the  land  I  might  find 
between  Kane's  farthest  and  it,  and  have  my  whole  soul  in  the  work. 

His  health  at  this  time  was  far  from  being  strong.    He  had  suffered 

much  from  the  very  severe  exposures  to  which  he  had  been  subjected, 

and  particularly  on  the  day  when  he  had  been  in  imminent  danger  of 


I 

f 

-*■■■■ 

•i 

■i 

! 

1. 

.  4 

,iri 
iji  t 

March,  I86S. 


Revewed  Plans. 


16  J) 


his  life  while  out  on  the  ice-floes  walrusing  with  Joe.  But  his  chief 
ailment  was  a  sharp  and  severe  pain  in  his  left  breast,  ai-ising-  from  the 
strained  and  unnatural  position  which  he  was  obliged  to  take  when 
writing  his  journals.  "Of  all  the  work  ever  accomplished  in  the  north- 
ern regions,  nothing  had  done  him  the  one  hundredth  part  of  the 
injury  which  journalizing  did." 

So  far  as  he  found  it  possible  under  the  circumstances  to  form  any- 
matured  plan  for  his  advance,  he  sketched  a  rough  outline  including 
the  points: — that  on  ari'iving  at  Repulse  Bay  he  must  establish  his 
headquarters  and  go  in  with  his  company  of  Innuits  for  reindeer- 
hunting  to  lay  up  a  stock  of  provision  for  the  following  winter;  that 
durinj;-  the  winter  (1865-66)  he  would  make  a  sledge  journey  to 
Bootliia  Felix  and  King  William's  Land,  and  be  on  hand  for  summer 
work  in  the  latter  of  these;  that  he  would  spend  the  winter  of  1 866-67 
with  the  Innuits  of  Boothia  Felix,  many  of  whom  really  winter  near 
King  William's  Land:  and  having  completed,  as  he  hoped,  all  his 
work,  by  the  summer  of  1867  he  would  be  ready  for  home. 

When  writing  of  this  to  Chapel,  of  the  Monticello,  he  said : 

Eeniember  thsit  1  purpose  to  go  to  that  part  of  the  Avorld  where  one  huii- 
«lre(l  and  thirty  choicely  picked  men — the  very  tlower  of  the  English  Navy — all 
])erished,  save  three,  in  one  short  month  or  so  by  eold  and  starvation.  I  cannot 
accomplish  what  I  have  undertaken  except  by  the  greatest  caution.  I  and  my 
companions  may  never  return,  though  I  do  not  entertain  the  thought  tliat  siu-h  an 
event  is  probable.  There  is  more  to  be  feared  that  we  may  fall  by  the  treachery 
of  the  evil  disposed  portion  of  the  natives  than  by  cold  and  starvation;  but  as  I 
shall  make  deposits  of  records  at  Eepidse  Bay  and  at  other  places,  and  shall 
describe  how  they  can  be  found,  if  we  do  perish,  the  world  cati  still  learn  what  I 
have  accomplished. 

The  necessity  for  his  delay  after  he  should  reach  Repulse  Bay, 
arose  from   the  fact  that  it  would  be  entirely  too  late  on  his  arrival 


iJ'?! 


los:, 


IGO 


Ou-e-Ia  Returns  from  Depot  Island. 


(April,  1863. 


11  ii* 


!;     't 


lit 
"  111 


If 

1 


there  for  any  sledge  journey.  It  will  be  found  that  his  anticipations 
of  any  treachery  on  the  part  of  his  companions  were  far  from  being 
realized.  He  was  able  to  company  with  them  safely  through  the  long 
delays  of  five  years. 

The  movements  of  the  different  parties  of  Innuits  toward  the 
Wager  were  now  dictated  by  their  necessity  for  a  change  of  residence 
to  obtain  the  supplies  which  the  opening  season  promised  from  the 
capture  of  salmon  and  the  seal.  These  movements,  as  would  be  ex- 
pected, were  fitful  and  the  journeys  generally  slow.  Hall's  entire 
dependence  on  them  is  sufficiently  obvious ;  and  it  is  satisfactory  to 
find  in  his  journals  that  any  temporary  break  in  the  exercise  of  that 
mutual  good  feeling  which  was  to  him  a  necessity,  was  soon  healed. 
Plis  friends,  the  captains  at  the  islands,  had  rendered  him  good  assist- 
ance toward  this,  by  exhorting  Ou-e-la  on  his  protracted  visit  to  give 
on  his  return  better  counsels  to  his  people.  This  he  seems  to  have 
faithfully  done. 

He  surprised  Hall  on  the  1st  day  of  the  month  by  coming  in 
upon  him  in  his  igloo  with  his  wife  and  a  sled  which  he  had  heavily 
loaded  up  from  a  deposit  twenty  miles  down  the  Welcome.  The 
rough  working  of  this  sled  over  the  ice  had  made  him  perspire  very 
freely,  but  he  at  once  called  for  repeated  draughts  of  water,  on 
Hall's  remonstrating  against  which,  Ebierbing  said  that  quart  after 
quart  never  hurt  an  Eskimo  when  perspiring.  Ou-e-la  brought  with 
much  news  from  Captain  Chapel,  the  luxuries  of  some  ship-bread  and 
half  a  dozen  mince-pies ;  he  also  brought  a  large-sized  neit-yuk,  seal 
(Phoca  hispida).  Room  in  the  igloos  was  readily  made  for  the  new- 
comers, whose  first  meal  with  their  friends  was  again  ruled  by  Innuit 
custom.     Ou-e-la  had  eaten  venison  in  the  morning ;  he  could  not  now 


April,  ISAS.l 


A  Gale. 


161 


eat  seal ;  his  friends  had  eaten  seal,  and  must  be  content  with  more 
of  the  same  for  supper.  The  next  morning's  comfort,  however,  was 
improved  by  a  sociable  breakfast  by  all  hands  on  boiled  salmon. 
Ebierbing  brought  in  during  the  day  two  Arctic  D-pound  hares, 
which  Hall  weighed  by  balancing  them  with  bullets  the  weight  of 
which  he  knew  to  be  fifty-two  to  the  pound.  A  mutual  instruction 
class  seems  to  have  been  ben  unintentionally  formed  among  the 
party  housed  by  the  gale.  Ou-e-la  spent  much  time  in  confirming 
what  had  been  previously  more  than  once  asserted  bj^  his  people,  that 
trees  were  certainly  to  be  seen  growing  on  Shar-too  (Prince  of  Wales 
Island),  and  that  between  Wager  River  and  Boothia  a  species  of  soap- 
stone  used  in  making  the  native  lamps  and  kettles  (the  Lapis  ollaris) 
is  to  be  found  in  abundance.  Hall,  on  his  side,  gained  their  attention 
while  correcting  their  crude  ideas  of  the  motions  of  the  sun,  moon, 
and  stars;  like  all  other  Innuits,  they  believed  that  these  moved 
daily  around  the  earth. 

On  the  4th,  the  lowest  reading  of  the  thermometer  was  57° 
below  freezing-point.  A  southeast  gale,  which  prevailed  from  the 
5th  to  the  8th,  is  noted  in  connection  with  expressions  of  sympathy 
for  Franklin's  men  in  the  terrible  sufierings  which  they  must  have 
endured  if  in  their  weak  state  overtaken  bv  such  a  storm  on  their 
fated  way  to  Montreal  Island.  The  thermometer  during  this  gale 
showed  a  mean  temperature  of  —  18°  and  a  minimum  of  —  30^.  For 
ten  hours,  however,  two  of  the  natives  remained  out  unflinchingly  to 
bring  in  reindeer-carcasses  at  nightfall. 

Hall's  igloo  was  the  headquarters  for  fresh  meat.  They  were  all 
still  living  on  an  ook-gook  which  Ebierbing  shot  on  the  16th  of  the 
month  previous ;  and  it  is  again  to  be  noted  that  he  was  the  chief 
S.  Ex.  27 11 


'III 


162 


The  Tides. 


lApril,  1863. 


hi 
1,, 


V      , 


Wi'' 


1^  ;;•;:! 


III 


Imntor  for  the  village.  He  was  the  only  Inniiit  who  had  as  yet  shot 
a  seal  in  the  open  Avater  But  Hall  knew  that  he  had  been  accivj- 
tomed  to  this  for  years,  and  felt  satisfied  that  if  Joe  kept  his  health, 
there  need  be  no  fear  but  that  he  would  secure  enough  provision  to 
keep  eight  or  ten  hearty  men  in  good  working  condition. 

The  full  opportunities  which  now  offered  themselves  for  observ- 
ing the  tides  in  the  Welcome,  led  to  the  conclusion  that  their  true  direc- 
tion differs  from  that  spoken  of  by  N.  West  Fox,  who  explored  the  strait 
in  1631,  and  by  other  earlier  as  well  as  later  explorers.  The  flood- 
tide  was  found  to  set  in  from  the  south,  while  the  ebb  comes  from  the 
north.  The  Eskimos  say  that  below  the  Wager,  oo-lee-po-ke  (flood- 
tide)  comes  from  the  south,  and  tin-ne-po-ke  (ebb-tide)  comes  from  the 
north  ;  while  above  the  river  the  reverse  is  found. 

The  tides  in  Hudson's  Bay,  Hall  remembered,  were  admitted  to 
be  inconsistent  with  general  rules.     He  had  read  that — 

WLen  it  was  discovered  that  at  Ecsolutioii  Island,  lying  at  its  entrance,  the 
tide  was  full  30  feet  at  full  and  change  of  moon ;  less  and  less  as  advance  is 
made  Avestward  ;  only  G  feet  at  Cary  Swan's  Nest,  on  the  south  of  Southami)ton 
Island ;  but  thence  to  the  west  side  of  Hudson  Strait  higher  and  higher,  and 
the  further  an  advance  is  made  north,  still  increasing: — it  was  (ioncluded  that 
there  must  be  some  strait  or  i)assage  connecting  the  west  side  of  the  bay  to  a 
western  ocean  or  the  South  Sea. 

The  move  toward  the  Wager  and  thence  to  Repulse  Bay  was  now 
begun.  On  the  10th,  Ou-e-la  and  his  family,  with  some  of  Hall's  stores, 
started  with  a  large  team  toward  the  Wager  River,  folloAved  by  every 
remaining  one  of  the  company  except  Ebierbing  and  Too-koo-li-too, 
who  still  domiciled  with  Hall.  His  igloo,  which  up  to  this  time  had 
been  so  often  crowded  by  men,  women,  and  children,  and  dogs,  was 
now  left  free,  giving  him  the  enjo3'ment  of  some  repose  for  writing. 


April,  186S.1 


Hall  Moves  toward  the  Wager. 


163 


Ar-mou^s  sled  had  on  it  his  whale-boat  presented  by  the  captains  of 
the  ships,  which  was  28  feet  in  length,  with  (i  feet  beam,  and  2.}  feet 
depth.  Besides  this  boat,  with  its  oars  and  rigging,  the  sled  held 
household  utensils  and  provision;  yet  the  team  was  made  up  of  but 
six  dogs.  Nu-her-zhoo  had  but  two  dogs  and  a  puppy  for  a  load  usu- 
ally requiring  a  team  of  eight ;  but  the  journey  before  them  prom- 
ised to  be  over  comparatively  smooth  and  hard  snow.  Very  soon 
Ar-mou  stopped  his  team  and  gave  each  of  his  dogs  a  most  unmerci- 
ful thrashing  "just  to  warm  them  up  and  prepare  them  for  their  hard 
work." 

Four  days  after  they  left  him,  and  while  Hall  and  Ebierbing  were 
in  their  igloo  finishing  their  own  packing,  thev  heard  the  cry  of  dogs, 
and  soon  after,  the  sound  of  their  pattering  feet  and  the  music  of  the 
sleds  gliding  over  the  crisp  snow.  Unharnessed  dogs  then  came  bound- 
ing into  the  igloo,  seizing  whatever  had  the  appearance  of  meat  or  skin; 
hunger  had  made  them  fiends,  and  blows  from  a  club  or  hatchet  that 
would  have  killed  an  ordinary  dog  were  necessary  to  save  what 
remained  of  the  provender.  Their  masters,  Ou-e-la  and  Ar-too-a,  next 
appeared,  and  it  was  evident  that  Oii-e-la  had  brought  his  companions 
to  a  better  mind  toward  Hall,  for  they  joined  cordially  in  loading  up 
the  stores  and  assisting  him  to  start. 

In  the  afternoon,  after  journeying  over  compact  snow  14^  miles 
in  a  direction  north-northwest  from  the  last  encampment,  Hall  came 
to  the  new  settlement  already  made  by  the  advanced  parties  on  a  lake- 
let, and  was  warmly  received.  By  meridian  observation  of  the  sun, 
the  latitude  of  this  "eighth  encampment"  was  found  to  be  G4°  55' 
19"  N.  On  the  lake  were  seen  a  number  of  snow-walls,  measuring- 
each  nearly  two-thirds  of  a  circle  of  from  four  to  five  feet  in  diameter 


104 


Arrival  at  the  River. 


(April,  ISeS. 


m  «i 


iii:  liii 


:E- 


C  fiti 


w 


III!  :U§ 


and  the  same  in  height.  The  concave  sides  of  these  facing  south 
were  slieltering  the  women  and  "children  while  fishing  for  salmon 
through  the  openings  which  the  men  had  cut. 

Ar-too-a^s  wife,  being  seized  with  a  fit,  was  surrounded  by  her 
friends  who  were  about  giving  her  up,  when  Hall  succeeded  in  restor- 
ing her  by  the  use  of  medicine,  completing  the  cure  on  her  second 
attack.  Ebierbing  and  Too-koo-li-too  suffered  from  severe  colds 
which  they  took  during  the  warm  days,  on  one  of  which  the  tempera- 
ture was  as  high  as  3ii°.5.  The  freedom  from  colds  among  the  natives 
was  generally  so  marked  that  they  attributed  what  discomfort  they 
had  to  their  having  caught  colds  from  the  white  men  on  their  visit  to 
the  ships.  On  the  24th,  Hall's  party  moved  to  his  ninth  igloo,  and  on 
the  next  day  the  boats  were  sent  forward  to  gain  a  position  near 
Wager  Eiver.  The  half-starved  dogs  were  so  ferocious  as  to  be  almost 
unmanageable,  but  their  loads  were  borne  forward  by  the  help  of  a 
sail,  rigged  lug-fashion  and  spread  to  the  southerly  winds.  They 
moved  rapidly  along.  On  the  journey,  Too-koo-li-too  caught  "a  whale 
of  a  salmon"  weighing  more  than  15  pounds.  It  was  37J  inches  long 
and  20  inches  in  cii'cumference,  a  "  Jbwa/i"  13  inches  long  being  found 
within  it. 

Traveling  again  over  the  hard  snow  which  covered  the  long 
narrow  lakelets  and  the  small  space  of  land  between  them,  the  party 
made  excellent  time  through  this  highway  between  the  rocks,  which 
had  been  long  known  and  frequented  by  the  natives.  Five  heavily- 
loaded  sleds  pushed  forward,  men,  women,  and  children  being  har- 
nessed to  each  to  assist  the  dogs,  and  on  the  29th  the  party  went  into 
huts  on  the  ice  of  the  Wager,  lat.  65°  19'  N ,  long.  88°  40'  W.  The 
severely  cold,  cloudy,  and  hazy  weather  had  produced  snow-blind- 
ness, with  which  even  Ebierbing  had  become  aifected. 


w 


\     ^ 


p 


HAPTER 


yj- 


FROM   THE   WAGER  TO   FORT  HOPE. 


MAY  TO  SEPTEMBER,  1865. 


•i'll 


Is!''    'Ha- 


liHilfili 


m 


I 


gill 


t 


'MIM 


M 


CHAPTER  VI. 


I 


!   :| 


TlIK  TIIIUTEENTH  ENCAMPMENT  MADE  UPON  THE  WaGEU  RiVEH— A  SUCCESSFUL  SEALING  SEASON— 

Hall's  own  piiize — Rejoicings  at  tiu:  fiust  success  of  a  youno  Innuit— Custosis  at 
TiiK  niiiTii  of  an  infant— Movin((  from  kong-monos  into  TU-PiKs— Appeauance  of  Tin; 

DESKinKl)  VILLAGE — AUllOIlA — Joi'ItNEY  TO  REPULSE  UaY— REFRACTION— ENCAJII'M K.N  1 
ON  OOG-LA-RIO-YOUn  ISLAND — OU-E-LA'S  DEXTERITY  IN  HUNTING — GAME  SECURED— TlP; 
MAKING  OF  OOK-GOOK  LINES— CLEARING  OUT  OF  THE  ICE— APPEARANCE  OF  THE  WlIALEIts 

IN  THE  Welcome— Refraction— Storm — Treatment  of  the  dogs- The  tides— De^IiI 
OF  Shoo-she-ark-nook— Mourning  customs— Renewed  appearance  of  whaujrs  in 
Repulse  Bay— Capture  of  a  whale  by  the  crews  of  Hall's  boats— ENCAMP^f-Ni 
NEAR  Fort  Hope  of  Dr.  Rae — Hall's  notes  ov  the  rocks,  stones,  and  sand  found  on 

THE  ice  compared  WITH  PaRRY's  OBSERVATIONH. 

At  the  end  of  nine  weary  months  Hall  had  now  but  reached  the 
place  on  wliich  ho  had  expected  to  make  his  first  landing.  His 
encampment  was  next  made  on  the  ice  out  in  the  Wager.  Its  astro- 
nomical position  when  recorded,  was  followed  by  a  note  of  the  accu- 
rate judgment  shown  at  the  time  by  Ou-e-la  and  Ar-too-a  "in  keeping 
in  their  mind's  eye  so  approximately  the  direction  of  distant  points." 
When  separately  directing  the  compass  at  Hall's  request  toward  Noo- 
woolc,  sixty-two  miles  distant,  they  pointed  it  in  lines  differing  but  one 
degree;  and  on  Hall's  applying  the  correction  for  declination,  he  found 
the  bearing  nearly  agreeing  with  his  own  result. 

On  the  3d  of  the  month  the  party  witnessed  a  fine  auroral  dis- 
play in  the  western  sky;  the  color  was  nearly  a  medium   between 

107 


\m 


^ 


168 


//«//'«  Fir.st  Cajtture. 


innr,  isaa. 


i    i 

I 

111 


I.  ■! 


Mr-/ 


1  il  .III'  3:i#^ 


,3    ',  ';■ 


Hilver  juid  crojini;  tlio  rays  iictivo  mid  (^limifj^onblo;  the  hum  whh  uboiit 
ono  dogroo  iibove  tlio  Wiifjcr's  ico  liorizon,  iiiukiny  tlio  fleecy  (rlouds 
Idi^^litly  aglow.  The  hour  wnH  8.20  p.  in.  The  temperature*  for  a 
number  of  days  remained  low,  the  readinys  being  37°  and  even  42° 
below  freezing-point. 

Sealing,  however,  soon  began  to  prove  successful.  Nn-hcr-zhoo, 
with  ono  stroke,  harpooned  a  mother  that  had  on  her  buck  a  pup  W  foot 
.'5  inches  in  length,  and  on  which  the  hair  was  beginning  to  take  the 
l)lace  of  its  white  woolly  coat.  Shortl}' after  this,  five  other  seals  were 
taken.  Under  the  guidance  of  the  Innuits,  and  with  the  help  of  his 
own  capital  seal-dog  Ou-e-Ia,  on  the  ^th.  Hall  made  his  own  first  but 
valued  prize,  a  ndt-yuh,  weighing  k!00  pounds.  Finding  himself 
among  the  busy  sealers  on  the  ice,  he  soon  heard  Nii-ler-zhoo  calling 
him  to  the  seal-hole  at  which  he  was;  and  seating  himself  on  a  snow- 
block  over  the  unseen  hole,  and  there  listening  intently  and  scarcely 
moving  a  limb  for  one  full  hour,  at  last  he  heard  a  softly-breathing 
noise  beneath  the  snow.  Raising  himself  then  cautiously  to  his  feet, 
which  rested  on  the  furred  took-too  skin,  and  with  his  light  hand  pois- 
ing his  oo-nar  over  the  spot  that  Nu-ker-zhoo  had  imprinted  in  the  snow 
over  the  seal-hole,  witli  his  full  force  ho  drove  the  spear  vertically 
down,  and  instantly  found  that  the  blow  was  a  telling  one.  The  coil 
of  the  seal-line  held  in  his  left  hand,  began  at  once  to  run  out;  in  fact, 
the  whole  of  it  was  at  first  jerked  out  of  his  hand.  But  "quick  as  a 
flash,"  he  says : 

I  seized  it  again,  lU'  1  would  liave  lost  my  prize,  as  well  as  the  harpoon  and 
line.  The  sealers  far  and  ueur  saw  that  1  was  fast  to  a  seal,  and  although  I 
called  to  Nnlicr-zhoo,  '•'■Iciete!  Jdete!^' — <!onu^  here!  come  here! — there  was  no  neces- 
sity for  it,  for  before  I  uttered  a  woid  he  and  all  the  others  were  making  their  way 
to  me.    Uad  1  caught  a  whale,  there  could  not  have. been  more  sm-piised  and 


II 


illar.  IHMA. 


('on(fnitii/(ili()tis. 


r,d 


liiippy  souls  tliiin  wcto  tlicso    Ininiits  on  liiiiliiiK'  I   was    iriilly  last    to  a   seal. 

liaii^litcr,  liilarit.v, joyous  lin^iiiiju:  voices  alioiiiahil.     Almost  the  last  liiiiiiit  who 

anivctl  to  <'(»njfratiiiat('  ino  was  my  }fo<Ml  tViciul  Ouchi,  ac<"om|>aiii('(l  by  his  doj;, 

(lia^';,nii};-  a   seal    which   ho,  ha<l  just 

captured.     Last  ol'allcame  tho  yonu;; 

ladies,  Tiil-too  and  .Vo/r-f/fv,  v  itli  do}>s 

aud  sled;fe,  and  a  seal  whi<'li  ^[r-)n<>ii 

had  taken  a  little  wliihi  bel'oie.     All 

this  time  nobody  had  seen  my  seal, 

lor  it  was  Hipping  away  down  in  salt 

water   beneath   the  snow  and  i<'e.   of 

Wa^er  IMver,  still  fast  to  oni^  end  of 

my  line  while    I   held  on  to  the  other. 

Xii-kcrzlKHi,    with    his    iwUnuj   (hmj;' 

knife),  then  <'ut  away  the  snow,  two 

feet  in  depth  eovoriuf;  the  seal-hole, 

and    removinj;'    still    more  with    my 

spear,  he  chiseled  away  the  iee-liniufjf 

just  above  the  hole.     Soon  the   seal 

came   up   to   breathe,  and   then    the 

death-blow  was  yiveu  to  it  by  a  thrust  inniit  UAiicooN-nKADs. 

of  the  spindle  of  the  s])ear  directly  into  the  thin  skidl.    The  prize  -was  diawn 

forth — a  larjicr  seal  than  either  Ou-c-UCh  or  Armoi(\.    A};ain  the  air  resonndcd 

with  slumts  and  joyous  laufihter. 

It  was  the  first  case  anioii"-  thoni  of  a  wliite  man's  success  in  liar- 
pooning. 

The  i)arty  of  fourteen  imniediately  cut  out  the  liver  and  a  little 
of  the  blubber  of  each  seal  for  their  lunch,  and  carefully  sewed  up  the 
slits,  that  none  of  the  blood,  so  valued  for  soui),  should  be  lost.  They 
then  buried  the  animals  in  the  snow,  to  prevent  their  skins  from  blis- 
tering in  the  sun's  rays,  and  still  fin-ther  ])rose(!uted  the  hunt,  dragging 
to  their  hom-mongs  in  the  evening  seven  seals,  the  average  weight  of 
which  was  200  pounds  each.  From  that  date,  the  living  was  on  seal- 
meat  exclusively  for  a  number  of  days.     It  was  a  fair  exchange  for 


H 


U 


!1* 


170 


The  Ktpe-kut-ta 


[mar,  i^nn. 


ft  .1. 


■ii 


l!       ; 


I     t : 


"f 


tho  hoo-muchs  (worms  picked  from  the  reindeer-carcasses),  the  soup 
from  which  the  Iniiuits  had  been  enjoying.  They  oat  these  even 
when  tlieir  WinJet's  bej^in  to  form. 

For  Hall's  future  success  in  sealing-,  Oii-e-la  made  him  f>  Jcipe-kut-ta, 
a  little  rod  of  whalebone,  about  the  size  of  a  conmion  knitting-needle, 
about  30  inches  long,  and  pointed  with  a  small  sewing-needle,  the  other 
end  having  a  thin  string,  2  feet  in  length,  to  which  is  attached  a  peg. 
This  was  for  a  seal-signal,  particularly  to  be  used  in  windy  weather 
when  it  is  difficult  to  hear  the  breathing  of  the  seal,  or  when  the  snow- 
covering  of  its  hole  is  verj'^  deep.  When  the  animal  api)roaches  its 
hole  to  blow  or  breathe,  it  will  strike  its  head  or  neck  against  the 
needle-point  and  lift  the  slender  and  light  Jcipe-kut-ta,  slackening  the 
string;  this  is  the  signal  for  the  huntsman  to  deal  his  blow.  This  nee- 
dle is  used  onl}  when  really  necessary ;  for  if  the  seal  strike  its  nose 
or  any  tender  part  of  its  face  against  the  point,  it  may  become 
alarmed;  or  if  the  instrument  should  happen  to  chafe  against  the  snow 
so  as  to  produce  a  noise,  the  wary  animal  will  at  once  become  sus- 
picious and  retreat.  Sometimes  the  sealer  has  an  advantage  in  its  use 
when  the  seal,  almost  exhausted,  is  forced  to  gain  access  to  the  air 
even  at  tho  expense  of  its  fears.  Hall  ifterwa-  '  used  his  signal-rod 
twice,  but  without  any  good  fortune. 

Before  the  middle  of  the  month  success  in  the  hunt  had  so  in- 
creased that  ten  seals  were  caught  on  a  single  day.  At  this  time,  as  fast 
as  brought  in,  they  were  devoured,  save  the  ook-sook  (blubber).  "  It  is 
astonishing,  even  to  me,  to  see  the  vast  amount  of  meat  that  a  company 
of  Innuits  can  ccusume.  They  can  live  on  little  if  little  is  all  they 
have;  they  do  live  on  a  great  deal  if  abundance  is  obtained." 

Hall  relished  venison  even  when  nuich  tainted,  though  bread  and 


inn)',  18U3.I  The  First  Seal  Cnuf/ld  hi/  a   YourKj  Innuit.  J  71 

coffee  were  welcome  adjuncts.  lie  11100,5111  young  to.  .Iipi)ers,  luiir 
and  all  except  the  iinoer-nails,  tender  and  nice  as  a  spring'-cliickcn ; 
l»ut  of  his  experience,  generally,  of  the  effects  of  old  seal  and  walrus 
meat,  ho  says  that  for  days  after  eating  it, his  tongue  tasted  badly,  as 
though  it  were  much  fiirred,  and  that  seal-meat  alone  or  seal-meat  with 
blubber  is  terrible  on  a  white  man — excessively  constipating.  On 
the  Innuits  the  effect  is  less  serious.  Cooked  seal-blood  when  eaten 
becomes  equivalent  to  the  "tappen^^  of  the  she  polar  bear,  which  it 
prodiices  by  eating  moss  preceding  hibernation ;  indeed,  it  amounts 
almost  to  nn  inunovable  mechanical  obstniction  to  what  nature  de- 
signed should  have  free  way.  Walrus-meat  affects  the  system  about 
the  same  way.  Too-koo-li-too  believed  that  the  reason  the  Innuits 
are  so  dark-colored  is  because  of  their  eating  so  much  raw  seal-m(iat 
and  blood ;  and  that  the  Kinna-patoos.,  whose  country  is  in  the  vicinity 
of  Chesterfield  Inlet,  must  be  a  lighter-skinned  people,  as  they  never 
eat  raw  seal-meat.  Hall  remarks,  in  connection  with  this,  that  Imuiit 
babies  when  quite  young  are  nearly  white. 

The  first  exploit  in  seal-catching  by  a  young  native  is  thus 
detailed : 

The  mother  of  the  hoy IvcecJmcIc  came  to  the  entrance  of  our  liom-mong,  lier 
whole  frame  shaking  with  Joy,  while  she  tokl  the  news  she  had  just  heard,  that 
lier  sou  liad  harpooned  and  killed  a  seal  in  its  hole.  Then  she  went  from  Ay>/h- 
movg  to  lonMnong,  notifying  the  womer  ';  her  son  was  on  his  Avay  back  with  the 
prize,  and  started  off  with  all  speed  to  meet  him.  I  watched  every  movement 
closely.  As  she  met  him,  the  dogrs  were  stopped  and  the  joyous  mother  embraced 
her  darling  successful  boy,  then  stooped  and  patted  the  seal  as  though  it  were  a 
living  pet.  She  next  disengaged  the  dogs'  harness  from  the  draught-line,  and 
started  toward  her  lomnwnff,  dragging  the  seal  aiier  her,  when  the  women,  with 
their  oodloos^  haster^ed  to  meet  her.  It  was  a  woman's  race.  Old  Ook-har-loo 
hobbled  along  as  fast  as  she  could,  but  was  left  far  behind,  and,  therefore,  she 


!1 


'K. 


11 
i 

j  J 
il 

li: 

III 


II- 


172 


Innuit  Customs. 


fMar,  1865. 


il  -:i: 

^t 


■I"! 


kei)t  ciyiiifj  out  in  her  native  vernacular  for  her  competitors  not  to  go  too  fast. 
Though  this  old  petulant  creature's  commands  are  usually  obeyed,  they  were  not 
regarded  this  time,  for  the  race  proved  a  hot  one,  though  the  surroundings  Avere 
nothing  but  heavy  ice,  hard  snow,  and  very  cold  air.  As  fast  as  the  Avomen  came 
uj)  to  the  seal  which  the  mother  was  dragging,  they  fell  upon  it  and  slashed  away 
right  and  left  with  their  oodloos,  till  the  poor  defunct  was  completely  haggled  into 
as  many  pieces  as  there  were  hagglers.*  Old  OoJc-bar-loo,  having  arrived  late, 
only  got  a  small  portion  of  the  seal — the  liver,  heart,  and  lights.  Too-koo-li-too  in 
the  contest  succeeded  in  getting  a  hind  quarter,  consisting  of  meat,  blubber,  skin, 
and  flipper.  Some  women  got  more  and  others  less,  though  they  left  what  their 
customs  required — the  head,  neck,  fore  flippers,  and  some  of  theblubber  and  meat, — 
for  embellishing  the  igloo  where  the  youthful  victor  resides.  What  remained  was 
dragged  to  the  i(;.oo  by  the  joyous  mother,  and  thus  ended  the  public  celebration. 

The  first  seal  caught  in  open  water  and  the  first  one  taken  by 
watching  over  an  ice-hole  are  occasions  for  hke  demonstrations  of  joy, 
in  which  all  usually  share,  except  those  who  have  been  afflicted  by 
death  in  their  families  during  the  year. 

The  tracks  of  the  reindeer  were  now  frequently  seen.  p]bierbing 
failed  in  securing  some  bucks  through  his  snow-blindness ;  in  a  few 
days,  however,  ho  was  well,  and,  with  his  usual  skill,  caught  two  seals, 
of  which  he  gave  pieces  to  the  different  families  and  piled  up  the  rest 
on  the  floor  of  Hall's  kom-monff,  making  it,  look  like  a  slaughter-house. 

On  the  12th,  ( ne  of  Ar-mou^s  wives,  who  had  given  birth  to  a 
child  on  the  5th,  was  now  permitted  by  the  Innuit  customs  to  come 
again  from  her  separate  igloo  into  the  family  hut ;  not,  however,  by 
the  common  passage-way,  but,  at  the  decision  of  Old  Mother  Ook-bar- 

*  HalJ  does  not  give  the  diraensionB  of  the  seals  captured.  It  may  bo  of  interest  to  noto  the 
uieasnrenientB  given  by  Captain  Lyon  in  his  narrative  of  a  voyage  to  the  suino  region.  The  num- 
ber of  seals  daily  seen  by  his  olBcers  was  large,  and  their  boldness  made  them  an  easy  prey.  Four 
were  killed  one  evening,  two  of  whieh  (the  Phoca  Barhata,  or  bearded  seal,)  weighed  from  eight  to 
nine  hundredweight.  The  length  of  one  from  nose  to  insertion  of  the  tail  was  8  feet ;  the  length 
of  the  fore  llippiu',  10  inehes;  of  liind  tlipjiitr,  1  foot  3J  inches  ;  the  circumference  of  the  belly  was 
7  feet;  tlio  circumference  of  the  head  behind  the  ears,  U  feet  fi  inches;  the  circumference  of  the 
nose,  1  foot  4  inches. 


mar.  1S6S.1 


A  Sledge  Trip. 


173 


loo,  by  an  openings  cut  for  the  purpose  through  the  snow-wall.  She 
was  now  to  keep  a  little  skin-bag  hung  up  near  her  into  which  she 
must  put  a  little  of  her  food  at  each  meal,  having  first  put  it  up  to  her 
mouth.  This  is  called  laying  up  food  for  the  infant,  although  none  is 
given  to  it.  For  a  year  from  the  birth,  the  mother  must  eat  neither 
anything  raw  nor  that  which  has  been  wounded  in  the  heart.  Hall 
notes  that  a  birth  occurring  on  a  journey  occasions  no  delay ;  the  In- 
nuits  of  this  locality  differing  as  to  this  in  a  marked  degree  from  those 
further  east.  The  mother  is  almost  as  well  as  ever  an  hour  after  the 
birth.  The  new-comer  nestles  at  its  birth  in  its  took-too  bed  (its 
mother's  hood),  as  naked  as  when  born,  and  it  usually  remains  without 
clothing  for  at  least  two  years. 

It  now  became  very  desirable  to  go  down  the  coast  32  miles 
southward  and  bring  up  the  four  whale-boats  which  belonged  to  Hall 
and  three  of  the  natives,  and  the  stores  of  the  expedition  with  the 
medicine-chest  and  other  deposits,  in  order  that  an  advance  might 
soon  be  made  toward  llepulse  Ray.  A  well-known  disease,  which 
threatened  to  sweep  off  very  many  of  their  dogs,  having  already  de- 
stroyed several,  this  journey  became  the  more  urgent.  Accompanied 
by  Ebierbing  and  five  others,  with  three  sledges  and  twenty  dogs,  on 
the  ir)th,  Ilall  crossed  the  Wager,  and,  after  tracking  a  bear,  ascended 
the  high  land  to  examine  the  condition  of  the  bay.  Two  miles  down, 
a  heavy  black  cloud  hanging  over  it  extended  from  shore  to  shore, 
showing  much  ice  drifting  out  with  the  swift  ebb-tide. 

The  journey  occupied  the  traveling  hours  from  seven  in  the  morn- 
ing of  the  13th  to  10  a.  m.  of  the  following  day,  some  time  having 
been  given,  however,  to  the  hunt  of  tooJc-ioo.  It  had  become  so  light 
at  midnight  that  no  stars  were  visible.     Hall  feasted  in  the  if/Joo  on 


: 


lili 


''I 


'4 


Ihl 


M:- 


?f.:ii 


174 


The  Kom-mongs  Falling  in. 


(Mny,  1868. 


the  head  and  brains  of  a  deer ;  his  companions  delighted  themselves 
with  the  worms  found  under  the  skin,  A  severe  gale  surprising  the 
party  after  they  had  lashed  their  boats  on  the  sleds  to  return,  they 
halted,  and  Hall  cooked  a  large  quantity  of  deer-meat  and  treated  the 
company  to  so  much  ho.  punch  that  they  began  to  utter  confused  sen- 
tences, and  retired  at  8  p.  m. 

On  the  16th,  Ou-e-la  with  much  tact  pushed  forward  the  heavily- 
loaded  sleds,  and,  although  he  lost  several  dogs,  at  last  brought  up  the 
boats  on  the  ice  of  the  Wager,  launched  them  for  a  sail  of  two  hours 
on  its  open  water,  and  then  again  sledded  them  over  to  their  latest 
encampment,  reaching  it  at  midnight  of  the  18th.  On  their  route 
they  had  visited  Ar-lig-ouk-lig,  a  })lace  which  has  the  appearance,  on 
approaching  it  from  the  north  or  west,  of  an  inverted  whale-boat.  A 
^'tablet"  was  found  here,  50  feet  in  height  and  25  feet  in  width.  The 
place  is  considered  sacred  by  the  Innuits,  who  made  at  this  time  a 
deposit  there,  with  an  address  and  a  solemn  farewell.  In  a  crevice  5  J 
feet  from  the  ice  a  lead  ball  was  now  placed,  marked  "  Hall,  1865." 
On  the  crest  of  a  hill,  some  distance  further  on,  were  found  six  circles 
of  stones  which  Ou-e-la  said  were  the  remains  of  the  tu-piJiS  of  Innuits 
long  since  dead ;  and  that  here  they  made  their  stopping-place  when 
passing  from  Noo-wook  to  Oo-koo-ish-ee-lik. 

The  rapid  advance  of  the  warm  season  again  required  a  change 
of  residence.  The  kom-mongs,  or  half-snow  houses,  were  untenantable 
by  the  snow-drippings.  When  broken  down,  their  remains,  mixed  up 
with  masses  of  blubber,  broken  and  uncouth  native  utensils,  and  filth, 
presented  a  strong  contrast  to  the  beautiful  arched  and  solid  domes  as 
described  by  Hall  in  the  previous  autumn.* 

'Captain  Lyon,  in  his  journal  kt'iit  during  Parry's  Bocond  voyage,  1821-':i3,  says  of  ii  lilie 
swnv, :  "  I  liad  several  times  in  my  rambles  tlirough  the  world  seen  huts  wliieli  I  imagined  could 


; 
Ii 

i;ii;ii:ili;' 


Jiinr,  1863. 


The   Warm  Season  Approaching. 


175 


Nu-kcr-zhoo,  on  leaving  his  iffloo,  took  out,  according  to  custom, 
all  his  skulls  and  bones  to  the  ice  some  distance  off.  Ebierbing  was 
snow-blind.  He  had  come  in  from  his  deer-hunt  looking  like  a  pillar 
of  snow  and  his  dogs  like  small  snow-drifts.  He  had  found  Ar-mou\s 
wife  Avandering  about  in  the  snow,  for  she  had  lost  the  way  to  her  own 
fn-pik,  and  could  not  as  yet  enter  any  other.  Despite  of  his  woolen 
mittens,  Hall's  own  fingers  now  tingled  more  with  cold  than  they  had 
done  during  the  whole  winter,  and  the  change  brought  to  him  a  sick- 
ness ;  but,  like  a  number  of  attacks  experienced  since  his  first  landing, 
this  was  but  temporary.  He  was  again  cheered  by  letters  from  Cap- 
tain Chapel,  brought  by  two  natives  who  had  left  the  ships  on  the  10th 
of  April. 

The  first  five  davs  in  June  were  in  marked  contrast  with  the 
end  of  May.  The  glowing  sunsets,  which  mirrored  themselves  in  the 
water  of  the  Wager,  closed  upon  hours  favorable  for  observations  and 
for  hunting.  Hall's  boat,  the  Sylvia,  with  its  stores,  was  brought 
across  from  the  south  side  of  the  river.  By  ascertaining  with  his  sex- 
tant that  the  ice-foot  on  the  other  side,  20  feet  in  height,  subtended  an 
angle  of  5',  he  determined  the  breadth  of  the  Wager  to  be  two  and  a 
half  miles. 

The  tu-piks  had  been  again  set  up  on  an  island  called  Noo-oot-lik, 
which  forms  one  of  the  chain  lying  close  along  shore  of  the  river.  On 
this  many  circles  and  stone  monuments  were  found.     On  the  5th,  tak- 

uot  bo  equaled  in  ■wretchedness  of  iippeariinco ;  but  I  was  yot  to  learn  that  of  all  inise--      v 
places  on  earth  a  snow  village  recently  deserted  is  the  most  gloomy.     The  huts,  when  '  d 

from  without,  glisten  beneath  the  rays  of  a,  spring  suu  with  a  brilliancy  which  dazzles  ai.a  ^-ains 
the  eye ;  but  the  contrast  Avithiu  is  therefore  the  more  striking.  The  roofs  melted  iuto  icicles 
and  coated  with  smoke ;  arches  broken  and  falling  from  decay  ;  the  snow-seats,  Hoors,  and  parti- 
tions covered  with  every  kind  of  liltli  and  rubbish — bones,  broken  utensils,  and  scraps  of  skins — 
form  altogether  the  most  deplorable  picture,  while  the  general  air  of  misery  is  tenfold  aug- 
mented by  the  strong  glare  of  ligiit  which  shoots  through  tlie  hole  once  occupied  by  a  wiuilow." 


176 


Nearing  the  Bay. 


[June,  l8flS. 


i  :: 


li  ^  .1 


Wt'\ 


ing  down  the  tents,  transferrin <^  everything  to  the  boats,  and  rigidly 
guarding  the  provisions  from  the  voracious  dogs,  the  company  moved 
forward  under  sail,  ])assing  through  a  narrow  channel  of  one  and  a 
half  miles  in  width,  and  for  some  hours  resting  on  a  bight,  found  to  be 
entirely  free  from  ice.  The  opposite  southern  shore  was  hugged  by  an 
ice-stream  sweeping  up  and  down  with  the  tide.  The  next  resting- 
place  was  on  an  old  ice-floe  about  one  mile  from  land,  full  of  fissures 
and  large  bergy  pieces,  on  attempting  to  round  which  both  Hall's  and 
Ar-mou's  boats  struck  hard,  but  without  serious  injury.  Hall's  own 
boat,  the  Sylvia,  had  been  twice  nearly  destroyed — once  by  his  pilot 
and  wife  having  both  fallen  asleep  while  he  himself  was  napping. 
Ar-moii's  equipment  was  enlivened  by  the  birth  of  a  litter  of  puppies. 
While  crossing  a  break  in  the  floe  they  saw  a  remarkable  stone,  called 
by  the  Innuits  Ye-ar-yu-lik,  30  feet  in  perpendicular  height,  and  stand- 
ing alone  about  a  mile  from  the  coast.  Ou-e-la  said  it  could  not  be 
ascended. 

On  the  8th,  a  gale,  with  drifting  snow,  forced  them  to  seek  the 
shelter  of  a  floe ;  but  as  it  was  soon  broken  up,  a  more  secure  refuge 
was  hastily  sought  under  the  lee  of  a  small  island.  To  Hall's  dismay, 
he  found  that  his  A7ard  chronometer,  which  he  had  sacredly  guarded 
from  all  jars,  had  been  unwound.  Egger's  he  had  wound  up.  Ward 
was  "dead." 

(.)n  the  10th,  pulling  at  the  oars  for  a  half  hour  and  then  getting 
under  sail,  they  made  four  knots  an  hour,  and  at  2  p.  m.  saw  the  bold 
and  snow-capped  mountains  of  the  north  side  of  Sedla  (Southamjjton 
Island.)  Nn-lxr-.zlioo's  whale-boat,  loaded  with  men,  women,  children, 
dogs,  and  all  manner  of  truck — his  sled  across  the  bow — moved  lazily 
along  under  mainsail  and  jib.     While  Shoo-slic-ark-nooKs  son  was  steer- 


J  ant),  180S.] 


Encionpment  on  liepuUe  Jlaij. 


177 


IXXt  IT   IVOHY    COMIt. 


IXNCIT    IIOXK    COMK. 


in <^,  his  father  was  searching-  the  boy's  head  for  Tioo-mil;s  for  his  supper. 
Upon  the  floe,  Ar-fjoo-moo-too-Iik,  who,  with  his  family,  had  come  up  by 
land,  was  discovered  not  far 
off,  urging  forward  his  dogs. 
When  the  tide  turned.  Hall's 
party  had  hard  work  at  the 
oars,  but  at  midnight  of  the 
10th    they   made   their    first 

landing  on  the  ice  of  Repulse  Bay.     A  stream  of  heavy  ice  threatened 

to  crush  the  boat,  but  by  great  exertions  it  was  hauled  u})  on  the  floe, 

which  almost   immediately   broke    up. 

After  repeated  like  severe  experiences, 

the  twenty-first  encampment  was  made 

on  the  shores  of  the  bay  at  midnight 

of  the  13th,  in  lat.  66°  15'  N.,  long.  85°  16'  W.     Hall  thought  there 

was  a  history  in  this  one  day.     But  this  bay,  from  which  he  was  at 

some  future  time  to  set  out  for  King  William's  Land,  had  now  been 

reached.     Disheartening  it  was  that  the  season  of  that  year  was  too  far 

advanced  for  sledging,  and  that  for  the  rest  of  the  month  ho  was  to 

make  here  his  home. 

On  the   19th  he  crossed  Hura's  channel  from  a  landing  on  the 

island  near  Cape  Frigid.     Ou-e-la  spoke  of  a  party  of  Iwillik  Innuits, 

including  ylr-too-a,  SJioo-shc-orl--nook,  a,nd  Sec-gar  (0«-e-/fl's  father),  who, 

while  out  walrusing  in  these  waters,  were  carried  oft'  on  a  l)roken  floe 

and  landed  on  Sedla.     By  watching  the  first  opportunity  they  got 

upon  another  floe,  on  which  they  were  carried  by  the  tide  to  Iwillik 

arriving  there  in  a  perishing  condition,  after  eating  all  their  dogs  and 

suffering  from  extreme  cold. 
S.  Ex.  21 lii 


m  I 


Tl' 

i 

i  ' 

1 

':] 

i 

i 

, 

M^-:. 


m 

I    til!  . 

•<  It: 


m 

III  : 

'I 


if 
\  all  ''i^ 

ii 


1, 


178 


G^awje  Plentiful. 


LJunr,  1809. 


While  Hall  was  on  Southampton  Island  he  took  many  observa- 
tions for  the  determination  of  the  coast  line  ;  he  returned  with  his 
party  to  his  twenty-first  encampment  at  8  p.  m.  of  the  22d.  The  latter 
part  of  the  month  gave  him  the  opportunity  of  writing  up  the  journals 
which  he  designed  to  send  to  the  United  States  by  the  first  whalers 
that  should  appear  in  the  bay.  He  took  his  share  in  the  frequent 
hunts  opened  up  by  the  season. 

Game  had  steadily  inci'eased  from  the  beginning  of  the  moTith. 
On  their  sail  from  the  Wager  it  had  been  constantly  in  sight,  giving 
them  a  number  of  deer,  fourteen  partridges,  and  an  ook-gooh  shot  from 
Ou-e-lcUs  boat;  in  the  middle  of  the  month,  when  Ar-too-a,  See-gar,  and 
Ar-goo-moo-too-Wc,  with  their  three  sledges,  joined  the  sailing  party  on 
the  floe,  they  reported  eleven  deer  killed  on  their  route;  and  during 
the  last  two  weeks  of  the  month,  the  whole  party  were  in  the  highest 
spirits  from  the  very  large  number  of  deer,  seals,  and  rabbits  that  were 
taken.  The  young  deer  were  found  to  have  their  new  horns  quite 
large.  The  rabbits  had  now  already  heralded  the  approach  of  sum- 
mer by  changing  their  white  fur  for  coats  of  a  light  brown  or  slaty 
hue.  As  early  as  the  16th,  the  first  flowers,  (the  purple  saxifrages,) 
had  been  seen  growing  abundantly  in  patches  on  the  plains. 

Ou-e-Ms  hunting  was  again  successful  by  his  great  skill  in  entic- 
ing and  securing  his  prizes.  Approaching  the  deer,  he  worked  himself 
along  so  stealthily  from  rock  to  rock  as  to  escape  the  animal's  closest 
watch,  and,  although  the  crows  were  noisily  affrighting  the  herd,  he 
quickly  killed  several.  Skinning  one  in  seven  minutes,  he  left  the 
meat  for  one  of  his  wives  to  bring  in ;  and  approaching  a  fawn,  he  art- 
fully uttered  sounds  so  successfully  imitating  its  doe.  that  it  ran  toward 
him,  giving  Hall  the  opportunity  of  shooting  it  and  of  receiving  con- 


\' 


n 
d 
11 

St 

-e 
:e 
1- 

y 


3- 
If 

St 

le 
le 


'd 


I- 


(•■7- 

I      I 


^   :! 


S  IN  1865 


-6fi°.-^i  ' 


;RS  1865-66 


i 


^j^^uJJin"ilm,J 


'Hi,  '- 


IH 


I'M!' 

m 


!i;i 


,^^ 


^ 


^' 


— G6°0( 


I* 


,  IHU3.] 


Itv fraction. 


\1\) 


gratulations  on  his  return  to  the  tupiks.  With  the  assistance  of  Ebier- 
bing's  hko  tact,  Hall  wounded  a  deer,  which  he  endeavored  to  drive  or 
lead  in  toward  his  tent;  but  when  the  strap  of  the  marine  glass  was 
fastened  around  its  head,  the  untanjed  animal  reared,  kicked,  danced, 
butted,  and  cut  such  wild  capers  that,  within  a  quarter  of  a  mile  of 
home,  they  were  compelled  to  knock  it  on  the  head.  Ebierbing,  on  a 
visit  with  some  others  to  Oog-la-ri-your  Island,  caught  twenty-six  seals 
on  the  same  day.  Ou-e-la  brought  in,  besides  three  deer,  several  pin- 
tail ducks,  with  their  eggs  which  were  of  a  greenish  cast,  but  smaller 
than  those  of  the  eider; — of  the  size  of  hen-eggs  only. 

On  the  afternoon  of  the  26th,  from  the  top  of  a  little  hill,  Hall 
observed  a  remarkable  instance  of  refraction.  The  mountains  of 
Southampton  Island,  which  are  of  no  great  height  and  their  slopes 
gentle,  appeared  to  be  very  high  and  precipitous ;  an  irregular  chain 
was  converted  into  a  huge  plateau.  A  descent  of  even  5  feet  from  his 
position  made  the  mountains  appear  nearly  natural;  one  of  10  feet 
entirely  so. 

In  his  excursions  he  met  with  two  specimens  only  of  iron  ore 
resting  on  primitive  rock. 

On  the  1st  day  of  July  he  moved  a  short  distance  to  the  Island 
of  Oog-la-ri-your,  where  the  larger  number  of  his  Innuit  friends  had 
already  encamped  for  more  conveniently  hunting  the  seal.  On  remov- 
ing their  tupiks,  the  blubber  which  had  been  saved  was  stored  away  in 
seal-skin  '^ drugs"  and  deposited  in  a  cache  for  winter  use.  When 
making  these  bags  they  took  off  the  skin  from  the  animal  unbroken 
except  by  a  small  opening  about  the  head,  and  when  this  cut  was  made, 
a  knife  was  thrust  in  longitudinally  and  used  freelj^  until  the  blubber 
was  completely  separated  from  the  skin;  the  fore  flipper  was  jointed. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


^ 


/. 


//^.-^^^-^ 


v..V^ 


1.0 


1.1 


12.8 


ISO 


■2.5 


2.2 


I: 

1^   1^    12.0 


im 


>-25    1  1.4   1 1.6 

^ 

6" 

► 

*/] 


^;; 


^^!^v  /I 


'/ 


/A 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  US80 

(716)  872-4503 


40^ 


\ 


\\ 


U. 


rv 


l^X'^o^ 


"^Ji^ 


HI  ' 


--T"  ■  .™  .'.    .-pT'_"^,^''^:^*~    r  "'.'WtT \-fTT'nr''"rf W» •-'.<'■  J" ».TC', 


*TC'*w.  .^^^  '.'Vti*J  ■^'^^TrF^T 


87°00 


86*00' 


SS'OO 


66*30 


^Teriiiiiiatiou  M'. 


66*00 


BOAT  JOURNEYS  IN  1865 


WINTER  QUARTERS  1865-66 


-66°3C 


-66°0( 


87°00' 


86''00 


85  00 


Drawrv  by  A  .Ltn,cienkxihL 


Il 


/'if 


11 


Iff 

i'll 


l"^  ^1 


p  'Ji 


11 


180 


Too-koo-li-too  III. 


[Sm\j,  1869. 


The  seal  was  then  worked  out  by  the  hole  made  at  the  head.  If  any 
small  rent  had  been  accidentally  made,  it  was  carefully  sewed  up 
before  filling-. 

Just  before  their  removal  to  Oog-la-ri-yoin*,  the  natives  had  been 
suffering  from  very  severe  colds  and  pains  in  the  chest ;  some  had 
entirely  lost  their  voices.  Hall's  medicines  had  been  in  frequent 
requisition,  particularly  for  the  relief  of  Shoo-she-ark-nook,  now  saved  a 
second  time  from  dying;  but  he  believed  that  the  improvement  in  their 
habits  of  living  which  he  had  induced  the  natives  to  make,  had  yet  more 
to  do  with  his  success  as  a  practitioner.  His  own  health  was  again  gen- 
erally good.  On  the  top  of  this  island  of  Ooglariyour  Avere  the 
remains  of  the  merry  Ivit-chuk  of  Dr.  Rae's  party,  and  those  of  his 
wife.  Ou-e-la  told  Hall  that  at  one  time  very  many  Innuits  lived 
there,  but  nearly  all  had  died  off. 

He  was  detained  at  this  twenty-second  encampment,  lat.  66°  19', 
long.  85°  23',  throughout  the  whole  month  and  until  the  7th  of 
August,  by  the  severe  illness  of  Too-koo-li-too  from  an  attack  of 
pneumonia.  His  notes  on  one  of  the  days  of  her  illness  are  :  "  Her 
symptoms  are  of  the  most  ?erious  character.  She  raises  blood  direct 
from  her  lungs.  I  feel  that  I  have  neglected  to  teach  these  children 
of  the  North  their  religious  duties.  Indeed,  I  feel  that  I  need  myself 
a  teacher,  and  I  am  brought  to  know  that  I  need  a  new  heart.  O,  may 
I  learn  from  the  glorious  Bible  my  duty,  and  by  the  help  of  God  per- 
form it."  He  much  interested  her  by  reading  from  the  scripture  his- 
tory, especially  that  of  Joseph,  which  story  she  in  turn  went  over 
again  to  her  husband.  Hannah  was  still  under  the  influence  of  super- 
stition. It  required  a  long  and  patient  reasoning  to  convince  her  when 
sick  that  she  could  eat  anything  which  Ou-e-la  brought  in,  for  the 


J  air,  1 863. 


Mode  of  Cuttirifi  up  the  Onk-gooh. 


181 


natives  liad  told  lier  something  was  wrong  at  his  birth.  She  was  at 
times  persuaded  to  drink  the  soup  out  of  which  Hall  was  accustomed 
to  eat  some  of  Ou-e-Ia^s  took-too  meat. 

The  natives  were  industriously  occupied  in  boat  and  sledge  jour- 
neys, securing  a  large  amount  of  game  for  their  subsistence  through 
the  coming  winter.  By  the  close  of  the  month,  the  footing  up  showed 
twelve  seals,  nine  ook-gooks,  thirty-seven  deer,  and  a  bear,  besides  four 
ducks  and  thirty-eight  eggs.  Hall's  advice  secured  this  increase,  as 
well  as  the  preservation  of  the  well-dried  meat  in  druffs  of  oil,  in  which 
it  would  keep  sweet  and  fresh  and  already  "  buttered."  He  witnessed 
the  mode  of  cutting  up  ook-gook  and  preparing  from  its  skin  the  lines 
for  securing  the  walrus,  as  well  as  for  sledge  tracings  and  lashings. 
From  an  ook-gook  9  feet  in  length  the  skin  was  cut  into  strips,  and 
then  stretched  by  block  and  tackle  between  the  rocks  When  suffi- 
ciently dried,  the  strips  were  made  soft  and  pliable  by  rubbing  and 
chewing.  The  land  of  civilization,  he  saj^s,  has  notlnng  equaling 
these  lines  in  strength  and  endurance  of  wear  and  tear.  In  the  divis- 
ion made  in  cutting  up  the  animal,  a  woman  received  an  equal  share 
with  each  of  the  men.  The  ice  on  the  coast  still  remaining  hummocky, 
it  was  very  difficult  to  get  a  heavy  ook-gook  u])on  the  island  ;  yet,  if 
the  carcass  was  insufficiently  covered  with  snow,  ice,  or  deer-skins, 
the  burning  rays  of  the  sun  in  a  few  moments  destroyed  the  skin ;  or 
if  the  bear  made  its  ready  visit,  it  struck  its  huge  claws  through  the 
tough  coat,  completely  riddling  it  and  tearing  out  the  meat  and 
blubber. 

On  the  22d,  Hall  visited  the  whaler  Black  Eagle,  on  board  of 
which  he  had  an  opportunity  of  comparing  and  rating  his  chronome- 
ters.    'I'he  first  whaler  of  the  season  had  been  sighted  on  the  ir)th  by 


182 


Whalers  in  Sight 


[Mm\j,  1865. 


I 


Ou-e-Ia,  who  had  instantly  harnessed  up  his  dogs  and  hastened  off  to 
inform  Hall.  On  Nu-ker-zhod's  coming  in  to  confirm  the  report,  he 
was  directed  to  bring  the  longest  pole  he  could  find  to  the  top  of  the 
island  and  fasten  on  it  one  of  the  American  flags  as  a  signal.  At 
thirty  minutes  past  midnight,  with  some  little  difficulty  on  account  of 
the  fog,  the  vessel  was  descried  a  little  to  the  westward  of  Cape  Frigid. 
The  sight  was  sufficiently  exciting  and  joyous  to  Hall  to  keep  all 
sleep  from  him.  He  sent  Ou-e-la  to  occupy  his  own  tooh-too  bed,  while 
he  went  again  and  again  to  the  crest  of  the  island  to  watch  the  vessel 
and  the  movements  of  the  ice ;  and  he  was  very  soon  able  to  make 
out  a  second  visitor  traversing  the  Welcome  from  east  to  west,  and 
then  returning  on  the  opposite  tack.  He  hoped  to  find  that  these 
were  the  Antelope  and  the  schooner  Helen  F.,  which  had  been  winter- 
ing at  Depot  Island  and  Marble  Island ;  for  he  remembered  that  Cap- 
tain Chapel  had  advised  him  that  these  vessels,  as  soon  as  released 
from  the  ice,  would  cruise  for  whales  in  Repulse  Bay.  He  was  par- 
ticularly anxious  to  discover  some  lead  in  the  pack  through  which  the 
Sylvia  might  be  pulled  by  the  strong  arms  of  the  Innuits  to  the  ships, 
as  he  expected  they  would  have  on  board  a  team  of  dogs  for  him,  the 
captains  having  promised  to  bring  all  the  dogs,  which  would  be  of  no 
further  use  to  them  after  the  spring  whaling  was  finished.  They  had 
been  chiefly  useful  in  sledging  the  blubber  over  the  floe  which  lay 
between  the  ships  and  the  open  water. 

From  any  attempt  to  go  out  to  his  visitors  when  first  sighted  he 
had  been  entirely  held  back  by  a  storm  breaking  over  the  island. 
In  describing  this,  he  says  : 

Yesterday  morning,  the  sky  was  overcast  and  gloomy,  the  weather  looking 
threatening  as  if  a  storm  would  soon  be  npon  ns ;  and,  besides,  at  10.30  a.  m.  of 


4 


Jnir,  I86S.] 


The  Storm. 


183 


tlio  14tli,  a  thick  fog,  the  first  of  the  kind  that  1  remember  has  occurred  this 
season,  commenced  rising  over  the  open  water  southward,  and  by  11  a.  m.  it  was 
driven  hero  by  a  southeast  wind,  enveloping  the  ishmd  iu  it.  The  succeeding 
morning,tlie  fog  was  again  over  the  open  water  and  over  the  ice  of  Repulse  Bay, 
tlie  wind  still  southeast  and  south-southeast.  From  the  morning  of  the  l.'3th  the 
barometer  began  to  fall,  standing  then  30 1^^  inches;  it  gradually  continued  fall- 
ing to  Saturday  morning,  the  IGth,  from  which  time  to  evening  it  dropped  down 
three-tenths  of  an  inch.  In  connection  with  all  this,  I  may  mention  what  some 
might  consider  a  trifle ;  nevertheless  it  shall  have  a  place  here.  A  small  pool  or 
reservoir  of  fresh  water  is  close  by  the  tupik,  mostly  on  solid  rock,  but  one  side  of 
it  consists  of  moss  and  grass  growing  over  cobblestones.  Now,  this  pool  rises 
and  falls  quite  as  regularly  as  the  tide,  thougli  oidy  about  one-half  as  often. 
During  the  night  the  water  of  this  reservoir  falls,  and  from  morning  to  evening 
it  rises.  The  rise  and  fall  seems  to  be  quite  uniform  in  height  one  day  after 
another.  Last  night  this  water  was  nearly  exhausted.  Indeed,  when  I  saw  it 
just  before  the  thunder-storm  I  was  greatly  surprised  to  find  it  so.  This  with 
other  indications  told  unmistakablythat  something  unusual  was  about  to  transpire 
in  nature's  elements.  At  2.30  a.  m.  the  first  thunder-clap  that  I  have  ercr  heard 
in  the  northern  regions  occurred,  the  same  being  preceded  by  sharp  lightning. 
A  little  while  after,  loud  thunder  pealed  forth  here,  there,  everywhere  around 
Eepulse  Bay,  especially  away  in  the  direction  of  Gibson's  Cove,  the  extreme 
northwestern  part  of  Repulse  Bay,  where  were  such  jiiles  of  heavy  black  clouds — 
Heaven's  electric  batterj- — and  such  a  continuous  roar  of  thunder  therefrom  that 
I  could  not  help  thinking  of  the  Almighty  hand  which  holds  the  elements. 

The  storm  ended  at  4.20  a.  m. 

Ar-mou  told  Hall  he  had  seen  ou-mer,  (lightning,)  twice  at  Ig- 
loo-lik.  His  people  never  knew  it  to  kill  an  Innuit.  To-koo-li-too 
said  in  her  country  it  struck  red  dogs ;  so  they  always  killed  such  when 
puppies. 

The  old  woman  E-vit-shung  gave  a  specimen  of  her  treatment 
of  her  own  dogs,  which  was  amusing  though  severe.  She  found 
them  one  day  asleep  when  tied  up  to  the  rocks,  as  was  often  neces- 
sary to  prevent  their  cutting  with  their  teeth  into  the  oil-drugs  and 
meat ;  a  valuable  drug  had  just  been  almost  entirely  ruined.     This, 


1S4 


Stnnhif)  the  Thffs. 


IJaIr,  IN6.1. 


Ill'    1. 


!;■  !-■ 


;■  '1 


1' 


liowovor,  was  not  tlio  cause  of  E-vit-shunffs  fearful  poundiiij:^.  When 
she  arrived  wliei'e  some  of  the  dogs  were  constantly  kept  fast  to  the 
rocks  by  long  thongs,  she  stopped  and  connnenced  pelting  one  of  the 
largest  with  stones.  Every  time  she  made  a  throw,  she  s[)oke  to  the 
dog  as  though  he  could  comprehend  Iimuit  speech.  What  she  did 
say  amounted  simply  to  this : 

"  lltMT,  you  are,  old  do};,  and  all  the  rest  of  you,  sleeping  and  basking  in  tlio 
hot  sun's  rays  all  day,  and  at  night  wide  awake,  howling,  biuking,  and  erying, 
keeping  nie  an«l  all  others  about  from  getting  any  (piiet  sleep ;  and  now,  old  lel- 
h)w,  I  am  giving  you  these  stones  for  pay.  As  for  the  rest  of  you  brutes,  I  will 
give  you  some  another  time."  Her  throws  were  of  some  aeeount  so  far  as  this 
goes.  She  hit  every  time,  and  made  the  dog  ery  wofuUy.  Each  time  she  jiiekcMl  nj) 
a  stone  and  held  it  in  her  hand,  the  dog  watched  her  closely.  Several  false-throw 
motions  Mere  tirst  made  by  the  old  woman,  and  when  the  dog  ceased  dodging,  out 
would  tly  the  huge  st(aie  from  her  hand,  hitting  him  on  the  head,  nos<',  or  other 
l)art8  of  the  body.  I\Iy  laughing  so  heartily  was  from  the  business-like  manner 
in  wliich  the  <»ld  lady  addressed  the  dog  during  the  severe  castigiUion  she 
was  administering  to  it.  If  E-rifiihmui  can  whip  Innuit  dogs  a  hmg  time  after 
they  have  done  their  evil  work  and  make  them  understand  just  what  their  chas- 
tisement is  for,  then  either  she  has  a  sui)ernatural  ])ower,  or  the  Iiuuiit  dogs  are 
intelligent  beings,  moral  agents,  so  to  call  them. 

The  old  woman  had  been  doing  better  service  in  the  early  })art 
of  the  day  by  bringing  word  to  Hall  of  the  hloivhif/  of  a  whale,  which 
she  and  her  companion  in  the  tupih-  had  heard. 

Hall  says  that  the  dogs  are  both  a  blessing  and  a  curse; — almost 
constantly  in  mischief,  opening  seal-blubber  drugs,  howling  all  night, 
andofttimes  stealing  into  tents  and  abstracting  meat,  eating  harness  and 
walrus-lines.  There  is  no  end  to  the  damage  these  brutes  are  all  the 
time  surreptitiously  doing.  But,  on  the  other  hand,  in  winter  which 
includes  about  three-fourths  of  the  year,  they  are  of  such  value  as 
draught  animals,  and  as  bear,  nuisk-ox,  and  seal-dogs,  that,  with  all  their 


Iti  :lll 


AaRBM,  INAS.I 


Thr  I'jndurnnro  of  the   Ksk'inio   I>off. 


185 


depredations,  on  no  consideration  could  tlie  Iiinuits  do  without  tliein. 
The  severity  with  wliicli  tliey  treat  these  friends  has  been  more  than 
once  noted.  Ar-moii  and  Oii-c-la  heat  several  of  them  to  death  with 
an  oar,  and  at  one  time  with  a  hatchet.     Their  tenacity  of  life  apj)ears 


ICSKI.MO   DOG. 


[From  a  pliotojji'iipli  "f  Captain  Chapel's.] 

plainly  in  the  mid.st  of  their  sufferings  when  drawing  such  heavy  loads 
while  half  famished,  and  in  their  endurance  of  unmerciful  poundings. 
A  case  is  cited,  too,  in  which  an  animal  pierced  with  several  ritie- 
balls  recovered  his  full  strengtli,  although  sick  when  sliot. 

On  the  6th  of  this  month,  scarcely  any  ice  was  to  be  seen  in  Mid- 
dleton's  Frozen  Strait,  the  Welcome,  or  Repulse  Bay.     Hall  thought 


186 


Death  of  Shoo-she- ark-nook. 


[Angaal,  1865. 


i: 


;ii 


I' 


the  teitn  Frozen  Strait  a  misnomer,  being  infonned  that  it  is  never 
entirely  closed.  Refraction  was  much  less  marked  than  any  which  he 
had  observed  for  many  weeks  past.  The  nights  growing  dark,  he  could 
no  longer  write  up  his  notes  in  the  tupik  at  midnight.  Mosquitoes,  which 
had  first  showed  themselves  July  10,  were  now  filling  the  air;  the 
number  caught  in  the  fresh  paint  which  Nti-ker-zhoo  had  put  upon  his 
boat  was  beyond  compitation.  The  water-supply  was  renewed  from 
a  pool  on  the  surface  of  an  ice-floe  near  the  island.  The  pai'ty  who 
procured  this  could  have  secured  a  whale  lying  a  little  distance  off*, 
with  his  back  out  of  the  water,  if  their  weapons  had  been  at  hand. 
Two  other  whales  were  seen  by  others  the  same  day.  Ou-e-la,  who 
had  made  an  encampment  about  five  miles  to  the  north,  for  better 
salmon  fishing,  was  espied  by  Ar-mou  coming  down  under  sail,  and 
on  landing  proceeded  directly  to  Hall's  tupik  to  inform  him  of  the 
death  of  his  much-beloved  brother,  Shoo-she-ark-nook.  He  received 
Hall's  warmest  sympathy,  which  he  well  knew  he  had  reason  to  expect 
from  the  experience  of  a  visit  during  a  late  serious  accident  in  his 
family.  His  eldest  son  had  fractured  his  skull  by  a  fall  upon  the 
rocks  among  the  hummocks,  and  although  Ou-e-la  had  healed  the 
fracture  by  applying  the  powerful  suction  of  his  mouth  to  bring  the 
pieces  together,  he  came  to  his  old  friend  to  tell  him  of  the  accident 
and  its  effect  upon  his  wife  in  her  peculiar  situation.  He  now  brought 
sad  news. 

"Strange  customs  have  these  Innuits.  Neither  Ou-e-la  nor  his 
brother  Ar-too-a  will  now  smoke,  though  they  both  are  great  smokers. 
They  retain  upon  their  heads  the  usual  covering  from  morning  till 
night.  This  covering  at  any  other  time,  and  especially  when  entering  a 
tiipik^  is  thrown  back,  leaving  the  head  bare.     To  this  head-covering 


\ 

U 

:■ 

B 

1 

i^ 

'1: 

Ansnal,  IDO.I. 


Encampment  on  JIaviland  Bay. 


187 


the  skin  find  feathers  of  a  pce-tu-hirk's  head  were  fastened,  and  a  feather 
of  the  same  water-fowl  to  each  arm,  just  above  the  elbow.  Ou-c-la 
and  each  of  the  male  relatives  of  Shoo-shc-ark-nook  have  ta  belt 
around  the  waist.  Then,  besides,  they  constantly  wear  mittens.  On 
offering"  Ou-c-la  some  coffee,  bread,  and  venison,  he  declined  takinjj 
any,  because  ho  must  have  food  cooked  for  himself  separate  from 
others  during  the  terai  of  mourning." 

On  the  7th,  Hall  with  his  party  removed  to  the  west  side  of  Ilavi- 
land  Bay,  making  the  passage  in  a  rain-storm  in  just  five  hoars — 2  J  to 
'ii  knots  per  hour — on  a  northwest  course  across  the  mouth  of  \]\e  bay. 
The  storm  had  begun  from  the  southeast  on  the  night  previous  to  vheir 
setting  out  from  the  twenty-second  encampment ;  but  the  weather  clear- 
ing during  the  day,  the  party  had  embarked  on  four  boats;  the  Sylvia 
and  the  Lady  Franklin,  with  the  boats  of  Ou-e-la  and  Nu-her-zhoo.  All 
were  well  laden  with  drugs  of  seal-blubber,  sledges,  dogs,  men,  women, 
and  children,  and  the  usual  Innuit  chattels.  A  breeze  from  the  north- 
east favored  them  on  a  part  of  the  voyage,  but  torrents  of  rain  fell, 
and  the  greatest  care  was  taken  by  all  the  party  of  Too-koo- 
li-too,  who  had  been  so  long  an  invalid.  The  landing  was  made  with 
ease  at  low  tide,  but  to  find  a  suitable  place  for  the  tupilis  was  diffi- 
cult, as  the  rocks  were  everywhere  dished,  had  pools  in  every  excava- 
tion, and  were  sending  down  streams  of  water  in  every  direction.  The 
Innuits  who  had  preceded  Hall  in  removing  from  Oo-glari-your  Island 
occupying  the  only  available  dry  spot,  he  was  obliged  to  take  the  most 
convenient  one  above  high-water  mark.  At  midnight  the  tupiks  were 
completed,  and  the  party  comfortably  housed  at  this  new  encampment, 
hit.  QQ""  31'  N.,  long.  85°  50'  W. 


188 


A    Womau  An  qc-ko  (Jursfion'nff/  ^\S'nhicif."       lAwfii.i.  isea. 


i 

1 

mW 

:            1 

"      -'f 

«^ 

In  the  interval  ot"  ii  clear  sky  on  their  journey,  two  vosselH  had 
been  again  sifj^hted  at  a  di.stanc'o  to  the  Honthward;  but  indihtinctly 
through  the  mist.  Not  evt^n  their  masts  would  have  been  above  the 
horizon,  if  refraction  liad  not  brought  thenj  uj»  and  their  dujjlicates 
also;  each  vessel,  from  the  water-line  aljout  it  to  the  truck  being 
matched  by  its  complete  image  inverted,  hulk  to  hulk,  and  all  sus- 
pended in  the  clouds  above  the  sea  horizon.  The  day  following,  the 
two  ships,  the  lilack  Eagle  and  the  Ansel  Gibbs,  again  appeared, 
beating  up  Repulse  Bay.  They  anchored  near  an  island  to  the  south- 
west. Ebierbing  and  Ou-e-la  had  volunteered  at  a  late  hour  of  the 
night  previous  to  go  out  to  these  ships  in  the  offing.  The  wind  fresh- 
ening to  a  gale,  Ou-e-la,  more  cautious  than  Ebierbing,  soon  returned; 
but  the  latter,  after  causing  Hall  nmch  anxiety  for  many  hours,  still 
remained  out  of  sight.  As  he  had  with  him  in  the  Sylvia  Nu-her- 
zhoo,  ()un(/-oo-choo,  and  Tuk-too,  their  old  mother,  E-vit-shmig  who  felt 
that  all  her  earthl)'  treasures  were  in  danger,  invested  herself  with  the 
office  of  an  an-ge-ko;  and  after  liaving  by  the  dawn  of  day  satisfied 
herself  by  the  answers  of  "  Sidney,"  that  although  the  Sylvia  could 
not  reach  the  ships,  it  would  come  back  safe,  she  had  relieved  the 
minds  of  the  other  Innuits.  In  her  comnuining  with  the  spirit,  she 
had  been  throwing  her  left  hand  continually  around,  giving  a  twisting 
motion  to  the  thong  wliich  she  had  tied  to  a  heavy  stone,  and 
"Sidney's"  answers  had  come  to  her  by  his  increasing  or  diminishing 
the  weight  of  this  stone.  When  the  party  returned,  they  reported  that 
they  had  made  a  landing  until  the  storm  subsided,  and  having  their 
fire-arms  with  them  had  made  a  successful  took-too  hunt. 

Before  their  arrival  several  boats'  crews  put  off  from  the  ships  to 
visit  Hall,  for  whom  they  had  beea  looking  when  passing  Oo-gla-ri- 


«■■■■!,  IN«S. 


A    Vifiit  from  the  Black  Einjle. 


181) 


your  Island.  Ho  records  with  much  feeling  the  emotions  wliicli  ho 
experienced  when  the  mate  of  the  lihick  Eajrlo  leaped  ashore  from 
the  first  boat  and  hailed  him  with  the  news,  "  'I'he  war  is  ended  !  ))Ut 
our  ['resident  is  assassinated."  *'  This  thunderbolt  transfixed  me  to 
the  spot ;  that  the  war  was  ended  was  what  I  liad  fondly  anticipated 
I  would  learn  ;  but  who  of  my  worthy  countrymen  would  be  pre- 
j)ared  for  such  news — '  Our  l*resident  is  assassinated.' "  This  with 
many  other  items  of  an  interest  fully  to  be  appreciated  by  one  so  lonj^ 
shut  out  from  the  civilized  world,  was  afterward  plac;ed  in  full  before 
him  in  the  files  of  New  York  and  Boston  papers  which  had  been 
received  by  the  whalers  from  the  Daniel  Webster  at  Marble  Island. 

The  best  feeling  continued  to  jjrevail  between  Hall  and  the  cap- 
tains of  the  two  whalers  during  their  stay.  On  his  visits  to  their  ships, 
he  informed  them  of  the  places  in  which  a  number  of  bla(!k  whales 
had  been  seen  fcy  himself  and  by  the  Innuits,  who  had  also  seen 
many  white  whales  (^Delphimis  AlMcans),  which  were  small.  As  to  the 
color  of  these,  the  natives  said  that  it  was  tlie  young  ones  but  two  or 
three  years  old  which  retain  the  walrus  or  brown  hue ;  the  old  ones 
(kil-lee-lu-yers)  are  white.  He  regretted  that  the  other  whalers  did 
not  come  up  into  the  bay  to  share  in  the  partial  success  of  the  Ansel 
Gibbs  and  the  Black  Eagle.  Being  informed  on  the  20th  that  they 
did  not  design  to  winter  here  and  thought  it  best  not  to  risk  any  fur- 
ther detention,  he  spent  a  whole  night  on  board  one  of  the  ships  writ- 
ing up  his  journals  and  dispatches  to  friends  at  home. 

The  letters  of  Captain  Kilmer  written  at  this  time  show  his  deep 
interest  in  the  friend  whom  he  was  leaving,  and  gave  practical  proof 
of  it  by  advising  him  of  a  deposit  of  provisions  and  stores  made  for 
him  on  shore.     Hall  notes  Ou-e-la^s  honesty  in  keeping  for  him  a  num- 


1^ 


190 


IlaWs  Crew  Capture  a  Whale. 


TAagnsI,  186S. 


II: 


ber  of  small  articles  also  entrusted  to  his  care  by  the  captain ;  he  had 
stimulated  the  natives  to  secure  for  the  snips  as  many  deer  as  possi- 
ble. The  two  vessels  left  the  bay  on  the  21st.  Their  crews  had 
secured  a  number  of  whales — eight  on  the  15th  and  16th — the  oil  and 

bono  of  which  Hall  estimated  to  be  worth  $25,000. 


'i 


m 


The  first  opportunity  now  offered  itself  for  the  successful  issue  of 
one  of  the  important  elements  in  the  original  plan  presented  to  the 
friends  of  the  expedition  in  New  York  in  1862 — the  capture  of  Avhales 
which  would  repay  in  part  the  advances  made  for  the  outfit.  After  a 
number  of  cruises  in  the  boats  without  being  able  to  come  quite 
within  striking  distance,  on  the  30th  he  was  congratulated  by  all  his 
Innuit  friends  for  the  success  of  the  day.  With  his  party  of  men  and 
boys  he  left  the  tupiks  at  4  a.  m.,  to  hunt  a  whaie  which  had  been  for 
some  time  previous  blowing  around.  The  Sylvia  and  the  Lady 
Franklin  gave  swift  chase  to  the  westward,  but,  after  an  hour's 
cruise,  during  which  the  whale  made  several  risings,  they  were  un- 
able to  get  close  enough,  although  they  came  almost  upon  it  when 
rowing  from  an  opposite  direction  around  an  islet  A  second  whnlo 
was,  however,  almost  immediately  seen  half  a  mile  to  the  south- 
west, when  the  sails  were  quickly  set  and  paddles  and  oars  vigor- 
ously plied  by  the  crews  of  both  boats,  **  each  of  which  ran  down 
the  leg  of  a  V,  the  whale  at  its  joining  point."  Ou-e-la,  from  the 
bow  of  the  Lady  Franklin  which  reached  the  goal  a  few  seconds 
before  the  Sylvia,  threw  a  whale's  harpoon  to  which  was  attached  a 
line  of  20  fathoms,  having  at  its  end  two  drugs  (floats).  One  of  these 
was  the  forward  part  of  an  ook-gook  skin,  the  covering  of  the  h-  \d 
and  flippers  being  as  entire  as  when  upon  the  living  animal,  with  the 


,  i:, 


Aagast,  18«5.] 


The  Whale  Cached. 


191 


exception  of  the  transverse  seam ;  the  other  was  the  entire  skin  of  a 
neit-yuk.  Both  were  filled  with  air  compressed  by  the  stout  lungs  of 
an  Innuit.  Their  double  objec'-  Avas  to  indicate  where  the  whale  was 
and  to  tire  it  down.  When  Ou-e-Ms  iron  struck  into  the  back  of  the 
whale,  it  gave  one  slap  of  its  flukes  and  went  below  the  white  seeth- 
ing waters,  at  first  disappointing  Hall,  who  thought  it  was  now  lost. 
He  had  furnished  Ou-e-la  on  setting  out  with  a  full  length  of  line,  and 
was  not  acquainted  with  this  Innuit  use  of  floats.*  But  while  the 
boats  lay  to,  watching  for  a  re-appearance,  the  drugs  were  seen  far  out 
in  the  bay  flying  over  the  waters,  though  with  decreasing  speed,  and  on 
the  whale's  again  coming  up  to  blow,  it  received  a  harpoon  from  iV«- 
ker-zhoo  at  the  bow  of  the  Sylvia,  and  Ou-e-la's  iron  drew.  The  whale 
again  turned  flukes  for  soundings,  taking  out  with  him  half  of  the  Syl- 
via's whale-line ;  it  then  immediately  struck  seaward,  dragging  the 
boat  through  the  water  with  great  speed.  On  its  coming  up  and  blow- 
ing, Ou-e-la  lanced  it  from  the  Lady  Franklin.  It  died  within  one 
hour  from  the  first  attack. 

The  anchor  was  dropped  from  the  Sylvia,  the  corners  of  the  whale's 
flukes  were  cut  ofl^,  its  mouth  tied  up,  and  the  fins  taken  one  into  each 
boat.  The  towing  of  the  animal  to  a  floe  was  made  with  slow  progress 
against  head  tide,  but  at  1  p.  m.  the  prize  was  taken  into  a  small  cove 
near  the  tupiks.  Hall  had  breakfasted  on  raw  muk-tuk  as  soon  as  the 
whale  was  killed.  The  Innuits,  though  equally  fond  of  the  skin, 
could  not  join  him,  because  they  had  already  eaten  took-too;  in  obe- 

*  Captain  Ross,  in  his  Narrative  (1818),  describes  the  native  harpooning  wituesseil  by  biui 
in  the  Greenland  Seas:  "  The  harpoon  has  a  barb  about  3  inches  long,  and  a  line  attached  to  it  of 
about  5  fathoDis  in  length,  the  other  end  of  which  is  fastened  to  a  buoy  of  a  seal's  skin  nindo  iitto  a 
bag  and  iuHated.  The  blade  is  fixed  on  the  end  of  a  shaft  in  such  a  manner  that  it  may  bo  disen- 
gaged from  the  handle  after  it  is  fixed  in  the  animal,  and  the  shaft  is  then  pulled  back  by  a  lino 
tied  to  it  for  the  purpose.  When  the  animal  is  struck,  ho  carries  down  with  him  the  scal-skiu 
buoy,  which  fatigues  him.    As  ho  must  come  up  to  respire,  he  is  followed  up  and  killed  by  spears." 


I 


I 


IP 


192 


Winter  Quarters  Made  at  liae\s  Fort  Hojw.     (i*«-pt*mb«r,  ises. 


dience  to  a  like  superstitious  idea,  three  days  must  elaps6  after  the 
capture  of  the  wliale  before  any  work  couhl  be  done.  On  the  day 
following,  the  carcass  was  cut  up  and  cached  amid  scenes  of  feasting. 
Fifteen  hundred  pounds  of  the  bone,  designed  by  Hall  for  the  benefit 
of  his  expedition,  were  securely  de})Osited  to  be  available  on  the  return 
of  the  whalers  to  the  bay  in  the  following  fall. 

The  amount  of  game  secured  during  the  month  was  very  small. 
The  Innuits  thought  that  the  deer  had  been  frightened  off  by  the 
smell  of  the  trying  out  (boiling  the  oil  from)  the  blubber  on  the 
whalers  before  they  sailed. 

A  much  greater  amoimt  of  rain  had  fallen  than  Hall  had  expe- 
rienced at  any  like  period  during  his  first  expedition.  The  natives 
said  that  it  was  very  unusual,  accounting  for  it  by  the  fact  that  during 
the  winter  there  had  been  little  snow,  and  but  few  fogs  in  the  spring, 
and  that  these  heavy  and  continuous  showers  were  now  making  up  the 
deficiency  in  moisture. 

The  general  movement  of  the  ice  under  the  influence  of  the  tides, 
winds,  and  currents,  was  from  Frozen  Strait  and  Hurd's  Channel  up 
Renulse  Bay,  and  thence  south  and  out  through  the  Welcome.  At 
times  the  bay  itself  was  entirely  filled  with  ice ;  sometimes  the  straits 
were  blocked ;  occasionally  both  the  bay  and  its  entrances  were  free. 


iff 

m 

i  '•  i 

i 

;  't. 


On  the  4th  of  September,  Hall  made  his  twenty-sixth  encamp- 
ment, on  the  banks  of  North  Pole  River,  near  the  Fort  Hope  of  Dr. 
Rae.  This  was  to  be  his  winter  quartei's,  in  which  he  would  prepare 
for  his  sledge  journey  next  season  to  the  west.  From  this  point,  also, 
he  would  make  a  survey  of  the  bay,  his  observations  of  the  coast  line 
already  made  having  satisfied  him  that  an  im})rovement  of  the  charts 


Heptenb«r,  I86S. 


Bocks  and  Dihris  on  the  Ice. 


193 


could  be  made  for  the  whalers.  Steadfast  in  the  purpose  to  succeed  in 
the  several  objects  of  his  voyage,  he  had  declined  to  accept  offers  from 
the  whalers  of  a  passage  home.  When  he  now  set  up  his  ta-plli  the 
glories  of  a  beautiful  sunset  were  changing  the  Arctic  hues  of  the 
landscape  into  tropical  warm  coloring,  and  filling  the  grayish,  cool 
atmosphere  with  an  unnatural  brilliancy. 


HALL'S    NOTES   ON   FINDING   ROCKS    AND    DEBRIS   ON 

THE  ICE. 
The  journal  of  the  25th  of  July  contains  the  following  items  of 

interest  to  the  scientist : 

This  evening  I  have  taken  a  walk  among  the  grounded  bergy  pieces  of  ice 
that  are  near  the  west  side  of  this  island,  and  also  on  to  the  heavy  masses  of  ice 
that  are  high  and  dry  on  the  rocks  on  the  northwest  side.  Spring-tides  at  tliis 
season  of  the  year  open  a  book  that  any  Arctic  traveler  delights  to  read  and 
stndy.  The  special  part  of  this  boolv  of  nature  that  1  am  at  present  reading,  relates 
to  stones,  I'ocks,  and  sand  found  on  the  ice.  The  question  among  Arctic  navigators 
lias  been,  "  How  came  these  here?"  Parry,  when  on  his  second  voyage  for  the 
discovery  of  the  Northwest  Passage,  met  with  nnich  ice  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Southampton  Island,  on  the  surface  of  which  he  saw  a  surprising  quantity  of 
stone,  sand,  shells,  and  weed;  and  respecting  these  ho  makes  the  following  re- 
marks in  his  Xfivrativc  of  said  voyage,  pages  32  and  33. 

"While  on  this  subject,  I  may  offer  a  few  remarks  respecting  the  stone, 
sard,  shells,  and  weed  found  upon  the  siu-face  of  all  ice  in  this  neighborhood. 
The  quantity  in  which  these  substances  have  occurred  was  really  surprising,  and 
puzzled  us  extremely  to  account  for  the  manner  iu  which  they  found  then'  way 
upon  the  floe.  This  circumstance  has  been  generally  explained  by  simply  at- 
tributing it  to  the  whole  floe  having  been  in  immediate  contact  with  the  land, 
enabling  the  streams  to  wash,  or  the  winds  to  blow  these  substances  into  the  sit- 
uation in  which  they  are  found,  in  the  same  manner  as  they  are  deposited  on 
bergs  found  on  the  shore.  But  to  those  who  have  been  eye-witnesses  of  the  fact 
to  the  extent  in  which  it  here  occurred,  this  mode  of  explaining  it,  however  plausi- 
ble at  first  sight,  is  by  no  means  satisfactoxy ;  for  masses  of  rock,  not  less  than  a 
hundred  pounds  in  weight,  are  sometimes  observed  in  the  middlo  of  a  floe  meas- 


S.  Ex.  27- 


-13 


194 


Rochs  and  Debris  on  the  Ice. 


i 


li'    I 


urins  half  a  mile  or  more  each  way,  and  of  which  the  whole  surface  is  more  or 
less  covered  with  smaller  stoues,  »and,  and  shells.  To  supi)osc  the  wind  strong 
enough  to  blow  these  substances  such  a  distance  would  be  absurd ;  nor  is  the 
supposition  of  their  having  been  washed  there  scarcely  more  probable,  for  as  a 
floe  ot  ice  must  float  considerably  above  the  surface  of  the  sea,  it  is  not  easy  to 
conceive  how  it  can  be  overflowed,  and  much  less  how  heavy  stones  can  be  car- 
ried lialf  a  mile  along  it.  It  has  been  suggested  that  the  floe  may  be  held  down 
by  its  firm  cementation  to  the  shore  while  the  water  from  the  land  above  it 
rushes  iu  a  torrent  along  its  upper  surface.  This,  however,  is  contrary  to  expe- 
rience, which  shows  that  long  before  the  streams  on  the  land  are  sufficient  to 
effect  this,  the  ice  next  the  shore  is  completely  thawed  and  detached  from  the 
beach,  and,  therefore,  at  liberty  to  float  in  the  natural  way.  The  only  explana- 
tion of  this  fact  that  I  can  suggest  is,  that,  as  it  is  generally  found  to  be  the  case 
to  the  greatest  extent  upon  the  'hummocky'  floes,  the  substances  may  have  been 
deposited  upon  each  mass  of  ice  when  separate,  and  eventuallj'^  brought  into  the 
middle  of  a  large  floe  by  the  process  detailed  abovr.  This  explanation,  how- 
ever, goes  but  a  little  way  toward  clearing  up  the  difficulty ;  for,  besides  the 
necessity  of  supposing,  in  this  case,  that  each  mass  of  ice  has  in  its  turn  been 
brought  into  close  contact  with  the  shore,  we  have  never  seen  an  instance  iu  any 
bay  or  harbor  where  ice  so  brought,  even  under  the  most  favorable  circum- 
stances, has  received  any  such  deposit.  In  whatever  manner  it  may  be  eftected, 
it  is  certain  that  these  substances  act  an  essential  part  in  the  dissolution  of  the 
ice,  as  even  the  smallest  stone  or  collection  of  sand  may  always  be  observed  to 
have  formed  a  pool  of  water  around  it  in  consequence  of  the  radiation  of  heat 
from  its  surface." 

It  will  be  seen  nearly  at  the  commencement  of  these  remarks  of  Parry,  that 
he  says :  "The  quantity  in  which  these  substances  have  occurred  was  really  sur- 
prising, and  puzzled  us  extremely  to  account  for  the  manner  in  which  they  found 
their  way  upon  the  floes."  The  same  subject  has  puzzled  many  a  man,  but  I  am 
confident  the  fact  is  as  follows:  The  stones,  sand,  shells,  and  weeds  are  not 
deposited  upon  the  surface  of  the  ice;  they  simply  are  seen  or  appear  there,  as 
tlie  ice  evaporates  or  wastes  away,  which  it  eventually  does  more  rapidly,  of 
course,  as  warm  weather  comes  on.  These  stones  and  other  substances  are  picked 
up  from  the  bottoiij  of  shallow  waters  by  the  ice  resting  awhile  tipou  them  and 
becoming  cemented  to  them  by  the  fingers  of  King  Cold  during  low  tide;  and 
when  tlie  flood  makes,  up  goes  ice  with  its  ponderous  pickings.    But,  to  begin  at 


lli  ill 


Rocks  and  DSbris  on  the  Ice. 


195 


the  beginning,  cold  weather  comes  on ;  the  waters  become  cold,  and,  growing  colder 
as  winter  advances,  ice  forms;  tbe  tides  all  tbe  time  never  forgetting  their  regu- 
lar order  of  flood  and  ebb.  As  the  spring  tides  come  on,  during  their  ebb,  in  many 
shallow  parts  of  L  idson's  Bay,  sheets  of  ice  re»c  upon  rocks,  stones,  shells,  and 
weeds.  These  sheets  of  ice,  as  they  lie,  send  down  showers  upon  the  already 
moist  bottom,  all  of  which  conglaciate  at  once  into  a  solid  uuss  by  the  piercing, 
pinching  cold  of  the  north.  Kocks  and  stones,  shells  and  weed,  sheets  of  ice, 
and  what  was  tiickling  water  become  one  solid  body.  The  tide  now  floods  and 
lifts  the  floe,  having  on  its  nether  surface  a  ponderous  load  of  earthy  matter. 
Before  another  ebb,  King  Cold  has  succeeded  in  adding  several  inches  of  ice  under- 
neath the  structure  of  rocks,  stones,  land,  shells,  and  weeds,  which  are  now  com- 
pletely enveloped  in  crystal.  Ebb  and  flood  succeed  each  other,  and  as  often  add 
a  stone  or  other  foreign  matter,  and  then  another  stratum  of  ice  to  the  floe  or 
smaller  pieces  of  ice  that  during  certain  intervals  are  afloat  or  aground. 

I  will  now  proceed  to  give  some  proof  of  all  this  I  have  stated.  Three  winters 
I  have  spent  in  the  northern  regions,  two  of  them  in  the  locality  of  Frobisher  Bay. 
Many  times  have  I  seen  in  the  springs  succeeding  these  winters,  stones,  sand, 
shells,  and  weeds  on  the  top  of  bay-ice,  or  such  ice  as  had  been  formed  on  shallow 
waters.  As  warm  weather  advanced  and  the  ice  wasted  away,  more  and  more 
of  these  substances  would  appear.  My  attention  was  more  particularly  directed 
to  this  subject  during  my  search  on  my  voyage  of  1860-'C2  for  one  of  the  relics  of 
Frobisher  in  the  Countess  of  Warwick's  Sound,  on  the  north  side  of  Frobisher 
Bay.  The  natives  had  told  me  where  one  of  their  people  had  thrown  an  anvil, 
some  five  years  before,  from  a  rock  by  the  bold  shore  of  Oo-pung-ne-wiug  Island  into 
the  sea.  They  were  (juito  sure  I  could  find  this  relic  on  the  disruption  and  drift- 
ing away  of  the  ice  in  the  summer,  providing  I  would  be  at  the  above-named 
island  at  some  low  spring-tide.  Corresponding  to  their  advice,  I  visited  the 
island  in  the  summer  of  18G2,  and  at  low  tide  the  rock  bottom  all  about  the  place 
indicated  from  whence  the  anvil  had  been  thrown,  was  just  above  water;  but  no 
anvil  could  be  found ;  indeed,  not  a  loose  stone  was  thereabout.  The  shore-ice 
had  licked  u])  everything  movable,  not  leaving  even  so  valuable  a  relic  as  the 
one  sought,  three  centuries  old.  The  manner  in  which  this  relic  was  lost  to  the 
world  any  one  can  judge  on  reading  what  I  have  now  written.  The  shore-ice 
having  enveloped  the  anvil  in  its  crystal  walls  during  the  winter  season,  on  its 
being  free  from  laud  in  the  succeeding  summer,  drifted  away  with  what  would 
have  been  to  me  a  valuable  treasure.    Had  that  piece  of  shore-ice  been  seen  by 


196 


Rocks  and  Bdhris  on  the  Ice. 


li': 


some  one  at  some  particular  time  afterward,  while  it  was  wasting  away,  driltiug 
aud  stragfiliiig  about,  no  doubt  but  tJie  anvil  wovdd  have  appeared  as  though 
deposited  on  it. 

I  conic  now  down  to  the  present  time,  to  what  can  now  be  seen  on  and 
near  the  shore  of  this  island.  The  present  spring-tides  have  opened  a  rich 
lield  for  study.  They  have  by  their  \\onderl'ul  action  shown  me  how  qtii(tkly 
they  can  transform  the  "thrice-ribbed  ice"  into  dancing  sparkhng  waters;  how 
qiuckly  th.ey  can  tear  away  and  destroy  mountaia  barriers  of  ice,  gi\ing  free 
waters  for  ships  to  sail  in.  These  spiing-tides  have  just  been  ripping  uj)  huge 
masses  of  ice  lining  the  shores,  and  such  ice  as  the  winter's  cold  formed  over  the 
shallow  waters  near  to  the  island  on  its  western  side.  Could  Parry  and  others 
who  were  puzzled  extremely  to  account  for  the  manner  in  which  stones,  sand, 
shells,  and  weed  found  their  way  upon  the  floe,  but  have  seen  what  I  have  wit- 
nessed this  evening,  they  would  no  longer  have  had  any  question  about  the 
nuitter.  There  is  one  mass  of  ice  lying  within  a  couple  of  stone-throws  of  my 
tujnl;  which  is  some  G  feet  in  thickness  and  ."50  by  100  feet  square.  The  ebbing 
tide  has  left  one  corner  of  this  resting  on  another  piece  equally  thick,  which  lies 
du-ectlv  fl;it  on  the  rocky  bottom  that  is  now  bare  from  low  tide.  The  position  of 
this  piece  of  ice,  with  its  corner  thus  restiug  on  another  piece,  is  on  an  incline, 
showing  its  top,  sides,  aud  bottom  mosL  favorably.  The  whole  mass  consists  of 
strata  of  stones,  ocks,  and  sand  and  ice,  the  strata  running  i)arallel  with  the  top 
and  bottom  of  thi&  fi'oztn  masss.  From  the  top  of  this  piece,  stones  are  i)eeriug 
out.  Kear  one  end  is  a  rock  of  150  ])ounds  weight,  or  more,  nearly  denuded  of  ice. 
As  can  be  seen  at  the  .sidt  s  and  ends,  irregular  thicknesses  of  layers  of  stones  and 
sand  occur.  The  upper  i)art  of  this  ice  is  much  freer  of  those  substances  than 
the  lower  half.  Comparatively,  hut  few  stones  and  small  collections  of  sand  are 
in  the  upper  portion,  while  the  beds  below  consist  of  an  astonishing  quantity. 
Indeed,  the  bottom  is  a  stratum  of  nothing  but  rocks,  stone,  and  sand  that  arc 
glued  together  by  invisible  ice.  Just  above  this  bottom  layer  is  a  sheet  of  six 
inches  in  thickness  of  sea-ice,  and  then  a  little  higher  up,  conies  another  layer  of 
rocks,  stones,  and  sand,  following  which  is  clear  Ice  again,  I  should  judge  that 
at  least  two  or  three  tons  of  earthy  matter  is  frozen  into  that  one  piece  of  ice  that 
I  have  just  described.  l>ut  this  piece  of  ice  is  only  one  of  the  many  that  are  now 
to  be  seen  lying  around  on  the  rocks  left  bare  by  the  ebb-tide.  Some  have  only 
a  few  stones  upon  and  in  them.  This  feature  is,  however,  plainly  to  be  seen  in 
nearly  all,  that  the  stones  and  ice  are  in  strata.     During  the  day  much  ice  has 


Rocks  and  Bthris  on  the  Ice. 


\n 


been  drifting  along  by  this  island,  and  every  now  and  then  pieces  of  ice  bore  npon 
their  surface  stones  and  rocks  fully  exposed.  As  the  waves  lifted  tlieni  uj),  rock- 
ing theiu  to  and  fro,  exposing  one  side  or  one  end  of  each  of  these,  strata  of  stones 
were  to  b."  seen.  These  masses  of  ice  had  been  disengaged  from  a  belt  of  hum- 
nuicky  tloe  that  was  a  part  of  the  lixed  ice  during  the  past  winter  in  Haviland 
Bay.  IIow  these  masses  of  ice  charged  with  earthy  matter  get  into  the  midst  of 
a  lixed  floe  overlying  deep  water  is  easily  accounted  for.  A  cold  summer  per- 
haps succeeds  the  winter,  and  before  this  ice  is  dissolved,  another  winter  sets 
in  and  fastens  it  firmly  in  the  midst  of  a  new  floe,  or  surrounds  it  with  old  hum- 
raocky  ice;  all  of  which  becomes  comented  together  by  the  advancing  cold, freez- 
ing weather.        *        *        * 

I  must  notice  here  what  Parry  says  relative  to  the  comparative  times  of 
the  dissolution  of  the  shore-ice  and  water  rushing  in  torrents)  from  the  land 
in  these  northern  regions :  "  It  has  been  suggested  that  the  floe  may  be  held 
dowu  by  its  firm  cementation  to  the  shore  while  the  water  from  the  land  above 
it  rushes  in  a  torrent  along  its  upper  surface.  This,  however,  is  contrary  to  ex- 
perience, which  shows  that  long  before  the  streams  on  the  land  are  sutticieut  to 
eft'ect  this,  the  ice  next  the  shore  is  completely  thawed  and  detached  from  the 
beach,  and,  therefore,  at  liberty  to  float  in  the  natural  way." 

If  I  understand  Parry  rightly  he  means  this :  that,  from  his  experience, 
long  before  the  snows  on  the  land  of  this  northern  country  melt — causing  streams, 
some  of  which  rush  in  torrents — the  ice  next  the  shore  completely  thaws  and 
becomes  detached  from  the  beach. 

Now,  my  experience  is  directly  the  reverse  of  this;  that  is  to  say,  from 
what  I  have  seen,  long  before  the  ice  next  the  shore  thaws  and  becomes  detached 
from  the  beach,  the  snows  on  the  land  melt,  causing  streams — indeed,  some, 
rivers — some  of  these  streams  and  rivers  rushing  torrent-like  down  the  mountain- 
sides and  thence  over  the  ice  belting  the  shore,  and  over  the  ice  covering  the 
waters  of  many  bays,  coves,  and  inlets.  At  the  present  time,  wherever  I  look,  the 
land  is  almost  completely  denuded  of  snow,  and  has  been  so  for  weeks,  while  the 
shores  of  the  mainland  and  of  the  islands  are  in  many  places  still  belted  with  the 
"  ice-foot,"  as  Dr.  Kane  termed  the  ice  next  the  land. 

Until  now,  Eepulse  Bay  has  been  covered  over,  mostly  with  its  fixed  ice  of 
last  winter's  formation,  and  this  while  many  of  the  rushing  torrents  have  long 
since  dried  up,  their  source — the  melting  snows — having  disappeared.  Wherever 
these  streams  run  for  a  considerable  time  over  the  fixed  floes,  they  cut  their  way — 


"If 


"Tv 


■  'i^'PfP-liilT 


i^ 


198 


Rocks  and  Debris  on  the  Ice. 


l' 


a  camil — coiiii)lfctely  tlirougii.  Often  in  passing  over  the  ice  have  I  been  checked 
in  my  course  from  meeting  tJiese  winding,  river-like  channels  in  the  ice,  being  un- 
able to  lea[)  thorn,  and  obliged  to  make  to  the  maiidand  that  I  might  renew  my 
course  again.  It  is  truly  a  wonder  to  me  that  PaiTy's  experience  was  such  as  he 
has  recorded.  From  what  I  have  just  written,  no  one  mil  suppose  that  I  wish  to 
make  torrents  an«l  more  quiet  streams  from  the  land  the  means  by  which  stones, 
sand,  and  shells,  and  weeds  get  upon  or  into  the  ice-lloe,  though  I  may  say  that 
occasionally  such  is  the  fiuit. 


B    mi: 


i;.i  i'  :. 


p 


HAPTER 


yji' 


A    SECOND    WINTER    LIFE— PREPARATIONS    FOR    THE 
FIRST  SLEDGE  JOURNEY  ^rO  KING  WILLIAM'S  LAND. 


SEPTEMBER,  11165.  TO  APIUL,  1«GG. 


'!'■  r 


C  n  A  P  T  E  11    V  1  T . 


Plans  fok  a  hi.kdok  jouhnky  in  tiik  srniNCi — Sepauation  fuom  tiik  Innitits— Kiiikiuiing, 

TOO-KOO-M-TOO,  AND  AU-MOU's  FAMILY  ItKMAIN  WITH   HaI.I,— lIlM  INTKltKST  IN  TIU:  DICEIl- 

iiUNT.s— Daxokk  to  lii'e  ExrKHiENCKD— An  auijoua  dksihiuei)  uy  Hau,  a8  seen  rilOM 

Ills  IIED  on  TIIF   hocks — LaKGE  NUMHEn  OF  DEEU  SLAIN— HaI-L'S  UEINDEEU  Dlil'OSITS — 

Seveke  gale— Too-Koo-Li-roo's  hememhisance  of  the  Hiiooklyn  ladies  wisiiino  heu 

TO    DKESS  LIKE  CIVILIZED  PEOPLE — KXPOSUHES  ON   VISITING  THE  DEPOSITS — FaILCHE  TO 

CATCH  SALMON— Hall's  daily  siusistence- He  prf.pakes  skin  gahments— Removal  to 
Now-YAiiN— News  of  the  duowxing  of  Au-too-a — Feasts  and  asiusemests  at  Xow- 
YAiiN — Visit  to  Oo-ula-ki-y^ouk  Island — Tuouhles  with  the  natives— Reconcilia- 
tion AND  encouragements- Temperatuise  of  the  winter  months — Frequent  au- 
roras— Readiness  for  a  li-ORWARo  move  to  King  William's  Land. 

The  experience  of  the  first  Arctic  year  has  been  detailed,  and  its 
journals  have  given  an  insight  into  the  daily  life  to  which  one  avus 
necessai'ily  subjected  who  looked  forward  to  the  accomplishment  of  a 
"  mission  "  through  assistance  furnished  by  the  Eskimos.  The  details 
of  a  second  winter  life  among  the  same  people  would  not  be  profitably 
presented  in  the  cases  in  which  almost  identically  like  experiences  were 
passed  through.  This  chapter,  therefore,  will  offer  but  the  thread  of 
Hall's  occupations  during  this  ])eriod,  with  a  recital  of  such  occur- 
rences as  were  new  to  him  from  his  changed  location,  partial  isolation 
from  the  larger  number  of  his  Innuit  friends,  and  necessary  self- 
dependence  for  subsistence  and  for  a  preparation  to  renew  his  advance 


mtnk 


202 


JlnU  Ifurithiff  flir  Jhcr. 


INrplrmbrr,  INfl.1. 


wm 


toward  Kiii;^  VVilliiim'H  Liiiid.  His  phiiiH  for  tho  iioxt  yoar  Involved 
the  Hecuring  of  the  coiitinuod  friendHhip  of  the  IniiiiitH,  uiul  the  Htor- 
iiiff  of  Hiifticient  ])rc  visions  for  n  long  sledge  joiwney,  as  well  a.s  for 
maintaining  life  through  the  approaching  winter. 

The  larger  ])art  of  the  tribe  now  located  themselves  in  placM^s  at 
some  distance  from  him ;  ut  first,  going  oflF  to  the  lakes  above  North 
l*ole  River  to  hunt,  and,  after  their  return,  living  nearly  all  the  rest 
of  the  season  at  the  point  named  on  the  map  (page  211)  as  Now-yarn 
Harbor.  JJetween  this  and  Fort  Hope  visits  were  at  times  exchanged, 
and,  during  the  two  mid-winter  months  Hall  lived  with  the  natives  at 
Now-yarn.  Ebierbing  and  ']'oo-koo-li-too,  from  the  first,  I'emnined 
close  b}'  him,  and  for  the  sake  of  the  latter  who  exjiected  to  give  birth 
to  a  child,  Ar-niou\s  family  by  the  consent  of  the  chief,  Oii-c-la,  re- 
mained for  some  time  at  Fort  Hoj)e.  For  the  same  reason,  chiefly. 
Hall  himself  did  not  accompany  the  party  to  the  lakes. 

He  soon  became  deeply  interested  in  the  deer-hunts,  making 
himself  a  good  marksman,  and  being  rewarded  with  a  large  success. 
During  the  month  of  September,  and  until  the  migrations  of  the 
deer  ceased  in  the  month  following,  his  notes  are  full  of  wearisome 
])ursuits,  made  almost  daily  over  the  rough  hills  and  the  hummocks  of 
th«}  sea-ice 

The  record  of  one  of  these  hunts  is  this :  Leaving  his  hut  with 
Ebierbing  at  8  a.  m.  of  September  10,  at  midday,  when  three  miles 
north  of  their  home,  they  first  saw  a  band  of  seventeen  deer  one 
of  which  Hall  succeeded  in  killing.  Making  a,  deposit  of  this,  and 
traveling  two  miles  further,  they  sighted  two  others  wlii(!h  were  rest- 
ing (»n  the  plain  The  hunters  cautiously  concealed  themselves 
behind  the  rocks,  and  when  the  animals  had  come  near  to  them,  brows- 


Hrplmbrr.  INtfA. 


( 'lose  Shootitiff. 


20.{ 


in<r,  Kl)iorl)iii{r  vvopt  across  tho  phiin,  inakinp^  it  itiipoHHihlo  tor  tlio 
doer  to  cross  in  front  of  a  little  lake  near  by  without  oxpohing  thenj- 
selves  to  his  clear  aim.  The  hunters,  however,  found  thcniHelves  in  the 
ombarrassing-  position  that  neither  one  could  fire  without  endangorin^r 
tho  life  of  the  other.  Just  as  Hall  had  taken  aim,  ho  reniembored 
Kbiorbing,  dropped  his  rifle,  and  hid  himself  behind  tho  rocks  at  tho 
moment  when  Ebierbing's  ball  which  had  passed  through  tho  first 
doer,  whizzod  idoso  to  his  head.  Seeing,  however,  that  his  com- 
panion had  now,  in  turn,  hid  himself,  lie  shot  tho  second  deer,  giv- 
ing Ebierbing  the  pleasure  of  a  possible  experience  like  his  own. 
Each  felt  that  he  had  made  a  naiTow  escape. 

Securing  three  more  from  tho  next  herd,  they  skinned  their 
prizes,  and,  as  the  sun  was  now  setting,  determined  to  remain  and 
cache  them  the  next  day.  For  their  sleeping-place  they  built  a  wall 
of  stones  on  the  windward  side  of  a  bed  of  moss  on  which,  after 
smoking,  chatting,  and  supping  on  raw  venison,  they  fell  comfortably 
asleep,  each  having  one  of  the  doer-skins  for  his  bed,  another  for  his 
pillow,  and  a  third  for  his  coverlid.  Thoy  awoke  to  find  their  cover- 
ings hard  frozen,  ice  to  the  thickness  of  three-eighths  of  an  inch  having 
formed  during  the  night  on  the  pools  of  water  near  them ;  but  at  an 
early  hour  they  made  their  caches  of  the  deer,  loaded  the  packs  of 
skins  upon  their  backs,  and  continued  the  hunt  throughout  a  second 
day,  securing,  however,  but  one  more  animal. 

Neither  the  fatigue  of  the  journey  nor  the  excitement  through 
which  Hall  had  passed  prevented  him  from  writing  while  on  his 
rough  bed: 

The  eveuiiig  glorious,  the  clear  sky,  the  moou,  the  stars!  and  now,  at  y".,  the 
aurora  graudly  playiug  its  fautastic  tricks.    Was  ever  inau  more  blest  with  an 


i' 


204 


An  Aurora  Noted  from  a  Hard  Bed.       [September,  ises. 


^:h  :  " 


opportunity  I'or  observing  some  of  Nature's  grand  order  of  creation  than  I  to-night, 
here  on  my  back,  with  the  heavens  stretched  ont  and  moving,  panorama-like,  be- 
fore me  ?  O,  the  wondrous  workings  of  the  aurora  !  Their  mysteries  seem  past 
finding  out.  The  more  I  see  them,  the  less  I  know.  The  display  to-night  most 
gorgeous.  At  first,  the  low  extended  arch  to  the  southward — its  slow  rising — 
the  dancing  beams  flying  to  and  fro  from  one  end  of  the  arch  to  the  other — the 
arch  nndtiplied  into  others  in  beautiful  disorder — the  prismatic  fringe  at  the  base 
of  the  rays.  As  the  now  several  arclies  get  higher  and  higher  they  become  more 
and  more  lively.  Now  they  shoot  up  to  the  zenith,  and  their  motions  betiome  too 
quick  for  the  eye  to  follow  them.  Now  the  upper  heavens  are  filled  with  tlui 
aurora  as  though  in  battle ;  sublime  and  inspiring.  I  cannot  describe  the  scene  ; 
I  can  simply  behold,  and  praise  God,  the  author  of  these  glorious  works. 

During  the  month  of  September  ninety-three  deer  were  deposited, 
and  within  the  next  month  and  the  first  week  of  November  fifty  more 
were  secured ;  in  the  latter  part  of  September  they  were  frequently 
seen  in  large  numbers,  and  Hall  estimated  that  as  many  as  a  thousand 
passed  in  one  day.  The  Innuits  at  the  lakes,  who  were  not  equally 
fortunate,  said  that  the  prevalence  of  the  southerly  winds  had  kept  the 
deer  lower  down,  near  the  seashore.  A  few  were  seen  by  Hall  as  late 
as  the  27th  of  January  ;  these  were,  at  the  time,  going  northward. 
They  did  not  again  appear  until  the  end  of  March,  when  the  does  that 
were  with  young  had  begun  their  migration.  Their  rutting  season 
had  been  in  October,  during  which,  frequently,  they  were  more  readily 
captured. 

The  details  of  labor  and  exposure  to  which  Hall  subjected  himself 
when  depositing  the  carcasses  of  his  slain  animals  are  as  interesting  as 
those  of  the  hunt.  One  record  will  suffice.  It  is  largely  condensed 
from  his  notes,  throughout  the  fullness  of  which  no  items  are  found 
which  would  tempt  one  to  suspect  that  the  account  is  one  of  exagger- 
ated trials.  They  bear  on  their  face  the  simplicity  of  that  truthfulness 
which  it  may  be  here  said,  once  for  all,  has  been  conceded  on  all  sides 


I 


October,  1 863. 1 


Severe  Exposures. 


205 


to  have  been  a  marked  element  in  his  character,  and  which  his  stead- 
fast companion,  Ebierbing,  has  uniforml}-  claimed  for  liim. 

On  the  20th  of  October,  at  8  a.  m.,  in  the  midst  of  a  <^ale  with 
snow  and  flying  drift,  the  two  went  out  to  make  deposits  of  the  doer 
which  they  had  killed  the  day  before.  With  rifles  in  hand,  they 
crossed  hill  and  valley  to  Hall's  own  favorite  deer-pass,  where  he  had 
been  accustomed  to  watch  for  the  animals  behind  his  stone  wall.  The 
first  labor  was  to  recover  here  his  double-barreled  gun  from  a  deep 
snow-drift,  and  this  required  of  both,  a  laborious  shoveling  of  twenty 
minutes.  FolloAving  the  ridge  of  high  land  from  the  deer-pass  south 
toward  Gibson's  Cove,  they  came  upon  their  five  slain  animals,  the 
last  one  they  had  shot  being  a  big  buck.  It  had  been  left  unskirined, 
and  the  legs  only  were  frozen.  The  skin  was  taken  off,  and  the  car- 
cass disemboweled  and  cut  into  the  three  principal  pieces,  which  were 
dragged  a  little  way  further  to  a  stony  spot,  where  the  weight  of  a  ton 
and  a  half  of  rock  was  piled  upon  them;  the  bristling  antlers  were 
left  projecting  above  to  mark  the  cache  To  find  rock  and  stones  for 
covering  the  other  three  animals,  Hall  climbed  the  highest  part  of  the 
ridge,  ^vhere,  by  heavy  pounding,  he  and  Ebierbing  secured  two  and 
a  half  tons.  When  they  had  dragged  two  of  the  deer  up  this  hill,  a 
rest  was  made  for  lunch  on  some  of  the  unfrozen  legs  and  for  a  smoke; 
but  to  light  their  pipes  a  match  was  struck  after  many  trials  only,  and 
by  their  crowding  down  into  a  deep  snow-bank  and  bending  their 
bodies  and  heads  over  for  a  roof  against  the  storm.  As  they  sat  enjoy- 
ing their  puffing,  the  sight  and  the  noise  around  them  were  such  as 
would  have  struck  terror  and  dismay  into  the  heart  of  any  one  inex- 
perienced in  Arctic  life.  The  darkening  clouds  of  sharp,  cutting, 
blinding  snow  flying  on  the  wings  of  the  gale,  the  howling  of  the 


206 


HaU  and  Ehkrhiny  again  Successful. 


I  October,  1869. 


f 


storm,  and  the  cold,  frowninj*',  icy  rocks,  although  sheltering  them 
for  the  moment,  were  enough.  Hall  said,  to  make  one  exclaim,  "  None 
but  devils  should  be  doomed  to  such  an  unmerciful  punishment."  On 
returning  to  their  third  deer,  they  found  that  the  foxes  had  dragged  off 
the  head  and  nearly  cleaned  off  the  meat.  The  paunches  of  all  three 
were  then  buried  within  a  skin  in  a  snow-drift ;  to  be  recovered  when 
the  gale  ceased  The  first  animal  which  they  had  killed  and  sledded 
U])on  a  skin  some  distance  further  on,  was  also  cached  with  hard  labor. 
The  whole  day's  work  had  been  in  the  teeth  of  gale  and  drift. 

Entering  the  hut,  on  their  return,  each  seemed  to  the  other  a  pil- 
lar of  snow,  until  they  had  for  a  long 
liour  pounded  and  threshed  their  na- 
tive dresses  with  their  ar-row-tars. 
But  they  brought  in  with  them  a 
good  store  of  food,  for  Ebierbing  had 
carried  on  his  back,  two  legs  and  five 
slabs  of  meat,  beside  much  tallow, 
with  e-ver-tu  (sinew)  for  thread.  Hall 
had  on  his  shoulders,  with  his  gun, 
a  substantial  saddle  of  meat.  Their 
stores  left  outside  had  been  also  made 
"safe  in  the  midst  of  the  storm  from 
ihe  jaws  of  the  fox,  the  wolf,  and  the 
equally  hungry  crow." 

The  gale  continued  unbroken 
for  five  successive  days.  Hall  notes 
this  as  unexampled  in  his  experience  as  regards  its  constancy, 
force,  and  direction,  of  which  he  made  entries  in  his  meteorological 


TOO-KOO-I.I-TOI). 


November,  1863.1 


Refraction. 


207 


record.  Too-koo-H-too  expressed  a  wish  that  the  lady  who  told  her 
at  the  Brooklyn  fair  in  New  York  that  Innuits  ought  to  dress  like 
ladies  in  the  States,  could  herself  take  a  minute's  walk  only  at  this 
time  over  the  hill  near  by,  when  she  would  be  very  glad  to  change 
her  fine  hat  and  hoop-skirts  for  any  one  of  an  Innuit's  rough 
dresses. 

The  journals  of  November  29  and  30  have  interesting  notes  of 
refraction  and  of  a  parhelion.  The  29th  was  a  gloriously  fine  day, 
although  rather  cold,  the  mean  of  four  observations  of  Hall's  ther- 
mometer No.  5  being  65°. 4  below  freezing-point.  From  midday  till 
evening  the  sky  was  cloudless  and  the  air  calm.  At  lO''-  12"  4P'"'' 
mean  time  of  Fort  Hope,  the  lower  hmb  of  the  san  was  half  a  degree 
above  the  sea-horizon.  The  place  of  Hall's  obser  '^ation  was  on  the 
,  crest  of  the  hill  back  of  his  igloo,  directly  opposite  Beacon  Hill ;  the 
igloo  and  the  hill  being  on  opposite  sides  of  the  small  stream  known 
as  North  Pole  River. 

At  sunrise  and  for  a  half  hour  later,  the  refraction  south  and  east 
was  very  great ;  for  Southampton  Island  loomed  up  from  ten  to  thirty 
minutes  of  arc  above  the  sea-horizon.  The  island  is  never  visible 
from  the  place  of  observation  named,  except  by  refraction ;  and  Hall 
had  frequently  looked  in  vain  for  it  from  elevated  points  in  the  neigh- 
borhood. Cape  Frigid,  the  most  northerly  point  of  Southampton,  lies 
in  about  lat.  66°  N.,  long.  85°  25'  W.,  by  Parry's  chart ;  and  by  the 
same  chart,  the  junction  of  the  river  with  the  headwaters  of  Gibson's 
Cove  is  in  lat.  6G°  32'  N.,  long.  86°  50'  W.,  the  last  of  which  positions, 
however.  Hall  believed,  involves  an  error  in  the  chart,  of  seven  miles. 
The  cape  was  forty-seven  geographical  miles  distant,  but  the  refraction 
was  so  great  that  Hall  saw  not  only  that  point,  but  the  coast  on  both 


iINi 


il    mi. 


1 1'' 

208 


A  Mock-Sun. 


fNoTombor,  1863. 


•} 


1; 

I 

I 

i 

1 

1 

J 

■ 

sides  of  the  island  far  down  southward.  Nearly  the  whole  entrance 
to  Repulse  Bay  from  Beach  Point  easterl}-,  had  land  looming-  up 
above  the  sea-horizon  in  a  thousand  fantastic  and  constantly-chanfrinjr 
forms.  Before  and  at  sunrise  a  zone  of  about  live  degrees  in  width 
from  the  horizon  up  was  of  resjdendent  colors,  extending  complete]}' 
around  the  heavens ;  that  half  of  the  circle  which  was  opposite  the  sun 
being  the  more  gorgeous.  On  the  going  down  of  the  sun  the  glow- 
ing zone  was  again  in  view.  Such  a  display  is  not  imusual  in  fine 
weather  during  the  Arctic  winter. 

At  1 1  a.  m,  of  the  30th,  he  was  on  the  top  of  Oven  Hill,  viewing  the 
sun  and  a  splendid  parhelion  224  degrees  east  of  it.  On  account  of  the 
cloudiness  of  the  heavens,  there  was  no  corresponding  parhelion  visi- 
ble on  the  opposite  or  Avest  side  of  the  sun.  In  fifteen  minutes  after 
the  time  given  above,  the  sun  became  completely  obscured  by  clouds ; 
but  the  parhelion  continued  shining  almost  as  brightly  as  though  it 
were  the  great  luminary  itself  Thinking  to  improve  the  occasion  in 
determining  the  illusion  to  be  a  complete  one,  he  hastened  down  to  the 
iffloo,  called  Ebierbing  and  Ar-mou,  and  requested  them  to  point  out 
to  him  where  the  sun  was.  They  both  pointed  directly  to  the  parhe- 
lion with  the  utmost  confidence  that  it  was  the  true  sun ;  their  very 
looks  at  him  bespoke  the  unmistakable  sentiment,  "Any  man  that  is 
not  blind  can  see  that  there  is  the  sun!"  Hall  smiled,  and  then  his 
"  good  native  friends "  scanned  to  the  right  and  left  of  what  they 
reall}^  thought  to  be  the  sun ;  but  their  assurance  remained  the  same.  lie 
then  pointed  22  J  degrees  to  the  west  of  the  phenomenon  and  told  them 
that  in  that  direction  was  the  sun.  "At  this  time  it  wanted  only  fifteen 
minutes  of  being  apparent  noon,  when,  of  course,  the  sun  would  be 
due  south  of  them.    A  moment's  reflection  on  the  part  of  Ebierbing  and 


December,  i8«5.i     Fooil  With  Difficultij  Obtained  from  the  Deposits.       209 

Ar-mon  then  satisfied  them  that  it  was  only  a  mock-sun  they  had 
beheld" 

Visits  to  the  deposits  like  those  made  during  the  autumn  were  re- 
})eated  through  the  wint*^r  as  often  as  the  necessities  for  food  required. 
On  the  2d  of  December,  Hall  started  up  North  Pole  River  with  two  dogs 
for  a  team  and  a  deer-skin  for  a  sledge.     He  found  half  a  saddle  eaten 
by  foxes,  or  perhaps  by  some  smaller  animal,  which,  from  the  linuiits' 
description,  he  thougiit  must  be  the  weasel.     This  deposit  he  had  made 
on  ground  six  feet  above  the  river-level ;  but  a  six-day  gale  and  storm 
had  formed  anchor-ice  on  the  boulders  in  the  river's  bed,  bringing  the 
waters  up  from  their  passage  under  the  ice  to  overflow  it  a  long  way 
down  the  estuary  before  reaching  the  sea.     The  deposits  made  on  the 
banks  were  therefore  almost  entirely  lost.     When  he  had  attempted, 
a  few  days  before,  to  open  this  cache  by  the  use  of  sharp  stones  as 
wedges  and  of  boulders  for  his  hammers,  he  had  succeeded  only  in  mak- 
ing a  few  crevices,  but  through  these  the  depredations  had  now  been 
made.     On  this  visit  he  fastened  his  dogs  by  their  draught-lines  to  the 
rocks;  but  they  no  sooner  saw  the  chips  of  the  frozen  meat  flying  right 
and  left  from  the  blows  of  a  dull  ax,  than  they  began  a  yelping,  bark- 
ing, and  springing  to  be  loosened,  Avhich  continued  through  the  two 
hours  he  was  at  work.     "With    much   patience    exercised  in  those 
hours  of  profuse  perspiration,"  he  secured  the  larger  part  of  the  meat, 
and  then  unfastened  his  dogs  to  revel  on  the  scattered  morsels  and 
gnaw  at  the  mass  mixed  with  the  ice  and  stones.     The  larger  frag- 
ments and  chips,  placed  on  the  deer-skin  sledge  out  of  their  reach, 
were  drawn  back  to  the  igloo. 

On  a  second  journey  for  a  like  object,  made  in  the  month  follow- 
ing, he  set  out  with  Nu-Tcer-zlwo  from  Now-yam  before  daylight,  the 


S.  Ex.  27- 


-14 


210 


No  Bites  hji  the  Salmon. 


[JanaDry,  1806. 


II 


moon  ji  few  clays  past  full,  and  the  temperature,  46°  below  zero.  They 
expected  to  remain  out  through  the  following  night,  yet  took  no  addi- 
tions to  their  winter  traveling- dress.  A  snow-knife  was  carried  to  cut 
out  their  Igloo.  The  bracing  air  incited  the  dogs  to  their  full  speed, 
HO  that  after  crossing  the  sea-ice  and  ascending  a  small  ravine  on  the 
surface  of  a  rivulet  leading  up  from  a  fiord  of  the  bay,  by  sunrise  they 
were  twelve  miles  from  the  igloos  and  near  the  deposit.  The  land  in 
the  neighborhood  was  extremely  low;  that  lying  far  to  the  north  and 
east  was  high — called  King-naw  by  Nu-her-zlioo.  A  fresh  breeze  added 
new  stimulus  to  a  work  of  profuse  perspiration  despite  the  intensity 
of  the  cold;  but  before  dark  they  had  returned  home,  dragging  with 
them  on  their  sled  four  heavy  packages  of  venison-saddles  sewed  up 
in  deer-skins.  It  had  been  necessary  to  re-ice  the  runners  of  the  sled 
with  moss.  Their  breakfast  of  raw  frozen  meat  had  been  eaten  under 
the  protection  of  the  snow-pillars  suppoi'ting  two  hj-aks. 

No  subsistence  but  the  deer-meat  was  found  during  this  season, 
excepting  occasionally  a  few  salmon,  or  as  many  as  a  dozen  partridges. 
Hall  attempted  to  catch  salmon  in  a  lake  three  miles  east  of  Beacon 
Hill,  where  he  baited  many  hooks  in  holes  through  the  fourteen-inch 
ice.  Dr.  liae,  in  1853-54,  had  found  this  lake  well  filled,  but  Hall  did 
not  get  a  bite.  The  story  of  the  natives  was  that  no  fish  had  been 
caught  in  this  lake  since  Rae  lost  his  net  in  it.  Presents  were  more 
than  once  brought  in  of  salmon  from  30  to  36  inches  in  length,  which 
were  either  eaten  raw  or  parboiled  in  fresh  water,  making,  when  fat, 
a  rich  soup. 

The  provisions  which  had  been  brought  to  Fort  Hope  were  spar- 
ingly used.  The  main  dependence  was  upon  venison,  which  was 
usually  taken  raw,  with  tood-noo  or  seal-blubber  (often  old  and  rancid) 


January)  1868.) 


Hard  and  Poor  Fare. 


211 


for  butter.  A  favorite  dish  with  both  Hall  and  the  Innuits  was  sea- 
bread  soaked  in  ice-water  sweetened  with  molasses ;  with  this  he  often 
treated  his  visitors.  At  times  his  storehouse  was  filled  with  meat, 
and  a  season  of  feasting  ensued;  often,  however,  through  failure  in 
recovering  deposits,  or  through  caprice  in  the  Innuits,  he  was  placed 
on  short  rations.  One  extract  from  the  record  of  Jarmary  21  will  show 
his  condition  at  such  times: 

I  arise  usually  betweeu  seven  aud  eight  in  the  morning,  and  then  smoke  a 
little,  which  for  a  time  makes  me  feel  less  hungry.  After  a  while  1  cut  a  few  chips 
from  whatever  little  choice  block  of  venison  I  may  happen  to  have,  and  eat  flie 
same  raw  and  hard  fi'ozen.  As  eating  venison  alone  is  dry  work  unless  one  lias 
tood-noo,  I  eat  seal-blubber,  which  is  old,  of  strong  odor,  and  of  strong-old-checse 
taste.  About  4  ounces  of  venison  aud  1  ounce  of  blubber  make  my  breakfast.  Ilad 
1  abundance  of  the  former,  I  should  eat  nearer  4  pounds  than  4  ounces,  for  it  must 
be  remembered  that  it  takes  a  great  deal  of  the  venison  of  this  country  to  sup])ly 
one's  appetite  and  necessities  in  the  winter.  In  the  neighborhood  of  noon  (really 
there  is  no  particular  time  of  one's  taking  his  meals  when  living  as  the  Innuits 
do),  I  dine  on  what  would  be  called  old,  stinking,  nauseating  whale-skin;  but  to  a 
hungry  soul  every  bitter  thing  is  sweet,  and  I,  indeed,  find  it  so.  Some  of  the  efiects 
on  eating  the  first  few  times  of  this  muk-tuk  (whale-skin)  are  severe  griping  pains 
in  the  stomach  and  bowels,  followed  by  copious  diarrhea.  Nearly  every  Innuit, 
great  and  small,  in  the  village,  as  well  as  myself,  has  suftered  thus  by  eating  this 
whale-skin;  there  were  seven  patients  on  my  hands  one  day  last  week  suffering 
with  the  above-named  complaints.  For  my  lunch,  or  supper,  I  i)ick  out  the  I'atty 
substance  of  a  whale-fin,  and  eat  with  it  a  little  more  of  my  tool-too  meat,  about 
the  same  amount  as  for  breakfast,  topping  off  with  delicate  slices  of  raw  whale- 
beef,  or  of  the  aforesaid  whale-skin,  and  go  to  bed  hungry;  but  as  soon  as  asloep 
J  dream  of  friends  and  better  times  coming. 

From  the  scarcity  of  fuel,  little  cooking  could  be  done.  But  the 
customs  of  the  Innuits  now  required  Too-koo-li-too  in  her  peculiar 
condition  to  eat  nothing  but  cooked  meat,  and  an  additional  drain  was 
made  upon  their  small  store  of  fuel  in  drying  skins  for  their  clothing. 
The  seal-oil,  which  had  been  so  industriously  collected,  had  suffered 


I 


:|| 


b  »if' 


Mli 


i 


'.ft- 


'  'f 

m 

1 

HH 

^H' 

i; 

1      ;■ 

1 

i     7) 

li 

t 


212 


TAe  Living  at  Fort  Hope. 


(Jaaaarf,  1800. 


from  the  depredations  of  the  bears  and  the  wolves,  and  the  heather 
which  had  been  gathered,  was  mainly  used,  toward  spring,  in  browniiig 
a  supply  of  coffee  for  use  on  the  j)roposed  sledge  journey.  Coffee 
was  served  only  when  Hall  wished  specially  to  please  his  visitors. 
A  corn-meal  pudding  was  not  relished,  because  of  his  long-continued 
use  of  raw  meat.  "A  reindeer-head,  with  a  complement  of  tood-noo 
and  the  paunch-contents  stewed  in  water  and  reindeer-blood,  was  a  rare 
and  savory  dish  "  Oil  was  sipped,  and  tallow  and  marrow  in  consider- 
able quantity  eaten  every  day  with  the  raw  frozen  venison.  He  was 
thus  enabled  to  bear  i  .uch  cold  without  suffering;  and  he  says,  with 
a  dry  humor,  that  sometimes  while  feasting  on  tood-noo,  he  was  appre- 
hensive of  a  like  fate  with  the  Innuit  who,  after  drinking  a  large  quan- 
tity of  water  with  his  melted  tood-noo,  died  from  the  formation  of  a 
huge  talloAv  candle  in  his  stomach. 

So  imich  for  often  sipping  train-oil  and  eating  whale  and  seal  blubber;  all  of 
which  three  articles  are  to  Innuits  and  myself  what  butter  is  to  those  in  civilized 
lauds.  Besides,  I  frequently  feast  on  tallow  candles,  which  word  I  use  as  a  fig- 
ure for  pure  deer's  tallow ;  but  really  I  have  made  excellent  dii)-candle8  of  tood- 
noo,  and,  not  having  use  for  them,  have  eaten  them  with  the  same  good  relish  as 
though  the  tallow  was  not  made  into  candles. 

The  water-supply  at  Fort  Hope  was  obtained  from  North  Pole 
River,  through  a  hole  chiseled  in  the  ice  about  six  inches  in  diameter. 
From  the  surface  of  the  ice  to  the  water  was  three  feet.  When  snow 
filled  this  hole,  new  ice  formed  daily  to  the  depth  of  three  inches;  at 
other  times,  six  inches  of  ice  were  removed  before  water  could  be 
obtained.  On  one  occasion,  when  the  temperature  had  fallen  20°, 
Hall  was  surprised  to  find  but  half  an  inch  of  ice  under  the  snow. 
On  the  same  day  the  heather-fuel  was  with  difficulty  ignited,  although 
the  circumstances  were  the  same  as  at  other  times ;  he  did  not  under- 


r,  i8««.i    Hall  and  Ehierhiny  Prcpar'uifi   Wi  titer  Garment  ft.        213 


stand  either  of  these  phenomena.  His  Innuit  friends  coniphiined  that 
in  times  of  severe  cold  their  fire-lamps  were  very  dull. 

According  to  an  early-formed  purpose,   he  and   Ebierbing  had 
begun  in  November  to  prepare  enough  deer-skins  for  their  full  winter 

raiment.  This  work  comprised  the  different  o{)erations  of  drying, 
scraping,  re-drying,  and  re-scraping  described  in  Chapter  IV.     Too- 

koo-li-too,  as  a  young  mother,  could  not  work  on  these.  Ar-niou  and 
his  wife  had  already  prepared  their  furs.  Hall  found  hinis(jlf  a  greeii 
hand  in  even  the  first  of  these  operations,  which  gave  him  four  times 
the  work  of  an  Innuit.  It  took  two  skins  to  make  him  a  single  Icoo- 
lee-tanfi,  or  native  coat  or  frock.  For  a  double  one  for  winter  use  four 
were  used. 

To  get  sufficient  warmth  to  dry  the  skins,  they  were  hung  aromid 
the  "Conjurer,"  or  small  cook-stove,  in  the  "snow 
kitchen";  and,  as  the  heather  could  not  be  spared  for 
the  drying  only,  a  quantity  of  coffee  was  browned 
at  the  same  time.  Ebierbing  was  able  to  use  his 
needle  so  deftl}'  that  he  made  himself  a  pair  of  mit- 
tens of  the  skin  from  two  deer-legs. 

Hall's  clothing  was  now  almost  exclusively  of  fiu's.  By  tlie  mid- 
dle of  December  he  had  doffed  his  undeishirt,  and  in  Frbruar}-,  his 
drawers;  and  for  the  rest  of  the  season  he  dressed  wholly  like  his 
Innuit  companions.  His  experience  as  to  the  influence  of  imagina- 
tion upon  his  sensibility  to  cold  is  noted  in  the  fact  that,  on  several 
occasions,  when  the  Eskimos  repeatedly  expressed  their  surprise  that 
he  did  not  protect  himself  while  making  his  observations  outside  of 
his  ifiloo,  he  seemed  unconscious  of  the  increased  cold ;  he  had  been 


DKKU-SKIN  GLOVES. 


214 


Itemoval  lo  Now-ffuni. 


(Jnnnnrri  INfl6. 


I 


lo^ardinf^  his  thermometer  only,  which,  because  of  an  air-bubble  in 
the  tube,  (lid  not  indicate  the  true  lower  temperature  of  20'^. 

Having  always  taken  great  care  of  his  Arctic  library,  even  in  his 
removals  from  place  to  place,  he  again  devoted  his  spare  hours  to 
study.  Finding  his  books,  in  the  early  part  of  the  season,  in  great 
danger  of  being  injured  by  the  dampness,  he  attempted  by  himself  to 
build  for  them  a  new  i(/Ioo;  but,  wliile  cutting  the  blocks  a  short  dis- 
tal u'e  off,  Ar-mou  quickly  cut  out  others  from  the  spot  on  which  the 
iffloo  was  to  be  built,  and  surprised  him  on  his  return  by  presenting 
him  with  a  completed  dome.  Not  long  after.  Hall  succeeded  in  build- 
ing a  cook-igloo,  when  Ar-mou  and  Ebierbing,  skilled  as  they  were  in 
such  work,  showed  their  surprise  that  a  koh-Iu-na  had  built  it  so  well; 
saying  that  they  would  never  feel  alarmed  about  him  if  caught  out 
alone  in  the  storms,  for  he  could  easily  protect  himself 

The  removal  to  Now-yarn  had  taken  place  on  the  1st  of  Decem- 
ber, when  Hall  received  a  visit  from  Nu-ker-£!hoo,  Ou-e-la,  and  his  half- 
biother,  Oong-oo-choo,  from  their  settlement  at  that  place,  about  sixteen 
miles  to  the  eastward.  He  was  busy  at  his  skin-dressing  when  Ou-e-la 
suddenly  appeared,  pushing  in  before  him  into  the  i<]loo  a  present  of 
whale-blubber  and  mitk-tuk  The  approach  of  the  party  had  not  been 
noticed  because  of  the  thickness  of  the  weather.  Cordial  greetings 
wore  followed  by  feasting  through  the  evening,  and  afier  the  iffloo  was 
sealed,  a  lengthy  conference  was  held,  as  the  result  of  which  it  was 
deternn'ned  that  Hall,  with  Ebierbing,  Too-koo-li-too,  and  Ar-mou  and 
his  family,  should  spend  the  rest  of  the  winter  at  Now-yarn. 

The  lai'ger  part  of  the  stores  being  deposited  amid  the  rocks,  and 
Hall  having  made  two  trips  to  Rae's  oven  in  which  he  now  stored  his 
medicine-chests  and  smaller  articles,  the  move  was  begun  under  bright 


!-.; 


JniiHarr.  INtttt. 


Death  of  Ar-too-a. 


215 


moonlight,  at  3  a.  m,  of  the  r)th.  Twenty  doj^s  drew  out  of  the  ifiloos 
very  heavy  loads  of  venison  from  the  unconsumed  stores.  'V\w  lurj^cr 
pai't,  however,  was  re-cached,  while  a  number  of  tine  (leer-skins  were 
necessarily  abandoned.  The  two  women,  with  their  babes  on  their 
backs,  led  the  way,  a  seat  on  top  of  one  of  the  sleds  l^eiiij^  soon  found 
for  Too-koo-H-too,  who  had  been  sick.  Hall  and  Oit-r-la  walked  by 
the  first  sled,  Ebierbing-  and  Nii-h'r-zhoo  by  the  second,  and  Ar-moii 
and  Oong-oo-choo  by  the  third.  Hut  the  loads  were  too  heavy  for  th(;>n 
to  finish  the  roug'h  journey  to  Now-yarn  before  nin-ht ;  the  j)ile  from 
one  sled,  therefore,  was  cached,  and  the  sled  put  up  on  end,  and  wal- 
rus-lines hung  from  its  peak  to  swing  in  the  wind  find  frighten  the  \w,\y 
and  the  wolf  from  the  cache.     The  journey  was  finished  at  3  ]).  m. 

At  Now-yarn  the  new-comers  were  cordially  received  with  the 
usual  feast  of  venison  and  tood-noo,  and  two  new  ifjioos  were;  quickly 
built.  Hall  found  the  widows  of  Ar-too-a  and  Sho-shv-arh-nooh,  and 
their  mother  in  deep  mourning,  the  long,  coarse,  raven  hair  of  Ar- 
too-a^s  widow  completely  hiding  her  face,  neck,  and  shoulders.  News 
of  the  death  of  Ar-too-a  had  been  brought  to  Hall  by  Nu-ker-zhoo  and 
Oonfi-oo-choo  some  weeks  before.  Ar-too-a  had  gone  out  in  his  h'l-a 
(or  one-man  boat)  alone.  This  was  contrary  to  Innuit  custom,  but 
he  was  known  as  a  bold,  venturesome  spirit  who  never  quailed  to 
attack  the  bear  with  a  single  spear,  or  to  hunt  the  fierce  walrus  fai" 
(mt  on  the  ice  ;  his  death  had  been  more  than  once  predicted.  At  the 
time  it  happened,  one  of  the  Innuit  women  on  the  shore  heard  a  cry 
of  distress,  and  on  her  giving  the  alarm,  two  hi-as  quickly  pushed  out 
into  the  lake.  They  found  his  boat  and  his  implements,  except  one 
spear,  but  his  body  had  sunk.  It  was  supposed  that  while  he  was 
spearing'  one  of  a  band  of  deer  crossing  the  lake,  some  huge  buck 


21(i 


Tlw   Ki-as  of  Ilcpii/sr   11(11/. 


Ifebruarr,  IN««. 


V-:     i 


4' 
'>       1 


ii 


proved  nj^ly,  and  in  \\\v  encounter  kicked  up  liis   lieols,  strikinj^-  tho 
boat,  which  was  at  onco  u|)8et. 

Hall  notes  the  difVerenci^  between  tho  ki-as  of  this  country  and 
those  of  ( Jreenhmd,  Frohislier  Hay,  and  Hudson's  Strait: 

'I'Ik'  ki-ds  hfvv  iiw  of  far  less  wciylit  tliiui  tlionc  nf  (IrcciilaiKl — not  so  lonj^ 
or  so  widi'.  Indeed,  tliej  are  not  inor*'  than  ll't  pounds  \veit;lit,  wliile  tliose  on  tlie 
west  side  of  Davis's  Strait  ofttinies  exceed  lOU  jiounds.  A  (ireenlander,  or  any 
Innnit  anywiiore  from  Hudson's  Strait  u])  to  Nortliunibeiland  Inlet,  on  gettin)>' 
into  one  of  tlie  ki-a»  of  tliis  country  would  ca]>si/u  as  quickly  us  a  white  man 
in  theirs.  Khicrbin^' at  tirst  could  do  nothing'  in  them  but  roll  over,  Ai-u  and 
all.  To  {jet  jirojierly  into  one  of  these  boats,  an  Innnit  has  to  work  and  wifjuh* 
his  body  a  htnj;'  time.  I  cainiot  imajfine  how  Arioo-a  managed,  on  yettiu};'  cap- 
sized, to  {jet  his  body  out  of  his  A'/-rt,  so  tight  was  he  s(iueezed  in  when  in  it. 


KKITLSK   HAY   KI-A. 


Klsewhere,  he  notes  his  surprise  on  learning  that  the  natives  coni- 
phiined  tluit  he  had  kept  Ar-moii  with  him.     They  bitterly  felt  the  loss 

of  their  an-f/e-ko,  and  said  that  \i'  Ar-moii  had  {j^one 
up  with  Ar-too-a  to  the  lake  he  might  have  been 
at  hand  to  sfive  him.  Old  Ook-har-loo,  mother-like, 
held  on  to  a  hope  that  she  would  yet  look  upon 
her  son. 

The  midwinter  months,  to  the  8th  of  Fel)- 
ruary,  were  pasr^ed  comfortably  with  the  uatives 
at  or  uear  Now-yarn.  The  stock  of  provisions 
was  ample,  and  hunting  unnecessary  as  well  as  impracticable ;  the 
time  was,  therefore,  spent  mostly  within  the  n/loos,  in  the  usual 
amusements  and  feasting  the  character  of  which  has  already  been 
described.     The  number  of  souls  in  the  village,  including  women  and 


KY-AK    OKXA.MKXT. 


m 


1 

1 

1 

k 

VrbrHnrr,  IN(I«. 


I'ojuddtioH   of  Xoir-if(trn. 


217 


cliildrt'ii,  WJ1H  foily-tbree.  Tliis  miniber  On-c-la  counted  up  by  keep- 
ing open  with  liis  finger  for  Hall  the  Hiune  number  ot"  lea^'es  in  one 
of  liiH  little  volumes — the  liook  (»t'  I'siilms.  The  Kskimos,  as  is  well 
known,  can  generally  count  aw  far  aH  ten,  ])ut  after  that,  they  only 
Huy,  am-a-su-it  or  am-a-sii-ad-lii  (many,  a  ver}'  great  many). 


DICATH  OF  AH-TOO-A. 


Almost  every  day  the  whole  population  came  together  for  the 
feasts.     At  times,    Hall  showed  his    continued   good-will    bv   giving 


Wi 


«r. 


218 


Amusements. 


I  February,  1866. 


special  entertainments,  at  which  he  waited  himself  on  the  younger 
children,  after  feasting  the  adults.  Free  smoking  assisted  the  good 
humor,  when  tobacco,  as  well  as  other  articles,  including  desiccated 
vegetables,  were  drawn  from  the  stores  taken  out  with  him  from  the 
United  States.  To  leave  no  exception  from  his  invitations,  he  urged 
old  mother  Ooh-har-loo  to  release  Too-koo-li-too  from  the  iron  custom 
which  was  working  against  her  at  the  time.  The  favor  was  granted, 
but  Too-koo-li-too,  from  superstitious  fear,  declined  to  avail  herself  of 
the  dispensation.  Her  babe,  born  September  16,  was,  in  her  judgment, 
yet  too  young. 

Amusements  necessarily  formed  a  large  part  of  the  occupations  of 
the  village.  Wrestling  and  oth»er  gymnastic  exercises  were  not  only 
much  relished,  but  instinctively  practiced  with  frequency,  to  maintain 
that  muscular  power  of  which  the  race  were  in  conscious  need  for 
their  success  and  personal  safety  in  the  hunt  and  in  severe  exposures. 


I \.\UIT    rmilT-KOl'KIS, 


The  tight-rope  was  in  use,  stretched  within  the  igloo  by  thongs  of  wal- 
rus-hide, which,  with  some  skill,  were  securely  fastened  on  the  outside 
of  the  roof.     Games  of  checkers  and  dominoes  were  often  interrupted 


FebrHarr,  IN6M.I 


New  Year's  Day. 


219 


by  long  yarn-spinning,  chatting,  and  smoking.     The  dance  and  the 
masquerade  ball  were  not  infrequent. 

The  first  month  of  the  new  year  had  closed  with  a  celebration  of 
a  unique  character.  Hall  had  announced  to  them  the  opening  of  the 
year  by  passing  round  through  the  connected  snow-houses  and  shout- 
ing its  coming  with  so  loud  a  voice  and  at  such  an  hour  as  even  to 
frighten  the  people.  They  seemed  to  have  reciprocated  his  atten- 
tions with  interest.  The  whole  day  was  busily  spent  in  preparing  for 
the  masquerade  and  the  dance;  and  when  the  ball  opened,  the  most 
grotesque  costumes  imaginable  provoked  loud  and  continued  laughter 


IXNirr   IIKAD-OlfXAMKNT— SKAI.-ll'.inil  ;    IIKAD.S   I'KO.-.I    1>U.    liAK. 

from  all  the  company;  for  the  garments  h  1 1  been  hastily  patched 
up  from  nil  the  second-hand  articles  of  clothing,  such  as  pants,  shirts, 
drawers,  remnants,  and  pieces  of  cloth,  calicoes,  and  stuff  which  had 
been  picked  up  at  times  from  the  whalers;  and  these  were  put  on  by 
men,  women,  and  children,  even  the  smallest,  with  a  studied  care  to 
make  themselves  ridiculous.  The  masks  were  of  reindeer-skin.  The 
performance  came  off  in  the  triplet  igloo  of  ^^Nu-ker-zJioo,  Ar-gooni-oo- 
too-lik,  See-gar  &  Co.,"  where  dancing  to  a  late  hour  was  accompanied 
by  the  key-low-tik,  with  monotonous  singing,  and  a  cheerful,  tuneless 


/ 


It 


220 


Miniature  Sledges. 


[Fobraarr,  lNa«. 


accordeon.      Dancing-   in    couples,    dancing   altogether,    and   dancing 
singly,  filled  up  the  hours. 


GROUND-PLAN  OF  THK  FKA8TING-1GLOO— SCALE,  tV"  =  12". 

I.  Passage-way,  about  G  feet  high.  II.  Vestibule,  9  feet  high.  III.  Igloo— floor  to  dome,  9  feet 
3  inches;  height  of  bed-platform,  2  feet  9  inches.  IV.  Igloo— floor  to  dome,  9  feet  C  inches; 
height  of  bed-platform,  3  feet.  V.  Igloo — floor  to  dome,  9  feet  5  inches;  height  of  bed- 
pliitforni,  2  feet  7  inches.     B.  Bed-platform;  F.  Floor;  L.  Lamp. 

At  the  close  of  other  entertainments  when  the  storm  did  not  shut 
them  in-doors  as  on  the  occasion  of  Hall's  feasting  them  on  Christmas 
night,  the  boys  harnessed  up  a  team  of  little  dogs  and  gave  the 
youngest  children  a  good  sledge-ride  on  the  ice  of  Kepulse  Bay.  For 
such  rides,  miniature  teams  of  puppies  but  two  months  old  were  some- 
times driven  with  much  skill  by  the  young  children;  the  puppies  being 
harnessed  by  the  line  only,  and  the  young  drivers  using  the  long  whip 


:  »■ 

Febrnarr,  1866.J 


Trip  to  Oo-gla-ri-your  Island. 


221 


just  as  the  men  do.  Their  sleds  are  about  two  feet  in  length.  The 
village,  outside  the  igloos,  was  illuminated  with  '^nanng-roons,^^  or  lan- 
terns, some  of  ice,  others  of  snow.  Hall  says,  about  these:  "Really 
there  is  no  occasion  for  any  one  to  bring  glass  windows  or  glassware 
into  this  country,  for  King  Cold  gives  us  the  material  during  nine 
months  of  the  year.  These  lanterns  are  fine  specimens  of  the  handi- 
work of  the  race." 

On  the  3d  of  February,  Hall  and  Nu-ker-xJioo  made  a  very  rough 
journey  back  to  Oo-gla-ri-your  Island,  to  recover  a  favorite  artificial 
horizon,  first  used  on  the  expedition  of  1860  to  1862.  The  instrument 
was  readily  found  by  Nu-ker-zhoo  on  the  surface  of  the  snow,  but  in  a 
damaged  state;  the  woodwork  eaten  by  foxes  and  the  mercury  wholly 
lost.  The  two  were  back  at  Now-yarn  at  the  close  of  the  second  day, 
having  passed  one  night  in  an  igloo  on  the  ice.  On  this  trip  of  sixty 
miles  they  were  more  than  once  jerked  from  the  flying  sledge  "like 
stones  from  a  sling."     On  the  island  a  native  sledge  was  found,  made 


ESKIMO  SLKUGE. 


entirely  of  the  jaw-bone  of  a  whale.     It  was  very  heavy.     The  run- 
ners were  12  feet  long,  10  inches  deep,  and  1^  inches  thick,  and  were 


222 


Now-yarn  Harbor  and  the  Cliff. 


(Pobruarf,  1866. 


H  I 


! 


1:.     i 


shod  with  the  same  bone;  the  cross-bars  measured  20  inches.  Ou-e-la 
said  that  it  belonged  to  the  father  of  the  I-vit-chuck  already  named. 
Hall  now  spent  several  days  in  the  busy  work  of  surveying  Now- 
yarn  harbor  and  its  vicinity,  n»aking  the  sketch  of  which  the  cut 
below  is  a  fac-simile. 


I^elct. 


A  cliff  on  the  border  of  a  neighboring  inlet  much  interested  him 
by  the  Innuit  tradition  with  which  it  was  connected.  Ou-e-kUs  story 
was  that,  years  before,  two  little  girls  while  playing  about  this  cliff, 
with  infants  in  hoods  on  theu-  backs,  had  gone  into  an  opening  between 
the  rocks,  which  closed  upon  them  before  escape  was  possible.  All 
attempts  for  rescue  were  unsuccessful,  and  the  poor  children,  to  whom 
for  a  time  bread  and  water  were  passed,  perished  in  the  cliff. 

On  the  8th,  Hall  found  himself  back  at  his  tenting-ground  at  the 
twenty-sixth  encampment,  near  Dr.  Rae's  "Forlorn  Hope" — Fort  Hope. 


February,  1866.] 


Visit  to  Fort  Hope. 


223 


■u  It.  w/iic 


30  ft.  1„„ 


"^'^^;!!1^!^\^>' 


THE  KENT  CLIFF. 


On  setting  out  in  the  morning,  all  Now-yarn  had  turned  out  to  bid  him 
*'  ter-hou-ee-tie'^ — a  hearty  good-bye.  He  left  the  kindly  advice  with 
Ou-e-la  to  be  sure  to  send  for  him  if  any  of  the  people  were  sick. 

With  his  own  Eskimos,  and  Ar- 
mou  and  Mam-mark,  he  made  the  jour- 
ney by  four  o'clock  in  the  afternoon, 
the  sledges  being  heavily  loaded,  and 
he  himself  preferring  to  pace  the  whole 
distance,  carefully  counting  every 
fourth  step.  As  soon  after  their  ar- 
rival as  new  igloos  were  built,  refresh- 
ments were  served  up,  including  a  lit- 
tle brandy  of  such  proof  that  it 
remained  unfrozen  at  50*^  below  zero, 
eschewed  the  favorite  muk-tuk,  the  brandy,  and  the  smoking.  Mam- 
mark  having  recently  lost  her  wing-er  (husband),  and  Too-koo-li-too's 
child  being  less  than  a  year  old.  When  Hall  took  his  brandy,  even 
after  breathing  for  some  time  upon  the  flask,  he  was  burned  from 
mouth  to  stomach  as  by  a  stream  of  fire-coals  ; — impressing  him  ever 
after  with  the  necessity  of  being  as  wise  in  first  taking  the  frost  out 
of  the  liquid  as  he  was  in  taking  it  out  of  the  nose  of  the  flask. 

The  next  day,  having  occasion  to  visit  Fort  Hope,  he  was  struck 
with  its  exposed  position,  and  his  notes  express  an  admiration  of  Dr. 
Rae's  ability  as  the  leader  of  an  expedition,  for  having  wintered  his 
party  of  1846  within  its  gloomy  mud  and  stone  walls  without  the 
loss  of  a  man.  Mam-mark  and  others  now  spoke  of  their  friends  hav- 
ing seen  Dr.  Rae  at  Pelly  Bay,  as  well  as  at  Fort  Hope.  They  knew 
Oo-lig-huck,  Rae's  guide,  under  the  name  Mar-ko,  and  among  other 


The  fair  sex  of  the  company 


224 


Difficulties  ivith  the  Innuits. 


[innrcb,  18««. 


things  which  they  related  of  this  man,  was  the  story  that  he  became 
much  alarmed  by  the  accounts  from  the  Iwillik  people  of  the  fierce 
and  deceitful  Neitchille  tribe,  and  for  this  reason  he  had  tried  to 
desert  Rae,  but  without  success. 

During  the  rest  of  the  month  of  February  and  throughout  March, 
Hall  was  quite  willing  to  have  for  his  companions  the  few  only  who 
had  returned  with  him  from  Now-yarn.  He  needed  rest  from  the  fre- 
quency of  visitations  to  liis  igloo,  and  quiet  for  maturing  his  plans  for 
the  spring  sledge  journey ;  but  especially,  relief  from  the  misunder- 
standings and  alienations  occurring  not  infrequently  at  the  village.  It 
is  easy  to  see  that  any  estrangement  from  those  on  whom  he  as  the 
only  white  man  was  dependent,  and  at  times  helplessly  so,  must  have 
caused  him  much  disquiet,  beyond  even  the  connection  of  this  with 
the  success  of  his  plans.  Some  personal  misunderstandings  with 
Ou-e-la  (the  chief)  and  with  Ar-mou,  and  others,  had  more  than  once 
occurred ;  and  at  one  time  he  seems  to  have  had  good  reason  to 
believe  that  his  life  was  in  danger.  But  his  control  over  the  people 
continued  to  be  strangely  successful,  and  it  so  remained  up  to  the 
close  of  the  expedition. 

The  chief  means  of  this  success  is  readily  to  be  inferred  from  the 
course  of  the  narrative  up  to  this  date.  From  the  time  of  his  first 
meeting  with  the  Innuits  he  had  reciprocated  the  cordiality  of  their 
simple  offerings,  and  had  subjected  himself  to  a  conformity  with  their 
strange  customs;  he  had  ministered  to  their  necessities  in  sickness, 
supplying  both  food  and  fuel ;  and  had  held  out  to  them  just  expecta- 
tions of  further  assistance  from  the  whalers,  and  from  his  friends  in  the 
United  States.  His  chief  dependence  for  the  needed  control  over  them 
was  in  his  supply  of  tobacco,  often  freely  given  as  a  present,  but  as  a 


I'  ^ 


SKKTfll  OF  COAST  LINES 

M{()M  FT.  CHUUClilLL 
TO  LANCASTER  SOUND 

I5y  Ai'-n»i)U  in  18H6. 


^':^-^v, 


V 


if 


starch,  1866.] 


Control  of  the  Innuits. 


225 


rule,  dealt  out  as  rations  in  exchange  for  provisions.  When  for  two 
days  he  held  out  in  a  refusal  to  serve  out  this  to  Ar-mou  (the  Wolf),  a 
personal  contest  was  nearly  broug-lit  on.  "  The  savage,"  after  several 
angry  conferences  with  his  fellows,  again  and  again  demanded  the 
coveted  weed;  but  even  when  he  approached  Hall  to  lay  hold  on  him, 
he  received  the  firm  answer,  '^Ar-mou  keeps  his  muk-tuk,  Hall  keeps 
his  tobacco."  This  self-control  seems  to  have  had  as  much  to  do  with 
closing  the  affair  amicably,  as  any  assistance  that  Ebierbing  and  Too- 
koo-li-too  could  render. 

Other  alienations  had  now  shown  themselves  by  the  separa- 
tion from  him  of  the  rest  of  the  Innuits,  and  by  their  withhold- 
ing from  him  their  old  gifts  and  even  some  of  his  own  supplies, 
which  might  have  been  brought  when  he  was  known  to  be  in  need, 
from  the  whale  cached  in  August ;  to  say  nothing  of  their  forge tful- 
ness  to  keep  for  him  his  accustomed  place  at  the  feasts.  It  is  cer- 
tainly creditable  to  Hall  that  he  could  exercise  such  self-control,  and 
make  full  allowance  for  the  circumstances  in  which  he  was  placed,  and 
in  which  he  steadfastly  purposed  to  abide.  Some  things  he  knew  that 
he  must  probably  misunderstand.  His  own  determined  purpose  he 
could  not.  In  despite  of  these  adverse  circumstjinces,  he  had  not  been 
without  renewed  encouragements.  The  leading  men  of  the  tribe  had 
come  and  talked  with  him  about  his  journey  before  he  went  over  to 
Now-yarn,  and  when  good  humor  prevailed  there,  had  repeatedly 
entered  into  his  plans,  and  committed  themselves  and  their  people  to 
his  assistance.  Ar-mou  completed  for  him  a  chart  of  the  waters 
and  lands  he  had  voyaged  and  traveled  over  in  his  lifetime.  "It 
embraced  a  section  of  country  from  Pond's  Bay  (say  in  lat.  73°  N., 
long.  76°  W^)  to  Fort  Churchill  (lat.  58°  44'  N.,  long.  94°  14'  W.) ; 
the  distance  between  the  two  places  in  a  direct  line  being  966  nauti- 


S.  Ex.  27- 


-ir. 


i  ■ 


till 


226 


Ready  to  Move. 


(ITIarrh,  IN«I6. 


^hI 

I^H  ! 

awlj 

cal  miles  (by  middle  latitude  sailing,  i)65.8  ;  by  Mercator,  DfjD.H)." 
The  coast  which  this  native  delineated,  and  with  most  of  which  he 
was  well  acquainted,  exceeded  six  times  this  distance.  With  all  the 
indentations  of  the  coast  from  Ig-loo-lik  to  Repulse  Bay,  and  thence 
to  Fort  Churchill,  he  still  was  familiar,  except  the  further  or  most 
westerly  extent  of  Chestei-field  Inlet.  He  had  been  on  Southampton 
Island  twice  ;  the  first  time  drifting  there  on  the  ice  while  walrusing  in 
the  winter.  From  his  map  and  from  others  drawn  by  natives,  par- 
ticularly from  the  sketch  of  Lyon's  Inlet,  to  be  found  in  a  later  part  of 
this  Narrative,  Hall  received  valuable  assistance  on  his  subsequent 
journeys. 

The  occupations  of  the  quiet  stay  at  Fort  Hope  had  included  the 
selecting  and  preparing  the  necessary  provisions  and  stores,  and  putting 
them  up  in  convenient  packages  encased  in  strong  bags  of  India-rubber 
cloth  ;  such  as  could  not  be  carried  away  being  either  cached  or  cov- 
ered over  in  the  Sylvia,  which  was  secured  from  exposure.  For  Hall's 
personal  comfort,  Mam-mark  made  him  a  pair  of  kod-Uns,  or  breeches, 
from  the  Siberian  squirrel-furs  presented  to  him  the  preceding  season 
by  his  friend  Captain  Kilmer. 

On  the  30th  of  March,  I-vi-tuk  came  merrily  down  to  Fort  Hope, 
with  all  the  dogs  belonging  to  See-gar  and  Ar-ffoo-moo-too-Iik,  to  assist 
Hall  on  his  proposed  iourney  north.  These  teams,  with  some  dogs 
which  had  been  left  with  him  by  his  friend  Ou-e-la,  were  the  best  prac- 
tical assurances  of  good  feeling  renewed  with  his  old  friends.  Dui-ing 
the  winter  he  had  almost  despaired  of  securing  a  team,  and  his  own 
stock  consisted  of  but  '*  two  female  dogs,  equal  to  one  good  dog,  and 
two  puppies,  equal  to  a  quarter  of  a  good  dog."  He  had  been  unable 
to  obtain  others  at  a  lower  price  than  a  double-barreled  gun  for  each. 


-1; 


march,  INUH.l 


Jliadij  for  King    Williani's  Land. 


227 


I-vi-tulis  coniinj''  enabled  him  to  jiuticipfito  the  day  tor  the  move 
toward  Noitcliillo.  Now-yarn  bad  been  abandoned  by  the  scattering" 
of  the  peojilo  to  hunt  and  fish;  ()u-e-la,  for  tliis  object,  was  aheady 
upon  the  lakes. 

Hall  was  ready  to  leave  all  the  ixfopie  in  fidl  ••ood  humor.  He 
presented  them  with  vem'son,  and  {i^ave  to  the  men  letters  to  the 
expected  whalers,  in  which  he  asked  that  such  reasonable  requests  as 
might  be  made  for  amnumition  and  provisions  should  \w  granted ; 
the  compensation  for  these  he  expected  would  be  made  to  the  whalers 
by  his  two  chief  friends  in  the  United  States. 

He  had  now  a  goodly  i)arty  ready  for  the  forward  move,  having 
only  the  regret  that  the  women  and  children  must  accompany  them. 
It  may  be  questioned,  howe  ir,  whether  his  efforts  to  prevent  this  had 
been  wise ;  nor  did  the  sequel  show  that  the  women  were  really  an 
incumbrance. 


The  METEOROLOGICAL  NOTES  kept  in  the  winter  quarters 
are  of  interest.  The  changing  temperatures  experienced  during  this 
second  winter  of  seven  months  will  be  appreciated  by  the  following 
quotations  from  some  specific  dates  within  that  period : 

TLe  first  snow  of  the  season  fell  September  0;  an  inch  onlj-  in  depth;  it 
assisted  the  hunters  in  tracking  deer.  Ice  formed  on  the  bay  and  river  for  the 
first  time  on  the  12th  of  the  month  following'.  The  canvas  tents  becoming  un- 
comfortable, liom-momjH  protected  the  party  until  they  found  enough  snow  on  the 
29th  to  build  their  igloos,  and  were  driven  into  them  by  the  sudden  occurrence 
of  severe  storms. 

The  snow-drift  of  this  date  prompted  Hall  to  say : 

I  defy  any  man  to  make  true  observations  of  the  number  of  inches  of  snow 
that  falls  on  an  average  during  the  winter  in  the  Arctic  Regions.    Drift  and 


228 


Meteorological  Notes  Durititf  the   Whiter. 


falling  Hiiow  are  all  intcrmiiit;l<><l,  and  both  arc  Nwept  uluii^  ovur  tlio  earth  at  a 
Hpeod  that,  HOinptimes  I  think,  should  take  them  rotuul  the  preat  plobo  in  forty 
ininuteH.  Ot'ttiincH  the  shrewdest  natives  cannot  toll  whether  it  is  simply  drift 
tlying  or  both  falling  snow  and  drift. 

The  weather  at  times  during  November  was  so  warm  that  the 
roofs  of  the  igloos  needed  rebuilding.  Repeated  applications  of  new 
blocks  were  made  to  the  places  from  which  the  melted  snow  was 
dripping. 

The  22d  of  January,  1866,  was  a  hurricane  day.  Within  the  igloos 
buried  deep  under  the  drift,  the  howling-  of  the  storm  was  heard  through- 
out the  night.  The  women,  rising  first  as  usual,  cleared  the  passage- 
way, and  came  back  from  its  mouth  to  tell  of  the  tempest.  At  nine 
o'clock  Hall  attempted  to  go  outside  to  make  his  observations,  but  as 
he  stepped  beyond  the  wind-proof  wall  of  snow-blocks  wliich  shielded 
the  entrance-way  to  the  tunnel,  he  was  instantly  knocked  heels  over 
head.  On  raising  his  head,  for  one  instant  he  saw  the  snow  flying;  the 
next,  he  was  blinded;  but  by  little  and  little  he  worked  himself,  directly 
in  the  eye  of  the  humcane,  till  he  struck  on  what  he  knew  to  be  one 
of  the  snow-walls  of  the  tunnel.  He  says  that  "  the  whole  world 
around  seemed  one  mighty  snow-drift,  and  if  he  had  any  conscious- 
ness at  all,  it  was  that  he  felt  as  though  he  were  in  chaos.  Heaven 
had  his  first  thanks,  and  the  Innuit  who  built  that  snow-wall  his 
second." 

On  the  10th  of  February  a  hurricane  prevailed  all  day,  charged 
with  a  temperature  of  —  40°.  At  one  time,  one  of  the  dogs  was  found 
entirely  buried  under  the  drift,  his  line  being  too  short  to  let  him  keep 
upon  the  surface.  When  released  he  was  a  happy  dog ;  even  before 
eating,  "  brisk  as  a  cricket." 


A  moras. 


22J) 


AuroniH  won*  of  tViMjiiont  occurreuco  throughout  the  winter,  except 

during-  the  month  of  January.     More  than  once,  on  witnessing  them, 

Hall  finds  the  question  arising  in  his  mind — 

Why  is  it  timt  tliii  aurora  is  almost  always  seeu  in  the  southern  heavcus  1* 
Wliy  do  wc;  not  see  the  same  nortli  of  us?  I  have  seeu  the  aurora  at  Wager 
Hay,  at  Noo-wook,  at  Depot  Islaud,  and  from  various  places  about  Repulse  Bay, 
and  almost  uniformly  the  phenomena  is  seen  southerly  of  the  point  wherever  I 
hap])ened  to  be.  The  same  was  true  in  my  previous  voyage  (18()()-'62) — that  the 
aurora  was  seen  south.  In  this  connection  I  would  stat<!  that  from  all  I  have 
been  able  to  learn  in  the  many  close  observations  I  have  made  during  their  dis- 
]»lays,  the  aurora  is  generally  not  far  distant — ofttimes  within  a  few  hundred  feet — 
and  continues  within  a  stone's-throw  of  one's  head.  If  an  army  of  men  were 
<!lose  together  in  line,  and  extended  from  here  to  York  Factory,  I  am  sure  each 
man  would  see  the  auroral  displays  all  south  of  him  ;  and  yet  the  most  distant 
<lisplay8  would  not  exceed  ten  or  fifteen  miles,  while  the  most  would  be  within  a 
lialf  to  three  miles  of  him. 

On  November  7  the  rays  of  an  aurora  shot  horizontally  to  the 
eastward,  in  the  direction  of  the  magnetic  meridian.  At  7  p.  ra.  of  the 
10th,  a  thin  auroral  veil  covered  the  sky,  lasting  twenty  minutes. 

On  the  6th  of  February,  the  passage-way  of  Hall's  iffloo  was 

flooded  with  the  light  of  an  aurora.     On  going  out,  he  saw — 

A  long  belt,  extending  far  east-southeast  and  far  west-northwest,  the  center 
of  it  a  trifle  south,  but  apparently  within  a  pistol-shot.  The  rays  were  all  vertical, 
and  dancing  right  merrily.  This  whole  belt  was  remark^ibly  low  down — that  is, 
apparently  not  more  than  50  or  75  feet  from  the  earth — and  along  the  base  of  it, 
from  end  to  end,  was  one  continuous  stream  of  prismatic  fires,  which,  with  the 
golden  rays  of  light  jetting  upward  and  racing  backward  and  forward — some 
dancing  merrily  one  way,  while  others  did  the  same  from  the  opposite  direction — 
made  one  of  the  most  gorgeous,  soul-ins]>iring  displays  I  ever  witnessed.  The 
Innuits,  nearly  the  whole  of  whom  witnessed  the  grand  sight,  kept  up,  as  they 
always  do  on  such  occasions,  their  charming  music — that  is,  whistling.  The  dis- 
play lasted  but  a  few  minutes. 

*  Between  tLo.  parallel  of  50  degrees  north  and  that  of  62  degre  es  north,  auroras  during  the 
winter  are  seen  almost  every  uight.  They  appear  high  in  the  heavens,  and  as  often  to  the  south 
as  to  the  north.    In  regions. AnV/icr  north  they  are  seldom  seeu  i-xeept  in  the  south.    Loomis,  p.  IW. 


^^ 


Ii 


■,fnif  I 


!!!' 


i»>' 

Igl 

Umi 

i^ 

pi 

M' 

1i= 

■  1, 


!i  ■ 


230 


Auroras. 


The  following-  night  something  of  a  like  display  was  witnessed. 
A  single  streak  of  aurora  shot  np  from  the  south,  and  in  a  few 
moments  the  ■whole  horizon  was  alive  with  the  dancing-  fires  of  the 


AIIiOISA   SKKTCIIKl)   IIY  HAM,. 

north.  On  the  19tli  there  was  a  disjilay  of  aurora,  upon  which  the 
wind  had  no  apparent  effect,  although  a  g-ale  was  blowing. 

On  the  loth  of  March— 

A  winnlioius  display  strctclicd  across  tlu'  soutlieni  ln^avoiis  irom  oast-south- 
ea«t  to  Avcst-soHtliAVOst.     Tlu'  ('astern  lialf  was  in  tlic  ioriii  of  an  arcli  with  vorti- 


i'   Ml 

A  uroras. 


231 


v.a\  rays,  wliile  tlie  western  luilf  was  convolved  in  such  vast  glowing  circles  that 
nearly  a  quarter  of  the  heavens  seemed  on  tire.  The  eastern  half  consisted  of 
bosses  or  birch  broomheads,  springing  into  life  and  dancing  merrily  to  and  fro 
along  the  vertex  of  the  highest  rays  forming  the  arch;  to  each  broondiead  was  a 
complete  nucleus,  well  defined,  about  which  the  rays,  incUned  about  45°  to  the 
east,  played  most  fantastically.  One  was  quite  alone  in  its  glory,  for  not  only  had 
it  the  embellishments  of  its  sister  broondieads,  but  golden  hair  i-adiated  from  its 
liead  in  all  directions. 

[With  Hall's  notes  it  may  be  interesting  to  compare  those  made 
by  Ijieutenant  Weyprecht,  of  the  Austrian  ship  Tegetthoff,  while  wit- 
nessing- the  n uroras  of  the  Eastern  Hemisphere.] 

There  in  the  Honth.,  low  on  the  horizon,  stands  a  faint  arch  of  light.  It  looks 
as  if  it  were  the  upper  limit  of  a  dark  segment  of  a  circle;  but  the  stars  which 
shine  through  it  in  undiminished  brilliancy,  convince  us  that  the  darkness  of  the 
segment  i^  a  delusion  i)roduced  by  contrast.  Gradually  the  arch  of  light  grows 
in  intensity  and  rises  to  the  zenith.  It  is  perfectly  regular;  its  two  ends  almost 
touch  the  horizon  and  advance  to  thf  east  and  west  in  proportion  as  the  arch 
rises.  No  beams  are  to  be  discovered  in  it,  but  the  whole  consists  of  an  almost 
uniform  light  of  a  delicious  tender  color.  It  is  transparent  white,  with  a  shade 
of  light  green  not  unlike  the  ])ale  green  of  a  young  plant  which  germinates  in 
the  dark.  The  light  of  the  moon  appears  yellow,  contrasted  with  this  tender 
color  so  pleasing  to  the  eye,  and  so  indescribable  in  words,  a  color  which  nature 
apjtears  to  have  given  only  to  the  Polar  regions  by  way  of  compensation.  The 
arch  is  broad,  thrice  the  breadth,  perhaps,  of  the  rainbow,  and  its  distinctly 
marked  edges,  are  strongly  defined  on  the  i)rofound  darkness  of  the  Arctic 
heavens.  The  stars  shine  through  it  with  undiminished  brilliancy.  The  arch 
mounts  higher  and  higher.  An  air  of  repose  seems  spread  over  the  whole  phe- 
nomenon ;  here  and  there  only  a  wave  of  light  rolls  slowly  from  one  side  to  the 
other.  It  begins  to  grow  clear  over  the  ice;  some  of  its  groups  are  discernible. 
The  arch  is  still  distant  from  the  zenith ;  a  second  detaches  itself  from  the  dark 
segment,  and  this  is  gradually  succeeded  by  others.  All  now  rise  toward  the 
zenith  ;  the  first  passes  beyond  it,  then  sinks  slowly  toward  the  northern  horizon, 
and  as  it  sinks,  loses  its  intensity.  Arches  of  light  are  now  stretched  ov«'r  the 
whole  heavens;  seven  are  aj)parent  at  the  sam«'  time  on  the  sky,  though  of  infe- 
rior intensity.  The  lower  they  sink  toward  the  north,  the  paler  they  grow,  till 
at  last  they  utterly  fade  away.    Often  they  all  return  over  the  zenith,  and  become 


^Mm 


'im\ 


232 


Auroras  in  the  Eastern  Hemisphere. 


extinct  just  as  they  came.  #  #  #  b„^^  again,  another  form.  Bands 
of  every  possible  form  and  intensity  have  been  driving  over  the  heavens.  It  is 
now  8  o'clock  at  night,  the  hour  of  the  greatest  intensity  of  the  northern  lights. 
For  a  moment  some  bundles  of  rays  only  are  to  be  seen  in  the  sky.  In  the  south 
H,  faint,  scarcely -observable  band  lies  close  to  the  horizon.  All  at  once  it  rises 
rapidly  and  spreads  east  and  west.  The  waves  of  light  begin  to  dart  and  shoot; 
some  rays  mount  toward  the  zenith.  For  a  short  time  it  remains  stationary,  then 
suddenly  springs  to  life.  The  waves  of  light  drive  violently  from  oast  to  west; 
the  edges  assume  a  deep  red  and  green  color,  and  dance  up  and  down.  The  rays 
shoot  up  more  rapidly;  they  become  shorter;  all  rise  together  and  approach 
nearer  and  nearer  to  the  magnetic  pole.  It  looks  as  if  there  were  a  race  among 
the  rays,  and  that  each  asj '  ^J  to  reach  the  pole  first.  And  now  the  point  is 
reached,  and  they  shoot  out  on  every  side,  to  the  north  and  the  south,  to  the 
east  and  the  west.  Do  the  rajs  shoot  from  above  downward  or  from  below 
upward?  Who  can  distinguish?  From  the  center  issues  a  sea  of  flames;  is  that 
sea  red,  white,  or  green?  Who  can  say — it  is  all  three  colors  at  the  same 
moment!  The  rays  reach  almost  to  the  horizon;  the  whole  sky  is  in  flames. 
Nature  displays  before  us  such  an  exhibition  of  fire-works  as  transcends  the 
powers  of  imagination  to  conceive.  Involuntarily  we  listen :  such  a  spectacle  we 
think  must  be  accompanied  with  sound.  But  unbroken  stillness  prevails;  not 
the  least  sound  strikes  on  the  ear.  Once  more  it  becomes  clear  over  the  ice,  and 
the  whole  phenomenon  has  disappeared  with  the  same  inconceivable  rapidity 
with  which  it  came,  and  gloomy  night  has  again  stretched  her  dark  veil  over 
everything.  This  was  the  aurora  of  the  coming  storm — the  aurora  in  its  fullest 
splendor.  Ifo  pencil  can  draw  it,  no  colors  can  paint  it,  and  no  words  can  describe 
it  in  all  its  magnificence.  And  here  below  stand  we  poor  men  and  speak  of 
knowledge  and  progress,  and  pride  ourselves  on  the  understanding  with  which 
we  extort  from  Nature  her  mysteries.  We  stand  and  gaze  on  the  mystery  which 
Nature  has  written  for  us  in  flaming  letters  on  the  dark  vault  of  night,  and  iilti- 
mately  we  can  only  wonder  and  confess  that,  in  truth  we  know  nothing  of  it.  He 
who  has  seen  its  i)henomenon  in  its  full  splendor,  when  in  the  vast  silence  the 
entire  vault  of  heaven  seems  to  consume  in  flames  of  intense  colors,  when  streams 
of  fire,  furious  and  frantic,  in  wild  chase  all  around,  rush  upward  to  the  zenith, 
he  who  has  observed  the  excitement  which  in  such  moments  manifests  itself  in 
the  elements  of  Terrestrial  magnetism — to  him  it  must  become  a  life  task  to  aid 
in  removing  the  thick  veil  which  shrouds  this  mysterious  exhibition  of  Nature's 
power.    Although  in  most  intimate  connection  with  the  disturbances  of  Terres- 


Auroras  in  the  Eastern  Hemisphere. 


233 


trial  magnetism  and  utterly  inseparable  from  it,  still  it  is  out  of  our  power  to 
discern  the  links  which  chain  them  together.  Theory  after  theory  has  been  pro- 
posed, but  none  is  adequate;  the  obscurity  which  lowers  over  this  indescribable 
phenomenon  is  as  intense  to-day  as  a  hundred  years  ago.  ("New  Lands  within 
the  Arctic  Circle.") 


'.  pv;  I.I  I.  -iT-T-     -"i«'"-Jiv,i"..»v»w.';.v«'i'^^rf!",'^""-i'7T^"'»''^rr--',:'7ii,"   ■   .  ^i^^j,m^%mA^w,  %§ivii,r.-yj'r'^^:^^"V^^"  'i^'^mit''.  " — mfMigr^m„^^f^j, iiu^^n  n 


-'-■  -^■-■-^^-- 


.iijj.  fi,.  >p  mii,i   I 


Ch 


AFTER 


V 


yjjj- 


FIRST    ADVANCE     TOWARD    KING    WILLIAM'S    LAND- 
SLEDGP:  JO'JRNEY  to  COLVILE  bay  AND  RETURN. 


MARCH  31  TO  MAY  25, 


Mi 


CHAPTER   VIII. 


Start  fok  King  William's  Land  March  31— Hall's  companions— His  exposure— Walks  bk- 
HiND  THE  SLEDGES— Gale-bound— iNNUiT  legends  of  the  wolf  and  the  bear— An- 

KOO-TING   FOR  TOO-KOO-LI-TOO'S  SICK  INFANT— UNCERTAINTY  OF  THE  GUIDES— Dr.  Rae'S 

chart  followed — letters  sent  back  to  the  whalers — tardiness  of  the  natives — 
Renewed  an-koo-ting  for  the  child — Further  dei^ys — Icing  of  the  sleds  re- 
newed—The  Sea  of  Ak-koo-lee  reached  on  the  twenty-eighth  day  of  a  journey, 

ONCE  MADE  BY  RaE  IN  FIVE  DAYS — MEETING  WITH  NATIVES  FROM  PeLLY  BaY — THEIR  AC- 
COUNTS OF  Franklin's  ships- Relics  obtained  from  them— Intimidation  of  Hall's 

MEN  BY  these  NATIVES— HaLL  COMPELLED  TO  RETURN  FROM   COLVILE    BaY— LEAVES  A 

deposit  AT  Cape  Weynton  for  his  next  journey— Buries  Too-koo-h-too's  child, 
"Little  King  William  "-Arrives  at  Beacon  Hill  May  23 — The  Innuits  agree  to  go 
back  the  next  year. 

The  first  page  of  the  Note-Book  for  the  last  day  of  March,  1866, 
has  on  its  face,  in  bold  writing,  ^'^ Now  for  King  William! s  Land!  Up  at 
4  a.  m.  and  getting  ready  for  a  start." 

The  wind  was  fresh  from  the  north-northwest,  and  the  tempera- 
ture "  50  degi-ees  below  frost-point,"  yet  Hall  decided  to  make  his  first 
advance  of  five  miles  as  far  as  Ou-e-Ms  resting-place  on  North 
Pole  Lake,  and  from  that  point  to  send  forward  two  sledge-loads  of 
stores,  after  which,  before  setting  out  finally  on  his  journey,  he  would 
make  a  safe  deposit  of  his  records  at  the  base  of  Beacon  Hill  on  its 
northeast  side.  Ebierbing,  Ar-mou,  Nu-her-zhoo,  young  8he-nuk-shoo 
and  his  mother,  with  Too-koo-li-too  and  the  families  of  Ar-mou  and 


*£JS 


i'lSl 


238 


Hall  Sets  Out  in  a  Gale. 


(march,  IN««. 


Nu-ker-zkoo,  made  up  his  party.  He  remained  behind  for  a  little 
while  to  compare  his  chronometers,  and,  after  "rendering  thanks  for 
(his)  innumerable  blessings,  to  ask  protection  on  departing  for  a  country 
where  dangers  would  be  found  on  every  hand."  Following  the  tracks 
of  the  sledges  as  well  as  he  could  trace  them  through  the  increasing 
drift,  he  soon  overtook  his  party.  All  the  other  natives  v.ho  had  been 
at  this  time  at  the  encampment  had  now  gone  off  in  different  direc- 
tions, some  toward  Now-yarn  and  others  to  the  lakes. 

The  gale  became  very  severe,  beating  fiercely  and  directly  in  the 
face  of  one  who  was  poorly  prepared  to  bear  it  from  his  having  eaten 
little  or  no  food  for  several  days.  In  writing  of  this,  he  says  there 
had  been  before  him  an  abundance  of  such  as  he  would  have  relished 
if  he  could  relish  anything ;  but  he  had  been  so  busy  in  writing  and 
so  enwrapped  in  anxieties  that  he  had  little  or  no  appetite. 

Let  one  who  has  had  the  like  experience  as  mine,  with  no  other  people  but 
savages  to  deal  with,  say  whether  uiy  task  has  been  an  enviable  one  during  all 
the  time  of  making  every  due  arrangement  and  preparation  for  this  journey. 
The  labor  of  the  writing  I  have  done,  without  speaking  of  anything  else,  has  been 
enough  to  kill  many  a  man,  and  has  nearly  killed  me. 

Coming  up  with  the  sledges,  he  now  lunched  on  raw  frozen 
venison  with  the  voracious  appetite  which  the  cold  gale  had  created; 
and  on  finding  that  Ar-mou  had  harnessed  himself  beside  his  four 
dogs,  placed  himself  at  the  rear  of  the  sledge,  helping  it  forward  by 
constantly  following  up  and  pushing.  Holding  his  head  low  down, 
he  was  sheltered  from  the  sharp  wind  by  the  load  on  the  sled.  Before 
midday  they  were  all  met  by  Ou-e-la  with  sick  wife  (No.  1),  coming 
down  the  river  in  haste  to  be  doctored.  Igloos  were  built,  and  twenty- 
one  persons  turned  in  hastily  for  shelter.  The  position  Avas  found 
to  be  lat.  66°  34'  18"  N.,  long.  86°  57'  15"  W.    There  was  no  anxiety 


April,  18«6.1 


/Sickness  Believed. 


239 


for  food,  as  besides  their  sled-loads  several  abundant  deposits  were 
still  near  them,  and  a  band  of  eleven  deer  made  their  appearance  on 
the  river-bank.  The  time  for  sealinj^  also  was  at  hand.  Hall's  own 
abstinence  and  anxieties  had  made  him  more  than  usually  susceptible 
to  cold,  so  that  he  was  not  surprised  to  find  his  face  frequently  frost- 
bitten on  this  journey  of  less  than  three  miles.  Tuk-too,  Ar-motCs 
wife  No.  2,  drew  the  frost  out  by  applying  the  warmth  of  her  hand 
as  often  as  the  bite  showed  itself  Woman-like,  she  had  fallen  in  the 
rear  of  the  party,  to  help  him  if  he  should  be  in  need. 

Through  the  next  day  and  the  two  which  followed,  all  were  com- 
pletely storm-bound  within  the  igloos,  and  both  the  wife  of  Ou-e-la  and 
Too-koo-li-too's  babe,  "Little  King  William,"  became,  as  they  thought, 
dangerously  ill.  Hall  treated  each  case  with  a  dose  of  phodophyllin 
and  asclepin;  and  Ou-e-la,  who  had  been  fearing  now  a  second  time 
the  loss  of  the  companion  and  guide  of  his  travels,  was  again  happy. 

While  snow-bound,  Hall  learned  from  him,  among  other  facts 
belonging  to  Arctic  animal  life,  that  April  is  the  moon  for  the  birth  of 
the  young  seal ;  May  for  that  of  the  ook-gook  and  the  musk-ox ;  June 
for  the  deer  and  the  walrus,  and  July  for  the  eider-duck.  He  found 
also  that  the  Innuits  make  no  attempt  to  domesticate  such  animals  as 
the  wolf  or  the  deer,  from  the  belief  that  to  do  so  would  bring  death 
to  the  tribe.*  He  had  a  curious  account  of  the  hardening  process 
applied  to  the  Kin-na-pa-too  dogs,  who  eat  very  little,  and  yet  keep  in 
good  order  and  do  much  service.     This  is  said  to  be  in  consequence  of 


notes : 


'As  exceptions  to  this  in  individual  cases,  the  two  following  stories  are  found  in  Hall's 

THE  TAMED  WOLF. 


The  mother  of  Nu-ker-zhoo  once  captured  a  very  young  wolf,  of  which  she  took  the  greatest 
care,  feeding  it  with  the  choicest  food  she  could  secure,  and  sharing  with  it  her  bed.  She  hoped 
it  would  become  a  large  and  powerful  animal,  and  yet  remain  tractable  and  more  serviceable 


Mi 
It 

■)il!  »? 


n 


fM 


240 


Innuit  Traditions. 


lApril,  ItMltf. 


their  being-  fed  when  young-  but  once  a  week,  being  thus  kept  very 
poor ;  when  lull  grown,  they  endure  all  manner  of  hardship  and  hold 
their  own.  The  Iwillik  people,  in  hard  times,  fed  their  dogs  once 
a  week. 

While  he  was  busily  writing  in  the  hut,  happening  to  have  in  his 
hand  a  long  knife,  Oii-e-la  told  him  that  the  Neitehille  men  and  See- 
nee  men  had  many  such  knives,  made  out  of  very  long,  thick,  and 

than  a  dog,  iind  would  catch  deer  for  her.  Unfortunately,  when  it  was  half  grown,  the  dogs  dis- 
covering that  their  playmate  was  a  different  animal  and  an  enemy,  pounced  upon  him  and  tore 
him  to  pieces. 

THE  BEAR  STORY. 

[A  tradition  credited  by  all  the  lunuits  from  above  Cumberland  Gulf  to  Hudson's  Straits, 
and  from  Ig-loo-lik  to  Chesterfield  Inlet.  ] 

Many  moons  ago,  an  Inuuit  woman  obtained  a  polar  bear  cub  but  tw  or  three  days  old. 
Having  long  desired  just  such  a  pet,  she  gave  it  her  closest  attention,  as  though  it  were  a  son, 
nursing  it,  making  for  it  a  soft  warm  bed  alongside  her  own,  and  talking  to  it  as  a  mother  does 
to  her  child.  She  had  no  living  relative,  and  she  and  the  bear  occupied  the  igloo  alone.  Koon- 
ik-jooa,  as  he  grew  up,  proved  that  the  woman  had  not  taught  him  in  vain,  for  he  early  began 
to  hunt  seals  and  salmon,  bringing  them  to  his  mother  before  eating  any  himself,  and  receiving 
his  share  from  her  hands.  She  always  watched  from  the  hill-top  for  his  return,  and  if  she  saw 
that  he  had  been  unsuccessful,  she  begged  from  her  neighbors  blubber  for  his  food.  She  learned 
how  this  was  from  her  lookout,  for  if  successful,  he  came  back  in  the  tracks  made  on  going  out, 
but  if  unsuccessful,  always  by  a  different  route.  Learning  to  excel  the  Innuits  in  hunting,  ho 
excited  their  envy,  and,  after  long  years  of  faithful  service,  his  death  was  resolved  upon.  On 
hearing  this,  the  old  woman,  overwhelmed  with  grief,  offered  to  give  up  her  own  life  if  they 
would  but  spare  him  who  had  so  long  supported  her.  Her  offer  Avas  sternly  refused.  Upon  this, 
when  all  his  enemies  had  retired  to  their  igloos,  the  woman  had  a  long  tolk  with  her  son — now 
well  grown  in  years — telUng  him  that  wicked  men  were  about  to  kill  him,  and  that  the  only  way 
to  save  his  life  and  hers  was  for  him  to  go  off  and  not  return.  At  the  same  time  she  begged  him 
not  to  go  so  far  that  she  could  not  wander  off  and  meet  him,  and  get  from  him  a  seal  or  some- 
thing else  which  she  might  need.  The  bear,  after  listening  to  what  she  said  with  tears  stream- 
ing down  her  furrowed  cheeks,  gently  placed  one  huge  paw  on  her  head,  and  then  throwing  both 
around  her  neck,  said,  "Good  mother,  Eoon-ik-Jooa  will  always  be  on  the  lookout  for  you  and 
serve  you  as  best  he  can."  Saying  this,  he  took  her  advice  and  departed,  almost  as  much  to  the 
grief  of  the  children  of  the  village  as  to  the  mother. 

Not  long  after  this,  being  in  need  of  food,  she  walked  out  on  the  sea-ice  to  see  if  she  could 
not  meet  her  son,  and  soon  recognized  him  as  one  of  two  bears  who  were  lying  down  together. 
He  ran  to  her,  and  she  patted  him  on  the  head  in  her  old  familiar  way,  told  him  her  wants,  and 
begged  him  to  hurry  away  and  get  something  for  her.  Away  ran  the  bear,  and  in  a  few  moments 
the  woman  looked  upon  a  terrible  fight  going  on  between  him  and  his  late  companion,  which, 
however,  to  her  great  relief,  was  soon  ended  by  her  son's  dragging  a  lifeless  body  to  her  feet. 
With  her  pau-na  (long  knife)  she  quickly  skinned  the  dead  bear,  giving  her  son  large  slices  of  the 
blubber,  and  telling  him  that  she  would  soon  return  for  the  meat  which  she  could  not  at  first 
carry  to  her  igloo,  and  when  her  supply  should  again  fail  she  would  come  back  for  his  help.  This 
she  continued  to  do  for  "a  long,  long  time,"  the  faithful  bear  always  serving  her  and  receiving 
the  same  unbroken  love  of  his  youth. 


April,  1866.1 


HaWs  Record-Deposit. 


241 


heavy  ones  found  ho  know  not  where.  In  Hall's  mind,  those  heavy 
ones  were,  without  douht,  obtained  from  the  abaruloned  ships  of 
Franklin's  Expedition;  but  ho  shows  a  free  readiness  to  receive  such 
impressions. 

On  the  3d,  a  Record  of  his  work  thus  far  done  Avas  deposited  at  the 
proposed  point,  the  bearings  of  which  were  noted  from  a  native  stone 
monument  5  feet  in  height,  and  from  the  oven  built  by  Dr.  Rae,  Juno 
23,  1847,  for  baking  with  heather  the  bread  described  in  his  Narra- 
tive. Ou-e-la  promised  to  have  care  of  the  cache,  and  when  he  should 
remove  to  Oog-la-ri-your  Island  take  the  Record  with  him,  to  secure 
it  from  destruction  in  the  summer  by  any  visiting  Pelly  Bay  or 
Neitchille  natives.  Parting  from  Hall  next  day  to  go  south,  he  took 
the  friendly  word  "  Ter-hou-e-tie  "  to  be  passed  to  the  whaling  captains 
when  they  should  arrive.     The  Innuits,  Hall  says,  never  say  farewell. 

The  sledges  for  North  Pole  River  now  went  forward  loaded  with 
heavy  stores,  and  over  all  these  Hall's  cutlass,  knife,  compass,  and 
medical  bock.  The  course  was  north  50°  east.  The  sled  of  Oong-oo- 
too,  who,  with  I-vit-uJc,  had  now  brought  two  small  teams  to  join  the 
party  for  a  short  journey,  soon  broke  down;  it  was  made  of  poles 
only,  shod  as  usual  with  the  fine-chopped  moss  and  ice.  Its  load  was 
placed  upon  the  others  and  the  dogs  distributed  among  their  teams 
A  weight  of  about  500  pounds  of  whale-blubber  and  oil  in  seal-skins 
was  tiien  brought  out  from  a  deposit  found  on  the  road  to  Ou-e-Ms  old 
igloo,  on  arriving  at  which  a  comfortable  meal  was  made  on  mtik-tuk; 
the  sledges  were  unloaded  and  re-iced.  After  some  ineffectual  shots  fired 
into  a  band  of  twenty  frightened  deer,  the  next  halt  was  made,  for  build- 
ing igloos  on  the  ice  of  Dr.  Rae's  Christie  Lake,  lat.  66°  40'  45".  The  dis- 
tance made  was  inconsiderable,  but  the  halt  was  chiefly  for  the  sake  of 


S.  Ex.  27- 


-IG 


mm 


i'.M 


242 


Au-koo-tinp. 


(April.  IN66. 


tho  sick  cliiUl,  jmd  the  TnmiitH  tljeniHolvcs  siiid  that  it  was  thoir  habit 
to  make  short  days'  journoys  at  tlio  firet,  extend  thoni  from  time  to 
time,  and  make  great  distances  toward  tho  hist.  For  a  gain  on  tho 
morrow,  as  soon  as  Nu-hcr-zhoo  had  spent  liis  half-honr  on  his  ujloo^  ho 
was  sent  off  five  miles  up  the  lake,  with  a  full  team,  to  deposit  a  sledge 
load  in  advance.  At  (>.3()  p.  m.,  a  beautiful  parhelion  appeared  22'^ .5 
north  side  of  the  sun ;  it  showed  prismatic  colors :  At  7''  5"'"  the  sun 
was  disappearing  behind  the  hills  on  tho  west  side  of  tho  lake.  ]?efore 
the  day  closed,  Hall  noted  that  a  rivulet  of  an  eighth  of  a  mile  con- 
nects the  lake  with  North  Pole  River,  and,  uniting  two  large  sheets  of 
water,  forms  an  attractive  spot  for  the  deer.  Its  name  is  Koon-imo 
(the  deer-pass). 

At  this  thirty-second  encampment,*  to  his  grievous  disappoint- 
ment, he  was  detained  until  the  11th  of  the  month  by  the  continued 
illness  of  Too-koo-li-too's  child.  Concentrated  medicine  adminis- 
tered for  pneumonia  did  not  effect  an  improvement  satisfactory  to  the 
mother ;  and  her  Innuit  friends  very  readily  took  occasion  to  recom- 
mend and  to  practice  different  forms  of  their  owix  healing  art  by  an- 
hoo-ting.  Three  somewhat  different  trials  of  the  art  were  made.  On 
the  4th,  the  an-ge-ko  put  a  leather  strap  around  Ebierbing's  head  while 
lying  on  the  bed,  and  when  he  occasionally  pulled  on  this  strap,  the  head 
came  up,  or  it  remained  firmly  down  though  the  lifts  were  hard ;  the 
raising  of  the  head  or  its  remaining  steady  indicated  the  different  replies 
to  the  questions  asked  as  to  the  future  of  the  babe.  On  the  7th,  the 
babe's  health  not  having  improved,  Nu-ker-zhoo,  as  "a  newly-fledged 
an-ge-ko,^^  entered  on  his  work  by  putting  the  strap  around  the  head  of 
one  of  the  women,  and  while  propounding  many  questions  to  the  Spirit, 

*  For  tli«  route  now  traveled,  see  m.qp  for  Chapter  XIII ;  the  more  successful  journey  uar- 
ratcd  in  that  chapter  beiug  on  the  same  route  as  far  as  Cape  Weynton. 


■Iff 


April,  I86a.| 


An-koo-tinff  tvith  a  Stnur. 


243 


bvonj^lu  uj)  lior  lioad  only  v»lion  an  uflinnativo  rc])ly  was  made.     Tho 
third  (»poration,  on  tho  8th,  is  described  by  Ilall  as  follows : 

Kn-hrxhoo  brought  into  our  if/loo  froui  ilic  land  a  stouo  Avcifihitif;  10  ])oun(ls ; 
tlion  lie  inado  fast  a  string  o{  ookfiook-  skin  t«)  tli(5  stone,  and  tlius  lio  was  iu'('i)ar«'d 
for  his  witcliiufj  worlv.  1  fjot  on  the  bedplatforni,  a  di'Oid.v-iuten'slcd  spei'tator. 
The  persons  ju-esent  wore  Su-kerzlioo,  Ar-moiij  Mnm-marlc,  myself,  ICbiorhin};, 
Too-kooli-too,  and  their  sicilc  babe.  Except  Ar-mou^  who  stood  on  the  tloor,  all 
woi'e  seated  on  the  platform.  The  stone  with  which  Xn-ker-xhoo  operated,  rested 
on  the  bed  beside  him,  and  the  string  that  encircled  tlie  stcme  was  in  botii  his  liands, 
the  hand  nearest  tlie  stone  being  used  as  a  kind  of  iiilcrnm  as  well  as  for  tlie 
lifting-power.  It  was  by  his  side,  and  the  string  passed  just  above  liis  lap  to  his 
right  hand.  The  tirst  proceedings  were  for  Nti-kerzlioo,  on  having  the  string  in 
his  hand,  as  above,  to  woo  or  call  the  Spirit  to  the  stone  by  calling  out  ^^At-tcel 
At-teeP^  many  times;  lifting  each  time  ou  the  stone  to  determine  whether  tlie 
Spirit  responded.  Tlie  others  ])resent  occasionally  Joincid  in  the  same  (iall.  After 
two  or  three  minutes  spent  in  this  way,  to  the  willing  eyes  of  Xuker-zhoo  tlie 
stone,  despite  of  all  pulls,  became  almost  immovable  by  tlie  Spirit  pulling  hard 
down  on  it,  as  tlic  poor  devotees  to  this  absurd  business  believe.  This  was  the 
indication  that  the  Spirit  was  willing  and  ready  to  answer  any  question  that 
might  be  proi)osed.  If  the  answer  was  no,  the  stone  had  no  more  than  its  natural 
weight;  if  yes,  then  Nu-ker-zhoo  labored  hard  to  raise  it  the  least  hit. 

The  object  aimed  at  on  e.acli  ^f  these  occasions  was  plainly  enough 
indicated  by  some  of  the  many  questions  whicli  the  Spirit  answered. 
These  were,  "Should  the  child  take  any  more  of  Hall's  medicines?" 
and,  more  pointedly,  "  Had  Too-koo-li-too  conformed  to  the  customs 
of  her  people  in  her  habits  of  daily  life,  food,"  &c.;  or  "on  what 
conditions  would  the  child's  life  be  saved?"  The  answers  to  such 
questions  as  the  two  first  of  these  were  always  strongly  in  the  nega- 
tive; to  the  third  it  was,  in  sub^"*ance,  that  if  the  mother  should,  for 
the  space  of  five  months,  give  ..^  the  use  of  such  articles  as  bread  and 
tea,  or  remain  with  Oii-e-lds  people,  the  child  would  live;  but  if  the 


1   il^s 


'  llf  IHlnit: 


1^ 


'&' 


I- 


244 


Too-koo-li-too  Obeys  the  An-ge-lco. 


[April,  1866. 


parents  went  forward  with  it  to  the  Neitchille  country,  one  of  the  three 
would  die. 

So  strong  had  heen  the  persuasions  of  the  women  of  the  party, 
and  so  fully  under  the  power  of  their  people's  law  were  even  Ebier- 
hing-  and  Too-koo-li-too  (although  they  had  lived  with  Hall  both 
in  their  own  country  and  in  the  United  States),  that  during  this 
temporary  failure  of  the  power  of  his  medicines,  these  parents  gave 
themselves  fully  up  to  this  superstition.  His  notes  show  how  sin- 
cerely grieved  he  was  at  the  risk  to  which  this  giving  up  of  medicine 
was  subjecting  the  child  ;  how  tried  in  spirit  he  was  at  their  degrading 
subjection,  and  yet  how  helpless  he  was  to  afford  relief.  Too-koo- 
li-too,  when  almost  persuaded  to  let  the  child  again  have  relief, 
pleaded  that  she  and  her  husband  would  be  cursed  by  the  Innuits; 
and  told  Hall  plainly  that  if  the  an-ge-ho  were  not  obeyed  they  would 
all  desert  him.  The  whole  of  this  matter  was  still  the  more  trying, 
because,  although  there  were  some  singular  phenomena  for  which  Hall 
says  he  could  no  more  account  than  for  like  things  in  the  spirit-rap- 
pings in  his  own  country,  the  actions  of  the  an-ge-ko  could  generally 
as  plainly  be  seen  through  as  was  his  object;  for  on  closely  watching 
him,  as  in  the  process  of  the  stone-lifting.  Hall  saw  well  enough  that 
when  the  weight  was  about  to  be  lifted  with  great  difficulty  Na-ker-zhoo 
prepared  himself  beforehand  for  a  strong  pull,  and  as  plainly  did  the 
opposite  when  it  suited  his  purpose.  *'  What  was  all  this  lifting  for? 
To  gratify  the  devil,  who  has  been  doing  his  evil  work  through  the  dark 
benighted  minds  of  this  truly  savage  people."  Hall  told  Too-koo- 
li-too  and  Ebierbing  that  they  mu»t  not  mind  the  information  pretended 
to  be  got  out  of  a  stone,  and  confidentially  showed  them  the  deception 
that  Nu-ker-zhoo  had  practiced  in  lifting  it  and  in  the  former  lifts  of  the 


April,  I860.] 


Arrival  at  Christie  Lake. 


245 


heads,  notwithstanding  which  Ebierbing  rewarded  the  an-ge-Jco  by 
getting  for  him  one  of  Hall's  hand-saws  and  presenting  him  with  his 
own  gun. 

On  the  15th  the  sledge  parties  amved  at  the  place  marked  on  the 
map  to  be  found  in  Chapter  XIIT,  "  Encampment  33  "  The  mother 
of  the  sick  babe,  "  Little  King  William,"  had  now  been  persuaded  to 
permit  the  further  "exhibiting"  of  medicines,  and  to  trust  Hall's  judg- 
ment that  the  child  would  be  in  as  fair  way  of  recovery  if  borne  in 
her  hood  on  the  sled  as  if  kept  in  the  snow  house.  The  heavier  loads 
being  again  pushed  forward,  the  parties  in  charge  made  their  next 
deposit  on  the  crown  of  the  land  a  little  beyond  the  end  of  Christie  Lake, 
and  halted  here,  not  knowing  the  route  fui-ther  toward  Ak-koo-lee — 
Committee  Bay.  Mam-marJc  was  looked  to  for  their  guide  when  they 
should  resume  their  journey,  as  she  alone  knew  the  northern  route. 
Hall  believed  that  the  point  reached  was  the  "  Flett"  land  of  Dr.  Rae; 
and  from  this  point,  if  Mam-mark^s  guidance  failed,  he  could  go  for- 
ward safely  by  the  aid  of  Rae's  chart.  At  the  Lower  Narrows  many 
deer  had  been  seen,  th"  spot  being  a  famous  one  for  the  number  of 
these  animals,  which,  while  crossing  in  their  season  from  one  sheet  of 
water  to  the  other,  are  speared  by  the  Innuits  from  their  ki-as. 


In  letters  written  to  Mr.  Grinnell,  Mr.  Brevoort,  and  Captains 
Chapel,  Kilmer,  and  White,  Hall  stated  with  care  the  places  of  his 
record-deposits,  and  what  disposition  he  desired  should  be  made  of 
them  if  looked  for ;  adding  that  he  must  be  absent  from  Repulse  Bay 
till  the  following  spring,  and  perhaps  for  another  year.  The  records 
of  his  work  at  Repulse  Bay  would  be  found,  as  heretofore  named,  at 
the  base  of  Beacon  Hill;    those  which  he  hoped  to  make  on  King 


ig 


246 


Man-Lines  to  Help  the  Dogs, 


[April,  1866. 


William's  Land  would  be  at  the  points  used  by  Lieutenant  McClin- 
tock  in  the  expedition  of  the  Fox ;  ir  general,  they  would  be  found  at 
the  end  of  a  line  25  feet  north  from  stone  monuments  which  ho  would 
build.  Oong-oo-too,  who  was  now  about  to  return  to  Repulse  Bay,  had 
special  instructions  to  Ou-e-la  to  deliver  these  letters  to  any  whale- 
ships  which  should  come  in ;  and  he,  as  well  as  I-vit-uk,  were  re- 
warded for  their  past  services  with  all  the  tobacco  which  could  be 
gathered  from  Hall's,  Nu-ker-zJioo's,  Ar-moii's,  and  Ebierbing's  pocl  jts. 

On  the  withdrawal  of  their  teams.  Hall  was  gratified  to  find  that 
he  still  had  three  strong  sledges  and  a  team  of  eighteen  dogs  including 
two  powerful  old  ones ;  which  would  be  enough  for  even  the  three 
usual  daily  trips — the  advance,  with  its  return,  and  the  forward  journey. 
Making  an  early  start,  with  the  wind  and  temperature  in  their  favor, 
after  a  fair  new  advance,  they  made  their  usual  repast  on  frozen  veni- 
son, slaking  their  thirst  through  a  hole  chiseled  6  feet  into  the  ice, 
over  which  the  snow  lay  18  inches  deep.  Having  here  an  ascent  to 
overcome,  "  man-lines  "  were  prepared  from  ook-gook  skin  for  harness- 
ing helpers  to  the  dogs ;  these  were  made  fast  to  one  of  the  sledge 
cross-bars,  and  as  near  the  stern  as  possible,  and  were  long  enough  to 
harness  a  man  on  each  side  of  the  head  of  the  sled.  Poth  Mam-mark 
and  Nu-ker-zhoo  having  forgotten  at  this  point  the  northern  route  taken 
by  them  twelve  yeai's  before.  Hall  chose  the  left  of  two  routes  open- 
ing toward  Felly  Bay,  believing  that  this  was  Dr.  llae's  route.  On 
the  13th,  kept  within  their  huts  by  a  gale,  the  day  was  spent  by  the  In- 
Innuits  feasting  and  playing  dominoes ;  in  the  evening  Hall  had  renewed 
conversations  with  Nu-keir-zhoo  and  his  wife  about  Franklin's  Expedition. 

Delays  increased.  But  little  disposition  was  now  found  among 
the  Innuits,  or  even  in  Ebierbing,  to  push  on  to  King  William's  Land. 


m^ 


April,  t866.J 


Delays. 


247 


They  feared  that  they  would  find  no  reindeer  there,  and  that  if  they 
readied  the  place  they  would  be  compelled  to  return  to  Pelly  Bay  for 
the  winter.  Hall  encouraged  them  to  believe  that  they  would  be 
among  a  number  of  natives,  and  would  find  suflficient  provision;  but  as 
no  one  of  them  could  appreciate  his  chief  object,  he  could  gain  upon  them 
only  by  alternately  showing  determined  resolve  and  next  pei'suasion — 
the  latter  was  of  necessity  the  usual  course.  Ho  resolved  on  spendiug 
as  little  time  as  possible  in  making  astronomical  observations  or  in 
writing.  His  notes  of  the  day  contain  the  expression  of  a  purpose,  that  if 
even  all  the  Innuits  deserted  him,  he  would  go  on  with  a  sledge-team 
by  himself;  for  he  never  could  return  to  his  country  without  accom- 
plishing something  of  the  objects  for  which  he  had  left  his  home. 
It  may  be  remarked,  in  passing,  that  the  sincerity  of  this  record  is 
confirmed  by  the  fact  that  he  not  only  might  have  returned  in  one  of 
the  whalers  during  the  previous  summer,  but  that  he  had  been  apprised 
by  his  friend  Mr.  Grinnell  of  the  willingness  of  Captain  Chapel  now  to 
look  him  up  in  Repulse  Bay  and  bring  him  back. 

On  the  14tli  he  could  easilv  have  made  ten  miles  had  Nu-ker- 
zhoo  and  Ebierbing  been  any  other  than  Innuits.  In  the  nij.'ht,  how- 
ever, these  friends  proved  their  value  in  another  way — by  saving  the 
dogs,  his  northern  camels.  Plunging,  though  unarmed  witli  even  a 
knife,  into  a  pack  of  twenty-five  devouring  wolves,  they  frightened 
them  off  by  shouts ;  more  t^ian  once  the  furious  animals  formed  in  line 
for  a  new  attack.  Delayed  until  10  a.  m.  of  the  following  morning  by 
this  night-watch  against  the  wolves  and  by  Nii-her-zliod's  renewing  his 
an-koo-ting  for  Little  King  William,  the  sledges  at  last  started  forward, 
and  made  better  progress  through  the  day,  although  the  wind  fresh- 
ened to  a  gale  from  the  north,  and  the  run  was  made  more  difficult 


ll:.\-'      I, 


m 


248 


An-Tioo-ting  for  the  Babe  Menewed. 


[April,  1866. 


imI 


by  the  recent  fall  of  snow.  At  times,  the  teams  were  doubled  up  to 
ascend  the  hill,  the  change  reqviiring  but  half  a  minute.  When  one 
of  the  drivers  was  found  nearly  exhausted  by  his  peculiar  Iimuit 
urging  of  his  dogs,  Hall  drove  his  team  and  gave  him  a  small  swig  of 
Bourb<^n ;  and  by  extending  the  gift  later  in  the  day  to  the  other  men, 
gained  their  willing  travel  of  an  additional  hour.  While  passing  over 
one  of  the  lakes,  She-nuk-shoo  picked  up  a  mass  of  reindeer-hair  with  a 
piece  of  the  skin  having  fresh  blood  on  it — a  mark  of  the  work  of 
some  of  the  very  numerous  wolves,  whose  tracks  were  all  along  the 
route.  The  thirty-fourth  encampment  was  made  at  4.47  p.  m.,  the 
wind  blowing  a  gale  and  the  snow  flying  thickly.  While  they  were 
building  igloos,  Hall  himself  succeeded  in  chiseling  in  thirty-five  min- 
utes through  ice  6  feet  thick,  and  in  one  hour  slaked  his  great  thirst 
with  "  four  quarts  of  glorious  water."  On  their  way  they  had  passed 
the  grave  of  the  unfortunate  Ar-too-a,  who,  as  has  been  before  noted, 
had  been  drowned  in  the  lake  the  preceding  suuimer.  The  course 
during  the  day  had  been  north  53°  east,  and  the  rate  of  travel  had 
averaged  two  and  a  half  miles  an  hour.  Where  they  halted,  a  great 
number  of  Innuit  stone-marks  were  found,  set  up  to  direct  the  bands 
of  migrating  deer  across  a  narrow  channel  of  the  lake  passed  over. 
At  night  another  furious  wolf-attack  was  repelled. 

A  new  and  tedious  delay  began  on  the  15th.  The  mother  of  the 
sick  child,  alarmed  by  its  much-changed  looks,  again  summoned  her 
friends,  and  Nu-ker-zhoo  renewed  his  an-koo-ting,  beginning  this  time 
by  a  solemn  march  with  Ebierbing's  double-barreled  gun  in  hand, 
and  uttering  for  some  fifteen  minutes  along  the  passage-way  the  most 
vociferous  cries.  Within  the  igloo,  on  the  full  renewal  of  the  stone- 
lifting  feat,  the  replies  of  the  Spirit  through  the  an-ge-ko  to  the  dis- 


i-l 


April,  1866. 


The  Babe  Given  Aivay. 


249 


tressed  mother  were  positive  that  the  child  would  live ;  and  her  belief 
in  this  was  confirmed  by  its  temporary  revival  from  what  had  seemed 
to  Hall  when  he  looked  on  it  in  her  hood,  to  be  the  presence  of  actual 
death.  The  confidence  of  the  parents  in  his  judgment,  he  thought,  how- 
ever, was  weakened  by  their  remembering  his  having  given  them  hope 
of  the  life  of  their  child  Too-ke-U-Jce-ta  (the  Butterfly)  not  long  before  it 
died  in  New  York '"  1863.  The  an-ge-Jco  renewed  his  positive  assvirances 
by  the  answers  from  the  lifted  head  of  the  girl,  TooJc-too,  after  he  had 
completed  his  work  with  the  stone.  Two  days  after,  the  mother,  in 
her  despair  and  professed  willingness  to  do  anything  to  save  life,  pro- 
posed to  fall  in  with  the  custom  practiced  by  her  own  people  of  Cum- 
berland Inlet,  which  is,  in  such  cases  of  extremity,  to  save  life  hi/  giving 
away  the  child  to  another  person.  Her  own  immediate  connections  on 
the  inlet  had  been  unfortunate  in  the  loss  of  their  children,  but  she 
remembered  and  related  several  cases  in  which,  as  her  people  thought, 
health  had  been  in  this  way  certainly  restored.  Whether  it  was  by 
request  or  not  does  not  appear,  but  Nu-ker-zhods  wife  came  to  the 
igloo  the  same  evening,  and  was  witness  to  the  clear  answers  through 
the  again  lifted  head  of  Took-too  that  the  babe  must  be  given  away  the 
next  morning.  Too-koo-li-too  had  taken  full  share  in  the  feat  of  the 
evening,  contributing  a  peculiar  wood-button  to  the  an-ge-ko,  who 
threw  it  rapidly  down,  first  on  one  side  and  then  on  the  other  of  Took- 
tod's  head,  dashing  it  finally  against  the  igloo  wall ;  and  she  gave 
up  the  babe  the  next  morning  to  the  woman  who  had  consented  to 
receive  it  from  her  before  the  an-koo-ting  began ;  but,  a  day  or  two 
after,  on  Hall's  telling  Nii-ker-zhoo  boldly  and  with  fire  in  his  words 
that  the  child  must  go  back,  another  an-koo-ting  restored  it.  The 
mother  had  suflFcred,  too,  for  want  of  her  babe  at  the  breast,  and  the 


i] 

% 

;;j  it 


*i 


1'-';  i! 


&;:i: 


if 


S; 


ii 


IM 


f'i 


If!  ( 


ii 


iifi' 

s^ 

<. , 

1 

11 

1 

1 

|i 

U 

''  "'  '" 

' 

250 


Uncertainty  as  to  the  lloute. 


[April,  X866. 


child  had  no  nourishment  except  a  piece  of  raw  meat  to  suck.  With 
but  one  exception,  however,  entreaties  to  resume  the  administering  of 
medicine  were  refused  up  to  the  day  of  its  release  from  its  sufferings. 

On  the  morning  of  the  16th,  Ebierbing  and  Hall  climbed  a  hill 
300  feet  above  the  lake,  but  were  shut  out  from  any  clear  sight  of  the 
sea  to  the  north  by  the  thickly-flying  snow;  they  thought  that  through 
the  spy-glass  they  could  obscurely  make  out  sea-ice.  All  along  their 
route,  tracks  of  the  musk-ox  were  now  plainly  recognized  by  their 
stand-droppings,  so  much  larger  than  those  of  the  deer ;  reindeer  were 
seen,  but  the  travelers  had  no  weapons  with  them  but  long  knives. 
The  view  from  the  hill  took  in  lakelets  in  every  direction ;  the  one  on 
which  they  were  encamped,  was  three-fourths  of  a  mile  in  length,  with  an 
arm  on  the  other  side  of  the  hill  that  seemed  to  extend  itself  to  the  sea; 
while  the  number  of  the  lakes  made  it  more  difficult  than  ever  to  deter- 
mine whether  they  were  really  upon  Dr.  Rae's  old  route.  Hall  thought 
that  a  dozen  different  routes  might  be  followed  from  Christie  Lake  to 
the  Sea  of  Ak-koo-lee. 

On  his  return  from  the  hill,  he  found  that  a  puppy  had  capsized 
his  artificial  horizon,  spilling  all  the  mercury,  and  Mani-mark  had  not 
much  improved  the  matter  by  gathering  it  from  the  snow  into  a  tin 
dish.  Provoking  as  this  was,  he  had  to  make  the  best  of  it,  as  a  few 
days  before  he  had  done  when  the  dogs  fell  to  fighting  while  he  was 
taking  his  meridian  observations — the  dogs,  in  the  muss,  knocking  the 
horizon  over  and  over.  Such  annoyances  and  worse  ones,  not  unfre- 
quently  occurring,  he  wished  all  the  dogs  in  "Tophet";  yet  he  writes, 
they  "  are  a  blessing  to  an  Arctic  traveler.  I  hope  some  day  to  have 
their  aid  in  getting  to  the  North  Pole." 

On  the  17th,  another  day  was  forced  from  him  for  rest  by  the 


wm^ 


April,  1866.] 


Tlie  Sledge  Capsized  to  Stop  the  Dogs. 


251 


Innuits.  Eighteen  days  had  now  passed  without  making  an  advance 
of  more  than  thirty- two  miles  to  his  present  position,  lat.  67°  4'  N. ; 
but  such  deUiys  as  had  been  necessary  on  the  score  of  humanity  were 
not  regretted.  During  this  day,  Ebierbing,  who  had  seen  Hall's  tooth- 
pullers  and  heard  him  describe  lancing  the  gums,  drew  out  one  of  his 
own  three-pronged  molars,  bleeding  himself  profusely  by  his  four  trials. 
On  Hall's  looking  over  his  instruments,  and  taking  out  with  them  a 
couple  of  combination  knife-fork-and-spoon  articles.  Mam-mark  who 
saw  them,  told  him  that  she  had  seen  among  the  Innuits  at  Pelly  Bay 
many  forks,  all  of  the  same  silver-like  look,  as  well  as  many  watches 
and  chains. 

The  day  following,  all  the  men,  women,  and  children  were  break- 
fasted on  bread  and  coffee;  they  once  more  made  a  start,  the  travel 
averaging  two  miles  per  hour,  and  by  four  o'clock,  with  difficulty, 
arrived  at  a  place  within  two  miles  of  the  sea.  While  going  down  the 
hill  to  Salt  Lake,  the  descent  being  at  an  angle  of  about  4.5°,  and  the 
loads  heavy,  all  the  dogs  were  detached  and  the  sledges  let  go  on  their 
own  hook.  A  little  further  on.  Hall's  sledge  fell  behind,  the  runners 
dragging  heavily.  In  order  to  renew  the  shoeing,  his  driver  and  him- 
self filled  their  mouths  with  snow-water,  which  would  again  freeze 
while  they  were  putting  it  on  ;  but  She-nuk-shoo  grunting  out  that  he 
would  lose  his  mouthful  if  even  he  cried  out  to  the  dogs  to  stop,  they 
capsized  the  sledge  to  stop  them.  Five  minutes  later  they  were  gliding 
over  the  snow  as  if  over  glass.  A  different  kind  of  grunting,  took-too- 
like,  made  by  Nu-ker-zhoo,  kept  a  band  of  deer  following  the  sledge  so 
closely  for  more  than  two  miles  that  their  eyes  were  plainly  seen  when 
they  stopped  to  stare.  He  kept  up  with  Hall,  yet  took  time  to  make 
several  shots,  and  killed  a  fine  buck. 


'■'Mi 

11 

mi 


252 


Arrival  at  Cape  Lady  Pelly. 


[April,  1866. 


i ,     ■ 

By  the  1 9tli  of  tlio  montli,  Hall  had  struck  the  rough  ice  of  the  sea  of 
Ak-koo-lee,  and,  passing  over  one  of  its  small  arms,  made  his  encamp- 
ment upon  it.  On  the  20tli,  he  measured  a  rough  lunar  distance  to  test 
the  correctness  of  his  dates,  and  confirmed  them  by  comparison  of  this 
measurement  with  those  given  in  the  Nautical  Almanac;  he  was  unable 
to  make  any  further  advance  on  this  day.  The  first  headland  met  on 
resuming  the  journey  on  the  21st  was  a  projecting  point  100  feet  in 
height.  On  the  22d,  by  meridian  observations,  he  determined  his  lati- 
tude, and  by  comparison  of  four  chronometers  found  his  longitude  to 
agree  within  11'  of  that  given  on  Dr.  Rae's  chart;  the  latitude  agreed 
very  well  for  the  relative  situations  of  Cape  Lady  Pelly  and  Point 
Hargrave.  Making  an  effort  to  push  his  advance  parties  forward  by 
longer  journeys,  of  at  least  25  miles  per  day,  by  saving  the  time 
usually  spent  in  loading  up  and  in  building  igloos,  on  the  23d  he 
reached  Cape  Lady  Pelly,  and  halted  to  discover  how  he  might  get 
round  the  point,  as  the  ice  was  exceedingly  rough.  "Jagged  and 
broken  granite  stones  are  in  plenty  here,  where  I  suppose  Dr.  Rae 
made  his  advance  deposits  in  1854." 

The  land  a  little  further  on  was  found  to  be  very  low,  forming  an 
inclined  plane  to  the  coast,  interrupted  by  a  short  highland  one  mile 
distant  from  and  parallel  with  it.  As  far  as  to  Point  Swanton,  the 
coast-line  was  afterward  found  so  low  that  it  was  difficult  to  tell  whether 
they  were  on  sea-ice  or  land ;  the  travel  was  upon  the  ice-foot,  whicli 
was  from  10  to  30  yards  wide,  on  the  outside  of  which  were  heavy 
masses  of  very  rough  ice  from  50  to  200  yards  in  width,  while  the  sea 
itself  was  covered  with  solid  pack-ice.  On  the  24th  two  deer,  shot  by 
Ebierbing  and  Ar-mou  with  Hall's  favorite  rifle,  were  added  to  the 
loads  on  the  sleds.     The  older  one  had  antlers  18  inches  long,  which, 


April,  1866.1 


Fast  Driving. 


253 


being  a  female,  she  had  not  shed.  She  was  found  with  young  the  size 
of  a  rabbit;  this  the  Innuits  forbade  to  bo  taken  from  her.  Partridges 
white  as  snow,  rabbits,  and  a  number  of  snow-birds  were  seen.  On  the 
25th  they  halted  on  the  ice,  in  three  igloos,  and  Hall  congratulated  him- 
self that  he  had  that  day  advanced  the  whole  company  and  stores  17 
miles;  to  accomplish  which,  however,  he  had  made  60  miles,  taking 
in  all  the  advance  and  return  trips  necessary  for  forwarding  the  stores. 

But  the  next  two  days  were  again  lost.  The  Innuits  pleaded  that 
they  must  go  on  a  musk-ox  hunt,  and  on  Hall's  consenting  to  this  for 
one  day,  they  next  pleaded  that  the  first  day  of  halt  must  be  one  of 
rest.  On  the  day  following,  they  failed  in  their  hunt,  and  would  not 
turn  aside  to  secure  the  deer  which  were  close  by.  Hall,  not  willing 
to  be  unoccupied,  made  a  side  journey  to  bring  up  his  deposits ;  but 
he  was  obliged  to  take  the  reins  into  his  own  hands  from  the  im- 
petuosity of  his  young  driver,  She-nuk-shoo,  who  had  whipped  the 
dogs  so  incessantly  as  to  keep  them  jumping  over  one  another,  so 
that  in  five  minutes  the  lines  became  woven  and  interwoven  up  to 
the  heels  of  the  hindmost  dogs — a  very  unusual  occurrence.  With 
much  less  whipping.  Hall  secured  as  fair  speed.  On  the  next  day 
he  worked  up  his  observations  and  obtained  from  his  men  the  prom- 
ise of  greater  haste.  Nu-her-zhoo  told  him  they  ought  to  reach  Pelly 
Bay,  still  80  miles  distant,  in  three  days. 

On  the  27tli,  the  fresh  provisions  being  nearly  exhausted,  the 
whole  party  breakfasted  on  cofl:ee  and  pemmican;  at  a  late  hour,  only 
a  load  of  stores  was  pushed  forward  by  Ebierbing  and  Nu-kcr-nhoo. 
Returning  at  10.30  p.  m.,  Ebierbing  reported  that  these  had  been 
deposited  at  a  point  which,  as  well  as  he  could  make  it  out  by  Dr. 
Rae's  chart,  was  close  by  Cape  Weynton,  on  the  south  side  of  Colvile 


IV  I'll 


3  ;i' 


m 


254 


Feeding  the  Dor/s. 


[April,  isee. 


fip, ,« 


Bay.  Hall  was  hero  forced  to  renionibor  that  Dr.  Rae  in  1854  had  made 
the  same  journey  from  Fort  Hope  in  five  days,  his  i)arty  dragg'ing- 
their  own  provisions  without  even  the  aid  of  a  dog.  It  had  now  cost 
himself  twenty-eight  days  with  the  help  of  his  teams.  All  the  Innuits 
believed,  however,  that  Rao  must  have  found  the  ice  on  the  sea  of 
Ak-koo-lee  much  smoother,  or  it  would  have  been  impossible  for  him  to 
travel  so  far  out  from  the  coast-line. 

The  dogs  not  having  been  fed  for  five  days,  a  40-pound  piece  of 
whale-beef  was  now  cut  up  and  buttered  for  them  with  oohfjook  blub- 
ber and  seal-oil.  They  were  then  put  in  one  by  one  into  an  abandoned 
igho,  while  Mammark  stood  inside,  club  in  hand,  to  beat  off  all  but  the 
one  to  be  fed,  and  to  pound  him  out  when  Hall  had  fed  him.  A  short 
time  before,  Ar-mou  had  nearly  killed  one  of  his  best  dogs  by  throw- 
ing a  hatchet  at  him  for  stealing,  and  to  recover  this  hatchet  which 
had  been  left  behind,  and  a  wood-button  used  by  the  an-r/e-ko,  had 
cost  Hall  some  of  the  provoking  delays  of  the  journey. 

On  the  28th  no  advance  was  made.  The  march  would  have  been 
resumed  northward  and  westward  despite  of  a  severe  gale,  but  Too- 
koo-li-too  was  entirely  broken  down  by  the  continued  watching  of  her 
child.  After  a  seiious  talk  with  both  parents,  they  once  more  per- 
mitted it  to  take  medicine  while  in  an  epileptic  fit — "two  drops  of 
viratum  viride  and  one-half  grain  of  asclepin."  The  day  following, 
the  wind  being  fresh  from  north-northwest  and  the  temperature  40° 
below  freezing-point,  three  miles  per  hour  (two  and  a  half  on  direct 
course)  were  made  within  the  hours  from  9.40  a.  m.  to  6.20  p.  m.,  two 
stoppages  being  needed  to  disentangle  the  dog-lines.  Two  small 
streams  were  passed,  which  emptied  into  the  sea  of  Ak-koo-lee.  The 
travel  was  mostly  on  the  coast-line  ice,  the  coast  itself  and  the  hilly 


] 

i 

] 


April,  isao.j  Mecthiff  ivith  Natives  from  Pelly  Bay.  255 

land  running  partiUel  with  it  being  a  plain  lowland  of  from  half  a 
a  mile  to  one  mile  in  width.  Capo  Woynton  was  soon  on  their  lar- 
board beam,  bearing  due  west,  and  distant  half  a  mile.  The  cape  is 
not  more  than  50  feet  in  height. 

A  new  era  in  the  history  of  this  sledge  journey  now  opened.  As- 
cending a  berg  30  feet  above  the  level  of  a  floe  to  prospect  the  best 
route  across  Colvile  Bay,  Hall,  with  Ar-mou  and  She-nuk-shoo,  caught 
sight  of  four  strange  Innuits  who  appeared  to  be  sealing  some  three 
miles  to  the  northeast.  The  sight  occasioned  some  excitement,  for, 
while  there  was  every  reason  to  establish  friendly  intercourse  with 
these  men,  in  order  to  obtain  further  information  bearing  upon  the 
main  objects  of  his  expedition,  Hall  had  his  apprehension  that  if  these 
should  prove  to  be  See-neem-e-utes,  he  would  need  to  be  cautious  in 
every  movement.  He  quickly  unloaded  one  sledge  and  sent  it  back, 
with  all  the  dogs,  to  hasten  up  the  rest  of  his  party ;  they  amved  at  2 
p.  m.  But  Nu-ker-^hoo,  watching  with  a  spy-glass  the  movements  of 
these  strange  Innuits,  felt  sure  that  he  recognized  old  friends.  Hall's 
party  going  forward,  therefore,  arrived  at  9.50  p.  m.  (sunset),  at  the 
snow  village  of  the  strangers,  and  made  their  fortieth  encampment 
alongside  of  them  on  the  ice  of  the  sea,  three  miles  from  the  coast  and 
near  Cape  Beaufort.  The  next  morning,  no  sooner  was  Hall's  igloo 
unsealed  than  it  was  filled  with  new  faces. 

Kok-Iee-arng-niin,  their  head  man,  shoAved  two  spoons  which  had  been 
given  to  him  by  Ag-loo-ka  (Crozier),  one  of  them  having  the  initials  F. 
R.  M.  C.  stamped  upon  it.  His  wife,  Koo-narny,  had  a  silver  watch-ease. 
This  opened  up  the  way  for  immediate  inquiries.  Through  Too-koo-li- 
too  who  as  usual  soon  proved  a  good  intrepreter,  it  was  learned  that 
these  Innuits  had  been  at  one  time  on  board  of  the  ships  of  Too-loo-ark, 


ma 


■'I  t 


iijUy 


256 


Franklin  and  Crozier  Described. 


[April,  1860. 


Hii* 


l\ 


if  I; 


! 


(tho  great  Esh-c-mut-ta,  Sir  John  Frnnklin),  and  Imd  tlieir  tupilcs  on  tlio 
ice  alongside  of  liini  during  tho  spring  and  summer.  They  Hj)oko  of 
one  ship  not  far  from  Ook-kee-bee-jce-hia  (Polly  Bay),  and  two  to  tho 
westward  of  Neit-tee-lik,  near  Ook-goo-lik.  Kok-lee-arng-nUn  was  **  a 
big  boy  when  very  many  men  from  the  ships  hunted  took-too.  They 
had  guns,  and  knives  Avith  long  handles,  and  some  of  their  party  hunted 
the  took-too  on  tho  ice ;  killing  so  many  that  they  made  a  line  across  tho 
whole  bay  of  Ook-goo-lik."  The  Pelly  Bay  men  described  the  Esh-c- 
mut-ta  as  an  old  man  with  broad  shoulders,  thick  and  heavier  set  than 
Hall,  with  gray  hair,  full  face,  and  bald  head.  He  Avas  always  wear- 
ing something  over  his  eyes  (spectacles,  as  Too-koo-li-too  intoipreted 
it),  was  quite  lame,  and  appeared  sick  when  they  last  saw  him.  Ho 
was  ver}'-  kind  to  the  Innuits; — always  wanting  them  to  eat  something. 
Ag-loo-ka  (Crozier)  and  another  man  would  go  and  do  everything  that 
Too-loo-ark  told  them,  just  like  boys ;  he  was  a  very  cheerful  man, 
always  laughing ;  everybody  liked  him — all  the  koh-hi-nas  and  all  tho 
Innuits.  Kok-lee-arng-nUn  showed  how  Too-loo-ark  and  Ag-loo-ka  used 
to  meet  him.  They  would  take  hold  of  his  hand,  giving  it  a  few  warm 
and  friendly  shakes,  and  Too-loo-ark  would  say,  '^Ma-my-too-mig-teg-ma" 
Ag-loo-ka^s  hand-shaking  was  short  and  jerky,  and  he  would  only  say, 
^^Man-nig-too-me."  "After  the  first  summer  and  first  winter,  they  saw 
no  more  of  Too-loo-ark;  then  Ag-loo-ka  (Crozier)  Avas  the  Esh-e-mut-ta" 
The  old  man  and  his  wife  agreed  in  saying  that  the  ship  on  board 
of  which  they  had  often  seen  Too-loo-ark  was  overwhelmed  with  heavy 
ice  in  the  spring  of  the  year.  While  the  ice  was  slowly  crushing  it, 
the  men  all  worked  for  their  lives  in  getting  out  provisions;  but,  before 
they  could  save  much,  the  ice  turned  the  vessel  down  on  its  side, 
crushing  the  masts  and  breaking  a  hole  in  her  bottom  and  so  over- 


April,  INttfl. 


Reported  Visits  by  Innuits  to  Fmnlditi's  Ships. 


257 


whelming  her  that  hIio  sank  at  once,  and  had  never  been  seen  again. 
Several  men  at  work  in  her  could  not  get  out  in  time,  and  were  carried 
down  with  her  and  drowned.  "  On  this  account  Ay-loo-ka's  company 
had  died  of  starvation,  lor  they  had  not  time  to  get  the  provisions  out 
of  her."  Ag-loo-ka  and  one  other  white  man — the  latter  called  ^^Nar- 
tar,^'  a  pee-ee-tu  (steward) — started  and  went  toward  Oot-koo-ish-ee-lee 
(Great  Fish  or  Back's  River),  Saying  they  were  going  there  on  their 
way  home.  That  was  the  last  they  saw  of  them,  but  heard  of  them 
some  time  after  from  a  Kin-na-pa-too,  who  said  he  and  liis  people 
heard  shots  or  reports  of  gun**  of  strangers  somewhere  near  Chester- 
field Inlet.  On  getting  the  Innuits  to  try  to  pronounce  the  word 
"  doctor,"  they  invariably  said  **  nar-tar."  This  made  Hall  think  that 
the  white  man  with  Ag-loo-ka  was  some  one  called  "doctor" — perhaps 
Surgeon  Macdonald,  of  Franklin's  ship,  the  Erebus. 

The  other  ship  spoken  of  as  seen  near  Ook-goo-Hk  was  in  com- 
plete order,  having  three  masts  and  four  boats  hanging  at  the  davits — 
whale-ship  like.  For  a  long  time  the  Innuits  feared  to  go  on  board  ; 
but  on  the  report  by  one  of  them  that  he  had  seen  one  man  on  the 
vessel  alive,  many  of  the  natives  visited  it,  but  saw  nothing  of  the 
man.  They  then  rummaged  everywhere,  taking  for  themselves  what 
they  wanted,  and  throwing  overboard  guns,  powder,  ball,  and  shot. 

At  an  interview  with  the  mother  of  Too-shoo-art-tJiar-iu  whose  son 
saw  Ag-loo-ka  (Crozier)  on  the  island  of  Ook-goo-lik,  Hall  was  told 
that  during  the  previous  summer  or  winter,  the  Innuits  of  Ook-goo-lik 
had  found  two  boats  with  dead  koh-lu-nas  in  them — the  boats  on 
sledges  ;  and  that  In-nook-poozh-e-jook  had  one  of  them. 

The  several  interviews  from  which  the  accounts  here  given  have 
been  colh-.ted  were  deeply  interesting  to  Hall.     They  were  held  in  the 


i?l 


,M 


S.  Ex.  27- 


-17 


■iff 


i5 


25.S 


iJiscouraf/hiff  News. 


I  April,  IM(i«. 


m 


III 


S  1 ;  !' 


presence  of  his  two  steadfast  friends  as  interpreters,  and  of  other 
Inmiits,  and  the  news  was  conimnnicated  with  a})parent  trnthfuhiess. 
He  says  of  the  chief  that  he  seemed  an  honest  old  fellow,  delighted 
with  his  new  koh-lu-na  friend,  and  frequently  and  cordially 
calling  ont  to  him,  ^'3Ian-)nf/-too-me.^^*  The  Franklin  relics 
obtained  from  liim  included  a  mahogany  hrtiometer-case, 
spoons,  forks,  and  a  number  of  other  small  articles.f 

But  other  news  received  from  these  strangers  was  any- 
thing but  gratifying.  It 
effectually  ban-ed  further 
progress  to  King  Will- 
liam's  Land  for  the  year 
1866.  The  first  words  to 
Nu-ker-^hoo,  Mammark,  and 
Ar-mou  told  the  loss  of 
their  friends  and  relatives 
some  years  before  by  starv- 
ation, murder,  anu  canni- 
balism. This  was  followed 
by   such    accounts    of    the 


i 


FliANKI.lN  KKI.ICS  WITH  HALI/h  PENHO. 


dangers   awaiting    them    if 


they  Avent  on  to  Pelly  Bay  and  Ook-goo-lik,  as  to  throw  a  damper  on  the 
^^■h()le  party  except  Hall  himself.  The  old  chief  said  that  a  very  old  and 
infirm  man  on  removing  to  Ook-goo-lik  had  been  immediately  nuir- 
dercd  with  his  whole  family ;  that  very  i-ecently  there  had  been  fights 
among  the  Neit-tee-lik  Innuits  for  a  woman,  and  one  of  them  had  been 

*Tlit'  iiipauing  of  this  word  is  not  given  hy  Hull ;  nor  is  that    ."Ma-my-too-niifr-toy-niud).  iJoii. ) 
t  Afterward  donated  liy  Hall  to  the  Smithsonian  Iimtitnti<ni.  and  in  1H7C  jilaeed  for  the 
United  States  Naval  Ohservatory  in  their  Aretic  exliiblt  in  the  Goveniment  building  ut  the  Cen- 
tennial Exhibition,  I'hiladelphia. 


April,  IS6«. 


Discoumifhiff  News. 


251) 


killed  to  get  his  wife  ;  that  some  of  the  1\  '  ^  'iay  natives  who  were 
without  wives,  and  v/ho  were  being  aided  hy  the  friends  in  their 
attempts  to  steal  wives  from  their  hushands,  would  certainly  cany  off 
Mam-mark ;  and  that  he  himself  was  leaving  his  own  country  for  Re- 
pulse Bay  through  fear  especially 
of  the  See-nee-mee-utes.  He  added 
that  he  had  given  this  information 
chiefly  because  of  his  friendship 
in  paait  times  for  the  parents  of 
Ou-e-la,  Nii-k&r-zhoo,  and  others, 
and  his  promise  to  keep  a  good  look 
out  for  any  of  their  children,  if 
he  should  ever  find  them  anywhere 
near  the  See-nee-me-utes.  Three 
men  of  Kok-lee-arng-nun^s  party,  one 
by  one  confirmed  all  that  their 
chief  had  said  of  the  bad  state  of 
affairs  among  the  natives  northward  silvkkfokk  ANnspooNHfFKAXKUNiiKi.Ks). 
and  westward,  and  added  that  since  a  recent  fight  about  a  deposit, 
in  which  the  See-nee-mee-utes  had  lost  two  men  by  the  Neit-tee-liks, 
they  were  burning  to  wreak  vengeance  on  somebody. 

Two  of  these  Pelly  ]5ay  men  told  of  their  own  visit,  two  years 
before,  to  Ki-ki-tung  ing  William's  Land),  on  which  they  had 
remained  a  short  time.  I'hey  pointed  out  on  Rae's  chart  exactly  the 
course  they  took  in  going  and  returning  direct  from  the  upper  part  of 
Pelly  Bay  overland  to  Spence  Bay,  and  thence  across  the  ice  to  Ki-ki- 
tung,  passing  the  south  point  of  Matty  Island,  and  thence  northwest ; — 
for  sealing.     When  Ilall  questioned  these  two  men  as  to  any  ships 


iMlkahi. 


rT 


260 


The  Pelhj  Bay  Natives  Unfriendly. 


(April,  1866. 


;3ii 


having  been  seen  on  the  north  or  west  of  Ki-ki-tung,  they  pointed 
again  on  Rae's  chart  to  Cape  Victoria,  and  said  that,  a  few  years  before, 
many  Innuits  had  seen  a  ship  near  there  from  which  koh-lu-nas  and 
sledges  had  come  down  from  the  south. 

This  information  was  again  interesting,  but  its  communication  was 
soon  foUoAved  by  some  acts  of  the  new-comers  themselves  toward 
Hall's  people,  which  not  only  decided  but  hastened  his  setting  out 
on  the  return  for  Repulse  Bay.  They  seemed  to  have  easily  intimi- 
dated Ebierbing,  Nu-Tcer-zhoo,  and  others;  getting  from  them  some  of 
thei'  best  dogs,  weapons,  and  tools,  and,  a  day  or  two  after,  inviting 
them  to  plays — boxing,  wrestling,  and  knife-testing — an  invitation  from 
which  Hall  dissuaded  them  at  the  advice  of  Too-koo-li-too,  who  said 
there  was  danger  of  fighting  and  murder.  She  had  been  made 
aware  of  their  custom  of  introducing  a  short,  sharp-pointed  bone  inside 
of  their  mittens,  so  that,  when  boxing  with  these,  they  may  strike  a 
Repulse  Bay  native,  if  possible,  on  the  side  of  the  head  near  the 
eye ; — a  deathblow  struck  in  play.  They  then  proceeded  to  carry  out  a 
grand  an-koot-ing,  in  the  course  of  which  their  an-ge-ho  gave  a  reply 
from  the  Spirit  that  Too-koo-li-too's  sick  babe  should  be  given  to 
them :  a  ruse,  as  Hall  notes,  to  obtain  further  gifts.  He  came  un- 
willingly to'  the  conclusion  that  his  own  party  lacked  the  nerve  needed 
for  any  risk  which  might  occur  in  going  forward,  although  Nu-ker-zhoo 
had  for  himself  protested  that  he  was  not  afraid.  With  a  sad  heart, 
"disappointed  but  not  discouraged,"  he  prepared  for  his  return;  yet 
making  the  resolve  that  he  would  endeavor,  in  the  following  year,  to 
organize  a  party  of  four  or  five  white  men,  with  whom,  together  with 
Ar-mou,  Nurker-zhoo,  and  Ebierbing,  he  would  again  come  over  this 
route  and  reach  King  William's  Land.     For  that  journey  he  would 


may,  J  866.1 


Hall  Compelled  to  Return. 


261 


now  make  a  deposit  of  expedition  stores  at  Cape  Weynton.  His  notes 
of  this  day  contain  these  words :  '*  Thanks  be  to  God,  I  have  yet  the 
heart  to  persevere  in  wliat  I  have  taken  upon  myself  to  do :  to  reach 
King-  William's  Land,  and  there  finish  the  mission  that  I  am  on.  Ob- 
stacle after  obstacle  has  yet  to  be  overcome  before  I  shall  triumph, 
but  by  the  aid  of  High  Heaven  I  will  yet  succeed." 

The  RETURN  JOURNEY  could  be  expected  to  bring  but  little  of 
special  interest  or  of  an  experience  diifering  from  that  so  recently 
passed  through ;  the  route  followed,  as  will  appear  by  the  map  (Chap- 
ter XIII),  was  nearly  the  same;  the  Pelly  Bay  men  traveled  in  Hall's 
company  until  the  lUth  of  the  month,  and  then  fell  back  to  repair 
damages  to  their  sleds.  On  the  5th,  both  companies  made  their  start 
for  Repulse  Bay,  presenting  a  singular  and  grotesque  appearance  with 
all  their  sledges,  teams  of  dogs,  men,  women,  and  children ;  the  latter, 
of  all  ages  and  sizes,  from  infants  in  hoods  to  half-grown  boys  and 
girls.  The  sledge  now  driven  by  Nu-ker-zhoo  was  a  relic  of  Sir 
John  Ross's  vessel,  the  Victory;  the  runners,  about  12  feet  in  length, 
being  made  of  a  part  of  one  of  her  masts  which  had  been  found,  many 
years,  ago  in  the  ice  near  the  entrance  to  Pelly  Bay. 

The  day  following,  the  stores  for  the  next  proposed  journey  to 
King  William's  Land  were  deposited  in  two  places  close  to  Cape  Weyn- 
ton, the  second  deposit  being  that  of  a  large  trunk  at  a  point  near  a 
cache  once  made  by  Dr.  Rae ;  an  accurate  list  of  all  these  stores  appears 
in  the  notes.  A  tent  given  to  Hall  by  Captain  Kilmer  of  the  Black 
Eagle,  was  spread  over  the  articles,  and  then  ponderous  stones  were 
piled  above,  and  the  bearings  of  the  two  deposits  from  prominent 
neighboring  points  carefully  recorded.     While  making  these  caches, 


w 


2(;2 


The  Journey  Back  to  Fort  Hope. 


[Mnr,  IN66. 


ii  vvatoi*  sVy  was  clenrly  seen  l)y  all  the  company  nnderneath  tlie  dark 
nimbus  clouds,  East  Northeast. 

The  traveling  on  the  7th  was  under  the  disadvantage  of  a  snow- 
sqnall,  which  overtook  them  at  noon.  The  lead  was  taken  by 
the  Pell}'^  Bay  natives.  As  soon  as  Hall  came  up  with  old  Kok-lee- 
arng-nun  (a  cripple),  he  took  him  and  Too-koo-li-too  on  his  own 
sledge,  and  walked  by  their  side.  Too-koo-li-too  had  with  her  as 
gifts  from  the  strange  natives,  two  pairs  of  scissors,  a  cap-box,  and 
some  shot  that  came  from  Ross's  Victory,  done  up  in  the  skin  of  a 
deer's  heart.  The  distance  made  before  2.15  p.  m.  was  almost  the 
same  with  that  of  the  30th  of  Apiil  on  going  up.  A  i)rominent  group 
of  hills,  called  Kig-loo-a-te,  was  seen  bearing  south  72°  west  from  the 
forty-third  encampment,  and  other  high  land  called  Shoung-noo-gua 
to  the  northwest ;  a  ravine  divides  the  two.  The  high  land  extends 
back  nearly  a  mile  from  the  low  coast.  The  temperature  was  now 
nuich  higher;  the  thermometer,  hanging  on  the  shady  side  of  the  sledge 
and  affected  by  reflection,  read  3G°.  All  day,  the  snow  was  deep  and 
soft,  and  the  ice  completely  worn  off  from  the  shoeing  of  the  sledges, 
so  that  scjircely  two  miles  an  hour  on  the  average  could  be  made. 

The  coast-line  was  more  closely  followed  on  the  travel  of  the  8th 
and  Dtli,  and  was  found  to  be  very  irregular  and  generally  low.  At 
one  point  a  ridge  composed  of  sand,  clay,  and  shingle  only  4J  feet  in 
heiffht  looked  to  those  traveling  on  the  sea-ice  "like  a  considerable 
mount."  From  Cape  Weynton  to  Cape  Lady  Pelly,  this  low  land, 
mostly  consisting  of  frozen  mud,  was  without  snow,  and  appeared 
to  have  been  so  through  the  winter;  some  patches  having  thawed, 
forming  soft  mud.  In  the  frozen  mud  were  many  fossils,  of  which 
Ar-moii  brought  in  from  his  took-too  hunt  a  fine  lot,  and  the  wife  of  the 


I  m 


nay,  istm. 


Killivfi  Moniiofs. 


268 


«»l(l  cliief  eni|)tio(l  out  on  tlio  sled  a  imnil)or  from  lier  full  mittens;  IImU 
had  instructed  all  tlio  Imuiits  to  briu<^  to  him  all  cunous-lookin{^ 
things  whenever  they  siiw  them. 

Jjittle  provision  remained  on  hand.  lie  gave  out  his  uni)alatable 
damaged  Marshall  sauaage-meat  for  breakfast,  and,  while  he  ate  of  the 
same  food,  he  was  glad  to  find  that  his  plan  succeeded,  for  a  couple  of  the 
unwilling  Innuits  now  })romptly  started  off  for  took-too.  He  gives  a  racy 
account  of  the  taking  of  some  six-ics  (marmots).  Kbierbing,  while 
the  Felly  Bay  Innuits  intensely  watched  him,  three  times  in  succession 
missed  tho  little  animal,  though  using  Hall's  best  rifle.  The  creature 
sat  by  his  hole  without  fright  all  the  time,  except  at  the  first  shot 
when  it  went  into  his  hole,  but  was  quickly  out  again.  At  another 
hunt,  Nu-Jccr-<hoo,  Ebierbing,  and  ylr-moii  were  all  out  with  rifles;  but, 
after  their  firing  three  shots,  six-y  darted  into  his  hole  and  was  in- 
stantly out  again;  one  minute  later,  another  shot,  and  six-i/  was  again 
out,  as  if  saying  "Kill  me,  if  you  can."  The  Pelly  Bay  natives  laughed 
at  the  weapons  used;  for  with  a  simple  string  having  a  slip-noose — 
sometimes  made  of  the  end  of  a  whip-lash — they  readily  caught  a 
number  of  these  little  animals,  one  of  which  made  a  good  meal  for 
a  man.  Sec-jmny-er,  one  of  the  Pelly  Bay  men,  came  in  at  midday  on 
the  Dth,  and,  sticking  his  thumb  and  fingers  straight  out,  showed 
his  answer  to  the  question  how  many  he  had  killed  and  the  bites 
he  had  received.  The  wife  of  Koli-he-arrtg-nhn  also  showed  three 
six-ics  slung  on  her  back;  she  had  caught  them  b  a  "sli])-a- 
noose"  at  their  holes.  But  the  stock  of  provision"  is  still  short; 
the  company  at  times  could  take  but  one  meal  a  day,  with  the 
addition  of  a  small  bit  of  whale-beef,  the  dog-food.  A  crow  which 
had  come  very  close  to  the  traveling  party  escaped  lioth  the  dogs  and 


i 


ii 


1 

m 

'     ■■   ; 

1 

Bin 

i 

''■■ 

'■'..'. 

If; 

ft 

I 


264 


Fossils  in  the  Clay  and  Sand- Hills. 


[niwr,  1866. 


rifle-shots.  An  owl  had  the  same  happy  deliverance,  but  a  few  part- 
ridges were  secured.  At  night  in  the  Icom-morig — penimican-soup,  with 
liorden  biscuit,  refreshed  all  except  Too-koo-li-too,  who,  on  account  of 
her  sick  child,  was  allowed  by  her  superstitious  friends  to  eat  bread 
only. 

On  the  two  days  that  followed,  success  in  the  deer-hunt  re-sup- 
plied the  company  with  fresh  meat,  and  the  dogs  received  something, 
although  but  little  and  that  of  "not  much  more  account  than  sawdust- 
pudding";  the  supply  for  seventeen  animals  being  only  two  door- 
paunches.  But  they  had  stolen  seal-blubber  and  whale-meat  from  the 
sledges  while  they  were  loading  up,  in  spite  of  unmerciful  poundings 
with  big  sticks  and  clubs. 

On  the  11th,  when  the  party  came  near  Rae's  "Point  Hargrave," 
Hall  left  the  sledges,  and  ascending  the  point,  found  its  height  to  be 
about  75  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  that  it  was  a  hill  of 
rock  (granite  and  gneiss,  as  Rae  has  recorded  it),  having  on  its  eastern 
side  a  small  inclined  plane  leading  from  the  coast  up  to  a  gap  on  the 
ridge.  From  the  top  of  the  hill,  Cape  Lady  Pelly  and  the  land  on  the 
east  side  of  the  sea  of  Ak-koo-lee  were  plainly  visible.  At  7.15  p.  m., 
having  made  scarcely  more  than  a  mile  an  hour  on  a  course  south- 
west from  this  point,  he  rested  for  the  night,  making  his  forty-fifth 
encampment  on  a  sand-plain  covered  with  very  dirty  snow.  The  after- 
noon route  had  been  one  of  perplexing  difficulties  in  making  any  head- 
way with  the  loaded  sledges,  but  the  discovery  of  clay  and  sand  liills 
of  a  most  interesting  character,  containing  stores  of  valuable  fossils  of 
innumerable  kinds,  well  repaid  him  for  the  outlay  of  human  and  dog 
muscle  that  had  been  expended  in  getting  through  the  labyrinth  of 
this  "mud  and  fossil  city,"  as  he  hastily  called  the  place.     On  getting 


Iff 


Mar.  1806.) 


Death  of  Too-koo-Ii-tod's  Babe. 


265 


through  these  fossil  hills  and  returning  to  his  igloo,  ho  found  that 
Nu-ker-zlioo  had  put  within  it  all  the  deer  he  had  killed;  a  most  kindly- 
act,  done  without  even  a  hint.  It  was  another  gratification  to  learn 
that  his  own  black  dog  had  added  eight  pups  to  their  live  stock. 

On  the  13th,  the  long-expected  death  of  Too-koo-li-too's  child. 
Little  King  William,  took  place.  The  almost  distracted  mother,  the 
moment  she  found  that  it  was  really  dead,  rushed  out  of  the  igloo, 
pressing  the  dead  baby  to  her  bosom  and  pouring  out  her  soul's  deep 
grief.  Her  leaving  the  igloo  so  quickly  was  in  accordance  with  Innuit 
custom ;  for  if  this  is  not  done  when  any  one  dies  in  it,  everything 
within  becomes  worthless.  In  this  case  it  was  considered  that  the 
mother  went  out  soon  enough,  so  that  the  bedding  and  everything 
else  need  not  be  thrown  away.  In  ten  minutes  she  returned  and 
took  her  seat  on  the  bed-platform,  grieving  for  a  very  long  time  as  a 
loving  mother  only  grieves.  At  length  she  was  persuaded  by  Mam- 
mark  to  let  the  dead  babe  be  taken  from  her  bosom  and  wrapped 
in  a  small  furred  took-too  skin.  Mam-mark  insisted  that,  according 
to  the  custom  of  her  people,  the  remains  must  be  buried  at  once  ; 
but,  on  Hall's  remonstrating  and  urging  that  tliey  should  be  kept  till 
at  least  the  next  day,  a  compromise  was  made,  and  the  child  that  died 
at  25  minutes  past  1  p.  m.  was  buried  at  6.30.  The  remains  had 
been  dressed  in  a  suit  of  young  took-too  furs,  made  by  the  mother  the 
winter  before  They  were  now  wrapped  in  a  blanket  of  took-too  skin 
of  long  fur,  tied  with  thongs,  and  having  a  loop  in  it  to  go  over  the 
neck  of  the  mother,  who  must  carry  the  corpse.  A  hole  having  been 
cut  through  the  wall  of  the  igloo  for  the  procession  of  four  persons  in 
single  file,  Hull,  Mam-mark,  the  bereft  mother  with  the  babe  suspended 
from  her  neck,  and  the  father  following  close,  proceeded  to  the  place 


2()() 


Jiioial  of  tlif  Babe. 


I  mar.  iNe«. 


ii   i, 


lit 


of  l)»iriiil  on  a  littlc!  liill,  wlilrli  lliill  had  s(0(H't«Hl.     lU^fon;  tlu*  Ufinains 

woro  laid  in  tho  f«Tavo,  Ik*  wrotti  out  tlic;  lollo\vin<>^  rocord  : 

Tlu'.si'  iirc  tlu'  iiiorlal  n'lnaiii.s  of  Uttlc  \\\\\^  William,  (lu^  only  rliild  of 
Kitit'i'ltiii^  and  Too  koo  li  too,  tho  iiiti'r])n>terH  of  \\w  last  FiaiiUliii  Itcscarcli  E\- 
]n>(litioii.  Deposited  liere  May  1.5,  1S(»(»,  tlu^  day  of  its  death,  (lod  liath  it.s  .s«)ul 
now  anil  will  keep  it  iVoni  all  liann. — 1'.  F.  IIai.j.,  Maij  It,  l.S(i(». 

This  ho  placed  within  tho  fur  caj)  e()verinj>-  tho  lit^ad  of  tho  child, 
and  roturnin<if  noxt  day  to  tho  ^^'rave,  he  erected  near  it  a  nioinnnont  of 
five  stones,  throo  at  tho  base — typical  of  Faith,  lloj)e,  aiul  Charity — 
and  on  those  the  two  others,  fonninj;'  tho  tij^uro  of  a  cross 

At  tho  burial,  though  it  was  blowing"  a  gale  and  a  snow-drift  was 
Hying^,  tho  mother  could  not  bo  prevailed  upon  to  wear  ho.r  double 
jacket  to  })rotect  herself  from  the  storm.  "  She  nuist  needs  com|)ly 
with  custom."  Uiulor  the  same  influence,  she  had  already  borne  for 
some  days  the  inconvenience  of  wot  feet;  neither  could  lior  wet  stock- 
ing's be  dried,  nor  the  rips  in  her  boots  rei)aired.  It  was  little  comfort 
to  her,  i\  few  da^-s  after,  to  be  told  by  Mam-timrk  and  Nu-lcr-zhoo  that 
tho  child  would  have  lived,  as  tho  "  Spirit"  had  said  to  the  an-fje-ko,  if 
she  had  not  consented,  by  Hall's  advice,  to  receive  it  back  from  Nu- 
ker-zJiods  wife,  or  if  she  had  not  departed  from  the  customs  of  tho  In- 
nuits  in  the  matter  of  her  daily  living-.  She  renewed  her  subjection  to 
the  customs  of  the  people,  and  received  their  instractions,  that  for  one 
year  her  husband  and  herself  must  bo  very  careful  what  they  should 
eat,  and  that  the  same  be  not  raw,  and  her  husband  began  his  compli- 
ance with  such  instructions  by  pleading-  the  death  of  his  child  as  for- 
bidding him  to  carry  on  his  usual  daily  duties  even  in  the  matter  of 
preparing-  the  ammunition  necessary  for  the  hunt.  Hall  says  here  that 
probably  none  of  the  P^skimo  tribes  are  cursed  with  so  many  ridiculous 
customs  as  the  Repulse  Bay  and  Ig--loo-lik  people. 


nmj,  iNHM.i  J'himnipmcfit  near  Sorth  J'oh-  L(il,r.  2<»7 

'Vhv.  I7tli  WHS  ji  vory  wiinii  day,  tlio  llioniioinctcr  rcjicliiiifif  38*^, 
altlioiinh  ]H)  SUM  iippcanid  ;  tlin  uppcM' walls  of"  tin* /lY>w/-w<ow//.s' li;!!  in, 
and  rnudo  neceMnary  tho  orcctioii  of  tiiiit-covcriMj^s  ov(*rh(!ad.  'J'lio  day 
following,  \hv,  snow  nKtUing'  as  it  fell,  prev(fnt('d  tiu^  I'JU'fy  fVoni  ivsnni- 
lu^  tluiir  roturn  joniMu^y.  Tlio  sluusinj^  (»f  flu;  shfdj^cs  also  was  found 
entirely  tlisiwcd  off"  durinj^  the  night.  In  the  morning  Hall  found  that 
one  f>f  his  pups  had  been  sufi'ocated  l>y  its  niotlmr  lying  upon  it,  and 
that,  failing  to  lick  it  into  life,  she  had  eat(!n  it  for  her  breakfast.  On 
the  l!)th,  he  found  she  had  repeated  the  act,  a  few  bloody  spots 
only  remaining  to  tell  the  tale  'I'his  left  him  but  five  of  the  litter, 
the  birth  of  which  had  given  him  liope  of  eflfi(;ient  aid  on  his  next 
journey.  He  had  to  handle  this  mother  black  dog  and  her  pups  him- 
self, as  the  Iimnits,  through  some  superstitious  notions,  were  unwill- 
ing to  feed  or  to  harness  them. 

At  8  15  p.  m.  of  this  day  the  party  began  a  ftu'ther  advance,  j)n»- 
ferring  to  travel  at  night,  and  averaging  two  and  a  half  miles  per  hour, 
until  twenty  minutes  past  midnight.  On  leaving  the  small  lake  on 
which  they  had  made  their  thirty-fifth  encampment,  April  19,  deviat- 
ing now  from  the  route  of  that  date,  they  crossed  a  blufl^"  the  descent 
of  which  being-  very  abrupt  was  swifth'  made  by  the  loaded  sledges 
themselves,  when  the  teams,  which  had  been  doubled  up  for  the 
ascent,  were  successfully  detached.  On  the  21st,  the  party  got 
back  as  far  as  the  Lower  Narrows,  heretofore  noticed  as  a  (leer-cross- 
ing, and  on  the  22d,  they  made  the  forty-ninth  encampmeTit  on  the 
same  spot  between  Christie  and  North  Pole  Lake  which  they  had 
occupied  on  the  5th  of  April.  At  this  })lace  See-pung-er  arrived, 
to  the  surprise  of  all,  with  his  family.  He  had  been  working  hard  to 
rejoin  the  party  since  being-  separated  from  them  at  the  forty-sixth 


268 


Arrival  at  Beacon  Hill. 


[mar.  IN60. 


iVI 


*■.  :      iU 


oiicnmpment.  His  sled  was  found  to  be  very  heavily  loaded;  for, 
besides  his  household  goods,  it  had  on  it  two  cumbrous  ki-a  frames, 
one  of  which  was  made  entirely  from  a  boat  of  the  Franklin  I'^xpedi- 
tion,  and  the  sledge  itself  from  a  mast  of  Captain  Ross's  "  Victory." 
In  the  midst  of  a  howling  storm,  he  was  promptly  supplied  with 
an  armful  of  took-too  meat.  The  next  day,  in  company  with  Nuker- 
zhoo  and  his  family,  he  again  left  Hall  for  a  time. 

On  the  23d,  the  journey  down  the  North  Pole  Lake  was  made 
swiftly  by  the  use  of  a  tent  for  a  sail  to  the  sledges,  assisting  the  poor 
hungry  dogs;  the  sled  itself  sometimes  getting  in  advance  of  them. 
I'^bierblng  and  She-nuk-shoo  traveled  beside  the  sledge  to  guide  it. 
During  the  evening,  from  three  and  a  half  to  four  miles  an  hour  were 
made  by  sail  only,  and  at  fifteen  minutes  past  8  a.  m.  of  the  24th,  Hall 
revisited  his  boat  Sylvia  and  his  stores  deposited  at  the  base  of  Beacon 
Hill,  March  31st,  and  to  the  record  he  had  then  placed  on  the  Sylvia  on 
leaving  this  point,  he  now  added  an  inscription  summing  up  the  obstacles 
met  with  on  the  journey  and  his  plans  for  renewing  it.  He  had  the  satis- 
faction to  find  that  Ou-e-la  had  been  faithful  to  his  promise  of  that 
date,  to  take  from  the  hill  the  half-barrel  containing  the  records,  and 
protect  them  from  any  strange  Innuits.  It  seemed  plain  from  the 
snow-tracks  that  some  of  Ou-e-la^s  friends  had  been  recently  at  the  hill, 
and  Ar-mou  went  off  to  find  him. 

The  notes  of  the  25th  read  thus : 

To-day  uiy  King  William  party  was  ended,  for  the  present  at  least.  This, 
of  conr.se,  was  iu  conespoiideuce  to  the  natural  course  of  passing  events.  Our 
separation  was,  however,  for  this  reason :  I  desire  to  remain  here  a  few  days, 
and  try  and  do  some  writing,  recounting  the  important  matter  I  have  gained 
of  the  Pelly  Bay  natives  relative  to  Sir  John  Franklin's  Expedition,  Ebier- 
bing,  Too-koo-li-too,  Mam-mark,  and  her  little  son  remaining  here  with  me.     On 


tfi:        >, 


.Ilnr,  IN00.1 


Hall  ivill  Renew  his  Journey. 


269 


tlio  n^tiini  of  the  sii(!(!t'>s.sfiil  tooJc-too  piirty  of  tliis  day,  I  invited  all  the  men 
into  iny  kom-montf,  and  there  I  served  each  with  moderate  drinlvH  of  capital  jjood 
Hourbon  whi.sky.  VV^e  talked,  smoked,  and  drank — talked,  smoked,  and  drank 
till  every  heart  Mt  that  it  should  be  friendly  to  everybody.  One  matter  is 
worthy  of  record :  all  the  men  of  my  party  are  still  determined  to  accompany  mo 
next  si)ring,  when  I  i)nrpose  to  try  again. 

It  would  seem,  however,  that  this  last  statement  was  directly 
against  the  experience  of  the  5th  of  the  month  which  has  been  re- 
corded ;  for,  on  that  day,  every  one  of  Hall's  companions  except 
Ebierbing  and  Too-koo-li-too  had  insisted  on  his  return.  Nu-lcer-zhoo 
(Jack)  particularly  had  shown  the  white  feather  even  while  standin<r 
before  Hall,  boasting  of  his  courage;  and  it  will  be  found  in  the  story 
of  the  year  1861.),  that  when  Hall  first  succeeded  in  reaching  King  Wil- 
liam's Land,  this  man,  when  the  whole  company  were  well  armed, 
was  again  much  alarmed  at  the  first  sight  of  strange  Innuits.  Hall 
certainly  found  each  of  the  tribes  hostile  and  apprehensive — mutually 
fearing  and  feared.  Before  setting  out  on  this  journey,  his  party  had 
more  than  once  spoken  of  the  See-ne-mee-utes — the  natives  of  ^^See- 
«ee,"  near  Cape  Berens — as  being  a  party  of  murderous  fellows ;  their 
way  of  greeting  a  stranger*  being  to  present  a  long  knife  seemingly  as 
a  gift,  but  allowed  accidentally  to  slip  into  his  breast.  (See  page  277.) 
That  a  fight  was  not  in  some  like  way  begun  by  the  Pelly  Bay  men 
on  their  meeting  with  Hall's  company,  seems  to  have  been  owing  to 
their  having  learned  from  Too-koo-li-too  about  the  ships  in  the  bay — 
Hall's  friends. 

*  The  customs  of  the  Eskimos  of  Cumberland  Inlet  in  this,  as  reported  by  Mr.  L.  Kumlien, 
of  the  recent  Howgate  Expedition,  seem  less  dangerous,  but  equally  strange : 

"When  a  stranger  arrives  at  an  encampment,  the  Ancoot  and  the  stranger  face  one  an- 
other. Both  have  mittens  of  seal-skin.  The  stranger  complacently  folds  his  arras  over  his 
breast,  and  inclines  his  head  to  one  side,  so  as  fully  to  expose  his  cheek,  vfhilo  the  Ancoot  deals 
him  a  terrible  blow  on  it,  sometimes  felling  him  to  the  ground.  The  two  actors  now  change 
parts,  and  it  becomes  the  strangei-'s  turn  to  strike,  which  he  does  with  a  vengeance.  The  two 
then  kiss  each  other,  the  ceremony  is  over,  and  due  hospitality  is  shown  to  the  stranger  by  all. 


I 


^, 


•^^^< 

».^.  Vv 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


^ 


// 


<.^.^t^ 


.V^ 


,.v 


1.0 


I.I 


i^y^  |25 

|5o  ^^~   n^H 
2.2 


no 


Ktteu 


M 

i^ 


1-25      U      1.6 

^ 

6" 

► 

V] 


y^ 


^>; 


V 


'/ 


/A 


Hiotographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  NY.  14S80 

(716)  873-4503 


^ 

! 

^!'      ,  ' 

'i. 

H  vK  '  1 

trifll 

III 

.;  i 


p 


HAPTER 


J7- 


JOURNEYS  AROUND  REPULSE  BAY,  SUMMER-LIFE,  AND 

THIRD  WINTER. 

JUNE,  1«66.  TO  FEBRUARY,  1867. 


■.:il,  >A 


T' 

■A 


in  • 


ii;;   . 


tP 


•-t^A-».^'..W       -t.-k'^'     I     -.'it^I-^r.alAi^ 


CHAPTER  IX. 


m 


J 


;« 


Conditions  neckssahy  for  a  new  journey — Experience  with  the  natives  of  Pki-ly  Bay— 
Arrival  of  the  tride  at  E-nook-siioo-j.ik— ITali.  goes  out  to  meet  them— Kkcei'tion 
OF  their an-ge-ko— Their  story  of  the  white  man's  monument  at  Shak-too— 'Jiie 

tin  cup  with  I'AI'ER  IN  IT  WHICH  WAS  THROWN  AWAY— THE  SKICLETONS  ItY  THE  JIOSU- 

ment— The  superstitions  of  itiese  people- Hai-l  accused  oi'  brixgixc.  sickness 
among  them— The  hanging  of  the  old  chief  and  ins  wife  by  their  son  "to  take 

THEM  TO  THE  HAPPY  LAND"— HaLL  KEEPS  THE  PEACE  BETWEEN  THE  PeLLY  13aY  AND  THE 

Repulse  Bay  nati%es— Seitlks  some  old  feuds  in  his  tipik— His  SLi;i)fiE  journeys 

FOR  SURVEY  OF  THE  BAY — EMBARRASSMENTS  IN  HIS  WORK — DEATH  t)F   OU-E-La's  WIFE— 

Ill-treatment  of  women — Arrival  of  the  whalers— Hali-  requests  them  to  spario 

MEN  FRO.M  THEIR  CREWS  FOR  HIS  NEXT  JOURNEY — His  ASSISTANCE  TO  THE  CAPTAINS— The 
ships  decide  Tt>  WINTER  IX  THE  BAY — HaLL  EXCAMPS  NEAR  THEM  IX  NOVEMBER — IXTEI!- 
COURSE  THROUGH  THE  WINTER — TlIE  CAPTAINS  WIIJ-  NOT  LET  THE  INNUITS  FURNISH  HIM 
WITH  DOGS. 

"Disappointed  but  not  discouraged"; — yet  Hall,  when  writing- 
this,  had  a  full  consciousness  that  at  least  nine  months  must  be 
passed  before  he  could  set  his  face  again  toward  Ki-ki-tuk  for  the 
Records.  He  had  tvirned  back  from  Colvile  Bay,  as  has  been  noted, 
with  the  words  above,  written  down  in  his  notes  in  sorrow,  but  with  an 
unbroken  purpose.  The  experience  of  the  sledge  journey  had  satis- 
fied him  that  he  nuist  try  to  org-anize  his  party  more  wisely,  if  he 
would  secure  even  partial  success ;  and  he  looked  forward  with  the 
hope  of  obtaining  assistance  for  this  from  the  whalers  when  they 
should  come  into  the  bay.     The  alternatives  before  him  were  either  to 


S.  Ex.  27- 


-18 


27:{ 


■l,^ 


i  'nil 

ll! 

1 

II 1 

1 

j^D*  mMi    \  ^ 

1 

Id  \  ^m  '    1  ^ 

p 

in 

Ipi 

Ifi?. 


274 


Plans  for  the  Next  Year. 


|Jnn«,  IN«e. 


g'ain  this  help  or  to  return  with  them  to  the  United  Stutes.     But  the 
latter  of  these  is  not  named  in  the  journals  of  that  season. 

For  a  renewed  advance  he  had  fully  decided  that  he  must  have 
the  services  of  several  armed  white  men  as  a  guard,  and  he  knew  as 
well  that  he  must  secure  full  provision  for  a  long  journey  and  at  least 
one  good  dog-team.  To  procure  the  dogs  might  prove  to  be  his  hardest 
work.  For  either  one  or  both  of  these  objects,  he  would  be  dejjendent 
on  the  further  continuance  of  good-will  between  himself  and  the  Re- 
pulse Bay  natives  and  between  them  and  the  Pelly  Bay  men ;  for,  as 
these  men  had  already  caused  his  own  Eskimos  to  turn  back  at  the  very 
point  from  which  he  had  been  ready  to  cross  to  King  William's  Land, 
it  was  clear  that,  even  if  no  hostile  attack  were  made,  the  same  intimi- 
dations brought  to  bear  upon  any  new  party  might  arrest  its  work. 
Among  the  Neitchilles  a  guard  might  be  a  necessity. 

That  the  Pelly  Bay  men  were,  as  Mam-mark  had  told  him,  '*a 
queer  people,  doing  many  strange  things,"  came  out  very  plainly  in 
their  intercourse  from  the  day  of  their  again  meeting  with  Hall  and 
his  natives.  See-jning-er,  who  had  been  the  first  to  overtake  the 
return  party  on  their  journey,  Avas  quickly  the  occasion  of  an  appre- 
hension that  he  would  bring  out  an  old  feud  with  them ;  for  no 
sooner  had  he  met  with  his  first  success  in  the  use  of  a  gun,  than  he 
was  heard  to  sa^^  it  would  be  a  good  thing  to  kill  Innuits  with  as  well 
as  deer.  He  proved  to  be  a  careless  fellow,  too,  in  using  the  weapon, 
and  Hall  felt  sure  that  if  his  men  could  prevent  it,  Sec-pung-cr  would 
never  be  allowed  to  carry  it  back  to  his  own  country. 

The  rest  of  the  Pelly  Bay  men  were  willingly  delayed  some  time 
on  their  journey  b}'  a  long  musk-ox  hunt.  Their  coming  down  to 
E-nook-shoo-lik,  where  Hall  made  his  fifty-second  encampment,  on 


f'l 


Jnnr,  18«6.] 


The  Pellji  Bay  Natives  Arrive. 


275 


the  10th  of  June,  excited  new  fears.  He  had  come  over  from  his 
quiet  rest  at  Fort  Hope,  wliero  lie  had  much  desired  to  make  up  the 
the  notes  of  his  late  sledge  journey,  hecause  the  luuuits  had  repre- 
sented that  they  must  move  nearer  the  whaling  grounds  before  the 
disappearance  of  the  snow  and  ice  should  tnke  from  them  the  means  of 
transporting  their  boats  and  sledges.  To  be  at  hand  for  the  capture 
of  whales  was  also  what  he  most  desired  for  himself,  in  order  to 
further  his  plans  for  securing  the  services  of  the  white  men. 

A  few  days  after  his  coming  down,  an  alarm  was  given  that 
strangers  were  seen  in  the  distance,  and  Oorig-oo-too,  harnessing  up 
his  dogs,  drove  Hall  rapidly  over  the  sea-ice  to  meet  them.  At  1 1  p. 
m.  they  were  found  at  a  time  when  in  trouble  at  crossing  a  fissure 
in  the  ice;  their  driver,  taking  Hall's  advice  to  pull  his  dogs  back 
from  the  slush  in  which  they  were  plunging,  crossed  over  readily  a 
little  nearer  the  encampment.  The  old  chief  Kolc-lee-arng-niin  and 
his  followers  renewed  cordial  greetings  with  Hall's  party.  Their 
teams  were  joined  and  sledges  formed  in  line,  and  a  triple  team  fol- 
lowed into  E-nook-shoo-lik  by  a  motley  group,  made  up  of  sixteen  men, 
women,  and  children.  The  hvillik  women  then  marched  up  singly 
behind  the  Pelly  Bay  an-ge-lco,  and  hung,  each,  some  odd  article,  as  a 
bead,  a  piece  of  took-too  fringe,  or  an  old  razor  upon  his  jacket ;  the 
an-ge-ko  himself  raising  his  eyes  solemnly  upward  and  now  and  then 
extending  his  right  arm.  Each  Innuit  took  one  or  more  of  the 
strangers  into  his  tupik,  Hall  having  for  his  guest  his  old  friend  Kok- 
lee-arng-nun ;  after  whicli,  festivities  followed  during  some  days,  includ- 
ing a  mock  musk-ox  hunt,  in  which  men  and  boys,  wearing  the  skins 
of  the  animals,  were  tiercel}'  hunted  by  other  men  and  dogs. 

But   throughout   the  reception,  each  of  the  Pelly  Bay  men  had 


.  ■  ■-  r 

:' .   .  'ij: 

;'  1 

'■I 

■:f:| 

i 

]      "■; 

■            Vr 

m 


276 


Sec-pnnger's  Story. 


[Jniio,  iseo. 


ke})t  full  in  .si<rlit  tlio  lonjif  knife  which  ho  had  shown  at  thoir  first 
meeting.  An  old  (juarrel  between  Scc-pung-er  and  Ou-c-Ia,  which  had 
once  nearly  cost  Oh-c-Iu  his  life,  and  another  between  old  Scc-fjnr  and 
Knk-Ice-arriff-nun,  were  still  unsettled.  It  could  not  then  be  known 
at  what  moment  an  outbreak  might  occur,  although  Ou-e-Ia  was  at  the 
time  absent.  He  had  just  lo.st  one  of  his  wives,  and  knew  that  No.  2 
was  near  her  death.  It  was  all-important  for  Hall  to  keep  the  ])eace. 
He  had  already  learned  something  of  value  connected  with  the  Frank- 
lin records  from  Sce-pung-cr  and  his  wife,  and  he  hoped  to  learn  much 
more  from  others  of  Koh-lee-arng-niin^s  party. 

See-pung-er,  three  years  before,  had  visited  King  William's  Land. 
He  told  Hall  that  he  had  seen,  near  Shar-too,  not  far  from  Pelly  Bay, 
a  very  high  and  singular  E-noolc-shoo-yer  (monument),  built  by  hoh- 
lu-nas,  of  stones,  and  having  on  its  top  a  piece  of  wood  something 
like  a  hand  pointing  in  a  certain  direction.  He  had  also  seen  a  monu- 
ment about  the  height  of  a  tall  man,  at  another  point  somewhere 
between  Port  Parry  and  Cape  Sabine.  When  asked  whether  he  had 
thrown  this  pile  down,  he  answered,  "Only  enough  of  it  to  find  some- 
thing within."  And  when  further  closely  questioned,  he  said  that 
what  he  found  was  the  small  tin-cup  which  he  had  just  given  to  Too- 
koo-li-too;  that  a  tight  top  had  fitted  it;  and  that  it  was  thickly  and 
tightly  wrapped  up  and  tied,  and  had  been  found  full  of  just  such 
looking  stuff  as  the  paper  on  which  Hall  had  been  writing;  but,  he 
added,  ''this  stuff  inside  was  good  for  nothing  to  Innuits,  and  so 
was  given  to  the  children,  or  thrown  away."  He  said  further  that  he 
and  his  uncle  had  spent  one  night  near  this  monument,  wrapping 
themselves  up  in  blankets  taken  from  a  pile  of  white  men's  clothing 
found  there,  and   that  a  hob-lu-nd!s  skeleton  lay  by  the  pile.     Hall 


tiii;- 


June,  IM««.| 


Hall  Accusal  of  Mischief. 


277 


thou^lit  that  this  story  seemed  to  confirm  whut  liad  been  before  told 
liim, — tliat  when  Franklin's  ships  were  crushed  by  the  ice,  s(mie  of  his 
party,  after  tryinj^  to  go  down  the  west  side  of  Kin*^-  William's  Land, 
had  turned  back,  doubled  Cape  Felix,  and  come  down  on  the  eastern 
coast.  And,  at  the  time,  he  persuaded  himself  that  the  monument  was 
the  vault  containing  the  long-desired  records. 

He  had  a  curious  though  short  experience  of  trials  with  these 
Pelly  Bay  peoph  .  His  first  trouble  was,  that,  after  a  short  absence 
from  them,  he  found  on  his  return,  it  had  been  whispered  around  that 
lie  had  been  the  cause  of  the  death  of  Nu-hcr-zhod's  young  child — 
bringing  on  spasms  by  placing  his  hands  on  its  head.  Relieved  of 
apprehension  from  this  rumor  by  being  called  on  to  prescribe  for  the 
old  chief  himself  and  for  some  children,  he  was  told  that  the  wife  of 
the  chief  had  hung  herself,  because  he  had  persuaded  her  husband  to 
remain  longer  with  the  Repulse  Bay  men,  and  because  he  had  given 
medicine  to  these  children.  The  tribe,  one  and  all,  accused  HaJl  of 
being  the  author  of  these  sicknesses.  Not  long  after  this  the  old  chief 
himself  was  hung.* 

But  with  the  assistance  of  his  two  Eskimos,  Hall  jirevented  any 
permanent  or  seiious  quarrels  between  the  two  parties.  Soon  after 
the  first  coming  of  the  Pelly  Bay  men,  old  Sce-gar  and  KoTi-lee-arng- 

*TIio  circuiiistaiicns  of  these  deaths  are  not,  however,  given  by  Ilall  with  his  usual  clear- 
ness. At  a  later  date,  he  says  that  X\\v  son  of  the  chief  toKl  liiui,  with  tears  in  his  eyes,  "lie  was 
very  sorry  he  had  no  father  or  mother  living  with  hiui,  but  that  it  had  been  his  duty  to  hang 
theui,  as  it  was  at  their  request,  and  that  by  their  dying  thus  they  would  be  sure  of  going 
to  that  happy  place  where  all  good  Innuits  go."  Scc-pung-vr,  it  was  well  known,  had  hung  his 
grandfather  when  ho  had  become  feeble.  Too-koo-li-too  said  that  these  I'elly  Bay  natives,  as 
well  as  the  Neitchilles,  iKslicved  in  Kml-hv-pur-mv-an  and  Atl-lec-pur-mc-an  (a  good  and  a  bad  place) ; 
but  she  thought  the  Iwillik  people  believed  in  nothing  of  the  kind. 

In  some  memoranda  prei)ared  by  Hull  for  one  of  his  lectures  after  returning  froui  this 
Expedition,  he  speaks  of  tliis  woman's  having  been  hung  as  a  "  peace-offering."  This  ]ioints  to  a 
dirticulty  that  separated  the  two  tribes  for  a  time,  the  Telly  ISay  men  going  olf  some  distance; 
iu  the  memoranda  just  named,  the  words  "a  terrible  time"  arc  found  in  this  lout  connection. 


I 


n 


278 


Quarrels  Settled. 


[June,  l!!i66. 


m 


\t 


a'  i 


m. 


-I 


' '%" 


i 


I 


www  had  closed,  in  liis  ttipik,  their  long-standiiig  grudge,  the  blind  old 
chief  confessing  that  he  had  once  wronged  See-gar  by  deserting  him 
when  nearly  starving,  and  See-gar  avowing  that  he  no  longer  retained 
any  ill-feeling.  The  two  men  then  sealed  their  renewed  friendship  by 
such  jests  as  these:  ^^ Kok-lee-arg-niin,  why  are  you  now  tottering 
around  with  a  staff,  crooked  as  you  are,  your  face  with  deep  furrows, 
and  your  eyes  dim-  you  used  to  be  the  smartest  and  best-looking 
Innuit  in  the  whole  country?"  "But,  See-gar,  how  is  it  thai,  you  are 
no  longer  fond  of  all  the  pretty  women  to  be  found?" — which  last 
speech  brought  out  a  general  laugh,  as  See-gar's  reputation  in  this  mat- 
ter was  well  established. 

Besides  these  reconciliations  and  the  previous  unhappy  troubles 
which  have  been  refen-ed  to,  little  more  is  found  in  Hall's  notes  of  the 
intercourse  between  the  two  tribes,  except  that  they  remained  near 
to  each  other  and  to  the  whalers,  who,  when  they  came,  gave  em- 
ployment to  both  on  their  ships.  While  so  employed,  Koong-e-ou-nk, 
the  Pelly  Bay  an-ge-ko,  having  been  severely  beaten  by  a  sailor 
belonging  to  Captain  Kilmer's  ship  through  a  misunderstanding  about 
a  pair  of  boots  which  the  wife  of  the  native  was  making,  was  pro- 
tected through  Hall's  interposition. 

While  waiting  for  the  coming  of  the  whalers,  he  could  not  remain 
unoccupied.  He  planned  for  himself  the  work  of  a  survey  of  the  bay 
of  which  Ou-e-la  drew  for  him  a  rough  sketch.  He  hoped  also  to 
seciu'e  at  least  one  whale,  the  proceeds  of  which  with  those  of  the 
one  cached  the  year  before,  would  be  so  much  toward  the  pay  of  the 
guard  he  would  need  for  Neitchille. 

The  sledge  journeys  made  for  this  survey  are  marked  on  the 
accompanying  map.     They  were  mainly  these:  Before  meeting  again 


I- 


'i' ! 

"  1 


' 


.  '■,! 


COMMITTEE     r\  ' 
HAY 


')\>  *       " 


fK. 


Ve; 


Jily^^ 


Be*- 


■o  1 


>-->JvJ;^ 

■  -R.KPU.ISE 

^*-,' 

HAY 

r 

SKETCH    OF     A ^ 

'J. 

n<:pm.sE  bay  a-. 

)  ** 

f3 

\\y  the  Iinmit   Ou-e-la 

> 

Drawn  June  9'"  IHGO 

^ 

1 

'J*i^l 


,  .•jLxiiL  -■'  i;.'  ■^.  ■-•■*--^- '  ^--  -»- . 


!'      ! 


:l  ^Sl  !i^ 


,4 


]■% 


tfi : 


II: 


:  W  ■- 


I  \ 


M"M\ 


t;6'"jo 


hr«run 


66'10' 


#Tf)ll...n\N  ! 


rroniiiiiTit  Hil 
fMMVushingion 


HALL'S     JOURNEYS 

IN    1866 


86°40' 


Drawn  /.V.I  l.indfiihpfU 


1! 

1   'i 

i 

i 
i 

i 

i  '•/ 

-  1 

« ■ 

i  i   ' 

! 

■     ii 

■'?'  " ' 


Sfi.'O 


sivoo 


8G":o 


.St.  UO 


S.^''^)' 


July,  IH06.I 


Hall  Beijins  Ills  Survey  of  Itvpidsc  Hay. 


279 


6t'3(i'' 


fiCCol 


witli  tho  Polly  li.iy  men,  he  luul  crossed  froMi  Iwillik  to  tho  wost  side 
of  the  bay,  to  a  jjoint  where  he  discovei'ed  si  rivei*  of  which  the  Iiinuits 
hiid  often  s})oken,  and  which  he  now  named  Grinnell  River;  it  was 
found  to  be  as  larg'e  as  the  North  Pole  River  of  Dr.  liao  Oii-c-la, 
wishing  to  visit  his  wife's  f^rave  on  Tee-kee-ra,  was  Hall's  doj^-driver, 
and  with  his  usual  success  killed  several  seals  on  the  journey.  Tho 
travel  was  difficult;  they  had  a  small  sled  and  a  small  team;  and  the 
snow  was  tracked  with  blood  from  the  feet  of  the  dogs,  made  sore  by 
the  hard  and  sharj)  roughnesses  of  the  ice-crystals  on  the  floes.  The 
travelers  themselves  had  a  shelter  for  the  night  within  a  snow  wall 
18  inches  in  height,  across  which  they  stretched  their  blankets. 
While  Ou-c-la  was  on  his  hunt,  ITall  liad  to  make  his  lunch  on  the 
vermin  dug  out  from  underneath  the  deer-skins.  Astronomical  obser- 
vations gave  for  the  position  of  Tee-kee-ra,  latitude  6G°  26'. 

On  the  14th  of  the  month  he  began  from  E-noo-shoo-lik  his  long 
desired  attempt  to  sketch  a  full  outline  of  the  coast  for  his  friends  the 
whalers ;  hoj)ing  thus  to  tempt  their  more  frequent  visits  to  the  bay. 
He  had  for  his  companions  only  two  Innuit  boys,  Oot-pilc  and  She-nuk- 
shoo,  who  were  to  bo  drivers  and  hunters.  With  these  he  started  first 
for  Fort  Hope.  On  the  first  day,  the  chronometers  were  injured  by 
the  breaking  of  the  tie  while  passing  over  very  rough  floes.  The 
dogs  suffered  imich  from  sore  feet ;  one  of  them  falling  into  a  crack 
in  the  ice  was  saved  only  by  the  use  of  a  lasso. 

The  second  day  was  divided  between  surveying  and  an  advance 
on  the  route.  But  after  a  halt  to  secure  a  deer,  the  travel  was  con- 
tinued until  3  a.  m.  of  the  16th,  when  they  reached  the  banks  of  North 
P(de  River.  On  the  last  i)art  of  their  route  the  melted  snow  had  been 
found  in  some  places  standing  to  the  depth  of  three  feet  on  the  ice ; 


-i^ 


•■■f 


!:s 


■^ 


Drawn    ii\   A   Linfffnkofii 


280 


Journeys  Around  Bepulse  Bay. 


[Sulr,  1866. 


the  dogs  with  great  difficulty  dragged  the  sled  through.  Hall  sent  his 
boys  off  to  hunt,  and  occupied  the  next  two  days  in  surveys  made 
from  Beacon  Hill,  from  which  place  the  coast  of  Southampton  Island 
again  loomed  up  by  refraction. 

Renewing  his  journey  and  arriving  again  at  Tee-kee-ra,  he  busied 
himself  in  renewed  observations  for  position,  in  taking  sextant-angles 
and  compass-bearings,  and  in  sketching  the  coast-line.  In  such  work 
the  time  passed  far  more  swiftly  than  while  housed  by  the  storms  which 
had  swept  over  his  igloo.  The  boys  proved  to  be  good  hunters  for  deer 
and  for  ducks,  but  failed  to  secure  a  single  seal  by  their  invariably 
bursting  into  a  loud  laugh  when  getting  near  the  .animals.  To  help 
their  seal-training,  he  afterward  made  for  each  a  shield  like  those  used 
by  the  Greenlanders.  When  he  was  back  at  E-nook-shoo-lik  the 
whole  party  of  the  Innuits  had  gone  off,  leaving  no  sign  whatever  to 
tell  the  white  man  where  to  find  them.  Hastening  to  Ships'  Harbor 
Islands,  he  found  no  traces  of  them,  and  returned  to  E-nook-shoo- 
lik  to  spend  two  days  more  in  his  surveys.  Having  crossed  next 
to  Sheg-lua,  at  the  head  of  the  bay  but  still  without  success  in  his 
search,  on  the  28th  he  set  out  for  Oog-la-ri-your  Island,  making  a  diffi- 
cult journey,  but  finding  his  old  friends  about  five  miles  from  the 
island.  The  boys  were  the  first  to  see  the  tupiks  on  the  shore.  Ebier- 
bing  and  Too-koo-li-too  had  been  persuaded  by  the  others  to  go  off 
with  some  friends  for  a  short  deer-hunt.  The  next  sledge  trip  was  to 
Rock  Knob ;  thence  to  Pi-tik-tou-yer  Heights,  and,  finally,  back  to 
the  neighborhood  of  E-nook-shoo-lik,  during  which  journeys  and  up 
to  August  3  the  observations  and  sketching  of  the  coast-line  were  con- 
tinued. 

These   had   not   been   made   without  trying   experiences.     The 


AuRUHi,  1860.1  Serious  Obstacles  in  Surveyin<).  281 

cliiinging  temperatures  of  tlie  past  seasons  had  cracked  the  silvering 
in  many  places  on  the  mirrors  of  his  sextant,  and  rapid  and  unaccount- 
able changes  appeared  in  the  index  corrections.  His  compass  often 
changed  so  rapidly  that  no  dependence  ^^'as  placed  on  its  readings  ; 
and  excessive  refraction  shut  out  some  points  of  land  and  brought  new 
ones  prominently  in  view.  "At  times  an  island  seemed  to  rise  and 
fall  as  if  an  earthquake  were  at  work." 

In  the  day-time,  radiation  often  forced  his  work  into  the  night; 
but  the  Innuits  made  much  use  of  the  night  for  their  work  and  their 
boisterous  festivities;  and  by  staying  up  all  night  and  sleeping  all  day, 
created  for  him  stich  an  uncertainty  of  time  that  he  sometimes  forgot 
to  wind  his  chronometers,  and  was  perplexed  when  writing  \v^  his 
notes.  Overcoming  his  difficulties  and  annoyances  so  far  as  he  coidd, 
he  began  the  sketch  of  the  bay,  of  which  the  accompanying  maj) 
represents  the  line  as  found  completed  during  the  later  years  of  his  stay. 

The  journeys  were  not  without  some  incidents  of  interest.  At 
Pi-tik-tou-yer,  he  found  a  well-built  circular  stone  wall  30  feet  in 
diameter.  It  was  an  old  camping-ground,  showing  many  Eskimo 
remains,  and  offering  inducements  to  any  one  whose  mind  was  not, 
like  his,  absorbed  in  other  purposes,  to  remain  for  its  full  exploration. 

Incidents  of  a  different  character,  however,  now  filled  up  all  the 
hours  of  thought  not  given  by  Hall  to  his  main  work.  This  seems  plain 
from  the  extreme  fullness  of  his  notes  when  setting  down  the  con- 
tinued annoyances  to  which  he  was  still  subjected.  The  iron  rule  of 
Innuit  customs,  already  often  referred  to  as  hindering  his  plans,  seems 
to  have  stretched  itself  out  before  him  as  though  it  must  touch  some- 
where every  purpose  which  he  might  form.  It  were  useless  to  specify 
such  cases,  a  number  of  which  will  be  found  in  future  chapters ;   a 


i 


.i| 


282 


Death  of  Queen  Emma. 


[Aagnat,  18«0. 


m   ■'< 


single  incident  of  interest  may  }'e  here  noted.  On  the  1st  of  July, 
Ou-e-la,  the  chief,  lost  his  only  remaining  wife,  known  under  the  name 
of  Queen  Emma.  The  poor  creature  had  been  very  harshly  treated 
through  a  long  sickness,  having  been  refused  nutritious  food  at  a  time 
when  it  might  have  saved  her  life,  and  again  refused  when  charged, 
through  jealousy,  with  giving  premature  birth  to  a  child  without  in- 
forming her  husband  of  it.  She  was  accounted  guilty  through  the 
decree  of  the  an-ge-ho,  which  shut  out  all  protestations  of  innocence 
from  herself  and  her  mother;  and  the  maledictions  poured  upon  her  by 
the  ignorant  of  the  village  had  helped  to  hasten  her  death.  Her  suffer- 
ings were  another  proof  of  the  indifference  and  hard-heartedness 
found  habitually  to  prevail  toward  the  women ;  other  instances  fre- 
quently occurring,  as  in  the  case  of  See-pung-er's  wife,  compelled  to 
walk  more  than  sixty  miles,  with  a  ky-alc  on  her  head  and  a  child  of 
three  yeff  vs  in  her  hood,  though  herself  in  a  delicate  condition  *  The 
death  of  Queen  Emma  gave  Hall  some  annoyance,  because  Ou-e-la^s 
old  enmity  against  the  Pelly  Bay  men  was  now  revived  by  the  declar- 
ation of  the  an-ge-ko  that  k  was  their  coming  which  had  caused  it. 

But  some  relief  for  all  !his  was  at  hand.  His  health,  which  had 
been  somewhat  broken,  was  restored.     The  season  had  been  almost 

*The  degraded  condition  of  women  in  coiintries  not  under  the  influence  of  Christianity  is 
too  well  known  to  need  comment.  The  chief  ot  a  tribe  near  the  Mackenzie  expressed  the  com- 
mon feeling  of  Northern  savages  when  he  said : 

"Women  were  made  for  labor.  One  of  them  can  can-y  or  haul  as  much  as  two  men  can 
do.  They  also  pitch  our  tents,  make  and  mend  our  clothing,  keep  us  warm  at  night ;  and,  in 
fact,  there  is  no  such  thing  as  traveling  any  considerable  dieitauce,  or  for  any  length  of  time,  in 
this  country  without  their  assistance.  Though  they  can  do  everything,  they  are  maintained  at  a 
trifling  expense  ;  for  as  they  stand  cook,  the  very  licking  of  their  fingers  in  scarce  times  is  sufficient 
fw  their  subsistence." — (Hearne's  Journey  to  the  North  Ocean,  p.  54.) 

Compare  with  this  their  condition  in  Central  Australia:  "While  husband,  father,  or 
brother  is  feasting  on  the  game  which  she  has  cooked,  a  wife  or  sister  thinks  herself  fortunate  if 
now  and  tlien  a  nearly-cleaned  bone  or  a  piece  of  scorched  meat  is  tossed  to  her  as  to  a  dog. — 
Wood's  Uncivilized  Races. ) 


'1* 


August,  JSttO.J 


News  from  Home. 


283 


uninterruptedly  pleasant ;  during-  the  nights  the  thermometer  had  not 
fallen  below  40°,  ranging  during  the  day  between  48^  and  57°.  His 
Innuit  friends,  from  whom  lie  had  at  one  time  separated  himself,  were 
not  really  estranged  from  him,  and  Ebierbing  and  Too-koo-li-too 
stood,  as  over,  steadfastly  close.  The  relief  came  on  the  last  days  of 
the  month,  when  the  first  whale  of  the  season  was  heard  to  blow  ;  and 
better  still,  when  refraction  brought  up  from  the  ice-horizon  the  forms 
of  three  ships  under  full  sail. 

It  was  not  a  mirage  of  disappointment.  A  boat  from  the  Pioneei', 
Captain  Morgan,  of  New  London,  in  a  few  hours  pushed  off  to  hail 
Hall  from  the  shore;  and  it  cannot  be  thought  unmanly  in  him  to 
have  i-ecorded  that  he  answered  this  salutation  in  tears.  The  sight 
once  more  of  a  single  friend,  from  the  midst  of  his  firmest  friends,  was 
a  full  overmatch  for  all  the  roughness  that  had  been  forced  upon  his 
nature  by  the  ignorant  and  the  degraded.  To  complete  the  pleasur- 
able change,  several  other  vessels  soon  came  to  Ships'  Harbor  Islands, 
and  the  Black  Eagle  brought  to  him  letters  from  Mr.  Grinnell.  From 
Messrs.  Harpers,  his  publishers,  they  brought  a  copy  of  the  "Arctic 
Researches,"  the  preface  of  which  volume  had  been  dated  "  On  Board 
the  Bark  Monticello,  June  30,  1864,"  and  its  last  proof-corrections 
sent  from  the  ship  when  just  leaving  the  harbor  of  St.  John's,  with  the 
indorsement,  "All  well  and  in  good  spirits,  bound  for  the  glorious 
North." 

Mr.  Grinnell  sent  the  following  letter  from  Lady  Franklin  to  Mr 

Cornelius  Grinnell  : 

Upper  Gove  Lodge,  October  18, 1865. 
My  Dear  Cornelius:  I  return  your  father's  letter  with  many  thanks. 
Please  thank  him  from  [nie]  for  his  kind  remembrance  of  the  deep  interest  I  feel 
in  all  these  researches  of  his  brave  and  adventurous  protef/e,  and  ask  him  to  con- 


284 


Letter  from  Lady  Franklin. 


f  AugUKl,  IM06. 


tiiiuo  Kciuliiig  me  all  \\w  iiilbriniition  he  jjots.  No  one,  e.sj)ccially  no  one  of  the 
Arctic  oflit'crs,  ciui  be  inditt'orent  to  tlie  news,  bnt  lliey  sec  the  ]>ainfnl  side  of  the 
matter  as  well  as  the  other.  It  is  our  liouiulcn  duty,  as  it  is  an  iini)etuous  in- 
stinet,  to  rescue  tiieni  if  possible,  even  though  we  may  i  >el  shocked  as  at  the 
sight  of  skeletons  rising  in  their  winding-sheets  from  ilie  tombs;  but  the  hitter 
impression  seems  among  peo])le  in  general  to  be  the  prevailing  one.  It  is  felt 
that  they,  or  Ac,  would  return,  after  a  death  of  near  twenty  years,  to  a  world  that 
he  knows  not,  in  which  the  loved  were  g<me,  the  living  changed,  and  in  which  his 
own  brain  would  turn  with  the  momentous  pressure  of  his  feelings  and  the  bewil- 
derment of  his  ideas.  Sir  Roderick  seems  shocked  at  the  news.  He  has  no  faith 
at  present  in  the  recovery  of  any  living  man,  and  deprecates  more  harrowing 
revelations.  On  this  latter  point  I  am  sure  you  will  guard,  dear  Mr.  Grinnell.  If 
the  journals  of  my  husband's  expedition  shoidd  be  brought  to  light,  nothing  that 
reflects  on  the  character  of  another  should  be  published — nothing  that  would 
give  sharp  pain  to  iiny  individual  living.  As  respects  my  husband,  I  feel  sure 
that  Mr.  Grinnell  will  yield  me  his  journal  if  he  should  ever  get  it  into  his  posses- 
sion. I  offered  £100  for  it,  in  McClintock's  Expedition,  to  any  man  who  brings  it 
back  to  nie.  That  reward  shall  hold  good,  though  I  am  sure  Mr.  Hall  does  not 
require  any  pecuniary  stimulus  for  the  good  work  he  is  engaged  in, 

I  wish  I  might  be  allowed  to  oft'er  another  £100  toward  any  equipment  that 
may  be  made  in  future,  either  in  aid  of  Mr.  Hall's  work  or  for  his  own  recovery, 
should  he  luifortunately  be  missing.  I  would  gladly  have  done  this  earliei',  had 
I  received  timely  information  of  his  second  voyage  to  Eepulse  l}a:v',  because  1 
should  have  felt  he  was  then  in  the  right  course,  and  doing  the  right  thing. 
When  his  first  plan  of  going  to  Northumberland  Inlet  was  brought  before  me  in 
18G0,  it  was  i-epresented  to  me  by  all  the  Arctic  people  as  the  wildest  and  most 
foolhardy  of  schemes,  which  must  necessarily  fail,  and  with  which,  for  the  poor 
man's  own  sake,  I  ought  to  have  nothing  to  do.  I  believe  Hall  is  now  doing 
exactly  what  should  have  been  done  from  the  beginning,  but  which  no  govern- 
ment could  order  to  be  done.  Therefore,  you  must  see  how  natural  it  is  that  I 
should  like,  even  in  the  humblest  and  most  subordinate  way,  to  help,  or  to  make 
Mr.  Ilall  feel  that  I  sympathize,  in  his  labors.  It  is  painful  to  me  that  I  should 
appear  to  have  no  heart  for  the  rescue  of  others,  because  my  own  dear  husband 
has  long  been  beyond  the  reach  of  all  rescue.        *        ♦        # 

Invited  to  a  sofa  on  the  Ansell  Gibbs,  Hall  again  found  the  change 
from  his  igloo  too  great  to  permit  sleep,  and  at  1  a.  m.  of  the  next  day 
was  off  in  the  whale-boats  cruising  with  the  men. 


rili'lll 


Aniant,  is6».i       IMl  Endcavors  to  Hire  Men  from  the.   Whalers.        285 

On  this  first  visit,  intent  on  tlu*  one  purpose  of  renewlnfr  his  explo- 
rations, ho  expressed  his  desire  to  secure  from  these  vessels  the  five  white 
men  needed  to  accompany  liini ;  but  he  met  witli  little  encouragement, 
for  the  ships  having  their  bare  complement,  could  hardly  be  expected 
to  spare  a  man  with  justice  to  the  objects  of  their  voyage  and  their 
obligations  to  the  owners.  This  difficulty,  however,  Ilall  at  once  ])ro- 
posed  to  overcome  by  securing  for  the  ships  as  many  Innuits  as  the 
white  men  he  asked  for,  and  Captain  Kilmer  then  engaged  that  if  his 
ship  could  return  home  in  the  month  of  September  following,  with  a 
full  cargo  of  oil,  ho  would  leave  the  men  who  might  bo  engaged  by 
Hall,  and  whatever  provisions  he  would  need. 

During  the  whaling  season,  assistance  was  rendered  to  all  the 
whalers,  both  by  Hall's  personal  efforts  and  by  his  influence  with 
the  natives.  He  made  observations  for  time,  and  was  gratified  to 
learn  that  the  rates  which  he  had  given  to  the  ships  for  their  chro- 
nometers on  the  previous  year,  had  proved  correct.  He  offered  advice 
as  to  which  whaling-grounds  promised  the  best  success  ;  he  sent  out 
his  own  parties  in  the  hunts  to  supply  the  ships  with  deer-meat ;  and 
for  a  time  nursed  in  his  own  tupik  one  of  the  sailors  who  had  the 
scurvy. 

The  captains  were  much  exercised  as  to  their  success  in  whaling, 
finding  it  necessary  to  make  several  cruises  in  different  directions,  and 
yet  without  satisfactory  results.  Morgan,  of  the  Pioneer,  before  com- 
ing into  the  bay  had  attempted  to  get  down  Frozen  Strait,  but  was 
prevented  by  the  ice.  Cruising  next  west,  and  then  to  the  southeast 
down  the  Welcome,  he  had  found  what  seemed  a  passage  there  into 
the  Duke  uf  York's  Bay,  but  only  looked  into  it,  fearing  it  was  shallow, 
and  finding  the  bay  yet  filled  with  ice.     Parry's  chart  was  found  by 


m 


28G 


A  Second  Whale  Captured 


[Aagaat,  1866. 


Hall  to  luivo  tl>e  liead  of  tlie  bay  marked  "Unexplored."  Captain  Mor- 
gan's observations  gave  ground  for  hope  that  a  new  cbainiel  might  be 
found.  Later  in  the  season,  by  advice  from  Hall  of  what  Parry  and 
Lyon  had  said  of  the  whales  found  in  Gore  Bay  and  Lyon's  Inlet,  and 
from  what  the  natives  also  said  of  this,  a  boat  was  sent  into  those 
waters  from  each  of  the  vessels,  but  without  success. 

The  parties  sent  out  to  hunt  for  sup])Hes  for  the  ships  were  gen- 
erally diligent  and  successful.  One  of  these,  after  killing  six  deer,  re- 
turned without  Ebierbing;  on  their  reporting  which,  Hall  immediately 
went  back  with  them,  and  found  his  lost  man  at  the  head  of  the  uay. 
He  had  been  too  busy  in  the  hunt  to  keep  sight  of  his  companions, 
and  was  well  satisfied  that  he  would  be  sent  for;  but  he  had  had  the 
pleasant  experience  of  finding  a  wolf  upon  his  track,  to  escape  from 
which  he  had  to  wade  into  a  lake  and  remain  there  until  he  tired  out 
the  animal's  watch.  Hall  and  his  party  heavily  loaded  themselves 
with  Ebierbing's  venison,  but  on  their  way  to  the  boat,  Hall  was 
nearly  choked  by  the  string  which  held  his  pack  catching  tight  under 
his  chin. 

Another  party  of  six  men  and  three  boys,  sent  out  for  the  double 
purpose  of  killing  deer,  and,  if  possible,  a  whale,  secured  a  whale, 
cached  the  blubber  and  brought  back  the  bone  from  the  head.  From 
its  length — 9  feet  6  inches  from  the  butt  to  the  end  of  the  hair — Hall 
judged  that  sixty  barrels  of  oil  could  be  made  from  the  blubber.  The 
whale's  whole  length  was  60  feet. 

By  the  1st  of  September,  with  the  help  of  Ebierbing,  Ar-mou,  and 
two  other  natives,  he  finished  gumming,  washing  and  preparing  the  bone 
of  this  whale  and  what  remained  of  the  one  killed  the  year  before. 
A  part  of  the  bone  belonging  to  him  had  been  carried  off  from  the 


October.  iN««.]  Atixioushf  AtvaUinff.  287 

shore  by  some  of  tlio  sailors  and  not  cntiroly  restored.  Makiiij^  up 
his  remaining  ju'operty  into  eighteen  bnndles,  tied  with  rope-hishings 
and  a  three-stranded  braid  woven  by  Mam-mat%  he  phiced  on  board 
the  Ansell  Gibbs  a  weight  of  about  1 ,500  pounds,  to  be  sold  on  the 
return  of  the  ship  to  the  United  States. 

But  the  whalers  were  not  to  return  that  season.  The  meager 
results  of  their  cruises  were  now  forcing  the  four  ships,  the  Black 
Eagle,  Ansell  Gibbs,  Concordia,  and  Glacier,  to  remain  out  another 
year;  and  their  captains  were  soon  to  choose  between  their  winter- 
ing in  this  bay  or  else  at  Marble  or  at  Depot  Island.  The  choice 
between  these  was  of  the  utmost  moment  to  Hall.  If  the  decision  should 
be  to  winter  at  the  places  last  named,  none  of  the  crews  could  be 
spared  to  him  until  the  ships  should  have  passed  through  another 
year.  To  go  down  with  them,  as  invited,  might  possibly  give  him 
the  opportunity  of  learning  something  of  Crozier  from  the  natives  of 
Chesterfield  Inlet,  for  there  were  rumors  of  their  having  seen  him. 
And  yet  to  remain  where  he  was,  if  the  ships  left  him,  was  of  little 
promise,  since  his  next  journey  was  dependent  entirely  on  his  getting 
the  men  he  needed,  and  he  was  unable  to  effect  the  arrangement  by 
which  he  proposed  to  substitute  for  such  as  might  be  left  with  him  an 
equal  number  of  Eskimos;  the  natives  themselves,  with  but  one  excep- 
tion, were  unwilling  to  go.  But  if  the  vessels  should  winter  in  the 
bay,  he  would  have  the  five  men  who  might  volunteer  for  the  spring 
months  at  the  wages  of  $50  per  month,  and  with  these  he  hoped  to 
make  his  journey  to  King  William  Land,  return  before  the  next  whal- 
ing season  was  over,  and  be  in  the  United  States  in  the  fall  of  1867. 
lie  waited  for  the  decision  of  the  captains  with  no  little  anxiety. 

Returning  to  Beacon  Hill  and  erecting  his  tupik  on  the  same  spot 


li 


28« 


/fall  linilils  an  Iff  loo  Nrnr  the  Ships.      iiv«»rmb»r.  in6«. 


i;; 


m 


m. 


wlicro  Uao  liiul  liis  tents  in  1847,  liis  piirty  snot'coded  within  tho  next 
nine  diiyH  in  killinj^  forty-ono  deer,  bnt  conipliiined  tluit  tho  uniniala 
were  why  jind  liad  kept  oil"  tho  coaHt.  'V\w  criKping-  of  tlie  snow  under 
loot  was  heard  by  the  deer  a  long  way  oft',  and  Hall  liitnHelf  had  very 
little  success,  for  when  taking  aim,  his  excitement  was  such  that  ho 
invariably  failed.  Ho  does  not  give  his  reasons  for  finding  himself 
under  the  influence  of  this  "buck-fever";  they  may  bo  almost  in- 
ferred from  what  has  been  just  written.  His  right  oye  had  suffered 
some  injury  from  his  having  neglected  to  use  the  colored  glasses  when 
taking  his  sextant  observations;  yet  he  made  daily  tramps  from  twelve 
to  fifteen  miles  in  tho  hunts. 

Under  the  anxieties  which  have  been  named  and  the  rumor  that 
the  ships  were  to  winter  at  Marble  Lsland  in  the  middle  of  the  month, 
he  again  visited  the  Ansell  Gibbs.  The  harbor  was  already  filled  with 
heavy  ice,  and  tho  ships  were  constantly  employed  in  keeping  them- 
selves free;  but  the  decision  as  to  the  place  of  winhiing  had  not  yet 
been  made.  On  his  return,  before  reaching  Iwillik,  ho  met  with  a 
severe  storm  which  nearly  capsized  the  Sylvia,  and  in  landing  he  was 
gale-bound  for  three  days,  soon  after  which  Ebierbing  became  danger- 
ously ill,  continuing  sick  the  whole  of  the  following  month.  Hall 
seldom  left  him. 

His  chief  trials,  however,  seemed  now  about  to  end.  The  cap- 
tains decided  they  would  remain  in  the  bay,  and  he  had  volunteers 
for  his  next  journey.  For  carrying  out  his  plans,  therefore,  and  for 
a  closer  social  intercourse,  on  the  24th  of  November,  he  moved  near 
the  ships,  building  for  himself  an  ifjloo  on  one  of  the  small  islands  of 
the  group  within  which  the  whalers  had  anchored  (No.  1  of  the  map 
of  Ship's  Harbor  Island).  Intercourse  with  the  ships  then  became  still 
more  cordial. 


T.  iH«».i     Till'   Whiter  in  an  f(/loo  Nmr  thv    Whalers.  289 


The  aniUHcmmntH  so  uecdsMury  to  sustiiiii  tlit*  clioorluliH's.s  und  the 
hoaUh  of  oflicors  Jind  inoii  Juriiij^  the  tedious  rigors  of  uu  Arctie  winter, 
were  fully  maintained  on  board.  A  dres.s  ball  was  given  on  the  29th, 
which  was  kept  by  the  New  England  captains  as  Thanksgiving  Day. 
In  another,  on  New  Year's  eve,  when  some  of  the  crow  and  a  few  of  the 
Innuit  women  were  dressed  like  civilized  ladies,  Hall  had  to  make  his 
choice  between  dancing  and  speech-making;  preferring  the  former,  ho 
led  oflF  with  the  first  mate  of  the  ship  The  captains  always  held  a 
seat  in  reserve  for  him  at  their  '\ffaninnnfjs" — yarn-spinnings,  chfitting, 
and  smoking ;  he  reciprocated  these  liospitalities  by  sharing  with  his 
friends  the  stores  lately  received  from  Mr.  Grinnell  and  by  liberal  gifts 
of  skin-clothing.  But  while  passing  through  these  enjoyments  noth- 
ing diverted  his  attention  from  his  main  purpose  of  selecting  the  volun- 
teers he  needed.  Quite  a  number  offered  themselves;  and  on  shore 
he  began  the  instruction  of  those  whom  he  accepted  by  setting  them 
at  work  to  dig  out  snow-drifts,  and  by  sending  them  at  different  times 
with  his  Eskimos  to  bring  in  meat  from  the  deposits.  Tie  now  thought 
that  ho  had  full  reason  to  expect  that  when  the  stormy  season  had 
passed,  he  could  make  with  these  men  a  second  sledge  journey  with 
success. 

Strange  as  it  might  seem  to  any  one  but  Hall,  for  these  two  and 
a  half  months  he  still  lived  in  his  snow-hnt,  in  daily  sight  and  sound 
of  the  ships,  which  were  now  comfortably  housed  for  the  winter ;  and 
this  although  his  very  frequent  invitations  to  their  warm  and  hospita- 
ble cabins  wan-ant  the  belief  that  he  might  have  taken  up  his  quarters 
on  board.  But  he  declares  that  he  could  not  rest  with  ease  unless  in 
his  igloo.  It  was  his  own ;  he  could  write  up  his  notes  in  it  and  study 
his  Arctic  books.     His  plans  for  the  next  season,  too,  were  again  ab- 

S.  Ex.  27 10 


2f)0 


Men  Seairrd,  but  a  Team    Wanih/ff. 


IFfbrunrr.  IHOr. 


sorbing  liis  thoughts.  Even  the  pack  of  wolves  which  swept  over  liis 
ifjloo  near  the  ships,  carrying  off  one  of  the  dogs,  is  spoken  of  in  liis 
journal  as  though  it  had  happened  as  an  ordinary  occurrence,  and  as 
tliough  it  were  in  the  lonesomeness  of  Beacon  Hill  or  among  the  In- 
nuits  at  Noowook.  He  would  not  depart  from  his  rough  Arctic  diet ; 
nor  in  any  other  way  unfit  himself  for  the  mission  to  which  he  still 
thought  himself  called.  But  this  was  again  suddenly  arrested.  Be- 
fore the  first  month  of  the  new  year  closed,  he  found  that  he  could 
not  possibly  make  up  a  dog-team  for  a  new  journey.  He  might  lose 
a  whole  third  year,  but  this,  at  any  sacrifice,  he  must  endeavor  to  pre- 
vent :  now  that  volunteers  are  engaged,  he  must  secure  the  dogs. 


-1^  1 


p 


HAPTER 


/• 


SLEDGF.  JOURNEY  TO  IG-LOO-LIK  FOR  DOCJS. 


FEBRUARY  7  TO  APRIL  1,  1|{G7. 


V    <ffi' 

\  m 

\i 

$ 


-..  !'■  I- 

l>   hi   if< 


fji 


^F  -  '  ;si 


m 


CHAPTER   X. 


COUNTEIt-CI-AlMH  ON  TllK  INNUITS  1  Oil  TIIEIU  DOGS— IIALI-  DKTKUMIAKS  TO  MAKE  A  SLKDGE  JOUU- 
NEY  TO  l(i-LOO-LlK  TO  PURCHASE  HIS  OWN  TEAM— LEAVES  SlIIPs'  HaRHOR  ISLANDS  rEBUU- 

ARY  7 — First   delays— Ou-e-la    loses   his  way— Provisions   iiecome   scauce— 'J'hk 

MOUTHS  of  THE  DOGS  TIED  UP  TO  PREVICNT  TIIEIU  EATING  THE  HARNESS— AM-I-1()IvI'; 
Rl'.ACHED,  HUT  NO  NATIVES  FOUND — OU-E-LA  ACCUSES  IIaLL  OF  BRINGING  HIM  TO  STAiaA- 
TION — IG-LOO-LIK  REACHED  ON  THE  27TH— PURCHASE  OF  DOGS — VISIT  TO  TERN  ISLAM),  TO 
PaRRY''s  flag-staff— OU-E-LA  PUTS  A  WIDOW  AND  HER  HOUSEHOLD  GOODS  ON  Till;  RE- 
TURN SLED — Hall  puts  her  off  on  the  ice — Starts  back  with  anothicr  native  as 

DRIVER— OU-E-LA'S   HAD    CONDUCT  ON  THE    RETURN — HaLL  AGAIN   SIGHTS  THE   SHIPS    ON 

THE  ;!Oth  of  March — The  captains  now  refuse  to  let  hiji  have  the  jien  for  his 

.JOURNEY. 

Dogs  enough  could  be  found  among  the  natives.  They  owned 
sixty-eight ;  a  number  sufficient  for  nine  or  ten  ordinary  teams.  Hall 
had  several  dogs  of  his  own,  ard  asked  but  thirteen,  to  make  up  the  two 
teams  he  needed.  He  had  anticipated  no  difficulty  in  securing  these, 
for  he  had  just  claims  upon  the  natives,  as  he  had  bargained  for  such 
as  he  would  ask  for,  and  really  paid  for  the  larger  number  in  tobacco 
and  other  articles.  But  the  captains  of  the  four  vessels  unitedly  ihlor- 
posed.  They  insisted  that  not  a  single  dog  should  be  permitted  by 
the  Innuits  to  go  on  this  journey;  claiming  that  they  "had  fed  these 
people  through  the  winter,  and  hud  as  yet  no  opportunity  of  receiving 
much  in  return.  The  natives  would  soon  need  all  their  dogs  in  sled- 
ding blubber  and  bone  from  the  open  water  to  the  ships  and  the  time 

293 


If 


^(11 


21)4 


i/«//  7?f^   Id  a  Loriji  Journey. 


(Vcbruary,  1867. 


of  Hall's  return  from  Iiis  proposed  journey  might  be  beyond  the  open- 
ing- of  the  season.  Tlien,  men  and  dogs  nnist  be  actively  employed  to 
increase,  if  possible,  the  jjoor  returns  of  the  past  year."  Hall  could 
not  even  get  one  of  his  own  dogs,  which  he  had  put  in  Ook-har-loo\s 
trust  on  returning  from  the  last  sledge  journey.  He  was  the  more 
surprised  at  this  issue,  because  the  use  of  the  teams  was  as  clearly 
within  the  ideas  of  the  conversations  held  in  the  winter,  as  was  his 
selection  of  the  white  men,  which  had  met  the  approval  of  the  cap- 
tains ;  if  any  difficulty  on  this  point  had  arisen  in  these  conversations 
some  trace  of  it  would  be  found  in  his  full  notes  Helpless  to  enforce 
claims  upon  the  natives,  who  were  fully  willing  to  keep  their  promises, 
he  determined  to  make  a  sledge  trip  to  Am-i-toke,  or  perhaps  to  Ig-loo- 
Hk,  even  in  the  very  depth  of  the  Avinter,  to  buy  his  teams.  The  jour- 
ney might  be  one  of  more  than  three  hundred  miles  ;  but  another  year 
could  not  be  lost.  The  captains  cordially  supplied  him  with  articles 
of  barter,  which,  within  the  next  few  days,  he  carefully  arranged, 
making  up  also  his  stores  for  the  trip.     Sending  his  white  men  to  one 

of  the  deposits  to  get  whale-meat  for  the  dog-food,  he  fed  the  men  on 
their  return  with  whale-skin,  remarking  in  his  notes  that  he  had  edu- 
cated them  until  they  really  liked  raw,  frozen  meat,  and  adding  that, 
perhaps  with  these  very  men,  on  his  next  voyage,  D.  V.,  he  would 
push  his  discoveries  to  the  North  Pole.  His  thoughts  had  been  on 
such  a  voyage  during  the  past  season.  It  had  been  discussed  with 
the  whalers,  and  he  had  openly  avowed  his  intention  to  organize  an 
expedition  to  the  Pole  as  soon  as  he  had  completed  his  present  mis- 
sion ;  he  held  this  voyage  in  mind  when  examining  the  volunteers 
for  his  present  journey. 

After  waiting  the  return  of  some  of  the  natives  from  a  trip  made 


li 


Vebrunry,  IH07. 


The  Days  Upset  the  Sled. 


295 


to  Lyon's  Inlot  for  door-meat,  by  tlio  7tli  of"  the  month  he  hsul  .secured 
fourteen  doj^^'s,  and  left  Ships  Harbor  Ishmds  for  Tj^-hto-hk.  The  tem- 
perature was  40°  bek)\v  zero.*  Ebierbing'  and  Too-koo-li-too,  for  rea- 
sons not  named,  wore  left  behind,  and  Frank  Lailor,  one  of  the  white 
men,  was  ])lacod  in  cliarge  of  his  ifjloo.  Ou-c-ln,  with  his  wife  and 
half-breed  child  and  the  boy  Oot-pilc,  were  his  only  companions. 

Arriving  opposite  I'itiktouyor,  Ou-e-la,  agreeably  to  Inmiit  custom, 
wont  on  shore  to  2)ay  a  visit  to  the  grave  of  his  hrother,  Shoo-shc-arh-nook, 
and  here  the  first  trying  delay  was  met  with;  for  after  a  night  in  an  i/jloo, 
they  already  missed  one  of 
the  dogs  and  found  two  oth- 
ers to  be  useless.  A  return  to 
the  shijis  became  necessary. 
But  another  delay  was  occa- 
sioned by  the  dog-lines  bo- 
coming  entangled ;  on  which  ukau-tooth,  used  as  a  T.xaiLK. 
the  dogs  were  detached  from  the  pe-to,  but  before  being  again  fast- 
ened to  the  sled,  they  had  roughly  dragged  Hall  and  Oot-jnk  along  for 
some  distance.  This,  however,  was  but  a  renewal  of  former  experiences ; 
for  Hall  had  more  than  once  known  the  dog-teams  pull  well  for  a  little 
while,  then  suddenly  wheel  around  and  overturn  him  and  his  driver. 
The  remedy  had  been,  to  jump  in  among  them  and  pound  away  with 
the  hatchet  until  they  were  made  tractable.  The  pe-to,  on  which  so 
much  depended,  was  the  line,  made  of  heavy  walrus  or  seal  skin  which 
fastened  the  dog-traces  to  the  forward  part   of  the  sledge-runners: 

*  It  cortiiiiily  iiiiirku  Htroii};;  resolution  and  conrnf^o  in  Hall  to  undertake  tliis  uortlieru 
trip  in  Fcbriiiinj.  Ca|>tain  Nare.s'  (R.  N.)  Judf^uient  in,  tliat,  unless  lor  tlu^  jiurpose  of  saving  lite, 
no  one  should  lie  ealled  upon  to  undergo  the  I'earl'ul  privations  of  an  Arctic  sledge  journey 
during  March  or  oven  in  the  early  i)art  of  April. — (Nan-ative  of  a  Voyage  to  the  Polar  .Sea,  lH7tt.) 


296 


Journey  to  Lj-loo-lik. 


IFcbruarjr,  1867. 


passed  tlirougli  ivoiy  eyelets  at  tlie  end  of  the  traces,  its  ends  were 
bound  togetlier  by  a  toggle. 

When  Hall  returned,  he  found  that  the  captains  were  on  a  fishing 
excursion  upon  a  lake  seven  miles  distant.  He  had  to  send  to  them 
a  request  for  their  consent  to  get  other  dogs ;  he  slept  that  night  in 
his  old  igloo  with  Lailor,  and  the  next  day  rejoined  Ou-e-la;  his 
team  had  already  traveled  sixty-two  miles  since  their  first  leaving 
the  ships. 

On  the  10th,  they  passed  up  the  river  at  the  mouth  of  which 
they  had  built  their  first  igloo,  and  after  crossing  valleys  filled 
with  deep  snow,  and  ascending  a  very  steep  hill,  built  their  second 
hut  upon  a  little  lake.  Ou-e-Ms  child  had  already  proved  an  an- 
noyance by  its  constant  whining  and  insatiable  clamor  for  bread. 
On  the  11th,  Ross  Bay  was  crossed,  in  which  was  observed  a  tide- 
hole,  half  a  mile  in  length,  that  smoked  like  a  coal-pit.  Seals  were 
sporting  in  it.  The  day  following,  they  came  to  an  igloo  occupied  by 
a  party  of  Inimits,  which  Ar-mou^s  brother,  with  a  team  of  seven  dogs, 
was  conducting  toward  Am-i-toke  ;  one  of  the  boys  of  this  party,  Ttik- 
kee-li-ke-ta,  was  the  son  of  Ag-loo-ka,*  a  native  who  was  said  to  have 
exchanged  names  with  Parjy.f  An  inlet  was  crossed  which  was  not 
found  on  Parry's  chart.     [For  the  route  see  Map,  Capter  XII.] 

On  the  13th,  when  passing  an  advance-deposit  made  by  these 
natives,  Ou-e-la  liberally  helped  himself  from  it  to  whale  and  deer 
meat.  The  next  day,  he  seemed  to  have  lost  the  way,  wandering  about 
over  low  ground  until,  night  coming  on,  he  built  an  igloo  on  a  small 
pond  which  was  found  to  be  frozen  solid.     During  the  whole  of  the 

*  Spoken  of  by  Parry  as  being  ten  years  old  when  mot  by  bim.     (Journal,  1821-'23,  p.  367.) 

tTlic  name  Ay-loo-ka  appears  in  Hall's  notes  as  in  use  by  the  lunuits  at  one  time  I'or  Uoss, 

at  another  for  Crozier,  and  here  for  Parry ;  it  seems  to  be  a  generic  term  for  an  offleer  in  command. 


February,  1 8U7. 1  Sevcrc  Truils.  2l>7 

15th  and  16th,  the  party  were  gale-bound,  but  the  time  was  not  wholly 
lost;  then'  bedding  and  clothing  were  dried  in  different  ways,  the 
clothing  by  wearing  it  in  bed ;  Hall's  boots  were  taken  in,  one  at  a 
time,  and  kept  under  his  jacket,  close  to  his  person.  A  heavy  coating 
of  frost  showed  itself  between  his  two  jackets,  for  the  temperature  had 
been  80°  below  zero. 

The  stock  of  provisions  was  now  getting  low,  bringing  fear  of  a 
want  of  food  before  they  could  })ossibly  renew  their  supplies ;  nor  was 
it  at  all  certain  that  they  would  find  natives  at  Am-i-toke.  If  they  did 
not,  they  must  hunt  walrus  out  on  the  drifting  ice,  and  thence  push  on 
to  Ig-loo-lik.  Thus  far,  they  had  lived  almost  wholly  on  dog-food, 
their  only  good  provision  having  been  four  saddles  of  venison  and 
twenty  pounds  of  sea-bread,  with  a  little  coffee,  sugar,  and  tea ;  raw 
whale  meat,  skin,  and  blubber  made  their  substantial  working  diet. 
Nothing  had  been  cooked  but  a  little  coffee  or  tea,  and  in  this  cook- 
ing, in  making  drinking  water,  and  in  drying  their  clothing,  they  had 
consumed  two  gallons  of  whale-oil ;   Hall's  native  lamp  was  about  half 


hall's  LAMl'. 

the  usual  size.  An  entrance-way  to  their  igloo,  30  feet  in  length,  made 
of  three  united  oval  igloos,  had  been  built,  that  the  dogs  might  be 
protected  from  the  storm ;  for  the  less  they  were  exposed,  the  less 
hungry  and.  poor  would  they  become.  They  were  sometimes  fed 
freely  from  the  whale-beef,  a  chunk  of  a  hundred  and  fifty  pounds 


Trn^ 


298 


The  IJofja  roorljj  Fed. 


IVrbrunry,  I8«7. 


MH 


fel-i 


Ifi 


of  wliich  wiM  given  to  tlio  hunf>Ty  beasts,  who  had  already  broken 
into  the  storeliouse,-  and  twice  nearly  eaten  up  their  harness. 

Awaking-  at  one  o'clock  the  next  morning-,  Hall  pulled  his  ther- 
mometer into  the  hjloo  by  a  string,  and  found  that  the  temperature 
was  30°  below  zero.  Looking  through  the  hole,  he  observed  that 
the  wind  had  died  away,  the  sky  was  clc-  ir,  and  the  moon  was  shining 
brightly.  Filling  his  coffee-pot  then  with  ice,  he  hung  it  over  the  fire- 
lamp,  and,  after  resting  for  an  hour  or  more,  made  his  coffee,  packed 
up,  and  again  started.  Oii-e-la^s  child  a  second  time  proved  very  trou- 
blesome, causing  repeated  '-alts ;  but  by  evennig  Hall  had  advanced 
about  twenty-two  miles,  when  the  party  built  an  if/loo  large  enough  to 
bring  within  it  all  their  goods  for  safety  from  the  dogs,  which  had  be- 
come yet  more  savage,  for  even  while  feeding,  the  fierce  brutes  were 
with  difficulty  controlled.  In  the  morning,  when  the  tyloo  was  un- 
sealed, they  rushed  into  the  passage-way,  wedging  Oot-pik  in  it  so 
tight  that  he  could  not  move,  and  was  released  only  after  Ou-e-la  and 
Hall  had  finished  pounding  them  out  of  the  hut. 

On  the  18th  and  19th,  he  was  again  gale-bound;  his  notes  express 
his  feelhigs  in  the  words  "  Too  bad  ;  but  God  overrules  all."  The 
food  on  this  day  was  of  stinking  ook-gooJc  and  whale-meat  of  a  greenish 
tint,  buttered  with  strong  whale-blubber.  Oa-e-la  thought  it  would 
take  at  least  five  days  yet  to  reach  Am-i-toke — discouraging  enough, 
for  the  plan  was  to  be  back  at  the  ships  in  time  to  start  for  King 
WilUiam's  Land  March  1 5,  but  this  it  now  seemed  impossible  to  effect. 

On  the  20th,  the  temperature  was  —10°  at  noon,  but  the  wind 
was  quite  strong,  and  the  drifting  snow  beat  fiercely  in  their  faces; 
yet  a  steaming  cloud  of  vapor  rose  from  the  dogs  as  tho}^  ran  along. 
Hall  thought  that  if  the  weather  moderated  they  would  not  give  out 


vcbruarr.  i8«7.i  Provisions  Exliaustcd.  299 

for  a  low  days,  althougli  tlioir  food  was  nearly  gone;  but  it  was  found 
necessary  to  tie  up  their  mouths  to  keep  them  from  eating  their  draught- 
h'nes  as  they  ran.  The  second  day  after  this,  tlioy  wore  fed  on  a  httle 
ook-fjook  blubber  found  in  a  deposit  on  the  shore  of  the  sea  which  they 
had  now  reached  by  an  advance  of  twenty-four  miles.  At  one  time 
they  had  pulled  through  a  gorge  10  feet  wide,  the  quartz  walls  of  wliich 
were  30  feet  high.  On  the  23d,  Am-i-toke  was  reached,  but  not  a  native 
was  to  he  seen.  A  journey  of  four  days  was  yet  to  be  made  to  Ig-loo-lik. 
A  strong  wind  now  preventing  any  advance,  their  igloo  on  the  24th  was 
built  about  six  miles  north  of  the  Ooglit  Islands. 

The  next  day  twenty-three  miles  were  made ;  but  at  night  their 
food  was  on  some  walrus-hide,  two  years  old,  which  Ou-e-lu  had  found 
with  the  blubber  at  the  deposit.  On  the  2Gth,  their  breakfast  was  on 
the  very  last  of  the  meat.  Hall  says  they  satisfied  their  hunger  by 
sharpening  up  their  knives  in  anticipation  of  the  walrus  feast  they 
might  have  that  night  at  Ping-it-ka-lik.  One  of  the  dogs  had  been 
furiously  set  upon  by  the  rest,  and  before  being  rescued  was  nearly 
eaten  up;  she  was  lashed  in  furs  on  the  sledge.  Through  the  whole 
day  Ou-e-la  was  anxiously  on  the  look-out  for  natives,  climbing  every 
high  piece  of  ice,  and  looking  sharply  to  discover  some  sledge-track, 
but  finding  none,  he  began  to  look  the  very  picture  of  despair.  From 
the  slower  progress  now  making,  it  seemed  to  him  that  Ping-it-ka-lik 
could  not  be  reached  before  night,  and  if  it  were,  they  would  find  no 
Innuits  there.  Before  long,  therefore,  he  burst  out  in  anger,  charging 
Hall  with  having  brought  him  and  his  family  into  a  starving  and  hope- 
less condition,  and  his  wife  and  Oot-pik,  catching  his  spirit,  looked  as 
savage,  and  cried  out  that  they  would  die  from  starvation.  Hall 
quieted  their  fears  as  best  he  could,  and  at  night  in  the  igloo  gavi;  to 


■'-i 

1 

if 


.'iOO 


Arrival  at  Ig-loo-lik. 


rrbruary,  lhU7. 


each  a  supper  of  liot  tea,  with  some  of  his  reinaiirm<r  eij^ht  pounds  of 
sea-bread,  pleasiii^^  Ou-e-la  by  giviiif^  to  his  little  idol  ehlld  as  inuch 
as  to  any  one  of  the  j^rown  j)eople.  lie  reminded  them  that  they  mij^ht 
find  walrus  deposits  at  Plng-it-ka-lik,  but,  if  not,  could  push  on  to 
Ig-loo-lik ;  that  until  then,  the  rest  of  his  bread  would  bo  for  their 
free  use  ;  and  that,  even  if  no  Innuits  or  dei)08its  should  be  found  at 
Ig-loo-lik,  they  need  not  think  of  starvation,  for  with  their  instruments 
and  gear  they  could  get  walrus  on  the  drifting  ice  in  the  places  with 
which  Oa-e-la  was  familiar.  He  then  gave  them  some  account  of  the 
sufferings  of  white  men  from  want  of  food  in  like  circumstances  with 
their  own;  relating  those  of  Franklin  and  his  ccmipanions,  Richardson 
and  Back,  on  their  return  from  the  Polar  Sea.  Before  sleep  came, 
Oa-e-Ms  good  humor  had  returned. 

The  next  morning,  sledge-ti-acks  were  seen,  and  the  party,  light- 
ening their  load  by  leaving  most  of  their  stores  in  a  snow-house, 
pressed  forward  toward  Ig-loo-lik.  At  2  p.  m.  the  voice  of  a  driver  and 
the  cry  of  his  dogs  were  heard,  and  an  hour  later  Hall  was  in  the  vil- 
lage, where  he  was  quickly  surrounded  by  a  crowd  of  men,  women,  and 
children,  who  had  heard  that  a  Jioh-lu-na  had  come.  An  igloo  was  soon 
built,  and  a  log  of  walrus  meat  and  blubber,  weighing  full  500  pounds, 
was  drawn  in  and  set  before  his  party.  Their  breakfast  on  the  next 
day  was  once  more  on  cooked  meat,  after  which  meal  the  Ig-loo-lik 
an-ge-Jio  made  his  appearance,  and  spent  some  time  in  an  ^^an-koot-hig"- 
welcome  service,  the  details  of  which  Hall  has  not  noted. 


During  the  first  five  days  of  the  month  of  March,  he  lived  in  his 
snow-house  at  Ig-loo-lik  among  the  natives  of  this  large  tribe,  and 
enjoyed  his  intercourse.     He  was  well  treated,  his  wants  entirely  sup- 


nnrrb.  ifti«7.i  Ig-loo-Uk  Ndtivcs.  .'K)l 

plied,  and  his  {qloo  often  crowded.  Interested  in  watcliin*^  the  man- 
ners and  customs  of  tlio  place,  and  in  listening  to  its  traditions,  he 
seems  to  have  been  so  nuich  occupied  in  observin<^  the  new  thinf^^s 
about  him  that  he  took  but  rou<,di  notes,  intendinjj  at  some  future 
time  to  write  them  out  more  fully.     This  time  never  canu). 

The  following  are  a  few  of  the  names  of  the  Innuits  here  mot  with, 
some  of  which  found  within  Hall's  full  list  will  appesir  again  on  his 
second  visit  to  this  place,  as  well  as  on  their  visits  to  the  whalers  in 
the  bay :  Ouk-piJc  (the  Eshemidta)  and  his  wife,  Kok-fjoof;  Nuk-er-top- 
hifj  and  his  wife,  Slmk-too-in ;  Ar-timg-un  and  his  wife,  Muk-e-ung; 
/iLiM  and  \\\»  vf\iQ,  Pou-dc-lung-e-%de ;  Ag-Ioo-ka;  Man-u-mit:  and  the  four 
boys,  Noiv-yook,  Ard-er-rook,  Potv-dcr,  and  Amer-wer-rik.  Hall  counted 
at  one  time  forty-two  women.  While  he  was  writing  down  his  long 
list,  the  natives  looked  on  with  wonder,  and  showed  yet  more  siu'prise 
when  he  was  able  to  read  their  names  out  of  his  book.  Among  those 
around  him  he  found  some  connections  of  Too-koo-li-too. 

The  Ig-loo-lik  people  appeared  to  have  frequent  intercourse  with 
Too-noo-nee  (Pond's  Bay),  from  which  place  they  obtained  their 
knives  and  other  weapons.  The  journey  to  the  bay,  they  said,  could 
be  made,  by  rapid  traveling,  in  four  days.  Ar-tung-un,  who  had 
come  over  from  Tern  Island,  remembered  Parry  and  Lyon,  both  of 
whom  he  said  were  very  fond  of  little  children.  Lyon,  he  recollected, 
had  danced  the  little  ones,  and  sung  nursery  rhymes  to  them.  Ar- 
tung-un  himself  could  sing  several  songs  leai'ned  from  the  sailors,  and 
could  count  in  English.  He  said  that  he  was  once  dead  on  board 
Parry's  ship,  and  was  brought  to  life  by  Parry's  an-ge-ko  bleeding  him, 
and  he  showed  Hall  the  scar  on  his  arm  made  by  the  lancet. 

Wishing  to  be  well  posted  in  the  ways  of  Ig-loo-lik  an-ge-kos.  Hall 


I 
t 


1  !  f 


;n 


302 


Hall  Buys  Im  Dogs. 


llVIarrh.  I  NAY. 


roquostod  Ji  profoasionul  visit,  when  two  nn-fje-Icos  cnnio  to  Iiih  liiit,  nnfl 
nl'tor  rocoiviiij^  a  fil(i  hh  coniponsntion  in  advance,  went  throuf^li  a  ])or- 
fonnfinco  of  two  liourH  for  the  relief  of  liis  face  wliicli  was  ten'ihly 
sore  from  hite  frost-bites.  He  tlionf^lit  the  perfonnancos  really  won- 
(leiful,  and  that  these  inen  are  not  impostors,  but  exercise  their  work 
in  earnest. 

Having  now  secured  the  full  good-will  of  Ig-loo-lik  by  presenting 
to  the  women  full  supplies  of  needles  and  beads, — going  around  himself 
among  the  ifjloos  to  deliver  these, — he  built  a  high,  circular  wall  of  snow 
close  to  his  own  hut  for  a  trading  mart.  In  the  center  of  this  he 
placed  his  sea-chest,  and  on  it  the  different  articles  which  he  had 
brought  for  the  purchase  of  the  dogs.  His  list  embraced  files,  hatch- 
ets, butclier  and  clasp  knives,  and  women's  or  chopping  knives,  seal 
and  walrus  harpoons,  pieces  of  old  hoop-iron,  old  whale-irons  to  make 
into  seal-spears,  pieces  of  wood  for  arrows,  bows  and  spear-handles, 


aasC^^^^gtO 


INM'IT    AliltOWS. 


tin  cups  and  pans,  old  meat-cans,  needles,  fish-hooks,  fish-lines,  pieces 
of  tin  for  shak-koon  (skin-dressing),  old  wrought  nails  and  other  bits  of 
iron,  beads,  sheet-brfiss  for  kar-oons,  and  iron  spoons.  There  was  a 
crowd  of  men  and  women,  some  of  whom  had  come  from  Tern  Island 
to  receive  presents.  He  traded  for  fo'irteen  dogs  in  as  many  minutes, 
setting  his  own  price  on  each. 

On  the  Gth,  he  accompanied  several  families  to  a  settlement  out  on 
the  ice,  near  the  walrus-grounds,  and  found  there  twenty -three  if/loos; 
an  unusueil  neatness  showing  itself  in  their  floors  of  snow,  **  iced  and 
almost  unstained;"  most  of  them   being  lined  with  seal  and  walrus 


Mnri-b,  l)H09.|  Visiffn     Tmi     Ishwil.  .'lO,". 

skiTiM,  making'  iIkmji  qiiit((  wnnii.  Tlioir  Ix'ds  wen;  of  tlu^  most  i-oni- 
fortnl)l(«  kind,  \rvvni  puiiiH  bciiifr  taken  when  makin^f  tlicni  to  lay 
down,  first  a  netting-  of  Hliort  Htiekw  or  wlialelxuu*;  then  walrus  or  ooh- 
fioolc  iik'ww \  dried  jrvass;  then  skins  of  sonut  kind;  then  doer-skins. 
Few  wnh'uscs  were  taken,  but  Hall  boufiht  two  rolls  of  hoiv,  wei{j;hin<;' 
in  all  about  four  thousand  pounds,  for  which  Im  {^avosonie  small  pieces 
of  hoop-iron,  an  (dd  meat-can,  and  a  stick  of  wood.* 

A  few  days  after,  a  visit  was  made  with  ()n-c-la  to  Tern  Island,  to 
yet  the  services  of  a  native  and  more  walrus  meat  and  blubber.  Nin** 
sledy^es,  each  drawn  by  from  twelve  to  twenty  dogs,  accompanied 
them,  all  bound  for  the  sealing-grounds.  They  made  a  lively  scene, 
cracking  their  whips  and  racing.  The  sealers  soon  left  the  sledges, 
and,  with  their  seal-dogs,  wont  otf  to  lind  seal-holes.  On  the  arrival 
of  Hall's  party  at  the  island,  most  of  the  men  wore  found  to  bo  absent, 
but  in  a  few  ifjlnos  were  wives  and  several  widows.  Sonu^  of  those 
wore  very  dark  colored.  Every  (>n(*  of  them  wanted  noodles  and 
beads ;  the  wife  of  Ark-shank-n  asking  a  noodle  for  every  cliild  she  had 
and  one  more  for  a  child  she  was  expecting.  In  the  evening,  this 
woman  and  the  mother  of  the  nn-f/r-ko  entertained  Hall  with  another 
performance,  the  woman  adding  to  her  share  in  it  the  small  matter  of 
finding  in  the  head  of  her  boy  of  fourteen  years,  a  plentiful  supply  of 
creepers  which  she  promptly  transferred  to  her  mouth.  While  Hall 
was  witnessing  this  performance,  the  dogs  ate  up  most  of  their  harness 
whicli  Oii-e-Iahiid  carelessly  loft  on  them. 

Getting  ready  to  return  from  the  island  the  next  day,  ho  found 
that  Ou-e-la,  without  asking  leave,  Jiad  here  made  an-angements  to 

*Comiuaudcr  (now  Admiral)  McCliiitoek,  on  his  iiiial  Kcarcli  lor  Franklin,  IWil),  readily 
boiifrht  reindeer  outer  coatK  for  a  knife  eaeli,  and  liired  four  EskinioH  to  build  a  siiow-liouRO  for  Ills 
party  at  the  rate  of  n  n«»cdlc  apiece.     (Voyage  of  the  Fox,  ji.  204.) 


304 


Presents  Made  to  Hall. 


innit'h,  IS«7. 


take  back  with  thorn  to  ]io})ulso  liay  a  wliole  faniily,  with  thoir  <»"o<)(ls. 
Hall's  sledge  was  now  driven  by  Oong-er-look,  who  liad  a  light  load, 
bnt  was  a  very  poor  driver,  making-  but  three  and  a  half  miles  per 
hour.  At  one  time  he  made  a  mistake,  whipping  the  lash  of  his  whip 
across  Hall's  poor  face,  making  it  sting  woefully;  but  he  quickly  cut 


iwnr  noxK  ciiaum,   k;  i.oo  uk. 


ixxfiT  M;i;i>i.r.-CA8K, 

1((-I,()()-I,IK. 


INNl'IT  KXIFK  AND  SAW. 


INNT'lT  KNIFE. 

off  the  end  of  the  lash,  and  seemed  very  sorry  for  the  harnj  done. 
Soon  after  this  accident,  a  warm  fur  cap  was  made  up  for  Hall  by  one 
of  the  Tern  Island  women.  Among  other  presents  to  him,  which  were 
not  a  few,  were  "bone  charms,"  held  in  high  esteem,  and  a  bone- 
handled  knife,  which  was  connected  with  the  sad  story  of  some  Cum- 
berland Inlet  natives,  whose  boats  had  been  crushed  in  the  ice,  when 


march,  1867.] 


Visit  to  Parry's  Flag-Staff. 


305 


nearly  all  of  them  were  starved  to  death.  The  knife  had  been  used 
to  scoop  the  brains  out  of  tlie  skulls  of  those  who  had  been  murdered 
to  preserve  the  lives  of  the  rest.  Finding  that  Ou-e-la  seemed  deter- 
mined to  take  back  with  him  to  Repulse  Bay  the  family  with  whom 
he  had  been  bargaining,  Hall  at  first  resolved  to  make  his  own  quick 
return  without  him,  by  taking  E-nu-men,  a  native  whom  he  liad 
engaged  on  Tern  Island,  as  the  driver  of  a  full  team  for  a  sledge  made 
of  Aoic,  with  just  enough  food  for  six  days.  He  could  thus  hope  to 
get  back  in  time  to  leave  Repulse  Bay  for  King  William's  Land  by  the 
1st  of  April.  E-nu-men  agreed  to  go  on  as  fast  as  he  could  drive,  leav- 
ing Oii-e-la  to  come  as  he  pleased.  But  as  the  dogs  got  at  this  Aow  sled 
and  nearly  ate  it  up.  Hall  concluded  that  the  journey  could  not  be 
safely  made  on  a  sled  which  might  at  any  moment  be  devoured  by 
the  hungry  beasts;  nor  could  Ou-e-la  be  trusted  to  bring  down  the 
other  dogs  in  season.  A  tremendous  gale,  with  falling  and  driving 
snow,  was  a  further  discouragement,  the  snow  being  very  soft. 

On  the  14th,  a  visit  was  made  to  Ar-lang-nuk,  the  spot  where  Parry 
erected  his  flag-staff,  and  then  to  Turton  Bay.  He  found  a  pile  or 
collection  of  stones  where  the  flag-staff  was  deposited,  and  says:  "On 
removing  the  snow,  which  only  partially  covered  the  stones,  I  found 
an  excavated  place  in  the  center  of  the  circular  pile.  I  then  lifted  out 
several  large  stones,  which  had  probably  been  thrown  in  when  the  flag- 
staff had  been  taken  down.  Then  I  came  to  disintegrated  limestone 
of  such  small  size  that  one  could  hold  fifty  or  sixty  pieces  in  one  hand. 
On  removing  a  mass  of  this,  I  came  to  chips  and  fragmentary  pieces 
of  the  flag-staff.  After  digging  down  two  feet,  I  came  to  where  the 
limestones  were  frozen  solid,  thus  preventing  any  further  research 
downward.         *         *         *         Could   I   have   dug  down   into   the 


S.  Ex.  27- 


-20 


ii 


If'! 


ill  ^1 


306  The  Team  Made  Up.  (March,  is«r. 

frozen  mass  of  limestones,  I  doubt  not  I  could  have  found  the  bottle 
containing  the  written  document  which  Parry  executed  and  deposited 
there.  *  *  *  f  jj^  piles,  or  collections,  of  stones  about 
the  flag-staff  spot  are  placed  in  such  order  as  to  represent  the  four 
cardinal  points  of  the  true  compass.  *  *  *  There  is 
the  furrow  or  trench,  now  evidently  just  as  distinct  as  when  first  made 
from  the  sea-coast  to  the  flag-staff  spot ; — made  in  dragging  the  flag- 
staff from  the  sea  to  where  it  was  raised.  This  furrow,  made  in  the 
disintegrated  limestone,  is  of  rounded  form,  and  from  two  to  four 
inches  in  depth.  I  was  grcflly  surprised  to  find  this  trench  so  perfect 
and  unmistakable  as  to  its  cause."  The  name  of  the  land  at  and 
around  this  spot  is  Koo-pra-look-too. 

While  Hall  was  visiting  a  place  of  such  historic  interest,  he  was 
awaiting  the  return  of  Ou-e-la  who  had  been  sent  off  a  few  miles  to 
get  some  of  the  dogs,  but  after  his  return,  a  heavy  gale  still  prevented 
the  setting  out  for  Repulse  Bay.  He  now  gathered  his  teams,  and 
rising  at  four  o'clock  in  the  morning  of  the  next  day,  he  distrib- 
uted the  remainder  of  his  presents  and  cut  up  his  large  sea-chest  to 
give  to  the  men  to  make  their  arrows,  spears,  and  harpoons.  A  stake 
was  then  driven  down,  and  the  natives  were  called  upon  to  tie  to  it  all 
the  dogs  he  had  purchased,  but  he  had  now  one  cause  of  complaint — 
the  only  one  named  as  to  this  people,  of  whom  he  speaks  as  among 
the  kindest  and  most  honest  of  their  race.  It  was  this :  One  dog  was 
brought,  small,  earless,  and  poor;  and  on  its  being  refused  as  not  the 
one  purchased,  further  compensation  was  asked  for  the  one  which  was 
then  brought  forward.  The  additional  pay  was  given,  and  this  dog 
proved  the  best  of  the  team. 

Having  now  succeeded  in  the  object  for  which  this  severe  journey 


H'    . 


march,  1867.]  Betum  to  the  Bay.  307 

had  been  made,  he  was  eager  to  begin  his  return  to  the  bay.  But, 
when  entirely  ready  to  leave  his  encampment  a  few  miles  from  Ig-loo- 
lik,  he  found  that  Oii-e-la  had  put  on  the  sled  a  widow  and  her  child, 
with  all  her  traps;  and  he  was  proof  against  all  expostulation  as  to  the 
delay  on  the  journey  which  this  must  cause.  Hall  then  started  with 
Ook-pik  and  E-nu-men  and  his  family  on  a  Jcoiv  sled,  and,  quickly 
overtaking  Ou-c-la,  again  remonstrated  with  him,  ordering  him  to  leave 
the  widow  behind.  Succeeding  by  bribes  in  inducing  the  woman  to 
stay,  he  finally  put  her  off  on  the  ice,  getting  the  promise  of  several 
natives  to  take  care  of  her  return  to  her  friends.  But  the  loss  of 
Ou-e-la.s  new  wife  proved  a  trouble  greater  to  Hall  than  to  the  disap- 
pointed chief 

The  travel  was  heavy,  the  pe-to  more  than  once  broke,  and  some 
of  the  dogs  were  continually  straying  off;  by  night  an  advance  of 
only  five  miles  had  been  made.  The  teams  were  then  found  to  be 
made  up  of  forty-eight  dogs,  eighteen  of  which  had  been  purchased. 
But  as  all  were  not  at  hand,  the  whole  of  the  next  day  was  spent  in 
going  to  find  the  lost  ones.  Then,  four  more  of  them  escaping  in  the 
night,  Oot-pik  went  back  for  them,  while  the  rest  of  the  party  pressed 
on  to  Ping-it-ka-lik.  Here  E-nu-men  conducted  the  party  to  a  ridge 
of  limestone,  on  digging  down  a  foot  into  which,  they  found  two  logs  of 
old  walrus,  which  they  lashed  on  their  kow  sledge.  From  this  point 
he  chose  a  route  almost  always  inshore  from  that  by  which  Hall  and 
Ou-e-la  had  gone  up  to  Ig-loo-lik,  and  on  this  line  he  crossed  a  bay  on 
the  west  side  of  Fox  Channel,  extending  fifteen  miles  to  the  south- 
west. Hall  had  not  found  this  bay  on  Parry^s  chart,  but  did  not  con- 
sider this  strange,  as  Parry's  was  a  "marine  survey  only."  From  this 
bay  he  passed  into  a  lake  twenty-five  miles  in  length,  lat.  68°  45',  long. 
82°  W.,  on  which  lake  they  made  their  ifjloo  by  the  side  of  a  ridge  of 


I.' 

•1; 


308 


Oti-e-la's  Conduct. 


[narch,  iser. 


ice  extending  as  far  as  the  eye  could  reacli.  Near  it,  beneath  the 
snow,  water  was  easily  obtained,  and  the  frozen  kow,  placed  in  this, 
was  thawed  in  three  hours. 

He  now  experienced  a  renewal  of  the  trials  which  Ou-e-Ia  had 
given  him  on  his  route  to  Igloo-lik.  Repeatedly  on  that  journey  he 
had  shown  a  selfish  disposition,  especially  in  helping  himself  most 
freely  to  the  best  of  the  provision,  of  which  his  wife  also  secretly 
took  a  large  share  At  Ig-loo-lik,  to  Hall's  disadvantage,  Ou-e-Ia 
had  purchased  for  himself  several  dogs,  and  now,  on  the  homeward 
route,  he  proved  exceedingly  careless  of  Hall's  team,  while  liberally 
feeding  his  own.  To  this  he  added  an  increased  exhibition  of  evil 
temper,  the  source  of  which  was  probably  to  be  found  in  his  disap- 
pointment in  not  obtaining  the  widow.  He  had  cordially  agreed  to 
go  on  this  journey  for  the  very  purpose  of  adding  to  the  number  of 
his  wives,  but  Hall,  when  consenting  to  this,  had  not  anticipated  that  he 
would  bring  down  a  family  with  all  their  goods.  His  evil  conduct 
reached  its  worst  on  the  2  2d,  when  he  took  advantage  of  Hall's  sick- 
ness from  continunl  living  on  walrus-meat,  to  feast  himself  and  wife 
more  than  once,  refused  a  fair  supply  of  food  to  either  Hall  or 
Oot-jnk,  and  subjected  the  white  man,  in  his  feeble  state,  to  the  most 
menial  services.  He  ordered  him  to  bring  in  the  snow-water  for 
drinking,  and,  with  other  services,  to  put  the  kow  sledge  on  top  of  the 
iffloo  when  it  was  necessary  to  keep  it  from  the  dogs.  The  weak  state 
of  the  invalid,  with  the  renewed  feeling  that  he  was  in  the  hands  of  a 
savage,  induced  him  to  submit  to  these  orders.  He  says  in  his  notes 
of  the  day,  "  I  had  great  reason  at  times  to  shoot  the  savage  down  on 
the  spot,  and  know  not  how  long  it  may  be  before  I  shall  have  to  do 
so  terrible  an  act  to  save  my  own  dear  life."  But  he  more  wisely 
reserved  his  punishment  until  they  should  reach  the  ships. 


narch,  tsar. 


The  Nriv  Dkappointment 


;509 


E-mi-mcn  and  Oot-plh  caught  the  same  spirit,  so  far  as  to  make 
inexcusable  delays  ;  and  these  were  increased  by  the  usual  experi- 
ences of  gales  which  bound  Hall  a  day  or  more  at  a  time,  and  to- 
ward the  last  of  the  journey,  by  the  complete  giving-out  of  the  Ao't; 
sledge,  on  tlie  temperature  rising  to  16°.  All  the  dogs  were  then 
attached  to  the  large  sledge  in  the  midst  of  a  furious  snow-drift. 
They  were  showing  their  faintness  for  want  of  food  by  their  tails 
standing  straight  out,  instead  of  curling  over  their  backs.  As  the 
result  of  all  these  causes  of  delay,  the  speed  was  never  more  than 
three  miles  per  hour,  and  generally  less.  On  the  24th,  however,  they 
had  struck  the  land,  from  which  their  course  was  nearly  direct  to  the 
head  of  the  bay  ;  on  the  31st,  they  again  sighted  the  ships. 

This  journey  for  dogs  had  cost  Hall  fifty-two  more  days  of  pre- 
cious time,  during  which  his  sufferings  appear  to  have  been  borne 
with  his  usual  fortitude.  He  now  found  that  his  proposed  journey  to 
King  William's  Land  was  again  utterly  arrested.  Two  months  before, 
when  he  had  his  men  seemingly  secured,  the  captains'  plea  had  been 
that  they  could  not  spare  the  dogs.  He  had  now  returned  from 
Ig-loo-lik  with  his  own  full  team;  but  the  whaling  season  is  open,  and 
he  is  behind  time ;  they  cannot  spare  a  man.  Hall  could  punish 
Ou-e-Ia,  as  he  now  did,  by  seizing  all  his  dogs  and  holding  them  until 
he  had  given  penitent  pledges  for  future  good  conduct.  But  it  is  not 
surprising  that  for  a  number  of  days  he  lay  sick  and  almost  hopeless 
in  his  iyloo.  His  feelings,  however,  and  his  relations  to  the  masters  of 
the  vessels  will  be  best  learned  from  the  following  letter,  addressed  to 

one  of  them  at  this  time : 

My  Snow  House  Encampment, 

Bcjnilw  Bay,  Ajn-il  12,  1807. 
My  Dear  Sib  :  Your  note  of  this  date,  solicitingf  my  company  on  board 
your  vessel  to  tea  this  evening,  has  been  received.    I  thank  you  for  this  kindly 


310 


HalVs  Letter  About  the  Men. 


[April,  1867. 


% 


request,  for  by  it  I  judge,  if  iny  heart  is  not  amiss,  that  you  did  not  really  intend 
to  wound  my  feelings,  and  do  nie  and  the  cause  I  represent  the  injustice  you  did 
on  board  the  Glacier  last  Friday  evening.  Allow  me  to  state  that  I  am  not 
aware  of  ever  having  entertained  for  a  moment  any  thought  to  injure  your  feel- 
ings in  any  way.  The  very  nature  of  the  mission  to  which  I  have  devoted  the 
last  seven  years  of  my  life  has  led  me  to  do  all  in  my  power  to  get  to  King  Will- 
iam's Land  and  its  neighboring  lands  as  soon  as  possible,  and,  therefore,  I  have 
never  swerved  from  this  priucii)le,  which  has  been  to  do  all  in  my  power  to  live 
on  good  terms  with  every  man,  that  I  might  have  his  co-operation  in  accomplish- 
ing the  end  I  have  in  view,  to  wit,  the  rescue  of  some  survivor  or  survivors  of  Sir 
John  Franklin's  Expedition,  whom  I  have  believed  might  still  be  living,  and  that 
I  might  recover  some  of  the  journals  of  that  expedition,  and  otherwise  gain  most 
important  information  relating  to  the  fate  of  all  the  missing  ones. 

Obstacle  after  obstacle  has  been  before  me,  but  perseverance  has  overcome 
them  all  except  the  last.  I  have  done  all,  as  now  seemeth  to  me,  that  I  could  do 
to  remove  it.  How  sorrowfully  disai)pointed  will  the  noble-hearted  Mr.  Grinnell 
be,  and  the  thousands  of  good  hearts  of  our  countrymen,  and  of  other  portions  of 
the  civilized  world,  when  they  find  that  I  have  been  obliged  to  turn  back  just 
when  I  should,  and  might  well,  push  on,  and  quickly  finish  up  the  work  before 
me  I  Believe  me,  captain,  when  I  tell  you  that  I  feel  in  my  own  heart  that  with 
the  renewal  of  your  warm  co-operation  at  once,  or  in  a  very  few  days,  I  and  the 
previously-organized  sledge  party  can  this  spring  perform  my  purposed  sledge 
journey  in  season  to  be  back  here  the  latter  part  of  June ;  and  that  by  your  thus 
doing  there  will  be  no  occasion  for  organizing  another  party  of  like  kind  here- 
after. If  you  knew  how  deeply  I  regret  the  withdrawal  of  your  helping  hand, 
just  at  the  moment  when,  as  I  feel,  it  is  most  needed,  I  am  sure  you  would  ex- 
tend it  again  without  a  moment's  delay.  I  pray  you  consider  this  whole  matter, 
not  as  mine  alone,  but  as  Mr.  Grinnell's,  and  the  thousands  who  have  their  eyes 
upon  me,  and  feel  a  deei)  interest  in  all  that  pertains  to  Sir  John  Franklin's  lost 
expedition. 

Excuse  me,  captain,  if  I  am  not  there  to  tea,  for  really  I  feel  so  overwhelmed 
in  grief  at  my  disappointment  in  not  making  the  sledge  journey  for  which  I  have 
so  long  been  preparing,  that  I  am  sure  I  could  not  contribute  one  jot  to  any  one's 
social  enjoyment. 

Most  respectfully, 

C.  F.  HALL. 


I    s 


p 


HAPTER 


n 


JOURNEY  TO  CAPE  WEYNTON  AND  WINTER  OF  1868. 


in: 


111   r* ;         "•■ 


I  ' 


w    1 1 


CHAPTER  XI. 


AXXIETY  FOn  THE  SAFETY  OF  THE  CACHE  MADE   IX   18(i0— HaLL's  PAUTY  SETS  OUT  TO  VISIT  IT, 

May  1— Route  by  Giuson's  Cove,  Waluus  Island,  and  Iwiluk  to  Christie  Lake- 
Sails  RAISED  ON  THE  SLED— SnoW-BLINDNESS— MiLES  LAKE   REACHED— STUANGE  InNUITS 

seen— The  Sea  of  Ak-koo-lee  and  Toint  Hakgrave  reached — Expedients  to  hurry 
ui'  THE  DOGS— Cape  Weynton  reached — The  cache  changed— Return  to  Beacon 
Hill— A  week's  musk-ox  hunt— Survey  of  Ships  Harbor  Islands- Na  five  supeijsti- 
Tiox— Hall's  purchase  ok  supplies- Capture  of  a  walrus — The  hiring  of  five 
WHITE  MEN— Winter  quarters. 

No  new  journey  now  to  King  William's  Land!  In  addition  to  this 
extreme  disappointment,  there  came  upon  Hall  the  uncomfortable 
remembrance  of  the  deposit  of  provisions  made  at  Cape  Weynton,  a 
twelvemonth  before,  which  he  had  so  fondly  hoped  would  serve  him 
on  going-  out  again  at  this  veiy  time.  The  safety  of  the  cache,  which 
had  never  been  a  certainty,  now  became  a  matter  of  deep  concern  from 
the  accounts  received  from  the  whalers  of  the  conduct  of  the  Pelly  Bay 
natives,  who  had  been  laying  their  hands  on  many  small  articles 
belonging  to  the  ships,  and  even  on  the  tents  left  on  shore.  There 
was  reason,  therefore,  to  apprehend  that  on  their  return  home,  on 
which  the  tribe  had  now  set  out,  they  would  destroy  this  advance 
deposit,  which  otherwise  would  be  so  much  gain  whenever  Hall  could 
renew  his  journey.     He  must  go  now  to  the  Cape. 

Expecting  to  be  absent  not  longer  than  twelve  days,  he  gained 


m 


314 


Sledfic  Trip  to  Cape  Wcynton. 


[Iflart  1807. 


1 

( 

,  i 

1 

J 

!«■ 

^'^.^'SpH 

tliG  consent  of  the  captains  to  take  Frank  Leonard  and  Peter  Bayne, 
of  the  Ansell  Gibbs;  and  Silas  Norton,  of  the  Concordia;  and  witli 
these  and  his  own  two  Eskimos,  left  Ships  Harbor  Islands  May  1.  He 
had  a  team  of  nineteen  dogs  for  a  Large  sled,  the  full  load  on  which 
weighed  1,700  pounds;  several  Innuit  friends  assisted  in  loading  up 
and  starting  it.  Over  the  smooth  sea-ice  their  first  advance  averaged 
two  and  a  half  miles  per  hour.  Passing  next  over  two  miles  of  rough 
ice  befoi-e  entering  Gibson's  Cove,  at  noon  they  arrived  at  Walrus 
Island;  at  2  p.  m.  they  were  opposite  Iwillik;  and  at  10  p.  m.  com- 
pleted their  first  igloo.  The  keen  appetite  of  travel  was  satisfied  by  a 
hearty  meal  of  raw  deer-meat,  coffee,  and  bread,  with  rank  whale- 
blubber  for  butter;  and  the  dogs  had  a  small  meal  to  prevent  their 
running  back  to  the  islands. 

The  travel  through  the  early  part  of  the  next  day  was  under  sail 
hoisted  on  the  sled  to  assist  the  dogs,  until  the  wind  died  away  and 
the  sun  came  out.  The  sails  were  then  furled  and  the  sled  re-shod. 
Night  found  them  under  a  high  bluff"  hill  on  the  east  side  of  Christie 
Lake,  the  choice  of  which  spot  was  made  in  the  expectation  that  water 
could  be  obtained  by  removing  some  of  the  snow  from  the  huge  bank. 
In  this  the  party  were  not  disappointed. 

The  next  day  they  were  housed  by  a  gale  from  the  north-north- 
west, which  had  set  in  on  the  night  previous,  accompanied  by  flying 
snow  so  thick  that  one  .  "uld  not  see  an  arm's  length,  nor  visit  the 
water-supply;  on  digging  through  the  snow,  however,  Ebierbing  found 
water  within  the  encampment.  All  hands  then  turned  out  and  built 
a  toohsoo  (outer  igloo)  to  protect  the  dogs,  and  "preserve  their  fat  for 
working  service."  When  the  gale  broke,  the  carcass  of  an  old  Polar 
beai-,  which  had  been  brought  along  for  them,  was  chopped  up  and 


Itfar.  INd7.1 


Skdf/c  Trip  to  Cape  Weynton. 


315 


distributed.  In  the  «venin<^  tlie  dome  of  tlie  igloo  was  built  up  higher, 
08  it  was  beginning  to  come  down. 

On  the  4tli,  Ebierbing  and  Norton  were  painfully  affected  with 
snow-blindness,  and  again  a  strong  breeze  with  flying  drift  prevailed; 
but  at  1.40 1),  m.  the  extreme  end  of  Christie  Lake  was  reached,  and  here, 
at  the  **  Lower  Narrows,"  a  b.'ind  of  sixteen  deer  was  seen;  this  excited 
the  dogs  to  increased  speed.  At  2.55,  the  party  crossed  the  very  short 
portage  between  Dr.  Rae's  One-mile  Lake  and  his  Six-mile  Lake,  from 
the  northwest  end  of  which  last  they  passed  on  to  a  pond,  and  at  the 
end  of  the  next  half  hour  descended  the  100-foot  bank  spoken  of  by 
Rae,  and  made  their  third  igloo  on  Miles  Lake.  On  the  portage 
between  the  lakes,  a  long  line  of  stones  was  found,  set  up  on  a  sharp 
ridge  of  rocks,  to  frighten  the  deer  and  force  them  into  a  particular 
route.  During  the  day,  Norton,  who  was  leading  the  party,  had  sud- 
denly halted  his  team  on  discovering  what  seemed  to  him  the  foot- 
prints of  a  man;  they  were  only  some  of  nature's  freaks  with  the 
snow.  The  travel  had  averaged  two  and  a  half  miles  per  hour, 
although  the  snow  was  quite  deep,  and  not  hardened  by  the  northward 
or  westerly  gales.  The  snow-blindness  of  Ebierbing  and  of  Frank 
and  Norton  increased ;  yet  the  journey  was  resumed  after  having 
made,  for  use  on  the  return  trip,  a  deposit  of  one-third  of  the  provis- 
ions under  the  snow  bed-platform  of  the  hut  which  they  now  left. 

Strange  Innuits  were  here  discovered  crossing  Miles  Lake,  and 
coming  at  first  directly  toward  Hall  while  loading  up  his  sledge.  They 
proved  to  be  *^ Koong-oii-e-lik^^  ("Mind-your-own-business")  and  the  big 
son  of  Too-shoo-art-thar-i-u,  who,  with  three  dogs,  were  drawing  a 
nnisk-ox  skin  filled  with  the  beef  The  hours  from  midnight  to  '6  a.  m. 
were  spent  in  endeavoring  to  get  again  upon  the  tracks  of  these  natives. 


Ill)'     i 


;;i«i 


Snow-hUnd. 


irnny,  IHHt. 


J  ■ 


ii 


ill  conHctiuonco  of  tho  Iohh  of  lour  do^s  which  had  HtraytMl  off,  stututing 
th(Mr  musk-ox  meat  Much  hindered  by  the  thickly-faUinjj  snow,  Hall 
and  Peter  Bayno  succeeded  in  recovering  the  dogs  at  the  Ujloos  wliero 
tho  Polly  Hay  men  were  sleeping.  No  one  of  these  showed  his  head, 
hut  various  stolen  articles  were  observed  lying  outside  of  the  hut. 
Half  an  hour  later,  an  advance  was  again  made  toward  the  sea  of 
Ak-koo-lee  on  the  same  route  which  had  been  followed  in  186G. 
During  the  day  Frank  and  Norton,  blindfolded,  sometimes  rode  upon 
tho  sledge,  at  others  walked  behind,  resting  upon  it;  at  6.35  p.  m.,  tho 
party  halted  on  the  bed  of  a  river.  Thier  next  igloo,  on  the  Gth,  was 
made  at  10.15  a.  m.,  the  travel  having  been  made  during  the  night  to 
prevent  snow-blindness.  At  10  p.  m.  of  the  same  day,  again  starting 
out,  they  had  the  misfortune  to  run  off  a  steep  bank  50  feet  high,  which 
threw  all  into  consternation,  and  nearly  broke  their  necks.  The  acci- 
dent, however,  delayed  them  but  ten  minutes. 

On  the  7th,  they  arrived  on  the  ice  of  Ak-koo-lee,  and  at  4.25  a.  m. 
Point  Hargrave  was  reached.  Ascending  the  heights  of  this  point, 
Hall  endeavored  with  his  telescope  to  ascertain  the  possibility  of  push- 
ing out  from  the  land,  but  found  the  appearance  of  the  ice  to  be 
entirely  too  rough  for  sledging ;  he  was  restricted  to  his  old  route  on 
the  ice-foot.  The  water  carried  in  the  fur-covered  keg  for  re-icing 
the  sled-runners  failed,  and  the  keg  itself  was  soon  afterward  unfortu- 
nately lost  from  the  sled.  No  one  had  ridden  on  the  march  of  this 
day  except  the  faithful  cook,  Too-koo-li-too,  whose  occupation  allowed 
her  little  sleep  at  night.  At  8.30  a.  m.,  the  fifth  igloo  was  made  at  the 
west  point  of  Cape  Lady  Felly. 

At  4  p.  m.,  May  9,  Hall  was  delighted  to  see  by  the  aid  of  his 
glass,  the  rock  beside  which  were  deposited  the  greater  part  of  the 


ffinr.  iH«r.i  Enticements  for  llmufnj  Dogs.  317 

stores  placed  there  in  ISfJO.  At  noon  lie  had  with  {^'eat  difliculty 
taken  an  **  inditlbrent  observation"  of  the  snn,  vvliich  gave  for  hLs  hiti- 
tude  67°  50'  N. ;  a  gale  with  snow  had  prevailed  during  the  preced- 
ing twenty-four  hours.  His  anxiety  to  complete  this  journey  and  set 
at  rest  the  question  of  the  safety  of  the  cache  will  be  inferred  from 
such  incidents  as  the  following:  His  "medicine"  (trejitmeni  ?)  for 
the  snow-blind — i.  e.,  tying  up  their  eyes — had  proved  a  charming 
success.  He  polished  the  icing  of  his  sled-runners  by  rubbing  it  on 
with  his  bare  hands,  and  found  that  after  the  first  trial  he  could  by 
himself  easily  draw  Too-koo-li-too,  Frank,  Silas,  and  Peter ;  all  three 
seated  upon  a  full  load.  To  hurry  up  the  tired  and  hungry  dogs  he 
had  adopted  several  expedients ;  among  these,  sending  some  of  the 
men  ahead,  who,  with  a  deer-bone  and  knife,  at  one  time  made  strokes 
as  though  cutting  off  meat,  and  at  another  cut  up  small  pieces 
of  his  Ig-loo-lik  sledge  and  threw  them  into  the  air  now  and  then 
ahead,  letting  the  dogs  see  that  the  pieces  were  kow.  This  experiment 
succeeded  even  in  the  case  of  a  fagged-out  animal  in  the  rear  when 
he  was  transferred  to  the  front ;  the  poor  creature's  efforts  to  get  at 
the  much-desired  meat  were  a  great  incentive  to  his  followers.  These 
devices  were  practiced  at  a  time  when  the  weather  was  very  thick. 
At  11.10  p.  m.,  he  found  himself  by  the  side  of  the  rock  near  which, 
in  the  previous  spring,  he  had  erected  a  little  pile  of  stones  represent- 
ing Faith,  Hope,  and  Charity,  and,  to  his  great  satisfaction,  on  ham- 
mering loose  the  stones  from  his  cache,  he  discovered  that  all  had 
been  unmolested  except  that  a  fox  had  eaten  a  portion  of  the  ook- 
gooTc  skin  which  covered  the  trunk,  and  that  Arctic  mice  had  been 
busily  nibbling  at  his  tent.  At  midnight,  having  loaded  the  sledge 
with  all  the  stores  of  the  cache,  he  returned   to  his  igloo,  when    the 


318 


The  Deposit  Changed. 


[May,  18«7. 


ml 


m 


whole  party  rested  until  5  p.  m.  of  the  next  day.  The  icing  on  the 
sled-runners  had  proved  so  solid  on  the  night  previous,  as  to  be  unin- 
jured even  when  the  dogs  were  flying  over  the  rocks  of  the  Cape — or 
bluff,  as  he  thinks  this  point  should  rather  be  named,  as  "  it  is  no  cape 
at  all,  but  simply  a  little  hill  rising  above  the  low  snow-clad  coast." 

Hall  could  not  forget  the  necessity  of  having  a  cache  certainly 
awaiting  him  on  the  first  rencAved  advance  which  he  could  make  to- 
ward King  William's  Land.  It  marks  an  indomitable  will  and  faith  in 
his  final  success  that  although  disappointed  in  the  three  preceding 
years,  he  should  again  deposit  at  a  distance  from  him,  such  valuable 
stores  to  await  the  issues  of  a  fourth  twelve  month.  His  purpose  at 
this  date  was  to  leave  the  greater  part  of  the  stores  at  the  first  place 
on  the  coast  where  he  could  find  loose  stones  to  cover  them ;  he  felt 
satisfied  they  would  be  safer  at  such  a  plac«  than  at  the  Cape, 
for  he  had  learned  that  his  apprehensions  of  the  Pelly  Bay  men  were 
well  grounded. 

Happily  he  found  a  spot  seemingly  every  way  suited  for  the 
purpoa>?.  His  notes,  with  their  usual  precision,  record  this  location  of 
the  deposit:  "Cape  Weynton,  N.  G2^  E.  (by  compass) :  Range  of  hills 
in  which  deposit  was  made  running  S.  45°  E.  and  N.  45°  W. :  Deposit 
made  near  the  face  of  hill,  thirty-three  of  my  paces  from  a  little  pile 
of  stones  on  top  of  a  rock." 


The  Return  Journey  occupied,  in  all,  the  days  from  lip.  m..  May 
10,  to  11  p.  m.,  May  17.  Hall  arrived  at  Beacon  Hill  at  6.30  a.  m.  of 
the  17th,  and  at  Ships  Harbor  Islands  at  the  date  last  named.  The 
notes  of  this  journey,  although  they  record  the  usual  details,  present 
no  very  special  items  of  interest,  except  the  appearance  of  a  much 


niar.  iMor.i  Return  to  Beacon  Hill.  319 

swifter  and  more  comfortable  advance  than  on  the  outward  trip.  The 
state  of  the  weather,  the  condition  of  the  ice,  and  the  lightened  sled 
were  all  in  favor  of  the  return.  At  the  igloo  where,  on  his  journey 
out.  Hall  had  recovered  his  straying  dogs  and  found  the  scattered 
articles  and  the  Pelly  Bay  men,  he  had  again  a  sight  of  these  natives, 
and  purchased  from  them  some  musk-ox  meat.  Game  had  been 
scarce,  and  the  dogs  more  than  once  unusually  hungry.  The  deposit 
made  at  their  third  igloo  in  going  up,  they  now  found  ripped  up  by 
the  wolves,  and  the  musk-ox  meat  was  all  gone.  At  Beacon  Hill, 
Frank,  (whom  Hall  the  least  excuses  as  his  "  lieutenant  and  the  re- 
sponsible party"),  together  with  Norton  and  Peter,  left  him  and  his 
two  Eskimos  to  get  forward  to  Ships  Harbor  Island  as  best  they 
could.  Captains  Potter  and  White,  with  their  usual  courtesy,  sent  out 
to  Beacon  Hill  an  invitation  to  breakfast  with  them  on  board  ship, 
where  he  found  himself  again  comfortably  at  home. 

After  a  week's  rest  from  this  trip,  he  started  off  on  a  musk-ox 
hunt.  His  party  was  made  up  of  Captains  Kilmer  and  Baker,  with 
seven  native  men  and  Too-koo-li-too.  The  hunting-grounds  were 
above  Miles  Lake  ;  the  outward  journey  and  return  made  220  miles  of 
travel.  Forty  musk-cattle  were  seen  and  a  large  number  of  deer,  as 
well  as  of  marmots.  Twenty-seven  musk-oxen,  seven  deer,  and  five 
mamiots  were  killed,  and  the  party  drove  home  well  satisfied  with 
their  three  fully-laden  sledges,  drawn  by  forty  dogs.  They  had  been 
absent  from  the  ships  eight  days,  during  part  of  which  Captain  Kil 
mer  had  been  affected  with  snow-blindness,  making  his  journey  by 
walking  at  times  behind  the  sledge,  and  at  others,  riding  on  it,  bu  c 
still  doing  good  work  on  the  hunt. 

No  notes  are  to  be  found  of  Hall's  occupations  during  the  first 


320  Fragmentary  Notes.  [*"»e,  iser. 

nineteen  days  of  June ;  and  the  same  remark  is,  unfortunately,  true 
in  reg-ard  to  a  large  part  of  the  remainder  of  the  year.  The  record, 
therefore,  which  closes  this  chapter,  being  made  up  in  part  from  frag- 
mentary memoranda,  will  necessarily  be  brief.  It  has  not  been 
found  possible  to  determine  whether  he  intermitted  writing  his  jour- 
nals, or  whether  they  were  written  and  afterward  lost.  The  precis- 
ion with  which  he  had  up  to  this  time  jotted  down  the  minutest  details 
of  his  work  and  its  surroundings,  induces  the  belief  that  he  must  have 
written  out  his  notes  of  the  occurrences  of  the  long  period  from  June 
to  February  of  the  next  year.  On  the  other  hand,  it  were  not  a  forced 
inference  which  might  be  drawn  from  his  fearful  disappointments  in 
the  preceding  spring,  that  he  did  not  renew  the  journalizing  which  had 
so  often  heavily  tasked  his  energies  and  health.  But,  again,  it  is  to  be 
remarked  that  thus  far  the  utmost  care  appears  to  have  been  taken  by 
him  of  every  paper  and  book ;  deposits  of  these  being  made  when 
moving  from  place  to  place,  the  bearings  of  which  deposits  were  noted 
and  put  into  the  hands  of  faithful  persons  who  might  find  and  take  to 
the  United  States  an  account  of  what  work  he  had  done,  should  his  own 
life  fail ;  and,  still  further,  that,  when  on  a  subsequent  sledge  journey, 
a  few  of  his  notes  were  scattered  by  the  wind,  he  carefully  recorded 
the  fact.  The  following  are  the  chief  incidents  occurring  within  the 
summer  months,  which  have  been  found  within  the  occasional  jour- 
nalizing seemingly  practiced. 

Returning  from  the  musk-ox  hunt,  he  took  up  his  residence  on 
one  of  the  islands  near  the  ships,  which  were  eagerly  looking  for  their 
release  from  the  ice ;  and  during  the  latter  part  of  the  month  he  was 
again  busy  in  surveying,  making  observations,  and  studying  his  Arctic 
books.     From  prominent  points  he  daily  took  sextant  angles,  meas- 


II 


P' 


M 

d 


V 

2 


IS 


I— I 

o 


7^ 


Jaly,  I8«r.] 


Visits  Between  Ship  and  Shore 


321 


^|i^ 


ured  his  base-lines,  again  sketched  the  coast-line,  and  collected  much 
material  for  its  further  delineation.  For  the  benefit  of  his  friends 
the  whalers,  he  made  a  special  survey  of  the  group  known  as  Ships 
Harbor  Islands,  to  which  reference  has  been  more  than  once  already 
made.  Finding  that  when  his  compass  was  carefully  placed  in  posi- 
tion and  was  undisturbed,  the  needle  still  shifted  in  a  very  short  time 
from  four  to  five  degrees,  he  made  for  himself  a  rough  instrument, 
which,  he  says,  answered  the  purj^ose  of  a  theodolite.  The  draughts- 
man who  made  the  accompanying  map  has  found  that  the  observations 
made  by  this  instrument  agree  well.  His  work  was  uncomfortably 
interrupted  by  the  frequent  occurrence  of  rain-storms,  one  of  which 
continued  throughout  five  days.  It  cleared  off  the  snow  from  the 
land  and  formed  pools  of  water  upon  the  ice  of  the  bay. 

The  natives  for  the  most  of  the  time  were  scattered  :  some  were 
at  Oo-gla-ri-your  Island  hunting  deer;  others  on  the  land  iishing  for 
salmon.  Mam-.narJc,  who  had  often  made  one  of  his  party,  died  be- 
fore the  month  closed,  among  her  friends  who  were  sealing  on  the 
ice.  Hall's  cordial  intercourse  with  the  whalers  had  been  promptly 
renewed,  frequent  visits  being  exchanged  between  ship  and  shore. 
Several  of  their  boats'  crews  had  been  encamped  on  Beach  Point  for 
some  weeks,  having  been  prevented  by  the  ice  from  getting  down  the 
Welcome  to  Whale  Point.  When  some  of  these  crews  had  come  up  to 
their  ships  for  supplies,  and  found,  after  a  weary  tramp  over  the  ice,  that 
their  captains  and  nearly  all  the  natives  were  absent  seaHng,  Hall 
cheerfully  assisted  them  by  loaning  his  own  sledge  and  dogs  to  take 
back  provisions  to  the  needy. 

On  the  i3d  of  Jvily,  a  party  of  Ig-loo-lik  natives,  numbering 
ten  men,  twelve  women,  and  twenty-seven  children,  came  down  to 

S.  Ex.  27 21 


■3    wT 


o 


(/I 

Q 

5 


>< 
> 

^   =   w 

C/] 

p: 

"J 

< 

J 

x 

<< 

72 

P- 

1—1 

K 

75 

V 

2 


a 


jHir.  iN«r. 


Visits  Between  Ship  and  Shore 


321 


ured  his  base-lines,  again  sketched  the  coast-line,  and  collected  much 
material  for  its  further  delineation.  For  the  benefit  of  his  friends 
the  whalers,  he  made  a  special  survey  of  the  group  known  as  Ships 
Harbor  Islands,  to  which  reference  has  been  more  than  once  already 
made.  Finding  that  when  his  compass  was  carefully  placed  in  posi- 
tion and  was  undisturbed,  the  needle  still  shifted  in  a  very  short  time 
from  four  to  five  degrees,  he  made  for  himself  a  rough  instrument, 
which,  he  says,  answered  the  purjjose  of  a  theodolite.  The  draughts- 
man who  made  the  accompanying  map  has  found  that  the  observations 
made  by  this  instrument  agree  well.  His  work  was  uncomfortably 
interrupted  by  the  frequent  occurrence  of  rain-storms,  one  of  which 
continued  throughout  five  days.  It  cleared  off  the  snow  from  the 
land  and  formed  pools  of  water  upon  the  ice  of  the  bay. 

The  natives  for  the  most  of  the  time  were  scattered  :  some  were 
at  Oo-gla-ri-your  Island  hunting  deer;  others  on  the  land  fishing  for 
salmon.  Mani-marJc,  who  had  often  made  one  of  his  party,  died  be- 
fore the  month  closed,  among  her  friends  who  were  sealing  on  the 
ice.  Hall's  cordial  intercourse  with  the  whalers  had  been  promptly 
renewed,  frequent  visits  being  exchanged  between  ship  and  shore. 
Several  of  their  boats'  crews  had  been  encamped  on  Beach  Point  for 
some  weeks,  having  been  prevented  by  the  ice  from  getting  down  the 
Welcome  to  Whale  Point.  When  some  of  these  crews  had  come  up  to 
their  ships  for  supplies,  and  found,  after  a  weary  tramp  over  the  ice,  that 
their  captains  and  nearly  all  the  natives  were  absent  sealing.  Hall 
cheerfully  assisted  them  by  loaning  his  own  sledge  and  dogs  to  take 
back  provisions  to  the  needy. 

On  the  3d  of  July,  a  party  of  Ig-loo-lik  natives,  numbering 
ten  men,  twelve  women,  and  twenty-seven  children,  came  down  to 

S.  Ex.  27 21 


m 


322 


Jult/  the  Fourth. 


[jiair.  iser. 


visit  the  ships ;  among  them  Hall  recognized  many  of  the  friends  made 
on  his  visit  in  the  spring.  His  foraier  impressions  of  the  dangers 
through  which  he  was  passing  from  the  superstitions  of  the  Iwillik 
natives  was  strengthened  now  again  by  Too-koo-li-too,  who  said  that 
the  wife  of  Oof-pik  attributed  the  death  of  Queen  Emma  to  the  fact 
that  his  own  Eskimo,  Ebierbing,  hkd  caught  a  certain  kind  of  seal. 
Ou-e-Ja  himself  had  said  the  same  thing.  Hall  writes  of  this:  "No  won- 
der our  lives  have  been  in  danger  much  of  the  time  while  living  with 
these  Iwillik  people.  I  knew  long  ago  that  they  thought  me  the 
cause  of  the  death  of  Shoo-she-ark-nook  and  Ar-too-a,  but  not  until  now 
did  I  know  that  the  death  of  one  of  Ou-e-lcCs  wives  was  thought  by 
them  to  be  caused  by  Ebierbing.  It  seems  that  the  wife  cleaned  the 
skin  of  Ebierbing's  seal  of  its  hair  and  blubber.  Oot-pik^s  wife  de- 
clines to  eat  any  of  our  seal-meat,  abundance  of  which  we  have  in 
our  tent,  because  he  was  the  one  who  killed  the  seals.  She  had  been 
told  by  the  Iwillik  Innuits  not  to  eat  any  of  any  seal  of  Ebierbing's 
killing,  for  if  she  did  she  would  die." 

On  the  4th,  Hall  dined  on  the  Black  Eagle  with  the  masters  of 
the  ships  in  the  harbor,  and  the  national  flag  was  displayed  from  the 
mast-head  of  each  vessel  and  from  his  own  tupik  By  the  7th  of  the 
month  open  water  could  be  seen  to  the  southward ;  it  extended  itself 
by  the  9th  above  Oo-gla-ri-your  Island,  now  named  by  the  whale- 
men. Hall  Island.  On  the  night  of  the  10th,  ice  of  the  thickness 
of  common  window-glass  formed  on  the  pools  of  water  of  the  open 
spaces  amid  the  sea-ice  near  the  shore,  although  Hall's  thermom- 
eter stood  at  40°.  Mosquitoes  had  made  their  appearance  as  early 
as  the  4th. 

On  the  24th,  the  steamer  Nimrod,  from  St.  John's  (Capt.  E.  Chapel), 


AugHBt,  iser.i  Purchases  Made  from  the  Ships.  323 

came  into  the  harbor,  having  on  board  his  brother,  Capt.  Christopher 
Chapel,  and  thirty  others,  who  had  been  picked  up  on  the  ice  of  Hud- 
son's Strait,  near  North  Bluflf,  where  their  sln"p,  the  Pioneer,  was 
crushed.  From  the  Nimrod,  Hall  obtained  a  heavy  cotton  sail  and 
500  pounds  of  sea-bread,  in  payment  for  which  he  gave  an  order  on 
his  steadfast  friend  in  New  York,  Mr.  Grinnell ;  for  a  number  of  use- 
ful small  articles  he  gave  in  return  deer  skins  and  meat.  From  an 
English  vessel,  which  came  in,  August  2,  he  procured  a  number  of 
hatchets,  knives,  saws,  powder-horns,  daggers,  and  smaller  articles,  for 
his  future  trading,  paying  for  these  with  248  pounds  of  his  bone, 
valued  at  $1  per  pound.  He  received  a  present  of  a  Nautical  Almanac 
for  the  year  1868. 

From  the  whalers  already  named  and  from  others  coming  in,  he 
completed  his  purchases  of  provisions  and  stores  for  the  coming  year 
and  for  a  new  joui'ney ;  among  his  latest  supplies  were  those  from  the 
schooner  Era,  commanded  by  Capt.  G.  E.  Tyson,  afterward  one  of  the 
officers  of  the  United  States  steamer  Polaris.  His  indebtedness  on 
these  last  accounts  amounted  to  $455.06,  the  value,  as  he  estimated  it, 
of  the  remainder  of  his  whalebone  on  the  Ansell  Gibbs.  It  must  be 
said  in  justice  to  him  that  his  purchases  and  his  orders  for  payment 
were  made  in  good  faith,  proof  of  which  is  found  in  a  letter  from  Mr. 
Grinnell,  dating  after  the  return  of  the  whaler,  which  letter  acknowl- 
edges the  receipt  of  monies  on  Hall's  account  from  Captain  Kilmer, 
of  this  ship.  Each  of  the  captains,  while  they  remained  in  Repulse 
Bay,  made  him  valuable  presents,  including  some  useful  books. 

On  the  1 3th  of  August,  he  went  over  to  Pi-tik-tou-yer,  to  remain 
there  for  the  purpose  of  catching  whales.  He  found  the  natives  living 
in  some  twenty  tupiks;  but  a  few  days  after,  most  of  the  men  moved 


324 


The  Starviny  Natives  Assisted. 


[Nrplembor,  1867. 


r":i. 


i 


off  to  Lyon's  Inlet  to  hunt  for  deer,  some  going*  by  land  from  the  head 
of  Haviland  Bay  and  others  by  boats  through  Hurd's  Channel.  Hall 
sent  one  crew  in  the  Sylvia  and  another  in  the  Lady  Franklin  to  the 
east  side  of  the  bay  to  hunt  deer,  but  they  soon  returned  completely 
drenched  with  the  rains.  A  second  crew  sent  out  for  a  whale  were 
equally  unsuccessful,  and  the  women  and  childi'en  on  shore,  number- 
ing twenty-eight,  who  had  been  de- 
pending on  him  for  food,  could  receive 
nothing  except  some  bread  and  the 
walrus-hide  given  him  by  Captain 
Tyson  for  dog-food.  He  then  sent 
some  of  the  w^'te  men  who  were 
with  him  on  another  deer-hunt,  and, 
while  waiting  their  return,  distributed 
to  the  hungry  people  all  the  provis- 
ions he  had,  and  then  returned  to  his 
old  place  on  the  island,  taking  with  him  Ar-mou  and  his  family,  one  of 
whom  was  sick.  Two  days  afterward,  his  party  returned  with  two 
deer,  and  one  of  the  Whalers  having  caught  a  whale,  the  necessities  of 
the  Innuits  were  relieved.  Two  of  their  well-filled  boats  had  sighted 
the  capture  from  the  head  of  the  bay,  and  hastened  down  to  feed  on 
the  skin.  Hall  towed  the  carcass  on  shore  for  dog-food.  He  found 
that  the  dogs  had  been  eating  the  bodies  of  some  of  the  Innuits, 
who  had  been  insecui'ely  buried. 

On  the  1st  of  September  he  again  took  up  his  residence  at  Iwillik, 
from  which  place  he  made  vigorous  efforts  to  secure  whales  or  walrus, 
but  the  stormy  weather  forbade  success ;  the  southeast  wind  at  times 
driving  the  ice  in  upon  the  shore,  and  a  northeaster  at  other  times 


HALL'S  BOAT-LOO. 


Nrpirmbrr,  is«y.i  A    Wnlfus  SrcuYcd.  325 

clearing  out  the  harbor.  The  snow  was  bej^inninj^  to  fall  and  the  ice 
rapidly  formed  to  the  thickness  of  half  an  inch. 

On  the  first  favorable  day  for  walrusing,  he  went  out  with  some 
of  his  men,  and  after  a  long  fight  secured  one  walrus.  Four  had  been 
sighted  lying  asleep  on  the  ice;  but  at  the  first  attack  the  iron  thrown 
by  Ar-mou  struck  only  the  folds  of  the  hide  of  one  animal  and  gave 
the  alarm  b}*^  which  all  escaped.  Later  in  the  day,  Antoine,  a  Portu 
guese  man  of  Hall's  party,  threw  an  iron  into  another  walrus ;  but  his 
line  fouling,  he  was  compelled  to  cut  it,  and  on  Ebierbing's  getting  into 
the  bow  to  throw  another  weapon,  he  was  caught  by  the  line  and 
knocked  overboard,  escaping  by  a  long  jump  to  the  ice.  Coming  up 
to  two  other  walruses,  the  crew  fastened  the  harpoon  in  one  which 
turned  fiercely  to  attack  the  boat  with  his  tusks,  when  a  well-directed 
i-ifle-shot  put  an  end  to  the  fight.  The  carcass  was  towed  to  the  head 
of  Gibson's  Cove,  and  there  cut  up  and  cached. 

On  the  17th,  he  went  into  winter  quarters  two  miles  east  of  Beacon 
Hill.  It  seems  certain  that  he  had  at  this  time  with  him  five  men, 
whom  he  had  hired  from  the  ships,  whose  names,  so  far  as  can  be 
learned,  were:    Frank  Lailor,  of  the  Glacier;    Peter  Bayne,  of  the 

Ansell  Gibbs;  and  Pat  Coleman,  Antoine ,  and  John  S.  Spear- 

min,  from  some  of  the  other  vessels  the  names  of  which  are  not  given. 
These  men  had  been  already  in  his  service  during  the  month  previous, 
as  will  be  inferred  from  their  having  taken  part  in  the  deer,  walrus, 
and  whale-hunts.  No  executed  contract  has  been  found,  but  from  a 
blank  rough  draft  appearing  to  have  been  drawn  up  in  August, 
the  following  terms  of  service  and  compensation  are  gathered :  The 
men  were  to  be  hired  for  one  year,  or  for  a  longer  period  if  no  oppor- 
tunity should  offer  within  the  year  for  their  return  to  the  United 


w 


4 


32U 


The  Contract  with  Five   White  Men. 


[Uclober,  IMMT. 


m-  I 


States.  Their  services  were  to  be  of  any  kind  that  Hall  might 
require  and  deem  niorft  essential,  and  they  were  well  informed  that 
their  labors  would  not  be  light  or  their  dangers  small,  and  that  the 
preservation  of  their  lives  would  oftentimes  depend  upon  their  own 
exertions,  as  their  food  and  clothing  must  be  acquired  from  the  icy 
seas  and  the  wild  hunting-grounds  of  the  north.  The  party  of  the 
second  part  (for  the  contract  was  evidently  with  each  man  under  the 
approval  of  the  captain  of  his  ship)  agreed  that  in  consideration  of 
$500  per  year,  he  would  render  the  services  required  of  him  with 
strict  obedience  to  each  and  every  order  of  his  commander,  and 
would  receive  such  a  recompense  as  he  would  fairly  deserve  for  faith- 
fulness, energ}',  and  honest  devotion  to  his  work.  But  neither  service 
nor  pay  were  to  be  continued  longer  at  the  furthest  than  to  the  date 
from  which  a  passage  could  be  taken  on  a  good  ship  from  Repulse 
Bay  in  the  Fall  of  1868. 

From  the  time  of  his  going  into  winter  quarters,  and  throughout 
the  following  months  of  October,  November,  and  December,  and  the 
first  month  of  the  year  1868,  Hall  seems  to  have  kept  no  continuous 
journal  His  provision-lists  during  these  months  are  made  out  for 
eight  persons  at  the  encampment,  showing  that  the  five  white  men  and 
Ebierbing  and  Too-koo-li-too,  with  himself,  made  up  the  party.  The 
lists  contain  in  detail  the  items  of  Arctic  sustenance — of  deer  necks, 
heads,  ribs,  and  belly  meat,  backbone  and  legs,  with  tood-noo,  walrus- 
meat  and  blubber  muk-tuk,  and  a  small  quantity  of  salmon.  This 
provision,  in  addition  to  what  he  drew  from  the  stores  received  from 
the  whalers  (which  included  a  few  cans  of  preserved  meat,  beef  and 
mutton,  with  a  little  dried  fruit),  would  seem  to  have  been  ample  for 
the  necessities  of  life ;  the  footing  up  of  his  lists  for  seventy -three  days 


'.Jkiiti: 


November,  i««T.)        Winter  Quarttrs  for  a  Third  Year.  327 

being  1,637  pounds,  or  an  avernfre  per  day  of  about  22  pounds  for 
the  party.  Up  to  the  first  week  in  November,  his  frugmentary  notes 
show  that  fifty-one  deer  had  been  killed.  He  trained  his  men  to  hard- 
ships and  busied  himself  with  new  plans.  He  had  with  him  packages 
of  the  New  York  papers,  and  particularly  the  Journal  of  Commerce, 
in  which  his  own  letters  to  the  United  States  had  been  more  than  once 
published.  His  friend  Mr.  Grinnell,  who  had  sent  out  these  with  his 
renewed  supplies,  had  expected  him  home  in  September.  The  letters 
of  friendship  from  Mr  Grinnell  and  from  his  daughter  Sylvia  had 
informed  him  that  a  special  ship  would  have  been  sent  for  him,  had  it 
not  been  known  that  at  least  two  whalers  were  near  him  in  the  bay. 
But  these  letters  also  advised  him  that,  from  what  he  had  already 
written  home,  much  anxiety  was  felt  among  his  friends  not  only  in 
the  United  States  but  in  England  to  hear  more  of  Franklin's  men. 
Hall  determined  to  endure  another  Arctic  winter,  and  then,  if  possi- 
ble, strike  once  more  for  King  William's  Land. 


!i 

n 

In 

p 


HAPTER 


m 


JOURNEYS  TO  THE  STRAIT  OF  FURY  AND  HECLA  AND 
TO  LYON'S  INLET,  AND  FOURTH  WINTER. 


FEBRUARY,  llt6»,  TO  MARCH,  1869. 


'if   ,)'i    " 


.1     h 


CHAPTER    XII. 


HaIJ,  PUUP08E8  TO  VISIT  THE  NOUTHEHN  PART  OF  MELVILLE  PeNINSULA-ReaSONS  FOH  THIS 
JOUKNEY  IN  PLACE  OF  ONE  TO  KiNO  WiLLIAM'S  LaND-ThE  INFORMATION  FROM  THE  NA- 
TIVES OF  A  MONUMENT  AND  TRACES  OF  WHITE  MEN  SEEN  THERE  SINCE  1803— PURCHASES  THE 
FEW  DOGS  STILL  ALIVE  AMONG  THE  NATIVES— HiS  PROVISION-LIST  FOR  THE  JOUPJJEY  AND 
ARTICLES  OF  BARTER— LoSES  SOME  OF  HIS  NOTES  BY  THE  OALE-EnCAMPS  O.N  THE  ICE 
NEAR   THE    OOGLIT   ISLANDS- CONVERSES   WITH   THE    NATIVES— VISITS  PaRRY    BaY  WITH 

Koo-Loo-A— Finds  a  monument— Digs  in  vain  for  the  cache— Finds  the  remains  of 

A  TENTING-PLACE  ONCE  OCCUPIED  BY  WHITE  MEN-DlSCOVERS  GrINNELL  LaKE  AND  BrE- 

voort  Kiver- Visits  Amherst  Island— Returns  to  Tern  Island-Holds  further 

CONVEraATIONS  WITH  THE  NATIVES— RECEIVES  SEVERAL  MAPS  DRAWN  BY  THE   ESKIMOS— 

Visits  Gifford  River  to  find  another  tenting-place— Returns  to  Repulse  Bay— 
Salmon-fishing  and  deer-hunts— Mutiny  of  one  of  the  five  white  men— Loss  of 
LIFE- Capture  of  a  second  whale— Journey  to  Lyon's  Inlet— Survey— Discharge 
of  the  four  white  men— Hall  dries  venison  and  prepares  pemmican  in  his  own 
igloo— Plans  for  a  new  sledge  journey  to  King  William's  Land. 

Before  the  winter  of  1867-'68  closed,  every  preparation  had  been 
made  for  renewing-  the  advance  of  the  preceding  year.  But  Hall  now 
felt  himself  suddenly  and  unexpectedly  called  to  that  part  of  Melville 
Peninsula  which  borders  on  Fury  and  Hecla  Strait.  His  reasons  for 
making-  this  journey  in  place  of  going  to  King  William's  Land,  were  in 
his  own  mind  sufficient  to  induce  the  change  ;  they  are  here  given  in 
nearly  the  language  of  his  own  notes,  unimportant  details  only  being 
omitted. 

In  the  latter  part  of  October,  1867,  Papa-te-wa,  a  brother  of  ^r- 
mou,  had  told  him  that  a  few  years  before,  an  Innuit  had  seen,  some- 


I 


pill 


I  :U 


332 


The  Monument  on  Melville  Peninsula. 


[iaauarrt  1S08. 


4 


ll< 


where  in  the  neighborhood  of  Ig-loo-Uk,  two  stone  buildings,  "not 
such  as  Innuits  ever  made,  but  quite  large,  long,  wide,  and  high."  To 
this  story,  which  appeared  quite  improbable,  Hall  at  first  paid  but  lit- 
tle attention  ;  but  a  few  days  after  this,  Ebierbing  showed  Papa,  on 
Parry's  chart,  the  country  around  Tg-loo-lik ;  and  as  soon  as  the  na- 
tive understood  the  chart,  he  pointed  out  the  place  where  these  build- 
ings had  been  found,  and  gave  the  name  of  the  Innuit  who  had  seen 
them  when  on  his  deer-hunt.  It  was  on  the  south  side  of  the  strait, 
about  half  way  between  Cape  Englefield  and  Amherst  Island,  and  the 
buildings,  he  said,  were  on  a  low  shelving  shore  near  some  bold  high- 
land. Papa  said  of  the  Innuit,  Kia,  who  had  seen  them,  that  he  was 
a  man  who  would  never  lie.  He  gave  as  a  reason  for  Kia\'i  close 
observation  of  every  object  in  that  country,  his  consciousness  that  his 
own  life  had  long  been  in  perpetual  danger  from  the  relatives  of  one 
who  had  been  slain  by  one  of  his  kinsmen ;  for,  according  to  Innuit 
belief,  the  soul  of  the  slain  can  never  rest  until  some  near  relative  of 
the  slayer  shall  pay  the  debt  with  his  blood.  Of  Pajja  himself.  Hall 
says  that  he  was  a  good-natured,  intelligent,  and  truthful  native,  who 
had  lived  five  years  near  Ponds  Bay  and  many  more  at  Ig-loo-lik. 

Frequent  conversations  were,  therefore,  held  with  Papa,  and  with 
his  friend  Ik-ku-mer,  to  learn  everything  on  this  new  and  interesting 
subject ;  and  in  the  early  part  of  February  following,  Hall  sent  Ebier- 
bing and  Frank  Lailor  to  a  native  village,  twenty  miles  distnit  on  the 
ice,  to  ask  that  some  of  the  natives  of  Ig-loo-lik  who  were  there  would 
visit  him.  They  returned  with  Quasha,  his  wife,  and  Eek-choo-ar-clioo, 
whom  Hall  notes  also  as  "Jerry" — a  name  probably  received  from 
the  whalemen.  From  these  natives  he  learned  with  further  interest 
that  within  the  past  three  years  they  had  seen  near  Ig-loo-lik  two 


\k 


January,  IS6H.]      Thc   Wliitc  McH  SccH  SIhcc  line's  VisU.  333 

wJiite  men,  "one  a  tall  man,  the  other  considerably  shorter."  On  fur- 
ther close  questioning  them,  his  belief  in  their  story  was  confirmed  by 
the  seeming  consistency  of  their  statements.  They  had  seen  Dr.  Rae 
at  Pelly  Bay  seven  years  after  his  first  visit  to  their  country,  and  had 
remained  near  Ivvillik  seven  winters  and  a  half,  after  Rae  went  home 
from  his  second  visit ;  after  which  they  went  to  Ig-loo-lik,  and  two 

years  hter,  saw  the  koh-lu-nas.    Some  additional  particulars  which  they  || 

gave  strengthened  their  story  ;  among  these  was  an  account  of  a  time  If 

of  suffering  by  starvation  which  they  had  experienced.  Hall  says 
that  their  statements,  with  other  news  gained  from  the  Innuits,  gave 
him  inexpressible  joy,  "  for  it  brought  the  story  down  as  late  as  1864, 
at  which  time  some  of  Franklin's  companions  were  alive  near  1^'ury 
and  Hecla  Strait."     This  was  his  strong  hope. 

A  short  time  afterward,  he  sent  a  large  load  of  walrus-meat  to 
relieve  the  suffering  people  of  this  village,  numbering  fifty-five  per- 
sons, and  heard  further  from  them  that  four  years  after  liae's  last  visit  a 
ship's  beam,  painted  black  on  one  side,  and  a  long  and  large  mast,  had 
been  seen  on  the  east  shore  near  the  southei'n  terminus  of  Committee 
Bay.  The  Pelly  Bay  men  also  were  reported  as  having  seen  since  Dr. 
Ilae's  departure,  on  the  shores  of  Simpson's  Peninsula,  a  stone  monument 

having  on  its  top  a  thin  stone  pointing  toward  Ig-loo-lik.    Not  satisfied  ^ . 

without  making  every  eftbrt  to  learn  the  reputation  in  which  Quaslm 
and  his  wife  were  held  for  truthfulness.  Hall  now  made  close  inquiries 
for  this  of  Ar-goo-moo-too-Uk  whom  he  had  long  trusted,  and  sent  to  the 
village  to  question  the  natives  on  the  same  point.  The  replies  were 
every  way  satisfactory,  except  that  Quasha,  in  his  younger  days,  had 
been  known  as  fond  of  telling  yarns ;  his  wife  was  considered  entirely 
truthful.    Still  later  in  the  month,  Ebierbing  and  Too-koo-li-too  visited 


334        Did  all  of  Fravkliri's  Party  go  to  Back's  Biver?     [Janunry,  ises. 

Quasha's  wife  to  obtain  further  news  and  the  minute  particuhvrs  of  the 
accounts  ah-eady  received.  On  their  return  Hall  wrote :  "  The  news 
relative  to  there  having  been  seen  white  men  near  Ig-loo-lik  between 
1849  and  1865,  proves  to  be  true  beyond  all  question  in  my  mind 
Certainly  I  am  bound  at  once  for  Ig-loo-lik  and  Fury  and  Hecla 
Strait.  There  is  not  a  shadow  of  doubt  about  my  duty,  which  is  to 
fly  to  the  rescue  of  the  probable  survivors  of  Franklin's  Expedition." 
It  will  not  be  forgotten  that  this  rescue  was  the  chief  one  of  the 
two  objects  named  in  all  his  appeals  and  lectures  from  the  date  of 
1860,  when  he  had  begun  his  training  for  these  expeditions  by  tenting 
out  on  the  hills  of  Cincinnati.  He  now  yearned  to  be  off  to  the  strait, 
which  he  calls  "  a  hallowed  spot."  Papa  told  him  that  he  and  all  the 
Ig-loo-lik  natives  believed  the  accounts  which  have  been  now  given, 
and  that  some  of  the  survivors  might  be  still  found  alive;  he  was  will- 
ing to  assist  in  the  search.  Hall  appears  to  have  been  impressed  with 
the  great  probability  that  all  of  Franklin's  party  had  not  continued  on 
the  hopeless  route  to  Back's  River.  His  hopes  of  this  resulted  from 
reflections  like  those  lately  expressed  by  Dr.  Rae,  as  found  in  "Smith's 
Arctic  Expeditions,  1878."     Rae  says: 

What  struck  me  at  the  time,  as  it  does  still,  was  the  great  mistake  made  by 
Franklin's  party  in  attempting  to  save  themselves  by  retreating  to  the  Hudson's 
Bay  territories.  We  should  have  thought  that  the  fearful  sufferings  undergone 
by  Franklin  and  his  companions,  Richardson  and  Back,  on  a  former  short  jour- 
ney through  these  barren  grounds,  would  have  deterred  inexperienced  men  from 
attempting  such  a  thing,  when  the  well-known  route  to  Fury  Beach — certainly 
ranch  more  accessible  than  any  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company's  settlements,  and 
by  which  the  Rosses  escaped  in  1832-'33 — was  open  to  them.  The  distance  from 
their  ships  to  Fury  Beach  was  very  little  greater  than  that  from  where  Ross's 
vessel  was  abandoned  to  the  same  place,  and  Franklin  and  his  officers  must  have 
known  that  an  immense  stock  of  provisions  still  remained  at  the  jjlace  where 
the  Fury  was  wrecked,  and  where,  even  so  late  as  1869,  an  immense  stock  of  pre- 


iii! 


.1 


march,  1868.1  Preparations  for  Visiting  the  Strait  335 

served  vegetables,  soups,  tobacco,  sugar,  flour,  &c.,  still  remained  (a  much  larger 
supply  than  could  be  found  at  many  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  trading-posta) ;  besides, 
the  people  would  have  been  in  the  direct  road  of  searchiiife  parties  or  whalers. 
The  distance  to  Fury  Beach  from  where  the  ships  were  abandoned,  roughly 
measured,  is,  as  nearly  as  possible,  the  same  as  that  between  the  ships  and  the 
true  mouth  of  the  Great  Fish  River,  or  about  two  hundred  and  ten  geographical 
miles  in  a  straight  line.  Had  the  retreat  upon  Fury  Beach  been  resolved  upon, 
the  necessity  for  hauling  heavy  boats  would  have  been  avoided,  for  during  the 
previous  season  (that  of  1847)  a  small  sledge  party  might  have  been  dispatched 
thither  to  ascertain  whether  the  provisions  and  boats  at  the  depot  were  safe  and 
available.  The  successful  i)ei'formance  of  such  a  journey  should  not  have  been 
difficult  for  an  expedition  consisting  of  130  men,  who,  in  the  record  found  in  1859 
by  McClintock,  were  reported  all  well  in  the  spring  of  1847. 

[In  connection  with  these  views  of  Rae,  and  in  recording  Hall's 
enthusiastic  expectations,  with  the  repeated  and  uniform  accounts 
given  to  him  of  some  v^  ite  men  having  been  seen  on  the  peninsula 
later  than  1854  (together  with  their  monument  and  tenting-place, 
which  he  did  discover),  the  questions  at  this  point  of  the  Narra- 
tive seem  irrepressible ; — "  Is  it  possible  that  some  of  Franklin's 
men  did  make  their  way  eastward  to  Melville  Peninsula?"  Will  the 
expedition  of  1878  from  New  York,  under  Schwatka,  or  some  future 
explorer  lighting  on  a  cairn,  ever  give  the  world  some  answer  to  this 
inquiry?  for  it  seems  by  no  means  certain  that  all  of  the  105  remained 
under  Crozier's  leadership  toward  Back's  River.  Will  the  Franklin 
Records  ever  be  recovered  for  P^ngland  and  for  the  world  ?] 

During  the  first  three  weeks  of  March,  Hall  busied  himself  in 
making  his  preparations.  After  providing  for  the  four  white  men 
whom  he  would  leave  at  the  encampment  at  Talloon,  he  made  his 
usual  deposit  of  records  and  stores.  An  epidemic  had  again  visited 
the  dogs,  and  his  own  team  had  been  reduced  from  twenty-three  to 
eight.     Some  having  died  from  the  disease,  he  had  killed  others  to 


I 


ui 


^$ 


U     ']. 


1  'I 


'!|ji' 


336 


The  Dog  Disease. 


[Rlarcii,  ISttH. 


prevent  its  spread.  He  succeeded,  however,  in  securing  five  from  the 
Innuits,  the  only  dogs  except  two  or  three  that  remained  alive  about  the  hay* 
In  return  for  the  information  he  had  just  received  and  for  other  past 
services,  he  added  useful  articles  to  the  compensation  which  he  gave 
for  these  dogs. 

On  the  23d,  he  left  his  encampment,  having  for  his  companions 
Frank  Lailor,  Papa  and  his  wife  and  little  child,  Ebierbing,  and  Too- 
koo-li-too.  His  provision-list  was  made  up  of — bread,  308  pounds ; 
pemmican,  252  pounds;  raw  venison,  100  pounds;  pork,  17  pounds; 
sugar,  25  pounds ;  coffee  and  tea,  10  pounds;  molasses,  39  pounds; 
tobacco,  13^  pounds;  seal-blubber,  40  pounds,  Ook-gook  oil,  50 
pounds,  partly  for  fuel ; — walrus-hide,  463  pounds,  and  whale-tongue, 
266  pounds,  for  dog-food.  Expecting  to  meet  his  old  friends  at  Ig- 
loo-lik  he  counted  on  renewing  his  supplies  at  that  place. 

His  list  of  articles  for  barter  and  for  presents  included  50  knives; 


*  The  peculiar  nature  of  the  Eskimo  dog  disease  was  closely  uoted  in  the  experience  of  the 
English  Expedition  of  1875.  The  following  is  taken  from  the  report  of  Fleet-Surgeon  B.  Ninnis. 
(Parliamentary  Paper,  C.  2176,  1878) : 

"  Twenty-live  apparently  healthy  dogs  were  embarked  on  board  ship  in  the  middle  of 
July,  1875.  The  number  subsequently  increased  to  twenty-seven  by  the  addition  of  two  young 
ones.  We  were  given  to  understand  that  feeding  twice  a  week  was  amply  sufficient ;  that  the 
worst  possible  personal  treatment  was  too  good  for  tlicm,  and  meat  in  any  stage  of  decomposition 
a  perfect  luxury  to  their  fastidious  palates. 

"  Seven  and  twenty  animals,  confined  to  a  space  which  the  utmost  attention  was  scarcely 
sufficient  to  keep  habitable,  constantly  quarreling  and  fighting  for  dear  life,  exposed  to  sun, 
dew,  snow,  and  wet  generally,  and  without  a  chance  of  a  run  ashore — it  was  not  to  bo  won- 
dered at  that  they  began  to  show  signs  of  disease.  The  first  attacked  was  a  young  female 
twenty-flvo  days  on  board,  and  she  had  a  fit  and  died  iu  thirteen  days.  Others  became  attacked. 
One  Avas  summarily  shot ;  one  ran  away,  and  Was  seen  no  more ;  two  were  accidentally  drowned  ; 
seven  died  from  the  disease  ;  six  recovered;  one  died  mad. 

"Of  the  whole  number,  twelve  only  were  under  medical  treatment;  one  bad  rabies  and 
died ;  one  so  far  recovered  as  to  have  two  litters  of  pups,  and  then  died  ten  months  after  her 
first  fit  and  two  or  three  days  after  her  last  litter ;  two  fell  into  the  water  when  in  fits  and  were 
drowned ;  two  died  notwithstanding  everything  that  was  done  to  cure  them,  and  six  recovered 
and  were  landed  at  Disco.  #  #  »  xhe  treatment  found  most  beneficial  was  calomel,  fol- 
lowed in  some  cases  by  croton-oil  and  solution  of  morphia,  the  best  of  water,  and  good  food. 
They  were  not  kicked  or  cuffed,  and  they  behaved  as  sociably  and  decorously  as  if  brought  up 
in  a  cottage." 


April.  iN«N.i  Papa  looses  Hairs  Notes.  .^37 

500  perciussion-caps;  a  liberal  sui)i)ly  of  ball,  powder,  and  .shot;  1,500 
needles,  and  80  thimbles,  besides  combs,  looking--^lasses,  buttons,  beads, 
brass  rings,  fish-hooks,  and  files,  &e.  The  experience  of  his  visit  of 
the  previous  year  to  Ig-loo-lik  had  taught  him  something-  of  the  \alue 
set  upon  the  smallest  of  these  articles,  even  upon  scraps  of  iron  and 
wood. 

On  arriving  at  the  head  of  Plaviland  Bay,  he  crossed  the  land, 
taking-  nearly  the  same  route  with  that  followed  the  year  before,  and 
on  the  30tli  made  his  seventh  iffloo  of  the  journey  on  a  lakelet  just 
above  Lyon's  Inlet.  While  here  engaged  chiseling  a  hole  through 
the  ice,  he  had  the  lamentable  misfortune  to  see  Papa  flying  in  full 
chase  after  some  of  his  freshly-written  notes,  which,  on  unloading  the 
sledge,  had  been  suddenly  swept  out  of  their  fur-cover  l)y  a  furious 
blast  of  tlie  gale.  Papa  returned  in  three-quarters  of  an  hour ;  but, 
after  chasing  the  books  over  the  lake  and  beyond  the  rising  ground, 
he  had  lost  sight  of  the  jottings  made  since  leaving  Talloon.  The 
flying  drift  buried  them  forever. 

When  starting  on  the  second  day  following,  bridle-drags  were  !|< 

prepared  for  the  sledges,  as  they  had  now  to  descend  a  steej)  hill  into 
a  river-bed;  a  moment  after,  Pa/;a  ran  the  sled  Erebus  i:pon  the  point 
of  a  sharp  rock  which  knocked  off  some  of  the  mossing,  whereupon 
he  angrily  got  a  large  stone  and  pounded  the  point  to  powder. 
There  was,  however,  a  delay  of  but  five  miimtes.  On  the  2d,  they 
reached  Fox  Channel,  and  made  their  tenth  igloo  at  Oo-soo-ark-u; 
and  here  Hall  remained  one  day  to  please  his  companions.  He  took 
observations  for  position,  and  left  a  de])osit  of  103  pounds  of  bread  and 
fi4  pounds  of  pemmican  for  his  return  journciy.  In  consequence  of 
heavy  and  rough  ice   met  with  on  the  4th  they  struck  offshore,  and, 


S.  Hx.  .{7- 


' : :  I , 


J:  m 
iiill: 

m 
m. 


338 


Reception  at  the  Oo-f/lit  Tshtmh. 


I  April,  I  NAM. 


whoii  reacliinj^  the  latitudo  of  the  north  end  of  Ain-i-toke,  tununl  to  the 
weHtward  and  encamped  near  it.  They  met  fresh  foot-prints  seem- 
ingly of  two  men  and  a  dog^,  and  supposed  that  the  men  had  been  wal- 
rusinjT  at  the  north  on  the  drift-ice,  which,  being  carried  away  liad 
brought  them  to  this  j)oint  before  they  had  a  chance  of  gaining  the 
firm  ice.  On  the  6th  of  April,  the  thirteenth  iffloo  was  built  at  a  point 
called  by  the  Innuits  King-me-toke-big,  not  far  from  the  Oo-glit 
Islands,  and  the  day  following,  when  within  a  short  drive  from  these 
islands,  an  Innuit  who  had  been  out  all  night  on  his  watch,  came  up  to 
them  with  his  full  sealing-gear.  lie  proved  to  be  an  old  man  whom 
Hall  had  never  before  seen,  but  he  gave  some  information  as  to  the 
number  of  natives  on  the  islands,  and  at  Ping-it-ka-lik  and  Ig-loo-lik. 
Coming  to  the  islands.  Hall's  party  saw  standing  on  the  hill-top  a  row 
of  Innuits  watching  them;  Papa  fired  off  his  gun,  and  the  old  man, 
Too-Ioo-arch-oo,  cried  out  to  them  at  the  top  of  his  voice,  "  Mitter  Hall, 
Mitter  Hall !"  '^I'he  natives  of  the  village,  when  they  caught  the  words, 
answered  with  loud  cries,  set  to  dancing,  and  offered  as  warm  a  recep- 
tion as  on  the  previous  year.  When  they  crowded  into  the  quickly- 
built  igloo,  they  were  at  once  met  with  inquiries  as  to  the  accounts  of 
the  white  men  said  to  have  been  seen  on  the  Strait. 

Hall  remained  at  these  islands  from  the  7th  to  the  16th  of  the 
month,  partly  to  obtain  supplies  of  walrus-nioat  for  the  continuance  of 
his  journey,  but  chiefly  to  get  from  the  natives  all  further  information 
he  possibly  could,  for  or  against  the  statements  he  had  received.  On 
the  journey  he  had  sprained  his  left  leg  while  climbing  over  the  rough 
ice,  and  this  confined  him  to  his  bed  for  several  days.  While  P^bier- 
bing  went  to  Ig-loo-lik  for  dog-food,  the  natives  employed  Hall's  dogs 
in  their  own  service,  their  stock  having  nearly  all  been  swept  away  by 


April,  INU»H. 


Con mr nations  about  the  White  Men. 


3a9 


(lisoasc  A  largo  number  of  visitors  camo  around  liini,  tlio  villaj^o 
sinco  liis  arrival  having  svvellod  its  population  to  the  number  of  one 
hundred.  After  questioning  many  of  the  people,  at  first  separately 
and  then  at  a  time  when  (piito  a  party  were  gathered  in  his  igloo^  ho 
was  further  strengthened  in  his  belief  of  what  ho  had  heard  about  the 
white  men  seen  on  tho  southern  shores  of  the  Strait.  Ho  seems  to 
have  really  expected  that  he  would  soon  find  sonio  of  Franklin's  men 
still  alive. 

The  details  of  his  conversations  were  written  out  with  great  care 
in  a  full  journal,  which  was  irrecoverably  lost  in  some  unaccountable 
way  just  before  his  setting  out  on  tho  Polaris  Expedition  of  1871. 
From  a  partial  copy  of  this  journal,  made  at  his  request  by  his  friend 
Mr.  J.  J.  Copp,  of  Groton,  Conn.,  the  notes  have  been  taken  which  are 
to  be  found  in  Paper  "B"  of  Appendix IV.  This  copy,  made  by  Mr. 
Copp  in  books  "A"  and  "  B"  especially  for  the  use  of  Lady  Franklin, 
was  sent  over  to  that  estimable  lady  just  before  Hall  left  the  United 
States  on  his  last  ill-fated  voyage.  Indorsed  by  him  "to  be  retained 
by  her  in  trust  for  a  time,"  it  has  been  courteously  returned  by  her 
niece,  Miss  Sophia  Cracroft,  for  use  in  the  preparation  of  this 
Narrative. 

Some  of  the  striking  points  in  these  conversations,  which  increased 
Hall's  enthusiasm,  and  in  his  judgment  justified  him  in  prosecuting 
this  journey,  will  be  found  in  Appendix  named  The  story  may 
be  summed  up  in  brief  as  follows:  Although  he  could  not  meet  with 
Kia,  for  he  had  been  killed  by  a  walrus,  he  learned  from  Koo-looa,  a 
native  whom  he  found  to  be  trustworthy,  that  when  he  had  been  hunt- 
ing all  around  tho  country  between  Garry  Bay  and  the  northwest 
ca})e  of  Molvillo  Peninsula,  he  had  seen  an  In-nooJc-bhoo  (a  monument) 


li 


:  U1 


f  ip'  '  ' 

if  .1 


JO' 

■  r. 


■■ii; 


340 


'f/ic  ('luthhig  and   Walk  of  the  Men  Seen,         lAprJi,  tsus. 


on  tlie  Houtli  sido  of  a  river  empty lii<^  into  u  buy  iioiir  the  Cape  I'^Ulce 
of  Dr.  Kae,  and  a  little  west  of  this  a  cache  of  stones,  which  had  been 
opened  and  its  stones  thrown  aside.  It  showed  freshness,  and  was 
without  a  si<^n  of  meat  havinj^  been  deposited  there.  Koo-ho-a  did  not 
think  an  Innuit  had  built  it,  or  that  any  native  before  his  visit  had 
ever  gone  up  so  far  from  Garry  Bay.  He  had  been  with  Kia  when 
the  latter  saw  the  stranjre  man.  The  man  had  a  cap  on  his  head, 
separate  from  his  overcoat,  which  had  a  hood.  Kia  had  kept  the 
stranger  in  sight  for  some  time,  often  hiding  himself  behind  the  rocks; 
he  had  also  then  heard  the  discharge  of  a  gun. 

From  the  time  that  Kia  first  gave  this  account  to  Koo-loo-a,  it 
had  been  believed  by  all  the  Innuits  in  the  region  of  the  ()o-glit 
Islands,  .and  they  all  now  expressed  to  Hall  their  confidence  in  it. 
Besides  such  reports,  others  also  of  as  strange  a  character  Avero 
offered — of  strangers  having  been  seen  in  places  nearer  to  Ig-loo-lik, 
and  of  sounds  having  been  repeatedly  heard  like  those  from  the  dis- 
charge of  a  gun,  and  at  places  too  far  from  the  ice  to  have  been  the 
result  of  the  ice  cracking.  The  strangers  had  at  first  been  taken  for 
Kt-Jcer-lin  (Indians),  the  apprehension  alwa}s  entertained  by  Innuits 
in  regard  to  whom  had,  at  the  times  when  the  white  men  were  seen,  so 
frightened  them,  that,  at  every  appearance,  their  families  had  been 
removed  immediately  from  the  place.  This  was  the  invariable  testi- 
mony, as  was  also  the  description  of  the  clothing  worn  and  of  the  foot- 
prints examined  after  the  strangers  passed  by.  They  were  long  and 
very  narrow  in  the  middle,  with  deep  places  at  the  heel.  The  tread 
of  the  footsteps  was  outward. 

Hall  could  not  help  connecting  in  mind  the  story  of  the  ship's 
mast  and  beam  on  the  shores  of  Pelly  Bay,  the  monument  spoken  of 


1       ,                    ■    ; 

H 

ii= 

,   '.■■;                     '  ( 

y<  i 

!!!■ 

i  :^  ■    4 

Ii 

hv,.  i 

.'  t 

April,  isflH.)         From  the  Oo-glit  Islamls  to  Crosier  Biver.  841 

by  S('r-]ntnff-rr,  hikI  tho  one  now  HceniinfT  to  exist  on  the  north  Hhores 
of  the  Strait,  us  links  in  connection  with  the  strun^e  }i])|)eiiriinceH  of  the 
men,  tlielr  dress,  and  footsteps.  Some  of  Franklin's  men  ninst,  he 
thonght,  have  crossed  over  eastward  to  Parry's  old  region  in  the  for- 
lorn hope  of  reacliing,  perhaps,  Cumberland  Inlet  and  being  rescued 
by  some  vessel  from  Oid  England ;  and  they  might  be  still  alive,  for 
the  last  date  of  thesf>  stones  was  1H()4. 

Leaving  tho  islands  early  on  the  1 6th,  with  Koo-loo-a  as  a  trust- 

i 
worthy  guide,  he  passed  by  Ping-it-ka-lik,  crossed  from  that  place, 

over  land  so  level  and  smooth,  that  it  was  difficult  to  tell  it  was  not  a 

lake,  and  made  his  first  new  igloo  on  Hooper  Inlet,  about  half  a  mile 

from   shore.     The  day  following,  making  a  fair  progress  across  tho 

inlet,  he  came  to  an  old  deserted  iyloo,  in  which  a  dead  fox  was  found. 

Koo-loo-a  built  up  a  pillar  of  snow,  on  the  top  of  which  he  left  tlie  'm||. 

animal  erect,  its  tail  standing  straight  out  and  two  of  its  legs  in  the 

})Osition  for  walking,  in  which  they  had  been  found.     Tracks  of  the 

wolf,  the  deer,  the  fox,  and  of  partridges  were  seen.     Near  the  islands, 

at  the  head  of  the  inlet,  tidal  action  was  seen  to  have  made  the  ice 

very  rough. 

Their  next  igloo  was  built  on  Quilliam  Creek,  at  the  early  hour  ,      i 

of  2  a.  m.  of  the  17th.      From    the    head   of  this    creek,  they  en-  ' 

deavored  to  shorten  their  route  to  the  west  branch  of  Crozier  River, 
but  the  roughness  of  the  land,  compelling  them  to  make  zigzag 
courses,  prevented  any  gain  of  time.     Koo-loo-a  pointed  out  on  tho 

southern  side  of  the  river  a  place  where  e-ker-lu  (salmon)  abound,  and  ; 

said  that  Parry  had  caught  many  there  at  his  tenfing-place. 

Upon  Crozier  River  they  passed  through   a  magnificent  gorge 
from  50  to  'iS  feet  in  width,  to  avoid  some  impassable  snow-drifts  in 

?.5| 


f  R!|i' 


I 


342 


Grinnell  Lake  and  Brevoort  River. 


[April,  1808. 


i 


m. 


whicli  they  put  on  their  rue-raddies,  (harness),  helping  the  dogs  np  a  very 
steep  hill,  and  then  descending  swiftly  into  the  river-bed ;  and  after  fur- 
ther delays  among  the  rough  rocks  which  pushed  up  through  the  ice, 
at  6.30  p.  m.  they  built  an  igloo  on  the  river.  Hall  immediately 
climbed  a  high  peak  in  the  range  of  mountains  before  him,  from  which 
he  had  a  fine  view  of  the  surrounding  country.  On  the  east  was  an 
extensive  plain ;  on  the  north,  the  high  land  about  Hooper  Inlet ;  and 
soiithward  and  westward,  mountains  after  mountains  rose  in  confused 
masses :  a  pass  seemed  to  open  itself  about  ten  miles  to  the  south. 

On  the  19th,  the  travel  np  the  river  was  continued  as  far  as  the 
lake  from  which  it  flows,  after  riding  on  the  smooth  surface  of  which 
more  than  five  hours  they  built  their  fourth  iffho  Hall  named  the 
lakelet  Grinnell  Lake ;  during  the  night  the  cracking  of  the  ice  on  it 
sounded  like  continuous  artillery.  Not  a  sign  of  life  had  been  seen 
since  leaving  Quilliam  Creek ;  and  Koo-loo-a  told  Hall  that  no  other 
Innuit  knew  this  route,  which  he  had  discovered  when  hunting. 

At  noon  of  the  next  day,  on  the  western  end  of  Grirmell  Lake, 
they  found  a  large  open  pool  with  no  anchor-ice  on  its  bottom  rock. 
Salmon  were  swimming  in  it.  To  the  little  stream  which  ran  from 
this  lake  Hall  gave  the  na'  ">e  of  Brevoort  River.  A  lakelet  into 
which  it  expanded  being  foui.  i  to  be  covered  with  water  with  nuich 
thin  ice  over  it,  a  passage  was  made  over  the  land  until  the  river  was 
again  entered,  when  the  traveling  became  very  fatiguing  through  the 
soft  snow,  which  was  melting  under  the  southerly  winds.  Hall's  limb 
was  now  so  painful  as  to  compel  him  to  ride  nearly  all  the  time,  and 
he  could  make  but  few  observations;  but  his  next  igloo  yv^s  made 
near  the  spot  where  Koo-loo-n  ''saw  the  tracks  of  white  men  and  heard 
the  report  of  a  gun  more  than  thirteen  years  before."    The  day  follow- 


April,  1868.]  Discovery  of  ^^ New  IslcmdP  343 

ing-  they  came  to  a  frozen  cascad  .        feet  In  lieig-lit,  wliere  the  river 

seemed  to  have  cut  its  way  through  solid  granite  60  feet  wide  and  25 

feet  high,  and  a  few  hours  afterward  they  passed  out  upon  the  bay,  and 

built  their  sixth  igloo  on  the  ice  of  the  sea  of  Ak-koo-lee,  lat.  69°  47'.5. 

The  next  day  was  one  of  rest  for  the  Innuits,  who  were  suffering  from 

snow-blindness.     Hall   made  for  them  a  wash  of  sugar  of  lead  and  'l| 

laudanum.     From  a  piece  of  driftwood -BToo- 

loo-a    made   eye-shades.     In   company  with 

Frank  Lailor,  Hall  looked  carefully  from  the 


top  of  Cape  Englefield  for  any  signs  of  white 
men,  but  could  see  none ;  he  made  his  own 
monument  on  the  Cape — a  pile  of  three  large  snow-goggles. 

stones,  the  lowest  resting  on  his  clay  pipe.  A  hawk  was  seen,  and 
tracks  of  deer,  of  bears,  and  ermine  were  numerous  ;  on  the  ice  were 
many  regular  paths  worn  in  the  snow  by  the  bears,  but  no  animal 
showed  himself  to  the  travelers  The  jumps  of  the  little  ermine  in  the 
snow  showed  that  they  had  been  full  six  feet  each. 

Early  on  the  23d,  most  of  the  stores  were  deposited  ift  an  igloo, 
over  which  "a  flag  was  left  swinging  in  the  wind  to  keep  off  the  bears," 
when  the  whole  company  started  down  the  coast  to  visit  the  monu- 
ment described  by  Koo-loo-a;  but,  on  his  being  taken  sick,  the  visit  was 
arrested  for  that  day.  Out  on  the  sea  was  a  long  line  of  fog,  showing 
itself  to  the  nth  as  far  as  the  eye  could  follow  it  Koo-loo-a  said 
there  was  opeii  water  there  all  winter,  and  that  many  walrus  were 
caught  there.  Land  now  discovered  by  Hall  west-northwest  from 
Cape  Englefield  proved  to  be  a  long  low  island.  Koo-loo-a  said  that 
bears  were  often  killed  on  it  while  wintering  under  the  snow. 

Of  this  discovery  his  little  note-book  of  the  evening  says:  *'0n 


BIB' 

IH: 

"'P  "    '" 

i 

344 


The  Monument  Found. 


[April,  1868. 


getting  to-day  to  the  heights  of  land  overlooking  New  Bay,  Parry 
Bay,  Cape  Crozier,  and  Fury  and  Hecla  Straits,  the  sight  of  a  New 
Long  Island  to  the  westward,  so  carried  me  away  that  I  was  sweeping 
to  the  right  and  left  with  my  glass  before  I  again  had  a  thought  of 
moimments  or  other  traces  of  the  lost  ones." 

On  the  24th,  the  search  was  made  for  the  monument  and  cache. 
The  monument  was  found  and  the  place  of  the  cache  pointed  out,  but 

the  latter  ivas  covered  hy  a  huge  hanli  of 
snow.  Hall  thus  describes  the  location 
of  the  monument:  "On  either  side  of 
the  plain  on  which  it  stands  is  a  river, 
and  hills  of  delta  are  northeast  of  it. 
It  is  100  feet  above  the  sea,  and  near  a 
hill  upon  the  south  side  of  the  plain. 
The  hill  looks  not  unlike  an  inverted 
whale-boat  when  seen  at  a  little  dis- 
tance from  the  northwest."  While  he 
made  a  sketch  of  the  monument, 
Frank  Lailor,  with  an  iron  snow-knife,  tried  to  cut  down  through  the 
bank  to  the  cache,  but  found  the  snow  as  hard  as  ice. 

To  leave  nothing  undone  to  find  the  buried  cache-stones,  Hall 
now  moved  down  and  built  his  igloo  near  it,  and  on  the  25th  renewed 
with  Frank  Lailor,  with  some  assistance  from  Ebierbing  w)io  was 
suffering  with  rheumatism,  the  severe  work  of  cutting  down  into  the 
snow-bank.  They  all  labored  hard  for  many  hours,  cutting  down  to 
the  depth  of  \h  feet  with  their  iron  snow-knives,  luitil,  as  Ebierbing 
has  lately  said,  "  they  sweated  in  the  cold  from  head  to  foot."  13nt  it 
was  impossible  to  find  the  cache. 


MOM-MKNT   FOUND    HY   HAM.. 


ill; 


■■ '  !if';v 


April,  1808.] 


A   Tent'mff-Place  of  White  Men. 


345 


Too-koo-li-too  and  Ebierl)ing,  about  the  same  time,  found  two 
tentin<r-j)laces  which  presented  strong  contrasts.  The  first  tent,  the 
traces  of  which  Too-koo-li-too  called  to  thein  to  observe,  had  been  ob- 
long, as  shown  by  four  stones,  weighing  each  from  25  to  35  })ounds, 
used  to  hold  down  its  corners ;  rows  of  smaller  stones  were  in  the  po- 
sitions where  they  had  served  to  secure  the  sides.     The  dimensions  of 


HALL'S  SKKTCII  OF  THE  COAST-LINE  NEAIl  THE  MONUMENT. 

the  tent  had  been  9  feet  by  6.  Hall's  Innuit  companions  assured  him 
that  white  men  must  have  built  it.  An  Innuit  tenting-place  close 
by,  showed  the  unquestionable  marks  of  its  builders  by  its  stones 
being  found  arranged  in  their  invariably  circular  form. 


.  '^j  If: 


346 


HalVs  Position  Higher  than  Mae's  Highest.         [Aprii,  tsaa. 


The  rough  notes  of  the  two  days  of  this  visit  are  worth  a  literal 
transcribing,  and  are  here  given,  omitting  only  Hall's  astronomical 
observations,  and  some  sketches  of  less  importance  than  those  shown 
by  the  cuts.  The  spot  visited  had  not  been  reached  by  any  previous 
Arctic  "explorer.  Parry's  oflScers  were  not  on  this  western  side  of  the 
peninsula,  and  Dr.  Rae's  highest  point  was  69°  5'  35"  N.  (Rae's  Narra- 
tive, p.  128).  And  it  may  be  justly  remarked  here  that  it  is  to  be 
regretted  that  Hall's  visit  should  have  been  recently  discredited,  and 
this  before  his  full  statements  could  be  published.  The  latitude  of  his 
encampment  here  was  69°  47'  5"  N.,  long.  85°  15'  W. 

Literal  Copy  of  MaWs  Notes. 

Apkil  24. — Koo-Ioo-a  requested  to-day  that  I  would  take  a  look  with  my 
spy-glass  in  a  certain  direction,  after  we  had  tramped  four  hours  over  liill,  lake, 
ravine,  and  through  deep  snows.  I  looked,  and  sighted  a  monument  above  the 
snow.  Koolooa  and  Frank  took  a  look  through  the  spy-glass,  the  former 
declaring  that  the  monument  he  saw  was  at  the  head  of  a  bay  not  then  in  sight. 
Dr.  Eae  could  not  possibly  have  made  this  monument  and  cache,  for  they  both 
belong  together ;  the  latter  covered  with  a  deep  drift  every  winter,  and  when 
Kae  was  at  Cape  Crozier  in  May,  1847,  the  bank  of  snow  must  have  been  as  deej) 
and  hard  as  the  one  now  there.  Besides,  Dr.  Eae's  track-chart  does  not  show 
that  he  visited  the  southeast  angle  of  Parry  Bay.  To-morrow  morning,  I  remove 
with  my  party  to  the  monument. 

Koo-loo-a  told  Hannah  that  when  he  first  saw  this  monument  thirteen  years 
before,  it  was  then  fresh,  and  now  looks  old.  When  he  found  it  and  the  cache- 
stones  under  the  bank,  he  told  all  the  Inuuits  of  his  strange  discovery.  No  In- 
nuit  could  have  made  it.  A  hole  was  dug  out  of  the  rocks  and  something  de- 
posited in  it.  Afterward,  the  stones  covering  the  cache  were  thrown  all  in  a  pile 
on  one  side,  and  the  deposit,  whatever  it  was,  taken  out. 

April  25.- -This  morning  we  leave  our  seventh  igloo  here  and  move  down 
to  the  monument,  to  make  all  investigations  possible  relating  to  it,  and  try  our 
best  to  tind  the  cache-stones  buried  in  a  huge  snow-bank  that  lies  over  the  steep 
bank  of  ground  running  alongside  of  the  plain  on  the  margin  of  which  is  the 
monument. 


I     •  n 


ll ' 
;iri 

im 
4 

ft 


:f|      • 


m 


n 

'J 


tl 


'I 


"3'4-i 


WW     I'; 


I!! 


ill 


!!s>'^  '      li 


Ji 


'Hi 


■'  ii ... .  -^  ■■ ' ) 


,fli< 


h  :l''l 


Ir 
lIlM 


IS,;.;  if; 
lii]  ij 


l^ 


r      -I 


lliilH. 


* 


r\ 


h 


April,  I808.J  Bough  Notes  of  the  2Ath-2ijth.  347 

8  a.  m. — Passing  aloiifjf  Irein  seventh  encampment  toward  Cape  Crozier,  the 
monument  is  distinctly  A'isible  witli  the  glass.     I  and  Frank  commenced  at  once  ji 

with  onr  snow-shovels  to  cat  out  snow-blocks  from  the  heavy  bank  just  west  of  ' 

the  monument  in  sear(;h  t)f  the  cache-stones.  Koo-looa,  trom  his  remend)rance  of 
the  situation  of  the  monument  and  cache-stones,  has  shown  us  where  to  dig. 

10.5  a.  m. — Hannah  has  found  the  tenting-i)lace  of  white  men — an  oblong 
tent  and  four  fresh  upturned  stones,  one  at  each  corner,  to  mak(i  fast  the  lines  of 
the  tent ;  the  stones  show  an  age  since  turned  up  out  of  their  bed  the  same  as 
monument  stones. 

10.30.— Joe,  in  searching  around,  has  found  another  tenting-place.    Frank  j. 

and  myself  were  busy  raising  l)lo(!ks  when  Joe  called,  and  then  we  all  ran  where 
he  was,  and  have  just  made  our  investigations.  These  stones  are  in  a  circular 
form,  and  evidently  the  tenting-place  of  Innuits  within  ten  to  fifteen  years. 
Hannah  said  if  a  tire-jdace  could  be  found  within  the  tent-circle  then  they  were 
Innuit  tenting  i)laces,  and  at  last  a  tire-place  was  found  wilhin  one  of  the  circles — 

black  on  the  back  of  the  fire-place;    a  stone  that  had  formed  one  side  was  loos-  i| 

ened  and  turned  up  by  Hannah  and  found  black  with  smoke.  Koo-looa  Ibund  a 
large  stone  in  proper  position  for  holding  the  line  keeping  up  the  entrance  to 
the  tent;  as  Ig-loo-lik  peoide  make  their  tents.    Joe,  Hannah,  and  Koo-loo-a  are  Ji 

sure  the  oblontjshaped  tenting-place  and  the  stones  at  the  corners  and  otitside 
row  of  small  stones  tell  the  tiuth,  that  Innuits  never  did  that  work.  The  contrast 
particularly  striking  between  the  tenting-place  of  the  whites  and  that  of  the 
natives.  A  small  stump  of  a  tree  found  in  the  circle  of  an  Innuit  teuting-idace, 
and  not  decayed,  but  white  with  age,  showed  hard  life  among  th(^  ice  of  the  sea 
of  Ak-koo-lee. 

Evening  notes. — All  day  we  have  been  hard  at  work  cutting  out  snow- 
blocks  in  search  of  the  cache-stones,  but  in  vain.  One  W(ndd  Ije  greatly  de- 
lighted to  see  the  excavations  and  upturned  blocks  all  around  made  in  searching 
for  lost  cache  stones.        *        *        # 

2(ith. — Joe  and  Hannah,  being  well  acquainted  with  white  men's  ways,  are 
as  certain  as  is  Koo-looa  that  white  men  had  an  encampment  here. 

Having-  with  them  provisions  for  two  days  only.  Hall's  party 
were  forced  to  return  to  their  sixth  igloo  First,  however,  he  took 
down  the  monument  stone  by  stone,  yet  without  finding  anj-  record 
or  sign  to  tell  with  more  certainty  who  had  built  it.     Koo-ho-a  "  was 


348 


Survey  of  the  Northwest  Coast. 


(April,  lAOH. 


!•     ! 


'  ■'  [ 


i.M 
''•■\ 


the  most  disiippointed  oiio  of  tlio  pjuty,  for  he  expressed  lionest  fesirs 
tluit  he  woiihl  be  thought  to  have  told  u  falsehood."  Yet  his  cliarac- 
ter  for  entire  truthfulness  had  been  and  still  remained  inujuestioned ; 
Hall  says  he  had  previously  "  shaqdy-tested  this  man."  He  left  the 
spot  with  the  assurance  that  his  search  for  the  evidence  of  white 
men's  having  lived  a  strugghng  life  in  those  regions  had  not  been  in 
vain,  for  they  had  found  a  monument  and  tenting-place    made   by 

WHITE  MEN. 

From  astronomical  observations  and  compass-bearings  he  now 
determined  the  coast-line  between  Cape  Englefield  the  most  western 
l)oint  of  the  Strait  sighted  by  Parry,  and  Cape  Crozier  the  most 
no)thern  reached  by  Ilae  in  1847;  by  which  survey  he  may  be  justly 
said  to  have  filled  up  this  broken  hne  of  the  Admiralty  chart  for  the 
northwestern  part  of  Melville  Peninsula  at  and  below  the  western  outlets 
of  Fury  and  Hecla  Strait.  This  was,  at  least,  a  liberal  compensation 
for  the  disapj)ointment  keenly  felt  on  leaving  the  spot  without  rec- 
ords or  closer  traces  of  white  men. 

Just  before  again  reaching  their  igloo,  Koo-loo-d's  sharp  eyes  spied 
a  hole  in  it,  and  as  the  tracks  of  a  wolverine  had  been  already  seen, 
alarm  was  taken  for  the  safety  of  their  provisions  On  coming  nearer, 
walrus-hide,  meat,  and  blubber  were  seen  scattered  here  and  there  on 
the  ice ;  but  on  Hall's  breaking  open  the  door,  he  found  that  the  ani- 
mal had  but  scratched  two  or  three  little  holes  through  the  snow-plat- 
form and  dragged  out  the  articles  without  carrying  them  into  its  hole. 
A  delay  of  one  day  more  would  pi'obably  have  cost  the  party  the  loss 
of  all  their  food. 

Not  satisfied  to  give  np  the  search  for  Franklin's  men  whom  he 


I  i;;iife 


i-Tiuy,  iNON.i  Vitiil  to  Amlufst  IsUuid.  WW) 


i' 


f! 


still  beliovod  that  iio  inif^lit  find  yet  livlii<^,  lu;  next  cximiiiiiMl  tlio 
southern  shores  ot"  the  Stnilt,  and  endeavored  to  cross  to  tho  northern 
coast,  hoping  also  to  nuike  some  ^eograijhical  determinations  there. 
The  exceeding-  roughness  of  the  ice  j)ennitted  him  to  advance  on 
foot  only,  with  one  companion  and  one  dog.  From  the  main  island 
of  a  group  in  the  mouth  of  the  Strait  he  took  additional  observations, 
bearings,  and  sextant  angles,  to  fix  tho  position  of  the  new  island  to 
the  nortlnvest  of  Cape  Englefield  On  the  south  side  of  the  islet  on 
which  he  stood,  the  rock  appeared  to  have  l)een  polished  to  the  height 
of  50  feet  above  the  sea  by  the  moving  ice-masses.  I'he  whole  strait 
was  filled  with  rugged  ice,  pack   and  old  floe,  some  of  the  old  floe 

pieces  a  mile  square;    one  small   unbroken  floe  was   plainly  of  the  t| 

formation  of  the  year  previous.  Old  floes  abounded,  full  of  hills,  val- 
leys, and  lakes,  nearly  all  denuded  of  snow,  and  covered  by  huge 
bergy  pieces  thrown  up  by  jjressure  in  the  open  season.  Tho  Innuits 
said  that  occasionally  there  is  a  year  in  which  the  straits  are  entirely 
clear  of  ice.     "  Parry  and  Lyon  would  have  hailed  such  a  season."  A 

On  the  30th,  with  the  same  companion,  Frank  Lailor,  Hall  visited  :  | 

some  islets  off  Cape  Englefield,  searching  again  thoroughly  for  monu-  '  itf 

ments  or  other  signs  of  human  beings.    His  next  exploration  was  along-  '][ 

the  southern  coast  as  far  as  East  Cape,  and  from  that  point  to  Parry's  '*| 

Amherst  Island,  on  which,  however,  he  fouiul  nothing  really  indicat- 
ing that  any  one  had  been  there  of  late  years.  Three  flat  slate  stones 
were  seen  placed  on  each  other,  with  their  moss  side  down. 

For  a  return  to  the  Oo-glit  Islands,  a  choice  was  to  be  made 
between  continuing  down  the  strait  and  their  outward  route  by  Quill- 
iam  Creek,  the  latter  of  which  routes  was  taken  to  avoid  delay, 
which   the  roughness  of  the  ice  might  cause.     A  prompt  return  was 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


M.O 


I.I 


1^12^8     |2.5 

auuu 

1.8 


IIIIIM 


1.25  III  1.4 


1.6 


'/ 


/A 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


\ 


:\ 


\ 


rv 


6^ 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


-1^^ 

'^^4^ 


1% 


350  Return  to  the  Oo-fjlit  Isles.  may,  ises. 

necessary,  as  tlieir  supplies,  made  up  at  first  for  fifteen  days  only,  had 
now  been  drawn  upon  nearly  three  weeks.  Finding  an  easy  passage 
over  the  land  to  the  creek,  by  the  6th  of  May  they  had  rapidly  fol- 
lowed it  down,  and,  passing  through  Hooper  Inlet,  after  some  delays 
occasioned  by  the  softness  of  the  snow,  arrived  at  the  Oo-glit  Islands 
early  on  the  8th,  having  in  fifteen  hours  accomplished  a  journey  of  fifty- 
{:|  seven  statute  miles  from  their  last  halting-place  on  the  ice  of  the  inlet. 

On  this  journey  the  only  living  thing  seen  was  a  crow.     They  had 

found  that  the  fox  which  had  been  set  up  on  the  snow  pillar  by  Koo- 

loo-a  had  been  canied  off  by  some  Innuit,  who  had  substituted  for  it 

the  shoulder-blade  of  a  walrus ;  this  dried  meat  was  relished  by  the 

!!'|  hungry  return    party.     When    coming   near   the  Oo-glit   Isles,   Hall 

■;::|  "looked  out  upon  a  long  impenetrable  cloud  of  blackness  overhang- 

i|  i  ing  the  iceless  waters  of  Fox  Channel.     The  wind  blowing  fresh  from 

lil  the  south  and  the  aurora  actually  working  on  the  face  of  the  black- 

novss,  made  it  seem,  as  we  approached  this  world  of  blackness,  as  though 
we  were  going  right  straight  into  the  lower  regions  in  the  literal  signifi- 
cant sense  of  the  word." 

The  population  of  the  village  was  now  again  increased  by  the 
coming  in  of  several  new  families  from  the  northeast  to  see  the 
stranger.  The  first  news  which  he  heard  was  the  loss  of  Ag-loo-ka 
and  his  friend  E-nu-men,  who  were  irrecoverably  swept  away  while 
wah'using  on  the  ice;  the  next  was  that  another  native  had  further 
accounts  to  give  him  of  Kia!s  strange  white  man.  Hall  determined 
to  defer  a  proposed  geographical  exploration  of  the  strait  and  go 
over  to  Tern  Island  to  see  this  man.  Whatever  judgments  may 
now  be  passed  upon  his  persistence  in  this  search  for  Franklin's  sur- 
vivors, his  own  words  at  the  time  were,  "  No  man,  knowing  what  I  do, 


Mui 


'    i 

1  t 

i 

1 

■ 

t  ' 

■  \ 


if 


i 


"  .'I 


1:1 


I 


'II^S 


nnj,  IHttN. 


Visit  to  Tern  Island. 


351 


cjin  possibly  believe  otherwise  than  tliut  part  of  the  lost  companions 
of  Franklin  and  Crozier  have  been  living  tor  several  years  on  Melville 
Peninsnla."  But  while  preparing  to  visit  Tern  Island  he  made  a  survey 
of  the  Oo-glit  group.  Its  open  sea  was  rolling  its  high  waves  upon  the 
shore,  and  its  waters  were  alive  with  walrus,  ducks,  and  sea-gulls— 
now-yers.  Thousands  of  ducks  filled  the  air  with  such  music  as  made 
the  place  anything  but  solitary. 

On  the  1 2th,  his  party,  with  Papa  and  his  family  who  had  now 
rejoined  them,  set  off  for  Ig-loo-lik  and  Tern  Island,  but  when  near 
the  former  place  they  met  with  a  sister  of  Kia,  a  long  conversation 
with  whom  bro'  .^"ht  out  facts  substantiating  the  same  old  story ;  at  Tern 
Island  the  new  friend,  Kud-loon,  gave  him  essentially  the  same  particu- 
lars. The  people  of  this  island  being  found  destitute,  TTall  shared  with 
them  some  of  his  supplies,  and  made  them  presents.  Confined  to  his 
hut  by  snow-blindness  {an-koot-ed  for  it),  the  an-ge-ho  gave  as  a  reason 
for  his  sufferings  that  he  had  eaten  out  of  an  unsuitable  pan,  and  had 
visited  the  igloo  of  one  of  Koo-loo-a's  wives  on  the  Oo-glit  Islands  at  a 
time  when  he  should  not  have  done  so.  Before  leaving  Tern  Island,  he 
bartered  needles,  thimbles,  fish-hooks,  &c.,  for  dogs,  intending  to  make 
an  exploring  journey  down  the  east  side  of  Fox  Channel,  but  again 
relinquished  such  an  object,  saying  he  had  at  last  been  able  to  conquer 
his  almost  uncontrollable  desire  to  discover  new  lands,  and  had  brouffht 
back  his  feelings  of  duty,  to  stick  to  the  mission  of  finding  out  about 
the  lost  white  men.  Nood-loo,  a  native  of  Ig-loo-lik,  drew  for  him  the 
accompanying  sketch  of  Murray  Maxwell  Inlet.  This  inlet,  near  the 
east  end  of  Fury  and  Hecla  Strait,  he  learned,  is  in  reality  a  Sound, 
sweeping  round  to  the  eastward  and  forming  a  large  island. 

To  prosecute  yet  one  more  search,  on  the  18th  of  the  month,  la 


ill 


n 


I  ; 


rfe 


'■i     'l 

I''  ■! 


■1'  I 


»       -^ 

S> 

n  1 

ifi 

1' 

'.'.'  m 

E'l 

a'  J 

352 


Tetiiinii-Plmc  on  (iifford  River. 


[mar,  1H68. 


II 


company  with  Fnuik,  Vapa,  Tou-tir.-che-uk,  his  wife,  und  two  children, 
he  be<;Mn  a  journey  to  Parry's  "(Jifford  River,"  hjivinji^  heard  in  con- 
versations subsequent  to  tliose  wliich  have  been  referred  to  that  a 
tenting'-phice  and  otlier  sij^ns  of  white  men  would  be  found  there. 
On  the  IDth,  he  entered  this  river,  which  proved  to  be  really  an  arm 
of  the  sea,  receiving  several  rivulets  which  his  guide  said  are  tilled 
with  salmon  in  the  autunni.  Its  Innuit  name,  Kun-nuk-tiu,  means  a  bay. 
On  the  northeast  shore  a  tenting-place  was  foinid,  of  which  Hall 
made  the  accompanying  sketch;  but,  with  the  exception  of  two  shot 

and  a  pecuhar  arrangement 
of  the  stones,  there  was  no 
special  indication  of  its  liav- 
ing  been  occupied  by  civil- 
ized men.  It  will  be  re- 
membered that  Parry's  men 
visited  it.  On  this  journey 
several  seal  ar/loos  were  seen, 
from  Avhich  the  young  seals 
escaped,  but  a  skillful  Innuit  captured  a  full-grown  animal  while  he 
was  sleeping  and  sunning  himself  on  the  ice.     The  usual  strategy  had 


SCRAPEU,  TO  ATTBACT  THE  8KAL. 


been  exercised  of  hitching  the  body,  feet  foremost,  step  by  step,  to- 
ward the  seal,  and  occasionally  raising  the  head  and  looking  around. 


Mnj,  tHHH.] 


More  Tal/us  with  the  Innuits. 


353 


as  the  aniiTiiil  constantly  does  when  on  the  watch,  tlie  man  then  drop- 
ping his  liead  into  a  cat-nap,  sind  finally  scratching  on  the  snow  with 
the  scraper,  which  is  made  for  this  purpose.  By  thus  imitating  the 
noise  wliich  the  seal  makes  with  his  flipper,  he  enticed  it  to  come 
near  him.     The  harpoon  was  then  swiftly  driven  in. 

By  noon  of  the  21st,  Hall  had  passed  through  some  severe  storms, 
but  was  again  near  Ig-loo-lik,  and,  after  holding  more  talks  through 
the  next  five  days,  prepared  to  return  to  Repulse  Bay.  P^'or  his  sup- 
plies to  reach  that  place  he  found  it  necessary  to  take  great  care  of 
what  he  had  collected;  for,  with  a  new  experience  of  his  Iinmit  friends, 
he  now  found  that  no  sooner  did  he  barter  for  walrus-meat  than  a 
crowd  rushed  into  his  igloo  and  devoured  it.  They  seem  to  have 
looked  upon  his  stores  as  inexhaustible,  and  felt  they  had  claims  uj)on 
him  for  the  information  given  in  the  long  talks  into  which  he  had  led 
them.  The  details  of  these  talks  fill  a  number  of  pages  in  the  books 
A  and  B,  heretofore  named.  They  were  essentially  repetitions  of  the 
conversations  in  April. 

An  intelligent  Innuit  named  Oong-er-luk  drew  for  him  just  before 
his  leaving  Ig-loo-lik  the  accompanying  sketches  of  the  coast  of  Fox 
Channel  and  of  Admiralty  Inlet.  They  have  been  reproduced  liter- 
ally from  Hall's  note-books.  The  Innuit  names  are  those  given  by 
Oong-er-luk  for  the  numbers  whicli  he  placed  on  his  maps.  His 
sketches,  with  those  drawn  by  Ar-mou,  Ou-e-la,  Papa,  and  In-nook-poo- 
zhe-jook  in  1869,  are  presented  as  specimens  of  Innuit  ideas  of  native 
localities ; — ideas  generally  found  to  be  very  correct,  as  it  will  be 
remembered  were  those  shown  by  the  map  drawn  by  the  woman  I-lig- 
liuk  for  Parry.  [See  also  Chapell's  letter  to  Hall,  page  35  of  this 
Nan*ative.] 


S.  Ex.  lil- 


-26 


354 


Oong-er-luKs  Maps  of  Fox  Channel. 


[nmy,  1868. 


SKETCH  OF  THE  NORTHEAST  COAST  OF  FOX  CHANNEL  BY  THE 

INNUIT  OONG-ER-LUK. 


V 


•  t!" 
I* 

i 
ii 


1.  Ou-ker-nar-chu.  {Never  frozen  chan- 

nel.) 

2.  Es-se-tii-e.ju-a. 
3-3.  Tooki-an. 

4.  Tej-see-u-ark. 

5.  Koo-be-nar-chii. 
0.  Ki-ki-tar-chu, 

7,  Kfid-gru-yer.    {Name  of  isle.) 

8.  Ar-kim-e-nun. 
y.  Ig-lftk-ju-in. 

10.  Keii-nuk-lukju-a. 

11.  Noo-wier.     (Long  point.) 

12.  Is-shook-too. 

13.  Tik-ik-kuu. 

14.  Ee-nk-ju-ar-chu.    {A  mountain,  xteep 

on  all  sides  but  one.) 

15.  Ariig-u-yarn. 

16.  Ing-nier-ing. 

17.  Noon-ee-tar. 

18.  Ear-kee. 

19.  Wear-chin. 

20.  Tee-kera-chu. 

21.  Eak-pin. 

22.  Ki-erk-chu-ken. 

23.  Oo-glit. 

24.  E-pe-u-tiu.  {The  isthmus,  where  many 

of  the  Innuits  from  Northumber- 
land Inlet  died,  some  of  starvation, 
some  by  murder.  Tookoolitoo's 
sister  was  of  the  ones  killed.) 


25.  Shar-tuk-ju-a. 
20.  King-ark-ju-a. 

27.  Shok-bur.     ( Water  and  land). 

28.  Tar-ri-o-ar-chu    {Bay.) 

29.  Pce-lig.     ( Where  rice,-  enters  bay.) 

30.  Ee-8oo-e-too.    {Small  lake.) 

31.  Teg-suk-ju-a.    {Larffe  lake.) 

32.  Ar-ten-ni-en. 

33.  Ou-le-chee-wa-chii. 

34.  In-iiooksLe-lik.    ( Lake  and  land.) 

35.  Kung-ook-too. 

36.  Mi-uk-too-le-ar-clju.     {Bay.) 

37.  Ned-lu-ark-ju-a. 

38.  Ki-ki-tar-loo.    {Name  of  the  two  isles.) 

39.  Man-uk-toe. 

40.  Arng-mark-ju-a. 

41.  Kig-gur-wig. 

42.  Nug-lee-we-too. 

43.  Shartoo. 

{Between  43  and  Uis  Skeoch  Bay  of 
Parry^s  chart.) 

44.  Kop-e-e-we.    {Cape  Elwyn  of  Parry's 

chart.) 
45-46.  Sed  ler.    {The  land  southeast  and 
cast  of  Cape  Konig  of  Parry's 
chart.) 

47.  See-er-wark-ju. 

48.  Im-me-yay-too. 

49.  Ki-uk-tar-bin. 

50.  Wall-ing-yer. 


y 


NOTES  WRITTEN  DOWN  BY  HALL  FROM  DICTATION   BY  OONG-ER-LUK. 

From  Shar-too  (43)  to  the  "  high  land  "  of  sketch,  it  would  take  six  days  with 
dogs  and  an  unloaded  sledge,  the  dogs  going  fast.    As  Innuits  generally  travel, 


!•;. 


<'up<<  Klwyii 


SKETCH  (IF 

N.E. COAST  OF  TOX  CHANNEL 

Bv  till- Iiinuii    Ooiig-er-Uik 
JJi'uwn  May  'i.V-^  18rt^ 


\i 


I 


^i: 


in«r.  iNes.] 


Oo)iff-('r-lul>'s  Map  of  Admirnltji  fnlct. 


355 


with  f'liiiiilieH  and  lioiiKoliold  ^oods,  it  wnnld  tako  lit'tHMi  diiys ;  so  8)iy  Inniiits  that 
Iiiivo  lived  for  iiiuny  suiiiiiiers  all  aloufj  the  coast  sketehed.  I  think  tlie  distanoo 
from  Shartoo  (43)  to  said  hijjli  hind  to  be  from  'J'A)  to  ;$()()  miles.  From  Ned -hi- 
ark-Jua  (37),  old  man  Noii-le  arju  says  one  can  see  the  mountain  which  is  near  to 
the  very  larjje  lake  whi<!li  i.s  on  the  route  Innuits  take  in  traveling  and  voyaging 
from  Kbierbing  and  Tookoo-li-too's  country  (Too-nuk-jok-i»ing,  Northumberland 
Inlet)  to  Ig-loo-lik.  The  large  river  which  runs  Irom  said  lake,  tailed  Kook-ju  a, 
is  more  than  half  way  from  Too-inikjok-ping  to  Ned-lu-ark-ju-a  (37).  A  woman, 
very  smart  and  intelligent,  by  the  name  of  A-mer-ffoo  (wife  of  Tnnunlin(i),  who 
rame  from  Northumberland  Inlet,  say.s  that  when  the  i)arty  she  acco)i)])anicd  from 
her  country  to  Ig-loo-lik  left  the  mouth  of  the  great  river  that  runs  from  Kook- 
ju-a  (the  Great  Lake),  it  took  eight  <lays  to  get  to  L-pe-u-tin  (the  peninsula  of  2-t) 
in  their  oo-micn  (great  family  boat).  Much  of  the  land  was  very  low,  and  when 
the  tide  ebbed  they  used  to  let  their  boat  take  the  groun<l  instead  of  trying  to 
get  to  the  shore,  for  they  had  to  stand  far  out  froui  it  to  keep  in  water  that  only 
at  flood-tide  was  deep  enough  to  float  their  craft.  On  getting  to  24,  the  Iniuiits 
always  make  portage,  instead  of  going  so  far  as  to  round  the  long  land  (2.'»). 


n 


SKETCH  OF  TOO-NOO  NEK  NOO  SIIUK,  OK   ADxMlHALTY    INLET,  HY 

OONCi-Elf  LUK. 


1.  Too-Joo. 

2.  See-goo-ar. 

.'<.  Ok-ke-ogc-nfui. 
4.  Koud-loo-too. 
r».  Sing-izeoke-big. 
(!.  Kfin-fik-luar-chu. 

7.  Kok-oolii-in. 

8.  Kfin-tik-lu-ar-chu. 

9.  Shoo  uk-te-lik. 

10.  Ouk-bar-too. 

11.  Tel-ler-ar-chu. 

12.  Eke-pe-ar-chu. 
13-13.  Ki-fik-tar-zhu. 
14-14.  Noo-win. 


17-17.  l»rit-tar-te-lik. 

18-lS.  Kun-nuk-too.     (A  bnif.) 

10-10.  Ki-ki  tou-kin. 

20.  Ki-ik-tun-ten  alloo. 
I  21.  Ki-ik-tun.    {The island.) 
I  22.  Seer-wok  ten. 
I  23.  F]ve-ju-ar-chin. 
!  24.  Angno-quo-zham. 
'  25.  Now-yarn. 
!  20.  F^ke-]»ik-Ju-ar-chiii. 
i  27.  Ok-big-seer-i»ing. 
i  28.  In-uiUv-too-big. 
I  29.  E-ter-be-in, 
I  30.  Sed-no-wa-ling. 


15.  Oo-look-shun.      {Natives    live    here  i  31.  Sfd-no-way-suk. 

much  trhen  ice  in  gone.)  \  32.  Ed-lilk-Ju-in. 

16,  Eke-pe-ar-chfi.  33.  Teekee  ra-chil. 


1 


1 1 


m 


n 


ill 


iii'i 


'1^; 


366 

34.  Ki-ki-tar-zhii. 

35.  Knb-lo-e-tit, 
30.  Too-lcr-ktlt. 
37.  Sheming. 


Map  of  Admiralty  Inlet 


[nmj,  1868. 


38.  Tin-nee-je-va-loo. 

39.  Oo-pung-ne-wing. 

40.  Kftn-ne-i-rung.     {Natives  live  much 

of  the  time  here.) 


NOTES  WRITTEN  DOWN  BY  HALL  FROM  DICTATION  BY   OONG-EB-LITK. 

The  width  of  the  bay  not  so  great  at  and  near  the  entrance  as  farther  in. 
One  medium  day's  jrood  drive  with  dog-sledge  from  one  side  of  the  bay  to  the 
other  in  its  general  width.  The  trend  of  bay  not  exactly  north  and  south,  but 
little  to  the  northeastward  and  southwestward. 

Vt  the  mouth  of  the  inlet  early  spring  whaling  might  be  prosecuted,  for  a 
great  many  whales  are  always  seen  close  to  the  bay-floe  by  the  natives  as  early 
as  April  and  May.  Ice  out  of  the  whole  bay  every  year,  and  then  there  are  a 
great  many  black  whales,  white  whales,  and  narwhals  all  over  the  bay.  Very 
good  anchorage  for  ships  at  16  and  other  places  in  the  bay  (18-18).  Good  for 
ships  in  6,  8, 10,  and  12.  High  land  and  deep  water  about  and  in  18-18.  Innuits 
in  the  summer  kill  whales  in  18-lC.  No  rough  ice  in  the  bay  Too-noo-nee-roo- 
shuk ;  all  smooth  floe.  No  icebergs  or  other  heavy  ice  finds  its  way  into  this 
great  bay,  for  it  all  sweeps  onward  with  the  current  in  Barrow  Strait  to  the  east- 
ward. When  the  wind  is  from  the  east,  and  the  ice  is  driven  westward,  for  some 
reason  it  does  not  drive  down  into  the  bay.  Coast  on  the  west  side  nearly 
straight,  and  without  any  indentations.    High  land  on  west  side. 

After  the  ships  have  all  left  Too-noo-nee  (Pond's  Bay),  having  finished 
whaling  by  the  floe  there,  then  is  the  good  time  to  see  a  great  many  whales  in 
the  great  bay  of  Too-noo-nee-roo-shuk.  Once  a  whale  was  found  in  the  bay  of 
T.  K.  by  the  natives  which  was  dead,  with  lines  and  harpoons  in  it.  A  great 
many  narwhals  killed  by  Innuits  at  T.  K.  and  their  horns  taken  by  them  to 
Pond's  Bay  and  bartered  off  to  the  whalers. 

The  RETURN  to  Repulse  Bay  was  now  begun.  Leaving  the  Oo- 
glit  Islands  on  the  Slst  of  May,  Hall  further  examined  a  new  bay  which 
he  had  discovered  and  a  lake  on  the  southwest,  into  which  he  crossed 
by  a  short  portage.  Whenever  the  weather  permitted,  and  so  far  as 
his  very  defective  instruments  enabled  him  on  this  part  of  his  jour- 
ney and  until  he  reached  Haviland  Bay,  he  made  a  rough  survey  of 
the  whole  route.     But  the  injured  condition  of  his  compass  and  sex- 


'Ur 


BAJfROfV      ST /{AIT 


SKKTrH   OK 

ADMIRALTY   INLET 

By  0>ng-er-liik 
Drawn  May  23''-''  1868 , 


l^ 

<r>^ 

;>.     ^ 

tiiS' 

b 

1 

^^*^ 

?3 

(. 

W 

A 

S 

\ 

>< 

1% 

t^ 

ia(7 

i^ 


t  i 


M 


if 


1  I- 
I 


'  i    ', 

'til ' 

,     : 

d  ■] 

\'  i 


M 


if  li 


ilfr 


Junr,  1868. 


The  Trees  Near  Hopjmer's  Creek 


357 


tant  and  the  interruptions  by  rain  and  storm  and  by  his  own  suffer- 
ings, prevented  his  observations  from  being  more  than  approximate. 

Arriving  on  tlie  east  side  of  the  head  of  Hoppner  Inlet,  he  found 
three  small  streams,  in  one  of  which  was  an  abundant  growth  of  wood 
in  a  cluster  of  undergrowth  showing  some  creeping  trees  which  spread 
themselves  out.  One  of  these  was  1 1  feet  in  length  and  2  inches  in 
diameter  at  the  base.  It  was  seen  that  "  where  a  portion  of  the  tree 
in  its  creeping  position  pressed  hard  upon  the  earth,  it  had  sent  down 
numerous  branches  of  roots."* 

The  river  where  this  wood  is  in  such  abundance,  empties  itself 
into  the  one  by  which  he  was  encamped  just  before  it  enters  the  head  of 
Hoppner's  Creek.  "  It  comes  down  a  wild  ravine,  having  steep  mount- 
ain-high sand-banks  on  either  side."  Hall  wrote  with  these  words : 
"When  the  lakes  have  their  ice  loosened,  all  the  three  rivers  will  pour 
down  their  living,  dancing  waters,  when  salmon  will  greatly  abound 
where  fresh  and  salt  water  mingle."  He  was  at  the  time  heartily  tired 
of  walrus,  deer-meat,  and  tood-noo.  "His  mouth  watered  in  vain  for 
salmon,"  which  Papa  and  Hannah  had  failed  to  secure. 

He  explored  the  region  between  the  head  of  this  inlet  and  Lyon's 
Inlet,  and,  striking  across  the  land  to  Haviland  Bay,  arrived  on  its 
banks  on  the  24th,  crossed  on  its  thin  ice  on  the  day  following,  at 
times  through  water  a  foot  deep,  and  at  4  a.  m.  of  the  26th,  regained 
his  encampment  at  Tal-loon;  the  sledge  journey  had  been  one  of 
ninety-six  days.  It  was  a  satisfaction  to  find  the  white  men  whom  he 
had  hired  in  full  health.  His  dogs,  too,  were  in  as  good  condition  as 
when  they  had  started  out.     His  Innuit  friends  gave  him  a  present  of 

*  For  a  most  interesting  accnunl  of  trees  growing  still  further  north,  some  of  them  3  feet 
in  diameter,  found  in  a  ravine,  see  Osliom's  account  of  McClure's  Northwest  Passage ;  also, 
Meach.-im'a  report  of  the  trees  found  on  Prince  Patrick  Island,  in  lat.  76°  15',  long.  121°  40.' 


<*  <     ■  \ 
r 


M 


i 


f 


t| 


■4 


:wi 


358 


Successful  Salmon-Fishing. 


IJutr,  1868. 


1'  i 


salmon,  some  of  which  measured  32  to  37  inches  in  length,  weigh- 
ing from  9  to  13  pounds  each. 

The  record  of  the  two  remaining  summer  months  presents  as  inci- 
dents of  special  interest  a  successful  season  for  salmon-fishing  and 
deer-hunting;  the  very  unfortunate,  though  justified,  shooting  of 
one  of  the  five  hirei'  men;  and  the  capture  of  another  whale,  the  pos- 
session of  which,  together  with  renewed  supplies  from  friends  in  the 
United  States,  encouraged  Hall  to  hope  that  he  could  remain  over 
still  another  year  and  yet  reach  King  William's  Land.  In  this  it  will 
be  found  he  succeeded  in  the  following  spring. 

A  supply  of  salmon  had  always  been  an  object,  as  well  for  the 
change  which  it  offered  from  the  unvarying  rough  Arctic  food,  as  for 
the  value  of  the  fish  when  dried  and  stored  for  the  winter;  but  up  to 
this  time  little  success  liad  rewarded  the  best  efforts  made  by  Hall  and 
his  hired  men  either  with  their  nets  or  spears.  The  Innuits,  through 
long  practice,  were  experts  in  spearing,  and  they  seemed  to  have  gen- 
erally considered  the  fishing-grounds  as  their  exclusive  property. 

The  notes  of  July  2()  record  a  determination  not  to  be  outdone 
in  the  work.  Hearing  that  they  were  securing  very  many  fish  and 
his  men  very  few.  Hall,  though  quite  ill,  jumped  from  his  bed,  and 
quickly  dressing,  ordered  each  of  his  company  to  repair  promptly 
their  sadly  broken  spears,  for  he  would  see  whether  white  men  could 
be  so  easily  beaten  ;   "  one  need  not  starve  while  such  food  abounds." 

As  the  tide  w;is  about  to  flood,  it  became  necessary  to  make  great  haste  or 
our  chance  would  be  lost  till  next  ebb  ;  so  every  one  worked  with  a  will.  When 
the  spears  were  in  order,  I  organized  my  men  into  a  regular  fish  fighting  com- 
pany, and  then  into  the  deep  pools  all  in  line  we  plunged,  or  in  fact  waded  thigh 
deep.  The  Innuits  had  all  left,  each  having  caught  as  many  as  he  could  well 
attend  to,  except  Ar-goomoo-toolik,  whom  I  requested  to  desist  while  I  made  a 


I  i! 


i^: 


Jmlr,  1868.] 


The  Mutiny. 


359 


•V'i 


trial  with  my  men  alone.  In  one  hour  from  the  time  we  entered  the  ice-cold 
water  we  had  e^'ery  spear  broken,  so  that  not  one  in  a  dozen  salmon  struck  could 
be  saved.  Then,  all  in  a  line,  behind  and  by  the  side  of  our  net,  waist-deep  in 
the  pool,  we  marched,  dragging  the  net  and  driving  the  salmon  like  sheep  before 
us.  When  well  advanced  to  the  upper  end  of  the  pool,  the  water  was  found  to 
be  black  with  floundering  fish.  Having  reached  a  narrow  place  where  the  net 
stretched  from  shore  to  shore,  and  penned  in  the  salmon  completely,  myself,  Joe, 
Frank,  and  all  the  rest  except  Antoine,  who  played  sick,  went  to  work  scooping 
out  salmon,  and  in  a  few  minutes  caught  one  hundred  and  seventy-five,  the  total 
weight  of  which  exceeded  1,000  pounds,  for  the  greater  number  were  quite  large. 

The  Innuits  acknowledged  themselves  beaten.  Hall  attributed 
his  success  to  the  use  of  his  excellent  Brevoort  net,  with  which  he 
thought  he  would  have  even  doubled  the  number  taken  if  he  had 
been  allowed  the  first  chance  at  the  pool. 

A  most  unhappy  record  is  now  to  be  made.  From  the  date  of  his 
return  from  Fury  and  Hecla  Strait  some  dissatisfaction  seems  to  have 
been  growing  among  the  hired  men  whom  he  had  left  at  the  encamp- 
ment when  setting  out  on  that  journey.  They  had  been  lacking  in 
their  care  of  the  stores,  backward  on  going  out  on  the  hunts,  and  tardy 
when  absent  on  these,  as  well  as  hurtfully  careless  in  feeding  the  dogs. 
The  ill-feeling  manifested  by  several  of  them  toward  Hall,  arising  pos- 
sibly from  the  uncertainty  as  to  the  time  when  any  ships  would  appear 
in  the  bay  to  take  them  to  their  homes,  culminated  in  the  unfortunate 
affair  which  is  best  presented  in  his  own  words : 

July  31. — Gave  Peter  his  order  to  take  my  rifle  and  go  on  a  deer-hunt,  and 
to  take  along  Antoine  and  Pat,  and  show  them  where  a  certain  deer  he  had  killed 
and  deposited  was,  and  have  them  bring  it  in.  The  party  started  oflf  at  10  a.  m. 
A  short  time  after,  sent  Sam  out  to  get  a  deer-skin  and  the  buck-meat  my  Joe  ha<l 
left  on  his  way  home  yesterday.  At  7  p.  m.,  Sam  returned,  having  been  unsuc- 
cessful in  finding  my  Joe's  bundle,  and  at  8  p.  m.  Antoine  and  Pat  returned,  and 
a  few  minutes  later  Peter  came  in,  having  seen  no  deer.    Asked  Antoine  how  far 


m 


^% 


I 


ir^ 


lii 


•  \.  it 


v^y 


« 


HI*  »l 


hi 


360 


Hairs  Account  of  the  Mutimj. 


[Jitir.  1868. 


I' 

•1  '1 


i:^ 


he  should  think  it  was  to  whore  lie  and  Pat  got  the  deer  they  brought  iu  t  An- 
swer, ten  or  twelve  miles.  When  Peter  came  in,  I  asked  him  how  far  it  was  to 
the  deer-deposit  Antoine  and  Pat  brought  in,  and  he  said  about  the  same  as  the 
musk-ox  deposit,  six  and  a  half  miles,  to  where  we  went  directly  on  the  23d.  I 
asked  him  if  he  did  not  think  that  Pat  and  Antoine  could  have  performed  the 
service  I  sent  them  on  iu  a  little  more  than  half  the  time  of  ten  hours?  Answer, 
that  he  tliought  they  could.  I  proceeded  to  the  men's  tent,  and  asked  Antoine 
and  Pat  if  tliey  could  not  have  made  better  time  in  the  work  they  performed 
to  day  ?  They,  with  much  temper,  replied  they  could  not.  I  told  them  what 
Peter  had  told  me,  and  said  thai  it  became  them  to  be  as  expeditious  as  possible 
whenever  I  had  work  for  them  to  do,  reminding  them  of  their  spending  a  whole 
day  a  short  time  since  in  going  out  only  some  two  miles  after  a  couple  of  deer, 
when  they  iriight  have  done  the  same  in  one-fourth  of  the  time.  This  was  fol- 
lowed by  a  burst  of  real"  mutinous  conduct  on  the  part  of  Pat  and  Antoine,  to 
which  demonstration  Sam  and  Peter  seemed  to  be  a  party.  Pat  was  the  Uader, 
and  I  felt  for  my  own  safety  that  something  must  be  done  to  meet  so  terrible  a 
blow  as  seemed  ready  to  fall.  I  appealed  to  Pat  especially  to  stop  his  mutinous 
talk  and  conduct.  I  was  alone,  though  a  small  distance  off  were  all  the  Inuuits 
of  the  tent-village  looking  upon  the  scene.  Pat  was  standing  in  the  door  of  the 
tent  (he  and  Antoine,  when  I  first  went  into  the  tent,  were  seated  in  it,  but  as 
tlieir  rage  increased  they  worked  themselves  out  to  be  in  a  circle  of  the  other  two), 
where  he  was  delivering  himself  of  the  most  rebellious  language  possible.  I  made 
an  approacli  to  him,  putting  my  hand  up  before  him,  motioning  for  him  to  stop. 
lie  at  once  squared  himself,  doubling  up  his  fists  and  drawing  back  in  position, 
as  it  were,  to  jump  upon  and  fight  me.  Failing  to  make  him  desist  without  forci- 
ble meaus,  I  thought  at  first  to  give  him  a  good  drubbing,  but  knowing  Pat  to 
be  of  a  powerful  frame  and  muscle,  and  that  if  I  did  make  an  attempt  I  should  at 
once  have  a  party  of  foiu-  upon  me,  I  demanded  of  Peter  my  rifle,  which  he  gave 
me.  I  hastened  to  my  tent,  laid  down  the  rifle,  ami  seized  my  Baylie  revolver, 
and  went  back  and  faced  the  leader  of  the  mutinous  crowd,  and  demanded  of  Pat 
to  know  if  he  would  desist  in  his  nuitinous  conduct  ?  His  reply  being  still  more 
threatening,  I  pulled  trigger,  and  in  a  few  minutes  he  staggered  and  fell.  I 
walked  directly,  but  more  as  a  man  then  suddenly  dreaming,  to  the  front  of  Papa's 
tent,  where  was  a  crowd  of  frightened  natives,  passed  the  pistol  to  the  hand  of 
Ar-mou,  which  still  had  four  undischarged  loads  in  it,  and  then  ran  back  and  as- 
sisted in  getting  Pat  to  my  tent.  I  supposed  he  could  not  live  five  minutes,  but 
a  Mightier  hand  than  mine  had  stayed  the  ball  from  a  vital  part. 


I  1  if  ij; 

■  Mr' 


Julr,  I86S. 


Death  of  Coleman. 


361 


The  unhappy  man,  Patrick  Coleman,  Hngered  from  the  31st  of 
July  until  the  14th  of  the  following  month,  during  the  whole  of  which 
time  every  effort  was  made  by  Hall  to  save  his  life  by  the  use  of  all 
remedies  at  his  command  and  by  the  most  careful  nursing,  in  which 
his  other  men  took  their  full  share.  Antoine  made  a  full  confession  of 
his  having  done  wrong.  The  Innuits  told  Hall  they  had  expcctr  i 
that  the  four  mutinous  men,  whom  he  had  encountered  at  the  time  of 
shooting  one  of  them,  would  attack  and  endeavor  to  kill  him,  and  that 
it  had  been  their  purpose  to  run  to  his  rescue. 

He  now  participated  in  the  anxious  uncertainties  felt  by  his  men 
as  to  whether  any  whaling- vessel  would  visit  the  bay  this  year;  and, 
if  not,  by  what  possible  means  he  could  reach  York  Factor}-  should 
his  hopes  of  making  a  final  journey  to  King  William's  Land  entirely 
fail  him.  As  far  back  as  the  29th  of  July  (before  the  mutin)^  he  had 
written  in  his  journal : 

I  know  not  whether  I  and  my  company  are  to  leave  these  regions  this  fall  or 
not.  Most  assuredly  I  have  had  no  doubts  but  we  should.  All  my  expectations 
and  calculations  have  been  to  this  point;  but  now  as  I  look  out  upon  Repulse  Bay 
and  see  it  still  fast  in  its  ten  months'  icy  chains,  I  must  confess  I  begin  to  have 
doubts.  Many  times  a  day  I  ascend  our  lookout  hill  to  take  long  and  prolonged 
looks  through  my  "spy"  down  to  the  southeastward,  in  the  direction  of  the  per- 
petual open  water  that  sweeps  through  Kurd's  Channel  and  Frozen  Strait  across 
to  Beach  Point,  and  thence  rushes  down  Eowe's  Welcome.  No  ship  there  afar  oli' 
to  gladden  my  sight.  It  has  been  my  plan  that  if  none  should  enter  Eepulse 
Bay  by  the  5th  of  August,  I  would  embark  in  our  boat  Sylvia  for  York  Factory. 
But  will  it  be  prudent  to  attempt  the  voyage  in  this  boat?  1  know  that  Dr.  Rac 
made  a  successful  voyage  here  from  that  place,  and  the  next  year  returned  to  it. 
But  his  boats  were  large,  heavy,  and  strong,  and  the  Sylvia  is  of  the  lightest  con- 
struction possible;  her  planks  of  cedar  one-half  inch  thick  only. 

During  the  illness  of  Coleman,  it  was  found  out  that  at  least  one 


f 


i-. 


m 

'4 


Hi 


m 

(I* 


of  the  other  four  men  had  said  if  he  could  not  otherwise  get  a  boat 


I: 

1 

1 1 

1 ' 

' ' 

till 

1 

H\ 

Ill: 

;iif 

,1:11 
i 


!    It     rl'l 


m 


1  \m\ 


1 '  1 


I 

llfii! 


lili 


362 


Release  of  the  Surviving  White  Men. 


[ANgHM,  J  808. 


he  would  steal  one,  and  go  to  York  Factory  with  his  fellows.  Hall  him- 
self, under  the  force  of  circumstances,  had  gained  Ar-mou^s  consent  to 
have  the  Lady  Franklin  for  their  use,  promising  that  the  Sylvia  should 
be  at  Ar-mou's  service  so  long  as  he  should  still  remain  in  the  country. 
But  on  the  Ifith  he  was  relieved  from  these  anxieties  by  the  sight  at 
anchor  of  the  Ansell  Gibbs  and  the  Concordia.  The  four  men  were 
notified  that  they  could  make  what  arrangements  they  pleased  for 
their  return,  and  they  all  promptly  shipped  on  these  vessels,  Lailor, 
whom  Hall  always  commends,  and  on  whom  he  had  somewhat  counted 
on  to  remain  another  year,  shipping  last  of  the  party.  Hall  gave  to 
each  a  certificate  of  his  having  served  through  the  year  and  his  note 
for  the  payment  due.  As  for  himself,  although  he  found  that  he  could 
make  very  few  purchases  from  these  vessels  for  his  still  expected  jour- 
ney to  King  William's  Land,  he  determined  to  stay.  Mr.  Grinnell  had 
sent  him  some  further  supplies,  and  he  would  once  more  depend  on  his 
own  labors  and  on  the  friendly  inrmits. 

The  first  encouragement  which  followed  this  determination  was 
the  capture  of  another  whale  on  the  olst  of  August.  For  this  the 
natives  were  as  anxious  as  himself  The  blubber  was  needed  for  fuel, 
the  skin  for  food,  and  the  meat  chiefiy  for  the  dogs.  When  a  fine  rising 
of  a  coveted  prize  was  now  seen  in  the  harbor,  the  native  crews  of  the 
Sylvia  and  the  Lady  Franklin  were  quick  to  give  chase  under  Hall's 
orders,  and  on  the  Lady  Franklin's  nearing  the  whale,  Ar-mou  splen- 
didly threw  two  irons  into  its  flank,  but  unhappily  not  until  the  bow 
of  the  boat  had  struck  the  animal  a  few  feet  abaft  the  fins.  From  the 
swiftness  v/ith  which  the  line  ran  out,  it  was  clear  that  the  whale  had 
struck  for  soundings.  But  suddenly  the  line  ceased  to  run  and  the  boat 
began  to  move   along  with  great  rapidit)%  the  line  still  slack;  she 


Aagual,  IH«H. 


A   Second   IVIiale  Captinecl. 


863 


careened,  and  was,  at  last,  thrown  completely  on  her  beam  ends,  the 
explanation  of  which  was  that  the  whale  had  rushed  along  with  the 
boat  on  its  back.  It  was  no  wonder  that  at  the  time  every  man  thought 
himself  lost.  But  before  long  the  boat  righted,  the  oars  on  one  side 
being  cracked;   one  of  them,  destroyed. 


It  was  an  hour  from  the  first  blow  until  the  whale  spouted  blood 
and  ended  the  struggle  "with  thunder  claps  from  its  broad  tail  upon 
the  waters."  The  natives  on  shore,  while  watching  the  fight,  went 
through  an  an-koot-ing  performance  for  its  successful  issue.  They 
aided  in  hauling  the  whale  up  on  land,  and  began  their  feast  from  it 
that  night  at  supper.  Two  days  later,  the  whole  company  of  men, 
women,  and  children,  numbering  more  than  fifty,  went  hard  to  work 
making  deposits,  when  the  women  cut  up  and  carried  in  their  hands 
masses  of  the  meat;  the  men  dragged  or  carried  on  their  shouldei"8 


¥¥ 


,    ■           i 

M 


!:|i 


r     i' 


|;: 


i;  * 


364  Deer-Hunting  at  Talloon.  [»«pienib«r,  isas. 


i  blubber  and  meat;  the  children  "bolted"  pieces  of  the  black  skin; 

and  trains  of  dogs  pulled  "horse-pieces"  up  the  steep  rocks.  For 
cooking  some  of  the  meat,  fires  of  bone  and  oil  wei*e  made,  the  Innuit 
customs  forbidding  the  gathering  of  wood  at  such  times  for  fuel. 
Dried  bones  found  scattered  around  were  collected  in  a  fire-place, 
which  was  only  a  few  stones  supporting  a  kettle,  the  bones  answering 
the  purpose  also  of  a  wick,  and  a  very  hot  and  sooty  fire  being  thus  kept 
up.  The  longest  blades  of  bone  of  this  whale  measured  seven  feet; 
all  were  willingly  and  unanimously  given  by  the  natives  to  Hall. 
The  cache  was  made  at  Iwillik. 


j  |:|  On  the  12th  of  September,  a  removal  was  made,  with  few  of  the 

natives,  to  the  west  side  of  Talloon  Bay,  where  they  spent  the  rest  of 
the  month  and  the  month  following  chiefly  in  deer-hunting.  Hall 
himself  on  one  day  shot  five  deer  in  five  minutes,  and  Too-koo-li-too 
became  quite  a  marksman. 

November  4  a  journey  was  undertaken  to  Lyon's  Inlet  to  de- 
tennine  the  location  of  some  places  in  regard  to  which  Hall  had  not 
been  satisfied  with  PaiTy's  chart.  His  companions  were  his  old 
friend  Papa-tew-a,  with  one  of  his  wives  and  a  child ;  his  team  was 
made  up  of  ten  dogs.  On  the  12th,  the  party  were  at  the  head  of 
Haviland  Bay;  on  the  14th,  Ross  Bay  was  crossed,  and  on  the  17th 
an  encampment  made  on  the  south  shore  of  a  peninsula  to  which  the 
natives  gave  the  same  name  with  their  northern  settlement — Ig-loo-lik. 
Here  Hall  busied  himself  with  the  survey  of  the  coasts  and  an  exami- 
nation of  the  channel  called  by  Parry  the  Rush  of  Waters.  Visiting 
the  site  of  a  stone  pile  spoken  of  by  Captain  Parry  as  put  up  for  de- 
positing a  memorandum  in  the  absence  of  Mr.  Sherer,  one  of  the  officers 
of  Im  Second  expedition  (1821),  Hall  found  it  still  undisturbed.     Re- 


St 


-.^, 


IjIrflSI 


t  M% 


m 


^     i 


N*TCBib«r,  1868.]  Joumeij  to  l/yorHs  Inlet.  i}G5 

maining  for  some  days  in  this  locality,  ho  discovered  and  surveyed  a 
creek  called  by  the  Innuits  Nee-bar-bic.  He  then  learned  that  there 
was  another  bay  on  the  east  side  of  Lyon's  Inlet  corresponding  in  lati- 
tude to  Parry's  Norman  Creek,  and  vv^as  thus  able  to  understand  some 
difficulties.  Parry  had  erroneously  given  the  Innuit  name  of  his  Nor- 
man Creek  as  Neeb-wa-wik,  the  pronunciation  of  which  is  close  to 
that  of  Nee-bar-bic.  When  Hall  had  heard  of  this  last  creek  from  the 
Innuits  he  had  taken  it  to  be  Parry's  Norman  Creek,  and  could  not 
understand  that  the  distinguished  navigator  had  placed  this  ten  miles 
out  of  position ;  it  was  the  application  of  the  Innuit  name  only  which 
was  wrong.  He  was  gratified  by  the  discovery  of  a  new  creek  in  an 
inlet  which  Lyon  had  so  thoroughly  examined  that  he  thought  no  arm 
or  brancK  had  been  overlooked ;  but  believed  that  the  approach  had 
been  hidden  from  these  officers  by  a  high  island. 

When  the  party  wished  to  encamp  at  night  on  the  14th  of  the 
month,  they  took  possession  of  a  newly-deserted  igloo.  It  was  dark 
at  4  p.  m.,  when  they  entered,  but  soon  afterward  an  Innuit  known 
as  Tom  came  in  with  his  child  from  one  of  his  deer-meat  caches.  He 
brought  the  news  that  Ar-tung-nn — the  man  who  at  Ig-loo-lik  had 
once  exchanged  names  with  Hall — was  at  the  point  of  death  in  a  vil- 
lage a  little  northward.  Hall  visited  him  the  next  day,  but  found 
that  the  poor  consumptive  was  past  saving,  and  was  insisting  that  his 
son  should  end  his  sufferings  by  stabbing  him  or  by  shooting  him  with 
an  arrow,  against  which  Hall's  earnest  interposition  was  ineffectual. 
The  igloo  which  he  had  been  occupying  had  been  built  by  Ar-tung- 
un^s  son,  that  he  might  remove  to  it  instantly  on  his  father's  death, 
and  so  avoid  the  loss  of  several  days  of  mourning.  The  day  follow- 
ing he  hung  his  father. 


I;i 


.. 


366 


Injured  Instr^'ments. 


(NvTaMbcr,  I8«H. 


m 


■M 


!  !| 


iiii 


IS 


!     1    5i; 


i    li 


The  note-books  of  this  journey  are  filled  up  with  the  minutest 
details  of  the  visits,  of  the  observations  attempted,  of  their  computa- 
tions, and  of  the  perplexities  into  vhich  Hall  found  himself  driven  by 
the  severity  of  the  cold,  the  changing  season,  and  the  injuries  renewed 
to  his  instruments,  ])reventing  the  accuracy  he  so  much  desired  for 
his  work. 

The  notes  of  the  night  of  the  15th  of  the  month  say : 

Tried  my  best  to  make  observations  for  latitude  of  Jupiter,  but  though  not 
a  cloud  in  the  heavens,  yet  the  stars  shine  dimly  apd  fine  snow  is  falling.  Usu- 
ally the  sky  is  called  hazy  when  it  is  really  diffused  aurora. 

Again,  on  the  20th : 

Nothing  causes  me  greater  regret  than  the  poor  instruments  I  have  in  the 
way  of  sextants.  At  nine  this  evening  the  heavens  became  clear,  and  I  tried 
my  best  to  get  some  good  observations  of  Jupiter,  though  he  had  passed  the 
meridian.  By  several  observations  I  could  determine  the  latitude,  but  that  only 
could  I  make.  The  silvering  on  the  glasses  is  all  cracked  by  the  frost  of  several 
winters  of  the  North. 

On  the  28th,  the  moon  at  8  p.  m.  was  covered  with  a  hazy 
atmosphere,  but  was  gloriously  surrounded  by  several  circles:  the 
outer  one  of  rose  color,  then  a  lesser  one  of  pea-green,  then  lilac,  and 
then  a  knob  of  radiant  light  like  the  sun's.  The  outer  circle  was 
about  5°  in  diameter. 

His  pocket-chronometer  having  provokingly  stopped,  he  devised 
a  plan  for  detecting  a  repetition  of  the  fault;  this  was  to  place  the  chro- 
nometer in  his  hood  and  next  his  right  ear.  The  fob  was  made  by  one 
of  the  Innuit  women  out  of  rabbit  and  deer  skin.  From  the  time  he 
rose  till  he  retired,  the  instrument  lay  next  his  ear  as  in  the  safest  and 
most  convenient  place  considering  the  calls  upon  it.  When  keeping 
it  next  his  heart,  it  was  warm  and  safe  from  any  sudden  jar. 


.^< 


I 


i 


if 


■  ■'  i 


'f  !(■' 


01UC 


'I 
i      \ 


■}■ 


'  4 


VdRnrr 


GCiOl 


vL 


n  Vo 


Naveoiber,  1868.] 


Discoveries  Made  in  1868. 


367 


The  exposures  to  which  he  had  been  again  subjected  on  his  jour- 
ney held  him  close  for  a  day  or  more  in  his  igJoo,  where  he  wrote  on 
the  2.'ith:  "  Snatches  only  of  sleep  have  I  had  for  several  nights.  In 
noting  down  my  work  as  well  as  in  taking  observations,  I  have  had 
my  right  thumb  frost-bitten,  and  that,  when  I  did  not  know  it."  The 
aurora  of  that  date,  the  finest  of  all  he  had  witnessed,  he  could  not 
attempt  to  describe. 

The  29th  of  the  month  saw  him  back  in  his  old  quarters  on  the 
bay.  In  a  letter  to  the  President  of  the  American  Geographical 
Society,  written  after  his  return  to  the  United  States,  reviewing  the 
geographical  explorations  he  had  made  on  the  two  journeys  of  this 
year,  he  claims  the  discoveries  of  a  new  inlet,  lat.  67°  N.,  long.  84^^ 
30'  W.,  a  few  miles  north  of  Norman  Creek;  a  bay  on  the  west  side  of 
Fox  Channel,  lat.  69°  N.,  long.  81  "^  30'  W.;  a  lake  twenty-five  miles 
in  length,  lat.  68°  45'  N.,  long.  82°  W. ;  and  a  second  lake,  in  lat.  69° 
35',  fifty  miles  in  length,  with  its  two  outlets,  the  lake  running  par- 
allel with  Fury  and  Hecla  Strait.  Also,  two  islands  :  one  northwest 
of  the  west  end  of  that  strait  and  the  other  at  its  east  end.  What  he 
considered  accomplished  of  the  most  importance  geographically,  was 
the  completion  of  the  coast-iine  around  the  northwest  side  of  Melville 
Peninsula  to  Cape  Crozier.  The  bay  now  discovered  was  said  to  have 
an  entrance  from  Barrow  Strait,  lat.  73°  43'  N.,  long.  83°  W.,  and  to 
extend  very  nearly  in  a  southerly  direction  to  about  the  71st  degree 
north  latitude.  The  natives  had  assured  him  that  at  times  they  killed 
in  it  five  whales  in  a  day,  and  that  it  abounded  in  the  smooth-back 
(Baloena  mysticetus)  and  in  narwhals  and  seals.  It  was  free  from  ice 
every  summer,  and  promised  to  be  of  as  much  value  to  whalers  as 
Cumberland  Sound. 


ftc'li')' 


,'!.';°o(i' 


i'l  .'ill 


r,6'f.6 


T 


.•*s 


HA  VI  I.  AX/)         \ 
h'  A   Y  i'-'^' 


S5"30' 


r-tuk-ji<'i--fJitM>r 


i>n  I  hi  fi  journey  a   /iftf   Inht  .  ,\Ue  -  bar  -hie.  Wd.-i  (/(scn-r  rr,i , 
Capf.   Parry    gives    the     tki  iric,  Xech  -  \\  n  ~  w  li,' ,  h>  7\'i>  riiiun    C 
Thi'    Esijmmaua- nanw  ot'  tluN   Crtt  k    is    Kcrnniik-rlu-or-rhoo 


-jC>"  I'll 


JcCsJ 


Ujmm^it»Au<,  I  ■  p.LUm 


368 


Winter  Quarters  at  Talloon. 


(December,  1H68. 


I 


11 


m 


Returning  from  the  last  of  these  surveys,  made  as  has  been  seen 
after  the  full  setting  in  of  the  cold  of  November,  Hall  hud  before  him 
a  period  of  four  months  to  be  passed  through  before  a  sledge  trip  for 


the  Franklin  Records  could  be  renewed.  The  first  half  of  this  period 
was  spent  in  rest  and  amid  the  winter  festivities  of  the  natives ;  the 
second  half  was  a  time  of  the  severest  labor  and  fatigue  in  preparing 
provisions  for  his  next  and  last  journey  before  returning  to  the  United 
States. 


\mm, 


Jannarjr,  I860.I 


The  Noowook  Natives  at  Iwillik. 


369 


The  village  near  which  he  quartered  himself  now  coutained  one 
hundred  and  twenty  inhabitants,  a  number  to  which  it  had  suddenly 
risen  by  the  coming  in  of  some  from  Lyon's  Inlet,  who  had  heard  of 
the  whale  captures. 

December  and  January  were  spent  by  this  people  in  a  round  of 
amusements,  feastings,  and  gynmastics.  A  low  kind  of  gambling, 
sjjoken  of  as  "  whirling  a  trigger,"  was  supplemented  by  renewed 
an-koo-ting  performances,  all  of  which  were  broken  in  upon  at  times 
by  long  and  weary  journeys  through  snow  and  ice  to  renew  from 
their  deposits  exhausted  supplies  of  food.  The  natives,  as  was  to  be 
expected,  were  often  very  improvident,  voraciously  consuming  a  load 
of  as  many  as  five  deer  in  an  hour  after  bringing  them  in,  and  then 
suffering  from  absolute  want.  On  the  first  day  of  the  new  year,  the 
fifth  which  Hall  had  now  spent  in  the  North,  he  entertained  at  din- 
ner all  those  who  had  been  with  him  through  his  first  winter  at 
Noo-wook.  Ten  of  the  forty-two  had  died,  and  but  two  children  had 
been  born. 

He  was  aided  by  the  natives  during  the  winter  more  fully  than 
ever  before,  no  alienations  such  as  have  been  sometimes  referred  to 
again  occurring;  but  his  chief  difficulty  seems  to  have  been  an  excess  of 
cordiality  on  their  part,  which  broke  in  upon  him  while  working  up 
the  observations  made  on  his  trip  to  Lyon's  Inlet.  His  igloo  was 
sometimes  filled  with  men,  women,  and  children,  keeping  up  a  constant 
jabbering,  humming,  crying,  and  begging;  noises  which  made  him 
say  that  if  he  could  have  some  retirement,  it  would  be  the  blessing  of 
an  earthly  heaven.  They  often  gave  him  further  disquiet  by  unscru- 
pulously laying  hands  on  his  own  stores — never  asking  leave. 

Papa  Tew-a,  on  one  of  the  bleak  days  of  January,  drew  for  him, 


!    i?' 


•II 


m 


If 

ii: 

i 

m 
m 

m 

111 

f 


S.  Ex.  Ii7- 


-24 


I 


370 


Pa-pa^s  Sketch  of  Pond's  Bay. 


[Januarjr,  IMttO. 


% 


■)W: 


in  his  igloo,  the  accompanying    sketch    of    Pond's  Bay,  Hall  writitig 
down  from  dictation  the  names  corresponding  to  Pa-pa's  numbers. 

SKETCU  OP  POND'S  BAY,  DRAWN  BY  THE  INNUIT  PAPA. 

1.  Too-e-joo. 

2.  Oo-gla. 
.'{.  l)iscliiir}>iiig  glacier. 


4.  4.  To»)-loo-yer. 

o.  CTrounded  icebergs. 

G.  Sliar  too, 

7.  Iiig-nut-ta-lik. 

8.  Large  and  high  grounded  iceberg. 

9.  Ou-kee-lee-ark-tung.      {The    penin- 

sula.) 

10.  Ou-u-ee-too.    {Olacier.) 

11.  A  bay  abounding  in  whales. 

12.  A  roof-like  hill,  on    an    extensive 

plain. 

13.  Koo-ook-ju-a.     {A  very  high  water- 

fall; tenting  place  there.) 

14.  E-teu-yer. 

15.  Two  remarkable  rocks. 
IG.  Too-uoo-nee. 

17.  Kung-e-er-a. 

18.  Neer-ker-oon. 


19.  Seeer-wok-too-ii. 

20.  Too-arn, 

21.  Ung-ina. 

22.  Kik-kik-te-ting-nuu. 

23.  Kik-kik-tnk-jua. 

24.  Im-me-le.     {Lal<e  on  this  isle.) 

25.  E-e-la.     (Something  Hie  a  window  in 

mountain-side.) 

26.  A  head  of  whalebone  just  below 

low  tide. 

27.  Kim-e-big. 

28.  Too-loo-karn.     {Four  isles.) 

29.  Kook-win-ar-loo. 

30.  Toong-win. 

31.  Kin-e-loo-kiin. 

32.  Ee-we-shar. 

32.  Ee-ark-jn-a.    {The  point;  a  very  high 

mountain  and  the  wind  heard  con- 
stantly roaring  at  its  top. 

33.  Small  island. 


From  natives  of  the  inlet  he  received  some  singular  accounts  of 

minerals  found  there. 

Native  iron  in  great  abundance.  Stones  that  are  of  very  fine  grain,  look 
pretty,  and  stand  upright ;  the  same  being  long,  slender,  and  like  round  sticks  of 
wood ;  some  elastic,  that  is,  will  bend.  Also  a  great  many  pretty  stones  that  are 
transparent,  just  as  clear  as  crystal,  like  the  sun-glass  given  to  Ar-M-too.  From 
the  description  of  some  of  these  stones,  or  I  should  say  of  some  other  kinds  which 
are  also  like  glass  in  appearance,  I  cannot  well  comprehend  what  they  be,  for.4.r- 
ka-too  says,  as  the  sun  is  shining  on  them,  if  the  hand  shadows  them,  away  they 
go  down  in  the  ground,  appearing  to  act  as  though  alive.  By  great  carefulness 
Innuits  have  succeeded  in  catching  now  and  then  some  of  these  wonderful  stones, 


s 


SKKTCll   OF 

PONDS  BAY 

llvtholnniiil  Papa 
Di'awu  ill  Jan.  1869 


I 


p'.l 


m 


1 

Mm 


m 


:t  'A 


M 


..Va. 


ii<rbrnnrr,  iNH».  M'mcralsfroM  Admiralty  Inlet  371 

and  whoiusver  tliey  <lo  thus  succeed,  the  utoncs  are  hard  and  j^lasM  liUr.  This 
seems  to  lie  ni.vth-like  to  ine,  but  some  ouo  in  the  States  may  find  tliis  matter 
e\|)hiinal>le.         *         ♦         * 

Since  writin}"-  tlie  above,  I  have  looked  into  the  Admiralty  Manual  of  Sci- 
entitic  iiKjuiry  and  found  the  followiuj: :  "With  regard  to  dimorphism,  or  the 
crystallization  of  the  same  chemically  composed  substances  in  dilferent  forms 
•  *  •  ,  rifiht  rhomboidal  crystals  of  sulpliate  of  nickel  exposed  in  a  vase 
to  the  siui  were  found  changed  in  the  interior  without  passing  through  the  liquid 
state  into  octahedrons  with  a  square  base,  the  exterior  crust  of  the  original  crys- 
tal retaining  its  tirst  form."    (Pj).  251  and  252,  edition  of  1851.) 

That  there  is  something  jieculiar  in  these  crystals  of  Admiialty  Inlet  that 
makes  all  the  Innuits  there,  and  all  distant  Innuits  who  have  heard  about  them, 
think  they  are  sotnetimes  as  though  alive,  I  do  not  doubt  from  the  deeply-inter- 
esting account  giveu  by  Ar-lta-too. 

Early  in  the  month  of  January  the  natives  renewed  their  sealinji- 
on  the  ice  of  the  bay,  and  Hall's  party  ag-ain  fixed  their  headquarters 
at  Talloon,  in  a  commodious  igloo  built  on  a  lakelet,  where  a  well  of 
pure  water  was  easily  made  near  the  bed-platform  of  the  hut.  The 
Ujloo  was  made  comfortable  for  eleven  inhabitants.  It  was  carefully- 
lined  with  skins  hung-  within  five  or  six  inches  of  the  snow-walls,  mak- 
m^  inside  of  it  a  tupik.  This  main  building  was  an  oval  22  feet  long-, 
13  wide,  and  8  feet  hig-h,  and  was  connected  by  a  took-soo  (passage-way). 
It  had  six  store-house  huts.  The  floor  of  the  passage-way,  as  usual, 
was  lower  in  the  middle  than  either  at  the  doorway  or  at  the  entrance 
of  the  main  building.  A  door  of  hard  snow  for  each  store-house  was 
fitted  into  a  casemate  of  the  same  "pure  white  marble." 

In  these  quarters  the  chief  business  of  February  and  of  March  was 
the  drj'ing  of  venison  over  the  native  lamps — a  slow  and  very  laborious 
process.  While  this  was  going  on,  the  door-ways  were  closed,  and 
five  lamps  whose  united  length  of  wick  was  fifty-six  inches,  were 
kept  blazing  day  and  night,  consuming  78  pounds  of  blubber  a  week. 


,l',v 


572 


Vrvparation  of  Pennnican. 


[marrh,  IMOO. 


nt 


lis}; 
i 


By  continuing  the  work  nearly  every  dny,  170  pounds  of  thorouf^lily 
dried  meat,  equal  to  680  pounds  of  the  fresh,  were  obtained.  This, 
mixed  with  tood-noo  was  good  pennnican.*  For  a  sufficient  supply  of 
food  for  the  dogs  on  the  journey  H.all  was  soon  to  undertake,  he  was 
dependent  on  the  natives,  who  with  great  difficulty  caught  for  him  a 
walrus  far  out  on  the  ice.  His  health  was  better  than  at  any  previous 
time  of  his  residence  in  the  North;  he  never  had  a  touch  of  scurvy. 
His  thorough  adoption  of  the  Innuit  dress  fully  protected  his  person, 
8o  that,  with  the  exception  of  slight  frost-bites  on  his  face,  he  sustained 
no  bodily  injury  from  severe  exposures.  He  took  exercise  only  when 
necessary  to  procure  .' up[)lies  or  when  inclination  prompted ; — never  for 
the  sake  of  exercise  purely:  but  he  found  his  strength  and  power  of 
endurance  to  increase,  as  is  shown  by  his  readily  walking  off  for  some 

*  Wlu-n  Hall  li'l't  the  United  States  in  18ti4  he  contriicted  for  fiOO  pounds  desiccated  licef 
incor]>oratcd  with  500  pounds  of  beef-suet  tallow  and  put  uji  in  tin  ciins  of  25  pounds  eadi.  lie  had 
now  h'arned  the  value  of  this  pemmieau  in  days  bordering  on  starvation,  on  which  lie  ha<l  sonie- 
timea  fallen.  Henco  his  great  labor  at  the  date  of  setting  out  linally  on  so  long  a  journey.  In 
this  connection  it  ni.ay  bo  of  interest  to  refer  to  the  provision  niadu  by  the  distinguished  Arctic 
explorer  Richardson  when  setting  out  on  his  boat  voyage  through  Rupert's  Land  in  1H51.  The 
most  ample  means  for  the  preparation  of  full  sup])lies  was  in  his  hands.  He  describes  it  follows; 
"A  round  or  bullock  of  beef  of  the  best  quality  having  been  cut  into  thin  steaks,  from  which 
the  fat  and  the  niend)ranous  jiarts  were  pared  away,  was  dried  in  a  malt-kiln  over  an  oak-lire 
xintil  its  moisture  was  entirely  dissipated  and  the  fibre  of  the  meat  became  friable.  It  was  then 
ground  in  a  nuilt-mill,  when  it  resembled  iinely-gr.itcd  meat.  Being  next  mixed  with  nearly  an 
equal  weight  of  melted  beef  suet,  or  lard,  the  preparation  of  plain  i)eminican  was  complete;  but 
to  render  it  more  agreeable  to  the  nnaccustomed  palate  a  proportion  of  the  best  Zante  currants 
was  added  to  ])art  of  it,  and  part  was  sw<'otened  with  sugar.  Both  these  kinds  were  much 
approved  of  in  the  sequel  by  the  consumers,  but  more  especially  that  to  which  the  sugar  had  ber-n 
added.  After  the  ingredients  were  well  incorporated  by  stirring,  they  were  transferred  to  tin 
canisters,  capable  of  containing  85  pounds  each ;  and  having  been  firmly  rammed  down  and 
allowed  to  contract  further  by  cooling,  the  air  was  completely  expelled  and  excluded  by  filling 
the  canister  to  the  brim  with  molted  lard  through  a  small  hole  left  in  the  end,  which  was  then 
covered  with  a  piece  of  tin  and  soldered  up. 

"The  meat  in  drying  loses  more  than  three-fourths  of  its  original  weight;  ;{5,051  pounds 
were  reduced  to  about  8,000.  »  »  #  tJj,,  natives  of  the  Northwest  dry  their  venison 
by  exposing  thin  slices  to  the  heat  of  the  sun  on  a  stage  nnder  which  a  small  fire  is  kept,  more 
for  the  purpose  of  driving  away  the  Hies  by  the  smok*^  than  lor  promoting  exsiccation,  and  then 
they  pound  it  between  two  stones  on  a  bison-hide.  In  this  process  the  pounded  meat  is  contami- 
nated by  a  greater  or  smaller  admixture  of  hair  or  other  impurities." 


uAi 


|||,|l 


ITInrch,  1H6H.I 


Readiness  for  Another  Sledge  Journey. 


373 


(llstanco  in  a  rue-rad-dy  (harness)  with  a  sled-load  of  429  ponnds,  the 
sled-shoeing  of  which  was  iced  moss.  Healthful  occupation  of  the 
mind,  devotion  to  the  work  still  before  him,  and  a  continued  friendly 
intercourse  with  the  natives  and  participation  in  their  amusements 
and  hunts  were,  doubtless,  the  additional  causes  of  his  freedom  from 
sickness  and  casualty  during''  this  season,  as  they  had  been  through 
the  preceding  four  winters. 


m 


m 

1 
HI 

r 


By  the  2l8t  of  March  he  had  nearly  completed  his  preparations 
for  a  start.  To  secure  dogs  and  their  food,  three  trips  were  made  inland 
and  two  to  a  settlement  on  the  ice;  requiring  in  all  a  journey  of  170 
miles.  Nearly  six  hundred  balls  were  molded  over  a  coal-fire  in  a 
small  stove  belonging  to  Ar-mou.  The  stores  which  he  was  to  leave 
behind  were  placed  in  charge  of  his  Innuit  friends  to  whom  presents 
were  made,  the  packages  of  which  wei"e  each  labeled  with  a  tag  having 
on  it  the  picture  of  an  animal,  as  a  help  to  Ar-moiCs  memory  in  deliver- 
ing them  to  each  friend.  All  appear  to  have  been  at  this  time  cor- 
dial well-wishers  of  his  success,  a  goodly  number  of  them  being  pro- 
fessedly ready  to  go  with  him.* 

*Th(!y  were  probably  iif^aiii  roady  lor  a  clianjjo.  Tln'  two  jtrcciMliiij;  iiiontlis  had  been  to 
thorn  a  .season  of  iiuiiHiial  Hutt'oriii;:;  from  cohl,  ami  at  times  from  want.  Ihit  few  seals  had  been 
caught.  The  severity  of  tlu!  0(dd  had  been  experienced  Ihronghont  a  fearfnl  gale  in  .Jaunary, 
lasting  throngli  ten  conseentivo  days ;  and  in  February  there  was  the  unprecedente<l  occnrrenco 
of  ii  burying  \ip  of  their  snow  village,  closely  endangering  the  lives  of  all  the  Innuits.  In  one  of 
tlio  huts,  a  child,  which  had  rolled  a  little  way  out  from  its  mother's  slee])ing-robe,  froze  into  ice. 
The  Journal  of  January  2r>  had  read :  "  Still  another  day  (the  Kcnentli)  of  the  severest  storm  I  have 
ever  witnessed.  All  day  yesterday,  the  wind  was  but  one  degree  less  than  a  hurricane  forces ;  and 
it  w.as  with  great  danger  that  I  ventured  out  from  the  toultioo,  to  visit  my  Wind  Indicator,  though 
the  distance  is  not  more  than  20  yards.  The  storm  is  right  abeam,  and  the  only  way  to  keep 
myself  erect  is  by  strong  bracing  against  and  reclining  on  the  wind;  yet  with  all  this  jirecaution, 
now  and  then  the  wind  will  lift  and  drive  mo  tumbling  and  ndling  like  a,  drunken  man.  It  has 
been  so  charged  too  with  drift,  that  it  has  been  inipn.ssible  to  designate  whether  the  sky  was 
clouded  or  fair:  I  suspect  that  the  latter  is  the  case,  for  I  could  see  the  moon  to-night  dindy 
through  the  drift,  which  appeared  to  be  tho  only  obstruction.  This  p.  m.  tho  drift  changed  from 
the  soft,  pliant,  impactable  kind  to  that  of  dry  sand  (so  to  spctk);  and  then  hy  attrition  the  snow- 
walls  of  our  lidilices  began  to  be;  destroyed.     An  alarming  fact  was  then  i)alpablc — that  w(!  shou);! 


i 

i 

t'  V  f 


i 


is,. 


W: 


;J74 


Jleadiness  for  Another  Sledge  Journey. 


march,  INIilt. 


Hall  was  in  higli  spirits  when,  on  the  22d  of  the  month,  ho  ad- 
vanced a  load  of  proviHions  to  North  Polo  Lake,  and  ho  would  have 
started  out  on  tliat  (hi}'  with  his  full  stf)res  and  his  annimnition  and 
weapons  to  meet  even  the  Neitchille  tribes,  had  not  a  severe  gale  set 
in.     The  delay  of  one  day  was  a  trial. 

Hooii  l)(*  Mlicltcrlcss  ill  tliiH  inont  pitiless  Htorin  iiiiloss  wo  could  doviso  snnio  way  to  stny  tlio  swift 
ilcstructioii.  I'aim  Tnr<i  und  I,  in  our  full  winter  li^,  ventured  out  with  a  des)ierate  deterniinii- 
tion,  sou};lit  our  \\»y  here  and  tlieru  aliont  the  building,  and  threw  iipliankH  of  niiow  against  Hueh 
walls  as  had  been  entirely  irorn  through,  or  were  nearly  so;  at  out-  exixiHcd  ])laee  of  our  eaHlle  we 
faHteiied  a  hivifi'  (le<'r  Nkin  acrosM  the  hole  hy  iie;;s  driven  into  the  walls.  IJut  for  the  iiioouli/fht, 
though  dim,  it  would  have  heen  a  douhtful  ease  as  to  our  staying  the  ravages  of  (he  saiid-liUt^ 
drift.  The  whol<(  dome  was  destroyed  at  night,  hut  it  was  not  of  the  hard) st  eoiupaet  snow. 
When  it  was  rebuilt  it  was  again  lined  with  seal  and  walrus  skins,  which  when  tirst  brought 
into  the  liiit  were  stilt'  with  ia-,  but  after  hanging  within  for  an  hour  eoninieneed  dri|>|)iug. 
Tiio  ice  was  then  ixiunded  from  tlieui. 

Kbierbing,  with  some  of  his  frii'iids,  came  in  on  the  next  evening  after  traveling  all  day 
under  the  eonliiniauce  of  this  storm;  the  drift  so  thick  that  at  times,  the  dogs  were  eom]delely 
hidden  from  the  driver's  sight.  On  asking  what  made  him  venture  out,  he  answered,  "  llecause 
we  an^  «o  hungry."  'I'ho  Innuits  (uit  on  the  ice  of  l he  bay  for  sealing  (nunibeiiug  one  hundred 
and  ten  persons)  artMill  M;<tl'eriug ;  ,Ioo  brought  to  (uir  igloo  a  rfriif/ of  Ook-gook  oil  A-  blubber, 
on  getting  which  from  a  cache,  (hey  found  that  (he  I'olar  Hears  had  ealeii  u]t  the  meat. 

Under  renewed  necessities  forced  ui>ou  us,  ,Ioe  visited  a  l"ox-trap  a  mile  anil  a  hiilf  from 
iwillik  and  lound  two  prize  Hwithin.  'J'he  stone  traji  was  of  a  pi'cnliar  kind.  Jluilt  up  of  a 
semi-globular  shape,  about  four  feet  in  diameter  &  four  feet  in  heiglit,  it  had  a  hole  near  tli((  top 
large  enough  only  for  a  fox  to  Hiimcze  himself  in.  The  unimal  on  scenting  the  meat  Jumps  down 
to  the  bottom,  iis,  at  times,  ten  or  more  of  them  are  found  to  have  dou(!.  Onco  in,  there  is  no 
getting  out. 


j^HAPTEI^^TTT 


.lOURNKY  TO  KING  WILLIAM'S  LAND  AND  RETURN  TO 

TIIK   lINrrKl)  STATES. 

MARCH  23  TO  SEPTEMBER  26,  lli(J9. 


^    i 


W  *■' 


^'1  •  i  ■ 


f 


CHAPTER   XITI 


li 


Hall  bkgins  his  final  journey  to  King  William's  Land-Routic  toward  Pelly  Bay  the 

SAME   with    that   FOLLOWED   IN    1806  AND    18G7-TlIE   CACHE   MADE   IN    18C7  REACIIED- 

Safety  of  the  stores-Deposit  made  for  the  return  journey-Encamps  on  Lake 
Tep-suk-ju-a,  April  8-On  Augusta  Island,  April  11— Meets  Pelly  Bay  natives- 
Peculiarities  OP  THE  ice  formation-Flying  sledge  trip  to  the  igloos-Franklin 
relics— Hall's  natives  alarmed-Their  fears  quieted-Musk-ox  hunt  near  Simp- 
son's Lake-\eitciiille  natives  met-Conversations  with  In-nook-poo-zhe-jook- 
MoRE  Franklin  relics-Encamps  on  Todd's  Island-Graves  op  Franklin's  men  vis- 
ited near  Peffer  River-Graves  on  Todd's  Island-Deep  snow  prevents  further 
search- Unwillingness  op  the  natives  to  remain— Return  to  Repulse  Bay— Inlor- 
mation  from  In-nook-poo-zhe-jook  on  the  route-Abundance  op  game  from  King 
William's  Land  to  Repulse  Bay-Musk-ox  hunts-Hall's  letter  giving  the  results 
op  this  journey- Arrives  at  Repulse  Bay— Plans  of  return  to  the  United  States- 
Occupations  DURING  June  and  July— Places  thp  bone  op  his  second  whale  and 

HIS  MUSK-OX  SKINS  ON  THE  AnSELL  GiBBS— HuNTS  THE  BEAR  AND  THE   DEEU  AT  WlIALE 

Point— Sails  for  the  United  States— Arrives  at  New  Bedford,  September  a!!,  imx 

The  first  page  of  Hall's  note-book  for  March  23,  1869,  has  on  its 
fece  the  same  cheerful  words  with  those  recorded  in  setting  out  on  his 
hopeful  journey  of  1866 — 

"  Now  FOR  King  William's  Land  !" 

Neither  the  long-  and  discouraging  period  of  four  and  a  half  years 
through  which  he  had  passed,  nor  the  j-epeated  inducements  offered 
to  return  to  the  United  States,  were  peraiitted  to  stand  in  the  way 
of  renewing  this  inscription. 

His  party  now  consisted  not  of  white  men  on  the  plan  proposed 

377 


m 


L  '  ■  r' 
if       i^ 


iiTH 


Final  Journey  to  Kiny  Williumh  Land. 


I  March,  IMHU. 


il 


in  1866,  but  of  five  Eskimo  men,  three  women,  and  two  children. 
These  were  Ebierbing^  and  Too-koo-li-too,  with  their  adopted  dau^liter, 
Pun-ny ;  Ou-e-la,  Pa-pa,  Nu-her-zhoo,  his  wife  {Pim-ny's  mother),  Eek- 
choo-ar-choo  (Jerry),  and  liis  wife,  with  infant  in  lier  hood :  in  all, 
eleven  sonls. 


BETTIXa  OIT  FOH   KING  WII.I.IAM's  LAND,   MARCH  K),  1809. 

Proposing  to  follow  his  old  route  from  Gibson's  Cove  to  Pelly 
Bay,  and  remembering  that  nearly  the  same  route  had  been  well 
charted  by  Dr.  Rae,  he  thought  it  imnecessary  to  occupy  his  time  and 
attention  with  astronomical  observations  on  this  part  of  the  journey  ; 
and  for  like  reasons  would  dispense  with  compass  bearings,  taking 
care,  however,  to  record  the  actual  distances  traveled.  Experience 
strengthened  his  purpose  of  conforming  to  the  natural  custom  of  the 
Eskimos  in  making  at  the  outset  but  short  daily  advances  with  heavily- 


*  Lyon,  in  Lis  Journal  of  tho  Hecla,  under  Parry,  says  that  his  nine  dogs  drew  1,()1 1  pounds 
on  a  sk'dgc  of  wooden  runners,  neither  shod  nor  iced,  a  mile  in  nine  nilnuteH;  and  lliiit,  liad  his 
sle<l  been  iced,  40  pounds  luoro  could  have  been  put  upon  it  for  every  dog.  Hall's  loads  exceeded 
Ivyou's,  and  were  for  a  long  pull. 


PIE!: 


? 
ill 


march,  1 869.1  Tlic  SUdgcs  Heavily  Laden.  379 

loaded  sledges ;  this  was  additionally  necessary  to  inure  himself  and 
party  for  a  jouniey  involving  all  the  hardships  and  the  length  of  time 
now  required.  A  gale  blowing  with  the  force  of  8  prevailed  at  the 
time  of  starting  out ;  it  had  the  peculiarity  of  many  Arctic  storms  in 
its  being  filled  with  drift  for  a  few  feet  upward  only,  while  "  above  all 
was  clear  as  a  bell."  At  10  p.  m.,  they  completed  tlie  first  iyloo  on  the 
east  side  of  North  Pole  Lake,  and  retired  to  sleep  on  a  full  Arctic 
meal.  The  quantity  of  food  consumed  by  the  party  of  eleven  for 
their  supper  and  for  breakfast  the  next  morning,  was  forty-four  pounds, 
exclusive  of  coffee  and  molasses ;  Hall  says  he  allowed  every  one  to 
eat  as  much  as  he  would,  and  he  himself  ate  as  much  as  any  one.  In 
the  morning,  a  heavy  drift,  with  a  cutting  wind  from  the  northwest, 
discouraged  the  Innuits ;  yet  they  went  forwai'd  to  please  their  leader. 
At  this  time  he  had  loaded  the  sledges  more  heavily  than  on  any  of  his 
j)revious  journeys,  for  on  weighing  them  accurately,  he  found  that  the  || 

gross  weight  of  the  sledge  Grinnell  was  2,724  pounds,  and  that  of  IJre- 
voort,  2,.'i21,  making  an  aggregate  of  5,245  pounds,  exclusive  of  the 
weight  of  any  of  the  party  who  might  ride.     This  was  an  average  of  lj|i 

292  *  pounds  for  each  of  his  eighteen  dogs  when  all  the  travelers 
walked.  But  the  lame  dojf  Svlvia  was  not  at  the  first  attached  to 
either  sledge,  and  for  several  days  six  of  the  others  were  missing; 
the  rest  were,  at  times,  busy  with  their  usual  fights.  The  runners  of 
sledge  Brevoort — IG  feet  in  length,  with  a  depth  of  10  inches — were 
shod  with  slabs  from  the  jaw-bone  of  a  whale.  Its  seventeen  cross- 
bars were  each  2  feet  1 1  inches. 


380 


Tlie  Chronometers. 


[march,  li§e». 


:..     t ! 


The  second  igloo  was  made  on  North  Pole  liake  where  it  narrows 
by  a  projecting-  point  of  land  on  the  east  side ;  and  their  third  was  on 

Christie  Lake,  close  by  the  one  made  on  the  6th 
of  April,  1866.  Hall  was  again  much  troubled 
by  the  repeated  stopping  of  his  chronometers,* 


DEKR-8KIN  BOOTS. 


SKAL-8KIN  FOOT-GKAH. 


SKAL-SKIN    rOOT-GKAU. 


which  led  him  into  errors  in  recording  his  dates ;  he  was  unable  to  cor- 
rect these  until  the  middle  of  the  month  following.  To  relieve  his 
own  weakened  team,  he  and  Pa-pa  walked  for  some  time  in  the  rue- 

*  His  method  of  correcting  his  chrouoineters  may  be  learned  from  the  following  notes 
(literally  copied)  made  at  the  earlier  dates  of  November  19  and  23  of  a  previous  year  : 

"  NoVKMBEK  19. — On  arising  this  morning,  I  fonnd  to  my  dismay  that  my  Eggert's  chro- 
nometer, which  I  now  use  as  my  standard,  had  stopped.  My  rule  is:  the  Ist  thing  before  rising 
in  the  morning  to  wind  ni>  Ward's  chronom.,  which  I  keep  on  my  person  day  &  night,  and  then 
wind  Eggert's,  which  I  keep  in  a  little  tin  trnnk  that  sits  on  the  bed-platform  between  my  bed  & 
the  wall  of  the  igloo.  Fortunately  I  compared  th(!  chronometers  on  the  ICth;  therefore  this  gives 
the  biisis  for  resetting  my  standard. 

Ward  slow  on  M.  T.  Ft.  Hope  (present  encampment) 

Ward  losing  per  day  !.')«. 8,5  X  3  days  to  date  (19th) =47».C5 

Subtract  3  seconds  as  I  compare  chronometers  at  xi  a.  m.  (approx.) 3" 


17« 


:-f45 


19th— Ward  slow  on  M.  T.  Ft.  Hope,  xi  a.  m 6'"   .02 

Long.  Ft.  Hope  W.  Greenwich v''    47      .44 


Ward  slow  on  M.  T.  Greenwich v      W,\ 

Compare  chronometers : 

Ist  comparison :  2d  comparison  : 

Eggcrt V    3  54 v    5    0 

Ward.... xi    3    0  xi    4    6 


.40 


0    0  54.... fi    054 

Eggert's  fast  on  Ward 6       0 


54 


Eggert's  fast  on  Greenwich  M.  T 0'>      7n>    08« 

"  No  doubt  there  will  now  be  a  now  rate  for  Eggert's,  and  this  I  must  determine  by  some 
star  or  planet,  as  the  sun  is  now  too  low  for  time  purposes.  The  rate  of  Eggert's,  previous  to  its 
running  down,  was  —  losing  2H'.6  jier  day." 


March,  iseo.j  Thc  Ckronomcters.  381 

raddy  (harness)  alongside  of  sledge  Grinnell.  Ou-e-Ia  here  struck  off 
to  the  west  side  of  the  lake,  to  visit  the  spot  where  his  biotlier  Ar- 
too-a  was  drowned  from  his  ki-a.  Nu-her-zliods  wife  confirmed  the 
account  of  the  Franklin  party  as  given  by  her  in  the  previous  year  by 
pointing  out  the  spot  where  she  with  others  had  here  seen  the  strange 
white  men  going  south. 

His  work  was  coutinucil  on  tho  first  favorable  day  wLich  followed  (the  23d),  thus : 
"At  ixh  19"',  by  Ward's  chronometer,  tho  rising  sun  was  shining  oh  tho  upper  part  of  Boa- 
con  Hill,  from  the  crest  down  sonjo  soventy-fivo  feet.  At  ixi'  SO™,  by  same  chro.,  fho  sun's  somi- 
diami^tor  was  above  tho  crown  of  a  hill  about  one  mile  to  tho  southward  and  eastward,  100  feet  or 
so  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  My  place  of  observation  was  on  tho  top  of  tho  abruj)!  hill  next  to 
N.  Polo  Kivei,  directly  opposite  or  northeast  of  Beacon  Hill,  and  elevated,  say,  75  feet  above  tho 
sea. 

Compare  chronometers,  2"  6"  0«  p.  m.,  by  Ward's  of  this  day  (23d,  civil  time) : 

(23d)  Eggert's,  viiii-  ()>"  0»  (G.  M.  T.  on  deducting  .')'»  10»). 
(23d)  Ward's,       2''  C"  0"  (Fort  Hope  M.  T.  on  adding  7"'  G'). 

WardslowonE 6    0    0 

Now  to  determine  (in  the  absence  of  any  late  astronomical  obs.  for  time)  whether  or  not 
Eggert's  has  the  same  rate  since  restarting  it  on  the  19th  inst.  that  it  had  before  it  lan  down,  I 
proceed  thus : 

Ist  comparison  of  chros.  on  the  19th  was  at  xi'>  3'n  a.  m.  by  Ward  or  astronomical  T.       \&i  23''  3"' 
^•^^  "  "      "      to-day  (23d)  was  at  21' 6"' p.  m.  by  Ward  or  astronomical  T.      23     2  6 

["433 
L(or4<i.l271) 
Interval  bctw.  1st  and  2d  comparison,  using  tho  former  rate,  Eggert's  losing  per  day.     28.C  x 

Loss  in  4't.  1271 r   118.035  06 

L     1  —  58 
Eggert's  fast  on  G.  T.,  1st  comparison 7m    ys 

Eggert's  fast  on  G.T.,  2d  comparison 5     10 

Time  by  Eggert's  on  2d —^ii    6"'    0' 

Time  G.  M.  T.  on  2d '""        8     0     50 

Time  by  Ward's  on  2d 2     6      00 

Therefore  Ward's  slow  on  G.  M.  T 5   54      ^^ 

Long.  Fort  Hope  west  of  G.  in  time 5    47      44 

Ward  alow  on  M.  T.  Fort  Hope 0     7       6 

Ward  slow  on  M.  T.  Fort  Hope  ( 19th),  1st  comparison 6"'    2" 

Ward  rate  15.85  (losing  per  d.)  multiplied  by  the  interval  Ist  and  2d 

conip'n 44.1271  =  65».414535=1'"    5«.4=        7       7.4 

0        1.4 
Computing  Ward's  gives  the  same  result. 
The  2  ehrononis.  have  probably  maintained  their  old  rates. 


1^:1 


!  ^ 


.11.' 


I'm 


;fi '" 


I! 
■1  i 


382  The  Chronometers.  iM«rch,  mm. 

The  day  following,  Hall  succeeded  in  discoverin;^  the  tracks  of 
the  missing  dogs,  brought  them  all  in,  and  made  up  an  equal  team 
for  each  sledge.     He  was  tempted  to  follow  the  Innuit  preventative  of 

Anothw  way  of  gaining  the  same  rault. 

Tlic  (liifercuco  of  the  a  cbrononi,  on  Ist  comp'u  (19th) 6''    0™    54" 

The  differeiico  of  the  2  chrononi.  present  date 0      0        0 


0      0        M 

Eggert's  loss  in  the  interval  4'».1271  (X  28.0  losing  per  d.) 118''.0.'?» 

Ward's  loss  iu  the  interval  4  .1871  (X  15.85  losing  per  d.) 65.41 


5-2.62 


1.38 
Thus  the  dift'eronce  in  the  results  between  computing  the  rate  of  Eggert's  alone  and  apply- 
ing it  to  Eggert's  as  the  standard,  and  that  of  computing  the  rate  of  both  and  applying  them  to 
each  respectively,  is  only  about  one  second  and  a  half,  or,  as  above,  1'.38. 

Without  noticing  the  few  seconds  in  the  rates  of  the  chronometers  in  the  interval  from 
ix""  25"'  a.  ni.  to  2''  6"  p.  m.  (both  by  Ward),  I  will  proceed  to  compute  for  the  nx)parcnt  time  of 
sunrise  this  morning  to  this  latitude,  which  is  N.  66°  32'. 
Let  the  basis  be  ix''  2b"*  a.  m.  by  Ward,  the  time  when  the  sun  had  i  its  disk  above 

the  hill  to  the  southward  t&  eastward  or  astronom.  time 22''  21''  25'"  0« 

Ward  slow  on  M.T.  Ft.  Hope 7    6 


Astronomical  time  Fort  Hope 22  21    32    6 

Add  long,  of  Fort  Hope  W.  of  G v    47  44 

GreenwichM.T 23     3    19  50 

Equation 13  18 


Greenwich  apparent  time 23     3   33  08 

Without  going  through  the  whole  process,  I  will  simply  state  that  the  result  is  the  approxi- 
mate hour  angle  of  the  sun's  rising,  which  is  2''  3™  12*  or  ix''  56"'  48"  a.  m.  apparent  time.  Now 
for  precision  take  this  latter  time  and  work  out  the  time  the  sun's  centre  would  be  on  the  sea 
horizon  if  there  were  no  atmosphere,  or,  in  othev  words,  if  there  were  no  refraction: 

ixi'5()"'  48«  II.  m.  of  23d,  civil  time,  or 22*  21'' 56""  48« 

Fort  Hope,  diff.  of  long.  W.  of  G v   47    44 

G.  app.  time 23     3   44    32 

(23-3.74) 


S.  Dec.  (23d.)     20°  25' 2i;..V' 
I  .'■;5.97 


8.  20^  27'  22.()" 


31".01  per  h. 
3'  .74 


11.5.977.4 


l..'')5.97 

Lat.  66^32',  tang..  10.362.384 
S.Dec.  20O27i,  tang..     9.571.774 

Cosine 9.934.158 

2h   3m   2*  hour  angle. 


ix  56    58   a.  m. 
Time  apparent  sun's  coutro  on  the  horizon  not  allowing  any  rufracliun." 


..L^".  i(i".^i'' A- ?jirf'fc- ■.',,■■   rl'^.u. 


March,  I8tt9.| 


The  Sleds  Re-iced. 


383 


their  running  off,  i.  e.,  by  tying  up  one  of  the  forelegs  to  the  neck. 
At  5  p.  ni.,  doubling  up  his  teams,  he  ascended  Im-nuk-too,  the  narrow 
neck  of  land  at  the  end  of  the  mile-long  lake  which  forms  the  water- 
shed between  Committee  Bay  and  Repulse  Bay,  and  at  G.50  encamped 
on  the  south  side  of  Bae's  Six  Mile  Lake.  The  travel  was  excel- 
lent, although  the  snow  was  soft  and  deep. 

Halting  the  next  day  near  running  water  from  Miles  Lake,  the 
opportunity  was  embraced  of  thawing  out  the  whale-meat  and  tongue, 
146  pounds  of  which,  placed  in  the  liver,  had  the  frost  taken  out  in  one 
hour;  this  was  fed  to  the  hungry  dogs,  and  they  were  permitted  a  day's 
rest,  as  the  snow  in  advance  of  them  was  discovered  to  be  still  very 
soft.  From  the  top  of  a  hill  near  by,  the  sea  of  Ak-koo-lee,  with  its 
vast  extent  of  jumbled  ice,  was  seen  by  Joe  and  Nuk-er-zhoo  (Jack) — 
a  sea,  according  to  Ou-e-la,  to  which  in  olden  times  Innuits  resorted  in 
the  fall  to  kill  deer,  on  the  meat  of  which  they  lived  during  the  winter, 
bringing  whale-blubber  from  Iwillik  for  their  fuel. 

At  10.13  a.  m.,  March  31,  the  party  reached  Cape  Lady  Pelly,  the 
journey  from  the  point  last  named  having  few  items  of  interest. 
Musk-ox  tracks,  which  once  before  had  threatened  to  entice  the 
natives  off  their  route,  were  now  plentiful  on  the  banks  of  the  sand- 
hills near  the  sea.  "Jack" carelessly  ran  Brevoort  sledge  across  a  spit 
of  gravel ;  Grinnell  followed  suit,  and  both  sleds  were  halted  for 
re-icing,  when  the  successful  experiment  was  tried  of  re-mossing  Grin- 
nell sledge  with  a  mixture  of  snow-water  and  urine,  the  latter  mak- 
ing the  compound  less  liable  to  break  up.  At  Point  Hargrave  a  huge 
drift  had  been  encountered,  into  which  both  sleds  were  compelled  to 
plunge  by  the  roughness  of  the  ice  close  up  to  shore.  These  incidents 
held  back  the  advance.     In  the  evening,  as  soon  as  the  igloos  were  up, 


bm 


:;^!S 


* 


ii 


384 


The  Stores  of  1866  SHU  Safe. 


[April,  1H«». 


one  of  the  women  set  the  lamps  agoing  and  melted  the  sea-ice  for 
water;  the  others  covered  in  the  huts,  while  Hall  pounded  up  the  whale- 
blubber. 

When  he  arrived  at  the  cache  which  he  had  made  on  May  10, 
1867,  by  transfer  of  his  stores  from  their  deposit  of  1866,  he  found 
them  still  in  good  condition;  his  notes,  which  give  the  time  of  this 
arrival  to  the  exact  second  of  the  hour  on  the  2d  of  the  month,  record 
the  expression,  "Thanks  be  to  God!"  The  bags  of  bread,  sugar, 
coffee,  flour,  and  "  Borden-meal  biscuit"  were  frozen  fast  in  a  mass, 
and  in  endeavoring  to  separate  these,  a  large  rent  was  made  in  a  coffee- 
bag,  sacrificing  a  small  part;  another  portion  had  become  sodden 
by  water  finding  its  way  from  a  sloping  surface  of  rock  near  by  into 
the  rubber  bag;  these  bags,  however,  had  preserved  the  virtue  of 
the  larger  part.  The  coffee  had  been  presented  by  Mr.  J.  Carson 
Brevoort,  of  New  York;  it  was  browned  and  ground  by  Hall  in  the 
spring  of  1866.  The  pemmican  in  the  hermetically-sealed  cans,  the 
sugar  and  the  brandy,  frost-proof,  were  found  in  perfect  condition;  the 
tea  was  mouldy.  The  whole  of  these  stores  were  at  once  removed  to 
camp,  and  an  excellent  supper  was  set  for  all.  Of  the  brandy,  one 
tablespoon,  sugar-sweetened,  and  with  hot  water,  was  served  out  to 
each,  the  dose  being  repeated  in  fifteen  minutes.  The  remembrance 
of  this  article  being  in  the  deposit  which  he  helped  to  make  in  1867 
had  already  inspired  "Jack"  when  approaching  the  cache  and  in  his 
work  of  unearthing  it.  For  use  on  his  return  journey.  Hall  again 
made  a  deposit  of  part  of  the  stores  just  named  under  the  same  rock 
at  Cape  Weynton  which  had  covered  them  when  left  there  in  1866. 

From  the  Cape  he  was  now  to  turn  his  face  westward  to  the  long- 
desired  King  William's  Laud ;  but  he  at  once  experienced  a  renewal 


April,  1800.] 


Delays  by  the  Innuits 


385 


of  tho  unwillingness  of  his  Innuit  party  to  go  forward.  'J'liey  were 
tardy  in  making  any  preparations  for  advance;  they  made  their  old 
pleas  of  the  necessity  for  their  dogs  being  rested,  and  contended  about 
tho  proper  route  to  be  pursued  He  says :  "  If  I  ever  get  to  the  end 
of  my  journey  with  such  an  untamable  party  it  will  be  a  great  feat 
indeed ;  they  look  to  Joe  also  for  an  example,  and  he  is  taking  life 
cosily  and  lazily."  Under  some  uncertainties  as  to  the  best  course  on 
this  first  part  of  the  westward  route,  Ou-e-la,  on  whom  the  main 
dependence  was  to  be  placed,  preferred  the  one  which  he  said  had 
been  formerly  taken  b}'^  himself  and  his  father  across  the  land  from 
Colvile  Bay;  and  "Jerry," the  Pelly  Bay  native,  concurring  in  this. 
Hall  submitted  to  their  direction.  Starting  again  on  the  4th  of  April, 
at  6.46  a.  m.,  on  a  northwest  course,  he  found  the  land  very  low  and 
covered  with  snow,  except  where  patches  here  and  there  had  been  laid 
bare  by  the  winds.  The  weather  became  stormy  and  the  travel  heavy. 
The  Innuits  expressed  their  surprise  at  the  ease  with  which  he  could 
direct  their  new  course  by  the  compass,  and  Ou-e-la  again  showed  his 
native  intelligence  and  his  habit  of  observing  time  correctly  by  halt- 
ing of  his  own  accord  at  nearly  the  very  moment  at  which  Hall  had 
told  him  he  might  halt  when  the  chronometer-hand  should  indicate  it; 
but  the  next  day  he  was  mistaken  in  his  supposition  that  ho  could 
himself  find  the  route,  and  was  willingly  guided  by  Hall's  compass. 

On  the  7th,  the  chronometers  gave  more  satisfaction,  running  well 
by  careful  nursing.  The  course  for  the  next  two  dsiys  was  still  to  the 
northward  and  westward ;  the  land  was  still  very  low  and  gradually 
sloping.  Descending  the  steepest  of  a  few  hills  which  they  crossed, 
the  party  came  upon  their  first  small  lake,  and  a  little  farther  on  upon 
a  second,  which  Hall  at  first  supposed  to  be  Dr.  Rjie's  Cameron  Lake, 


S.  Kx.  27- 


-25 


■ij  I II  q  WWIW*  W.",J  i«U 


386  Near  Cameron  Lake.  iaphi,  i8«a. 

but  found  his  error  before  the  close  of  another  day.  Ho  had  passed 
several  deserted  igloos  and  several  Innuit  stone  monuments  on  the 
ridges  of  little  hills,  on  one  of  which  was  found  a  knoll  of  solid  rock, 
with  Innuit  stones  set  up  in  lines. 

The  discouragements  did  not  diminish.  Some  of  the  Innuits  rode 
very  freely  upon  the  sledges,  and  "Jerry"  suffered  himself  to  be  even 
caught  on  one  of  them  fast  asleep.  Hall,  who  throughout  all  his  expe- 
ditions seems  to  have  expected  that  every  one  would  in  some  degree 
share  his  enthusiasm,  singularly  enough  records  here  that  the  natives 
had  no  appreciation  of  his  mission,  but  must  continually  lose  time  by 
stopping  to  smoke  and  "talk ;  yet  he  adds  that  it  was  surprising  that  the 
dogs  could  make  any  headway  at  all,  as  the  sledges  sank  down  full 
six  inches  all  the  way,  and  at  one  time  stuck  fast  in  a  huge  drift  on 
the  hill-side.  Dr.  Rae's  chart  was  a  guide  to  be  fully  relied  upon,  even 
without  the  aid  of  the  compass.  Hall  accounts  for  a  mistake  which 
he  thinks  Rae  made  in  regard  to  putting  Colvile  Bay  on  his  map,  by 
attributing  it  to  the  low  and  level  character  of  the  land  where  he 
expected  to  strike  it.  By  Ou-e-Ms  advice  he  made  his  fourteenth 
encampment  on  the  8th  on  the  new  lake  which  they  had  reached. 
Its  Innuit  name  is  Tep-suk-ju-a;  Hall  notes  its  trending  to  the  north- 
west. Here  Ou-e-la  very  significantly  said  that  this  was  the  place 
where  his  father  and  the  Repulse  Bay  Innuits  made  their  halt  before 
their  meeting  with  the  I^elly  Bay  natives. 

The  next  day,  to  make  a  more  rapid  advance,  tl'  dogs  were  fed 
at  an  early  hour ;  the  whole  amount  supplied  to  them  being,  however, 
but  60  pounds — a  half  feed.  The  men  of  the  party  were  ready  for  a 
vigorous  start,  for  their  strength  had  been  renewed  by  a  pemmican 
supper  the  night  before.     The  butter  at  the  morning  meal  was  the 


re  -^-.r-    ■:  -pr 


TT^ 


U-  lUM.l    <i 


'fl 


(;?,";•.';  ■ 


in'-.v). 


6H"00:- 


fnoo: 


et^Tai 


/'ra  tin  y  V  ,  1  .X(  'fuc  /;  nvJU 


A:     ^ 


>:■> 


'jV 


'jo 


h!)" 


^..-r,     •-,  To',  o3 1^  Hcaurort 


Mc.TavisKHiftJ 


-)!'''''*  OKookerld 

Ne.-vvyarn  Id. 


.862: 


2i  rrMts  r«*(  •>i  tffltr-R.  j^,  tA.^,^f,  f  ^    Jof  fw,.  cf  Fra.nJrUns  men- *>hx>se.  loius 

\i^y^   IV  ere  fo  lirui  ^_r  i*^!*  ,Vaxz.ve-s 

Keeuna  Id . 
(We stern Todds  Isle^ 


^1 


V 


% 

r 


8t,°2c 


i'd'tO 


9d|30' 


96 


20 


'■ii  '" 'i"~ 


'' ■miiiiiii  II I. 


■Illl IITTV.TTTTr 


93° 


[l" 


91° 


90' 


8;f 


1  % 


t 


wr^^^^wf.^"'"' "I. '"."■,  lp.l"f^'  "  '■'  ff 


pp. 


m 


April,  1869.1  Off  the  Old  Route.  387 

best  oolc-gook  oil,  supplied  to  Hall  by  Pa-pa  the  winter  before  for  his 
night  lamp.  Expecting  to  meet  Pelly  Bay  men  before  the  close  of  the 
day,  all  the  party  busied  themselves  in  getting  their  spears,  knives, 
guns,  and  pistols  in  order,  and  at  10  a.  m.  moved  off  toward  the 
northwest  end  of  the  lake  to  descend  the  little  river  leading  from  that 
point  to  Pelly  Bay.  The  snow  was  still  deep  and  soft,  the  thermome- 
ter indicating-  23°,  a  temperature  uncomfortably  warm  for  traveling. 
At  noon,  drawing  near  the  end  of  the  lake,  highlands  were  found  on 
each  side,  closely  confining  the  banks  of  a  river ;  and  here  the  first 
spots  of  bare  ice  were  crossed,  swept  clean  by  the  high  winds  through 
the  gorge. 

.  Beginning  now,  as  he  supposed,  to  descend  Kellett  River,  in  two 
minutes  he  was  surprised  to  find  himself  ascending  frozen  rapids  where 
the  compass-bearings  had  pointed  out  the  true  place  of  entrance. 
Continuing  up  this  river,  he  passed  a  magnificent  pile  of  rock  structure 
200  feet  high,  looking  like  the  side  of  a  fortress,  and  having  a  kind  of 
reddish  moss  far  up  on  its  cliffs :  the  land  on  the  other  side  also  was 
high  and  bold,  presenting  a  very  different  scene  from  the  flats  over 
which  the  party  had  been  for  several  days  passing.  The  dogs  still 
drew  their  heavy  loads  through  the  deep  snow  which  covered  the  ice 
of  this  river,  and  when  halts  were  made  to  discover  from  neighboring 
hill  tops  a  route  to  the  bay,  the  ruggedness  of  the  mountainous  land 
presented  a  discouraging  prospect ;  yet  Hall  consented  to  follow  the 
advice  of  Ou-e-la  by  going  forward  rather  than  returning  to  the  route 
of  Rae's  chart.  Late  in  the  day,  detaching  the  dogs  and  putting 
bridles  on  the  sledges,  he  made  a  dangerous  descent  to  another  lake 
at  the  foot  of  a  steep  and  high  hill,  estimating  this  descent  to  be  nearly 
400  feet  in  the  quarter  of  a  mile  passed  over.     He  was  a  good  way  off 


I 


-  iitffiiKt.^)»u^)i^m^if^^^aBit! 


388 


Augusta  Island. 


[April,  18«0. 


i 


li;  i 


from  the  route  followed  by  Eae  in  1854  through  Kellett  River.  On 
tlie  day  following,  however,  shaping  his  course  to  the  westward,  he 
gladly  saw  the  sea-ice  directly  ahead.  Far  as  the  eye  could  reach 
with  the  aid  of  a  good  glass  the  bay  and  every  inlet  were  filled  with 
very  old  and  rough  ice.  At  1 1  a.  m.  he  found  this  bay-ice  very  luun- 
luocky  ;  rounded  hillocks  in  some  places  rising  to  the  height  of  ten 
feet,  while  in  others  the  ice  was  like  waves  of  a  heavy  sea  suddenly 
frozen  in.  At  1  p.  m.  he  struck  on  Century  ice  The  Innuits  had 
anticipated  this  when  they  had  found  the  ice  of  the  sea  of  Ak-koo-leo 
in  the  same  condition,  and  Ou-e-la,  remembering  that  on  his  previous 
visit  here  with  his  father  the  ice  had  been  smooth  and  fit  for  sealing, 
now  expressed  his  belief  that  the  Pelly  Bay  natives  would  not  soon  be 
met  with,  for  they  must  have  gone  inland  and  southward  to  obtain 
subsistence ;  the  bay  being  probably  full  of  old  century  ice,  there  could 
be  no  sealing.  Having  made  some  further  advance  across  the  ice, 
Hall  fixed  his  sixteenth  encampment  on  the  11th  in  the  midst  of  the 
century  ice  near  the  east  end  of  Augusta  Island,  Ou-e-la  and  Jerry 
having  on  the  way  pointed  out  this  island  and  the  mouth  of  Arrow- 
smith  River.  Their  bearings  were  taken.  In  recording  the  location 
of  his  encampment.  Hall  says : 

It  is  no  wonder  that  my  dead-reckoning  may  be  faulty,  with  but  the  aid  of 
ft  small  compass  across  a  plain  unknown  country;  snow-clad;  thick  weather; 
snowing  much  of  the  time;  no  object  whatever  in  sight  to  aid  in  making  straight 
courses;  large  variation  of  the  compass;  no  sight  of  the  sun,  moon,  or  stars  by 
which  to  determine  latitude  or  the  extent  of  variation  of  the  compass, — I  can  de- 
termine by  astronomical  observations  only  the  errors  which  are  possible  but  not 
probable. 

At  7  p.  m.,  an  hour  after  his  encamping,  the  sun  burst  forth  in  all 
its  brightness,  giving  him  the  first  sight  of  it  since  leaving  his  encamp- 
ment below  Cape  Weynton. 


i  '     i 


•4  iikilMti  «''Aifci>     'ii  M 


t--'%^.'.'n~r.' -  T^'  ^^^*^  i' ^T  "    ■    "^v^^ — ■ 


April,  I860.] 


New  Igloos  Discovered. 


389 


The  clogs  had  now  again  a  whole  day's  rest  and  a  full  feed  of  126 
pounds  of  Jcow;  then  with  full  paunches  they  filled  out  the  twenty- 
four  hours  with  sleep.  Not  one  of  the  eighteen  had  as  yet  given  in, 
although  their  loads  on  the  two  sledges,  including  their  food  and  the 
oil  for  fuel  and  eating,  had  been  kept  up  to  2,100  pounds.  The  party 
made  another  excellent  breakfast,  chiefly  on  the  canned  beef  sent  out 
by  Mr.  Grinnell  on  the  Ansell  Gibbs  in  1866  ;  it  was  better  than  what 
had  been  previously  used,  as  the  whole  of  the  meat  was  fat,  with  no 
bones  to  be  picked  out,  and  more  than  satisfied  their  hunger,  leaving 
a  portion  for  use  on  the  way.  Hall  now  hoped  that  he  would  make 
good  progress,  and  within  ten  days  would  put  his  foot  on  King  Will- 
iam's Land. 

On  resuming  their  journey,  an  igloo  was  seen  which,  it  was  ut 
once  determined,  had  been  newly  built,  the  quick  perceptions  of  the 
Innuits  crediting  also  its  building  to  a  left-handed  man,  for  they  saw 
that  the  spiral  of  the  hut  ran  from  the  left  to  the  right  inside,  contrary 
to  the  usual  direction.  The  discovery  of  this  igloo  with  its  well-made 
took-soo  suggesting  the  near  presence  of  Pelly  Bay  natives,  Hall  sent 
out  some  of  his  company  to  find,  if  possible,  their  sledge-tracks ;  but 
although  three  additional  old  igloos  were  seen,  the  natives  were  not  yet 
overtaken.  The  huts  last  discovered  had  evidently  been  occupied  in 
midwinter,  and  the  occupants  had  had  plenty  of  fire.  Within  one  of 
these  Hannah  found  a  piece  of  ash  wood,  appearing  to  be  the  remains 
of  an  oar. 

When  he  left  his  last  encampment,  Hall  had  intended  to  make 
directly  for  the  west  side  of  the  bay,  and  thence  cross  the  land  to 
the  west,  in  order  to  look  for  the  records  and  relics  at  some  southern 
point  on  the  sea  estuary  of  Great  Fish  or  Back  River ;  but  now,  seek- 


if' 


i\ 


11' 


390 


Century  Ice, 


[April,  18He. 


ir 


■I     1 


ing  to  come  up  with  the  Pelly  Bay  men,  in  the  hopes  of  getting  from 
them  yet  further  information  and  even  some  papers  of  the  FrankUn 
Expedition,  he  changed  his  course  to  the  northward  This  led  him 
over  a  narrow  ice-flow  of  the  previous  winter's  formation  He  camped 
on  this  floe,  which  was  found  to  be  good  seahng  ice — new,  but  some- 
what hummocky ;  and  from  the  top  of  a  round  hillock  of  century  ice 
12  feet  above  the  general  level  he  cut  the  ice  to  melt  for  making  his 
coffee.  It  was  full  of  little  cells,  in  which  the  salt  of  the  sea-water  once 
was,  the  cells  being  occasionally  as  large  as  the  thumb,  though  gener- 
ally not  larger  than  a  pin-head.  The  surface  had  mud  or  clay  im- 
bedded in  it,  while  at  a  considerable  depth,  the  crystals  were  pellucid, 
solid,  and  like  fresh-water  ice.     On  the  floes  of  this  Polar  ice  here  and 

there  were  masses  in  the  foim  of  a  berg. 
The  century  ice  was  "a  puzzle  as  to 
how  and  where  it  was  formed,"  and  an 
equal  difficulty  presented  itself  in  the 
question  '*  how  the  bergy  masses  of  bare 
blue  old  ice  got  to  the  top  from  the  mar- 
gin of  the  old  floes." 

On  the  10th,  a  flying  sledge  trip 
was  decided  upon  to  find  the  Pelly  Bay 
Innuits.  At  an  early  hour  new  spears 
were  made  by  fixing  bayonets   to  the 

8ABRES     C^^RRIED     BY     HALL    TO     KINO  i  i  rni 

wiLUAM'8  LAND.  cuds  of  loug  polcs.      Therc  seemed  reason 

fPre&ented  to  Mr.   J.    J.    Copp  on  his  y       n  i        /•      ^       ^  ^i 

return.)  to  i^ar  an  attack   irom   the  tact  oi  the 

well-known  dissensions  long  existing  between  the  men  of  his  party 
and  these  strangers ;  aware  of  which.  Hall  had  provided  each  sledge 
with  rifles,  guns,  bayonets,  revolvers,  a  musk-ox  and  a  st'al  spear,  and 


"ri^ 


April,  1869. 


New  Acquaintances. 


ii91 


some  ammunition.  Still  the  heart  of  Pa-pa  now  failed  him,  and  he 
wished  to  stop  with  the  women  in  the  camp,  which  proposition  was 
declined. 

At  7.53  a.  m.,  when  the  party  again  started,  the  sun  was  out, 
but  the  drift  still  filled  the  air,  confining  the  view  to  a  radius  of 
a  quarter  of  a  mile.  Following  a  north-northeast  course,  in  a  half 
hour  they  found  Innuit  foot-prints,  which  the  gale  of  the  night  previous 
had  laid  bare ;  they  seemed  to  have  been  made  the  day  before.  After 
following  for  two  hours  the  tracks  on  this  course,  the  party  retraced 
their  steps  to  the  point  at  which  they  had  first  seen  the  foot-prints,  and 
on  advancing  in  the  opposite  direction,  the  dogs  soon  scented  the  igloos 
and  flew  ahead  with  so  rapid  and  keen  a  jump  as  to  trip  up  Hall  and 
Pa-pa,  entangling  one  of  Hall's  feet  and  dragging  him  along  till  the 
company  with  their  whole  force  stopped  the  coursers.  Ten  minutes 
later  they  arrived  near  the  igloos,  and  "Jerry"  was  cautiously  sent  for- 
ward, but  soon  reappeared  with  the  signal  to  come  on.  After  a  halt  of 
twenty  minutes  in  the  gale  and  drift  outside,  old  Tung-nuk  and  wife 
and  old  Kob-hig  appeared  armed  with  long  knives,  but  greeting  the 
new-comers  with  a  welcome.  These  men  had  remained  at  these 
igloos,  while  three  families  had  located  themselves  a  short  distance 
northward,  the  men  belonging  to  them  being  absent  at  this  time  on  a 
musk-ox  hunt  to  the  westward. 

On  Hall's  entering  the  huts,  with  "Jerry''  and  Pa-pa  for  interpre- 
ters, he  began  at  once  his  usual  inquiries  about  the  Franklin  Expedition. 
Kob-hig,  like  his  brother,  old  KoJc-lee-arng-nUn  the  chief  met  by  Hall 
in  1866,  was  sociable,  jolly,  and  apparently  kind-hearted.  He  vvas  a 
dwarfish  creature.  In  Tung-nuJc^s  igloo  was  found  a  gallon  stone  jug  of 
a  light  pinkish  hue  weighing  about  5  pounds,  tlie  handle  broken.    It  was 


1 


mi- 

I 

mi 

ii 


m 

II    ! 


1 


392 


More  Franklin  Relics. 


[April,  186S. 


i     Mi    'V. 


without  mark  or  stamp,  but  was  said  to  have  come  from  King- William's 
Land.  Hall  also  found  a  copper ^oo(?-Zw  (lamp),  2  feet  6  inches  long-  and  1 
foot  wide,  and  about  5  pounds  in  weight;  the  end  of  a  sword  4  inches  in 

length;  a  snow-shovel  3 
feet  long,  made  of  pine  or 
spruce,  evidently  painted 
at  first  lead  color,  and 
over  this  a  coat  of  white 
except  that  the  lower  face 
was  of  fresh  wood  color, 
and  a  piece  on  the  left 
side  was  light  green  This 
last  article  the  Innuits  said 
they  got  out  of  a  ship's 
beam  or  plank  at  Ki- 
ki-tuk — King  William's 
Land.  On  asking  Tung- 
nuk  about  this  snow- 
shovel,  he  said  it  came 
from  a  large  ou-mi-en  (ship).  Was  it  there  now?  No;  it  had  sunk. 
Did  the  ice  break  it?  No;  the  Innuits,  in  getting  wood  (timber  or 
beams)  out  of  it,  made  a  hole  in  the  ship,  and  soon  after,  it  sunk.  The 
snow-shovel  was  made  of  material  very  much  thicker  than  it  is  now. 
Ttmg-nuk  had  never  been  to  Ki-ki-tuk  (King  William's  Island),  but 
knew  a  great  deal  about  what  had  taken  place  there  from  his  acquaint- 
ances who  had  been  all  over  the  island.  The  sword-point  mentioned 
above  was  immediately  bartered  for. 

Tung-nuk  told  Hall  that  when  the  remains  of  the  white  men  were 


INNUIT  SXOW-SHOVEL. 


li  ' 


April,  1869.1 


Sufferings  of  the  King  William  Natives. 


393 


discovered  by  Innuits  on  King  William's  Land,  arms,  legs,  &c.,  were 
found  cut  off  to  be  eaten,  and  the  cut  of  the  bone  had  always  showed 
this  to  have  been  done  by  a  saw.  Kob-hig  said  that  all  of  the  white 
men  except  two  who  were  a  long  time  ago  at  Ki-ki-tuk  had  perished. 
One  of  the  two  was  Ag-loo~ka  (Crozier),  and  both  of  these  had  certainly 
been  seen  by  some  of  his  (Koh-Ug's)  friends.  This  last  information 
made  Hall  greatly  regret  the  absence  of  two  of  these,  Too-shoo-art- 
thar-iu  and  In-nooh-poo-zhee-jooh.  The  foimer  of  these,  who  was  said 
to  have  taken  some  care  of  Crozier  and  his  men  when  nearly  starving, 
was  now  in  King  William's  Land.  The  latter,  who  had  been  all  over 
Ki-ki-tuk,  and  knew  a  great  deal  about  the  lost  expedition,  was,  when 
last  heard  from,  at  the  estuary  of  the  Great  Fish  River,  and  was 
very  ill. 

The  natives  of  this  bay  and  of  Neitchille  had  lost  nearly  all  their 
dogs  the  previous  winter  by  the  same  Arctic  disease  which  had  swept 
off  those  of  Repulse  Bay  and  Ig-loo-lik.  The  people  were  in  an 
almost  starving  condition,  evident  signs  of  suffering  appearing  within 
and  without  the  igloos.  Nothing  like  food  was  found  but  a  few  seal- 
bones  with  a  trifle  of  rotten  meat  on  them.  There  was  no  fire  in  the 
huts,  and  Hall's  own  company  barely  made  out  to  gather  a  little  of 
the  fire-shrub  from  under  the  snow  to  aid  in  making  their  drinking- 
water. 

Old  Kob-hig  told  Hall,  on  taking  leave  of  him,  that  it  would  take 
from  six  to  eight  days  to  cross  the  land  to  the  western  sea;  that  King 
William's  Land  could  be  seen  from  the  land  on  the  east  side  of  the 
strait ;  and  that  the  island  was  low,  and,  there  were  many  Innuits  on 
its  eastern  side.     He  said  it  was  well  that  there  was  a  white  man  with 


ii 
ill 


i  \ 


mi\    I.- 


i 


i 


394 


Simpson's  Lake. 


[April,  lfM». 


these  Repulse  Bay  natives,  for  it  would  save  their  lives  before  and 
after  reaching  the  island. 

Hall's  men  were  now  plainly  alarmed.  Some  unpleasant  demon- 
strations, shown  by  Tung-nuk  himself,  had  much  to  do  with  this,  as  it  was 
known  that  he  had  lost  a  relative  and  **  must  kill  somebody  to  make 
matters  all  rig'ht  between  him  and  his  God."  It  had  been  said,  too, 
that  many  Pelly  Bay  and  King  William  natives  had  recently  died ; — 
Superstition  might  put  the  cause  of  this  on  any  one  of  Hall's  party. 
His  men  were  afraid  either  to  go  on  or  remain.  But  their  fears  were 
quieted  and  they  continued  their  journey,  though  the  provisions  they 
thought  would  now  run  short,  and  a  hunt  for  musk-ox  cattle  again 
wearied  them  without  success.  It  was  well  that  the  sledges  had  been 
so  heavily  loaded  on  starting  out  on  this  journey,  for  Hall  could  still 
feed  his  party  and  give  some  food  to  these  suffering  natives,  among 
whom  was  his  old  friend  See-pung-er  of  1867. 

On  the  18th  of  the  month  he  determined  by  astronomical  observa- 
tions that  his  encampment  (the  twentieth)  was  on  Simpson's  Lake,  lat. 
68°  30'  22"  N.,  long.  91°  31'  W.  Ou-e-la,  who  had  been  out  on  a 
two  days'  hunt  for  musk-cattle,  came  in  at  4  a.  m.  quite  weary,  but 
successful.  On  discovering  a  bull  browsing  on  EUice  Mountain,  he 
had  succeeded  in  getting  within  range,  shattered  the  bones  of  one  of 
the  animal's  fore  legs,  and,  after  firing  into  him  all  the  balls  which 
he  had,  shot  his  extra  new  rammer  into  the  paunch:  all  these  shots 
having  only  wounded  the  bull,  so  that  Ou-e-la  could  but  drive  him 
several  miles  to  the  sledge-tracks  and  leave  him  there.  "Jack"  and 
Joe  started  off  with  sledge  and  dogs  for  the  prize,  returning  in  two  hours 
with  the  whole  ox,  and  also  a  small  part  of  a  deer,  which  Pa-pa  had 
shot.     The  bull  had  tried  to  hobble  off,  but  the  dogs  soon  brought  him 


t    t  , 


i<  t 


April,  1869.1 


A  Hunt  for  Musk- Cattle. 


3U6 


to  bay,  nearly  tearing  off  his  skin;  a  hunter's  knife  then  ended  the 
fray.  At  night  he  was  dragged  within  a  large  circular  wall  and  skinned 
and  dissected,  when  a  goodly  proportion  of  the  meat,  fat,  brains,  nose, 
and  paunch  were  quickly  devoured.  Only  the  women  failed  in  shar- 
ing the  feast;  forbidden  because  the  meat  was  not  cooked.  There  being 
no  spare  oil  for  fuel  for  cooking,  they  were  fed  on  pemmican,  whic^h 
Too-koo-li-too  told  Hall  she  disliked  as  much  as  he  had  disrelished 
wolves'  meat  on  his  journey  to  Ig-loo-lik. 

The  Innuits  now  asked  a  rest  from  the  journey  to  hunt  more 
nnisk-cattle,  as  the  animals  would  soon  scattei*.  To  keep  the  men  in 
good  humor,  Ou-e-la  and  Pa-pa  were  allowed  to  go  off  on  the  hunt, 
while  Hall  pushed  forward  to  Giinnell  Lake,  on  which  he  encamped 
on  the  22d.  The  two  men  met  with  some  success,  but  Hall  remarks 
that,  as  usual,  ''the  greater  part  of  what  is  killed  goes  down  the 
paunches  of  these  Innuits,  although,  before  getting  leave  to  hunt,  the 
story  always  is  that  they  want  to  get  meat  for  the  dogs.  As  for  "Jack," 
he  is  a  regular  hog ;  he  eats  far  more  than  any  two  others,  and  feeds 
his  own  dog  on  the  choicest  pieces,  without  a  shadow  of  feeling  for 
others."  Hall  gave  him  full  swing,  so  long  as  he  kept  his  hands  off 
the  sledge  provisions;  these  he  rigidly  rationed  out,  although  he  was 
thus  prevented  at  times  even  from  leaving  the  sleds,  lest  some  of  the 
party  would  stuff"  themselves  from  the  stores. 

On  the  27th,  he  crossed  a  branch  of  Murchison  River,  and  from 
this  point  made  rapid  progress  over  a  level  and  hard  field  of  snow,  yet 
his  company  were  again  disheartened,  thinking  that  if  he  went  on  fur- 
ther, they  and  the  dogs  would  all  starve  before  they  could  get  back. 
But  Ou-e-la  soon  found  the  tracks  of  a  sledge  which  had  evidently 
crossed  Richards'  Bay  and  returned.     Despair  was  then  exchanged  for 


111 


% 
'%■ ... 


11    " 

W  t 

m ' 

m 


II 


11 


39G 


New  Igloos. 


(April,  1869. 


brif^ht  and  joyful  faces.  The  last  part  of  the  day's  journey  being  over 
an  unbroken  old  floe  with  many  hillocks,  and  the  dogs  being  very 
weary,  the  twenty-fifth  encampment  was  made  among  the  hummocks. 

The  next  morning,  to  Hall's  great  grief,  all  at  once  his  pocket  chro- 
nometer utterly  refused  to  go.  Of  this  he  said :  "  Few  can  imagine  how 
strange  i  feel  at  the  loss  of  my  chronometer ;  its  constant  *  tick-tick ' 
at  my  right  ear  I  thought  anything  but  music,  but  now  I  feel  lost." 
His  compass  was  very  sluggish  as  they  approached  the  Magnetic  Pole : 
he  allowed  80°  for  variation.  During  the  day  Shepherd  Bay  and 
Point  Dry  den  came  in  sight  across  an  extensive  sea  of  hummocky 
ice.  His  highest  expectations  now  were  to  find  the  natives  whose 
sledge  tracks  from  King  William's  Land  had  been  seen.  It  was  nec- 
essary, however,  to  tell  his  party  that  if  he  did  not  promptly  succeed, 
he  would  let  them  stop  all  work  and  go  to  sealing,  on  which  they  went 
right  to  work  making  seal-harpoons.  They  were  troubled  about  the 
dogs,  which  had  become  so  ravenous  as  to  gnaw  the  sledge-bars  and 
destroy  the  moss-icing  immediately  on  its  being  put  on  the  mn- 
ners,  this  kind  of  sled  having  been  now  fully  proven  to  be  superior 
to  all  others. 

On  the  30th,  an  igloo  was  seen  to  the  southward  with  its  wall-shel- 
ter built  to  protect  the  sealers ;  on  visiting  this,  it  was  plain  that  it 
had  been  lately  occupied,  for  fresh  tracks  of  men  and  dogs  were  all 
around.  Ou-e-la  and  "Jerry"  were  then  quickly  sent  southward  to  find 
Innuits ;  and  at  the  end  of  a  couple  of  hours,  to  Hall's  great  delight, 
signs  were  recognized  from  the  two  men  that  many  inhabited  igloos 
were  seen.  Pa-pa  now  became  more  frightened  than  ever,  and,  on 
conferring  with  the  others.  Hall  agreed  to  stop  behind  the  line  of 
pressed-up  ice,  which  they  thought  would  be  an  admirable  breastwork 


Mmr,  1M«».J 


Interview  with  Jn-nook-^too-zhec-juuk. 


lid! 


if  fighting  wero  to  be  done,  for  now  a  village  was  Hoen  and  a  nnniber 
of  men  with  dogs  sealing  ont  on  the  ice. 

The  next  morning  the  party  started  out,  fully  prepared  to  meet 
friends  or  enemies.  Each  of  the  men  luid  at  first  something  to  say  like 
a  prayer  that  those  whom  he  met  would  be  friends;  in  which  Hall  joined, 
jmiying  also,  as  ho  says,  that  the  interview  might  lead  to  nuich  news 
<tf  Franklin's  lost  companions,  and  perhajjs  "to  the  recovery  of  some 
souls  and  of  the  records."  Within  IfiO  fathoms  of  the  iffloos  a  halt  was 
made,  Hall,  Pa-pa,  and  Joe  staying  by  the  sledges,  while  Ou-e-la,  Jack 
(Nu-ker-zhoo),  and  "Jerry"  advanced  a  little  way,  with  their  long,  sharp 
knives  in  hand.  But  the  Innuits  came  out  of  their  igloos  and  inter- 
mingled with  the  new-comers,  on  which  Hall  hastened  forward  and  met 
the  man  whom  he  most  desired  to  see — In-nook-poo-zhee-jook. 

The  first  question  asked  of 
this  man  was,  ^^Nou-timd  Ag- 
loo-kar  (Where  is  Crozier?) 
And  the  first  thing  shown  to 
Hall  was  a  large  silver  spoon, 
with  an  eel's  head  crest  (Frank- 
lin's; see  Preliminary  Chap- 
ter), that  came  from  a  large 
island  where  many  white  men 
died.     An  encampment  was  im-  i^'o«y  knives,  iokk,  and  spoons  op  innuit  make. 

mediately  made  with  the  chief's  people,  who  helped  to  put  iip  igloos, 
in  which  they  used  knives  which  had  belonged  to  Franklin's  Expedi- 
tion ;  they  had  one  from  McCHntock's.  The  names  of  the  men  were 
taken  down  in  a  book,  which  act  pleased  every  one  of  them  at  the 
outset,  and  the  day  was  spent  in  talks  with  them  ;    the  inteipreters. 


s    > 


■ii 

^ 

r; 

if 


•I  i' 


'•i: 
:>i' 


i 


W- 


m  \ 


ii 


398 


The  Native  Map  of  King  WiUiam\<i  Land.         may,  men. 


Too-koo-H-too  and  Ebierbing,  soon  getting  used  to  tlieir  idiom.  Tn- 
nook-poo-zheejooJc's  hut  was  lull  of  articles  from  the  ships,  for  a  num- 
ber of  which  Hall  at  once  bartered.  This  native  gave  him  a  sketch 
of  King  William's  Land  and  its  vicinity.  The  names  given  by  him 
for  the  numbers  on  his  sketch  were  as  follows : 

SKETCH  OF  KING  WILLIAM'S   LAND  AND  THE  ADJACENT  COUN- 
TRY, BY  THE  INNUIT  IN-NOOK  rOOZHEE  .TOOK. 


1.  Kee-wee-woo.     (Where   one  of  the 

ships,  ErebvH  and  Terror^  sunk  at 
Ookjoo-Uk.) 

2.  Ootlcoo-lsh-e-lilv. 

3.  Great  Fish  or  Back  Kiver. 

4.  See-er-ark  tu. 

5.  Noo-oo-tee-roo. 

6.  Olikce-jeer. 

7.  Ok-kee-jik-too. 

8.  Shoog-ee-look-too. 

9.  Too-iioo-nee.     {Where  In-nook-poo- 

ghe-jook  found  the  ttpo  boats.) 
10.  Kee-tt-na.  {A  small  island  where 
In-nook-poo-zhe-jook  has  seen  the 
remains  of  five  white  men.  The 
Innuits  all  believe  that  Too-loo-a 
(Sir  John  Boss)  died  and  was  buried 
here.  (!)  A  meat-can  unopened — that 
is,fullof  meat— found  in  Too-loo-ah 
grave.  His  retnains  wrapped  in 
blankets,  and  his  body  unmutilated, 
while  the  four  remainder  were — 


10.  Keefiiia — Continued. 

that  is,  limbs  had  been  severed  and 
flesh  taken  off  the  hones  of  the  four. 
This  island,  one  of  Todd's  Islets, 
off  the  south  shore  of  King  Will- 
iam^s  Land.  No  boat  found  or  white 
men  died  on  Ei-ki-tM-jua  (Montreal 
Island).  Boat  and  the  remains  of  a 
great  many  whites  found  on  a  very 
small  island  by  the  west  coast  of 
the  inlet  of  which  Point  Ricliardson 
is  the  East  Cape;  this  small  island 
halfway  down  the  inlet,  where  it 
turns  sharply  to  the  westward. 
This  islet  without  a  name.) 

11.  Og-buk.    (Matheson's  Isle  of  Rae.) 

12.  Shar-too. 

13.  Koo-kar. 

14.  Ook-sook-too. 

15.  Igloo-le-archoo. 

16.  Point  Dryden. 


After  remaining  at  this  village  until  the  8th  of  May,  Hall  set 
out  for  King  William's  Land,  to  visit  a  spot  where,  as  he  had  heard, 
five  of  Franklin's  men  were  buried.  He  could  expect  to  make  but  a 
flying  trip,  as  his  party  wore  detei-mined  to  return  to  Repulse  Bay 


iR 


^■■T,      ^7**"    -  '  ■ 


■  ■PI     m\ivv^ 


1 

N 


II 


!i 


ii'l 


III 


H    ! 


mm- 


II 


I   MT-     -'■,.■■        ■'     ■  . 


^^™™ 


'-r  <*"  ^'  ■''y^'-'^'^Ty^^vWtr^^^^fr!'*]^^ 


Har,  J  869. 


Hall  Arrives  at  King  WilUani's  Land. 


399 


within  the  two  weeks  following.  Leaving  strict  charge  with  On-e-Iu 
as  to  rationing  out  provisions  in  case  no  seals  were  caught,  he  took 
M'ith  him  only  In-nook-poo-shee-jook  and  Nw-ker-zhoo  and  wife ;  the  first 
named  provingagood  guide.  "A  plug 
of  tobacco  was  given  to  Jack  to  oil  his 
mouth,  as  he  had  much  talkinsf  to  do 


LOWElt  HALF  OK   OKSK. 


to  the  dogs."  The  travel  averaged  two  (De,...,sit.Hi  at  ti.o  Smitimonian  ii.stiintion.) 
and  a  half  miles  per  hour,  and  as  night  approached,  the  long-desired 
sight  of  the  land  and  the  Table-Top  Hill  on  what  was  called  Matheson 
Isle  came  in  sight.  Hall  gave  three  cheers, 
jotting  down  on  his  note-book  as  he  rode, 
"  It  is  a  glorious  feeling  I  have,  for  I  have 


-~— .--  "^^^^^^^^^-^ 


PART  OF  DESK. 


been  Struggling  for  this  for  ten  years."  ^"'"''"'''"' "ttlJutiSf '""'""  ^"■ 
Coming  to  a  group  of  four  occupied  igloos,  he  made  his  twenty-eighth 
encampment  with  them  near  Booth  Point.     In  these  igloos  also  there 


NEEDLE-CASE,    KING   WILLIAM'S  LAND. 


was  quite  a  collection  of  Franklin  relics,  among  which  was  a  mahog- 
any writing-desk,  18  inches  long  and  10  wide,  on  which  a  bottom 
board  had  been  put  by  the  natives.     It  had  been  recently  in  use  as 


ii 

!:jif 
'I 


'll'^'| 

i::| 


■  i 


mm 


If 


il  . 


400 


The  Five  Graves  on  Todd's  Island. 


imajr,  I8«9. 


a  blubber-tray.  Koo-nik,  one  of  this  party,  gave  Flail  a  silver  spoon 
like  the  one  of  which  a  drawing  is  found  in  the  Preliminary  Chapter 
of  this  Narrative,  and  a  second  smaller  mahogany  box,  with  another 
spoon  and  many  other  articles,  including  pieces  of  copper  with  two 
stamps  of  a  broad  arrow,  and  a  steel  spear-head  on  which  was 
stamped  "THE  SHIP."  All  these  had  been  brought  from  one  of 
Franklin's  ships  and  from  the  shore  on  the  south  side  of  Ook-joo-lik 
(O'Reilly  Island).  Knives,  needles,  thimbles,  beads,  and  rings  were 
given  in  return 

Going  on  from  these  igloos  on  the  9th,  In-nook-poo-zhce-jook  still 
proved  to  be  an  admirable  guide,  leading  Hall  on  a  direct  course  to 
the  eastern  islet  of  Todd's  Islands.  The  compass  at  first  showed  that 
the  travel  was  south,  but  before  long  it  showed  it  as  northeast  when 
headed  in  the  same  direction.  The  weather  was  very  thick  when  the 
next  to  the  last  encampment  was  made  about  10  a.  m.,  and  supper  was 
served  on  delicious  fresh  salmon  of  Neitchille,  cooked  and  hot. 


On  the  1 1  th,  Hall  encamped  on  one  of  these  islets — Todd's  Island — 
and  immediately  searched  for  the  graves  of  the  five  men  of  whom  the 
natives  had  spoken  as  buried  on  it.  Its  northwest  end  was  very  low 
and  flat,  and  almost  everywhere  deeply  covered  with  snow.  He  found 
part  of  a  human  thigh-bone,  which  appeared  to  have  been  fractured 
not  long  before ;  In-nook-poo-zhee-jook  told  him  this  was  part  of  one  of 
the  five  men  But  the  prospect  of  finding  the  other  remains  was  aban- 
doned on  account  of  the  snow.  Poo-yet-ta,  a  native  who  had  gone  on 
with  Hall  from  his  last  encampment  to  this  island,  now  said  that  the 
remains  were  not  buried  when  he  first  saw  them,  but  were  found  lying 
down  all  close  together,  each  fully  dressed  and  unmufilated.     In  the 


'  -S'^»'fTf^"'Tvy9iT*:*':".'--: 


'^■.V7.-.  y"    .  .  /TT 


nay,  186B.I      The  Remains  of  one  of  Franliin^s  Men  Foiiud  hi/  Hall.      401 

pockets  of  one  of  the  men  a  jack-knife  had  been  found,  and  alonjrside 
of  the  remains,  cans  with  meat  in  tliem  which  was  eaten  by  the 
Innuits. 

The  next  day  Hall  crossed  over  to  the  mainland  to  find,  if  possi- 
ble, the  place  where  two  more  of  Franklin's  men  were  said  to  iiave 
been  buried.  Arriving-  near  the  mouth  of  Peifer  Kivor,  the  natives 
built  for  him  a  snow-wall  to  keep  off  the  wind  and  driving  snow,  that 
he  mig-lit  take  some  sextant  angles.  But  the  sun  appeared  for  a  mo- 
ment only,  and  but  once. 

Late  in  the  afternoon  two  of  his  attendants,  after  much  labor,  gave 
him  signs  of  success  in  digging  through  the  snow  for  bodies,  and  on 
hastening  up  to  them  he  found  one  unburied  skeleton.  (Jver  these 
remains  an  American  flag  was  raised  half-mast,  and  a  mornimont  of 
stones  built  up  near  by  to  the  height  of  five  feet.  A  salute  was  also 
fired  in  honor  of  these  remains  as  to  those  which  Hall  believed  w(M"(i 
the  form  of  one  "of  the  heroes  who  had  solved  the  problem  of  the 
Northwest  Passage."  The  gale  above  and  the  hardness  and  depth  of  the 
snow  under  foot  debaiTed  further  search.    (See  the  close  of  this  cha  j)ter.) 

Returning  from  this  examination  of  the  coast  of  King  Willinm's 
Land,  Hall  made  a  second  search  on  a  point  of  the  same  southern 
shore,  but  farther  eastward;  for,  after  close  questioning  the  natives 
Poo-yct-ta,  In-nool-poo-zhee-jook,  and  Tuk-pee-too  a  third  native  met  with 
at  his  last  encamp'  nt,  he  believed  he  might  find  the  reniains  of  still 
another  of  Franklin's  men.  After  ti'aveling  about  a  half  hour,  the 
party  halted  on  a  long  low  spit,  called  by  the  natives  Kung-e-ark-le- 
ar-u,  on  which  the  men  last  named  "knew  that  a  white  man  had  been 
buried"  This,  however,  was  chiefly  from  the  accounts  which  they 
had  had  from  their  people  ;  only  one  of  these  had  ever  seen  the  grave. 


I  til 


\\ 


I 


r 


m 


14 


8.  Ex.  27- 


-20 


\ ,  ,.T    ?i'^  "■  ■."7'».-"  ;-;-**■■», —^.-=^ 


"  rX^r)T^-.yT^~  "'f^'^i^T,'^ 


402 


A  Monument  Erected  to  the  Dead. 


[nmr,  I860. 


The  spot  was  pointed  out,  but  the  snow  covered  all  from  view.  A 
monument  was  erected,  and  its  bearings  from  Kee-u-na  carefully 
noted. 

Going  back  to  the  thirtieth  encampment,  and  renewing  his  inqui- 
ries of  Tuk-pee-too  and  his  wife,  E-vee-shuk,  he  was  led  by  these  two  to 
a  place  on  the  southeastern  end  of  the  island,  some  twenty  fathoms 
from  the  shore,  where  the  wife  had  seen  some  of  the  skeleton  bones  of 
the  five  men  who  had  died  there.  Of  the  identity  of  the  place  and  of 
her  having  seen  skeletons  upon  it  she  was  very  certain.  Hall,  there- 
fore, erected  a  third  monument  and  fired  a  salute  in  memory  of  the 
dead  there. 

The  remains  which  have  now  been  spoken  of  as  found  by  Hall, 
or  as  honored  by  his  "humble  tributes"  at  the  places  of  their  burial, 
were  all  which  his  opportunity  possibly  afforded  him  time  to  search 
for  and  honor.  He  felt  confident,  during  his  stay  with  these  natives, 
that,  from  a  number  of  conversations  and  close  inquii'ies  (using  in 
these  McClintock's,  the  Admiralty's,  and  Dr.  Rae's  charts  for  the 
identifications  of  the  places  named),  he  could  now  account  for  proba- 
bly 79  of  the  105  men  of  Crozier's  party  from  the  abandoned  ships. 
Their  remains  had  whitened  at  or  near  King  William's  Land,  and  had, 
in  some  cases  at  least,  been  grossly  mutilated  by  dogs.  The  sub- 
stanc3  of  some  conversations  with  the  natives  of  this  region  which  led 
him  to  make  this  estimate  of  the  number  of  the  perished  who  can  be 
accounted  for  is  as  follows : 

The  journal  of  May  5  says  :  "  This  evening  quite  late  (for  it  was 
quite  dark  in  our  irjloo  before  the  fire-lamps  were  coaxed  ablaze),  In- 
nook-poo-shee-jook,  Tec-ka-ta,  Ow-wcrk,  and  some  other  Innuits  of  the 
place  are  present.     I  will  now  try  and  see  if  I  can  approximate  the 


tji.^'— .1--,.  ^j-j.,i:^ 


'y""T\''i2""'»"f 


Mar,  ise9.i      The  Number  of  Men  Found  in  the  Second  Boat.  403 

number  of  men  in  Sir  John  Franklin's  Expedition  that  we  now  know 
from  Innuit  and  other  sources  to  have  died  shortly  after  Crozier  (Ag- 
loo-Jca)  was  seen  by  the  four  Innuits  before  referred  to.  In-nook-poo- 
shee-jook  and  the  others  agi'eed  to  make  trial  in  giving  the  number, 
though  they  say  it  is  impossible  to  be  precise ;  they  were  *  very  many.' 
ITe  now  gets  his  five  men  to  hold  out  their  fingers  and  thumbs  to  rep- 
resent the  number  of  men  found  in  that  boat." 

These  represent. 50 

There  were  two  skulls  in  the  boat  the  white  man  (McClintock)  had  fount! 

before  In-noolc-poo-zhee-joolc  found  it 2 

And  five  he  found  outside 5 

Not  far  from  that  bl)at  he  found  another  with  three  skulls  in  it  and  four  out- 
side   7 

On  Todd's  Island,  buried 5 

On  south  shore  King  William's  Land 2 

If  the  mimber  within  and  without  the  big  tent  be  called .'JO 

And  we  take  into  the  account  the  large  man  with  long  teeth  found  aboard 

the  ship •. 1 

And  the  four  men  whose  tracks  were  seen  on  the  mainland  near  Wilmot  and 

Crampton  Bay t 

We  have 10(J 

Deduct  two  in  the  boat  first  found  by  McClintock 2 

Deduct  half  the  number  probably  overstated  in  the  boat,  west  of  Point 
Itichardsou 25 

Reasonably  accounted  for 7!) 

The  Innuits  were  quite  sure  that  tlio  boat  found  at  tli(>  west  of 
Point  Richardson  was  the  same  one  that  Ag-fjloo-ka' s  party  had  when 
tlioy  met  the  four  Innuit  families  just  above  Point  Herschel. 
The  notes  of  the  day  previous  are: 

Evening  interview  with  Wc-lcepccrea,  a  Ni'it(!liillo  Innuit,  who,  with  his 
family,  removed  to  this  village  to-day.  Attvr  the  ntnvly  arrived  i)arty  had  com- 
pleted their  igloos  and  got  them  to  rights,  I  proceeded  to  make  a  call,  taking  Jack 


M 
til 

k 

m 

^: 


i 


\ 


r, 


$ 

I' 

m 

1} 
It 

IP 


'11 5' 


I 

I;'  & 

p 

»'!3!. 

m 


m 


■■rv',  ^—r  -'T'' 


404 


The  Natives  who  Visited  FranMin\s  Ship 


[innjr,  1809. 


■i^ 


along  with  me.  My  particular  object  was  to  see  a  glass  bottle  or  Jar,  which 
In-wmhpoo-zheejoolc  had  told  me  once  belonged  to  A</-/oo-trt's(Ciozier's)com]»any, 
and  now  possessed  by  one  of  the  families  that  arrived  to-day.  Our  lirst  call  was 
on  the  old  man  and  his  family.  They  had  i)art  of  a  fde  1\  inch  wide  and  2^  or  3 
inches  long,  round  on  one  side  and  flat  on  the  other;  this  was  sharpened  on  one 
end  for  use  as  a  cold  chisel  or  an  adze.  Eh-1cee-peerea  had  lived  at  Ook-joo-Uk 
(O'Ueilly  Island),  and  had  heard  the  natives  there  tell  about  the  ship  that  came 
to  their  <!ountry.  The  ship  had  four  boats  hanging  at  the  sides  and  another  was 
above  the  (piarter-deck.  The  ice  about  the  ship  one  winter's  make;  all  a  smooth 
floe.     A  i>Iank  was  found  extended  from  the  ship's  side  down  to  the  ice. 

Gathering  into  an  i(jloo  my  interpreters  Joe  and  Jack  with  Initook-poozhee- 
jooJi,  and  putting  before  the  last-named  native  jMc(JIintock's  chart,  he  readily 
pointed  out  the  place  where  the  Franklin  ship  sank.  It  was  very  near  O'Keilly 
Island,  a  little  eastward  of  -the  north  end  of  said  island,  between  it  and  Wilmot 
and  Cramptou  Uay.  A  native  of  the  island  lirst  saw  the  ship  when  sealing;  it 
was  far  otf*  seaward,  beset  in  the  ice.  lie  concluded  to  make  his  way  to  it,  though 
at  flrst  he  felt  afraid;  got  aboard,  but  saw  uo  one,  although  from  every  ai)pear- 
auce  somebody  had  been  living  there.  At  last  he  ventured  to  steal  a  knife,  and 
made  oil'  as  fast  as  he  could  to  his  home;  but  on  showing  the  Innuits  what  he 
had  stolen  the  men  of  the  place  all  started  ott"  to  the  ship.  The  party  on  getting 
aboard  tried  to  lind  out  if  anyone  was  there,  and  not  seeing  or  hearing  any  one, 
began  ransacking  the  ship.  To  get  into  the  igloo  (cabin),  they  knocked  a  hole 
through  because  it  was  locked.  They  found  there  a  dead  man,  whose  body  was 
very  large  and  heavy,  his  teeth  very  long.  It  took  five  men  to  lift  this  giant 
kob-lu-na.  He  was  left  where  they  found  him.  One  place  in  the  ship,  where  a 
great  many  things  were  found,  was  very  dark;  they  had  to  find  things  there  by 
feeling  around.  Gu  '^  wt^re  there  and  a  great  many  very  good  buckets  and  boxes. 
On  my  asking  if  tne.>  saw  anything  to  eat  on  board,  the  rei)ly  was  there  was 
meat  and  toodnoo  in  cans,  the  meat  fat  and  like  i)emmican.  The  sails,  rigging, 
and  boats — everything  alxmt  the  ship — was  in  complete  order. 

From  time  to  time  the  Neitchilles  went  to  get  out  of  her  whatever  they  coxdd; 
they  iiuide  their  plunder  into  piles  on  board,  intending  to  sledge  it  to  their  itfloos 
some  time  after;  but  on  going  again  they  found  her  sunk,  except  the  toj)  of  the 
masts.  They  said  they  had  made  a  hole  in  her  bottom  by  getting  out  one  of  her 
timbers  or  planks.  The  ship  was  afterward  much  broken  up  by  the  ice,  and  then 
masts,  timbers,  boxes,  casks,  &c.,  drifted  on  shore.  A  little  while  after  this  fresh 
tracks  were  seen  of  four  men  and  a  dog  on  the  land  where  the  ship  was.    In-nook- 


f:fKii,wtwmwMi' 


May,  1809.1      The  Tent  and  Boat  Found  by  In-nooh-poo-zhee-jook.       405 


i  l\ 


poo-zhee-jook,  who  had  seen  Koss  and  hi.s  party  on  tlio  Viclory  an<l  I?ao  in  1854, 
knew  these  tracks  +o  be  koh-lu-nait';  the  foot-inarks  were  ]<yu}x,  narrow  in  tiu!  mid- 
dle, and  the  prints  like  as  if  of  the  boots  found  in  the  two  boats  found  on  King 
William's  Land.  One  man,  from  his  runninj;'  stci)s,  was  a  veiy  jiieati runner — very 
long  steps.  The  natives  tracked  the  men  a  long  distance,  and  found  where  they 
had  killed  and  eaten  a  young  deer. 

Another  native  .at  this  interview  told  nearly  the  same  stoiy  of  the  shij*  and 
of  the  man  found  on  board,  adding  that  he  was  found  dead  ou  the  Hoor,  liis 
clothes  all  on ;  that  the  ship  was  covered  all  over  with  sails  or  lent  stulV.  The 
cabin  was  «lown  below  and  not  on  deck.  The  time  was  about  tlu!  middle  of  ]\Iay 
or  tirst  of  June. 

In-nook-j)oo-zhee-jooli  said  that  he  had  found  a  boat  (a  little  way  westward  of 
the  one  found  by  Hobson),  the  planks,  ribs,  and  all  complete,  and  copper  fastened. 
In  the  boat  were  a  great  many  skeletons,  the  skulls  with  them.  He  gaxc  me  a 
double-bladed  knife,  with  a  white  bone  handh',  very  rusty.  It  <;rtme  from  tills 
boat.  The  boat  had  not  been  touched,  and  a  great  many  pajjcrs  and  books  and 
written  stuff  were  in  it.  [These  are  all  trash  to  the  Iniuiits;  tlie  winds  and  tlu^ 
weather  had  made  destructive  work  with  them.  Tlie  Innuits  would  trample 
them  under  feet  as  if  grass.] 

A  tent  was  near  this  boat;  it  was  on  the  top  of  some  rising  ground  on  a 
small  sandy  liill.  The  place,  as  pidnted  out  on  the  chart,  was  near  (he  bottom  of 
Terror  Bay,  a  little  way  northerly  of  the  point  adjacent  to  Fit/,  dames  Inlet.  Tii<^ 
tent  was  large,  and  made  with  a  ridge-pole  resting  on  a  perpendi(!ular  ixde  al 
either  end;  small  ropes  extended  from  top  of  the  tent  at  each  end  to  the  ground, 
where  the  rope-ends  were  fast  to  sticks  driven  into  the  ground. 

Three  men,  one  of  whom  was  Tec-kce-ta,  tirst  saw  the  tent.  It  had  in  it 
blankets  and  bedding,  a  great  many  skeleton  bones  and  skidls,  the  flesh  all  oft'; 
notliing  except  sinews  attached  to  them;  the  appearance  as  though  foxes  and 
wolves  had  gnawed  the  llesh;  some  bones  had  been  sawed  with  a  saw;  some 
skidls  had  holes  in  them.  Besides  the  blankets,  wen^  tin  cu])s,  spoons,  forks, 
knives,  two  double-barrel  guns,  pistols,  lead  balls,  a  great  many  ixnvder-llasks, 
and  both  books  and  papers  written  upon.  As  these  last  were  good  lor  nothing 
for  Innuits,  the  men  threw  them  away,  except  one  book,  which  Tee-kata  brought 
home  and  gave  to  the  children;  after  a  while  it  got  torn  to  i)ieces. 

Oil  asking-  Tee-kee-tu  whether  Afj-loo-ka  (Crozier)  had  a  telescope 
about  him  when  he  visited  one  of  the  tents  of  the  Innuits,  he  repHed : 


iH 
I1|. 


i'!  !■ 


:;i: 


::  iS- 


i:  fs 


18 

"ii: 
■1! 


ii 


■wf^wuuiUi  I  n  nifwi'"  lup*  ■  V'V''' 


mtiwrniM-'ifm-w^" 


If 


i 


406  Ag-loo-hCs  {Crazier)   Visit  to  the  Innuits — 1848.      [iw»y,  i869. 

"  The  first  time  Ag-loo-ka  came  Jie  did  not  come  inside ;  next  morning 
lie  entered  one  of  the  tents  of  the  four  families  who  were  there  en- 
camped by  the  west  shore  of  King  William's  Land,  a  little  way  above 
Cape  Herschel  (as  pointed  out  on  the  chart).  His  telescope  was 
hung  about  his  neck.  Ag-loo-ka  and  his  men  had  come  along,  the  men 
dragging  a  large  sledge  laden  with  a  boat  and  a  smaller  sledge  with 
camp  material  and  provision.  Close  by  the  Innuits  they  erected  a 
tent ;  some  of  the  men  slept  in  the  boat,  which  was  left  on  the  sea-ice 
all  the  snow  being  off  the  land.  On  Ag-loo-ka' s  first  meeting  with  the 
Innuits  he  had  a  gun  in  his  hand ;  on  seeing  him  lay  it  down,  the  In- 
nuits laid  down  their  spears.  Then  Crozier  walked  up  and  said,  "  Tij- 
mo?"  ^^ Man-ik-too-meef"  at  the  same  time  brushing  his  hand  down 
their  breasts  and  shaking  hands,  Koh-lu-na-way.  The  time  was  late 
in  the  spring — July,  Joe  and  Hannah  said  it  must  have  been,  for  the 
sea-ice  was  nearly  ready  to  break  up;  the  sun  was  in  sight  all  the  time ; 
ducks,  now-yers,  &c.,  all  in  abundance  in  the  pools  and  lakes.  Tee- 
kee-ta  saw  Ag-loo-ka  kill  two  geese,  and  his  men  were  busy  shooting. 
Ag-loo-ka  tried  very  hard  to  talk  to  the  Innuits,  but  did  not  say  much 
to  them.  He  had  a  little  book  as  he  sat  in  Ow-er^s  tent  and  wrote  notes. 
The  full  meaning  of  what  he  said  about  the  ice  destroying  the  ship 
and  his  men  dying  was  afterward  understood.  He  ate  a  piece  of  seal 
raw,  about  as  big  as  the  fore  and  next  fingers  to  the  first  joint.  He 
wore  no  sword.  He  then  said  he  was  going  to  Iwillik  (Repulse  Bay), 
making  motions  with  his  hands  in  that  direction.  One  of  his  men  was 
very  fat,  the  others  all  poor ;  one  man  with  one  of  his  upper  teeth 
gone,  and  one  with  marks  on  the  saddle  of  his  nose,  and  one  man 
squinted,  or  cross-eyed.  The  Innuits  left  them  although  supposing 
that  they  were  abandoning  starved  men. 


.-^.■.'.■■-■Attt-ii 


^.a-l—C^Jl-ULiiVj.'ii.-f.i.V*! 


■,;i^-u-.^'r:^--itn(:.i-v;'ir^-'^^:-^^fa.'-. 


may,  1869.1 


Ilall  Compelled  to  Return. 


407 


Hall  reproved  these  men  sharply  for  leaving  Crozier.  Does  it 
not,  however,  seem  probable  that  these  few  natives  feared  that  Crozier's 
large  party  would  starve  them  out. 

The  final  Return  Journey  was  now  begun.  The  natives  who  hud 
gone  over  with  him  to  the  islands  were  as  anxious  to  get  back  imme- 
diately to  their  people  as  had  been  Ou-e-la,  and  even  his  own  two 
friends,  Ebierbing  and  Too-koo-li-too,  to  be  safe  at  Repulse  Bay. 
Hall,  therefore,  was  forced  to  give  up  a  journey  which  he  had  con- 
templated at  least  as  far  as  Terror  Bay,  on  the  west  side  of  King 
William's  Land.  It  was  the  place  where  "  the  tent  was  once  found, 
the  floor  of  which  was  completely  covered  with  the  remains  of  white 
men."  But  it  was  now  urged  upon  him  that  it  would  be  time  spent  in 
vain  even  to  cross  over  to  Point  Richardson  to  seek  the  place  of  the 
boat  found  by  the  Innuits  soon  after  Ag-loo-ka^s  party  were  seen  just 
above  Cape  Herschel,  for  the  land  there  was  so  low  and  so  deeply 
covered  with  snow  it  would  be  impossible  to  tell  sea  from  land ; 
Nu-ker-zlioo  (Jack)  said  that  unless  they  started  back  to  Repulse 
Bay  within  four  days,  the  snow  and  ice  would  be  ofi"  the  sea  of 
Ak-koo-lee  and  they  would  have  very  great  trouble. 

On  the  16th,  Hall  had  returned  to  his  twenty-seventh  encampment 
of  the  outward  journey,  where  ho  had  left  nearly  all  the  party  who  had 
come  out  with  him  from  Repulse  Bay.  All  the  way  back  ho  was  regret- 
ting that  he  could  not  search  for  a  cairn  of  which  his  guide  had  been 
talking  at  his  side  on  the  sledge.  He  was  sorry  on  his  arrival  to  find 
that  the  natives  with  whom  he  had  first  met  at  this  encampment  were 
absent  sealing ;  Too-koo-li-too,  however,  had  rejoiced  at  tlieir  going,  us 
they  had  become  on  Hall's  departure  bold  and  threatening.     A  family  of 


11  'r 

III 


)■  < ; 


■  ill 


\< 


\\ 


'II 


1 1 

i^^r 


i 


(■ 


fc  . 


I 

I 
I 
I 


t 


"T^-T^-'"-'TV-'--TFf^^*rp-'T^^-;f^T»^^nrTT"r^ 


ilf*J^H*»|  «•■ 


408 


Relics  at  £nf/lis  Jiaif. 


[liar,  1800. 


OOKOO-Sl'K— I.VNUIT   STONK    POT. 


four,  wlii(rli  was  to  include  lu-nook-imn-zhee-jook,  had  settled  a  barj^ain 
with  Eck-choo-ar-choo  (Jerry)  lor  a,  return  to  Kepul.se  Bay.  Hall's 
provision  stores  had  been  us(d,  as  old)'  four  seals  were  eau<:;ht ;  hut 
enouj^h  remained  for  a  liopei'ul  supply  until  on  the  homeward  jour- 
ney the    hmus   would  be   resumed.     The  loads   on  the  sleds  would 

bo  increased  by  the 
P  family  which  would 
gOj  and  additionally 
by  the  relics  Hall 
would  take,  to  which 
he  found  would  bo 
added  sueli  articles  as  a  stone  lamp  and  stone  pots  and  kettles,  bar- 
gained for  by  each  of  the  women  to  take  home.  He  wonders  whether 
some  one  would  not  have  purchased  a  dead  elephant  to  take  along  if 
it  had  been  the  country  of  elepluints. 

One  of  the  native  women  of  the  ifjho  village  had  given  birth  to  a 
large,  healthy  babe,  which  the  mother,  on  finding  that  it  was  not  a 
male,  had  destroyed  by  throwing  it  away. 

Still  holding  back  his  men.  Hall  now  went  off  with  the  same  two 
companions  that  had  gone  over  to  Todd's  Island,  determined  to  learn 
more  of  the  dead  men,  and  especially  to  find  the  natives  who  last  saw 
Crozier  and  his  party.  Arriving  at  the  place  on  Inglis  Bay  where, 
on  his  journey  out,  he  had  made  a  deposit,  he  again  found  relics  in 
abundance,  among  which  were  a  piece  of  a  mast  14^  feet  in  length,  and 
oak  and  pine  blocks,  besides  a  part  of  a  boat;  these  he  placed  upon 
the  sledge.  In  long  talks  with  the  natives  he  learned  interesting  news 
of  their  last  meeting  with  A(/-Ioo-ka,  the  substance  of  which,  further 
noted  in  full  in  his  little  journals,  will  be  found  at  the  close  of  this 


■\  IT 


nmr,  I  He9.) 


Writinff  on  the  Sled. 


409 


chapter,  wlieie  his  own  summing  up  of  the  results  of  this  journey  is 
quoted.  Tiie  flying  trips  mtido  for  these  hist-named  talks  cost  him  more 
than  fifty  miles  of  travel.  When  the  sun  on  the  18th  was  14°  HO' 
high  he  wrote  once  more  in  his  igloo:  "I  find  on  my  return  all  the 
rest  still  in  bed ;  we  now  have  coffee,  pemmican,  and  bread ;  come, 
balmy  sleep ! " 

On  the  20th,  the  Return  from  this  point  to  Repulse  Bay  began.  The 
party  now  consisted  of  fifteen  persons  and  the  team  of  eighteen  dogs, 
Ou-e-la!s  having  come  back  to  them  after  a  stray,  on  which  it  had  eaten 
the  murdered  babe ;  for  this  act  it  was  not  permitted  by  the  natives  for 
some  days  to  do  any  work.     In-nook-poo-zhee-jook^s  tested  ability  as 

A  PAGE  FROM  ONE  OF  TIIK  FIFTY-EIGHT  NOTE-BOOKS  OF  THIS  JOUKNEY; — WIUTTEN  ON  THE  SLED. 


\B 


\W 


II    ' 


lit. 


m 


u 


ma»tgHray;;uyg!ijaaBaaagg-; 


wj^w.^  -v^T'TTr^Wfl  ■'?»"'■'»• 


410 


JIall  Ayidn  Sick. 


(Jiiae,  IH69. 


j^uido  dftoniiinod  Ilall  to  koep  no  8j)L*ciul  account  of  courHos,  but  to 
UHO  carefully  tlio  opportunity  of  gottinjf  from  him  and  his  driver,  JV^m- 
ker-zhno  all  further  inforajation  poH8il)lo  as  they  rode  alonj*-.  The  page 
hero  reproduced  from  the  note-book  of  the  day  shows  how  Hall  set 
down,  even  when  on  the  rough  sleds,  wluit  he  thus  industriously 
elicited  from  his  Innuit  acquaintances.  The  last  two  lines  of  the  page 
are  an  indication  of  frequent  experiences. 


The  sled,  though  heavily  laden,  was  so  well  iced  by  In-noo-pon- 
zhee-jook  that  for  some  distance  it  ran  easily  over  the  soft  snow.  The 
thermometer  read  28°.  By  the  28th  of  the  month,  the  nineteenth  en- 
campment of  the  outward  journey  was  again  visited,  and  its  cache, 
made  April  17,  was  opened;  Brevoort  sled,  loft  at  this  point,  was  now 
also  taken  up.  The  Polly  Bay  natives  were  found  to  be  thriving  on 
their  recent  hunts  A  day's  talk  was  again  held  with  them  on  the  sub- 
ject always  uppermost  in  Hall's  mind. 

Juno  3,  Hall  rested  near  Dr.  Rao's  McTavish  Hill,  the  party  hav- 
ing had  the  comfort  of  feasting  again  on 
fresh  deer-meat  in  place  of  their  long-used 
pemmican,  and  the  discomforts  of  sleep- 
ing in  a  roofless  hut,  and  of  seeing  when 
they  arose,  the  heavens  thick  and  gloomy, 
the  snow  falling,  and  a  wolf  prowling 
near  them.  Hall  was  beginning  to  pass 
through  a  severe  sickness  of  some  days, 
which  made  him  abandon  a  purpose  to 
direct  his  course  to  Point  Sioveright,  fur- 
ther to  the  north,  on  the  sea  of  Ak-koo-lee, 


BELT  AND  TAULIOT-COVKHS   KOU  THE 
NOTES. 


Tffr^ 


June,  IhttO. 


Return  to  Cape  Weynton. 


411 


I' 


to  inspect  u  nionuniciit  of  which  Ou-e-la  luvd  more  than  onco  spokon 
us  hsiviiif^  boon  built  by  wliito  nion  sinco  Dr.  Rao's  visit  of  1854,  Of 
liis  sudden  and  serious  attack,  ho  afterward  wrote :  "  It  seems  all  as 
a  dream.  I  found  myself  on  a  deer-skin  within  the  roofless  circle 
snow-wall  of  our  Jiom-tnant/,  surrounded  by  my  attentive  men,  all  wear- 
m^  an  anxious  look,  until  a  largo  dose  of  the  essence  of  peppermint 
restored  mo  at  a  time  when  I  had  thought  the  very  life  was  fast 
ebbing."  This,  it  may  be  added,  was  not  his  only  experience  on 
this  ex[)odition  of  a  sudden  and  unaccountable  illness :  premonitions 
of  the  sudden  and  final  attack  of  1871. 

Just  before  reaching  Cape  Weynton,  Pa-pa  shot  a  "mother-deer," 
which  fled,  leaving  the  fawn  to  have  its  life  "footed  out";  the  Innuit 
pressing  down  one  foot  heavily  over  the  young  heart.  At  the  Cape,  a 
cache  of  presents  was  left  for  See-piwg-er,  in  return  for  his  help  in  lay- 
ing up  blubber  and  meat  during  the  winter  of  1807-68;  and  then 
Hall  bade  a  final  farewell  to  the  point  which  now  he  had  three  times 
visited. 

From  this  date  the  chief  remaining  items  of  interest  which  are 
noted  in  the  jottings  on  this  sledge  travel  through  the  warm  month  of 
June  are  to  be  found  in  the  repeated  and  successful  hunts  of  the 
musk-ox.  From  the  6th  until  the  13th  of  the  month  slow  advances 
were  made,  for  it  was  but  hunt  after  hunt.  As  many  as  fifty  musk- 
cattle  were  at  one  time  seen  in  bands  on  the  hill-sides.  In  one 
battle  twenty-one  were  slain,  Hall  killing  three  with  two  balls,  which 
were  found  lodged  in  the  third,  and  Hannah  herself  killing  four  young 
ones.  Hall  wrote :  "  My  tvork  has  been  severe  and  protracted,  and  I 
need  relaxation :  therefore,  I  go  in  for  the  hunt."  Nor  could  he  have 
restrained  his  Eskimo  party,  if  he  had  desired  it,  for  the  cry  of  "Oo- 


\¥ 


:,  ( ■,  i 

r  ill. 


:1' 


U  i 


tM- 


■ii 


fmmmmMm^, 


M' 


412 


Provisions  Abundant. 


[June,  1800. 


miv(j-mim(j^^  alwaj^s  unfitted  them  for  anything-  else  than   the  chase, 

even  wlion  tliey  knew  it  would  not  be  necessary. 

Game  was  thrown  right  in  their  path. 
I'he  country  all  the  wayfrom  King  William's 
Land  was  full  of  it;  and  as  Hall  wrote 
these  \.ords,  and  remembered  that  much 
small  game — as  geese,  partridges,  and  mar- 

„„,,,  mots — had  also  been  seen  before  reaching 

HOIiMS  OF  A  MUSK-OX  SHOT  BY  HALL,  O 

JUNE  8, 1869.  Cape  Weynton,  he  added :  "0,  that  I  could 

have  met  Crozier  and  his  party  twenty-one  years  ago  with  the  facili 
ties  I  have  had  on  this  jou»-ne}'.     I  am  sure  I  could  have  saved  the 

whole  compan3^  1  say  it  with 
no  egotistical  feeling,  but  with  a 
confidence  of  what  I  know  of 
the  country."  The  proof  of 
what  he  thus  says  of  his  own 
'*  facilities  " — i.  e.,  the  friendli- 
ness* and  aid  of  the  natives  as 
interpreters,  guides,  and  hunt- 
ers— was  afterward  found  in  the 
summing  up  of  the  prizes  se- 
cured on  this  trip ;  for  when  he 
arrived  at  his  old  encampment 
on    Repulse  Bay,   the  footings 


LADLB     MADE    FKOM     THE     HORN   OF    A    MUSK-OX    BY 
NEITC'IIU.l.E   NATIVES. 

(Presented  to  Ilall  a.s  to  au  aii-oe-ko  by  a'l  Innuit 
niotlior  as  i)ay  for  curing  her  sick  eliiid.) 


*But,  ns  Las  been  already  noted,  he  liad,  some  time  before  this  date,  discovered  i'roni  the 
confession  of  the  Neitchille  men  tliat  their  friendliness  to  Crozier  had  soon  exhausted  itself.  They 
had  let  him  and  his  party  starve.  Hall  had  sharply  rebuked  their  selfishness,  and  his  last  hope  of 
Croziej  living  any  length  of  time  after  his  starting  from  the  shii)s  had  died  out.  But  it  must  be 
remembtavd  that  the  few  Innnits  who  found  Crozier  may  have  been  alarmed  lest  the  number  of 
the  white  men  would  exhaust,  their  own  scanty  supplies.  Self-preservation  may  have  caused 
their  slipping  off  iii  the  night. 


June,  I8«». 


The  Mmk-Ox  Hunt. 


413 


HOUXS    Ol'    A    DKKIi     SHOT    1!Y    HAM., 

181i!P. 


read:  "Musk-cattle  killed,  79;  deer,  1  ."  The  skins  of  the  musk- 
cattle  weijyhed  873  pounds.  The  weights  in  g-ross  of  the  two  sledges 
from  the  date  of  May  28,  including  the  weight  of  provisions,  lieaAy 
boxes  of  Franklin  relics,  the  nuisk-ox  meat 
and  skins,  and  the  passengers  who  rode, 
had  sometimes  exceeded  300  pounds  for 
each  dog  of  the  team. 

The  striking  jjoints  of  the  most  suc- 
cessful of  the  musk-ox  hunts  are  illustra- 
tive of  Innuit  customs  and  of  the  habits  of 
the  ox  when  attacked.  The  fight  was  at 
the  i)lace  marked  on  the  map  of  this  chapter  as  iMicampment  No. 
44,  where  two  bands  w^ere  successively  seen.  When  the  first  of  these 
was  surrounded,  as  soon  as  they  perceived  that  the  dogs  were  slipped, 
they  formed  into  their  usual  one  circle  of  defense,  "a  nnisk-bull 
battery  of  nine  solid  battering  heads  and  twice  the  number  of  sharp- 
ened horns."  The  dogs  were  quickly  at  these  heads,  barking  and 
jumping  back  and  forward,  while  the  hunters  made  no  haste  to  ad- 
vance, for  they  knew  that  the  bulls  would  stand  their  ground  all  day 
if  no  other  enemies  came. 

"After  a  few  minutes'  watch  of  the  movements  of  dog  versus  bull 
and  bull  versus  dog,"  the  old  hunter,  In-nook-poo-zhee-jool;  went  forward 
to  within  twelve  feet  of  a  large  bull,  carrying  a  lance  wiiich  had  a  line 
attached  bv  which  he  could  draw  it  back;  but  at  his  second  throw, 
the  wounded  and  infuriated  bull  made  a  fearful  forward  ))lunge,  from 
the  effects  of  which  the  banter  and  his  companions  esca  onlv  1)V  a 
very  thnely  jump  to  the  left  The  bull  was  soon  again  brought  to 
bay.     Oa-e-la  then  pulled  trigger  on  another  "noble  bull  of  the  circle 


% 


t 
]|!' 


M     \. 


•\     ! 


■'f't      \ 


.'■>^ 


™^  :'T'' ■    ^v^^-"; 


W^^fT^'TW-  . 


414 


The  Musk-Ox  Hunt. 


[June,  1S60. 


!■ 


of  dofense,  and  Pa-pa  shot  the  one  which  had  been  lanced,  wlion  at 
the  noise  of  these  guns  tlie  whole  circle  bolted  away  except  two,  who 
stood  their  ground  side  by  side  long  after  the  whole  fight  was  ended, 


and  even  when  the  dogs  were  driven  away  from  them  and  stones  had 
been  thrown.  Instead  of  moving,  each  of  these  two  kept  throwing 
his  massive  head  down  between  his  fore  feet,  rubbing  the  tip  of  each 


A 


ilnne,  1869.J 


Letter  to  Mr.  Grinnell. 


415 


horn  against  the  fore  leg  as  one  would  rub  a  razor  on  a  strop.  This 
is  the  animal's  habit  unless  he  finds  himself,  when  attacked,  near  some 
large  stone  which  he  may  use  for  the  same  purpose  of  sharpening  his 
horns.  I'ho  work  of  death  upon  the  others  of  this  band  and  upon  the 
second  band,  was  completed  by  the  rest  of  Hall's  men  with  guns, 
speais,  and  the  bow. 

On  the  20th  of  June,  1869,  this  three  months' journey  was  ended 
by  Hall's  arrival  at  his  old  quarters.  After  a  friendly  talk  with  tlie 
natives  of  the  bay  on  whose  shores  he  and  his  j)arty  were  again 
safely  quartered,  he  promptly  wrote  out  for  his  friend  Mr.  Grinnell  a 
letter  which  might  reach  the  United  States  before  he  himself  could 
retiu'n.  It  so  fully  states  the  facts  of  this  weary  but  most  important 
of  his  journeys,  that  its  proper  place  seems  to  be  at  this  point  of  the 

history. 

Letter  from  Vapt.  C.  F.  Hall  to  Mr.  Uenry  Grinnell. 

Repulse  Day,  June  20, 18G9. 

Dear  Sir:  This  tlay  I  bavo  returned  from  a  sleds'o  jonrney  of  ninety  days 
to  and  from  King  William's  Land.  It  was  my  puriiose  (and  every  preparation  was 
made)  to  make  tliis  journey  last  season ;  but  my  attention  then  having  been  called 
to  Mellvillc  Peninsula,  in  the  vicinity  of  Fnry  and  Hecla  Straits,  where  native 
report  had  it  that  white  men  had  been  seen,  I  directed  my  expedition  there  by 
way  Am-itoke,  the  Oo-glit  Isles,  and  Ig-loo-lik,  with  the  ardent  hope  and  expecta- 
tion of  rescuing  alive  some  of  Sir  John  Franklin's  last  companions. 

The  residt  of  my  sledge  journey  to  King  William's  Laud  may  be  summed  up 
thus:  None  of  Sir  John  Franklin's  companions  ever  reached  or  died  on  IMontreal 
Island.  It  was  late  in  July,  1848,  that  Crozier  and  his  party  of  about  forty  or 
forty-five  passed  down  the  west  coast  of  King  William's  Land  in  the  vicinity  of 
(Jape  Ilerschel.  The  party  was  dragging  two  sledges  on  the  sea-ice,  which  was 
nearly  in  its  last  stage  of  dissolntion:  one  a  large  sledge  laden  with  an  awniug- 
covered  boat,  and  the  other  a  small  one  hide  i  with  provisions  and  cami)  mat<^ 
rial.  Just  before  Crozier  and  party  arrived  lit  Cape  Ilerschel,  they  were  met 
by  four  families  of  natives,  and  both  parties  w«int  into  camp  near  each  other. 


416 


Results  of  this  Journey 


[Jane,  1860. 


Two  Eskimo  men,  who  were  of  the  native  party,  giive  me  much  sad  but  ileoply 
interesting,  inf'onnation.  Some  of  it  stirred  my  heart  witli  sadness,  intermin- 
gled with  rage,  for  it  was  a  confession  that  tliey,  with  their  companions,  did 
secretly  and  hastily  abandon  Crozier  and  his  party  to  sufler  and  die  for  need 
of  fresh  ])n)visions,  when  in  truth  it  was  in  the  power  of  the  natives  to  save 
every  man  alive. 

The  next  trace  of  Crozier  and  his  party  is  to  be  found  in  the  skeleton  which 
IMcClintock  discovered  a  little  below,  to  the  southward  and  eastward  of  Cape 
Herschel;  this  was  never  found  by  the  natives.  The  next  trace  is  a  camping- 
pi.ice  on  the  sea-shore  of  King  William's  Land,  about  .,hree  miles  eastward  of 
ri'etl'or  lliver,  where  two  men  died  and  received  Christian  (?)  burial.  At  this 
l)lace  (ishboues  were  found  by  the  natives,  which  showed  them  that  Crozier  and 
his  party  had  caught  while  there  a  species  of  fish  excellent  for  food,  with  which 
the  sea  there  abounds.  The  next  trace  of  this  party  occurs  about  five  or  six 
miles  eastward,  on  a  long,  low  point  of  King  William's  Land,  where  one  man 
died  and  was  buried.  Then,  about  south-southeast  two  and  a  half  miles  further, 
\\w  next  trace  occurs  on  Todd's  Islet,  where  the  remains  of  five  men  lie.  The 
next  certain  trace  of  this  party  is  on  the  west  side  of  the  islet,  west  of  Point 
Iiicliardson,  on  some  low  laud  that  is  an  island  or  part  of  the  main  land,  as  the 
tide  may  be.  Here  the  awning-covered  boat  and  the  remains  of  about  thirty  or 
thirty-five  '^'"  <^>ozier's  party  were  found  by  the  native  Poo-yct-ta,  of  whom  Sir 
John  Ho-  given  a  description  in  the  account  of  his  voyage  in  the  Victory  in 

182y-'34. 

In  the  spring  of  1849,  a  large  tent  was  found  by  the  natives  whom  I 
saw,  the  floor  of  which  was  completely  covered  with  the  ren)ains  of  white  men. 
Close  by  were  two  graves.  This  tent  was  a  little  way  inland  from  the  head  of 
Terror  Bay.  In  the  spring  of  18G1,  when  the  snow  was  nearly  all  gone,  an  Eskimo 
party,  conducted  by  a  native  well  known  throughout  the  northern  regions,  found 
two  boats,  with  many  skeletons  in  and  about  them.  One  of  tliese  boats  had  been 
previously  found  by  McClintock ;  the  other  was  found  lying  from  a  quarter  to  a 
half  mile  distant,  and  must  have  been  completely  entombed  in  snow  at  the  time 
MeClintock's  parties  were  there,  or  they  most  assuredly  would  have  seen  it.  In 
and  about  this  boat,  beside  the  skeletons  alluded  to,  were  found  many  relics,  most 
of  them  similar  in  character  to  those  jMcCliutock  has  enumerated  as  having  been 
found  in  the  boat  he  discovered. 

I  tried  hard  to  accomplish  far  more  than  I  did,  but  not  one  of  the  comi)any 
would  on  any  account  whatever  consent  to  remain  with  me  in  that  country  and 


Jan«,  1800.1 


The  Unhmii'd  Bead 


417 


make  a  .suiuiner  search  over  that  ishiiul,  wlii<!h,  Iroiii  inforinatiou  I  had  gaiiitMl 
from  th(i  natives,  I  had  reason  to  snppose  would  be  rewarded  by  the  discovei-y  of 
the  wliolc  of  tlie  nmnuscript  records  that  had  been  accnniulated  in  that  great 
exi)edition,  and  had  been  deposited  in  a  vanlt  a  little  way  inland  or  eastward  of 
Cape  Victory.  Knowing  as  I  now  do  the  character  of  the  Eskimos  in  that  part  of 
the  country  in  which  King  William's  Land  is  situated,  I  cannot  wonder  at  nor 
blame  the  Repulse  Bay  natives  for  their  refusal  to  remain  there,  as  I  desired.  It 
is  quite  probable  that,  had  we  I'emained  there  as  I  wished,  no  one  of  us  would 
ever  have  got  out  of  the  country  alive.  How  could  we  expect,  if  we  got  into 
straitened  circumstances,  that  we  would  receive  better  trealment  from  the 
Eskimos  of  that  country  than  the  105  souls  who  were  under  the  command  of  the 
heroic  Crozier  some  time  after  landing  on  King  William's  Land?  Could  land 
my  party  with  reasonable  salbty  have  renmined  to  make  a  summer  search  on  King 
William's  Land,  it  is  not  only  probable  that  we  should  have  recovered  the  logs 
and  Journals  of  Sir  John  Franklin's  Expedition,  but  have  gathered  up  and  en- 
tombed the  remains  of  nearly  100  of  his  companions;  for  they  lie  about  the  jdaces 
when;  the  three  boats  have  even  found  and  at  the  hirge  camping-place  at  the 
head  of  Terror  Bay  and  the  three  other  places  that  1  have  already  mentioned. 
In  the  cove,  west  side  of  Point  Eichardson,  however,  nature  herself  has  opened 
her  bosom  and  given  sepulture  to  the  bones  of  the  immortal^heroes  who  died 
there.  Wherever  the  Eskimos  have  found  the  graves  of  Franklin's  comi>auions, 
they  have  dug  them  open  and  robbed  the  dead,  leaving  them  exposed  to  the  rav- 
ages of  wild  beasts.  On  Todd's  Island,  the  remains  of  five  men  were  not  buried; 
but,  after  the  savages  had  robbed  them  of  every  article  that  could  be  turned  to 
account  for  their  use,  their  dogs  were  allowed  to  finish  the  disgusting  work. 
The  native  who  conducted  my  native  party  in  its  search  over  King  William's 
Land  is  the  same  individual  who  gave  Dr.  Rae  the  first  informsition  about  white 
men  having  died  to  the  westward  of  where  he  (Dr.  Rae)  then  was  (Pelly  Bay)  in 
the  si)ring  of  1854.  His  name  is  lunook-poo-zhe-jool;  and  he  is  a  native  of  Xeit- 
(;hille,  a  very  great  traveler  and  very  intelligent.  He  is,  in  fact",  a  walking  Iils- 
tory  of  the  fate  of  Sir  John  Franklin's  Expedition.  This  native  1  met  when 
within  one  day's  sledge  jojirney  of  King  William's  Land — oft"  Point  Dryden ;  and, 
after  stopping  a  few  days  among  his  j)eople,  he  aiicompanied  me  to  the  jilaces 
I  visited  on  and  about  King  William's  Land. 

T  could  have  readily  gathered  great  (luantities — a  very  great  variety — of 
Relics  of  Sir  John  Franklin's  Expedition,  for  they  are  now  possessed  by  natives 
Jill  over  the  Arctic  Regions  that  1  visited  or  heard  of—from  Pond's  Bay  to  Macken- 

S.  Ex.  27 li7 


■r 


ti. 
It 


418         Franklin  lielks  Brought  from  Kiny  WiUlam'^s  Land,     [j-ue,  is«9. 


zie  liiver.  As  it  was,  I  liad  to  be  satisliod  witli  takiiiff  upon  our  sledges  about 
12")  pounds  total  weight  of  relics  from  natives  about  King  William's  Land.  Some 
of  these  I  will  enumerate: 

1.  A  portion  of  one  side  (several  planks  and  ribs  fast  together)  of  a  boat, 
clinker-built  and  copper-fastened.  This  part  of  a  boat  is  of  the  one  found  near 
the  boat  i'ound  by  McClintock's  party.  2.  A  small  oak  sledge-runner,  reduced 
from  the  sledge  on  which  the  boat  rested.  3.  Part  of  the  mast  of  the  Northwest 
Passage  ship.  4.  Chronometer-box,  with  its  number,  name  of  the  maker,  and  the 
Queen's  broa<l  arrow  engraved  upon  it.  o.  Two  long  heavy  sheets  of  copper, 
three  and  four  inches  wide,  with  countersunk  holes  for  screw-nails.  On  these 
sheets,  as  well  as  on  most  everything  else  that  came  from  the  Northwest  Pas- 
sage ship,  are  numerous  stamps  of  the  Queen's  broad  arrow.  (>.  Mahogany  writ- 
ing-desk, elaborately  finished  and  bound  in  brass.  7.  Many  pieces  of  silver-plate, 
forks,  and  spoons,  bearing  crests  and  initials  of  the  owners.  8.  Parts  of  watches, 
y.  Knives  and  very  many  other  things  which  you,  Mr.  Grinnell,  and  others  in- 
terested in  the  fate  of  the  Franklin  Expedition  will  take  a  sad  interest  in  inspect- 
ing on  their  arrival  in  the  States.  One  entire  skeleton  I  have  brought  to  the 
United  States.* 

The  Home  year  that  the  Erehtm  and  Terror  were  abandoned  one  of  them  conmim- 
inatcd  the  Great  Xotihwest  Paamf/c,  harinf/  Jive  men  aboard.  The  evidence  of  the 
exact  number  is  circumstantial.  Everything  about  this  Northwest  Passage  ship 
was  in  complete  order.  It  was  found  by  the  Ook-joo-lik  natives  near  O'Eeilly 
Island,  lat.  08°  30'  N.,  long.  09°  W.,  early  in  the  spring  of  1849,  frozen  in  the  midst 
of  a  floe  of  only  one  winter's  formation. 

Unwilling  to  leave  any  means  untried  which  might  add  to  what 

information  he  had  gained  on  King  William's  Land,  at  Todd's  Isles, 

and  on  the  return  journey,  Hall  kept  up  numerous  inquiries  of  In- 

nooJc-poo-zJiee-jook,  even  after  the  date  of  this  letter  to  Mr.  Grinnell. 

An  example  of  his  conversations  now  held,  will  show  his  manner  pf 

questioning,  in  order  to  elicit  hopefully  the  truth  from  this  native  of 

■whose  accuracy  he  sometimes  speaks  distrustfully.     In  Book  B,  for- 

*  After  much  licsitancy  as  though  he  might  h.ave  done  wroug  in  this,  some  time  after  his 
return,  Hall  placed  the  carefully-preserved  remains  in  the  charge  of  Mr.  Brevoort,  of  Brooklyn, 
who  transferred  them  to  Admiral  Inglctield,  R.  N.,  to  be  forwarded  to  England.  Subsequently 
(by  the  plug  of  a  tooth)  the  skeleton  was  identified  as  the  remains  of  Lieutenant  Veseoute,  of 
the  Erebus.     (See  Geographical  Magazine,  London,  for  April,  1878.) 


July,  I8H». 


Con vtisatiou  with  In-nook-poo-zhte-juok. 


419 


warded  after  his  return  (as  has  been  noted  on  page  339),  for  Lady 

Franklin's  perusal,  he  had  written: 

Friday,  July  2, 1809, 

Interview  trith  Innookpoozheejool- ;  Hannah  mij  interpreter.  Time,  about 
noon. — My  first  words  are  that  I  sira  about  to  leave  tliis  country  for  tlie  United 
States  of  America;  I  wish  liim  to  tell  me  the  particulars  he  can  think  of  relative 
to  the  white  men  who  died,  many  years  afto,  at  Ki-ki-tnk,  and  of  the  boats  he 
found  on  th.at  island;  of  the  shij*  he  has  also  told  me  about  before,  that  came 
down  to  Ook-joo-lik,  &c.  I  also  add  that  I  wish  him  to  be  very  i)articular  to  tell 
me  just  what  he  remembers;  to  tell  the  truth  and  the  truth  oidy. 

Question.  Who  were  with  you  when  you  found  tliose  two  boats'? 

Answer.  His  brother's  son  Ooarzhoo,  now  dead;  Ool-jnh;  Eh-Jie-jyerea,  and 
his  own  son,  Neer-lcood-loo.  The  party  of  men  numbered  five,  and  their  families 
were  with  them.  They  were  making  a  tour  on  purpose  to  search  after  such 
things  as  they  could  find  that  belonged  to  the  white  men  that  had  died  on  King 
William's  Land. 

Question.  What  particular  time  of  the  year  was  it  i? 

Answer.  Thinks  the  time  of  the  year  about  when  we  returned  to  this  bay 
encampment, — June  20.  Water  had  begun  to  make  on  the  ice,  and  water  is  a 
little  later  making  there  than  here.  Snow  and  ice  were  inside  the  boats,  and  all 
around.* 

Question.  Did  the  boats  look  as  if  anybody  had  visited  them  within  two  or 
three  years  ? 

Answer.  Somebody  had  been  to  one  of  them,  for  everything  was  gone  out 
of  it. 

Question.  AVhat  did  you  find  in  the  other  boat — the  one  that  the  white  men 
(McClintock's  party)  from  Ik-ke-hisuk  (Bellot  Strait)  did  not  find  ? 

Answer.  Six  paddles ;  many  tal)le-knives,  white  handles ;  one  watch ;  a  spy- 
glass that  his  son  has,  a  little  longer  than  Joe's — something  like  my  compass,  but 
no  glass  about  it;  tobacco  that  had  been  wet  and  was  in  flakes  or  thin  pieces; 
very  many  tin  dishes;  one  whole  skeleton  with  clothes  on, — the  flesh  all  on,  but 
dried;  many  skeleton  bones ;  three  skulls.    Alongside  of  the  boat  a  big  pile  of 


*Iii  II  previous  couvtMsation  Ww  niitive  liiiil  saiil  that  Ik;  had  found  flio  boats  in  IHOl. 
"After  seeing  Dr.  Rue  on  his  outward  journey  (1854),  lie  came  down  to  Iwillik  and  staid  there 
three  winters;  then  lie  spent  at  Telly  Jiay  two  winters;  then  he  spent  ou  Neitehille  one  winter; 
and,  the  following  spring,  went  to  King  William's  Land."  Which  Hall  reehoned  up  thus:  Repulse 
Bay,  three  winters,  or  18,''>4-'r),5,  IffSfj-'oH,  and  lAK)-';')"  ;  Pelly  Hay,  two  winters,  or  ISoT-TjS  and 
1858-'59 ;  NeitchiHe,  one  winter,  IHoO-NiO ;  King  Willi.ini's  Land,  one  winter,  1860-'6L  Then  in 
the  spring  of  18  il  found  the  boats. 


V 

I 


420 


The  Second  Tent  and  the  Boat. 


(Jnlr.  I»6R. 


I 


skuh^ton  bones  that  had  been  broken  up  for  the  marrow  in  them;  they  were  near 
a  Hre-])hice;  .skulls  among  these.  The  mvmber  of  tliem  ama-itu-ad-loo  (a  {^reat 
many) — cannot  tell  how  many.  It  is  certain  that  some  of  the  men  lived  on  human 
flesh,  for  alongside  of  the  boat  were  some  large  boots  with  cooked  human  flesh 
in  them. 

[Hannah  here  told  Hall  that  from  all  which  had  been  said  by  Innoolcpoo- 
dieejooJi  and  the  other  Innuits  met  with  at  the  twenty-seventh  encampment  of 
their  late  Jounu  y,  she  was  satisfied  that  after  Crozier's  party  left  the  place  where 
the  two  boats  were  found  and  the  large  tent  at  or  near  the  head  of  Terror  Bay, 
the  starving  seamen  who  remained  at  or  about  the  boats  no  longer  resti'ained 
themselves  from  satisfying  their  hunger.  The  Innuits  do  not  believe  that  human 
flesh  was  used  by  Crozier  or  by  any  one  about  him.] 

Hall  adds  in  regard  to  the  boat:  The  sledge-runner  I  have  (deposited  after 
his  return  at  the  Smithsonian)  is  part  of  the  sledge  on  which  was  this  boat  which 
the  white  man  did  not  find. 

Question.  Did  you  see  any  pajjers  with  nuirks  on,  the  same  as  I  am  now 
making  ? 

Answer.  No;  but  saw  a  great  uuuiy  like  the  paper  of  the  book  by  my 
(Hall's)  side  (McClintock's  Voyage  of  the  Fox). 

Question.  What  was  the  size  of  the  tent? 

Answer.  Never  saw  the  tent  itself,  but  only  the  tenting-place;  Judging  from 
tlie  ap])earances,  the  tent  must  have  been  as  long  as  to  the  further  end  of 
Ar-mou\'<  tent  from  where  he  was  sitting.  (Hall  measured  this  distance  to  be  22 
feet.)  The  tent  was  on  some  rising  ground,  trowpuk  (sandy),  overlooking  the  sea, 
about  as  far  ott'  as  an  islet  pointed  out — half  a  mile.  Three  graves  were  near  the 
tenting-place. 

On  showing  In-nool-poo-zhec-jook  the  large  Admiralty  chart,  he  pointed  out 
the  place  of  the  tent  on  Terror  Bay,  and  said  that  when  his  party  visited  the 
tentiugplace  they  followed  the  coast  around  to  the  northward  and  westward 
until  they  arrived  at  the  extreme  west  point,  and  then  turned  to  the  eastward, 
where  they  found  at  last  the  boat  which  the  white  man  from  Ik-ke-hi-suk  (Bellot 
Strait)  had  foilnd  before  them.  Further  on,  about  half  a  mile  (as  he  now  shows 
by  the  islet  before  referred  to)  they  found  the  other  boat.  The  distance  from  the 
boats  to  the  tenting-place  could  be  made  by  a  smart  walk  throughout  a  long  day, 
following  the  coast-line.  When  he  first  found  the  boats  (in  ISGl,  as  made  out  by 
Hall),  the  ice  between  Cape  Crozier  and  Admiralty  Inlet  was  very  rugged  aud 
heavy,  but  the  next  year  it  was  all  smooth.     Ho  thinks  from  the  kind  of  ice  seen 


July,  I860.]     ,  McClintocKs  Revol-ver.  421 

on  tins  second  visit,  that  there  is  occmionaUji  a  season  when  a  sliip  can  sail 
tlirongh  that  strait  (Victoria  Strait).  In-nook-pon-zhec-jook  further  said  tliat  before 
lie  visited  Ki-ki-tnk  (King  Wilhani's  Land)  a  Neitehilhs  Innuit  found  a  larye  knife 
under  some  stones;  and  he  pointed  out  the  place  as  Livingston  Point,  south  side 
of  Latrobe  Bay. 

Question.  Was  not  this  knife  placed  there  by  some  Innuit?  No.  Did  the 
wliite  men  from  Ik-ke-hi-shuk  jdace  it  there?  No;  but  those  white  men  did  put 
some  things  on  the  land  in  another  phice  far  off  from  there:  among  them  a  smnll 
gun  (like  Hall's — a  revolver).  These  things  the  Innnits  found  and  took.  Kuoinj- 
ou-clool;  at  Pelly  Bay,  has  the  revolver. 

"  Had  I  known  this,"  adds  ILill,  "when  I  met  Koongou-e-hmU  at  our  thirty- 
seventh  encampment  on  Becher  River,  I  would  have  got  sight  of  this  stolen 
revolver  which  Lieutenant  McClintock  so  unfortunately  deposited  in  the  land  of 
thieves.  The  Neitchille  Innuits  will  steal  whenever  they  can  get  a  chance — even 
one  Innuit  from  another.  When  I  escaped  from  this  latter  evil  on  my  late  sledge 
j<mrney  to  King  William's  Land  it  was  because  '  Jerry '  io\(\.Julc-l{ccta  (Jerry's 
own  cousin)  to  tell  all  the  Innuits  about  us  when  at  that  twenty-seventh  encamp- 
ment, near  Cape  Uryden,  that  they  must  not  steal  from  the  white  man  (that 
is  from  me)  or  fi'om  any  of  his  (my)  men;  because  if  they  did  they  would  get 
terribly  punished  if  they  ever  came  to  I  wil  lik,  and  saw  any  ship  here.  This 
was  a  sharp,  commendable  trick,  of  '  Jerry's'  own  invention,  and  it  had  a  most 
desirable  result." 

Fuller  details  of  like  conversations  held  about  this  time,  and  of 
some  of  those  held  on  King  William's  Land  and  on  Todd's  Island,  will 
be  found  in  paper  C  of  Appendix  IV.  The  inquiries  and  the  test 
questions  appear  to  have  been  generally  close.  Instances  in  which 
Hall  expresses  a  doubt  as  to  the  consistency  of  the  statements  made 
by  the  natives  have  been  omitted  from  the  extracts,  and  Arctic 
travelers  will  best  judge  of  the  value  of  those  which  are  given ;  they 
will  remember  that  natives,  when  compensated  for  their  talks,  may 
have  Avillingly  extended  them.  Hall  certainly  liberally  paid  his 
friends  for  their  services.  He  gave  Nulershoo,  in  1869,  even  his  boat 
Sylvia  for  accompanying  him  to  Ki-ki-tuk,  and  found  that  he  must 


!ji 


i<  L 


422 


The   Voi/ofji'  to  the  North  Pole  again  Contemplated.      isair,  isen. 


1 

I  * 


now  buy  it  back  U'  tbe  whalers  did  not  como  to  take  him  home.     Ho 

writes,  however,  fairly  in  all  cases  for  or  against  himself — for  or  against 

the  character  of  his  information  from  the  natives. 

With   the   unwilling   consciousness    that  he    could    accomplish 

nothing  of  further  research  in  the  Frozen  Regions,  he  had  now  to 

think  of  a  Return  to   the  United  States ;  purposing  there  to  collate 

and  publish  the  results  of  his  protracted  Arctic  experience ;  then  to 

make  his  long-meditiited  voyage  to  the  Pole;  and,  if  possible,  afterward 

revisit  King  William's  Land.     In  regard  this  last,  he  writes : 

Day  after  (lay  I  have  been  reading  and  re-reading  the  books  I  have  with  me 
on  Arctic  voyages.  How  my  soul  longs  for  the  time  to  come  when  I  can  be  on  my 
North  Pole  Expedition !  I  cannot,  if  I  would,  restrain  my  zeal  for  making  Arctic 
discoveries.  My  purpose  is  to  make  as  quick  a  voyage  as  possible  to  the  States, 
and  then,  at  once,  make  preparations  for  my  Polar  Expedition.  I  hope  to  start 
next  spring  with  a  vessel  for  Jones'  Sound,  and  thence  toward  the  North  Pole  as 
far  as  navigation  will  permit.  The  following  spring,  by  sledge  journey,  I  will 
make  for  the  goal  of  my  ambition,  the  North  Pole.  I  do  hope  to  be  able  to 
resume  snow-hut  and  tent  encampment  very  near  the  Pole  by  the  latter  part  of 

1870,  and  much  nearer,  indeed  at  the  very  Pole,  in  the  spring  following,  to  wit,  in 

1871.  There  is  no  use  in  man's  saying,  it  cannot  be  done — that  the  North  Pole 
is  beyond  our  reach.  By  judicious  plans,  and  by  having  a  carefully  selected  com- 
pany, I  trust  with  a  Heaven -protecting  care  to  reach  it  in  less  time,  and  with  far 
less  mental  anxieties,  than  I  have  experienced  to  get  to  King  William's  Laud.  I 
have  always  held  to  the  opinion  that  whoever  would  lead  the  way  there  should 
first  have  years  of  experience  among  the  wild  natives  of  the  North :  and  this  is 
one  of  my  reasons  for  submitting  to  searching  so  long  for  the  lost  ones  of  Frank- 
lin's Expedition. 

The  expression  of  such  purposes,  including  that  of  a  subsequent 
return  to  King  William's  Land,  is  certainly  remarkable,  as  coming 
from  one  whose  sledge  journeys  only,  during  the  five  years  which  now 
closed  upon  him,  exceeded  the  aggregate  of  four  thousand  miles.  A 
willlingness  "to  resume  snow  hut  and  tent"  would  seem  explicable 


jnir.  IH60.)       Tlw  Coast-Line  of  licpuLse  linif  Complefed. 


423 


only  by  supposing  tiiat  next  to  tlie  lofty  ideas  wil^i  which  Ills  niiiul 
enthusiastically  invested  every  thing-  Arctic,  was  the  extreme  of  a 
strange  fascination  with  the  uncouth  life  ho  had  been  leading.  He 
saj'S  himself,  at  about  this  same  date,  that  there  was  nothing  in  the 
way  of  food  in  which  the  natives  delighted  that  he  did  not  delight  in, 
and  that  this  may  appear  strange  to  some,  but  was  true.  He  had  that 
day  "a  grand  good  feast  on  the  kind  of  meat  he  had  been  longing  for — 
the  deer  killed  last  fall ;  rotten,  strong,  and  stinking,  and  for  these 
qualities,  excellent  for  Innuits  and  for  the  writer." 

The  six  weeks  which  immediately  followed  his  return  to  the  bay 
were  occupied  in  completing  a  sketch  of  Talloon  Bay ;  in  hunting 
with  the  natives  and  in  sharing  for  a  time  a  double  tiqnk  with  eleven 
of  them;  in  Arctic  study  and  meditations  on  his  next  Polar  journey ; 
and  in  preparing  for  shipment  the  bone  from  the  whale  cached  the 
year  previous.  He  spent  several  days  in  surveying,  and  completed 
the  coast-line  by  a  survey  of  Talloon  Bay,  but  under  trying  disad- 
vantages. 

No  whaling-vessels  could  be  reasonably  expected  to  arrive  before 
the  first  week  of  August,  nor  was  it  at  all  certain  that  any  would 
come  in  during  the  season.  He  had,  therefore,  again  to  think  of 
the  boat  journey  which  might  become  necessary  to  York  Factory,  the 
difficulty  of  making  which  journey  in  the  frail  Sylvia  had  been  con- 
sidered the  year  before.  No  lack  of  provisions  would  now  be  a  bar 
to  this  voyage,  for  he  had  well  husbanded  his  old  stores,  and  the  addi- 
tions made  on  his  recent  sledge  journey  were  themselves  in  excess  of 
all  present  need.  "Really  we  have  been  blessed,  greatly  blessed,  in 
the  way  of  provisions.     The  amount  prepared  for  and  acquired  on  our 


I     I 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


■50  ^^^    Hn^H 


1^ 

m 


11.25  i  1.4 


V] 


71 


'/ 


/A 


HiotDgraphic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


^.■^ 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


<v 


I. 


424 


Provisions  Abundant. 


[intr,  1880. 


late  sledge  journey  was  overwhelming ;  now  there  is  a  considerable 
sufficiency  to  take  a  party  from  this  place  to  York  Factory."  These 
stores  were  still,  however,  closely  husbanded,  and  all  reliance  for 
the  supply  of  immediate  wants  was  safely  placed  on  new  hunts  for 
the  deer,  the  seal,  and  the  walrus.  Salmon  fishing  was  also  hope- 
fully looked  for.  Nor  were  any  of  these  expectations  disappointed. 
The  natives  from  Iwillik,  including  also  some  from  Pelly  Bay  and 
Ig-loo-lik,  repeatedly  divided  themselves  into  parties  for  hunting 
and  sealing,  and  brought  in  abundant  returns.  Even  In-nooh-poo- 
shee-jook  surprised  Hall  by  his  quickness  in  learning  the  use  of  the 
rifle ;  and  Nu-her-zhoo  one  morning  slipped  quietly  from  his  bed  and 
killed  two  large  ook-gooks.  Hall  bartered  with  him  for  the  meat  of 
one  of  the  four  which  he  had  killed  during  the  season,  in  noting 
which  he  says,  "the  skins,  blubber,  blood,  and  meat  of  these  animals 
(especially  the  first)  are  very  valuable ;  lashing-lines,  draught-lines, 
seal  and  walrus  lines,  and  the  soles  for  kiimmins  (boots)  being  made 
from  them."  The  total  weight  of  one  animal  was  1,500  pounds.  A 
large  number  of  salmon  also  were  at  different  times  secured  near 
Beacon  Hill,  the  fish  measunng  from  ?7  to  32  inches  in  length,  and 
weighing  each  as  much  as  1 3  pounds  In  the  beginning  of  the  season 
they  were  caught  by  hook  and  line  from  the  margin  of  lake-ice  near 
the  shore,  where  a  space  had  been  melted  away  by  the  radiation  of 
heat  from  the  adjacent  land 

What  gave  him  the  utmost  annoyance  was  the  almost  entire 
demoralization  which  this  very  abundance  brought  upon  the  natives. 
They  stuffed  and  stuffed  till  all  their  provision  was  gone,  and  when 
they  could  get  no  more  they  were  ready  to  starve.  Three-fourths  of 
their  food  was  eaten  for  the  mere  gratification  of  eating;  nothing  but 


July,  1869.] 


Arctic  Temperatures. 


425 


feasting  and  feasting,  when  possible,  was  the  rule.  The  worst  of  the 
matter  was  not,  however,  their  sleeping  at  midday,  and  devoting  the 
rest  to  mirth,  games,  and  this  feasting;  but  their  making  the  hunts 
the  occasions  for  promiscuous  concubinage,  one  example  of  which 
will  suffice.  On  the  lyth  of  the  month,  "Jerry,"  going  off  on  a  hunt 
in  one  direction,  took  with  him  Ar-mou's  wife  and  three  children, 
while  Ar-moii,  in  exchange,  took  "Jerry's"  number  one  wife  with 
her  infant  as  companions  on  his  hunt  on  a  different  course ;  both 
parties,  as  was  frequently  the  case,  extending  their  absence,  and 
leaving  Hall  to  support  wives  number  two,  as  well  as  the  families  of 
others  who  had  gone  off,  providing  them  literally  nothing  to  eat.  It 
must  be  added  also,  with  regret,  that  like  exchanges  became  habitual 
while  all  parties  were  in  their  snow  huts ;  and  that  Hall  found  it 
impossible  to  restrain  entirely  even  his  own  Eskimo  man.  Hannah 
said  she  "  would  rather  die  right  away  than  stay  at  the  bay,"  and  Hall 
then  promised  her  that  she  and  Joe  should  return  to  the  United 
States  with  him. 

The  Arctic  Temperature  during  the  month  of  July  was  high,  and 
rains  and  storms  were  frequent.  The  first  day  was  gloomy,  with  thick 
darK  rain  clouds  and  a  light  wind  from  the  southeast ;  the  thermometer 
reading  at  noon  48°.  Through  the  night  of  the  second  and  most  of 
the  third,  fourth,  fifth,  and  sixth  the  rains  were  heavy ;  the  storms 
Qoniing  generally  from  the  sonth,  southeast,  and  northeast.  The 
tenth,  eleventh,  and  twelfth  were  hot  days,  although  the  wind  was  from 
the  north-northwest;  the  lowest  readings  of  the  thermometer  were  at 
night  40°,  43°,  and  46°;  and  the  highest  at  noon  (at  3  p.  m.  on  the 
twelfth)  were  60°,  65°,  and  71°; — temperatures  spoken  of  as  very 


^ 

:       . 

■            1 

• 

'    ' 

k 

1 

•<'  ., 

:!:.■ 

Il  1 1 


I      IM. 


[  426*  Mosquitoes  as  Torments.  [*"1t.  iseo. 

I  uncomfortable  for  Arctic  denizens      A  storm  on  the  l^th  was  acconi- 

i  panied  by  sharp  hghtning. 

I  .  .  .*  . 

\  The  plains  were  now  purple  with  the  wild  saxifrage  {Saxifraga 

nppositifolia) ;  its  beautiful  flowers  followed  by  those  of  other  floral 

tribes,  clothed  the  earth  with  carpets  of  gold,  crimson,  blue,  white, 

pink,  and  straw  color.     The  Andromeda  tetragona,  so  often  named  as 

the  shrub-fuel,  itself  bore  pretty  flowers.     Hall's   collection  of  wild 

flowers  embraced  a  dozen  varieties. 

I  Mosquitoes  first  appeared  on  the  7th  of  July,  and  afteinvards  on 

his  trips  to  Talloon  they  were  exceedingly  troublesome. 

He  records  an  experience  of  one  walk : 

The  sun  was  about  5  degrees  high.  Not  a  breath  of  air  stiiTing,  the  sun 
shining  hot,  and  the  mosquitoes  desperately  intent  on  getting  all  the  blood  of  the 
only  white  man  of  the  country.  I  kept  up  a  constant  battling  with  my  seal-skin 
mittens  directly  before  my  face,  now  and  then  letting  them  slap  first  on  one  and 
then  on  the  other  of  my  bands,  which  operations  crushed  many  a  foe.  It  seemed 
to  me  at  times  as  if  1  never  would  get  back.  Minutes  were  like  hours,  and  the 
distance  of  about  two  miles  seemed  more  like  half  a  score.  At  length  I  got  back 
to  my  home,  both  temperature  and  temper  high.  I  made  quick  woi-k  in  throwing 
op«^n  the  canvas  roof  of  our  stores,  and,  getting  to  our  medicine-chest,  snatched 
I  a  half-pint  bottle  of  mosquito-proof  oil,  and  with  a  little  of  this  besmeared  every 

exposable  part,  of  my  person.  How  glorious  and  sudden  was  the  change.  A 
thousand  devils,  each  armed  with  lancet  and  blood-])ump,  courageously  battling 
my  very  face,  departed  at  once  in  supreme  disgust  at  the  confounded  stink  tiie 
coal-oil  had  diffused  about  me. 

The  questions  of  the  way  of  return  to  America  remained  an  unceas- 
ing anxiety.  In  case  no  vessel  should  come  into  the  bay,  it  was  quite 
uncertain  whether  he  could  get  any  of  the  Innuits  to  accompany  him 
on  a  boat  voyage  down  the  Welcome  from  which  to  proceed  to  York 
Factory  on  Hudson's  Bay,  or  even  to  seek  in  the  Welcome  for  a  ship 
which  might  be  bound  for  the  United  States.     "  Other  matters  also, 


Jnlr.  1869.1 


The  Bone  of  the  Third  Whale  Gummed. 


427 


in  this  connection,  weighed  heavily  on  his  mind : — to  attempt  to  reach 
the  Factory  in  such  a  frail  boat  as  the  S)lvia  along  a  well-known 
most  treacherous  coast  and  without  even  a  chart  of  it: — Could  he 
even  with  a  trust-worthy  crew  commit  his  notes  and  journals  of 
what  he  had  acquired  relative  to  the  Franklin  Expedition  by  five 
years'  adventurous  life  among  a  savage  people  to  the  fortune  of  so 
despei'ate  a  boat  voyage."  As  for  the  whalebone  and  musk-oattle 
skins,  his  Arctic  library  and  other  things  of  personal  value,  he 
thought  it  his  duty  to  abandon  them  if  compelled  to  make  such  a 
voyage;  the  relics,  manuscripts,  and  documents  being  the  only  things 
of  which  he  earnestly  desired  the  absolute  safety. 

An  almost  equal  anxiety  was  found  in  the  attempted  recovery  of 
the  whalebone  cached  the  previous  year.  Several  searches  were  early 
made  with  probings  and  much  labor  down  into  the  ice  and  snow,  but 
these  were  premature.  On  the  15th  of  the  month  a  successful  opening 
was  secured.  The  huge  snow-bank  over  the  long-covered  bone  had 
yet  melted  only  enough  to  expose  the  tips  which  still  stood  upright ; 
but  when  recovered  from  its  icy  bed  the  bone  was  sledded  overland  to 
a  point  opposite  the  usual  anchorage  of  the  whalers ;  and,  after  many 
days'  work,  Hall  found  that  he  had  gummed  with  assistance  from  the 
natives  534  slabs,  weighing  nearly  800  pounds.  On  the  sale  of  this  and 
of  some  of  his  musk-ox  skins  he  depended  for  the  payment  of  such 
costs  of  the  expedition  as  were  not  yet  provided  for,  especially  for  the 
payment  of  the  sums  due  to  the  four  white  men  of  his  party  of  1868. 

And  now  the  final  relief  for  all  anxieties  appeared  even  earlier  than 
he  had  looked  for  its  coming.  On  sighting  the  Ansell  Gibbs,  of  New 
Bedford,  August  5th,  he  entered  in  his  journal,  "It  is  now  certain 
I  shall  not  be  obliged  to  make  the  dangerous  boat  journey  to  York 


1  '; 


428 


Jlall,  JIamiah,  and  Joe  on  Board  Shij>.       (Aubmhi,  i»i«o. 


Fjictory;  God  be  jiraised,  for  lie  doth  continually  bless  me."  A  few 
days  after  this,  such  stores  and  provisions  as  would  not  be  needed 
were  liberally  distributed  among  his  Innuit  friends,  with  whom  he 
spent  a  Avhole  night  in  feasting  and  in  a  last  talk  about  the  lost  ones 
of  Franklin's  Expedition,  In  the  morning,  four  boats,  manned  by  the 
natives,  carried  out  to  the  Ansell  Gibbs  all  the  bone,  and  with  it  sixty- 
eight  musk-ox  skins,  and  all  the  journals  and  note-books  of  this  five- 
year  Arctic  residence.  At  midnight.  Hall,  with  Eskimo  Joe,  Hannah, 
and  her  adopted  child  Pun-na,  were  safe  on  board  Captain  Fisher's 
vessel,  bound  for  a  short  cruise  down  the  Welcome,  and  thence  to  the 
United  States.  In  noting  his  leave-taking  of  the  Innuits,  he  records 
some  strong  expressions  of  a  regret  at  parting  from  those  with  whom 
he  had  companied  so  long ;  adding  that  they  had  learned  to  call  him 
**  father,"  and  that  for  their  sakes  he  would  try  to  persuade  the  Hud- 
son Bay  Company  to  establish  a  factory  on  Repulse  Bay,  as  an 
enterprise  hopeful  of  good  to  both  parties.  He  was  nov/  certainly 
well  prepared  to  judge  of  this,  for  his  acquaintance  had  extended 
itself  to  a  number  of  tribes  inhabiting  the  middle  region  of  the  Conti- 
nent, and  to  this  acquaintance  was  added  his  previous  two  years'  expe- 
rience with  those  on  the  east  side — on  Cumberland  Gulf — as  well  as 
his  visit  to  Greenland. 

The  Ansell  Gibbs  left  Repulse  Bay  on  the  13th,  but  remained  at 
and  near  Whale  Point,  (the  spot  on  which  Hall  had  hoped  first  to  land 
in  1864,)  until  the  28th,  Captain  Fisher  here  employing  his  crew  in 
further  boat  expeditions  in  search  of  whales.  Hall  and  Ebierbing  fre- 
quently engaged  in  hunting  on  shore,  securing  a  large  number  of  deer. 
Including  the  net  products  of  a  Polar  bear,  also  killed  by  the  two 


,  ■_-,.■»:.  .■.Jl.'.- 


.^  .*•. 


\% 


Augnal,  INHff.I 


Adreutinr  irith  a  Polar. 


429 


i 


hunters,  the  total  weight  of  meat  phaced  on  board  the  slnp  for  their 
crew  fell  but  little  short  of  3,0U0  pounds,  the  result  of  nine  days'  work. 
The  story  of  a  hazardous  adventure  with  the  Polar  on  the  2Gth  is  thus 
told : 

Having  made  some  astronomical  observations,  I  commenced  compntiny 
them,  and  had  not  been  long  occnpigd  before  Joe  cried  ont  "AV-woo/  Ninoo!" 
wlien  at  once  I  dropped  pen  and  Journal  and  Jumped  out  of  tent,  and  took  a  look 
in  the  direction  Joe  pointed,  which  was  to  Whale  Point;  and  surely  there  was 
the  ^^Ninoo.'^  We  watched  it  for  a  moment,  and  saw  it  walk  ab(«ut,  make  a 
plunge  into  the  sea,  and  then  return  to  the  land,  when  it  walked  uj)  on  the  hill- 
side of  Whale  Point  and  then  lay  down. 

We  were  not  long  getting  ready  for  the  prospective  adventurous  bear-hunt. 
I  say  adventurous,  for  in  truth  we  knew  it  to  be  so.  We  had  no  dog  and  no  spears 
with  which  to  defend  ourselves  in  case  our  firearms  failed  to  kill  outright  on  the 
first  shot ;  and  then,  to  make  matters  more  uncertain,  our  percussion-caps  coidd 
not  be  depended  on  ;  qjiite  a  juoportion  of  them  fail  to  take  fire.  If  we  should 
hajtpen  simply  to  wound  the  bear,  that  would  make  it  furious,  and  there  was  no 
telling  the  end  of  its  human  slaying.  It  might,  as  we  all  thought,  make  its  way 
to  the  tent  during  the  absence  of  myself  ami  Joe,  and  before  we  could  conie  to 
the  I'escue  of  Ilaiuuih  and  little  Pun-na  they  might  be  killed  by  the  wounded  and 
etn-aged  monster  beast.  With  all  this  no  very  flattering  view  of  the  case  we  con- 
cluded, however,  to  go  for  the  hunt.  As  .Joe  and  myself  got  about  half-way  to 
Whale  Point  we  began  to  think  that  the  large  dirty  white  mass  we  saw  on 
"NVhale  Point  and  took  to  be  the  recumbent  ninoo,  was  a  lai'ge  rock;  but  we  kept 
on  our  windings  and  let  the  ridges  of  rock-land  hide  us  from  view  as  much  as 
p«,ssible.  At  length  we  came  within  a  hundred  yards  of  the  sleeping  big  lion  of 
the  North,  and  then  behind  a  gentle  sloping  hill  we  watched  him.  At  the  same 
time  we  were  busy  putting  otu'  firearms  in  complete  order  for  the  forthcoming 
fray.  I  had  buck-shot  in  the  left  of  my  double-barrel ;  so  this  charge  I  drew  forth 
and  replaced  it  with  an  ounce  ball,  and  then  1  was  ready  for  a  double  shot  if  the 
ease  needed  it.  Our  huge  rock  i>roved  to  be  the  bear  after  all,  as  we  readily  i)er- 
ceived  on  arriving  at  the  place  where  wc;  stopped  to  get  our  arms  ready.  As 
we  watched  ninoo,  we  noticed  that  every  few  minutes  he  would  raise  his  long- 
necked  head,  turn  it  this  way  and  that, — look  all  arouiul,  sniff  the  air, — and  then 
rejdace  it  flat  down  on  the  smooth  rock-bed  on  which  he  was  th«'n  na])ping. 

A  fresh  breeze  was  blowing  from  the  southwest,  and  every  now  and  then 
my  Jo(^  kept  plucking  out  little  tufts  of  deer-hair  from  his  dress,  lifting  them  uj), 


430  Hall  JAwds  at  New  Bedford,  Ma6i.a<h'usetts.     ii«»pir»ibrr,  18O0. 

unci  giving  them  to  tlie  wind,  to  be  sure  that  we  were  keeping  our  i)er»on«  aloof 
from  all  i)o.s.sibility  of  the  bear  scenting  us.  All  sand  on  and  about  our  boots 
was  carefully  brushed  oft",  so  that  our  last  stragetic  advance  toward  the  bear 
might  be  made  without  making  any  noise,  for  all  our  precautions  and  movements 
were  needed  to  be  from  sharper  forethought  and  ready  wit  than  are  required  in 
deer-hunting ;  so  we  acted  accordingly.  At  length,  at  the  end  of  half  an  hour, 
wo  left  our  final  ])reparation  spot,  and,  under  the.  shelter  of  the  rocks,  stealthily, 
slowly,  and,  I  must  confess,  with  hearts  thftmpiug  pit-a-pat,  advanced  directly  to- 
ward the  still  sleeping,  but  now  and  then  awaking,  beast  of  the  icy  wilderness. 
Every  few  steps  we  would  raise  the  heads  of  our  low-bended  bodies  to  catch  a  view 
of  the  awaking  of  our  foe  until  we  Anally  reached  the  spot  we  desired,  which  was 
within  easy  gunshot.  It  was  quite  certain  that  we  had  the  bear  to  kill  outright,  or 
he  would  kill  us  if  only  wounded ;  for  on  the  discharge  of  our  arms  we  should  have 
nothing  whatever  with  which  to  defend  ourselves.  The  time  came  when  signals 
passed  between  myself  and  Joe;  he  flred,and  the  next  instant  the  charge  from 
my  right  barrel  followed.  Joe's  ball  penetrated  the  brain  through  the  skull  in 
front,  knocking  the  bear  stift";  mine  i)loughed  its  way  through  the  jugular  of  the 
neck.  So  ninoo  was  twice  killed  instantly.  It  proved  to  be  a  she-bear,  very  fat, 
but  without  a  particle  of  anything  in  her  paunch.  We  skinned  and  quartered  and 
placed  all  underneath  the  skin,  close  by  a  rock,  and  ready  for  the  Ansell  Gibbs. 

The  whaler  left  the  Welcome  on  the  28th,  passed  through  Hud- 
son's Bay  and  Straits  without  the  occurrence  of  any  incident  of  unusual 
interest,  and  came  into  the  harbor  of  New  Bedford,  Mass.,  Septem- 
ber 26th. 

When  nearing  the  light-house  off  Nantucket,  Mass.,  Hannah  and 
and  her  child  doffed  their  native  dresses  for  those  of  a  civilized  land. 
At  the  Parker  House,  New  Bedford,  Hall  made  his  last  journal  entry : 
"  September  26,  1869,  2  p.  m. : — How  thankful  to  High  Heaven  ought 
my  poor  heart  to  be  for  the  blessed  privilege  of  again  placing  my  foot 
upon  the  land  of  my  country." 

He  immediately  telegraphed  his  arrival  to  Mr.  Henry  Grinnell, 
expressing  his  hope  of  seeing  him  in  a  few  days  in  New  York.  Within 
the  next  month,  he  was  at  work  in  that  city  for  tlie  North  Polar  F]xpe- 
dition  of  1871. 


Conclusion. 


431 


CONCLUSION  OF  THE  NARRATIVE. 

It  will  not  be  expected  that  IlaU's  biography  will  be  found  here. 
His  three  Expeditions,  together  with  the  weary  labors  of  the  years  of 
preparation  which  preceded  each,  are  his  true  memorials.  The  Nar- 
ratives of  his  first  voyage  and  of  his  third  (the  Polaris)  sufficiently  dis- 
prove the  idea  which  has  been  sometimes  hastily  expressed  that  he 
was  an  ignorant  and  visionary  dreamer;  and  the  impress  on  the  minds 
of  any  who  may  inspect  the  precise  and  often  graphic  journals  of  the 
years  with  which  the  present  Narrative  has  had  to  deal,  will  be  that 
which  the  evidences  of  a  frank  truthfulness  create :  the  manifestation 
of  an  indomitable  will,  energy,  and  perseverance  in  the  devout  pursuit 
of  a  single  object.  He  believed  it  attainable,  and  believed  himself 
called  to  it  as  to  his  life-work. 

The  testimony  of  one  who,  next  to  the  late  Mr.  Grinnell,  could 
most  justly  estimate  his  character,  is  emphatically  clear  on  the  points 
that  "Hall  was  a  single-minded  trusting  man,  who  believed  that  others 
were  like  himself.  His  enthusiasm  concerning  his  favorite  objects  was 
extreme  and  abiding,  and  gave  tone  and  color  to  all  his  words  and 
acts.  His  very  want  of  general  knowledge  and  his  defiencies  in  spe- 
cial departments  of  science  made  him  more  fit  for  an  explorer  than  a 
scholar  or  scientist  could  have  been.  He  looked  upon  explorations 
and  all  which  appertained  to  the  increase  of  geographical  knowledge 
as  far  above  all  else;  and  this  childlike  or  single  purpose  explains  the 
man's  career.     The  more  information  he  could  gather,  the  happier  he 


m 


i 


'  I  432  Pxhlir  TrilmU's  to  IlaU. 


\. 


f'olt.  Ft  was,  iiidood,  tlio  (HHa])])oiiitriiont  |mKluced  by  the  obstacles 
thrown  in  his  way  on  his  third  Expedition,  which  probably  caused  hia 
death  on  the  Polaris  in  Novend)er,  1871."  With  this  estimate,  delib- 
erately formed  by  Mr.  Brevoort,  of  Brooklyn,  from  personal  and  close 
acquaintance,  the  judgments  of  a  number  of  other  friends  have  been 
found  to  coincide.  In  preparing  this  Narrative  they  have  been  the 
more  willingly  received  in  the  lack  of  all  personal  acquaintance  with 
Hall. 

Official  and  public  acknowledgments  of  ITall's  worth  have  freely 
appeared — in  the  language  of  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences  before 
quoted,  in  the  appointment  conferred  on  him  by  the  Executive  of  the 
United  States  in  1871,  in  the  award  of  the  gold  medal  made  by  the 
Paris  Geographical  Society  in  187(),*  and  in  the  courteous  tributes  paid 
at  his  grave  by  the  late  English  Arctic  Expedition  under  Captain 
Nares. 

The  extreme  discomforts,  exposures,  and  labors  incident  to  a 
residence  among  the  Eskimos  were  not  unforeseen  when  he  entered 
on  even  his  first  Expedition  ;  and  his  experience  then  must  have  led 
him  to  anticipate  that  greater  tiials  would  be  his  lot  on  a  second  and 
longer  banishment  from  civilized  life.  But  he  avowed,  as  has  been 
seen,  a  v>'illingness  to  remain  out  for  a  term  of  even  ten  years,  if  this 
should  prove  a  necessity.  He  must  have  felt  that  he  could  trust  his 
two  Eskimo  friends  throughout  a  protracted  stay  in  a  country  in  which 
they'  would  find  themselves  among  their  own  race,  and  yet  it  is  surpris- 
ing that,  even  with  their  unchanging  help,  he  could  control  unharmed 
so  many  of  the  Innuits,  subordinate  their  chief,  Ou-e-hi,  to  his  purposes, 
and,  with  such  slender  resources,  seciire  the  success  he  attained.     His 

*  For  a/rt<'-8i»ii7c  of  this  uiediil  aud  a  translation  of  tlio  report  iiiiulo  by  Mr.  V.  A.  Malte 
Brnn  to  the  Soci<5t<5  dc  Gcographie  of  Paris,  who  conferred  it,  see  Chapter  XXV  of  the  "Narra- 
tive of  the  Nortli  Polar  Expedition  of  IH71." 


II 


\1 


Honi'sl  licconls.  433 

notes  say  :  "  Notliin<j  but  an  ttxpeiieiice  of  years  could  enable  me  to 
control  such  untamable  eag-les."  Unquestioiuibly,  tlie  known  presence 
of  tlie  wlialers  in  l?ej)ulse  Bay  had  much  to  do  with  his  maintenance 
of  authority,  and  next  to  this  was  his  ability  to  supply  the  wants  of 
the  natives  when  suflerinj^ ;  and  yet,  perhaps,  above  both  of  these 
nnist  be  placed  his  politic  concession  to  their  low  prejudices  and  his 
self-control.  Very  frequently  in  the  journals  appear  pn)ofs  of  his  hasty 
judgments,  and  of  suspicions  of  evil  intended  against  himself  by  the 
whaling  captains  as  well  ae  by  the  Innuits ;  but  as  frequently  appear 
also  proofs  of  his  repressing  such  feelings,  and  recording  his  regrets  at 
his  having  given  place  to  them  in  his  notei'  or  in  his  heart.  The  nu- 
merous delays  experienced  by  his  restless  spirit  from  the  indolence  and 
especially  from  the  superstitions  of  the  natives — delays  at  critical 
times  too — were  trying  to  his  temper.  They  were  placed  to  the 
wrong  account  when  they  gave  room  for  his  imagination  to  credit 
them  to  pui-poses  of  evil  design.  But  his  feelings  were  naturally 
stirred  with  something  besides  pity  when  he  found  himself  unable  to 
obtain  pi'oper  subsistence  in  the  hut  or  move  forward  on  a  journey, 
because  the  Innuits  would  neither  eat  nor  suffer  others  to  eat  a  certain 
kind  of  food  on  a  given  day,  or  work  until  a  certain  time  had  pa.ssed  : — 
To  estimate  all  of  which  aright.  Hall  must  be  thought  of  as  a  single 
white  man,  alone  among  the  degraded  and  habitiniting  himself  to 
such  degraded  modes  of  life  with  them  as  can  be  excused  only  in  the 
light    of  his  subordinating  everything   to    his  one  purpose,   and  the 

necessity  of  his  so  living  in  order  to  avoid  the  visits  of  scurvy.* 

^^^ t 

*  In  confirmfttion  of  the  opinions  just  oxprossod,  ns  (Icrivod  from  Hall's  jonrniils,  the  follow- 
ing extracts  are  given,  by  permission,  from  the  jonrual  of  Mr.  William  Crane,  jr.,  of  liallimore, 
Md.,  who  in  the  summer  of  18{)7  visited  Hall  from  the  Era,  eomnianded  byCapt.  George  E.  Tyson. 

"  TnuiiSDAY,  August  15,  18(i7. — At  12  ni.,  took  in  sail  and  ran  in  under  jib  and  foresail  into  a  | 

S.  Ex.  27 28 


-!;'  ■ 


1 


M 


i' 


434  Mr.  Crane's  Visit  to  Hall  at  Itepulsc  Bay,  18(i7. 

It  will  be  a  harsh  criticism  which  pronounces  his  judgment  defect- 
ive, or  its  exercise  hasty.  Ho  demonstrated  the  correctness  of  his 
belief  in  the  possibility  of  living  for  a  long  period  out  of  the  pale 
of  civilized  life  by  his  own  passing  through  such  a  term  without 
extreme  suffering  or  any  long  illness.  He  was  not,  then,  far  out  of 
the  way  in  judging  that  some  of  Franklin's  men  also  might  have  been 
found  so  living,  and  even  for  a  period  of  ten  years. 

His  ability,  industry,  and  perseverance,  manifest  in  the  endur- 
ance of  so  long  an  absence  from  the  endearments  of  country  and  home 
and  in  his  subjection  to  the  revolting  customs  of  the  degraded  around 
him,  are  yet  more  manifest  in  the  victories  over  what  again  and  again 

coRy  harbor  formed  by  three  small  islandH  at  the  head  of  Repulse  Bay,  lat.  66^  26'  N.,  long.  8(i°2'i' 
W,     Mr.  Hall's  (the  Arctic  explorer)  tent  and  quarters  are  on  heiwUand  to  the  westward  of  lis. 

"Friday, /lujtwt  16,  18(57. — *  *■  •  •  Coming  aboard  at 4 p.  ni.,  fonud the  ship  crowded 
with  natives ;  the  tirst  I  have  seen.  Mr.  Hall  and  party,  sent  out  by  Mr.  H.  Grinnell,  of  Now  York, 
came  aboard  and  were  hospitably  received.  Accepted  an  invitation  to  visit  Hall  ashore ;  shall 
l>robably  do  so  to-morrow.  Conversed  for  fully  an  hour  with  the  expl(<rer.  Found  that  he  had 
rea<l  almost  everything  that  hml  ever  bei-n  written  on  the  subject  of  Arctic  exploration.  Judging 
from  his  conversation,  I  should  not  call  him  an  educated,  but  certainly  an  intelligent  man. 

"Saturday,  August  17,  1867. — Called  upon  Hall  as  I  was  returning  from  au  expedition  to 
the  mainland.  His  Uip>k,  or  seal-akin  tent,  was  pitched  not  very  far  from  our  anchorage,  on  the 
side  of  a  rocky  headland  called  by  the  natives  Tita-tow-yak-loo-Uk  (Bloodless  Laud),  and  which 
I  subsequently  discovered  was  the  southernmost  point  of  Mehille  Peninsula.  When  I  visited 
Hall  ashore,  I  found  him  "at  home"  amid  the  usual  repugnant  accessories  of  Arctic  life,  clothed 
in  Innuit  costume,  seated  h  la  Tare  on  a  deer-skin  rug ;  an  Innuit  squaw  ou  one  side  and  her 
husband  on  the  other.  An  intelligent  looking  native  dog  crouched  lazily  at  his  feet.  These 
three  companions,  the  Esquimaux  man,  woman,  and  dog,  I  was  afterward  informed,  had  been  the 
explorer's  constant  and  faithful  adherents  in  all  his  perilous  wanderings.  Hall's  quarters  in 
no  wise  differed  from  the  Innuit  habitations  generally.  Their  interior  presented  fully  as  repul- 
sive a  spectacle  as  I  had  ever  witnessed  in  any  African  hut  or  Indian  wigwam.  I  was  told  by 
liini  that  this  mode  of  life  was  entirely  from  choice,  and  that  in  accommodating  himself  to  it  ho 
was  only  preparing  for  future  struggles  against  the  rigors  and  perils  of  this  frightful  climate. 
Ho  said  that  he  felt  capable  of  enduring  severer  hardships  than  ever  he  had  yet  undergone,  and 
waa  satisfied  that  in  accustoming  himself  to  native  habits  and  native  diet  he  was  adopting  the 
only  sure  method  of  escaping  the  great  Arctic  curse — scurvy.  During  our  short  sojourn  in  Re- 
]iulse  Bay  I  had  repeated  long  and  interesting  conversations  with  him.  He  had  then  just  re- 
turned from  a  long  sledge  journey  to  the  westward,  and  was  contemplating  another,  which 
would  bo  still  further  westward,  to  King  William's  Laud  in  February.  If  this  expedition  realized 
his  expectations,  he  proposed  to  return  as  soon  as  practicable  to  the  United  States,  when  he 
would  endeavor  to  enlist  the  aid  of  the  Government,  and  extend  the  scope  of  his  explorations  so 
us  to  embrace  the  discovery  of  the  Northwest  Passage." 


i 


Serious  OhsUwles  Overcome. 


435 


seemed  to  be  insurmountable  obstacles.  Through  the  years  of  strug- 
gle for  an  outfit,  hope  was  more  than  once  instantly  crushed  at  the 
moment  when  success  seemed  sure;  at  the  time  of  his  first  landing 
in  the  Arctic  Regions  the  mistake  of  his  captain  cost  him  u  whole 
year's  advance;  on  his  first  practical)le  forward  movement  his  fright- 
ened party  turned  back  his  steps ;  when  provisions  nnd  stores  were 
again  ready  he  could  secure  no  team ;  and  after  a  severe  journey  in 
mid-winter,  on  his  return  could  obtain  no  men ; — and  when  at  last,  in 
the  fifth  year  he  stood  on  King  William's  Land,  it  was  to  be  hurried 
away  before  the  summer's  sun  could  lift  the  snow-pall  from  the  treas- 
ures he  was  seeking. 

Would  it  not  have  been  the  record  of  many  others  that,  after 
grappling  with  some  only  of  such  difficulties,  they  would  have  found 
themselves  at  the  close  of  any  one  year  of  disappointment  safe  on 
board  a  hospitable  whaler  ?  Would  not  many  have  justified  them- 
selves when  returning  to  their  country  and  reporting  insuperable 
obstacles  ?  Expeditions  largely  equipped,  and  led  by  men  of  Arctic 
experience  and  of  brave  heart,  have  more  than  onco  so  returned  to 
be  justified  and  honored  by  their  countrymen.  Hall  had  an  uncon- 
querable determination  to  accomplish  something,  and  if  this  be  called 
a  mere  enthusiasm,  it  was  an  enthusiasm  which  led  him  to  endure  and 
fight  his  way  and  patiently  await  new  issues,  and  again  endure  and 
fight  and  conquer.  Without  such  an  iron  will  he  would  never  have 
remained  within  these  desolate  regions  through  five  Arctic  winters 
enduring  the  squalid  wretchedness  of  the  snow-huts ;  nor  have  made 
his  sledge  journeys  to  Pelly  Bay,  to  Cape  Weynton,  to  Ig-loo-lik,  to 
Fury  and   Hecla  Straits,  to    Lyon's    Inlet,  and   to    King  William's 


i.  \. 


i  ! 


i    J 


436 


The  Weak  Part  of  HaWs  Record. 


Land,  agfgrcgating  more  tlian  3,000  miles.  His  voyage  out  and  return, 
his  surveying  work  around  Repulse  Bay,  and  the  sledge  journeys  just 
referred  to,  foot  up  in  miles  a  considerable  excess  over  the  figures 
10,000. 

It  has  not  been  out  of  place  to  say  that,  besides  the  extreme  of  enthu- 
siasm, a  fascination  for  Arctic  life  seems  to  have  laid  hold  upon  him — 
the  fascination  which  in  one  or  another  form  makes  the  traveler  restless 
while  off  from  his  journey,  as  it  does  the  sailor  when  off  iho  sea.  If 
it  seeni  strange  to  the  landsman  that  the  shipwrecked  mariner  is  ready 
for  a  new  cruise,  and,  in  his  own  feelings,  safer  in  a  storm  on  the  sea 
than  on  the  land,  it  is  as  strange  to  contemplate  the  eager  return  to 
Arctic  adventure  and  dangers  by  such  sufferers  as  Franklin,  Back, 
Richardson,  Hall,  and  their  comrades.  Faith  in  an  overruling  Provi- 
dence and  in  the  cardinal  doctrines  of  the  Christian  religion  was 
evidently  inwrought  in  them ;  in  Hall,  probably  from  the  date  of 
his  earliest  home  training.  Full  expression  of  this  is  found  in  his 
journals. 

The  weakest  part  of  the  record  for  the  years  of  which  this 
Narrative  speaks  is,  perhaps,  his  permitting  himself  to  turn  aside  from 
his  long-proposed  journey  to  King  William's  Land  and  lose  a  year  by 
his  visit  to  the  straits  of  Fmy  and  Hecla.  His  motive,  however,  for 
this  was  sincerely  in  keeping  with  the  purposes  of  the  expedition.  The 
2WSsibilUi/  of  yet  finding  a  survivor  of  Franklin's  party  again  loomed 
up  before  his  enthusiastic  view,  and  he  thought  himself  fully  justified 
in  making  search  for  traces  of  those  of  whom  the  Innuits  so  conti- 
dently  and  unitedly  spoke  as  existing  in  the  Peninsula.  If  his  judg- 
ment was  then  at  fault,  his  motives  were  as  commendable  as  they  had 


1 


International  Tributes 


AS- 


been  when  expressed  in  the  draughting  of  the  plant*  for  his  first  outfit, 
or  when  he  wrote  in  answer  to  Lady  Franldin's  proposal  that  he 
should  go  out  a  third  time  for  the  i-ecord:  "As  for  pay,  I  should 
ask  nothing." 


(I 


i'4v 


Sir  George  Nares,  commanding  the  late  English  Arctic  Expe- 
dition of  1875,  has  recorded  in  his  official  report  to  Parliament  his 
testimonials  to  Hall's  fidelity  as  an  Arctic  explorer: — 

"  The  coast-line  was  observed  to  be  continuous  for  about  thirty 
miles,  forming  a  bay,  bounded  toward  the  west  by  the  U.  S.  range 
of  mountains,  with  Mounts  Mary  and  Julia  and  Cape  Joseph  Henry, 
agreeing  so  well  with  HaWs  description,  that  it  was  impossible  to  mis- 
take their  identity.  Their  bearings  also,  although  differing  upwards 
of  30°  from  those  of  the  published  chart,  agreed  precisely  with  his 
published  reports 

On  the  13th  of  May  (1876),  in  the  presence  of  twenty-four  offi- 
cers and  men,  Captain  Stephenson,  of  the  English  Expedition,  iioisted 
the  American  Hag  over  the  grave  of  Captain  Hall,  and  at  the  foot 
erected  a  brass  tablet,  prepared  in  England,  bearing  the  following 
inscription : 

SACRKD  TO  THE  MEMOUY   OF 

CAPTAIN  C.  F.  HALL, 

Of  tho  U.  8.  8.  "  Polaris 

Who  Sacrillcod  his  Life  iu  tho  advaneeuient  of  Science,  November  8th,  187L 

This  Tablot  has  boon  erected  by  (he  British  Polur  Kxpodition  of  187.5, 

Who,  following  in  his  footsteps,  have  profited  by  his  Experience. 

He  also  reported  to  Captain  Nares  that  the  grave  was  found  in  an 
excellent  state  of  preservation.     The  willow  planted  by  Tyson  was 


M 


438 


The  Grave  Visited  by  Captain  Stephensort,  B.  N. 


still  alive.     The  inscnption  put  upon  it  in  July,  1871,  by  Hall's  com- 
rades, still  read: 

TO  THE  MEMORY  OF 

CHARLES  FRANCIS  HALL, 

Late  Commander  U.  S.  Steamer  PolariH,  N.  I'ole  Expedition, 

Died  Nov.  8,  187L — Aged  50  years. 

"I  am  the  Resurrection  ami  tlie  life:  lie  that  be'ieveth  on  Me  though  ho  were  dead 

yet  shall  he  live." 


■  -     'WP^>J'^'ffl5fi«IE7fJ'-- 


41 


P 


HAPTER 


m- 


ADDITIONAL  NOTES— HALL'S  TWO  ESKIMO  FRIENDS— 
THEIR  RELATIVES— THE  GRAVES  IN  THE  CEME- 
TERY  AT   GROTON,   CONNECTICUT. 


i 


I  j.^,Ali -  -— "  '-^  •-'^'•-      ---'-■■■-^    ■•— -t"  '-^   ■  ■  ---r.'..    .  .   -■■■^J-i^-i.J-x.i. 


■^ 


ii,JlR  i.i^^^wfl^l*'-   '■  7rTf»?^»«T-w^»:M  -    V-  ■ 


"P"  ■    ^.rrp— .■'■»'-*'^|V-^,r.":?-«gi.»  ^"^'^'^j',  ^>- 


I 


< 


'' 


!« 


I V  ■■^•^T<»— 7— ^ 


CHAPTER   XIV. 


Hall's  Eskimo  Fkiend8  : — Ebierbtng  (Joe)  and  Too-koo-li-too  (  Hannah) — Their  Children- 
Joe's  Cousins — The  Inscriptions  in  the  Cemetery  at  Groton,  Connecticht. 

At  the  close  of  this  Narrative,  it  may  be  conceded  as  something  due 
in  simple  justice  to  the  two  Eskimos  who  have  been  so  frequently  named 
within  the  previous  pages,  that  a  few  items  of  their  personal  history  be 
recorded.  Through  all  the  trials  of  Hall's  three  expeditions — a  period 
of  more  than  ten  years — they  were  not  only  his  steadfast  friends,  but 
indispensable  supporters  without  whom  he  could  never  have  carried 
forward  his  investigations,  or  have  kept,  in  some  emergencies,  even  his 
life  among  the  Innuits,  Joe  Ebierbing  was,  as  has  frequently  appeared 
in  the  Narrative,  Hall's  dependence  as  hunter.  On  repeated  occasions, 
by  his  native  skill  in  the  use  of  the  lance  and  line  and  by  his  readily 
learned  use  of  the  rifle,  he  procured  food  in  the  darkest  days  of  want, 
not  for  Hall  alone,  but  often  for  the  less  skillful  and  suffering  Innuits 
around  him : — materially  aiding  Hall  by  this  beyond  the  bare  support 
of  the  lives  saved,  and  gaining  for  the  expedition  lasting  good-will  and 
help.  Hannah  was  perhaps  the  more  intelligent  and,  as  a  woman, 
naturally  of  quicker  perception  in  the  things  of  every-day  life  which 
would  serve  the  necessities  of  the  white  man  among  strangers.  She 
})roved  an  interpreter  without  whom  every  effort  to  understand  the 
natives  of  Cumberland  Gulf,  of  Repulse  Bay,  of  Ig-loo-lik,  of  Pelly 
Bay,  or  of  the  country  on  the  route  to  King  William's  Land,  would 
have  been  hopeless — every  one  of  Hall's  journeys  and  talks  with  the 
Innuits  nearly  useless. 

441 


•I 


i 


442  Joe  and  Hannah  Drifting  by  their  Home. 

But  beyond  all  this,  the  heroic  conduct  of  these  two  on  the  last  of 
Hall's  voyages  claims  a  tribute.  It  must  be  very  plain  to  every  reader 
of  the  Narrative  of  that  Polaris  voyage  that  these  Eskimos  saved  the 
lives  of  Tyson's  party  on  the  fearful  ice-floe  drift  of  more  than  1,200 
miles. 

In  the  early  days  of  that  suffering,  when  the  floe  was  drifting 
past  Cumberland  Sound  and  was  nearly  opposite  their  native  place, 
the  temptation  presented  itself  to  this  couple  to  escape  to  the  main- 
land. "Father  Hall"  was  gone  from  them,  and,  at  that  time,  there 
were  just  grounds  of  fear  within  their  breasts  that,  in  the  almost 
famishing  condition  of  the  white  men,  some  of  them  might  make  the 
Eskimos  the  first  victims,  if  the  direst  necessity  should  come. 

Hannah  listened  to  no  words  of  such  persuasion,  but  strengthened 
Toe's  purpose  to  remain ;  a  hunter  for  the  seal  and  the  bear  was  thus 
still  to  be  at  hand  for  the  saving  of  men  whose  skill  in  such  hunts  was 
plainly  as  unequal  t<>  their  need  as  was  their  diminished  strength.  Of 
liis  true  worth  in  this  respect  the  most  convincing  proof  came  toward 
the  last  days  of  those  dark  months  The  story  of  this  is  told  on  the 
568th  page  of  Admiral  Davis's  Narrative,  where  it  will  be  found 
recorded  that  on  the  22d  of  April,  1873,  when  Tyson's  party  on 
the  floe,  weakened  by  their  six  months'  exposures,  were  on  that 
day  half-drowned,  cold,  and  almost  literally  without  a  morsel  of 
food,  Joe,  on  going  out  for  the  fourth  time  to  watch,  saw  a  bear 
coming  toward  the  party,  hurried  back  for  his  gun,  and,  requesting 
all  hands  to  lie  perfectly  still,  returned  with  his  companion  Hans,* 

*  Hatuf  own  story  of  his  experience  witii  Hall's  party,  and  with  the  expeditions  of  Dr. 
Kane,  Dr.  Hayes,  and  Captain  Nares,  has  been  lately  published  in  a  translation  from  the  Greenland 
tongue  by  Doctor  Henjy  Rink,  author  of  "Tales  and  Traditions  of  the  Eskimos,"  and  of  other 
works.  Ha'Mf  story  of  his  share  in  the  expeditions  will  be  read  with  interest; — and  his  odd  ac- 
count of  his  visit  to  Washington,  when  brought  to  the  city  with  others  of  the  rescued  Floe  party. 


.1^ 


..t^^>;.^-^i:.'j:j:^.'v''^^.'''-'^  ^^  •■ 


^^t^a^.i^ 


From  a  photograiili  by  G.  W.  Pach,  New  \'ork. 


Ueluityjn  Printinff  Co.,  L^«tun. 


:| 


,//,.■  oj'fi.    'I'll- '■'■■''    'l'''k' 


>:iH<i.(,'  I 


I 


<.:'     ills    M>'1     i''-';!.!!^'     !  iin  (i     i';r   .     .■"'.     li-      ■il'ITi,''  \  I.    tli;->     ,;!i;)>? 

!-'M/:irp, ..'  A<h->i''-(!  1  ;;t'  i';  •^M.\;-"   ■  3^  .f  ''■  V  til.-  I  i".  ■■  '■■'.:  'in-  '.'M'-.mj;'. 


,!....  a,;^.:  1[  ,iu,.: 


.(■"■^ 


1    .   • .  i 


i 


h.-'-^    11'    I  i;  •   :":i!:       i     . 


,1 


>■  1        1 


i;M 


i'i,    IC.     ti 


.t\,\ 


I  ■ ;  ; 


i-.n.:li  ■■'sir.-ii.  '  \    I  .ii;.'ii-!i  ::: 


1       :■■■■     •(     , 


,     -K-i'V)!'.-"    <••     t.'lil!.' 'l:?'!'!  .;    i     'l-i''. 


'  I  ■>      .1!  I  I-. 


-).</':•  tn,iH  in;    {'".[']{       !  ,   i-';U  '•...  '\   I"    !:••    ^       l\i         -■-       -  .  ■'■  ^  •■' 

'•  ',-   iuii-   *"!!'■»  f-iiu'^-   ;rriU;;,'i    Ivv  ''.(■■-i;_ii   ••  ■■''■'  '■■■       .;'•»■   )■•■'■:■ 


.,.•:,  ..        ,  .^-1.",.   -,,. 

»j^       ■-  .  .  .■     v^-  .■'*»'■ 


.I'-'-  ■ 


i. 


■  ■,..1-      i;A. 


•««*-.:■  ^ 


....  ?T  .  ••»■ ' 


IS'    ' 


'■*•:*■  '  ■  >*  . 


""{t.^a;  >: 


1    -/    c.     ■■•■!*■ 


A;.-: 


^■i^- 


■*K 

I- 


I 


JSi':-- 


!:'r;--rr  ac'-,.. ,. 


*.j?- 


■!-:■■  -v.  --.■■■,. 


:     ■   !.     i\ 


\ 


', 


Joe  and  Hannah  Taken  to  England.  443 

and  with  his  aid  instantly  killed  the  ierociouH  animal.  At  this  point 
in  his  Nan-ative  Admiral  Davis  says:  "Hut  for  the  rifles  in  this  extreme 
emergency,  this  story  would  not  have  been  written." 

Joe  and  Hannah  were  natives  of  Cumberland  Inlet,  where  Capt. 
S.  O.  IJudington,  of  Groton,  first  met  them  in  the  fall  of  1851,  on  the 
island  of  Kim-ick-su-ic, — an  island  that  gets  its  name  from  its  flat 
center,  which,  covered  with  grass,  gives  it  the  look  of  a  dog-skin. 
Captain  Budington  wintered  there  (in  about  hit.  65°  30',  long.  62°) 
when  in  command  of  the  McLellan,  of  New  London.  IIai\nah,  who 
was  born  at  Cape  Serrel,  on  the  west  side  of  Davis  Strait,  was  at  the 
time  of  Captain  Budington's  visit  only  about  twelve  years  of  age,  and 
Joe,  who  was  then  married  to  another  woman,  seemed  to  Budington  at 
that  time  "as  old  as  he  does  to-day."  Cape  Serrel  was  a  whaling 
station,  much  visited  by  English  and  American  sailors,  and  frequented 
by  the  Eskimos  of  Cumberland  Gulf  for  trade.  A  few  years  after- 
ward, Mr.  Bolby,  a  merchant  of  Hull,  became  much  interested  in  these 
two  persons,  and  took  them  with  him  in  his  own  vessel  on  his  return 
voyage  from  the  Gulf  In  England  he  treated  them  as  his  guests  with 
great  liberality.  They  were  married  in  his  house  in  the  presence  of  a 
large  company,  and,  with  Mr.  Bolby,  visited,  in  their  native  costume, 
many  places  in  England  and  Scotland,  and  were  presented  to  Queen 
Victoria,  and  dined  with  her  and  the  Prince  Consort.  Hannah  always 
spoke  of  the  Queen  as  "very  kind,  very  much  lady." 

Two  years  afterward  they  returned  to  Cumberland  Inlet,  and 
there  Hall  first  met  them  in  1860.  Joe  had  just  piloted  two  English 
vessels  into  Cornelius  Grinnell  Bay  through  a  narrow  channel  more 
than  one  hundred  miles  in  length.  Both  Joe  and  Hannah  next  accom- 
panied Hall  through  all  those  investigations  which  led  to  the  discovery 


■V|:!r^ 


I  ;;i- 


'■'-*-^- -*•■■■-'-* ---^-iMti    r^JMi^lhifrt  frM 


I 


444  Their  First   Visit  to  the  United  iStates. 

of  FrobisIier'H  Bay  and  the  FroVjislier  relics;  in  18G2  they  came  with 
him  to  the  United  States. 

Hannah's  wilUngness  to  leave  her  country  seems  to  have  been 
produced  ^ty  her  desire  to  keep  with  her,  her  husband,  who  was  at  the 
time  being  persuaded  to  leave  her  for  another  wife.  His  undo  U-gack 
was  reported  as  having  had  twenty  wives,  three  of  them  living  with 
him  at  one  time.  At  the  time  of  Kail's  return  to  the  United  States, 
Joe,  who  had  been  sick,  was  ordered  by  the  an-ge-ico  to  take  another 
wife  as  the  only  way  to  get  well;  but  to  his  own  best  future  success, 
as  is  well  known,  he  came  over  with  Hannah  to  the  United  States. 
His  father  had  died  when  quite  young ;  his  half-brother  Ita-loo,  left 
on  the  island,  was  met  with  in  the  year  1873  by  Captain  Greer, 
U.  S.  N  ,  of  the  relief  ship  Tigress,  came  with  him  to  New  York,  spent 
the  winter  in  Groton,  and  died  shortly  after  getting  back  to  his 
native  land. 

Joe  and  Hannah,  after,  as  has  been  shown,  assisting  Hall  in  his 
preparations  for  the  Second  Expedition,  and  closely  attending  him 
through  the  years  1864-1869,  again  accompanied  him  on  his  last 
voyage  in  the  Polaris,  1871,  and  returned  to  the  United  States  with 
the  Floe  Party.  They  were  as  much  attached  to  "  Father  Hall,"  as 
he  was  to  them. 

In  a  home  purchased  for  them  by  him,  in  Groton,  Connecticut, 
they  again  commenced  housekeeping  in  1873,  readily  adapting  them- 
selves to  the  customs  of  civilized  life.  Joe  became  a  good  carpenter 
and  farm-hand,  retaining  his  old  love  for  fishing.  Hannah  was  soon 
skillful  in  making  up,  with  the  help  of  her  sewing-machine,  furs  and 
other  salable  articles  for  the  people  of  New  London  and  Groton. 

Their  first  child,  Tu-ke-U-ke-ta,  had  died  in  New  York  in  the  winter 


«■«■«   I     ■ 


Jlannali^s  Death.  445 

i)t'  lH(iH;  the  second  liad  been  burled  on  the  first  slodgo  journey  to 
Kin<»' William'H  Land  in  18GG;  a  thh-d,  which  Joe  adopted  in  18G8,  with 
the  consent  of  its  parents  and  by  the  gift  ot"  a  sled  to  them  from  Hall, 
came  with  him  to  the  United  States  in  18G9.  Hannah  named  this 
child  Sylvia,  after  her  friend  Miss  Grinnell.  The  girl  was  an  intelli- 
gent scholar  at  the  Groton  school  until  her  death  in  1875. 

The  health  of  this  coujde  had  been  re])eatedly  broken  during  the 
long  period  of  suffering  of  the  years  18G4  to  186!);  and  they  do  not 
seem  to  have  been  readily  acclimated  in  the  United  States.  The  terri- 
ble experience  of  the  ice-floe  especially  had  left  severe  traces  on  them. 
During  the  year  187G,  Hannah  suffered  much  with  that  fatal  disease 
consumption ;  a  disease  which  carries  off  the  larger  number  of  her 
race.  It  had  been  long  gaining  upon  her.  She  bitterly  felt  the  loss 
of  her  last  child  and  the  absence  of  her  husband,  who,  after  having 
been  again  out  in  the  Arctic  l?egions  with  Capt.  Allen  Young,  of  the 
Pandora,  was  then  doing  good  sor-ice  on  board  a  vessel  belonging  to 
the  United  States  Fish  Commission.  Hannah  had  become  a  true 
('hristian;  read  her  Bible,  and  showed  a  quiet,  good  life.  After  a 
season  of  protracted  suffering,  throughout  which  she  wjs  tenderly 
cared  for  by  Mrs.  Captain  Budington  and  other  friends  in  Groton,  she 
breathed  her  last,  as  the  old  3'ear  went  out,  December  31,  1876,  at  the 
early  age  of  38.  Her  death  was  tranquil.  Among  her  last  words  was 
the  petition,  "Come,  Lord  Jesus,  and  take  thy  poor  creature  home!" 

In  June,  1878,  Joe  again  sailed  for  the  Arctic  zone  with  the  party 
spoken  of  in  the  Preliminary  Chapter  as  sent  out  by  Morison  & 
Brown,  of  New  York,  and  commanded  by  Lieutenant  Schwatka,  to 
prosecute  a  renewed  search  for  the  records  of  Sir  John  Franklin's 
Expedition.     Mr.  J.  Carson  Brevoort,  of  New  York,  Mr.  J.  J.  Copp, 


X 


^■;f^; 


446 


The  Eskimo  Tombstones  at  Grolon. 


Captain  Budington,  and  others,  had  unhesitatingly  renewed  their 
indorsement  of  the  industry-,  honesty,  and  truthfulness  of  this  simple- 
minded  Eskimo  man,  who  has  received  from  the  United  States  Gov- 
ernment much  less  compensation  for  noble  services  than  perhaps  any 
other  one  of  the  Polaris  Expedition. 

MEMORIALS. 

In  the  quiet  cemetery  on  the  hillside  of  Groton  may  be  found 
a,  few  tombstones  set  up  by  its  citizens  in  memory  of  nearly  all 
the  Eskimos  who  have  visited  the  United  States.  One  of  these 
stones  bears  the  name  of  him  who,  going  out  with  Hall,  died  on  board 
the  George  Henry  while  eagerly  inquiring  as  he  again  neared  his 
native  land,  **  Do  you  see  ice,  iceV' 

Cl'D-LAR-GO. 
Died  July  1,  IHW. 

On  another  tombstone  will  be  read  : 

OU-SE-GONG  (JEANNIE.) 
Died  .July  Ist,  Xmi.    Aged  28  years. 


IRANNIIS. 


n< 


i.    ^ 


i         -»% 


ti 


*  ^^ 


¥i.  ■^: 


>    ^ 


.1<" 


■  !■  I":      ip.:",  ■■  ': 


'         •  1       .'  [  ■ 


••^■■■■•'     i;;<.-it' 


' :  1  a  :  ■■        1. 


.:;iii!iii.. 


•V- 


V  .1- 


...!:■      .^^         v'-^     r     [:     <■• 

f.  <- 

..■i:      '■■■  .  m    :;;,  .'  i:; 


M<i        !) 


.  •!■;.•  ^^  .1 


"Tf-'r^^Bu;-;- 


"im 


f^' 


"^ife'-a^-^fey 


.idiai^'f^^i^^  ■ 


7 


11, 


7 


i 

O 

S! 

H 

a 
w 

H 

> 

o 

T) 
O 


a! 

o 
!2: 


o 
c 

2! 
n 

3 


I 


i-  )  Hi;  • 


'!:■  I 


■,l 


I 

■  »V 


A 


SflK' 


M 


I 


The  Eskimo  Tomhstones  at  Groton. 


447 


'1 


V 


Ou-se-gong  was   a  cousin  of  Joe  and  wife  of  Kud-lup-pa-mune, 
known  by  the  whalers  as  "Abbott." 


ABBOTT. 


Captain  Budington  brought  these  two  Eskimos  from  Cumberland 
Inlet  to  New  London  in  1866;  on  their  return  with  him  the  next 
year,  Jeannie  died  on  the  voj-age. 

Two  smaller  headstones  put  up  for  Hannah's  children  have  on 
them  the  inscriptions : 


And 


TUKE-Ll-KE-TA: 
Died  Feb  28,  1863.    Ajicrt  18  months. 

SYLVIA  GRINNELL  EBIERBING. 

(Puiiiiji.) 

Born  at  iRlooIik  .Inly,  186fi. 

Died  March  18,   1875. 

"Of  Kiifli  is  till-  liinfidom  of  Era  mi." 

She  w.as  a  Burvivor  of  the  Poliiri.s  Ex]ie(lUioii  uiiiler  Coiiiiimtnlcr  Cliarles  Francis  Hall, 
and  WU8  picked  uj)  with  19  others  from  an  ice  Hoe  April  ',W,  187:5,  after  a  drift  on  the  ice  for  u 
period  of  one  hundred  and  ninety  days  and  a  distance  of  over  twelve  hundred  miles. 

On  a  visit  to  these  graves,  when  making  inquiries  of  Eskimo  Joe 
in  regard  to  some  facts  for  use  in  this  Narrative,  he  was  observed  to 


-.n 


if- 


1 


I  I 


448 


Joe's  Love  for  Hannah. 


kneel  at  Haimali's  grave  and  carefully  weed  out  the  long  grass.  Then 
turning  to  his  visitors,  he  said,  "Hannah  gone!  Punna  gone!  Me  go 
now  again  to  King  William's  Land ;  if  have  to  fight,  me  no  care." 

Over  the  grave  of  the  faithful  Hannah,  the  interpreter  of  each 
expedition,  and  the  friend  who  wept  at  Hall's  burial,  has  recently  been 
placed  an  elegant  granite  headstone,  with  the  monogram  J,  &  H.  and 
an  Inscription,  designed  for  her  by  Mr.  J.  J.  Copp  and  other  true 
friends. 

XoTE.— The  usual  appellation,  Eskimo,  has  been  retained  for  Joe  and  Hannah  throughout 
this  Narrative  because  they  were  found  to  be  so  named  in  Hall's  journals  and  by  those  who  knew 
them  while  they  were  in  the  United  States.  It  has  been  learned  only  while  printing  this  last 
page  that  Captain  Hall  said  these  two  and  their  people  so  disliked  the  name  Eskimo  as  to  be 
oll'cnded  when  they  heard  themselves  so  called,  instead  of  Innuita.  It  is  perhaps  an  interesting 
question  whether  this  preference  for  the  name  Innuit  is  to  be  attributed  to  any  tribal  antipathy 
to  the  natives  residing  further  east  iu  Greenland.  It  would  seem  to  confii-m  the  judgment  of 
Mr.  Dall,  quoted  on  page  62  of  the  Narrative. 

For  further  instructive  comparisons  of  the  races  occupying  the  Northern  Section  of  the 
Continent  see  "Tales  and  Traditions  of  the  Eskimos,"  by  Dr.  Henry  Kink.  Director  for  the  Danish 
Government  in  Greenland.    London,  1875. 


I  f 


I 

H 

pi 

f 

I'' 

_^:^-%       '■  -'■ 


i-;'''f^'-i^-.  <£: 


#:=.»=i* 


.J^' '  •■ 


%'■.  ■■.; 


;i^?Sv. 


---.TF-y,    ->:■         i(  ■■'•'^r*'    -^     '  ■'■  ...fi-.-^.'.       -til-.  - 


'4 


..:  f 


m 


■■•■'7! 


I.. 


!■  :• 


!<•■■■    ,' 


;,  .    ■••   >'.-«e<<»*Vt.A^..,    -J 


.■■'..  .  ,,'l      I,  ., 


M       .■■■'■<• 


't 


Jwl^^^!'*^  4 

i 

'.I 


6nr^A^  cr^-' 


f.<r~-n 


From  ;i  iili(it(igi:i|ili  by  T.  \V.  Smillie,  Wasliingtoii,  I>.  C. 


k 


/Ifliiitj/iHi  Printinn  <-'"■■  Bontun 


H  ■- 


1  I 


APPENDIX    I. 


ASTRONOMICAL  OBSERVATIONS  MADE  BY  C.   F.  HALL  ON  HIS 
SECOND  ARCTIC  EXPEDITION,  18(54-18(11). 


449 


m\ 


I  ' 


,......j_ .... 


A^PPKISTDTX    I. 


ASTRONOMICAL  OBSERVATIONS,  1804-1800. 


NOTES  ON  Till":  OBSERVATIONS. 

Ilall  took  with  him  in  1804  two  Kextunts,  a  box  and  a  i)ockot  chioiiomctor, 
Hoveral  compasses,  and  a  dip-ciich! ;  the  last  instmmcnt  and  one  of  the  sextants 
being  loaned  to  him  from  the  United  States  Coast  SuiTey. 

From  the  experience  of  his  first  expedition,  and  from  some  further  practice 
in  the  use  of  instruments  after  his  return  to  New  York,  he  hoped  tliat  he  would 
succeed  in  making  some  observations  of  scientific  value,  as  well  as  extend  tlie 
knowledge  of  Arctic  geography. 

In  considering  the  observations  here  given,  duo  allowance  will  be  generously 
accorded  for  errors  for  which  ho  was  not  fully  responsible.  His  own  frank  state- 
ments of  the  extremely  defective  condition  of  his  instruments  have  been  more 
than  once  noted  in  the  preceding  pages.  His  sextants  were  soon  out  of  order. 
The  silvering  of  their  mirrors  in  the  Arctic  winter  cracked  off,  and  their  screws 
and  joints  loosened  by  the  inequality  of  expansion.  He  did  not  consider  the 
work  done,  with  even  the  Coast  Survey  pocket  sextant,  good  work;  and  often 
exi)ressed  the  regret  that  no  labor  or  ingenuity  of  his  could  remedy  the  defects 
caused  by  the  influences  of  the  Arctic  exposures  to  whi^h  all  of  his  appliances 
were  subjected.    The  dip-circle  was  brokeu  in  18G4. 

The  chronometers  showed  themselves,  at  first,  to  be  good  time-kee[>era,  l)ut 
the  roughness  unavoidable  in  handling  and  transi)orting  them  across  the  ice-floes 
soon  disturbed  their  rates ;  and  in  the  last  year  of  the  expedition  they  more  than 
once  ceased  to  run. 

The  compasses  were  doubtless  good ;  his  perplexity  in  regard  to  their  work 
arose,  perhaps,  chiefly  from  changes  in  the  direction  and  force  of  the  magnetic 
influences  in  regions  subject  to  sudden  and  powerful  fluctuations.  After  makiug 
due  allowance  for  the  error  of  taking  some  of  his  observations  in  the  vicinity  of 

451 


452 


IlalVs  Astronomical  Observations. 


iron,  it  may  be  safely  admitted  that,  for  the  most  part,  tlie  discrepancies  which 
will  be  found  noted  in  the  following  pages  are  to  be  credited  to  the  irregularities 
in  terrestrial  magnetism. 

Notwithstanding  many  and  frequently  recurring  ditticulties,  Hall  evidently 
lost  no  opportunities  of  securing  observations  for  determining  position  as  accu- 
rately as  possible.  The  observations  which  follow  have  been  computed  from  his 
journal  entries,  principally  for  use  in  constructing  the  maps  which,  with  his  notes 
and  other  data,  supplement  his  surveying  work.  The  computations  have  not  been 
nmde  with  the  precision  demanded  for  observations  unaftected  by  such  large  con- 
stant errors ;  yet  the  reduced  observations  furnish  data  for  determining  the  lati- 
tudes of  places  in  the  Arctic  Zone  but  little  known,  and,  in  some  cases,  entirely 
unknown  previously  to  Ilall's  visits. 


ASTRONOMICAL  OHSERVATIONS  MADE  DURING  THE  YEARS  1864-'69. 
[Reduci'd  uuder  the  supvrintendeiire  of  Mr.  B.  W.  D.  Brynu,  late  of  tlio  Polnria  Expedition] 


Jl'I.Y  L'O,  1804.— ENTItANTB  TO  lllIrSON's  SXIiAITK. 


Jl'l.Y  31,  18(U.— niDsoNB  SIUAITS— Continued. 


Ii.  ni.  8. 

3  51 

4  05  :io 
10  30 
U 

19 
21 


4   3 
10  30 
20 


47   7 

17  30 
20 

20 
10 

18  30 


IID  30 
118  15 


!  117  51) 
117  20 


0  17 

18  30 

20  20 

24  45 

25  35 

26  30 

31  30 

32  40 

33  40 


42  21 
15 

41  4' 
4.. 

3a 
10 


6  22  10  '  100  30 

23  10  !  20 

27  40  I  00  50 

28  50  I  40 

29  40  30 


Elevation  20  feet. 


Lilt.  «1°  5'.'J  X. 


0  to  liglit  to  Cape  Resolu- 
tion. 


VesHcl     (III     coni'se    WXW. 
true,  3  Iviiuts  per  lumr. 

Clirou.  hIow  4''  iil"'. 

Lat.  81°  8'  N. 
UinK.  04°  7'  W. 

0  to  rigid  to  C'ttjie  Kegolution. 


h.  m.    H. 
4    23    30 

28 

34 

40 


35 

;i7 
37 
34 


!     8 


43  3 

47  35 

48  50 

49  5 
59  5!) 

0  45 

1  50 
5  27 
0  ;i7 
7  45 


on    15 

08    20 

08      5 

07    50 

05    45 

30 

15 

04    30 

15 

0 


2  a. 

Small  xextant. 
Lat.  01°  32'.9  X. 


2  0. 

At  9'|  eliron.   slow   on  ship'H 
eliron.  5''  2;)'». 


i 


Long.  00°  51'. 7  W. 


August  3, 1804.— Hudson's  Stbaits. 


Jui.y  31,  1804.— Hudson's  Stkaitb. 


92 


30 


2  a. 

A  rtltioini  horizon.  Large  sex- 
tant. 

C'liron.  hIow  on  Htiiji's  iliron. 
,51121m;  Hlii|)'H  eliron.  fast  on 
G.  M.  '1'.  2«.0. 


Ii.  ni. 

.s. 

4    21 

29 

31 

33 

30 

37 

45    37  I  Q. 

;i8  30  i  14  feet  elevation. 

37 

35  30  I 

35  1  Lat.  01"  31'. 3  N. 


8    42    10 
42    39 


1 


28      3 
27     50 


12  feet  elevation. 

Clirou.  slow  on  (1.  M.  T.  li"  31', 

Long.  fl7°0'.0  W. 


Ai'ofsT  5,  1864.— Hudson's  Stbaits. 


b.  m. 
4    25 

28 
30 
37 


30 


44    M 


53 


20  feet  elevation. 
Lat.  61'^  42'.6  N. 


^h'r 


Hall's  Astronomical  Observations,  1864. 


453 


Astronomical  observations  made  during  the  years  18()4-'69 — Continued. 


August  5,  1864.— Hudso.n'b  Straits— Continued. 


ii.  m.  8. 

7      7  20  30    55 

9  20  I           42 

10  25  39 


August  11. 1864.- Hudson's  Straits— Continued. 


8  16  12  ;  29  54 

17  50  I  44 

19  10  I  34 

20  20  ;  28 

21  20  1  20 


14  feet  elevation. 


Cliron.  slow  (in  G.  M.  T.  f.™  l".fi. 


I,onj!.  07°  13'  W. 


August  6. 1864.— Hudson's  Straits. 


ll. 

ni. 

8. 

3 

7 

10 

3 

10 

30 

4 

26 
31 

42    16 
21 


44    30 
30 


a- 

20  feet  elevation. 
Lon\;.  67°59'.3  W. 

Cliron.  slow  on  G.  M.  T.  O™  ».  |j 

I.nt.  01°  4.V  N.  ||^ 

Sliip  on  eouise  NW.  by  W.  jl 

3  knots  per  lionr.  ]| 

3-45  ehnnjiied  course  to  NE.  ;  | 


h.  m. 

s. 

o 

1      II 

4  49 

45 

41 

43 

Q- 

57 

40 

46 

20  feet  elevation. 

Small  sex 

5   4 

10 

47 

tant. 

U 

48 

12 

47 

Large  .sextant. 

4  54 

20 

41 

49 

5   0 

20 

50 

10 

10 

.50 

14 

49 

Lat.  03°  0'.9  N. 

7  31 

25 

35 

30 

32 

25 

25 

33 

23 

20 

40 

27 

34 

45 

41 

30 

40 

4J 

35 

35 

43 

30 

30 

August  14,  1864.— Hudson's  Straits. 


August  8,  1864.— Hudson's  Straits. 


h.  ni.    8. 
2    37    30 


38    57 


14 
24 
7 
12 
15 


43 


2    37    30       93    47 


20  feet  elevation. 

Chron.  slow  on  G.  M.  T.  6™  35". 
Ship's  course  N.  10  W.,  true. 

3  knots  jier  hour. 
Lat.  62°  14'.3  N. 
Lous'.  09°  46'.9  W. 


0  to  left  to  iceberg.  Iceberg 
toloft  toXorth  liluft(U°34'. 
North  Bluer  by  C.  N.  40'  K. 

Var.  57°.9  W. 


August  9,  1864.— Hudson's  Straits. 


h.  ni.    a. 

4      7    ,30 

11    20 


9    10 
15 

25    40 
33 
39 


42     17 
23 


21 
29 
39 
45 
40 


20  feet  elevation. 
Chnpel,  observer. 

Hall,  observer. 


Lat.  62°  43'.8  N. 


August  11, 1864.— Hudson's  Straits. 


Ships  steering  NW.  by  N. 


h.  m. 

5    35 

30 

38 


45 


43  Q. 

43  I  17  feet  elevation. 

42    58    45  I  Lat.  60°  58'.2  N. 


August  15,  1804.— Hudson's  Straits. 


h.  m. 

5    34 

37 


I 


o 

'  "  ! 

42 

7    i 

7  30  I 

SI- 

20  feet  elevation. 

Lat.  01°  32'.3  N. 


August  10,  1864.— Hudson's  Straits. 


h.  m.    8. 
5    33 

35 

37 

43 

46 

48    30 


a- 

20  fiHit  elevation. 


40    59 
41 

3  I 

6  I 

6    30  ' 

0  Lat.  62°  14'.1  N 


August  17,  1864.— Hudson's  I!ay. 


h.  ni.    8. 
6    29 


8    .53    25 
55    30 


40 


30    55 
30    43 


12  feet  elevation. 

Chron.  slow  on  G.  M.  T.  8'"  36". 
Lat.  62°  3'.  IN. 
Long.  88°  19'  W. 


August  18,  1864.— Hudson's  Bav. 


h.  m. 

8. 

4  18 

30 

29 

20 

33 

20 

34 

35 

37  32 

38  18 
30 
35 


20  feet  elevation. 

Chron.  slow  on  G.  M.  T.  8"'  45". 

Long.  89°  59'  W. 


454 


HalVs  Astronomical  Observations,  1864. 


;, 


Agtronomical  ohservationa  made  during  the  years  1864-'69 — Continued. 


i 


August  18, 1804.— Hudson's  Bay— Continued. 


m. 

S. 

47 

54 

30 

56 

40 

58 

25 

3 

4 

30 

5 

30 

6 

15 

40  30 
S3 
32 
31 
30 
30 
29 
28 


Q- 


Lat.  620  8'.8IT. 


August  21, 1864.— Depot  Island. 


m.  e. 
44 

50 
54  30 

6 
10 
13 


53 

57 
3  30 
8  30 

12 


10 


8  40  26 
42 

43  25 

48  24 

49  45 

50  50 
59  40 

0   I  30 

2  45 
6 


10  20 


75  38 
38  30 
42  30 
41 
35 
32 
28 


75  42 
42  30 
33 

34  30 
30 


60  15 
0 

50  45 

58  54 
40 
29 

56  55 
35 
23 

43  45 

43 


2Q. 

Small  sextant;  on  31',  off  32'. 


2Q. 

Lnreo  sextant;  on  32',  off  30' 
30". 


Lat.  630  46'.9N. 


iQ. 


Cliron.  slow  on  G.  M.  T.  O"  16». 


Lonp.  89°  45'  N. 


N.  67°  W.  by  C. 
N.  Oflo  30-  W.  b 
Var.  41°.5  \V. 


byC. 


August  25,  1864.— Depot  Island. 


m.    8. 

53 

08    30 

0    45 

5 

9 
11    60 


6  20 

8  22 

0  46 

38  5 


40    45 
43    20 


0         I 

72    56 


67 
56    30 
61 

46    30 
42    30 


52  49 
27 
12 

46    45 


13 
45    41 


2C2. 


Lot.  63°47'.5N. 

Chron.  slow  on  G.  M.  T. 

"Helen  F." 10" 

Monticello 11 

HaU's 20_ 

Mean 10 

Long.  89°  58'. 

N.  82°  W.  by  C. 

N.810W. 

Var.  33°.9  W. 


38'.5 
40.2 
10.0 
49.0 


August  20, 1864.— Depot  Island. 


h.  m. 

H. 

3  13 

26 

14 

6 

14 

23 

58  55 
69  1 
69      6 


2Q. 


August  26, 1864.— Depot  Island— Continnod. 


b.  m.   8. 
3  26 
20  30 


3  38   5 
47  36 


3  41 
45  55 


42  20 

43  19 

44  56 


61  40 
01  39 


81  11 
79  44 


63 

63  38 


61  33  30 
33 
31  30 


G  and  1) . 

2  0. 

0  and  p . 

Long.  89°  10'.8  W. 


Auoubt  27, 1864.— Depot  Island. 


h.  in.   8. 
8    39 


28 


7  feet  elevation. 


August  30, 1864.— Eowe'b  "Welcome. 


m.  8. 

10  26 

14  15 

16  45 

39  63 

42  10 

43  20 
14 

16  18 
18 


6    85  16 

41  30 

61 

53 

58  30 

6      6  20 


27  32 
49 

28 

29  40 
61 
64 

31  45 
49 
54 


34    11 
14 


14  30 

13  30 
12 

9  30 


Q. 

7  feet  elevation. 

Vcssers  coui'80  K.,  2^  knots 

per  hour. 
Chron.  slow  on  G.  M.  T.  45". 


Long.  87°  57'.5  W. 


Lat.  64°  18'. IN. 


August  31,  1864.— Fikst  Encampment. 


h.  m.   8. 
5    36    30 

39 

44     13 

47 

40    30 

57    30 

60 


J 

// 

31 

33 

35 

34 

30 

32 

30 

31 

30 

4  feet  elevation. 

LC.  +4.5". 

Chron.  slow  on  G.  M.  T.  56'.5. 


Lat.  04°  34'.9  N. 


Skptemdeh  1,  1864.— FinsT  Encampment. 


in. 

8. 

47 

16 

50 

51 

28 

53 

5 

58  34 
61 

59  4 
16 


LT;.'  +  1'  30". 

Chron.  alow  on  G.  M.  T.  1"  3'.5. 


I' 

11 


|.1C 


HalVs  Astronomical  Observations,  1864. 

Astronoviical  obsenationa  made  during  the  years  1864-'69 — Continued. 


4r)5 


Sei'tbmueii  1,  1884.— Fh(ST  En'campment— Continued. 


h.  m.  a. 

5  42  30 
40  45 
51  33 
54  20 

6  4 

8  40 


6  40 

7  37 

8  35 

9  36 
12  48 
15  18 
17  53 


66    18 
10    30 
18    30 
18    30 
14 


46    30 

20 

10 

0 

45    30 

20 

10 

0 

44    22 

43  56 
26 


2Q. 


Lat.  64O30'.3N. 


I.  c'.  +  1'  30". 

Chr.  slow  on  G.  M.  T.  S^S-IO". 


Long.  87°  32'  W. 


Seftehubr  3, 1864.— Second  Encampment. 


h.  ni. 


m. 

R. 

0 

/ 

55 

55 

34 

12 

57 

25 

33 

53 

58 

35 

38 

6 

27 

32 

5 

40 


CK.bl 


owonG.M.T.5i'8'»35'. 


0  N.  61°  W.  by  C. 
Long.  87o]3'.5'W. 
Var.  470.2  W. 


Sbptembeu  4, 1864.— Second  Encampmekt. 


m. 

B. 

16 

17 

18 

9 

20 

2 

21 

20 

41      3 
44 

40  18 

41  8 


Chr.  Blow  on  G.  M.  T.  5*  8" 43'. 
Long.  87°  13'.  5  "W. 


Septemheu  5, 1864.— Second  Encampment. 


h.  m.   s. 
3    49      5 


45      3 


I. Ij'.  +  1'  30". 
Long.  87°  16'.2  W. 


September  6, 1864.— Second  Encampment. 


h. 

m. 

8. 

0 

/     // 

0 

31 

45 

62 

0  30 

36 

47 

10 

41 

20 

10 

48 

8  30 

56 

45 

61 

68 

44 

48 

62 

17 

60 

47 

03 

2i2. 


I.  C.  -  3'  30". 
Lat.  64°  50'  N. 


September  8, 1864.— Second  Encampment. 


Ii.  m. 

a. 

2  43 

58 

45 

27 

48 

30 

52 

30 

56 

40 

51 
51 
51 


, 

II 

22 

12 

46 

30 

46 

30 

46 

30 

2  0. 

I.  0.  +  1'  30'. 

Chron.  slowonG.  M.  T.  5'' 9"  15". 

Long.  87°  17'.5  "W. 


September  9, 1804.— Third  Encampment. 


h.  m.   B. 


32 
35 

38    27 
38 


60      2    30 


44  49 
20 

45  9 
44    55 


I.  u'.  +  1'  30". 
Lat.  64°  46'  N. 

2Q.    N.  88°  "\V.  by  C. 

m. 

2  0.     N.  87°  "W.  by  C. 
Long.  87°  14'. 5  W. 
Var.  43°.2  W. 


September  10, 1864.— Third  Encampment. 


h.  m.  B. 

9    58  34 

10      0  22 

2  08 


33 

34    37 
38    37 


47 


15 
30 


10   9 

18 

48  31 

0  37 
41 
44 

24 
2 

7 

59  17 
16 
15 

0  38 
40 
43 

19 
29 
34 

59  18 
17 
16 

3  29 
29 
30 

5 
35 
13 

44  30 
25 
20 

43  52 
35 
17 


2  £3. 

j_^^  22".5. 

Chr.  slow  on  G.  M.  T.  5^  9"°  29*. 

2Q. 

2  2. 


i.%  -  22".6. 
Lat.  64°  46'.6  N. 


2Q. 

I.  C.  -  22".5. 

Chr.  slow  on  G.  M.  T.  t,^  9°^  31" 


2G).     K.  880.5  AV.  by  C. 
2(2.     N.88o-W.bv'C. 
2Q.     N.  870.5  "W.  by  C. 
Long.  87°]3'.7  W. 
Var.  420.9  W. 


September  14, 1864.— Tiiird  Encampment. 


h.  m. 

0    37 

39 


42    15 

44  25 

45  43 


o   / 

„ 

58  14 

45 

14 

12 

15 

11 

45 

11 

30 

I.  C.  -  53". 
Lat.  64°  40'.4  N. 


1 


456 


IlalVs  Astronomical  Observations,  1864. 

Antronomiml  obsmaiions  made  during  the  years  1864-'69— Continued. 


SEPTEMUKIt  17,  1864.— TllIUI)  KncAMI'MEXT. 


ll.  111. 

n. 

2  38 

30 

no 

41 

50 

O  *  // 

46 

4.')  4o 

45  30 


Clir.  slow  on  Cx.  M.  T.  S'  10" 27' 
Lon;;;.  87°  13'. 9  \Y. 


SkI'TEMDEU  20,  1864.-F()U11TI1  EXCAMWIEXT. 


ll.     III.      H.     I        O         I 

3    46    27  I     33    30 


2f2. 

Long,  nssiimod  87'>  Ifi'.ft  W. 

Cliroii.  fast  on  L  51.  T.  37'^'  52". 


SEPTKMBEB  28,  1864._F0UliTII  EXCAMPMEXT. 


ll. 

m. 

8. 

11 

2(i 

43 

28 

11 

20 

53 

o         /         // 

43    37    30 
43 


1%.-.. 


40    15  :  Chron.  fast  on  L.  M.  T.  SB^O". 


SePTKMUER  29,  18(i4.-roi:KTII  EXCAMI'MEXT. 


ll.   ni.  H. 

0    22  10 

25  50 

28  4-J 

31  15 
34 
37 

39  37 


o        /  // 

44    35  15 

35  30 

35  ao 

35  30 

33  45 

32  15 

29  45 


OcTonEii  3,  1804.— Fourth  ExrAMPMEXT. 


h.  m.  B. 

2  50  M 

3  1  38 
3  23 
0  55 

10  24 

12  5 

13  48 
17  10 


30 

29    45 

30 

0 

28    30 

15 

0 

27    30 


:  2a 


I  S.  890  -w.  hy  (; 

s.  00°  ^y.  \,y  c. 

N.  89°  W.  I'l.v  C. 

(^'liroii.  fast  on  h.  M.  T  35™  7" 

Var.  40°.  1  W. 


Octoher  8,  1864.— Fourth  Excampmext. 


ll.   m.  8. 

2    .10  23 

31  50 

32  35 

33  12 
33  54 


o  / 
20  45 
35 
30 
25 
20 


2Q. 
I  C  liron.  fast  on  I..  M.  T.  S'  4"  17'. 


OcTonsn  0,  1804.— Fifth  Excampmext. 


2  38  57 
48  12 
M    10 


35    50    45 

34    40    15 

18 


2«. 

I.T.  -  15". 


Lat.  04°  46'.  3  X. 


2  Q.      S.  81°  AV.  by  C. 

.S.  83°  W.  by  C. 

S.  84°  W.  by  C. 
Var.  40O.4  \V. 


ll.  m. 

R. 

0  28 

10 

32 

50 

36    51    30  I  2  Q. 

48    45     Lat.  64°  46'.7  K. 


October  10,  1864.— Fifth  Excampmext. 


h.  ni.  B. 

2    28  55 

30  55 

33 


October  1, 1804.— Fourth  Excampment. 


Ii.   m.  R. 

10    37  32 

40 

42  37 


44    48 
40    38 

48      5 


o       / 
37    30 
45 
38 


2  35  45 
37  43 
30    52 


2Q. 


o       /        // 
23    43 

30 

15 


2  a     S.  78°  \Y.  by  C. 

S.  79°  -W.  by  C. 

Chron.  fast  on  L.  M.  T.  32'"  48" 

Var.  44°.9  AV. 


Octobep.  17, 1864.— FiiTH  Excampmext. 


= 


38      8  2  Q. 

1§  Sextant  out  of  order. 

26    30 


43      1    30 


34  45 
30 
15 


2  ID- 

Lat.  04'^  4fl'.0  N. 


2Q. 


h.  m.  8. 

0    19  15 

24 

28  45 


I 


o        /  // 

30    iJ7  I  2Q. 

50  30  i 
54  i  Lat.  64°  46'  K. 


3    12    48       17    12    30  i  Chron.  fast  on  L.  M.  T.  32"  28". 


October  18, 1804.— Fifth  Excampmext. 


h.    in.    8.    !      o 
11    48    11  ,     58 


3  51     21       87    52    30 
50      1  I  .r,r, 

4  4      11  55 


2J2. 


Chron.  fast  on  L.  M.  T.  32'"  11"  • 
thin  long.  83°  5'.5  W.  (not 
reUablo). 


HalVs  Astronomical  Observations,  1865. 


457 


Aafronumical  obscrvationn  made  during  the  years  18C4-'69 — Coutinuod, 


W: 


OcTOHKU  27, 1804 Fifth  Encampment. 

AruiL  25, 1865.— Ninth  Encampment— Continued. 

ll.   III. 
7    37 

H. 

0          /          " 

u 

S.  15°  E.  liy  C.                             i 
(;iiron.  sliowH  L.  M.  T.    Sun  ' 
nbout  «'  liipli,  to  allow  Cor 
I'li.'V.it  ion  ot  place  of  obser- 
vation. 
Var.  430.2  W. 

ll. 
3 

in.    H. 

8     10 

12    25 
16 

r,7    2 

50    19 
53    42 

2«.    On  30',  off 33'.   S.  83°W. 
iTvC. 

s.84n\M)v(;. 

S.K.-.°'\VMiv(\ 

Chron.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  4"'  37". 

Var.  2«o.4  \V. 

November  3, 1804.— Finn  E.ncami'mknt. 

May  3,  1805.- 

-TiiiUTEENTH  Encampment. 

ll.   ni. 
U    43 

48 

H. 

0        /        /' 

19    31 
30 

1 

h. 
40 

m.    H. 
16    ,50 
20    40 
29    40 
32     15 

0       * 

75  4 
28 

76  20 
33 

30 

cluon.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  2'°  5". 

2Q. 

Lat.  65°  23'.3  N. 

2  P).    N.  87°  l.-i'  W.  bv  C. 

N.  80°  \V.  l.v  V. 

N.  84°  30'  \Y.  bv  C. 
Var.  40°.9  \V. 

DBCEMnsR  25, 1864.— Sixth  Encampment. 

11 
0 

29    45 
35    45 
44    35 

47  10 

48  .50 
54    20 
57     20 

3    40 
6    45 
9    35 
12     10 
14    30 
16 

80      1 
10 
22 
22 
22 
22 
22 
20 
19 
15 
14 
11 
08 

30 

ll.  ni. 

8. 

2 

Elevation  30  feet. 
Lat.  W  45'.8  N. 

Ariiir,  11,  1805.— Seventh  Encampment. 

li.  m. 
11    51 

55 

.59 

0      3 

5 

H. 

35 
23 

10 

0          /          " 

67       1     30 

0 
66    52    30 

45 

43 

2Q.    On  30',  off  25'. 
Kelraction  great. 

Lat.  64°  43'.2  W.  (?) 

2Q.     On39',  off2.T. 

Chron.  slow  on  U  M.  T.  26™  12'. 

2 

49    47 
,52    40 
57     50 

64    32 
Oi    14 

2  55 
59 

3  1 

30 
33 

47    21 
40    44    30 
22 

May  5,  1805.- 

-Thibtkenth  Encampment. 

Apbii.  16,  1865.— EuiHTii  Encampment. 

h. 

8 

ni.'    B. 
40 

0        /         " 

1 

0  diameter  above  sea  horizon. 
N.  1°  E.  by  0. 

ll.   m. 

11    25 
30 
30 
41 
45 

8. 
30 
10 
10 
5 
10 

0         1         II 

70     15 

16    30 
17 

15    30 
15 

2ia.    On  31' 30",  off  33'. 
Lat.  64°  55'  N. 

May  0,  1805.- 

-Thikteenth  Encampment. 

h. 

8 

ra.    8. 
44 

0         (         " 

0  diameter  above  sea  horizon. 

N.  3°  E.  by  (;. 

2    33 
35 
30 

10 

4 

35 

53     54 

2(3.     On  32' off  30'. 

34            (.'hi-oii.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  27"'  6*. 
19 

May  7,  1805.- 

-Thibteenth  Encampment. 

April  25,  1865.— Ninth  Encampment. 

ll. 
11 

0 

m.    8. 
48    34 
,52    55 

58  30 

59  40 
2     30 
5    05 

0         / 

82    38 
39 
40 
40 
38 
35 

30 
30 

30 

2Q. 

2  Q.    N.  76.5°  W.  bv  C. 
N.  75*0  AV.  bv  C. 
N.  75°  W.  bv't;. 

h.    ni. 

11    41 

46 

.57 

0      6 

8. 

40 

5 

30 

o       /       // 
76      3 

8 
11     30 

5 

2  Q.    On  30',  oft'  33'. 
Lat.  05°  1'.2  N. 

212- 

3 

S      0 

8    20 

10    48 

63    50 

17 

62    52 

1 

11    51 
0    12 

25 

76    12    45 
5 

458  HaWs  Astronomical  Observations,  1865. 

Aitronomical  observations  made  during  the  years  1864-69 — Continued. 


May  8, 1805.— TiiiRTEESTii  Encampment. 


li.  in.   a. 
D     1 


O  on  the  horizon. 


May  12,  1805.— TlIIltTKKNTII  Encami'.me.nt. 


m. 

8. 

55 

•25 

4!) 

1« 

5-1 

25 

55 

30 

08    48    -M 
48 
48 
48 


2  Q.     S.  5J0  E.  1)V  C. 

2  Q.     N.  78°  aO'  \V.  by  C. 

2@.    N.  770  15' W.  byC. 

2  0.     N.  70°  1.5'  W.  by  C. 

Chron.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  4'°  S'.S. 

Lat.  05°  2«!'  N. 

Var.  470.0  W. 


May  20,  1805.— TuiitTEENTii  Encampment. 


h. 

m. 

a. 

2 

56 

,58 

37 

3 

1 

20 

4 

20 

7 

15 

11 

12 

14 

14 

17 

15 

10 

30 

22 

22 

25 

17 

70    48 

21 

60    53 

53 

53 

4 

4 

4 

06    35 

35 

35 


68 


2  a.    On  32'  30",  off  30'. 
2Q. 

Chi-on.  alow  on  L.  M.  T.  5°'42".8. 


Mat  21, 1865.— Thirteenth  Encampment. 


h.   m.  a. 

11    37  SO  I 

41  30  I 

45  30  I 
48 
51 

■1^3  30 

55  30  { 
CT  I 

58  40 

0      0  30 

2  10 


89 

15 
17 

17 

30 

18 

18 

30 

20 

18 

17 

30 

17 

16 

15 

2  Q.    On  33',  off  31'. 


Lat.  65°  23'.5  N. 


May  25, 1865.— TniRTEENTn  Encampment. 


h. 

m. 

8. 

5 

35 

ns 

30 

40 

30 

5 

49 

50 

15 

51 

22 

.52 

40 

58 

55 

40    47    30  I  2  C-1-    On  32'.5,  off  30'. 
47  I  2S-. 

47  12  0. 


38 

37    45 

30 

15 

0 


I  2  Q.   On  32',  off  31'. 


Chron.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  0"  34». 


May  26, 1865.— FouuTEENTii  Encampment. 


h.  ni.   8. 
4    57 


48    £}.     30 


I.  (j'.  -  30". 

Chi-on.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  7°'  38*. 


May  27, 1805.- Fourteenth  Encampment. 


h.  m.  8.  °  ' 

4    23  48  \  60 

20  20  i  55  30 

31      5  i  54  30 


2G).    On  32',  off  311'. 
jr59°  W.  by  C. 
N.  580.5  \V.  by  C. 
N.  .570.5  W.  byC. 
Var.  41°.l  W. 


May  28, 1865.— Fourteenth  Enxampment. 


h.   ni.   8. 
11    48 

54    20 

59 
0      3    15 


11    51 

55    30 
0 

4    30 


91  53 
52 
50 
45 


91    50 
49    30 
48    30 
45 


11  10 

12  82 

13  58 
30  30 


72 
71    45 

30 
70    30 

15 

0 

66    53 


2  Q.    On  31'  30",  off  31'. 

2  Q.    On  33',  off  30'. 
Lat.  050  23'  N. 


2  p.    On  31'  30",  off  31'. 

Tlio  compass  often  vnrios  \°, 
20,  and  sometlnit's  60  or  8° 
in  a  few  minutes,  although 
located  in  one  spot  and  un- 
touched. 

N.  550  W.  by  C. 

Chron.  slow  on  L.  M  T.  7'"  53'. 

Var.  580.3  W. 


May  30, 1865.— Fourteenth  Encampment. 


h. 

m. 

B. 

11 

38 
43 

40 

48 

30 

51 

53 

50 

68 

40 

02    25 
28 

29  30 

29  30 

26  30 

25  30 


2  Q.    On  34',  off  30'. 


Lat.  650  22'.7  N. 


May  31,  1865.— Fifteenth  Encampment. 


b.  m.  8. 
4     1 

2  10 

3  25 

4  CT 

6  57 

7  13 

8  26 


01    30 

16 

0 

00    45 

30 

15 

0 


2  0. 

Chron.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  0'"  22'. 


June  1,  1805.- Fiftkenth  Encampment. 


h. 

m. 

s.  1 

11 

42 

25 

47 

IK) 

40 

20 

52 

53 

40 

55 

30 

0 

/ 

tl 

03 

6 
10 

10 
9 
8 

30 

0 

30 

2  Q,    On  34',  off  30'. 


Lat.  050  19'.3  N. 


1     l^^,„.. 


HaWs  Astronomical  Observations,  1865  459 

Ant  roil  oviical  ub«eri'aHov8  made  during  the  years  18C4-'()9— Continued. 


¥■ 


June  1,  1805.— Fiftskntii  Encampment— Continued. 


m. 

a. 

15 

42 

17 

18 

2;) 

20 

17 

27 

37 

28 

50 

34 

;i5 

20 

■66 

47 

70    -M 

15 

0 

08    80 

15 

0 

07      0 

00    45 

30 


2  i2-    On  31'  30"  oflf  30'  :'0". 
Cbrou.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  lO"  1'. 


June  5, 1805.— Sixteenth  Encaju'ment. 


li.    ni.  8. 

11    37  35 

41  30 

47  50 

41>  10 
52 

55  05 


5  0  27 
1  40 
4    25 


04    12 

11 

10 

9 


11  44 
47 

94   0 
6 

4  53  10 
50  20 
57  23 

50  20 

12 

49  58 

49    15 

0 

48    20 


2  Q.    On  33'  30",  off  30'. 


Lat.  65°  16'.2  N. 


Junk  10,  1805.— Between  Nineteenth  and  Twentieth 

ENCAMI'MENTH. 


2Q. 


2  Q.    On  33',  off  30'. 

Chron.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  15"  IT. 


2Q.    On  31' 30",  off  31'. 


June  0, 1805. — Seventeenth  Encampment. 


li.  m.  H. 

9    14  17 

15  .50 

17  43 


11    59  15 

0      2  30 

3  55 

5  10 


82 


15 
30 


94      1 

93    57 

50 

53 


2Q.    On  34',  off  30'. 
Long,  aaaumcd  5^  48"". 
Chron.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  17° 


2  Q.    On  34',  off  30'. 


Lat.  65°  22'.8  N. 


30". 


June  7, 1805.— Between  Seventeenth  and  Eighteenth 
Encampments. 


8. 


h.  m, 

0  55 
57 
58    20 


11    34 


45 
50 
52    30 


0 

/ 

11 

43 

58 

30 

44 

5 

0 

15 

47 

7 

30 

8 

30 

7 

30 

7 

5 

ii'( 


ovation  5  feet. 
I.  C.  -  7".5. 


Elevation  5  feet. 
I.  C.  -  7".5. 

Made   on    land,    '^'.lich    was 
reached  at  10"  55". 


h.    ni.    8. 

11    34         I 
37    30  I 
41    40 
45 


47 


30 


11    30    10 
40 


47 
47 


i: 


ovation  5  feet. 
I.  C.  -  3'. 
Near  a  small  island,  from  1  .J  to 

2  miles  from  mainland. 


a 


ovation  5  feet. 
Lat.  05°  50'.  5  N. 


June  13, 1805.— Between  Twentieth  and  Twenty-ithst 
Encampments. 


Ii.   m. 
11    32 


35 
30    30 
39 
41 
43    50 


o 

/ 

n 

46 

50 

30 

Elevation  5  feet. 

49 

15 

49 

48 

55 

48 

30 

40 

30 

Lat.  66°  U'.7  N. 

June  14, 1803.- Twenty-first  Encampment. 


II.  m.  s. 
11  24 

28  20 

29 

30  23 

31  30 
33  30 
35  10 

37  12 

38  30 

41  15 

42  30 

44  30 

45  45 


40  50 

48  8 

49  23 


50  20 
53  10 
55  50 


93  38  30? 
30 
37 
38 
39 
39 
37 
30 

35  30 

36  t 
33 

31 
30 


50  45 
30 
15 


50 


2  Q.    On  33'  30",  off  30'. 
Small  sextant. 


Sextant  out  of  order. 


Lat.  66°  14'.7  N. 


2Q. 

Largo  sextant. 


2g.  On  34',  off 30'.  SmaUsext't. 
Chron.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  29"  25". 


June  21, 1805.— Hurd's  Channel. 


h. 

m. 

8. 

9 

58 

40 

10 

1 

45 

3 

40 

12 

13 

30 

15 

15 

11 

39 

41 

25 

43 

50 

40 

15 

50 

51 

50 

0 

/ 

II 

89 

46 

90 

2 
12 
58 

91 

5 

12 

30 

94 

1 

30 

03 

57 
50 
52 
45 
43 

2Q.    On  34',  off  30'. 


2Q. 


Lat.  60°  10'  N. 


I 


r 


460 


Hairs  Astronomical  Observations,  1865. 


::• 


Antronomical  oUerrationa  made,  during  the  years  1864-'69— Contiiiufd. 


June  25, 1865.— Twenty -FinsT  Encampme.nt. 


II.    III.     H. 

2    4li    'JU 


47 
40 
50 
.17 
t,H 
1 


/'    I 


70 


m 

«7 


■JQ. 


On  ;!2'.  i)»l'  .10'  liO". 
X.OUoW.  liyC. 

s.  m°  w.  i)v  c. 

N.  (ifio  W.  l)y  C. 


N.  05°  AV.  I)v  C. 
Chr.  slow  ou  L.  M.  T.  54-» 


July  13, 1805.— Twenty-becond  Ekcampmest— Cont'd. 


sc.s. 


Vav.  440.5  "W. 


Jl-NK  20,  1885.— TWKNTY-FIHST  EXCASIl'MEXT. 


II.    111.  8. 

11        1  25 

4  40 

6  UO 

8 

0  ao 
n 

12     30 
1;)     30 
15 
18 


41  20 

42  57 
44  7 
,50  32 

52  15 

53  20 


93  28 
28 
28 
30 
27 
25 
20 
20 
25 
23 


30 


30 


2Q.    On  34',  off  20'. 
Olmc 


70 


:i 
0 

60    47 

68    35 

16 

5 


30 


iTation  indifferent;   sex- 
tant out  of  Older. 


Lttt.«0°l.">'.5N. 


2  Q.     On  34'  30",  off  29'. 
Chion.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  57"' 28'. 


h. 

m. 

n. 

o 

//  1 

11 

.52 

30 

00 

21  ,30 

.50 

10 

23  45 

0 

2 

45 

20 

6 

30 

25 

8 

50 

24 

8 

2.1 

12 

70 

30 

24 

40 

10 

20 

10 

0 

2Q.    On32'.30,  off30'30". 


2ra.    On32'.30,  off30'. 
Curon.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  1"  H'. 


July  18.  1865.— Twesty-secoxi)  Enca.»1'mext. 


July  3,  1865.— Twentv-skco.nd  ENCA,MrMENT. 


h. 

m. 

B. 

10 

34 

30 

30 

40 

38 

50 

10 

42 

25 

43 

55 

44 

47 

10 

48 

50 

50 

.53 

,50 

.56 

57 

40 

11 

2 
4 

20 

25.    On  32' 30",  off  30' 30". 


50    53  30  1  Nearest  limbs  0  and  D . 
52  I 

51  15  ; 

49  15  [ 
49  .  Long.  85°  29'  W. 


92 


2  40 

5 

8  15 

U  10 

13  30 

15  30 
18 


45 
46 

46  30 

47  30 
47  30 
47  30 
46  30 
45 


2  45  45  '  60  30 
48  30  i  60  30 
51     22       09    30 


2i2.    On  34' 30",  off  28'. 
A  (liffeicnt  chronometer  from 
that  previously  used. 


Lat,«6°  10' N. 


On  34' 30",  off  28'. 


Chrou.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  54°' 51". 

These  time  observations  made 
i  of  a  mile  S.  75°  E.  from 
where  noon  obseiTations 
were  made. 


July  13,  1865.— Twenty-second  Encampment. 


h. 

ni. 

s. 

11 

.57 

30 

0 

0 

20 

4 

30 

7 

23 

10 

10 

.50 

11 

43 

12 

35 

14 

o   / 

„ 

90  24 

24 

30 

25 

24 

30 

24 

24 

23 

30 

22 

1Q.     On  33',  off  30'. 


Lat.OCoHK.eN. 


11      7 


35 
5 
10    10 


11 


13  30 

16  .50 

10  25 

22  15 
24 


11     30 
35    20 


70     10 
3 
60    40    45 


87 


1    45 

6    30 

10    30 


215. 


2ia. 


50 


40 

30  45 

37  15 

30  15 


N««are8t  limbs  0  and  0 . 


50    33    30     Nearest  limbs  ©  and  I) . 
31    15 


40 

2a 

29  30 

52 

88 

46 

2  n  meridian  altitude. 
Lat.  66°  lO'.O  N. 

3  37 

60 

15 

1  212. 

30 

15 

0 

40 

38 

65 

45 

42 

30 

43 

23 

15 

1 

July  23,  1865.— Twenty-second  Encampment. 


b.  m. 

8. 

3  50 

47 

52 

10 

53 

28 

02 

01     45 

61     30 


2(2.    On  32' 30",  off' 30' 30". 
Chron.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  S"  10". 


IlalVs  Astronomical  Observations,  1865.  461 

AatroHomkal  obiienaiions  made  during  the  yearn  1864-'G9— Continued. 


Jb-i.Y  28, 1805.— Twenty-second  Excami-mbnt.         j 

Augusts,  1805.— Twuxtv-beconh  ExcAMrJtENT. 

h.  ni.    8.   1 
3    20 

21  27 

22  55 

3    28    45 
32      8 
34    55 

3    39    48 

41  25 

42  34 

0        /        " 

05     15 
0 
04    45          1 

1 
1 

2(2-   On  32' 30",  (1^30' ;;0".        i 
Cliruu.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  4"  21'.  U 

1 
1 

}feareBt  limbs  ©  anil  D . 

2  0. 

Neorest  limbs  ©  anil  » . 

1 
1 

i 
JTearcBl  limb.s  ©  and  D . 

Nearest  limbs  ©  ami  D .           1 

i 

Kcarest  limbs  ©  and  I) . 

h.  m.    8. 
0    10    30 

20 
23    30 

0         /         " 

08     15 

08     15          ! 

08     15 

2  !75.    Ind.  eor.  1'. 

2e- 

CEron.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  5">  .50'. 

2  0. 

Xo  ind.  eor.  fiiven.  V.  S.  ('..  S. 
sextant  very  nineh  ont  of 
oHier;  bad  index  eor.  of  30" 
on  A\tji.  2. 

Lat.  Ofl^  18'.3.  N. 

00      0 

7  30 

8  15 

11     51     35 

50    30 

0      0     10 

80    30  (?) 
37 
37 

01     45 
30 
15 

August 8,  1805.— TwEXTYTtinti)  Kmami-mknt. 

3    45    53 
48    40 
51     35 

3  54    M 

57  30 

58  54 

4  0    10 

4  51    40 
50    30 

5  1    40 

5      0    45 

9    15 

11     35 

5     14      5 
17 
10    55 

00    13    30 

13  45 

14  45 

50 
58    30 

'I 

h.  m.   8.  !     o     '     " 
11     42    30  !     30     12    30 
40    30  :            14    45 
50                      15    45 
53    35               10 
f>7     35               in    30 
0      2     35               17     15 
5    50  :            10    45 
10    43  1            15 
14    40  '            14 
17    30  !            13 
20      8  1            11 

Sea  horizon.     Eye,  5.J  feet. 
Long.  51'  43"  20-  W.  by  I).  K. 

Lat.  00°  31'.3  N. 

CO    30    45 
39 
40    45 

00    42    30 

43  45 

44  15 

AlrOUST  1,5,  1805.- TWESTy-Tinill)  ESCASirMENT. 

h.  m.    8.        0      <      /'    1 

3  59    ]()       24      6             M. 

4  1     20  ,     23     .53             Sea  lioiizon. 
3      8  1            44             Dip  — 2'. 

t'hron.  slow  on  I..  51.  T.  0".  7'. 

00    45 
40    15 
40    45 

—    -' 

August  2,  1805.— Twkntv-second  Enxampment. 

August 20,  1805.— Twr.NTVTiimr)  Excajipjient. 

li.  m.    8. 

3      8 
1           9    30 
11 
■  12    30 
14 

0         1         II 

04    45 

30 

15 

0 

03    45 

2  0.    On  32' 30",  oH'30' 30". 
Cbixm.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  5™  28'. 

2(2.    On  32' 30",  oil' 31' 30". 
t;iiion.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  5™  12«. 
ISatl  sextant. 

h.  m.    a.  I     o      '      " 
3     ;.'8    45  1     24     10 

39  55  1              5 

40  45  !              0 

41  47  1     23     .55 

42  40  I            50 
44    25  ;            40 

2-    ,      . 
Sea  horizon. 

lleipbt  of  eve,  9  feet, 

Chion.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  S"  lO-. 

Tt'i'iisM  of  eve.  5  feet. 
Chron.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  7'-  27". 

3     18    30 
20 

21     30 
2.3 
24    30 

03 

62    45 
30 
15 

j              " 

45    20 

3    52    30 

53  30 

54  25 

!             35 

i 

j     23 
!     22     55 
50 

August  3,  1805.— TwBSTY-SEroND  Encami-ment. 

August  24,  1805.— Twkxty-tiiiki)  Excajiumkxt. 

li.  m.   s.        0     '     " 

3     12    17       03     30 

13     40  1            15 

15    12  !              0 

10    35       02     15 

21  5  1              0 

22  33  1     01     45 
20    55  1              0 

2Q.    On32'30",  ofr30'30". 
Cbion,  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  5"'  42'. 

2  0. 

b.   m.    8. 

3  .53     10 

54  15 

55  10 

4  4    15 

5    55 
7 

) 

o       /       '/ 
21     30 

i            25 
1            20 

[ 

Tforizon  3  miles  oil'. 

Chron.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  S"  14". 

Tforizon  3  miles  oft'. 

Chron.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  8"  9«. 

20     30 
20 
15 

28    32       61    45 

462  IlalPs  Astronomical  Observations,  1866. 

Astronomical  ohgervationa  made  during  the  years  ISOI-'CO — Continued. 


t 


AUOUBT  25,  1885.— TWENTY-THIBD  ENCAMPMENT. 


FBDRUAIIY  7,  1868.— TWENTY-EIOHTII  Encampm't- Cont'd. 


h.  m.  8. 

H     52  33    55 

54  53  55    30 

57      7 


0      0    30 


54    30 


Son  horizon. 
ll(>i(ilit<)tivo,  lOfeot. 
Lnt.  «0°  28'.0  N. 


August  27, 1805.— Twenty-fourth  Encampment. 


h.  m.    s. 
0    10    20 
12    45 


3    13    15 

22    20 


0 

/     // 

33 

5  30 

3  45 

24 

23 

15 

§; 


ca  liorizon. 
Heiclitof  eve,  5  fe«t. 
Lat  BIP  20* .'3  N. 


Sen  liorizoD. 

Lnnd  bciiiud  it,  and  distant  i 

iiiilu. 
Ilflglit  of  (lyo,  5  feot. 
Cliron.  Blow  on  L.  M.  T.  8"  24". 


August  28,  1805. — Twenty-fourth  Encampment. 


Ii.  in.  B. 

0    /    // 

11  20 

32  51 

24  40 

50  15 

b<!a  horizon. 
Elevation  of  eye,  5  feot. 
Clirnu.  liavioiiHtopiied  is  taken 

n8  47"'  44'  8h)w  on  L.  M.  T. 
Lat.  00°  28'.8  X. 


Octoder  13, 1805.— Twenty-sixth  Encampment. 


h.   m.   8. 
11    .')2 
56 
0     1 


O    ' 

II 

30  35 

30 

34 

30 

31 

30 

2  Q.    On  33',  off  31'. 
Lat.  00=  31'.4  N. 


OcTOHER  14, 1805.— Twenty-sixth  Encampment. 


h. 

m. 

B. 

1 

41 

7 

43 

35 

40 

15 

1 

.50 
.5'^ 

17 

55 

13 

0 

, 

II 

24 

15 
(1 

23 

43 

*!0 

10 

22 

50 

2  0.     On  ,32' l.V,  off  31' 45". 
Chron.  fast  on  L.  M.  T.  I"  53». 


2  Q.    On  32'  15".  oif  31'  45". 
Chron.  last  on  L.  AI.  T.  2""  14". 


h. 

ra. 

B. 

0 

8 
16 
21 

24 

!)0 

28 

50 

Feuruaby  7, 1800.— Twenty-eighth  Encampment. 


h. 

m. 

8. 

11 

30 

30 

41 

15 

45 

40 

.50 

30 

50 

30 

10 


10 

13    30 
10 


2  Q.     On  32'  30",  off  31'  30." 
0  S.  0U°  W.  by  C. 
0  S.  04"  W.  1)V  C. 
G  S.  050  w.  I)V  C. 
0S.65°(()  W.byC. 


O    ' 

II 

10  16 

30 

13 

8 

30 

4 

30 

0 

0  S.  fi-0  W.  by  C. 
WS.  710W.bVC. 
r-)S.72o  W.  b'vC. 

G)  s.  73°  Av.  i)v  c;. 

f.)  S.  731°  W.  by  0. 
Var.  05^  W. 
Tlier.  —  3.'>o. 
Lat.  66°  30'.5  N. 


March  28,  1860.- TwENTy-NinTii  Encampment. 


h. 

m. 

8. 

11 

32 
30 
44 

50 

11 

35 
42 

45 

48 

30 

2 

33 

10 

37 

10 

41 

10 

52 


52    48    30 


48 
40    30 


30    11 


38    36 
0 


2  Q.    On  32',  off  32'. 
Largo  sextant. 

Lat.  80°  30'.2  N. 


2  Q.    On  37',  off  20'. 

(.)  S.  58J°  \V.  l>y  C. 

0  S.  OOJo  W.  l>v  C. 

0  S.  (!3o  AV.  by  C. 
Lat.  60"  30'.7  N. 

2  Q.     On  30',  off  20'. 

0  N.  70°  W.  by  C. 

0  N.  fi»o  AV.  liy  C. 

0  N.  08°  AV.  by  C. 
Var.  02O.8  AV. 
Cliron.  slow  20""  4.5'. 
Epgert  chronometer  slow  on 

G.  M.  T.  II'  10»  40*. 


April  3, 1866.— Twenty-ninth  Encampment. 


h.  m. 

8. 

o   / 

2  51 

48 

40 

53 

20 

30  45 

54 

50 

30 

I.  C'.  -  1!)". 
AViird's  chron.  slow 

on  L.  M.  T 20'" 

Long,  assumed 5'  47""  44' 

AV.  slow  on  G.  M.  T.  0    10    44~ 
Eggert's  chron.  fast 

ouAV 5     2     35 

E.  slow  on  G.  M.  T.  1    14      0 

Mareh28 1    10    40 

May  24 1    42    ,32 

Loss  per  day 33".44 


Aprii.  4,  1800.— Thirtieth  Encampment. 


h.    in.  8. 

11    27  53 

31  23 

34  10 

39  10 

42  15 


2    47  45 

50  45 

52  20 

53  !>5 
55  25 


58 


1 

2 
3 

2    30 
0    45 


41     15 

40    45 

30 

15 
0 


I.  C.  -  15". 
Lat.  00°  32'.9  N. 


I.  C.  -  1.5". 

Chron.  slow  on  G.  M.T.  0l>  17"  5'. 

Long.  88"  58'  AV. 

0'8  true  az.,  N.  128°  ,3'.5  AV. 

0'»  az.  bv  C,  N.  51°  30'  AV. 

Var.  74"  33'.5. 

Evidently  local  attraction. 


I 


iP' 


Ilairs  Astronomical  Observations,  1866. 

Astronomical  obsm-ationa  made  during  the  yearn  lflG4-'G9— Contiuueil. 


463 


Aniii.  0,  1800.— TiiniTY-i'iimT  Encami'Mknt. 


h.    m. 

R. 

a   M 

ri7 

20 

0       1 

5 

U) 


'.'•2   :io 


2£.    On  M',  off  28'. 
Lnt.  00°  40'  N. 


AlMlll,  12,  IHflO.- 


-rwKMYrmuu  Kxc'AMrMK.vr— Cont'd. 


AlMllI,  7,  1800.— TllIUrV-KIRST  ENCAMI'MEXT. 


b.  m. 

3  1 
2 
4 


46 

44    4,'> 
M 


l.X.  -  30". 

Clir.  slow  on  G.  M.  T.  O''  52"'  lO-, 

LonL'.  87^  4'.7  \V. 

0's  triu!  uz.  N.  12(13  13-  \y, 

0'8  az.  l)V  V.  71°  W. 

Var.  58°  13'  SV. 


Armi.  8,  1800.— TiiiuTY-sEcosn  Encampment. 


ll.  111. 

8. 

3    37 

3r> 

3!) 

40 

27 

42 

41     4.-. 
30 


2i^. 

Loiitf.  87^  30'  W. 

(..i'H  tiiiii  uz.  N.  lliP  10'  20"  W. 

t-Vn  az.  hv  C.  N.  50°  30'  \V. 

Var.  08 3  40'. 3  W. 


APHII.  10,  1800.— TllIltTYKOUIirH  ENrAMPMEXT. 


h. 

ni.   8. 

n 

53 

.10 

58    30 

0 

1     30 

4    12 

8 

0 

10    30 

11    45 

14    10 

2 

44    30 

40    17 

48 

00  40 
41 
42 
43 
43 
43 
43 
41 
40 
38 


48 

47    45 
30 


I.  (3.  -  4'. 

Lnt.  00°  44'. «  N. 

0  S.  00°  W.  by  C. 

'I'Uo  lust  six  obaurvations  not 
(jooil,  the  liiirizonglaas  be- 
coming looHc. 

Lat.  iilaio  lit' obs., 60°  45'  N. 

Uiff.  of  lat.  of  Euc't,  1'.8. 

Lat.  Euc't,  00°  40'.8. 


2Q. 

I.  (5.  -  22". 

Clir.  Blow  on  G.  M.  T.  5i>  52""  33'. 
Lour.  87°  10'.7  W 
0'8  true  az.  N.  V.m  24'  W. 
©'»  az.  by  C.  N.  70°  30'  \V. 
Var.  50°  54'  W. 


h.   m.  H. 

11     50  3U 

50  30 
3 

6  30 

0  30 


0 


3  12  10 
13  45 
15     15 


5t 
.53 
51 
50 
40 


48 


i.t-4'. 


Lat.  07°  4'.2  N. 


l.X.  -  1.5". 

(;br.  slow  on  G.  M.  T.  51-  55"  28». 

LonL'.  87°  41'.5  \V. 

0  by  0.  N.  51°  W. 

Vur!  73°  34'  \V. 


APKIL  20,  1800.— TlIIItTY-FIFril  ENCAMPMENT. 


b.    ni.  s. 

11    43 

40  20 

51  50 

57  40 
2 


0 


8  8 
11  45 
15    20 


Apuil  10, 1806.— Thiuty-bkcond  Encampment. 


12  10 

13  45 
15  30 
20 

21  35 

23  10 


68  13 
10 
20 
21 
21 
10 
18 
15 
11 


30 


51  15 
0 

50  45 
0 


40    45 
30 


It  -4'. 


Lat.  67°  13'.9  N. 


I.e.  -15". 

Clir.  slow  on  G.  M.  T.  5''  51'"  50«, 

0  bv  V.  N.  40°  W. 

Lou").'.  87°  31'  W. 

Var.  70°  38'  \V. 


APBIL  22,  1800.— THIUTY-8IXTII  ENCAMPMENT. 


b.    m.    s. 

11    4!)    40 
53    30 
56 
.58    30 

1 

4 

7 


0 


3  27  10 
28  40 
30    10 


0 

/ 

H 

C3 

11 

12 

30 

12 

30 

12 

;io 

12 

11 

■M 

10 

43 

45 
30 
15 

2  0. 


Lat.  60°  56'.5  N. 


Cbi'on.  HlowonG.  M.T.  5i'54"'8'.[ 
Lonj'.  87°  30'. 5  W. 


m. 

48 

52 

54 

57 

59 

1 

4 

7 

10 


15 
10 
18 
20 


20 


14    30 

10 

10    30 

17 

17 

IB 

15 

14    30 

12 


45 

30 

l."> 

0 


2Q. 


Lat.  07°  24'.5  N. 


cfn.  HlowonG.  M.T.  51' 62" 
Loll''.  87°  40'.7  W. 
0  by  C.  N.  39°  \V. 
Var.  84°  20'  W. 


37». 


L 


!i!,' 


464  llaWs  Astrommical  Observations,  186G. 

Aiitrmwmival  olmirrntloiift  made  durimj  the  ijcarH  1H;M-'(>S)— CoiitiniiiMl. 


AritlL  23,  WOO.— TlllIlTV  hKVUXTII  KNtAJiniKXT. 


2Q     On  DO',  off  34'. 
Very  I'lduily, 


Lilt.  07"  3(r.4  \. 


)i.  ni. 

H. 

n  ra 

S5 

r.H 

:io 

0  ;i 

40 

f 

:i» 

12 

0    / 

II 

70  M 

no 

;io 

51 

47 

:io 

4H 

,'10 

42 

Aniii,  20,  ISflO.— 'riiiitrvMi'.MiXTii  Encami'MKNt. 


II.     III.  8.  j  °        '        " 

n   na  20  \  71   i!7 

flO  10  I  27    ;io 

0       .'I  !  2(1 

8  i  24    .'lO 

12  20  21 


11 

5.-, 

40 

71  ;io 

0 

2 

30 

0 

an 

27 

4 

17 

.10 

43  15 

20 

\\:< 

42  4.'i 

22 

30 

23 

20 

15 

i.T.  +1'4,V'. 
I,at.  (!7'-'  3U'.«  N. 


I.T'.  -  30". 
hut.  070  30'.8  y. 


I.T.  -.1(1". 

« 'lir.  Blow  on  0.  M.  T.  5''  54"  10", 

l.onK.  87°  7'.7  W. 

M  b.vC.  N.  27045'AV. 

Vnr.  7»°  1!)'  W. 


May  4,  1866,— FoitriKTii  K.ni'ami'Mest. 


li.  ni.  H.   !  o      '  " 

0    48  73    28  15     2  Q. 

"O  20  I  18          i  I.  0.  -  52". 

El  35  14  15  i  Lnt.  07°  50'.9  X. 


4     18    40 
20 
21     20 


44    45 

3U 
15 


2  0. 

I.  C.  -4.'i". 

C'lir.  slow  (inn.  M.  T.  Oi- 8"  25". 

Lout;.  88°  1H'.7  \\ . 


May  16, 1886.— KoiirY-HXTii  K.vcami>memv. 


h.  in. 

R. 

11  fi.'i 

8 

67 

35 

0 

1 

40 

4 

0       t        II 


83    31 


31  2  Q. 

31     30  I  I.T.  +2'. 

31  j  I.iil.  1.7J  8'.n  X. 

30  ' 

21) 


May  20,  1800 FOIITY-HKVKSTII  RM'AUI'HK.NT. 

i.T  h  2'. 


Ii.  m. 

H. 

11  40 

35 

.53 

17 

frt( 

35 

0   2 

5 

10 

0 

15 

85    30 
31 

32  30 
33 
33 
30    30 


Latfl«°.5U'.0N. 


May  24,  1806.— FII.TIKTII  Encampmkxt. 


li.  m. 

H. 

4  15 

45 

10 

21 

30 

24 

20 

30 

0 

/ 

'/ 

.57 

10 

,50 

30 

30 

It 

30 

55 

41 

11 

30 

m. 


slow  on  O.  .M.  T.  Si"  4U"'  15>, 

1 K.  m°  5U'  \\. 

0  1)y('.  N.41'' W. 
Vnr.  02'  AV. 


May  30,  I860.— FiFTY-KiimT  Entami'mext. 


I 


May  15,  1800.— FOUTY-BIXTIl  ENTAMI'MEXT. 


II. 

ni. 

n. 

0 

/ 

11 

45 

10 

82 

5fi 

51 

10 

83 

2 

:a 

35 

3 

57 

3 

.50 

40 

3 

0 

4 

3 

7 

30 

2 

10 

45 

0 

14 

20 

82 

.50 

4    40 
42    30 
45    30 


40    20 

48    .50 

17 


'l.%.  4  'J'. 
CIoihIv. 

I  ' 

\  T.nt.  07°  8'. 3  X. 

I  I 

-! 

i2Q. 

j  I.T.  +  2'. 

(^lir.  slow  on  C.  M.  T.  :i^  40"  37". 
i  0  1)V  ('.  X.  20°  \V. 
I  Loii;:.  87'-"4l'.7  \V. 
1  Viir.  70°  38' M'. 


li.    ni.  8.   1  °     '      " 

11    40  20  I  00 

40  20  ;  3 

SO  IS  I  5 

.54          I  0 

57  45  I  5    30 

0      3  20  j  2 

0  40  80    50 


U    ,52 
0      0    20 


01     10 
10    30 


2  0. 

I.e. +2'. 

Lat.«0O30'.3X. 


2  0. 

I.  C.  +  2'. 


May  31,  1800.- KiFivi-iiiKT  Ex(ami'.ment. 

I.T  2,5". 

Clir.  hIow  on  G.  M.  T.  5i>  48'"  10'. 

LonK.80°34'.5W. 

0  by  C.  X.  40°  W. 

Viir.  01°  42'  W. 


Ii.  ni. 

tt. 

0 

'     // 

4  20 

15 

,58 

57 

23 

10 

25 

25 

7 

2    1 

27 

13 

,57 

38 

30 

25 

0 

JUXK  3,  1800.— MOITII  OP  GitlXNRLI,  lilVKK. 


h. 

ni. 

H. 

11 

43 

30 

48 

20 

,52 

25 

58 

30 

0 

1 

40 

01  14 
15 
18 
21 
22 


2  0.    On  27',  off  30' 30". 
Lat.  000  22'.8  X. 


iii 


JlaWs  Astronomical  Obscrrnfi(n>  -,  IHJid. 


4(55 


AHlronomival  ohMiTvathiiH  made  during  the  ymm  le;il-'(H) — Continiinl. 


Jt'NR  3,  1800.— Mut'TII  or  OIUMKKI.L  ItlVEU— Conttuucd, 


III. 

H. 

4 

N 

:io 

11 

!IU 

14 

•JO 

10 

Ml 

0 

/ 

II 

Ul 

3-J 

W 

SO 

20 

17 

10 

Junk 0,  1800.— KiFTViiK.roMi  Encami'mknt. 


1.  III. 

H. 

O     ' 

II  M 

r.7 

«H  1« 

57 

1(5 

07  40 

m 

13 

'U 

6 

20 

00   0 

H 

14 

OS  51 

lU 

lU 

24 

I.T.  +  30". 

Ijit.  iiHcil  00°  '.'IV  N. 

riir.  hIow  nil  ( i.  M.  T.  S*  32»  31'. 

T,oiil.'.  KtP  i;r.7  \V. 

Hull  tliiiikH  lull);,  too  Kii'iit. 
iiiid  nmi'ilK'H  it  to  K^ifi'it'H 
clirnii.  not  ki'i'pliiK  itH  rati'. 

G)'Htrnrii/,.  N.  112"  lU'  \V. 

C-JbyC.  N.  4.VJ  30' W. 

Vor.  WP  40'  \V. 


I.  TT.  +  30". 

Clir.  hIowoii  O.  M.  T.  5I"  32"  31' 

LouB.  80°  22'  l.'i"  W. 


JUMK  10,  1800— Kll  1 1     I  <  (iMi  K.M  .\,>I1'MKNT— C'utitlliuvd. 


' 

^— - 

»—  - 

h. 

m. 

n. 

" 

4 

84 

57 

01 

»0 

15 

87 

35 
8 

00 

4 

43 

no 

44 

4(1 

45 

»8 

in.  QN.  37'^  \V.  livt;. 
CON.;it."  W.  l)v(!. 
O  N.  36°  W.  Itj  C. 


2iO.    SiiiiiU  Hi'xtanl. 
ON.  114  \V.  I)V<'. 
Chioii.  liiHt   (III  I,.  M.  T..  Ilu- 
iiii'iili  otidiliHcrvat'iiH,  U'^'rilC. 


Jink  13.  IHdr.  -  lirivuKcoM)  Kncamcmrnt. 


JrNK  10,  IKflfl.— FllTYHKCIiNIi  KXCAMI'MKNI 


h. 

m. 

8. 

11 

2« 

31 

3,-. 

.'(4 

10 

4H 

43 

54 

53 

0 

1 

40 

0 

40 

11 

10 

10 

40 

20 

47 

20 

17 

X' 

7 

30 

47 

11 

45 

40 

52 

20 

58 

0 

4 

17 

n 

10 

14 

20 

18 

40 

23 

15 

20 

55 

35 

35 

54 

4 

27 

15 

28 

3(1 

20 

47 

91  28 

35  30 
43 
02  14  no 
24 
33 
35 
30 

30  30 
35 

31  30 
25  30 
18 


02 


2Q.    1.0. +30". 
('•)S.51Jo-\V.  bvC. 
C-)  S.  :>2°  W.  liv  <-'. 
0  S.  5210  \\.  I'.v  C. 
CO  S.  58°  \V.  by  C;. 
0  S.  000  W.  bv  O. 
0S.  Oljo  w.  l,y(;. 
0  S.  03JO  w.  bv  C. 
O  S.  0.-|O  W.  by  v.. 
O  S.  07°  \V.  bv  (;. 
0S.  08o\V.  bvC. 

0  s.  ciP  w.  bv  i;. 

0S.  70JO  AV.  l(v  ('. 
0S.  73JOAV.  bvC. 
Cliioii.  I'imt  (III  I,.  A.  T.  14"'  .>. 
1,011)1.  iiHcd  5I1  44'"  4"  W. 
Lat.  000  28'.l»  X. 


30  I  2Q. 
30  ! 


0  S.  ,-.7°  W. 
0  S.  5I|0  W. 
©  S.  000  W. 
0  S.  02"  W. 
CO  S.  04"  AV. 
0  S.  («io  AV. 
CO  S.  C7JO  \V, 
(0  S.  CH"  W. 

0  s.  eiijo  w, 

CO  S.  71"  AV. 
CO  S.  70^  AV. 
Lat.  fl«o  27'.3 


45 
30 
15 


2  Q.     0  N.  400  AV.  by  C. 

0N.3OoW.byC. 
A'nr.  050.4  "W. 


II.     III.     8. 

11     57  03      -     l.-i  :  2  0. 

0      3    50  .'■  ,  Cliioii.  fiiHt  nil  I,.  A.  T.  4'"57». 

8 

14     II 
10 


0      0 

10 

13    '20 
20 


4     10    .50 

21  10 

22  30 


4    23    12 

24  10 

25  5 


03 


02     ir. 

!.■. 

02     II 


I,oii(,'.  iiHi'd  ,)i'  44'"  4'  W. 
I,at.  00°  20'.7  N. 

2Q. 

I.T.-.V. 

Lat.OOo'JS'.lN. 


Oliri 


iron,  fast  on  L.  M.  T.  5"  12'. 


2  0. 

i.r.-.5'. 
01     IS    ;;ii  I  Cliron.  faHt  on  I..  M.  T.  5'"  10". 

I  


Junk  15, 1800.— I'li  n  iiiiiid=-Fipty-hii»t  ENCAiirJiKNT. 


h.   ni.  R. 

11    54  45 

.'lO 

()      3  30 

5  55 

8  15 

10  .50 

12  10 

13  50 
18  30 

20  50 

21  45 


113     III 


n:t    I.-. 


:■!) 
"(I 


2  0.      1.  ('. 

CO  S.  fiO-J  AV, 
CO  S.  01°  w 
(•;>  S.  02"  AV 
CO  S.  02"  AV 
0  8.  03"  AV, 

0  S.  «4°  AV 
0  S.  05"  \\- 
O  S.  07"  AV 


-4'  4.5", 
bv  v.. 
by  (1. 
bv(;. 
by  C. 
.  by  C. 

.  by  C. 

by  <;. 

by  C. 


t    1' 


C-^  S.  OK"  AV.  bv  C. 

Cliiiiii.  I'liHl  on  h.  A.T.  7'"  13". 

l.at.  (>IP20'.K  N. 


08 

•  - 

07 

1' 

1 

III 

lii) 

00 

■ill 

05 

:io 

2  0. 


4'  4.5".  0  N.  .50"  AV.  by  C. 


2  a. 

I.  (..-4' 4.".". 

0  N.  40"  W.  by  C. 

Viir.  020.3  W. 


S.  Ex.  27- 


-3(> 


!l,' 


'^7',-F-.■'■-t,^'f  ■■»■ 


466  HalVs  Astronomical  Observations,  1866. 

Astronomical  ohseirations  made  during  the  years  1864-'69— Continued . 


JuNB  18,  1806.— Near  Beacon  Hill. 


li.  m. 


:i 


2:. 

38 
41 
45 

40 
48 
50 
52 
53 
54 
50 
58 
59 

1 

2 

3 

5 

7 

8 

9 

U 

12 

13 


10 


o 
03 


9    30 
13 
13 

14    30 
10    30 
14    30  ( 
111    3U 
10    30 
IC    30 
10 
18 
15 
14 
14 
15 
15 

14    30 
"3    30 


74 

6 

4J 


2Q. 

I.  V.  -  4'  45". 

Clir.  fast  ou  L.  A.  T.  3''  SI"  42', 

Ejrgert's  chron. 


Lat.  06°  30'.8  N. 


0.    On  SO*  .30",  off  27'. 


June  10, 1800.— Toi-  of  Beacon  Hill. 


li.   m.  8. 

3    35  20 

30  40 

37  50 


3  43  ,50 
45  3 
40      7 


35  23 
30  32 
37    45 


4    42 
44 

45 


4    54    30 


57    20 
59    53 


3    45 


0    35 
0 


73     10 

72    58 
44 


71  40 
28 
10 


02      3 
01     48 
35    30 


60  35 
21 
10 


58     1!) 


10 
19 


50    30 


,30 
30 


i.IJ.'  -  3'  30". 
Ward'H  cliroii. 
Ejiccvt   311    SSm 
Ward's  dirou. 


i.e.  -  3'  30". 


2Q- 

I.  (J.  -  3'  30". 


June  19,  1800.— Teekeeba. 


m.  s. 

49  20 

52  10 

53  40 
55  30 

50  45 
58  30 

0  30 
3 

4  15 

6  30 

7  40 
10 

11  10 

12  45 


45  20 

47  20 

48  35 


53  40 

54  33 

55  35 


12"  fast  on 


2Q. 
I.(J. - 


-•Q. 


2Q. 


3'  30". 


I.  a.  -  3'  30". 
0  N.  340  W  .  1)V  0. 
0N.  331-3  \V.  byC. 
0  N.  330  W.  by  C. 


I.  C.  -  .T  ,30". 
0  N.  32JC  W.  by  C. 
0  N.  32°  W.  by  C. 
0  N.  3|o  \V.  by  C. 
Vur.  040.0  W. 


0    40 
9    18 


5  17  35 
18  47 
10    42 


93    33 
35 


34 

34  30 
35 

35  30 
35 

35 
35 

34    30 
34 

oi: 

31 

30 


57      3 

50    38 

22 


55  21 
10 
54    59 


53     18 


18 
18 


6    23    50 

24  40 

25  34 


50    35    30 
Sri 
10 


49    20 
10 

48    59 


2  0. 

I.  V.  3'  30". 

Cliron.  slow  on  L. 


Lat.  00°  25'.4  N. 


A.  T.  1™  4". 


i^. 


3'  15" 


2  0. 

I. tr.  -  3'  ! 


2  0. 
2  0. 


2  0. 

i.cT.- 


20. 
I.T. 


I.e. -.3' 1.5". 
0  N.  24J°  \V.  by  0. 
0N.  2.3.J°A\MiV('. 
0N.  23  W.  by*'. 
Var.  08O.3  W. 


3' 15 


3'  15" 


June  29,  1800.— FiFrv-BEVEXTii  Encampment. 


h.  m.   a. 
0    11     15 

13 

15 

10    25 

19 


5    41  45 

44  25 
48 

49  35 


93       1 
«2    59 


50    30 


2  0. 

I.  C.  +  1'  30". 

Lat.  00°  25'.2  N. 


45    37 


37  2  0. 

5  I.  0.  +  1'  30". 

44    21  Chron.  fast  on  L.  A.  T.  3". 


JfLY  2,  1800.— riFTV-BKynxrii  ENCAMI'SIENT. 


li.  ni. 

s. 

11  54 

30 

55 

35 

57 

58 

20 

59 

30 

92    40 
40    30 
41 
40 
40    30 


30 


I.  C.  +  1'  30". 


m 


ii'/. 


IlaWs  Astronomical  Observations,  1867. 


4G7 


Astronomical  observations  made  daring  the  years  18G1-'C9 — Contiuued. 


m 


July  2, 1800.— Fiftv-beventii  Encampment— Cont'd. 


ni.    H. 
u    no 


3    20 


«  ;)5 

»    45 

lu  40  : 


:)9 

II 

40 

39 

30 

41 

30 

40 

38 

40 

3(! 

30 

3fi 

30 

35 

1 

Lat,  08O  25'.2  N. 


11     10  3 

17  43 

18  30 
21  10 
23  50 


47  55 
35 
24 
24 
24 


1  2 


2Q- 
l.V.  +  1' 


30" 


2e. 

2GJ. 

Obion,  slow  on  L.  A.  T.  2*. 


July  0,  i860.— Fiftyliohtii  E.ncami'ment. 


h. 

111. 

a. 

11 

55 

45 

57 

47 

59 

17 

0 

0 
2 
3 

20 

4 

10 

01  40  30 
40  30 
40  30 
48 

40    30 
40 
40 


2«. 

1.  c.  -(-  2'  a 


30". 


Lat.  60°  31'.5  N. 


July  7,1800— Futyxlntii  Kntami'ment. 


ll.  lU.   H. 

0  7  30 
0 
10 
11 
12 
13 

13  50 
15 
10 
18 


01  35 
33 

35  30 
35 
33 
33 
31 
30 
30 
28 


2Q. 

I.  (;.  +  2'  30". 


Lat.  88°  30'.9  N. 


July  9, 1800.— FiFfY-NiNTii  Excami'.mkxt. 


h.  m.  8. 

8  13  20 

14  50 

10  20 


8  22  10 
23  10 
24 


11  64  25 

50  30 

59  20 

0   0  40 

1  50 

3 

4  37 

0  23 


66  30  30 
51 

67  0 


10 
20 
31 


01 


15  30 

15  30 

16  30 
15 

10 
15 

14  30 
13 


2Q. 

I.  (J.  -  30". 

Chroii.  slow  on  L.  A.  T.  38". 


1.(3.  -30". 

2  0. 

I.  li.  -  30". 

Lat.  00=>  28',2  N. 
Rori'uction  groat. 


July  10, 1806.— Fiity-ninth  Encamfmbnt. 


h. 

in. 

8. 

11 

54 

10 

0 

7 

20 

8 

45 

10 

.50 

13 

30 

4 

47 

.W 

48 

f)5 

50 

01     14    30     2  £2.    Ou  40*,  off  14'  30" 
14 

12  Lai.  0fin2n'.3N. 

10 
8 


2Q. 
L(D. 


.54     17 

4    30      LTJ.  -  30" 
S3    52  I  Chron.  slow  on  L.  A.  T.  41>. 


July  20, 1806,— Sixtieth  Encami'Ment. 


h.  ni. 

8. 

U  56 

5 

57 

45 

59 

12 

0   0 

41 

o 

50 

0 

10 

45 

12 

37 

87    47 

47 


47 

46    30  I 

40 

44 

41 

38 


2Q. 

I.  T.  + 1'. 


Lilt.  00°  29'. 1  N. 


AUOtlST  31,  1800. — AllOUT  TIlllKE  MILKS  NOKTri  OP  Sllir'S 
llAltllOU  18LA.NIIS. 


ll.  m. 

8. 

8  48 

28 

49 

.'■>4 

51 

20 

2  a  <>"  31',  oir  :v>'  30". 

Louj;.  51'  44"'  20"  \V. 

Clir.  last  ou  L.  M.  T.  W'  20'"  l.'V. 


SKPTEMHKU  1,  1800 —AllOUT  TIIHEK  MILES  NOUTII  OP  SHU-'S 
IIAKUOK  IsL/Ui'IIM. 


m. 

8. 

3 

55 

10 

15 

18 

13 

22 

20 

10 

37 

35 

40 
53 
53 
54 
52 
43 


2  Q.    (.)n  30',  <iff  33'  30" 


Lat.  60°  29'.0  N. 


Ai'uiL  27, 1807.— SixTY-PiFiu  Encampment. 


ll. 

111. 

8. 

11 

35 
38 

39 

40 

41 

0 

23 

25 

30 

3 

17 

45 

18 

,55 

20 

20 

74  21 
18 
17 
16 

7 
3 


71 


55    32 
21 

8 


2  Q.    On  30',  off  25'. 

Lims-  51'  44'"  20*. 
lIoieiuuvu(l(.liri)U.  forward 30'°. 

Lat.  60^  20'  N. 


2  0.    On  38',  off  20'. 
Cfiion.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  17 


>•■•  •:! 


i   'i,! 


468  Hairs  Astronomical  Observations,  1868. 

Axtvonomhal  ohacrvaliona  made  during  the  years  1864-'69-— Continuftd. 


i 


11 


Junk  15, 18G7.— Sixtv-i-ifiii  Excami'mext. 

Sei-tkmukk  15, 1807,— IwiLLlK— Coiitinuctl. 

Ii.   m.   8. 

U    38    25 

44 

53 
0 

0      5 
10    30 

o 
U3 

8 

12    30 
10 
10 
11 

7 

2  a    On  31',  otf  31'. 
Lat.  00°  20'.1  X. 

2  R.    On  31',  oflf  32'. 

CBion.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  C  OS*. 

0)  to  left  to  mountain. 

0  to  left  to  mountain. 

( )u  30'.  o«-  34.     N.  250  W.  by  C. 

N.  24^  \V.  by  C. 

Var.  04°  W. 

0)  to  left  to  mountain. 
«  mark  S.  79°  W.  by  C. 
Var.  04°  \V. 

li. 
2 

m.   8. 
1    53 
4 

5    55 
7    25 
9    15 

o        /        '/ 

40      7 
39    48 

33    30 

19 
4 

2  Q.    On  .32',  off  32'. 

Chron.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  38"  33". 

AritlL  3,  1808.- TEXTII  IoI.OO— OO-BOOAII-KII.              1 

5     a    35 
8    15 
»    25 

51 
50 

23    30 

2 
49 

h. 

11 

0 

m.    8. 
21    30 
20    42 
29    30 
41    50 
44    40 
48    35 
50 

.52    20 

55    10 

50    20 

3    15 

0       /       // 

54    45 

51 

55 

65      1    30 

2 

2 

2 

1 

54    .59 

50 

52 

2  Q.    On  28',  off  3C. 

Lat.  67°  50'  N. 

2  Q.    On  28',  off'  37'- 
A8Hiime<l  long.  .51'  29"'  W. 
Cbron.  slow  oil  L.  M.  T.  18°"  15'. 

5    14 

77 

e 

5    25    20 

27  10 

28  40 

70 

37 
57 

5    37    30 

81 

42 

2 

32  30 

33  f3 
35 

30    30 
37    30 

43 

42    48 
39 
27 
10 

JUNl 

2  21, 

1807.— Sixty-fifth  Encampmext. 

h.  ni.    8. 
4     18     IS 

19  35 

20  55 

0 

Gl 

m 

45 
30 

I.  0.  +  2'. 

Chron.  8low  on  L.  M.  T.  8""  55". 

April  14,  1808.— Fouuteenth  Igi.oo— Ooumt  Ihi.axuh. 

h. 
11 

m.    8. 
38    40 
42    40 
40    10 

o       /       // 
GO    20 

21 

11    30 

2<2l-    On  32',  off  32' 30". 
Lat.  68°  59'.5  N. 

2  0.  On  32',  off' 3,3'. 

N.  1.5°  W.  byC. 

N.  1G°  W.  by  C. 

N.  17°  W.  by  C. 

(;iiron.  .slow  on  L.  M.  T.  55'»  .5.5'. 

Var.  98°  W. 

JUN 

K22, 

1807.— Sixty-fifth  ExcAMPMExr. 

3 

5    30 

8 
11    23 

38    30 

5 
37     32 

li.    m.    8. 

11    31)    40 

45 

48 

,52 

50    40 

0      C    50 

8    50 

10    20 

o 
03 

/      // 
23    30 
20 

27     30 
27     30 
27 
21 
20 
1»    30 

i.  c'.  +  3'  30". 
Lat.  00°  20'.  IN. 

AriiiL  17, 1808.— FiusT  lcii.00— Hooper  Lxi.et. 

h. 

7 

m.    8. 
18    40 

21    15 
23     10 
43 

o         /          // 

42    33 

43 
IB 

2f2.  On  30',  off  34'. 

O  S.  291°  M'.  by  C. 

0S.  30°  \V.  byC. 

O  S.  31°  W.  by  C. 

0  S.  30°  W.  by  C. 

Chron.  slow  oii  L.  M.  T.  SS"  .53". 

Var.  01°.l  W. 

Jll 

YO, 

1807.— SIXTY-FI Fill  EXCAMr.MF.XT. 

li.m.  8. 
7  12  10  a.m. 
4  27  48i).in. 
7  17  37u.ni. 
4  22  32  p.m. 

/        t' 
20    30 

\  2D. 
Chron.  hIow  on  L.  M.  T.  U"  IW. 

Apuii,  1 

8, 1808.— SecC 

XI)  Igloo— Qi'iLLiAM  Creek. 

SEITF.MDEB  15,  1807.— IWILLIK. 

b. 
0 

10 

m.    8. 
47    30 

50    20 
53 

50    20 

58    43 

2    35 

0         /          /' 

59    47    30 

11 

24    30 
32    30 
47 

I 

2  Q.    On  28-  30",  off  3.5'. 

0  S.  84°  \V.  by  C. 

0  S.  83°  (0  W.  by  C. 

0  S.  8G°  W.  by  C'. 

0  S.  87J°  W.  (ly  a. 

0S.  8«^  W.  bvC. 

0  S.  89°  W.  by  C. 

Cliroti.  slow  on"  L.  M.  T.  60"  22". 

Var.  107O.0  W. 

li.    m.    8. 
11    14    30 

10    35 
18    22 
21     12 
23    45 
25    .50 

o 
52 

/        // 
25 
25 
25 
24 

2:1    30 
23 

2  Q.    On  24',  oft'  41'. 
Lat.  CO':  so'.e  N. 

_ 


ir^ 


Hall's  Astronomical  Observations,  1868. 


469 


Astronomical  observations  made  during  the  years  1864-69 — Continued. 


as-. 


I5«. 


11 


ApniL  19,  1888.— TiiiiiD  Igloo— CiioziEii  River. 


b.  m. 

H. 

7  11 

40 

15 

30 

18 

28 

20 

M 

23 

20 

41  40 

42  1.5 
43 

43  .5 
27 


2Q.    On  28',  off  30'. 

0  «.  3P  AV.  by  0. 

O  S.  20^  W.  bv  V. 

0  S.  30=  W.  bV  C. 

O  S.  30.JO  \V.  i)v  C. 

0  S.  31°  W.  by  C. 

( 'bidii.  hIow  on  L.  M.  T.  SO"  21", 

Vur.  03O.0  W. 


Between  Third  and  Fourth  Igloos. 


S3 

30 


h.   m.  fl. 

10  rn  10 

57  30 

0 

2 

5 

7  50 

11  15 

14  30 
18 

21  35 

20  5 

28  40 


/ 

ft 

11 

13 

14 

15 

30 

]« 

30 

17 

17 

17 

17 

10 

12 

30 

10 

30 

2  Q.    On  28',  off  30'. 
0^.  87°  W.  by  C. 
0  S.  87°  W.  by  C. 
O  S.  88"  W.  by  C. 
0  S.  88i°  W.  l)y  C. 
O  S.  804°  W.  by  C. 

O  N.  80°  W.  by  C. 
O  N.  88°  W.  by  C. 
0  N.  87°  W.  by  O. 
0  N.  83.JO  \V.  {)y  C. 
0  N.  84J°  AV.  by  C. 
I.at.  fl9°31'.9K. 
Vur.  SiPA  \V. 


AiMiiL  20,  1808.- FoiTinH  Igloo — Grinnell  Lake. 


li.  ni.  R. 

G    21  38 

23  r,- 

27  15 
51 


43      3 


50 


2  0.    On  .30',  off  34'. 

0  S.  43°  W.  bv  C. 

0  S.  43.5°  \V.  in-  C. 

0  S.  44°  W.  by  C. 

O  S.  47°  W.  by  C. 

Chion.  8ln\v  on  L.  M.  T.  l*  46"'. 

Var.  100°.3  W. 


Al'KIL  20,  1808.— IlKIWEEN  Fouimi  AND  FlFTII  lOLOOS. 


h. 

ni. 

a. 

U 

20 

20 

32 

.TO 

37 

5 

41 

47 

35 

62    30 


45 

55 


10 


63 


55  15 

2  40 
0      5  i 

17  30  I 


4 

18    30 

27 

30 

40    30 

43 

43 


2  0.   On  30',  off  .'14'. 
0N.87°  W.  bvC. 

O  N.  mi<=  \y.  \t\  c. 

0  N.  80°  W.  bV  (J. 
©  N.  88°  (?)  W.  by  C. 
0  N.  8fi°  W.  by  C. 
0N.  84°  W.  b'vC. 
0  N.  82J°  W.  i.y  C. 
0  N.  82°  W.  1)V  0. 
0  X.  70=  W.  b'v  0. 
I,.it.  00°  40'.4  Jj. 
Viir.  101°  W. 


Ai'HiL  22, 1808.— .Sixth  Igloo— Excami'ment  I5av. 


10 


40 


58    22    30 


59 


30 


2  0.    On  32'.  off  32'. 
QS.  00°  W.  bv  C. 

Q  s.  7(ij°  w.  I)v  r. 

0  S.  7lJ°  AV.  b'v  C. 

Cliron.  fiist  on  L  M.  T.  3'"  25". 

Var.  104O.2  W. 


April  22, 1888.— Sixth  Igloo— E.n'c.v»ii''t  Bay- Cont'd. 


I 


h. 

m. 

a. 

10 

44 

.56 

20 

.VJ 

40 

11 

» 

5 

12 

40 

25 

*) 

7 

41 

42 

47 

17 

.'iO 

30 

53 

25 

56 

25 

0 

0 

15 

4 

45 

« 

10 

12 

15 

15 

40 

18 

43 

21 

25 

30 

33 

15 

3 

39 

42 

5 

44 

15 

02  8 
53 

03  5 
32 
43 

64  13 
29 
40 
43 
40 
48 
50 
52 
52 
52 
51 
49 
47 
40 
44 
39 
34 
27 


46    54 


25 
6 


2Q. 
0S. 
OS. 
0S. 
0.S. 
0S. 
0S. 
0S. 
0S. 
0S. 
0S. 
0S. 
0.S. 
0S. 
0S. 


0  S.  84°  AV.  by  C. 
87J°  AV.  by  0. 
88°  AV.  by  C. 
89,1°  AA^  bv  C. 
895°  W,  by  C. 
87°  AV.  byC. 
83°  AV.  by  C. 
83°  AV.  by  C. 
81°  AV.  by  C. 
80,i°  AV.  I)y  C. 
80°  AV.  by'  C. 
79°  AV.  bv  0. 
78°  AV.  b'v  C. 
77J°  AV,  i)V  C. 
77°  AV.  byC. 


O  S.  75J°  AV.  bv  C. 
0)  S.  75°  AV.  by  C. 
0  S.  74°  AV.  by  C. 

0  S.  72J°  AV.  by  C. 
0  S.  72°  AV.  by  C. 
0  S.  71°  AV.  by  C. 
Lot.  69°  47'.3  N. 
Var.  102O.5  AV. 

2  0.    On  29',  off  35'. 

0  N.  19J0  AV.  by  C. 

O  N.  19°  AV.  1)V  C. 

O  N.  19°  AV.  by  C. 

Chron,  fast  on  L.  M.  T.  2"  SS". 

Var.  90°.5  AV. 


April  27, 1868.— Ninth  Igloo,  bamk  as  sixth. 


h. 

m. 

a. 

o 

/ 

// 

11 

36 

30 

67 

45 

41 

30 

51 

46 

50 

156 

30 

51 

10 

68 

1 

57 

32 

2 

0 

4 

2 

30 

7 

15 

2 

30 

10 

53 

2 

15 

67 

.57 

18 

3 

55 

30 

21 

50 

.52 

25 

50 

47 

2  0.  On  28',  off  36'. 
Q^N.  87°  AV.  by  C. 
Q)  N.  81°  (0  AV.  bv  C. 
&  N.  79JO  W.  by  C. 
0  N.  79i°  W.  b'v  C. 
0  N.  79°  AV.  by  V. 
O  N.  78°  AV.  l)v  (;. 
O  N.  70°  AV.  by  0. 
(.)  N.  75°  AV.  b'y  C. 
0  K.  73°  AV.  by  0. 

0K.  70°AV.  bvC, 
Lat.00°47'.8  Jf. 
A'ar.  103°  AV. 


April  28, 1808.— Islaxd,  wkst  extranck  to  Fui.y  and 
Hecla  Straits. 


h.  m. 

fl. 

0    /    '/ 

11  40 

08  15 

2  0.  On  20',  off  35'. 
0Tf.  70°  AV.  bv  (1 

44 

17 

47 

50 

20  30 

0  N.  74°  AV.  by  C. 

51 

20 

24 

0  N.  73°  AV.  by  C. 

54 

30 

20  30 

G)  N.  72J°  AV.  i)y  C. 

58 

27 

O  N.  72°  AV.  by  C. 

0   1 

27 

0  N.  71°  AV.  by  C. 

3 

45 

27 

G)  N.  70JO  W.  by  C. 

0 

40 

20  30 

O  X.  70°  AV.  bv  C. 

10 

35 

25  30 

0  N.  08°  AV.  by  C. 

15 

27 

24  30 

0  N.  07°  AV.  by  C. 

18 

30 

22 

0  N.  00°  \V.  by  C. 

21 

20 

18 

Lat.  09°  !)4'.5  if. 
Var.  108O.8  AV. 

II  i! 


'i!': 


470  UaWs  Astronomical  Observations^  18G8. 

Astronomical  obserraUons  made  during  the  years  1864-'G9 — CoiitiniUMl. 


■liij  ; 

■1'  ;. 


■,\'-    'l.i 


Aphil  28, 1868.— Island,  west  entiuncr,  &c.— Cont'd. 


li.  m. 
4  27 
35 


30    30 
37    50 


4    45    43 

47    40 
49    17 


42    37 

41     16 

4 

40    51 


30    31 

12 

38    50 


2  0. 

CGron.  fast  on  L.  M.  T.  1"  3'. 


Cbron.  fust  on  L.  M.  T.  SB*. 


AriiiL  29, 1808.— Tenth  Igloo,  nbab  Capb  Enqlefield. 


h.    ni.  B. 
11    53 

57  27 
U      1 
i 

5  30 

7  10 

11  45 

13  30 


o 

/ 

II 

C9 

11 

30 

11 

30 

12 

13 

13 

13 

11 

10 

2Q.  On  31',  off  33'. 
OTf .  72°  W.  by  C. 
0  N.  70°  W.  by  C. 


0  N.  07°  "W.  by  C. 

O  N.  65i°  W.  by  C. 
Cat.  69°  51'. 
Tar.  112°  "W. 


May  2, 1808.- EluvexthIoloo,  neak  Cape  East— Cont'd 


Mat  1, 1868.— Tenth  Igloo. 


10 


in. 

8. 

28 

29 

30 

24 

31 

20 

30 

6 

37 

38 

45 

00  57 
07  6 
10 
30 
35 
40 


2(0.    On  34',  off  30'. 
O  S.  84°  W.  by  C. 


O  S.  860  w.  by  C. 
Chron.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  1° 
Var.  110O.9  "W. 


44». 


May  2, 1868.— Eleventh  Igloo,  neak  Cape  East. 


h. 
11 


45 

43    40 
53 

55    45 

59 

0    50 

4 

50 

30 


11 


1  19 

3  27 

4  22 

5  13 


7  20 

8  20 

9  18 


71 

1 
1 
2 
2 
2 
1 
0 
70    56 


38    17 

37    54 

46 

36 


91  35 
28 
10 


2  0.  On  3K  off  3.3'. 
0  N.  86°  W.  by  C. 
0  N.  85°  "W.  by  C. 
0  N.  83JO  W.  by  C. 
0  N.  83°  W.  by  C. 
O  N.  82°  W.  by  C. 
O  N.  81°  \V.  by  C. 

0  N.  81i°  W.  bv  C. 
0  N.  80°  W.  by  C. 
Lat.  69°  49'.7  N. 

2Q.    On  Capo  East. 


0  to  right  to  mark. 


h.  m.  8. 

5    10  58 

12  40 

13  35 


5    16    15 


6    18    22 

20    27 


6    23    28 
26 
27    38 


6    32    32 
34    16 


30  30 
20 
11 


89 

37 

34 
33 

30 

3 

47 

85    57 
41 


2  0. 


0  to  right  to  uiai'k. 


0  N.  0°  E.  by  C. 
0  N.  7°  E.  by  C. 


2  0.     0N.  7J0E. 
ON.  8°  E. 
0  N.  8°  E. 


0  (o  rijiht  to  mnrk. 
Bear'gof  0  j.iaik  S.  80''  E.  by  (" 
Alt.  of  m  mark  25'. 
Var.  98°  W. 


May  10, 1868.— OOGLiT  Islands. 


n.   m.   s. 
11    24    30 

28 
31 

34    10 
40 

43    15 
0    13    30 
17 


31  27 

33  45 

35  45 

50  30 


77    10 


10 

9    30 
9 
3 
0 


42    10 

41    44 

23 


2  0.  On  30',  off  34'. 
0  N.  88°  W.  by  C. 
0  N.  854°  W.  by  C. 

©  N.  82°  AT.  by  0. 
0  N.  81°  W.  by  C. 
0  N.  81°  W.  by  C. 
0  N.  75°  AT.  by  C. 
0  N.  75°  AV.  by  C. 
L.at.  08°  58'.4  N. 
Var.  920.2  AV. 

2  0.    0N.  byC. 

0Tf.  by  C. 

0  N.  1°  E.  by  C. 

0  N.  3J°  E.  ty  C. 

Chron  slow  oil  L.  M.  T.  32"' ; 

Ta.-.  95°.l  AT. 


May  20, 1808.— F7..Tn  Encampment— Second  jol'um;v 

FBOM  OOGLIT. 


m.    8. 
27 

29 
31 
30 
38    35 


11    28    15 
33    30 
37    40 
42 
49 


73 


74 


18 
32 


15 


79    45 
45    30 
45 
43 
37 


2  0.    On  32',  off  32'. 
0^.  00°  AV.  bv  C. 
0S.  00°  AV.  byC. 
0  S.  01J°  AV.  by  C. 
0  S.  03°  AV.  by  C. 
0  S.  03J°  AV.  by  C. 
Chron.  slow  on  L.  M.  T, 
Var.  90°.0  AV. 


20".  i\ 


2  0.    0N.  70OAV.  byC. 
0Tr.  78°  AV.  by  C.     " 
0  K.  76i°  AV.  by  C. 
0N.  7,';°  AV.  by'C. 
0  N.  73J°  AV.  l)v  C. 
Lat.  70°  0'.8  N. ' 
A'ar.  10I°.2  AV. 

After  meridian  obHcrvations, 
chron.  sot  forward  30"'. 


:-.^..r'.^.,^:-r.-.i 


1 


.,■( 


HaWs  Astronomical  Observations,  18  8.  471 

Julronomical  obaarations  made  during  the  years  IWM-'GO — CoiUiniu'd. 


JUNK3,  1808.— FlIlST  EnCAMPMRNT  ON  UETUUN  JOUllNKY 
TO  KE1"U1.SK  JUY. 


m. 

B. 

41 

30 

48 

2(1 

57 

50 

;i 

•JO 

8 

10 

](i 

;io 

^1 

50 

80  21 
20 
32 
32 
28 
25 
10 


30 


iQ.    On  35',  off  20'. 


Lat.  08o55'.5N. 


Junk  4, 1808.— Fiust  Encami-ment. 


Ii.   m.  8. 

10    40  40 

43  S-l 

4(1  40 

48  47 


11     50 


.12  50 

58  40 

1  ;'0 

5  15 


83  r,2 

84  4 
14 


30 


80    41 


10    20 


42 

45 

44 

45  (?) 

45 

43    30 

42 


2  Q.  onH.v,  oirao'. 

O"??.  03°  W.  by  C. 

0  S.  Cjo  AV.  by  C. 

O  S.  O.Jo  AV.  by  O. 

0  S.  00°  W.  bv  C. 

Chroii.  fiist  on  L.  M.  T.  2'"  25". 

Var.  87°.8  W. 

2  0.     0  S.  80°  W.  by  C. 

0  S.  87°  W.  by  C. 

0W. 

0  K.  89°  W.  bv  C. 

0  N.  88°  W.  by  C. 


by  ( 

I-nt.  08°  55'.8  N. 
Viir.  90°.4  W. 


I    60    25 
I  52 

63    20 


June  ,5, 1868.— Second  ENCAMrMENT  on  uetuhn. 


h.  • 

a. 

11  63 

25 

57 

10 

0   2 

4 

7 

0 

40 

0 

11 

3 

1 

11 

30 

12 

13 

12 

30 

11 

30 

11 

?0 

2  Q.    On  35',  off  20'. 
As8unic(l  Ions-  82°  5'  W. 


Lat.  68°  48'.6  N. 


Junk  0, 1808.- Second  ENCAHrMKNT. 


h.  ni.  s. 

6  13  45 

15  7 

16  13 
19 

20  53 


6  •;.'7  35 
20  10 
30 


fi  31  47 

33  4 

34  25 


6  37  35 

7  8 


40   0 

39  52 

41 

38  50 


89  34 
17 
4 


30  55 
43 
28 


2  Q.    On  35',  off  20'. 
0  N.  10°  E.  by  C. 

O  to  right  to  mark. 

ni'iu'K i(f  0 mark  S. 72° E.  by  C. 
Var.  94°.2  W. 

2Q. 


0N  1.5°E.  byC. 
0  N.  17°  (/)  t'.  bv  C. 
<;brnn.  fnatonL.M.  T.5'" 
Var.  05O.2  W. 


Junk  13, 1808.— Fit-rii  Encampment. 


b.  m.  8. 
11  46  45 
49  15 
53  10 
58  20 
3 
7 

16 
30 


0 


25 


00 


30 

34 

37 

42  (?) 

43 

43 

41 


50  35 
18 
2 


2  a.    On  28',  off  36'. 
Asminicil  lon^.  82°  52'  W. 
0  S.  75°  W.  1)V  ('■ 
0)  S.  70°  W.  bv  ('. 
0  S.  77°  W.  bV  (!. 
Q  S.  80°  W.  bv  <;. 
G)S.  86°(f)AV.  byC. 
0  S.  88°  W.  bv  C. 
Ijlt.  07°  37'.4  N. 
Var.  7U°.3  W. 


2  Q.    On  28',  off  36'. 

Gliron.  fast  on  L.  M.  T.  5'»  47". 


June  1.5. 1868.— Sixth  Encampment. 


h. 

m. 

8. 

8 

43 

27 

44 

54 

45 

57 

52 

12 

54 

50 

58 

24 

9 

0 

32 

2 

55 

11 

55 

25 

58 

55 

0 

1 

45 

6 

15 

7 

30 

10 

30 

13 

18 

23 

55 

27 

25 

71 

2 

18 

20 

72 

32 

59 

73 

33 

65 

74 

18 

91    21 


23    30 

25 

27    30 

28 

28 

27 

27 

23 

20 


30 


2  Q.    On  32',  off  32'. 


0  S.  7°  W.  by  C. 
0S.  10°  W.  byC. 
0  S.  20°  W.  by  C. 
0S.  20°^.  byC. 
0  S.  21°  W.  l)'v  0. 
(;hr«n.  faat  on  L.  M.  T.  10" 
Var.  70°.3  W. 


2  0.   On  32',  off  32'. 
0  S.  80°  W.  bv  v.. 
CO  S.  80J°  \V.  1)V  0. 
0  S.  814°  W.  bv  0. 
0  S.  83°  W.  by  (;. 
0  S.  85°  W.  b'v  0. 
O  S.  86°  W.  by  C. 

0  S.  86°  W.  by  C. 

0  S.  87°  W.  by  C. 
I.at.  07°  22'  N. 
Var.  84°.4  W. 


Junk  19, 1866.— Eighth  Encampmk.n-t. 


5  67    40 
69    65 

6  7 


0  23  67 
25  45 
27    50 


88 
87 


40  3 
45  38 
44    16 


2  (2-    On  26',  off  38'. 
Clii-on.  l'nnt  on  L.  M.  T.  16"  O". 
Lat.  06°  .54'  N. 
AsBiancd  lonK.  84°  21'  W. 


2  Q.    On  19',  off  4.V. 
Cbroii.  sot  back  19  minnt«s. 


41 
40 


I  2  0.   On  10',  off  4!>'. 
30  I  Chrun.  fast  on  L.  M.  T.  W"  7'. 


I,  Ml"  ^ii^vjr»"'^»»i'.>'.'Tf»wii)(i 


:    I 


472  HaWs  Aslronomkal  Observations,  1868, 

Astronomical  ohii iraliona  made  during  the  years  18()4-'f)9 — Continued. 


June  23, 18''°.- 

-Ninth  E.n(  am i'mkst. 

June  23, 

1868.— Eleventh  Encampment— Continued. 

ll.  111. 

B. 

0 

/       // 

]i. 

m.   s. 

0     /     // 

4    15 

0  s.  50'--'  i:.  i.v  c. 

8 

50    20 

74    24    30 

2  0. 

Chron.  fast  on  L;  M.  T.  O"  31". 

21 

0  S.  40P  i:.  hv  c. 

57    22 

35 

25 

0S.  4(p  i:.  iv  c. 

59 

52 

2(1 

OS.  47°  K.  l.vC. 

27 

0  S.  47°  !■'.  1',  ('. 

28 

0S.  40°  i:.  ir,  (;. 

0 

1    45 

76    22    30 

2EJ.    On  30',  oir33' 30". 

3U 

0  S.  47°  K.  i.v  ('. 

0  S.  21°  W.  l>v  (!. 

32 
35 
39 

0  S.  40°  ]•;.  Iiv  (-'. 

0  s.  45SO  i:.  i,v  c. 

0  S.  44°  K.  l,v  (;. 

5 

22 

2e-.    0  S.  22°  AY.  hv  C. 

7    50 

22 

2  0.     0  223°W.  byC. 

43 

0.S.44OI;.  hvC. 



44 
45 

0  S.  440  1;.  hv  C. 
0  S.  44°  IC.  l,v  C. 
0  S.  431°  IC.  liv  0. 
0  S.  430  K.  hv  C. 

9 

59 

0  S.  370  "W.  l)v  n. 

46 
40 

0  marlc  N.  48°  AV.  by  C. 

54 

0S.  41°  K.  hv  (.'. 

10 

5 

0S.  38JOAV.  I)yC. 

50 
59 

0  S.  41°  K.  I,v  (;. 
OS.  40J°IC.  (ivC. 

5      0 

OS.  4uoK.  livC. 

11 

14      8 

91    30 

2Q.    On  30',  off  34'. 

4 

OS.  30OK.  I..!,  C. 

2  0.    Oil  :i:",  nir  32'. 

Cfiron.  l:isl  >in  L.  M.  T.  2"  32'. 

15    60 

37    30 

0  to  light  to  same  mouutiuu. 

5    52 

30 

40 

11 

25 

75    51 

55 

8 

33    30 

27    25 

17 

57 

25 

41 

0S.  24°K.  livC. 

29 

10 

2Q. 

0      5 

11 

33    47 

02    32 

» 

0  S.  221°  IC.  i)V  C. 

35    35 

35 

10 

0S.  23°  IC.  livO. 

45    40 

54 

11 

30 

0  S.  22i°  JC.  i,y  C. 

20.    On:;-'.  (.tr31'30". 
Clii-oii.la.-lim  L.  M.  T. 2" 48". 

47    40 

57 

2  0.   On  .30',  off 34'. 
©^.730AV.  byC. 

10    45 

55 

89 

41 

11 

54    53 

93      9 

48 

17 

53 

49 

17 

58 

57    37 

11 

0  S.  74°  AV.  by  C. 

55 

55 

90 

30    30 

0S.  .511'-'  W.  I.vC. 

0 

0    30 

12 

0  S.  7!J0  W.  by  C. 

11      0 

10 

49 

0S.  .^2°'\\'.  I'vC. 

3    55 

13 

0  S.  753°  AV.  \)y  C. 

4 

36 

91 

8    30 

0S.  540^1-.  1..C. 

6    30 

13    30 

0  S.  7(?i°  AV.  by  <;. 

18 
41 

20 

0  S.  ,Mil°  V>  .  liv  C. 
OS.  70o^■.■.  l,vC. 

10 
13    10 

15 
14    30 

0S.771OW.  byC. 
0  S.  79°  AV.  by  C. 

49 

20 

OS.  70°  W.!  vC. 

18 

0  S.  80°  AV.  by  0. 

52 

93 

7 

0S.  70°  \N'.  li\  C. 

20 

11    30 

56 

55 

10 

0S.72°  W.livC. 

22      6 

10 

0  S.  82°  AV.  1)V  C. 

0      2 

12 

0  8.74°  AV.  livC. 

Lat.  06°  29'.5  N. 

4 

40 

12 

OS.  7.'i°\r.  l.vC. 

Var.  770.6  AV. 

8 
12 

12 

10 

OS.  70°  \V.  ln-C. 
OS.  771°  W.  livC. 

1 

16 

15 

9 

0S.  70°  W.  l.vC. 
Lnt.  00°  34'. !i  X. 

November  11,  1868.— First  Encampment. 

Var.  75°. '2  \\  .                             1 

h. 

8 

m.   8. 

58 

0      '      /' 
48      5 

2 -J/.    I.e. -2' 30". 

9 

22    30 

47    50    30 

Ther.  -  26°. 

J  UN 

E25, 

1868.— E 

LEVENTU  E-\(  A.Ml'MENT. 

Long,  assumed  5'  44"'  8'  AV. 
Chron.  fast  on  L.  M.  T.  1"  3'. 
Lat.  66°  30'.7  N. 

h.  m. 

8    37 

8. 
30 

0 

113 

/      // 
15 

0  to  riglil  1"  mountain. 

Elevation  2.")U  I'l'ct  above  sea. 
2Q.    On  lid',  off  34'. 

NOVI 

MBEE 12,  1868.— Second  Encampment. 

8    44 

30 

72 

22 

h 

m.   8. 

0     /     // 

46 

10 

38 

8 

17 

47    52 

2-4.    I.e. -2' 30". 

47 

30 

54 

36 
48    40 

50 
35 

■U  H.  07°  AV.  by  C. 
Tj.  a.  70°  AV.  by  C. 
■n  S.  72°  AV.  by  C. 

8    49 

50 

110 

23 

0  to  riglit  to  mountain. 

9 

16 

11  S.  78°  AV.  by  C. 
Thor.  -  28°. 

52 

10 

109 

47 

54 

17 

22 

Omavkl>v('.N.4S°'W. 

Viir.77°.UW. 

Lat.  06°  3.'i'  N. 
Var.  07°.l  AV. 

iii 


HalPs  Astronomical  Observations,  1869. 

Astronomical  obaervationa  made  during  ilic  years  18C4-'69 — Contiunud. 


473 


NOVEMBBIt  14,  1868.— ThIBD  ENCAMPMENT. 


ll.   m. 
10    32 

42 


o 

/ 

It 

9 

10 

15 

30 

2Q.    ARs'«llnnp.5''42"]2''W. 

OS.  720  w.  by  V. 

Q  S.  75°  W.  1)V  C. 

Lnt.  80°  48'.8  N. 

Thcr. -10°. 

Vav.  750.1  W. 


XovKMUKK  17, 1808.— Fourth  Excami-ment. 


ih.  m.  s. 
10   2  15a.n], 

16 

42  15 
52 


36    43 


37 


29.    A  Rs'd  lonp.  .'i'-  41""  43"  W. 

?  S.  72°  W.byC. 

5  S.  76°  W.  b'v  C. 

2  S.  m°  \V.  by  0. 

?  S.  83°  W.  by  C. 

Lnt.  000  .W.O  N. 

Vnr.  8u°.3  W. 


NovEMDEB  18,  1808.— Fifth  Encampment. 


h. 

m. 

H. 

7 

33  It 

m. 

8 

53 

32    43    30 


29.     9  S.  58°  AV.  by  C. 
9  S.  80°  W.  by  C. 
Lilt.  60°  .'.O'  N. 
Vnr.  8e°.7  W. 


NovEMnEH  19,  1808.— Sixth  Encampment. 


ni. 
11 


24 
40 


33 


44    51 


45 
40 


30 


2 -J/.     I.e. -2' 30". 
If.  S.  60°  W.  by  C. 
•Jf  S.  COO  W.  by  C. 
Ti  S.  72°  W.  by  C. 
Ther.  +  18°. 
Lat,  07°  1'  N. 
Var.  8a°.4  W. 


November  20, 1868.— Seventh  Encampment. 


h.  m.    8.       o     '     "   ' 
9    14    25  j    45      3  2  T/.     T/ N.  70°  W.  by  C. 

Lnt.  60°  .-|«'.5  N. 

Var.  83°.6  W. 


JTovemueb  21, 1808.- Eighth  Encampment. 


ll.  m. 

s. 

7  22 

no 

35 

30 

0 

/ 

// 

40 

43 

22 

30 

2-!/.     i;  S.  90°  W.  bv  C. 
Lat.  67°  N. 
Var.  83°  W. 


Novemder  23, 1808.— Eighth  Encampment. 


Novemuer  23, 1868.— Eighth  Encampment— Continued. 


h.  m.  8. 

7      0  20 

8  25 

14  30 


7    30    30 
41    46 


7    33    53 
44    20 


0       //       ' 
32    12 

8 

3    30 


40    .'iO 
47 


40    53    30 

48 


2  ^.    Small  sextant. 
I.  C.  -  2'  30". 


2  1/.    Largo  aoxtant. 
Lat.  07°  O'.l  N. 


2  11.    Small  Roxtnnt. 
1/  N.  9<)°  W.  by  C. 
Lnt.  07°  0'  N. 
Var.  87°.5  "W. 


Novemuer  20,  1808.- Ninth  =  Fourth  Encampment. 


46 


."iO 
49 
43 
37 


T/ N.  90°  TV.  by  C. 
Lnt.  00°  57'.8  N^ 
Var.  84°.5  W. 


April  13, 1869. — West  side  Pelly  Bay. 


h.  m. 

8. 

11  55 

40 

0   0 

30 

4 

7 

6 

45 

10 

15 

o  t 

/I 

00  55 

20? 

50 

30? 

48 

30 

45 

40 

2  Q.  On  30',  off  35'. 
0  (5.  80°  W.  by  C. 
0  S.  87°  W.  liy  C. 
0  S.  89°  W.  bV  C. 
O  S.  89°  W.  by  C. 
0  S.  90°  W.  by  e. 
Lat.  08°  30'  N. 


Eighteenth  Encampment. 


ni. 

42 


45 
49 


39    41 


38 


0 
20 


2  0.   On  21' 30",  off  43' 30". 

©  N.  34°  W.  by  C. 

0  N.  34°  W.  by  C. 

0  N.  33°  ^Y.  by  C. 

Tlier.  -  12°. 

(;iiron.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  9"  4'. 

Mag.  vnr.  82°.8  W. 


April  21, 1809.— Twentieth  Encampment. 


!1   0 


ll.  ni. 

s. 

6  41 

49 

20 

7   6 

25 

32 


2^.     LC.-2';)0". 
»  S.  83°  AV.  by  C. 
Lnrgo  sextnnt. 
Lat.  67°  N. 


in. 

fl. 

47 

52 

,5() 

30 

2 

7 

12 

20 

18 

37 

8 

38 

35 

.TO 

57 

44 

47 

51 

15 

60    30 


31) 
3ij 
3fi 

35  15 
33  30 
29    30 


20 


24 


•i: 


2  0.  On  33',  off  31'. 
C-)  S.  6.")°  W.  by  C. 
0  S.  07°  W.  by  C. 
0  S.  72°  W.  by  C. 
0  S.  74°  AV.  by  C. 
0  S.  70°  AV.  by  C. 
0  S.  80^  AV.  by  C. 
0  S.  fii'.°  AV.  by  C. 
Lat.  68°  31'.1  N. 

2  0. 

0  N.  1.-)°  AV.  by  C. 

0  N.  13°  AV.  by  C. 

0  N.  12°  AV.  b'y  C. 

CO  N.  11°  AV.  by  C. 

Ciliron.  fast  on  L.  M.  T.  3"  41'. 

Var.  70O.0  AV. 


j  .  1 


I'l 


ir: 

iin:i 


•,;,*■ 


1 

1 

1 

i 

^!| 

!;l 

i 
1 

474  IlaWs  Astronomical  Observations,  1869. 

AatroHomiml  ob/icrvatioHH  iiiadv  during  the  years  1864-'69 — Continued. 


AFIIII.  20,  1800.— TWESTV-TinilD  Kncami-ment. 


h. 

m. 

8. 

11 

41 

43 

45 

25 

4U 

45 

55 

5 

0 

0 

55 

S 

4S 

11 

16 

45 

20 

45 

I 


00    40 

4» 
51 
55 
66 
54 
51 
44 
42 


45  33 

48  20 

fll  25 

57  25 

58  44 
0  2 


27    45 

16 

20    42 

25    30 

15 

0 


2Q.    On  32',  off  32'. 

CO  8.  510  "W.  l>v  C.  , 

&  8.  52°  W.  by  C. 

0  S.  5.3°  W.  by  C. 

p  S.  M°  W.  b'v  C. 

0  S.  57°  W.  by  0. 

O  S.  57°  W.  by  C. 

0  S.  51)o  W.  bv  C. 

6  S.  00°  W.  by  C. 

0S.  50°(?)'\V.  byC. 

Lnt.  08°  2U'.9  N. 

2  0-    ON.  27°  W.  by  C. 
©N.  20°  W.  bvC. 
0  N.  2.'>o  W.  bv  C. 
Cliron.  fast  on  M.  L.  T.  1"  SS-. 
Var.01o.3W. 


ArillL  28,  1800.— TWBNTT-FOUBTH  EnCAMPMBNT. 


h. 

m. 

H. 

0    ' 

0 

32 

30 

08  35 

30 

35 

18 

40 

3 

42 

40 

07  51 

2  0.    On  32'.  off  32'. 
0  S.  87°  ^V.  by  C. 
0  S.  880  W.  by  C. 

0  S.  Oflo  -W.  by  C. 

Chron.  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  38"  8>. 

Lat.  08O  38'  N. 


May  13, 1809.— TmuTiKTii  Encampment. 


b.  in. 


70    45 


4b 

45 

30 

45 

30 

44 

30 

41    45 


2  0.  On  31'  30",  off  32'  30" 
015.  40°  E.  by  C. 
CO  8.  450  E.  by  C. 
0  S.  4.10  E.  bv  C. 
0  S.  430  E.  bv  C. 
0  S.  40°  E  by  C. 
As.  lon«.  a-  ab"  40'  W. 
Lat.  B80  23'.8  N. 


May  10, 1809.— Thirty-first  Encampment. 


b.  m.   8. 


o 
40 


19 

21 
23 
25 
25 


0.  Sea  horizon.  I 
0  8.  47°  W.  by  C. 
O  8.  450  W.  by  C. 
0  S.  430  W.  bv  C. 
O  S.  410  W.Uy  0. 
0  S.  420  (>)  w^.  by  C 
Ar.  lonu.  01'  18™  W. 
Lnt.  08°  32'.2  N. 


C.  +  4'. 


May  23,  I860.— THinTY-Fimi  Encampmknt. 


b.  m.   8. 


83    38 

89 
40 
41 
39 


30 


2  0.    On  26',  off  37'. 
0  8.  61°  W.  bv  C. 
O  S.  02°  W.  by  C. 

0  S.  04°  ^Y.  by  C. 
0  8.  OCo  W.  bv  0. 
Aa.  long.  C'  10™  W. 
Lat.  08°  33'.  1  N. 


June  4,  i860.— FonTY-FinsT  Encampment. 


h.  m.   8. 


0 

1 

It 

88 

21 

10 
18 
15 

30 

^o^; 


On  27',  off  37'. 
7r.°W.  byC. 
0  S.  70°  W.  by  C. 
0  S.  77°  W.  b'v  C. 
0  S.  80°  W.  by  C. 
As.  long.  5''  55"'  W. 
Lilt.  08°  2'.1  N. 


July  31, 1869.— Low-tidb  Encampment. 


h.  in. 


82    SO 

48 
46 
44 
38 
35 
31 


30 


2  0.    On  31',  off  32' 30". 
QS.  .50°  W.  by  C. 
0  S.  0«°  W.  b'v  V. 
0  S.  01°  W.  by  C. 
0  8.  02°  W.  by  C. 
0  8.  0;t°  W.  b'y  C. 
0  8.  04°  W.  bv  C. 
0  8.  05JO  W.  by  0. 
Aa.  long.  5I'  40"i  40*  W. 
Lat.  06°  29'.3  N. 


August  3, 1860.— Same  place. 


h.  m.   s. 


81 


4 

It 

8 

30 

13 

15 

15 

18 

16 

18 

15 

17 

15 

2Q.     On  32',  off  31'. 


Lat.  06°  29' .5  X. 


August  19, 1869.- Neau  'Whalk  Point. 


h. 

m. 

8. 

11 

45 

48 

40 

63 

15 

58 

15 

0 

2 

4 

45 

10 

13 

25 

17 

40 

75    53 


76 


56    30 

2 


1 

75    58 
56 


2  0.    On  33' 30',  off  30' 30". 

0^.  29°  W.  by  C. 

O  8.  30°  W.  by  C. 

O  8.  314°  W.  W  C. 

0  S.  33^  \V.  by  0. 

0  8.  34°  W.  by  C. 

0  8.  35°  W.  b'y  C. 

0  8.  3(i°W.  bVO. 

0  8.  38°  W.  by  V. 

©  8.  39i  W.  bv  C. 

As.  long.  5I'  51™  40"  W. 

Lat.  64°  21' .7  N. 


August  20,  i860.— Same  place. 


h.  m. 

8. 

4  21 

35 

24 

37 

27 

37 

43     11 

42    32 

0 


2  Q.    On  33'  30".  off  30*  30". 


0N.  70°\V.  byC. 

WatcU  slow  on  L.  M.  T.  30'. 

Vnr.  340.2  W. 


August  29, 1869.— Kowe's  'Wblcomb. 


h.  m.   B. 


0     ' 
35    35 


0.    Soa  horizon.  I.  C.  -  2'  30". 
Altitude  of  ovo,  14  feet. 
Aa.  long.  5I'  52'"  20»  W. 
Lat.  03°  27'.3  N. 


JIaWs  Astronomical  Observations,  1839. 

Mro,onucal  obsen,atio„>,  r,uide  d,inng  the  years  18f,4-'r,9-Continue(l. 


475 


August  30,  i860.— KowE'a  WBtcoMB. 


SBPTBMUKR  6,  1800.— nUDBON'8  STHAIT. 


h. 

m. 

H. 

11 

40 

45 

44 

40 

47 

:io 

50 

30 

54 

15 

57 

35  30  30 
32 
32 
32 
31 
30 


Q.     I.e. -2' 30". 
Kyo  nbnvo  sc»,  14  fpfit. 
A'g.  long.  !^  45"  42"  W. 

Lat.  63"  8'.0  K. 


Skptkmbicr  2, 1869.— Hudson's  Strait. 


h. 

m. 

R. 

8 

7 

20 

11 

20 
35 

O         ' 

26    44 


35    35 
35 


Q.    I.  0.-3'.    Dip -3' 40". 
Watch8lowonL.M.T.57™2'. 

As.  Ions- ^^  30"  4*  "W. 
Lat.  60°  54' .9  N. 


SKPTBMBBR  6,  1869.— nUDSON'B  STRAIT. 


h.  m.   s. 


o       ' 
?4    32 


Q.    Soa  horizon.    I.  C.  -  3'. 
As.  long.  5k  10"  40-  W. 
Dip  -  f. 
Lat.  630  5/  K. 


h.    m.    s. 

11    16    15 

25    25 


o      f       " 

35    40    30 

42 


Q.    I.e. -3', 
EvoJ 


^'vo^bovo  soft,  12  foot. 
As.  long.  41' 8"  W. 
Lat.  60°  20'.8  N. 


,  . 

''1 

• 

•^  ,w..v»i>-v«f*-v<,^-v<    f m  "•<  '  p  niv"irir^"'*"»w»i'^''(ui"«pj^pif-'Trnjjw^""'^f-i".  H  *"»"'>F^^i«  wmwmtfff^nw  'v»  K  f^mww-mfV^^^r^^'mfftiV  y\%f^mmm}f 


1 1 


wi 


''ii';iii 


_L 


APPENDIX   II. 


METEOROLOGICAL  JOURNAL  KEPT  BY  MR.  C.  F.  HALL  ON  HIS  SECOND 
ARCTIC  EXPEDITION,  .lULY,  1864-APRIL,  1869. 


^■f: 


li 


i|  i: 


>':: 


111 

il:: 


v§ 


T 


APPENDIX    II. 


HALL'S  METEOROLOGICAL  JOURNAL,  1864-09. 


Tahulatbo  nv  Mu.  R.  W.  D.  Huyan, 

Afimnlnnt  in  the  preparation  of  thin  Karralive,  under  the  nrdem  of  the.  Navy  Department. 


METEOROLOGICAL  JOURNAL. t 


Locality. 

T)aU: 

Tlicr. 

Monti- 
cello's 
mercu- 
rial 
Barom. 

In. 

20.80 
.84 
.00 
.97 
.05 
.00 
.88 
.80 
.80 
.83 
.80 
.78 
.80 
.80 

20.97 

AVind.; 

Sky. 

Remarks. 

Atwa* 

1804. 

July  5, 7  11.  m. 

ni. 

0, 7  B.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

7, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  in. 

a,  7  a.  in. 

ni. 

7  p.  111. 

9, 7  a.  m. 

in. 

7  p.  in. 

10,7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  ni. 

30, 7  a.  m. 

ni. 

7  p.  m. 

31, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

Aug.  1, 7  a.  m. 

in. 

7  p.  in. 

2, 7  a. ui. 

ni. 

7  p.  III. 

o 

04 

08 

05 

07 

00 

00 

71 

70 

00 

04 

08 

58 

54 

57 

00 

Fog;  roin. 

Lat.    42oi,VN. 
Loug.  500  37' AV. 

Lat.     42°  40'  N. 
Long.  540  50'  AV. 

Lat.    430  18'  N. 
Long.  530  15'  AV^. 

Lat.     52°  27'  N. 
Loug.  590  50' AV. 

Lat.     01^  30'  N. 
Long.  070  00' AV. 

Davis  Strait. 
Lat.    01037'  N. 
Long.  070 17' AV. 

Lat.     010  38'  N. 
Long.  070  34' AV. 

1 

1 

■  34' 
34 

■■'35' 
30 
33 

31 
37 
31 
32 
35 
32 

29. 26' 
.30 
.50 
.02 
.75 

20.71 

ESE.'.'iFreHli.  '"""''['''. 

ENE....Gale. 
E.byN.-.Galo. 

Cloudy 

Cloudy 

Calm 

■ 

Calm    'IIazy;cleir 

Culm    1  llazy;  ch'ar 

AVNAV 2  I  Hazv;  clear 

AV.by  N....5     Ilnzv 

AV.  byN....4  1  Cloudy  .   ... 
.SAV 4  1  ..  do    

1 

Aneroid 
Bar. 

29.75 
.74 
.73 
.08 
.00 
.04 

*Hall  sailed  from  Nor   "ondon,  on  board  the  bark  Monticello,  July  1,1804.    Observations  were  generally 
made  thrieo  daily,  viz,  a  "      loon,  and  p.  m. 

t  The  defective  com              "his  instruments  is  frcciuently  refciTcd  to  in  tho  preceding  pages  of  the  Narrative. 

t  Figures  to  denote  .^o..  co  of  tho  wind :  0,  ciilm;  1,  light  air;  2,  light  breeze;  3,  gentle  bieeze;  4,  moderate 
breeze;  5,  fresh  breeze;  0,  strong  breeze ;  7,  moderate  galo;  8,  fresh  gale;  0,  strong  gale;   10,  whole  gale;   11, 
storm ;  12,  hurricane. 

479 


480 


'•'■¥ 


it 


//a^rs  Meteorological  Journal,  1864-69. 

August,  1864. 


Lncnlity. 


T)iivi»  Stinit. 
r.at.     01°  35'  N. 
iLoiiK.  07°  51'  W. 

iLat.     01°;iO'  H. 
'LouK.680  08' W. 

Lat.     01°  42'  N. 
ILciur.  08°  28'  W. 

Lat,     01°  48'  N. 
Long.  08°  43'  W. 

Lat.     02°  01'  N. 
Long.  09°  00'  W. 

Lat.    02°  10'  N. 
Loug.  70°  40'  W. 

■Lat.    02°  43'  N. 
■Long.  72°  33' W. 

ILat.    03°  48'  N. 
JLoug.  75°  00'  AV. 

jLat.     C3O07'  N. 
iLong.  7V°  08'  W. 

Lat.    02°  24'  N. 
Long.  79°  34'  W. 

Lat.    01°  43'  N. 
Long.  82°  00'  W. 

Lat.    00°  59'  N. 
Loug.  84°  27'  W. 

Lat.    01°  33'  N. 
Long.  85°  10'  W. 

Lat.    620  14'  N. 
Long 


Lat.     02°  08'  N, 
Loug.  88°  40'  W 

Lat.    02°  09'  N 
Long.  90°  20'  "\V 

Lat.    62°  44'  N, 
Loug.  89°  40'  AV 

Depot  Inland. 
Lilt.     03°  47'  N. 
Loug.  89°  51' W. 
1)0 


Date. 


An; 


Do 
Do 
Do 
Do 


1804. 

;.  3, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  ni. 

4, 7  u.  ni. 

in. 

7  ]).  m. 

5, 7  a.  ni. 

ni. 

7  p.  ni. 

0, 7  a.  ni. 

lu. 

7  p.  ni. 

7, 7  a.  ui. 

m. 

7  p.  in. 

8,  7  a.  ni. 

ni. 

7  j>.  ni. 

9,7  a.  ni. 

ni. 

7  p.  m. 

10,  7  a.  ni. 

ni. 

7  p.  ni. 

11,7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

12, 7  a.  ni. 

ni. 

7  p.  in. 

13, 7  a.  m. 

in. 

7  p.  m. 

14, 7  a.  m. 

m. 
,  m. 
.  in. 

in. 
.  in. 
.  m. 

m. 
.  in. 
.  ni. 


'  !>• 
15, 7  a.  1 
] 

7  p.  1 
10, 7  a. 

7  p. 
17, 7  a. 


7  p. 

18,  7  a. 

7  p. 

19,  7  a. 

7  p. 


TUcr. 


ni. 
ni.  i 

in.  j 
in.  ' 
in.  i 
in.  I 
m. 


20,  7  a. 

Ul. 

42 

in. 

47 

Tp 

in. 

42 

21,7  a 

in. 

40 

ni. 

46 

7]' 

in. 

42 

22, 7  a 

in. 

44 

n\. 

47 

'  V 

in. 

45 

23, 7  n 

Ul. 

44 

in. 

47 

7l> 

m. 

43 

24, 7  a 

in. 

40 
40 

"P 

m. 

44 

25, 7  II 

in. 

43 

in. 

,50 

7p 

ni. 

42 

AntToWi 
Bar.    ! 


AVinil. 


Hky. 


33 
35 
31 
32 
32 
32 
34 
34 
34 
33 
30 
34 
33 
38 
30 
36 
38 
38 
36 
38 
37 
38 
38 
36 
36 
45 
41 
40 
41 
42 
41 
39 
38 

37 

40 

38 

30 

41 

40 

41 

40 

40 

39 

39 

40 

40 

45 

42 

42 

40     i 

43     i 


In. 

29.  02 
.,59 
.57 
.  25 
.31 
.32 
.42 
.50 
.08 
.77 
.79 
.84 
.0) 
.88 
.85 
.75 
.07 
.04 
.,55 
.45 
..38 
.37 
.43 
.49 
..53 
.71 
.08 
.02 
..53 
.44 

28.99 
.89 

29.20 

.20 
.26 
.24 
.20 
.18 
.22 
.23 
..14 
.32 
.34 
.38 
.40 
.45 
.47 
.50 
.48 
.47 
.47 

.  ,53 
.58 
.00 
.03 
.05 
.03 
.06 
.00 
.58 
.00 
.01 


..50 
.48 
.50 
.57 
.05 


SW 2 

SW 1 

SW 1 

NNW 2 

NW.byW..5 
NW.bvAV.O 
N\V.liyAV..3 

NNAV 3 

AV.  ).vN....4 
AV.  1)VN....4 
NAV.  by  AV.  5 

NNAV 3 

>J\V.  bvAV..5 

AVNAV 5 

AVNAV 3 

S.  bvE 2 

S.  bvK 3 

S.  b'vE 1 


SE 

SE 

SE 

SE 

SE 

ESE  . . . . 
Baffling. 

SSE 

SSE 

Calm  . . . 
Cnlm  . . . 

SE 

E 

ENE.... 
N 


Hazy;  rl'rty. 
Uazyi  cl'dy. 

<lo 

Fog  

Thick  fog... 

Cloudy 

do 

...do 

..do 

...  do 

...do  

...do  

Few  clonds  . 

..  do 

...do 

Clondy 

do 

Overcast 

...do 

Cloudy 

do 

Few  elouds . 

Cloudy 

do 

Few  clonda  . 

..  do 

...do  

Cloudy 

Fog 


NAV 4 

AV 4 

AV.  byS 5 

S\V 3 

S\V 3 

SSAV 3 

NNE 6 

N 8 

HA\^bvN...8 

K.  bvE 8 

NAV' 7 

NAV 5 

NAV 4 

NAV.  by  AV.. 3 

Calui 

NAV.  by  AV.. 4 

AVNAV 3 

AVNAV 4 


Rain 

...do  

Threatening 


j  Gloomy 

I  Cloudy 

j do    

Few  elouds . 

..  do 

^  Tliienlening 
1  Overcast.... 

I. ...do 

i...  do 

...do  

'  Tliieatening 
■ . . .  do 

Cloudy 

I do 

...  do  

..     do 

...  do  

...do  


Remarks. 


Passing  showers. 

Sea-water  34°.    Ily.  12. 
Sca-watcr  39°. 

Soa-water  38°.    Hy.  12. 


Rain. 
Rain. 
Rain. 

Misty. 
Misty. 


AV.byN 3 

NAV 2 


N\V 

N\V.. 

N\V.. 

S 

SSAV. 


2 

4 

....  3 
....  2 
.3 


S.SAV 3 

E 0 

NE 7 

NE 7 

NE 7 

NE    4 

NE 4 

NE 0 

NE    7 

NE 0 

NE 4 


...do  

...do  

...do  

...do  

...do  

...do  

...do  

Overcast . . . 
...do    

Cloudy 

Overcast. .. 
. . .  do 

Cloiuly  . . . . 

. . .  do 

...  do  

Overcast... 

Cloudy 

....do 


Hazy. 

Passing  showers. 

Ilazy ;  jiassiug  showers. 

llaz'v. 

Hazy. 


Fog. 
Fog. 

Aurora  in  evening. 


il 


HaWs  Meteorotoffkal  Journal. 


August— SKPTEMDiiU,  18G4. 


481 


Locality. 


Ther. 


'Aneroid 
1    Bnr.    1 


Wind. 


Sky. 


1R*i4. 

Depot  T8land;,Aiij;. 20,7(1. 
OntlicTendci' 
HpIoii  V.  7  11. 

Do  ••i7,7a. 


Do 


11(1     

*Stint('d    from 
Depot  IhIiuhI.! 

! 

I,iit.     MO  11'  N.| 
iLoiiK.  H83  41' W. 

Landed ! 

1st  Eiic't. 
iLat.     «4'=  I!.')'  N.' 
Long.  K7°  K' \V. 
Do I 


Do 


•  V- 
■M,7  a, 

7  p. 
21),  7  a, 

7p 
[W,  7  a 


7l> 

;tl,7a 


2d  Knot. 
Lat.     tH^SO'N. 
Louj;.»7oi,V\V. 
Do 


Do. 
Do 
Do. 
Do 


7).. 

Sept.  1,7  a. 

7  p. 
2, 7  a. 

7  p. 
3, 7  a. 


4, 7  a. 

7  p. 
5,  7  a. 

7  p. 
U,  7  a. 

7p, 
7,7  a, 

7P 

8,7  a 


;ul  Eu<'.t.      I 

Lat.  «40  4()'.;)N.' 
Loiisl.  87^-14' \V. 
Do 


Do.. 

Do  . 

Do.. 

Do 

Do 

Do. 

Do. 


4th  Enc't.  I 
Lat.  04°  4fi'.ri  N. 
LoHK.  87^  14'  \V. 


7  p. 
a,  7  a. 

"1> 

10, 7  a 

"I'- 
ll, 7  a. 

7  p. 
12, 7  a. 

7  p. 

i:),7a. 

7  p. 
14, 7  II. 

7  p. 
15, 7  n. 

7  p. 
16, 7  a. 

7  p. 

17, 7  a. 

7  p. 
18. 7  a. 


m. 
III. 
III. 
III. 
ni. 
III. 
111. 
III. 
ni. 
'111. 
III. 
III. 
III. 
III. 
III. 
ni. 
III. 

III. 
111. 
ni. 
III. 
III. 
ni. 
ni. 
ni. 
ni. 
111. 
in. 
ni. 
III. 
in. 
in. 
ni. 
ni. 
ni. 
ni. 
in. 

in. 
.  in. 

III. 
.  ni. 
.  in. 

ni. 
.  in. 
.  ni. 

III. 

III. 

in. 

ni. 

in. 

in. 

in. 

ni. 

ni. 

111. 

ni. 

in. 

in. 

in. 

ni. 

in. 

in. 

in. 

ni. 

m. 

ni. 

111. 

III. 

ni. 

in. 
ni. 


7p 


41  i 

r>o  i 

4«    ! 

42  '■ 
,12     i 
44 
40 

44    I 
42 

43  , 
52 
40 
40 
53 
40 

48     I 
38    I 

35 
37 
48 
4U 

47     ■ 
37 
38 

45     ' 
38 
41 
48 
30 

40    ' 

.54 

42 

43 

50 

41 

30 

49 

33 

34 

40 

34 

20 

40 

32 

25 

47 

38 

38 

42 

40 

37 

40 

34 

35 

37 

35 

37 

42 

38 

35 

38 

30 

24 

30 

30 

.24 

31 

28 

30 

32 

28 


In. 
20.74 
.70 
.68 
.50 
.48 
..56 
.68 
.68 
.70 
.60 

.06  ; 

.68 
.75 
.80 
.81 
.96 
.94 
30.06 

30.00 
.12 
.18 
.20 
.22 
.24 
.27 
'  .25 
.37 
.40 
.40 
.40 
.41 
.  35 
.00 
29.  93 
.88 
.88 
.88 
.70 
.84 
30.02 
.06 
.14 

'      .14 

.10 

.02 

29.00 

.93 

,       .03 

'       .89 

.05 

I       .79 

'       .73 

.73 

i       .54 

.32 

.20 

.01 

28.98 

29.  04 

.04 


NK 5 

1  NE 4 

SE  1 

S    3 

I  N\V .4 

IN     3 

:  NNW.   ...  5 

I  NNW 4 

I  NNW. 


Re  in  arts. 


NE 

NE.  by  E. 

S        

NNW.   ... 

N  W 

S.  by  E  . . . 
N  .'... 

S 

s    


Few  clouds . 

..do 

...do 

do '  Fop. 

Cloudy I  "Fogeater"    morn,    but    disnp- 

Fow  eloudu         peared  at  8. 

...do  

...do 

. .  do 

Cloudy I  Hazy. 

Few  clouds  . 

. .  do Aurora  12  p.  in.,  Hue. 

Cloudy  .   . .      Hazy. 
Few  clouds 

..  do Aurora. 

Cloudy Hazy. 

Few  clouds  1 
...do I 


.34 
.  65 
.84 
.74 
.78 
.76 
.70 
.02 
.46 
.45 
.32 


S 4 

S 5 

S 5 

WSW 4 

S 5 

S     5 

SW.... 4 

SSW 3 

S 3 

S 3 

WSW 5 

SW 

S 4 

S 5 

S 

:  S 

S 

s    

I  N 

E 

NE.... 

N 

E.  by  N 

N 

\  NE.... 
'  NE  . . . . 

W 

W 

N.  by  W... 

SW ..■- 

SW 3 

SSW. 3 

SW 2 

i  SSW 2 

i  S.byW 4 

S.  by  W 4 

'  E 3 

ESE 5 

ESE  .....  2 

SSW 2 

'   S 3 

NW 2 

N.  byAV.   ..5 

N 7 

N 5 

I  N.  by  W. 

NW' 

NNW.  .. 
NNE  ... 
W.  bvN. 
WS\V. . . . 

S 

s 

p:se 


Cloudy i 

. .  do 
Overcast 

...do 

Cloudy 

do 

...do  

. .  do 

...do 

Few  clouds   I 

. .  do      ..... 

...do     I 

...do 1 

Threatening  i 

Few  clouds  . 
....do  

Cloudy 

Few  clonds 

..  do 

...do  

Cloudy 

...do 

Few  clouds  . 
...do 

Cloudy 

...do 

...do     

Few  clouds  . 

Cloudy 

Fi'W  clouds . 

Cloudy 

...do    

Overcast  — 

Fog;  misty . 

Misty 

Overcast 

Misty 

...  do 

. . .  do 

Cloudy 

...do    

....do 

Overcast 

Cloudy 

Few  clouds 
Cloudy 

do    

....do  

...do  

...do  

Few  clouds 
Overcast — 

..  do 

. .  do 


Misty. 

[arranged,  but  reset. 
The  barometer  capsized  and  dis- 

Ilazv. 
Hazy. 


Hazy. 


Threatening. 


Threatening. 

This  morn  spit  snow. 


Hazy.  )  Encainiitnents  Niw.  3,4,  .5, 
Hnz'y.  >  0,  and  7  were  all  in  the 
Hazy.  )     locality  called  Noowook. 


Itaiii  one  hour  in  tlii!  ni^hl. 

Thick  fog. 

Kain. 


Uain  and  '    avy  sen. 
Rain  diiriug  night. 
Fog. 


3  p.  111.  ring  around  sun. 


i 


482 


HaWs  Meteorological  Journal. 

Septembek— October,  18C4 


i:i^  \l 


'"I 
I 


''il 


11-: 


:i   : 


k 


:l 


111 


ii:!/fc 


III 


Locality. 


Date. 


1864. 
4thEuc't.      I  Sfipt.l9,7a.  m. 
Lat.  04O4G.5N.I  m. 

Long.87°14' W.I  7  p.m. 

i)o I  20, 7 II .  in. 

m. 
7  p.m. 


Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 


Do.... 
Do.... 
Do.... 
Do .... 
Do... 
Do.... 
Do... 
Do... 
Do... 
Do  ... 
Do... 
Do  ... 
Do  .. 


Moved  to  5th 

Enc't. 
Lat.   04O4C'.3N. 
LonE.87°14'  W.\ 
Do I 


.1  Oct. 


21,7  a.m. 

m. 

7]).  m. 

22, 7  a.  m. 

III. 

7  p.  m. 

23, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

24, 7  a.  m. 

III. 

7  p.  m. 

25, 7  a.  III. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

26, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.m. 

27, 7  a.  III. 

m. 

7  p.m. 

28,  7  a.  III. 

III. 
7  p.  III. 

29,  7  a.  111. 

III. 

7  p.m. 

30, 7 II.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  III. 

1,0  a.  m. 

m. 

6  p.m. 

2, 0  a.  m. 

m. 

6  p.m. 

3,  6  a.  III. 

m. 

0 1>.  111. 

4,0  a.  III. 

III. 

()  p.  m. 

.^  Un.  in. 

m. 

0  p.  m. 

6, 0  a.  in. 

m. 

0  p.  ni. 

7, 0  a.  m. 

m. 

6  p.  m. 

8,0  a.m. 


Do. 


Ther 


Aneroid 
Bar. 


30 
30 
30 

28 
32 
28 

20 
29 
30 
31 
32 
32 
35 
30 
32 
33 
35 
32 
32 
32 

30 
29 
31 
30 
27 

29  i 
28 
25 
28 
20 
20 
32 
30 
32 
32 
33 
32 

30  { 
34  ' 
32 

32  I 
30  I 
22  i 
20     1 

24    : 

24     t 

30 

30 

29 

29 

401  ! 

20 

20 

20 

15 

15 

13 

12 


m. 
0  p.m. 

10 
0 

9, On,  111. 

10 

m. 

20 

0  p.m. 

10 

10, 0  a.  m. 

17 

m. 

17 

0  p.m. 

16 

11, 6  a.  m. 

16 

m. 

11 

6  p.m. 

12 

In. 

29.28 
.30 
.48 
.04 
.70 
.73 

.07 
.02 
.62 
.57 
.58 
.58 
.59 
.58 
.60 
.58 
.50 
.58 
.58 
.50 

.41 

.38 
.30 
.35 
.50 
.49 
.45 
.41 
.34 
.40 
.56 
.58 
.00 
.52 
.49 
.46 
.48 
.44 
.44 
.47 
.51 
.61 
.64 
.55 
.50 
.44 
.45 
.44 
.02 

28.76 
.56 
.90 
.90 

29.  02 
.20 
.40 
.50 
.63 
.00 
.04 
.50 
.01 
.58 


Wind. 


NE   2 

NE.  byE...3 
NE.  byE...5 

NE..'. 4 

N 4 

N 5 

N 5 

N 6 

N 5 

NNE    6 

N.  byE 4 

N 2 

S 1 

S    1 

Calm 

S.  by  W 1 

SW 1 

Calm 

NE 2 

NNE 6 

N 7 

NNW 4 


NW 
NAV 
N.  bvW....2 

NNW 4 

N 5 

NNW 3 

NW.  by  N 

NW 

W 

SW 

SW 

s 

SSE  


NNE 1 

S.  by  E  . . . .  1 


SE 

SSE 

S 

NW... 
N.  by  W 
NW  ... 
NNE  ... 
S.  bv  W. 
SW'  .... 
SW...  . 

SE 

E U 

NE 9 

NNW 10 

WNW 11 

NW 9 

NW 8 


Sky. 


NW, 
NW 
NW 
NW, 
NW, 
NW 

ENE 3 

NE 3 

N.  bvE 4 


Overcast. 
...do  .... 
Cloudy  . . 

— do 

Overcast. 
Cloudy  . . 

Overcast. 

Misty 

— do 

Gloomy . . 
Overcast. 

...do 

...do  .... 

..  do 

...do  

...do  .... 
...do  .... 
Cloudy    . 

. . .  do 

Overcast. 


...do  

..do 

do 

Cloudy 

do 

Ov»  rcast . . . 

...do  

Cloudy    

Overcast 

...do 

Clondy 

— do 

...do 

Overcast 

...do 

...do 

Fog 

Few  clouds 
Overcast  .. 

FoK 

Kain 

Overcast 

Cloudy 

Few  ciouds . 
Over<'a.st  . . 

. .  do 

.     do 

. .  do 

J    'ivy  snow. 


Bemarks. 


Snow-squalls  in  afternoon.    Au- 
rora at  night. 
Light  snow. 


Snow  and  rain. 


Spit  snow  now  and  then. 

Spit  snow.  [night. 

Spit  sniiw  J  in.    Snow  during  tlio 


Snow.    Sun  out  for  one  hour  this 
a.  va. 

Snow. 


Snow  began  1p.m. 


...do 

Snow-drift . . 
...do 


do  ....... 

...do 

...do 

do    

Few  clouds 

..do 

j  Clear 

!  Overcast... 
I  Cloudy 

Overcast 


0  a.  ni .  I'og  ileared. 
Boaiitifiil  weather. 
4  p.  III.  began  to  cloud  up. 
Kain  during  night. 
Kain  began  at  9  a.  m.,  ceased  nt 
[2  p.m. 
Hazy. 


Spitting  snow. 
Spitting  snow. 
Spitting  snovv'. 
Gulu  with  snow  began  at  midnight, 


Gale  ceased  at  7. 

Ther.  lowest  in  the  night,  3". 

At  7  p.  m.  fine  rniu.    Ther.  16°. 

Heavy  snow  began  at  6  n.  m. 
Heavy  snow. 
Heavy  snow. 
Snow-drift. 


I  III 


( : 


«i 


HalVs  Meteorological  Journal. 


October— NovEMBKR,  1864. 


483 


■1' . 


Locality. 


Date. 


Th.r. 


Aueioid 
Hai-. 


Wind. 


Sky.         I 


KoinnrkH 


i      .'itli  Enc't. 
iLat.  64O40'.3N. 
Lou''.  870  14'  W. 
JJo... 


■i 


1)0 

Do. 
Do 
Do. 
Do. 

Do 
Do. 
Do. 


Do. 
Do 
Do. 


Do 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 


Oct.l'J.On.  111. 
m. 
Op.  111. 
13,6  a.  ni. 
lu. 
6]>.  m. 
14,0  a.  m. 
m. 
fill.  ni. 
15,  6  n.  III. 
tn. 
Op.  ni. 
16,6  a.  ID. 
m. 
6  p.  m. 
17,6  a.  m. 
m. 
6  p.  tn. 
18,  6  a.  m. 
m. 


6  p. 
10, 8  n. 

Op. 

20,  0  u. 

Gp. 

21,  0  u. 

Op. 

22,  0  u.  ] 
24.  6  p.  1 
2.-),0a.  I 

1 

Op.  1 

20,0  a.  1 

1 

Op.  1 

27,  6  u.  1 

1 

6p.  1 

2R,  6  a.  1 

1 

6p.  1 

20, 6  a.  1 

1 

Op.  1 

30,  0  a.  I 

1 

Op.  1 

31,6  a.  1 

1 

Op. 


Do I  Nov.  1,7  a.  ni. 

ni. 

.  in. 

Do I  2, 7  a.  ni. 

in. 

.  •  iJ- 

Do I  3,7  a.m. 

m. 
.  .  m. 

Do I  4, 7  a.  ni. 

m. 
.  m. 

Do '  6, 7ii.  ni. 

m. 
.  m. 


7p.  1 

2, 7  a.  1 

1 

7p.i 

3,  7  a.  1 

1 

7p.i 

4, 7  a.  1 

1 

7p.i 

6, 7  a.  1 

7  p. 


12 
13 
20 
30 
28 
27 
30 
28 
30 
32 
31 

0 
18 

2 

1 
12 

2 
20 
13 


10 

0 

11 

18 

•  3 
3 

•  5 

•  15 
.  0 
.  15 

■  20 

■  20 
.  10 
.  18 

21 

•  21 

■  10 

■  12 

•  7 
1 
0 

.  7 
.  2 
'  10 

l 
10 
10 

1 

'  14 
3 
15 
17 
25 
28 
25 
10 

11 

1.5 
10 

•  '•'> 

•  31 
30 
15 

•  2 
2 

13 
7 


In. 

20.00 
.08 
.08 

30.00 
.00 
.02 

20.00 
.00 

30.00 
.02 
.01 
.03 
.18 
.21 
.24 
.24 
.10 
.16 
.22 
.20 


!       .36 

.26 

20.00 

.70 

'  .00 
30.00 

I  20.04 
.70 
.  65 

.      .62 

.00 

.00 

30.30 

:  .47 
.56 
.60 

,  .60 
.60 

I  .52 
.46 
.42 
.45 

'  .  45 
.46 

I      .46 

!  .44 
.42 
.32 
.32 
.22 
.06 
.00 
20.87 
.40 
.20 
.IK 
.10 
.10 
.18 

1      -^ 

.     .  2:> 

'  .36 
.30 

!  .10 
I  .10 
I      .12 


N 

K 

N.  bvE... 

SE  ." 

SE 

SSE 

SE 

SE 

SSE 

SE  

SSE 

S.  by  E  . . . 

NE'. 

N.  bvE... 

NNW 

SW 

WSW. 


NNW 2 

X.  byE 4 

N.byE 6 


j 

I  N     0 

:  SW 2 

I  SW 7 

I  NNW 0 

I  XNW 8 

,  NNW 8 

NNW 5 

I  N.  liyE :t 

1  N 3 

I  N 5 

!  N.  bvW.    .  3 


Cloudy  ....  : 

Overcast  —  I 

....do 

...do 

...do  

...do  

...do 

...do  

...do  

l--..<lo I 

i....do ! 

j.-..do 

I  Few  clouds  . 

...  do  

'....do 

...do  

i do 

I  . .  do 

Overcast  . . 
!  Cloudy 


Lijiht  snow  between  0  and  lU  a.  in. 

Snow  beg.'iii  at  2  p.  m. 

Snow. 

Snow,  less  than  i  inch. 


NNW. 

N 5 

N.  bvE  ...3 

N..." 2 

N     2 

N.byE 4 

N.byE...  3 

N 2 

N.  byE....  2 

N     4 

NNE 2 

N.  by  W....1 
N.  by  W...  3 

N 2 

N 3 

NNW 2 

N 1 

Calm 

W 1 

SW 3 

S 2 

SW 4 

S.  liy  W 0 

SAV 8 

WSW 5 

SW 4 

WSW 5 

SW     5 

NW 

NW 

NW    

NW 

N.  I)V  E  . . 

NE 

N.  by  W.. 

N 

E 


Few  eloiuls 

Cloudy 

Overeiist  .. 

. . .  do 

Cloudy 

do 

Few  clouds . 

...do 

Cloudy 

Few  clouds  . 

.  do 

Cloudy  .   ... 

..do    

Few  clouds . , 

Clear  

Cloudy 

do    

Few  clouds  . 

Cloudy 

do I 

Overcast 

Cloudy 

Few  clouds 
. .  do  .       .   . 
Overcast ... 
Cloudy  . .     . 

Clear '. 

...do  

. .  do 

Few  clouds  . 
Overcast .... 

..  do I 

..  do > 

...do  

Snow 

Few  clouds 

Cloudy 

. .  do 

Fi  «■  clouds ., 

do i 

Overcast ' 

...do 

...do   : 

Snow-drift .  ' 
Overcast  . .  I 
Cloudy    ....] 

do" 

Few  clouds  . 


Tliick    ' "Irost  smoke  "   and  "log- 
eater"  (foj;  bow)  this  a  m. 
Aurora.    "Frost-smoke"  tillOji.  in. 
Same  as  inoinin};<d  16tb.  ' 

Aurora.  | 

Between  2  and  3  p.  ui.  snow  tell. 
The  laif^e  therm<mieteis  stand  I 
this  evening,  oiii'  at  .">°,  the  I 
other  at  0°,  while  two  small  \ 
ones  stand  at  11°.  1  must  keep  j 
register  of  each  separately. 
Aurora. 

Snow  began  0  a.  m.  and  ended  5  i 
[p.  m.  I 
Snow-drift. 
Snow.diift. 
Aurora,     dale  ended  at  4  \).  m. 

Aurora. 
[No  record.] 

Aurora  not  so  line  as  usual. 

Aurora  not  so  tine  as  usual. 


1  p.  m.,  sun-dogs. 
Aurora. 

Fog.  "Fog-eater"  (fog-bow)  at 
m.  and  for  some  time  p.  m.  Fog 
or  frost-smoke  nearly  all  day. 


Snow-drift. 

Aurora.     Ther.  lowest  +  26°. 


Snow.     Aurora. 
Snow  and  drift. 


Sun  shining  from  11  a.  m.  to2p.  m. 
througli  Hvins  drill  and  falling 
snow  lip  ):iiil  r.ii-iiut  trom  laiiil. 


I'i 


!!i 


11 

jiti 
liii 


l!l    ■ 


I    i' 


V, 


484 


HalVs  Meteorological  Journal. 

November,  1864. 


Locality. 


Date. 


Thcr. 


Aneroid 
Bur.    I 


Stli  Eiic't. 
Lat.  (vJ0  46'.;iN. 
Loiii;.87°U'W. 
l)o 


Do.. 
Do.. 
Do.. 
Do.. 
Do.. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 


fltli  Enc't  onn 
miloaoutliof 
5tli  Enc't.       1 

Lat.  64°  45' .8  N. 

Long.  87°  20'  W. 


Do. 


J  804. 

Nov.  fl,  7  a.  m. 

in. 

7  J),  m. 

7,7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

8, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

9, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  in. 

10,7  a.m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

11, 7  a.  in. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

12,7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

13,7  a.  in. 

m. 

7  p.  ni. 

14, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

15, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

16,  7  a.  m. 
in. 

7  p.  m. 

17,  7  b.  m. 
in. 

7  p.  m. 

18, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

1 19,7  a.  in. 

m. 


"Wiiirt. 


8 

18 

5 

—  0 

—  3 

—  8 

—  1.5 
—12 
—24 

—  0.5 
—25 
—25 
—10 
—24 
—20 
—11.  5 
—18.  5 
—22.  5 
—19.5 
—22.5 
-29.  5 
—10 
—27 
—21.5 
—14.  5 

—  8 
—15.  5 
— U 

—  2.5 
14.5 
20 
20 

18.75 
14 
9 

7 

4 

—11.5 

—  8 
—10 


In. 

29. 22 
.28 
.34 
.39 
.43 
.34 
.03 
.70 
.87 
.01 
.04 
.04 

30. 02 

29.97 
.85 
.89 
.89 
.95 

30.09 
.13 
.18 
.19 
.19 
.19 
.20 
.14 
.12 
.11 
.12 
.10 

29.98 
.93 
.86 


Sky. 


I 


.75 
.78 
.84 

.79 
.78 
.83 
.86 
.92 


NNW 6 

NW 3 

SW  3 

SSW () 

SW 4 

WSW 4 

NW 3 

NW 5 

SW 1 

W 1 

WNW 1 

NW 1 

\V 1 

Calm    

N.  l>vW....3 
N.  by  W  . .  4 

N 6 

N  5 

NNW 5 

N.  byW...  5 

N 4 

NNE 4 

N 4 

N 2 

N 2 

W 2 

"W 2 

WNW 1 

WSW 2 

WSW 2 

SE 8 

S.  byE 3 

SE 6 

SE  7 

SE 6 

NNE 2 

N.byE 4 

N.byE 6 

N.byE 4 

NNfe 6 

NNE 8 


Bemarka. 


Cloudy 

Fow  clouds  . 

Clear 

...do  

....do    

...do    

Kow  clouds 

Clear  

....do 

Fow  clouds 

Clear 

...do  

Few  clouds  . 

Cloudy 

do 

Fow  clouds . 

Clear 

...do    

Few  clouds  . 

...do  

...do  

....do  

Cloudy 

....do  

...do  

Overcast  ... 
...do    

Frost-smoke 

Overcast  .. 

...  do  

. .  do 

...do  

...do  


Froat-smoke. 

Aurora. 
Aurora. 

Snow-drift. 


Frost-smoke. 
Frost-smoke. 
Fiost-smoke. 


.do. 
.do  . 
.do 


...do  

Cloudy 

Clear 

Overcast.  -. 
Snow 


Misty. 


Snow. 
Snow. 


Snow. 
Aurora. 

Drift. 


*  No  sign  prefixed  in  Hall's  MSS.  ,      .   ^u  i    r  ™i  :„i.  e,ii ,„ 

t  For  the  first  nineteen  days  of  this  month  two  records  were  kept,  the  second  of  which  toUows. 


HalVs  Meteorological  Journal. 


485 


B 


I- 


•2 

© 

u 


W 
H 


U 
O 


^2g 


0*2  o 


l>  00  O  Irt  -^  o 


£■501 


.  "3  »  r  *"  o 


.    o  o  ( 


;  .0  : 


iJ^rtWffl        «M^cr,  t'i-HD««CO^'VCCi.'^r^r-tfHrH        i-H        rt^«»nirt»ft'J'^'*'CICJMM 


b  : 


i?5|Z5!J;;z;;z;w!z;;z;KMS^|zi^i25^P!zi     ^5^;?5f2i|z!!2;?r;>f5>?;^;<!;?>& 


.Mrtf-lr-*Sv|r-l         r-.(-tNTI 


'    O  M  M  rt  iH  r-l 

I      I      I 


9<oinccMcoinncQt>tft 

■4  C^I  M  i-l  iH  1-1 

I  I  I 


ifi  in  lO  m     tn 


I    I 


I    I        I    I        I        i       I 


I  I  I  I     I  I     I 


\  i7 


H 


"   C-l  W  W  rt  i-HfH 


»ftciiaooooNwa)tHN<e.^iHtoMos^o 

II  III 


I     I 


I  I 

I." 

I  I 

1ft 

CO© 

I 


00  i-<  CO  rH  m 

1 7  1 77 


I  I 


I  I 


^C'i<oaoao«ccocjc^t-rHCJi>p^a**'i-< 

II  11     I 


Mi-t«©«QQ0iM«ONWI>N««0OO'*00 
pK  iH  iH  tH  CJ  M 

_i  L I      L 

i-t  f-(  rH  rH  1I  tH  1— < 

I  III 


7    I  I 


Li±_iJ_, 

lOOOIft  0DC4 

I  I  I  iT 

Ift 

».-  OC  lO  «  CI 

I  I  II 7 


I     I 

in 

2  o  oc 

f     I 


ift  o  ■v  I-  ift  t*  ^ 

I       I  .!    !    l7 

r-  o  «c  Ci  <ft  OS  « 
I        I    M    I  7 


77 
77 


fio 


I    !_ 
in  w 


I  I  I 


o  t- 

7  I 

o;  CO 

I  I 

II 

^  00  c 

7  I 


(MCI 

I 

^c< 

I 


Esssasaasss 

c. 


I 


E  rt      cf  CO 


aaaeeaaaasaaaaaaas 

fl       p^ed       P<<j       C<eii       &<ed       &93       P* 


£E  = 


:£H£S5SS££Sa 


Ci 


3^ 


o 
Q 


e         o 


<5     5 


S       5 


e         o        e         o 
O        P        ft        Q 


,11 1  , 

''111 


;'  'lit! 

i 


486 


HaU\'i  Meteorological  Journal 


\  0^' 

!    ill. 


■-i.i;^' 


I'll 

1 

4 


I 


(^ 


a 


g 


Remarks. 

Frost-smoke. 

Snow  a1  5  p.ni.  for  i  hour. 
Misty. 

Snow. 
Snow. 

Snow. 

Aurora  belt  2°  wide,  from  horizon  NW.  to  horizon 
fSE.,  throii<:h  (he  zenith, <-ontinuin.i;  .'»  minutes. 
Snow-drift  and  perha|i»  snow. 

Sun-dof:s.  for  ()ne  houi-.  when  sun  rose. 
When  sun  set,  slorions  sky  opposite  from  hori^'on 
up  15°.     Aurora  like  one  cm  eve  of  the-  18th. 

Aurora  belt  similar  to  that  of  the  18th,  w-ith  rays 

[from  W.  to  Sfe. 

Aurora. 
Hall  sick. 

Snow. 

Hall  sick. 

Observed  by  Too-koo-li-too. 
Observed  by  Tookoo-li-too. 

Hall  sick. 
Aurora. 

Sky. 

Overcast  ... 

...do 

....do 

■i.> 

....do  

...  do  

-..-do    

....do 

....do 

...do  

...do  

Clear  

O'-ercast.    . 

...do    

...do 

Clear 

.--.do  

Few  clouds . 

Overcast 

Cloudy 

Clear  

Few  clouds . 

....do  

do    



-  t*. 

"0 

3 

.  O 

:5 

Overcast 

...do 

Cloudy 

do 

..     do    

Clear 

...do  

Wind. 

»-i?lC>IOCC«Ot-'.ONT|c(©M'®OOl^tOL.-'*OTCCrtff- 

?  p;  Ss  5  oi  S  S  S  !<5  ?^  12;  >^  >5  k5  ^  >';  ;i5 1<  1^  J5  ;*5  (2 

NW 2 

NW 1 

•  V 

;  O  e  :5  ;s  CO  CO  CO 

;;             .Si!SggSi:SSess??gg:SS;2SgSSag  : 

:g 

ii^^isssss 

t^ 

i..t  c^  \T.  \r.  \y  ir.           \r.                        xc>                      .              . 

II     ^-  '  •  """     1      1  1  7  1  II  l7  :  -7  . 

|05 

:  1 

:  1  1    :  : 

•                     iR  in 

j  (N  ^  .-*  W  ,-C  M  CS 

:        i777  1 

i 

1        M        ■     '^""        illMiMlT:    T: 

:  1 

:      i7777 

1                   irt        IT 

^^__i 

^        1       0  ■"'HOJ 

1 

i.*^                   in                                   ... 

(N^^Q0M»-COfHMOM^«0<0lM^M      I      !  Ifl      I 
TI  ri  CJ  .- 1-1  W  .-1                         .-.                          rH     .      .  I-C      . 

1        M  1  1  1  1  1   :  •  1    : 

:  1 

■  40     imo      4r: 

'  ci  in  1-5  oi  ©  o  00 

;         i77i 

1             1      1      1      II      1      1      1 

Ti  ji  r-  ej  <*  CI  M  o  Ti  r^  M  o  T)J .«  r-  M  -r 

W  TI  Tl  f- f-C  rH  r..                            rH                             IH 

M    1    1    1    M 

lin    : 
:7  : 

•  1 

I  «  CO  rH  Ci  C  d  I- 

;         1  77  1 

ti 

o  ci  .^  ec  oc 
1 

;7  ■ 

■  o 

j  .*  CO  TJ  !Xj  e>  g  CO 

:          II  1  1 

o 

1                      """      1       1   l7  1   1   Ii7   •   :7   : 

|ti 

i  1 

I  Tl  .*  rH  ©  rH  Tl  00 

:         1  777  1 

0SSSSBeES633£E3=SSHE£= 
a      i-d      i,a      in      i.~.      i«      is      ir 

212     s     s'     s      2'     ?;     r^     l 

> 

0 

m. 

7  p.  m. 
23,  7  a.  m. 

aeaBSSESSsssESsssssa 

is     is     is     is     is     is     ii 

l,|^       I,  r^       I^t^       I- 1-       t^t-       ir-I-       |,r^ 
*t'          ^^          tt           !,-•'           y-          o> 

Locality. 

.5^ 

«  c 

:    !^^ 

a      a  r  -  bi,     e 
11 

^ 

5 

(S 

^ 

0 

a 

1 

Do 

1 

Do 

a 

^I'l. 


UaWs  Meteorological  Journal. 


487 


rr. 


I 


s  p  g 
n  «  rt 


ooo  oS-rSj. 

goo  atsi:z 
«;  to  X  tc  C  a  PI  <1 


a       1 


.2    -^C-    .a 


a 
p. 


It 
is. 


«o 

S  (3 

«a 

p  1^  • 

as.  i« 

KP  c 
N  4*  *- 

a  o  B 


3 

&:' 
■A 
S 
.£ 


.s 

£ 

p 


S  Bin 

■*-  a,  A 

-St 

Is-* 

■=  SIj- 
p.as  L 

^  ».£  - 

t8  >  So 

-  S  S  I  - 

t^  t^  i    .  c 

C  a.  p,o  3 


s  o 
p  p 
«;U3 


'^  o  o  o  o  o 


o  : 


s-o  g'ca  js'O'O's  P'O'O'U'B  ^  g-co  S-o-a     g -3 ■a -o -c "O  |s "o ■« 


<0  CO  t^  00  00  00  C«  00  00  to  to  C- CO  ^  ^  f-l  rt  94  C4  m  iH  rH  4A  CI  to   ^  to  t«  t^  t^  to 


WW     f-. 


,=  jr;  jjs 


Ed 

n 

O 


5'.iz;5<;a!2i>5>?i»S?5   ■fe'^ 


:h    W 


t- ":  o 


:c 


•rt«^      r-t-aoxtft'fM 


■  >■   >■■ 3  s  a  ■p'* 


A'Ay.y,'A''.'A 


e 

i 


.a 
H 


o  CO  cc  QC  o  1.1  ©  ©  t"  rc  c>  'X;  r-  ei  -^  t/i  n  o  i?s  ^  t^  o  ^  o  00      o  o  cc  o  ci  ©  ©  ©  ■:!  fi  r^-  o      ©  -t  ©  >?:  ©  x  t 


I    I 


-Hrt?ifo?iirt©OiO©^'*'©»s©o<ocoO'*©© 

»-lMWM^r-l.-ir-4fHrt»Hf^l-ll-» 

I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    i    I    M 


I'-  ^        O  ©  Q 


I      I 


I      I      I      I      I      I      I     I      I      I      I      I 


lO 


LT 


5NOOC-Ii-HO©0<0©^'*©0©OOei3©'^C;FHt^l«        ©o 
l-i  iH  f-1  5-1  CI  ri  •-'  •H  M  r-1  ^  I-.  rH  ri  ^  1-*  ri  r-l         (M  CI 

II  I     I     I     I     I     !     I     I     M     l_J_l     L'     I     M     I 

5iO        '      '  lO        I.*!        i.'S        " 


I      I      I      I      I      I      I      I      I      I      I      I 


J  -*^        O©  - 


ir:  t.*? 


I    I    I    M    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    i    I    I    I 
o  I?:  ifi  lit      If:      I*  i!t  ic 


I    I    I 


o©Oi:=X'X©'-t"-« 
Tl  Tl  riCI  ri  Tl  c^  :c  rt 

11  I  I  I  I  I  I  I 


Sr-iMr;^'»tM©©ri©i-©riTi©'^ciot-©ccX'*ci  ©©Tf£ 

I t  im77'mTT7T7i77i7T  777 

4C4n«^iAic)c!<c©r-iLAccao:^i©'*f-*pciac<D9^ocio  ^©^ 

I  M  • 777777777 i i i T i 77 


J__LiJ_L 

ift  LT  m  ir:  I 


I  I  I 


I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I 


I  I  I  (7777777777  1 77  i 


ft  CI 

I        I 


1    M    I    I    I    t    I    I    I    I    I 


-*■  X  i-*:  .~5  —  •*  rH 
rt  CI  ?l  Tl  M  C^  ^ 

I     I     I     I     I     !_L 
M        t.l'" 

ro  I-  ift  re  ©  ci  O) 

CQ  71  Tl  Tr  rt  «  CO 

i    I    i    I    I    I     l_ 
C;  re  ^  s;  !0  ot'  -f 

ffl  Tl  ?t  rH  ;|  Tl  rt 

I  I  I  I  I  I  I 


c;  ^  ^  CV  ^  X  o 
"l'  'l'  'l'  T  'l'  'l'  "\ 


J    I     I     I     I     I     I 

o  ■*  C"i  ^  r^  ci  to 
ec  fftrt  1^1  ct  T(  « 

I    I    I    I    I    I    I 


SSEESSSBsSE 


i^Tl  T,       P.c:        Cr        ;i.  :3        ;^cg 


C  P  B  I 
C,3 


ip=c=pc===; 


pE 


1? 


c 
A 


^A^ 

♦"»i 

«^"' 

tojp 

Jl. 


c 
0 


c 

p 


e 


o 
P 


icui-. 


V' 


!i 


r 

I 


m 


II 

I  ill 


488 


HalPs  Meteorological  Journal 


K 
H 

pa 

H 

u 

H 


1      1 

d 

6 

5^ 

■air. 

i     1   1 
•     i   1 

i  ^-  ^  11    ^i  ^                  1^ 

1 

lis  li  1 

3  1  i    5  1      r 

1       -       i5    ^1          M    ll                                             ^ 

^       1       1    ?i         iF=    1                                    JS"! 

-         ^         ■«';''             -e-^     -=»                                                          'a 

&     ■=     -a  ^-i-      -a.s  -a                               af 

"SJeI'S     2«  .  .  .S     2|    el          I'^E?  -2       2       £       £2     2     >a       2 
£  L|£J:  1.    £w|csg    Eg    £fe          igsfeli       £       £       ££    £    |£       £ 

S     U,<d'.         < 

a. 

CGhJ    <!>-1    < 

i-!0-<i-I-/i<! 

<1        <)       <!<1    -1    Ct        <1 

K            1     1   OS 

!  OD     !     !  30    '  « 

!:!!!«!!: 

;  !  aj  :  « 

; 

1*11*11 

■   ;t3   :   i-o   i-r 

,       I   .     ■«   1    .    !    •    .    ^"3    :■« 

■S  I  5   ■   ■  =  :  5 

.3.,g..t.0.3 

:  3    !    1  s    !    ! 

Sky, 

S          'S 

>.  :  :>.  '^^.i  :>.S>.^  :3 

.-..*■. 



Eti      ;Ub      I  : 

CI       C1«C- 

?i  -t 

t-xi-i*'-'r-      ^M      :©w!D*i'(C«SMro?lf-irHi»ro«t^:£t-i^-#'Oe5'*'fi.':?l«'1' 

•d 
a 

:     i  ; 

•    ; 

:  :  ;/,>5!<  ■  :  : 

•    ^w 

w  • 

>    .    ■  ''•  i^'  i^j  ■    ■    • 

«p:  :  ■  '•  : 

:  :  M  M  ;  . 

;  :af=  •  •  ■  •  : 

g 

't 

■  ■  :  :  ife  '  ; 

^^  :«  >.&  : 

•  :  >■■-■   itkk  ■ 

tz;    >!;;zi;zi    ^^ 

>?;^t2^;^^;^;i:>!;;^    ;^;:^,!2;;^5!z;;*^^^>^j^>f;>?;;?;>^;^t25;^;ir^/,;i^;^;z;;^,?;^;^,;<?;?^ 

. 

■  n     ?lc?S     ??S 

ri  T 1 «  rt  ft  -f  tft  in  cc      cc  1- 1-  x  X  c;  c  Ci  m  5  XI 00  o  III  ■*  M  «  r?  M  CO  ■*  »A  ©  w  X  X  S 

1 

^?5      

vn                ir. 

ir:;                      L-i          L-s          I.T  IS      i.^               "in  to      L*. 

t^ 

1         III         II 

1   1   1    1   1   1   1   1   1       1   1   1   1   1   1   1   1   1   1   1   1   1    1   t   1   1   [   1   1   1   1   1   i    1   I   t 

— 

LI                          tn 

1      1      1       1      1      I      1      1      1             1      1      1      1      1       1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1       1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1      1       III 

i.-               Hi      o      ir.       vri                                     rt  m 

>6 

1    III    II 

■-tMCiciwoocc^      i^t-:oodo<ceoi-^iQi-rt'*i^'^-*"*Hficits©o    'coxwr- 

e 

C-l  Cl  fl  CICJ  M  W  C-I  C- 

J  IJ_I_  1  j  J  1 

ff-l  d  (M  CI  Tl  Tl  T»  <— 1  7J  •—  i-(  F-i  T 

1    II    1    M    1    1    1    1    1    1    1 

1  II  1 

Mill    'Mil 

in 

m  m  i^              m 

9 

1      1  II      II 

©CiccocMeoeDiftt-      ci'^'^«dri'M*»"=:rC'-Hdi-"-''SOdCJ'^iriTi?t      riHoro      1 

1 

Ift 

Cli-i  iH  iHCI  (Tl  n?l  ?l        Tl?!  ?l  T1  1—  ■?!  71  1-1  C-l  i-H  -^  f-(  riTI  VI  rirH  .-<  ri  Jl  ?l  c 

II    1    1    II    1    1    1        II    M    M    t    1    1    1    1    1    1    i    1    1    1    1    1    1    M 

Tl  ?1  ?ICI 

-     1      1      1      1 

u: 

L";                                                                                                      1-1                  Lt  Irt  l(^                                                        Li  Ifi  o 

i::- 

P 

oS    SsSS    ?iS 

^SSSII^S^U^I    ?^?;?;?^J::?i?!3?52d3ri5lli?i^2?^?ig1g!    ?l£l?^?^ 

■^ 

i 

1        Ml        II 

1  1  II  1  1  1  1  1     1  11  1  1  1  1  1  •)  1  1  I  1  ;  M  1  1  1  1  1  1     1  1  1  1 

n 

ir:      I.-:      ».-                                       >-              lo                              la ».-:    ■          lO 

1        III        II 

o  X  1^  r-  d  -*■  -t  ^j*  I-:      ci  -m  m  rt «  ^  o  r^  x'  ?i  o  cs  d  o  d  x  x  i-.  r^  —  d  d    !  o  ti  x  ?!      1 

« 

-.  ^  t-i  r-i  ri  Tl  C- 
1      1      1       1      1      1      1 

1 

irif'iTic 

Mil 

T'm'TTT 

T  1  TTTT 

T  T  "i'  7  'i'  'i 

in 

:^i'7T7    1 

tn          tn 

If!  O        m 

»o 

in  in"         1 

oi3    SSSS    g^ 
1      MJ._.LL 

\\  M_J__LiJJ      1  1  1  1  ;  1  1  1  1  1  1  J  J  1  1  1  III  1  1  i    :  1  III 

d 

a    eaa    aa 

sHaaaaSca    aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaBaaaaaa 

c«             P.R              S. 

es       £.'^       And       Ph      n       ^d       ^d       ci.d       dd       a.K       ^d       ^d       ^d       ^ 

i 

1^      l-t-      l-t-      1-      i"      t^r^      I- 1-      t- h-      I- 1-      r~i~-      I- 1-      t-»l-      t^  1-      1- 

1 

w           1-."          x"              of          o           «'          cf          rt           •^'          1-:'          «           h-* 

rl                f*                1—                      rH                Tl                ?i                CI                Tl                Ct                ?1                Ct               Tl 

p 

S'H 

1 

.-?t 

t^ 

■♦a* 

Uinci 

'3 

w?^ 

53*    5 

osc             oeescoooo 

3 

ana        aaooopqap 

22 

HalVs  Meteoroloffkal  Journal. 


489 


'a 
I 


e=   2 


.  9    , 

h  J'^^'S  c;3  c  o  o  ?"  o 
A  »      . -2  u  5   .   ■   ■  a;   ■ 

rH  pH  i-l  ?1  M  n  C*S  L*:  •*  r-(  ^ 


...  .••-.>-^f:E5 

^  K  3?  >i>q>'H^;2it2i;zi !?;;?; 


S  «  «•!  C'l  ?1  i-t  rt  i-t  M  CI 

I    I    I    I   I    I    I    I    M    I    t 


,   CC  O  ».1 1--  C  pH  CS  CO  LT  ■^  C  rH 

'  rt  M  -ri  ri  ri  1-t  ri  ^  ri  ei 

I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I 


,  X  r-  <-*  r?  o  X  «3  ^  t-  =  t-  t- 

Cl  ?l  riCI  1—  rt  r-i  .-I  iH 

I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I 


?!  ?t  71TI  t-l  ,H  r-i  1-.  r- 

t      t      I      I      I      t      I      I      I      I      I      I 


1  tc 

•a; 


!2! 

E 

S 

St 

a 


I 


i 


£■2 
S  a 

S  Ml 

.tig 

f  2 

CD   O 


b  ■: 

ib 

.5  = 


fill! 


is  !s  is  i;  H 

t,  e  I  s  i; 

t  P  c  o  i 

rt  X  X  X  ♦■ 

*  §■§•=••: 

a  ^  ^  J  5 

$•  i  i  i 

thH  ^  Vh  ^H      C      O 


u 

a- 
.a 

XI 

8.' 


J3 

a, 

'3 


iC       V 


Hp-i:  J 


•e  g-CTT  7  3i  X  g-^ 

=  t  ^  O  O  I  c 


,•     f 

i  ^ 

°22 
S  ?  P 


yv  "1  a.  t^j  :c  i.  ►■■  <  H     H     P4  <^  -"1 


■3 
•a 

4.    N 


^^ 


o 

b' 
tn 


■  o    ■  <^ 


S         -c  B-S-co  ITS  x-=-c  S  a  J-s  S-g  — —  fc  n-J  S  ^■OTS'S-O's  n 
«         l-S  ;   ;  :(•  ;s  ;  is-— t-s^-s  ,   :=•  — aSi  ;   •   ■        a 


OC-*tft<0'<*OOaO(OWC'li-<Ncqi-l«Wt»-*M-^?l'f*?lff^>! 


::^^i 


:bt 


;^ 


i^; ;?;  Jz;  >?;  Iz;  ;z5  ^  ;z; /^  ;zi  fA  >^  Izi  >^  ^'^  a  ;^  i?;  >^  ^  ;^  •/;  •^//;  ^  >^  >'.  ;^  0 


T'l  CI  M  t-  Qc  ©  ffi  to  ci  1-- «  X  s  w  c.  Ci  c-i  :s  o  •*  e  «c  <;  c 


M  I  I  M  I  I  I  t   :  LU  I  U  '_'    

i-i  ^  i-t  OS  I- ^  to  op  -M  o  ri  ci  CI  00  ci  o:  X  o  c  't*  i-^  ri  ?i  -ri 

cicicOTiccc^rtro'O'-^-tM  r^riTiTirsf'^-f'^f^'J' 

I    I    M    I    I    I    I    I    I     M    M    t    1    I     I    I    I    I    I    I     I 


X  ot 

I    1 


ri  .-I  ri  CI  CI  CI 


X  O  I 

TV 


MM 


M    M    M    M    M    M 


r-l         rii-t  i-(  tHi-hCJC* 


tOX' 

T7 


t  Cl  CO 

I  I 

I      I 


r:  rt  •»•  -t  rc 
I     M    I    I     I    I    I    I    I    I    I    M    I     I 


(^  to  x  -»•  X  •'Mr:  t.*:  -f 
«  «  ^:  :t  Ti  Ti  ci  Ti  re 

I    I    I    I    I    M    I    I 
I  irt*  Tf  'o  re  to  ?1  -T  -f  ?|  • 


■J  tr  c  c  X  I  -  oc 

re  cc  1-  ^  re  «  « 

I     I    I    I    I    M 


I    I    I    I   I    I   I    I    I    I    I    M    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I 


'  w  5-1  ri  e^i  fH  «  r^  .-<  rt  w 

I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    M    I    I 


r^.-<rtrH  CI 


I      I      I      I 


I    I 


I    I 


Qotoxiextetotore^tT^o'trrrcctOr- 

I    I    I    I    M    I    I    I     I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I 


("to 
re  re-* 

I    I     I 


S3 


ssHSSaSSSS 

&r;        ;i.:^        P.r3       P< 

CT  O"  r-" 

:.  re  re 


£^SS£S£Sc£Ec=c=cHEc=i 


or  — 


e.3 


i>t- 


ca 


fcs      s-c:      p.a      —r:      ;:.a      Ck      p. 


0 


Me-; 

o 


!; 


490 


HaWs  Meteorological  Journal. 


i 

i 


It 

it!!' 


*E  'e  "C   . 

ITll 

o  c  s  s 
B  a  a  5 


I" 


"Soo^oooo 


"  H  O  "  O  O 


QOOOl'-MCOMIrtW^rtin^W*^ 


H» 


W^^ 


19 


>^;zii«i 


■a 
H 


•a 

a 

"  o'0'~  o  o 


2f» 


rs  ci  M  M  ffi  iH  N  ^^  w  w 


11=5  §ic 


I    I    M   I    I    M    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I 


I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I 


C^t^      dn       P.ee      &:4       p^d       ^R       P<d       ^d       P<A       C<d       d.A       p.cd      pi* 


P.A 


t^  t^      t  - 1»      t-  t* 


C.3 


:[i<u  '^o  'UPh  'O 


t*«ao«o«©t-.i--t*t>.co 


t*.  >i  X  t^  «^* 


CJCJC^If-tFHi-Hff^Ji-H^i-H-l 

t   I   I   I   I   I   I   M   It   i 


I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I 


'N  CJ 


I  _ 

.2,™ 

fl  AM 


s 


II 


P.sP- 


^S  o 


e 
P 


o 
P 


o 

p 


p 


HaWs  Meteorological  Journal. 


491 


i  ii 


<)  « 


ItCt  »lc  Iftc 
o  o  o  o  o  o 
a  a  a  a  a  a 


II 


i1    _ 


&  9  il  s 
s  o  s  < 


I 


3S">as 


H 


I    I    I    M    I    I    I    I    I 


I  1 7  7  I  1 7  7  'i'  7 


.oot.oooo 
fa    .    'Ufa    '    ' 


>-.c9 


:•« 


>-T.      St! 


12oo"o!j«;o'0£;o-=';oa"o'0 

5  !•    ;    :e   ,,3o    :5ir    .^  »   :  (•  »    ;js 
OO   !    .fa    .Ofa    .UO    'Ofa    .Ofa    .O 


nC4eO9194  91p^iHm«WG0Q0Q0<C.4<iA«DC^mC1PmC4IOIA^eOrHiH 


WW 


w^gii^^^^^^ggi^lll^.gs 


O  ^  5-1  O  O  O  O  O  «»•  rt  O  »ft  ift  C4  CJ  M  ©  M  «¥  ®  O  <M  O  ri  ffl  'f  'O  ^  CI  CO  « 

I    I    M    I    I    I    I    I    I    M    I  I   I    I    I    M    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I 


rj  M  ?i  ?i  ^5l?n^^  M  WM  c^i  i—  cico  ti  ?^  ^  c^ic-iw  s-i  fi  n 

I    I  J    I  J    I  J  _1_MJ._'    '  I    I    I    I    I    I    I    I    i    I    I    111    I 


:S5i 


I 


(£,d       P^ES       ^cs       Picd       C^^       PhCQ       Ci»       P.n       f^  s       &:«       0« 


P«ES  P-S 


P*(d 


p,n 


a 


5    ^3 


fa 


c 


o 


5   (3   a    (§ 


o 

n 


e 
P 


HI:. 


fi  '• 


m 


11 


ilji:!' 

'm 

|-| 

1; 

i'i 

|;i 

!.|!A 

^.  '^ 

■' .  t, 

M 

IJf 

ll 

492 


ZTfl/^s  Meteorological  Journal. 


i 


I' 


I 


I 
I 


11 

B 


s 


J 


3 

'5 


o  c  o 
a  a  a 


E 


S2 


£ 
2 

EC 


Is  ^   .. 

0  5  2 
tr.■t.*^ 


§23 


9 

'A 


.a 

o' 

?! 
I 

3 


f!    C    R     "-  ^_      "-^ 


»<) 


o     s 

eg  -3 


U-, 


fe  ((-3  S-STSteT!  S 


9     a 
^-s  b  5  > 


I'd 

i  a 


;  s  o 


u"^  k'3  o  fe"  i^  e~  o  1^  o  e  e'^'e'^  1"^  u 

2  ^  o  g-S  ?:  *  g-f  !f«  g'-s-o  5-=  l»  S  !«  § 


.        .    .    ■        ,  ■      p^    ,■-..■.'        . 


oSSSS 
I  I  I  I 


;^^ 


w-  .;?;>',fcia----.;<f^-b&:K  ^^t;i5 

JK  (21 »  >^  («;>!;>',  >r,  ^  !,d;  >',  >^  i^  y, !«;  ^  I?;  f:  p  S  cc  jz; 
»  o  It  iS  i::  to  to  I-  I-  I- 1*  w  w  in  CO  «  fri  «  o  »-i 

■S3 

1 00  ©  r-  M  t-  01 1^  n  o »-  ^  ^  I-  u*:*  r-  to  ci  ?i  eo  ift  to 

J7jj I^J-.JJ  iTT  77  i7  I  iT 


_j7  ri  I  „77  i77  77  i7  I  i7 

■  <oa6ocib«oirfciccc;0(M^irt^MOOff'ico« 

i7  I   """  I    i7  77_77Jij7 

<oo>owaotrfci«s>©C'i^it^rt«C'MM^ 


1 1 


I    II    II    II 1 1 


;  in 


in 


._   I   I    IJ    Mill  I    I    III 

d      P.<s     dd     dd     p<:i     ;i« 

rt  ^  .-^  pn  ^  ,-< 


[7 1   """i    iT  TT  77    f    i7 

o      in  m 

00000(NOOO<OC"lX---©^'^00'*l!Mr-iO?IMC3 

1 77  ''""  I    1 7  77  77  I  I  I  l7._ 

BS£S63B5S£55SSaS6SSSa^ 

(L^       di^       &c;       (La       d-ci       P<ei       C-ci       & 
r- 1-      I- 1-     I"  I-      I'  I-     I- 1'.      I- 1-     I- 1-     t- 


Cl  ^M 


S      ^1-5  1,0    . 


>  =  e.<i  c  — 

J  S  p. 


O      HM^ 


3    ©«-    -r-  « 


n 


i  P-q 

"    e  a 
•S§t|    S      (5      (5 
■«1 


o         c 
R        R 


//rt//'*  Metcuroloykiil  Journal. 


408 


n 


•a 


i 


\  S  \   M 


^:    t       Nl 


I 


.3 


H  1  II' 


I? 


-■    S:    j^ 


■7 -7  2 

ill 


«  r:  f  .^.J2 


0' 


I? 

«'--r  j< 

o  .O  — ' 


a* 


Si 


•3 


ooooo'2o,"'sS 


9 
O 


IS'S-a'5'0'3  §-3  'fs 


3-0 


,;    ,^    ;  «>    ;  C     ^ 
.    .    .O    'Ph    .Pn     U 


2 

9 


tOt-MOWWTI'^t^t-O       «*!       ei       ^40<©^tOW 


>.  > 


'A'>fi'A'A'A't^>'ir,r<'A'A''A     WA     'a     'A'A-A'A'A'Ali 


.83eSS3§§r;?35S    SS    SJ 


I  I  I  I  M  I  I  I  I  I 


.s 

!C'     1 

.5  s  3 

9    £    « 

1       1 

i 

s 

i 

w 

bi 

,£2 


.  til 

;  a  s  _;  o  ^ 


§J5. 


2i| 


fl 


I"    " 


^  »-  Sj     r-  o 


jji"i'jjXiirM!_Jjl3it?i 


H 


.a 
H 


1 1 1 1 1 1 

ic  i-o  tt 

I  <d  X  '^  o  •-<  t"^  :c  :o  ci  M  >-,      2x 


i7 
'17 


iMlJJJ.rilj'  lM  7777171 

I  r 


i.~  I-  i.'s  00  o  «  i-:  i-*:  x  o  r?      o  t      '-^      •+■  -t  •*•  r:  x  ^  ri 

I  I  I  I  M_l  7  I     fl      I     f  (  I  I  I  I  1 


7  rff7 


"7  M 7777  rriT  "IT  T  'I "I" 


S  i:^  o  \s  -r 

nT7l 


wS''"      ^'       ■?:       'J? 

Ji  5-1  'M  M  ?! 


32    5    ssggssS 


5^  ■• 


5     tip       Q 

<o+j  a 


■ 

" 

i 

7l!7 

d 

a 

7!!^ 

iaai 

I 

3 
CI 

es  rt  s  s 
e  c  s  >-; 

Pt  i*  .-1  TI 

i7 
17 
I  I 


a  a 


o 


a  a 


'1'  ? 


«i  i* 


f\ 


111 


494 


Hairs  Meteorological  Journal. 


X 
u 


a""  o 


OH 
pt4      kr 


Ecbii 

8'S 

¥i-^ 

■So 

■=  2 

bf  t. 

=  'S 

o-S 

5s  s 

■t-a 

»j=a 

n  tc 

■3  3 

■•* 

JR 

V^V-*' 

Sf'S 

rj       § 


N  q 
'*^  n  ■' 


n  d   .  a  d 

-  2  rt  3J  aj 

S  oOS  o  o 

>■.  >ij  >■.  >• 

y  i;  O  V  « 

:-•[-■    .  (-•  1-1 

V  «.<  o  ^  V 


sg 


2    N 

?  ° 

V4  ^ 


o  s 


"  T  is 

=  =  s 

0  a  " 


■ata 

o  s 
a  a 
ccto 


a 
s 


^-3 


o&H  ly&H  :op4  ;i 


0  r 
"  o 

■a  o  t^ 

.-J3  J 

3  <n  -^ 


a    :  So 


■  o 


ati  a 

t5  i, 

a  ?  ..a 

£^  28 

■-  '^  'H'S 

o  0^  as 

K-a  a  a 


«  o 


hco 


2°    a -2 


as*'  i; 

a    -w  i« 

TS  ■  a  .  .  .  - 
a  -.t^  S  £  -^  £  bi 

£■3  D-ca-a  * 

a  o  g  o  i-.  OS 
vj  a  °  a  a  aw 


^  I 

Sio' 


SB 


IX  1^ 

c  m 
a  9 


t.-  I  >-t.  "•a 
.  »  tea  gis  g  ^  a 


^'O   «    -,   ^^ 


;  ;-3 
:  .  a 


so, OCOH, 


^UFii 


i?i^      i-<?iwM«eo«*io<ot*Of^rt      t^t^mWM^MWrHn      -i-<fcoC'it-^      woot^w^Mwrncii-i 


1^ 


...  .     Wco     W 


>^. 


.»-IC-I        MMrtMMrtCO^^iO-^ 


O  CO  M  O  O  O  t-     •  O  M        O  ?-l  C^  i-*MM  r- 

C^  C^t  M  S-l  W  (N  ?4      •  PJ  CO        M  IM  C-l  >-(  C:  T}" 


It 
1^ 


I  I 


°!1 


si  So  o  § 


71  rt  CI  d  Oi  r-  1-^  h»  i>  -*"  (M  cc  M 

m  tn  I*  I':      m  m 

X  Ci  cj  o  -f  ri  TO  ri  rt  O  'X  r?  X 

7  I  111  I  f  I  n  I  1 1 

ift  lo  irt  i*  I-       ift  I- 

odoDor-'OTicorocooxrrx 

.  fl I  I  f  I  I  I  II  IJ  I 

O  .-■  [- -*  «  rH  .-  ixeo?i» 

Tii^rri    I'rff 

X  o;  t- 1- 1^  w  CO  fo  CO  o  w  I'i  X 

7iirT77777rf1' 


CO  5*1  rO  CO  T^  CO  ■^      >  CO  CO         i-H  ?l  n  r-  CI  CI 

I  M  f  I  f  I   :  M.    I  I      I  I  L_ 


o  ^  n  '^  :s  ; 


V\Tr\T\  ii7  777  rii 


i-H^i-ii-iricoiHryeor-ico 

JJ.LII  II  f  I  M 

.-H  i-H  (-1  r-  CI  n  ^  ci  ?i  ^  n 

I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I 


ri"i7  \"\'\  ■  \'[  I  ij  ii  I 

OD  o  c  ro  o  ci  **  =  t-  -^      r-  r-  r-  :£  X  CI 


rM7777777    i77i77 

'i  -^      I'  c;  o  X  d  c 

--  ro  1—  --I       CI . 

II    J  I  I  I  I 


O  CO  CI  -^C.  CO  i-i 

777'f77i 


:  I  I  I  I  I  II  M  I 

o  X  '^f  o  o  (D  i.o  r-  a  ci  lO 

^  r-.CI  CI  i-i  CI  Cl  ^  Tl 

I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I 

t-i  o  to  CI  CI  o  t~  rs  c  1.0  I'- 

77777777777 


2£    aa3 5 aa a  3 3  £  a  =  H    aaeaaaaaae    asaaaa 


ft,d       «?!       P.C5        Ct:       ^. 


rt      Jhc:      si.rt      C-s  ?-?;      ftd 

t-     t- 1-     I-  ('•     I- )-         t- 1-     t- 1' 


:SaBae3aSSc 

p.d       C.n       B.d       B> 


36  « 


I 


?^ 


!^&; 


tft; 


5^^ 


X  c? 


s  a 


o 

n 


o 


o 

p 


^ 


O        P        O 


HaWs  Meteorological  Journal. 


495 


I 


u 


5> 

ce 


■8 

.9 


I 


I 


e 

I 


1  ^1        I 


I 


s  o 

eg 


ITS 

■§9 


.JP  « 


ccH 


•3 13 -3 -a 

o  o  o  o 
a  fl  a  a 


■a  ;  ; 
3    , 


■»:<••  -*J     1 

00       .       ■    GO      . 

to>-:t\ 

U     '  cs  >     ■ 

o  :Hc  : 

9. 

60 


4J 

.a 

a 


I 


M  a  H  fl 


^■9  2 

=  to  S 

3.9  2. 

II  I 


^ 


S  ^  fe  S  fe 
J  o  »  c  o 
,5  a  a  a  a 
(<  tc  «;  tj,  cc 


o  o 

a  a 


t>»  ■  a    ■  t»,c8 '»'  ■  .  .3   ■        73    ■  'J-   -      '. 

g-a  S-e  g  iTS'O'a'e'a  g'O  »  ^-^  ?•=  ^"3  s  sts-s  g 
5  ,  (>  ;  J  >   ;   ;  ;  :  :5  :a=  :•*  :  «>    —  >  ,  ;  — 


1^ 
olf 


o  :o  :oo 


ecNWp 


r^ 


'■■A     H^    '^ 


:w 


o  :o 


^u 


cj  w  •*  t>  t-  tn 


Co 


v:ar.02l^;zi3    W|zi;z;iz;!z;|zi|zi!z;t?i 


00  9fc  00  ^ 
'  Tz  ■,:  n  n  (^  t~i 

^g 


St>•»M■QC^'l'Ooo?3rlO^^'t3xc■Icr;o7lCDrHXaoflW^t•tcx>ff^oa0QD0D00^^ffI 
■  ci o    *    '  cj    ■    *    ■    "o 03 

CI  M  71  CO  CJ 


f.     '■! 


H 


ct 

Q 


I     I 


U3       10 

i  V  <  •'  ■  ''^1  ^jO  tn  cc  to  s 

*5        ^1-1  rt 


ifj     lo     if5     ift  o  m  40 1-"^     ift 


I     Q  CO  00  »f  r> 
:        7  M   I 


M'CO(-irH^OW*iftiO©Ct--»'flOt--i-<^Cl»COiftCCO 


t.*^  lO        ift  ift 


I  I  I  l_ 

eg  Z.:i       £4  :«  &:i  P^EJ  tid  P' si  dd  d?;  dd  drS  d:9  d:3dp.:9  drt       d 

.  t-  '^  t-        t--  t-  1^  t-  t-  t*  t-  t-  h-  t^  t-  1--  t--  t-  t-  t>  t"  t-  t^  C-  t'-  b-  i?l  t^  r-  h«  t"       I- 

aot-f  to  t~^  cc  Jv"  o"  «-H  ;f  CO  ^  irt  •■O"  r-'           cao"          Os' 


a 


o 


a    a 


p 


a   a 


o 


l!!l 


496 


HalVs  Meteoroloyical  Journal. 


.9 


% 


;»     I 


St 

c 
a 


I     S\ 


u 

■3 


^ 


<    L.  >-  .*-  .~ 


St 


^  o 


d  a 


".      ^~>"l      5"?  3       -^Ja'TS-S-sS 


^         ;-  t-  £1. 


O  fe 

-:  o  O 
►;  c  a     ,5  a  s 


jl     .e  .5.5  >f  .9.5.9  •. 


tr.'/i 


;-§  M  :  i 

:;:;;: 

I          »    1 

:  :  :  : 

.  B    ■■«    .     . 

•     ■     '  >j     •     • 

3 

■|^J    •■     ■■ 

;:>.!;: 

■  >J 

:    :      0    ; 

:i  :  : 

0 

-I 

Cm         C^  £t  £    ^  ^ 

•-■=5-= 

o  2  o  a 
■r.S.'A^ 


•O  fe  3 

:  »5 

■fKO 


gooee^iiooo^ot. 
S'cr3'3'B35--.ax:3'oa 
>  .  ;  .  :  J  t.  .  ;  5  ,2 
O   .    .    .    .yo   .    •     U   .O 


u   .. 


^«ClW«MeOrHWNNWlOt"^«QO 


■  .z 


-oscsoo" 

fe  :  o  ;  ;  F^    ; 


00 


00      e  o  (-"S  s 


■  ■  a 

■  •  o 

■c-a  js'' 

•      r* 


^  o  o 

s-s-a 


eso     ocsiceocirtcteo-vin^ 


>^H ;?;  >5  ^  ^ ;?;  >?  S!  w  W  K  ti! !?;  Izi  |z;  Iz; !?;  I?; 


.W 

br  ►»:  br.  >  b^  br  tr 


^  ■  -^  >.  ■  ^  ■ 

O  S  00  W  O  irt  «D  I^  t-  t-  I- 

■ '?; 


1  CC  CI  «S  Cl  -f  ?I  lO  »  «S  Ci  '-5 

I  I 


M  I 


I     II     I  L 


•  »OtOO^eSMi^?5«?1i-H» 


(ft  lO  1.1  If;  Li       i1  in 

I  «  ?i  rt  »  ri  X  ^  oj  ^  iH  M  QO  fi  d  ff-i  cl  c!  ?i  o 

I  III  J  1"    I   ""  I       Ti' 


.1  J.I  1  L 


00  ^  O  1-1 

lOift 

t-  CO  ^  1-1 

7iri' 


•—  —  Tin 

I  II  I 


IR  1.1 

rt  t-  — ^-*i- 


to 


1.1 


I  II  I II 


I  n  1 1 


*n  f»  f I  :o  M  to  ci  •*■  ?i  M-  's  I*  ci  - 


I   71 

!C  SB  C'  f? 

L  77_.  I 


n  1 1-  c  Ti      -f  s  o  X  CI  :£  Ci  •»•  ei  <D  'hO  ■^  t"  >.i 

°  —  ?l  fH  1-t  ^ 

I     I  I  ' I  II 

11  11  Li  Ift  Li 

r  1-^  n  T-i  -t  r-«  1^;  ?c  cs  Li  f-1  'tf  etf  tH  d  CO  -t  ri  o  X 

I       I   I   I   I   I  II 


I   I   I   I  I  I   I       I 

11  iQ  »ft  1.1 

Li  ii  ri  c  ».i  11  Ti  CJ  X  o      00 

J  l7  r       I  I  7.  77     I  ITT  :  ITT  I  IT 


tt  »  d  I-  s  •t  71 »  r:  s  •-  • 

IN  r    7  1 7  7' 

tf;  m  n  11  11  ii  1-  I-  11 

Li  -t  d  -^  >i  d  ^  X  I-  c;  x'  o  o  ^  ci  c: 

1 17  r    I  M  77  7777 


r-  .";  - 1  .-:         11  X  ^■l  t  O  QC- 

7777  ■  NT'  I  i7 


I  I  I  I  I  I 


t' '.s  CI  I'- «-t^  i-i  o      on      —  rt 

1 17  r   7  1 7  77 


Cl  .*t  TI  r?  C  I-  X  Tl  H  I'  X 

TTTi  I  m1'  I  M 


iSsSc5aS53SSSS33c     bSSSScss     B  s     B  B 


Z.71       Cs       ft*a.r!       Z.C.T.       ^Sur, 
r'.i-      i-o      ?ti-«e      Mt'ca      C1I'* 


CI  t*  !S        .1  I-  W 


.1 1'  cc      c?  i~  »      ^;  I- 

X'  Ci" 


^ 

■*-;  '.'  3 

S'r." 

.  *,o 

a-*  .-, 
Wo  a   • 

d 

o 

p 


HaWs  Meteorohgkal  Journal. 


497 


V 


n 


.a 
■3 


o  "I 


I 


ill 


—      .   .  t;  s 

IS      fe  fc  «  « 
4;      o  oi;  g 


^  <•■  <H  V«  Vt  ^  tM 

«s  'C  X  't.  'C  'E  'C 

J  O  O  Q  O  O  O 

°  a  B  a  a  a  a 


o  o 
a  a 


I  a 
OS 

li 


=  •200 

-4i  o  o 

"5  §^5 


-5     5 
o>'5  t« 


■a 
a 


si---  s 


is"' 

!  — ^J 

;  t;  «  u 
1  a,a  «  ^ 


I  « 


« 


•a  ,-3 
.  3  a 
■0,0 


.•o   l-a 
.3.3 


:"'l'^p"o>.j. 


<  3 


00 


■3(t 


•ao"'3'"oo'go 


I' 

5 


.  a 
III 


^!^  ;  •  ;  •  'w  .  . 


&  ■  ■  > 


S 


i 

I 


Li  ITS  in  LI  lo  \ri\n  »n 

1'     71"    m7    I  M    i77      II 

\n  \n     ic  o         Li  10 

'CI  C-l  C4  CIr-t  fH  i-H  .-<  f-l  rH 

±I_IJ__I  II      I  I  II  II  l_     LL 

.   (O.HWNtOiHi^OCOci'^OOO^COiftLirOOC-lCD 

'    C»  rJ  <M  CI  1-1  i-H  rH  rH  rH  r^ 

II    I  1 1 1 1 1    I  I  1 1 1  I  I    III 

in         Li  in      m      m  m 

,  ci«ocd(Ni-iMt-cieir-5oc^«inc^ci«OffJo>co 

'    CI  i-i  CI  rH  rH  r-(  rH  rH 

._l       I  L...LLI I JJJjLU l_L 


I 


tn  in      m 
3000  SO  cot 

J  L'Q  MJX  I  U  UJ"! ^^J^ 

in  ic      in  ii         io  in 

I  rH-^:c;ooc«50i^r^'j'=5®fdinooLi«i-rH 

1'     77     77    I  i7 1  i77      M 

Li  Li  in  m     LI  o  11      Li  \r.\n 

,  cociinoicicir^cccociciSitOMt-cioO'^rHeJO'MooM      cocicit^moMot^coot-cjinciciosj-^ci 

7     71'    i77    Ii7ii77_ir7  7     i7    i7 1_   1   ""  1  1  ..._i 

saasaaaasaaasassaaaasaaa    assaaaasssaaasaaaaaa 

H       P.B<n       =.P.:j       a.a.:j      P.P.A       a.S.:3       o<c<     «      tids       ddd       P<P.d      S.P<:J       c<a< 
^o      r^  t- :o      r:t'0       rct-'O      ^t  r^  is      ^^l»»      rs  r~      cc      r:  r^ »      M  t- »      r:  l^  ■-©      r:  t- »      cot^ 

50"  '-'  ri'  ^'  -f  tC  *  :£  I-'  X  C:*  O" 


W.: 


a;l^« 


a  a     i.^  bi 

su^  gt£  a    . 

•i  _  a  i»j  Oh. 
.  ~  i  u  s  P" 
«-'5  2  a-J  .-. 

*  t 


S.  Ex.  21- 


-32 


I 


lip 


498 


Hall's  Meteorological  Journal. 


if 


(     II 


Si 


Remarks. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night, — 15°. 

Snow-drift;  snow;  made  by  Too-koo-li-too. 

Snow-diift;  snow;  made  by  Too-koo-li-too.  i 

Snow-drift;  snow. 

Snow ;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  8°. 

Snow. 

Snow. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  8°. 
Made  by  Too-koo-li.too. 
Made  by  Too-koo-li-too. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  7°. 

Snow-drift. 

Snowdrift. 

Snow-drift. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  5°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  3°. 

Mock  son.    Halo  ronnd  sun.    Uade  by 
[Too-koo-U-too. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  6°. 

Hazy.                                                                  1 

Snow-drift. 
Snow. 

Snow.                                                               i 

Hazy. 

Hazy. 

Hazy. 

i 

ISooooooo  ©"S  : 

.  S'3'O'O'O'a'a'O'a  gi 

•o  :;;:::;  ;0 

;  i  i  ;| ;  M  : 

,4^      ! 

>>§  ■ 

So  ; 

oo 

'S  u  a  ©3  a  o  S 
g  S'3'a  S"^"^  " 

05  I  :o  :  ;o 

•6 

.g 

a 

«»oooc^ 

rr 

:  :  'WW 
cctcaiiKoaa: 

oc 

1^ 

IT 

;;::;•:  :;^           ;  i  i  ;           :';:;:: 

1 

J3 

ca 

o 

l> 

o 

— 

- 

«j 

o 

iri 

o 

1 

c 

o 

1 

ci 

o'»SS»SSSSSSSSaS!2S'"SS'^''SSSSSSS          SS?5S          flSSSSSSS 

1 

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaasaaiaa        e 

ca       P.dd       P.B.d       C,S<a*    P,Q.^       P-dci       P<a.:9       P<P<               « 
^*o     nt~<o     «i>«o      eot^to     mt-o     Mt^w     wt-o     cit-             c 

Sfl                    C-1                    Tl                    S                    CI                    C-1                    r)                                     J 

.     * 

c, 
■5 

t 
n 

3        3  3  a  a  a  a  a  a 

1 

•  Locality. 

c.a,tb 
:5ae?S5 

^ 

5    iP«  ft 

8sfssa 

3  a.    o.S>g.    5 

si  m  I 

=  W    -W  ■-2,t;c 

^SaSssbUr 

i 

a 

.a 

;^ 

■1^  5 

aall 

r 

c 

a 

■a«°^' 

HalPs  Meteorological  Journnl. 


499 


f! 


ssassssssssa 


asas 


aaa    aaaaaaaaasasaaaaaaa 


5  to       CO  t^  W 


M  r~  •£ 


p<e.    a 


P.  P. 


C.P.« 
fO  t^  fO 


.*0  t*  © 


.-o  I*  « 


P-P.CS 
rs  t^  --o 


O.P.CS 

CO  t^!0 


P<PI 
cot* 


.  i  ■ 


■4^  ,       .   PCD   P 

*!       '-4-  *-   1,  ..,     O 


lAl 


500 


HaWs  Meteorological  Journal. 


•-  "3  fe  ^  -  .  •  - 
oo-Spooo^oo 


Mado  bv  Too-kooU-too. 


I 

.9 

SI'S  •  °' 

'^  o  ■*  '^ 

■^"  9  *•■■  -"' 

birg  to  tt, 

'3  g  a  '3 


.a 

60 

a 


■a     -- 


.a 
to 

•a 


s     s 


.■w  .■«  ,-*j  >^  >3  ,+j  © 

5  M^  c^  ss 

o  o  o  o  o  o  o 
a  a  a  a  a  a  a 


I 


i? 


"So 


o  g'2  e  o 


> 

O 


rHW       -^  CO  pH  t-t -^fi  o  iH 


coco    cowos? 


E&^    ^^fe^^ 


:^^^ 


£■2  0 


■  t-     ^    ■    ;  >     S.   \> 

■  o   o  .  ■©   o  .o 


rHrHWlftQ00>0it-t*t*t*00«ir5^O 


^^^. 


|zi  :  :  :^ 


.;z;|z;>^-^^^^ 


£|zi   ;zi;zigSlzi>2iSlzi!2i|ziW«§8^;2!fe;zi;2iizi;«;;^^^^^^^^|zi 


^ 


I 


5 
I 


■OOiOOOOOSOO^Or-llftOOCOlO* 
MrHr-<i-lC^rH  C^WrHr-fCJWi-l 


°         r-(        (NrH        I-I.-I  ^rHi-lrt        F-(rH  rH  11  i-H  C4  W  i-i  ^  C^  <M  W  CJI 


sa 

aaaasassasa 

aasaaasaaaasasaassasaaaassasa 

c« 

p.fiHiri 

(i&c^ 

P,c3 

(ici 

P.C9 

dcj 

(id 

rtrt 

Cficfl 

P,p.d 

&=.« 

CP. 

i 

i-H 

« 

Mt-O 

rt  i>  ec 

t-co 

t>to 

t-o 

t-w 

t^® 

1,^3 

cc  t^o 

«I>CD 

fo  t-eo 

eo  I- 

»-( 

Tl 

« 

•* 

»ft 

o 

I-' 

00 

i-H 

« 

i-f 

s 

cS 


C.?-!  to 

«  a    ■" 
2  3^00 


o 
Q 


o 
P 


e 
0 


Wj9  a  2  Q 


|i  1 


HaWs  Meteorolofjicat  Journal. 


501 


•i 

1 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  11°. 
Snow. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  11°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  nigbt,  8°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  1°. 

At  3  p.  m.  temp,  in  snn's  rays,  74"*. 
At  4  p.  m.  snow-water  on  rocks. 
Ther.  lowest  last  ui<rht.  4°. 

1 

o' 
1- 

Ui 

a 

1 

1 

1 

H 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  20^. 
Made  by  Tookooli-too. 
Made  by  Too-koo-li-tfMi. 
Made  bv  Tookooli-too. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  18^. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  20°. 

*  The  ther.  was  on  the  N .  side  of  the  sled, 
but  perhaps  was  aflected  unduly  by  gome 
contiguous  articles.                                       j 

.^tin  itiit  Tti\vc  iinil  thi*n 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  28^. 
Sun  out  from  4  p.  m.  until  it  set. 

Sky. 

> 
c 

C 

-ii 

h 

o 

^ 

'  t^S  ','.'.'■'■'''.'■  t^.l 
.2  a  ".2,2  ti3SS33  '^d  " 

■..3t»          'pZ; ^  ^  U 

juo  :  :o  :  :  :  :  :wuo 

O  O  O  0 

^ 

^ 

Cloudy  ... 
Overcast  .. 

-do 

...  do 

_0 

3  0 
■3 -3 

1' 

1 

So 

1/-3 

6 

■§ 

^ 

^ 

•2a 
0 

1 

U! 

CIlH 

a; 

to 

a: 

^ 
^ 

l-tWWtHl-]lH 

1 

4 

n 

Sgi2 

1 

H 

oi 

o 

l^ 

0 

<6 

o 

id 

0 

"•i 

o 

m 

"    1-1  ITJ  C'l  r1  r-l  M  CJ  CI 

h 

COOOM-^fb- 

C^M  «  CO  «C4 

ei 

0 

this 
thiT. 
while 
iinl'd- 
ing 
sled. 

« 

BS3S£ESSS3S2SSSSSEEESE2E0SSSeSES2£S£S^         EEESSS 

d       ddrt       ;i.drt       P,C.?i       si-tirt       dc-s       dtid       ^i-drt       dc.rt       ids               tLd.:i      dft 
J*  CO      r;  1-  to      rt  t-  CO      m  i-  to      m  t-  w      r:  t'  o      m  l-  o      c?  t-  co      cc  t-  co      c^  i-  <o               c^  r^  -o      czi^ 
St'               »               cT              o               .-T              ji               «               tj-*              lo'              (d"                       I-* 

^^                      r-l                       ^                      !M                      CI                      C4                      -M                      CI                      CI                      CI                                    CI 

1 

Locality. 

Onsledge,jour- 
ney    to    10th 
Encampment 
and    back   to 
llith  Encamp- 
ment. 

13th   Encamp- 
ment. 
Lat.    65o23'N. 

■^ 

(5 

^ 

a 

(! 

> 

i. 

E 

C 

.1  i' 

-=  a      c 

'-•^•1 


502 


JIalTs  Meteoroloffical  Journal. 


i'l 


hif- 


■s  t 


il 


X 


?3 


I 


Mn<li'  l)v 
Too-kodlitno. 


-s 

I 


S  g  a 


■3 


■a 


H 


S.  •' 

1% 


I     I 


3  3—8  B 

o  o      t;      o  o 


33    <a 
teas    H 


I 


;  ;  ;  : 

;  :  ;  :  : 

;|  ■  :  i  :-§  ■  M  i  ;  ;  M  :  M 

4J  •  •  -tA 

.  .4a  .  . 

•  a><''Sw<.  '''"»•'' 

s  >,  :  3 

>.    '  S    1  !»> 

H'Sogo 

■Seiko's 

£  g-a  £-3 

I-' hi 

o5  lo  ■ 

0  |o  ;o 

;&,o  ;  :  :pmo  :o  ;  :  :  jo  :  ;  : 

I 


eos4nfHtnt*a>o>tAcoco 


ME4 


ine     iotn«D^iece4^f^eotceo<Me^^aob>tnco 


Snc 


CO  ^  CO  CO  C5  CO  CI  W  W  CI  5 


i        £.£.d        ^^:i        ;i<dej 
>      w  i-  o      .-c  i~  to      c^  h*  « 


r?  b-  (D 


ssaassa 

s.a>a 

rt  I- w 


I 


I  a 


^        ^CO»HC0^  ^ 


-3^ 


^ 
i?;!*; 


5 


aaasssssassa    aaaaasaaaaa 
_.  ,    ...    .  •         .  .   *  .  .      .  . 

•4  irt       »     1^ 


-.B,  ^V, 


■!-»  c  CO  00 


5a 


saaSa?'^ 


,2  3   3«o  a 


!  n 


a  ui 


OS" 


•ii!! 


HulVs  Meteorological  Journal. 


Aoa 


Remarks. 

Ii 
} 

h     1 

is 

i 

1 

8 

1 

ii 

1 

i 

1 

1 

i   i 

; 

;  ;| 

;    ;  > 

c 

o  e  o  0  c 

;  >.  >.  u. 

K~.~.'^.W 

c 

.  3    .  B    • 

1 

1 

;  ;^^  i  i ; 

;0I 

fcj 

A 

4 

0 

\ 

§  "s n 

-,'4- 

1 

! 

H 

s> 

i 

;  • 

t-:        0 

I 

--:-: 

i  i 

in 

o 
o 

-M    -:       ; 

: :  :- 

\ 

-; - 

: ' 

\  \ 

-:- 

4-i- 

;  ; 

■W             0 

i  1 

CO 

o 

o 
o 

: 

- 

:  ;"^  i  ;  : 

:  ;S!??I?JS£ 

■^-^mCO'^'ij'MC- 

5^ 

"  ; 

;    ; 

1 

sagssssssE 

at       dici       C.C.n* 
,j  to     .-M-  v;     nt~.s 

^  oc               oT              3 

r-l                                                 "^ 
^5 

SE 

s  > 

?-:  - 

;_  C 

3D  : 
ti..2 

SE 
-n 

c. 

'?■ 

a 

.Is 

BSSBSgSaSSEE 
dies     C.S.C-;     ddts 

«t-e       C0l>O       cct-to 
m'             n              M*' 

f-«                    rH                    rH 

SEE 
dda 

asgaaaaaasaaaaaas 

B.P.fl      ddd      dc-R      ds.^ 

Mt-!0       Mi-tc       rtt-cc       «t-;c 

to"          1^          5'          rf 

aa 

do. 

Locality. 

PS     g  =  .^ 

c 

c 

p 

c 

a 

.(I 


I     V, 

\ 


■I  ? 


I 


h¥ 


,  I  I 

if: 


^'i 


|*:l 


604 


HaU\s  Meteoroloyical  Journal. 


!■ 


D 

7 


I 


I 

o 


5      ;  :  :  ;  («  ,  ;  ;  I  :  ;  ;  ;5  ;  :  t-. 


•  >i  .  ■  .  s  >. 
©■2  coo  g's  o  o  o 

'  ®   '    '   '  f»  .2 


•o  S  S'O 

;  t-  — 


o  o  "  o  o 


.«(;         WWfHNMWfHlHpHl-jTOMIftin^^W         ^mWMWlHpHWrHWNWWWlHWrHfHlH 


^llsziS 


^^^^^^s 


assssssas  aaasssssaasa^ssaa  aaasasssasaassaaass 


P.P.C9 

«l'.« 


«  t--  (O 


cot- CO 


O4  P4C3  R 


I 


p.  Acs 


p4&e4 
«  t^  eo 


C<0.fl       p.p<:3 
« t-  o     w  t-  o 


B.a< 


*3  ^  .-v  Q.  '^ 


o  o 
OP 


CJ  i  o 

S  Hrtco 

C4 


o 


:'Pti 


■m 


HaWs  Meteorological  Journal. 


505 


StJ  ■^  :o  CI  a  i.o  ■^  if^  00  o  'X  »  rt  rt  op  cj  o  o  Q  -f  1^ 


-J.  ■^  (M  CJ  •*. 


QOt-i''«)t*©3Si?5i?5iS-*^3o^<-io25      oox35 


sssasaasasaaaaaaasasss  aaaaasasaaaaaaaaaaa  aaa 


P.P.a 


P.P,::   p.p.d 


P.AC3 


P.C.CS 


C.P.--S 

«t^  CO 


P.S< 

COl- 


o 


s 


o 


o 
Q 


o 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


1^128 


lU 

lU 

u 


■  40 


II 


1^ 

■  22 
2.0 

L8 


||l.25  1  1.4   |||,.6 

^ 

6"     

► 

Hiotographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WIST  MAIN  STRf  ET 

WEBSTER,  NY.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


W^^ 


1 


^ 


f 


1 


vV 


506 


m. 


'•W: 


llalVs  Meteorological  Journal. 


July — August,  1865. 


Locality. 

Date. 

Thor.  3. 

Bar. 

WiBd. 

Sky. 

Bemarks. 

1865. 

0 

In. 

22(1     Encamp- 

July  17, 6  a.  m. 

42 

20.01 

NW 

..5 

Cloudy 

Ther.  lowest  last  uiKht,  38°. 

mont;  lat.O«° 

in. 

47 

.06 

N   

.4 

...do 

lie  N.,  long. 

3  p.  in. 

52 

30.03 

NNE 

.1 

Few  clouds . 

85°  W  W. 
Do 

Ther.  lowest  last  uight,  30°. 

18, 0  a.  m. 

43 

.10 

KNE 

..1 

Few  clouds . 

m. 

53 

.28 

NNE    .... 

3 

do 

3  p.m. 

64 

.33 

NE 

.5 

Cloudy 

7  p.m. 

48 

.40 

Calm    

...  . 

Clear 

Do 

10, 6  a.  m. 

46 

.55 

Calm    . . . 

Few  olouda 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  40°. 

68 

.56 

Calm 

Cloudy 

...do  

3  p.m. 

5a 

.54 

SSW 

..1 

7  p.  m. 

46 

.52 

SE 

.4 

...do 

Do 

20, 6  a.  m. 

44 

.60 

SE  

.1 

do 

Ther.  lowest  htst  night,  38°. 

ra. 

58 

.43 

SE 

..1 

Few  clouds . 

8  p.m. 

62 

.37 

SE 

■• 

....do 

7  p.m. 

47 

.12 

NNW  .... 

4 

Cloudy  

Fog. 

Do 

21,  fi  a.  m. 

43 

.24 

NNW.... 

.6 

...  do 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  30°. 

m. 

44 

.30 

NNW.... 

.6 

...do  

3  p.  m. 

44 

.35 

NW 

.6 

..  do 

7p.m 

42 

.36 

NW 

..7 

Few  clouds . 

Do 

22, 6  a.  m. 
m. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  38°. 

■56 

.22 

W 

.2 

Cloudy 

3  p.m. 

48 

.22 

NW 

.  3 

..  do   

7  p.m. 

46 

.20 

N 

..2 

...do 

Do 

23, 6  a.  m. 

42 

.16 

NNW.... 

.3 

...do 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  37°. 

m. 

46 

.15 

W 

.3 

...do 

3  p.  m. 

7  p.  in. 

24, 6  a.  m. 

53 

.  10 

SE  

...do  ... 

43 

.00 

SE ,-- 

Overcast 

Do 

40 

20.54 

SE 

.4 

...do 

Fog;   passing  showers,  thunder, 
and  lightning :  ther.  lowest  last 

night,  30°. 

m. 

41 

.50 

SE 

2 

...  do 

Fog;  mistv. 

3  p.m. 

30 

.48 

S 

.2 

...do    

Fog ;  drizzling  inin. 

7  p.  ni. 

37 

.48 

NNW  .... 

.5 

...  do  

Fog ;  drizzling  rain. 

Do 

25,  G  a.  m. 

36 

.60 

NNW  .... 

6 

...do  

Fog ;  thor.  lowest  last  night,  34°. 

m. 

42 

.71 

NW 

.  6 

..  do 

Sp.  m. 

40 

.80 

NW 

.6 

Cloudy 

Few  clouds . 

7  p.  m. 

34 

.03 

NW 

.6 

Do 

26, 6  a.  m. 

36 

30.08 

NW 

..4 

Cloudy 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  32°. 

m. 

44 

.10 

NW 

.  4 

Overcast 

Drizzling  rain. 

3  ]).  in. 

45 

.17 

NNW  .... 

.3 

...do 

Drizzling  rain. 

7  p.  m. 

38 

.23 

NNW  .... 

..5 

.    do 

Drizzling  rain. 

Do 

27,6  a.m. 

44 

.80 

NE 

..3 

Cloudy    .... 

Thor.  lowest  last  night,  34°. 

m. 

47 

.32 

E 

.1 

....do. 

3  p.m. 

48 

.35 

SSW 

.1 

...  do 

7  p.m. 

44 

.44 

SE 

.1 

Few  clouds . 

Do 

28, 6  a.  m. 

42 

.60 

Calm    ... 

...do  

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  32°. 

m. 

40 

.44 

S.SW  

.1 

..  do 

3  p.  m. 

40 

.43 

SSW    .... 

1 

...  do 

7  p.  in. 

45 

.40 

SE 

.2 

Hazy. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  3;i°. 

Do 

20, 6  a.  in. 

40 

.3) 

NNW  .... 

.1 

Clear 

in. 

5U 

.13 

NNW  .... 

4 

Cloudy 

3  p.  m. 

52 

.00 

NW 

-.3 

...do. 

7  p.  m. 

43 

.03 

NW 

..2 

...  do  

Do 

30,  (1  a.  ni. 

36 

.05 

SW   

..1 

Few  clouds  . 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  36°. 

in. 

50 

.03 

SSW 

.2 

...do  

3  p.  m. 

50 

.04 

SSW 

..2 

..  ..do 

7  p.  m. 

44 

.06 

SSW 

.2 

Cloudy 

Do 

31, 6  a.  m. 

43 

.08 

SE 

.3 

Hazy. 

m. 

50 

.04 

SE 

..5 

Clomiy 

3  p.  m. 

52 

.02 

SSW  

1 

Overcast 

7  p.  m. 

45 

.02 

SW 

.2 

...  do  

Do 

Aug.   1,B  a.  m. 

40 

20.04 

Calm    

Fog;    misty;    ther.    lowest   last 

in. 

50 

.02 

Calm 

Fog;  misty.                 [night,, 36°. 

3  p.  m. 

48 

Calm 

Fog. 

7  p.m. 

45 

.06 

N  

.  1 

Overcast  — 

Fog. 

Do 

2,  U  a.  m. 

40 

.08 

NW 

.4 

...do    

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  35°. 

m. 

47 

.02 

AVNW.... 

3 

Few  cloud* . 

8  p.m. 

50 

.02 

NNE 

3 

.    do 

7  p.m. 

40 

.02 

NNW  .... 

.5 

Cloudy  .... 

Do 

3,  0  a.  m. 

30 

.84 

NNAV  .... 

.3 

Overcast 

Ther.  lowest  lost  night,  30°. 

m. 

41 

.82 

NNW.... 

.6 

..do 

fiain. 

3  p.  m. 

44 

.80 

NW 

.6 

Cloudy    .... 

7  p.  m. 

36 

.80 

NW 

.6 

-•lo 

J 


^w 


11 


HaWs  Meteorological  Journal. 


507 


August,  IWtiS. 


Locality. 


22d  Enc't. 
Loi.    60°  W  N. 
Long.  85°  20' W. 


Do. 


Do. 


Do. 


'OnJoiiiT-;-,  !■> 

23d  Enc't. 
I   "23d  Enc't. 
Lat.    66°  ao'  N. 
Long.  86°   3'W. 


Date. 


iThor.  3. 

!  I 


Bar. 


Wind. 


1805. 
Aug.  4, 0  a. 

Up. 

71.. 

5,6  a. 

31). 

7  p. 

0,6  a. 

3  p. 

7  p. 

7,0  a. 


Do. 


Do 


Do. 


Do. 


Do. 


Do. 


Do. 


Do. 


D..... 


Do. 


Do. 


Do. 


m. 

*3  p.  m. 

**7  p.  m. 

8,  0  a.  m. 

m. 

3  p.  m. 

7  p.  ni. 

0, 0  n.  m. 

m. 

3  p.  m. 

7  p.  lu. 

10, 6  a.  ni. 

ni. 

3  p.  ni. 

7  p.  ni. 

11, 6  a.  m. 

m. 

3  p.  ni. 

7  p.m. 

12, 6  a.  m. 

m. 

3  p.  ni. 

7  p.m. 

13,  0  a.  m. 

m. 

3  p.m. 

7  p.m. 

14, 6  a.  m. 

m. 

3  p.  m. 

7  p.  m. 

15, 6  a.  m. 

m. 

3  p.  m. 

7  p.  m. 

16, 6  a.  m. 

m. 

3  p.  m. 

7  p.  m. 

17, 6  a.  m. 

ni. 

3  p.  m. 

7  p.  m. 

18, 6  a.  m. 

m. 

3  I),  m. 

7  p.  m. 

19, 6  a.  m. 

m. 

3  p.  in. 

7  p.  TO. 

20,  n  a.  m. 

lu. 

3  p.  m. 

7  p.  in. 


33 
45 
42 
35 
32 
44 
40 
40 
32 
44 
44 
36 
37 

47  I 
45 
40 
36  j 

45; 

47 
44 

38  ' 
45  ; 
50 

41  ! 
40  { 
42 
44 
40 
30  { 

37 
30 

35  j 
35 

1 

46 ; 

43 
38 
40 

42  ■• 

42 : 
40 : 

30  I 

44 

42  I 

40  I 

38  : 

48  ' 
40  i 
42 
42 
48 
46 
42 
36 
.50 
44 
38 
38  ! 

50  I 

51  I 
40  \ 
30  , 
47  1 
50 
42  , 
40 
44  ' 
42! 
40  ' 


In. 

20.82 
.78 
.80 
.84 
.02 
.84 
.84 
.85 
30.00 
20.08 
.06 
.02 
.74 

.70 
.67 
.60 
.53 
.60 
.M 
.68 
.70 
.67 
.70 
.82 
.00 
.05 
30.02 
.10 
.20 

.30 
.30 
.38 
.45 

.42 
.42 
.45 
.35 
.30 
.28 
.25 
.11 

.08 
.08 
.10 
.12 
.14 
.14 
,10 
.18 
.15 
.14 
.14 
.18 
.08 
.06 
.00 


NNW 6 

NNW 5 

NNW 3 

NW 4 

NW 2 

S 2 

8    3 

8    2 

WSW 2 

SSW  2 

SSAV  2 

SE  4 

S 1 


Sky. 


SE  3 

8E 3 

NE    4 

NW 3 

NW 5 

N 

SE 3 

W 5 

AV ..  5 

W 6 

W 0 

WSW 5 

SW   4 

SW 4 

SW 2 

SSE 3 

SE 4 

SE... 4 

ESE 3 

ENE 2 

NE 2 

E 3 

E 2 

ENE 3 

NNE 3 

NE 4 

NE 4 

NNE 3 

ENE  2 

SW   1 

SSW  1 

ESE 2 

SSE 2 

SSE 2 

ESE 2 

WSW 1 

W.  by  S  ...  3 

SW 3 

SSW 3 

SE 1 

E B 

E    0 

ENE  4 


.  20     ENE  . . 


.3 


ENE 2 

NE 3 

E 5 

NE 2 

41  '  NE 1 

40     W 1 


WNW 1 

E    1 

SW 2 

SW 3 


Cloudy  .... 

...do. 

...do  

...do 

Few  clouds 

Cloudy 

...do 

Overcast . . . 

Cloudy 

do 

...do 

Overcast. .. 


Cloudy 


Cloudy 

Few  clouds . 

Cloudy 

...do. 

...do  

...do 

...do 

...  do 

..  do 

...do  

Overcast 

..  do 

..  do 


Benmrks. 


...do... 
...do.... 
...do.... 
...do.... 


...do 
...do  , 
..  do 
. .  do  . 
...do 
...do 
...do. 
...do 


...do 
..do 
...do. 


Few  clouds  , 
Overcast . . . 
Cloudy  ... 

do 

..  do 

Few  clouds 

...do  

Overcast . . . 
do 


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  32°. 


Thor.  lowest  lust  night,  28°. 


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  31°. 


8  p.  m.,  rain. 

Kain ;  fog ;  ther.  lowest  last  night, 

34°. 
Fog ;  great  refraction. 
Kain. 
Rain. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  35°. 


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  34°. 
Sprinkling  now  and  tlien. 
Ther,  lowest  last  night,  36°. 


Rain;    ther.    lowest  last  night, 

36°. 
Rain. 


fog. 

fog. 

ebli  tide  sets  to  tlie  SSE. 

ther.  lowest  laiit  night,  38°. 


.54  I  SW 


. .  1 


...do 

..  do 

..  do 

...do  

...do  

..do 

...do  

Cloudy 

Few  clouds  . 

Cloudy 

Few  clouds . 

do 

Cloudy  


Rain. 

Rain  J  fog;  ther.  lowest  last  night. 

33°. 
Rain; 
Rain; 
Rain ; 
Rain; 
Rain. 
Rain. 
Rain. 
Rain;    ther.    lowest   last   night, 

30°.  " 

Rain. 


Fog. 
tog. 


Ther.  lownt  hist  night,  40°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  30°. 

Rain. 

Rain ;  ther.  lowest  Ins!  night,  38°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  38°. 


Thor.  lowcat  lit%t  night,  37'. 
Fog. 


f 


4 

111 


508 


UaWs  Mdeoroloyical  Journal. 


Auoust-^Septembkr,  18«5. 

Locality. 

Datr. 

Tbor.  3. 

Bar. 

Wind. 

Sky. 

Kemarks. 

23d  Enu't. 
Lat.    66°  30'  N. 
Long.  86°  3'W. 

Do 

1805. 

Aug.  21, 6  a.  m. 

in. 

3  p.  m. 

7  |i.  m. 

22, 0  a.  m. 

m. 

3  p.  m. 

7  p.  ni. 

23,6  a.  in. 

in. 

3  p.  ni. 

7  p.  in. 

24, 6  a.  m. 

in. 

3  p.  ni. 

7  i>.  ni. 
25, 6  a.  ni. 

III. 

8  p.  III. 
7  p.  m. 

26, 6  ft.  m. 

m. 

3  p.  ni. 

7  p.  m. 

27,6  a.  III. 

in. 

3  p.  ni. 

7  p.  m. 

28, 6  a.  m. 

III. 

3  p.  in. 

7  p.  m. 

20, 6  a.  in. 

in. 

3  p.  in. 

7  p.  ni. 

30, 6  u.  in. 

Ul. 

3  p.  in. 

7  p.m. 

81,0  a.  m. 

m. 

3  p.m. 

7  p.  m. 

Sept.  1, 6  a.  m. 

in. 

3  p.  ni. 

7  p.  m. 

2, 0  a.  m. 

m. 

3  p.m. 

7  p.m. 

8,  n  a.  m. 

in. 

4, 6  a.  m. 

m. 

3  p.  m. 

7  p.m. 

5, 6  a.  ni. 

m. 

3  p.  m. 

7  p.m. 

0, 6  a.  m. 

m. 

3  p.m. 

7  p.  in. 
7, 6  a.  m. 

m. 

8  p.  in. 
7  p.  m. 

o 
41 

48 
45 
40 
38 
40 
42 
30 
38 
42 
40 
40 
37 
48 
46 
80 
36 
45 
44 
40 
85 
41 
40 
37 
40 
43 
43 
34 
82 
42 
38 
30 
34 

43 
43 
40 
34 
42 
42 
37 
42 
44 
43 
40 
87 
43 
41 
37 
30 
37 
41 
40 
33 

27 
44 
44 

37 
25 
42 
40 
34 
20 
48 
48 
86 
35 
47 
50 

1          40 

1 

In. 

80.57 
.57 
.61 
.65 
.62 
.58 
.46 
.48 
.34 
.22 
.10 
.20 
.12 

29.04 
.02 

30.00 
.00 
.01 
.02 
.02 
.19 
.24 
.30 
.86 
.40 
.43 
.42 
.46 
.52 
.43 
.40 
.30 
.10 

.10 
.10 
.11 
.32 
..32 
.32 
..TO 
.24 
.14 
.14 
.20 
.30 
.32 
.34 
.34 
.48 
.50 
.48 
.48 
.58 

"".'so' 

.38 

42 

.46 

W 

sw 

ssw 

SSE 

..1 
..2 
.  1 
..1 

Ovorcost  ... 

...do 

Cloudy 

Ther.  Iowihk  last  night,  38o. 

Fog;  5  p.  m.,  foRlHiw. 

Fog;  thcr.  lowest  liist  night, 36°. 

Fog. 

Fog;  tbnr.  lowest  lost  night, 35°. 
Fog. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  32°. 

Ther.  Ir  >>  st  last  night,  34°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  33°. 
Bin>ko  other  large  thermometer, 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  37°. 
A  little  rain. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  27°. 

Bain;    fog;    ther.     lowest    Inst 

night,  84°. 
Bain;  fog. 
Kahi. 

Ther.  lowest  lost  night,  33°. 

Fog. 

Fog;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  37°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  36°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  32°.6. 
Snow. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  33°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  26°. 
nalo  round  sun  from  8  tn  10. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  25°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  25°. 
Ther.  lowest  lokt  nigbt,  28°. 

Do  

s 

.2 

.2 

1 

Cloudy 

Few  clouds  . 
<l.. 

sw 

E 

E 

E 

E 

is  :::";::::;: 

Do    

-.8 
.8 
..1 
..1 

'.'.i 

.   1 

.'i 
..1 

..5 
..2 
.8 
.5 
..3 
.  4 
..5 
.6 
..5 
..1 
.  3 
..5 
.  6 
.  6 

..4 

..2 
.6 
.3 
.3 
.  3 
..5 
.  I 
..2 
..4 
.5 
.3 
.2 
.  1 
.  1 
..6 
..3 
.1 

Clomly 

do    

Few  clouds . 

..do 

..  do 

..do 

..  do 

...do 

Cloudy 

do 

...do  

...do    

...do 

...do 

...do 

..do 

...do  

...do  

...do  

...do 

...do 

...do 

E      

WNW.... 

Calm 

SE 

SEO) 

(^alm 

8E  

24th  Euo't. 
I^t    660  20'  N. 

Long.  80°  18' W. 

Do  

SE 

NNW.... 
N.NW.... 

NW 

NNW  .... 
NNW  .... 
NNW.... 
NNW  .... 
N.  liy  W.. 
N.  by  W.. 

W 

SSE 

S 

s 

SE 

SE 

SE     

Do 

Do    

Do 

Overcast 

...do  

...do 

Cloudy  .... 
...do    

Overcast  . . 

Cloudy 

...  do  

...  do  

Overcast 

Few  clouds  ■ 

Cloudy 

Few  clouds  . 

Cloudy 

...do 

....do 

....do  

...do 

NW 

NNW.... 

SW 

ssw 

SSW 

SE 

SE 

NE 

NE   

NNE 

SE  

NW 

NW 

NNW  .... 
NNW  .... 

SW 

Calm  .... 

Do 

Do  

Do    

Do 

NNW  .... 

SE 

SE 

SE 

SE 

..3 

.4 

.3 
.8 
.  1 

...do 

....do  

....do  

...  do 

...do  

Few  clouds  . 
...do 

Clear   

Few  clouds . 
...do  

25th  Enc't. 
Lat.    66°  30'  N. 
Lon)r.880  44'W. 

26th  Enc't,  F,>rt 

nopn. 
Lat.    06O31'  N. 
Lone.  86°  56' W. 

SE  

SE 

SE 

('aim  .... 

.2 
.2 
.  1 

Do 

E 

E 

E 

E 

ESE 

W 

W 

.2 
.  1 

..1 
.1 
..2 
..2 
.  3 

....do 

...do 

...do 

Cloudy 

...do  

Few  clouds . 

Clear  

HalVs  Meteorolofikal  Journal 


SEPTEMDEK,  IWiT) 


509 


,3eo. 

,35°. 


tor. 


Inst 


37°. 


Locality. 

Date. 

Thw.S. 

Bar. 

In. 
30.54 
.45 

.30 
.34 

29.90 
.87 
.85 
.86 

30.04 

"26.90 

.94 

.97 

.98 

.92 

.90 

.88 

30.06 

.02 

20.80 

30.00 

.02 

.20 

"  .12 

.22 

wind. 

Sky. 

Remarks. 

26th  Enc't,  Fort 

Hope. 
I^t.     06°31'N. 
Lona.  86°  W  W. 

1865. 

Sept.  8, 6  a.  m. 

m. 

3  p.m. 

7  p.  m. 

0, 6  a.  ni. 

m. 

3  p.  ra. 

7  p.m. 

10. 6  a.  m. 

m. 
3  p.m. 
7  p.m. 

11.7  p.m. 
12,6b.  m. 

m. 

13. 6  a.  m. 

ni. 

3  p.  m. 

7  p.  m. 

14, 0  a.  m. 

16. 7  a.  m. 
7  p.  nv 

17, 7  a.  m. 

7  p.  m. 

18, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

3  p.  ra. 

7  p.  m. 

10,7  a.m. 

ra. 

3  p.  ra. 

7  p.m. 

20,7  a.m. 

m. 

3  p.m. 

7  p.  m. 

21, 7  «.  m. 

m. 

3  p.m. 

7  p.m. 

22, 6  a.  m. 

m. 

3  p.m. 

7  p.  m. 

23,6  a.m. 

m. 

3  p.m. 

7  p.  m. 

24,6  a.m. 

m. 
3  p.m. 
7  p.  m. 
25, 6  a.  m. 
m. 
3  p.m. 
7  p.m. 
26, 0  a.  m. 
m. 
3  p.m. 
7  p.  ra. 
27, 6  a.  ra. 
m. 
3  p.m. 
7  p.  m. 
28,0  a.m. 
ra. 
3  p.  ra. 
7  i>.  m. , 
20, 0  a.  ni. ' 
m.  1 
3  p.  m.  1 
7  p.  m.  1 

0 

34 
42 
42 
38 
33 

K 

.  1 
.  2 
..4 
.6 
.2 
.  3 
.  i 
.4 
.6 
.5 
.4 
..1 
.3 
.3 
.4 
.  4 
.3 
.3 

.3 
.   5 

5 

Overcast  — 
...do  

Thor.  lowest  lost  night,  31°. 

Ruin.                                                ' 
Rain.                                                \ 
Snow;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  32°.  ] 

Mist. 
Rain. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  28°. 

Rain. 

Rain. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  25°. 

Ther.  lowest  hist  night,  24°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  20°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  23°. 

SE 

ESE 

ESE 

ESE 

NW 

NW 

NW 

NW 

NW 

NW 

NW 

8SE 

8W 

SW 

S 

SE 

SE 

ESE 

N 

W 

Do 

Overcast ... 

...  do  

...do    

Few  clouds  . 

Cloudy    . . . 
do 

Clear 

Overcast 

..  do 

...do  

....do  

...do 

...do  

...do 

Cloudy 

Overcast — 
...do  

Cloudy 

Overcast 

Cloudy 

38 
34 
32 
40 
38 
33 
36 
37 
42 
36 
40 



20 

26 

■■  si' 

27 
24 
30 
28 
26 
22 

Do  

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

wsw . . . 
WNW  ... 

w    

NW 

NW 

NW 

NW 

N 

N 

N 

NNW.... 

NAV 

NW 

.5 
..4 
.3 
..6 
.  5 
..5 
.5 
.2 
.  4 
..5 
.  .2 
'..'& 

Do 

Do 

'cVoiidy'!!.;; 

..  do 

Overcast  ... 

Overcast.... 
...do 

Suow. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  18°. 

Snow. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  20°. 

Snow. 

Suow. 

Snow. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  18°. 

Snow. 

Snow. 

Snow.                                               1 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  20°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  20°. 

Rain  and  suow. 

Rain  and  snow. 

Ruiu  and  snow. 

Drizzling  niin  and  snow;    ther. 

lowest  last  night,  20°. 
Drizzling  rain  and  snow. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  17°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  22°. 

Snow. 

Snow. 

Snow. 

Snow ;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  28°. 

Drizzling  rain. 

Drizzling  rain. 

Drizzling  rain. 

Snow. 

Ther.  lowent  last  night,  V>. 

Do  

Do 

"  '22 
20 

"'.'24' 
.23 

20 

20 
24 
25 
22 
20 
33 
34 
26 
30 

'".'36 
.40 
.46 
.40 
.48 
.50 
.48 
.48 
.50 
.38 

NW 

NW 

NW 

NW 

NW 

NW 

NW 

N.  l)y  W.. 

SE... 

SE 

SE 

E 

NW 

NW 

NNW    ... 
N.  by  W.. 
nnVv  .... 

N 

N  . 

ENE 

SE 

SE 

SE 

SE 

N.  bvW.. 
NNW  .... 

NW 

NW 

NNW 

..6 
.8 
.0 
.  7 
..7 
.6 

-.1 
.  4 
.  2 
.3 
.4 
.5 
.1 
.10 

.10 
.  8 
..8 
.  5 
.  3 
.  3 
..1  i 

:\ 
.4 
.4 
..4 

..7 
..9 1 

10   ! 

Cloudy 

Do 

Few  clouds . 

...do  

...do    

Cloudy 

Overcast 

Do 

Do 

Do  

32' 

26 

20 
25 
22 
20 

"'29."  82' 
30.00 
1 
.20 
.28 
.33 
.50 

':;::.:::;;: 

Cloudy 

...  do 

...do  

...do  

..  do 

...do  

Overcast 

...  do 1 

...  do 

..  do 

Overcast — 
Cloudy 

do : 

...do  

Overcast ' 

..  do 

...  do 

...  do 

Cloudy 

Do 

22' 

24 
32 

36' 

20 

22' 

22 

'.!5i 
.30 
;21 

"".'64 
29.98 

"36.' 3U' 
66 

Do  

Do 

Do      

NNW.... 
NNW  .... 
N.  l>y  \y. . 

NW 

NW 

SE 

E 

::4' 
..4 ' 
.2 ' 
.  .2 
1 

is' 

13 

"'.'so' 

.78 

22 

".'eo" 

.1 
.1 

...do  

Overcast  ...j 

510 


HalVs  Meteorological  Journal. 

September—October,  ISfiT). 


Locality. 


nate. 


Ther.  3. 


26th  Enc't,  Fort 

Hope. 
Lat.     flfio  31'  N. 
Lone.  80°  .WW.' 


1805. 
S<>pt.30,6 


Oct. 


Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 


Do. 


Do. 


3 

7 

1,0 

7 
2,7 

7 
3,7 

7 
4,7 

7 
5,7 

7 
0,7 

7 
7,7 

7 
8,7 

7 
9,7 

7 
10,7 

7 
11,7 

7 
12,7 

7 
13,7 

7 
14,7 

7 
15,7 

7 
16,7 

7 
17,7 

7 
18,7 

7 
19,7 

7 
20,7 


a.  m. 

m. 

p.  m. 

p.m. 

a.  ID. ! 

m. ; 

p.  m.  I 

n.  m. ' 


m. 
p.m. 
a.  m. 

m. 
p.m. 
a.  m. 

m| 
p.  m. 
u.  m.  I 

m.l 
p.m.  I 
c.  m.  I 

m. ' 
p.  m. ' 
a.  m.  \ 

ni.  1 
p.  m. 
a.  m. 

m. 
p.  m. 
a.  m. 

m. 
p.  m. 
a.  m.  I 

m. 
p.m. 
a.  m.  i 

m. 
p.  m.  i 
a.  m. ' 

m. 
p.  m. 
n.  m.  \ 

m. 
p.  m. 
a.  m. 

m. , 
p.  m. 
a.  m. 

■"'I 
p.  111. 

a.  m. 

m. ! 
p.m.! 
a.  m. 

m.  ] 
p.m. 
a.  m. 

m.  I 
p.  m. 
a.  m. ' 

m. 
p.  m. 
a.  m. : 


m. 

7  p.  m. 

21, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.m. 

22, 7  a.  m. 

m, 
7  p.  m. 


Bar. 


Wind. 


Sky. 


12 
20 

"\% 
7 
24 
18 
20 
28 
27 
28 
34 
34 


32 
30 
28 
26 
26 
27 
24 
24 
28 
20 
22 
27 
28 
23 
30 
24 
21 
23 
21 
23 
25 
18 

6 
18 
10 

«l 

15 

" 
31  I 

34  ! 

31  ! 

21  1 

23  I 

20  I 

20 

24 

6 

30 

30  i 

29 

26 

29 

25 

20  I 

22 
19 
20 

24 
22 

21  ' 
20 
20 


In. 

30.  58 
.64 

■  .'72 
.65 
.72 
.70 
.70 
.68 
.68 
.55 
.47 
.38 
.25 
.00 

29.80 
.90 
.97 

30.07 
.00 

29.98 
.98 

30.20 

•  .20 
.26 
.22 
.23 
.26 
.34 
.86 
.38 
.45 
.45 
.46 
.38 
.32 
.36 
.30 
.32 
.34 
.50 
.53 
.64 
.66 
.60 
.37 

29.90 
.85 
.82 

30.05 
.12 
.15 
.10 
.07 
.02 

29.60 
.57 
.68 
.75  1 
.80  I 
.85 
.90  • 


N.  by  W....2 

N 4 

N.bv  W...  5 

NNW 6 

NW 3 

NW 2 

NE 1 

S.  by  W  ...3 

S 4 

S 3 

8.  by  E 5 

8 4 

S.  by  W  ...1 

8SB! 1 

SE 4 

8E 5 

NW 9 

NTV 9 

NUW 8 

NW 8 

NW 9 

NW 9 

NW 5 

NW    3 

Wfr 1 

SSW 2 

SSW 1 

S.  bvE 2 

S  ..■; 1 

SSE 1 

NNE 1 

NW 3 

NW 4 

NNW 

NW 3 

NW 4 

NW 5 

N 1 

N 2 

N.  byE  ...  2 

N 6 

N      6 

NW 5 

N 1 

8 1 

8E 3 

S8W 5 

S.By  W...  4 

SSW 5 

NE 1 

W 3 

W 3 

NNW 2 

NW 1 

NW 1 

SE 8 

8E 8 

SE 8 

E 5 

E    4 

ENE    3 

NNW 8 


Overcast  ... 

Cloudy 

...do. 

Overcast 

...do 

...  do 

...do  

....do 

...do 

....do  

....do 

....do 

.-..do 


Bemarks. 


Overcast... 

Clondy 

....do: 

Overcast. .. 

Cloudy 

Overciist . . . 

Cloudy  .     . 

..  do    ' 

...do  

Overcast ' 

...do    

-do 

.. -do    ! 

Cloudy ! 

Overcast 

Clondy j 

Overcast  . . 

...  do  

...  do  

..  do I 

...  do  

....do ! 

Cloudy 

.    do    

....do  

...  do  

Few  clouds 

Clondy 

...do 

Few  clouds . 

Overcast 

...do  

...do    

...do  

....do  

...do  

....do    

....do 

Clear  

Overcast... 

..  do 

...do  

...do    

Cloudy    .... 

Overcast 

..  do 


.  00  NNW  . 

.  88  ;  NNW 

.  80  j  NNW 

.  79  '  NNW  , 

.  88  I  NNW  , 

30. 12  i  NNW 

.  20  i  NNW 

.24  :  NNW, 


10 
10 
10 

.10 
10 

.10 
10 
10 


..do 
.  do 
..do 


....do... 

do.... 

...do  .... 
....do  .... 
...do.... 


Ther.  lowest  last  nit;ht,  9°. 

Snow ;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  6°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  17°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  27°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  32°. 
Fog;  i-ain. 

Snow ;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  80°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  26°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  23°. 
Ther.  lowest  lost  night,  14°. 


Fog;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  22°. 
Fog. 

Ther.  lowest  last  uight,  20°. 
Snow  spitting  at  times. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  19°. 

Snow. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  3°. 

Fog. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  5°. 

Aurora. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  5°. 

Aurora. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  29°. 


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  20°. 


Snow ;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  Vf>. 

Aurora. 

Snow ;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  4°. 

Snow. 

Snow. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  26°. 


Snow  and  drift;  ther.  lowest  last 

night,  20°. 
Snow  and  drift. 
Snow  and  drift. 
Snow  and  drift;  ther.  lowest  last 

night,  20°. 
Snow  and  drift. 
Snow  and  drift. 

Drift;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  20°, 
Drift. 
Drift. 


is^''^.ta-i^.-.^'.t.<-"-'<f.j^i»MS-Ii.^: 


HaWs  Meteorological  Journal. 


511 


OCTOBKH,    IHfif). 


Locality. 


26th  Enc't,  Fort 

Hope, 
tat.     (160  31'N. 
Long.  86°  56' W. 


Date 


1865. 
Oct.  23, 7 

7 
24,7 


Do. 
Do. 
Do. 


I 


7 
25,7 

7 
26,7 

7 
27,7 


• 

Ther.  3. 

Bor. 

0 

In. 

a.  m. 

3 

30.40 

m. 

5 

.44 

p.  m. 

4 

.48 

a.  m. 

10 

.66 

m. 

18 

.58 

p.m. 

18 

.72 

a.  m. 

18 

.80 

m. 

23 

.82 

p.m. 

17 

.85 

a.  m. 

30 

.67 

m. 

29 

.55 

p.m. 

26 

.47 

a.  va. 

23 

.30 

m. 

25 

.28 

p.m. 

20 

.24 

Wind. 


NNW  ....  11 

NNW 11 

NNW 11 

KNW 11 

NNW 11 

NNW 11 

NW 8 

NW 9 

AVNW 8 

W 1 

SE 1 

N 1 

NNW 8 

NNW 9 

NNW 8 


Sky. 


Overcoat 
..  do. 
...do. 
..do., 
...do.. 
. .  do  . . 
Clear  . . 
. .  do  . . 
..do.. 
Cloudy 
. .  .do  . . 
...do    , 
Few  clonds 
..do 
...do 


Itcmarks, 


Drift;  ther.  lowest  last  niiilit,  3^. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Drift;  ther.  lowest  last  niglit.  S". 

Di'il't;  perhaps  snowiui;. 

Drift. 

Drift;  ther.  lowest  last  niglit,  18°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 


Drift;  ther.  lowest  Inst  niiiht,  23°. 
Drift. 

Drift;  discovered  tlint  (lier.  Xo.  3 
bod  air  iu  the  biilh. 


■m 


'I 
■m 


•}'■■':> 


512 


HaWs  Meteorological  Journal. 


^\ 


M' 


i 


%. 


'a 


o 

\ 

O 


CO 


I 


I 


I 


f) 


•s 


^'S 


o   ft 


8.7 


I      I, 


«A 

«?, 

?,^ 

&&> 

&S. 

i.?. 

AS. 

S, 

%~. 

^^''7 

1 

r*  1 

1     1 

1    1 

Iff 

I«- 

li- 

L-r* 

v«' 

irtci" 

«•"■ 

.n«" 

S 

S 

Pi 

s^ 

1 1 

f' 

71 

■ri 

i 

I'-r 

hrf 

1 

"V 

;.o- 

itf 

itf 

o 

n 

i 

1 

a  1 

-• 

i' 

CO 

2 

M 

0 

1" 

•a 

•a 

'3 

u 

B 
1 

a 

■? 

o 

^j 

B 

1 1 


« 


5       .2       5       —       —       5       ■" 


;a       _o        o 


2» 
E  » 


o 


I 


A 
H 


-3  : 


S(5 


-  .  s    • 


>h     jr-isftSs    't. 


H 


^S 


CO      CO 


>-  £"2 


o  J'  o  o  i-'S  o  ""S  o  "  E  e  o  o  ©"Sc  o'S  so  i-     "2  S  o  ,"  «  =  l.  n 


I 


UU   :b40     h< 


OO     <J 


3   oS 


■  fH 


oasiftift     eaxtft^^eoc'i^e^?4nciC4Me4'^co4nto^co<on 


^.^^ 


ciiO(0^<H(N94no     t--iAmpi^ 


^^^^ 


StrJa' 


2     5 


H     H 


>! 


t-  t-*  O)  ra  03 


JJ  L  I  II. 


la 


Cl  •*■  ^       o  •*  ?1 

777.  J  77 


t-  X  ci  »o  -^ 

77. 


4A 


7  II  II  17777777 
7i  I  I  I  17777777 


i>|  f-i  rH  •-<  1-4 

I   II    I    I 

1 77^  1 7  I  1 777.777JJ ij J  1 7777777 


-  ifS  CO  O  lO 

'  t^  9A        <d  O  00 

7l     Ml 


7jj  II  17777777 


I  I 


7  ■•  1 7  1 7. 
7  i  i777 

ci  M  ^  c  t*  ci  o  a  CD  CO 

7  I  i7  i7 

■*J«  O  I-  M      '  X  o  ^ 

l7  l7  :        '" 


c)  lo  -^  CO  ep 

j777^ 


C<IM!si^»^OrH(Mi-4C^H<N        ffl 


[l7f 

in  Nt^eo<Dift 

.:.i77il 

lMt*co<ot- 

11777^ 


to      •        ?1      .  (M  00  t 

C-l      ■        C-I      '  CO  M  C% 


asss    ssssasssssaaasaaasEssss    aaaasaasss 


*         .  o  o 
J  aw  By 

g     34 


P.e3       Pica        p.«a        P^eS       Ph:^        P.  :3        P.  A 
O"  -^  t-**  cf  prf  V  (ft" 


cd         P^CJ         P<C3         P<C3 
L>.        i-t^        t^|>        t-t* 


I 


aaaaaS 

P,c3        P<9 


3 


o 


S     S     (!     5 


cooo 
O        «        0        O 


t  I 


Hairs  Meteorological  Journal. 


513 


i 


■?8. 


?l 

&& 

«©' 

irJei 

to 

irt  o 

?->       ?,&    9>       % 


■2-       ?, 


4' 


"  M 


pf 

■a 

« 

•& 

S 

fl 

rf 

el 

PS* 

°5 

to 

1 

1 

•a 

•a 

•a 

'^i 


?; 


'S 


Ji 
u 

■a 


i  '-  o  o  tt 


J         I         I         III 


^ 

le 

ir 

^ 

o 

o 

ja 

d^ 

00 

♦^ 

B 

.    .  t-. 

tiSfe 

b 

bftC  - 

bjj 

O  0J3 

o  Srfa 

^P»hH 

Es, 

Ph<1H 

H 

.2        5        o 


S^ 


I 


iSi : 


8,'    .9 


a  " 


H     POH 


ff 


S    1; 


-     "c 


4-     .    •• 


«  **  bt 

Mb  J 

.a  si"^ 


'"fi  i 


h    1 

tc    a 

«     i 


■S  i'S 


I— I    t^.^H      '    .'J        CO   S^     ■      •    S*j 

iir'i'il'li 


o  g  o      o  o  o  " 


■g  S  o  o  o  e 

5^  ;  ;  :  : 


OS 

III 


C1C4C09ic4<O^MC>lC«m 


0^^     t^oeinm 


P4     H 


ftfsnnn      i-tr^i^ 


!  '^g    "  s    % 


O  CA  tr.  P  cc  tc 

in  o  ^  >n  9  c) 
^  ^  M  «  o  © 


\n  m  u:  LA  !.•:  ia      \n 


m  in  m 

<-^ci  ^  (D  f  ^ 

«  rH  U  f  ICI 


MOMfJIO!        t-CO'- 


1 



irf 

1 

^00  eo 

t»MM^«0  5D 

ii7  7i 

VTi 

\r.      lo 

mm             lo                            mtoiAiA         mmu 

1  o  M^5y  O! 


« 


lAtA 


°?l        S?5M        WCOWMMrt        CCCJNNMWffJ«<NWWiH        nS«        HwStlPO 


mm  IT. 

^  »H  ?■!  CI  1- 


I 


?i     » 


1    1 

1    1 
m 

^  tr;  w 

1  1 

m  m 

-•f  m« 

6 

ess 

assEsa 

t«t*     t- 03  e«  t«  o>  ce  i>  o» 

aaa 

aaasa 

dfi.<s  dd 

COt*0)«t> 

saasas 

es  ddc9  dd 
o  « i>  9}  m  t^ 

saa 

A  do. 
a>nc- 

Jl 


d  O 


o 

p 


o 

p 


s   s 


S.  Ex. '27 33 


614 


IlaWs  Mchoroloffical  JoKtmil. 


mn 


\m 


1 


t  I 


u 

> 


a 


•3 

.a 


I 
I 


1^ 


1 

T^ 

! 

1  1 

■* 

3? 

o 

T 

1 

i 

.SI 

a 

sr'i  I 


i 

to 
a 


a 
I 

^2. 


It  =  •  I 

■  3  5"    - 

"        '■  I  =o' 

^    I  a  1-  I 


2.S 


II 


?•?.. 


^    If" 


^ 


•-  --..f    ", 


sir  c.^i 
5  .i  = 


_2  ^ 


=  to"2  =r  ttTT 


giB 
So- 


^ P  C      «  d  C^ 
.a  to  2  |-C<o"C  C  E 


u   I  '-■u 


2''  — 
«—  - 

Mr 

^.2  5'"  a 


r1      f 


ia 


.a 
a 


»      -s 


i«      si 


a.a 


;i 


5 


;i  I 


*    o 


W  tH  M  ^  M  -H  . 


C     OSS     r'oboess  o'2  oeo      esc     es  fa's  s  c  '^  s 
0     :  :  :    i4    5  :  :  :  ;  :o  !  !  :      '6     '■  -uo    SZ  '■ 


s 


3 
S 

t 

.a 
H 

K 

■o 

3 
S 


I-  5      e  >a 


—ifflt-       h-t-«0^«^ 


MM'<f»H        «MO        XM-TIMM^-MCI     '^        ClClrtWtft 


t.-t  .^  ■* -t  Ti  ri  ri      1-:  ?i  rt      o  X  »»-3  CO  eo  ^  M  X  o  fi  CI 


•-  -     *  ■        1ft- 

'       Q   N  -f  CI  ■«•»  PM  H  M 

I  III 

j      ^  ,-  ^  ^  .-:  ^  tc  irs 

I     I    I    1 1  I 

^  71  <4>  ^  e^  ^  ci  <M 

I     I        III. 

I    .J I  Ll_ 

I  ^ 

I.I  II 


I  I  II  f  II  f  I  I  I  I 

>•-  w  -  3'  a  3  s  ^  :^  Ij  =  = 
VI  I  '! 


?i  rt      CI  •  I 

III  I  II  I  II  II  : 

iO         1^  lA  1.^  l.-^  . 

Ci  »  CJ  (-^  ^  Tl  QC  ■ 


Cld»H 

L 


II  II  II  II 

m  lit  u^  o 

fi  f  o  o  -^  ci  'j^  "^  ^  X  ri  o 

ji1'7ri-777Tii 

\n  xn  o 

OM>««OX^MO«dr^iri 
*^  pH  ^I  ^I  '^^  "^  '^  C^  '^1  ^4  ^4  p«4 

I  I  iVf  l"f  f  I  I  I  I 


,1.1 '  -I  I  f  I  I  I  [f 

Lt'  ff  i  'J  ^  M  X  ^  ?  I  S  S  f 

r^  ^^  7  I  n  ?i  M  rt  rt 

III  I  I  I  I  II  f  f 

ir^  -1  »  ^  1-  X  -r  Ti  c  ai  q    .    . 

jTi  urn 7 77^. 


77  I    iiiii'i7'f77  7li71 


CO  i-t  (d      p5  o  »  -rt  s  -^  I-  ri    • 

77 1    I    li'i'ii-f  i 


.-5  ^z^T.  ;:.  £.  :4 
r.  M  I-  Cl  ,-c  1--  51 


:S3 


I  a  £  S  a  s  s  ( 


;^&.n  P<S<:;  Z.Z.C3  O.^.':; 


aaa      sa  =  =  a  =  =:aca      =aaca 

d.a.s        a.£.H^£>:s«S<:3.-'        dc.e3fi*« 
ro  i-  31      ?t  I-  -.  -m-  ^  ^:  a  t^  J»      re  t--  «  «  i'- 


O.S     ?5jS 

1=2  ss 

w^'^iss 

■*! 

|i«^a^ 

P 

s     33 

o 
O 


s         s 

a     Q 


s  t^      *-  'fs  7^ 

^       33._ 


HaWs  Mcterologkal  Journal. 


615 


1 


1 


•c-n 


'a 


H 


^ 
^ 


o  o  o  f^ 

-«  f  Jj  l!) 


-      ;;       ^       n       d 

9        5        ja        -e         'e 


'a 


ja 
H 


3      i 


a 


O  O  "* 


4         * 

-  ■  >■' 

tl  tl  ;  < 

.=  ,0  P:" 


:e 


a 


^ 


be 


3 
I 


M    M    3     s 


,2        —       5       —       —       5        —        * 


^  o 
■°  a 


9)    s;    ?.    a    g;    t    •    • 
I     T    T    1    f    1    s    ^ 

w         *o         <tf         «'         »         ^  I       ,     I 


ja 
.5f 


'a 


s  I  I 

•^  I  I 

9  !*  S 

«  o  P 


tans    sasasA 


1-. 

>:  P'2 


■3  '^-s 


;l 


•  !!''2  o  H  c  o  o 

6  :£u  :uo  ' 


oao^n^coc4cot«fHi-ic»«o^^iM^^c4i-'^mto&mi')C4tou)eoe^i^n9ic^C4^i'3h-oooo9»o 


>^  1?,  S5  ?;  >5  >?;  i5  >!i ;«;!«;  »5  >5  ?;?!;  >!5  ii5  J«; » !z;  Zi  J?;??  w  ""■" "- 


•Sg 


?i 


s 


a 


71' 


tOU)  lA  U3 


:i^l^llllllW!!mgilTTTT77^^^^ 


I  __l.lLi:L!j777777!ti:7rfj7TLlJJj7 


ja 
H 


rf     I     o 


sBSisaaaassaSsasaeasBsssasBSESSEsaEssscSScSSS 

3  ds.:;  C.C.S  dds  ddn  dda  a>s.a9  £•&«  c.c.d  de..-:  p.c.ai  dc.:^  C.C.T  c,d«  ddx  dd 


e         s 


0 


.a       (S       (§       5       (S 


<S     (I     (S 


i 


I 


'  ll  '^' 

' 

i 

§ 


516 


HaWs  Meteorological  Journal. 


I 


\i     I 


:   .-..A-*    .    ■.v-i.i:.,-^ 


I 


!■. 


IlalPs  Meteoroloffical  Journal. 


nn 


1 

«r 

o 

1 

irT 

Jll 

£ 

1 

t 

s 

last 

1 

low 

5S 


Tl" 


CE. 
ni- 


CO 


!i^  %i 


h 


I  ^ 


?j     ^     §>     f. 


••  rt  ^ 


•a     « 

<^  -w  V 

I   I   i 


I 


.a 

'a 


it  ^         ^ 


.■i 

a 


III 


u 

•a 


I      I 


'S 


•a 


J     I 


u 

a 


h 


tt 

•a 


a 


8,' 
1 


—  J3  -H 


St  is  it  t. 

o  I  o  s 

ir.r.-s.r* 


S,       5       5       "       ^*~'i"^'z-='=  — 


s;  .-a :-  s 

b.     U     k>    U 


»>. 


c  5 
«  3 

't  It 


!«  it  !t  ! 


sacc 


!-* 


■.•J.'c 


\^  \ 


.     1^    ■  = 
e  «      o 


;■§ : 


:■«  ■  '-s : ; 


■S"  t- S  se  so  c'i'He-Jo'-Ki^e  t  o  o  e  c  e  o  o  =  =  s  .  ^  c  .  ^ 


•5?! 


JJJJll  I  I  ■  ■  ■ 


innn"fii"i77rLM7i  1 1  n  1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

'•777!TT  I  I  iTri'TTTriTTTfi'TTTTT  i  iTi'TTT  i  iT  i  i  i 


asssaassaaBSsasasseeaeaasaaaaaasBsssssH 

n  ftdca  &.art  P-ftrt  P.&:s  ei  &«  drt  O-S^a  C.drt  e.d?3  C-drt  ci.S.ca  ^£.3  C.P.W 

Sirf  t3  I--*  QO'  of  O"      <-"'  C^r  Co"  *lf  rt*  ®  t:**  Ct 


sssas 

=.C.:i  do. 
n  h-  CS  M  I- 


*"      tifl 

33 


o 


o 


pa      P 


e 


o 
P 


o 

p 


518 


HaWs  Meteorological  Journal. 


m 


1 

!     \ 


^ 

K 


■! 


\ 


o 
n 

H 

I 

< 


2.         2. 


?3 
I 


I         I 


tc 

•a 


09; 


III 


500 


■*«-»*♦* 


to 

•a 


A 

M 


1 


•a 


a 


J  3  S       HS 

-       ^       -     £" 


!«    5  * 


•3     I 


c 


■3         -m"         5         I         J      23 


uv  w  ltd  wm,    ^  "** 

O  O  «  ,«   ©         4J 

(t         ^         if         £5     & 


C  C  u  ;-  ; 


.ir 


osa 


H 


A 


5  a 

a;3 


g  £  £  G  4:  S  £  ^  S  iS  jS  C  C  G  3 
ja  *fc  'E  'S  "C  *n  *S  'S  'E  'C  *E  'E  '1^  'C  *f 


■"o-g 


&^     -U 


1^ 

£0 


^fei 


■  f*y 


.  a 


>?  ■   '-^ 


•o 

.  a 

"ca'O'O'oa.o.a^  — ^^3.^!s§ 
;^5 


o  o  o  o  oi 


00  '300; 


'  6  ' 

:3 


o  ■ 

■  3 


;  0  0  1.  o  "S 


I>-r-*0?lM?-lfflr-(t-iMrHT-t^l?tr5r-(C<I'^rOClC^IC<I««it-t--t-Xt>r>t-OtttO«0«Ct-i 


i^s  ■?;■'■  'g^s §i  '§ 

Si 

• 

0    ; 

; 

; 

i 

ts-* 

77 

7 

7! 

777 

7 

rt  r;  « 

1  1  1 

1 

10  ^1  0  M  CO  0  S 

7777777 

0    ; 

IT 

on- 

'    1 1 

IT 

1 

rl 

1 

1 

1 

Ti 

1 

7! 

71 

II 

1 

a 


1' 

£ 

s 

» 

B. 

•n 

g 

**■ 

titbtt 

P 

^-^ 

< 

F^P^Pk 

oo©oot-oocj«oeooot-ioi<0(N-«*tci^u53:t>oo;cjoo^r;'MC)ffi«-(OOi-"x:oaoc;i    . 

_M„LU  I  I  I  I  iTl  I  M  I IJ_J  .1,1.1  I.I  UJ.IJJI  I  I  IJ_ 


;  iii 


asasaasaaaaaassssesaaaaaaaasaaasssscssScss 

^  e^Ad  P>a.s  d.(i?3  P4P<<:«  P.Q4?S  P*^:^  d^cj  P.S<:^  diP<e^  P-idi  ri  d.^:i  ^dn  £.^W  Z4Z4 

i-T         ^r  rf         V  irT  «r         !<•'  cc"  Ci  o"  ^'  «'  rr  tr 

(M  CI  ci    '      Ti  CI  ri  cc  rt 

I 


77 


SB 


.?> 


o 
P 


o 

p 


§Sv5 

djaS* 

PS    .M 

«-g  a 


3 

P 


a  .  w^  .  M 


SA 


HalPs  Meteorological  Journal. 


519 


'A 


'5 


utntc 


»^'A 

•  AGO 

•  CiO) 

;^  ■ 


:n 


SB5 

d  S.B. 


=t?-N 


JSO    O 

•^  COCO 

OC  ©  CO 


i^4. 


if 

1 

^ 

t 

•1 

** 

o 

.^ 

1 

1 

*iui 

■^ 

■* 

1 

Ift 

1 

JZ 

,.- 

-^ 

tii 

6 

>?5 

0 

^ 

a 

y. 

ED 

tf: 

^ 

■4- 

tt 

—• 

a 

I 

I 

a 


a     a     i 


•a 


3 
I 

■& 
s 


r      s 


a 
u 


■S         S         o         e 

^  S  ao  fc- 

5  (C  ^  ^  ,c 


S       5 


+^  •**  M  H  W  *i 

00  m  ^  -kit  .^i  m 

5      5       S       S       I      J 


5        S       S        9 

■^  >-*  f^  rA 


5^-2 


a 


as 
■«! 

X 
03 


H         S 


:  o        Spi? 


,  N  N   4' 
»■   St  d^ 

wan 


iicsj  a 


p  -  .  .  t- 

5  S  O  OJ3  a  B  u  - 


P  » 
«  o 


is  Is  IteCig  t; 


e  tl 


K  a:  X  a 

^  V  x  9 

ec  if  le  £ 

5  2  i£i 


M  *j_^  *^_  J^  -__  >TT  ■TT     *  ^*^^ 


■ET 
OS 


SsiSS  HXS'S  iititMti.2 


poi: 


&(  :wy 


■  K  ■  ■ 

i  "  r  e  r  r 


•^    -ri 


«  t^ 


fe^fe 


■^?i^'*'rirsr-;»Tiri«i*l'»Mp-.-irtift!Ot^r-t-aoxoo!caDaOMM«M'^?)r^t-i:* 


^^fei5-s^&^&^^>^?:^fe^?:fc:p:!S^b 


^t:ff^fc 


soot      ^t-t~<oiO'^^c*c-ir^9&dbcxjciS>9niavt~t^t'-inilnco^^^t^'7i^rriS^tC'*^c-.ai':'in(n 


s 


s 


°iiii  irnvrn\rmi1rfniifnvvrn1vrrmTn 


^      ,     o 


■  --c      Ti  "t  'J  n  s  -t  o  ?i 

M  llT  I  I.IJ_;.J,U_:  :_l:J  LI  ■ 


seas    ss; 


iSSfSSEBSSSaEESeSSSSSRsSSESSSSSSSBSSS 


Silo 


WW  §5 


c 


3 

p 


620 


HalVs  Meteorological  Journal. 


I 


1" 


•< 

D 

n 


^    8; 


s 


I 

I 

% 

a 


Ji  I 


■a 

■a 


I 

q 


•a 


1      I 


^ 
d 


a 


t.    O    ■.>l  IH    P  £ 


3  -  n" 

^  3  S  2 

43  to  9.2 

tf  I  1^      ^      s      § 

^  o  f^+S «  «*-  3      o          o 


5? 


55    Soy    fcuu 


M    u 


SI 


^•1 


M^t^Clf-4l>OOr^^i 


g^s 


fe^ 


fS. 


XSOOt-MTIMeOC-KMtH 


1 

L-S  Ift  <S-  C;  C-l  15  TO  (Tti  h-  O  <N  lO  O  CO  M  o  oi<x>  :c  r-  O  O  iCi  =>  c 

.Wf^ricfci-^wio'^^iftioi-'st'-xcoiftwciascioncc^t- 

^S 

e> 

0    ;  ;  : 

1 

i> 

0   ;  ;  ! 

e 

tci    1    o   :  ;  : 

1        '  '■  '■ 

1 

\ 

^ 

0    :;;'.;:;:;:::;:;::;;;;;;:;;; 

sassaaaaaasaasaasassssssiaaa 

d  0.^*:^  &04f8  fipicB  P4&d  P<P<:^  dfi^E^  p*P4e3  P.O.cd  P«pt 


r.     ?i 


-33 


5 


P         « 


<S 


HalVs  Meteorological  Journal. 


521 


March,  1866. 


Wind. 


Sky. 


Remnrks. 


20th  Enc't. 
(Saiiii>n8  2fitb.) 
Lat.    OGo  -iV  N. 
Long.  80°  50' W. 


Bo 
Do 
Do. 
Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Do 
Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Do 

Do. 
Do. 

Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do 

Do 

Do 
Do. 


186U.     ' 

o 

Mar.  l,On.  lu. ' 

—  30 

:i  p.  ni. 

—  24 

7  p.  111. 

—  3U 

2, 9  a.  ni. 

—  32 

3  p.  ni. 

—  17 

7  p.  111. 

—  31 

3, 0  a.  HI. 

—  14 

3  p.m. 

—  12 

7  p.  111. 

—  10 

4, 0  u.  m.  1 

~  19 

3  p.  m.  j 

—  22 

7  p.  in.  1 

—  24 

5, 9  a.  m. ! 

—  20 

3  p.  m. 

-24 

7  p.  m. 

—  24 

0, 9  a.  m. 

3  p.  in.  j 
7  p.  m. ! 

7, 9  a.  m.  I 
3  p.  m.  I 
7  i>.  111.  ' 

8, 9  a.  m.  j 
3  p.  m.  i 
7  p.  in.  I 

9, 9  a.  in. 

3  p.  m.  I 

7  p.  la.  1 

10, 9  a.  m. ' 


7  p.  m.  I 
13,9  a.  m.  I 

3  p.  m.  i 

7  p.  m.  I 
14, 9  a.  in. ; 

3  p.  in. 


3  p.  in.  i 
7  p.  111.  i 
19, 9  a.  m. 

3  p.  in.  j 
7  p.  in. 

20, 9  a.  in. ! 
3  p.  m.  I 
7  p.  in.  i 

21, 9  a.  m. 
3  p.  m.  i 
7  p.  m.  I 


In.  I 

28.00  I  'VTNW 

.  04  I  WNW 

27.05  !  WNW 

28. 13  1  NNW 

.08  HW  .. 

.00  NNW 

27. 60  SSE  . . 

.  52  ;  NW  . . 

.40  '  WNW 


24 

19 
10 
26 
18 
16 
16 
6 
10 
■  20 

•21 

.  22 

23 


3  p.  m. 

—  10 

7  p.  m. 

—  29 

11, 9  a.  ni. 

—  30 

3  p.  ni. 

—  22 

7  p.m. 

-24 

12, 0  a.  in. 

—  20 

—  10 

•  25 

■  27 

■  10 

•  30 
•.30 

10 


7  p.  m.  i    —  10 


15, 0  a.  m.  —  30 
3  p.  m.  —  19 
7  p.  m. '    —  25 

16, 9  a.  m. 
3  p.m. 
7  p.  ra. 

17, 9  a.  ra. 
3  p.  m. 
7  p.  m. 

18, 9  a.  m. 


30 
16 
34 
34 
23 
20 
6 

16 
10 


25  i 
20  I 

6 

6 

S 

4 

5 
12 


.53 
.58 
.00 
.70 


NNW 
NNW 
NNW 
NNW 


.  78  NNW 
.80  I  NNW 
.  94  I  NNW 

.  94  NNW 
.  98  N.\W 
.  98  i  NNW 
.01  I  Calm  . 
.  42     NW  . . 


26.08 
.98 
.08 

.98 

.98 

.98 

29.74 

.70 

.84 
30.04 

.02 
20.82 

.64 

.70 
.70 
.80 
.88 
.83 
.66 
.44 


.36 

.44 

.38 
.34 
.30 
.35 
.44 
.60 
.58 
.50 
.34 


N 
N\W 
NW.. 
NW.. 

NNTV 
NNW 
NNW 

NE  . . . 
NNE  . 
NNW 
NNW 
NNW 
NNW 

NNW 
NNW 
NNW 
NNW 
NW.. 
NNW 
SE.... 


NW.. 


1     Fow  clouds 
1     Clear 
1    ...  do  .    .. 
1    ....dii    ... 
1    ...  do  ... . 

...do     .. 

Overcast . 

Cloud.v  . . 

Overcast . 

...do  .  .. 

...do... 
do 


9     Fow  clouds 

.7     Clear , 

7  !....do 

7  '  Fow  clouds 


8  ,  Clear , 

7  ....do  

1    ....do , 

..;  Cloudy  .  ... 

1  ...  do  

2  ...  do  

4  Overcast  . . 

5  !...  do    

8  '  Few  clouds 


8  '....do    

8     Cloudy  

5     Fow  clouds  . 

2     Cloudv  .... 

2  ;  Clear " 

4     Few  clouds 

3  ]  Clear 

2     Few  clouds  . 
0      ...do 


2    ...do    

1  ...  do  

2  Clear  

1  :  Few  clouds 

1     Clear 

1  Few  clouds 

5  Overcast. .. 


...  3 


NNW. 
Calm  . 
E  . . . . 
NW  . . 
NNW 
NNW 
NNW. 


. .  2  I  Fow  clouds 
..3  I  Cloudy  .... 
.  4  ;  0vcrc:i8t   . . 

..1  !  Clear 

!  Few  clouds 

..2  ;  Clear 

.  .4  I  Fow  clouds 
.  8     Overcast . . . 

.  9    

.10  1 


.  18  I  E 

.  18  .  KNE  , 

.  34  I  ENE 


I 


30.14 
.52 
.62 


54  I  ENE  .. 

52     ENE  . . 

78  I  NNW  . 

83  1  NNW  . 

86  I  NNW  . 
SSE  . . , 

SE 

NW.. 


.10 
-.7 
.10 

.10 
-.0 
..5 
..7 
..7 


Few  clouds 
Cloudy  .... 

. .  do 

Overcast . . . 

Clear  

...do  

....do  


Thrr.  lowest  last  night,  —36°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  nighl,  -35°. 
Thcr.  lowest  last  night,  —370. 


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  -28°. 

Drill. 

Drilt. 

Drill;    ther.    lowest    hist    night, 

—•IVP. 
Drift. 

Drilt ;  aurora. 
Drift ;    tlier.    lowest    last    nij'lit, 

—25=. 
Drift. 
Drift. 
Ther.  lowest  Inst  night,  —  JS". 


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  IVP. 

Snow. 

Snow. 

Drift;    ther.    lowest    last   night, 

—  20°. 
Drift. 
Drift. 
Tlid.   lowest  last    night,   —2.3°; 

bnrometer  set  at  29.74. 


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —;i.')°. 


Drift ;    ther.    lowest    last    night, 
— 24<^. 


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  l!J 


Ther.  lowest  last  night.  — 35°. 

Snow;  at7p.  ni.  Xo.3tlier.,— lO'' 

Nn.  4  ther.,  —10°;  No.  .')  ther.,  , 

—  10°;  No.  Other..  —1^°.  | 

nazy;     really     aurora     iliffuaed  ' 

lliroiighont  the  heaveu.'i.  | 

Ther.  lowest  liist  iiiglit,  — 30°.  i 

Fog;  halos  alwut  sun.  I 

Ther.  h)west  last  nighl,  —36°. 

Aurora . 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — .38-'. 

Drift. 


Drift,  snow. 
Drift,   suow :    t 

niglit,- 20=. 
Drift,  snow. 
Drift,  snow. 
Snow  and  drift; 

night, -10°. 
Snow  and  drift. 
Snow  and  drilt ;  niirorn. 
Drift;  ther.  lowest  last  night, 
Drift. 
Drift. 
Ther.  lowest  last  niglit,  -6°. 


ler.     lowest    last  i 


ther.  lowest  last 


40. 


522 


HaWs  Meteorological  Journal. 


March— Aphil,  1866. 


i 


r  i 


Locality. 


Date. 


Tlicr. 

i     6. 


Bar. 


■Wind. 


I 


20tli  Enc't. 

(Sumo  na  20tli.) 

Lnt.     00°  111'     N 

Long.  86°  Sff    W, 


Do. 
Do 
Do 
Do. 
Do. 
Do 
Do 


Do 

aotli  Enc't. 
Lat.     660  33'     N. 
Long.  860  50'    W. 


Do 
Do. 
Do 
Do 


1800. 
Miir.  i!2, 0  11. 
3p. 
7  p. 

23,  0  a. 
3  p. 
7  p. 

24,  9  u. 
3  p. 

'  p. 
25, 0  a. 

3  p. 

7  p. 
26, 0  a. 

3  p. 

7  p. 
27, 9  a. 

3  p. 

7  p. 
28,  9  a. 

3  p. 

7  p. 
20, 9  a. 

3  p. 

7  p. 
30, 0  a. 

3  p. 

7  p. 
31, 9  a. 

.3  p. 


!  Apr. 


31st  Enc't.  i 
Lnt.  660  40-  if.' 
Long.  870   4'.7W. 


I 


Do. 


Do 

32(1  En(^'t. 
Lat.    660  47'     N. 
Long.  870 16'.7W. 


Do 


Do  

33(1  Enc't. 
Lat.    660  68' 
Long.  87°  30' 


Do 


N. 
"W. 


m. 
m. 
m. 
m. 
ni. 

lU. 

m. 

ni.  I 

ni.  j 

m. 

m. 

ni.  i 

m.  i 

m. 

m. 

m. 

III. 

ni. 

m. 

ni. 

m. 

m. 

ni. 

ni. 

m. 

ni. 

m. 

m. 

m. 

ni. 

m. 

m. 

ni. 

ni. 

m. 

ni. 

ni. 

ra. 

m. 

ni. 

m. 

m. 

m. 


7  p. 
1,9  a. 

?»• 
7  p. 

2, 9  a. 

3  p. 

7  p. 
3,9n. 

3  p. 

7  p. 
4,9  a. 

3  p. 

7  p. 
6,9  a. 


3  p.m. 

7  p.  ra. 

6,  9  a.  m. 

3  p.  m. 

7t>.  m. 
7, 9  II.  m. 

3  p.  m. 

7  p.  m. 
8, 0  a.  m. 

3  p.  m. 

7  p.  m. 
9, 9  a.  m. 

3  p.  ni. 

7  p.  ni. 
10,9  a.  m. 

3  p.  lu. 

7  p.  ni. 
11,9  a.  m. 

3  p.  m. 

7  ]).  m. 
12,  9  a.  m. 

3  p.  m. 

7  p.  m. 
13, 9  a.  m. 

3  p.m. 
7  p.m. 


—  6 

—  4 

—  4 

—  2 

—  2 

—  4 

—  2 
0 
4 
2 

10 
4 

10 

—  2 
—10 
—12 

—  4 
—10 
—12 

0 

—10 

0 

10 

8 

—  4 
2 

—10 
—20 
—17 
—20 
—13  ; 

—  2  ! 

—  5  I 
0  \ 

O    • 

-l\ 

—  2  ' 
0  : 

—10 
—10 

—  3  '■ 

—10  : 

10  i 

13  i 

10  ! 

—  6 

-ll 

—  7 
—10  : 

—  5  t 
—13 

— la 

—  1 

—  4 
4 

9 
6 

—  2 
4 

—  7 
—12 
—12 
—15 
—18 

22 

— 'Jo 
—18 

—  4  I 

—  7 


In. 

30.54 
.50 
.47 
.36 
.08 

29.97 
.88 
.80 
.84 

30.02 
.12 
.10 
.12 
.  22 
.  22 
!22 
.22 
.20 
.10 
.00 

29.90 
.84 
.57 
.50 
.34 
.42 
.60 
.70 


NNW 6 

NNW 5 


NNW 
NNW 
NNW 
NNW 

NNW 

P 

nne! 

NNW 

Calm 

Calm 

NNW 4 

NNW 8 

NNW 6 

NNW 5 

NNW 6 

NNW 3 

NNW 2 

SE 1 

SE  1 

SSE 1 

SE 3 

ESE 4 

NNW 3 

N.  bv  W...  6 

NNW 7 

NNW 5 

NNW 8 

NNW 8 

NNW 8 

NNW 9 

NNW 8 

NNW 10 

NNW  ....  10 
NNW 10 


Sky. 


NW. 
NW... 
NNW  . 
NNW  . 
NNW  . 
Calm  . . 
E 


1 


NW 0 

NNW 4 

NNW 6 

NNW 7 

NNW 7 

NNW 6 

NNW 5 

NNW 2 

NNW 1 

NNW 1 

SE  2 

SE. 


SE 

SE  

NNW 2 

NNW 5 

NNW 5 

NNW 4 

NNW 5 

NNW 4 

NNW 5 

NNW 4 

NNW 

NNW 8 

NNW 0 

NNW 10 


Few  clouds 
Clondy  .... 
< )vcrca8t . . - 

Cloudy 

. .  do 

Overcast . . . 

..  do 

...do 

...do 

..  do 

...do    , 

Cloudy  .... 
Overcast  . . 

...do  

Few  clouds 

..  do 

. .  do 

.    do 

Clear  

EoW  Cloubd 

Cloudy 

Overcast. .. 

..  do 

...do 

...do 

Cloudy 

, . .  do 

Few  clouds 

...  do , 

...do    


Overcast  ... 
Cloudy  .   .. 

. .  do 

do 

Few  clouds  . 

...do 

Clear 

...do  

...do 

Overcast  .. 

Cloudy  .   ... 

...  do    

Few  clouds 


Remarks. 


...  do 

..  do 

Cloudy  .... 

— do 

Clear 

Few  clouds   i 

Hazy ! 

Overcast . . 
...do  


...do  

...do  

Cloudy  .... 

— do    

...do  

..do 

Few  clouds 

..  do 

...do  

Clr.ir    

...do  

Cloudy 


Drift;    thor.   lowest   last   night, 
[— l2o. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —4°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  -  4°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  0°. 

Fog. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 2o. 

Drift. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night, — 18o. 
Drift. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —18°. 


Thor.  lowest  last  night,  —  10°. 

Snow. 

Snow. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,— 6°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —20°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  -24°. 


Drift ;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  2o. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  12°. 


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 19°. 


Snow;   ther.    lowest    lust   night, 
—160. 


Drift;    ther.    lowest   last   night, 

—120. 
Drift. 
Drift. 

Drift;    ther.    lowest   last  night, 
[—160. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —22°. 


Snow;   ther.   lowest   last   night, 

-40. 
Snow;  fog. 
Snow;  fog. 
Fog ;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  4°. 


Fog ;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 160. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 2.'io. 


Drift;    ther.    lowest   lust  night, 

—270. 
Drift. 
Drift. 


HaWs  Meteorological  Journal. 


r)23 


Apuii^May,  18()C. 


ight, 


Locality. 


Dnto. 


iTherJ 


Bar. 


Wind. 


Sliy. 


Kemnrl»8. 


s;i(l  Knc't. 

Lat.    fl«o.5fl'     X. 

Lonj;. «;"  30'  W. 
I 

Do  ' 

34tli  Enc't.       ] 

Lot.    67°  4'     N. 

Loii".  870  41'    W. 


Apr 


Do 


I)C) 


Do I 

35tli  Eno't.       , 

Lat.    87°  14'     N. 

Loiij;.  87°  31'    ■«'. 

Do.   

3Utli  Enc't. 
Lat.    673  24'      N. 
Lonj;.«70  41'    W. 


Do 


Do  ( 

37th  Enc't. 

Lat.    «7°  37'     N. 

Long.  88°   8'    W.! 


Do 


Do. 


Do. 


Do 1 

**38tli  Euc't. 
Lat.    U7°49'     N.I 
Lonp.  88°  2.5'    W. 

3»th  Enc't.  i 
Lat.  «7°  Sy  N.j 
Loni.'.880  25'  W. 
*4Utli  Enc't.  ! 
Lat.  88°  00'  N.| 
Long.  88°  10'    W.' 

Do  Mav 


1860. 
14,0  a.m. 

3  p.  m. 

7  p.  m. 
l.'i,  0  a.  ni. 

3  p.  ni. 

7  p.  ni. 
10, »  a.  ni. 

3  ]>.  m. 

7  p.  ni. 
17,0  a.  ni. 

3  p.  m. 

7  |>.  ni. 
18, 9  a.  m. 

3  p.  ni. 

7  p.  in. 
10, 0  a.  m. 

3  ]>.  m. 

7  p.m. 

20,  0  a.  ni. 
3  ]).  ni. 

21,  9  a.  ra. 
3  p.  m. 
7  p.  ni. 

22, «  a.  m. 

3  ]).  m. 

7  p.  ni. 
23, 0  a.  ni. 

3  p.  in. 

7  p.  ni. 
'.'4,0  a.  in. 

3  ]).  ni. 

7  p.  in. 
2.5, 0  a.  ni. 

3  p.  in. 

7  p.  ni. 
26, 0  a.  in. 

3  p.  ni. 

7  p.  m. 
27, 0  a.  m. 

3  p.m. 

7  p.m. 
28, 9  a.  m. 

3  ]).  m. 

7  p.  m. 
20, 0  u.  m. 

'*3  p.  in. 

7  p.m. 

30, 9  a.  ui. 

*3  p.  m. 

7  p.m. 


Do. 


Do. 


Do 

41at  Enc't,   same 
as  39th  Enc't. 
Do  


Do  

42d  Enc't.,  same 
as  38th  Enc't. 


1,9  a.  m. 
3  p.  m. 
7  p.m. 

3,  0  a.  m. 
3  p.  m. 
7  p.  in. 

4,  0  a.  lu. 
3  p.  lu. 
7  ]).  in. 

5,  0  a.  in. 
3  p.  m. 
7  p.  m. 

6, 0  a.  m. 

3  p.  m. 

7  p.m. 
7, 0  a.  in. 

3  p.  m. 

7  p.m. 


In. 


18 
8 


ESE  . 


...    ESE    .. 

h  : ESL... 

•   8    NNW  . 

2    ,  X   

-4 : N 

-7  , ,..l  N   

3  ' :  NW... 

-  4  I I  NW... 

-  6  ! I  NW... 

11  : i  WNW. 

4  NW... 

4  NW... 

7  NW      . 

4  WNW. 

14 

10 

0 


OviTcast  — ,  Snow;    lUi^r.    lowest    last    night, 
•      -  10°. 

. .  do Snow. 

..  do 

Few  clouds 

Cloudy 

do    

Few  clouds 
..  do 


Ther.  lowest  lust  night, — 21°. 
Ther.  lowest  Hti  night,  —  120. 


do 


I' 


NW 

'  NAV 2 

;  NW 4 

:  NNW 3 

1  NW 2 

I  NW 2 

NW 1 

!  Calm  


Overcast Ther.  lowest  list  night,  —0°. 

do    

Cloudy ' 

Few  <'louds      Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 4°. 

do    

( ) veicast 

Cloudy 1  Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — .5°. 

.. .  do 

Overcast.. 


4 

-  3 

-  4 

-10 

7 
12 

0 
12 
20 

D 

2 

1 

0 

6  ! 

V 

-12 
10 
8 
8 

-  4 
0 

-10  i I    .      . 

-11      NNW 


i: 


SE 
SE 

W 3 

8W 4 

SSW  3 

,  SSW  3 

i  NNW 
N 

i  N   .... 

I  N 

I  W..., 

W... 
I  SE  . . . 
1  sw  .. 

I  NW 2 

i  NW 4 

NW 


2  I   . 

■!:: 

3 
3 
3 
4 
1 


NW. 
NW. 


F(^w  clouds  .1  Ther.  lowest  lost  night,  — 12°. 

Chiiir 

..do 

Overcast . . . 

Cloudy 

...do' 

. .  do 

. .  .do 

. .  do 

.  do 

..do 

..do 

...do  

. .  do 

Few  clouds 

Cloudy 

. .  do 1 

...do  

Overcast :  J"og;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 12°. 

,  Fog ;  snow. 

Fog;  snow. 

Drift;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 7°. 

Drift. 


Ther.  hiwest  last  night,  — 14°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 2°. 
Ther.  h)we8t  last  night,  2°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 12°. 
Tiler,  lowest  last  night,  —22°. 


Cloudy 
do  .. 


.6  i  F'cw  clouds 


-  2 
-10  i 

12 
2 

-  8 


10 
12 
8 
32 
34 
30 
30 
24 
20 
20 
30 
19 
16 
21 
-14 
14 
20 
14 


NW 6 

WNW .5 

NNW 3 

N 2 

NW 1 


NW 

W.. 
W.. 
E... 
E  .. 
B  .. 
NW 
\\  .. 
W.. 

w.. 
w.. 
w 
w.. 

w .. 
w.. 
s... 
w.. 
w.. 


3 

4 

6 

2 

1 

1 

3 

2 

2 

5 

6 

4 

5 

6 

4 

4 

7 

6 


Drift ;    ther.    lowest    last    night, 
—15°. 
...do    Drift. 


Cloudy  .... 
Few  clouds 

...do  

Cloudy    ... 


Cloudy  .... 
Overcast 


Drift. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 12°. 


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —10° 


Snow. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night, 


0°. 


Overcast. 
...  do  .... 
..  do... 
...  do... 
Cloudy . . 

do 

...do  .... 
...do.... 
.. -do  .... 
Overcast . 
....do  .... 
..  do.... 

Cloudy I  Ther.  lowest  last  night,  12°. 

. . .  do I  Drift,  snow. 

...do Drift, 


Snow ;  ther.  lowest  last  night. 


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  14° 


Tiller,  lowest  last  night,  12°. 
Drift. 


524 


HalVs  Meteorological  Journal. 


SIay— June,  18fi6. 


\m 


Locality. 

Date. 

'^\''^\    Ear.            Wind. 

5.      1                , 

1         Sky. 

Remarks. 

1866. 

o     1     In. 

42d  Enc't,  same 

May    8, 0  n.  ni. 

14    

W 

..6 

Cloudy 

Thcr.  lowest  last  night,  11°. 

as  3«tli  Enc't. 

*3  p.  m. 

36  1 

AV .. 

.1 

....do 

•4M  Enc't. 

7  \\.  ni. 

18  ■ 

8E 

..1 

Overcast 

Snow. 

Lat.    07°  40'   N. 

0, 0  a.  ni. 

10 

NNW  .... 

.4 

Cloudy    .... 

Thcr.  lowest  last  night,  3o. 

Lonff  f8°  17'  ""V. 
*44tli  Enc't. 

*3  ]).  ni. 
7  J),  ni. 

12 

N 

1 

10 

N 

..7 

....do  

Drift. 

Lnt.    mo  32'   X. 

10,  U  a.  ui. 

14 

NW 

..7 

....do  

Drift !  ther.  lowest  last  night,  10°. 

Liing.  87°  53'  W. 

3  I(.  ni. 

12 



NAV 

.  5 

...do  

7  p.  ni. 

10     

NW 

.  3 

...do  

Do 

11, 0  a.  ni. 

18 

NNW  .... 

.3 

...do  

Snow;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  IP, 

4jtli  Enc't. 

3  p.m. 

30 

NW 

..2 

Cloudy  .  -    . . 

Lat.    «"o  20'  N. 

7  |>.  ni. 

20 

NW 

..2 

Overcast . . . 

Long.  870  52'  \V. 

13, 0  a.  ni. 

28 

NW 

.5 

Cloudy 

Ther.  lowest  lost  night,  22°. 

3  J),  in. 

33 

NNW  .... 

.7 

...do  

Drift. 

7  ]).  in. 

22 

NNW  .... 

7 

...  do  

Drift. 

Do 

14,  !l  a.  ni. 

18 

AVNW... 

-.6 

...do  

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  13°. 

4fltli  Enc't. 

3  J),  ni. 

26 

NW 

..4 

...do  

Lat.    670*       N. 

7  II.  in. 

20 

NW 

..2 

...do 

Long.87o41'.7W. 

15, 9  a.  ni. 

10 

NNW    ... 

.  4 

Overcast 

Snowi  ther.  lowest  last  night,  14°. 

3  p.  m. 
7  p.  ni. 

22 
14 

WNW.... 
NW^ 

..2 
..3 

Cloudy 

do 

Do 

16, 9  a.  in. 

15 

NW 

..3 

Few  clouds  . 

Thcr.  lowest  last  night,  — 10°. 

3  )i.  in. 

.•!0 

NNW  .... 

..4 

Overcast. .. 

7  ]).  in. 

18 

NNW  .... 

..2 

(Jloudy 

Do 

17, 9  a.  m. 

30 

NW 

..4 

Overcast 

Snow;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  23°. 

3  p.  ra. 

38 



NW 

*1 

...  do 

7  J),  m. 

24 

NW 

..2 

...  do 

Do 

18, 9  a.  m. 

34 

N 

..4 

...  do  

Snow ;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  30°. 

Do 

19, 9  a.  ni. 

32 

NNE 

.  2 

Cloudy 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  30°. 

47th  Enc't. 

3  p.  m. 

38 



NE 

..4 

Overcast 

Snow. 

Lat.    07°  00'  N. 

7  p.  m. 

34 

NE 

.4 

...do  

Snow. 

LonR.  87°  46'  W. 

*49tli.snmcn83]st 

Enc't. 
Lat.     660  40-  N. 

22, 9  a.  m. 

Thcr.  lowest  last  night,  22°. 
Snow. 

*3  11.  m. 

32 

N 

..5 

Overcast — 

Long.  870  4-.7  w. 

7  p.m. 

24 

N 

.5 

....do 

23.  9  a.  m. 

24 

NNW  .... 

..7 

Cloudy 

Drift;  ther.  lowest  last  niglil,  18°. 

50th,  same  as  26th 

in. 

Enc't. 

26, 9  a.  m. 

35 

NW 

..5 

Few  clouds  . 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  22°. 

T,at      6(iO  31'   N. 

3  p.  ni. 
7  p.  ni. 

48 

Culm  .... 

Cloudy 

Overcast — 

Long.  860  50-  W. 

30 

NW 

..1 

Do  

27, 9  a.  ni. 

33 

NAV 

3 

Few  clouds 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  30°. 

5l8t  Enc't. 

3  p.  m. 

30 

NAV 

-.1 

Cloudy 

Lat.    60O30'     N. 

7  p.  m. 

30 

NAT 

.1 

...do 

Long.  860  34'.5'W. 

28, 9  a.  m. 

28 

NW 

-.7 

Overcast 

Thcr.  lowest  last  night,  '230. 

3  p.  ni. 

32 

NAV 

..7 

Cloudy 

7  I),  m. 

25 

NAV 

.  8 

Overcast 

Do  

29, 9  a.  m. 
3  p.  ra. 

27 
25 



NW 

NW 

..7 
..7 

...do  

....do  

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  20°. 

7  p.m. 

22 

NW 

..7 

.-.do 

Do    . 

80, 9  a.  m. 

28 

NW 

-.7 

Cloudy 

...do 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  22°. 

3  p.  m. 

30 

NW 

..6 

7  p.  m. 

26 

NW 

..5 

Overcast 

Do 

31,9  a.  m. 

28 

N 

(i 

Cloudy 

do    

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  23°. 

3  p.  m. 

30 

N 

.0 

7  p.  m. 

27 

N 

..5 

...do  

Do 

Jim*3  1, 9  a,  m. 

29 

N  

..6 

.  do 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  20°. 

3  p.m. 

30 

N  

..3 

...do    

7  p.  m. 

NNE 

-.1 

...do  

Do 

3, 9  a.  m. 

SW 

3 

...  do  

7  p.m. 

34 

sw 

.  4 

Overcast 

Do  

4, 9  a.  m. 

31 

SAV 

.4 

...  do  

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  28°. 

3  p.m. 

36 

SAV 

..3 

Cloudy 

^ 

7  p.m. 

34 

SW 

5 

Overcast 

Snow. 

Do 

5, 9  a.  ra. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  22°. 

3  p.  ra. 

23 

NAV 

.9 

Cloudy 

7  p.  m. 

20 

NW    ..  . 

.  H 

..do    

Do 

6, 9  a.  ra. 

23 

NW 

.  0 

....do    

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  18°. 

3  p.  m. 

26 

NAV 

.  6 

Overcast... 

7  p.m. 

25 

NAV 

.  4 

Cloudy 

*52d  Enc't. 

7, 9  a.  m, 

27 

NAV 

.5 

..-.do  

Lat.    fi60  27'.7N. 

*3  p.  ni. 

NAV 

.2 

....do  

Long.  Sflo  2l'.7"W. 

7  p.  m. 

NW 

.3 

...  do  

HaWs  Meteorological  Journal. 


525 


Junk— July -Sejtemdek,  1860. 


Locality. 


62cl  Enc't. 
Lot.  00^27'.7N, 
Lon.80°21'.7W. 
Do 


Uo. 


Sate. 


Ther. 
5. 


I   Bar. 


Wind. 


Do. 


Do. 


•Starts  on  sur- 
vey  of   Ko- 
pulso  Bay. 
Placo  of  51st 

Enc't. 
54th  Enc't,  Ft. 
Hoi)e. 

Do 

55th  Enc't. 
Lnt.     00° '.iS'  N. 
Lonfr  80°  47'  W. 

57th  Enc't. 

Lat.     00°  25'  N. 

Long.  85°  28'  W. 

00th  Enc't. 

Lat.    000  20'  N. 

Long.  80°  12'  W. 


Do. 


1866. 
June  8, 0  a.  ni. 
3  p.  ra.  > 
7  p.  ra.  I 
0,  U  u.  m. : 

np.m.; 

7  p.  ra.  I 
10, 0  a.  m. 

i)  p.  m. ' 

7  p.  m. : 
11, 9  u.  m. ' 

3  p.  m. 

7  p.  ni. ' 
13, 9  a.  m. 

3  p.  ni. 

14, 0  a.  m. 

*3  p.  m. 

15, 10  a.  m. 

5J  p.  m. 

17,7  p.m. 
18, 5  p.  m. 


July    5, 1  p.  m. 


18,  m. 

19,  m. 
20, 9  a.  m. 

m. 
22, 9  a.  m. 


Do. 
Do. 


Do. 

Do 
Do 


i      63(1  Enc't, 

near  l"t.  Hope. 

Lat.     00°  31'  N. 

Long.  86°  50'  W. 

Do 


Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 


Sept, 


Hi  p.  m. 

24, 11  a.  m. 

25, 9  a.  m. 

ra. 

3p.  ra. 

20, 9  a.  m. 

ra. 

midnight. 

27, 3  p.  m. 

7  ]).  m. 

28, 9  a.m. 

ni. 

7  p.  ra. 

4, 7  a.  m. 

7  p.  m. 

.'■>,  7  a.  m. 

7  p.  m. 

6, 7  a.  m.  I 

9  p.  m. ; 
7. 7  a.m. 
in. 
7  pm. 
8,  7  a.  m. 
m. 
7  p.m. 
9, 7  iir.  m. 
ra. , 
7  p.  m. : 
11, 7  a.  m. 
ra. 
7  p.  m. 
12, 7  a.  m.  i 
ra. 
7  ]).  ra. 
13,7  a.  m.  I 
m. 
7  p.  m. ; 


0    1 

In. 

30  ' 

34 

28 

27 

35 

28 

27 

34 



30 

35 

46  

37  • 

"is" 

34 

37 

...... 

36 



40 

30 

i') 

NNW 3 

NAV 4 

NW .2 

NW 1 

N 3 

N     3 

NW 1 

NW 1 

SW   .  1 

NW 1 

NW 1 

NW 1 

S 2 

.  1 
.0 
.6 


S... 

NW 

NW 


JJW 6     Few  clouds 


Sky. 


Overcast. .. 
Cloudy  .... 

...do 

...do 

...do 

do    

Few  cIiuuIh 

..do 

Cloudy ... 
Few  clouds 

...  do 

...do  


ReniarbB. 


Cloudy  . 
...do  . . 
..do    . 


Snow ;  ther.  lowest  Inst  night,  25". 

Snow. 

Snow. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  24". 


Tlier.  lowest  Inst  night,  18^. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  33°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  22°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  30°. 


54 


50 


NW 


NW 
SE... 


.6 


do  . 


Cloudy . . . 
Overcast. 


NW  ..strong. 


54  I 
40  1 

51  ;. 
48  |. 

■,52' i 
.')0  1. 

02  ;. 

50  < 
08  . 
00 

54  :. 


I  W.  very  light. 
'  SW  ...  light. 

NW  light  air. 

NW  light  air. 

NW.lightair. 

NW...  light. 

S light. 

S light. 

S  light. 

W light. 

W light. 

Calm 


41 
38 
42 
35 
32 


30  |. 
28  I. 
45  i. 

35  1. 

38  : 

40  ; 

41  . 

34  :. 
40  , 

35  i 
29 
35  ,. 
30 

32  ■. 
35 

33 : 

31  i 


.    Calm 

.i  S 1 

'  S 

:  AYNW 3 

.;  N  5 

I  NNW  3 

.;  NNW 1 

I  NW -2 

.!  NW 3 

.    NW 1 

.1  SE 1 

.1  SE 3 

.1  SE 3 

.1  S 6 

'  S 6 

SSW 5 


Cloudy  . 


Clear 
...do 
...do 


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  40° 


NNW 
SE.... 
E 

ENE 
SE  .. 
SE  ... 
NE  . . . 
NE... 
NE  . . . 


Hazy 


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  60°. 


Itll 


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  29°. 

tnow. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  29°. 


Overcast . 
...do  .... 
Cloudy    . 

..do'  

.  do    '  Ther.  lowest  last  night,  30°. 

do 

Overcast — 

Few  clouds      Ther.  lowest  last  night,  20°. 

Cloudy      ..  ; 

Overcast  . .  ' 

I  Rnin ;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  36°. 

I  Rain. 

i  Bain. 


Cloudy ,  Ther.  lowest  last  night,  24°. 

Overcast \  Snow. 

.     do    I  Snow. 

j  Snow ;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  30°, 

Snow  and  rain. 

Snow  and  rain. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  30°. 

Snow  and  rain. 

Snow  and  rain. 


Overcast. 


sr'i 

SI 

i' 

ll  ^ 

1- . 

1  ^ 

;;  ; 
'i  ■ 
1  i 

i'  ' 

iii 

1  1  ■■ 

j  }: 

1   '  '' 

1,' 

1  ' 

i-' 

1     ': 
1        f 

1 ' 

li'.'i 


iH' 


IJ  " 


li 


526 


fTo/Z's  Meteorological  Journal. 


OcTOBEU — November— December,  186C. 


6Uth  Enc  I,        Oct. 
near  Vort  IIopo. 
Lut,    06°  31'  N. 
Long.  86°  60' W. 


Do. 
Do. 


Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do  


Do 

64th  Enc't. 

Tnlloon. 
Lat.    660  37'  K. 
Long.  88°  42' W. 


Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do 
Do. 


Nov, 


Do I 

OSth       Enc't.i 
Shii)8'     Har- 
bor Islands. 
Lat.    66° 'i6'  N. 
Long.  86°  6' W. 


Dec, 


7,7ii.    ,v. 
7  p.  m.  i 
8, 7  H.  m.  i 
m. 

7  p.  in. 
0, 7  a.  in. 

8  p.m. 
10, 7  a.  m. 

m. ' 

7  p.  m. ' 

16, 7  a.  m.  i 

ra. ' 

7  p.  m.  j 

17,7h.  m.  I 

m. ' 

7  p.  m.  I 

18, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m.  I 

10,7  a.  ra.  I 

7  p.m. 

20, 7  n.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

21,7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  ra. 

22, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.m. 

23, 7  a.  m. 

ni. 

7  p.  m. 

24, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  ra. 

25, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  ra. 

26, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.m. 

27, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.m. 

28, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.m. 

.18,7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.m. 

19,7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  ni. 

20, 7  a.  ra. 

m. 

7  p.m. 

21, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.m. 

22, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.m. 

23, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

24, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

1, 7  a.  m. 

ra. 

7  p.m. 


W 3    Clear  .  .. 

SSW  5  I  Overcast. 


S  . 
s . 
s , 
s, 

SSE 
SSE  , 
SE... 


.7 
.6 
..6 
..4 
..6 
..7 


do 

. .  do 

. .  do  . 

...do 

.do 


Ther.  lowest  lost  nij;lit,  14°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  28°. 


20 

22 

15 

10 

16 

6 

6 

10 

8 

4 

0 

6 

2 

4 

0 

2 

0 

■  3 

■  4 
4 
0 
2 
6 
0 
6 

10 
6 
0 
2 

-  3 

-  3 
1 

-  4 
17 
24 
10 

4 
12 

8 
14 
14 
10 

-  2 
0 

-  4 

-  4 

-  6 

-  16 

-  17 

-  18 

-  24 


NW 5  1 

NNW 6 


NNW  . 

N 

N 

N  

NW 

NW 

NW 

N 

NW 

NW 

N 

N 

NNW 1 

N 6 

N 6 

N 4 

NW D 

NNW 6 

NNW 5 

NNW 6 

NNW 5 

NNW 5 

NW 0 

NW 6 

NW 6 

NW 7 

NW 7 

NW 7 

NNW 3 


Cloudy  . . 
..  do  .... 
...do.... 
..do  ... 
..do  .... 
..do    ... 


Cloudy  .... 

— do    

Oveniast  . . 

Cloudy 

...do 

Overcast — 

Cloudy 

do 

...do    ...   . 
Few  clouds 

...do 

...  do  

Cloudy  .... 

...do  

.   .do 

Few  clouds 

...do    

Cloudy  . 
Few  clouds 
...  do 


NW. 
NW. 
SW.. 
SW.. 
NW. 
W... 
NW. 


NNW 2  i 

NE 4  1 

NE 6  1 

N 6  i 

NW 6  I 

NW 6  I 

NNW 6  1 

NNW 6 

NNW 5 

NNW 6  ■ 

WNW 2  I 

WNW 1 

NNW 2 

NW 1 

NW 1 

NW 1 

NNW 2 

NW 2 

NW 3 

Calm i 

NW 1 

NW 1 

SE 3 

SE 4 

SE 3 


do 

do 

Cloar 

...do 

Overcast — 

..  do 

...do , 

Cloudy  . . 
Few  clouds .  | 
Cloudy    —  I 
Overcast  . .  1 

. . .  do 

.    do ! 

Cloudy 

do I 

do I 

Overcast  — ! 

..  do 1 

...do    j 

Few  clouds  ! 
Cloudy 

do    ; 

Clear    I 

...do    

Few  clouds 

Cloudy 

..  do    


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  32°. 

Snow. 

Snow;  ther.  lowest  last  niglit,  32°. 

Snow. 

Snow. 

Tlicr.  lowest  last  night,  10^'. 

Snow  and  drift. 

Snow  and  drift. 

Snow  and  drift ;  ther.lowr.it  last 

Snow  and  drift.  [nigl't,  5°. 

Snow  and  drift. 

Tber.  lowest  last  night,  0°. 


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  4°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  0°. 


Drift  J  ther.  lowest  last  niglit,  —  4°. 
Drift. 

Drift  i  ther.  lowest  last  uigli  t,  —  B°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Drift;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  0°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Drift ;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  0°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Drift;  ther. lowestlast niglit,— 2°, 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  5°. 


Snow ;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  5°. 
Snow. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  4°. 

Snow. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  14°. 

Snow  and  drift. 

i^ao  .V  and  drift. 

Drift;  ther. lowestlastnight,  — 4°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Drift ;  tiler,  lowestlastnight,  — 5°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night.  —18^'. 


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —24"^. 


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —34°. 


HaWs  Meteorolotjical  Journal. 


527 


Dkcembeu,  1800— January,  1867. 


Locality. 

«5th       Knc't, 
.Sl,i[)»'  Har- 
bor Islands. 
Lat.   (lC°2(i'N 
Loiig.f.oo  n'W. 

Do 

Do 

Date. 

Thor.  5. 

Bar. 
In. 

Wind. 

SE 

-6 

Sliy. 

F«marka. 

Snow  and  drift. 
Ther.  lowest  last  niclit,  -24°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night.  —34°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —31°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —32°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 1.5°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  -20°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  -20°. 

Ther.  lowest  kst  night,  —12°. 

Drift ;  ther.  lowest  last  night, —1 1°. 
Drift. 

Drift  J  ther.  lowestlast  night,  —UP. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —HP. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  -10°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —15°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  -24°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  -30°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —32°. 
Fog;  ther.  lowest  last  night, —28°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —10°. 
Ther.  lowest  hist  night,  —28°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —28°. 

Drift. 

Drift;  ther.lowestlastnight.— 20°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —20°. 

1 866. 

Dec.  2, 7  a.  ni. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

21,7  a.  ui. 

m. 

7  p.  ni. 

22,7  a.m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

23,7  a.  III. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

24, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

2.5, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

26, 7  a.  in. 

m. 

7  p.  ni. 

27, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

28,  7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

20, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.m. 

30, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.m. 

31,7  a.  m. 

ni. 

7  p.m. 

1867. 

Jan.    1, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.m. 

2, 7  a.  ra. 

m. 

7  p.m. 

3, 7  a.  m. 

ni. 

7  p.  m. 

4,  7  a.  m. 

ni. 
7  p.m. 

5,  7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  ni. 

0,  7  a.  m. 

m. 
7  p.  ni. 

7,  7  a.  ni. 

ni. 
7  p.  ni. 

8,  7  a.  ni. 

in. 

7  p.m. 

0, 7  a.  in. 

ro. 

7  p.  in. 

10, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

11,7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

12, 7  a.  m- 

m. 

7  p.m. 

0 

15 

■_L'24 

—  23 

—  34 

—  34 

—  32 

—  30 

—  31 

—  30 

—  31 

—  27 

—  25 

—  24 

NNE :;;.'.' 

NNW  .... 
NNW  .... 
NNW  .... 

NW 

NW 

WNW.... 

NW 

NW 

NE    

NE 

NE 

'..2 
2 

'.  3 

-  4 

-  3 
2 
2 

-.1 
.  1 
.2 
.  1 
-.1 

Cloudy 

Overcast  . . 

Few  clouds 

....do  

...do  

Clear   

Few  clouds 
...do  

Clear    

Few  clouds 

...do  

...do    

Do  

Do 

Do  

"—'12' 

—  7 

—  11 

—  26 

—  22 
-20 

—  12 

—  U 

—  12 

—  12 

—  14 

—  10 

—  11 

—  12 

NNw'.::; 

NW 

."3 

.2 
-.2 
.2 
2 
.2 

-  2 
.    1 
-.1 
.  2 

-  2 
-3 
-.6 
-.7 

Cloudv   ..i - 

...do" 

...do  

Few  <'louds  . 

Clear 

F"ew  clouds 

Overcast  .- 

-.do.     .. 

...do 

...do    

Cloudy   ..  .. 

Few  clouds 

Overcast  . . 
...do  

Do 

NW 

NW 

NW  .... 

NW 

N  

NNW  .... 
NNW..-- 

N  

N     

NW 

NW 

NW 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

—  15 

—  14 

—  16 

—  4 

—  4 

—  5 

—  12 

—  13 

—  10 

—  13 

—  12 

—  15 

—  22 

—  22 

—  24 

—  20 

—  24 

—  24 

—  32 

—  28 

—  28 

—  15 

—  10 

—  11 

—  15 

—  15 

—  20 

—  26 

—  23 

—  28 

—  28 

—  24 

—  20 

—  15 

—  14 

—  12 

—  26 

—  23 

—  25 



NW 

NW 

NW 

E 

E 

E   

NE 

NNE    .... 

NNE 

NE 

NNE 

NNE 

NW 

NW 

NW 

NW 

NW 

NW 

Calm 

N  

NE 

NE 

NE 

NNE 

NNE 

N. 

NNW  .... 

N 

NNW  .... 
NNAV.... 
NNW.... 

NW 

NNW  .  .. 
NNW... 
NNW... 
NNW.... 

sw; 

sw 

sw 

-.8 

-  8 
.  7 

-.3 
.2 
-.2 
.2 
..2 
..3 
.  3 
..2 
.2 
-.1 

-  1 
.  1 
.   1 
.  1 
-.1 

'-'.i 
.  1 

2 

!  1 
..1 
.  2 
.  1 

-  1 
.  1 
.  1 
..1 
.3 
.  2 
.  7 

..8 
.  8 
.   8 

-  2 
-.3 
-.3 

Overcast  .. 

...do  

..do 

Clondy     ... 
...  do  

Few  clouds 
...do  

Cloudy    .... 

Few  clouds 

Cloudy    ..  .. 

..do    

Few  clouds  . 

..  do 

..  do    

Clear    

Few  clouds . 
...do  

Clear  

--  do 

..  do 

...do  

Overcast     . 

Cloudy    -  -  . . 

. .  do 

OvcTcast  . . 

i;ioudy    . .  - . 

Few  clouds 

-.do    

.--.do 

...do 

Cloudv 

.--.do. 

.--.do  

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do  

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Clear  

Few  clouds . 
..  do 

528 


HaWs  Meteorological  Journal. 


.TaNUAUY— I'KUHUAUY,  1867. 


\% 


Locality. 

Dftte. 

Ther.  5. 

° 

-25 

-24 

—  24 

3.'i 

Bar. 

Wind. 

Sky. 

Bemorks. 

6Jth       Enc't. 
Sliips'  liar- 
lior  iHlaiiilH. 

I.at.   (i«0  2«'N. 

Lon(i.80°   O'W. 

Do  

18«7. 

.Ian.  13,7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

14,  7  a.  in. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

1.5,7  a.  in. 

in. 

7  p.  ni. 

in,  7  a.  in. 

in. 

7  p.  m. 

17, 7  a.  in. 

ni. 

7  p.  ra. 

18,  7  a.  ra. 

in. 

7  p.  in. 

10,7  a.  m. 

in. 

7  p.  m. 

20, 7  a.  in. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

21,7  a.  in. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

22, 7  n.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  in. 

13, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  ni. 

24,  7  a.  m. 

ni. 
7  p.m. 

25,  7  a.  ra. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

26, 7  a.  ni. 

ni. 

7  p.  in. 

27, 7  a.  ra. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

28, 7  a.  in. 

in. 

7  p.  ni. 

20, 7  a.  m. 

ra. 

7  p.  ra. 

30, 7  a.  ni. 

ra. 

7  p.  m. 

31,7  a.  m. 

in. 

7  p.  m. 

Feb.   1, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

2, 7  a.  m, 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

3, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

4, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.m. 

5, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.m. 

SW 

WSW  .... 

SSE 

SW 

HW 

SW 

NW 

NNW  .... 
NNW  .... 

NW 

NW 

NW 

NW 

NW 

NW  .. 
AVNW... 
ENE 

.  4 

2 

'..2 
.1 
.  2 
..2 
.1 

2 

'..2 
.  5 
..5 
.4 
..5 
.  5 
.4 
.  1 
0 

Few  clouds  . 

..do      

.    ..do 

Clear 

...do  

Few  clouds 

Clear  

..do 

Few  clouds  . 

..  do 

...do 

...do 

.,  <lo 

.♦do    

..do 

Clear 

..  do 

Ther.  lowest  last  nlRht,  —31". 
Ther.  lowest  last  niRht,  — n.V. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  -30°. 
Ther.  lowest  lost  nicht,  —.11°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  nlBht,  — 3F. 

Ther.  loweHt  last  night,  —31". 

Hazy. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —15". 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —.1". 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  -12°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  3°. 

Hazy. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  -15°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —12°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  -3°. 

Drift;  ther.lowesthistniglit,- 20°. 
Drift. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  -34°. 

Hazv. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —34°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  -30°. 

Fog. 

Fog;  hazy. 

Fog;  ther.  lowest  last  night, — 34°. 

Fog. 

Fog;  ther.  lowest  last  night, — 34°. 
Fog. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —32°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —28°. 

Snow;  ther.lowestlastuight,— 28°. 

Snow. 

Snow. 

Drift;  ther. lowestlast night, —22°. 

Drift. 

Aurora. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —30°. 

—  30  !  

—  34  1 

—  30      

—  38  1   

—  34  1  

—  31 

Do 

Do  

Do 

Do 

—  30 

—  27 

—  31 

—  30 

—  27 

—  31 

—  28 

—  20 

—  15 

—  4 

—  3 

=    ?, 

—  12 

6 
8 
4 
5 

a 

4 

—  14 
-12 

—  12 

—  12 

.. 

NNE   .... 

SE  

N 

NNE 

N     

NW 

NNE 

NE 

NE 

NE    

ENE 

NE    

NW 

NW 

NNW.... 
NAV 

.  1 

.2 
..2 
.  3 

..1 

..2 

2 

.1 

.  3 

0 

2 
0 

'  i 

;} 

Cloudy 

..  do  ; 

...  do  

Overcast  . . 
Cloudv   ..  .. 

...do". 

Overcast 

Cloudv    ..  . 

...do" 

Overcast  .. 
...do 

Do  

Do 

Do 

Do 

Few  clouds 

...do  

...do  

Clondy 

Do 

Do 

0 
0 
2 

'—'26' 

—  2,'^' 

—  31) 

—  33 

—  30 

—  2(! 

—  34 

—  32 
-37 

—  30 

—  33 

—  37 

—  34 

—  30 

—  34 

—  20 

—  20 

—  20 

—  30 

—  24 

—  28 

—  28 

—  23 

—  28 

—  12 

—  8 

—  5 

—  22 

—  27 

—  33 

—  30 

—  20 

—  39 





Calm 

NW 

NW 

NW ;.'!.'.'; 

NW 

NW 

NW  .  .. 
NNW  .... 
NNW.... 

NW 

NNW  .... 
NNW  .... 

NW 

Calm    ... 

NNE 

NNE 

NE    .     ... 

N-E 

WSW  .... 

w 

w 

N 

NNE 

NNK   .... 

NE 

NE 

NE 

8 

SSE 

SSE 

NNW.... 
NNW.... 
NNW  .... 
NNW  .... 

SW 

Calm 

.1 
.  2 

'  0 
.  (1 
.  4 
.  5 
.0 
.  3 
.  fi 

..5 

.  5 

2 

.4 
.4 
.4 
..4 
.  3 
.  3 
.  3 
.  2 
..2 
.  2 
.  1 
2 
.'4 

.  6 

.8 
..7 
..6 
.2 
.1 
..1 

Overcast  . . 

.  do 

do    ..  .. 

Cloudy  .... 

..  do 

...  do    

Few  clouds 
...do  

Cioiuiv  .'.'.'". . 

...  do ' 

...do    

Few  clouds 
Cloudy 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Few  clouds 

..  do 

...do  

Cloudy 

..do    

Few  clouds  . 

Clondy . 

do    

Few  clouds 
do 

Clear 

...do.. 

Overcast  . . 
...do  

. .  do    

Cloudv 

do' 

Few  clouds 

Clear 

..  do 

. . .  do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do  

Do 

(I 


HaWa  Metcoioloffkul  Journal. 

FKUUUAKY,    IHI')?. 


529 


Locality. 


O.'.tli  Eni't, 
Hliipn'  11,11' 
lior  iMlniulH. 

I.nt.    CUailli'X. 

Liiii(,'.8(io  o/\v 


Dnto. 


Ther.8. 


1807.            1  o 

Fill.  6, 7  n.  m.  —  40 

III.  —  ;i4 

7  p.  ni.  —  !18 


Bar. 


Wind. 


Jn. 

NNW 2 

'  NNW 1 

NNW 1 


Sky. 


Bcmorki. 


Clonr Thor.  Inwput  ln*t  iiljilit,  — 40°. 

<lo I 

..do    .... 


Regiiilcr  kvjit  diiihit/  Ilall'njoiiniey  to  JytocUk  by  Frank  Leonard  (or  Luiliirt),  a  teaman. 
Locality.       ,         Onto.  jTlior.  6.1    Bar.    I 


I 


Wind. 


I  1807. 

leiith        Knc't,     rdi.  n, 
1      Sliips'   liar- 

bov  iHlaiiilx.  ' 
Lnt.    BIPIIO'N. 
iLoiii!.SG='  (yW. 


—20°. 


-34°. 
-34°. 


—28°. 


Do... 

Do... 

Do... 

Do... 

Do. 

Do.. 

Do.. 

Do.. 

Do.. 

Do.. 

Do.. 

Do.. 

Do.. 

Do.. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 


1", 
11. 
12, 

in, 

14, 
15, 
10, 

n, 

18, 
10, 
20, 
21, 
22, 
23, 
24, 
2.-1, 
20, 
27, 
28, 


Jn. 


11.  III. 

ill. 
|).  III. 
II.  III. 

III. 
1>-  m. 
II.  111. 

III.] 
p.  ni.  1 
a.  til. 

m.  i 
p.  III. 
II.  III. 

ni. 
]i.  III. 
II.  111. ' 

111. 
p.  III. ! 
ii.  III.  j 

111.; 
p.  III.  1 

U.  III.  ' 

111. 
p.  III. 

U.  III.  I 

III.; 
p.  ni. 
II.  ni. 

in. 
p.  ni. 
ii.  111. 

ni. 
p.  ni. 
n.  111. 

ni. 
ji.  111. 
a.  HI. 

ni. 
p.  111. 
a.  III. 

III. 
]i.  III. 
n.  III. 

m. 
p.  ni. 
n.  III. 

ni. 
p.  ni. 
a.  111. 

III. 
p.  m. 
a.  ni. 

111. 
p.  111. 

U.  111. 

111. 
p.  m. 
a.  III. 

m. 
p.m. 


27  , 

no  I 

'  30  , 
•37 
■  42  ' 

•  30 

•  42  I 

•  37 

.  30  . 
.  32  I 

-  32  ' 
■32  I 

-  3(i  ' 
■30  1 
■24  I 

:J 

.  Dt  1 

-  2(i 

-  30  1 
-34  I 

-  32  ! 

-  30 

-  3."> 

-  34  . 

-  33 
-24  I 


i  SK    ..  I.ljilit 

.:  N\V  ..U-lit 

I  N\V  .AAiihi 

.1  NW  ..Liylit 

.1  NW  ..Li-lit.. 

.'  N.N'W  Lifilit 

.;  NW  .   I.i'.'lit 

.1  NW  ..I.iiilit.- 


NW  . 
NE  . 
NK  . 
KN  K 
NW  . 
NIO  .. 
N1-;  .. 
K  ... 
K  ... 
SE  . .  . 
SK  . . . 
NK 


Lililit 
I.l'.'lit. 
l.iiht 
I-i-lit 
I.ittlit 
.l.i-lil. 
l.iL'lit. 
I.iuht 
l.ifilil. 
Stiiiiiii 
SI  roll',' 
Siroii'i 


WofttUcr. 


Bemarki. 


N St  rim  j: 


NW 
NW 
NW 
NW 
NW 
NW 
NW 
NW 
NW 


.(iiilo  . 

..(Sail'  . 
..!'>(  si  I 
. .  i'Vcsli 
. .I'n  «li 

.  .Stmiiij 
.. Strong 
..Strcmij 


■  22 
.  20 

•  20 

•  23 

•  20 

■  18 

■  20 
■20 
.  20 
-24 

-  22 

-  12 

-  13 

-  14 
_  ,j 

-  8 

-  20 

-  14 

-  20 

-  20 

-  20 

-  28 

-  30 

-  20 

-  30 

-  32 
-.30 
-38 


NNW  (liilc 
NNW  (iaic 
NNW  Call' 


NW 
NW 
N  VV 
NK 
NE 
NK 
NK 
SK. 
SE. 
SE. 
SE. 
SK. 
SE. 
E 


Sti-ciii!; 

..EiihIi 

. .  Fresh . . 

.  I'rcsh. 

..Krcsh.. 

.  -I'ri'.sli. . 

..Litilit. 
..  I.hlit. 
..  Li^'lit. 
...I.ii;lit. 
. .  .Frcsli. 
..  .Frchli. 
..  StioiiK 
Evfsli 


E.lnNl''r('Hli- 
NW  ..I.i-lil. 
NW  ..LiL'lit. 
NW  ..Limlit . 
NW  ..Lijilit. 
NW  ..Li;:lit. 
NW  ..Lifiht. 


NW 
NW 
NW 
NW 
NW 


NW  ..Light. 


Tlicr.  lowest  lii8t  nislit,  —'^>*°- 
TJicr.  lowest,  last  niglit,  —10^ 
Thcr.  lowest  last  ni^'bt,  —20°. 


I'liif- ' 

...do    

do    • 

Cloudy I  Ther.  lowest  last  niglit,  — 40°. 

Eiuo.'. 1 

..  do .: 

. .  ilo Tlior.  lowest  lost  nijilit,  —44°. 

..  do  .   

..do 

Cloudy  .  .  -  ■     'l'l»'r.  lowest  last  nlglit,  — 12°. 

..do' 

..  do j 

Fine I 

. .  ilo ; 

...do  .. 
Cloiidy  . 
....do'  .. 
Stormy 
...do'.., 
..  do  . 
..  do  .. 
...do  .. 
. .  do  . . 

...do  

I'inci       .     .   ■  Till  r.  lowest  last  nifilit, — 30°. 

...do ; 

do 

Stonily ;  Tlier.  lowest  lost  night,  — 37°. 

■  ■  do ; 

. .  do ! 

do     Thcr.  lowest  last  night,  —  34°. 

...do I 

' "  di>    " !  i !   i  Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  22°. 
..  do I 

i.'iil," I  Thrr.  lowestlastnisht,  —  20°. 

...do ; 

...do I 

n.izv    '  Thcr.  lowest  last  niglit,  —  30°. 

...d'o : 

.  'do    .'.'....    Ther.  lowest  last  niglit,  —28°. 
..  do 

Sfonny    Tlicr.  lowest  last  night, —  14°. 

Tliiclv' 

...  .do I 

Fine '  Thor.  lowest  last  night,  —22-'. 

....do I 

...do  

do         . .      Thcr.  lowest  last  night,  —  30°. 

. .  do 


I.iglit 
.Light. 
.Light. 
.  Fresh . 

Light. 


..  do  . 
. .  do  . 
. .  .do  . 
. .  do  . 
...do  . 
...do. 
...do. 


Thcr.  lowest  last  night,  —  30°, 
Ther.  lowest  la.st  night,  —38°. 


S.  Ex.  27 34 


1.  iii 


r 


•:m 


1 

1 

1 

!l 

1   If 

:  1 

1 

1 

!  ■; 

1 

1 

,)  '■ 

•  «i 

,  '1 

1 

:^^| 

: 

'    1 

,; 

131 

:f 

530 


lloWs  Mctforolof/irnl  Journal. 


Locality. 


tr.tli  Kiic't. 

Kliiim'    lliiilioi' 

InIiiiiiIh. 
I-nt.    (ia°l!ll'N. 
U)Dii.m°  (I'W 

Do 

Do       

Do.. 

Do..     

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Dd 

Do 

Do 

Do.. 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 


DatK. 


Thcr.  S. 


1867, 
Hnr.  1, 


8, 

4, 
1. 
«. 
7, 
», 
1>. 
10. 

11. 
12. 
13, 
14, 
15, 
16," 
IT, 
18, 
IB, 
20, 
21, 
22, 
23, 
24, 


a.  m. 

III. 
p.  III. 
a.  III. 

ni. 
p.m. 
u.  ni. 

III. 
p.  III. 


III. 

III. 
p.  ni. 
n.  III. 

III. 
p.  III. 
n.  in. 

III. 
p.  III. 
II.  m. 

III. 
p.  ni. 
II.  III. 


—  32 

—  24 

—  32 
22 

—  18 

—  IH 

—  22 

—  22 

—  32 

—  28 

—  26 

—  2U 
22 

—  18 

—  32 

—  32 
^  ''2 

—  24 

—  20 

—  10 

—  32 
22 


III. 

-10 

p.  III. 

-  10 

II.  I.I. 

—  10 

m. 

—  ■:, 

p.  III. 

—  23 

a.  III. 

—  22 

III. 

—  12 

p.  HI. 

—  20 

n.  III. 

—  IH 

m. 

—  14 

p.m. 

—  22 

n.  HI. 

—  12 

m. 

—  8 

p.m. 

5 

a.  m. 

III. 

0 

p.m. 

—  0 

a.  III. 

0 

111. 

5 

p.m. 

3 

a.  111. 

16 

111. 

28 

p.m. 

20 

a.  ra. 

4 

m. 

5 

p.m. 

—  3 

a.  in. 

2 

ra. 

2 

p.  111. 

—  14 

a.  ni. 

—  10 

m. 

—  0 

p.  111. 

—  10 

a.  m. 

—  2 

m. 

2 

p.  m. 

—  10 

a.  m. 

—  8 

m. 

0 

p.  111. 

—  14 

a.  ra. 

—  12 

m. 

0 

p.  m. 

—  2 

a.  m. 

3 

m. 

8 

p.  m. 

8 

a.  ra. 

12 

m. 

2 

p.  m. 

—  fl 

a.  m. 

—  2 

ra. 

8 

p.m. 

—  18 

Ilnr. 


In, 


M;MtCH,  lH(i7. 


Wind. 


W   .. 

NK   . 
NE    . 

HK  .. 
NK  ... 
NK    . 
NK    .. 
X     .. 
NNW 
N\V  .. 
N\V 
N\V  . 
NNE 
KNK.. 
NK    .. 
NW  . 
N  W  . 
N\V  .. 
NK    .. 
NK    .. 
NK... 
NK    .. 
NK    .. 
NK    .. 
NK    .. 
NE... 
NW  .. 
N\V  . . 
NW  .. 
N\V.. 
NK... 
NK    .. 
NW.. 
NE... 
NK... 
NE... 
E     .. 
E    ... 

E 

NE  . . . 
NE    .. 

N 

NE  . . 
NK  ... 
NE  ... 
S     .... 

sw  ., 

NW  .. 
SW... 
SW  ., 
NW  . . 
NW  .. 
NW  . 
NW  . 
N.... 
N.... 
N.... 
NW  . 
NW  . 
NW  . 
NE  . . 
SW.. 
w  .. 
NE  .. 
NE  .. 
E  .... 
E  ... 
SE... 
SW.. 

S 

Calm  . 
NW  . 


Wiothur. 


Finn . . . . 

..  «lo... 

...do    .. 

Cloiulv  . 

.  do  . . . 

I  Thli^k  .. 

....do... 

I  (Moiidy  . 

'   ..  do  ... 

..  do    .. 

..  do  . . , 

(Moiidv 
I  llmi.'.., 
I  ..  do  ... 
I   . .  do    . . 

. .  do  . , . 
I . . .  do  . . . 

. .  do  .  . 
....do    .. 

...do    .. 

Stoi-my  . 

...do  . .. 

. .  do  . . . 

Thick  .. 

Finn  — 
I. ...do  ., 
I   ..  do  ... 


Mulit . 

Ui-M  ■ 
Mj.'ht. 
TMM  . 
LlKht. 
MKht 
Krculi . . 
Mu'lif    . 
Stroil;{ 
KrcHJi . 

KlCRll.. 
I'lVsll 

I.i'lht 
M'.'lit. 

I.lL'Ilt     . 

Mulit . 

I.JL'Ilt 

I,l;:lit  . 

LlL'tlt  . 

Li-lit . 
LiKlit.. 
Stroiijj 
StroiiR. 
Stionij 
Lli-ht . . 
Lifllit . . 
Litilit . . 
I.lclit . 
I.ii.'lit..!....clo  . 
I-liilit.        .  do  , 

ElCHJl. 

KrcHli . . 
Erosli.. 
Unlii . . . 
Gulo . . . 
Oalo . . . 
FrcHh.. 
Strong. 
Stron.g. 
Krosli . . 
I'VcHh . . 
Strong . 
Strong. 
Strong. 
Strong. 
Light.. 
Light.. 
Li^ilit.. 
Light . . 
l'"ic»li.. 
Light . . 
Light . . 
Light.. 
Light.. 
Light.. 
.Light. . 
.Frrsh  . 
.Light.. 
.Light.. 
.Light.. 
.Light.. 
.Light.. 
Light. . 
.EroBh  . 
.FrpHh  . 
Fiosh  . 
Strong. 
.Strong 
.Frpsh  . 
.Light.. 


Light. 


Tliirk 

Cloudy    . . . 

Thick" 

Stormy 

do '. 

...do 

Fine 

Thick 

Stormy 

Cloudy  .   . . 

Stonny 

.    do 

. . .  .do 

....do  

Fino 

....<lo 

Cloudy 

do 

....do 

Fino 

...do 

...do  

...do 

...do 

...do 

....do  

....do 

....do 

...do 

...do 

....do 

Cloudy 

Thick 

...do 

...do 

Stormy 

...do    

Fino 

...do 

...do 

...do 


ItcmarkM. 


Thor.  lowmt  last  night,  —  42o. 
Thcr.  lowoiit  IiMt  night,- X'°. 
Drift  I  thcr.  lowcatliwtnlKht,  —24". 

Thcr.  lowest  limt  night,  —33". 

Drift. 

Thcr.  lowoiit  laid  night,  — 27°. 

Thcr.  lowest laBt  night,- 38". 

Thcr.  lowest  lust  night,  —  30°. 

Thor.  lowest  last  night,  — 30°. 

Ther.  lowest  Inst  night,  — 18°. 

Thcr.  lowest  lust  night,  -34°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  -30°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  23°. 

Thcr.  lowest  last  night,— 2°. 
Drift. 

Thcr.  lowest  last  night,  — 12°. 

Thcr.  lowest  last  night,  8°. 

Thcr.  lowest  last  night,  S". 

Snow ;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  5°. 

Thor.  lowest  ^ast  night,  —20°. 

Thor.  lowest  laat  night, — 19°. 

Thcr.  lowest  hist  night,  —20°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  -24°. 

Drifti  ther.lowestlastnlght,- 12°. 
Drift. 

Thor.  lowest  last  night,  8°. 
Thor.  lowest  last  night,  —8°. 


IlalP.s  Metroroloffiral  Journal. 
I'F.nnuAnY— Maucii— Armi,,  1807. 


581 


Looollty. 


fl.'itll  Eiic'f. 
Bliiim'   llarlior 

iHlaiidH, 

I,at.    (WO'JO'N. 

Long.Bflo  o'W, 


Do.. 
Do  . 

Do  . 

Do  . 

Do.. 

Do. 

Do. 
Do 

Do. 

Do 


Wind. 


Woatber. 


Light.. 

.LiulVt'.. 

.t.iu'lit.. 
I,lulit.. 

.Lifjlit.. 
Llu'lil 

.Li;;lil.. 
KvchIi  . 

.Fn'Hli 
StiouK 

.KithIi 
Llglit 
StronK 

.  FrcBli 
l''n'Hli 
Slioiin 
Stroll  (J 
I'IihIi 

.Mi'ld 
UnM. 

.I,lKlit. 

.Strmi'; 
.(iaio  . 
.Lii;lit. 
.(iiUe.. 
.dale.. 
.FiihIi 
.  Fresh 
.  Li-'lit . 
.Ll^rht. 
.Lij-ht. 
.Light. 


Remnrki. 


Thcr.  lowciit  last  night,  —  ™.'°. 
Ther.  lowest  liwt  night,  —•:»". 
Tbor.  lowest  last  night,  —  Ito. 


Drift ;  ther.  lowest  laHt  night,  — O". 
Thei.  lowest  last  nlgUt,  'Jo. 


Flno 

..  do 

..do 

i do 

..  do    

!  Thiek  

1  Finn 

.1    .  .  do    ... 

'  Thiek  ... 
,  1   . .  do  .... 

'  Stormy    . 

'  Thiek  ... 
.1  Fine 

1  Stormy  . . 
.'.        do 

I  Thiek  ... 
do 

!  stormy i  Ther.  lowepl  last  nisht,  Ifl". 

Tliiek    I  Drill. 

.  ...  .lo    1 

.1   ..  do i  Snow;  ther.  liiwosl  last  night,  4° 

.j   . .  do Snow. 

.  I   . .  do    Snow. 

,'  Slorniy Ther.  lowest  last  night,  .'A 

.!....do    

.1  Cloudy Ther.  hiwest  last  night, —'J". 

.1  Slorin'y ! 

.! do  i 

1  Fine....   ...|  Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — lt<°. 

i--;!;; 1 

i   '.!  dll  ".'.'.'.'J  Ther.  lowest  last  night. -24° 

.1   ..  do 


.  do 


Hall's  ohsrn-aliuiiH  on  xlcthjcjniinirii  to  J'j-loo-Ul. 


Locality. 


1st  Igloo. 
Lat.    (iO°3r>'N. 
Long.80O(?)W, 
Do  


Do 


2d  Igloo. 

3d  Igloo. 
Ross  Hay. 

4th  Igloo. 

Near  Iseebar- 

hic  Cr. 

5th  Igloo. 

flth  Igloo. 

Do 


Date. 

Thci   5.     Bar. 

•wind. 

Sky. 

liomnrkB. 

1807. 

Feb.   7,7  a.m. 

m. 

7  p.  ui. 

8, 7  a.  m. 

Ul. 

7  p.  ni. 
0, 7  n.  m. 

UI. 

7  p.  in. 

10, 7  a.  ni. 

ni. 

7  p.  ni. 

11,7  *.  in. 

in. 

7  p.  m. 

12, 7  a.  m. 

ni. 

7  p.  ni. 

13, 7  a.  III. 

m. 

7  p.  in. 

34,7  a.  m. 

0 

—  41 

—  37 

—  45 

—  38 

—  34 

—  311 

—  34 

—  30 

—  42 
-42 

—  36 

—  37 

—  44 

—  38 

—  48 

—  47 

—  30 

—  28 

—  34 

—  35 

—  40 

—  40 

—  30 

—  27 

—  16 

-15 

—  18 

In. 







\NW  .... 
NNW  .... 

Calm 

NNW  .... 

SK  

Calm 

..1 
..I 

.  3 

Clear 
Few  clouds 

Clear    

Cloudy 
Few  elonds  . 

do 

Clear    

...do 

do      

Few  clouds 

Clear  

..  do 

..  do 

..  do 

..  do 

Cloudy  .... 

do    

...do.       .. 

Clear 

...do    

...  do 

Cloudy 

do 

..  do 

Overcast 

Cloudy 

do 

Ther.  lowest  hist  night,  —41°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night.— 4.')°. 

>W 

.  1 

Ther.  lowest  last  niglil,— 34°. 

NE    

NN'W    ... 

Calm 

NE 

NE 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —44°. 

SW 

NAV 

E 

E 

E     

E     

?{W 

NW 

NAV 

NE 

NE 

.1 
.2 
..I 
.  1 
.  1 
-.2 
.2 
.  1 
.  1 
..1 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —44°. 

Fog;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  —50°. 

Fog. 

Fog. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  -34°. 

Fog ;  ther.  lowest  last  niglit,  —47°. 
Fog. 

7  p.m. 
15, 7  a.  m. 

m. 
7  p.m. 

SE 

NE 

NE 

NNE.... 

.  3 

..7 

..8 

.  7 

Fog. 

Snow  and  d'ift;  ther.  hiwest  last 

night,  —27°. 
Snow  and  drift. 
Snow  and  drift. 

*  1 

1:11 


> 


i, 


M 


'  wl 


b'62 


HalPs  Meteorological  Journal. 


Februauy — Maiicii,  I8G7. 


Locality. 

Date. 

Thor.  5. 

Bar.            Wind. 

Sky. 

Bemarka. 

1867. 

o 

1 
In.     I 

6tU  Igloo. 

Fell.  11),  7  a.  in. 
in. 

2.3 

j{     

q 

Drift:  ther. lowest lastniThl      23°. 

—  20 

i  N 

.10 

Drift. 

7  p.  ni. 

—  24 

W 

..5 

Cloar  

7th  Igloo. 

17,7  a.  m. 

—  32    

N 

.1 

...do 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  32°. 

NoarPiusuar- 

Ul. 

—  32  I 

>NW  .... 

..4 

. . .  do 

ku  Mt. 

7  p.  III. 

—  42 



KNW  .... 

.  2 

F(!\v  clouds 

Do 

18,7  a.  m. 
ni. 

—  34 

—  28 



NW 

.7 
.  0 

Cloudy 

..  do 

Drift ;  ther.  lowcstlast night,— 40°. 
Diilt. 

>W 

7  11.  111. 

-  23 

KW 

.  () 

..  (10 

Drift.                                                   1 

Do 

10,  7  a.  111. 

—  21 

I  NE 

.8 

...do  

Drill ;  ther.  hl^■estlastnight.— 23°.  1 

111. 

—  12 

1  j;e 

..7 

....do  

Drift. 

7  p.  111. 

—  23 

''  NE 

.5 

...  do 

Drift. 

8th  IghM). 

20,7  a.  111. 

—  14 

KE 

.  -i) 

..  do 

Fotv ;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 23°. 

111. 

—  10 

N 

.  4 

....do 

Suovv.                                                   1 

7  p.m. 

—  18 

NNW  .... 

..5 

Overcast. . . 

Snow.                                                   1 

Olh  lulipo. 

21,7  a.  111. 

—  37 

KNW.... 

•J 

l'"i!W  clouds 

Tlier.  hiwest  last  night,  —37°. 

Uosooai'kii. 

Ul. 

—  15 

NW...   . 

..1 

Clear  

1 

7  p.  111. 

—  32 

NW 

.3 

...do  

1 

10th  Igloo. 

22,  7  a.  Ul. 

—  34 

NW 

.  1 

Few  clouds 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —34°.          ! 

111. 

7  p.  Ul. 

23,  7  a.  111. 

—  18 

—  30 

aw 

.  .3 

..do    

Clear    

1 

>JW 

o 

nth  Tgloo. 

-30    

NW 

.  1 

Few  clouds 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —30^. 

N'llngnuktoo. 

in. 

—  -S    

N  \V 

.4 

Cloudy 

1 

7  p.  111. 

—  20 

s 

.  4 

.  do    

1     12th  I.rloo. 

24, 7  a.  Ul, 

—    0 

E 

..5 

Overcast. .. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  -20°.          i 

!  N'rOoglitlsle. 

in. 

—    3 

E 

.  7 

Cloudy 

Drift.                                                   ■ 

7  p.  lu. 

—    5 

E 

.8 

...do' 

Diilt.                                                    1 

lath  Igloo. 

25, 7  a.  111. 

3 

Calm  .... 

..do    

Snow. 

1 

ui. 

10 

KW 

.  1 

...do  

7  p.  Ul. 

2 

NW 

.1 

..do 

Itth  Igloo. 
N'rPingitkalik 

2fi,         ni. 

—    8 

..do    

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 10°. 

>27. 7  a.  Ul. 

—  3(1 

NW 

.4 

Few  clouds  . 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  -40°. 

»15th  Iploo. 

Ul. 

—  34 

NW 

.    5 

(.'loudv 

Igloolik. 

7  p.  Ul. 

—  38 

K\V 

.   3 

I'ew  clouds 

1        Do 

28,  7  a.  Ul. 

—  34 

NNW  ... 

..(i 

Cloudy  . . . 

Drift;  ther. lowest la8tnight,—380. 

1 

Ul. 

7  p.  Ul. 

—  30 

—  33 

KW 

•7 

-..do    

Few  cloud.s 

Drift. 

NW 

.  3 

Do 

Mar.   1,7  a.  ui. 

—  40 

>W 

.1 

..  do 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  40=. 

Ul. 

—  30 

K\V 

.1 

. .  do 

7  p.  in. 

—  43 

^^'w ... 

.2 

..  do 

Do 

2, 7  a.  lu. 

—  20 

i  S 

.3 

Cloudy  .... 

ni. 

—  17 

s   

.  4 

...do    

1 

7  p.  111. 

23 

..   s   

..3 

..  do 

1        Do 

3, 7  a.  ni. 

—  29 

'  N  

3 

..do 

Ther.  lowest  last  night, —32°. 

Ul. 

—  24 

1  NXW  ... 

.    5 

....do  

7  p.  m. 

4, 7  a.  Ul. 

III. 

—  3(i 

;  N\V 

. .  . ;) 

Few  clouds 

1        Do 

—  30 

—  33 

X\V 

Cloudy 

...  do  

Drift;  ther. lowest lastnight,— 30°. 
Drift. 

N\V 

5 

i 

7  p.  in. 

—  37 

'  NAV 

...3 

Few  clouds 

1        Do 

5, 7  a.  Ul. 

Ul. 

—  41 

—  33 

NNW  ... 
NNW  ... 

.3 
.1 

...do 

Clear  

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  41°. 

1 

1 

7  p.  Ul. 

—  45 

XNW  ... 

'J 

Few  clouds 

'      IGth  lch)0. 
Kear  Igloolik. 

6, 7  a.  III. 

—  45 

X   

o 

...do  

Ther.  lowest  hist  night,  —48°. 

111. 

—  30 

NNW  ... 

-.3 

...do 

7  p.m. 

—  42 

NW 

..  2 

...do 

Do 

7, 7  a.  m. 

—  38 

t'lilm... 

..  do 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  40°. 

ni. 

—  31 

N\V 

<> 

...do  

7  p.  Ul. 

—  30 

S\V 

...1 

...do 

1        Do 

8, 7  a.  III. 

—  30 

XW 

...1 

Clear  

Ther.  lowest  hist  night,  —  42°. 

Ul. 

7  p.  111. 

—  28 

-  20 

].;  

3 

Hazy. 
Hazy. 

E 

Do      

0, 7  n.  ni. 
in. 

—  15 

E 

II 

Cloudy 

...do 

Drift;  ther.  lowest  lastnight,— 21°. 

—    4 

E 

..4 

7  p.  ni. 

—  13 

E 

•> 

..  do 

17th  Igloo. 

10, 7  a.  ni. 

—  20 

N  

.  1 

Few  clouds 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —22°. 

Tern  Isl. 

m. 

NNW  ... 

'» 

Cloudy  

7  p.  m. 

XNW  ... 

...1 

Few  cloi 

i  I8th,  same  as 

U,  7  11.  m. 

Calm 

...do 

!     lUth  Igloo. 

7  p.  m. 

—  30 

XW 

2 

Cloudy 

;       Do... 

12, 7  a.  Ul. 

—  15 

E    

. .  7 

Overcast . .  - 

Drift;  ther. lowestlast night,— 31°. 

in. 
7  p.  m. 

0 
5 



E    

ESE 

...8 
...8 

Snow  anil  drift. 

Snow  and  drift. 

HalVs  Meteorological  Journal. 


533 


March— April — May,  1867. 


Locality. 


Date. 


lTher.5, 


I 


I8th  Iploosanip 
,    as  Killi. 


Do 
Do 


I 


1st  luloo  ofrc- 
lurn.iiiarlg- 
loolik. 
Do  


2d  Ifjloo  of  re- 
tiiiii. 

3d  Ij;loo  of  I'e- 
tuni,  onNi'W 
Laki-. 

4tli  I;;loo  of 
let  mil. 

5tli  IrIoo  of 
ritiini.  west 
of  Ainitokc. 

0th  I'jloo  of 
return,  sumo 
iisOlli  (if  out- 
wa'd.joumov, 
Oosuoarkii. 

7th  l!;loo  of 
return. 

8th  Ijiloo  of 
return. 

Otii  Ifihio  (if  re- 
turn, n'r  I'iu- 
;:uarkn  Mt. 

lUth  I'lloo  of 
return. 

nth    Isloo  of 

return,    iii'nr 

Lvou'.s  Inlet. 

Shii)«'  Harbor 

IslanclB. 
Lot.    (>tP2(VN. 
LonK.80^   O'W.l 
I 

Do   I 


1887. 

Mar.  13, 7  a.  m. 

ni. 

7  ji.  ni. 

14,7  p.  ni. 

l.-|,7a.  ni. 

ni. 

7  p.  m. 

in,  7  a.  m. 

ni. 

7  p.  ni. 

17, 7  a.  m. 

ni. 

7  p.  ni. 

18, 7  a.  ni. 

in. 

7  p.  ni. 

10, 7  a.  m. 

in. 

7  p.  ni. 

20,  7  a.  in. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

21,7  a.m. 

ni. 

7  p.  in. 

22, 7  a.  m. 

ni. 

7  p.  m. 

23, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  in. 

24, 7  a.  in. 

ra. 

7  p.  m. 

2.'),  7  a.  ui. 

in. 

7  p.  ni. 

20, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

27, 7  a.  ni. 

ni. 

7  p.  lu. 

28, 7  a.  m. 

in. 

7  p.  in. 

Apr.2t,0.3Un.in.' 

m.i 

9.30p.ni. 

2j,9.30a.m.! 

in.l 

28,0.30  n.m.i 


iBt  lirloo.  Fort    Mav   1,7  a. 
Hope. 


2d  Icloo. 
Christie  Lake. 
Do  


Il.l  1^'Uio. 
Mile.s  Lalte 


Do 


0th  Igluu. 
Kcar    Capo 
Wevuton. 
Do 


7  p. 
2, 10  a. 

X  7  a. 


4,7  a. 


I  p. 
.I,  7  a. 

8,7  a. 

7  p. 
0,7  a. 

7  p. 


m. 
ni. 
lu. 

m. 
m.  I 
in.  I 
in. 

m. 
in.  I 

m.| 

'"•1 
m.  I 
ni.  I 
in. 
111.  I 

m.  I 


10 

8 

2 
10 
10 
11 
18 
10 
20 

7  i 

4  ; 
10  j 

•  10  i 

■  "I 

.18 
.18 

:1S 
"J  I 

.  10  ' 
.12  1 

4 

0 
.  20 

* 

■  * 

10  I 
.     1  i 

■  7  I 
0 

■  10 

•  18 

•  14 

•  17 

-  28 
.    4 

•  19 

•  23 

-  5 
•28 

•  12 
.    5 

2 

■  3 
0 

-  10 
18 

0 
0 


4 

10 
1 
10 
10 
13 
10 
17 
12 
14 
15 
15 
24? 
18 
18 
20 
22 
23 
22 


Bar. 


In. 


Wind. 


Slty. 


RemarliR. 


SE... 
SB  .. 
Calm. 
NE.. 

E 

E  . . . 
SE 


..  1 


SE r. 

SE .I 

(Jalm 

KW 1 

Calm 

SW  . . . . 
N\V  ... 
NW  ... 
N\V  . . . 
N\V  ... 
N\V  ... 
N\V  ... 
N  \V  . . . 
I  ^\V  ... 

!  N\V  ... 
I  SW . . . . 
'  SW.... 

!  NW  ... 


...   0 
...  4 

3 


1 


N .I 

NE .I 

NE 5 

.SW 0 

SE 3 

SE 2 

SW 2 

SW 2 

W 0 

"W 1 

SW 2 

WSW 1 

SSW 2 

Calm 

W 1 

SW 1 

XE h 

NE 7 

NE 0 

N.VE    4 

NNE 3 

NNE 7 

E 3 

NE 3 

NE 2 


Cloudy  ... 

Overcast 

...do 

...do.. 

...  do ! 

Cloudy j 

Overcast 

Tew  clouds  . ! 

...do 

Cloudy 

()v(>ica8t  ... 
l'"ew  clouds   : 

Clear [ 

. .  do t 

. .  (h) I 

. .  do i 

....do I 

...do I 

Vvw  clouds  .\ 

Clear 

Few  clouds  . , 

..  do \ 

...do 

....do  

Cloudv 

. .  do  '. 

Overcast  . . 

...do ! 

Cloudy 

Overcast | 

...do j 

Cloudy  

Few  clouds  . 

. . .  do 

. .  do 

. . .  do 

...do  

Overcast  . . 

Clear 

.     do 

Few  clouds  . 
Overcast  — ' 


Snow  and  drift;  ther.  lowest  last 
Snow  and  drift.  [night,  ;fi. 


Snow  and  drift. 
Snow  and  drift. 

Ther.  lowest  last  nif;ht,  Ifi" 
Ther.  lowest  last  ni"ht,  — 7". 


Ther.  lowest  last  ni  ;ht,  —  10°. 
Drift. 

Ther.  lowest  last  naht,  — 10^. 
Drift. 


Cloudy . 
....do    ., 


(hi  journvy  to  Cape  Wei/nton. 

!  S.SE 0  !  Cloudv 

'  SSE 0  I. ..do". 

SSE .')...  do  . 

I  SSE 5  I  Overcast 

I  SSE r> 

NW 7 

WNW 7 

I  WNW 2 

WNW 0 

WNW 0 

NW 2 

NW 1 


Cloudy 
Overcast. 
...do  .... 


SE  ., 
SE.. 
SE  . 
SSE. 
SSE. 
SSE. 


Cliuidy 

Few  clouds . 

...do  

Clear 

Few  clouds 

Overcast 

Cloudy 

Overcast 

..  do 

Chmdy 

Overcast 


Ther.  lowest  uiKlit     -  20°. 

Ther.  lowest  niRht,  -  24". 

Snow. 

Snow. 

Snow;  ther.  lowest  last  night, — 4". 

Snow. 

Snow  ;  ther.  lowest  la.sl  night,  —  1 1°. 
Snow. 

Fog;  ther.  lowest  last  uiglit,  — 20°. 
Drift. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 30^. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 2S^. 

Snow ;  ther.  lowestlast  night. — 20°. 

Snow  and  drift. 

Snow  and  drift. 

Hazy;  ther.  lowest  last  night, — 12". 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 12<'. 
Hazy;  ther.  lowest  last  night, — 10°. 

Drift;  ther.  lowest lastnight, — ,5°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 10°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Snow. 

Drift;  ther.  lowest liistnight,  12°. 

Drift. 

Thor.  lowest  last,  —10°. 

Drift;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  18°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Snow  and  drift ;  ther.  lowest  last 

Snow  and  drift.  [night,  22°. 

Snow  and  drift. 


i.    ' 

t;  :  ■ 
■ 

j 

'    ^ 

1 1 

534 


HaWs  Meteorological  Journal. 


May,  181)7— Ai'iUL,  1H(W. 


\     i 


H 


Locality. 


Oth  Isloo. 
No  111-   Capo 

Wcvntiin. 
1st  lijlouuf  re- 
turn. 
i  Enc^t  Mo.  120. 
I  Sliijis'  lliirlior 

ILat.    GUojC'Jf. 
Loiig.b(P   O'W. 

Do  


Unto. 


Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do 

Do 

Do. 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do. 

Do 

Do 

Do. 

Do 

Do 


tS(i7. 

ilay  lu,  7  a.  in. 

III. 

7  p.  111. 

11,  7  II.  111. 

July  15, 7  a.  in. 

m. 

7  p.  ni. 

10, 7  a.  III. 

111. 

7  p.  111. 

17,  7  a.  111. 

111. 

7  p.  111. 

18,7  a.  111. 

111. 

7  II.  111. 

l!l,  7  a.  111. 

111. 

7  p.  111. 

20,  7  a.  111. 

III. 
7  p.  111. 

21,  7  a.  ni. 

III. 
7  p.  111. 

22,  V  a.  111. 

111. 

7  p.  111. 

2:t,  7  a.  111. 

III. 

7  p.  111. 

24, 7  a.  ni. 

III. 

7  p.  in. 

2.">,  7  a.  III. 

111. 

7  p.  111. 

20,  7  a.  111. 

in. 

7  p.  111. 

27,  7  a.  111. 

in. 
7  p.  111. 

28,  7  a.  III. 

111. 

7  p.  m. 

29, 7  a.  111. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

30, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  111. 

31, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

Auj;.   1, 7  a.  m. 


Thcv.  5.     Bur. 


:m 

28 
23 

J2 
.'JO 
4,') 
40 

sr. 

43 
42 
'lO 
42 
41 
42 
411 
42 
4.S 
42 
48 

:>:> 

M 
41 
02 
40 
.51 

4(1 
40 
48 
42 
47 
4!) 
42 
4.-> 
50 
47 
47 

,-in 

40 
40 

ri3 

43 
42 
51 
45 
43 
04 
48 
43 
50 
50 
41 
48 
44 
44 


la. 


Wiud. 


Sky. 


Ileraoikg. 


!*SE. 
SSE  . 

SSK. 


.1 


Overcast. . . 

....do  

....do  

l"ow  clouds 


SE 3 

E 2 

E 2 

E 4 

E 1 

HE  3 

SE 4 

SE 1 

E 2 

E 2 

ESE 3 

SE 2 

W 1 

X.livAV....l 
X.  l.'v  W  ...  3 

NE" 2 

WSW 1 

WSW 1 

W 1 

SSW 1 

W 1 

NW 2 

XW    1 

N\V 1 

XXW 1 

N\V 4 

X\V 2 

X\V 0 

.S'W 5 

XXW 0 

XW 5 

XXW  5 

XXW 0 

>'xw a 

XXW 0 

XXW 0 

Calm 

Calm 

NW 2 

X^W 4 

XW 3 

Calm 

XW 3 

XW 4 

XW 3 

XW 1 

SW 1 

Calm 

XXW 5 

NXW 0 

NW 0 

NW 1 


Cloudy .... 

do 

....do 

Ovc'icast  .. 

Cloudy . 

...do. 

..  do 

..do 

OvcieaHl 

...do 

...do 

...do 

...do  

...do 

do 


Cloudy 

do 

...do 

...do  

...do  

...do 

Few  clouds . 

..  do 

Clear 

Cloudy 

Clear 

....do  

Cloudy .  .   . 
Few  clouds 

Cloiidv 

...do'. 

I'cw  clouds . 

...do 

Cloudy 

....do'. 

...do  

...do  

Clo.ir 

Cloudy 

Overcast 

...do  


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  iR". 

Thcr.  lowest  last  night,  38°. 

Fog. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  38°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  41°. 


Rain ;  thcr.  lowest  last  night,  40°. 

liain. 

Itaiu. 

Thcr.  lowest  Inst  night,  41°. 


Ther.  lowest  hist  night,  41°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  40°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  43°. 


Cloudy . 

do  .. 

...do  .. 
...do  .. 

. .  do  . . 
. . .  .do  . . 

...do  .. 

...do  .. 
...do  .. 

...do  .. 


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  42°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  44°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  42°' 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  40°. 

Kain. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  37°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  35°. 

Itain. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  32°. 


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  34°.  . 


On  dcilgc-Jouniey  to  Fury  and  Hccla  Strait. 


7th  Igloo. 
Lake  Nappoo. 

8th  Igloo. 


Oth  Igloo. 
11th  Moo, 
N.  cndoixVmi- 
tolcc. 
12th  Igloo. 


18U8. 
Star.  30, 7 

7 
31,7 


Apr.   1,7 

4,7 


7 

5,7 

7 


a.  m. 

—  14 

111. 

—    8 

p.  in. 

—  10 

a.  ni. 

—  11 

111. 

4-     4 

p.  m. 

—    8 

a.  m. 

—    8 

a.  m. 

-  10 

m. 

-  10 

p.  ni. 

—  15 

a.  III. 

—    7 

p.  m. 

—    8 

XW 

XW 

NW 

XW 

NW 

NW 

NW 

NW 
I  NW 
j  XW 2 

Calm 

NXW 1 


1 

7 

7 

1 

2 

1 

5 

1 

3 


Few  clouds 

...do 

...do 

...do 

...do  

...do  

Cloudy  ...  . 

Clear 

...do    

..  do 

...do 

...do 


Drift. 
Drift. 


Hall's  Meteorological  Journal. 
April— OcTOBE  It,  ISCji. 


.).)0 


Locality. 

Date. 

Ther.  5. 

Bar. 
In. 

Wind. 

Sky. 

Kemarks. 

13th  Igloo. 

Near  N.  Ooglit 

Island. 

14th  Igloo. 
Ooglit  Islands. 
Lat.  OnO."iK'.9.V. 
Lon;.'..'iiP40'W. 

5tli  Igloo, 
BrevooirKiver. 
Lat.     09^42' N. 
Lonu'.S.P       W. 

Ulli  Igloo, 
Eucanijinient 

Jiav. 
Lat.093  47'.5N. 
Long.  8.-,  J  1.5' W. 
Eue't  Xo.  183,* 
Low-tide  Eni't. 
Lat.  n6=29'.4X. 
Do 

1808. 
Apr.  0,         111. 

7,  7  a.  m. 

20, 7  n.  m. 

ni. 

7  p.  ni. 

21,9  a.  m. 

Ul. 

Aug.  27, 7  a.  ni. 

ni. 

7  p.  ni. 

28, 7  a.  III. 

ni. 

7  p.  Ul. 

29,  7  a.  111. 

ni. 

7  p.  111. 

30, 7  a.  ni. 

Ul. 

7  p.  m. 

31,7  a.  111. 

Oct.    3,7i-.  ni. 

III. 

7  p.  ni. 

,5, 7  a.  111. 

ni. 

7  p.  in. 

6,7  a.  111. 

III. 

7  p.  in. 

13, 7  a.  Ul. 

ni. 

7  p.  111. 

14, 7  a.  in. 

Ul. 

7  p.  in. 
15, 7  a.  Ul. 

Ul. 

7  p.  lu. 

16, 7  a.  UI. 

m. 

7  p.  Ul. 
17, 7  a.  UI. 

UI. 

7  p.  Ul. 

18, 7  a.  III. 

ni. 

7  p.  111. 
23, 7  a.  Ul. 

Ul. 

7  p.  Ul. 

24, 7  a.  111. 

III. 

7  p.  Ul. 

25, 7  a.  Ul. 

m. 

7  p.  UI. 

26, 7  a.  UI. 

m. 

7  p.m. 

c 

1 
Hazy. 
Uazy. 

Snow.     Left  thcrinonieter  on  an 
island  near t he westeru entianeo 
to  Fury  and  lleela  Straits. 

Tlier.  lowest  last  night,  34°. 

Ther.  lowcs*  last  uiglit,  32°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  30°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  31°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  36^. 
Fog;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  4°. 

Fog. 

Drift  i  ther.  Uiwest  last  night,  0°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Ther.  lowest  laut  night,  7°. 

Snowi  ther.  lowest  last  night,  13°.  1 

Snow. 

Snow. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  4". 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  0°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —6°. 

Aurora. 

Ther.  lowoat  last  night,  — 10°. 

Aurora. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —3°. 

Snow  1  ther.  lowest  last  night,  0°. 

Snow. 

Snow. 

Drift ;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  3°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Drift;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  Qo. 

DrUt. 

Drift ;  thor.  lowest  last  night,  —4°. 

Drift. 

Aurora. 

—  5 
0 

—  10 

4 

10 

30 
50 
37 
30 
47 
30 
40 
44 
35 
3.> 
48 
40 
38 

4 
11 

7 

0 
10 

7 
12 
18 
14 
14 
10 
14 
,       .J 

12 
0 
5 
8 
3 
0 
4 

—  8 

—  6 
0 

—  3 
0 
4 
4 
0 

18 
20 
5 
8 
4 
3 
2 

—  2 
— -    2 

0 

—  3 

WNW... 

W 

W 

..4 

.1 

.1 

Clear  





Calm 

bW 

NNW  .... 
NNW  .... 

N 

NW 

.  i 

..5 
..0 

Cloudy 

....do  

Few  clouds  . 

...  do  

Cloudy 

..  do". 

Do 

NA\' 

NW 

NW 

NNW  .... 
NNW  .... 
NW 

.  .'> 
..3 
..4 
..5 
..3 

...do  

. . .  do 

...do  

Few  clouds  . 

Clear    

Few  clouds  . 

Do 

Do 

NW 

NW 

..4 

Clear 

Cloudy  

..  do'. 

Cloudy 

...do  

...do 

....do  

....do  

....do  

Few  clouds  . 

C)veicast 

do 

...  do  

Cloudy 

Overcast 

...  .do 

Cloudy 

...  do 

.  do 

Few  clouds  . 

Clear 

....do  

Cloudy 

Overcast  — 

Clear 

Overcast — 

...do  

....do  

...do  

...do  

.     do 

Cloudy 

do". 

do 

Few  clouds  . 

Cloudy  

Few  clouds  . 

Cloudy 

Clear    

...do 

NW 

(;alm 

NNW  .... 

W 

NNW    ... 
NNW  .... 
NNW  .... 

E 

NE 

N   .. 

..1 

..3 
..4 
.  0 
..7 
..5 
..5 

n 

Euc't    No.  180. 
Talloon    Enc't. 
Lat.     fl«5  37'  N. 
Loiig.8U3  42'W. 

Do 

Do 

NW 

NW 

NW 

NNW  .... 
NNW  .... 

NW 

NNW  .... 
NNW  .... 
NNW  .... 
NNW  . . . . 
NNW  .... 

NW 

N 

NE    . . . 

!  2 
.'.1 

.3 

.  r> 
..« 

.2 
2 

'.1 
.1 

;t 

Do  

Do 

Do 

Do         

Do         .   . 

NNW  .... 

NW 

NW 

NW 

I:::.... 

E     

NNW  .... 
NNW  .... 
NNW.... 
NNAV  .... 
NNW  .... 
NNW  .... 
NNW.... 
NNW  .... 
NNW  .... 

'2 

'.  (i 

..r, 

..5 

..1 

..4 
.4 
..7 
..7 
..7 
..7 
..0 
..3 
..7 
..7 
..5 

Do 

Do        

Do 

Do  

*Thonumbi 

m  for  Encampm 

cDti  boynd  No.  03  aiu  tUuso  giv>e 

u  in  the  tabic 

which  closes  these  observations. 

^ 


!  - 1  !  1  ■: 

i':  If  :■'; 

ii':  li 


% 


ll  »  1  ? 


536 


Locality. 


Enc't  No.  180. 
Tilllonii  Unr't. 
Lat.  (i(P:)"'X. 
Loii;r.b(P  4:;'  \V 
Eiic't  Nil.  187. 

Lak(!  Euc't. 
Lat.  (iUo:i3'..'>N 
Loiij;.8Uo;)4'\V 


Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 


Enct  No.  188. 
I  Lat.  (iCoai'N. 
Loii2.H«o7'..">\V, 
Enc't  No.  189. 
Lat.  BG^IIS'N. 
L()iis:.85=  W  \V 
Enc't  No.  1!)0. 
Lat.    0U=47'N. 

Lou?.s."i^  ;;5' W. 

Euc't  No.  191. 
Lat.  00o58'N. 
LonL'.Buo  19'  \V. 

Enc't  No.  19-.'. 
Lat.  ()0=58'.r)N. 
Lons.85^23'\V. 
Do 


Enc't  No.  193. 
Lat.    00'  .50'  N.  I 
LouL'.«5o      W.l 
JJo I 


Enct  No.  194.  i 
Lat.  07°  1'  N. , 
LonK.84=5*W.l 
Enc't  No.  IBS.  i 
Lat.  oiiosc'.r.N.' 
Lons.84=15'W. 
Enc't  No.  190. 
Lat.  07°  N. 
Long.840  52'W. 


Halfs  Meteorological  Journal. 


OcTOBKK— November,  1868. 


Dato. 


Ni>v. 


1808. 

Oct.  '^7, 7  a.  ni. 

ni 

7  p.  ni. 

;il,  7  a.  HI. 

ni. 

7  p.  ni. 

1,  7,  a.  m. 

in. 

7  ]).  ni. 

J,  7  a.  111. 

111. 

7  ]).  111. 

3,  7  a.  111. 
III. 

7  p.  111. 

4,  7  a.  111. 
III. 

7  ji.  111. 

■">,  7  a.  111. 

ni. 

7  p.  111. 

0, 7  a.  m. 

III. 

7  ]).  III. 

7,  7  a.  111. 

in. 

7  p.  ni. 

8, 7  a.  ni. 

III. 

7  p.  III. 

9.  7  11.  111. 

111. 

7  ji.  111. 

10,7  a.  111. 

111. 

7  p.  111. 


7  p.  111. , 

12,  7  a.  III.  { 

111. 
7  p.  111. 

13,  7  a.  III. 

III. 
7  p.  in. 

14,  7  a.  in.  j 

m.  I 

15,  7  a.  in. 

m. 

7  p.  III. 

10, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  in. 

17,  7  a.  ra. 

ni. 

7  J),  m. 

18, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  111. 

19,7  a.  111. 

III. 

7  ]).  in. 

•20, 7  a.  m. 

in. 

7  p.  lu. 

'J2, 7  a.  m. 

7  p.m. 

23,  7  a.  ni. 

in. 

7  p.m. 


Thtf.  6. 


■  10 

l'> 
u 

13 

■  HI 
.    li 

■  r." 

10 
.  7 
.  9 
17 
11 
1.". 
■JO 


Bur. 


In. 


Wind. 


NW 

N\V 
NW  . 
NW 
NW  , 
XW  , 
NW  , 
N  W  . 
NW  . 
W  ... 
w ... 
NW  . 

i; . . . , 


...7 

0 

...2 

....1 

. ..  '2 
...  1 


Sky. 


NW 
NW 
NW  . 
;lni 
N  W 
NW 
iliii  . 
NW 
NW 


..1 

.  2 
.  5 
.  (i 
.  U 
lU 
11 


.   1 
.   1 


NW 
NW 
NW 


NW 
NW  , 
NW 
NW 


1 
1 
3 
.0 


1 

1   i 


Few  clouds 
Cloudy  .... 

. .  do 

...do 

Few  clouds 

. . .  do 

Cloudy 

l''('w  clouds 

....do  

Clear  

do 

Few  clouds 
Overcast . . . 

...do  

...do    

Cloudy  .... 
Few  clouds 

...do 

Clear    

I'ew  clouds 

Clear  

Few  clouds 

...do  

Clear 

Ovcrca.'it   . . 

...do  

Few  clouds 
("loiidv  . . . 
Few  clouds 

...do 

Cloudy     . . . 

.     do'. 

Clear 

Cloudy  . . . . 
Few  clouds 
Clear 


Bemarkb. 


Drift :  thcr.  lowest  last  iii"ht,  — 3o. 


Drift ;  tber.  lowest  lastniglit,  —7°. 

DiiCt. 

Drift. 

Drift;  tUer. lowcstlastuiglit, — 15°. 


Tlicr.  lowest  last  niglit,  — 13°. 


Fo;: ;  tlicr.  lowestlast  night,  — 12°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Drifl ;  thcr.loweatlastuight,  —17°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Thcr.  lowest  last  iiifilit,  —  20°. 


Fos 
l.'oK 


Fou 
Fo;; 


tiler,  lowestlast  ninUt,  —20°. 
ther.  lowest  lastmalit,  — 22°. 


Tlier.  lowest  last  niyht,-!«°. 


.Snow ;  tlier.  lowest  last  niaht,  — 12°. 
■Snow. 

Tlier.  lowest  last  night,  — 17°. 


(>ii  Joiinic;/  lo  Li/oii'ii  Inkt  to  Xuremb<r29. 


27  : NNW 3  ! 

24    NNW 4  I 

25    NNW 3  I 

22  i NNW 3  ! 

18    N.  : 2  ; 

22  '  N 5  ; 

14  '   SW 3 

12    SW 7  I 

14  I KW 7  , 

12    SW 5  I 

10  ! SW 2    . 


...do 

..  do 

.    do 

Cloudy  . . . . 
Few  clouds 

...do  

Overeaht . . . 
Cloiidv     . . . 

Clear' 

Cloudy  .    .. 
..do' 


0 
2 
4 
4 

12 

^^ 
14 
12 


S... 
S  .  . 
S  ... 
SW. 
SW. 
SW. 
E... 
W.. 
W 


4  I I  NNW 1 


14 

20 
24 
20 
18 
20 


NE. 

NE.. 

E    ... 

SE... 

E    ... 

SE... 

SSW 

s 


...  1 

...2 
....1 
....1 
...  4 
....5 
.7 
5 


NNW 2 

NE 1 

-NE 2 

N     2 

NNW 4 


Overcast . . . 

...do 

...do 

..do 

...do 

..  do    

Few  clouds 
Cloudy 


Few  clouda 
Overcast . . . 

...do  

. .  do 

Cloudy  .... 

— do 

Overcast . . . 


Cloudy 

Overcast  . . 

...do  

...do    

Few  clouds 


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  27°. 
Thcr.  lowest  last  night,  — 25°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —28°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 14°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 10°. 

Drift. 
Drift. 
Drift. 
Drift. 


Uiizy;  snow. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  4°. 

Fog. 

log. 


Fog. 

Drift. 

Aurora. 

Ther.  lowest  last  uiglit,  —0°. 

Snow. 

Fog;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  8°. 

Fog. 


//«//'*•  Metcoroloffical  Journal. 


537 


NovEMBEU— December,  1808. 


-  2i'P, 


-12°  J 


Locality. 


Enc't  No.  190. 
Lat.    07^       N. 
Lou  ^'.  84°  52'  W. 
Do 


Date. 


Nov 


Enc't  No.  IDT.  I 
Lat.    (;0=.')S'X. 

Loiii.'.»^r)"MU'\v.' 

Enc't  No.  108.  ' 
Lat.  fl(P47'(\\'. 
Lous-8!J^i;5'(N. 

Euct  No.  1U».  I 
Lat.  0(io:i,j'l\V.! 
Lnui;.85^;jO'?N.i 

Enc't  No.  200.  I 

Lat.  (io;"  ;);;'..■)  .\". 

Lou2.8(i°WW.| 
Do 


1808. 
•J4,  7  a. 

7].. 
2.'),  7  «. 

7].. 
20, 7  a. 

7].. 
27,7  a. 


28,  7  a. 


'  !>• 

29, 7  a. 

7  p. 

30, 7  a. 


Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
Do 


Do. 
Do. 


Do. 

Do. 
Do. 

Do 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 


I  Dec. 


3,  7  a. 

7  p. 
4, 7  a. 

7i). 
5, 7  a. 

7  p. 
6,  7  a. 

,IP' 
7,7  a. 

7  p. 

8, 7  a. 

7  p. 
0,7  a. 

7  p. 

10, 7  a. 

7  p. 
11,  7  a. 
14,  7  a. 

7  p. 
15,7  a. 

7  p. 
10, 7  a. 

10, 7  a. 

7  p. 

20,  7  a. 

7  p. 
21, 7  a. 

7  p. 
22, 7  a. 

7  p. 

23,  7  a. 

7  p. 
'U,  7  a. 

7  p. 


Thcr  S. 


Bar. 


Wind. 


In. 


NNW 4 

NNW 4 

NNW  2 

....8 
...  7 
...  7 
....4 
....5 


NE. 

NE. 

E 

E. 

E 


!  NNW 1 

i  N\V 1 

I  NE I 

j  NE    3 

SW   2 

'  S\V 4 

;  S\V 2 


NXW 2 

WNW 1 

N\V 1 

SSE  2 

SSE 2 

SE 1 

SE .2 


...3 
...4 
....7 


E 

ESE 
E... 
E  . . . 
ENE 

NW 5 

SW 9 

NW 9 

NNW 0 

NNW 0 

N.NW 9 

NNW 8 

NNW 8 

N 9 

N 9 

N 9 


N 9 

NNW 0 

NNW .-) 

NW 7 

N 5 

NNW 1 

NW 1 

NE 1 

NE 1 

SE  3 

NNW 3 

NNW 0 

NNW 7 

NW 3 

NNW 3 

NNW 1 

N 1 

N 0 

N 5 

N.  livW....7 

NW 0 

NNW 0 

NNW 6 

NW 0 

WNW 1 

ENE  1 

ESE 2 

SE 1 

N 1 

N 2 

N 1 


Sky. 


Remarks. 


Overcast. 
..  <lu  .... 
. .  do    . . . 


Overcast . 
...do  .... 


Few  cloudH 
Overcast  . . 

do     

Cloudy  .... 
Few  clouds 
C'luudv 


Thcr.  lowest  last  niglit,  —  8°. 


Drift;  ,sno%ir. 
Drift;  snow. 
Drift;  suon". 

Snow. 

Tlier.  lowest  last  nisjht,  — 10°. 

Snow. 

Ther.  lowest  las!  nidit,  — 10°. 


Cloudy  .... 

. .  .do 

..do 

Ovcicast . . . 

..do I 

...do 

..do Snow. 

..  .do Snow. 

. .  do Snow. 


Snow ;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  8°. 

Snow. 

Drift. 

Drilt. 

Drift. 


...do  

...do 

...do  

...do  

...do  

Few  clouds 

..do I  Drift;  ther.  lowest  la.stnislit,— 20='. 

Clear Drift. 

Few  clouds  .    Drift. 

Cloudy Drift;  ther.  lowcstla.slni;;Iit,—'J2''. 


Few  clouds 

...dii 

..do 

Clear 

ilo 

do 


Overcast. . ..! 
Few  clouds 

Cloudy I 

..  do ' 

Overcast 1 

...do  

..  do \ 

...do . 

Clondy j 

Few  clouds  .1 

..do i 

...do 

Cloudy I 

...do I 

...do 

...do  

Clear 

I  Few  clouds  . 

Cloudy  

...do    1 

..  do 

..  do 

...do  

..do 

Clear 

Few  clouds 
...do 


Drift: 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Drift; 

Diift 

Drift 

Tlicr 

Thcr, 


ther.  lowest  lastai^ht, — 22' 


thcr.  lowest  last  night, — 20=". 

;  aurora. 

lowcHt  last  niu'lit,  — 2'2°. 

lowest  last  night, — 20°. 


'f 


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 2U°. 


Drift;  ther.  lowcstlast  niglit,— 10°. 
Drift. 


Tiler,  hnvest  last  ui^-lil, — 24'. 


Drift;  ther.  lowc^it  last  night,— 22°. 

Drilt. 

Drill 

Drift ;  tlier.  lowestbist  night,— 23°. 

Drift. 

Ther.  lowest  lust  night,  —  18°. 


Ther.  lowest  laat  night,  — 5°. 
Fog. 


538 


HaWs  Meteorological  Journal. 


December,  IflCB — January,  leC'J. 


.liiif 


m 


Locality. 

Date. 

Thcr.  5. 

Bar.            Wind. 

Sky. 

BcmarkB. 

Enc't  No.  200. 
Lat.  00°  33'.5N. 
LoDC.8fl°34'W. 

1808. 

Deo.  25, 7  a.  in. 

ni. 

7  p.  ui. 

20, 7  a.  III. 

in. 

7  p.  in. 

27, 7  a.  in. 

ni. 

7  p.  m. 

28,  7  a.  m. 

in. 

7  p.  ni. 

29, 7  a.  in. 

in. 

7  p.  m. 

30, 7  a.  ni. 

ni. 

7  p.  m. 

1800. 

Jan.    1, 7  a.  ni. 

in. 

7  p.  m. 

2, 7  a.  ni. 

ni. 

7  p.  ni. 

3, 7  a.  ui. 

Ul. 

7  p.  in. 

4,  7  a.  ni. 

in. 

7  p.  in. 

5, 7  a.  m. 

in. 

7  p.  ni. 

0, 7  a.  in. 

in. 

7  p.  ni. 

7,  7  a.  in. 

ni. 

7  p.  ni. 

8, 7  a.  in. 

m. 

7  p.  ni. 

0, 7  a.  m. 

111. 

7  p.  ni. 

10, 7  a.  Ul. 

in. 

7  p.  ni. 

11,7  a.m. 

m. 

7  p.  ni. 

12, 7  a.  Ul. 

Ll. 

7  p.  in. 

13, 7  a.  lu. 

ni. 

7  p.  in. 

14, 7  a.  111. 

in. 

7  p.m. 

15, 2  a.  ni. 

ni. 

7  p.  m. 

10, 7  a.  ra. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

17, 7  a.  Ul. 

ni. 

7  p.  in. 

18, 7  a.  m. 

ni. 

7  p.m. 

0 

—  4 

—  4 

—  3 

—  3 

—  2 
0 

—  23 

—  28 

—  24 

—  '*2 

22 

—  21 

—  18 

22 

—  28 

—  22 

—  18 

—  4 

—  10 

—  12 

—  11 

—  12 

—  U 

—  20 

—  17 

—  17 

—  10 

—  10 

—  18 

—  15 

—  10 

—  18 

—  22 

—  25 

—  30 

—  30 

—  20 

—  20 
-28 

—  28 

—  32 

—  34 

—  35 

—  30 
-34 

—  34 

—  32 

—  33 

—  30 

—  28 

—  27 

—  23 

—  21 

—  28 

—  20 

—  25 

—  14 

—  12 

—  15 

—  8 

—  12 

—  14 

—  47 

—  14 

—  17 

—  10 

—  20 
. 22 

—  20 

—  20 

—  22 

In. 

SSE 

SE 

SSE 

SE 

tialni  

N 

NNW  ... 
NNW  ... 

NE 

N   

NAV 

NNW  ... 
NW      ... 

..4i 
..2 
.  3 
..1 

.3 
.2 
.7 
.2 
..1 
.1 
..1 
o 

Cloudy 

...  do  

...do  

Overcast 

...  do  

...do  

Cloudy 

do 

Clear 

Cloudy 

Few  clouds  . 
..     do 

Overcast 

Cloudy 

Few  clouds  . 

Clear 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —4°. 

Thcr.  lowest  l»Bt  uljiht,  —4°. 

Snow. 

Snow. 

Drift;  ther.  lowestlastnight,— 23». 

Drift. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —25°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —22°. 

Drift. 

Drift  J  ther.  lowestlastnight,— 28°. 

Ther.  lowest  kst  night, —12°. 
Snow. 

Drift. 
Drift. 
Drift. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  -18°. 

nazv. 

Drilt;  ther. lowcstlastuight,- 22". 

Drift.                                  '' 

Drift. 

Ther.  lowest  hist  night,  —31°. 

Thor.  lowest  last  night,  —28°. 

Drift)  ther.  lowest  hist  night,— 34°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Drift;  ther.  lowest  last  night,— 38°. 

Drift. 

Aurora. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night, —33°. 

Ther.  lowest  hist  night,  —28°. 

Thcr.  lowest  last  night,  —28°. 

Thcr.  lowest  last  uight,  —27°. 

Drift;  thcr.  lowestlastnight,- 15°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —18°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  -17°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —27°. 

Do      

Do 

Do 

Do  

N 

N 

NNW  ... 

..2 
..7 
..0 

Do 

........ 







!.!!!!!. 

r 

ENE  .... 

WNW... 
WNW... 

NE 

NNE.... 

N 

N 

NW 

NNW  ... 

N 

N 

N 

X 

ENE  .... 
ENE  .... 

N 

N 

N 

N..- 

X 

E 

N  

XNW  ... 
NNW... 
NNW... 
XNW  ... 
XNW  ... 

xw 

NW 

NW 

WNW... 

..1 

..3 
..1 
...1 
..1 
..  3 
...0 
...3 
..4 
..4 
. .  .7 
...0 
...C 
..2 
..2 
...1 
...8 
...7 
.  ..7 
...3 
..  2 
...3 
...2 
...3 
...4 
...8 
...7 
..  8 
...7 
...0 
..4 
..3 
...3 
...3 

Overcast 

Clear  

...do  

Overcast 

...do  

...  do 

Cloudy 

...  do  

Overcast  — 

...do  

...  do 

...do  

....do  

...do  

Do  

Do 

Do      . 

Do.      .     .. 

Do 

Few  clouds  . 

...do  

...do  

Cloudy 

do 

...  do  

...  do  

....do  

....do  

...do 

....do  

Clear  

Cloudy 

...do  

Clear    

Cloudy 

Few  clouds  . 

Clear    

Few  clouds  . 
...do  

Clear 

Few  clouds  . 
...do    

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Calm 

Calm 

Calm 

Do 

Enc't  No.  201. 
Lat.    6fl°37'N. 
LonB.8G°42'W. 

Calm 

Cloudy  .... 

...  do 

...do 

Few  clouds . 

Cloudy 

do 

...  do  

...do  

...do  

Clear 

Cloudy 

Few  clouds  . 

Cloudy 

Overcast 

Cloudy 

....do  

SE 

SE 

NW 

NW 

...1 
..  2 
..3 
...5 

NW 

NW 

ESE 

ESE 

ESE 

XNW  ... 

XTnv  ... 

XNW  ... 

XW 

N 

N 

...4 
...1 
2 
...2 
...1 
...9 
...7 
...7 
...2 
...2 
...1 

Do 

Do 

i^ii 


HalVn  Mdiwologkal  Journal. 


539 


January — Februauy,  1809. 


Locality. 

Diite. 

Ther.  5. 

Bar. 

Wind. 

Sky. 

Few  cloads  . 

..  do 

...  do 

...do  

...do  

...do 

...  do 

...do 

...  do  

Cloudy  — 
.. .  do 

Few  clouds  . 

...do  

...do  

....do 

Remarks. 

Enc't  No.  201. 
Lat.    (J0O37'X. 
LoiiL'.g00  42'W. 

Do 

1800. 

Jan.  10, 7  a.  in. 

in. 

7  p.  in. 

20, 7  a.  in. 

m. 

7  p.  in. 

21, 7  u.  in. 

111. 

7  p.  m. 

22, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

23, 7  a.  111. 

m. 

7  p.  in. 

24, 7  a.  111. 

in. 

7  p.  ui. 

25, 7  a.  in. 

ill. 

7  p.  in. 

20, 7  a.  111. 

111. 

7  p.  in. 

27, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

28, ;  a.  111. 

7  p.  m. 

20, 7  a.  in. 

111. 

7  p.  m. 
30, 7  a.  m. 

,      "'• 
7  p.  111. 

31, 7  a.  in. 

ni. 

7  p.  ill. 

l^eb.    1, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

2, 7  a.  m. 

in. 

7  p.  m, 

3, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

4, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.m. 

5, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  ni. 

0, 7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.m. 

7, 7  a.  Bi. 

ni. 

7  p.  111. 

8, 7  a.  m. 

ni. 

7  p.  m. 

9,  7  a.  ni. 

in. 

7  p.  m. 

10, 7  a.  in. 

m. 

7  p.  m. 

11,  7  a.  m. 

m. 

7  p.  in. 

0 

—  37 

—  ,30 

—  30 

—  35 

—  32 

;;.J 

-:io 

—  17 

—  10 

—  7 

—  10 

—  » 

—  10 

—  15 

—  10 

—  10 

—  10 
_  10 

—  10 

—  0 

—  18 

—  20 

—  18 

—  21 

—  8 

—  0 

—  0 

—  4 

—  4 

—  10 

—  20 

—  28 

—  20 

—  24 

—  17 

—  18 

0 
1 

—  4 

=  1^ 

—  10 

-30 

—  30 

—  34 

—  38 

—  30 

—  35 

—  35 

—  33 

—  35 

—  20 

—  10 

—  24 

—  28 

—  30 

—  34 

—  37 

—  28 

—  20 

—  38 

—  30 
~-  35 

In. 

XNW  ... 
NXW  ... 

NW 

NW 

X  W 

XW 

NW 

XXW... 
NNW  ... 
SW 

..7 
..7 

.'  8 
.  7 
..8 
.  U 
..8 
..8 
.   5 

Drift ;  ther.  lowestlastiiiglit,— 37°. 

Drill. 

Diitt. 

Drilt;  ther.  lowest  last  night,— 37°. 

Diilt. 

Drift. 

Drilt  i  ther.  lowest lastuight,— 32°. 

Drilt. 

Drilt. 

Drilt  i  ther.  lowestlastuight,- 34°. 

Diilt. 

Diirt. 

Drill  1  tUcr.  lowest  histnight,— 35°. 

Drill. 

Drift. 

Drilt ;  ther.  lowest la8tnight,—10=>. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Drill  1  ther.  lowest  lastnight,— 10°. 

Drift. 

Drill. 

Drilt;  ther.  lowest lastnight,— 10°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Drift;  (her.  lowistla.st  night,— 10°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Drift;  ther.  lowest hi.ilnight,— 10°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 20°. 

Tlier. lowest  last  night,— 21°. 

Suow;  llier.  lowest  last  night, — 6°. 

Ther.  hiwe.st  last  night,  —20°. 

Ther.  hr.vcst  last  night,  —20°. 

Show  ;  ther.  lowost  last  night, — 18°. 
Snow. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 14°. 

Drift. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 30°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  38°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  35°. 

Snow  ;  ther.  lowest  lastuight,— 37°. 

Snow. 

Drift. 

Drilt ;  ther.  lowcstlast  night,— 28°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 37°. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —38°. 

1 

Do      

Do 

NW 

NW 

NW 

NNW  ... 
X.  by  W. 

XW 

XW 

XW 

XW 

XW 

XW 

XW 

XW 

NW 

NW 

XW 

XW 

XW 

XW 

XW  .... 
XXW  ... 
XNW  ... 
XXW  ... 

Calm 

Calm  .... 

SK 

SK 

SK 

XW 

XW 

NW 

NW  .... 

SK 

SE 

SE. 

SE 

SE 

.   8 

.  8 

10 

10 

11 

.11 

.11 

.11 

.31 

U 

.11 

.10 

.0 

.  0 

.8 

.  8 

..8 

..8 

...7 

. .  7 

..5 

.  3 

.1 

'..\ 
2 

'.  .3 
...4 
...5 
...3 
...1 

...i 

..  3 

.3 
...5 
..  0 
..  1 
..   1 
...1 
..  3 
...0 
...4 
2 

!.i 
"."  1 

...0 
...0 
...8 
...7 
...1 
. .  .2 
2 

..  3 

;;;4 

Do  

Do      

Do  

Few  clouds  . 
..     do 

Cloudy 

Few  (douds  . 
...  do  

Cle.ir 

Few  clouds  . 
..     do 

Cli'ar 

Cloudy 

...  do' 

Few  ilouds 

Cloudy 

OvereliHt   . 

. .  do 

...  do  

...  du  

Few  clouds  . 

...do 

—  do 

Clear 

Cloudy  

Few  ilonds  . 
...  do  

OveicaBt 

...do  

....do  

...do  

....do 

...do  

Clear 

...  do 

...do 

Cloudy 

do 

Clear 

...do  

...do  

Cloudy 

Overcast 

...do  

Clear 

Few  clouds  . 
...do 

Clear  

...do  

Few  clouds  . 

...do  

.      do    

Cloudy 

Clear 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 

XW 

NW 

NW 

NW 

X   

NXW  . . . 
NNW  ... 
NNW  ... 
NNW  ... 
NNW  ... 
XNW  ... 
XNW  ... 
XXW  ... 

SE 

SW 

NXW  ... 

NW 

NW 

NW 

NNW  . . . 
NNW  ... 
NNW  ... 
NNW  ... 
NTTW  ... 
NNW... 

Do 

Do 

Do         

Do         

Do 

Do  

Do 

I-' 


I 


J 


540 


HalFs  Meteorological  Journal. 


Fkbuuauy— March,  IriO'J. 


\i 


H 


Ml? 


Locality. 

Date. 

Ther.  5. 

Bar. 

Wind. 

Sky. 

Remarks. 

1800. 

0 

In. 

Enct  No. 201. 

Feb.  12, 7  a.  m. 

—  40 

XNW  ... 

..1 

Clear 

Thor.  lowest  last  nlRht,  —  41°. 

Lat.    fl«°a7'N'. 

111. 

—  36 

NWV  ... 

.3 

...do    

L0BK.8U0  42'  W. 

7  ]).  III. 

—  42 

NNW  ... 

..1 

...do  

in,  7  11.  111. 

—  48 

Calm  .... 

...do 

Ther.  lowest  last  nlsht,  —  48°. 

111. 

—  38 

N\V 

..1 

...do  

7  11.  III. 

-4t 

NNW  ... 

.   1 

...do  

Do 

14, 7  a.  m. 
III. 

—  37 

N.NW  ... 

.   0 

iVw  c-'IoiuIh 

Drift  I  tlier.lowostlastnight,- 440. 
Drift, 

—  35 

NNW  ... 

.  .7 

Clear  

7  p.  in. 

—  40 

N.NW  ... 

.    < 

do 

Drift. 

Do 

1,5, 7  a.  in. 
in. 

ao 

NNW  ... 

7 

,    .  do    

Drill ;  ther. lowest lastniKlit,—40o. 
Drift. 

—  36 

NNW  ... 

.  7 

Fow  clouds  . 

7  p.  in. 

—  38 

•NNW    .. 

..5 

..do    

Drill. 

Do 

10, 7  a.  111. 
III. 

—  "6 

N.NW  ... 

—  24 

NNW  ... 

..9 

...do 

Drift. 

7  p.  ui. 

—  20 

NNW  ... 

.10 

...do  

Drift. 

Do 

17, 7  a.  ni. 
111. 

—  24 

—  2J 

NW 

Clear 

....do 

Drift ;  tlier.lowestlastniilit,— 20°. 

NW 

.  5 

7  p.  in. 

-28 

NW 

.1 

Few  clouds  . 

Do 

18,7  a.  in. 
111. 

•n 

SE 

l| 

Ovt'rcaHt 

l''(nr-ther  lowest  liiHt  Tiii'hl       **8'^ 

—  20 



SI-; 

.5 

...  do  ... — 

Snow. 

7  p.  111. 

—  18 

SK 

..5 

...do 

Snow. 

Do 

11),  7  a.  in. 
m. 

32 

NNW 

0 

do 

Drill ;  ther.lowfstlnstnijjlit,- 32°. 
Drift. 

—  30 

.. 

NNW    .. 

.  7 

.,do    

7  p.  lu. 

-32 

NNW  ... 

..« 

..   .do    

Drift. 

Do 

20, 7  a.  ni. 
ni. 

—  38 

NNW 

7 

I'^t'W  c1ou(1h 

Drift ;  ther. lowest lastnicht,- 38°. 
Drill. 

—  30 

NNW... 

.7 

...do 

7  p.  in. 

—  38 

NNW  ... 

.5 

Clear 

Drift. 

Do 

21  7  a  in 

40 

NNW 

5 

Drill ;  ther. lowest lastniuht,— 400. 
Drift. 

in. 

—  30 

NNW  ... 

.  n 

Clear 

7  p.  in. 

—  40 

^NW ... 

..5 

....do  

Drift. 

Do 

44 

NNW 

7 

..  do 

Drift ;  ther.lowcstlasf  nlKht,— 440. 
Drill. 

in. 

—  40 

NNW  ... 

.  1! 

. .  do 

7  p.  ni. 

—  42 

NNW  ... 

..7 

..do    

Drift. 

Do 

23, 7  a.  m. 
ni. 

29 

N.NW 

(1 

Drift ;  ther.  lowest  lastnicht, —420. 
Drift. 

—  20 

NNW  ... 

.  fi 

Cloiidv 

7  p.  m. 

—  32 

NNW  ... 

.2 

I'ow  cloudH  . 

Do 

20 

SE 

] 

Cloudy  

...do' 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —32°. 

ni. 

—  17 

SIO 

.3 

7  p.  ni. 

—  18 

SK 

..2 

...do  

Do 

2.".,  7  a.  m. 

—  18 

SE  

.1 

Overcast 

Thi'i-.  lowest  last  night,  — 180.          i 

ni. 

—  15 

KNW... 

..2 

Few  clouds  . 

7  p.  in. 

—  21 

NNW... 

2 

Cloudy 

Do 

20,  7  a.  ni. 

—  32 

NNW... 

.1 

....do    

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  32°. 

Ul. 

—  14 

SE 

.  1 

....do 

1 

7  p.m. 

—  14 

SE 

.  1 

...do 

1 

Do 

27, 7  a.  ni. 

—  11 

SE 

.  4 

Overcast 

Snow ;  ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 14°. 

ni. 

—    0 

SE 

.4 

....do 

Snow.                                                    i 

7  p.m. 

-    9 

SE 

.4 

Few  clouds . 

Do 

28, 7  a.  m. 

—  12 

N  W 

.5 

...do 

Ther.lowcst  last  night,  — 17°.          1 

m. 

—  14 

NW 

.  0 

...do 

1 

7  p.  m. 

—  25 

NNW  ... 

..5 

Clear 

Drift;  aurora.                                   ! 

Do 

Mar.    1, 7  a.  m. 

—  25 

NNW  ... 

.1 

Fow  clouds  . 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  28°. 

m. 
7  p.  m. 

Calm  .... 

...  do 

Fog. 

........ 

NW 

.  1 

Do 

2, 7  a.  m. 

NE 

..1 

Fog. 

m. 



E 

.  fi 

Cloudy  — 

Drift. 

7  p.  m. 

E 

.4 

Overcast 

Do 

3, 7  a.  m. 

NW 

'» 

Few  clouds  . 

m. 
7  p.  m. 

NW 

NW 

2 

...do 

Clear 

Do 

4, 7  a.  m. 
m. 

NW 

E 

.  5 

Overcast 

(Cloudy 

Drift;  fog. 
Drift. 

7  \>.  m. 

—  18 

NW 

.  1 

Few  clouds  . 

Do 

—  18 

SE      .     . 

a 

...  do  

Tlicr.  lowest  la.rt  night,  — 19° 

m. 
7  p.m. 

—  10 

-  9 

SE 

SE 

.3 
.  4 

..  do 

Overcast 



Do 

0, 7  a.  m. 

—  17 

Calm 

Cloudy 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  IS'^ 

m. 

—  15 

NNW  .... 

..5 

...do^ 

Drift. 

7  p.  m. 
7, 7  a.  111. 

—  20 

NNW  .... 

)i 

Drift;  hazv. 

Do 

—  20 

NNW  ... 

10 

Drift ;  ther.  iowcstlast night,— 20°. 

ni. 
7  p.  m. 

—  7 

—  5 

NNW  ... 
NNW  . . . 

.10 
.10 

Drift. 
Drift. 

UalVs  Meteorological  Journal. 
Maucii— Aphil,  18G9. 


541 


-140; 


Locnlity. 


Date. 


Ther.  5, 


Enc't  No.  201. 

I,at.    G(io  37'  X. 

Lons.HOo  42'  \V. 

Uo 


Do. 

Do 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 
Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 

Do. 


1860. 
Mor.    «,7 

7 
9,7 

I»,  7 


I        Do. 


Enc't  No.  202. 
N.  Polo  Lake. 

Enc't  No.  203. 
Simip. 

I  Enc't  No.  204. 
I  Cluistio  Lake. 

Enc't  No.  200. 
Miles  Lake. 

Do... 


Enc't  No.  207. 


Enc't  No.  208. 
Near  Capo 

Ladv  PoUv. 
Enc't  No.  200. 


Enc't  No.  210. 

Enc't  No.  211. 

Do 


n.  ni. 

in. 
p.  ni.  . 
a.  in.  . 

ni.  . 
a.  m.  . 

ni.  . 
]).  ni. 
a.  ni.  . 

ni. 

7  p.  111. 

12,7  a.  ni. 

in. 
]i.  III. 
a.  111. 

III. 


7 
11,7 


7 
1,1,7 

7 
14,7 

15,  7 

7 

in,  7 

7 

17,7 


p.  111. 
a.  in. 

in. 
11.  111. 

ni. 
p.  III. 
a.  in. 

III. 
p.  ni. 
a.  in. 

ni. 
p.  ni. 
a.  III. 


—  1,1 
*t 

n 

—  1(1 

—  2(1 

—  4 

—  17 

—  20 

—  G 


IS,  7 

71 
10,  7  1 

7l 
20,  7  a.  ni. 


—  l."-. 

—  1« 

—  H 

—  10 

—  20 

—  7 

—  IH 

—  12 

7 
4 

—  4 
3 


Bar. 


In. 


'  p. in. 


ni. 
'  p.  ni. 

OhmiTidioiin 


0 
12 


Wind. 


Sky. 


Apr. 


•23, 7  a.  III. 
III. ' 
7  p.  ni. 
24, 7  a.  ni. ' 
111.  I 
7  p.  ni.  i 
25, 7  a.  m.  1 
III 
7  p.  ni 
27, 7  a.  ni 
ni 
7  p.  in 
28, 7  a.  ni 


7  p.  ni. 

20, 7  a.  ni. 

ni. 

7  p.  III. 

30, 7  a.  111. 

ni. 

7  p.  in. 

7  a.  111. 

in. 

7  p.  ni. 

1,  7  a.  in. 

m.| 

7  p.  HI. 

2, 7  a.  ni. 

in. 

7  p.  ni. 

3, 7  a.  ni. 

in. 

7  p.  m. 


31 


—  24 

—  10 

—  25 

—  22 

—  16 

—  20 

—  15 

—  5 

—  14 

—  22 

1 

—  12 

—  18 

—  4 

—  10 

—  31 

—  14 

—  30 

—  30 

—  15 

—  21 

—  22 

—  12 

—  24 

—  20 

—  14 

—  20 

—  18 

—  12 

—  28 

—  20 

—  15 

—  23 


S 2  I 

( !alm 

K 4 

K a  i 

K () 

10 3 

N\V 2  ; 

XW 2  ' 

N\V 5 

NNW n 

NNW 2 

NNAV 1 

NNW 3 

NNW 2 

NNW 2 

NNW J 

Calm  

NNW 3 

N  W I 

NW 1 

N 3 

NNW 5 

NW (I 

NW      .-.  1 

NNW 5  I 

NNW 4 

NNW 2 

Calm 

SIO 2 

S    3 

S    4 

Calm  

NW    3 

NNW 3 

NNW 7 

NNW K 

NNW 7  I 

oil  nliili/c-Jiiiiiiicij  to  l\ 

.XNW 0 

NNW H 

NNW 7 

NNW 0 

NNW 0 


NNW 
NW  .. 
NW  .. 
NW  .. 
SW... 
SW... 
SW... 
SW... 
.SAV... 
SW... 
Calm  . 
NNW 
NNW 
NW.. 
NW.. 

NNW 1 

NNW 1 

W 2 

W.. 
NW 
W 


1 

1 


AV  . . . 
W  .... 
W ... 
AV... 
W  ... 
Calm 
W.... 


Overcast. . . 

. . .  do 

...do    

Few  clouds 

CIuikIh 

l'"(ili 

Few  clouds 

Clear 

Cloudy 
Fcnv  clouds 

.    do 

Cloudy 

Few  I'loiids 

Clear 

]''e\v  clouds 

Clear 

..  do 

Clciiidv  .    . 
Few  einiids 

..do 

Clear 

Few  I'limds 

. .  do 

Clear  

.     do     

Few  clouds 

Clear  

Few  clouds 
Ovireast. . . 

...  <l<i 

...do    

Few  clouds 

Cloudy 

Overcast. . . 

...do 

...do    

Cloudy  .   . . 
iiifl  IVilliiiiii 

F'ew  cliiuds 

Clear  

Cloudy  

Overcast  .. 

Cloudy 

..  do. 

Overcast 

Few  clouds 

. .  do 

Clear 

. .  do 

...do  

do 

.     do 

. .  do 

. .  do 

..do 

...do  

Cloudy 

Few  clouds  . 

Clear 

. .  do 

. .  do 

..do 

...do  

..do 

do 

Cloudy  . . . 

Clear 

...do 

. .  do 

...do 

..  do 


Remarks. 


Ther.  lowest  lastnight, —  6°. 

Snow. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Tlicr.  iowcHt  last  night,  — 16°. 

Tlier.  lowest  last  night,  —  20°. 
Tiler,  lowest  last  night,  —  27°. 


Drift ;  tlicr.  lowest  lastnight  —26°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Tlicr.  lowest  last  ui^ht,  —  24°. 


Snow;  tliei.lowestlastnight, —  21°, 

Snow. 

Snow. 

Tiler,  lowest  last  night,  — 4°. 


[night,  — 30. 1 
.    lowest   last 


Drift ;    snow ;    ther. 
Iliift  1  snow. 
Drift. 

X  I.diid. 

Diifl ;  tlier.  lowest  last  night,— 24°. 

Diilf. 

Drift. 

Drift;  thor. lowest lastniBht,—26°. 

Drift. 

Drilt. 

Itiifl;  ther.  lowest  last  night, — 21°. 


riier.  lowest  last  night,  -24°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —27°. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 35°. 
Ther.  lowest  lust  night,  —  33°. 
Ther.  lowest  Inst  night,  — 27'^. 
Ther.  hiwesl  Inst  night, —  27". 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  3&5. 
Ther.  lowest  last  night, —32°. 


I 


'Hall  discovers  that  ho  has  lost  two  days;  probalily  some  time  in  the  winter. 


A 


'  I 


542 


IlnlPs  Mvtcotolopiml  Journal. 


April,  18C9. 


\l\ 


Locality. 


Dnto. 


ITher.S. 


Bai. 


■Wind. 


Sky. 


Eno't  No,  212. 


Enc't  No.  21.1. 
Lnt.     OK"   7'N. 
Lnii(;.SK0  4«'\\'. 
l;nc't  No.  'M. 
Lnt.    tJH"  l.V  \. 
Li>ii;.'.til)3  17'  \V. 
Enc't  No.  ^l."), 
Lai.(W°2'J'..'iN. 
Lonjj.«l)°42'\V. 

Enc't  No.  'Jlfl. 
Lut.  Ch^ai'N. 
Long. suo .".;!' W. 
Enc't  No.  217. 
Lilt.  BK°'.'8'N. 
Loug.DOO  7'W. 
Do 


1800. 
Apr.   4, 7  B. 


Enc't  No.  218. 

L.it.  C8°30'..''i\. 

Lou.0U"28'5\V. 

Uo 


Enc't  No.  210. 
Lnt.  08O2U'N. 
Lonj:.00O44'W. 
Enc't  No,  220. 
Lat.  08o20'N. 
Lon.01o07'..')\V. 
Do 


Do 


Enc't  No.  221. 

Lat.     C8=31'N. 

Lens.  01°  30' W- 

Do 

Do 

Do 

Do 


Enc't  No.  222. 

Lat.    08=30'N. 

L™k.0'2=>  3'W. 

Do  


ICnc't  No.  223. 
I.;;t.  (l.';o24',N, 
1,011(1,02  '  22' W, 
i;nc't  N.i,  224, 
Lat,  «X=30'N. 
Lonff,02°4,VW. 
Do  


Enc't  No,  225. 
Lat.  08''3fl'N. 
LonB.03O'20'\V. 


7  p. 

r.,7ii. 

7p, 

n,7ii. 

7p, 

7,7  a, 


7  p. 

8, 7  a, 

7  p. 
0, 7  a, 

7p, 
10,7  a. 

"I'- 
ll,7a, 

7  p. 
12,7  a, 

7  p. 
13,7  a, 

7p 
14,7  a 

"l> 
I.-.,  7  a, 

7p 
10,7a 

7  p. 

17,  7  a. 

7)., 

18,  "a, 

7p, 
10,7  a. 

7p, 

20,  7  a. 


ni.  I 
ni, 
111.  I 
ni, 

ni. ! 


21,7  a. 

7p, 
22, 7  a, 

7  p. 

23, 7  a. 

7  p. 
24,  7  a. 

7  p. 
2,>,7a. 

7  p. 
2«,  7  a, 

7  p. 
27,  7  a. 


In. 


—  24 

n 

0 

I.'-) 

20 
10 
17 

1^,1 
10 

(I 

—  u 

—  4 
4 

lil 
14 
0 
2 
20 
0 
8 
0 

—  1.-. 

—  14 

—  8 

—  18 

«•! 

—  ii 

20 


111. 

—  0 

ni. 

0 

111. 

—  (1 

m. 

—  10 

ni. 

20 

ni. 

14 

111. 

4 

111. 

12 

III. 

1 

III. 

') 

111. 

14 

III. 

111. 

ni. 

III. 

in. ; 

in. 

in. 

ni. 

in. 

m. 

111. 

ni. 

ni. 

in.  1 

m.' 

111. ' 

ni. 

111. ' 

ni. 

III. 

m. 

m. 


7  p.  jn.      — 


AVNW 2 

j  SH .'•. 

SK  0 

:  SK 

SK 

SK 

SK 

SK 

SK 
I  WNW.. 


Cloudy 


Ilcmarks. 


—  17 

—  10 

.  111. 

—  IH 

.  III. 

—  IM 

—  12 

.  III.  ! 

—  10 

.  in.  1 



ni.l 

Overcast. 
...  ilo  .-... 
...do  .... 
...do  ... 
...do  .... 

..do  .... 
....do  .... 


S\V... 
iAY... 
\V  .. 
N\V  . 
N\V  . 
N  W  . 
\V  .... 

N 

Calm 
Calm 
Calm 
S\V... 
W  .... 
N  \V  . . 
\V  .... 
W  .... 
W  .... 

N 

N.... 
N 

NNE 
NNE 
N\V  . 
\Y  .... 
W  .... 
vr  .... 
\V  .... 
W    . . . 

^Y .... 
\v .... 
\v  ... 

E 


...do  . 
...do 
...do  . 
...do  . 
. . .  do 
...do 
....do  . 


W  .. 

NK  . 
NK 
NK 
NK. 
KE 
NK  . 
Ni:  . 
N  i; . 
Ni; . 

E. 


1  N\V 
.'  s    .. 

.  Ar  . 
■I  ^^■■■ 
.:  "w.. 

.'  E     . 
E 


.•■  s\v. 

.1  E... 

.  W    . 

.1  AV  .. 

.  i  A\^  . . 

.1  AV.. 

.1  AV    . 

.1  AV.. 
.lAV.. 


OvdcaHt  — 

...  do 

...do 

..do ;. 

..  do 

Ei'W  clouds  . 

...do  

...do    

Clear 

r'cw  clouds  . 

...do    

Clear  

Fow  clouds  . 

....do  

...do  


FoRj  thor,  lowcstlastnight,— 33°, 

Snow, 

Siiow;  drift. 

Snow;  tlier,  lowest  last  nJKlit,  0°. 

.Snow. 

Snow. 

Snow  1  tlier.  lowest  last  nljslit,  0°, 

Snow. 

TlilrU  weather  1  tlicr.  lowest  last 

nlHht,  2^. 
Snow. 
Drift. 
Ther.  lowest  lust  nislit,  —10°, 

Tlier.  lowest  last  night,  — 2°. 
Snow, 

I'oK  i  ther,  lowest  last  night,  0°, 

Snow.  I 

Snow   tlicr.  lowest  List  night,—  1°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Drill ;  till  r.  lowest  last  night,— '24°. 

Drift. 

Thor.  lowest  last  night,  — :)3o, 
Ther.  lowest  last  night,— 23°. 


Few  clouds . ' 
..  do I 


Cloudv  . . 
Overeiist 
...do  ... 
...do  ... 
...do  ... 
...do  .... 
...do  .... 
..  do  .  .. 
. .  <lo  . . . . 
. .  do    . . . 


Few  clouds  . 

Clear 

..do    

Cloudy  

Overcast 

.     do    

do    

Cloudy  ...  I 
. .  do 

do I 

Overcast  . . . 

...do 

...do    ] 

Cloudy I 

Few  clouds  . 

...do  

Clear 

Few  clouds  . 

Clear i 


Drift  i  ther.  lowcstlast night. —20°. 

Drift. 

Drift. 


Ther.  lowest  last  niglit,  —20°, 

Ilnzo. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  — 1«°. 

Snow. 

Snow.  [night,  4°.  j 

Diilt:    .inow;     ther.  lowest  last  i 

Drill.  i 

Drift. 

Drill :  ther.  lowest lastnighi,—0° 

Drift. 

Drift. 

Fog. 

Fog;  haze. 

Ther.  lowest  last  night,  —  20°, 


Drift, 
Drift. 
Drift. 

Drift. 

TIk'I-.  lowest  last  night,  8°. 
Snow. 

Thor.  lowest  last  night,  3°. 


Ther.  lowest  last  night,  - 
Fog. 


-15°. 


;lit,  0°. 

Bt   lllHt 


IlaWs  Mateornloffical  Journal. 
ArniL,  laio. 


f)43 


LocnUty. 

Date. 

Thor.  5. 

0 

2 
10 
7 

Bnr. 
In. 

Wind 

Sky. 

Uemarki. 

Enc't  No.  220. 
Lnt.     Otto  M'   N. 
Loiia.  03='  .la'  W. 
Do 

1860. 

Apr.  28, 7  a.  ni. 

ni. 

7  p.  ni. 

20, 7  11.  III. 

ni. 

7  p.  ui. 

30, 7  a.  III. 

in. 

7  p.  ni. 

W 

...2 

Cloudy  .... 
di 

OvtTCIlBt.  .. 

...  do 

...do  

....do 

(y'londy  .   . 

do 

....do 

Snow. 
Snow. 
Snow. 

Drift, 
Drift. 

i 

SH 

SK 

SK       

..4 

Enc't  No.  227. 
Lat.    08=40'     N. 
Long.04O00'.5W. 

20 

i7 

23 
15 

SK  

SK 

. .  7 
..  0 

SK 

SK 

8E 

...4 

...r. 

Xote.  explanalorii  nf  the  hreak //•.»!  April,  lR(i7,  to  May,  18('H.— r.v  rcfcrincd  to  pngr>  ^20  (Cliaplor  XI)  it  will  lio 
arm  tliat  itnirn  .ionrnuli/.in):  during  Urn  latter  part  iif  tlui  year  lHli7  and  tbo  llrst  part  of  liSOri  was  ocvasioiial  only. 
No  niptroiiilo;:ii'al  uotca  arc  found  for  tlmt  puriiiii  nin<in|{  IiIh  papri'8. 


-(i°. 


k-'l  , 


544 


Hall's  Encampments. 


[ll!l«4-l»«0. 


! 


i 


o 

H 


Cm 
O 

-^ 
Q 

a 

H 
O 

n 

M 
Q 


OS 

H 


,C  o  *-  « 
1^1^ 


Pass* 

.a  h  .s,  p  » 


I 


■a«)j\J>iii)o  pan 
•jiaA<ll>>nnn 
■((o   opnjiiiuo'i 


imnjiciAcip,! 
•iiUfjqcMiiindpi'i 


•opiniSnoj 


•»l>nm«I 
poAjnsqo  s.iitiij 


^^^ 


^•3ts»»'       ^^>t:»>-ti^»»>-    ^^ 


^    t-t       CI       If.  ■* 


■panjiimM  nun 
8A'up  JO  jaqinn^ 


•-.3 


a  a 
OS 


fi      o  rt '^  r;  X 

"»f       c5       iS  -^  «?"f  -»• 


338 


'r. 


ifl  CI  O  00 
f-lrtfcfl 


-joqmna  t^^ox 


M     «     <©®  rl 


??s 


m  o>  rt  rt  fh  ») 


g         *<s--5 


o 

•2    - 


.  a  § 


So  o p  o o  o  n 

"il  ;  ,  :  ;  :  tf  j< 


1* 

F  at 

•    6C 


^^ 


o  s;  o  o  O  0  o 

00  £3  '^  »r      .  * 

?5 


1^1 


o  o  o  e  e  erj  e  e  o  o  e 

*©  "9  'O  '3'C'W   [~  — *  HI  fr«  w-  T* 


■M    ■ 

r   ^14  1^     V     O     ta     O 

:  ;^  ■: 


IbI     <v'     <■'     Sf     Q     S^  V 


^<3 


■   C   -J 

oooaioej5-='^t;cH'-n 


■  «    .  c    • 


e.3 


Sr-i        C9  O)  QO  A  h- 


to 

S  rt  ft  S- ft.  C<  Ci.  =3 


«  rt  g  9  5  5  S  §r  p  sf-e,?^  5-=  ^ 


(O       'B'^  «ri  -M  -w 
f-t       W  CO  ^  lO  <o 


^     C4     eo^mtetx 


00a6O«H  N  fO^ 


d  d  ri     p  r* 
c:  f^  «      ^  ^ 


pH  M  ^H  C)  >n      ^  ift 


i-S 


-3® 


«;<j 


.d  .^  js -M  •*>•*- '*.'         -t^  *»  ^  *w -t. -fc. -w  (T  *»  t: -^ '^  «d  «w     +^  ^  .w      ocw 

-*--.-*-Or-ClM  ■^l^«t*XC30^rtW»CtOOf         00C5O         ^CI 

t*00Oai-li-lr^rH  i-Hr^iT^rHpHr-lCICJC^CIC^CIOCJ         CICIM        MCO 


-INtttt. 


IN6»-IN«7.| 


TlalVs  Encampments. 


545 


1 

a 
a 


°»H|Mi<)i||(>  pnn 

•iraA<ii>oiiiu» 

■qn    ii|iii||Xnoi 


•.1M|MJOI|10 


•.ipiill)1iiii| 


•.ipil)I)«I 

po.vj>)8(|o  s.iinn 


u 

tid 

sl(i 

It-:    wfi 

^i 

.-.1 

>.1^- 

ion. 

ion. 
Xo. 
Xo. 

II 

i$ 

S3 

5i«ss 

S3 

i' 

«-  M 

5 

a.& 

cuo. 

a>-  •-  cc 

^ 

1 

ll 

WoeWW 

< 

II 

IJ 

lull 

t 

el 
•A 

-      ^    «   ^    Q  (-■ 

iC  ?  1  3S  tft  t- 


&tele 


s 


CC  3) 


Srtw 


S8 


M  I'.  SI  00  -f 
C  t-I  QC  ©  L-i 


f  1 L-:  l.•^ ..-  CT 
w  rt  fl  fi  fl 

<D  V  S  eS  cS 


is  is'   fcs' 


'paa|niua.ii[nQ 


^<«"ffl«»rtiHFN»OCIfHi-(CieO»OfflF^^^Ht'WM^^Nt-iHlrt4rt«iHOF-W^n 


SS'^S' 


'S    ?.I5    "'-'" 


£5 


jeeeoeQOQeooooeQeeooooeeoSooeaoooooS-roo 


_j3j3.a.aj:j3,ia-u__jajaj3jjij3j3«„. 


M^qmun  jin^X 


S.  Ex.  L'T- 


-35 


:*i 


546 


HaWs  Encampments. 


[1867. 


I'v 


« 

^ 

i'i 

^    1 

O  J  Q 

3    1 

P<    5 

.♦^     a 

t-s-a 

A  .  i. 

-S-Sg" 

a§5 

"5^ 

1^^ 

.o»2 

W>q  s 

f  ^ 

g^i^ 

;^ai 

is » 

13 

S 

.3 

a 

o 


u 


-<lo   rtpiijiaaoi 


I 


ill 


-asiAUoqjo 
pnnji'a-^ai" 


•9pn)i3noi 


•9pii}vi«I 
paAjasqo  °  a,{iBQ 


•pauniraaj  n"!! 


i-t  »H  CO  CO  i-t  p- IH  »H  iH  rt  iH  t- ^  i-l  lO  W  iH  1-1   »H  rH  M  iH  f-(  I-*  I-*  W  H  i-t  O  pH   W  W  iH  iH  CO  iH  iH  ?-1  iH  N  t- 


11 


-joqmnn  pnox 


1  n  ri 


!M*^cot>x<—  ?m^4flto 


t^»  >j  >.  >i  >■.>;>)  >i  >-.  t»%  >) 


i«  to  r-  00  o>  Q  -^ 

t-  t--  t--  I'  h-  ™  -~ 


SSSSJSSSSSSSS  SSSSSSSSSSS?  §gS§§SSS;2SI2 


iser-isas.] 


HalVs  Encampments. 


647 


a 
.9 

a 
o 
o 

I 

OS 
H 

;« 

h 

•«! 
U 


ff  5  e  5  3  5  S_  "tj;  S*     o 


pNci  ^  ^  ri  i~  Ti  o 


S.nSNriS£2*S  .2 


0^  <u  c  o  1-no 


1,  u^OJ  MP. 


a 


•aBijiaatno  puu 

■}I'a'f<ll>™!«» 
-qo    iipnjiBaol 


I'niry'a.tqpo 
•niujqo  epn^ijui 


Mpniiifnoi 
pjA.i.>si|o  s.iinji 


•opiilHtH 


'pauniiu.i.i  ]ni0 
jA'Kp'joat>qfnn«{ 


^^^»»»" 


i-iiHWW.*       t^W^WtHOOt-i-lO  Wf 


iHiHi-(C1iHiHiHMf-lf-1iH0ir-'r^iHr^i-*flC-lr-(iH^ 


.Ji! 


CCS  'prs  ecoocooc 


o  o 


;  :=  c  c  s  p.-  eeooeooc  o- 


.^^H 


<S2 

fl 


5    ►;i 

00 'dj 


1^ 


c  c 


III 


fex 


ooococ;>©occocoooococooo 


r  c3  e3  w  ?3  rt  &p.p.p.p,p.p.cl.p,CP.P.p.Cft 


^  ;^  u  ;^  k^  1^ 

aa 


s 
.e 

IJ 


£  z  9 


y^^ 


\r 


548 


HaWs  Encampments. 


[186S. 


m 


o  o      o 


it 

is 

a  a 

aa 

a  3 

93  CO 


a  ■a  g-od  p  a  -g 

+a  .t-  S  •'S  S  S  !5  k9 

'3  "ti  'E  "S '« '*  S  _„ 

a  ^  ,2  *  ^  5  5  ^' 


o  o  o  o  o  o 

Ci  Cl  O  4)  1>  u 
-^  "  "  ^j  ^  4^ 

5t«tc 


•qo   oimjiSuo'j  ~3t.irH 


I 


•osjAv.ianjo 
pat)  a'llA'niia 
npi^qo  opmijBi 


111'  ■  ■ 

:|||fH 


-a 

o 

.a 

a 
o 
u 


a. 
S 

o 


I 


•9piHiSno[ 


5?;^|zi 


■opiH!}"! 


O  t-H  M  i.l  h- 

Fi  O  1-f  1--  1-1 
CCObX  GC  00 


;2i>«iiziiz! 


^^^ 


ia'co 


N^^^^>'^ 


i25;*i 


OS 


^^^^^^^^^ 


OOCOQOCCOOOOCOO 


!?;|zi 


;2i;2iizi!zi 


'liantnniai  n^H 
BAop'jo  jaqmnx 


'■a 


MMr-tW^«^e<5i-IN»n^^COWeOiH'*WCOi-ICOC<li-IMp»WpHOJrHMMT*<rHrHi-(i-lNMr-li-1lO 


S3 
al 


•  Ml 

:  a 


Bjj 

OOOOOOOOO  OOP  O  O  *  13  O  O  O  O  O  O  OOP  ooooooooooooooooo 

"a  :::::;;:  I  ;::  1  :S£  :;;;;::;;;;:,:  I'm  ;::::;;::  : 

M MH M •     . 


Sii^a'A 


11 


S  >)  >j  >.>■,  >i  >.>.>.  >i  >■.  >i  >•.  ^.  t'.  5  5 


_  _  :;  »  4; 

a„  a  a  fl  a  a 
"saaaaao 
t^  Hj  1-3  hj  1-5  hj  hp 


•jaqnmn  ptjox 


'So'U'mi'S) 

HMMM 
4A  ^  -*d  +•> 


ogS° === = 
^rS'S.M  61  tu  M  M 

j3^  fct|.«  l-l  11  fl  IH 

*>  — — -a-ajaja-a 

1-1  C5  M  ■'f  ifS  to  t^  00 


„  ^  ^ "« *b  "o  *cj  *«  "b  q  a  a 


MC-ifo^ioect-ao 


»!^L'sKL^inft*cs(OCD»«53«w«t-»b-t*b»t^t*t-»t*i"-t»aocioaoao«oowQD*aD*o»030 


[1868. 


1S68-1SU0.I 


IlalVs  Encampments. 


549 


o 
"A 


^>' 


33 


A'A'i^ 


!3 

§ 
I 


U   C'  (^ 

J  "SO 

u  c  ^ 


>  c  o 


I  a  a 

It- 00 


■osiujaqjo  pnti 
a'ciAqiiouitu 
■qo    opnjiduol 


•98I.Vl,I0mo 

pan  aVlA'npo 
•njBjqo  upn)!!!)"! 


a 
o  2 
>5         S 


■&  .  ..3 
^  .  .  2 
S  t<  uA 


as 


a:  03 


e 
I 


14 


D.O. 

a  a 


*-     ! 


•apnjiSaoi 
p3A,i08qo  R.lliiH 


•apnqijBi 
paA  j98qo '  H.iinil 


'penitini.u  U"!! 
iiup'jo  joqiun^ 


C  a 
S3 

.<«5 


oS 


irt     o  m  ITS 


'A'A'Ay^'A'A'Ay, 


•1  w  w  cc  c^i  C-J 


1?;^ 


i^!^;;^;^; 


SSSSS 


;«; 


00  CI 


^^f 


;??; 


'5    B 


»-l        ri»-(i-lWi-lT-<FHi-tMiHrtiHiHiHOIClrteC4ftC1i-HMi-<ff'li-it-Ni-l^i-i^'Mi-lM« 


I       -2 


oecooeoeeooooooecoococceoooccooccoQ 


WSS-M 


.2C5 


»   '  &  .s'3  =1"  ;   .Ti-a 
■^^:3  A  o  o  «^  e  s^ra  0(L  i-S  i'^  efi  ^ 

S  =3  >-  S    ■     ■     ■!?    •  *^  >>    •  <-J3  v  S^     ■  i^  c 


:  o  ;  p  c  4)  :  »* 


c^3  = 


•.2M 


S^icii 


U 


c 
S 


I^^A 


.SS5 


^  >  l;S  a  5s 


H  o  c  o  c 


uuuuuuux 


,  u  ^  u  u  u  u  \ 


^•?a 


-  -   ^   ■--   —   —   ^-   .—   p_   r-   F-   —   ■—   ^   ^   r-   ^   -->   t^   (^   t^   (-"   fr«   (J   fr«   [^   ''.  t*;  t*.  »*.  f*.  »'.  ^-  "*-  •'^.  "^ 

cl  rt  rt  es  rt  :S  rt  cp,a&ftp.p.p,p,fcp.p.c.C-C.e-p.&'^  ^  «  ^  «  ^  "  ^  "  ^ 


*jdqninn  injox 


:)4''^-4i9'*^   W'^-t^-*''*^^ 


-     w  y  fl 


0  u 


hS    SS 


ggaqflpflc 


■^irt«ot-aoos»-n-'i-»»-'t-«r—»Hi-it-ii- 


1  iri  ci  (M  c-i  ti  71  CI  rt  rt  M  M  cc  CO  rt 


ii:? 


1    ' 

1 

, 

1     ' 

1  ' 
1  , 

1 

' 

1     ^ 

^ 

i 

f* 

1 ! 

550 


Hairs  Encampments. 


IINHO. 


4 


¥\ 


9 


H 
•A 
H 


U 


HO    .n»ii|i3uo'j 


•OBI.tt.I.lIllO 

pnBu'aA'qii.i 


•.•piUjSiioi 

I  pOA.IU8()U    S.llllH 


•»l)n}!H!i 


•poniiitua.!  IITI 
SAiup'jo  .loqraux 


-I 

H 


H 
3j 


9n° 


I 


J=&:'&;^^ 


--    X-  --  "  1^  »f5 


)<t^^'A'A 


:i-*i-iC'irH'ri?i«.HiHi-iMi>Oi 


O     ■  S 


■►J 


I 


rt  B    :    ;  Jb    ■  -  s,- b    ■-at}' 


It 


!i-j:-i-|S  =  B35sB5Bag£f^^' 


o  S  B  =  a 


^aaaaBBBa 


'jonmim  imoT  S ^J i? rf  .* ^ 5 1 S •» ^ •» .is  o .im-? i^ in 


APPENDIX    III. 


ON  THE  GEOLOGY  OF  FROBISHER  BAY  AND  FIELD  BAY;  A  DESCRIP- 
TION OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  COLLECTIONS  MADE  BY  C.  F.  HALL 
ON  HIS  FIRST  VOYAGE,  1860-'62. 


These  collcctiouB  wore  pieseuted  to  Amherst  College,  Mass.,  by  J.  J.  Copp,  Esci.,  ot  Groton,  Conu., 
a  graduate  of  the  college.  They  are  discussed  iu  the  following  pages  by  Prol.  B.  K.  Emeu- 
son  Professor  of  Geology  in  that  Institution.  They  are  appended  to  the  Narrative  as 
exhibiting  additional  proofs  to  those  given  in  Chapters  I  and  II  of  Hall's  labors,  which 
secured  the  outfit  for  his  Second  Expedition. 


i    . 


'TTTT  ■'■■'-V'^rn' 


m 


■■f 


i 

'I        11 
■  Mi* 


i'lil 
ri  ■ 


I 


II 


^^l.^.j^ili...:j!-'.v..:!.i:>Au 


A^PPENDTX    HI. 


ON  THE  GEOLOGY  OF  FROBISHER  BAY  AiNI)  FIELD  BAY. 

DESORirTlON  OP  THE  COLLECTIONS  MADE  BY  C.  F.  HALL 

DURING    HIS    FIRST    EXPf^DITION    IN    THE 

ARCTIC    REGIONS,    ISfiO-'Oli. 


Bv  Prof.  Bkn.t.  K.  Emerson,  of  Amherxt  College,  MnsmchvuettH. 


On  the  return  of  Mr.  C.  F.  Hall  to  New  London,  Conn,,  from  his  First  Ex- 
pedition to  the  Arctic  Regions,  he  turned  over  a  part  of  his  collections,  appar- 
ently the  portion  which  he  considered  of  the  greatest  geological  interest,  to  the 
New  York  Lyceum  of  Natural  History ;  and  it  was  the  subject  of  brief  reports  to 
the  Lycenm  by  Mr.  R.  P.  Stevens  upon  the  fossils  and  by  Mr.  Thomas  Egleston 
upon  the  rocks  and  ores,     I\Ir.  Stevens  gave  a  list,  without  description,  of  seven 

species  of  fossils,  viz : 

No.  of 

specimens. 

Maclurea  magna  (Les. ) ^ 

'•            "                 casts  of  lower  surface 15 

Endoceraa protei forme f  (Hall) I 

Orthoceraa  (badly  woru) •' 

Heliolites  (new  species) ~ 

Heliopora  (new  species) 1 

Halygitvs  catciiulata  (Fisch. ) 1 

Iteceptaculilea  (now  species) 1 

Mr.  Stevens  accompanied  this  list  with  notes  of  the  stratigraphical  position 
of  the  species  in  New  York,  and  with  the  remark,  "This  collection  was  made  at 
the  head  of  Frobisher  Bay,  lat,  fiao  44'  N,  and  long,  68°  50'  W,  from  Greeuwi(!h, 


t 

It 

1 

1 

If 

' 

k 


(L; 


I 


1 

1 

m 

554 


Professor  Emerson  on  J/a/Ps  Grohfjieal  Collections. 


at  a  point  which  Mr.  Hall  says  is  a  mountain  of  fossils  similar  to  the  limestone 
bluft"  at  Cincinnati,  with  which  ho  is  familiar.'"* 

Those  si)ecimcns  came  manifestly  from  the  ridge  at  the  head  of  the  bay,  to 
which  Hall  }>ave  the  name  Silliman's  Fossil  Mount,  and  which  in  his  Narrative  he 
compares  to  the  Cinciiniati  blutt".  ^Vnother  ]>orti(Mi  of  the  collections  was  stored 
at  New  Tiondon,  and,  after  the  departure  of  Hall  upon  his  second  visit  to  the  Are. 
tic  liejiions,  was  ])resent<'d  to  the  cabinet  of  AnduMst  College  by  IMr.  .1.  J.  Copp,  of 
Groton,  Conn.,  a  graduate  of  the  college.  It  was  <;ontained  in  three  large  boxes, 
weighing  about  two  liundred  jtounds;  they  had  not  been  opened  since  they  were 
packed  by  Hall  iu  Itescue  Harbor,  Field  Bay.  The  collection  presented,  on  its 
oj)ening,  a  very  unpromising  ai)pearauce.  Having  been  packed  with  greasy  and 
sooty  papers  iu  the  igloos  of  the  natives  or  upon  the  deck  of  the  whaler,  and.  hav- 
ing remained  untouched  for  so  long  a  time,  it  was  covered  with  mold,  and  many 
of  the  labels  were  illegible.  Fortunately,  the  most  interesting  specimens  had  the 
locality  marked  in  ink  or  pencil  upon  the  surface  of  the  rock  itself,  and  in  other 
cases,  a  studj'  of  Hall's  Narrative  enabled  one  to  restore  with  a  good  degree  of 
certainty  the  exact  localities  from  which  they  came.  The  localities,  however, 
quoted  in  the  following  paper  are,  in  all  cases,  those  given  by  Hall  biniself.t 


•Report  on  the  geological  and  niiueralogical  specimens  collected  by  Mr.  C.  F.  Hall  in  F'ro- 
bislier  Bay. — Am.  Joiir.  Sc,  '2A  series,  vol.  :j.'i,  ISfi:?,  pii.  29:?,  294;  .also  "  Hall's  Arctic  Researches," 
App.  X,  p.  594. 

tTho  boxes  contained  specimens  Irom  other  Arctic  Regions  besides  Baffin's  Land,  viz:  (1) 
Several  from  Holsteinborg,  Greenland,  picked  uj)  by  Hall  when  his  ship  visited  that  port,  and 
(2)  several  from  Melville  and  Beechy  Islands,  manifestly  collected  by  McClintock's  Expedition  in 
1853*,  and  a  number  from  both  shores  of  Smith's  Sound.  I  think  it  probable  that  they  were  pre- 
sented to  Captain  Hall  in  Holsteinborg  and  packed  by  him  with  his  other  things  in  Rescue  Har- 
bor. It  is  certain  that  the  boxes  were  not  opened  after  their  arrival  in  this  country  until  they 
came  into  my  i)osaession. 

The  specimens  were  .a.s  follows: 

IIOLSTEINBOnO. 

l.t  Gray  translucent  quartz. 

2.  White  granular  orthoclaso. 

3.  Gabbro,  a  rock  of  medium  grain,  consisting  of  a  green  compact  feldspar  resembling 
saussurite,  pearl-gr.ay  to  greenish-gray  diallage,  brown  biotite  in  abundance,  quartz  sparingly, 
and  carbonates,  as  indicated  by  long-continued  eifervescence  with  acids. 

The  brown  mica  is  arranged  in  one  plane,  giving  the  rock  a  complete  gneissoid  structure, 
making  the  rock  in  fact  a  middle  form  between  gneiss  and  gabbro.  Two  narrow  quartz  veins 
traverse  the  rock,  one  in  the  plane  of  lamination  and  the  other  at  right  angles  thereto. 

4.  Palo  flesh-colored  black  mica  gneiss. 

5.  Dark  graj'  thin-bedded  black  mica  gneiss. 
C.  Gray-black  mica  gneiss. 

7.  Reddi.sh  hornblendic  gneiss. 

♦Journal  of  the  Koyal  Dublin  Soc.  1857,  p.  215. 

t  The  numbers  refer  to  numbers  attnohed  to  the  speeimena  in  the  collection  of  Amherst  College. 


Profr.'^sor  Einrvson  01/  IlalVs  (irolofftcal  (Collections 


555 


Tlie  coniiuoii  crystalline  rocks  of  tlic  Aiftic  rojiioiis,  •{•nuiitiii  and  f-iieissoso, 
made  up  the  bulk  of  the  eolleetiou.  With  these  wen*  traps,  red  massive  (luartz- 
ites,  sandstones,  f^iay  and  creain-eolored  dolomites  and  liniest<tnes,  an«i  a  few 
l)ieces  of  bljick  (-herty  and  dark  fissih'  limestones,  which  furnished  so  many  fossils 
new  in  these  re{i;i(ms,  and  eomin};' from  a  horizon  whieh  had  not  before  been  known 
to  be  represented  so  far  north — that  of  the  Utiea  slate — that  it  seemed  «lesirable 
to  publish  their  occurrence ;  and  as  the  west  side  of  IJatlin's  Hay  is  so  little  oi»en 
to  exploration,  1  have  {^iven  a  somewhat  detailed  actcount  of  all  the  s]»e(!imens 
which  <;anie  into  my  han<ls.  I  was  the  more  desirous  t«)  do  this  in  order  to  add 
somethiufjf  to  the  already  very  considerable  scientitie  results  of  this  uni(iue 
Expedition,  as  the  single  member  thereof  was  accustomed  to  call  it.  By  the 
careful  exploration  of  Frobisher  Bay  Hall  filled  out  a  considerable  gap  in  the 
geographical  knowledge  of  the  northern  regions.  His  full  investigations  of 
the  relics  of  Frobisher  cleared  up  many  points  in  the  history  of  his  brave  i)reile- 
cessor,   and  recalled   very   vividly  the  famous  gold  excitement  of  the  times 


FROM    HAItliOW   STUAITS. 

8.  lirowii  coiil.  Thin  liiiiiiuiitpd,  with  joints  at  right  augU's  to  the  hiiniuiu;  color  iliill 
bhiek,  powder  (Itfpp  rcrldish-lirown ;  linrns  with  yellow  llaine,  and  the  flame  continues  after  it  is 
removed  from  the  }{as-jet;  leaves  a  white  ash,  retaining  the  shape  and  nearly  the  size  of  the  piece 
em])loyed.     Nothing  extracted  by  ether. 

LalH'led,  ''Specimen  of  coal  from  the  center  of  Melville  Island.     Ticked  up  XriktW. — Hkd- 

I'OKD  PiM." 

This  is  manifestly  a  specimen  rescued  from  the  collections  abandoned  by  Captaiu  McClin- 
tock's  party  in  the  memorable  sledge  journey  across  Melville  Island.* 

9.  A  piece  of  fossiliferous  Upper  Silurian  limestone,  containing  the  following  forms  in  such 
poor  i>reservation  that  the  determination  is  in  some  cases  rather  uncertain:  Airypa  jihoca,  Salter, 
sp.  (young  state) ;  Loxoiiema  Rossi,  Houghton;  Favosites  goihlandica,  Gold. ;  I'etraa  6wia(?),  Lons.; 
Cladopora  seriata,  Hall;  HahjHitea  catenulata,  L. 

Labeled,  "  Geological  Specimens  of  the  Parry  Islands.  Picked  up  on  Beechy  Island,  east 
of  the  group,  ISiVi. — Hedi'oiu)  Pim." 

rnoM  smith's  sound. 

10.  A  light  gray  granulite,  (|uartz,  orthoclase,  and  garnet,  passing  abruptly  into  a  Itl.ick 
mica  gneiss. 

Locality,  Etah  Bay,  North  Greenland. 

11.  Protogiue.  Deep  flesh-red  orthoclase,  a  bright  grass-green  chloritic  mineral  (H-=- L.'i) 
and  biotite  altered  torubellan,  the  latter  iu  small  quantity.  It  .seems  probable  that  the  chloritie 
mineral,  which  has  exactly  the  properties  of  viridite,  is  aproduct  of  the  decomposition  of  biotite,  the 
rnbellan  representing  an  intermediate  stage.  The  rock  was  then  originally  a  red  biotite-grauite, 
one  of  the  conunonest  rocks  in  the  Arctic  region. 

Locality,  Etah  Bay. 

12.  Hornblende  Schist.  For  the  most  part  greenish-black  hornblende,  with  a  little  bronze- 
colored  mica  and  quartz. 

Locality,  Etah  Biiy. 

*  Jti'mini.scciici'8  of  Arclio  Ice-Trnvel,  Joumnl  Koy.  Dublin  Soc.  1857,  pp.  235, 2.'i6. 


m 


utii; 


!      I 


550 


Professor  Emerson  on  HaWs  Geological  Colter  Hon  ft. 


! 


iii' 


of  Elizalu'th.  TIh^  coals  and  Hiixes  hroufrlit  from  Englaiul,  the  anvils  and 
trenches,  the  blooms  made  in  tostin};'  forjiold,  the  i)rosj)ectinfj-lioles,  and  the  masses 
of  the  "  bhu^k  stone  like  unto  (!oal,"  which  the  London  jewelers  had  declared 
to  be  gold-bearing,  and  the  full  traditions  of  the  natives,  all  seem  like  a  chapter 
<mt  of  our  own  Western  history.  "His  long  and  intimate  association  with  the 
Innuit  makes  his  book  a  mine  ot  information  in  Ethnology,  and  the  geological 
colle(!tion8  made  by  him  give  us  the  only  information  concerning  the  occurrence 
of  the  Jiower  8ilnrian  in  the  whole  of  Arctic  America  north  of  Rupert's  Land, 
with  the  single  ex(!eption  of  the  fossils  collected  by  Captain  M(!Clintock  and 
described  by  Houghton.*"    These  were : 

1.  Maclurea  arctica,  Houghton,  near  M.  magna,  in  white  Silurian  dolomite  from 

Depot  Bay,  in  Be  Hot's  Straits,  72°  N.,  94°  W. 

2.  The  same  with  Chaitetes  lycoperdon,  H.,  associated  with  Upper  Silurian  fossils 

at  Fury  Point,  72°  50'  N.,  92°  W. 
.'{.  M.  arctk;:,  Hough.,  Onnoceran  crebriseptum,  H.,  Huronia  vertebralia,  Stokes, 
Orthoceras  Canademe,  B.,  ReceptaculeteH  neptuni,  Def.,  from  the  west  coast 
of  King  William's  Land. 
4.  Orthoceran  moniliforme,  H.,  Cjipe  Riley,  North  Devon. 

These  localities  lie  many  hundred  miles  to  the  northwest  of  Probisher  Bay, 
and  are  characterized  over  wide  areas  by  buff  and  cream-colored  dolomites  and 
limestones,  are  succeeded  by  the  limestones  of  the  Upper  Silurian  and  Carbon- 
ic. A  reddish-gray  qimrtzite  iu  contorted  layers,  the  ends  of  the  Inmiuic  coated  with  a 
cnrions  <;oi'aloidal  deposit  of  brick-red  limonite.    Locality,  Etah  Bay. 

14.  Beautiful  milky  qnartz,  limpid,  with  pale  purple  opalescence.     Locality,  Etah  Bay. 
1.5.  CoarHO  garnetiferous  gneiss.    From  Sontag's  grave,  at  Port  Fonlke,  North  Greenland. 

16.  Many  fragments  of  same  opalescent  quartz  as  above  (.5).     From  Sontag's  grave. 

17.  Coarse  granite ;  gray  translucent  quartz  ;  flesh-colored  feldspar  in  large  crystalline 
masses,  and  no  mica.     Locality,  Esquimaux  Point,  North  Greenland. 

18.  Flesh-colored  garnetiferous  gneiss,  black  mica.     Esquimaux  Point. 

19.  A  very  even-bedded  friable  quartz  sandstone,  splitting  in  laminfB  17"""  thick,  and  quite 
free  from  any  impurity.  The  specimen  is  pure  enough  for  the  manufacture  of  glass,  resembling 
clos(*ly  the  St.  Peter's  sandstone  at  St.  Paul. 

It  is  labeled,  "From  Capo  Alexander,  L.  78°  20'  N.,  L.  73°  W." 

These  sandstones  are  mentioned  by  Sutherland  as  stretching  from  Wolstonholme  Sound  to 
Cape  Alexander,  nearly  always  horizontal  (Proc.  Geo.  Soc.  IS.W,  p.  298),  and  are  compared  by 
McClintock  with  the  sandstone  from  Byam  Martin's  Island  from  the  hase  of  the  Carboniferous. 
(Journal  Koy.  Dublin  Soc.  1857,  p.  199.) 

20.  Coarse  granitoid  gneiss  with  largo  red  garnets  (12-14'""').  locality.  Cape  Isabella, 
Grinnell  Land. 

21.  Laminated  garnetiferous  gneiss  banded  with  black  mica.     Capo  Isabella, 

22.  Gray  granular  quartzite,  the  grains  separated  by  films  of  kaolin.      Cape  Isabella. 
•Journal  of  the  Royal  Dublin  Society,  July,  1860,  Vol.  Ill,  p.  r>3. 


Professor  Emerson  on  Hall's  Geoloijkal  Collections. 


557 


iferoiiM,  and  I'nrthor  iiortli  and  woHt  by  Jurassic  strata,  wliilo  tlu^  outcrops  in  and 
around  Frobisher  Bay  are  in  the  iinniodiato  vicinity  of  and  aj)[)arently  skirting 
the  crystalline  rocks,  are  dark  colore<l,  hirff<*ly  argillaceous  inshore  deposits,  (;on- 
taining  a  very  ditterent  assemblage  of  fossils  (though  of  about  the  same  age) 
from  the  more  western  localities,  viz:  Calymeur  «p«rtrm,  (,'on.;  Trinrthrux  lieckii, 
(Jreen ;  EndoccruH  protei/orme,  II.,  flattened  as  in  the  Utica  slate  J)iplo(frapt»s 
(kntatus,  Br.;  CUmacograplm  quadrimucronattiH,  II.;  (J.  bicortm,  II.;  Lingula 
curta,  H. 

The  localities  around  Frobisher  Bay  bear,  therefore,  somewhat  the  same 
relation  to  those  of  Prince  William's  Land  and  ^orth  Devon  which  the  typical 
localities  of  the  Utica  sLate  and  the  Hudson  Kiver  group  in  New  York  bear  to  the 
more  western  areas  of  the  Mississippi  Basin.  In  Frobishor  Bay  we  have  a 
group  of  fossils  unmixed  with  those  of  earlier  or  later  date,  which  mark  the 
exact  horizon  of  the  Utica  slate,  and  the  rocks  have  a  lithological  facies  recall- 
ing that  of  the  typical  localities  of  this  epoch  in  New  York.  In  the  north- 
western area  the  whole  Paleozoic  series  seems  to  be  represented  by  a  nearly 
unbroken  succession  of  limestones,  and  the  subdivisions  merge  into  each 
other  as  in  the  central  basin  of  the  United  States.  So  that  Houghton  says 
"the  whole  of  North  Somerset,  Boothia  Felix,  King  William's  Land,  and  Priucfc 
of  Wales  Land  is  thus  proved  to  be  of  Silurian  age,  although  the  evidence  as  to 
whether  it  is  Upper  or  Lower  Silurian  is  contradictory,  as  characteristic  fossils  of 
both  epochs  are  found  throughout  the  wliole  area."*  We  must,  however,  associate 
the  locality  at  the  extreme  upper  or  western  end  of  the  bay  already  alluded  to  as 
Silliman's  Fossil  Mount  with  the  calcarious  facies  of  the  Arctic  Silurian  as  described 
by  Houghton,  since  in  the  small  list  of  seven  species  published  by  Stevens  and 
quoted  above,  five  are  probably  identical  with  those  described  by  Houghton,  and 
the  two  others  are  corals,  described  as  new  species;  so  that  this  lo(!ality  extends 
the  great  Arctic  limestone  area  greatly  to  the  southeast,  and  makes  it  compar- 
able in  size  with  the  central  basin  of  the  United  States. 


CRYSTALLINE  ROCKS. 
23.  Granite. 

A  large  and  a  small  mass  of  very  coarse  red  granite,  containing  deep  flesh- 
red  orthoclase  in  large  crystalline  masses,  a  much  smaller  amount  of  gray  quartz 
and  lepidomelane  in  black  and  greenish-black  scaly  corrugated  plates. 

Locality,  French  Head,  Field  Bay. 


'  Loe.  cit.,  p.  53. 


*-»'S; 


^^TJ 


"T 


558 


Professor  Emerson  mi  IlaWs  (icological  Collections. 


II 


i 


'2i.  (InANiTi;. 

Ill  stivcnil  |)ii<^kiif>('H,  witliont  Nitocia!  labols,  and  coiiiiii);  inoltubly  from 
Field  and  (iriiiii(>n  Hays,  Uwiv  were  above  a  dozen  .specimens  of  tlie  Name  eoarse 
ortlioclaselepidomelaiie  yranite  as  2.'{,  sliowinj;-  it  to  b«^  very  prevalent.  Fii  fact, 
many  of  the  descriptions  <»!  rocks  j;:iven  by  Hail  will  apply  only  to  };:ranite,  and, 
taken  in  eoiine(!tiou  with  the  speciinens  collected,  its  wide  distribntion  is  placed 
beyond  doubt. 

Thus  in  his  tirst  excursion  in  I'^rank  Clark  Flarbor,  on  the  south  side  of  Cor- 
iu'liiiH  CJrinnell  Hay,  after  mentioning;;  prominent  veins  of  whit«^  (pnirtz,  Hall 
says:  " The  rocks  about  here  were  indeed  very  remarkable.  One  pile  consisted 
entirely  of  mica,  (piartz,  and  feldsi)ar,  and  the  nearest  approach  I  (!an  {jive  to  its 
appearance  is  to  let  the  imagination  conceive  that  the  feldspar  was  in  a  state 
like  putty,  and  worked  up  into  various  uncouth  llgures,  the  si>accs  between  each 
being  filled  up  with  mica  and  quartz.  Then  would  there  be  an  appearance  to 
what  1  observed  on  these  rocks,  only  that  ages  and  ages  should  be  added  to  cut 
out  deeply  the  mica  and  quartz  [stands  thus  in  the  original],  leaving  the  pure 
(|uartz  veins  unalf'ected."    p.  112. 

At  Point  Tik-koon,  in  Countess  of  Warwick's  Sound,  he  mentions  "granite, 
tlie  usual  high  old  rocks." 

LT).   CtBANITE. 

In  a  large  package  labele<l  simply  "Azoic  Eocks,  Frobisher  Bay,"  and  (con- 
taining many  fragments  of  Silurian  limestones  and  schistose  rocks,  there  were 
also  many  fragments  of  fjuartz  and  feldspar,  which  manifestly  came  from  a  very 
coarse  granite  of  a  much  lighter  color  than  that  last  mentioned. 

2().   (rUANITK. 

Coarse  red  feldspar  granite  exactly  like  25. 
Locality,  Kuen-gum-nu-ooke. 

27.  GUANITE. 

A  typical  tine-grained  granite  of  deep  red  color.  Gray,  graiuilar  quartz 
slightly  more  abundant  than  the  deep  tiesh-red  orthochise.  The  latter  in  rounded 
crystalline  grains.    Dark  green  mica  in  minute  scales  and  pyrite  in  small  quantity. 

Locality,  Frobisher  Bay. 

28.  Pegmatite. 

Two  specimens  showing  deep  flesh-red  orthoclase  scattered  in  irregular 
crystalline  masses  through  gray  quartz,  the  quartz  greatly  predominating. 
Frobisher  Bay. 


Professor  Etucrson  on  llaU's  Gcolofjital  CoHrdions, 


i)5n 


29.  Oranito. 

A  palo  reddisli  rock  very  fresh  in  tlio  intorior  hut  iimcli  weiithcrod  on  thti 
exterior,  c.ontiiiMinK  a  fresh  tniushiceiit  i)hiKioehise  in  iiUfifo  qnantity,  limpid 
8lij;htly  ainetliystine  qnartz,  and  Hparin^ly  hhiek  .sliinin};  hiotite. 

Locahty,  Frobislier  Hay. 
;{0.  GUANITK. 

A  coarse-^^rained  fjranite,  containing  lleslired  orthoelase  and  gray  phiyio- 
chiso  in  hirge  inassoN,  (hirk  smoky  tpiartx  and  hlack  mica  in  small  (iimntity. 

From  a  packiifje  hibeled  "  From  varions  i)laees  np  IJay  of  Frohisliei-and  near 
head  of  it." 
;il.  Granitk. 

A  pecnhar  very  coarse-grained  leek-green  rock,  <H)n8isting  ])rin<'ipally  of 
grayish  to  deep  leek-green  jdagioclase,  in  largo  elea\'al)le  individuals,  showing 
very  flno  triclinic  striation,  gray  translucent  quartz,  very  litth^  flesh-colored  ortho- 
elase, and  largo  contorted  plates  of  black  shiny  lepidomelane. 

Frobislier  Bay. 
32.  Granitk. 

A  deep-red  rock,  fine-grained,  with  abundant  fresh  plagioclase,  orthoelase, 
black  biotite,  and  large  red  garnets. 

Frobislier  Bay. 

'M.   rYRITIFEROUS   GRANITE. 

A  coarse-grained  very  quartzose  granite,  with  much  pyrite  in  large,  quite 
distinct,  crystals.  Biotite  and  felds])ar  occur  very  sparingly.  The  quartz  is 
smoky  to  slightly  amethystine.  By  the  decomposition  of  the  pyrite  the  rock  has 
upon  the  surface  and  in  the  fissures  a  very  rusty  and  glazed  appearance;  the  feld- 
spar is  changed  entirely  to  whitish  kaolin  and  the  biotite  to  rubellan. 

Locality,  French  Head,  Field  Bay. 

34.  Granite. 

A  black  mica  granite  passing  into  quartzite. 

35.  Granite. 

A  beautiful  fine-grained  granite  of  dark  color,  containing  abundantly  red 
brown  biotite  unusually  fresh  and  shining,  gray  quartz,  from  which  the  feldspar 
is  with  difficulty  distinguished. 

30.  Granite. 

A  very  granular  even-grained  rock,  containing  orthoelase,  quartz,  and  bio- 
tite in  about  equal  quantity. 

Labeled,  "  Azoic  Rocks,  Frobisher  Bay." 


■f;': 


I: 


4l 


1 

Tf 

'^ 

1 

i:   r 

■  i 

1    ?■ 

; 

■  ; 

560 


Professor  Emerson  on  HalVs  Geological  Collections. 


:  m 


til* 


"(■■    ■, 


.'57.   (iNEl«S. 

A  fi'i'iiy  RTaiiitoid  biotite  ^jfiieiss. 

North  side  of  Frobisliev  Bay, 
.'{8.  Gnkiss. 

A  laryc  Wiiter-worii  bowlder  of  tiesli-colored  biotitc-gnci.ss  of  even  medium 
grain,  and  (juite  uudecomposed. 

31).  Gneiss. 

A  large  fresh  piece  of  tyi)ical  gneiss,  flesh-colored  orthoclase,  and  more 
sparingly  gray  plagioclase,  fresh  black  biotite,  and  limpid  quartz.  A  single 
crystal  of  wine-yellow  titanite. 

Frobisher  Bay. 

40.  Gneiss. 

A  much  decomposed  biotite-gneiss. 
French  Head,  Field  Bay. 

41.  Magnetite  gneiss. 

A  large  unweathered  specimen  of  typical  granitoid  gneiss,  agreeing  exactly 
with  the  second  quality  of  the  rock  quarried  at  Westerly,  R.  I.;  flesh-colored 
orthoclase,  sparingly  oray  plagioclase,  fresh  black  biotite,  very  sparingly  muscovite 
and  magnetite,  and  extremely  minute  crystals  of  pyrite. 

Frobisher  Bay. 

42.  Magnetite  gneiss. 

Sauie  as  41,  except  that  the  foliation  is  expressed  more  by  the  arrangement 
of  the  flesh-colored  orthoclase  in  bands  and  less  by  the  position  of  the  biotite. 
Frobisher  Bay. 

43.  Magnetite  gneiss. 

A  rock  of  medium  grain,  (lonsisting  of  rounded  portions  of  orthoclase,  quartz, 
and  magnetite  of  about  equal  size  and  quantity,  without  trace  of  mica  or  any 
accessory.  The  rock  is  granitoid  in  texture,  yet  distinirtly  foliated,  owing  to  the 
position  of  the  ditteront  feldspar  crystals ;  tinged  with  rust. 

Locality,  French  Head,  Field  Bay. 

44.  Magnetite  gneiss. 

A  large  freshly-broken  specimen  of  gray  gneiss.  In  a  reddish-white  mix- 
ture of  quartz  and  feldspar  are  scattered  biotite  and  magnetite  in  imperfect  dodec- 
ahedrons, with  striated  faces  5-2  mm.  diameter.  The  magnetite  is  much  more 
abundant  than  the  biotite,  and  both  are  arranged  parallel  to  the  foliation  i)lanes. 
A  vein  of  segregation  runs  through  the  specimens,  consisting  of  flesh-colored 


Professor  Emerson  on  HaWs  Geological  Collections. 


561 


orthoclaso,  gray  plagioclase  and  quartz  much  more  coarsely  crystallized  than  in 
the  mass  of  the  rock. 

45.  Magnetite  gneiss. 

A  flue-grained  granitoid  gneiss,  having  at  first  sight  somewhat  the  appear- 
ance of  andesik^  The  pearl-gray  ground  mass  is  a  flne-grained  mixture  of  quartz 
and  a  feldspar,  mostly  tricliiiic,  and  scattered  in  this  abundantly  are  grains  of 
magnetite,  and  sparingly  brown  decomposed  biotite. 

French  Head,  Field  Bay. 

46.  Magnetite  gneiss. 

A  decomposed  gi'anitoid  gneiss,  closely  resembling  43.  This  occurs  in  sev- 
eral large  i)ieces. 

47.  Magnetite  gneiss. 

Contains  orthoclase,  alliite,  and  quartz  in  about  equal  quantities,  less  abun- 
dantly magnetite,  and  as  a  product  of  alteration  chlorite.  The  rock  is  flne- 
graineti,  Acsh,  pale  flesh-colored,  mottled  with  spots  of  dark  green  color,  consist- 
ing of  magnetite  and  chlorite,  which  lie  in  the  ])lane  of  stratification.  The  chlorite 
fills  also  as  thin  seams  a  system  of  cleavage  cracks  passing  at  large  angle  to  the 
cleavage. 

Examined  in  thin  section,  the  feldspars  are  for  the  most  part  water  clear, 
showing  only  incipient  clouding  of  kaolin  on  fissures,  and  extremely  delicate  and 
minute  dentritic  inflUriitions  of  ochre.  The  albite  is  predominant,  and  here  and 
there  grown  together  with  orthoclase.  Tl»e  (piartz  contains  in  immense  numbers 
small  round  and  large  irregiUar  and  contorted  fluid  inclosures,  with  V(U'y  large 
bubbles,  moving  only  when  heated.  The  magnetite  grains — h  to  1  mm.  in 
diameter — arc*  surrounded  by  a  ring  of  bright  green  plates  of  chlorite,  and  from 
these  as  centers  the  chlorite  passes  outward  in  the  fissures,  producing  the  patches 
of  green  color. 

Locality,  Frobisher  Bay. 

48.  Magnetite  gneiss. 

A  fine-grained  granitoid  mixture  of  quartz,  orthoclase,  and  sparingly  a 
triclinic  feldspar,  to  which  granular  magnetite,  arranged  in  parallel  blotches,  gives 
a  rudely  gneissoid  stru(;ture.  Tliis  and  the  foregoing  agree  exactly  witli  the  Lau- 
rentian  gneisses  from  Grenville,  Canada. 

Labeled,  "  From  various  i)laces  up  Bay  of  Frobisher  and  near  head  of  it." 

49.  Graphitic  gneiss. 

Two  large  and  many  small  si)ecimen8  of  a  decomposed  and  rusty  granitoid 
gneiss  of  a  grey  color  when  fresh.     It  contains  a  dark-brown  mica,  minute  crystals 


at. 


'  ki 


,^f 


S.  Ex.  27- 


-3() 


1 


'^ff? 


562 


Professor  Emerson  on  HalVs  Geological  Collections. 


of  magnetite,  and  much  disseminated  {'rapliite  in  scales  up  to  1  mm.  in  size.  The 
rock  is  uniformly  much  decomposed,  and  coated  in  many  places  wit'i  a  secondary 
<l('posit  of  siderite  and  limonite. 

Various  places  in  Frobisher  Bay. 

50.  Epidotic  gneiss. 

Small  fragments  of  a  red  granitoid  gneiss  with  reticulated  veins  of  epidote, 
and  of  a  red  gneiss  i)assing  into  petrosilex  and  colored  apparently  by  epidote. 

51.  Schistose  gneiss. 

A  broad  freshly-broken  plate  of  very  thin-bedded  biotite  gneiss,  the  feldspar 
not  abundant  and  wholly  triclinic. 
Frobisher  Bay. 

52.  Gkanulite. 

A  granitoid  gneiss,  wherein  red  garnets  (1-3  mm.)  replace  the  mica  entirely. 
Labeled,  "Azoic  Kocks,  Frobisher  Bay." 

53.  Banded  mica  schist. 

A  large  piece  of  schist,  containing  biotite  and  quartz,  arranged  in  black  hori- 
zontal bands,  1-12  mm.  wide,  of  fresh  black  biotite  and  granular  quartz,  the  inter- 
vening bands  containing  little  or  no  mica,  and  consisting  of  (piartz  of  two  kinds: 
{a)  a  reddish  somewhat  friable  granular  quartz,  through  which  run  (/>)  Hat  i)Iates 
of  a  gray  translucent  infiltrated  quartz,  placed  parallel  to  the  bedding,  and  mani- 
festly of  later  formation. 

54.  Normal  mica  schist. 

A  typical  mica  schist  of  medium  grain  splitting  into  flat  thin  plates,  con- 
taining only  quartz  and  biotite  much  weathered. 

Labeled,  "  From  trench  dug  by  ]\[artin  Frobisher,  1578.  Ni-oun-te-lUc.''''  This 
is  an  island  on  the  north  side  of  Frobisher  Bay. 

55.  Mica  schist. 

A  black  wavy  mica  schist,  consisting  of  black  to  bronze  colonel  biotite,  with 
little  quartz. 

Labeled,  "  French  Head,  Fiehl  Bay." 
50.  ]MioA  schist. 

A  rock  agreeing  closelj'^  with  55,  but  containing  more  (puirtz  and  a  little 
feldspar. 

Labeled,  "  From  vai'ious  places  up  Bay  of  l-'robisher  and  near  head  of  it." 

58.   rETUOSILEX. 

A  band  of  black  compact  hornstone  18  mm.  wide  runs  through  a  piece  of 


Professor  Emerson  on  HalVs  Geolofjical  Collections. 


563 


black  mica  granite  like  No.  35.    It  has  splintery  fracture,  and  shows  glistening 
points  of  quartz  upon  fresh  surfaces. 

59.  Petrosilex. 

A  fresh  leek-green  felsite  or  petrosilex  weathering  white,  agreeing  closely 
with  the  green  petrosilex  from  Pelham,  Mass.,  which  has  passed  under  tlie  name 
of  "  Shay's  flint;"  and  this  rock  proves,  like  tliat  from  Pelham,  to  be  a  very 
line-grained  silicious  variety  of  hornblendic  gneiss.  This  conclusion  is  based  on 
a  study  of  thin  sections  of  both  varieties. 

60.  Banded  hornblendic  gneiss. 

Greenish -black  granular  hornblende,  granular  quartz,  and  some  feldspar, 
mostly  tricliuic.  The  banded  structure  is  caused  by  the  interposition  of  more 
compact  layers  of  quartz  and  feldspar;  a  little  biotite  present  in  brown  decom- 
posed scales. 

61.  Banded  hornblendic  gneiss. 

A  large  mass  similar  to  60,  the  dark  layers  finer  grained,  and  the  quartz- 
feldspar  layers  thick  and  irregular. 

62.  Hornblendic  gneiss. 

A  thin  Laminated  rock,  containing  abundantly  white  to  greenish  muscovite, 
dare  brown  hornblende,  quartz,  and  feldspar;  the  latter  in  one  instance  triclinic. 
The  very  bright  pearly  luster  of  the  mica  gives  the  rock  a  peciuliar  sheen  upon 
the  cleavage  face  which  disappears  entirely  in  other  directions. 

Labeled,  "  Azoic  Rocks,  Frobisher  Bay." 

6.3.   IIORNBLENDIC   GNEISS. 

Granitoid,  with  white  and  red  feldspar,  black  granular  hornblend*?,  and 
green  mica. 

Locality,  French  Head,  Field  Bay. 

64.  Foliated  hornblendic  gneiss. 

Thin  folia  of  black  to  greeuisli-black  hornblende,  separate  broader  bands  of 
a  mixture  of  milk-white  orthoelase  and  qu.artz,  forming  a  roclc  of  very  attracitive 
appearance. 

65.  Syenite. 

Granitoid  and  of  medium  grain.    The  roun<led  spots  of  white  orthoelase 
stand  out  on  a  background  of  blackish-green  hornblende. 
Labeled,  "  Azoic  Rocks,  Frobisher  Bay." 

66.  Hornblende  schist. 

Several  pieces  of  schist,  consisting  of  black  granular  hornblende  and  quartz, 
in  one  (iase  containing  a  little  triclinic  feldspar  and  ciialcopyrite. 


m 


;  l'-•'^q- 


564 


Professor  Emerson  on  Hall's  Geological  Collections 


',  9 


fft 


Labeled,  ''  Azoic  Rocks,  Frobisher  Baj'." 

G7.  IIORNBLENDE   SCHIST. 

Several  pieces  resembling  OG,  but  finer  grained  and  more  schistose. 
Labeled,  "  From  various  places  up  Bay  of  Frobisher  and  near  head  of  it." 

G8.   (JUARTZITK. 

Three  large  masses  of  a  compact  jaspery  quartzite  of  deep  red  color  and 
broad  couchoidal  fracture.  They  are  only  slightly  banded  by  a  slight  concentra- 
tion of  the  iron  in  broad  bauds,  and  are  remarkably  homogeneous,  and  free  from 
any  other  impurities  except  the  red  oxyde  of  iron.  They  were  marked  (1)  in  ink, 
and  seem  to  me  to  have  been  gathered  by  Hall  during  his  first  long  excursion 
along  the  north  shore  of  Frobisher  Bay,  but  of  this  I  cannot  be  certain. 

G9.   QUAKTZITE. 

Several  pieces  of  a  rusty-red  quartz  sandstone,  which  seem  to  be  only 
weathered  pieces  of  the  sj>'      kind  as  G8. 

70.  QUAKTZITE. 

A  water-worn  i)ebi>.3  of  a  similar  deep  red  quartzite,  slightly  micaceous, 
from  French  Head,  Field  Bay. 

The  rocks  described  under  the  last  three  numbers  might  almost  as  well 
have  been  associated  with  the  Devonian  sandstone  of  Lupton  Sound,  described 
later  (No.  108),  or  the  sandstone  from  Cape  Alexander  (vide  ante  Ko.  19).  It  is, 
however,  much  more  indurated,  especially  !No.  G8,  and  has  a  much  older  look. 

MINERALS  AND  ORES. 

71.  Quartz. 

Four  large  pieces  of  translucent  vein  quartz. 
From  French  Head,  Field  Bay. 

72.  QUAKTZ. 

White  translucent  vein  quartz. 

Labeled,  "  From  various  places  up  Bay  of  Frobisher  and  near  head  of  it." 
7.3.  Quartz. 

A  fine  piece  of  rose  quartz  and  another  of  smoky  quartz. 
From  Frobisher  Bay. 

74.  AVATITE. 

Rounded  grains  of  green  apatite  in  wlute  orthoclase. 

Kuen-gum-mi-ooke. 

Frobisher  Bay. 

75.  Garnet. 

A  cleavage  piece  of  a  large  deep  red  crystal  of  albandite. 
French  Head,  Field  Bay. 


Professor  Emerson  on  HalVs  Geological  Collections 


565 


70.  Graphite. 

Several  larfje  pieces  of  perfectly  pure  soft  graphite;  one  also  still  inclosed 
in  quartz.  In  a  bundle  marked  "(a)  Azoic  Hocks,"  by  Ilall,  with  fragments  of 
Silurian  linjestones. 

77.  BlOTITE. 

A  large  crystal  75  mm.  long,  50  mm.  wide,  and  40  mm  thick,  with  irregular 
sides.  Adhering  to  one  side  is  a  portion  of  clear  orthoclast;,  variety  sunstone.  On 
another  side  another  portion  of  the  same  feldspar  contains  many  small  wine-yel- 
low Zircons.  The  crystal  is  also  penetrated  by  plates  5-10  mm.  broad,  of  a  leek- 
green  mineral,  brittle,  with  bronze  luster  and  eminent  cleavage.  Under  the 
microscope  it  shows  two  cleavages  at  right  angles  and  a  third,  prismatic^,  l)etw(>en 
these,  making  an  angle  of  120°  45',  and  contains  abundant  inclosures  arranged 
paralled  to  the  rectangular  cleavages.  These  properties  make  it  (piite  certain 
that  the  mineral  is  diallage. 

Frobisher  Bay. 

iron  ores. 

78.  Magnetite. 

Several  pieces  of  magnetite  in  quartz ;  one  part  of  a  large  crystal  with  a 
piece  of  iron  slag  and  two  pieces  of  limpid  quartz.  The  label  reads,  "IMuch 
like  to  a  sea-coal  in  color.  From  Little  Bay,  Ek-ke-lu-zhun,  on  cape  or  point 
where  I  found  coal  of  Frobisher  Expedition  of  1578,  Tues.,  Sept.  24,  '01.  Hall." 
The  quotation  below,  from  page  432  of  Hall's  Narrative,  explains  the  above: 
"Ek-ke-lu-zhun,  Victoria  Bay.  Embedded  in  the  rocks  I  found  some  heavy 
black  substances,  larger  and  more  numerous  than  any  I  had  before  seen.  These 
I  concluded  might  be  the  '  stone  like  to  sea-coal '  described  by  Frobisher  in  the 
account  of  his  voyages." 

79.  Magnetite. 

A  larger  piece  from  the  same  locality — part  of  a  large  crystal  in  limpid 
quartz.  Label,  "  Like  to  sea-coal  in  color."  Ek-ker-lu-zhun.  This  label  is  written 
on  the  550th  page  of  Little  Dorrit. 

80.  Magnetite. 

Large  piece  of  pure  crystalline  magnetite.  , 

Kuen-gum-mi-ooke. 

81.  Magnetite. 

Three  pieces  like  80. 
French  Head,  Field  Bay. 

82.  Magnetite. 

Three  large  pieces  marked  (a). 


'*',;. 


II 


566 


Professor  Emerson  on  IlalVs  Geological  Collections. 


83.  JMaonetite. 

A  large  mass,  weighing  several  pounds,  part  of  a  large  imperfect  crystal  in 
(piartz.  The  ore  and  quartz  gaugue  like  that  from  Ek-ker-lu-zhun.  This  and 
the  last  may  be  from  one  of  the  localities  mentioned  by  Hall  in  the  Narrative  as 
— ,  piigo  328 :  "  This  p.  m.  I  visited  Cooper's  Island,  and  with  chisel  and  hammer 
dug  out  some  of  the  black  ore,  such  as  was  discovered  by  Frobisher's  Expedition 
in  1578,  with  which  many  of  his  ships  were  laden.  This  ore  attracts  and  repels 
the  magnetic  needle  about  like  iron.  It  is  very  heavy."  The  importance  of  iron 
ore  in  itself  and  its  connection  with  Frobisher's  Expedition  nmde  Hall  care- 
ful to  collect  it  everywhere.  It  is  manifestly  very  abundant  both  in  the  gneisses 
of  the  region  and  in  separate  beds. 

84.  LiMONITE. 

Several  fragments  of  limonite,  cementing  quartz  and  mica,  and  arising 
apparently  from  the  decomposition  of  granitic  rocks,  and  representing  a  deposit  of 
no  great  extent. 
84^.  Pybite. 

A  number  of  fragments  in  quartz. 

Locality,  Frobisher  Bay. 

85.  Pyrite. 

A  large  mass  of  very  tough  bluish-black  quartz,  full  of  pyrite. 

86.  Pyrite. 

Three  well-worn  pieces  of  pyrite,  used  by  the  natives  for  striking  tire. 
With  these  was  another  piece  of  magnetite,  labeled  "Obtained  from  the  natives." 
Hall  also  mentions  iron  pyrites  at  Gold  Cove,  Frobisher  Bay  (p.  230). 

COPPER  ORES. 

87.  BORNITE. 

Several  pieces  of  pure  boruite,  of  flue  color,  and  a  number  of  fragments  of 
quartz  with  bornite  disseminated  through  the  mass. 
French  Head,  Field  Bay. 

88.  Bornite. 

A  curious  pseudo-conglomerate  or  vein-stone  breccia  of  quartz  masses,  about 

» 

the  size  of  peas,  cemented  by  a  paste  of  bornite  so  abundant  as  to  separate  each 
grain  of  quartz  widely  from  every  other. 
French  Head,  Field  Bay. 

89.  Chalcopyrite. 

Several  pieces  of  a  granular  aggregate  of  quartz  and  black  hornblende,  in 


Professor  Emerson  on  HaWs  Geological  Collections. 


567 


which  chiilcopyrite  occurs  disseminated.    The  rock  is  tinged  green  with  malachite 
from  its  decomposition. 

French  Head,  Field  Bay. 

i)().  ClIALCOPYIUTE. 

Several  pieces  exactly  the  same  as  88. 
Labeled,  "  Stones  from  Kuen-gum-mi-ookc." 

91.  Chalcopyritk. 

Galena,  siderite,  pyrite.    A  weathered  piece,  containing  amber-colored  side- 
rite,  with  the  other  minerals  mentioned  above. 
French  Head,  Field  Bay. 

92.  Steatite. 

A  greenish-white  compact  talc,  pale  slaty-blue  externally,  with  much  hair- 
brown  phlogopite. 

Labeled,  "At  the  coal  found  up  Little  Bay  ten  miles  from  M-un-ti-lik." 

93.  Corundum. 

A  mass  larger  than  a  hen's  egg  of  matted  crystalline  plates  of  a  light  ]>is- 
tachio  green  margarite,  externally  weathered  to  pale  straw  color.  This  incloses 
crystalline  portions  of  a  deep  clear  cobjilt-blue  sapphire,  making  about  one-third 
the  mass.  The  sapphire  is  very  brittle,  easily  cleavable,  and  shows  imperfect 
crystalline  forms  where  it  projects  into  cavities  in  the  margarite.  It  is  in  i)laces 
separated  from  the  margarite  by  a  thin  layer  of  white  calcite.  The  margarite 
melts  under  the  blowpii)e  to  a  white  botryoidal  enamel. 

CALO.VKEOUS  EOCKS  AND  ASSOCIATED  MINERALS. 

94.  Granular  limestone. 

Thin  pieces  of  a  fine  even-grained  statuary  marble,  pure  white  and  witliout 
impurities.  It  was  manifestly  intcrstratified  with  a  soft  green  hydrous  mica 
schist  which  still  remains  attached  to  one  surface.  With  it  were  pieces  of  coarse 
granular  limestone  containing  grains  of  pale-green  coccolite. 

French  Head,  Field  Bay. 

95.  Granular  limestone  with  coccolite. 

A  rock  consisting  of  white  calcite,  pale  green  to  bottle  green  and  olive  green ; 
coccolite  in  rounded  grains,  with  fused  surfaces;  bronze-colored  phlogoi)ite,  and 
rarely  grains  of  colophonite  and  si)inel.  The  three  constituents  are  present  in 
about  equal  quantity,  have  about  the  same  average  size  (2-G  mm.),  and  are  so 
mixed  as  to  form  a  massive  granular  rock  which  sinuilates  granite  perfectly. 

Frobisher  Bay, 


568 


J'fofessor  EiHerson  oh  IlalVs  Geological  Collections. 


90.   (iUANULAll   LlMESTCiMi. 

TliO  contents  of  this  piircel  were  nmnifrstly  scraped  up  from  tlic  foot  of  a 
limestone  cliff  where  it  was  exj)osed  to  the  action  of  the  sea,  and  includes,  beside 
the  limestone  and  its  contents,  fragments  of  adularia  and  of  z  very  ferruginous 
(piartzite.  The  limestone  is  white,  coarsely  granular,  and  very  crystalline,  iuid 
contains  (1)  coccolite,  disseminated  in  grains  .1  to  2  mm.  in  diameter,  and  nmnded 
exteriorly  as  if  fused.  The  color  of  these  grains  is  a  deep  bottle-green.  They 
are  transparent  to  translucent;  (2)  ipiartz,  with  rounded  fused  faces ;  (3)  minute  red 
spinal  nibies,  octahedra,  with  rounded  edges ;  (4,)  ])hlogopite  in  small  prisms  with 
rounded  i)rism  faces,  and  of  pale  plum  color  to  bronze  and  dull  yellow  on  the 
cleavage  faces. 

From  White  Island  on  the  south  side  of  Frobisher  Bay,  near  the  head  of  it. 

97.  Coccolite. 

Large  mass  of  fresh  dark-green  to  blackish-green  coarse  coccolite. 
From  parcel  labeled,  "  From  various  places  up  Frobisher  Bay  and  near  the 
head  of  it." 

98.  Coccolite. 

A  liner-grained  somewhat  weathered  green  coccolite. 

French  Head,  Field  B.iy. 

The  resemblance  of  the  series  of  rocks  hero  described  to  the  Laurontian  of 

Canada  and  the  Adirondacks  and  to  the  Montalban  of  New  Hampshire  and 

Massachusetts  is  very  marked.    The  typical  Labradorian  rocks  arc  absent.    The 

dark-red  massive  quartzites  agree  well  with  the  Canadian  quartzites  of  Iluron- 

ian  sige. 

ERUPTIVE  ROCKS. 

99.  QUAIITZDIOUITE. 

A  grayish-black,  compact,  trap-like  rock,  seemingly  quite  fresh,  but  effer- 
vescing with  acids.  In  powder  blackish,  with  shade  of  green.  The  rock  is  almost 
aphanitic  with  glimmering  luster ;  with  a  lens  the  feldsi)ar  crystals  can  be  seen 
as  extremely  line  lines.  In  sections  plagioclase  in  interlaced  crystals,  mostly 
elongated,  is  seen  to  make  up  the  mass  of  the  rock,  in  the  interstices  between 
which  the  other  constituents  appear.  The  feldspar  is  opaque — white  by  reflected, 
pale  brown  by  transmitted,  light,  being  filled  with  a  pale  yellowish-brown  dust, 
which  is  sometimes  spread  over  the  whole  surface  of  the  section.  More  often, 
however,  there  is  upon  this  as  a  back  ground  a  system  of  darker  brown  lines, 
parallel  to  the  greatest  length  of  the  crystal,  formed  by  an  accumulation  of  the 
same  uuiterial  along  the  lines  of  boundary  between  the  separate  laminie  of  which 
the  crystal  is  composed  (parallel  to  c/)  O  ob),  and  to  this  is  superadded  in  many 


Professor  Emerson  on  IlalVs  Gcolot/ieal  Collections. 


5G0 


crystals  a  second  systoiii  of  lines  exactly  like  and  at  riplit-anpflos  to  tiie  lirst. 
This  second  set  of  lines  is,  however,  nsually  only  partly  developed,  iijjpeiirinjjf  only 
on  part  of  the  crystal  or  some  of  the  lines  running  only  jtart  way  across  tiie  same. 
The  lines  themselves  are  generally  more  evenly  spaced,  more  rijiidly  straight,  and 
finer  than  the  other.  In  rare  (jases  they  are  coarser  and  better  develoi>ed. 
Finally,  some  crystals  show  a  beautifnlly  perfect  and  delicate  lattice-work,  all  the 
meshes  appearing  to  the  eye  exact  squares.  The  second  set  of  lines  runs  parallel 
to  0  P.  In  agreement  with  this,  the  crystals,  when  examined  with  polarized 
light,  prove  to  be  i)oly synthetically  twined  parallel  to  co  P  co  and  O  P.  Some  of  the 
crystals  also  show  distinct  cleavage  planes  parallel  to  the  prism  faces,  and  an 
arrangement  of  the  same  particles  in  these  ])lanes.  Only  with  a  Tolles  lens,  of  the 
best  definition  and  a  power  of  1,G00,  was  it  possible  to  resolve  these  lines  into 
their  constituents.  They  prove  to  be  made  up  of  a  multitude  of  pale-red  trans- 
parent ])latcs,  with  rounded  outline,  which  a])pear  as  black  spots  when  in  the 
slightest  degree  out  of  focus,  disappearing  almost  instantly,  their  place  being 
taken  by  others  not  in  the  same  plane.  A  few  elongated  microlites,  ai>pareutly 
hornblende  and  much  larger,  are  arranged  in  the  same  plane  with  the  smaller 
plates,  but  there  is  no  passage  from  the  one  to  the  other.  The  small  plates  seem 
to  be  hematite.  The  blackish-brown  hornblende  in  broad  crystals  incloses  nuich 
well-crystallized  magnetite,  many  hornblende  microlites,  also  cavities  with  mo- 
tionless bubbles,  and  is  overgrown  and  often  almost  entirely  changed  into  grass- 
green  scaly  viridite,  which  has  also  passed  into  all  fissures  in  and  between 
the  feldspar  crystals.  Quartz  in  small  rounded  grains  is  evenly  distributed 
through  the  whole,  and  filled  with  fine  magnetite  crystals,  pale-green  hornblende, 
and  nmch  smaller  and  longer  ap.atite  microlites,  which  sometimes  pass  with  great 
regularity  from  all  parts  of  the  surface  of  the  grain  toward  the  (ienter.  In  one 
piece  long  fine  red  needles  of  goethite  occupy  fissures. 

A  few  crystals  o.f  olivine  and  masses  that  seem  to  have  arisen  from  its 
decomposition  occur;  also  minute  secondary  aggregations  mixed  with  viridite 
occur. 

Magnetite  occurs  in  large  aggregations  among  as  well  as  in  the  other  con- 
stituents. 

The  minerals  present  in  the  rock  in  the  order  of  their  frequency  are  oligo- 
clase  viridite,  hornblende,  magnetite,  quartz,  hematite,  ?  calcite,  apatite. 
Trap-granulite. 

Trai»-{;raiiulit.     Lasaulx.     Eleiucutc  <ler  Petrograpliio,  p.  348. 

Diallage-graiiiilit.    Uatlie.    Die  Diallagcgrauulitc  der  Siiclisiscfien  granulit-formatioii.    Zoit. 
U.  g.  G.  xxix,  p.  274,  1877. 

A  large  block  of  a  massive  brownish-black  trap  like  rock,  breaking  with 


570 


Professor  Emerson  on  Hall's  Geological  Colleetions. 


>  s 


broad  conchoidal  fractuio,  and  when  moistened  slif^htly  mottled  with  preen  and 
brown.  It  appears  quite  fre.sli  in  the  interior,  but  ett'ervesccH  with  acids.  On  the 
outside  is  a  liglit  reddish-gray  layer  of  decomposition  2  mm.  thick.  On  the  liesh 
surface  it  has  a  glistening  luster,  and  with  the  lens  one  detects  minute  scales  of 
rubellan,  flno  needles  of  horid)lende,  and  roundish  spots  of  reddish  color,  which 
prove  to  be  garnets.  A  few  small  cavities  have  been  filled  with  a  whitish  mixture 
of  calcite  and  a  zeolite,  in  which  radiating  needles  of  shining  black  secondary  horn- 
blende appear.  The  rock  affords  a  i-eddish-gray  powder  and  fuses  at  .'J  to  a  whit- 
ish enamel.  The  powder  treated  with  acid  and  examined  under  the  microscope 
shows  only  slight  changes;  a  small  quantity  of  ocher  and  csilcitx)  is  removed. 
Examined  in  thin  section,  the  rock  is  found  to  contain  the  following  minerals: 
Garnet,  which  makes  up  more  than  half  the  mass;  biotite  next  in  abundance; 
then  hornblende  and  viridite,  and  more  rarely  apatite,  hematite,  calcite,  magne- 
tite, and  a  zeolite.  Cyanito  occurs  in  long  flat  crystals,  transparent,  brilliant, 
cut  across  by  broad  cleavage  fissures  filled  with  viridite.  It  polarizes  with  great 
beauty ;  occurs  commonly  in  mica.  The  garnets  are  scattered  through  the  whole 
mass,  gathered  in  small  groups  or  occurring  singly,  separated  from  each  other  by 
mica  and  hornblende.  Many  large  garnets  occur  also  in  the  mica.  They  occur 
mostly  in  rounded  grains  up  to  .45  mm.  in  diameter.  Imperfect  four,  six,  and  eight 
sided  cross-sections  are  not  rare,  and  the  smaller  crystals  inclosed  in  the  larger 
and  especially  in  the  mica  are  often  perfect  rhombic  dodecahedrons.  The  sec- 
tions of  the  crystals  appear  moderately  magnified  a  pale  reddish-brown  to  Isa- 
bella-yellow, being  more  or  less  clouded  with  a  brown  dust,  except  at  the  narrow 
border,  where  they  are  quite  pellucid  and  colorless  or  show  a  faint  tinge  of  violet. 
The  transparent  portions  are  still  isotrope,  and  the  central  portions  show  aggre- 
gate polarization,  but  when  highly  magnified  it  is  seen  that  the  transparent  gar- 
net substance  predominates  in  most  crystals.  In  a  few  cases  the  decomposition 
proceeds  from  the  circumference,  and  the  center  is  stiU  quite  transparent.  The 
dust  is  made  up  of  chlorite  plates,  blood-red  hematite  scales,  and  amorphous 
grains. 

Many  small  perfect  dodecahedra  inclosed  in  the  larger  garnets  are  of  bright 
lemon-yellow  color,  and  show  distinctly  cleavage  after  c/>  O.  They  are  of  the 
same  yellow  color  throughout,  and  show  no  tendency  to  the  accumulation  of 
granular  matter  at  the  center.  Many — apparently  hornblende — microlites,  ar- 
ranged in  an  irregular  net-work,  are  found  in  them,  sometimes  passing  out  into 
the  surrounding  mica. 

Kext  in  abundance  is  rubellan,  in  broad,  fresh,  transparent  plates,  bright 
hyacinth  red  to  deep  blood  red,  separating  the  groups  of  garnets  from  one 


Professor  Emerson  on  HalVs  Geoloykal  Collections. 


571 


aii(»tlior,  and  indoHin^  largo  cryHtals  of  all  the  otlier  coiiHtituents,  csjx'cially 
{jarnot  and  lioriil)l(>iul(\  Often  several  garnetH  or  larye  eryHtals  of  lionibleiMlc 
lie  wholly  or  i)artly  inclosed  in  a  Hingle  mica  crystal,  or,  in  the  case  of  the  horn- 
blende, rnn  entirely  across  and  divide  the  crystal  into  several  parts. 

Lesiiles  these  larger  inclosures,  there  occur  in  great  numbers  long  Hat  niicro- 
lites,  Irregularly  arranged,  and  which  seem  to  betheniselves  of  micaceous  nature, 
long  iine  apatite  needles,  and  rarely  grains  of  magnetite  or  bloodred  scales  of 
hematite.  The  blood-red  color  occurs  where  the  cleavage  lines  are  hurking,  and 
the  0  P  face  is  parallel  to  the  section  plane,  while  crystals  cut  parallel  to  the 
l)rincii)al  axis,  and  showing  strongly  the  cleavage  lines,  are  light  brownish  yel- 
low. In  the  latter  case  the  mineral  is  strongly  dichroic.  The  mineral  is  remark- 
ably fresh  and  clear  in  appearance,  but  is  bordered  by  blackish-green  fibrous 
viridite. 

The  hornblende  occurs  in  groups  of  elongated  crystals,  often  fibrous  and 
brush-like  at  their  ends.  It  is  mostly  grass  green,  sometimes  grass  green  and 
smoke  brown  at  one  end  and  colorless  at  the  other.  It  accompanies  the  rubellan, 
but  is  less  abundant. 

A  blackish  to  grayish-green  fibrous  viridite  surrounds  many  of  the  ganiets, 
and  is  accunuilated  abundantly  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  rubellan  and  horn- 
blende, from  which  one  would  not  easily  distinguish  it  if  it  were  not  for  its  slight 
absorption. 

Several  small  portions  of  quartz  and  very  rarely  a  grain  of  magnetite  com- 
plete the  list  of  the  minerals  observed. 

102.  TUAl'-GUANULITE. 

Not  to  be  distinguished  microscopically  from  the  preceding  rock,  except  in 
containing  finely-disseminated  pyrite. 

Thin  sections  show  the  garnets  to  be  more  decon  posed,  so  that  there  is  no 
clear  rim  left;  also  the  smaller  garnets  inclosed  in  the  larger  arc  much  decom- 
posed. In  the  mica,  which  is  exactly  like  that  in  the  foregoing,  very  many  small, 
perfectly  clear,  hexagonal  cross-sections  of  apatite  occur.  Single  plates  of  diallage 
occur.  The  section  contains  aggregations  of  hornblende,  grass  green  or  smoke 
brown  at  one  end  and  colorless  at  the  other,  projecting  into  calcite,  whiijh  fills 
free  spaces  in  the  mica,  and  is  transparent,  showing  the  cleavage  sharply.  With 
the  hornblende  is  associated  spinel,  in  separate  octahedra,  sharply  built  out  and 
in  crystalline  groups  of  a  deep  cobalt  to  plum-blue  color. 

103.  Trap-granulite. 

This  is  a  coarser  grained  variety,  but  differs  in  no  other  respect  microscopic- 
ally from  No.  101.    The  garnets,  which  are  the  principal  ingredient,  are  distinctly 


■-1 


572 


Frofcssor  Emerson  on  IlaWs  Geological  Collections. 


tlivi.si1>lo  info  two  proups,  largo  and  small,  rospwitivolj ,  about  A  and  2  tiiiiCH  an 
hii'tiv,  »H  in  No.  101.  I)o(;oni])osition  nas  not  procoedtsd  so  far,  tho  cryNtais  Iwin;; 
(juite  translnccnt,  of  a  faint  ochor-yellow  color,  and  in  largo  part  isotropc.  Onu 
of  tlio  larger  and  many  of  the  smaller  hIiow  perfect  eiglit-sided  cross  section;,. 
Manyof  tlie  larger  crystals  are  grown  together  in  groups  of  two  and  three,  a  litf'e 
more  than  half  of  each  being  present.  The  larger  crystals  are  afl'e«'ted  in  various 
ways  by  decomposition ;  some  have  the  center  clouded  with  oeherycdiow,  bounded 
by  a  clear  ring,  and  this  by  a  ring  of  blood  red  rubellan  in  minute  closely  aggre- 
gated crystals,  which  project  into  the  clear  ring.  Others  having  the  exterior 
ring  of  rubellan  are  in  the  interior  clouded  more  or  less  with  a  green  material. 
In  others  this  green  material  is  gathered  at  the  center,  having  a  clear  yellow 
area  between  it  and  the  outer  ring  of  rubellan.  In  others  a  pale  grass  green 
sjireads  over  the  whole,  and  iinally  the  whole  crystal  is  changed  into  a  bright 
grass-green  viridite,  arranged  in  wavy  masses,  Avhieh  recall  the  Huidal  structure 
of  obsidians.  Cyanite  occurs  in  smaller  crystals  than  in  No.  101,  with  rectangular 
cross  sections.  It  polarizes  brilliantly.  Magnetite  is  abundant.  The  contrast 
of  the  bright  green  of  the  viridite,  the  deep  blood  red  of  the  rubellan  upon  the 
pale  amber  background  of  garnet,  makes  this  a  veiy  beautiful  object  under  the 
microscope. 
104.  Tkapobanuute. 

This  rock  is  like  No.  101  in  appearance,  and  came  probably  from  another 
portion  of  the  same  mass.  It  is,  however,  much  more  weathered  and  pitted  super- 
flci.ally  by  the  eating  out  of  calcite,  which  had  filled  cavities  in  the  rock.  Hounded 
grains  of  quartz  project  from  the  surface.  Many  of  the  cavities  are  not  wholly 
emptied,  there  remaining  a  soft  pulverulent  mass,  which  eft'ervesces  freely  with 
acid  and  is  wholly  dissolved.  Black  needles  of  hornblende,  like  the  calcite  of 
secondary  origin  project  into  the  latter.  With  the  lens  one  sees,  especially 
when  the  rock  is  moistened,  rubellan,  hornblende  and  light  gray  spots,  which 
resemble  the  flesh-colored  ones  seen  in  No.  101,  atid  which  are,  as  in  that  case, 
garnet. 

The  whole  rock  effervesces  abundantly  Avith  acid.  Under  the  microscope 
the  section  is  much  clearer,  the  rubellan  more  scattered  and  in  larger  crystals, 
the  rest  more  uniform  and  homogeneous  in  appearance  than  in  No.  101.  The 
ground  color  is  pale  ocher-yellow,  clouded  with  darker  shatles  of  the  same  color. 
The  ground  shows  distinct  traces  of  tesseral  forms,  and  remains  dark  under 
crossed  Nicols.  In  the  mica  small  transparent  garnets  occur.  The  rubellan 
occurs  in  large  clear  pieces  deep  blood-red  and  dark  orange,  inclosing,  (besides 
garnets,)  hornblende,  and  needles  of  apatitej  and  often  bordered  by  magnetite. 


J'rofessor  J'Jtucrson  on  llnlPs  Gcolofi'icul  Colhrtions. 


f)7.*{ 


The  ln)rnl)l(MHlo  is  (or  tlii)  moat  part  (loop  j^rooii.  Soiiu*  crystiils  iiro  reddish  at 
one  cikI, cohn-U'HH  in  thoiniddlo,  and  {jrcen  at  thoothor.  Tiicysliow cross  .sections 
of  lliP.  Dhillano  in  palo  ycUow  crystals,  witli  chiiractcristic  inchisurcs,  |d!ij;io('liise 
inoncor  twolaryo  crystals  nnd  ortlioclasc,  yrown  fibrous  from  dcconi  posit  ion  wcro 
also  present. 
lOfi.  TUAV-ORANtTLiTK. 

This  is  a  fresh  flne-ffrained  i)iccc  of  the  sanio  rock,  which  shows  a  distinct 
separation  into  plates  half  an  inch  thick  by  a  rude  cleaviifj^e,  which  is  not  acconi- 
])anied  by  any  ])arallelism  in  the  arran^fenient  of  the  (tonstitnents.  Ilnder  the 
microscope  it  shows  all  the  minerals  mentioned  under  the  last  rock  described,  and 
the  resemblance  is  so  close  as  to  nuider  a  HX)ecial  des(;ripti(»n  supertiuous. 
100,  TUAP-GKANULITK. 

This  piece  is  very  nnich  weathered,  of  a  li^ht  (ihocolate  color,  mottled  with 
largo  spots  of  a  whitish  substance,  tilled  with  blackish  and  greenish  grains.  The 
colorless  spaces  prove  in  their  section  t«)  be  aniygdaloidal  cavities,  tilled  with  an 
outcr^ayer  of  milk-white  zeolite  ami  an  inner  layer  of  (piart/;  both  are  llUcd  with 
scales  of  viridite.  The  rest  of  the  mass  is  much  deciomposed,  but  seems  to  have 
been  originally  the  same  as  those  above  described, 

107.  TUAPGBANULITK. 

A  small  much  w(>athered  pie<!e. 

Labeled,  "  Found  on  the  route  between  Rescue  Harbor  and  Or-])nng-ne-wing, 
an  island  in  Frobisher  Bay,    C,  F.  Hall," 

SEDIMENTARY  HOCKS, 

108,  Sandstone, 

A  slab  12  by  15  inches,  of  a  medium-giaiucd  rusty-brown  llagstone,  the  sur- 
face covered  with  ripple-marks  2;")  mm.  ai)art.  The  crests  of  the  ripple-marks  ai'o 
weathered  oclier  yellow. 

Labeled,  "  Sandstone,  with  ripple-marks.  Lnpton  Channel.  Silurian." 
The  following  extracts  from  Hall's  Narrative  refer  to  this  rock:  '*()n  ariiv- 
ing  at  the  next  pLice  of  encampment,  the  last  before  reaching  the  harbor,  where 
I  ha<l  left  the  ship,  the  Innuits  informed  me  that  it  was  called  Shar-toe-wik-toe, 
from  a  natural  breakwater  of  thin  or  plate  stone,  the  native  word  meaning  "thin, 
flat  stone."  It  is  on  a  tongue  of  land  nearly  surrounded  by  watei',  on  the  west  side 
of  Lu'jton  Channel."    (p.  439.) 

ill  also  mentions  that  as  he  stopped  in  Lnpton  Channel  on  his  way  home, 
an  old  Innuit  woman  brought  on  board  as  a  present  a  flsh  upon  ti  slab  of  I'od 
sandstone. 


574 


Professor  Emerson  on  HalVs  Geological  Collections. 


I  1 


►  a 


The  rock  seems  to  be  tbe  same  with  those  of  Cape  Alexander,  Wolston- 
hohiie  Soiuid,  and  Byam  Martin's  Island,  and  is  probably  from  the  base  of  the 
Carboniferous. 

109.   LlJIESTONE. 

A  gray  crinoidal  limestone,  made  up  of  comminuted  fragments  of  corals  and 
crinoids,  all  indistinguishable.  Lower  Silurian?  near  head  of  Frobisher  Bay. 
The  ostracoids  mentioned  beyond  occur  in  a  similar  drab  limestone. 

110.  Limestone. 

A  very  compact  red-gray  limestone,  deeply  corroded  by  sea-water.  Lower 
Silurian.    Locality,  O — in-seen-o-ping ;  partly  illegible. 

111.  Limestone. 

A  large  flat  piece  of  a  compact  even-bedded  dark  reddish-gray  limestone, 
breaking  with  large  conchoidal  fracture,  and  containing,  besides  minute  fragments 
of  coal,  part  of  the  last  whorl  of  a  large  longitudinally  striated  univalve.  Lower 
Silurian. 

Locality,  Frobisher  Bay.  • 

112.  Limestone. 

A  deep  black,  massive,  flinty,  bituminous  limestone,  effervescing  abundantly 
with  acid,  with  perfect  conchoidal  fracture,  weathering  white  externally  to  a  dis- 
tance of  .5-2  mm.  Utica  slate.    Localities,  Frobisher  Bay,  Kun-gum-mi-ooke. 

113.  Limestone. 

A  dark  brown,  thin-bedded  flinty  limestone,  with  spots  of  coaly  matter  from 
graplotites,  Utica  slate. 

Localities,  Frobisher  Bay.  French  Head  in  Field  Bay.  Fragments  of  the 
limestones  Nos.  112  and  113  were  also  present  in  abundance  from  many  other 
points  in  Field  and  Frobisher  Bay  without  special  labels,  and  contain  all  the  Utica 
slate  trilobites  and  graptolites  found  in  the  collection. 

114.  Dolomite. 

A  large  mass  of  a  ragged  cavernous  dolomite,  very  harsh  t<i  the  feel,  dull 
gray  in  the  interior,  but  in  large  part  rusty. 
Frobisher  Bay. 

115.  Dolomite. 

A  large  mass  of  com]>act  buff  dolomite,  clouded  with  bands  of  smoke  gray, 
c  >ntainiug  crinoid  stems,  Ilalysites  catenulata,  Pentamerus  conchidium,  Dal. 
Uj.p^r  Silurian. 

Locality,  Eescue  Harbor. 


:M. 


Professor  Emerson  on  IlaWs  GeoJogical  Collections. 


575 


lie.  Dolomite. 

A  compact  buff  magnesian  limestone,  effervescing  very  slowly  with  acid. 
Upper  Silurian.  ?    Kud-lu-nann. 

117.  Dolomite. 

A  yellowish  white,  very  compact  and  tough  rock,  without  fossils. 
Frobisher  Bay. 

118.  DoLoivnTE. 

A  pale  cream-colored  magnesian  limestone,  compact,  fine-grained,  breaking 
with  very  flat,  broml  conchoidal  fracture,  extremely  brittle  and  ringing  sharply 
under  the  hammer,  only  slightly  whitened  by  weathering.  Several  hirge  pieces 
were  present,  all  uniformly  and  abundantly  lilled  with  the  minute  tubular  cavities 
mentioned  on  page  579. 

Locality,  "  Hall's  Island  of  Frobisher." 

119.  Dolomite. 

Many  fragments  of  gray  and  buff  limestones,  all  probably  magnesian. 
French  Head,  Field  Bay. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  FOSSILS. 

The  fossils  described  below  belong  for  the  most  part  to  two  horizons.  That 
of  the  Utica  slate  in  flinty  bituminous  limestones,  and  that  of  the  Trenton,  rich 
in  entomostraca,  in  gray  argillaceous  limestone. 
BuTUOTREPHis,  conf.  gracilis,  Hall.    Fig.  1.    Natural  size. 

Stem  stout,  subcyliudrical  surface  rough,  succulent,  ? 
branching.    Branches  alternate  acuminate. 

A  unique  specimen  upon  the  surface  of  a  piece  of  com- 
pact gray  limestone  like  that  containing  entomostraca.    The 
stems  stand  out  from  the  surface  of  the  rock,  and  are  of 
lighter  color  and  rougher  than  the  rest  of  the  surface  of  the  rock.    At  one  i)lace 
alternating  rounded  stems,  having  a  fruit-like  aspect,  are  present,  and  many  short 
separated  branches  are  scattered  over  the  surface. 
Protozoa. 

A  small  fragment  of  weathered  silicious  limestone,  bla<',k  at  center,  gray 
externally,  shows  many  curious  forms,  which  seem  to  be  s])onge  spicules  and  tests 
of  silicious  protozoa.  What  appears  to  be  a  hexactinellid  spicule  is  re])eated 
several  times,  four  hollow  tapering  tubes,  radiating  at  right  angles  from  a  com- 
mon center,  with  which  the  cavities  of  the  tubes  are  continuous,  and  in  which  one 
looks  down  into  the  cavity  of  a  fifth  tnbe,  the  sixth  having  been  removed  in 
cutting  the  section.     Also  many  fragments,  pierced  with  close-set  hexagonal  open- 


^U' 


576 


Profissor  Emerson  on  HalVs  Geological  Collections. 


•..i' 


m 


in  88,  like  many  of  the  fenestrated  polycystina.  Other  forms  imitate  the  flat  circu- 
lar diatoms,  and  one  cross  section  recalls  a  section  through  a  single  sphere  of 
Pulvinalina.  These  forms  require  to  be  magnified  30  to  50  diameters.  In  small 
pieces  of  gray  argillaceous  limestone  without  special  label  and  not  associated 
with  other  fossils. 
llECEPTAOULiTE.s  (uew  spccies). 

"  The  receptaculites  is  unlike  the  several  species  of  the  Galena  limestone  of 
the  West  or  the  R.  occidentalis  of  Canada.  Mr.  Salter  speaks  of  one  found  in  the 
northern  part  of  the  American  continent:  Tliis  may  be  that  species  or  it  may 
be  a  new  one ;  which  it  was  we  liaA'e  no  means  of  determining."  (R.  P.  Stevens, 
Hall's  Nar.  Ap.  10,  p.  594:.)  We  have  made  inquiry,  but  can  find  no  trace  of  this 
or  the  other  fossils  reported  upon  in  the  article  quoted. 

DiPLOGUAVTUS  DENTATUS,  BrongU.  Sp. 

1838.  FucoUh's  dentatiis.     Broiiji;ii.  Hist.  Veg.  Fos.  pi.  (i,  i\g.  9,  I'i. 
1865.  DipUtjraptm priatlnij'ormis.     Hall,  Grap.  Quebec  Gr.  p.  lid. 

1875.  Dqilograptua  deiitatits.     Hop.  &  Lap.  Graj).  of  St.  Davids,  Q.  J.  G.  S.,  vol.  31,  p.  6.50,  pi. 
xxxiv,  fif;.  5  rt-5  I: 

Occurs  in  pieces  25-35  mm.  in  length,  tapering  slowly  to  a  blunt  point, 
width  2.5  to  3  mm.  Hydrotheca?  22-34  to  the  inch,  average  30.  The  many  forms 
which  I  have  referred  with  some  doubt  to  the  J).  dentatuH  in  the  very  wide  signifi- 
cation given  to  the  species  by  Ifopkinson  and  Lapworth  in  the  memoir  cited 
above,  occur  penetrating  the  black  flinty  limestone  in  various  directions,  or  lying 
npon  the  cleavage  surfaces  of  the  thin-bedded  varieties  of  tlie  same  black  rock. 
In  the  former  case  they  cannot  be  exposed  for  .study;  in  the  latter,  beautiful  casts 
of  the  uncompressed  iwlypary  are  found.  Other  .specimens  are  variously  com- 
pressed, and  the  series  of  figures  given  by  llopkinson  «&  Lapworth  would  serve 
perfectly  to  represi^nt  the  various  forms.  In  two  cases  the  proxinml  end  is  pre- 
served as  in  5  Tc  {he.  cit.).  O  her  forms  have  a  more  scalariform  asi)ect  than  any 
there  figured.  Tliey  are  all  a  little  more  .slender  than  tl"  ormal  T).  (JentatuH 
from  New  York.  The  specic^s  occurs  in  company  with  Triurthrm  ]iccJ:ii,  Cahjmcne 
senaria,  Endoceras  proteiforme,  &c. 

Localities:    In   dark-brown  silieious  limestone  weathering    dove  colored 
from  French  Head,  Field  IJay ;  and  in  black  fissile  silieious  limtsstone  at  the 
upper  end  of  Frobisher  ]>ay  and  along  the  north  shore  of  the  same. 
Climaoograptus  qttadeoiucronatus,  Hall. 

18(i5.  CUmacoijniptu»  qiiadrimiicroiKilux,  Hall.     Grap.  Qiicltee  Group,  p.  144,  pi.  xiii,  tigs.  I-IO. 
Specinuiiis  Hattened  in  various  ways  represent  well  many  of  the  drawings 
cited  above,  and  especially  a  cast  in  the  linu'stone  of  an  uncompressed  specimen  is 
almost  iifacshnUe  of  the  restortition  of  the  8]iecies  there  figured  {loc.  cit),  exce])t  that 


m 


Professor  Emerson  on  HalVs  Geological  Collections. 


517 


only  in  a  few  cases  and  then  indistinctly  are  the  characteristic  spines  indicated. 
As  the  measurements  agree  exactly  with  those  of  the  C.  quadrimucronatus,  I  think 
the  specimens  may  without  doubt  be  referred  to  that  species.  Found  associated 
with  other  TJtica  slate  fossils  at  French  Head,  Field  Bay,  and  in  Countess  of 
Warwick's  Sound. 
Climacogeaptits,  sp. 

Many  specimens  of  a  form  belonging  certainly  to  this  genus  occur,  but  none 
are  well  preserved  enough  to  allow  of  a  determination  of  the  species.  Hydrothecae 
30-31  per  inch.  Greatest  width  2.5  mm.,  tapering  slowly  from  greatest  width. 
They  occur  in  the  same  association  as  the  preceding  species,  and  are  closely  allied 
to  C  hicornia.  Hall,  but  are  much  smaller. 

SiCULA  OF  GRAPTOLITES. 

A  large  piece  of  chocolate-brown  limestone;  contains  in  immense  numbers 
the  embryonic  tubes  of  a  species  of  graptolite,  probably  of  the  D.  dentatus,  above 
described.  These  are  minute  very  elongate  hollow  cones,  often  flattened;  the 
mouth  truncated  obliquely,  and  prolonged  in  a  slender  rigid  thread  about  the 
length  of  the  calicle  itself,  which  latter  is  1.5  to  2  mm.  long. 
Cyathophyllum  ?  PiCKTHOENii,  Salter,  sp. 

Strephodes  Pickthornii,  Salter.    Sutherland's  Journal,  vol.  ii,  Ap.  p.  ccxxx,  plate  vi,  fig.  5. 
1878.  Cyathophyllum  t  Pickthornii,  Woodward.    Geo,  Mag.  n.s.  Dec.  II,  vol.  v.  p.  388,  pi.  x,  fig. 
.5,6. 

A  single  cup,  of  the  size  and  shape  of  the  smaller  ones  figured  by  Woodward. 
The  lamellae  are  connected  at  the  bottom  by  cross  plates.    In  buff  limestone, 
Halysites  oatenulata,  L. 

A  single  specimen  in  buff  limestone  with  Pentamerus. 

From  Rescue  Harbor ;  quoted  also  from  Silliman's  Fossil  Mount  of  Hall, 
lat.  63°  44"  K.,  long.  68°  56"  W.,  by  E.  P.  Stevens.— Hall's  Nab.,  p.  594. 
Stiotopora  ramosa.  Hall.  ? 

Many  weathered  specimens  occur  in  the  gray  crinoidal  limestone  along  the 
north  shore  of  Frobisher  Bay.    It  may  be  the  same  as  the  Alveolites  f  arctica. 
Wood.    Geo.  Mag.  1878,  p.  389. 
Heleolites  (new  species). 
Heliopora  (new  species). 

"The  specimens  of  corals  were  very  perfect  and  beautiful,  and  unlike  any 
figured  by  Professor  Hall  in  the  Palaeontology  of  New  York."  (R.  P.  Stevens, 
Hall's  Nar.,  Appendix  X.) 

Orinoid  stems  and  fragments  are  found  abundantly,  but  in  all  cases  round, 
small,  and  not  determinable. 
S.  Ex.  L'7 37 


578 


Professor  Emerson  on  HaWs  Geological  Collections. 


LlNOULA  CURTA,  Coil. 

Many  specimens,  retainin;;-  the  black,  sliiniufj,  finely- striated  shell,  and  agree- 
ing exactly  with  Utica  and  Fort  Plain,  N.  Y.,  specimens,  occur  in  the  black  lime- 
stone associated  in  different  pieces  of  the  rock  with  all  the  other  Utica  slate  fossils 
met  with. 
Rynchonella,  sp. 

Several  minnte  specimens  occur,  characterized  by  sharp  ribs,  very  high  keel, 
and  deep  sinus ;  in  gray  limestone  with  Entomostnica. 
Choni-.tes  conf.  striatella,  Dal. 

A  minute  quite  convex  shell  covered  with  line  ribs  not  visible  except  with 
the  lens.    The  ribs  anastomose  toward  the  border,  and  are  separated  in  groups 
of  from  8  to  10  by  grooves  twice  the  width  of  those  between  the  separate  striie; 
height  4-6  mm.    In  gray  limestone  with  Entomostraca. 
Pentamerus  conchidium,  Dal. 

The  large  mass  of  magnesiau  limestone  No.  109,  from  Rescue  Harbor,  con- 
tains a  single  well-preserved  specimen  of  this  species  and  many  cross  sections, 
showing  the  characteristic  septum. 
Tellinomya  levata.  Hall. 

1847.  Nucula  levata,  Hall.     Pal.  N.  Y.,  vol.  i,  p.  150,  \>\.  M,  fijr.  1. 
1675.   Tellinomya  lerata,  Hall.     Pal.  Ohio,  vol.  ii,  p.  t*'i,  pi.  1,  iifj;.  23. 

This  species  is  represented  by  a  single  sharply  defined  cast  of  the  beak  and 

central  portions  of  the  hinge  plate.    Enough  is  preserved  to  show  that  the  shell 

was  ventricose,  with  large  incurved  beaks  and  posterior  curvatiire 

of  the  hinge  plate.     It  agrees  in  all  points  with  the  figure  of  the 

a  interior  of  the  shell  in  Pal.     Ohio  above  cited.     It  occurs  in  a 

Fig.  3  magnitted  small  fragment  of  buff  limestone  from  the  north  side  of  Frobisher 

three  times.      j^.^y^  associated  in  the  same  piece  with  many  indistinguishable 

fragments  of  bivalves,  crinoid  stems,aud  a  minute  Murchisonia  gracilis.? 

The  figure  is  drawn  from  a  cast  in  rubber  of  the  impression. 

C!ONULARIA  TRENTONENSIS,  Hall. 

A  cast  of  one  side  of  the  shell,  retaining  in  part  the  substance  of  the  same 
(tf  deep  chestnut  brown,  shows  all  the  characteristics  of  this  species.  In  gray 
limestone  with  Entomostraca. 

(rASTEROPODA. 

Besides  the  Machirca  arotica  quoted  by  Stevens  in  the  Appendix  to  Hall's 
Narrative,  page  594,  the  collection  examined  by  me  contains  single  portions  of 
several  species  too  fragmentary  for  determination — a  small  Murchisoma  gracilis, 
Hall ;  a  Madiiren,  and  a  small  turbinoid  shell  which  may  be  Cyclonema  bilix. 


Professor  Emerson  on  Halts  Geoloijkal  Collections. 


571) 


Endoceuas  pkoteiforme,  Hall. 

184;{.  Kmlncwaa protviformr,  Halt.     Pal.  N.  Y.,  vol.  i,  p.  >208,  pi.  xlv-l. 
184;J.  ?    p.  ;U1,  pi.  Ixxxv,  fit;.  1. 

Ten  or  more  specimens  of  this  form  ai"e  present,  which  are  all  Hattened,  and 
resemble  closely  the  flattened  forms  from  Fort  Plain,  K.  Y.,  from  the  Utica  slate, 
referred  by  Hall  with  doubt  to  this  species.  Five  of  the  specimens  are  flattened, 
showing'  neither  septa  nor  distinct  surface  markings,  but  tapering  at  exactly  the 
same  angle  as  the  Fort  Plain  specimens.  Four  retain  very  distinctly  the  exterior 
marking,  and  agree  so  exactly  with  the  flg.  3,  pi.  lix,  loc.  cit.,  of  the  surface  mark- 
ing of  E.  proteiforme,  var.  lineolatum,  that  it  might  have  been  tlie  original  fiom 
Avhich  the  drawing  was  made.  The  surface  is  covered  with  transverse  stria; ;{ to 
the  ram.  Two  other  specimens  show  the  points  of  small  shells,  flattened,  septa 
distant  not  quite  4  of  the  diameter.  Tlie  specimens  were  found  one  in  a  gray 
limestone  associated  with  crinoid  stems,  the  others  in  tlie  black  shaly  limestone 
with  Triarthrus  Beckii,  Calymene  senaria,  Lingula  curta,  Diplograptus  deutatus, 
&c. 
Orthoceuas  laqfeatum,  Hall.  ? 

Orlhocemn  Iniiiwutniii,  Hall.     Pal.  N.  Y.,  i,  j).  200,  i>l.  Ivi,  iij;.  '2  a-i: 
A  single  impression  agrees  in  the  character  of  tlie  striation  with  this 
species.    In  black  shalj'  limestone. 

Tentaculites.  ? 

Length  of  largest  piece,  1.1  mm. ;   width,  .1-.2  mm. 
buft"  limestone,  No.  112,  are  flUed  with   minute  tubular 
tapering  cavities,  showing  traces  of  delicate  transverse 
striation,  now  covered  with  scattered  elevations,  due  to 
subsequent  crystallization  apparently  of  hematite.    These 
may  be  cast  of  a  minute  shell  or  of  the  sicuhe  of  grap- 
tolites  from  which  the  chitine  has  been  wholly  removed, 
however,  and  the  limestone  is  so  compact  and  free  from  (nirbonaceous  matter,  that 
it  does  not  seem  possible  that  they  can  have  been  cliitinous.     Tlieir  organic  origin 
is  not  entirely  certain. 
Lepeeditia  alta,  Con.  sp. 

1856.  Leperditia  alta,  Joucs.  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  "2(1  ser.  xvii,  p.  89,  pi.  vii,  i\n.  (1,7. 
Length,  left  valve,  4  mm. ;  breadth,  2i|  mm.  (Carapace  valve  strongly  con- 
vex, minutely  papillose  under  strong  lens,  pale  chestnut  brown,  slightly  oblong. 
Iliuge-line  straight,  angles  at  end  of  hinge-line  not  strongly  marked,  anterior 
end  slightly  narrower  than  posterior,  anterior  tubercle  indistinct,  central  tuberi^le 
not  seen. 


Large  masses  of  the 


Fiu;.  4  ina<;nit'i(Ml  t  wcnty- 
scven  limes. 

They  are  so  immerous. 


580 


Professor  Emerson  on  UalVs  Geological  Collections. 


A  small  fragment  of  gray  argillaceous  limestone  was  dlled  with  specimens 

of  this  species,  mostly  as  single  valves  and  without  admixture  of  other  forms. 

The  cleavage  face  of  the  rock  showed  many  valves  much 

weathered,  the  color  being  lost  and  the  surface  rough.  They 

agree  with  the  L.  alta  of  the  Tentaculite  limestone.    A  few 

5  ^ "         valves  slightly  larger  occur  in  a  second  fragment  of  a  lime- 

Fig.  5  a,  left  valve  X  4;  ,-,      xi      ^     ^   u   i.      -^i   i?      -i       x- 

fig.  5  6,  cross-section  from  stone  hke  the  tirst,  but  With  fossils  ot  many  species,  espe- 

poiishert  section.  cially  Entomostraca,  it  having  furnished  all  the  species 

of  that  class  described  below,  besides  three  species  of  BraclMopoda. 
North  shore  Frobisher  Bay. 

Lepeeditia  canadensis,  Jones. 

1858.  Le})crdUia  caiiadetisis,  Jones.     An.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  3(1  ser.  i,  p.  244,  pi.  ix,  f.  ll-l.'i. 

Carapace  valve  minute,  mottled  brown,  uniformly  convex,  convexity  greatest 
in  the  anterior  third,  eye  tubercle  well  marked,  nuchal  de- 
pression sloping  equally  to  dorsal  and  ventral  border. 
Dorsal  margin  straight,  shorter  than  greatest  length, 
„.,?''.,,     ,        ,   p     ventral  margin  obliquelv  convex,  extremities  unequal, 

Fig.Oa,  right  valve,  x4;  fig.  e  i       .,  >  i       i 

C6,  surface,  X  80.  Length,  anterior  angular,  posterior  broadly  rounded.  Surface  of 
11  mm.;  breadth.  If  mm.  va,ive  covered  with  fine  irregularly  placed  pustules  in  the 
specimen  figured,  in  another  coarsely  and  irregularly  pitted.  The  small  size  and 
the  pustulose  surface  do  not  agree  with  the  published  descriptions  of  L.  cana- 
densis, but  the  fine  hair  like  pustules,  visible  only  with  high  magnifying  power, 
would  generally  be  wanting,  the  other  valves  in  the  same  piece  of  stone  showing 
no  trace  thereof. 

The  specimen  figured  in  a  small  piece  of  buff  limestone  from  the  north  side 
of  Frobisher  Bay ;  other  valves  in  the  gray  limestone  already  mentioned. 

Primitia  muta,  Jones. 

1858.  Cylheropais  convinua,  Jones,  f    An.  and  Mag.  of  Nat.  Hist.  3d  ser,,  vol.  i,  p.  2.52,  pi.  9,  f.  B. 
1865.  Primitia  muta,  Jones.     Ibid.  vol.  xvi,  p.  425. 

Carapace- valve  minute,  smooth  and  shining ;  deep  chestnut  brown ;  in  weath- 
ered specimens  dead  white;  ovate  to  oblong-ovate;  generally  leper- 
^^  ditia-shaped  in  outline,  hinge-line  straight,  ends  very  unequal,  ven- 

Fig.  7  left  valve  ^^^^  edge  curved.  Occurs  in  great  abundance  in  company  with  the 
magnified  four  other  eutomostraca  described,  and  alone  in  several  small  pieces  of 
imes.  i^^g.  ijjjjggjQjjg^    One  piece  labeled  north  shore  Frobisher  Bay,  the 

others  without  special  labels.    Forms  agreeing  with  the  P.  concinua,  Jones,  from 
the  Canadiau  Trenton,  as  also  with  the  elongate  P.  tenera,  Linnarsson  (Vester- 


I 

K 


Professor  Emerson  on  IlaWs  Geolopiail  (. 'oil ect ions. 


681 


a  ij 
(t.    rnst   of   right 
x    4;    fig.    8    b, 


gothlaiuls  Cambriska  ocli  Siliniska  Atiagriiigar,  p.  85,  fig.  70),  from  the  Trinu- 
clid  Skitter  of  Sweden  aceoiiii)aiiy  the  typieal  forms, 

PrIMITIA  FUOBISHEKI,  11.  8. 

Carapace-valve  smooth,  liglit-brown,  nearly  oval,  strongly  and  regularly 
convex,  sloping  away  from  the  central  portion  to  meet  the 
road  reflected  border  at  right  angles.  This  border  is  broad- 
est on  the  ventral  side;  is  thin  and  must  have  been  ap- 
plied to  the  corresponding  niargiu  of  the  left  valve  like 
a  flange.    On  this  margin  ari>  placed  9-10  distinct  ex-  rirr.  ^ 

treraely  thin  elevated  ribs,  which  run  up  onto  the  valve     ^"'^* 

'  •■        .       .       ,  ■  1  1.       ,.    .       -.  ,  ,       •,  more  cnlarKod  to  show 

towards  a  central  point  III  the  middle oi  the  d(n'sal  border;     ,,j|,j.     [^j.,i,,ti,   i^  „„„. ; 

of  these  ribs  only  six  are  preserved.  From  the  ventral  bnailtli,  f  nim. 
furrow  they  may  be  traced  ii])  the  valve  so  far  as  the  shell  is  present,  retaining 
their  radial  direction,  and  not  anastomosing  as  is  the  case  in  more  recent  genera. 
Just  in  advance  of  the  middle  line  of  the  valve  a  furrow  commences,  shallow  at  the 
dorsal  border,  grows  narrower  and  much  deeper,  and  ends  abruptly  at  the  middle 
of  the  valve,  being  represented  in  the  intt^rior  by  a  strong  elevation  which  rises 
nearly  to  the  center  of  the  carapace.  This  furrow  borders  at  its  deepest  portion 
a  proportionally  large  hemispherical  elevated  tubercle,  which  passes  into  the  gen- 
eral convexity  of  the  valve  without  the  intervention  of  any  dei>ression  except  upon 
the  posterior  side  and  for  a  short  distance  round  onto  the  under  side,  where  it  is 
bounded  by  a  shallow  furrow  prolonged  from  the  central  sulcus.  The  description  is 
drawn  up  from  a  cast  of  the  interior  of  a  right  valve  having  the  shell  remaining  upon 
the  border  and  half-way  up  the  side  and  from  the  interiors  of  several  valves  in 
good  preservation.  It  is  allied  to  the  Byrichia  strangtdata,  Jones,  An.  Nat.  Hist. 
1855,  2d  series,  xvi,  p.  172,  =Frimitia  nana,  Jones  and  Hall,  loc.  cit.,  3d  series, 
xvi,  18G5,  p.  420,  from  English  Lower  Silurian ;  also  to  P.  stranffuhita,  Jones,  in 
Liiinarssou  Vestergoth.  Camb.  o.  Sil.  Af.,  j).  85.  Ditters  in  the  broad-ribbed  mar- 
gin, large  size,  lower  position  of  tubei'cle  and  greater  convexity.  A  form  which 
I  have  not  found  described  occurs  in  the  Tentaculite  limestone  of  Schoharie  with 
Ij.  alfa,  which  agrees  closely  with  the  above-described  species.  The  state  of 
preservation  made  it  not  possible  to  determine  if  the  marginal  ribs  were  present. 
Found  in  the  gray  limestone  with  other  Entomostraca. 

BYUIfllllA  SYM5IETKICA,  U.  S. 

Carapace-valve  flattened,  elongate.  Dorsal  and  ventral  margins  parallel. 
Extremities  rounded  about  equally,  meeting  the  dorsal  border  with  slight  and 
ecpial  angles.  Dorsal  marging  straight,  not  quite  equaling  the  longest  diameter 
of  the  valve.     Valve  ornamented  by  two  irregularly-rounded  tubercles,  the  ante- 


If 


582 


Professor  Emerson  on  HalTs  Geological  Cnllections. 


rior  proHiiiieiit,  i)i«)j(H',tin{jf  slightly  over  the  hiiigeliueaiul  ruuninf;  downwards  and 

backwards;  the  posterior  rising  abruptly  from  the  broad  sulcus  and  sloping,  with 

flat  surface  to  the  point  of  junction  of  the  dorsal  and  ])08terior  border.    The 

broad   sulcus   is  hollowed  between  these  two  tubercules,  passes  around  them 

anteriorly  and  posteriorly,  and  is  bounded  on  the  outside  by 

a  ridge  which  starts  at  the  front  side  of  the  anterior  tubercle 

and  arches  round  till  it  coincides  in  dinjction  with  the  ventral 

margin,  which  it  then  follows  to  the  posterior  portion  of  the 

FiR.  9  «,  light  valve,  valve,  where  it  curves  round  sharply  to  meet  the  posterior  side 

fii:  9  h   end  vit-w'  "^  *'"^  posterior  tubercle.    This  ridge  is  highest  in  the  middle, 

Lciigtli,    ajm    III. ;  and  there  sharply  elevated  and  bent  slightly  toward  the  dorsal 

breadth,  \\  nini.       margin,  while  at  both  ends  it  is  flatter  and  less  distinctly 

mr.rked  oft"  from  the  rest  of  the  valve.    It  ivS  separated  from  the  ventral  rim  by  a 

deep,  regularly  concave  groove,  which  becomes  broader  and  ill-defined  towards 

the  ends  of  the  valve.    The  whole  valve  remotely  resembles  the  cast  of  a  bivalve 

shell  with  abnormally  deep  and  large  pallia!  and  muscular  impressions. 

The  description  is  made  from  two  sharply  marked  casts,  the  shell  being 
present  only  in  the  ventral  fuirow,  where  it  is  thick,  smooth,  and  light  brown. 

Found  in  the  gray  limestone  with  other  Entomostraca. 
Triarthrus  Beckii,  Green. 

The  separated  heads  of  this  species  are  very  abundant  in  the  black  lime- 
stones, and  the  separated  cheeks  and  tails  are  also  present  in  great  numbers. 
They  are  all  small,  the  heads  being  4-7  mm.  in  length.  The  occurrence  of  tliis 
common  Utica  slate  species  so  far  north  is  interesting,  and,  taken  with  its  appear- 
ance in  the  Triuuclid  Skiflfer  of  Sweden  (Linnarsson,  loc.  cit,  p.  70,  fig.  27),  where 
it  is  also  of  the  same  small  size  as  here,  gives  it  a  wide  distribution. 
Calyjiene  senaria,  Conrad. 

Several  small,  flattened,  well-preserved  tails,  and  one  cheek,  which  belonged 
to  individuals  not  more  than  12-15  nnn.  long,  occur  in  the  black  limeston(^  with 
the  other  Utica  slate  fossils  enumerated. 
Phacops,  sp. 

The  pustulose  elevated  glabella  of  a  small  individual  has  the  shape  common 
to  species  of  this  genus. 

In  black  limestone. 
ASAPHUS,  sp. 

A  stout  spine,  triangular  in  cross  section,  and  marked  on  the  under  side 
exactly  as  in  Asajjluis  gigas. 

In  gray  limestone  with  Entomostraca. 


Professor  Emerfsov  on  IlaWs  Geolofjiml  Collections. 


r>83 


TUILOniTES  HJ). 

I  liav«^  fifjurod  a  small  pygidlnrn,  wliicli  is  broad  and  flattpiied,  apparently 
acntely  terminated  behind,  witli  tiiickencd  rim.  and  broad,  very  slightly  elevated 
ribs. 

In  black  limestone. 


F\ff.  10,  niiipiiticd  hcvcu  times, 

Cyphaspis  ?  Feobisheri,  n.  s. 

The  only  parts  certainly  belonging  to  this  species  are  the  impressions  of 
two  cheeks  upon  different  cleavage  faces  of  a  piece  of  the  black  limestone 
with  Triarthrun  Beckii,  unless  a  pygidium  upon  the  same  piece, 
which  agrees  well  with  that  of  Ci/phaxpia  Burvieisteri,  Bar.,  in 
shape,  msiy  belong  to  the  same  individual.  The  cheek  is  thin, 
flattened,  smooth,  very  remarkable  for  its  angular  outline 
and  the  very  abnormal  curvature  of  the  spine.  The  edge  is  Fis- li,  magnified 
sei)arated  from  the  rest  of  the  cheek  by  a  deep  groove,  flat  at  i  Ih  /^i^enk 
the  bottom,  broad  in  front,  and  narrowing  behind.  The  border  is  1:5  mm. 
formed  by  the  curving  upward  of  the  crust  and  not  by  its  thickening^  and  the 
spine  is  a  prolongation  of  this  border,  having  for  a  time  the  same  dimensions  and 
ending  abruptly.  The  suture  starts  from  a  point  on  one  side  of  the  central  line 
and  runs  across  the  border,  directed  towards  the  central  point  of  the  glabella, 
then  continues  in  a  sigmoid  curve  to  the  eyt,  and  running  around  that  passes  in 
a  curve  outwardly  convex  to  meet  the  posterior  of  the  head  at  a  point  just  inside 
the  base  of  the  spine.  The  eye  shows  marks  of  six  facets  placed  in  one  curved 
line. 

In  black  limestone — Utica  slate. 


I        t: 


__^„___.,,    ,„,_ 


-■'-•- ■'^-•-"^  ■' '  -■'■'■' 


APPENDIX    IV. 


HALL'S  CONVERSATIONS  WITH  THE  INNUITS  :-1864,  1868,  AND  1869. 

PAPERS  A,  B,  AND  C. 


J 


i^PPEISTDIX    IV. 


HALL'S  CONVERSATIONS  WITH  THE  INNUITS. 


Prefatory  Notk  to   the  Extracts  from  IIali;s  Conversations  with 

THE  iNNUITS  IN  THE  YEARS  18(J4,  18G8,  AND  18()0— I'Al'ER  A,  CONVER- 
SATIONS HELD  DURING  THE  EARLY  I'ART  OF  IIALL'S  ARCTIC  RESI- 
DENCE,   December,    1804— Paver  P>,  Conversations   held   on    the 

.TOURNEY  to   AND  RETURN  FROM    THE     STRAITS   OF     FURY   AND    IlECLA, 

April,  18(J8— Paper  C,  CIonversations  held  avith  a  native  of  King 
William's  Land  and  with  others  after  Hall's  visit  to  that  re- 
gion, 18(i9. 

The  extracts  which  Ibllow  show  Hall's  caret'ulncss  to  cotuc  at  the  truth  in 
regard  to  what  he  was  seeking  to  leani  from  the  Esldmos.  His  (]uestioiis  and 
cross-questions  of  individuals— taking  them  separatelj  and,  at  times,  when  as- 
sembled in  an  tf//w)— evince  care  and  skill.  He  availed  himself  of  the  watchful- 
ness of  his  faithful  interpreter,  Hannah. 

The  publication  in  the  columns  of  the  New  York  Journal  of  Commerce  of 
part  of  the  extracts  from  his  Journals,  to  be  found  in  Paper  A,  created  at  the 
time  some  excitement.  Papers  B  and  C  are  specimens  of  the  talks  which  are 
found  recorded  with  care  in  Books  A  and  B,  which  have  been  returned  to  the 
Observatory  by  the  courtesy  of  Lady  Franklin's  niece,  Miss  Sophia  Cracroft,  of 
London.    These  two  books  bear  the  indorsement  of  Captain  Hall  :— 

"  This  tenth  day  of  January,  1871,  sent  by  Express  to  England  to  be  deliv- 
ered to  Lady  Franklin  in  Trust.  Lady  P.,  Miss  Cracroft,  and  Admiral  Sir  Leo- 
pold McCliutock  may  read  them ;  no  copy  or  copies  to  be  made." 


588 


Conversations  tv'dh  Innuits. 


I>ccemlM>r,  186-1. 


I'  A  P  E  li    A 


'      'ifyJ 


EXTRACTS  FROM  HALL'S  CONVERSATIONS  HKLl)  WITH  THE  INNUITS  OF  REPULSE 
BAY  IN  THE  MONTH  OF  DECEMBER,  1864. 

Deoembeu  Gtii,  1804. — This  night  I  have  liad  a  deeply  iiiterestiug  interview 
with  several  of  the  natives.  On  the  retnrn  of  the  walrus  hunters,  they  almost 
uniformly  call  at  our  igloo  during  the  evening  to  see  and  talk  with  me ;  this 
evening  ^r-wjoM  first  comes  in.  I  asled  him  when  he  was  at  Igloo-lik  a  few 
years  ago  and  what  names  of  Kob-lu-nas  he  heard  of,  that  he  remembered  f 
The  answer  was  Parry,  Lyon  and  Crozier — the  first  two  were  Esh-e-mut-tas  (chiefs 
or  capt^vius),  but  the  latter  one  was  not. 

Ar-tooa,  the  An-nat-ko,  next  came  in.  lie  has  been  to  Pelly  Bay  (Ok-ke- 
be-gu-loo-a,  as  the  Innuits  call  it)  which  is  near  Neitch-il-le  (Boothia  Peninsula). 
While  at  my  igloo  Ar-too-a  once  told  me  that  he  had  heard  of  Crozier  when  at 
Pelly  Bay,  that  he  (C)  was  one  of  the  Koblunas  belonging  to  the  two  ships  that 
were  in  the  ice  near  Neitch-il-Ie  for  two  years  before  the  white  men  left  them. 

I  proceeded  to  ask  Ar-too-a  the  questions  of  the  names  of  the  white  men 
he  had  heard  of  from  Innuits,  who  had  been  to  Igloo-lik.  He  said.  Parry,  Cro- 
zier and  Lyon  ; — he  had  heard  of  others,  but  could  not  now  remember  them.  I 
asked  him  if  he  had  heard  a  great  deal  about  Crozier,  and  he  replied,  with  great 
Avarmth,  that  he  had  ;  and  then  went  on  talking  with  Ar-mon  and  Ebierbing,  tell- 
ing them  how  much  he  knew. 

Oong-oo-too  next  came  in,  followed  by  Ou-e-la  and  Shoo-she-ark-nuk.  The 
latter  two,  1  knew,  would  be  of  great  service  in  communicating  important  facts, 
if  such  wei'e  in  their  possession.  The  for.ner  is  a  smart,  strong,  muscular  young 
Plan,  a  '  ''at  musk-ox  hunter,  but  a  very  small  talker.  lean  never  get  much 
out  of  h..    in  the  way  of  tongue  work. 

The  parties  now  named  were  all  present.  Ar-too-a  had  become  deeeply  inter- 
.'sted  in  giving  all  the  facts  he  knew  about  Crozier.  He  drew  his  brothers  Oue-la, 
Hhoo-she-ark-nuk,  and  my  man  Ebier-bing  into  a  general  conversatian  withhim 
^on  the  subject.  Too-koo-li-too  sat  at  her  usual  place  on  the  took -too  bed  before 
the  fire-lamp,  knitting  a  sack  of  zephyr  worsted  to  keep  my  nasal  organ  from 
freezing  when  I  go  out  on  sledge  trips  this  winter.  At  the  same  time  she  was 
attentively  listening  to  all  th.it  was  said,  that  she  might,  as  interpreter,  commu- 
nicrte  the  sooaer  to  me.  I  was  seated  on  my  stool,  deeply  absorbed  in  all  that  I 
could  understand,  whidi  I  nuist  confess  was  very  little. 


December,  1864.] 


CoHveymtions  with  Iniiuits. 


589 


While  the  parties  named  were  engaged  listening  to  what  Shoo-slie-ark-nuk 
was  saying,  I  commene'^  .  ^ell  Too-kooli-too  that  I  wished  her  to  say  that  the 
Crozier  (of  whom  they  kn.  something  ahont  as  having  been  at  Igloo-lik  with 
Parry  twenty-two  years  after  he  was  at  Igloo-lik)  left  the  Koblunar  country  as 
an  Esh-e-mut-ta  of  one  of  the  two  ships  that  were  lost  at  Ifeitch-il-le.  When  I 
had  this  in  mind,  I  had  somehow  out  of  mind  the  fact  that  Ar-too-a  had  previoimly 
told  me  that  Crozier,  the  same  one  who  was  at  Igloo-lik,  was  in  one  of  the  lost  ships 
at  Neitchille.  My  usual  precaution  about  keeping  what  I  knew  about  Parry's 
ships  and  Franklin's  to  myself,  without  letting  one  word  out  on  my  i)art,  was  not 
now  adhered  to. 

1  had  not  got  two  words  out  before  Too-koo-li-too  signaled  to  me  by  a  motion 
of  her  hand  to  keep  silent.  She  then  said,  "  They  are  saying  something  that  I 
will  like  much  to  hear."  Of  course  I  waited  with  great  solicitude  Too-kooli-too's 
face  soon  glowed  with  delight  as  she  said ;  "  That  same  man,  Crozier,  who  was 
at  Igloo-lik  when  Parry  and  Lyon  were  there,  was  Esh-e-mut-ta  (meaning  captain 
in  this  case,  the  literal  chief)  uf  the  two  ships  lost  in  the  ice  at  Neitchille. 
Crozier  was  the  only  man  that  would  not  eat  any  of  the  meat  of  the  Koblunas 
as  the  others  all  did.  Crozier  and  the  three  men  with  him  were  very  hungry,  but 
Crozier,  though  nearly  starved  and  very  thin,  would  not  eat  a  bit  of  the  Koblu- 
nas,— he  waited  till  an  Inuuit  who  was  with  him  and  the  three  men  caught  a  seal, 
and  then  Crozier  only  ate  one  mouthful, — one  little  bit  first  time.  Next  time, 
Crozier  ate  of  the  seal  he  took  a  little  larger  piece,  though  that  was  a  little  bit 
too.  One  man  of  the  whole  number  four  died  because  he  was  sick.  The  others 
all  lived  and  grew  fat,  and  hnally  Crozier  got  one  Innuit  with  his  kiak  to  accom- 
pany him  and  the  two  men  iu  trying  to  get  to  the  Koblunar  country  by  traveling 
to  the  southward.  The  Innuits  here  think  these  two  men  and  Crozier  are  alive 
ye^;  think  they  may  have  returned  to  Neitchille,  if  they  found  they  could  not  get 
liome  to  the  Koblunar  country,  and  lived  again  with  the  Innuits. 

The  two  winters  the  two  ships  were  at  Neitchille  were  very  cold.  The 
Innuits  never  knew  such  very  cold  weather — there  war;  no  summer  between  the 
<^wo  winters — could  catch  no  seals  or  kill  any  rein-deer  at  most  of  the  usual  places 
3re  they  were  most  accustomed  to  find  them. 
Relative  to  the  interview  described,  I  was  thankful — delighted,  indeed,  that 
Too-kooli-too  had  checked  me  when  I  was  about  to  request  her  to  tell  the  Innuits 
present  what  I  had  in  mind.  A  most  important  fact  came  out  in  consequence, 
showing  that  the  Innuits  far  and  near  are  convejsant  with  all  events  of  this 
nature  thau  take  place  in  their  country.    The  Pelly  Bay  Inimits,  from  what  had 


590 


Conversations  ivtth  Innuits. 


[Dfccmbcr,  1H64. 


•I 


been  told  tlieiii  by  Innuits  who  liatl  seen  Crozier,  knew  tliat  he  (C.)  was  not  an 
Esh-e-nnit  ta  (captain)  when  with  tlic  two  ships  that  visited  Ig-loo-lik  and  the  other 
phices.  But  tlicy  knew  tliat  lie  (C  )  was  Eshe-niut-ta  when  at  Neitch-ille.  The 
fact  that  Crozier  was  not  an  Esh-e-nuit-ta  when  at  Ig-loo-lik  was  well  known  to 
Ou-e-la,  Shoo-she-ark-nuk,  and  Ar-too-a  when  they  were  boys.  Erk-tu-a  knows  this 
well,  and  so  it  is  known  all  the  way  from  here  to  Ig-loo-lik  and  even  Pond's 
Bay — I  doubt  not.  How  remarkable  it  is  that  such  matters  are  per[)etuated  by  a 
people  that  have  no  knowledge  of  books  and  writings !  But  these  facts  which 
I  now  give  record  to  (-annoi  be  learned  in  a  inoment.  Friendship  and  conlidence 
nnist  be  established  first,  and  even  then  there  are  obstacles  ever  in  the  way, 
which  prevent  rapid  ac(piisition  of  knowledge  among  this  people.  I  am  blessed 
with  having  Ebierbing  and  Too-koo-li-too  for  my  company  and  interpreters. 

December  Tth,  18G4. — This  morning  Erk-tu-a,  the  relict  of  Ewe-rat,  and 
old  mother  Ook-bar-loo,  called  on  me. 

1  began  my  incpiiries  by  asking  Erk-tu-a  to  report  to  me  all  the  names  she 
could  recollect  of  the  Kob-lu-nas  she  saw  when  at  Ig-loo-lik.  She  began  and  con- 
tinued thus — Paree,  he  Esh-e-nnit-ta  (captain);  Lyon,  he  Esh-e-mut-ta  (captain); 
Par  mee,  he  Esh-e-mut-ta-nar  (mate  on  Lyon's  shij)) ;  Oo-Iiz-e  (on  Parry's  ship) 
Cro-zhar,  Esh  e-nnit-ta-nar  (mate  or  some  officer  not  so  great  as  captain  on  l^arry's 
ship) ;  *  *  *  Erk-tu-a  says  that  Crozier  was  called  Ag-loo-ka  by  the  Innuits.  Cro- 
zier's  name  was  given  to  old  Ook-bar-loo's  sister's  son,  whose  name  was  Ag-loo-ka, 
and  Ag-loo-ka's  name  was  giveu  to  Crozier.  The  lunuit  Aglooka  is  still  living, 
but  called  Oo-li-zhum. 

After  Erk-tu-a  said  this  much  I  opened  Parry's  work,  "  Narrative  of  2nd 
voyage  for  the  discovery  of  a  North  West  Passage,"  and  turned  to  the  list  of 
officers  &c,  in  the  introduction  to  said  work.  I  readily  made  out  to  whom  "  Par-me  " 
(as  Erk-tu-a  s])oke  the  name)  referred.  Chas.  Palmer  was  one  of  the  lientenants 
on  board  of  Lyon's  ship,  "Oo-liz-e"  I  could  not  make  out.       #       *       *       *       # 

li]rk-tu-a  said  there  were  dogs  at  Igloo  lik  named  after  Crozier,  and  also  after 
Parry  and  Lyon,  and  so  the  Innuits  would  name  dogs  after  me  in  way  of  respect 
to  me,  and  in  commemoration  of  one  who  had  treated  their  people  kindly. 
This  compliment,  though  to  numy  it  might  seem  funny,  is  one  that  touched  my 
heart.        *        *        * 

Relative  to  Sir  John  Franklin's  Expedition,  mother  Ook-barloo  says  (very 
reservedly — in  a  way  of  letting  me  know  of  a  matter  that  is  a  great  secret  among 
the  lininits)  "that  two  annatkos  (conjurors)  of  Neitchille  ankooted  so  much,  that 
no.animal,  no  game  whatsoever  would  go  near  the  locality  of  the  two  shi[)s,  which 


Jlk 


^ 


December,  1864t 


Conversations  with  Innuits. 


591 


were  in  the  ice  near  Neitchille  many  years  ajjo.  The  Innuits  wished  to  live  near 
that  place  (whore  the  ships  were)  but  could  not  kill  auythinp^  lor  their  food. 
They  (the  Innui(s)  really  believed  that  the  presence  of  the  Koblunas  (whites)  in 
that  part  of  the  country  was  the  cause  of  all  their  (the  Innuits')  trouble." 

Mother  Ook-bar-loo  continued — "  One  man  would  not  eat  the  tlesli  of  liis 
frozen  and  starved  companions,  and  therefore  when  her  nephew,  Too-shoo-ar- 
thar-i-n,  found  Aglooka  (Crozier)  and  three  other  Koblunas  with  him,  Aglooka, 
who  was  the  one  that  would  not  eat  human  Hesh,  was  very  thin  and  almost 
starved.  One  of  the  three  men  with  Aglooka  died,  for  he  was  very  sick.  He  did 
not  die  from  hunger,  but  because  he  was  very  sick.        *        *        # 

The  two  an-natkos  at  Neitch-ille  were  very  bad,  for  they  ankooted  on  pur- 
pose to  have  the  Kob-lu-nas  that  were  in  the  two  ships  two  years  in  the  ice  all 
starved  to  death.     Sometimes  Neitchille  an-nat-kos  act  very  Ijadly. 

December  8tii,  18(i4. — This  evening  I  have  had  another  talk  witli  One-la, 
Shoo-she-ark-nuk  and  Ar-too-a  about  sonu^  of  the  men  of  Franklin's  E.\i)edition. 
The  man  who  caught  seals  for  Ag-loo-ka  (Crozier)  and  some  of  his  men — the  three 
with  him — is  their  cousin.  His  name  is  Too-shoo-ar-thar-i-u.  When  he  first 
found  Crozier  and  the  three  men  with  them,  Crozier's  face  looked  bad — his  eyes  all 
sunk  in — looked  so  bad  that  their  cousin  could  not  bear  to  look  at  his  face.  Their 
cousin  gave  Crozier  a  bit  of  raw  seal  as  quick  as  he  could  when  he  first  saw  him. 
Did  not  give  any  to  the  other  three,  for  they  were  fat  and  had  been  eating  the 
flesh  of  their  companions.  It  was  near  Neitch-il-le  that  this  occurred  on  the  ice. 
This  cousin  is  now  living  at  Neitch-il-le.  When  Too-shoo-ar-thar-i-u  first  saw 
Crozier  and  the  men  with  bim,  he  was  moving,  having  a  loaded  vsledge  drawn  by 
dogs ;  he  was  going  from  place  to  place,  making  Igloos  on  the  ice — sealing — he 
had  with  him  his  wife,  whose  name  is  E-laing-nur,  and  children.  Crozier  and  his 
men  had  guns  and  plenty  of  powder,  shot  and  ball.  The  cousin  took  Crozier  and 
his  men  along  with  him,  and  fed  them  and  took  good  care  of  them  all  winter,  lie- 
side  a  high  clift'  Ininiits  saw  something  like  Now-yers  (gulls)  fall  down  to  the 
ground,  dead,  and  would  not  touch  them,  for  Crozier  had  done  something  to 
them — they  (the  Innuits)  knew  not  Avhat.  In  the  summer  Crozier  and  his  men 
killed  with  their  guns  a  great  many  birds,  ducks,  geese  and  rein-deer.  Crozier 
killed  many — very  many  of  the  latter.  The  Innuits  saw  him  do  it.  A  Neitchille 
Inmiit  went  with  Crozier  and  his  remaining  two  men  when  they  started  to  go  to 
their  country.  They  had  a  kiak  with  which  to  cross  ri\'ers  and  lakes.  They 
went  tlown  toward  Ook-koo-seek-kalik  (the  estuary  of  Great  Fisii  or  Back's  Kiver). 
Their  cousin  liked  Crozier  very  much.    Crozier  wanted  to  give  tlieir  cousin  his 


592 


Conversations  with  Innuits 


[Drccmbvr,  1804. 


I  (ilS 

.  M 

>  m 


Sim,  but  he  would  not  accept  it,  for  be  was  afraid  of  it,  he  did  not  know  any- 
thing about  how  to  use  it.  Orozier  gave  him  his  long  knife  (sword,  as  Too-kooli-too 
and  Ebierbing  interpret  it)  and  nearly  everything  he  had.  He  (C.)  had  many 
pretty  things.  Crozier  told  Too-shoo-ar-thar-i-u  all  about  what  had  happened,  but 
he  could  not  understand  all.  This  cousin  is  now  alive,  and  knows  all  what  he 
saw  and  what  Crozier  told  him. 

The  story  now  is,  th.at  Crozier  with  his  two  men  and  a  Neit(!h-il-le  Innuit 
started  from  Neiteh-il  le — started  in  the  summer  or  fall — for  the  Kob-lu-nas' coun- 
try, traveling  to  the  southward  on  tlic  land.  They  had  a  small  boat  that  had 
jdaces  on  the  sides  that  would  hold  wind  (air)  (Kbierbing  said  to  me.)  From  their 
(our  informers')  description,  the  boat  must  have  been  an  India  rubber  one,  or 
something  like  it,  with  hollow  places  in  the  sides  for  wind  (air)  to  hold  it  up 
when  in  the  water.  (By  this  it  would  seem  that  Franklin  must  have  had  in  his 
A-essels  a  boat  or  boats  called  Halkett's  air-boats,  or  its  equivalent.  Bnt  I  do  not 
recollect  of  ever  reading  or  hearing  about  this  particular;  however,  I  believe 
that  he  (Franklin)  must  have  had  something  of  tlds  kind  aboard  his  ship.) 
There  were  sticks  or  holes  for  this  boat,  to  keep  it  open  (spread)  when  needed. 

This  small  boat  was  wrapped  or  rolled  up  in  a  bundle  or  pack,  and  carried 
on  the  shoulder  of  one  of  his  men.  The  sides  of  this  boat,  something  like  Innuits' 
"  drugs  "  that  could  be  filled  with  air.        »        *        * 

"  In-nook-poosh-ee-jook  is  the  name  of  an  Innuit  who  went  with  others  of  his 
people  aboard  of  Ag-loo-ka's  ship  after  the  Neitchille  Innuits  heard  that  the  Kob- 
lu-nas  had  all  left  it.  This  was  while  Ag-loo-ka  and  his  three  men  were  living  on 
the  ice  in  an  igloo  with  her  nephew.  In-nook-poosh-ee-jook  and  his  companions  got 
at  that  time  a  great  many  things  out  of  the  ship.  This  Innuit  often  visited  I-wil- 
lik  (Repulse  Bay). 

At  11  a.  m.  Old  mother  Ouk-bar-loo  came  iu,  bringing  a  long,  thick  slab  of 
powdered  walrus  ook-sook  (blubber)  for  our  fire-lamp.  I  proceeded  to  ask  her 
about  the  interview  she  had  with  In-nook-poosh-ee-jook.  Ook-bar-loo  said  :  He 
told  her  how  he,  his  father,  wife,  and  children,  and  other  Innuits,  went  to  a  big  tent, 
and  there  saw  starved  and  frozen  Kob-lu-nas  all  dead,  many  with  the  flesh  all  cut 
off  from  the  bones — the  head  and  necks  all  whole.  Around  the  necks  of  several 
were  strings  of  beads.  These  the  Innuits  took,  besides  many  tin  (sanisters,  cups, 
knives,  and  other  things.  After  this,  these  same  parties  with  others,  visited  the 
ship  or  ships  (the  old  lady  could  not  recollect  whether  there  was  one  or  two),  and 
got  a  great  many  things  and  carried  them  ashore.  No  one  was  on  board  tlie  ship 
when  these  Innuits  went  to  it.    No  Koblu-na's  dead  body  was  about  the  ship. 


December,  1S64.I 


Conversations  with  Innuits. 


593 


r 


Tho  Kob-lu-nas,  or  the  Iiumits,  made  a  biy  liol«  in  the  bottom  of  tlie  ship, 
as  if  they  had  wanted  to  sink  it.  The  Inuuits  got  two  big  long  saws  from  the 
ship  that  the  Kob-Ui-nas  had  used  to  saw  ice  with  and  took  tliem  to  tlie  land. 
The  Innuits  saw  that  nearly  the  whole  of  one  side  of  the  vessel  had  been  crushed 
in  by  the  heavy  ice  that  Avas  about  it,  and  thought  that  was  why  the  Kob-lu-nas 
had  left  it  and  gone  to  the  land  and  lived  in  the  tents.  By  and  by  the  Kob-lu-nas 
froze  and  starved.  Among  the  things  the  Innuits  got  from  the  sliip  were  a  great 
manyood-loos  (Innuit  women's  kni\'es,  like  our  domestic  mincing  or  chopping 
knives  in  the  States).  These  were  all  good,  just  what  all  the  women  wanted. 
Every  wonmn  had  one,  and  there  were  more  than  enough  for  each  woman  and 
girl.  Besides  these,  they  got  a  great  many  knives  for  the  men,  such  as  pe-louds 
and  pan-nas  (small  or  short  bladed,  and  long-bladed  knives),  a  great  many  spoons 
and  forks,  a  good  many  bright  rings  for  the  fingers,  a  great  many  round  thin 
pieces  of  metal  (medals  and  ])ieces  of  money,  Too-koo-li-too  says  these  must  have 
been,  from  old  Ook-bar-loo's  description).  Some  were  red,  some  white,  and  some 
looked  like  the  metal  ka-roons  (a  brass  ornament  worn  on  the  foreheads  of  the 
Innuits  here  and  at  Neitch-il-le)  are  made  of.  (Too-koo-li-too  thinks  some  of  these 
money  and  medal  pieces  were  bright  gold  and  others  brass). 

Thursday,  DecVlSM,  1804. — 1.30  P.  M — The  astounding  news  that  Ag-loo-ka 
(Crozier)  anived,  with  one  man,  among  the  Kin-na-pa-toos,  his  powder  and  shot 
nearly  all  gone !  I  must  give  the  particulars  of  the  above  startling  news,  as  given 
me  a  few  moments  ago.  At  the  time  I  got  the  above  information  there  were,  as 
usual  througli  the  day  and  evening,  several  Innuits  in  our  igloo.    The  An-nat-koo's 

(Ar-too-a's)  wife,  and  the  wife  of ,  and  the  old  man.  See-gar,  were  all  seated  on 

the  dais  or  bed-platform,  while  Too-koo-li-too  Mas  at  her  place  by  her  fire-lamp,  en 
gaged  telling  these  visitors  about  Ag-loo-ka  (Crozier).  Too-koo-li-too  had  just 
made  the  sympathetic  remark — "  What  a  pity  it  is  that  Ag-loo-ka  and  the  two 
men  who  started  together  from  Neitchille  for  the  ]uirpose  of  getting  to  the  Kob-lu- 
nas  country  had  never  arrived."  Old  See-gar  listened,  as  did  the  other  Innuits 
present,  to  all  that  Too-koo-li-too  said,  and  when  she  made  the  last  remark,  See 
gar  sprang  from  his  seat,  (juick  as  a  flash,  and  looking  staringly  at  Too-koo-li-too, 
exclaimed  with  great  force  and  surprise,  "  What !  Ag-loo-ka  not  got  back !  Why," 
continued  See-gar,  "  the  Kin-na-pa-toos-  iuuits  who  belong  to  Chesterfield  Inlet) 
told  me  several  years  ago  that  Ag-,  .  i  and  one  man  with  him  arrived  among 
their  (the  Kin-na-pa-toos)  people,  and  that  they  (Ag-loo-ka  and  his  men)  had  gone 
to  where  the  Kob-lu-nas  live  further  down  the  Big  Bay"  (to  Churchill  or  York 
Factory,  as  Too-koo-li-too  thinks  Sec-gar  tried  to  explain  it).  I  was  greatly  in- 
S.  Ex.  27 38 


594 


Conversations  with  Inniiits. 


[Dccrmbrr,  l!SU4. 


i  m 


.«» 


II 


terested  as  well  as  surprised,  in  what  See-gar  said,  as  now  recorded.  I  at  once 
had  Too-koo-li-too  ask  old  Sec-gar  several  questions,  which  he  answered  by  coni- 
numicating  as  follows : 

Ag-loo-ka,  of  whom  he  (See-gar)  had  heard  Too-shoo-ar-thar-i-u  tell  all  about 
at  the  same  time  that  Ou-e-la  and  his  brother  saw  him,  arrived  among  the  Kin- 
na-pa-toos,  having  one  man  with  him,  and  his  powder  and  shot  were  nearly  all 
gone.  The  Kin-na-pa-toos  told  him  (See-gar)  about  this  before,  See-pee-lar  (Cap- 
tain E.  A.  Chapel)  and  his  brother  came  the  first  time  into  this  bay  (which  was  in 
1800).  The  Kiu-na-pa-too  lunuits  said  that  Ag-loo-ka  and  his  man  had  gone  on  and 
had  arrived  at  the  nearest  place  where  Kob-lu-nas  live,  which  must  mean  Fort 
Churchill.  Too-shoo-ar-thar-i-u  told  him  (See-gar)  (this  was  in  the  winter  of  1S53-4 
at  Pelly  Bay)  that  Ag-loo-ka  would  probably  get  home  to  where  the  Kob-lu-nas  live, 
unless  somebody  killed  him,  for  he  (Ag-loo-ka)  knew  all  about  how  to  hunt  and  kill 
took-too  (rein  deer)  and  nearly  everything  else  that  the  Innuits  could  kill ;  knew 
how  to  keep  hunself  warm,  how  to  live,  just  as  the  Innuits  do ;  as  he  (E.)  had  lived 
and  hunted  with  him  (Too-shooar-thar-i-u)  and  with  many  others  of  the  Xeitchille 
Innuits.  Ag-loo-ka  knew  all  about  everything  that  the  Innuits  knew.  Tlu;  Kin- 
na-pa-too  Ininiits  told  him  (See-gar)  about  Ag-looka  and  his  men ;  did  not  see 
them ;  but  said  that  they  had  their  information  from  others  of  their  peojde, 
who  did. 

DECE3IBER  22nd. — Old  mother  Ook-bar-loo  gives  me  a  call  every  morning, 
oftentimes  before  I  am  up ;  but,  nevertheless,  she  is  always  welcomed,  as  I  am 
really  glad  to  see  her,  and  have  "  talks  "  with  one  so  filled  with  the  traditions  of 
her  peoi)le.  Not  only  does  she  call  every  morning,  but  usually  repeats  her  visits 
two  or  three  times  during  the  day  and  evening.  Her  second  call  to-day  was  at 
11  a.  m.  I  was  engaged  writing  at  the  moment  of  her  coming  in,  and,  after  my 
usual  greeting,  continued  on  with  it.  Old  mother  Ook-bar-loo  took  her  seat  on 
the  snow  platform  directly  before  me,  and  she  and  Too-koo-li-too  did  as  all  women 
will  do — went  to  talking. 

A  few  minutes  before  meridian  Too-koo-li-too  said  to  me:  "Ook-bar-loo 
has  beef!  teUing  me  about  a  witch'" — as  I  understood  Too-koo-li-too  to  say.  I 
dropped  my  pen  and  looked  Too-koo-li-too  directly  in  the  face,  supposing  that  I 
might  catch  the  i»eculiar  smile  indicative  that  she  had  a. joke  on  hand  for  me ;  but 
I  saw  she  was  in  earnest,  and  that  something  of  unusual  interest  must  be  in  store 
for  me.  I  therefore  earnestly  asked,  "  What  did  you  say,  Too-koo-li-too  V  She 
replied,  "The  old  lady  has  just  been  telling  me  of  a  watch  just  like  yours  (mine) 
only  not  so  large,  that  she  saw  when  at  Pelly  Bay,  which  was  all  in  com])lf  te  order, 


j\ 


December,  18<i4. 


Conversations  with  Innuits. 


595 


m 


and  had  a  Ions  cliain  to  go  around  the  neck  and  a  key ;  and  tlie  old  lady,  who  had 
it,  told  her  (Ook-bar-loo)  that  it  once  belonged  to  one  of  the  many  Koblii-nas 
that  had  died  near  Neitchille."  I  need  uot  say  that  I  was  an  attentive  listener  to 
this.  At  once  I  left  my  "  tripod  "  (seat  of  three  legs),  and  set  myself  flat  down  on 
the  fur-bed  deer-skins  beside  both  Too-koo-li-too  and  Ook-bar-loo,  and  requested 
the  old  lady  to  tell  me  all  about  this  watch. 

Through  Too-koo-li-too  she  said:  "When  she  was  at  Ok-kee-bee-jce  (Pelly 
Bay),  which  was  in  the  winter  of  1853-4),  she  saw  a  woman  who  had  a  watch,  with 
chain  and  key,  which  she  always  kept  very  carefully  by  her.  This  mother  was 
mother-in-law  of  lu-nook-poosh-ee-jook,  the  man  who  told  her  (Ook-bar-loo)  what 
she  related  to  me  the  other  day.  This  mother  of  In-nook-poosh-ee-jook  told  her  all 
about  where  and  how  she  got  the  watch.  She  and  her  husband  went  to  a  big  tent 
not  very  far  from  Keitchille,  and  among  the  frozen  mass  of  human  bones  and 
bodies  that  were  lying  around  in  it  she  saw  one  Kob-lu-na  body  that  had  a 
bright  white  (probably  silver)  chain  around  the  neck.  She  knew  at  once  what 
the  chain  was  for,  as  some  of  the  other  Neitchille  Innuits  had  just  come  into  pos- 
session of  several  watches  and  chains,  which  she  saw." 

''  The  body  of  this  man  was  lying  on  one  side,  and  was  half  imbedded  in  solid 
ice  from  head  to  feet.  The  way  the  chain  Avas  about  the  nock  and  running  down 
one  side  of  the  body  indicated  that  the  watch  was  beneath  it;  and  therefore,  to 
get  at  the  watch,  she  found  a  difficult  and  disagreeable  task  before  her.  ITeither 
she  nor  her  husband  had  any  instrument  with  them  that  they  would  use  for  any 
such  purpose  as  was  desired;  therefore,  while  the  husband  was  seeking  around, 
in  and  about  the  tent,  collecting  such  things  as  he  fancied  would  best  suit  him, 
she  procured  a  heavy  sharp  stone,  and  Nvith  this  chipped  away  the  ice  from  all 
round  the  body  till  it  was  released.  Continued  old  mother  OoJc-bar-loo,  in  a  truly 
sorrowful  tone  of  A^oice :  This  woman  told  her  that  she  could  never  forget  the 
dreadful,  fearful  feeUngs  she  had  all  the  time  while  engaged  doing  this;  for, 
besides  the  tent  being  filled  with  frozen  corpses — some  entire  and  others  muti- 
lated by  some  of  the  starving  companions,  who  had  cut  off  much  of  the  flesh 
with  their  knives  and  hatchets  and  eaten  it — this  man  who  had  the  watch  she  sought 
seemed  to  her  to  have  been  the  last  that  died,  and  his  face  was  just  as  though 
lie  was  only  asleep.  All  the  while  she  was  at  ^vork  breaking  the  ice  near  the  head, 
especially  the  ice  about  the  face,  she  felt  very,  very  bad,  and  for  this  reason  had 
to  8to]i  several  times.  She  was  very  careful  not  to  touch  any  part  of  the  body 
while  pounding  with  the  sharp  stone.  At  last,  after  having  pounded  away  the 
ice  from  around  and  under  the  body,  her  husband  helped  her  to  lift  it  out  of  its 


I 


596 


Conversations  with  Innuits. 


(April,  I  HON. 


''a 


icy  bed.  Still  she  was  troubled  to  get  the  watch  Iroiii  the  frozen  gariiieuts  witli 
which  the  body  was  completely  dressed.  Finally,  the  watch  and  key  and  chain 
were  obtained  entire;  and  the  woman  now  keeps  them  very  choice,  in  commemora- 
tion of  the  terrible  feelings  she  had  when  getting  them  from  the  dead  Kob  hi -na, 
whom  she  dug  out  of  the  ice  with  nothing  but  a  heavy,  sharp  stone.  I  asked  the 
old  lady  if  this  watch  was  like  the  one  I  carried  on  my  person,  at  the  same  time 
showing  her  Eggert  &  Son's  pocket-chronometer  (loaned  to  me  by  those  parties,  of 
New  York),  which  is  an  old-fashioned  one,  of  large  size,  in  a  heavy  double  silver  case. 
She  had  told  Too-koo-li-too  that  it  was  not  so  large  as  this,  and  she  said  the  same 
to  me.  I  then  drew  out  from  under  the  took-too  furs,  where  I  keep  it,  a  small 
pocket-chronometer  in  silver  cases  (which  I  have  in  my  possession  by  the  kind- 
ness of  Augustus  H.  Ward,  of  New  York).  Old  Ook-bar-loo  said  it  was  like 
this,  of  the  same  size  and  kind ;  that  is,  it  was  of  white  (silver)  metal.  It  was 
not  of  such  metal  as  my  gold  pen,  though  she  (Ook-bar-loo)  had  seen  many  parts 
of  watches — watches  that  had  been  taken  to  pieces — that  were  of  the  same  color 
with  my  gold  pen." 


PAPEE    B. 

SOME  TALKS  WITH  INNUITS :  NORTH  OOGLIT  ISLANDS,  APRIL,  1868. 

"After  the  death  of  Kia,  Koo-loo-a  thought  he  would  go  deer-hunting  in  that 
part  of  the  country  where  Kia  had  seen  the  strange  person,  as  he  believed  he 
might  find  something  that  would  be  useful  to  him  thereabouts,  and  as  he  wanted 
some  wood  with  which  he  might  make  aiTOws  and  spear-handles  between  Ar-Iang- 
ung-u  and  the  N.  W.  cape  of  Melville  Peninsula.  He  hunted,  but  found  nothing 
he  sought  for.  Here  I  asked  if  he,  Koo-loo-a,  during  his  search,  found  any  piles 
of  stone,  called  In-nook-shoo  by  the  natives.  He  replied  that  he  did.  I  then  got 
Eae's  chart  and  placed  it  before  us.  Koo-loo-a  soon  comprehended  its  nature,  and 
then  said  that  the  extreme  N.  W.  i)art  of  Melville  Peninsula,  and  the  sea  by  it  of 
the  chart  was  not  as  the  land  and  water  really  are.  He  said  that  quite  a  large 
river  runs  from  the  eastward  nearly  parallel  with  Adge-go  (Fury  and  Hecla  Strait), 
and  empties  its  waters  into  a  bay  very  near  to  Cape  Ellice  of  Kae's  discovery  in 
1847.  Near  the  river,  south  side  of  it,  Koo-loo-a  found  a  Monument  of  stone  on  a 
crest  of  rising  ground,  and  a  little  to  one  side,  west  of  the  Monument,  where  a 
curious  kind  of  cacJie  had  been  made  of  stones.  The  cache  had  been  opened  and 
the  stones  all  chrowu  one  side.  The  Monument  and  the  cache  stones  all  showed 
a  great  degree  of  freshness.    Ho  did  not  think  tlioy  were  the  work  of  any  rniiuit. 


Pi- 


April,  I86$«.l 


Conversations  with  Inmiits. 


597 


He  looked  carefully  about  where  the  cache  had  been  made  for  the  object  to  learn 
what  had  been  deposited  there.  No  signs  that  any  meat  had .  ever  been  pnt 
there.  He  does  not  think  that  any  lunuit  had  ever  before  been  so  high  up 
from  Ar-lang-na-zhii  ((larry  Jiay  of  Itae's  chart).  Koo-loo-a  was  with  Kia  on 
the  deer-hunt  when  the  latter  saw  the  strange  man,  though  not  present  at  the 
time  when  Kia  sighted  and  followed  the  strange  nnm.  A  short  time  before 
Kia  saw  the  stranger  in  black  clothes  Koo-loo-a  felt  thirsty  and  came  to  a 
lake,  lie  had  laid  himself  down  to  talce  a  draught  of  water,  and  at  the  very 
instant  he  was  placing  his  face  down  to  it,  he  heard  a  loud  crack,  which  ho 
thought  nnist  be  of  a  gun,  for  when  small  and  living  at  Too-uoo-nee  (Pond's  Bay) 
he  had  beconu^  familiar  with  the  reports  of  the  guns  of  white  men  that  came 
there  to  kill  Avhales.  He  was  at  the  time  so  far  from  the  sea  that  it  could  not 
have  been  the  noise  of  ice  cracking.  Kia  was  very  particular  in  telling  him  all 
about  the  strange  man  ho  had  seen  on  Koo-loo-si  and  Kia  meeting  each  other. 
The  strange  man  was  tall  and  carried  some  long  thing  on  his  shoulder  and  walked 
very  fast.  He  had  a  cap  on  his  head  that  was  independent  of  his  coat,  but  there 
was  a  hood  to  the  long  dark  coat  he  had  on.  Kia  kept  himself  hid  behind  the 
rocks  and  followed  the  strange  man — for  some  time.  Not  long  after  Kia  sav/  the 
strange  num,  that  he  (K.)  thought  must  be  an  Indian;  Kia  heard  a  loud  ciack, 
which  made  him  think  of  ice  cracking,  but  the  sea  was  too  far  off  to  hear  so  i)lain. 

Friday  April  lOtli,  18GS. — This  another  gloriously  fine  day — succeeding  days 
of  cloudless  ones.  VIll''  30™  A.  M.  With  Ar-tung-un  I  am  now  to  have  a  talk. 
I  may  here  say  that  Too-loo-ar-chu  and  Ar-tung-un  are  both  old  men  who  remem- 
ber well  Pjirry  &  Lyon's  visit  to  Ig-loo-lik.  Parry  was  the  attata  (or  father,  so 
called  of  Too-loo-ar-chu,  &  as  he  (T.)  says),  Parry  wanted  much  to  have  his  parents 
consent  that  he  should  go  home  with  him  to  England.  Too-loo-ar-chu  first  saw 
Parry  &  Lyon  at  Nu-ee-u-new-gu-a  (Winter  island)  Too-koo-li-too  my  Interpreter. 

I  now  ask  Ar-tung-un  if  ho  ever  heard  of  Et  ker  lin  (Indians)  being  in  this 
country.  Ar-tung-un  says  many  years  ago  a  little  while  before  Koo-pa  and  his 
companions  got  so  frightened  by  Et-ker-lin,  many  natives  were  there  stopping  at  a 
place  called  Ing-near-ing  up  a  large  Bay  to  the  N.  E.  of  Ig  loo  lik  where  one  night 
in  the  fall  of  the  year  just  before  the  time  for  snow  the  dogs  commenced  barking 
furiously  when  many  Inmiits  sprang  out  of  their  beds  and  went  out  of  their  tents 
to  see  what  was  the  cause.  Some  four  or  five  Et-ker  lin  (Indians)  were  seen  pass- 
ing ah)ug  each  conveying  in  his  hand  something  like  a  stick.  It  was  not  so  dark 
but  that  their  figures  were  distinctly  seen  cutting  sharply  the  back  ground,  which 
was  the  sky.    Ar-tung-un  was  not  one  of  the  natives  that  saw  those  Indians  for 


11 

•Hi 


698 


Conversations  ivitJi  Tnmiits. 


[April,  IN6N. 


I  !■■ 


ho  was  too  late  getting  out  of  bed,  but  not  tliinking  it  j)ossible  there  oouhl  be 
any  Kob  lu-nas  about  he  thought  the  striingers  muHt  be  Indians.  The,  Iinniits 
were  all  ho  frightened  that  the  next  day  they  removed  from  Ing-near-ing  to  an 
Island  Ki-ki-tuk-che-uk.  Following  the  removal  many  Innuits  together  went 
deer  hunting  when  two  of  their  mimber  Ar-tung-un  one  of  the  two  stopi)ed  wliile 
the  others  went  on — stopped  to  hunt  deer  together.  The  two  men  or  natives 
Ar-tung-un  &  an  Innuit  now  dead,  Aler-gaite,  were  walking  when  all  at  onee  they 
heard  the  bang  of  a  gun  as  Ar  tuiig  un  thought,  for  he  had  heard  guns  fired  many 
times  wheu  Parry  and  Lyon's  shijts  were  at  Ig-loolik — then  looked  around  to  see 
what  niade  the  noise  and  by  and  by  heard  another  gun  report  when  they  saw  the 
smoke  aa  of  a  tired  gun  not  far  off,  arise  from  behind  some  land  &  inuiiediately 
two  took  too  (deer)  came  running  swiftly  from  that  same  place  from  whence  they 
heard  the  gun  and  saw  the  smoke.  Then  Ar-tung-un  and  his  companion  were 
terribly  frightened  and  ran  to  their  tents  and  at  onee  removed  their  families  from 
the  main  land  to  South  Oo  glit  by  the  means  of  their  ki-as  ;  the  distance  to  Ing- 
near-ing,  two  sleeps  or  three  days  from  this  island,  N.  Oo  glit.  Never  saw  anything 
more  of  those  Et-ker  lin. 

Now  Ar-tung-un  tells  about  his  son  Koo-pa  and  other  Innuits  that  saw  Et- 
ker-lin.  One  time  (not  a  great  whileafter  the  above)  Ar-tung-un  &  Al-er-gaite  went 
deer  hunting  at  the  same  place  where  they  went  deer  hunting  before  together 
when  they  heard  the  gun  reports  &  saw  the  smoke  at  the  last  report.  The  par- 
ticular place  Ar-tung-un  now  marks  out  on  Parry's  chart  &  he  shews  the  place 
to  be  by  one  of  two  or  three  small  lakes  that  extend  to  the  Westward  of  the  very 
large  lake  I  discovered  and  passed  over  last  year  on  my  return  to  Repulse  Bay 
from  Igloolik.  The  pla(;e  is  near  the  line  of  mountains  Parry  has  upon  his 
chart  &  on  a  parallel  with  Og-big  seer  ping,  or  as  Parry  calls  it  Agwipericicl: 
They  killed  two  deer  &  made  a  cache  of  them  &  returned  to  their  tents  when 
they  sent  three  boys  after  them.  The  boys  were  Koo-pa,  In-nil,  &  Kia ;  the  latter 
(Kia)  lu-nu-men's  brother.  Alergaite  was  the  one  who  returned  to  the  tent  first ; 
that  is,  he  got  back  before  Ar-tung-un  for  the  latter  remained  out  overnight  to 
watch  a  deer  that  he  had  shot  with  an  arrow  which  remained  sti(!king  in  the 
deer's  side.  Al-er-gaite  was  the  one  that  sent  the  3  boys  after  the  two  deer. 
When  Ar-tung-un  got  back  the  boys  had  returned  without  the  deer  meat — had 
left  the  meat,  dogs  and  all,  for  they  had  seen  four  Et-ker-lin  near  where  the  two 
deer  had  been  deposited.  After  the  deer  had  been  put  a  part  upon  the  backs  of 
the  dogs  and  a  part  prepared  and  put  upon  their  (the  b(»ys')  own  shoulders  they 
saw  upon  a  hill  not  far  off  f(mr  Et  ker  lin  each  with  something  like  a  stick  in  his 


i^y^ 


pril,  IN«N. 


April,  1868. 


Conversations  tv'ith  Innuits. 


599 


could  bo 

(',  Iiiiiiiits 

iiiK  to  an 

tlu'r  Mi'iit 

juhI  wliil(! 

u"  natives 

once  they 

red  many 

md  to  sen 

y  saw  the 

mediately 

leiiee  they 

mion  were 

nilies  from 

ice  to  Ing- 

V  anything 

it  saw  Et- 
{•aiteweut 
e  together 
The  par- 
H  the  place 
jf  the  very 
l>ulse  Bay 
i  upon  his 
ncipcncicl: 
;ents  when 

the  latter 
!  tent  first ; 
ernight  to 
ing  in  the 

two  deer, 
moat — had 
re  the  two 
e  backs  of 
dders  they 
itick  in  his 


hand  and  heard  a  noise  like  foxes,  then  great  laughter.  The  fox  noise  and  laugh- 
ter the  boys  did  not  hear  until  they  had  thrown  away  every  thing  and  were  run- 
ning away.  Before  th(^  boys  ran  they  saw  the  largest  or  tallest  on(^  (»f  tin*  Etler- 
kin  who  was  very  tall  make  moti<ms  with  his  right  hand  which  was  raised  high 
over  his  head.  The  motions  were  swinging  motions  from  the  North  to  the  Honth. 
Soon  as  the  frightened  boys  got  back  and  repeated  what  th(\v  had  seen,  the 
Jnnuits  all  were  ahmned  and  the  lifting  stone  was  resorted  to,  which  said  the  4 
strange  beings  ivcre  not  Et-lerkin. 

Ar  tung  un  says  that  a  few  years  ago  he  was  out  hunting  at  jvee-wee-gee  a 
place  little  back  of  the  line  of  mountains  that  run  North  or  Westward  of  Anii-toke 
on  a  ]»arallel  t)f  Am-i-tokc!  when  too  frightened  deer  ran  swiftly  past  him.  Soon 
larg(!  grey  dog  came  swiftly  on  their  track  whi(!h  the  dog  followed  by  scent. 
When  the  dog  saw  him  (Ar-tung-un)  it  stoj)ped.  As  Ar-tung-un  was  about  to  fire 
an  arrow  at  the  beast  (dog)  he  saw  that  a  short  string  was  about  its  neck — when 
he  carefully  urd)ent  his  bow  and  tried  to  coax  the  dog  to  him  Kod-lu-na  way. 
The  dog  appeared  i)layful  but  was  too  shy  to  allow  Ar-tnng-un  to  catch  hold  of 
th(^  string.  The  dog  was  following  the  deer  from  the  North  &  when  Ar-tung-un 
had  tried  to  catch  the  dog  it  ran  away  to  the  N.  W.  as  Ar-tung  nn  shows  on 
I'arry's  chart.  The  dog  had  short  hair  &  it  did  shine  very  much  something  like 
one  of  the  dogs  Parry  &  Lyon  had,  though  larger.  It  had  short  ears.  String 
short ;  only  touched  the  ground.  His  curiosity  so  excited  about  the  strangen«'ss 
ness  of  the  dog  he  did  not  notice  tchat  linil  of  string  it  was  about  the  dogs 
neck.  The  time  that  he  saw  the  dog  was  before  Dr.  Eae  came  to  IwilUik  the  last 
time.  The  four  or  five  Et  l:er  I'm  at  Ing-near-ing  were  seen  before  Br.  line  came  here 
the  first  time.  The  time  the  four  Et-ker-lin  seen  by  Koo-pa  <&  tlie  other  two  boys 
was  after  Dr  Eae  was  here  first  time  as  Ar-tung-nn  thinks  and  remembers.  The 
dog  a  very  small  body,  long  thin  legs  &  poor,  the  tail  long  tSr  curving  ujjward 
Just  like  one  Parry  had  only  much  larger;  that  is,  the  dog  was  the  sanu^  build 
or  form.  While  Parry's  was  black,  the  dog  he  saw  with  string  around  his  neck 
was  grey — (like  in  color  one  of  mine  old  See-gar  let  me  have,  "  grey,")  Ebierbing 
says  it  surely  was  a  grey  hound"  from  Ar-tung-un's  description.  Artung-un 
says  they  had  three  dogs  on  board  Parry  and  Lyons  ships.  Ar-tung-un  having 
said  this;  I  tinned  to  pages  297  &  299  of  Lyon's  Private  Journal  &  see  that 
there  w^as  a  large  Newfoundland  dog,  a  grey-hound  belonging  to  Parry  »&  a  ter- 
rier "Spark"  belonging  to  Keid  on  board  of  the  "Fury  &  Ilecla." 

(It  is  with  great  exertion  that  I  have  kept  about  to  day  for  I  have  been  and 
am  now  really  sick.     I  caught  a  severe  cold  on  the  day  we  laid  over  at  our  first 


■^ 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


1.1 


1.25 


-    '""2.2 


■  50 

us 


U    1111.6 


Hiotographic 

Sdences 

Corporation 


V 


<^ 


-$^ 


<> 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  873-4503 


T* 


600 


Conversations  with  Innuits. 


rApril,  1868. 


Igloo  encampment  on  the  sea  ice  of  Fox  Channel  at  Oo-soo  ark  u.  Thus  with  my 
sprained  leg  1  am  forced  to  think  myself  partially  if  not  wholly  an  invalid.) 

"  Saturday,  April  llth,  1868. — The  present  notes  I  make  +  morning,  for 
not  until  this  morning,  since  Friday  night,  have  I  been  able  to  rise  from  my  couch. 
I  shall  pencil  the  notes  as  if  made  at  the  date  of  the  heading. 

This  morning,  according  to  my  previous  arrangement,  Nub-er-lik,  accom- 
panied by  Frank  Lailor,  my  servant,  started  oflf  with  my  sledge  and  team  of  dogs 
for  I-gloo-lik  to  get  a  load  of  walrus  meat  belonging  to  Nub-er-lik  and  Too-goohit, 
which  meat  is  for  me  and  party  to  use  on  my  proposed  journey  to  Fury  and  Hecla 
Strait  to  the  Western  Sea  of  Ak  koo-lee.  Very  many  calls  have  I  had  to-day 
from  the  now  numerous  natives  here,  all  sympathizing  in  my  sickness.  Almost 
every  hour  a  family  from  Ping-it-ka-lik  arrives  here,  at  once  coming  in  to  see 
me,  and  then  proceed  to  erect  an  igloo  and  place  their  household  effects  in  it. 
My  arrival  has  caused  a  small  village  to  grow  into  quite  a  city. 

The  old  woman  Ar-na-loo-a,  of  Parry  fame,  called  in  to-day,  being  her  2d 
call  since  her  arrival  here.  She  expressed  deep  sorrow  that  1  was  sick,  and  said 
she  greatly  desired  that  1  would  soon  be  about  again.  She  says  that  she  was 
with  her  husband  many  years  ago  when  he  was  hunting  deer  not  a  great  ways 
from  the  mountains  west  of  Am-i-toke.  He  was  on  one  side  of  the  pond  and  she 
walking  on  the  opposite  side.  Her  husband  found  a  tenting-place  at  the  foot  of 
a  mountain  close  by  the  pond.  He  found  there  a  large  oot-koo-se«k,  i)aintod  red, 
and  a  tin  canister  of  same  color,  and  he  saw  half  a  plate  down  in  the  water  of  the 
pond.  There  were  strong  indications  that  salmon  had  been  cooked  in  the  large 
tin  can,  for  there  were  salmon-bones  about  the  can.  Everything  looked  fresh,  as 
if  done  not  long  before,  for  there  was  no  moss  or  rust  about  the  tin  cans.  Yet  she 
and  her  husband  thought  no  one  could  have  left  these  things  there  but  Parry  or 
some  of  his  men.  The  large  can  now  at  Too-noo-nee-roo-shuk.  The  small  one  was 
given  to  her  brother,  who  is  now  near  Ig-loo-lik.  There  was  a  fire-place  of  stone 
by  the  tent-place.  She  saw  these  things  soon  after  Ar-tung-un  found  them.  Ar- 
na-loo-a  saw  the  tenting-place  near  the  foot  of  the  mouittain  by  the  lake  of  the 
party  that  must  have  left  tiio  cans  and  made  the  fire-place.  This  mountain  is 
some  distance  to  the of  the  wall  of  mountains  that  extend  far  to  the  north- 
ward back  or  west  of  Ami-toke.  This  evening  an  Inmiit  by  the  name  of  In-nfi 
came  in  to  see  me,  he  having  just  arrived  from  Ping-it-ka-lik,  where  ho  and 
family  are  stopping.  I  recognized  him  at  once  as  having  seen  him  at  Ig-loo-!ik  on 
my  visit  last  year  Knowing  him  to  be  an  Innuit  who  was  of  the  party  of  the  three 
boys  who  saw  the  reported  four  Et-ker-lin  many  years  ago,  I  raised  my  head 


April,  186^.] 


Conversations  with  Ivnuits. 


601 


from  ray  couch  and  asked  him  if  lie  had  ever  seen  any  Et-ker-lin.  He  answered 
quickly  "Ka-o"  (no).  FoUowiiig  this,  he  hesitated  a  moment,  and  then  cor- 
rected himself,  and  said,  many  years  ago  he  and  Kia  and  Koo-pa  together  went 
after  some  deer-meat  where  some  deer  had  been  killed ;  saw  three  Et-ker-lin.  He 
then  most  earnestly  and  most  eloquently  described  the  incident,  the  same,  save  a 
few  minor  points,  as  Koo-pa  had  told  me  at  Eepulse  Bay  a  short  time  before  start- 
ing oil  this  journey." 

Apeil,  12Tn,  1868,  now  1''  P.  M. — Ar-tung-un  present  as  well  as  half  a 
dozen  other  Innuits,  large  and  small.  I  now  ask  Ar-tung-un  about  his  once  find- 
ing an  oot-koo-seek  that  once  belonged  to  white  men  (as  told  me  by  his  son 
Koo-pa,  and  secondly  by  his  wife  Ar-na-loo-a  yesterday).  Old  Ar-tung  ua  has 
been  ankooting  and  no  answer  to  my  question  above  as  yet.  Parry's  chart  before 
him  all  the  time  while  ankooting,  his  withered  hand  comhig  down  now  and  then 
for  its  fate.  I  had  placed  it  in  our  laps  for  the  purpose  of  his  showing  the  locality 
upon  the  spread  chart  so  forcibly  that  I  felt  alarmed  where  he  found  the  oot-koo- 
seek.    He  is  now  through  ankooting,  and  proceeds  to  tell  about  the  matter. 

Ar-tnng-un  was  hunting  took-too  one  summer  a  long  time  ago  one  day's 
travel  from  the  line  of  mountains  eastward,  nearly  on  a  parallel  with  the  point 
where  Lyon  turned  back  when  seeking  to  find  a  pass  through  the  mountains  to 
the  western  sea  in  1823,  when  he  came  to  where  there  had  been  a  tenting-place — 
the  shape  of  the  tent  as  shown  by  the  stones  that  had  been  used  to  fasten  it  down 
square  or  oblong,  long  and  narrow.  It  was  not  such  a  tent  as  the  Innuits  use. 
The  particular  spot,  near  base  of  a  mountain  and  alongside  of  a  small  lake. 

Alongside  of  the  lake  he  found  an  ook-koo-seek,  about  1  foot  by  l.'i  inches 
and  18  inches  deep,  as  shown  by  Ar-tung-un's  measuring  with  his  hand  on  Parry's 
chart.  It  was  tin,  and  painted  red — completely  inclosed  except  a  hole  in  the  top  of 
about  3  inches  diameter.  Inside  were  some  pieces  of  salmon  bones.  Besides  this 
oot-koo-seek  ho  found  a  round  can  about  the  size  of  a  tin  kettle  hanging  by  our 
flre-lamp,  and  this  was  painted  red  too.  No  top  to  this,  but  there  was  some  very 
white  tallow  in  it.  Never  saw  any  cans  painted  like  this  on  Captain  Parry's  or  on 
Lyon's  ships.  This  can  was  painted  all  over  on  the  outside,  while  those  on  Cap- 
tains Parry  and  Lyon's  ships  were  only  painted  on  the  tops,  with  letters  on  the 
tops.  On  the  other  side  of  tlio  fresh-water  i)ond  found  an  earthern  stone  jug,  that 
is,  as  Ebierbing  says,  a  jug  like  one  Ar-mou  gave  me  some  seal-oil  in  a  little 
while  before  we  left  Eepulse  Bay,  Avhich  was  an  earthen  stone  jug  of  light  color. 
This  jug  Ar-tung-un  found  had  its  top  broken  oft".  These  cans  Ar-tung-un  found 
were  not  rusty,  nor  was  there  any  moss  about  them;  was  very  much  surprised  at 


602 


Conversations  with  Innuits. 


[April,  1S6M. 


the  freshness  of  evorj'thinjj  about  them,  for  he  certainly  thouplit  that  nobo<ly 
but  Parry  or  some  of  liis  ships'  con)paiiie8  couhl  have  tented  tliere  and  left;  those 
things.  Alongside  of  the  tenting  spot  was  a  lire-place  of  two  stones  and  whicli 
were  blackened  with  smoke.  The  fire  that  liad  been  used  was  tlu^  Est-shu-tin 
(Andromeda  tetragona),  for  a  little  of  it  was  there  in  a  little  pile  by  thi^  fire-place. 
Everything  looked  as  though  it  had  been  dime  only  a  little  while  lu'lbre.  The 
smoke  on  the  stones  woidd  not  have  been  there  on  simply  burning  E.sif-sliu-tin 
more  than  two  or  three  years,  and  the  wood  would  have  been  white  and  looked 
very  dift'erent  from  what  it  did  in  less  time,  says  Ar-tung-un. 

The  time  when  he  found  these  things  was  before  he  heard  of  Dr.  Rae  being 
at  Iwdlik  the  iirst  time.  He  heard  of  Dr.  Kae  being  at  Iwillik  the  n«'xt  summer 
after  Dr.  R.  left,  which  was  in  1847.  Ar-tung-un  does  not  now  think  it  possible 
that  these  things  could  be  left  as  he  found  them  by  Parry  or  his  inen,  for  the 
salm<m  meat  that  he  fcmnd  in  the  large  red  can  would  have  gone,  and  everything 
else  would  have  looked  much  older  altogether  than  they  did.  Koo-pa  and  the 
other  two  natives  with  him  saw  the  four  Et-ker-hn  before  Ar-tung-un  found 
these  things.  The  place  where  the  Et-ker-lin  were  seen  was  not  far  from  where 
Ar-tung-un  found  the  tentiiig-place  and  the  things  now  described.  This  much 
has  Ar  tung-un  told  me  as  a  man  speaking  without  any  thought  of  dece])tion.  I 
can  read  the  man  like  a  book.     He  means  to  tell  the  truth,  and  only  the  truth. 

An  hour  after  the  above  interview  I  was  present  at  a  seal-feast  at  Nood-loo, 
where  was  congregated  a  large  number  of  Innuits;  and  when  through  with  the 
feast,  with  the  aid  of  my  "Joe"  (Ebierbing),  I  had  a  talk  with  Ar-tung  un,  in 
presence  of  all  the  Innuits  there,  for  the  purpose  of  testing  the  memory  and  accu- 
racy of  the  old  man.  I  asked  him  to  tell  me  about  the  little  dog  which  was  on 
board  Parry's  and  Lyon's  ship.  He  said  the  little  dog  was  a  great  favorite  witii 
everybody,  and  was  a  spotted  one;  one  time  a  wolf  came  about  the  ships,  and 
this  little  dog,  with  Parry's  dog,  which  was  a  black  one,  ran  after  the  wolf,  when 
several  white  men  hastened  after  the  dogs  to  bring  them  back.  After  a  while  the 
men  returned,  bringing  Parry's  dog,  but  they  could  iind  nothingof  the  little  pet  dog; 
so  all  concluded  that  the  little  dog  must  have  been  killed  and  eaten  up  by  the  wolf. 
Next  day  (continued  Ar-tung-un)  some  of  the  white  men  went  (mt  to  see  if  they 
could  find  out  what  really  had  become  of  the  little  dog.  When  they  returned 
they  brought  the  head,  it  being  all  that  they  could  find  of  the  little  dog.  He 
could  not  remember  the  name  of  this  dog,  but  on  my  telling  him  it  was  "  Spark" 
he  then  smiled  and  said  it  sounded  just  like  it.  The  old  man  has  not  only  told 
the  facts  about  this  little  dog — a  terrier — as  related  by  Lyon,  whose  woik  I  have 


April.  1868.) 


Conversations  with  Imiuits. 


603 


-loo, 
tlio 


li;iv»i 


with  me,  but  has  told  this  much  more,  that  the  do};  was  sjmtted,  and  that  its  head 
was  found.  I  asked  Ar-tung-un  if  Parry  or  any  of  his  (Parry's)  i)eoi)le  ever  had 
a  tent  or  a  party  at  Kinfj-me-toke-bif;  for  the  jturposi^  of  killing  ducks  in  the 
summer  or  for  any  other  purpose,  lie  said  "  No";  tiie  reas(m  some  Innuits  think 
so  is  because  some  beans  and  what  was  c,onJecture«l  to  be  a  Kob-lu-na  tentnii;- 
place  were  found  there.  Ar-tung-un  said  Parry  and  Lyon  used  t»>  have  hunting 
l)arti«'s  stationed  at  Ar-lang-nfik,  but  not  farther  south. 

North  Oo-glit  Lslks,  Monday,  April  I'Atli,  18(58. — This  morning  it  was 
found  that  the  ice-floe  was  passing  in  u|)on  the  island  from  the  eastward  ;  there- 
fore the  walrus-hunters  were  aroused  early.  liefore  VI''  A.  M.  luy  igloo  had  the 
better  half  of  a  very  huge  walrus  on  its  tloor,  which  Too-goo-lut,  brother  of  Ik- 
ku-nien,  now  of  •'.epulse  Bay,  killed  as  soon  as  he  got  upon  the  drifting-ice.  Soon 
as  the  walrus  was  killed,  Ebierbing  took  our  dogs  and  drew  in  the  i)art  as  indi- 
cate<l  above. 

I  am  waiting  here  at  N.  Oo-glit  Isle  for  the  natives  to  get  a  suflicient  supply 
of  walrus-meat  for  me  and  party  to  make  a  journey  to  the  northern  part  of  Mel- 
ville Peninsula  adjoining  Fury  and  Ilecla  Strait,  and  then  search  for  white  men, 
or  such  mdicaiions  as  may  exist  there  to  prove  the  truth  of  the  many  reliable 
statements  that  have  been  mjule  to  me  by  some  of  the  Innuits  now  of  Kepulse  Bay 
but  formerly  of  Ig-loo-lik,  and  by  some  of  the  natives  of  this  place;  I  am  stop- 
I)ing  also  for  more  kow  (walrus-hide)  for  the  dog's  food. 

Wednesday,  April  ir}th,  1808.— Now,  X ''-10'"  A.  M.,  and  1  have  just  had  a 
most  prompt  response  to  my  invitation  for  certain  Innuits  to  come  to  my  igloo 
and  have  a  good  talk  with  me.  The  folh)wing  Innuits  are  i)resent  seated  around 
me  on  our  bed-platforms  in  our  capacious  igloo: 

Old  people  that  sj>w  Parry:  Ar-tung-un  and  wife  Ar-na-loo-a,  Ag-loo-ka, 
Koo-loo-a,  Too-loo-ar-choo,  Oo-shoo,  daughter  of  Tuk-kee-lik-e-ta;  Tu-mu-king, 
In-uoo-zhoo,  Ek-ke-ra,  In-nti  wife  of  Arng-na-look-shoo-shark ;  Ebierbing  and 
Too-koo-li-too;  Papa  and  wife. 

The  talk  begins  with  In-nu  (Joe  and  Hannah,  interpreters) : 

One  time  long  ago  In-nu,  Kia,  and  Koo-pa  went  after  some  deer  meat.  When 
they  got  there,  they  saw  three  men  on  the  top  of  a  hill  close  by ;  they  had  such 
clothes  on  that  they  shook  very  much  in  the  wind.  They  all  were  sun;  they  were 
not  Innuits,  but  thought  them  to  be  Et-ker-lin  (Indians).  Inuu  was  so  frightened 
he  cannot  remember  what  these  men  had  in  their  hands.  Cannot  tell  whether 
their  clothes  were  light  or  dark.  The  place,  near  the  high  land  west  of  Am-i-toke, 
between  the  large  lake  Tess-u-e-ark  and  the  high  land  west  of  it;  the  large  lake. 


604 


Conversations  with  Innuits. 


[April,  1868. 


the  one  I  and  One-la  passed  over  from  Ig-loo-lik  last  year.  Soon  as  he,  In-nu, 
and  the  other  boys  saw  these  Indians  they  threw  away  their  deer  meat,  leav- 
ing the  dogs  with  meat  on  their  backs,  and  then  ran  with  all  their  might  for 
home.        *        *        * 

Koo-loo-a  says  that  at  the  same  time  he  was  hunting  with  Kia  he  had  killed 
a  deer  and  sat  himself  down  on  a  rock  and  eat  some  of  the  meat.  When  he  was 
through  eating,  he  went  to  a  small  pool  or  lake  to  drink.  He  had  put  his  head 
down,  and  just  before  getting  his  mouth  to  the  water  he  heard  something  crack, 
which,  he  says,  was  ti-mana-to  (the  same)  as  the  crack  of  guns; — ^he  had  heard 
the  crack  of  guns  when  living  at  Too-noo-nee  (Pond's  Bay).  He  could  not  tell 
from  which  direction  the  sound  came  on  account  of  his  position  in  the  act  of 
drinking;  looked  about,  but  could  see  no  one,  and  did  not  hear  the  noise  again. 
The  place  was  near  the  N.  W.  extreme  of  Melville  Peninsula,  as  he,  Koo-loo-a, 
points  out  on  Parry's  chart.  Same  day  Koo-loo-a  heard  the  crack,  as  he  thought, 
of  a  gun ;  while  walking  around  he  came  to  fresh  tracks  on  some  grass  and 
the  tracks  longer  than  his  foot,  the  tracks  so  fresh  that  the  blades  of  earth, 
grass  had  not  all  regained  their  upright  position.  Some  of  the  grass  was  then 
gradually  lifting  up  as  it  had  been  trod  upon.  The  steps  long  and  foot-marks 
''turning  out." 

Next  morning  after  hearing  the  crack  and  seeing  tracks  both  Koo-loo-a  and 
Kia  moved  their  tents  and  families  away  from  that  place.  The  next  morning 
after  moving,  Koo-loo-a  went  to  work  fixing  the  skin  of  the  deer  he  had  killed. 

As  Koo-loo-a  was  late  in  getting  ready,  Ki-a  started  off'  deer-hunting  alone. 
By  and  by  Kia  saw  a  man  coming  up  the  hill  on  which  he  (Kia)  was,  coming 
directly  toward  him.  Kia  thought  at  first  the  man  to  be  Koo-loo-a,  but  on  look- 
ing longer  and  more  observingly  Kia  saw  his  mistake,  for  it  was  not  Koo-loo-a, 
but  a  strauge  man  having  a  cap  on  his  head  that  was  distinct  from  his  coat.  He 
saw  that  he  (the  stranger)  had  strange  clothes  on  and  carried  something  strange 
in  a  strange  way  on  his  shoulder.  Kia  could  not,  from  his  position  behind  the 
rock,  see  much  of  the  stranger's  face;  the  clothes  not  black  nor  white;  coat 
on  that  came  down  to  or  almost  to  his  knees ;  the  make  of  clothes  altogether 
different  from  Innuits.  The  stranger  had  something  across  his  shoulder  running 
diagonally;  this  something  was  long  and  wide  at  one  end  and  narrow  at  the  other 
end.  He  was  walking  rather  fast  and  going  directly  toward  the  point  on  N.  W. 
extremity  of  Melville  Peninsula,  as  showed  by  Kia  on  Parry's  chart.  Kia  fol- 
lowed the  stranger  up  for  some  time  and  looked  sharp  at  him.  Kia  kept  himself 
hid  among  the  rocks  all  the  time.    Next  morning  Kia  and  Koo-loo-a  moved  their 


April,  1868.J 


Conversations  with  Innuits. 


605 


tents  and  faniilies  to  the  Hame  place  as  when  Kia  saw  the  strange  man,  and  then 
they  all  saw  the  stranger's  tracks,  which  sliowed  a  long  foot  narrow  in  the  middle. 
Same  day  Koo-loo-a,  while  hunting,  saw  the  monument  and  cache  stones  he  has 
before  described.  From  there  (the  place  where  the  tents  were,  the  place  where 
strange  man  hatl  been  seen)  Koo-loo-a  and  Kia  with  their  families  removed  down 
to  Ar-lang-na-zhu  (Garry  Bay),  and  they  saw  nothing  more  of  the  kind  he  (Koo- 
loo-a)  has  been  describing.  Now  0''  30""  P.  M.;  Koo-loo-a  and  all  the  Innuits  are 
asked  to  get  at  the  year  when  the  above  took  place.  In  15  minutes  the  answer 
comes  by  the  show  of  13  raised  fingers  =  thirteen  years  ago  last  Fall.  This  brings 
it  out  that  it  was  in  1854  that  Ki-a  saw  the  white  man  that  I  have  not  the  least 
doubt  was  one  of  Sir  J.  Franklin's  men.        #        •        • 

Now  I  commence  a  talk  with  Oo-shoo,  the  wife  of  Toogoo-lat,  the  latter  the 
brother  of  the  good  and  kind-hearted  In  nu-men,  now  of  Eepulse  Bay,  but  lately 
of  Ig-loo-lik ;  Oo-shoo  is  the  daughter  of  Tak-ee-likee-ta,  whose  portrait  Lyon  so 
faithfully  drew  for  Parry's  Narrative  of  his  second  voyage  for  the  discovery  of  the 
N.  W.  Passage.  Oo-shoo  says  that  she  was  at  Koong-wa  (the  Narrows  uniting  the 
N.  Pole  Lake  with  Christie  Lake)  many  years  ago,  where  a  party  of  her  people  was 
stopping,  deer-hunting,  in  the  fall.  There  at  *?.: --  Narrows  deer  were  killed,  and 
some  placed  on  deposit  under  stones ;  a  pile  of  Est-shoo-lin  (dwarf  of  shrub  An- 
dromeda tetragona),  for  fuel,  was  picked  by  Oo-shoo  and  the  wife  of  Qua-sher. 
By  and  by  Qua-sher  and  Too-goo-lat  took  their  ki-as  and  proceeded  on  toward 
See-jak-big.  Too-koo-lat's  step-father  (an  old  man),  with  the  two  women  and  Oo- 
shoot  and  Kan-wong-a  (wife  of  Qua-sher)  stopped  a  while  at  Koong-wa,  then 
moved  along  on  the  land  by  Christie  Lake  in  the  direction  Qua-sher  and  Too-koo- 
lat  had  proceeded.  Half-way  to  Nu-ker-ta  (the  place  where  Ar-too-a  was  drowned) 
the  woman  and  the  old  man  made  a  stop,  tenting  there.  While  the  old  man  re- 
mained at  the  tent,  the  woman,  Oo-shoo  and  Kan-wong-a,  went  back  to  Koong- 
wa  (the  Narrows)  after  some  meat  and  thiiigs  they  could  not  carry  the  first  time, 
and  then,  after  getting  what  they  wanted,  they  started  back.  By  and  by,  want- 
ing to  rest,  they  sat  down  on  a  stone,  and  soou  Oo-shoo  saw  what  she  thought  to 
be  two  Innuits ;  soon  came  to  the  tracks  of  two  men,  which  greatly  frightened 
the  women.  The  tracks  were  those  of  two  men — of  one  large  man ;  the  tracks  of 
the  two  narrow  in  the  middle  and  long.  Before  the  women  got  to  their  tents 
they  heard  a  noise,  a  shouting  noise,  but  they  thought  it  must  have  been  the  old 
man  they  left  at  the  tent.  When  they  got  back  to  the  tent,  Oo-shoo  asked  the 
old  man  if  he  had  been  shouting,  and  he  said  no.  They  told  the  old  man  all 
about  what  they  had  seen  and  heard.        •        •        • 


606 


Conversations  with  Innuits. 


inajrt  18«ll. 


PAPER    0. 

JOTTINGS  ON  A  SLEDGE  JOURNEY. 

1.— INFORMATION    PICKED  UP  MAY  8,    1869. 

Crozier  had  a  little  book  as  he  sat  in  Ow-wer's  tent,  and  wrote  notes.  lie 
said,  while  in  the  tent,  "  Ag-ioo-ka  wonger,"  patting  his  own  breast.  Outside,  he 
said  he  was  going  to  I-wil-lik,  making  motions  with  his  hand  in  that  direction. 
No  dog  with  Ag-loo-ka's  company ;  now-yers,  geese,  and  ducks  hanging  to  the 
boat.  One  m.an  only  very  fat,  the  others  all  poor.  One  man  with  Crozier  in  Ow- 
wer's  tent  said,  Tier-kin  wonger.  One  man  with  one  of  his  upper  teeth  gone,  and 
one  with  marks  on  the  indent  or  saddle  of  his  nose.  Trouble  thought  to  be 
among  the  men ;  but  not  so.  They  were  putting  up  the  tent  and  stopped,  star- 
ing at  the  Innuits.  When  Crozier  spoke  to  them  then,  they  at  once  resumed  their 
work.  The  Innuits  left  Crozier  and  men  encamped  there,  and  moved  iidand,  sus- 
picious that  thej'^  abandoned  starving  men.  Crozier  described  to  them  the  ice 
destroying  their  vessel,  his  men  dying;  the  full  meaning  comprehended  afterward 
by  the  Innuits.  An  awning  over  the  boat,  roof-like.  No  sword  worn  by  Crozier. 
In  a  little  bay  were  Crozier's  party  when  the  Innuits  first  saw  them.  One  man 
cross-eyed  or  squinted.  Same  boat  found  on  mainland,  (or  rather  isle,  as  the  tide 
is  high  on  the  west  side  of  inlet  of  Point  Richardson.) 

Crozier,  while  in  Ow-wer's  tent,  eat  a  piece  of  seal,  raw,  about  as  big  as  fore 
and  next  fingers  to  first  joint. 

n.— MAY  11,  1869. 

Poo-yet-ta  was  the  Innuit  who  first  found  these  remains  of  the  five  whites. 
The  remains,  some  not  buried,  but  some  found  lying  down  on  the  high  parts  of 
the  island,  all  close  together,  and  each  fully  dressed ;  flesh  all  on  the  bones,  and 
unmutilated  by  any  animals.  Next  to  Too-loo-a's  body,  was  one  preserved-meat 
can.  This  can  found  by  Poo-yet-ta  beside  the  body  of  Tooloo-a  unopened.  It 
was  opened  by  the  Innuits  and  found  to  contain  meat  and  much  tood-noo  witli  it. 
No  bad  smell  to  it.  The  contents  eaten  by  the  Innuits.  The  meat  and  fat  very 
sweet  and  good.    A  jack-knife  found  in  the  pocket  of  one  of  the  five  men. 

The  graves  of  the  two  men  (white)  that  are  buried  on  the  point  of  King  Will- 
iam's Land  on  the  east  side  the  mouth  of  Peflfer  River  were  found  by  Nee-wik- 
tee-too,  a  NeitchUle  Innuit  now  dead.  His  widow,  the  old  lady  with  shaking  head 
at  twenty-seventh  encampment,  whom  I  s&w  when  there.    The  bodies  buried  by 


mar.  18H0.1 


Conversations  with  Inmiits. 


607 


placing  stones  around  and  over  them ;  the  remains  facing  upward,  and  the  liands 
had  been  folded  in  a  very  precise  manner  across  the  breasts  of  botli ;  elothes  uU 
on ;  flesh  all  on  the  bones.  On  the  back  of  each  a  suspended  knife  found.  The 
bodies  perfect  when  found,  but  the  Innuits  having  left  the  remains  unburied,  after 
unearthing  them,  the  foxes  have  eaten  meat  and  sinews  all  oil'  the  bones.  A  tent- 
iDg-i)lace  of  the  whites  close  by  where  these  two  men  were  buried.  Many  nee- 
dles and  one  nail  found  by  the  Innuits  at  this  tenting-place. 

These  remains  found  the  same  spring  as  those  of  this  island,  Kee-u-na. 
There  being  nothing  for  the  subsistence  of  any  living  thing  on  the  isle,  it  is  there- 
fore called  Kee-u-na. 

The  boat  on  the  west  side  of  the  inlet — that  is,  west  side  of  Point  Richard- 
son— was  found  same  season  of  same  year  as  remains  at  Kee-u-na.  A  keg  of  pow- 
der found  at  the  boat,  and  much  of  contents  emptied  on  the  ground ;  a  gun  or  two 
found  there.  The  nature  and  use  of  these  things  not  known  to  Innuits  till  they 
saw^  Dr.  Rae  in  1854  at  Pelly  Bay.  Poo-yet-ta  had  seen  guns  of  Ag-Ioo-ka  when 
at  Neitchille,  but  did  not  know  the  nature  of  the  black  sand  stuff  (powder).  An 
igloo  was  blown  to  atoms  by  a  little  son  of  Poo-yet-ta  and  another  lad,  who  were 
afterward  playing  with  the  powder  canister  having  some  of  the  black  stuff  in  it. 
They  dropped  some  fire  into  the  canister  through  the  vent  or  opening;  their  faces 
were  awfully  burned  and  blackened  with  the  explosion;  no  one  was  .killed,  but 
the  igloo  completely  demolished.  The  grave  and  remains  were  in  same  perfect 
methodical  state  when  found  as  those  at  the  two  at  the  mouth  of  Peff'er  River. 
This  grave  on  King  William's  Land  about  due  north  of  Kee-u-na.  The  body  dug 
up  and  left  unburied  by  the  Innuits.  This  white  man  was  very  large  and  tall, 
and  by  the  state  of  gums  and  teeth  was  terribly  sick  (bad  state),  as  In-nook-poo- 
zhee-jook  described. 


III.— TALK  IN  AN  IGLOO  ON  TODD'S  ISLAND,   MAY  14,  1869. 

Now,  noon  and  the  wife  of  Tiik-pee-too  present  in  our  igloo  at  my  request, 
having  understood  that  she  has  seen  some  of  the  skeleton-bones  of  the  five  men  who 
died  on  this  island,  Kee-u-na  (Todd's  Isle) ;  her  name,  E-vee-shuk.  I  now,  with 
Jack's  assistance  as  interpreter,  ask  her  two  questions :  Did  you  see  anything  of 
the  men  who  died  on  this  island  ?  Answer.  She  has  seen  five  skulls  of  the  white 
men  who  died  a  long  time  ago  here.  Did  you  see  Too-loo-ark?  Answer.  Saw  the 
bodies  of  four  white  men  in  one  place  on  the  island,  and  of  Too-loo-ark  a  little 
way  from  the  four.  When  she  first  saw  them  flesh  and  clothing  on  all  the  men ; 
the  bodies  entire ;  and  after  making  tupiks  near,  the  dogs  devoured  much  of  the 


608 


Conversations  with  Innuits. 


[Jalr.  1869. 


flesh  of  the  kob  lu-nas.  It  was  some  time  after  this  that  she  saw  the  five  skill' i 
she  first  spoke  of  as  haviug  seen.  She  saw  these  bodies  entire  one  winter  after 
Poo-yet-ta  found  them,  and  the  clothes  these  men  had  on  were  black; — their 
kum-mins  (boots)  those  men  had  on  were  of  the  same  kind  of  leather  as  the  belt 
I  have  given  to  In-nook-poo-zhe-jook ;  tanned  leather  from  the  United  States. 
Were  these  men  buried !  Answer.  No,  they  were  lying  as  they  had  died,  on 
the  top  of  the  ground.  Where  are  the  skeletons  now  ?  Answer.  On  this  island, 
some  in  one  place  and  some  in  another,  but  all  are  under  the  snow ;  have  tried  to 
find  them  since  we  arrived  here,  but  the  snow  covers  them  so  deep  cannot  find 
even  one  bone.  When  snow  is  gone  all  the  bones  f  in  be  seen.  Did  you  ever  hear 
of  any  white  men  dying  on  Ke-ki-tuk-ju-a  (Montreal  Island)  ?  No,  never.  Did 
you  ever  go  to  the  place  where  the  boat  with  many  dead  kob-lu-nas  were  Ibund  by 
the  Innuits  on  the  other  side  of  the  strait?  Yes,  I  have  been  there.  Wliere  is  the 
place  f  I  now  show  her  Bae's  chart,  and  have  shown  it  to  her  before,  but  not  for 
the  object  I  now  have.  On  ascertaining  the  position  of  Point  Ogle,  Miscononchie 
Isle,  and  Point  Richardson,  she  puts  her  finger  on  the  west  side  of  the  inlet  west 
side  of  Point  Richardson,  and  says  that  was  the  place  where  the  boat  was  found. 
Did  you  see  any  bones  of  whit«  men  there  ?  She  did ;  the  land  low  and  muddy 
there;  the  sea-water  close  to;  saw  pieces  of  the  boat,  after  the  Innuits  had  broken 
it  up.  Can  bones — skeleton  bones — be  seen  there  now,  when  snow  and  ice  are 
gone  ?  Answer.  She  thinks  not,  for  it  is  so  muddy  there,  and  the  mud  soft,  that 
they  have  all  sunk  down  into  it.  She  continues :  One  man's  body  when  found  by 
the  Innuits,  flesh  all  on,  not  mutilated,  except  the  hands  sawed  off  at  the  wrists; 
the  rest,  a  great  many  had  their  flesh  cut  oflf  as  if  some  one  or  other  had  cut  it  off 
to  eat. 

I  now  go  further  on  this  island  than  our  igloo  is,  for  this  woman  to  show  me 
where  she  saw  the  five  dead  men  before  they  were  partially  eaten  by  dogs. 

Tuk-pee-too  and  his  wife  E-vee-shuk,  with  one  of  their  little  ones,  have  just 
taken  a  walk  with  me,  the  woman  leading  me  to  the  place  where  the  five  men  died. 
It  is  the  southeastern  end  of  the  island,  within  20  fathoms  of  the  shore.  I  have 
just  marked  the  spot,  on  which  we  shall  erect  a  monument,  over  which  we  shall 
pay  our  humble  tribute  to  the  noble  dead. 


ONE  OP  HALL'S  CONVERSATIONS  WITH  INN00K-P00-8HE-T00K  AFTER  HIS  RETURN 

FROM  KING  WILLIAM'S  LAND. 

July  5, 1869. — Another  short  interview  with  In-nook-poo-she-jook  this  morn- 
ing about  ten  o'clock,  just  before  he  and  the  Innuits  started  oft'  on  a  sealing  ex- 
cursion.   Ar-mou  assist«d  me  in  this  brief  talk,  as  Joe  and  Hannah  were  both 


July,  ISH«.| 


Conversations  with  fun k its. 


m) 


busily  c'ii};a}iiHl  outside  of  the  t«'nt.  Hy  the  by,  I  cau  use  quite  a  uiunber  of  the 
Rei)ul,s«>,  IJay  uiitives  to  yoo<l  advaiitii^e  as  iutt'rju'oters  when  I  talk  witli  natives 
of  distant  places,  such  as  Neitchille,  IVlly  liay,  and  Ijj-loolik.  With  tlie  En(;Iish 
A(hniralty  cliart  befon*  us,  I  ask(><l  Innookpoo-shee-jook  to  t«'ll  n)e  ajiain  where 
the  nionunu'nt  liad  been  erected  that  had  the  htn}^  stone  on  top  pointing  toward 
Ki-ki-tuk  (Kiiiff  Wilbanj's  Laud),  which  he  told  me  about  yesterday.  lie  then 
pointed  to  the  same  jdaee  as  yesterday,  to  wit,  on  the  coast  south  side  of  Innlis 
Bay,  south  of  the  lon}^  narrow  island  which  is  but  a  little  way  east  of  the  mouth 
of  Castor  and  Pollux  Hiver,  discovered  by  Dease  and  Simpson  in  l.S.'51»,  the  terminal 
point  of  their  discoveries  in  that  direction.  In-nook-pooshe-Jook  then  i)la<'ed  a 
board-nail  which  1  had  in  my  hand  directly  over  the  spot  of  the  monument,  thii 
samo  nail  i)ointinj^  to  Shar-too,  and  thence  on  to  Point  Victory,  where  another 
monument  had  been  errcted  by  white  men  and  found  by  the  innuits.  I  was  not 
only  deeply  interested  in  this  particular  description  of  his,  but  greatly  surprised, 
for  he  particularly  said  that  the  long  stone  on  the  tojj  of  that  monunuujt  not  oidy 
pointed  in  the  direction  of  Shar-too  (Cai)e  Colvile,  low  land  ojtposite  the  S.  E. 
extreme  of  King  William's  Land)  but  to  the  place  of  the  monument  that  had  been 
erected  north  side  of  the  inlet  at  the  northwest  extreme  of  King  William's  Land — 
that  is,  at  Point  Victory.  He  said  that  Innuits  who  saw  the  said  mouunu'ut 
.south  side  of  Inglis  Hay  noted  what  he  states. 

After  seeing  the  direction  in  which  this  nail  pointed  to  the  northward  and 
westward,  I  drew  a  line  in  the  oppo.site  direction,  to  the  .southward  and  eastward, 
to  .see  if  it  might  not,  if  prolonged,  come  near  to  Ilepulae  Bay,  and  f(mnd  sucli 
to  be  the  fact;  therefore,  the  pointing  stoue  may  have  been  intended  by  those 
who  placed  it  there  to  indicate  whence  they  had  come  and  to  what  place  they 
were  bound.  But  this  latter  is  of  my  own  conjecture,  founded  u\mu  what  in- 
nook-])oo-shee-jook  has  told,  and  upon  what  information  has  been  derived  from 
some  of  the  liepulse  Bay  and  Igloo-lik  natives. 

Before  I  proceed  to  note  the  remainder  of  the  information  gained  in  this 
morning's  interview,  I  will  transcribe  a  few  lines  from  Dr.  Rae's  report  of  his 
journey  of  1854 — such  part  of  it  as  refers  to  a  monument  he  found  in  the  very 
locality  pointed  out  as  above  by  In  nook-poo-shee-jook.  Dr.  Kae  at  the  time  was 
in  Inglis  Bay  at  the  embouchure  of  Murchison  Biver;  when  the  report  reads: 

"  The  weather  was  overcast  with  snow  when  we  resumed  our  journey  at 

8.30  p.  m.     On  the  liTth  of  April  we  directed  our  course  directly  for  the  shore, 

which  we  reached  after  a  sharp  walk  of  one  and  a  half  hours,  in  doing  which  we 

crossed  a  long  stony  island  of  some  miles  in  extent.     As  by  this  time  it  was  snow- 

S.  Ex.  27 ;«» 


610 


Conversations  with  Innuits. 


[Juir.  iNoe. 


inf;  lioiivily,  I  made  my  men  Imvel  on  tlie  iw,  thr  wiilkinf,'  hcinj,'  WUvr  tlicrr, 
wliil.st  I  followed  the  windinjj.s  of  tlie  hIioiv,  closely  examining;  every  oltject 
alon;;  tlie  heaeli. 

"After  pasHiii;^  several  heajKs  of  stones  wliieh  had  evidently  «'overed  Ks- 
kinio  eaehes,  1  eanie  to  a  eolleetion  larjfer  than  any  1  had  seen,  an<l  eh'nrly  not 
intende<I  for  the  protection  of  property  of  uny  kind  ;  the  stones,  (generally  s|>eak- 
iiiK,  w(Te  sm  dl,  and  had  been  bnilt  in  the  form  of  a  pillar,  hnt  the  to])  had  fallen 
down,  as  the  Eskimo  had  iireviously  jjiven  me  to  understand  was  the  case.  Call- 
ing; my  men  to  land,  1  sent  one  to  trace  what  looked  like  the  bed  of  a  small  river, 
immediately  west  of  us,  whilst  the  other  men  and  mys<'lf  <-leared  away  the  ])il(^  of 
stones  in  search  of  a  document.  Although  n<»  dociunent  was  found,  there  could 
be  no  doubt  in  my  own  mind  and  in  that  of  my  comjtanion  that  its  construction 
was  not  that  of  the  natives.  My  belii'f  that  wo  had  arrived  at  the  Castor  and 
I'ollux  l{iver  was  contirmed  when  the  person  who  had  Iwen  sent  to  trace  the  aj)- 
l)arent  stream-bed  returned  with  the  information  that  it  was  clearly  a  river. 

•  •  •  "  Ilaviufi  si»ent  ui)wards  of  an  hour  in  fruitless  search  for  a  mem- 
orandum of  sonu'  kind,  we  bejian  to  retrace  our  stei>s,"  &c. 

I  will  follow  the  extract  with  a  remark  or  two.  Taking  the  stoi-y  of  In-nook- 
poo-she<'-Jook  and  the  itrecedinj;' extract  of  Itae's  report  'uto  consideration,  it  is 
(piite  certain  that  the  numument  was  that  of  white  men. 

Now  Dease  and  Simpson  }>ive  no  account  in  their  first  report  of  haviufi 
erected  any  mark  there — that  is,  at  the  jtlaee  where  their  discioveries  ended — to 
wit,  at  Castor  and  Pollux  River ;  but  in  the  Narrative,  Simpson  does  yive  the 
account  of  raisinjj  a  monument  at  the  extent  of  their  discovery,  viz,  (!astor  and 
Pollux  IMver.  They  also  state  that  they  erected  a  moiuuuent  at  Cai>e  IJritannia 
and  another  at  Cajie  Ilerschel.  To  my  mind,  it  ai)pears  reasonable  that  Sir  .John 
Franklin's  Expedition  was  not  idle  after  {jetting  beset  as  it  did  on  the  12tli  Sep- 
tember, 184<»,  near  King  William's  Land.  As  the  spring  of  1847  opened,  it  is 
altogether  likely  that  exi)loring  sledge  parties  were  started  off,  one  at  least  down 
the  west  side  of  King  William's  land  to  connect  the  discoveries  of  Sir  John  IJoss' 
exi)edition  with  that  of  Dease  and  Simpson's,  while  another,  cptite  likely,  pro- 
ceeded down  the  east  side  to  connect  discoveries  that  had  been  made  by  the  same 
expeditions.  Of  course,  King  William's  Land  was  found  to  be  an  island,  and 
the  whole  coastof  the  mainland  (Boothia)  from  Cape  Porter  to  Castor  and  Pollux 
Rivers  was  most  undoubtedly  explored  and  a  record  of  these  facts  made  and 
cached,  in  that  particular  monument  referred  to  by  Rae  in  1854  and  now  by  In- 
nook-])oo-shee-.jook.    That  some  party  of  Franklin's  Expedition  visited  the  east 


SmlY,  INHII.I 


Cnnvcrsatinns  ivith  lunuits. 


611 


side  of  Kinjj  Williaiirs  Land,  wo  have  tho  traco  in  tlio  knifo  at  Cape  Livingston 
w'liieli  an  Innnit  iound  under  some  stone.s,  as  related  by  In-nook-poo-Hliee-Jook 
in  a  late  interview,  as  recorded  in  this  book.  I  now  i)ro<!eed  to  note  the  re- 
mainder of  the  inf(»rniation  old  In-nook -poo-she-Jook  coninuinieated  in  this  niorn- 
inji's  interview.  I  asked  him  where  the  other  monument  was  witb  a  stone  on  its 
top  ]>ointing  in  a  certain  dire(;tion  that  he  liad  told  me  about  when  1  ilrst  met  him. 
He  said  it  was  at  Shar-too,  at  the  same  time  putting  his  linger  on  tho  chart 
and  moving  it  along  <lown  the  east  coast  of  Simpson's  IN>ninsula  till  his  finger 
resteil  on  I'oint  Andersiui  and  Cape  Jiarclay,  whi(!h  are  at  the  entrance  north 
side  of  Keith  Bay,  and  then  he  said,  "  That  is  K-to-uki,"  meaning  the  projections 
Point  Anderson  and  Capo  Barclay,  Tln^n  he  moved  his  linger  carefully  along  \\\t 
the  coast  till  he  got  to  Points  J.  &  R.  Clouston,  or  Clouston  Points,  as  they  are 
called  in  the  Admiralty  chart,  when  he  said  that  is  where  that  monument  was,  and 
the  stone  on  top  was  i)ointing  directly  towards  a  small  island  that  is  far  out 
to  the  eastward  and  northward  of  where  the  monument  was.  He  furthermore 
said  that  at  the  time  he  was  there  he  was  on  his  way  to  Repulse  Bay  and  he  saw 
about  there,  tracks  of  strangers — not  Innuit  tracks — but  then,  no  monument  was 
there.  A  short  time  after,  the  same  season,  a  party  of  Innuits  passed  the  same 
jdace,  and  then  there  was  ii  monument  with  the  stone  on  top  pointing  towards 
the  said  islet  in  the  otting. 


■  ^wfv.'9v.i  r''W''¥Wi^vpifwm-'- 


APPENDIX  V. 


DEMAND  FOR  WHALE  AND  SEAL  OIL  IN  THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  JUTE. 


^FPENDIX  V 


WHALE  AND  SEAL  OIL  IN  THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  JUTE. 

It  is  well  known  that  the  vicinity  of  Hudson's  IJay  has  of  late  years  become 
less  and  less  inviting  to  the  whaler  in  i)lace  oi  proving  the  more  and  more  prof- 
itable, as  anticipated  bj"  Hall  for  his  Xew  London  friends.  In  addition  to  the 
8i)ecial  reasons  for  this,  growing  out  of  the  shortness  of  whaling  season  there, 
the  difldculty  of  access  and  of  the  navigation  of  the  straits  and  bay,  the  almost 
entire  disuse  of  whale-oil  for  lighting  and  other  purposes  will  be  readily  remem- 
bered. IJut  it  will  also  be  remembered  that  this  disuse  was  scarcely  foreseen 
by  Hall  in  his  sincere  and  sanguine  hopes  of  opening  up  new  fishing-grounds, 
asked  for  by  the  whalers  when  he  went  ont. 

Yet  an  exhaustion  of  the  whaling-grounds  which  are  now  visited  msiy  turn 
the  ships  back  to  Hudson's  Bay ;  nor  can  any  one,  to-day,  foresee  that  some  new 
appliances  in  the  advance  of  the  rge  may  not  awaken  such  large  and  new  demands 
for  the  oil  and  the  bone  as  will  also  justify  the  revisiting  of  Hudson's  IJay  and 
its  iidets. 

The  following  statement  of  the  whale  fishery  as  it  was  in  the  year  18G5  is 
taken  from  the  Whalemen's  Shipping  List. 

"On  the  whole,  the  success  of  the  northern  fieet  has  not  been  very  encourag- 
ing, for  although  oil  and  bone  are  commanding  apparently  high  prices,  yet  almost 
every  article  of  merchandise  has  advanced  more  than  our  staples,  and  the  enor- 
mous expense  attending  a  whaling  voyage  in  these  times  will  requii'e  a  nnicli 
larger  catch  to  make  any  favorable  compensation  to  owners  of  these  vessels. 

"Although  the  weather  in  the  Arctic  and  Ochotsk  has  been  very  boisterous, 
there  have  been  only  two  vessels  lost  the  last  season — the  Henry  Kneeland,  in 
the  Arctic,  and  the  Mary,  in  the  Ochotsk. 

"  The  success  in  the  Hudson's  Bay  whaling  did  not  come  up  to  our  exjjecta- 

•  iliS 


616 


Whaling  Interestd,  1865. 


tions  the  past  year.  The  great  diflaculty  appears  to  be  the  short  time  between 
the  breaking  up  of  the  ice  and  the  closing  up  of  the  same,  rendering  the  season 
available  for  whaling  extremely  short.  Whales  seem  to  be  plenty,  but  they  are 
very  shy  and  diflScult  to  capture.  There  were  four  arrivals  from  Hudson's  B;)y  in 
1864 — three  into  New  Bedibrd  and  one  into  New  London — bringing  3,454  barrels 
whale-oil  and  55,000  ])ounds  bone.  There  are  now  wintering  in  Hudson's  Bay 
and  Cumberland  Inlet  twelve  American  whalers — the  Antelope,  Ansel  Gibbs, 
Black  Eagle,  Glacier,  Morning  Star,  and  Orray  Taft,  Cornelia,  George  &  IMary, 
Helen  F.,  Monticello,  Pioneer,  and  Concordia, — all  of  which  will  probably  arrive 
home  next  fall. 

"  Of  the  American  whalers  from  the  north,  twenty -three  arrived  at  S.an  Fran- 
cisco, forty -two  at  the  Sandwich  Islands,  one  at  Monterey,  and  one  at  Panama. 
All  the  foreign  whalers  arrived  at  the  Sandwich  Islands. 

i'  Of  the  eighty -one  whalers  which  sailed  from  home  ports  in  1864,  nineteen 
were  bound  to  the  North  Pacific,  fifteen  to  Cumberland  Inlet  .and  Hudson's  Bay, 
five  to  Desolation  and  Hurd's  Island,  and  the  balance,  sperm-whaling  to  the  At- 
lantic, Indian,  and  Pacific  Oceans. 

"  From  present  appearances,  the  import  of  sperm-oil  will  be  considerably  less 
this  year  than  in  1864.  The  fleet  on  the  Pacific  coast  is  very  small,  and  doing 
very  little,  with  one  or  two  exceptions.  The  South  Pacific  fleet  is  also  much  re- 
duced, and  has  done  poorly.  Very  few  ships  are  in  the  Indian  Ocean.  The 
fleet  in  the  Atlantic  has  done  better,  although  whaling  has  been  much  inter- 
rupted about  the  Western  Islands,  the  "Two  Forties"  and  other  grounds  by 
uncommon  rough  weather.  The  quantity  of  oil  landed  at  Fayal  in  1804  by 
whalers  is  4,862  barrels  sperm,  883  barrels  whale ;  also  1,395  pounds  bone.  All 
the  oil  but  about  300  barrels  has  arrived  home. 

Uxports  of  sperm-oil,  whale-oil,  and  whalebone  from  the  United  States. 


Year. 


1864. 

1863. 

1862. 

1861. 

1860 

1859. 


Sperm- 

Whale- 

Whale- 

oil. 

oil. 

bono. 

Barrels. 

Barrels. 

Pounds. 

45,000 

12, 000 

530, 000 

18,866 

11,297 

279, 394 

27,976 

68,583 

1,004,981 

37,547 

49,969 

1,145,013 

32,792 

13,007 

911,226 

52,207 

8,179 

1.707,929 

Wlialiny  Interests,  1865. 


617 


ImportH  from  1845  to  1804. 


Year. 


Sperm- 
oil. 


Whale- 
oil. 


18(34 
1863 
1802 
1861 
1860 
18.-)'J 
1858 
1857 
1856 
1855 
1854 
1853 
1852 
1851 
18.50 
1849 
1848 
1847 
1846 
1845 


Barrels. 

llarrclH. 

64,  :?7-2 

71,803 

(i:>,  055 

62,974 

.V),641 

100, 478 

(J8,93ii 

133,717 

7:{,  708 

140, 005 

91,408 

190,411 

81,941 

182,223 

78,440 

230,941 

80, 941 

197, 890 

72, 649 

184,015 

76,096 

319,837 

103,077 

260, 114 

78,872 

84,211 

m,  591 

.328,  49:{ 

92, 892 

200,608 

100, 944 

248,492 

107, 976 

280, 656 

120,753 

313, 150 

95, 217 

207, 493 

1.57, 917 

272,730 

Whale- 
bone. 


I'oundt. 
760, 4.50 
488, 750 
763,  .500 
1,0:58,450 
1,337,650 
1,923,850 
1,. 540, 800 
2, 058, 900 
2, 592, 700 
2, 707, 500 
3,445,200 
5, 6,52, 300 
1,259,900 
3,  9<;6,  .500 
2,  869, 200 
2,281,100 
2, 003, 000 
3,341,680 
2, 27(i,  930 
3, 167, 142 


Importation  of  sperm-oil,  whale-oil,  and  whalebone  into  the  United  States  in  18G4. 


Where. 


New  Bedford 

Fairliaven , 

Westport 

Dartmouth 

Mattapoisett 

Sippicau 

District  of  New  Bedford 

New  Loodou 

Nantucket 

Provincetowu 

Salem 

Edgartowu 

F.ilmouth 

Sag  Harbor 

Boston 

New  York 

Total 


Sperm- 
oil. 


Barrels. 

48, 172 

1,278 

2,241 

500 

881 

1.55 


Whale- 
oil. 


Barrels. 

35, 883 

711 

32 

525 

4 

9 


.53, 
1, 


227 
915 

78 
8.50 

90 
153 
931 
133 
894 
101 


64, 372 


37, 164 

8,091 

18 

1,742 

20 

1,525 

232 

505 

9,011 

12, 955 


71,863 


Whale- 
bone. 


Pounds. 
224, 250 
()00 


700 


1.5,6.50 

1,700 

3, 700 

1.59, 000 

202, 650 


760, 450 


Average  prices  of  oil  per  gallon  and  hone  per  pound. 

Sperm. 

1864 $1  78 

1863 .' 1  61 

1862 1  42i 

1861 I  3H 

1860 1  4H 


225,  .5.50 
149,000 


2,600 


"Whale. 

Bone. 

Jil  28 

81  80 

95J 

1  53 

59i 

82 

44i 

66 

494 

80  J 

618 


Marhham  on  the  Use  oj  Oils  in  Making  Jute. 


THE  USE  Oi'  WHALE  AND  SEAL  OIL  IN  THE  MANUEAOTURE  OF  JUTE. 

The  reports  of  Mr.  C.  \l.  Miirkhiiin,  one  of  the  Seerctaries  of  the  Itoyal  Geo- 
griiphiciil  Society,  Lomlaii,  on  the  new  deiuantl  for  animal  oils  in  the  niannfactnre 
of  the  important  article  of  Jnte,  are  in  point  as  regards  the  new  uses  and  new  de- 
mands of  the  day  upon  the  whaler. 

Mr.  Markhani's  paper  (rarliamentary)  awakened  an  interest  in  this  direction 
which  prompted  a  re([uest  for  statistics  on  the  whale  trade  and  its  connection 
with  the  jute  ui.inufacture  at  JJundee.  The  full  reply  to  these  inquiries  made  by 
IJjiited  States  Consxd  McDougall,  throu{,di  the  State  and  Xavy  Departments,  is 
here  appended  as  of  inten'st  in  this  twofold  relation. 


[Extract  from  rarliiinuMitary  I'apor  150  on  tlio  Jloral  and  Material  Comlition  of  India  (lurinff  the 
yoar  lti7-^-7:i,  prosented  to  rarliamcnt  by  C.  R.  Markliain,  Esii.,  1874.] 

"  The  most  valuable  special  article  of  export  from  Calcutta,  next  to  cotton, 
opium,  and  rice,  is  jute.  The  ((uaiitity  of  jute  exported  in  1828  was  .'504  cwt., 
worth  £02,  and  the  extraorduiary  increase  that  has  since  taken  place  is  due 
solely  to  the  energy  of  the  Eyots  of  JJengal.  They  found  it  proiitable,  engaged 
in  it  with  alacrity,  and  create<!  the  trade.  The  large  import  of  cheap  Russian 
flax  into  this  country  at  lirst  kopt  down  the  demand  for  jute,  but  this  source  of 
supply  was  destroyed  when  the  iiussian  war  broke  out  in  18o4,  and  the  demand 
for  jute  became  brisk.  The  Ityots  seized  the  opportunity  -vithout  any  itrompting 
or  assistance. 

"  From  1858  to  18(53  the  average  exportation  of  jute  from  Calcutta  was 
907,724  cwt.  From  1803  to  1808  it  had  risen  to  2,028,110  cwt.  The  <iuantity  of 
raw  jute  exported  in  lS72-'73  was  7,080,912  cwt.,  worth  £4,142,547,  an  increase  of 
nearly  a  million  hundred-weight  as  compared  with  the  previous'  year.  Thus  the 
Eyots  have  created  and  extended  an  industry  in  forty-five  years  to  a  value  of 
more  than  four  and  a  quarter  millions,  without  any  official  eijcouragement  or  aid 
whatever. 

"In  1872  there  were  3,955,450  cwt.  of  jute  inq)ortedinto  the  United  Kingdom 
from  India  and  09,000  cwt.  from  other  countries.  Of  this  quantity  3,L:vtO,455  cwt. 
are  used  in  Great  Britain,  almost  entirely  in  Dundee.  The  remaining  755,000  are 
reexported.  France  takes  148,870  cwt.  direct  from  Calcutta  and  550,500  cwt. 
from  England;  Trieste  takes  9,000  cwt.  direct  from  India;  Holland  receives 
5,357  from  India  and  58,010  cwt.  from  England.  In  1872  Germany  took  77,831  ; 
Belgium,  31,192;  Spaui,  20,708;  and  other  countries,  10,170  cwt.  by  re-exporta- 


Markhani  on  the  Use  of  Oils  in  Making  Jute. 


619 


(ion  from  Enfjland.  Ijargo  power-inills  have  also  been  established  lor  spinning 
and  weaving  the  liber  nnder  European  management  in  India.  At  the  Barnag- 
piir  jVIills,  near  Calcutta,  there  were  17  Eiu'opean  overseers,  1,700  natives,  and  the 
mills  work  up  iG,00()  tons  of  jutt  in  a  year.  There  are  also  jute-mills  at  Fort 
(Jloster,  down  the  lliigli;  at  Budge-bud ;.>e,  at  liishra,  at  Chapdani,  and  two  at 
Serampur.  Women  and  boys  are  emjdoyed  in  the  spinning,  winding,  and  sew- 
ing, and  men  in  weaving;  the  ratt's  of  wages  being  for  men  11  annas  a  day,  for 
women  a  annas  "»  pie,  and  for  boys  y  annas  5  pie.  The  work  is  practically  con- 
fined to  making  gunny  bags  and  cloths,  and  the  total  value  of  the  gunny-bags, 
cloths,  twine,  and  rope  exported  in  187li-'73  was  £(S;i5,011.  The  success  of  these 
jute-mills  has  been  very  great,  and  there  are  also  many  jute  screw-houses  and 
warehouses. 

"It  is  remarkable  how  various  industries,  carried  on  at  vast  distances,  act 
upon  each  other.  The  growth  of  jute  in  Bengal  led  to  its  manufacture  in  Dun- 
dee, and  this  caused  the  revival  of  the  whale  fishery  in  Baffin's  Bay.  In  1872 
the  quantity  of  jute  imported  direct  into  Dundee  was  1,828,014  <nvt.,  and  the 
bulk  (»f  the  whale-oil  is  required  by  the  jute  manufacturers  of  Dundee  and  its 
neighborhood. 

"  Thus  the  port  of  Dundee  has  now  become  the  center  of  the  whale-fishing 
trade,  and  cargoes  of  oil  from  the  Arctic  Regions  may  be  seen  discharging  along- 
side cargoes  of  jute  from  Calcutta,  both  being  essential  to  the  jwosperity  of  this 
industry.  The  Dundee  Chamber  of  Commerce  has  rei)resented  that  an  Arctic 
expedition  is  desirable,  in  order  that  new  haunts  of  oil-bearing  animals  may  be 
explored ;  and  if  an  Arctic  expedition  will  benefit  the  jute  manufacturers  of  Scot- 
land, it  is  equally  important  to  thousands  of  industrious  Bengal  Ryots,  to  whom 
jute  cultivation  gives  employment  and  the  means  of  subsistence." 


repolit  of  united  states  con«ui.  matthew  mcdougall,  dundee,  scotland, 
on  the  jute  manufacture  at  dundee. 

"Department  of  State, 

"  Washington,  Januari/  15,  1878, 
"Sir:   Adverting  to  former  correspondence  upon  the  subject,  I  have  the 
honor  to  inclose  herewith,  for  the  information  of  Professor  Nourse,  of  the  Naval 
Observatory,  a  co])y  of  a  dispatch  of  the  10th  of  November  last,  from  the  Con- 


620      U.  S.  Consul  McDowjalVs  Report  on  Oils  and  Jute,  at  Dundee. 

sill  at  Dundee,  in  rehitiou  to  the  whale  fishery  and  jute  iiianuf'actoiy  carried  on 
at  that  place. 

"  I  ha\'e  the  liouor  t(>  be,  air,  your  obedient  servant. 

'<WM.  M.  EVAltTS. 
"  The  Hon.  K.  W.  Thompson, 

**  Secretary  of  the  JVaM/." 


Mr.  MvDongall  to  Mr.  Seicard,  November  Hi,  1.S77. 
[lucloHiire  1  in  No.  i:?7.1 
CONSULATK   OF   THE   UNITED   STATES  OF   AMERICA, 

Dundee.  November  16,  1877. 
Sib  :  lleferriug  to  your  dispatch  No.  12,  dated  the  2d  ultimo,  and  to  my 
acknowledgment  of  receipt  of  same  per  dispatch  No.  136,  dated  the  16th  of  that 
month,  1  have  now  the  honor  to  send  you  "statistics  of  the  whale  fishery  and  of 
the  jute  manufactory  carried  on  at  the  port  of  Dundee  for  the  years  1865  to  18'<5," 
which  are  supplemented  by  figures  relating  to  the  whale  fishery  for  the  years 
1876  and  1877  and  to  the  jute  trade  for  certain  years  previous  to  1865  and  for  the 
years  1876  and  1877.  I  also  give  you  various  other  tables  connected  with  the 
development  of  these  industries,  and  such  information  bearing  on  these  subjects 
as  I  consider  may  be  useful. 

whale-fishing  industry. 

Having  entered  very  fully  into  this  subject  in  my  annual  report  forwarded 
to  your  Department  for  this  year,  ending  30th  September,  I  beg  to  state  that  ti-o 
quoted  matter  under  this  heading  is  taken  from  that  document. 

"  The  success  attending  the  whaling-fleet  belonging  to  this  port  was  consid- 
erably greater  in  1876  than  in  1875.  All  the  vessels,  twelve  in  number,  prosecuted 
both  seal  and  whale  fishing  in  1876.  The  only  change  in  the  course  usually  fol- 
lowed was  by  one  vessel,  which  went  to  Labrador  instead  of  Greenland,  with  the 
other  ships.  The  total  catch  at  the  seal-fishing  was  in  1876  57,776  seals,  yield- 
ing 625  tons  of  oil.  Seal-oil  last  year  was  valued  at  £32  per  ton,  and  the  aver- 
age price  for  skins  was  6s.  Taking  the  625  tons  of  oil  at  £32  gives  £20,000,  and 
57,776  skins  at  6s.  each  produces  the  sum  of  £17,332  16s.;  so  that  the  value  of 
the  seal-fishing  in  1876  was  £37,332  16s.  Only  one  vessel  returned  clean  from 
the  seal-fishing. 

The  total  catch  at  the  whale-fishing  was  in  1876  64  whales,  yielding  824 


p 


U.  S.  Consul  McDougalVs  Report  on  Oils  and  Jute  at  Ihoidee.     62 1 

tons  oil  aiul  45  tons  of  bone.  Tho  selliii}i;  price  of  whale-oil  in  ISTfi  was  £35 
j)er  ton;  and  altlion{?li  as  liiyli  as  £1,200  per  ton  was  s^ot  for  bone,  £800 
was  the  average  price.  The  824  tons  of  oil  produced  £28,840  and  llie  45  tons  of 
bone  £36,000;  total  for  the  whale-flshing,  £(i4,840;  total  for  tbe  sealfis^hinp:, 
£37,332  Kis.;  total  for  botli  lishings,  £102,172  Kis.  Of  course  from  this  sum  falls 
to  be  deducted  the  exi>enses  of  the  fleet,  which  must  necessarily  be  very  heavy. 

In  1875  the  value  of  tho  seal-fishing  was  cora])nted  at  £27,020  In,  (id.  and  the 
whale-fishing  at  £50,325;  total  for  both  fishings,  £77,351  7.s'.  (i(/.    This  shows  an 
increase  in  favor  of  1870  in  the  seal-fishing  of  £10,300  8,s.  G(/.  and  in  the  whale 
fishing  of  £14,515 ;  total  increase  in  both  fishings  for  1870,  £24,821  8s.  0</." 

"This  year  two  vessels  went  to  the  seal-fishing  in  Labrador  compared  with 
one  in  1870;  and  they  were  so  snccessful,  that  the  Dundee  Seal  and  Whale  Fishing 
Company  have  resolved  to  form  a  branch  establishment  at  Newfoundland,  and 
next  spring  two  of  their  largest  and  most  powerful  screw -steamers,  instead  of 
going  to  Greenland,  will  be  dispatched  to  the  Newfoundland  seal-fishing.  Tho 
company  has  acquired  a  piece  of  ground,  on  which  they  are  erecting  the  neces- 
sary buildings  for  carrying  on  the  work  connected  with  the  fishing,  including 
boiling-house,  &c.  There  being  no  docks  for  the  accommodation  of  the  vessels, 
the  company  is  constructing  a  wharf  in  close  proximity  to  its  premises,  so  that 
the  steamers  will  be  enabled  to  discharge  their  catches  almost  at  the  doors  of  the 
establishment.  With  the  two  steamers  sent  out  by  another  company  here  (those 
which  went  this  year)  this  will  now  make  four  Dundee  vessels  that  will  jn'osecute 
the  Newfoundland  seal-fishing  next  spring.  The  efl'ect  of  this  change  will  of 
course  be  to  give  the  remainder  of  the  Dundee  vessels  going  to  Greenland  a  bet- 
ter chance  of  success,  and  it  is  hoped  the  results  will  prove  satisfactory  to  all 
concerned. 

"As  all  the  vessels  of  the  Dundee  whale  fleet  have  now  arrived  from  the  New- 
foundland and  Greenland  seal  and  whale  fisheries  for  the  year,  I  am  able  to  give 
yon  the  nuniber  of  seals  and  whales  caught  and  other  particulars.  The  whole  of  the 
vessels  (now  thirteen  in  number)  went  both  to  the  seal  and  whale  fishing  this  year, 
two  going  to  Newfoundland  instead  of  to  Greenland  with  the  other  ships.  The 
number  of  seals  caught  in  Newfoundland  (Labrador)  this  year  was  for  two  vessels 
40,000  seals,  yielding  750  tons  oil ;  last  year  one.  vessel,  4,000  seals,  yielding  47 
tons  oil ;  increase  in  1877,  42,600  seals,  703  tons  oil. 

"The  number  of  seals  caught  in  Greenland  this  year  was  for  eleven  vessels, 
29,400  seals,  yielding  342  tons  oil ;  last  year,  for  eleven  vessels,  53,77(i  seals,  yield- 
ing 578  tons  oil ;  decrease  in  1877,  24,376  seals,  236  tons  oil. 


622      U.  S.  Consul  MrDoitf/nirs  lieport  on  Oils  and  Jute  in  Duntlrr. 


"The  iminlKT of  st'sils  caught  in  Newfouiullaiul  (Liibiatlor),  as  abovp,  in  1877, 
4(),r)0(>  Hoals  yioUlinj,'  7;")0  tons  oil;  in  (Ircfnland,  2!»,4(M>  seals,  yielding:  ;J42  tons 
oil;  total,  7(»,(KH)  seals,  1,01)2  tons  oil.  Total  in  lS7r.,  .'57,77(!  seals,  OLT)  tons  oil. 
Increase  in  1877,  18,224  seals,  407  tons  oil. 

"At  present  seal-oil  is  valued  at  £'•^2  per  ton,  while  the  skins  average  .">«.  each. 
Calculating  the  1,092  tons  of  oil  got  this  year  at  £:\2  gives  £;)4,!)44,  and  70,000 
skins  at  "w.  each  yield  £10,000;  so  that  the  total  vahie  of  the  seal-tishing  this 
year  is  £r),'?,n44.  Last  year  the  total  value  of  the  catch  at  the  seal-fishing  was 
estimated  at  £37,;W2  Ws.     Increase  in  1877,  £10,011  is. 

"  Unfortunately  five  of  the  eleven  vessels  that  went  to  the  flreenhunl  seal- 
fishing  this  year  returned  clean.  But  at  the  whale-fi.shiug  there  was  no  sucli 
unlucky  experiencie.  The  thirteen  vessels  brought  from  the  Greenland  whale-fishing 
this  year  81  black  whales,  yielding  835  tons  oil  and  42^  tons  of  bone,  and  035 
white  whales,  yielding  120  tons  oil;  total,  1,010  whales,  yielding  955  tons  oil  and 
42^  tons  of  bone. 

"In  187G  the  catch  was  04  black  whales,  yielding  824  tons  oil  and  45  tons  of 
bone.  Increase  in  1877,  17  black  whales,  935  white  whales,  and  131  tons  oil.  De- 
crease in  bone  in  1877,  2J  tons. 

"At  present  the  selling  price  of  whale-oil  is  £35  per  ton,  and  bone  may  be 
taken  at  the  price  £1,400  per  ton.  The  value  of  955  tons  oil  at  the  price  given 
would  be  £33,425,  and  the  42.^  tons  of  bone  would  give  £59,500.  Total  value  of 
the  whale-fishing  for  1877,  £92,925.  The  total  value  of  the  whale-fishing  for  187(» 
was  £04,840,  making  an  increase  in  1877  of  £28,085. 

"  Total  value  of  the  seal-flshing  in  1877,  £53,944;  total  value  of  the  whale, 
fishing  in  1877,  £92,925;  total  for  both  fishings  1877,  £140,809  (of  whicli  sum 
the  expense  of  the  tieet  has  to  be  deducted).  Total  for  botli  fishings  in  lS7<i, 
£102,172  10s.     Increase  on  both  fishings  in  1877,  £44,090  4s. 

"This  gratifying  result,  it  will  be  seen,  is  greatly  due  to  the  remarkal)le  suc- 
cess of  the  two  vessels  which  went  to  the  Newfoundland  (Labrador)  seal- fishing 
this  year. 

"The  following  is  a  very  complete  statement,  showing  the  produce  of  British 
vessels  from  1805  to  1876,  inclusive,  at  the  Davis  Straits  and  ijrreenland  seal  and 
whale  fishing.  I  also  include  the  number  of  seals  and  whales  caught  this  year  at 
Greenland  and  Labrador  by  the  Dundee  vessels." 


U.  8.  Consul  McDougalVs  Report  on  Oils  and  JuU-  at  Dundic.      (j2;} 


Statement. 

Year. 

I'ortH. 

Vessolg. 
10  Mailers 

SeuJH, 

17, 2J)1 
10, 24H 
64,041 

Whttlen. 

Seal- 
oil. 

TiniH. 
195 

ii;i 

7:f4 

Whale- 
oil. 

I'llllx. 

71 

H4 
547 

Whale- 
bone. 

18(i5 

18<)(i 

1807 
IHtid 

18(i9 

1870 

1871 

1872 

187a 

1874 

1875 
1876 

1877 

I'i'torlit'a<l 

do 

5 

6 

.50 

Cirtn. 

DuikUm' 

Kirkfaltlv 

Hull  ...... 

.....lo 

Krazcrbiiifjli 

AImtiIccu 

rrtnlit-ad 

....tl(. 

DiiikU'h 

Hull 

<|<)  

7  steamers   

1  sailer 

(•..■() 

1  sailer 

1  steamer 

5 

'"'   ir)(V 

40 

60 

2  sailers 

1  sailer 

12,219 

9  saiU'rs 

;i  steaui'Ms 

11  steamers 

1  steamer 

l(i,  \>*6 

If),  6:w 

4^,4^ 

9 

:!o 

1H7 
210 

()74 

299 
100 

""'M' 

'  sailer   ..... 

2 

9 

16 

4 

4) 

2 

62' 

160 

2S7 
619 

""124 

k; 

40 

FrM/crbur^li 

AImtiIci'ii 

I't^tiTlicad 

....do 

2  sailers 

4,  .571 

i:V208' 
21,:«iH 

.5:!,  822 
"8,'2i7' 

1  sailer 

8  sailers 

10(1 

151 

29 

22 

26 

120 

4  steanu-rs 

12  steamers 

1  steamer  

2  sailers 

Dundee  

Hull 

l''iii/.('rl)ur};li 

Aberdeen 

Dundee  

....do 

I'eterbead 

....do 

20 

40 

1  sailer 

l:i  steamers 

1  sailer  

16,  4.58 

107 
1 

-16 
4 

() 

6' 

18 
4 

199 

16.5 

22H 

32 

:V 

458 
125 
2.56 

K56 

7 

2(i2 

2;{ 

944 
5 

8  sailers  

4  steamers 

2  sailers 

1  sailer 

i;{,774 

18,  o;w 
:i,98i) 

""2;i(V 

44, 424 
1!),021 

<.K) 
17 

Fra/.erburifli 

Aberdeen  

..... 

8(» 

lOM 

Hull    

Dundee 

Peterhead  

....do 

I  steamer 

II  steamers 

9  sailers 

1|H 

lis 

25 

128 
49 

4  steamers 

1  sailer 

25 

Aberdeen 

Hull 

Dundee 

1  steamer 

1 
61 

18 

' " "  rt")2 

1:52 

487 

5 
7:m 
125 

98 

l,l6:i 

105 

80 
969 

i:tl 
29:? 

1, ;!():! 

5 

10  steamers 

7  sailers  , 

4  Hti-amers 

8/,76M 

8,  :',7:{ 
:{2,o.-'7 

S71 

Peterhead 

....do 

Aberdeen 

Dundee  

Peterhead    

....do 

Dundee 

144 

5 

91 

i.:5i:{ 

1.55 

76 

l,o;)2 

10  steamers 

6  sailers 

5  .steamers 

11  steiinu'rs 

5  sailers 

6  .steamers 

11  steamers 

1  sailer 

7  steamers 

".t  saileix 

64,497 
17, 047 
;!4,K(7 
40.:i9l 
1,851 
f<,  442 
25, 480 

4,  i:u 

:?7, 827 

6, 784 

44, 087 

8,ii;{ 

()15 
44, 445 
27, 198 

57,'77()' 

4, 180 

H71 

76, 000 

i:{:i 
11 

8 

105 

9 

24 

158 

2' 

12 
190 



■■"79' 

to 

l:i 
()4 

flU 
5 

1181 

()52 
194 
4H1 
410 

25 
129 
262 

46 
754 

7:5 
.575 
196 
2 
418 
;i55 

"02.5" 
75 

5 
1,092 

Peterliead 

....do  .    

Dundee 

....do 

Peterhead 

i:{2 

292 
1,:!44 

1(> 
no 

1,419 
95 
148 
706 
11:5 
156 
824 
222 
()9 
9.") 

16 
115 

Dundee 

11  steamers 

5  ste.amers 

1!  sailers 

l,4:t6 

Peterliead 

....do 

Dundee 

Peterhead 

....do 

Dundee 

91 
153 

12  steamers 

(i  steamers 

2  sailers 

12  steamers 

5  steamers 

:?  sailers 

1:5  steamers 

729 

164 

900 

Peterhead 

....do  

Dundee^  (Ureenland   and 
Newfoundland). 

138 
94 

8.50 

•  And  645  white. 


tAnd  859  white. 


i  And  360  white.        i  And  700  white.        Ii  And  935  -white. 


I 


G24     fL  S.  (^onsul  McDoiufulVs  Report  on  Oils  ami  Jutv  at  Dundi'v. 

"  It  will  be  obHirrvcd  fioin  tho  above  «tatt'inoiit  that  the  wliohi  of  the  Ih'itiHb 
vcsHcls  enga^^ed  in  tlio  Davis  Htraits  and  Cireeidand  seal  and  whale  tiHlicries  now 
belong  to  this  ('onsular  district,  and  of  these  the  largest  nund)er  belong  to  Dun 
dee,  and  are  all  steamers  ;  indeed,  sailing-vesse's  are  (inite  the  ex(!ei»tion,  Peter- 
hca«l  being  the  only  i)ort  that  has  two  or  three  old  sailing-ships  which  go  to 
Greenland,  and  it  is  j)redictcd  that  in  the  course  of  a  year  or  two  these  will  either 
be  turned  into  screw-steamers  or  laid  aside  for  steam-vessels." 

2.  JUTK   TUADK. 

"  The  staple  industry  of  Dundee  and  neighborliood  is  the  nianulaeture  of  jute 
fabrics,  chietly  of  a  coarse  kind,  such  as  double  wrap-bagging,  sacking,  burlaps, 
&c.  The  bulk  of  the  Juto  used  hero  is  turned  into  this  class  of  goods,  or  yarns 
suitable  to  make  the  same  (these  yarns  being  mainly  exported  to  the  Eur«)pciiu 
Continental  factories,  to  be  there  woven  into  cloth),  and  the  balance  into  a  great 
variety  of  other  stuffs  of  a  finer  description,  called  duck-padding,  canvas,  carpets, 
hearth-rugH,  matting,  «&c. 

"The  introduction  of  Jute  into  Dundee  with  the  view  to  its  manufacture  was 
in  1823  or  early  in  1824 ;  but  the  first  experiments  made  with  it  were  not  satis- 
factory. Some  years  elapsed  before  any  further  attempts  were  tried  to  manipu- 
late the  fiber.  About  the  beginning  of  1832  repeated  efforts  were  made  to  over- 
come the  difticulties  in  spinning  jute  by  machinery,  and  by  i)erseverance,  skill, 
and  improved  machinery  these  obstacles  were  successfully  surmounted,  and  now 
Jute  manufacturing  has  risen  to  be  the  i)rincipal  business  in  this  town,  ami  has 
also  been  a  source  of  great  wealth  to  this  connrumity. 

"  The  first  noticeable  impetus  given  to  the  jute  trade  was  caused  by  the 
Russian  war  in  1854.  The  belligerents  on  both  sides  consumed  vast  quantities 
of  coarse  linens.  This,  together  with  the  supply  of  flax  from  that  country  being 
cut  oft',  created  a  strong  demand  for  jute  ntaterial  to  take  the  place  of  that  for- 
merly made  from  flax.  The  jute  trade  still  retains  in  a  great  measure  the  ad- 
vantage it  gained  at  this  time,  jute  fabrics,  by  their  cheapness  and  strength, 
having  permanently  supplanted  various  kinds  of  flax-cloth,  which  it  was  only 
considered  they  would  substitute  in  the  emergency.  The  profits  then  realized 
stimulated  enterprise  very  much,  and  led  to  the  erection  of  new  works  in  Dundee 
for  spinning  and  weaving  jute  exclusively  by  power,  and  to  substantial  additions 
to  those  works  already  in  existence. 

"  The  following  tables  show  how  many  jute  factories  there  were  in  the  United 
Kingdom  in  1862,  with  the  number  of  spindles,  power-looms,  amount  of  moving- 


U.  S  Consul  McDoupaWti  Report  on  Oils  and  Jute  at  Dundee.      ()2r) 


powor,  uiul  iiiiinbor  ofpcrNoiis  oiiiploycd.    It  will  be  obsorvetl  that  tuoat  of  tlicMc 
im;  ill  Dundee  uiul  distriet: 

Jute  FactoricH  in  180U  in  the  under-noted  countricn. 


Cimiitry. 

CuuDly. 

Nnmber  of  factories. 

Spindles. 

1 

1 

Aiiioiiiit  of  iiiov- 
iiiH  power. 

II 

rl 

33 

31 
27 
16 

Stoam. 

Water. 

Englund... 
Totul      . 

r^oFHet ...... - 

1 
1 

1 
1 

320 

(>0 

240 

12 
20 

18 
12 

Mid(llvHe.<c 

4 

020 

62 

lor 

SuoMiind... 
Total .... 

Forfar  (Dundeo  and  district). 

lianark  

Renfrew 

24 
2 

1 

28,094 
1,000 
1,444 

40(5 

4.S 
100 

1, 494 

153 

90 

20 
46' 

4,828 
216 
374 

27 

30, 538 

554 

1,737 

60 

5,418 

Ireland  — 
Total.... 

Antrim 

3 
2 

1,824 

194 

3a5 
57 

Down 

5 

1,824 

249 

442 

l(t7 

.5,  418 

442 

l^jiiif  liiiid . . . 

SUMMAUY. 

4 

27 
5 

620 

30,538 

1,824 

""'554' 

62 

1,7.37 

249 

60' 

Scotland ......  ..••..  <..... 

Total -  - -  - 

30 

32,982 

5.54 

2,048 

TO 

5, 967 

The  majority  of  the  workers  in  jute  fsictorics  are  females,  some  boys ;  and  a 
few  men  to  act  as  overseers,  mauagers,  and  mechanics  are  also  employed. 
Mi  The  remarkable  progress  the  trade  made  from  1838  to  1860  is  exhibited  by 
the  following  note  of  the  imports  of  jute  in  three  years  into  Dundee.  It  will  be 
noticed  that  in  1855,  the  year  after  the  outbreak  of  the  Russian  war,  the  increase 
is  extraordinary,  and  that  the  subsequent  years  show  also  a  steady  increase. 
S.  Ex.  27 40 


626      U.  S.  Consul  McThngalVs  Report  on  Oils  and  Jute  at  Dundee. 

'Jute  imported  into  Dundee. 


Years, 

By  8ca. 

By  rail. 
Tons. 

Total. 

1838 

Tom. 

1, 136 

2, 411 

2,745 

2, («51 

2, 740 

4,858 

5,515 

8,313 

9,230 

0, 9(50 

8,885 

7,946 

6,335 

7, 386 

9,874 

8, 1()5 

0,224 

12, 333 

16,948 

8,158 

13,828 

21,(583 

22,829 

Ttms. 

1839 

1840 

1841 

1842 

1843 

1844 

1845 

1840 

1847     ... 

1848 

•<6 

4, 190 

7,745 

9,542 

7,109 

7,235 

10, '366 

13,5(51 

14,083 

10, 184 

16,258 

16,722 

14, 136 

8,905 
12, 142 
14,080 
t(i,928 
16,983 
15,  4(M» 
16,590 
25, 894 
31,031 
24, 342 
30, 08(i 
38, 405 
36, 9(5.5 

1849.      .             

1850 

1851 

1852 

ia53 

1854 

1855 

1856 

1857 

1858 

1859 

1860 

"The  enormous  consumption  of  coarse  goods  by  both  armies  in  the  American 
war,  18(51-'65,  gave  the  next  market  stimnhis  to  the  Jute  trade.  The  prices  ob- 
tained during  this  warfor  jute  goods  were  unprecedented  in  the  history  of  tlie  trade, 
and  they  have  never  since  been  so  high,  and  those  engaged  in  the  trade  during 
this  i)eriod  were  thus  enabled  to  amass  handsome  fortunes.  Tlie  prosperity  gave 
the  trade  a  linn  footing  in  Dundee,  and  induced  spinners  and  manufacturers  to 
build  more  new  works  and  to  go  on  making  additions  to  the  old  ones.  I  cannot 
give  you  the  exjict  number  of  jute  factories,  &c.,  in  operation  at  the  end  of  the 
American  war,  but  the  next  statement  proves  that  there  must  have  been  a  most 
favorable  increase  of  jute  machinery  in  these  few  years,  when  it  is  understood 
that  the  greater  proportion  of  the  total  increase  here  shown  refers  to  the  jute 
trade,  and  almost  solely  in  this  locrJity." 


U.  S.  Consul  McDoiKjalVs  Report  on  Oils  and  Jute  at  Dundee.     f)27 
Return  oJ'Ji(u',JHte,  and  hemp /actor ica  in  Scotland,  September,  1867. 


Districts. 

Number     o  f 
works. 

Nominal 
horse-power. 

Number    o  f 
spindles. 

0  a 
a  tj 

ii,:{29 

5,o;j8 
i,:i48 

1 

3 

3  2 
(2 

Forfarshire  (Dundee  and  district) 

108 

51 

17 

5 

1 

7,715 
2,691 

847 

74 

785 

278,564 

74, 1)58 

21,064 

2, 81'-i 

16,814 

46,571 
11,579 

:!,740 
120 

2, 175 

Fifeshiro 

FertLshiro 

Kincardineshire 

Aberdeen 

Total  

428 

182 
15 

12, 112 

2, 840 

:i9:i,9i8 
'.r.i.  iu;i 

1M,143 
1,774 

61, 1K-. 

l:(,oio 

Other  parts  of  Scotland 

Grand  total 

197 
192 

14,952       487.579 

19,917 

8,  .520 

77, 195 
:f9,562 

(jiran<l  total  in  1862 

:u2,2:i9 

Increnae  

5 

175,  :mo 

ii,:i97 

;{7,c:{;i 

"After  the  American  war  terminated  the  trade  returned  more  to  its  normal 
condition,  but  still  kept  on  flourishing  to  1873  on  account  of  general  trade  through- 
out the  world  being  vigorous.  So  rapid  had  been  the  advancement  of  the  trade 
in  tlie  years  1802  to  1873,  that  in  this  last  year  it  was  estimated  there  were  upward 
of  100  jute  factories  in  Dundee  and  immediate  vicinity,  emi)loying  from  00,000  to 
05,000  hands.  I  hero  give  a  table  of  the  amount  of  the  horse-power  in  the  flax, 
hemp,  and  jute  mills  and  factorit^t.  in  Dundee  alone  in  the  years  stated.  The  jute- 
works  may  be  credited  with  a  large  share  of  the  increase  shown  from  the  years 
1800  to  1874 : 

Horse-power  of  mills  and  factories  in  Dundee. 

Uorso- 
power. 

In  1808 6:{ 

In  1820 Ill 

In  1832 805 

In  1860 4,782 

In  1867 7,032 

In  1874 10,000 

"  Up  to  1873  most  of  the  jute  consumed  in  the  United  Kingdom  was  in  and 
around  Dundee,  but  the  manufacture  had  now  begun  to  extend  in  different  places 
in  this  coui.-.^-^,  on  the  Continent  of  Europe,  and  more  especially  in  Calcutta  and 
other  parts  of  India.  This  competition  (particularly  that  of  Calcutta),  combined 
with  th«!  financial  panic  in  the  United  States  in  the  autumn  of  1873,  gave  the 
trade  a  severe  check,  and  it  has  continued  very  depressed  ever  since,  with  prices 


628      U.  S  Consul  McDougalVs  Report  on  Oils  and  Jute  at  Dundee. 


at  tho  lowest  point,  and  in  the  principal  portion  of  the  trade  unquestionably 
unrcmunerative. 

"it  is  affirmed  that  had  it  not  been  for  the  large  sums  accumulated  by  tho 
manufacturers  in  the  ten  years  of  good  trade  previous  to  1873,  great  commercial 
disaster  must  have  been  the  inevitable  consequence  of  the  very  unprofitable  state 
of  the  trade  here  during  the  last  three  or  four  years. 

"Among  those  manufacturers  who  entered  into  the  trade  in  1873-'74,  when 
trade  was  beginning  to  decline,  and  who  consequently  did  not  reap  any  of  the 
good  profits  yielded  in  former  years,  there  have  been  many  failures.  I  have 
again  to  quote  from  my  annual  repor*^  for  this  year : 

"  So  bad  has  the  trade  been  considered,  that  many  manufacturers  have  found 
it  more  for  their  interests  to  close  their  works  entirely  than  to  go  on  making  goods 
at  an  absolute  loss. 

"  The  chief  local  newspaper  says  there  are  at  present  standing  idle  in  Dun- 
dee and  district  12  mills  and  factories  employing  3,400  hands,  7  mills  employing 
1,770  hands,  4  factories  emjjloying  070  hands.  Total,  23  mills  and  factories  and 
5,840  hands. 

"  Seven  of  these  works  have  been  closed  through  the  suspension  of  the  firms, 
but  the  majority  have  been  stopped  voluntarily,  by  the  owners  wishing  to  with- 
draw from  losing  concerns  and  others  from  the  want  of  orders  for  the  special  class 
of  goods  manufactured  by  them.  A  number  of  these  works  ceased  working  six 
months  ago ;  some  as  far  back  as  the  end  of  187G.  Jfearly  the  whole  of  the  works 
still  in  operation  are  running  with  fewer  hands  than  at  this  time  last  year ;  one 
firm  alone  having  600  less." 

"So  that  the  number  of  mills  and  factories  in  Dundee  and  district  '«  now 
approximated  at  from  70  to  80,  employing  from  50,000  to  60,000  liands  making  Jute 
goods. 

"Without  doubt  the  great  production  of  jute  fabrics  in  Calcutta  for  the  last 
two  or  three  years  has  been  the  main  cause  of  the  extreme  depression  of  the  trade 
here.  At  any  rate,  Calcutta  is  now  the  most  powerful  competitor  with  Dundee,  as 
three  or  four  of  the  largest  jute-works  in  other  parts  of  the  United  Kingdom  have 
recently  stopped  working,  and  those  in  other  towns  throughout  the  country  are 
working  with  less  hands,  thus  reducing  the  competition  in  this  country  with  Dun- 
dee to  a  minimum. 

"  Calcutta  is  represented  as  having  20  mills,  4,786  looms;  80  per  cent,  of  the 
spindles  and  looms  are  on  double-warp  bagging  and  sacking  and  20  per  cent,  on 
Hessian  or  burlap  cloth.    These  figures  show  that  Calcutta  is  a  formidable  rival 


U.  S.  Consul  McDougaWs  Report  on  Oils  and  Jute  at  Dundee.      629 

to  Dundee  in  the  manufacture  of  the  coarse  stuffs  on  the  nialiing  of  which  this 
town  has  always  relied.  An  iuiraense  quantity  of  this  quality  of  cloth  is  produced 
in  this  locality,  three-fifths  of  the  mills  and  factories  having  machinery  only 
adapted  for  spinning  the  yarns  for  and  weaving  this  cloth." 

Tlie  Calcutta  manufacturers  are  in  the  mean  time  underselling  Dundee  in  the 
Australian,  Egyptian,  and  Californian  markets.  Of  the  last-named  place,  by  far 
the  most  important  of  the  three,  Dundee  once  had  the  monopoly  of  the  business. 
The  total  value  of  the  jute-bags  exported  there,  declared  to  at  this  consulate,  was, 
for  the  four  quarters  of  the  years  ending  30th  September,  1875, 1870,  and  1877,  as 
follows : 


one 


Quarter  ending — 

Total  for  the 

year. 

December  31, 

March  31. 

June  30. 

September  30. 

1875 

$335,  440  19 
23, 053  24 

$137, 960  78 
94,610  65 

$;f,686  01 
207,886  44 

$11, 586  67 
39, 008  90 

$488, 673  65 
424,  C59  23 

1876 

lucreaso 

264, 200  43 

27, 4-22  23 

'"64,"ii4'4'y 

Decrease 

1876 

1877 

312, 383  95 

43,:i50  13 

•23,053  24 
21,456  71 

94, 010  65 
6, '229  -23 

21)7,886  44 
2,8;{5  33 

31»,  008  90 
1, 3.^0  99 

4-24,  .059  '23 
31,872  '26 

1 

Deciviiso 

Decrease  in  1876 

Total  decrease  iu 

i,596  53 

83,381  42 

205,051  11 

37,057  91 

392,686  97 
64,114  42 

the  two  years 

1876  and  1877.. 

456,801  39 

"  This  demonstrates  that  at  the  moment  Dundee  has  entirely  lost  control  of 
this  splendid  outlet  for  its  goods.  Of  course  some  allowance  for  this  almost  incred- 
ible decrease  may  be  attributed  to  the  encouragement  the  San  Francisco  sack- 
sewers  have  in  the  difference  of  10  per  cent,  in  the  tariff  iu  favor  of  burlaps,  which 
they  make  into  bags  on  the  spot.  But  even  iu  this  way  Dundee  is  not  compen- 
sated for  the  serious  loss  (as  shown  by  this  statement)  it  has  sustained,  as  the  bag- 
makers  get  large  parcels  of  the  cloth  they  use  from  Calcutta,  which  source,  it  is 
beyond  question,  nuist  now  be  supplying  California,  Oregon,  and  the  Western 
States  with  millions  of  bags  and  thousands  of  pieces  of  cloth  yearly  which  for- 
merly came  from  this  quarter." 

To  give  an  idea  of  the  connection  Dundee  has  with  the  United  States  in  the 
jute  trade,  I  submit  an  "  extract  of  my  detailed  statement  of  exports  from  this 
Consular  district  to  the  United  States  for  the  four  quarters  of  the  year  ending 


030      U.  S  (Consul  McDotu/aWs  Report  on  Oils  at  '  Jute  at  Dundee. 

30th  September,  1877,"  wliich  hIiows  a  marked  decrease  during  that  period.  I 
Jiave  also  added  the  decrease  for  187G,  which  makes  an  enormous  lalliug-off  in 
just  two  years.  I  may  mention  that  four-fifths  of  the  total  valuation  is  for  jute 
goods  of  every  sort,  but  generally  of  a  coarse  quality. 

Abstract. 


Quarter  ending — 


Total  at  Dundee  for  i 

1877 ai,  037,811  87 

Total   at  Aberdeen 


for  1877. 


Total  from  district 
for  1877 

Total  from  district 
for  1876 


49, 1C9  40 


Increase 

Decrease 

Decrease  in  187C 


1,083,981  87 
1,101,294  S.'i 


14, 313  08 


1,175,239  41 
30, 500  93 


1,205,740  .34 

1,459,987  48 


254,241  14 


.June  30.        September  30. 


Total  for  the 
year. 


81.154,500  08  ^1,302,977  08 
3^^,  134  89  37, 182  40 


4,070,594  44 
154,993  08 


1,192,700  97 
1,782,089  49 


1,340,1.-9  .'•4 
1, 129, 172  38 


589, 98S  52 


210,987  10 


Total  decrease  in  the  two  years  1876  and  1877  . 


4, 825,  .588  12 
5, 473, 143  70 


047,  .5.55  7-S 
520,709  07 


1,174,3:25  25 


"  I  have  also,  at  this  point,  to  note  the  fact  that  a  large  proportion  of  the 
total  value  of  these  exports  is  for  goods  (burlaps  principally)  sent  to  tlie  United 
States  on  consignment  instead  of  on  actual  sale.  This  has  come  about  by  the 
American  firms  who  are  represented  here  by  their  own  houses  or  agents  declining 
to  purchase.  Manufacturers  have  thereby  been  compelled  to  ship  their  mertrluui- 
dise  themselves  to  keep  their  establishments  moving  and  from  acquiring  stock. 
Business  being  thus  forced  has  had  a  disastrous  eifect  on  prices  in  the  United 
States,  and  the  account  sales  hav'e  advised  in  these  cases  a  wide  discrepancy 
between  the  prices  realized  and  the  actual  cost  thereof." 

By  again  turning  to  the  importation  of  jute  into  Dundee  from  1861  to  1877 
(former  statement  left  oflf  at  1860)  a  glance  at  the  undernoted  statement  will  .show 
how  the  trade  has  developed  in  these  years. 


U.  S  Consul  McDoiujalVs  Iteport  on  Oils  and  Jute  at  Dundee.     631 


Total  quantity  of  jute  imported  into  Dundee. 


[■or  the 

U". 

594  44 

91)3  08 

588  12 
143  70 

555 'm' 
769  (37 

3J5  -25 

Wis 

i 


18C1 

186-2 

1863 

1864 

1865 

18613 

1867 

1868 

1869 

1870  

1871 

187:2 

1873  

1874 

1875 

1876 ... 

1877  (from  Ist  January  to  3l8t  October,  1877) 


a 
fee  . 

u 

99 


Tons. 
468 
402 

6,997 
12, 173 
11,425 

4,507 
10,156 

5,437 
27,844 
30, 537 
66, 872 
91,276 
102, 133 
81, 746 
92,844 
95, 715 
72, 120 


a 
o 

toe 

a  o 


t3 
O 


Tons. 
17,456 
19, 423 
25,276 
23, 371 
43,912 
28,784 
36,546 
35,069 
36, 347 
43, 311 
27, 736 
32, 390 
37,790 
33, 190 
20, 067 
21,824 
15,921 


I  i 

<u   rf 

32 

ii^ 

jso  is 

13 

=  0  o 

«f^te 

H 

Tons. 

Tons. 

17,792 

35,716 

18, 452 

38,277 

14,710 

46,983 

20, 860 

56, 404 

16, 365 

71,702 

18, 888 

52, 179 

16,970 

63,672 

17,968 

58,474 

18, 188 

82, 379 

7,862 

81,740 

8,236 

102, 844 

3, 524 

127, 190 

3,227 

143, 150 

2, 439 

117, 375 

1,019 

113,930 

1,032 

118,571 

114 

88,155 

This  statement  shows  that  the  jute  imported  into  Dundee  reached  the  maxi- 
mum in  1873.  It  also  shows  that  the  quantity  brought  direct  from  Calcutta  is 
considerably  under  the  amount  brought  in  1873,  in  the  years  1874, 1875,  and  187G. 

The  total  arrivals  of  vessels  from  Calcutta  at  Dundee  from  the  Ist  January 
to  1st  October,  of  this  year  (1877),  were  44  ships,  bringing  00,171  tons  jute,  equal 
to  401,802  bales.  The  arrivals  during  the  same  period  in  187G  were  57  ships,  bring- 
ing 78,921  tons  jute,  equal  to  527,046  bales,  exhibiting  a  falling  off"  on  the  nine 
mouths'  arrivals  of  13  ships,  bringing  18,750  tons  jute,  equal  to  125,244  bales. 
Nor  is  there  any  prospect  of  the  decrease  being  made  up  during  the  three  months 
of  the  year  still  to  run.  From  latest  advices,  1  find  that  there  are  at  sea  bound  to 
Dundee  3  jute  vessels  of  4,311  tons,  and  loading  or  chartered  at  Calcutta  23  of 
31,324  tons.  The  ■whole  of  the  vessels  at  sea  are  likely  to  arrive  before  December 
31.  Of  the  ships  chartered  or  loatliiig,  3  steamships  of  3,847  register  tons  and 
5,995  tons  gross,  will  also  in  all  probability  arrive  before  the  close  of  the  year. 
The  total  probable  arrivals  direct  from  Calcutta  for  1877  may,  therefore,  be  set 
down  at  50  ships  of  08,329  tons  register. 

Taking  the  vessels  arrived,  sailed,  and  chartered,  and  (!om]>aring  them  with 
last  year,  they  stand  thus :  1870, 90  ships  of  120,139  tons ;  1877,  70  ships  of  95,800 


632      U.  8.  Consul  McDougalVs  Report  on  Oils  mid  Jute  at  Dundee. 


tons;  decrease,  20  ships  of  30,U33  tons.    This  not  only  speaks  of  a  bad  current 
year,  but  promises  very  poorly  for  1878. 

It  is  impossible  to  get  the  total  yards  of  jute  manufactures  or  tlie  number  of 
jute  bags  made  mat  are  sent  from  Dundee,  the  returns  of  the  Harbor  Board  and 
riaihvay  companies  being  so  kept  that  they  only  show  the  total  of  all  nmnufac- 
tures,  including  linen  and  jute  manufactures  of  every  kind,  and  yarns,  bags,  &c. 
But  the  extent  and  importance  of  the  trade  can  be  judged  from  the  following 
tables,  compiled  by  me  from  the  British  Board  of  Trade  retuiiis  and  other  official 
statements.  The  year  1854  is  the  first  year  jute  is  given  as  an  article  of  import 
into  the  United  Kingdom  in  the  above-mentioned  returns.  Before  that  time  it 
was  included  among  "  Hemp  and  other  like  substances."  The  quantity  of  jute 
exported  was  not  given  till  1801.  For  comparison,  I  give  the  qnantity  of  jute 
imported  into  Dundee,  the  amounts  being  the  same  as  in  the  preceding  tables, 
but  only  changed  into  hundredweights  to  suit  these  Tables. 


Total  (juantity  and  value  of  the  jute  im- 
ported into'tho  United  Kingdom 

Total  quantity  of  juteimportcd  into  Dun- 
dee, consumed  there  and  in  tlic  district . 

Balance  left  for  consumption  claewhcro 
or  export 


1854. 


1853. 


1830. 


Quantity. 


dots. 
481,  733 
331, 800 


149, 933 


SS'^X^i^  Q-tity. 


SiT^-tt    Q-tity. 


£553, 903 


CwU. 
539,  297 
517,  880 


£447, 107 


Cwls. 
731, 003 
02 ',  020 


21, 417 


110,  473 


Computed 
real  value. 


£012, 290 


Total  quantity  and  value  of  the  juto  imported  into  the  United 
Kingdom      . . 

Total  (luanlitv  of  jute  imported  into  Dundee,  consumed  there 
and  in  the  district.   


1857. 


Quantity. 


Cwts. 
C18, 833 
480,  840 


Dalance  left  for  consumption  elsewhere  orexport. 


131, 903 


Comput<?d 
real  value. 


1858. 


Q-»t''>-  s?:;/:J 


£040, 336 


CwU. 
738,  085 
001,  720 


£019, 008 


130, 305 


1850. 

1800. 

Quantity. 

Computed 
real  value. 

Quantity. 

Computed 
real  valne. 

Total  quantity  and  value  of  the  jute  imported  into  the  United 
Kingdom  

Total  quantity  of  jute  imported  into  Dundee,  consumed  there 
and  in  the  district 

Cwta. 
1, 001, 288 
70S,  100 

£700, 383 

Cw'-s. 
810,  787 
730,  300 

£660, 913 

nnhincc  left  for  consumption  elsewhere  or  export 

203, 188 

77,  487 

U.  S  Consul  McBougaWs  Report  on  Oils  and  Jute  at  Dumlec.     C33 


1801.                  1                 1802. 

Quantity. 

""Z^^  «"''""'>•• 

Computed 
value. 

Total  quantity  and  valuo  of  Juto  importod  into  tbo  TJnited 
Kingdom 

Total  quantity  and  value  of  Jute  exported  from  tlio  United 
Kinguom 

Cwis. 
904, 002 
80,071 

! 

!      Cwts. 

£709,801  i        0011,774 

08,490           1 14,^00 

£030, 034 
110,580 

Leaving  in  the  United  Kingdom               ... 

817, 121 
714,  a20 

041  471  :        84!)  U75  1         S90  (I4S  1 

Total  quantity  of  jute  imported  into  Dundee,  eonsumed  tlioro 
and  in  the  district .... 

70.')  540 

■         1 

1 

Lialance  left  for  consumption  in  other  places  of  tho  United 

102,801 

83,805    

•        1                      1 

Total  quantity  and  value  of  juto  imported  iuto  tlio  United 
Kingdom 

Total  (juantity  and  valuo  of  jute  exported  from  tho  United 
Kingdom 


Leaving  in  the  United  Kingdom 

Total  (luautity  of  jute  imported  into  Dundee,  consumed  there 
and  in  the  district 


Ualanee  left  for  consumption  in  other  places  of  tlio  United 
Kingdom,  or  for  exiiort  next  year 


1863. 


Quantity. 


Cwts. 
1,223,033 
105, 034 


Computed 
value. 


£1,  525, 900 
200, 352 


1804. 


Quantity. 


Computed 
value. 


Cwti. 
2, 024, 537 
270, 0»0  I 


£2, 192, 408 
292,  598 


1,  057, 3M 
030,  COO 


117, 739 


1,310,044  i     1,704,447!     1,899,  UOU 
I     1,128,080  I 


620,  367  i . 


1865. 


Quantity. 


Total  (luontity  and  value  of  jute  imported  into  tho  United 
Kingdom      ..    . 

Total  quantity  and  valuo  of  jute  exported  from  the  United 
Kingdom  


Cwtt. 
2, 108, 942 
417, 981 


Leaving  in  the  United  Kingdom |     1, 090, 901 

Total  quantity  of  jute  imported  into  Dundee,  consumed  there  I 
and  in  the  district.   '     1,434,040 

Ualanee  left  for  consumption  in  other  places  of  tho  United 
Kingdom,  or  for  export  next  year 


Computed 
value. 


1866. 


Quantity.     Comjjute-i 


£1, 774, 002 
351,801 


Cwta.      [ 
1,625,003    £1,470,244 
410,352  I        378,180 


1,423,191  1     1,209,551  ,     1,008,058 

1                        1 
I     1,043,580  I 


250,921 


165, 071 


1867. 


1868. 


j  Quantity. 


Cwts. 
Total  quantity  and  valuo  of  juto  imported  into  tho  United 

Kingdom      ' 1,582,611 

Total  quantity  and  valuo  of  jute  exported  from  tho  United  i 

Kingdom... 366,793 


^';Xe.'''^Q'-'"J- 


j       Cuts. 
£1, 414, 321  ;     2, 182,  521 
327,057  i        415,200 


Leaving  in  tho  United  Kingdom I     1,215,818  1    1,087,264'     1,707,255 

Total  quantity  of  jute  imported  into  Dundee,  consumed  there                       I  I 

and  in  the  district I     1,273,440  j 1    1,109,480 

Balance  left  for  consumption  in  other  places  of  tho  United 
Kingdom,  or  for  export  next  year 


Computed 
value. 


£1,936,230  I 

I 

368,549  , 


1,507,681 


*57, 622 


597,  775 


•  Taken  from  previous  year's  stock  left 


634     U.  S.  Consul  McDougaWs  Eeport  on  Oils  and  Jute  at  Dundee. 


Total  quautity  and  valuo  of  Juto  iinpoi'tcd  into  tlio  United 
jd< 


Total  quantity  and  valuo  of  Jute  exported  from  the  United 
•    ;d( 


Kingdom . 

Total  quant 

Kingdom. 

I^eaving  in  tlio  United  Kingdom  

Total  quantity  of  juto  imported  into  Dundee,  vonsumcd  there 
and  in  the  district 


Balance  left  for  consumption  in  other  places  of  the  United 
Kingdom,  or  for  export  next  year 


Total  quaotity  and  value  of  jute  imported  into  the  United 
Kingdom 

Total  quautity  and  value  of  Jute  exported  from  tho  United 
Kingdom 

Leaving  in  tho  United  Kingdom 

Total  quantity  of  jute  imported  into  Dundee,  consumed  there 
and  in  tlie  district 


1860. 


1870. 


Quantity. 


Cwti. 
2, 407,  817 
4ia,  1)52 


Computed 
value. 


£2, 143, 100 
358, 758 


Quantity. 


Cwla. 
2, 370,  flOU 
425,  712 


2,0,')3,805  !     1,784,342  1     1,050,1178 


1,  047,  580 


406,285 


1,  034,  800 


310, 178 


Computed 
value. 


£2,  320,  010 
410,  813 


1,010,007 


1871. 


Quantity. 


Cwta. 
3, 45-     20 
57.-),  177 


Ralnnce  left  for  consumption  in  other  places  of  tho  United 
Kingdom,  or  for  export  next  year 


2,  878, 043 
2,  050,  880 


Computed 
value. 


£3,  720, 735 
650,431 


3,  070,  304 


822,  003 


1872. 


Quantity. 

Ctots. 
4, 041, 018 
755, 120 


3,  28,"),  808 
2,  543, 800 


742, 008 


Declared 
value. 


a:  054,008 
724,  050 


3,  230,  030 


Total  mumtity  and  value  of  jute  imported  into  the  United 
Kingdom  .   .. 


Total  quantity  and  value  of  jute  exported  from   tho  United 
Kingdom 


Leaving  in  the  United  Kingdom 

Total  quantity  of  juto  impoi'ted  into  Dundee,  consumed  there 
and  in  tho  district 


Balance  left  for  conauniption  in  other  places  of  the  United 
Kingdom,  or  for  export  next  year 


1873. 


1874. 


Quantity. 


Owts. 
4, 024, 018 
700, 344 


3, 834,  574 
2,  803,  000 


071. 574 


Dci'lared 
value. 


Quantity. 


£3, 010, 080 
040, 880 


CwU. 
4,  270, 104 
710,  031 


2,  970, 100  I     3,  553,  533 
2,347,500 


1, 200,  C33 


Declared 
value. 


£3,  553, 170 
003,  010 


2,  940,  500 


1875. 


Quautity.  |    »«« 


'       Cwts. 
Total  quantity  and  valuo  of  jute  imported  into  the  United  '  ' 

Kingdom        3,410,017    £2,575,512 


Total  quantity  and  value  of  jute  exported  from  the  United 
Kingdom 

Leaving  in  tho  United  Kingdom  

Total  (juantitv  of  jute  imported  into  Dundee,  consumed  there 
and  in  the  district  


1, 050, 380 


708, 140 


2,  300,  228       1,  777,  3G0 
2,278,600  I 


Balance  left  for  consumption  in  other  places  of  tho  United  i 

Kingdom,  or  for  export  next  year j         87, 628    . 


1870. 


Quantity. 


CivU. 
3, 825, 259 
033, 007 


2, 801,. 502 
2,  371, 420 


520, 172 


Dechxrcd 
value. 


£2, 81)4, 597 
704, 904 


2,  009,  093 


IJ  S.  Consul  McDougaWs  licport  on  Oils  and  Jute  at  Dundee.     GUi) 
Quantity  and  value  of  Jute  manufactures  exported  from  the  United  Kimjdom. 


Year, 


Yarn. 


Quantity. 


Poundn. 

18(il I  7,047,217 

18Cii 0,01.5,882 

1863 1  7,:«)1,H^ 

1804 5,4it7,00:{ 

1865 1  4,944,230 

18()() 7,701,391 

1867 7,520,911 

1808.  '     ^ 

1809. 

1870. 

1871. 

1872. 


8, 108, 101 

8,041,082 

12, 609, 948 

13,710,9,57 

12,71.5,909 

1873  12,203,805 

1874 15,724,988 

1875 15,942,018 

1876 1  16,709.239 


Declared 
value. 


£85,126 
9(i,  l!-,2 
154,018 
114,  .503 
82, 141 
128,704 
117,028 
120, 045 
12(i,  091 
190, 465 
262, 057 
201,239 
2(M),  521 
245,784 
225, 836 
226, 813 


Manufactures. 


Quiiutily. 


Yards. 

6, 519, 253 

6,959,189 

11,034,412 

13,910,717 

15, 400,  4,59 

19, 394, 926 

20,74.5,187 

43,  081,  332 

CO,  127, 8.53 

.51,920,808 

62, 310, 463 

84,452,4.57 

95, 935, 108 

112,810,415 

101, 105, 579 

120,813,966 


Declared 
vuluo. 


£127,031 

133, 149 

243,  379 

350, 7()4 

311,540 

301,8.57 

455, 396 

706, 966 

742, 801 

789, 0.57 

1,026,759 

1, 486, 484 

1,. 590, 850 

1, 079, 70(i 

1,404,997 

1,5.58,250 


liugH, 


Quantity. 


Declared 
value. 


DozeiiH. 

642,  848 

802, 095 

894. 436 

971,871 

1, 1.37, 862 

l,2y0,<)77 

1,675,321 

2, 144,  r,93 

2, 375,  865 

2, 477,  334 

2,897,676 

3,  (i85,  092 

4,430,418 

4,700,7.59 

3,680,073 

4,020,211 


£307, 583 

388,724 

555,282 

749, 422 

690, 291 

681,  445 

751,369 

800,  .543 

94(i,  378 

913, 042 

1,206,021 

1.627,026 

1,913,153 

1 ,  7r(>,  002 

1,264,308 

1,211,728 


By  far  the  largest  proportion  of  tliese  exports  are  manufactured  in  Dundee 
and  district,  and  it  must  be  remembered  that  these  figures  do  not  include  the 
home-trade  consumption,  which  is  very  large  indeed. 

The  next  table  gives  an  estimate  of  the  jute  consumption  in  manufacture  in 
Dundee  alone  in  the  years  named : 

Tons. 

In  1836 300 

In  184G 9, 200 

In  185G  31,000 

In  1800 50, 000 

In  1873  130, 793 

The  great  expansion  of  the  jute  trade  has  benefited  the  varied  interests  of 
this  town,  the  harbor  finances  being  considerably  augmented  within  the  last  ten 
years  by  the  direct  importation  of  jute  during  that  period.  The  increased  rev- ' 
enue  thus  derived  has  i)laced  the  Harbor-Commissioners  in  a  position  to  expend  a 
large  amount  of  money  in  making  the  docks  and  the  entrance  thereto  suitable 
for  the  entry  of  the  largest  vessels  into  this  port,  and  in  building  warehouses 
and  providing  every  facility  for  the  discharge  of  the  jute  cargoes ;  in  fact,  every- 
thing has  been  done  to  encourage  this  direct  trade  with  India.  The  statement 
below  furnishes  evidence  that  the  improvements  on  the  harb(«-  an<l  the  ample 


Tll  p  «  — ■•^,1  ^«\ 


f)3G     U.  S.  Consul  McDougalVs  Report  on  Oils  ami  Jttte  at  Dundee. 


dock  accoininodation  whicli  has  been  opened  up  in  late  ycjira  have  had  a  i)ow- 

erfiil  infiuence  in  fostering  the  direct  importation  of  jnte,  whicli  took  a  sudden 

start  in  186,3,  the  effect  indubitably  of  the  healthy  state  of  the  trade  in  that 

year.    I  may  mention  here  that  all  the  American  vessels  that  come  into  this  port 

bring  jute  cargoes : 

Jute  vessels  arrived  in  Dundee. 


Year. 


ISliO 

I8(il  

18G2 

181)3 

1804 

1865 

IBGC... 

18(57 

1368 

18CD. 

1870 

1871  

1872 

187:5 

1874 

1875 

1876 

1877  (to  September  3) 


Number  «i" 

vessels. 


1 
1 
1 

8 
15 
10 

5 
10 

5 
28 
26 
57 
77 
81 

62 
62 
63 
44 


Registered 
touiiage. 


IJiiles. 


576 
576 

7,778 
12,735 
11,489 

4,990 
11,080 

5, 960 
^9. 552 
30,  317 
69, 690 
94,4.')0 
101, 446 

77, 401 
83, 252 
87,540 
00, 171 


850 


207, 208 
473, 097 
649,677 
709, 871 

523, 197 
573, 230 
582,249 
401,802 


As  showing  how  much  the  harbor  revenue  has  increased  by  the  wise  policy 
referred  to  adopted  by  the  commissioners,  I  submit  this  list : 

Harbor  dues  of  Dundee,  Scotland. 

In  1821 ^«.00« 

111  1841 18,443 

Iul858 25,420 

Iul868 32,321 

Inl873 44,000 

1111875 45,234 

The  next  two  statements  show  the  increase  in  ])opulatiou  and  value  rent  of 
real  property  in  Dundee  in  the  years  given,  chiefly  the  result  of  the  great  develop- 
ment of  the  jute  trade:  


Population  of  Dundee. 


lulBOl  27,396 

1841 04,629 

1661 91,511 

1871 118,977 


Value  rent  of  real  property  in  Dundee. 


In  1858   £194,690 

1868 368,734 

1873 491,151 

1875-'76 572,168 


-;  i^,i-r;'jr-j«^-..^ 


U.  S.  Consul  McDouyaWs  lieport  on  Oils  and  Jute  at  Dundee.     G37 

The  facts  and  figures  I  have  given  clearly  indicate  that  the  jute  trade  within 
the  last  thirty  or  forty  years  has  advanced  to  bo  a  most  valuable  branch  of  in- 
dustry in  this  country,  and  also  that  this  trade  has  contributed  not  a  little  to  the 
commercial  importance  of  the  nation.  It  has  been  shown  that  the  trade  lias  been 
stagnant  here  for  the  past  three  years,  but  it  is  thought  at  last  the  prospects  of 
the  trade  are  beginning  to  look  brighter;  prices  are  better  and  firm,  inquiries 
having  been  more  active  during  the  last  month.  It  is  averred,  however,  that  this 
improvement  is  not  tangible,  but  created  by  speculation  on  the  market,  and  that 
this  fictitious  demand  will  likely  soon  pass  over  and  leave  the  business  as  lifeless 
as  before.  This  belief,  however,  is  not  universal,  as  one  small  jute  work  which 
has  been  stopped  has  been  started  again  last  week,  and  it  is  rumored  that  i)ortionH 
of  the  idle  machinery  in  the  jute  factories  that  are  working  have  been  recently 
set  agoing. 

Advices  from  America  of  the  restoration  of  mercantile  confidence  and  soun<l 
trade,  it  is  believed,  will  be  the  commencement  of  good  trade  for  Dundee,  seeing 
the  connection  it  has  with  the  United  States,  and  this  is  adduced  as  a  reason  for 
setting  the  closed  works  and  idle  machinery  again  in  motion.  I  tnist,  for  the 
mutual  welfare  of  both  countries,  these  hopes  may  bo  fully  realized. 
I  am,  sir,  your  obedient  servant, 

MATTHEW  MoDOUGALL, 

Consul, 
Hon.  F.  W.  Seward, 

Assistant  Secretary  of  State,  Washington,  D.  C. 


..r      J..   .^^^'J^.T         ■■       ^■./.i.-^Jli-.i     .ll.l.t      I.    .  >V 


IIVDEX. 


AKloo.gpal,  137,  ir.l,  ira,  U'A). 

Ail-loo-la  (Cro/,i..r),  108,  Srif),  ST)?,  397,  40«,  415, 

4liO,  r.H!)-r)!)4,  (ifX). 
Ak-koo-lcp  (Conimitti-e  Bay),  sea  of,  252,  204, 

:u(i,  :w:!. 
Alien,  William.     Ltilti-r  to  Tlionias  Peiin  lor  tho 

Philadelphia  Antic  Kxiiloration  of  1752,  xli, 

xlii. 
Anicrican  P^xpcditioim  for  the  Northwest  Pas- 

Hagc,  xxxix-xlv;  for  the  ri^lief  of  Frankliu, 

xiii,  xxxi,  xxxiv. 
Amherst.  Island  vi.sited,  349. 
Amitoke,  Hall's  visit  to,  2!K). 
AnnisementH,  Innnit,  95, 9(!,  218. 
An^ell,  R.,  invites  Hall  to  leetnre,  24. 
Ankoofing  practiced,  03,82,92, 101, 102, 112, 117, 
144, 188, 242-244, 248, 2(10, 282,  303,  3(53, 591, 
(iOl. 
Andromeda  Tt^trngona,  (i5,  178,  42ti. 
Antoine  hired  by  Hall,  325 ;  diHcharged,  362. 
Anthony,  Hon.  H.  B.,  invites  Hall  to  leetnre,  24. 
Ar-ela,  a  strange  animal  reported,  105. 
Arctic  anthoritles.     Tables  of  1818-18C0,  xlvi-l. 
Argo,  the  voyages  of,  in  1753  and  1754,  xxxix- 

xliii. 
Ar-mou,  ()3,  (54,  84,  99, 10.5,  142,  208,  214,  224  ;  his 

map,  225;  238. 
A>-loo-a,  03,  80,  99, 101,  105, 150,  107;  his  death, 

215. 
Ar-tung-uii,  301;  hnng  by  his  son,  365;  conver- 
sations with,  598-605. 
Ar-row-tars,  1:>5. 
Angusta  Island,  388. 
Anroras,  83,  131,  1(!7,  204,229-233,  3(iC. 

Baclio,  A.  D.,  Superintendent  U.  S.  Coast  Sur- 
vey.    Letter  to  Hall  quoted,  35;  41. 
Battin's,  W.,  discoveries  discredited,  xxxviii. 


Baker,  Captain,  319. 

BaiTow,  Sir  .John,  on  tlu(  value  of  Arctic  ex- 
plorations, xxxvi. 

Barrow's,  Mr.  .lohn,  letter  to  Hall,  13. 

Bayne,  Peter,  hired  by  Hall,  314;  32.'). 

Bartlctt,  Hon.  .F.  R.,  invites  Hall  to  lecture,  24. 

Beacon  Hill,  records  deposited  at,  237,208,280, 
287,  318,  M25,  424. 

Bears,  Polar,  captured,  .nO-.^S,  7(i ;  tra<ks  of.  Hit, 
l.'')7;  Oh-v  UCh  stories  of,  104, 142;  traditional 
story  of,  240;  shot  by  ,Ioe  and  Hall  on 
Whale  Point,  430. 

Becher,  A.  B.,  Commander,  R,  N.,  letter,  11,13. 

Bcekman,  .1.  W.,  assists  Hall,  41. 

Biglow,  .John,  assists  Hall,  38. 

Bishop,    Hon.   R.   M.,  indorses   Hall's  appeal, 

XXV. 

Bliss  &  Co.  lussist  Hall,  41. 

Blunt,  Messrs.,  assist  Hall,  41. 

Bolby,  Mr.  .Fohn,  tiikes  .)oe  and  Hannah  to 
England,  443. 

Boston,  reported  voyage  from,  for  Northwest 
Passage  in  1(;39,  xliv. 

Brevoort,  J.  C,  loans  his  correspondence  with 
Hall,  xli ;  loans  Hall  his  books,  14 ;  assists 
Hall,  41 ;  estimate  of  Hall's  character,  432. 

Brevoort  River,  342. 

Bryan,  R.  W.  D.,  Assistant  in  preparation  of 
the  Narrative ;  prepares  Hall's  astronomical 
observations,  03,  AWi  ;  prepares  Hall's  mete- 
orological journal,  47l». 

Budington,  Capt.  .Tames,  rescues  the  Resolute, 

XXX. 

Budington,  Capt.  S.  O.,  takes  charge  of  Ebier- 
bing  andToo-koo-li-too,4  ;  encourages  Hall, 
27 ;  brings  Kud-hip-pa-mu-ne  and  Ou-nc-yong 
to  the  United  States,  447. 

Burr,  A.  W..  assists  Hall,  41. 

639 


-^^'^Tn   " 


640 


INDEX. 


C':ip(!  KiiKlcficld,  348, 349. 

Capo  FiiKi<l,  207. 

Ciijit'  Fullcrtoii,  13i). 

Ciipc  Liuly  P(:lly.  •252,262,264,316,383. 

Ciip(!  Wfyuton,  yi'.';,  261,  313,318,384,411. 

Chapt'll,  R.  li.,  of  Now  London,  loccivrs  IlaU'H 

plans,  28;  lotter  to  Hall  on  whaling,  34; 

gives  free  passage  ou  board  the  Monticello, 

42. 
Chapel,  Capt.  C.  A.,  commands  th(!  Monticello, 

43;  Hall's  letter  to,  61,  76,107,  ll.'S;  letter 

to  Hall,  lid. 
Chapel,  Capt.  H.    Y.,  conveys  Hall  to  Whale 

Point,  59. 
Chase,    Hon.   S.    1'.,    indorses    Hall's    appe.-O, 

XXV. 

Chester,  H.  C,  mate  of  the  Monticello,  50; 
lands  Hall  at  Whale  Point,  ;"9. 

Christie  Lake,  241, 267, 315, 380. 

Chronometers,  41,  142,238,  279,366;  correction 
of,  380-382 ;  385. 

Cliff  at  Now-yaru  Harbor,  tradition  iu  regard 
to,  222. 

Coast  Survey,  U.  S.,  loans  a  sextant  and  dip- 
circle,  41. 

Colden,  Cadwalader,  letter  from  Dr.  Franklin 
for  the  Argo,  1753,  xxxix. 

Cold  intense,  10!),  110,  127, 131, 140, 144,  146,  148, 
150,  157,  161,  207,  295. 

Coleman,  Pat,  hired,  325  ;  shot  by  Hall,  360. 

CoUinson,  Admiral  R.,  R.  N.,  his  "Three  Voy- 
ages of  Frobisher,"  12. 

Congress  of  IT.  S.  purchaso  Hall's  manuscripts, 
xi. 

Cooper,  Peter,  assists  Hall.  41. 

Copp,  .1.  J.,  of  Groton,  10,  445,  448;  presents 
Hall's  geological  collections  to  Amherst  Col- 
lege, 454. 

Cracroft,  Miss  Sophia,  receives  a  Franklin  relic 
from  Morison  &  Brown,  N.  Y.,  in  1878,  xxiii ; 
returns  books  loaned  by  Hall  to  Lady  Frank- 
lin, .587. 

Crane,  William,  jr.,  his  visit  to  Hall  from  the 
Era,  1867,  433. 

Crozier,  Capt.  F.  It.  M.  (Ag-loo-ka),  R.  N.,  xiv, 
xxviii,  xxxiii,  xxxiv,  108,255-257,397,406, 
415,  420,  589-594,  606. 

Crozier  River  visited,  341. 

Cud-lar-go's  tombstone  at  Groton,  446. 

Dall,  W.  II.,  hi.s  a|>]dieation  of  the  terms  In- 
nuits,  Eskimo.s,  and  Orarians,  62,  448. 


Daly,  Judge  C.  P.,  president  Amerienn  Geo- 
graphical Society,  states  the  results  of  ex- 
plorations for  Northwest  Pa.ssage,  xxxiii; 
assists  Hall,  37;  letter  to,  from  Hall,  3(!7. 

D6bri«  aiid  rocks  on  the  ice,  Hall's  observations 
of,  compared  with  Parry's,  193-198. 

De  Haven,  Lieutenant,  U.  S.  N.,  expedition,  xiii, 

XXX. 

Dennison,  Hon.  W.,  indorses  Hall's  appeal,  xxv. 

Depot  Island,  56. 

Diligences,    the  voyage  of,    from   Virginia  for 

Northwest  Passage  iu  1772,  xliv. 
Dillon,  Capt.  P.,  presents  La  Perouse's  relics 

to  Charles  X,  5. 
Dogs,  Eskimo,  63,  86,  115,  122, 136,  163, 173, 184, 

209,  226,  239,  247,  250,  251,  253,254, 279,  295, 

299,  307,  336,  357,  379,  413. 
Donations,  list  of,  ackn'.wledged  by  Hall  be- 
fore sailing  in  1864,  44. 
Ducks,  the  Inuuit  plan  to  capture,  103 ;  largo 

flocks,  133,  351. 
Dyer,  E.,  ex-govemor  of  Rhode  Island,  invites 

Hall  to  lecture,  24. 

Earthquake,  supi>osed,  144. 

Ebierbing  (Joe)  returns  with  Hall  from  his  first 
expedition,  4 ;  sails  from  New  London,  42  ; 
shoots  two  polar  bears,  51-53;  meets  the 
Innuits,  62  ;  builds  Hall's  igloo,  72  ;  shaves 
Hall,  75 ;  is  ankooted,  82,  92 ;  kills  a  walrus, 
103 ;  shoots  a  seal,  129, 145  ;  makes  a  speech, 
149;  kills  a  -walrus,  151;  watches  over  a 
seal-hole  154  ;  kills  <a  seal  and  walrus,  15() ; 
chasije  i  hv  ar,  157  ;  shoots  an  ook-gook,  161  ; 
snow-^  •'  172;  hunts  with  Hall,  202;  goes 
with  Ha.,  to  Colvile  Bay,  2.37;  rewards  the 
angeko,  248;  buries  his  child,  265;  hunts 
th(s  deer,  286 ;  goes  with  Hall  to  Cape  Weyn- 
ton,  314 ;  to  Melville  Peninsula,  335 ;  digs 
for  the  cache,  344  ;  goes  toward  King  Will- 
iam's Land,  378  ;  shoots  a  bear,  42'J ;  notes 
of  his  life,  441-446. 

Eek-oo-ar-choo  (Jerry),  332,  378,  408. 

Eider-ducks,  flocks  of,  in  the  Welcome,  133,  151. 

Eggaet  &  Son  assist  Hall,  41. 

Egleston,  T.,  report  ou  Hall's  geological  collec- 
tions, 10. 

Emerson,  Prof.  B.  K.,  Amherst  College,  discus- 
sion of  Hall's  geological  collection,  10;  Ap- 
pendix III,  553-,^>83. 

E-nook-shoo-lik,  encampment  at,  274,279. 

Ermine,  343. 


INDEX. 


<j'41 


77;A-/((-a')*  Hnperatition,   110;  tradition  of  Oo-oo- 

took  on  rany'H  sliij),  112. 
E-vit-hhuHij  bt'.ats  tiic  dogs,  183;  consults  "  A'id- 

m-y"  lor  tbn  safoty  of  her  children,  188. 
Explorations  for  the  Northwest  Passage,  tables 

of  English  and  American,  xxvi-xxviii ;  for 

tho  relief  of  Franklin,  xxix-xxxii;  results, 

xxxiii,  xxxviii. 

Feasts,  lunuit,  80,  90,  129,  214,  216,  369,  426,  428. 

Field,  C.  \V.,  Hall's  telegram  to,  4  ;  assists  Hall, 
41. 

Fisher,  Captain,  428. 

P'loatsnsed  by  Ou-c-Ja  in  capturing  a  whale,  191. 

"Fool's  gold,"  Frobisher,  18. 

Fox,  Arctic,  caught  in  his  own  trap,  88,  374. 

Fox  Channel,  Oong-er-lu¥8  sketch  of,  354. 

Fort  Hope  of  Dr.  Rae,  Hall  arrives  at,  192;  212, 
223,  226. 

Franklin,  Sir  John,  voyage  iu  the  Trent,  xxvl ; 
land  expeditions,  xxvii ;  expedition  of  1845, 
xxviii ;  death  on  the  Erebus,  (McClintock's 
record,)  xxxiii;  relics  of,  xxiii ;  monument 
iu  Waterloo  Place,  xxxiii ;  in  Westminster 
Abbey,  xxxiv. 

Franklin,  Lady,  desires  Hall  to  go  a  third  time 
for  the  records,  xvi ;  correspondence  with 
Hall  through  Mr.  Grinnell  iu  1869,  xvii-xxiii ; 
in  1865,  283 ;  monument  erected  by  her  in 
Westminster  Abbey,  xxxiv. 

Franklin,  Dr.  Benjamin,  letter  to  Cadwallader 
Colden  on  tho  expedition  of  1753  in  the 
Argo,  xxxix. 

Frobisher,  Sir  Martin,  sails  to  discover  North- 
west Passage,  7  ;  Hall's  abstract  of  his  voy- 
ages, 15-17 ;  narrative  of  his  voyages  by 
Collinsou,  12. 

Frozen  Strait  of  Middleton  thought  by  Hall  to 
be  never  frozen,  185. 

Furs,  selection  of,  by  the  women  first,  69. 

Fury  and  Hecla  Strait  visited,  331-353. 

Gales,  66,  79,  94,  127,  131,  136,  145, 150, 161, 176, 

206, 238,  314, 324, 337, 379. 
Game  abundant,  178 ;  on  the  journey  from  King 

William's  Land,  412. 
Geographical  Society,  American,  Hall's  paper 

read  before,  8;  letter  to  the  President  of, 

m7. 

Geographical  Society,  Royal,  of  London,  re- 
ceives relics  from  Hall,  10;  paper  read  be- 
fore, 13. 

Geological  collections  from  Hall's  first  expedi- 
S.  Ex.  27 41 


Geological  collections— Continued. 

tion  donated  to  New  York  Lyceum,  reported 
upon  by  Stevens  and  Egleston,  10;  donated 
to  Amherst  College  and  discussed  by  Pro- 
iissor  Emerson,  Appendix  III. 

Gifford  River  visited,  3.")2. 

Greenwood,  Miles,  receives  a  telegram  from 
Hall,  4. 

Grinnell,  H.,  loans  his  correspondence,  xii ;  let- 
ter from  Lady  Franklin,  xvii-xxi ;  from 
Hall,  xxi ;  his  expeditions  under  De  Haven 
and  Kauc,  XXX,  xxxi ;  states  the  value  of 
Arctic  explorations,  xxxvii ;  telegram  from 
Hall,  4;  interview  with  Hall,  26-28;  sends 
supplies  to  him,  42, 28.3, 327. 

Grinnell  Lake,  342,  395. 

Grotou,  Conn.,  burial-place  of  Eskimos,  447. 

Hall,  Charles  Francis,  his  three  expeditions,  xi ; 
purchase  of  his  manuscripts  by  the  Navy 
Department,  xi ;  resolution  of  U.  S.  Senate, 
xii;  his  expeditions  compared,  xiii ;  mo- 
tives for  the  first  two  expeditions,  xvi ;  let- 
ter from  Lady  Franklin  to  Mr.  Grinnell, 
xvii-xxi;  replies,  xxi-xxiii;  appeal  and 
lee. are,  1860,  xxiv  ;  notes  of  early  voyages, 
xxxix-xlv  ;  his  Arctic  authorities,  xlvi-1. 

Eeturns  from  his  first  expedition,  4  ;  pro- 
poses to  visit  England,  5 ;  abstract  of  La 
Perouse's  voyage,  5, 6 ;  again  studies  Arctic 
authorities,  8;  reads  a  paper  before  the 
American  Geographical  Society,  New  York. 
8;  sends  Frobisher  relics  to  England,  8;  cor- 
responds with  Barrow,  Becher,  and  Mark- 
ham,  11 ;  his  paper  read  at  a  meeting  of  the 
Royal  Geographical  Society,  London,  13; 
abstract  of  the  Frobisher  expeditions,  15-17. 
Lectures  for  his  second  expedition,  23-25 ; 
asks  aid  from  Congress,  25  ;  interview  with 
Mr.  Henry  Grinut}),  26;  private  notes,  26; 
plans  submitted  to  Grinnell  and  Chapell, 
28-32;  correspondence  auout  whaling,  34; 
letter  to  Professor  Bache,  35 ;  defers  his  voy- 
age, 38;  renews  his  appeal,  39;  receives  aid, 
41 ;  sails  from  New  London,  42. 

Sails  from  St.  John's,  48;  aids  in  captur- 
ing two  polar  beai-s,  50-54 ;  lands  at  Depot; 
Island,  56;  hires  Rudolph,  57;  arrives  at 
Whale  Point,  59;  makes  a  cache,  60 ;  meets 
tho  Innuits,  62;  second  encampment,  63; 
talks  with  natives  about  Franklin,  (i4  ;  re- 
lieves the  sullering,  66, 80 ;  moves  his  tH/nk, 
67;  goes  into  winter  qnai-tei-s,  75. 


642 


INDEX. 


Hall,  Cliailfs  Francis— Continued. 

I'roposcH  biH  plans  to  tho  people,  81 ;  ac- 
cuBtonisliimsolf  to  luuiiit  custonis  and  food, 
S2;  builds  a  magnetic  observatory,  M ;  finds 
his  ink  frozen ,  85 ;  makes  bis  first  sledge  trips 
witli  tlio  Innuits,  80, 89, 13;{ ;  joins  in  tbeir 
feasts,  eO,  90, 1-29, 428, 432 ;  bunts  a  seal,  93 ; 
moves  to  the  walrus  grounds,  100;  is  au- 
kooted,102;  discbarges  Kudolpb,  105;  cor- 
rects bis  dates,  114 ;  letter  to  Capt.  E.  A. 
Cbapel,  107 ;  receives  supplies  from  tbe 
wbalers,  115,  325 ;  .joins  in  a  walrus-bunt, 
119-123. 

Speecb  on  New  Year's  Day,  130;  visits 
tbe  Monticello,  132 ;  experiments  witb  freez- 
ing mercury,  146;  writes  witji  great  diffi- 
culty, 148,  150;  goes  out  scaling,  152;  suf- 
fers for  food,  155;  renews  bis  supplies,  156; 
proposes  to  survey  the  coast,  158;  broken 
liealtb,  l.'^^9;  .arrives  at  tbe  Wager,  164. 

Harpoons  a  seal,  168;  .arrives  at  Re- 
pulse Bay,  177;  visits  tbe  wbaler  Bl.ack 
Eagle,  181;  tbe  Ansel  Gibbs,  189;  capt- 
ures a  -wbale,  190 ;  encamps  at  Fort  Hope, 
192;  bis  notes  on  ddbris  found  on  tbe  ice, 
193-198. 

Hunts  tbe  deer,  202;  severe  exposures, 
204-209;  bis  daily  subsistence,  211;  pre- 
pares fur  clotbing,  213 ;  dresses  entirely  in 
furs,  213;  builds  bis  own  i(jloo,2lt',  life  at 
Now-yarn,  216-221;  returns  to  Fort  Hope, 
223;  bis  control  of  Ar-moii  and  of  the  In- 
nuits, 224, 432 ;  meteorological  notes  during 
tbe  winter,  227-231. 

First  adviince  toward  King  William's 
Land,  237;  deposits  Lis  records,  241;  arrives 
at  tbe  Sea  of  Ak-koo-lee,  252 ;  meets  Pelly 
Bay  men,  255 ;  returns  to  Repulse  Bay,  261 ; 
buries  Too-koo-li-too's  babo,  266;  journal 
entry  on  bis  return,  268. 

Determines  to  biro  wbite  men  for  a  sec- 
ond advance,  260-274 ;  meets  Pelly  Bay  men 
'  again, 275;  furtbernews  of  Franklin's  party, 
27(i ;  annoyances,  277  ;  begins  survey  of  Re- 
pulse Bay,  279 ;  visits  the  Pioneer  and  An- 
sell  Gibbs,  281;  assists  tbe  wbalers,  285; 
asks  tbeir  belp  for  men  and  dogs,  285 ;  pre- 
pares and  sbips  bis  wb.alebone,  287;  en- 
camps near  tbe  sbips,  289 ;  is  refused  a  team 
of  dogs,  290. 

Begins  a  jouniey  to  Ig-loo-lik,  295 ;  sufler- 
ings,  297-300 ;  buys  a  team,  302;  arrives  at 


Hall,  Cbarbis  Francis— Continueil. 

Rei)ulse  Bay,  309;  is  refused  leave  to  biro 
men,  309. 

Visits  bis  cacbo  at  Capo  Weynton,313; 
makes  a  new  cacbe,  318 ;  goes  on  a  nuisk-ox 
bunt,319;  makes x)urcba8es from  tbe  wbalers, 
323;  goes  into  winter  quarters,  325;  lures 
five  wbite  men,  320. 

Journey  to  tbe  Strait  of  Fury  and  Hecla, 
336 ;  an'ives  on  tbe  nortbwest  side  of  Mel- 
ville Peninsula,  342 ;  discovers  a  new  island, 
343 ;  finds  a  monument  and  a  teuting-plac(\ 
of  wbite  men,  344-346;  visits  Andierst  Isl- 
and, 349 ;  Giflford  River,  352;  retunis  to  Re- 
pulse Bay,  356 ;  sboots  a  mutineer,  300 ;  se- 
cures a  wbale,  363 ;  journey  to  Lyon's  lulet, 
304;  winter  quarters  at  Tayoon,368;  pre- 
pares pemmican  and  ammunition  for  a  final 
sledge  journey,  371. 

Final  journey  to  King  William's  Land, 
379;  arrives  at  Cape  Weynton,384;  at  Au- 
gusta Island,  388  ;  at  Simpson's  Lake,  394 ; 
at  Todd's  Island,  400 ;  discovers  the  remains 
of  some  of  Franklin's  men,  401-403 ;  returns 
to  Repulse  Bay,  409;  goes  on  a  musk-ox 
hunt,  413;  writes  to  Mr.  Grinnell  the  results 
of  his  journey  to  King  William's  Land,  415; 
recovers  his  whalebone  from  the  cache,  427 ; 
leaves  Repulse  Bay,  428 ;  hunts  tbe  bear  at 
Whale  Point,  429 ;  lands  at  New  Bedford, 
430 ;  tribiites  to  his  work,  431-437 ;  astro- 
nomical observations,  451-475 ;  meterologi- 
cal  observations,  479-550;  conversations 
with  Innuits,  587-011. 

Harper  Brothers  assist  Hall,  44 ;  send  tbe  "Arc- 
tic Researches"  to  Repulse  Bay,  283. 

Hayes,  Hon.  R.  B.,  indorses  Hall's  appeal,  xxv. 

Haviland  Bay,  encamped  on,  187 ;  crossed,  337, 
357,  304. 

Herald,  the  New  York,  Hall  writes  to,  150. 

Hooper  Inlet  visited,  341, 342. 

Hoppner  Inlet  visited,  3.57. 

/(/foo,  construction  of,  72;  Hall's  first,  75 ;  lamp, 
75;  village,  128;  built  on  sledge  journey, 
134;  Hall's,  at  New-yarn,  214;  feasting,  220. 

Ig-loo-lik,  Hall's  journey  to,  295-301. 

In-nook-poo-zliec-jooVa  account  of  Franklin's  men, 
397;  map  of  King  William's  Land,  398;  fur- 
ther account  of  Franklin's  men,  403;  fight 
with  a  musk-ox,  413 ;  interview  with  Hall, 
419,008. 


INDEX. 


643 


luniiits,  liglit  line  of  (lie  temi,  G'2;  first  met,  tiii; 
division  of  fiir.s,  69 ;  fejiHts,  80, 9(1,  :H)9  ;  prep- 
aratiun  of  fnr  drcssoB,  91 ;  aiiniseinciits,  95, 
218,  ;{69;  8npcr8titions,ill0,'277,  282,  286, 
322;  conversations  with,  C4,  108;  orna- 
ments, 219;  Hall's  control  of,  225, 277,  4:J2. 

Iwillik,  64, 95, 227,  324, 364, 369, 424. 

Journal  of  Commerce,  Hall's  letters  to,  156, 587. 
JcfFries,  Captain  of  the  George  and  Mary,  115. 

Kane,  Dr.,  voyage  S.,  xxx,xxxi. 
Key-low-tik,  playing  on,  96, 129. 
Ki-as  or  kyaks  of  Repulse  Bay  compared  with 

those  of  Greenland,  216. 
Kilmer,  Captain,  65,189,285,319. 
King  William's  Land  (Ei-ki-fuk),  first  advance 

to,  237 ;  return  from,  261 ;  sledge  journey  to, 

377;  return,  409. 
Kin-na-pa-toos,  171 ;  their  dogs,  239. 
Knight  and  Barlow,  expedition  of,  56. 
Hobbig  and  Titng-nuk'a  Franklin  relics,  391. 
Koo-loo-a  takes  Hall  to  the  cache  on  Melville 

Peninsula,   341;    his  report  of  the  white 

men,  596. 
Eok-lee-arng-nun'a  relics  and  stories  of  Frank- 
lin's men,  255;  hung  by  his  son,  277. 
Kmn-mmuj  (half  tents),  169, 171, 174. 
Kmo  (walrus  hide),  136,389;  sled  made  of,  305, 

307, 309. 

Leonard  or  Lailor,  Frank,  xxii,  295,  314,  319, 

325,  336,  345,  362. 
La  Perouse,  expedition  of,  5. 
Leach,  U.  S.  Consul,  assists  Hall,  47. 
Lefferts  Marshall  assists  Hall,  41. 
Lightning  and  thunder  storm,  181 ;  Innuit  no- 
tions of,  182, 187. 
Lyon's  Inlet,  journey  to,  364. 

Mamr-mark,  128,  226,  245;  death,  321. 

Man-line  (rue-raddiea),  246,  373. 

Marble  Island,  55, 59, 139, 143. 

Murkham,  C.  R.,  on  the  use  of  tfil  in  the  manu- 
facture of  jute,  618. 

Marmots  {Sixieg),  263,412. 

McClintock,  Sir  Leopold  F.,  brings  the  Frank- 
lin Record  from  Point  Victory,  xxxiii ;  let- 
ter in  regard  to  Arctic  explorations,  xxxiv. 

McDougall,  U.  S.  Consul  at  Dundee ;  report  of 
the  whale  fishery  and  jute,  Appendix  V, 
619. 

Mercury,  experiments  with,  146. 


Meteorological  .Journal,  Appendix  II,  479-.'')43; 

special  observations,  94,  227-231, 3(i6. 
Monticello  sails  froiii  NciW  London,  42 ;  from  St. 

John's,  48 ;  passage  through  Hudson  Straits, 

.';5. 
Monument  found  by  Hall,  with  tenting-place, 

on  Melville  Peninsula,  344-347. 
Morgan,  Captain,  283,285. 
Morison  &  Brown,  exjiedition  for  the  Fr.anklin 

Records,  xxiii. 
Mosquitoes,  75, 322, 426. 
Muktak  relished  by  Hall,  72, 81, 214, 225, 314. 
Murchison  River,  395. 
Musk  oxen,  76, 86, 319, 413. 

Narcs,  Sir  George,  ou  Hall's  observations. 
Navy  Department  purchase  Hall's  manuscripts, 

xi. 
Negus  &  Co.  assist  Hall,  41. 
Newton,  Prof.  R.  S.,  M.  D.,  assists  Hall, 41. 
New  London,  Hall  sails  from,  xiii,  42. 
New  Year's  Day  feast  and  speech,  128. 
Noodloo's  sketch  of  Murray  Maxwell  Inlet,  351. 
Noo-wook,63, 142. 
Nordenskiold's  coast-line,  xxxix. 
Norton,  Silas,  314. 

Norman  and  Neebarbic  Creeks  visited,  365. 
North  Pole  River  and  Lake,  192, 279. 
Nordhotr,  C,  assists  Hall  while  preparing  his 

"Arctic  Researches,"  44. 
Now-yarn,214,221. 
Nu-kcr-zlioo  (Jack),  63, 105, 152, 168,  ttt'S,  394, 421. 

Oog-la-ri-yonr  Island,  camped  on,  179, 221, 280. 

Oo-glit  Islands,  299, 338, 350. 

Oo-oo-took  on  Parry's  ship,  112. 

Ook-gook  caught,  161, 181 ;  liutis  made  from,  181. 

Ook-joo-Uk  (O'Reilly  Island),  257,  400, 418. 

Oon-ijer-luk'8  sketch  of  Fox  Chanuel,  354 ;  of  Ad- 
miralty Inlet,  356. 

Osborn,  Admiral  Sherard,  the  value  of  Arctic 
exploration,  xxxvi. 

Ook-bar-loo,  65, 67, 590, 592, 594. 

Ook-bar-loo  (the  son),  99. 

Ok-2Ms,  49. 

Orarians,  use  of  the  term,  62. 

Ou-Ug-buck,  66. 

Ou-c-la,  the  chief  of  the  tribe,  62, 86, 99, 103, 104, 
105,  118,  138,  142,  160,  162,  167, 170, 178, 1!K), 
225;  his  map,  278;  300,309,370,394,432. 

Papa-im-a  goes  with  Hall  to  Melville  Penin- 
sula, 336 ;  sketch  of  Lyon's  Inlet,  364  ;  of 
Pond's  Bay,  370. 


I'^^rntirYiitRfl-af^nl 


v^tr-riitfj^^^tlf.,  J  ,  u|y,,jif fiHf  ^ijHpf|Lfqiu^^^|,qi,u^^yif^i«i-4itT 


644 


INDEX. 


Pailielin,208,2'12. 

Parry's  tlug-Btatt',  place  of,  visited,  305. 
PeffiT  River,  4(11. 
Peto,  the,  295. 
Petiilarks,  49. 

Pelly  Bay  natives'  accounts  of  Franklin,  255; 
frighten  Hall's  party,  260. 
Penimican,  Hall's,  372;  Dr.  Kichardson's,  372. 
Pingit-ka-lik,  307. 

Pitik-toii-yet;  heights  of,  280;  mouunicuts,  281. 
Pike  A^  Son  assist  Hall,  41. 
Poillon,  Messrs.,  assist  Hall,  .S7. 
Ptarmigan,  71,76,210,341,412. 
Punna  (Sylvia),  378, 445, 447. 

Quilliam  Creek,  341. 

Kae,  '>..  .John,  continns  Hall's  statements,  13. 

Ra.iiMorms,  182, 187,321. 

Refraction,  179, 207. 

Reindeer  (<«fc-/oo),  63, 70, 76, 87, 172, 178, 181, 204, 

251,286,319,327,341,413. 
Repulse  Bay,  arrives  at,  171. 
Ross  Bay,  296. 

Robinson,  Captain,  assists  Hall,  37. 
Rodman,  Maj.  W.  M.,  invites  Hall  to  lecture,  24. 
Rogers,  Captain,  assists  Hall,  11.5. 

Salmon,  164, 210, 342, 358, 424. 
Sargent,  Hon.  A.  A. ;  resolution  in  thelJ.  S.  Sen- 
ate to  prepare  a  Narrative  of  Hall's  Second 

Expedition,  xii. 
Saxifrage,  the,  178, 426. 
Schwatka,  Lieutenant,  U.  S.  A.,  goes  out  for  the 

Franklin  records,  xxiii. 
Seals,  49,  90,  93,  145,  149,  152,  156,  160,  161,  168, 

170, 171, 172, 279, 303, 352, 396. 
See-pung-er,  careless  with  his  gun,  274 ;  story  of 

the  monument,  276. 
Sears,  President  of  Brown  University,  invites 

Hall  to  lecture,  24. 
Ships  Harbor  Islands,  survey  by  Hall,  321. 
Shoo-she-ark-nook,  67, 144 ;  death  of,  186. 
Sillimau,  Professor,  invites  Hull  to  lecture,  24. 
Simpson's  Lake,  394. 
Sledge  journeys,  85, 69, 105, 132, 239, 279, 293, 314, 

336, 364, 378. 


Sleds,  Eskimo,  65,230,:W9. 

Smitli,  Governor  J.  Y. ,  invites  Hall  to  lecture,  24. 

Snow-drifts,  appearance  of,  compared  with  the 

aurora,  72;  difficulty  in  determining  their 

average  depth, 227. 
Spermin.  J.  S.,  325. 
St.  John's,  N.  F.,  sailed  from,  48. 
Stackpolo  &  Bro.  assist  Hall,  41. 
Stephenson,  Capt.  R.  N.,  visits  Hall's  grave, 

437. 
Storrs,  Dr.  R.,  invites  Hall  to  lecture,  39. 
Stevens,  I.  A.,  assists  Hall,  41. 
Stevens,  R.  P.,  report  on  geological  collections, 

10, 553. 
Starvation  driven  off,  149, 156. 

Tagliabue  &  Co.  assist  Hall,  41. 

Talloon,  357, 364, 368, 423, 426. 

Tern  Island  visited,  303. 

Temperatures,  79,  82,  86,  94,  103,  116,  127,  131, 

137,  140,  146,  150,  156,  161,207,267,298,322, 

410, 425. 
Tides  in  the  Welcome,  162. 
Time,  how  to  detenuine,  at  the  Pole,  141. 
Tu-kee-li-ke-ta,  10, 447. 
Too-koo-li-too.    (See  Ebierbing.) 
Todd's  Island  visited,  400. 
Tupiks  (skill  tents),  65, 69. 
Tyson,  Capt.  G.  E.,  of  the  Antelope,  115 ;  of  the 

Era,  1867, 323. 

Victoria  Queen,  Hall  desires  to  present  the 
Frobisher  relics  to,  7 ;  Hannah  and  Joe  pre- 
sented to,  443. 

Voyages,  early  American,  for  the  Northwest  Pas- 
),  xxxix-xlv. 


Wager,  the,  encamped  on,  164. 
Walrus,  50, 76, 103, 118, 151, 156, 325. 
Ward,  Augustus,  gives  Hall  a  chronometer,  41. 
Welcome,  Rowe's,  61 ;  tides  in,  162. 
Whales,  65, 190, 286, 363, 428. 
White,  Captain,  of  the  Black  Eagle,  115. 
Wolves  attack  dogs,  247 ;  tradition  of  taming, 
239;  290,341. 


I'V  (>  V   /■{_ 


3.57 


rtiVii'^HtillM  -  iiifrhhW-^-*^"-*-^"'--'-"'--'    .^     ■.■^'.^•^^^.-^^'''A.  ^^,^.-,\^.^^:.ijfA,i.ti.^ldja^^ 


t: 


V 


iiiiiiTH  roL/^a 


'  '••i<«fie  !•*»'» 


Till'  (irapliu-  Cu  :m  i.  11  l-Hikrhicc,  \  Y 


!1 


ft 


nOTcrw 


•"1  •'tMilliUbi^iH 


